LIST OF CONTENTS.

PART I.—1898.

January 18, 1898.

The Secretary. Report on the Additions to. the Society’s Menagerie in December 1897.

(Plate 1.)

reek wb ishele sum leiey.e 0.0/6 i esate eae Gerars Whee feete wae 0) 048,00 Rie & 0) be 8 8a ahd (Oomub eS SOs Sa

The Secretary. Exhibition, on behalf of Dr. R. Collett, of a specimen of a _aupperes bebe brid

between the Fieldfare (Turdus pilaris) and the Redwing (7. iliaeus) .

Mr. W. E. de Winton. © Exhibition of a skin oe a Zebra (Equus boehmi) from British Hast

Africa |. :

rr i i aaa ene Snr er eae Cea Mee rns i re a Ck ee ae ac

J. On the Parerennt of the Hyobranchial Skeleton of the Midwife-Toad (Alytes obstetri-

cans). By W. G. Ripuwoop, D.Sc,, F.L.S., Lecturer on adie at, St. Mary’s Hospital

Medical School, London. (Plate Il. )

eee ee a ere a ae es

2. On the Cteniform Spiders of Africa, Arabia, and) Syria.

ey Frepx. O.' Prexarp

Campriner, B.A. «(Plates ILI. & IV.)

ee ee ee eC i ray

3. On some Crustaceans from the South Pacific.—Part I. Stomatopoda: By Lancenor

Avexanper Borrapaite, M.A., Lecturer in Natural Sciences at Selwyn College,

chara (Plates V. & VI.)

re a ee ee ee ee re ee ary

February 1, 1898.

Mr. Oldfield Thomas. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, the skull of a supposed new sub-

species. of Giraffe from West Africa, proposed to be named Giraffu camelopardalis

OT DU TU Boa Sn SARIN, 0 die CES BELG operate 4 Seats Te A ais feel ode eae or AA n ha tre Vs Tos deta “

Mr. Selater. Wxhibition of photographs. of Serraties showing the differences in harks

between the two recognized forms

ee eh a ee ee ee i i ee ar ae ad

Mr. J. Graham Kerr. | Notes on the dry-season habits of Lepidsiron, communicated to him

in a letter by Mr. R. J. Hunt, of Paraguay 2.2.5. .0.0..00 0.

Page

Mr. G, yh Boulenger, F.R.S. Notice of a memoir on the Fishes collected by Dr. J. Bach

im the Rio Jurua, Brazil

SUS BES LS © is PARP Ore a exe ie 6 oO ‘obey ee 0)6lq\b (Siale/ Msi, 0056/9 ere @ ose oO v 6 pialls

Contents continued on page 3 of Wrapper.

PROCEEDINGS

GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY

OF LONDON

FOR THE YEAR

PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY,

AND SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER-SQUARE

LONDON:

MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO,

PATERNOSTER ROW.

j is es. ad

OF THE

COUNCIL AND OFFICERS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL

SOCIETY OF LONDON.

1898.

COUNCIL.

(Elected April 29, 1898.)

Siz W. H. Frower, K.C.B., LL.D.,

Wiurtram Bateson, Esq., F.R.S.

His GracetHe Dux oF Beprorb.

Cot. Joun BrppuLeu.

Wittiam T. Branrorp, Esq.,

LL.D., F.R.S., Vice-President.

Grorce A. Boutencer, Esq.,

F.RS.

Epwarp Norra Boxroy, Esq.

Hersert Dever, Esq., F.LS.

Cuartes Drummonp, Esq., Vrea-

SUurer.

E.R.S., Vice-President.

Gen. Tue Hon.

Feitpine, K.C.B.

PRINCIPAL

P. L. Scuater, Esq., M.A.,

Frank E. Bepparp, Esq.,

Prosector.

D.C.L., Sce.D., F.R.S., President.

F. DuCanr Gopmay, Esq., F.R.S.,

Vice-President.

Dr. Abert Ginruer, F.RS.,

Vice-President.

Proressor Gerorce B. Howes,

LL.D., F.R.S., Vice-President.

Lr.-Cor: Lnonarp H. Irpy.

ticHaRD Lypexker, Esq., F.R.S.

Dr. Sr. Georcr Mrvarr, F.R.S.,

Vice-President.

| Srr Tuomas Patye.

Sir JoserH Fayrer, Br.,K.C.8.1.,

Howaxp Sacnpers, Esq., F.L.S.

| Painre Lurnty Scrarer, Esq.,

Srp Percy |

| Cuartss 8, Tomes, Esq., F.R.S.

M.A.,Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary.

OFFICERS.

Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary.

M.A., F.R.S., Vice-Secretary and

Mr. Crarence Bartierr, Superintendent of the Gardens.

Mr. F. H. Waternouss, Librarian.

Mr. Jonn Barrow, Accountant.

Mr. W. H, Core, Chief Clerk.

LIST

OF THD

CONTRIBUTORS,

With References to the several Articles contributed by each,

Aucock, N. H., B.A., M.D., Assistant to the Professor of

Institutes of Medicine, Trinity College, Dublin.

On the Vascular System of the Chiroptera——Part I.

Thoracic Vessels of Pteropus medius; with a Summary of

the Literature of the Chiroptera ............00seeeee

AnpREws, CHARLES Witir1AM, B.Sc., B.A., F.Z.8.

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some Bird-remains

from the Lake-dwellings of Glastonbury, Somersetshire. .

Bepparp, Frank E., M.A., F.R.S., Vice-Secretary and

Prosector to the Society.

On the Anatomy of an Australian Cuckoo, Scythrops

POUCA UNUCE) |) FTA), + Ws 6) SOMMER EIS fa clvan sds WS I9 6

On certain Points in the Anatomy of the Cunning

Bassarisc (Bassariscus astutus) -2...ccceereecseves Step

Page

Beprorp, F. P., B.A., King’s College, Cambridge.

Report on the Holothurians collected by Mr. J. Stanley

Gardiner at Funafuti and Rotuma. (Plates LII.& LIII.) 834

Bet, Francis Jurrrey, M.A., F.ZS.

On the Actinogonidiate Echinoderms collected by Mr.

J. Stanley Gardiner at Funafuti and Rotuma .......... 849

BuanrorpD, W. T., LL.D., F.R.S., V.P.Z.S., &e.

Notes on Lepus oiostolus and L. pallipes from Tibet, and

mie, Keshinitt Vinca qUGiw..0- 52's. <6 ci Pearse oP Sais ye ae. 307

BorrRapdaiLe, LANcELoT ALEXANDER, M.A., F.Z.S., Lecturer

in Natural Sciences at Selwyn College, Cambridge.

On some Crustaceans from the South Pacific.—Part I.

Rramatapodda..- (Plates Vide Vi.) a came eee os cee he es 32

On some Crustaceans from the South Pacific.—Part II.

Macrura anomala. (Plate XXXVI.) ...........005.. 457

On some Crustaceans from the South Pacific.—Part III.

Macrura... (Plates LAUIL—LXV.) age ed= cole oa daca s ¢ 1000

BouLENGsR, GHorGE ALBuRT, F.R.S., F.Z.8.

Notice of a Memoir on the Fishes collected by Dr. J. Bach

Thad oter I SuV0) Al ignr el siesVal len aaeee gee SNE Gy ae ee 44

Description of a new Sea-Snake from Borneo. (Plate

crane eetncatns stag ttte ie: or REREAD eARnOT RO ool seco Sei 106

An Account of the Reptiles and Batrachians collected

by Mr. W. F. H. Rosenberg in Western Ecuador. (Plates

XR VU rai cae yee RI RNS on Wi ke. o qin alo g 107

Exhibition of a living specimen of a hybrid Newt between

a male Molge cristata x M. marmorata and a female of

MM OPRRUET cc Rte Neate ia ss >. Sty, s « Glecg h eiNA Lev

Bovnencer, GrorGe ALBert, F.R.S., F.Z.S. ( Continued.)

A Revision of the African and Syrian Fishes of the

Family Cichlide.—Part I. (Plate XIX.)

a eMe, eo! <elte 6) a eda

Fourth Report on Additions to the Batrachian Collection

in the Natural-History Museum. (Plates XXXVIII. &

XXXIX.)

wa) sealers, a) ss lee) os 0M 66) wis elivice ey dienes) « 9\Ke' 9,6) a. (6 oe) =

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, specimens of Polypterus

GS he does aot ev Cin wb a es eS

lapradw from the Lower Congo

Notice of a Memoir on the Fishes collected by Mr. J. E.

S. Moore in Lake Tanganyika

re |

A Revision of the Genera and Species of Fishes of the

Family Mormyride. (Plate LI.) 2... c..ce0e0dse0ss>>

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a dancing-stick from

New Guinea to which two skulls of the Chelonian Caretto-

chelys insculpta were attached ..¢..... . cee eee eee ee ee

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a specimen of a Sea-

BUIaAON PERU a SUOIEERAN) iarce us, ou» nstile Ga alip net sa Be Dew

Third Report on Additions to the Lizard Collection in

the Natural-History Museum. (Plates LV.-LVII.)....

Brapy, G. Strwarpson, M.D., LL.D., C.M.Z.S.

Notice of a Memoir on new or imperfectly known

Species of Ostracoda, chiefly from New Zealand........

Brinpiey, H. H., M.A., St. John’s College, Cambridge.

On certain Characters of reproduced Appendages in

Arthropoda, particularly in the Blattide. (Plate LVIII.)

Bunpeertt, Joun §., F.Z.S8.

Extracts from a letter from, on his Expedition to the

DMM ETD merry ysstett 6.5. s<| a oiules coda mena! Mba > 0 sh aI

Page

851

912

203

924

Burr, Matcorm, F.Z.8., Dixry, F. A., M.A., M.D., and

CaMBRIDGE, Rey. O. Proxarn-, M.A., F.RS.,

C.M.ZS.

On a Collection of Insects and Arachnids made by

Mr. E. N. Bennett in Socotra, with Descriptions of new

Species. (Plates XXX. & XXXI.)

Busnett, 8. W., C.M.G., M.D., B.Sc., C.M.ZS.

Extract from letter from, on the herd of Cervus david-

ianus in the Imperial Hunting Park, Peking

Burier, Arruur G., Ph.D., F.LS., F.Z.8., &e., Senior

Assistant-Keeper, Zoological Department, British

Museum.

On a Collection of Lepidoptera made by Mr. F. V.

Kirby, chiefly in Portuguese East Africa

On the Lepidopterous Insects collected by Mr. G. A. K.

Marshall in Natal and Mashonaland in 1895 and 1897.

CENRIG eis. cocoa ac aa GP IRE Aiajsh Anais aaa’

On a Collection of Lepidoptera made in British East

Africa by Mr. C.8. Betton. (Plates XXXII. & XXXII.)

A List of Butterflies obtained in the Harar Highlands

byOapt, WoGa0. Swayne, BB nc ees wuss se cece

On asmall Collection of Butterflies made in the Chikala

District, British Central Africa, by Mr. George Hoare .

On a small Collection of Butterflies from British East

Africa, obtained at the end of 1897 and beginning of 1898

by Mr. R. Crawshay

On a Collection of Butterflies almost entirely made at

Salisbury, Mashunaland, by Mr. Guy A. K. Marshall,

in 1898

€, 0 @,.0 Je © 0,4) e),u af e)¥) e 0, diisi elt eae a6005eim6 w Oe

Se) 6 Rie) Cate 6 ee 2-0 oa le 6, MEW © She we, «be 6,018 wie) 6a) Bia lee ae

Bynrnz, L. W., F.Z.8., and Hotz, Ernest W. L.

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, specimens and

drawings of a supposed new Sucker-fish (Lepadogaster

stictopterya@) ........

Page

588

825

902

Vii

Gis Page

Camepriper, FrepEricK O. PicKarp-, B.A.

On the Cteniform Spiders of Africa, Arabia, and Syria.

CPAn eR PEEL ADV 2} isin ten eer ater ee toe ond os awake eee. 13

On new Species of Spiders from Trinidad, West Indies.

Chie EVO Ip ae ied. ste ike cleat. IB Beat eae 890

CampBrinak, Rev. O. Pickarp-, M.A., F.R.S., C.M.Z.S.

Note on the generic name Hatonia ........ 20.2004. 348

On some Spiders from Savoy. 4.0.5. cessinei see's os 487

CampBripGz, Rey. O. Prckarp-, M.A., F.R.S., C.M.ZS.,

Drxny, F. A., M.A., M.D., and Burr, Manco,

F.Z.S.

On a Collection of Insects and Arachnids made by

Mr. E. N. Bennett in Socotra, with Descriptions of new

Species: (¢Plates AUK. & OOK RT)! Wi, eee soe 372

Cotuett, Prof. Rosert, F.M.ZS.

On some Pigeons and Parrots from North and North-

west Australia. (Plates XXVIII. & XXIX.) ........ 353

CunnincHaM, J. T., M.A.

On the Early Post-larval Stages of the Common Crab

(Cancer pagurus), and on the Affinity of that Species with

Aiclecyclus heteradon.) (Plate ROM) is ciate hits in os vines 204

Dean, Dr. BAasHFrorp.

Remarks on the Affinities of Paleospondylus gunni. In

meply: to Ur oie Rag uait.) » daleitgcte poise e waisisjs ole alere « 343

DE Winton, W. E., F.Z.S.

Exhibition of a skin of a Zebra (Hquus bochmt) from

Pe bet Pts ur A EPLC 5 hah ths che (hei MAE ee Peay ab aaa) & vi olate 3

vill

DE Winton, W. E., F.Z.8. ( Continued.)

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a head-skin of a Roan

Antelope (Hippotragus equinus) from British East Africa. 127

On a new Genus and Species of Rodents of the Family

Anomaluride from West Africa. (Plates XXXIV. &

DRONE NY Mir a So in cr dx 5 Goede Skene VO een rat ier gear 5 Aa 450

List of the Mammals obtained by Mr. R. McD. Hawker

during his recent Expedition to Somaliland............ 761

On the Moulting of the King Penguin (Aptenodytes

pennanti) in the Society’s Gardens .................. 900

Dixy, F. A., M.A., M.D., Burr, Matcor, F.Z.8., and

CamBriper, Rev. O. Pickarp-, M.A., F.R.S.,

C.M.Z.S.

Ou a Collection of Insects and Arachnids made by

Mr. E. N. Bennett in Socotra, with Descriptions of new

Species... (Plates XXX. & RRNA We ie wie eee ho 372

Ducxworru, W. L. H., M.A., Fellow of Jesus College,

Cambridge.

Note onan Anthropoid: Ae \ ri. iecesig e = Mists sve ori wr 9&9

Ducés, Atrrep, M.D.

Description d’un Genre nouveau d’Ophidiens, Gea-

UEC Bons Stel ve, 6's. slo v' ain, od dle ee eRe ER 539

Frparp, Miss Sopuiz M.

On some Earthworms from British India............ 445

Fiower, Sranuny 8., 5th Fusiliers, F.Z.8., Director of the

Zoological Gardens, Cairo, Egypt.

On the Identification of a Gecko from Penang ...... 455

Extract from letter from, on the locality of the Siamang

(Hylobutes sindanigius) 3. 4.00: ss on) ecw ee hows Seales 924

Fowrrr, G. Hurpert, B.A., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of

Zoology, University College, London.

Contributions to our Knowledge of the Plankton of the

Faeroe Channel.—No. VI. Description of a new Mid-

water Tow-net. Discussion of the Mid-water Fauna

(Mesoplankton). Notes on Doliolum tritonis and D. na-

tionalis, and on Parathemisto abyssorwm .......0.0 000s

Contributions to our Knowledge of the Plankton of the

Faeroe Channel.—No. VII. A. General Data of the

Stations. B. The Protozoa. C. The Meduse. (Plate

ee NE: oo So eee waited AURAL vided Me nye Rares 4

Fowzer, G. Hurzert, B.A., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of

Zoology, University College, London, and THompson,

Isaac C., F.L.S.

Contributions to our Knowledge of the Plankton of the

Faeroe Channel.—No. IV. Report on the Copepoda

collected by Dr. G. H. Fowler from H.M.S. ‘ Research ’

in the Faeroe Channel in 1896 and 1897..............

Ganpiner, J. Srantny, M.A., Gonville and Caius College,

Cambridge.

On the Perforate Corals collected by the Author in the

South Pacific. (Plates XXIII. & XXIV.)............

On the Fungid Corals collected by the Author in the

South Pacific. (Plates XLIIDL—XLV.). $26. decane'ss ls

On the Turbinolid and Oculinoid Corals collected by the

Author in the South Pacific. (Plate LXII.) ..........

Gortpi, Dr. Emin A., C.M.Z.S., Para.

Further Notes on the Amazonian Lepidosiren

GorHaM, The Rev. Henry S., F.Z.S.

On the Serricorn Coleoptera of St. Vincent, Grenada,

and the Grenadines (Malacodermata, Ptinide, Bostrychide),

with Descriptions of new Species. (Plate XXVII. figs.

MESO Oa (US anges ais n ie ok «PRA Mose Sols poe

Page

567

1016

540

257

525

994

852

GorHam, The Rev. Henry S., F.Z.S. (Continued.)

On the Coleoptera of the Families Hrotylide, Endomy-

chide, and Coccinellide, collected by Mr. H. H. Smith in

St. Vincent, Grenada, and the Grenadines, with Descrip-

tions of new Species. (Plate XXVII. figs. 6, 11,12.) ..

Hampson, Sir Grores F., Bart., F.Z.S.

A Revision of the Moths of the Subfamily Pyraustine

and Family Pyralide.—Part I. (Plates XLIX. & L.) ..

Hickson, Sypnuy J., M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S., F.Z.8.

On the Species of the Genus Millepora: a preliminary

CommpURGSGN +... 2s! .45 07). ane eees er ipeietatn y= Silane ote

Notes on the Collection of Specimens of the Genus

Millepora obtained by Mr. J. Stanley Gardiner at Funafuti

Bip SEA MaEAIMURIN 0. 4. 55 ~ ncn ni vhahacs a meee eiaae ne Euegeaiche ies i

Hoxpine, R. E.

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a pair of horns of the

“Sunga” or Galla Ox of Abyssinia .

Remarks on the Zoological Gardens at Belle Vue,

Wiaenester ssc 2b 6s Or. Sener ae ates ete etemns foe's er erate, tetera sie

Hour, Ernest W. L.

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some advanced larvie

of the luminous Fish Scopelus glacialis.........6-00 00.

On the Breeding of the Dragonet (Callionymus lyra)

in the Marine Biological Association’s Aquarium at

Plymouth ; with a preliminary account of the Elements,

and some remarks on the significance of the Sexual

Dimorphism. (Plate XXVI.)

Contributions to our Knowledge of the Plankton of the

Faeroe Channel.—No. V._ Report on a Collection of very

young Fishes obtained by Dr. G. H. Fowler in the Faeroe

Channel. (Plates XLVI. & XLVII.)

Ce rd

ee Sep, ¢ 0 &@ cle, ote ate) ele

Page

334

246

828

202

493

279

281

Hour, Ernest W. L., and Byrne, L. W., F.Z.S.

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, specimens and

drawings of a supposed new Sucker-fish (Lepadogaster

SOMO BICFUI Metal. «aga tat eh Ck Ce CEE ENS eS ie ee ee

Howss, G. B., LL.D., F.B.S., V.P.Z.S.

Exhibition, on behalf on Mr. E. W. L. Holt, of a

specimen of a new British Fish (Argentina silus) ......

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, series of embryos and

living eggs of the Tuatera (Sphenodon punctatus) ......

Jacosy, Marrin, F.E.S.

Additions to the Knowledge of the Phytophagous

Coleoptera of Africa.—Part I., (Plate XXII.) ........

Jounsron, Sir Harry H., K.C.B., F.Z.S.

On the Larger Mammals of Tunisia..... ..........

Kerr, J. Grawam, F.Z.S.

Notes on the dry-season habits of Lepidosiren, com-

municated to him in a letter by Mr. R. J. Hunt, of

A Peet Ss porch ab avehl ty + iaie's «5g 4 wp ate eareenea NS .

Exhibition of specimens of Lepidosiren and other Fishes

collected in the Gran Chaco of Paraguay ..............

Lx Sovér, Duptry, C.M.Z.S.

Letter from, on the transfer by the mother of an

embryo Kangaroo (Mucropus giganteus) by her mouth into

SE OUCH a eink ue MMe! s oc soa 4 2h eR IR Se abel a

LyprxKer, Ricwarp, B.A., F.R.S., F.Z.S.

On the Geographical Races of the Banting. (Plate

DEORE og vt OR ge ale Re ARR gO VO

Mircuewt, P. Coatmers, M.A., F.Z.S,

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some etched studies

ox vounsOrans-OuLranes, oj. .cheepiodeatamiasians wstatele aids

Page

589

492

276

xil

NEUMANN, OSCAR.

On a new Antelope of the Genus Hippotrayus ....-+

Parsons, F. G., F.R.CS., F.ZS., F.L.S., Lecturer on

Comparative Anatomy at St. Thomas’s Hospital,

and Hunterian Professor at the Royal College of

Surgeons.

On the Anatomy of the African Jumping-Hare (Pecdetes

caffer) compared with that of the Dipodide.........---

Parsons, F..G., F.R.CS., F.Z.8., F.L.8., Lecturer on Com-

parative Anatomy at St. Thomas’s Hospital, and

Hunterian Professor at the Royal College of Surgeons,

and Wrinptz, B.C. A., M.A., M.D., D.Sc., Professor of

Anatomy at Mason University College, Birmingham.

The Myology of the Terrestrial Carnivora.—Part IL...

Peracca, Count M. G., D.Se., Ph.D., F.Z.S.

Note on an Italian Newt, Molge italica. (Plate XL.)..

Pocock, R. I., of the British Museum (Natural History).

On the Scorpions, Spiders, and Solpugas collected by

Mr. ©. Steuart Betton in British East Africa. (Plates

LT RA): | sriate Seaisine.sk Jo SHON Sele 2 Rg

Pycrart, W. P.

Contributions to the Osteology of Birds.—Part I. Stega-

nopodes. (Plates VII. & VIIL.) ........ see eee eee ees

Contributions to the Osteology of Birds.—Part IL. Zm-

pennes. (Plates LIX.-LXI.).....--.. 0. eee eee ee ents

Ripewoop, W. G., D.Se., F.LS., F.Z.8., Lecturer on

Biology at St. Mary’s Hospital Medical School,

London.

On the Development of the Hyobranchial Skeleton of

the Midwife-Toad (Alytes obstetricans), (Plate I1.)

On the Skeleton of Regenerated Limbs of the Midwite-

Toad (Alytes obstetricans) .. 06. c cece ee eee etree

858

152

497

958

Xill

Page

RoruscHitp, Hon. Water, F.Z.8.

Exhibition of a mounted specimen of the Ribbon-fish,

IEG aleGEs eT GAntGUe (2) i. erase GN ew widen wee A 280

Scuuster, E. H. J., F.Z.S.

Onanew Flagellate Protozoon of the genus Lophomonus, 242

Scrarer, Purrie Lurtey, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary to

the Society.

Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in

Degempertean.) Cewek.) . 2s lon vateoe eae ae oe se ele 1

Exhibition, on behalf of Dr. R. Collett, of a supposed

hybrid between the Fieldfare (Zurdus pilaris) and the

CWI CES QU MCREN Ts Aus eae ss <2 ok LOM nes ae. € 3

Exhibition of photographs of Giraffes showing the dif-

ferences in markings between the two recognized forms.. 41

Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in

SARNAET LOIS) we wives ho bieleais oa 2 ahem ati ae 79

Exhibition of a series of Lepidopterous Insects showing

the system of mounting adopted in ‘Denton’s Patent

MILDER mba etS, ” iF EL Ss <0. a 2: dane eee ae Wee (es 81

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, two skins of the White-

legged Falconet (Microhieraw melanoleucus) .........4.. 128

Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in

ern CEOS fora wena tins. 3 ca: 4s ROE Ee 201

Exhibition of, on behalf of Sir Edmund Loder, Bart.,

and remarks upon, some photographs of the Beaver-pond

at lueonardslee,.Horshamin, . -)..<): 05: eee vos coencalo ee 201

Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in

Maret 1898 ss oe oat be) 10. 2 FS 245

Remarks on the principal animals observed during recent

visits to the Marseilles Garden, the menagerie of the Bey

of Tunis at Marsa, and the Jardin d’Acelimatation, Paris. 280

XIV

Scuaver, Purire Luriey, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S. ( Continued.)

Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in

Mepril SOS pk... 0 Skala ees teen pee meee ee

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some specimens of

Mammals from the Gambia, with a List of the Antelopes

knows irom @nab COLONY Sef cite mc ee nists eee ee levels <<

Report on the Additions to the Society's Menagerie in

May PB9G ci )oiic asia ce 3 4 om» mgeieteem wueetelm Sja)rie isleiiee Sue

Remarks on the arrival in the Society’s Gardens of four

living specimens of the Australian Lung-fish (Ceratodus

SOTSEOVE YN. stan» ww nti ainje 9) = een ie eae eons [ole ni a) suse)

Reports on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie

in June, July, August, September, and October 1898.

Ub lnte VELL.) .5 eine ie lap naeied name Geico as x 0 oe

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a photograph of

Grévy’s Zebra (Equus grevit) .. 1.6... weer eee

Exhibition of a set of photographs of the Bangkok

IN Peiiygiibi meets Aen Sos oaa6 . 5 Ku oe OMe emcee

Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in

INovemmber USOS, cx ccesrosh oicete ore ea Meaiene aor 98% ise = pied a

Suarpe, Miss Emity Mary.

On a Collection of Lepidopterous Insects from San

Domingo. With Field-notes by the Collector, Dr. Curu-

PUB TOORRISDY 5...) 5:2 0 la/ececaip eels aie reat ee a ie ee

A List of the Lepidopterous Insects collected by

Mrs. Lort Phillips in Somaliland .............-.....-

Surptey, Arruur E., F.Z.S., Fellow and Tutor of Christ’s

College, Cambridge, and University Lecturer in the

Advanced Morphology of the Invertebrata.

Report on the Gephyrean Worms collected by Mr. J.

Stanley Gardiner at Rotuma and Funafuti. (Plate

RR VE) eee Wek eee uel eee ieee see tes

Page

348

349

456

492

588

THAYER, ABgorr H.

Remarks on his method of demonstrating the underlying

principle of protective coloration in animals ..........

Tuomas, OLDFIELD, F.Z.S.

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, the skull of a supposed

new subspecies of Giraffe from West Africa, proposed to

be named Giraffa camelopardalis peralta ...........4..

On some Mammals obtained by the late Mr. Henry

Durnford-in Chubut, E. Patagonia .............-.02.

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a series of specimens

of a Siamese Squirrel showing variability in coloration ..

Description of a new Dik-dik Antelope (Madoqua) dis-

covered in N.E. Africa by Mr. H. 8. H. Cavendish......

On a small Collection of Mammals obtained by Mr.

Alfred Sharpe,'C.B., in Nyasaland —.. 2.22 s..0.6. 0%.

On Mammals collected by Mr.J.D. La Touche at Kuatun,

DI Wer Pokien Oning 292. s.:. .'. Leen ou d cae.

Extract from letter from Sefior Ameghino on the newly-

discovered Mammal Neomylodon .......... 0.000 eeee

Tompson, IsaacC., F.L.S., and Fowiezr, G. Herzert, B.A.,

Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Zoology, University

College, London.

Contributions to our Knowledge of the Plankton of

the Faeroe Channel.—No. 1V. Report on the Copepoda

collected by Dr. G. H. Fowler from H.M.S. ‘ Research ’

in the Faeroe Channel in 1896 and 1897

ee)

THomson, AnrHur, Head-Keeper of the Society’s Menagerie.

Report on the Insect-house for 1897

Wicteswortu, L. W.

Remarks on the Theories of the Origin of Secondary

exnal Whatuiciers * <2: .5 No ee Ba) op de

Page

494

o40

xvi

Page

Woot, B. C. A., M.A.,M.D., D.Sc., Professor of Anatomy

at Mason University College. Birmingham, and

Parsons, F. G., F.R.C.S., F.Z.8., F.L.8., Lecturer

on Comparative Anatomy at St. Thomas’s Hospital,

and Hunterian Professor at the Royal College of

Surgeons.

The Myology of the Terrestrial Carnivora.—Part II... 152

Woopwarp, Henry, LL.D., F.R.S., F.G.S., F.Z.S.

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, an abnormal pair of

sritlercor the ed Deer 2. 7. 22s eaten ices 2 + as 924

LIST OF PLATES.

1898.

riate Page

I. Felis dominicanorum .....0.ccceccseeesuvccssess 2

II. Hyoid of Alytes obstetricans .....000ceeeccccuees 4

aa African Cteniform Spiders ..........00.sse0see0s 13

at Stomatopoda from the South Pacific .............. 32

VII. Osteology of Steganopodes.—Fig. 1. Fregata ariel.

Fig. 2. Phaéthon flavirostris. Fig. 3. Phalacro-

CONALSCOTDO Nveetlate vais s'a:.5 9 saan, oe Meare eave tie e eh 82

VIII. Osteology of Steganopodes.—Figs. 1, 1a, 5. Phaéthon

flavirostris. Fig. 2. Sula leucogastra. Fig. 3.

Phalacrocorax carbo. Fig. 4. Fregata ariel.

Fig. 5. Pelecunus-rufescens . . salves vvsveessseles 82

IX. Hydrophis floweri ..... SPIN HG = Seen) eG 106

X. Fig. 1. Anolis peracce. Fig. 2. A. elegans. Fig. 3. |

A. chloris. Fig. 4. A. lemniscatus........0600-5

XI. Fig. 1. Anolis maculiventris. Fig. 2. A. granuliceps.

he OF OLUADES os 5 0: se EGA hat LL

XII. Fig. 1. Synophis miops. Fig. 2. Leptognathus ellipsi-

SPW ae Bone dae oddor o\e.0, e(ecalatersletaelete’shais eel share alse

PAT, | FAAP PORCHOEL GE» oser ones wid tc A OE OAs Bice he

XIV. Fig. 1. Phyllobates infraguttatus. Fig. 2 i, Bigjladea 107

anomalus. Fig. 3. Syrrhopus areolatus. Fig. 4.

Leptodactylus pulcher ...ccreccciccssscrsteres

XV. Fig. 1. Hylodes longirostris. Fig. 2. H. achatinus.

Fig. 3. H. gularis. Fig. 4. H. latidiscus..,.....

DEVIL, « EG ls. POSEMEEL GE SS. is See MME Oh tee eed ON

XVI. Fig. 1. Nototrema inatifrne Fig. 2. Hylella

parabambe CA aeRO) 00 U: HOE RONS etete GRO

AVL: Nototrema corniuduin.'....\teeste. M61 Phe es ois nee

XIX. Fig. 1. Pelmatochromis welwitschi. Fig. 2. Chromi-

OURAN BICY CE” “a leltteeto: chain ets c ore aes 132

moe, "Battertises front Natal. sii fou eos esse ots ee oles os 186

XXII. Cancer pagurus. First Post-larval Stages, magnified. 204

Proc, Zoou, Soc.—1898. b

xviii

Plate Page

XXII. New speciesof African Phytophagous Coleoptera .. 212

XXII. : ape

XXIV. Corals from the South Pacific, .........seessseees 257

XXV. Heads of (1) Burmese and (2) Javan Races of the

Banting (Bos sondatcus)....++essceesecscasees 276

OQ Fe OUP aL deen OC On hb onde aca” 281

XXVII. Serricorn and other Coleoptera from the West

LTC ee TaN comet o Te acon o oo oer 315 & 334

RAVILL, ‘Petrophassa rifipengas: oc sey als acess ete see 353

XXIX. Ptilopus (Leucotreron) alligator...........0000005

DORK, Drinccta from Socutta Lifer Je: asain oa we oe ele 379

XXXL. Arancidea from Socotra. ...6.20vessceese see 3

XXXII. sas 1 Tact A fot : x

XXXIL British-East-African Lepidoptera................ 395

eee DER ORB, POD BALOOB OO Gre 0 0o 200 OS Oe 450

XXXVI. Macrura anomala from the South Pacific ........ 457

XXXVII. Gephyrea from Rotuma and Funafuti............ 468

XXXVIIL. Fig. 1. Phrynobatrachus perpalmatus. Fig. 2, Ar-)

throleptis moortt. Fig. 3. Phrynixalus oxyrhinus.

Fig. 4. Mantophryne robusta «1... eee eens a

XXXIX. Fig. 1. Hylodes alfredi. Fig. 2. Borborocetes mexi- Pes

canus. Fig. 3. Hyla microcephala. Fig. 4. Hyla |

JRNAE drs. den ALE. oes ee es 9d Ge dine J

MibirenMolge staea «SSeS See ee ick ce ws ese aa 482

ES | British-East-African Necshnida cece ooo oms tae: 497

XLII.

XLIV. Corals from the South Pacific ...........06. Skt eo

XLV.

pee Pl

XLVIL ankton of the Faeroe Channel ............e055 550

XLVIDL, Cercopithecus Phoesti, QD ..sccccscccsccssscevcces 586

woe Pyralide of the Subfamily Pyraustine .......... 590

LI. Sciagraph of Gnathonemus rhynchophorus ........ 775

— Holothurians from Funafuti and Rotuma ........ 884

LIV. New Spiders from Trinidad, WL... ....eee eee 890

LV. Fig. 1. Phyllodactylus siamensis. Fig. 2. Anolis

curtus. Fig. 3. Arthroseps wernert. Fig. 4,

Tygos0mae alfredt... v-.agevaas vinnie vines sate 91

LVI. Fig. 1. Diploglossus nuchalis. Fig. 2. Varanus e 912

TE CTICHULG | 55-5: Sadler agate aa asusiio ain sis ees we eee

LVI. Fig. 1. Lygosoma aignanum. Fig. 2. L. gastrostigma,

LVI. Tarsi of Blattide ..........04.. sisi teagan har (924

xix |

Plate Page

LIX. Osteology of the Impennes.—Fig. 1. Spheniscus magel- \

lanicus. Fig.2. Pygoscelis papua. Fig. 3. Apteno-

dytes patagonica. Fig. 4. Eudyptula albosignata.

Fig. 5. Catarrhactes chrysocome .......0++.005 =

LX. Osteology of the Impennes.—Fig. 1. Eudyptula ¢ 998

albosignata. Fig. 2. Catarrhactes ae. |

Fig. 3. Megadyptes antipodum ...........00055

LXI. Osteology of the Impennes.—Figs. 1, 4, 5. Catar-

rhactes chrysocome. Figs, 2,3. Pygoscelis papua. -

LXII. Corals from the South Pacific .......... Srarchnicscehe 994.

LXIIL.

LXIV.} Macrura from the South Pacific ................ 1000

Lxv.{

LXVI. Plankton of the Faeroe Channel ..............-. 1016

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS IN THE TEXT.

1898.

Lepidosiren, Views of dry-season burrows of, as seen in section .. 42,43

Scythrops, Skull of, ventral View) .\..clecs telcos steele rca ccis «pees ss 47

MAYES SKUUL Ol eireiessi a sieve ajoistetetkslctetautteksteteladslcrate ote i slaccte ster aera

Scythropes culo, lateral views... vestisesie sete elite wie veils oe > 49

Eudynamis, Skull of, lateral view...........0+.00005 ion Oa nciorc 49

Pteropus medius, Heart and lungs of, seen from the ventral aspect., 63

Pteropus medius, Heart and lungs of, dorsal aspect .............. 64

Pteropus edulis, Heart of, ventral surface ...............5005 .. 65

Pteropus medius, Heart of, dorsal surface ..........0....200000- 66

Pteropus edulis, Heart of, with portion of wall of right ventricle

Purmed | Pacle cy, s95) 1-1) -ykayeiowi lo emaier Reinet ele eens ae Meester 68

Pteropus edulis, Heart of, with right auricle opened and wall of right

ventricle TeMOVed:s.b..5:5j-.ctovrde/y ae ReMMeR Ite eratrentale cre chee 68

Pteropus, Internal Mammary Arteries and Veins of, from the dorsal

RCD iu poe Bonn dn. acta Uo co ooO bed dno ond duenoa 71

Phaéthon flavirostris, Sternum of, left side view............+ eerie ey

Phalacrocorax carbo, Sternum of, left side view.................. 88

Phalacrocorax carbo, Dorsal aspect of the pelvis of .............. 88

Phaéthon flavirostris (nestling), Dorsal aspect of the pelvis of...... 89

Phaéthon flavirostris, Anterior aspect of the proximal end of the

TS) Een ORD. AGRE OOo botsoo Soo aaa ote sisnnerd 90

Pelecanus rufescens, Anterior aspect of the proximal end of the

FHERIGRUS.O£ oy) 55-05 ass rk do pee eo. € inner a es enettla ieerene e Pela 90

Phalacrocorax carbo, Anterior aspect of the proximal end of the

NDIMELUS OLE. aio 5 5 5 nsninin'e' = &.5 pata ei 2 Uap Re eae Commins 90

Steg ganopodes, Diagram showing the probable relationships between

the various families of the ‘Sabarder BOD Cope oc otobddaoo Banos 92

Alytes obstetri veans, Skeleton of regenerated left hind limbs of Pete 103

Alytes obstetricans, Outlines of developing hind limbs (normal) of.. 104

Falconets, The White-legred ............000+000: vrevervenetelaeatae 128

Bassariscus astutus, Brain of ........ Seals abet? sfomeoaete ejerediemterete tg 130

Canis familiaris, External muscles of thigh of ............00e00- 156

Herpestes, Inside view of thigh-muscles of ............0eeeeesees 161

Herpestes, Muscles of hind foot of (dorsal view) ............000 166

Herpesies, Plantar tendons of foot Of ........:.20:seseeccerees . 170

Procyon, Plantar muscles of foot of ............ dia ayatomarersteverte laters 173

Tmétra,Musclesrotssalerol footeOl vc ais/0reiccys icheleluleke oe eet nee rate 174

Ox (Gall); EAGreBstQEe oi soca ts cals «vs abr cteca tel dco temnts Seiten aera ae 203

Page

Dophomonas suleata,. ..cccssccrscccccccseccsssccescsssecescoes 243

Lophomonas sulcata, Possible cyst of ......... cece eee cece 244

Dragonets, Male and female, preparing to ascend, and bundle of pris-

MAIC DOMES. 2.6. ase eae ae we meces ee ncicise wise sials svle siecle ele 289

Dragonets, Male and female, in coition .........eseeees scenes 250

Oreos derbianus, VAOTOS OF.) 5 ««s)elaiec) e+ sla /eclelthe) leheletateyelel\~\ = a7e)'s 349

Pericheta cupulifera, Ventral view of xvmmth segment of.......... 446

Pericheta crescentica, Spermatheca from vuth segment, right side, of 448

Gnaphosa molesta: Epigyne ... 6.02. sccs ence ee ss ecessisssceses 489

Gnaphosa molesta: eyes from above and a little behind .........- 489

DT CORL TUS ANTE s NEVIS NTC s/o) 61 <) o)e\o\.)-\a\el-1 4 1s felorelet=ae clnle\eteteye ats») dhatetatete 490

Tycosa riparia: portion of palpus and palpal organs .........-.... 490

Mowyenicts Mid—=wWwAber— % > c,syyeu'e aie A+ «0 wicacnols epee po <meta als 569, 572

Cp FTEOT NTS: OD FUSCULME, (vo ya,e 6 0,6 +20, ie onus le ebay phot sia ened e aeleke ee 604

WNeurophyseta clymenalisy G20. c.e noes ccscneccevacesislescvrise 605

Prephis MYTMrdonalesy Bo. 2 060 » 00+ v0.05 clsseajen s+ alaialeiridlals ... 605

GONOATECUS ANUPIAIES,: Sia ve, octyehsiereie. 4 =,0, :al'o\ babar delehel nyshataleysyotet obs) asiave 606

LEG EA AULT CCR OOD EDO ORE 60 AIO GnO CG aregnne 607

SEAT C GTLOP NS) ) OD AP OOOO RODE MOO OOO OED Son. ano aa 5 2608

SL LTEL LIDIA DI 6 a OEOTOOEERREIOOIEID Ons 0-0-0 cron ee cee 609

Monocoptopera ecmetallescens, So. .cc ces ececcccccraseessneeens 610

| EOD RE TEES) ch C5 Cone PORT S OC OCD OIGLOR, aio bE 611

EVOCOSTIUG) SCTE GS) co ioroe chagettsen sa, cies <4,\ «10, sjeleha teenie tal ots velvet a 611

CE EADEEDNIS UCIPUTECEO, 6S) | (seh ske vies 1-11 cs “}eeeneemiat ene la evelbh= at atel ee 612

ISTP EU OA SINTER GIES, hao o1ei eyes) 21+.0)0\ +. 3\e,«,0)>\>yelobeteystatalsuete\elehakelei Yes 615

LETTE TED oS (SRB CONO © COLE TASER Oo On ZOD OOo NO Oe 614

MISSED TU BOLULOLIS, | Sire oi aieicls «om «oa. a nie vlolaysseistayer= che veelors oo... 615

PAMMCOptera FUBCINETUBUS,, Bo 5c oes oie c's s os ood De pai e MI als wld Wawa 617

Manthomelena schematias, Go vec oe viens cnn c beeen be via ele os ales 617

Rhimphaleodes macrostigma, So... cctv cevncweeccettnenccses 618

Pinbephrid JAGUAT AUIS, Boo soe ecs scene eee renin ces ey vi sis selene ele 619

PEG AOU DUALS, Site a evsisiaia a o oie nce la.s vl oe D0 exaltation ole wtetehstelst eben 622

EBEHUIUEUD ST IOIGUS. Gi. icicieo « ais + 4 = ache aurkeue ented sie Oe errors 622

Zinckenia fascialis, S....... Weebl cdoe Map epee ae Neer eaninrs 623

DRAMA GIVER) Meer, 56 SOOM S C15) 5 TAME Seo ss Or 624

Eurrhyparodes bracteolalis, 0... cece cree rece cece ce teen enees 625

Heterocnephes lymphatalis, $1... sce c ete t eet eee 627

Agroptera magnificalis, GS vciccscecceccsrescescessnderies cevies 628

IDES RAAF UME AUS,” Gy, oc) dsialahe: =:2. «.sisyohe.s, »»,0)0) +a ckapetantte oko tale la aya ste) «hole 630

Aitholix flavibasalis, § ......-- CIR 58 Coban fo nbeo eh be 634

Pagyda salvalis, 3. ncccenccvcsencaereccceseneasanesccsien sees 634

TO RAEN GREER Sh GUO Ano HELO OOOO. ino: A Acrn orNar teenG3s

Cnaphalocrocis medinalis, So... cece cence teen eee e neces 638

Moarasmia venilialis, SB sce eects cc cene teen ne asile cet ele yaoi 638

Rhimphalea trogusalis, GS ....e cece cence eeeeeeenes rsia tale eis yarn 640

Hyalea dividalis, So .. ss eee eee sateotee nett eh tay ha, aseasheve re Acoiaie 641

Leucochroma corope, Sw... ccsececcveerceceneeen reenter cnenes 642

Syngamia Moridalis, Go... sc cce recs ccc cere c wees cece cere nes 3

Page

Hileithia decostalis, G ...... erave"eser plana te etesa%e;arauegeteee rover Oye ale ERENT 646

Bathnea ecclasaltay(G: ~ . «cis sesie- Seloinardiont ete oe © AeOHG eens eee eRe 647

Dr theyria, Gey Ualesyh Gis. Sota Laks MER ORO eS A AB SE eae 648

BSGCCHOVIS\ONY CHANGE, GB. «<< sidta ops elacieyn 0 sljepeeie dels ae en ae eee 650

Salbiomorpha torsalis, $ ....... SEDER UL ART ON aie cree 654

MMOCKOCIS TAMCNLAUS, © S- oaie sos vie he sstses « ret Oho eee 655

Opes AY Glis, Be Eee Paks Aone eae is Cee 660

iosophora altheatss;: B08 es OV ee fete wantats 661

CRE cudopter a: EMissGlis,. Goss stoi aiacivicterderee Oe Go sos Maat 664

Meésocondyla dardusalia; Ji. 0. boo cine wes Ok oa da ee eee 666

WREUCOPROCIS ULERY A, Si \accea sane ats eee ee oto toa eee os Gar

Caprinta conchylalis, G43 beL iD a ae ee hae 668

Spilomela per sincdla, Bo stannic Woe Oh TR WES UR er TA SRE Free 669

PEER TOAPOT IG NS 5 ws Sine = ors -3e sae eh Od VERE PRES Dee ee 669

PLCVRAUTG Y9Y LU, Sy veiea a's 4: S10 Ph ia. o)s aye ctevelolove aaa Ree eee As Se Cae oe 670

MOL E8 SULUULOT SENS, «Gc isie oss 's Sas eee oie Gare AONE Re eae 671

Bympanodes fasciales, Ss cede scien Cheadutaedon st vhpemee yt ae 673

Gonchylodes diphtheralis;: Gi hack denlediendacy cee Ce ee tee eee 674

AVEW TUE PTOCODIG, Soi s-u.3thatrerteete Petes ENS ORL Ee ee 676

Wrnogamaredtienbachert, (Gi as ai cast ayes usin oe Ghat ee eats eS 676

Prpyganodes noctescens, Bois sie as Batons Hughes Pave e aed ee ee 677

ET OCOTICH NUT OCUANGUS, O° Gancrten enero nee Dales ett Hate 687

Obgocentris\deciusalis, Ss ccccteriohireieoetremetcroe eos «aes SORTS 687

Wirhocrocisipunetiferalis, So scape ele ek, eee et cee ee 688

FHCOUAG PRONG, So. sec thas ete ds «to Weve e es HE RS 694

Goniorhynchus plumbeizonalis, G .......2-00. Ria oisreto-ott 2 tres eee ed

EPIUUNUSIOULAUES (O- . ia anwea ne Rec oe ee etter bine SER RE Re 706

ACRUNLOUESICETURCOSLR, Gf veawte Stee Coho Re) Shee ene ee 707

Piletosoma novalis, So... see eeee SYS ae RABIN od Se EE 707

Dota Sur TECEDUS Ss vs cs vie pero e eel as SRL ERTOR NETS Nave ti See 708

Cerararcha wumbrosa;. Basalt epe eee mentoniat ee hee eee 709

Bon/OdeEsIUSIAlisy Gy... 2s. 7 eee Ee Ca RcCe So Dee 709

PUIELT EUS CFLUONG,) So ssc SERS Eh Le ees 711

SPROT OOPS NEMNICE,| Gis. ss Jane SRR eR Dee eas ee AL |

IS LEPE AISLES OI Se vx aie sw RD Sere Ee OER TE oe ie Le wwe

Endographis acrochlora, $ .......... eins he net Stee ne ere 726

Kjjropia qQuaternadlis, Soo... dc «dau vtates «hee Mee ds Dee h a ee 726

PVGEEROAES!OSTETE GUESS baru. dcatd cjavore el oieie ei Pa VR ee Ht aS 730

GL phodes) OOF ales, |S. a's»: vulne Saleloin!o sl eeroMNe ata Aes nee ee 731

CUMAVOGES OPAIAUR IG. soo. 5:a-aievaravefsieeere ee hatte aloe ae ee 748

PYG Ospila COMEPETAlS, So. we edhe awt t OEE URE RON ae EE EEE BE 749

ROOT UR PALOSSOUES, 9S: 5. a casts OUR eR RE Nek mb Sane e es 751

Euclasta defamatalis, 3...... BOF aeveseac: 0 Gua as ARLES Oe RR DE 751

EGU thlpea COCR Soo ein sce va aia ertlets See EDN 752

TRPeyrodes UPN Sono 8% She casi sialere siare sie oh SERMRICR OS ERR 753

Syllepis marialis, So... cc cece M eansikMeaechovapomansts le chp SEWENG oXaN 764

Aphlyta singulalis, So. cc eve eww sisbrs Ae EINES PRR 765

PEACINOAES OFOONAHES So sx Sw vue oisteend a oN aN ON GAMER Rite OR 766

. Page

WNTCET CO OSEDCONATES, orate" win'e eicinisi cia! afalaloint sPacoral aimiei afc, ota sie’, vis) sie ae) etare 757

Crocidolomia suffusalis, S ve... cece ee cee eee * Fino OCOD OTOP Cn oe 758

Ommatospila descriptalas, So. ieee c cs cee ucdeevcccnesesssesedar 759

SEV CUMULUS I ecialacad wa eee el caetrs atertare Sfetatare skcavo neba'sie 760

Pseudocucumis, Diagram of oral tentacles OE aaa trict s 65,9 Ware . 844

Pirisal at Dunas, Marajé araicaletesaieianerestek ciahsyateretmierenetteseegssole eas .. 854

Lepidosiren, Head of living, showing the ramifications of the fore-

ATID: Pade Aa reig aaa oe PPAR ra acta sesfale al cle sreharel se etelsioi</ aa OOD

Lepidosiren, Head of living, on the left side ...............0.00. 855

Pedetes caffer, Dorsal view of carpus of ..........0.--e ec eueees 863

MONTES, UOLGAEMUME Dy apiiaictdid O96. <acc's SREB) oe sia se Oe asi DAH > Sitter 867

iPedetes, Vhe Pannigulus Of cick. ste eecsees eslears Brats cuesd Mepater dite 868

Pedetes, Inner view of wall of pelvis of ...... wieietptateiatatelss pdt 7. 870

Pedetes, Knee-joint of, with the femur removed ................ 875

Pedetes, Knee-joint of, from behind ............00eescscenseeces 876

Pedetes, Inner view of ankle and foot of ............000.cceeeeee 877

Redcies; PalateOle os cccae t's + i ssi set ars sola staresten tie ee ot te 879

eiches, NUTGSVOOPAATIS OF os. os wc as sass 5B aR COD eS eee 879

Pedetes, Ceecum of, viewed from behind ...............0secceees 880

iPeacres Winder surtachOL lyer' OL. 3.)...2. 1a, case teen sme ocleke 881

Pedetes, Heart of, with right auricle opened from in front ........ 884

Catarrhactes chrysocome, Lateral view of the innominate of a nestling,

to show the separate elements .....2....cceeeeescceves Heresy)

Spheniscide, Diagram showing the probable relationships of the

WHTIONS Genera Of Une AMIE. 4), 4x oc eign naa DoREE te hidiehw bis a's 981

Apes, Outline tracings of the heads of various ............ era cicks 991

Haeroe’ Channel, Chart of the 50.22. .caceceses sce AIA CRC CRO 1017

LIST OF NEW GENERIC TERMS.

1898.

Aclonophlebia (Lep.) ......+++++- 428

Aéthurus (Mamm.) ............+++ 450

Arthroseps (Rept.) .--.s.sesse+0++ 920

Bathybates (Pisces)......+++++++++ 495

Bettonia (Lep.) ....--sesesseeeee- 418

Catapsephis (Lep.) .......+- 594, 612

Cheiridisia (Coleopt.) .......--+++ 226

Chromidotilapia (Pisces) .....- 151

Betodus (Pisces) .....--.-ss0+++++ 497

Eretmodus (Pisces) .......-.++++++ 495

Erinothus (Lep.) ....--..-++- 595, 706

Bucratoscelus (Arachn.) ......... 500

Geatractus (Rept.) .........seeee+ 539

Hameopis (Lep.) ..-..sseeeeeeee 435

Julidochromis (Pisces) ......... 495

Lembopteris (Lep.) ........++++++- 438

Page

Leptomyrina (Lep.) ...+.....+.- 405

Metabetzeus (Crustacea) ...... 1014

Metaculasta (Lep.) .........2+-++ 444

Monocoptopera (Lep.) ... 596, 610

Perissodus (Pisces) ........-+2-+++ 496

Petrochromis (Pisces) ........- 496

Piletosoma (Lep.) .......-. 595, 707

Pisenorodes (Arachn.)............ 504

Plecodus (Pisces) ....-...-.2.00+ 497

Proconica (Lep.) ......+.- 598, 686

Pseudedusia (Coleopt.) ......... 229

Simochromis (Pisces) ............ 496

Symphysa (Lep.) ......... 594, 609

Tarsocera (Lep.) .......ssscsseeeee 903

Telmatochromis (Pisces) ...... 495

Torynesis (Lep.) ......000..ses000s 903

Tropheus (Pisces) .........2+.40 496

Trotonotus (Lep.) .......0ssesees 431

ERRATUM AND ADDENDUM.

P. 486, 6th line from top, for ‘ Taranto’ read ‘ Otranto.’

P. 487, add EXPLANATION OF PLATE XL.

The largest specimen, upper, lower, and side views, represents a breeding

female of Molge italica, the others breeding males, The skull

on the right hand is that of MW. italica, the one on the left is that

of M. vulgaris var. meridionalis, both enlarged two diameters.

The outline figures between the skulls represent sections of the body

of M. italica, $ (lower figure), and M. vulgaris var. meridionalis, $

(upper figure).

2 &, AL

ey k

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

January 18, 1898.

Dr. A. Ginruer, F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair.

The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the

Society’s Menagerie during the month of December 1897 :—

The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-

gerie during the month of December was 79, of which 45 were by

presentation, 18 by purchase, 15 were received on deposit, and

one was born in the Menagerie. The total number of departures

during the same period, by death and removals, was 154.

Amongst these attention may be called to :—

1. Two White-naped Weasels (Pecilogale albinucha)* from

Natal, presented by Mr. William Champion, F.Z.S., Dec. 1st.

This curiously marked Weasel, which much resembles a Zorilla in

its markings (see P.Z.S. 1864, p. 69, pl. x.), is new to the

Collection.

2. A specimen of an apparently new species of Wild Cat from

Foochow, China, presented by Messrs. Rickett and J. La Touche

of that Port, and received December 6th, for which I propose to

adopt (at all events for the present) Mr. La Touche’s suggested

1 Gf. Thomas, Ann. N. H. (5) xi. p. 370 (1883).

Proc. Zoon, Soc,—-1898, No. I. 1

2 THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THH MENAGERIE. [Jan. 18,

name of Felis dominicanorum, after the Dominican Monks from

whom he received the specimen.

I exhibit a coloured drawing by Mr. Smit of this animal (Plate I.),

and read an extract from a letter of Mr. La Touche’s to Mr. Thomas

relating to it (dated Foochow, 10. vill. 97) :—

“T have lately acquired a wild cat which I suspect to be new.

This cat was obtained at Kuatun last winter, and sold to one

of the Spanish Missionaries, who kept it for several months and

who eventually sent it to me.- It would appear to resemble Fels

temmincki of India, but differs in some ways so far as I can see.

The animal is of somewhat cross disposition, and won’t bear too

close inspection. In size it would seem to be about 3 ft. from head

to root of tail. The tailis long and of uniform width, perhaps may

measure 20 inches. The height at shoulders is quite 18 inches.

The marks on the face answer to those given in the description of

F. temmincki; the chin is white, breast dirty white with not well-

marked stripes ; ears black outside with paler centres. The general

colour is a reddish brown; the hair would appear to be grey at

base, brown in the centre, and tipped with grey or whitish, which

gives the beast a greyish-brown appearance. The tail is, I believe,

darker at tip and buff underneath. The nose is dull red, and the

iris a brownish yellow, pupil round or nearly so.”

3. Two White-legged Falconets (Microhierax melanoleucus),

presented by the same gentleman at the same date, being the first

examples of this diminutive Bird of Prey received by the Society.

4, A Lucan’s Crested Eagle (Lophotriorchis lucani) from West

Africa, presented by Dr. H. O. Forbes on December 18th. This

rare Bird of Prey, originally based by Messrs. R. B. Sharpe and

A. Bouvier (Bull. Soe. Zool. France, ii, p. 471, 1877) on an

example from French Congoland, is new to the Society’s

Collection.

5. A young Bear presented by Mr. William Crosley on the 28th

December, which I have not been able to determine satisfactorily.

As will be seen by its skin which I now exhibit, it does not show

the characteristic markings of Ursus ornatus, the generally known

Bear of the South-American Andes, being of a uniform black with

a slight greyish-white patch on the throat. It may possibly be

the young of a different species from the Colombian Andes, and

in such case may be referable to that which I shortly described

before this Society in 1868 (P. Z. 8. 1868, p. 73, pl. vill.) as Ursus

nasutus. Mr. Crosley has kindly supplied me with the following

note on the exact locality of this specimen, which it is proposed to

deposit in the British Museum :—

“The little Bear I sent to you came from the banks of the

Simitara, an affluent of the Magdalena on the western side. You

will see that this is on the eastern slope of the Central chain

of the Andes in their northern extremity.

“ Approximately you may fix the position as 7° 30' North latitude

and 74° West of Greenwich long., on the meridian of Bogota

more or less.”

“WOHONVOININOG SITH4

dutt* soag uta parry WATT 79 "Tep FAAS Pp

Ate See SZ acl

f ie oe

eT WFiien

PAP Sg Sa

1898. } MR. W. E. DE WINTON ON THE SKIN OF A ZEBRA, 3

Dr. Forbes has also kindly sent us seven examples of the cele-

brated Walking-Fish of the West Coast of Africa (Periophthalmus

koelreuteri), which, however, we have unfortunately not been able

to keep alive.

On behalf of Dr. R. Collett, of Christiania, F.M.Z.S., the

Secretary exhibited a mounted specimen of a bird obtained in

Norway, and believed to be a hybrid between the Fieldfare (Turdus

pilaris) and the Redwing (7. ilacus). It was intermediate in size

and colour between these two species.

Mr. W. E. de Winton exhibited the skin of a Zebra, obtained

by Mr. 8. L. Hinde near Machakos, British East Africa, of the

form described by Dr. Matschie as Equus boehmi (S.B. Ges. naturf.

Fr. Berlin, 1892, p. 131). The only specimens from Brit. E.

Africa hitherto received by the British Museum had been obtained by

Dr. Gregory on the Thika Thika River, one of the headwaters of

the Tana R., this form being named Z. burchelli granti De Winton

(Ann. Mag. N. H. 1896, xvii. p. 319). The form £. 6. boehmi might

readily be distinguished from £. b. granti by the presence of well-

marked shadow-stripes upon the haunches, the body-markings

generally being of much the same character and proportions as

those of the Zebra of Mashonaland, Z£. b. seloust Pocock (Ann.

Mag. N. H. 1897, xx. p. 45); but the feet of the present specimen

being wanting, it was impossible to compare the pasterns; the dorsal

stripe in this single specimen, from the saddle backwards, was not

separated from the side-stripes by distinct white spaces as in the

specimens from the Tana R., but how far this character would be

found constant could not now be determined.

Mr. Hinde was of opinion that the two forms occur in separate

herds in country not geographically separate but of different

characters: one keeping to open plains, the other living in bush-

country. Be this as it may, it was of very great interest to

have undoubted evidence of these two apparently distinct forms

occurring so close together, Dr. Matschie having described his

species from a sketch of an animal from the neighbourhood of

Kilimanjaro and from a living specimen in the Zoological Gardens

at Berlin of doubtful origin.

It might be hoped that other specimens, with careful data

recorded, would be brought home when it was realized how badly

skins are wanted, and how little is known of the distribution and

habits of these interesting animals.

4 DR. W. G. RIDEWOOD ON THE (Jan. 18,

The following papers were read :—

1. On the Development of the Hyobranchial Skeleton of

the Midwife-Toad (Alytes obstetricans). By W. G.

Rivewoop, D.Sc., F.L.S., Lecturer on Biology at

St. Mary’s Hospital Medical School, London.

[Received November 15, 1897.]

(Plate IT.)

The object of the present investigation was to ascertain how

far the peculiarities of the hyobranchial development of Pelodytes,

already detailed in the Proceedings of this Society (9), are to be

considered normal for phaneroglossal Anura generally. The adult

hyobranchial skeleton of Pelodytes is so aberrant in structure that

it is natural to suspect that the mode of development of the parts

may not conform very closely with that of a more generalized type

of Anuran. Since the arciferous type of shoudler-girdle, the

presence of free ribs, the frequent persistence of postcardinal

veins, and the primitive nature of the carpus and tarsus show

Alytes to be one of the most lowly organized of the Anurous

Batrachians, and in consideration of the larger size of the tadpoles

of this genus as compared with those of the otherwise equally

suitable genus Discoglossus, Alytes was chosen to supply the test.

The material for the investigation was, as before, generously

provided by Mr. G. A. Boulenger, F.R.S., of the Natural History

Museum, London. Twenty-one specimens were dissected, and

from these the eight here described and figured were so selected

as to exhibit the most even gradations from the youngest stage to

the adult condition. The stages are numbered 1-8 to distinguish

the order in which they succeed one another ; but the use of these

figures does not imply correspondence with any stage bearing a

similar number in the previous descriptions of the hyobranchial

skeleton of Xenopus, Pipa (8), and Pelodytes (9). In order to

facilitate comparison the figures are not drawn to the same scale,

but as nearly as possible of the same absolute size. The approxi-

mate magnification is given in each case. Figures 1-7 exhibit

the dorsal surface of the hyobranchial skeleton, but fig. 8, of the

adult, is drawn from the ventral surface, so that the ventral

splint-bone may be more clearly seen. The method of procedure

was the same as in the two earlier investigations; and as the

nomenclature of parts adopted in this paper is the same as that

previously employed in the description of the hyobranchial

apparatus of Pelodytes, a lengthy introduction is here unnecessary,

The adult skeleton of <Alytes (Plate II. fig. 8) is not very

remarkable. The hyoidean cornua (h) are thin and continuous,

but rather more flattened than in the Common Frog. The

posterior cornua or thyrohyals (t) are normal, and in the middle

of the ventral surface of the body of the hyoid is a V-shaped

1898.] HYOID OF ALYTES OBSTETRICANS. 5

superficial bone (v) which is related to the hyoglossus muscle in

the same way as the H-shaped splint-bone of Pelodytes. The

antero-lateral or alary processes (pal) and the postero-lateral

processes (ppl) are feebly developed, but they are hardly so

reduced in size as to justify the statement by Stannius (10. p. 65,

footnote) : “bei Alytes ist, statt zweier Seitenfortsiitze, jederseits

eine breite Platte vorhanden.”

Of the published figures of the hyoid skeleton of Alytes, that by

Parker (7. pl. 24, fig. 4) is the most reliable. This author regards

the splint-bone as an ectosteal basibranchial (p. 134), and describes

(p. 133) the hyoidean cornua as having small hypohyal lobes

(= proe. ant. 9. p. 589), lobes which I find to be altogether

wanting in the Discoglossid genera Alytes, Discoglossus, and

Bombinator. The much earlier figure of Henle’s (5. pl. 2, fig. 24),

reproduced by Hoffmann in the‘ Klassen und Ordnungen des

Thierreichs’ (6. pl. 46, fig. 24), is not much inferior to that of

Parker's; but the one given by Dugés (2. pl. 3, fig. 20) is

decidedly poor. Only the proximal ends of the hyoidean cornua

are shown, and the lateral parts of the basal plate are represented

in the figure, and described in the text (2. p. 56), as ossified in

the same manner as in Bombinator. Cope (1. pl. 76, fig. 3)

endeavoured to compromise matters by combining the figures of

Dugés and Parker, from which fact it is evident that he had

never seen the hyoid of Alytcs, or he would have rejected Dugés’s

ficure entirely. The statement by Cope (1. p. 234) that “ some-

times the third ceratobranchial is ossified, as in Alytes (pl. 76,

fig. 2),” involves a confusion of Alytes with Bombinator, for the

figure referred to is that of the latter genus. The statement

would, however, in neither case be correct.

Stace 1. Specimen measuring from snout to root of tail 20 mm.

Length of tail 40 mm. Length of hind limb 2 mm. (Plate I.

fig. 1.)

The ceratohyals (ch) are broad and flat at their mesial ends,

while their lateral extremities bear each a convex surface for

articulation with the palatoquadrate cartilage and a terminal

process for muscular attachment. ‘They are not in contact with

one another in the median line, but between them occur first an

elliptical cartilage, the anterior copula (ca), then a space, then a

fibrous mass, the “ pars reuniens” (pr), and finally a posterior

copula (cp) of larger size than the first. The postero-internal

edges of the ceratohyals abut on the hypobranchial cartilages

(hb). The anterior copula (“erste Copula” of Gaupp, 3. pp. 411

and 412, to whom the discovery of this cartilage is due) is

elliptical in shape, the long axis of the ellipse being disposed at

1 Gétte (4. pl. 18, fig. 332) gives a figure of the larval hyobranchial skeleton

of Bombinator showing three axial structures which probably represent the

first and second copulx, with the pars reuniens between. The relations,

however, are not clearly indicated, and no special description is given of these

parts in the text, so that the credit of the discovery of an anterior copula in

Anuran tadpoles must be accorded to Gaupp.

6 DR. W. G. RIDEWOOD ON THE (Jan. 18,

right angles to the length of the body. It is united by fibrous

tissue with the ceratohyal of each side, and is separated from the

pars reuniens by a space or foramen. This latter is closed by

loose connective tissue, and must not be confounded with the

hyoglossal foramen of the aglossal Toads, transmitting the

hyoglossus muscle. The pars reuniens is a dense mass of whitish

fibrous tissue, with a straight anterior edge, slightly convex lateral

margins, and a notched posterior border. It is slightly broader

than long, and serves to bind the ceratohyals together. The

second mesial cartilage, the posterior copula, corresponding with

what was called “ basihyal ” in Pelodytes (9. p. 583), is much larger

than the first. It is pentagonal in shape and considerably longer

than broad. The pointed anterior end can be traced on the

ventral surface of the pars reuniens, reaching as far forward as

the foramen above mentioned, so that the length of the cartilage

is greater than appears in a dorsal view. The antero-lateral edges

abut on the ceratohyals, the lateral edges on the hypobranchial

plates, while the posterior and smallest edge forms the anterior

boundary of the laryngeal sinus. This complete separation of the

hypobranchial plates by the second copula, which, like the presence

of the anterior copula, is, I believe, peculiar to the Discoglosside,

was incidentally referred to in my previous contribution (9. p. 581).

There is in Alytes no triangular space on either side of the

posterior copula such as occurs in Pelodytes (9. pl. 38, figs. 1, 2,

and 3, s), Pelobates, and a great number of other genera.

The hypobranchial plates (hb) are approximately triangular in

shape, and the posterior extremity of each bounds the laryngeal

sinus laterally. The anterior angle runs up to the point where

the ceratohyal and posterior copula touch one another, while the

lateral angle is attached to the base of the first ceratobranchial

(cb 1). The four branchial bars or ceratobranchials are united

with one another at their proximal ends and at their distal ends.

The last (cb 4) is the shortest and the broadest. The distal part

of the third ceratobranchial is somewhat expanded, and is

continued beyond the commissural cartilage into a pointed process

which is much larger than those into which the ceratobranchials

1 and 2 are produced. There is no corresponding process to the

fourth ceratobranchial. Five to eight warty outgrowths of

cartilage occur on the anterior and posterior edges of the bars, but,

while those on the posterior border of the fourth ceratobranchial

are almost obsolete, those on the anterior border of the first

ceratobranchial are greatly prolonged, so as to form a sort of

palisade. There is a tendency for these latter processes to

fuse in an irregular manner to form an anterior protective wall,

as in Pelodytes (9. p. 584). Only three pairs of spicula are

present. Those which constitute the free, recurved proximal ends

of the third ceratobranchials are long (sp 3), but those of the

second ceratobranchial are short and stunted. There are no

spicula at all to the first ceratobranchial, and those of the fourth

are continued back, as usual, over that posterior part of the

1898.) HYOID OF ALYTES OBSTRTRICANS. 7

hypobranchial cartilage which will ultimately develop into the

thyrohyal.

There is not the same continuity of ceratobranchial and hypo-

branchial cartilage as is found in Pelodytes ; such coalescence, in fact,

only occurs in the case of the fourth ceratobranchial. The third

ceratobranchial is attached to the postero-lateral edge of the hypo-

branchial cartilage by fibrous tissue, while opposite to the place

where the second ceratobranchial should be attached is a small

foramen, the proximal end of the bar being kept in position only by

its connections with the first and third ceratobranchials. Cerato-

branchial 1 is attached by fibrous tissue to the lateral angle of the

hypobranchial plate at some distance outward from the posterior

cusp of the ceratohyal', and does not during later development

become fused with it. There is thus an interesting difference

between the relations of the proximal end of ceratobranchial 1 in

Alytes and Pelodytes, for while in the latter genus it is fused with

the hypobranchial cartilage and bound by connective tissue to the

proximal end of ceratobranchial 2 (9. p. 584), in Alytes it is

united with the hypobranchial by connective tissue and is fused

with the end of the second ceratobranchial. The difference is

important as well as interesting, inasmuch as the basal portion of

the first ceratobranchial of Pelodytes can be clearly seen to persist

as the postero-lateral process of the adult hyoid, while in Alytes the

whole of the first ceratobranchial becomes absorbed, and the

process of the hypobranchial cartilage to which it was attached

broadens out into a plate from the edge of which the postero-

lateral process (ppl) subsequently grows out (see figs. 5-7).

SwaGe 2. Specimen measuring 21 mm. from snout to root of tail.

Length of tail 41 mm. Length of hind limb, eatended, 19 mm.

Fore limbs extruded and measuring 8 mm. when extended. (Plate I.

fig. 2.)

Although at this stage the tadpoles have four well-formed legs,

and have shed their horny jaws, but slight changes have occurred

in the hyobranchial skeleton. The ceratohyals are larger and

slope a little more posteriorly than in the first stage. The front

copula is still present, but is smaller in proportion to the adjacent

parts. The width across the hyoid region is now equal to the

width across the branchial, whereas in the first stage it was less.

The first ceratobranchial exhibits a wrinkling at its distal end, the

absorption of cartilage having already begun in this position; and

the laryngeal sinus is larger than before.

1 Herein probably lies the explanation of the view propounded by Gaupp in

his paper ou Rana (3. p. 403), that the part of the first branchial arch between

the spiculum and the hypobranchial plate belongs to the latter cartilage rather

than to the ceratobranchial. There is no indication of any separation of the

cartilages in Rana tadpoles, but as this author had, judging by his remarks on

page 411 of his treatise, already made an examination of the larval hyobranchial

skeleton of Alytes, it is just possible that his determination was influenced by

the division which in this genus occurs in the position in question. The

division is no more present in Pelodytes than in Rana, whence my hesitation

(9. p. 584, footnote 2) to accept Gaupp’s theory.

8 DR. W. G. RIDEWOOD ON THE (Jan. 18,

Stace 3. Specimen measuring 19 mm. from snout to root of tail.

Length of tail 29 mm. Length of hind limb, extended, 21 mm.

Length of fore limb, extended, 10 mm. (Plate II. fig. 3.)

The ceratohyals are more massive than before, and have acquired

a distinct backward slope. Examined from the ventral surface,

the two ceratohyals are seen to meet in the median line and to be

overlapped (ventrally) by the tapering anterior end of the larger

copula, although in the two preceding stages they were separated

from one another by a distance equal to one-halt of the total

width of the pars reuniens. The pars reuniens itself is less

conspicuous than before. The anterior copula has disappeared,

and the hyoglossal sinus (Ags) thus makes its first appearance.

The posterior copula is now thicker than the hypobranchial

plates ; the two are flush above, but the copula projects ventrally.

The future thyrohyals are assuming shape and are thicker than the

surrounding cartilage. In fact, the cartilage immediately external

to the middle part of the rod is already so much resorbed as to

present an incipient foramen (¢f), the “thyroid foramen” of the

previous communication (9. p. 586). The fenestration does not

begin exactly at the region of attachment of the thyroid bodies, but

more posteriorly ; the absorption, however, continues in a forward

direction and also externally (see figs. 3 and 4). Since both the

developing thyrohyals and the copula are thicker than the sur-

rounding cartilage, the former appear to be processes of the latter,

for the line of junction is no longer to be seen on the ventral

surface, and is barely visible above.

Considerable reduction has occurred in the branchial skeleton, and

it is chiefly this which is responsible for the new aspect which the

whole hyobranchial skeleton has assumed. The ceratobranchials

are not only thinner, but shorter than before, judging by the

diminution in the length of the branchial clefts, so that a shrinkage

of cartilage must occur as well as absorption, a fact already pointed

out in the case of Pipa (8. p. 105) and Pelodytes (9. p. 588). The

distal end of the first ceratobranchial has separated from its

commissural cartilage, but the second and third clefts still remain

enclosed. The spicula have practically disappeared, and the warty

outgrowths on the ceratobranchials are mostly absorbed.

Stacu 4, Specimen measuring 18 mm. from snout to cloaca. Tail

reduced to 3mm. Length of hind limb, extended, 21 mm. Length

of fore limb, extended, 10 mm. (Plate II. fig. 4.)

The hyoglossal sinus is wider than before, and the ceratobyals

slope more backwardly and are much more slender, especially at their

distal or posterior ends. Here the surfaces of articulation with

the palatoquadrate cartilage are no Jonger distinguishable. The

pars reuniens has entirely disappeared, and the two ceratohyals can,

in a dorsal view, be seen to unite in the median line. In Stage 3

this was only visible ventrally. A central oval area is differen-

tiating in the middle of the hyobranchial skeleton. Its outline,

though faint and ill-defined in front, is sharply marked behind, and

1898.] HYOID OF ALYTES OBSTETRICANS. Go)

is caused partly by the now indistinct lateral limits of the second

copula, but mainly by the white fibrous tissue, from which the

ventral splint-bone will later develop, showing through the thick-

ness of the cartilage.

The absorption of cartilage in the hypobranchial plates has

proceeded apace, and the thyroid foramina are now quite large

crescentic spaces. One of the consequences of this absorption is

that the lateral promontory of the hypobranchial plate to which

the first ceratobranchial is attached now stands out boldly at

right angles to the median plane. On the anterior edge of this

process a new cartilage is developing. It is as yet distinct from

the hypobranchial cartilage, but in Stage 7 it fuses on, and forms

part at least of, the alary or antero-lateral process of the adult

hyoid (see figs. 4-7). A pair of cartilages similarly placed are

figured by Parker in the hyobranchial skeleton of a recently

metamorphosed specimen of Rana palustris (7. pl. 5, fig. 9), but

he speaks of them (p. 37) as “ remains of the branchial pouches,”’

a determination which their position shows to be untenable.

The absorption of hypobranchial cartilage by the enlargement of

the thyroid foramina causes the ceratobranchials to be drawn in,

so that the proximal ends of ceratobranchials 2 and 3, which in

Stage 3 were ina line with the extremity of the thyrohyal and the

proximal end of the first ceratobranchial, are now much closer to

the middle line. This, of course, is partly to be accounted for by

the growth in length of the thyrohyals. The general result is

that a transverse line drawn through the posterior ends of the

thyrohyals now passes behind the branchial skeleton, whereas in

the preceding stage the line passed through it. The fourth

ceratobranchial has almost disappeared, only its distal end, fused

with the external edge of the posterior extremity of the thyrohyal,

remaining.

Stace 5. Specimen measuring 17 mm. from snout to cloaca.

Stump of tail 1mm. Length of hind limb, extended, 23mm. Length

of fore limb, extended, 10 mm. (Plate II. fig. 5.)

The ceratohyals are slightly longer than before and considerably

thinner. The distal or posterior end is curved, and the part which

forms the lateral boundary of the hyoglossal sinus is quite slender.

The hyoglossal sinus itself is both broader and deeper. In Stage 4

the ceratohyals were in contact in the middle line, but they are

now considerably separated, and the extent of their divarication is

marked by two slight notches at the bottom of the hyoglossal sinus.

There is evidently an absorption of cartilage taking place here,

which causes the posterior copula to extend into the sinus. The

side margins of the posterior copula are still to be seen, but since

the fibrous predecessor of the ventral splint-bone underlies them,

it is only possible to obtain convincing proof of the fact after

removal of this superficial tissue. The lines run down to the antero-

internal border of the thyroid foramen, and reach the hyoglossal

sinus in front at the notches already indicated.

10 DR. W. G. RIDEWOOD ON THE (Jan. 18,

The new growth of cartilage (c) in front of the pointed lateral

process of the hypobranchial plate is larger in size and has assumed

a triangular shape. The thyrohyals are also larger and their

posterior extremities are dilated. The thyroid foramen does not

yet open, since the ceratobranchials, although separated from one

another at their distal ends, remain connected proximally. These

last remnants of the ceratobranchials are short and stunted, but,

seeing how near to the completion of their metamorphosis larve

with tail reduced to a mere knob must be, it is surprising that any

branchial arches should be found at all. The first ceratobranchial

is triangular in shape, but the other two are more rod-like. No

trace of the fourth is now to be seen.

Sraae 6. Specimen measuring 20 mm. from snout to cloaca.

Stump of tail 1mm. Length of hind limb, extended, 23 mm. Length

of fore limb, extended, 11 mm. (Plate II. fig. 6.)

The ceratohyals are more slender than in the previous stage,

and are of more uniform diameter throughout. They are thinnest

where they bound the hyoglossal sinus laterally. The sinus itself

is much wider than before, but not appreciably deeper. A couple

of slight notches in its border still serve to show how far the

ceratohyal cartilage is now situated from the median line. The

ceratobranchials have entirely gone, and the thyroid foramen has

opened out into a sinus. The thyrohyal (¢) is thus formed by the

persistence and evlargement of that part of the hypobranchial

plate of the larva which forms the inner boundary of the thyroid

foramen. It is a matter of great satisfaction to me to be

able by the results of the present investigation to confirm the

view which I first propounded in the case of Pipa (8. p. 106),

and subsequently upheld in my paper on Pelodytes (9. p. 586).

Since the first ceratobranchial has in all the earlier stages been

distinguishable from the hypobranchial plate, and has now dis-

appeared, it is evident that it cannot form any part of the postero-

lateral process of the adult hyoid as it does in Pelodytes. It cannot

even be said that the pointed process of the hypobranchial cartilage

to which it was attached becomes the aforementioned process,

since this broadens out and fuses with the autogenous cartilage

marked ¢ in fig. 6, and only differentiates into antero-lateral and

postero-lateral processes later.

Stace 7. Completely metamorphosed specimen measuring 20 nun.

from snout to cloaca. No trace of tail. Length of hind limb,

extended, 23mm. Length of fore limb, extended, 11 mm. (Plate II.

fig. 7.)

Although the specimens which form the basis of the descriptions

of Stages 6 and 7 are hardly distinguishable by their external

characters, it is evident from the hyobranchial skeleton that the

one now under discussion is considerably the older. The cartilage

is much bluer, and more transparent and hyaline, than in the

preceding. The ossification of the thyrohyals is just beginning, a

small differentiated tract being discernible in the middle part of

1898. ] HYOID OF ALYTHS OBSTETRICANS. 11

the rod. The ventral splint-bone has also begun to ossify. The

ceratohyal is extremely slender and delicately curved ; its thickest

part lies just external to the body of the hyoid. The notches

in the hyoglossal sinus have disappeared, so that it is now

impossible to define the limits of the posteror copula and the

ceratohyal cartilage. The pointed lateral process of the hypo-

branchial plate is no longer distinguishable as such, but has

broadened out into a plate. ‘The antero-lateral (pal) and postero-

lateral (ppl) processes are already disposed as in the adult.

Both are evidently secondary outgrowths, as Gaupp (3. p. 433 (4))

has already shown to be the case in Rana. The antero-lateral

process is probably formed in great measure by the independent

cartilages (c, fig. 6), which remained free until the present stage.

Stace 8. Adult specimen measuring 33 mm. from snout to cloaca.

Length of hind limb, extended, 46 mm. Length of fore limb, extended,

20 mm. (Plate II. fig. 8.)

It is surprising how slight are the differences between the hyo-

branchial skeleton of the just metamorphosed animal and that of

the fully-grown adult. The hyoglossal sinus has deepened con-

siderably, so that it is now behind the antero-lateral sinuses,

instead of being at the same transverse level with them as in

Stage 7. The broadest part of the ceratohyal lies, as in Stage 7,

just off the antero-lateral process. The ventral splint-bone is

completely ossified, but the ossification does not extend into the

subjacent cartilage. The bone is quite superficial, and can readily

be dissected off. The thyrohyals are well ossified, the posterior

extremities remaining cartilaginous and boot-shaped.

SUMMARY.

In the hyobranchial skeleton of the early larva of Alytes there

is an anterior copula which subsequently disappears and forms no

part of the adult hyoid.

The posterior copula extends backward to the laryngeal sinus,

and thus completely separates the two hypobranchial plates. It

persists as the central part of the body of the hyoid.

The postero-lateral process of the adult hyoid cannot be identified

with the base of the first ceratobranchial as it can in Pélodytes,

but both the antero-lateral and postero-lateral processes are new

formations, as in Rana.

The branchial bars or ceratobranchials of the larva form no

part of the adult hyoid, but are entirely resorbed.

The thyrohyal is developed from that part of the hypobranchial

cartilage of the larva which constitutes the inner boundary of the

thyroid foramen.

List oF AUTHORITIES REFERRED TO.

(A more complete bibliography on the Hyobranchial Skeleton of

Anura will be found in papers 8 and 9 of the following list.)

1. Corr, E. D.—“< Batrachia of North America.” Bull. United

States National Museum, No. 34, 1889.

Fig. 1.

ON THE HYOID OF ALYTES OBSTETRICANS. (Jan. 18,

. Duets, A.—* Recherches sur l’Ostéologie et la Myologie des

-Batraciens.” Mém. (des savans étrangers) de |’ Acad.

des Sci., t. vi., Paris, 1835, pp. 1-216.

. Gaurp, E.—* Beitriige zur Morphologie des Schidels. II. Das

Hyo-Branchial-Skelett der Anuren und seine Umwandlung.”

Morph. Arbeiten (Schwalbe), Bd. iii. Heft 3, Jena, 1894,

pp. 399-438.

. Gorre, A.— Die Entwickelungsgeschichte der Unke. Leipzig,

1875.

. Hentz, D. J.—Beschreibung des Kehlkopfs. Leipzig, 1839.

. Horrmann, C. K.—Klassen und Ordnungen des Thierreichs

(Bronn): Amphibien, Bd. vi. Abth. 2. Leipzig und Hei-

delberg, 1873-78.

. Parker, W. K.—*“ On the Structure and Development of the

Skull in the Batrachia. Part III.” Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc.,

vol. 172, London, 1881 (1882).

. Ripewoop, W. G.—* On the Structure and Development of

the Hyobranchial Skeleton and Larynx in Xenopus and

Pipa.” Journ. Linn. Soe. (Zool.), vol. xxvi., London, 1897,

pp- 53-128,

. Rmewoop, W. G.—“ On the Structure and Development ot

the Hyobranchial Skeleton of the Parsley-Frog (Pelodytes

punctatus).” Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1897, pp. 577-595.

. Stannivs, H.—Handbuch der Zootomie, Th. 11. Buch 2.

Zootomie der Amphibien. Berlin, 1856.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE II.

Hyobranchial skeleton of Alytes obstetricans. Stage 1, p. 5. Dorsal

view. (X44.)

Same. Stage 2,p.7. Dorsal view. (X4}.)

Same. Stage 3, p.8. Dorsal view. (X5}.)

Same. Stage 4, p.8. Dorsal view. ( X53.)

Stage 5, p.9. Dorsal view. (53.)

Same. Stage 6, p.10. Dorsal view. ( X73.)

Same. Stage 7, p. 10. Dorsal view. (Xx7z.)

Same. Stage 8, adult, p.11. Ventral view. ( x4.)

Rererence LETTERS.

c. Autogenous cartilages in figs. 4-6.

ca. Anterior copula.

cb 1. First ceratobranchial.

cb 4, Fourth ceratobranchial.

ch. Ceratohyal.

ep. Posterior copula.

h. Hyoidean cornu.

kb. Hypobranchial plate.

hgs. Hyoglossa] sinus.

Js. Laryngeal sinus,

pal. Processus antero-lateralis.

ppl. Processus postero-lateralis.

pr. Pars reuniens,

sp 3. Cartilaginous spiculum of the third branchial arch.

t. Thyrobyal. :

tf. Thyroid foramen.

v. Ventral splint-bone.

0 I Or ym G9 9

[a')

P ZS. 1898. Pl IL

ign

ae ‘ é

j a West,Newman imp.

Ye ao ;

p _ Hyoid of Alytes obstetricans.

1898.] ON THE CTENIFORM SPIDERS OF AFRICA. 13

2. On the Cteniform Spiders of Africa, Arabia, and Syria.

By Frepx. O. Pickarp Campriner, B.A.

[Received November 15, 1897.]

(Plates III. & IV.)

CONTENTS.

I, Two-clawed Cteniform Spiders.

a, Introduction, p. 13.

6, Bibliography, p. 13.

ce. List of Species already described, with Notes on their Identities,

d. Diesee tio of New Species, p. 20.

II. Three-clawed Cteniform Spiders.

a. Introduction, p. 27.

b. List of Species already described, with Notes on their Identities,

p. 28.

¢, Descriptions of New Species, p. 29.

I, a. Introduction.

The following pages include a note on every species belonging

to the Cteniform Spiders which have been described from Africa

and Western Asia, besides descriptions of eight new species of

the two-clawed form and four of the three-clawed form. On

page 3517 of my paper on the Ctenidw of Burmah I expressed

myself as “satisfied that one cannot restore Thorell’s genus

Dolopeus for the Eastern Asiatic forms” of the three-clawed

specimens. Since this was written, however, more material has

come to hand, which enables me to reverse my decision in this

respect. The following list contains the names of the new species

described :—

Ctenus johnstoni, sp.n. Zomba, Lake Nyassa.

» kingsleyi, sp.n. Cameroons, W. Africa.

», occidentalis, sp.nu. W. Africa.

» spencert, sp.n. E. London, 8. Africa.

» carson, sp.n. Tanganyika, &c.

» burtoni, sp.n. Cameroons, W. Africa.

» marshalli,sp.n. Umfuli River, S. Africa,

» corniger,sp.u. Natal, S. Africa.

Thalassius jayakari, sp. un. Muscat, Arabia.

+3 cumming, sp.n. Fao, Persian Gulf.

Ps phipsoni, sp.n. Dorun, India.

a spencer, sp.n. HE, London, S. Africa.

I. b. Bibliography.

1833. M. Perty. Del. Anim. Braz. (Spix and Martius), Brazil.

1837: C. A. WatckENsER. Ins. Apt. i. p. 364. S. Africa.

1865. J. Buackwatt. Amn. Mag. N. H. (8) xvi. p.336. Africa,

1 Ann, Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xx. Oct, 1897,

14 MR. F, 0, PICKARD CAMBRIDGE ON THE (Jan. 18,

1866. J. Buackwatt, Ann. Mag. N. H. (8) xviii. p.451. Africa.

1872. O. Pickarp CamBrinen. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1872, p. 320.

Palestine.

1873. E. Gersracknr. Von der Decken’s Reisen in Ost-Africa,

iii. 2, p. 483. Africa.

1875, L. Kocnu. Aegypt. und Abyssin. Araneiden, p, 84. Egypt.

1876, Evans Simon. Bull. Soc. Zool. Fr. p. 222. —-R. Congo.

1876. O. Pickard Campripen. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1876, p. 596.

Egypt.

1879. F. Karscn. Zeits. ges. Nat. p. 347. W. Africa.

1884. Evakne Stmon, Ann. Mus. Genov. xx. p. 326.

Egypt and Abyssinia, Congo, Cape of Good Hope.

1885, Evens Stmon. Bull. Soc. Zool. Fr. p. 13. Africa.

1886. H. Lmnz. Zool. Jahrbuch, i. p. 379. Madagascar.

1889. Evaknn Srmon. Ann. Soe. Ent. Fr. p. 233. Mazotte.

1891. H. Lenz. Jahrbuch Hamburg. Wissen. Anstalt, ix. p. 170.

Madagascar.

1895. H. Bosensere. Jahrbuch Hamburg. Wissen. Anstalt, xii.

p. 12. East Africa.

1896. Eucknn Simon, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. Ixv. p. 465.

1897 (Feb. 15th). Eveknn Stuon. Hist. Nat. Ar, éd. 2, tome ii.

fase. i. p. 104.

1897 (Jan.). FRepK. CAMBRIDGE, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xix.

. 52.

1897 (et.). Frepx. Campripek. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xix.

pp- 329-356.

I, c. List of Species already described, with Notes on

their Identities.

1837. Ctenus fimbriatus Walck. Insect. Apt. i. p. 364. Cape of

Good Hope.

1865. Ctenus velow Blackw. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (3) xvi. p. 336.

Nyassa and Zambesi.

1865. Ctenus vividus Blackw. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (3) xvi.

p. 336. Nyassa and Zambesi.

1866. Ctenus vagus Blackw. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (3) xviii.

p- 451. Africa.

1872. Ctenus syriacus Cambr. ‘Spiders of Palestine,’ p. 320.

Jordan Plains.

1875. Ctenus pallidus L. Koch. Aegypt. u. Abyss. Ar. p. 84,

vii. 7. Habab, Egypt.

1879. Ctenus spinosissimus Karsch. Zeits. f. d. ges. Nat. t. li.

p. 845. Congo.

1884. Ctenus torvus Pav. Ann. Mus. Genova, xx. p. 74. Shoa.

1896. Ctenus modestus E. Sim. Sub Leptoctenus, Ann. Soc. Ent.

Fr. Ixv. p. 492. Zanzibar, East Africa.

1896. Ctenus pulchriventris E. Sim, Sub Leptoctenus. Ann. Soe.

Ent. Fr. Ixv. p. 493. South Africa.

1896. Ctenus lycosinus E. Sim. Sub Leptoctenus. Ann. Soc. Ent.

Fr. lxv. p. 494. West Africa, Rio Pungo.

1898.] OTENIFORM SPIDERS OF AFRICA, ARABIA, AND SYRIA. 15

1896. Ctenus aculeatus E. Sim. Sub Leptoctenus. Ann. Soc. Ent.

Fr. Ixy. p. 494. West Africa, Rio Pungo.

1873. Phoneutria decora Gers. Von der Decken’s ‘ Reisen in Ost-

Africa,’ iii, 2, p. 483, pl. viii. fig. 7. Mbaramu.

1876. Phoneutria erythrochelis B. Sim. Bull. Soc. Zool. Fr. 1. p. 222.

Landana, Congo.

1879. Phoneutria auricularis Karsch. Zeitschr. ges. Nat. p. 347.

West Africa.

1879. Phoneutria capulina Karsch. Zeitschr. ges. Nat. p. 348.

West Africa.

1886. Phoneutria fasciata Lenz. Zool. Jahrbuch, i. pp. 379-408.

Isl. Nossi-Bé, Madagascar.

1895. Phoneutria melanogastra Bésenb. Jahrbuch Hamburg.

Wissen. Anstalt, xii. p. 12 (sep. copy), t.i.f. 14-14d. E.

Africa.

1895. Phoneutria debilis Pav. Ann. Mus. Genova, xxxv. p. 523.

Galla Country, East Africa.

1896. Caloctenus guineensis E. Sim. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. Ixv.

p. 496. Sierra Leone.

1896. Anahita lineata E. Sim. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. Ixv. p. 497.

Landana, Congo.

1896. Anahita lurida E. Sim. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. Ixv. p. 497.

Sierra Leone, Rio Pungo.

Crmnus Fimpriatus Walk.

9. Hab. Cape of Good Hope.—This is a three-clawed form

which has been selected by M. Simon as the type of Thalassius

(Titurius), Sim.

Crenvs vetox Bl. (Plate III. figs. 1, 2.)

@. 20mm. Adt. Type in coll. 0. P.C. Hab. Zanzibar, S.E.

Africa.

Q. Total length 20mm. Cap. 10x8. Legs absent. Pat.+

tib. i. 13—iv. 13°5. Prot. iv. 12°5.

Colour. Abdomen brown freckled with yellowish grey, with a

broad dentated yellow band, bordered with black, along the dorsal

area, comprising a longitudinal anterior yellow band. Ventral

area black anteriorly, with two unequal white oval spots.

Structure. Eyes of second row straight ; line passing through

centres of centrals cuts posterior margin of laterals. Ocular

quadrangle broader than long, broader behind. yes closer

together, otherwise similar to those of allied forms.

The vulva consists of a long, dark, chitinous, raised, central

tongue, dilate before the middle, slightly emarginate and again

broadly dilate, depressed in front, convex in middle, again de-

pressed behind; slightly but broadly grooved in centre longi-

tudinally. Sides rugulose or impunctate, fringed with fine pale

hairs. Posterior angles of tongue guarded on each side by a stout,

slightly curved, blunt spur, black on margins, convex at apex, its

16 MR, F, 0. PICKARD CAMBRIDGE ON THE (Jan. 18,

base set with a tuft of fine clustered pale hairs, curving inwards

and backwards.

This form, of which two adult females remain, is obviously quite

distinct from C. vagus and C. vividus, and from every other South-

African forms which have come before me. I have taken this

opportunity of redescribing and figuring the species, since the

original descriptions are inadequate.

Crenvs Vivinvs Bl.

Q juv. 25mm. Type in coll.O. P.C. Hab. 8.H. Africa.

Q. Total length 25 mm. Cap. 13x10. Legs: i. 49—ii. 45,

iii, —, iv. 49. Pat.+tib. i. 17—ii. 11, iv. 15, Prot, i. 11—iii. 8

—iv. 8.

Colour. Carapace brown, with a broad yellowish-brown band

(whose superior margin is somewhat dentated) extending along

each side, and a narrow longitudinal one in the middle. Abdomen

pale yellow, streaked and spotted with brown. A broad dentated,

dull yellow band bordered with brown, and comprising a longi-

tudinal row of brown spots, extends along the dorsal surface,

and on each side is a series of brown spots.

Structure. Tib. i. and ii. with 2—2—2—2—2 spines beneath ;

one or two lateral external basal spines; one lateral internal basal

spine. Patelli. and ii. sometimes with, sometimes without lateral

spines, iii. and iv. with one small spine on each side. Prot. i.

and ii, with 2—2—2 spines beneath, and a single small central

apical spine beneath. yes. Second row almost straight by anterior

margins, laterals slightly behind; otherwise the eye-formula is the

same as in C. vagus Bl. Clypeus 14 diameters of anterior central eye.

Out of thirteen examples of this species from the relics of

Mr. Blackwall’s collection, there is not, unfortunately, a single

adult specimen. Except in the difference in the height of the

clypeus, and a slight difference in the curvature of the second row of

eyes, these two forms, C. vividus and C. vagus, are exceedingly alike.

Crenvus vacus Bl.

@ juv.33mm. Type incoll.O.P.C. Hab. Zambesi, 8. Africa.

. Total length 33mm. Cap.16x12. Legs, i. 55—1i1. 49-5—

iii. 42—iv. 56. Pat. +tib. i. 19°5—ii. 13—iv. 17. Prot. i. 12—

iv. 15.

Colour. The specimen being very old the colour is merely a

uniform yellow-brown. Abdomen densely covered with brownish-

yellow hairs, having a series of broad, curved, angular lines of

a brown colour, with their convex sides towards each other and

their vertices directed forwards.

Structure. Tib. i. and ii. with 2—2—2—2—2 spines beneath ;

1—1 outside, lateral; 1 inside lateral, basal. Prot. i. and ii. with

side. Eyes. Second row straight by anterior margins; diameter of

centrals more than three times transverse diameter of laterals.

1898.] CTENIFORM SPIDERS OF AFRICA, ARABIA, AND SYRIA. 17

Centrals 4 diameter apart. Laterals 1 transverse diameter from

centrals, over one transverse diameter from lateral posteriors.

Diameter of lateral posteriors } less than of central posteriors, one

diameter from them. Ocular quadrangle broader than long, broader

behind. Posterior 3 larger than anteriors (by diameters). Ante-

riors 3 diameter apart, 7a diameter from posteriors. Clypeus two

diameters of anterior central eye. Inferior margin of fang-groove

with four stout teeth, superior with three. ‘arsals claws 2.

This fine Spider is unfortunately immature, but is obviously

closely allied to the males taken in the Nyassan district of S.E.

Africa, described below (p. 21) as C. johnstoni. The colours in the

type specimen have faded, and I have therefore given the characters

as described by Blackwall. I am indebted to the Rev. O. P.

Cambridge for kindly allowing me to examine this and others of

Blackwall’s types.

Crenus syriacus O. P: Cambr.

Q juv.45 mm. Hab, Plains of Jordan. P. ZS. 1872, p. 320.

There is no evidence from the description that this form belongs

to Thalassius (Titwrius), as Simon suggests. No mention being

made of the number of subtibial spines or the number of tarsal

claws or teeth on the fang-groove, it is impossible to gather to

what genus it belongs.

Having carefully examined the type, however, there is no doubt

that this form is two-clawed, with four teeth on the inferior

margin of the fang-groove. ‘The eve-formula is of the usual

ctenoid character, and not that of Vhalassius. Tibi i. and ii.

with 2—2—2—2—2 spines beneath, the last pair not apical.

The type is, however, a very young female, and, further than

that it belongs to one or other of the various subdivisions of the

genus Ctenus, one cannot say anything more definite concerning it.

Crenus pattipus L. Koch. 9.

Carap.4 mm. Legs: 1. 13 mm.—ii. 10°5 mm.—iii. 12°5 mm. —

iv. 16mm. Hab. Abyssinia.

“Die Beine 4.1.2.3.”"—* Die beiden Klauen am Tarsus der

ersten und zweiten Beinpaares mit je zwei kurzen Ziihnchen ”—

“‘dritten und vierten Paares—mit drei bis vier ausserst kleinen

Zabnchen.”—* Am vorderen Falzrande zwei, am hinteren sechs

Zahne, die drei obersten der letzteren sehr klein.” —“ Mit Ctenus

syriacus, Cambr., ist Ctenus pallidus jedenfalls nahe verwandt,

doch sind in der Farbe und Zeichnung so wesentliche Unterschiede

vorhanden, das kaum angenommen werden kann, beide méchten

eine und dieselbe Species sein.”

There appears to me to be no sufficient reason for regarding

this form as congeneric with Titurius (Thalassius, Sim,), as Simon

supposes, Ann. Mus. Genov. xx. p. 526.

Crnnus sprnosissimus Karsch.

Hab. Congo, W. Africa.

It is exceedingly difficult to grasp the characters from Dr.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1898, No. II. 2

18 MR. F. 0. PICKARD CAMBRIDGE ON THE (Jan. 18,

Karsch’s descriptions and figures, and one cannot therefore be sure

of the identity of this species.

CrENUS TORVUS Pavesi.

3 165,92 20mm. Ann. Mus. Gen. xx. p.74. Shoa, Abyssinia.

I have not seen this species, and cannot therefore give an opinion

as to its affinities.

Cteni modestus, pulchriventris, lycosinus, and aculeatus are

described by M. Simon under Leptoctenus from various regions of

Africa. I have not had an opportunity of examining the types,

but, so far as one can judge from the descriptions, they are not

identical with any of those already described or now described in

this paper as new.

PHONEUTRIA DECORA Gerst.

@ 22mm. Hab. Mbaramu, EH. Africa.

“ Brunnea, cervino-pubescens, cephalothoracis linea media

duplici flavescenti, regione ocellari falciumque basi ferrugineo-

villosis: palporum basi coxisque rufescentibus, femoribus supra

nigro-maculatis.”

*« Am Endrande mit vier scharfen Zaihnen bewehrt.”

Whether this description was taken from an adult it is difficult

to say, but no description or figure is given of the vulva. It may

be possible to identify the species when more material from

Mbaramu comes to hand, but even then with no great certainty.

PHONNUTRIA ERYTHROCHELIS EH. Sim.

3,carap. 15. Hab, Landana, Congo, W. Africa.

gd. Carap. 15x11. Legs: i. 55—i1. 47°5—ii. 89—iv. 53.

** Brunnea, fulvo-pubescens, cephalothoracis linea media et vittis

marginalibus dilutioribus, chelis coccineo-pubescentibus, pedibus

fulvis immaculatis.”

“* Chelicéres noires, revétues en avant, dans leurs deux tiers

inférieurs, de pubescence serrée, d’un rouge vif.”

« Pat. et tib. iv. plus longs que le céphalothorax ; mét. iv. plus

long que le tibia des deux tiers de la patella.”—‘ Patte machoire

de méme teinte que les pattes. Tibia sensiblement plus long, plus

étroit 4 la base, légérement et graduellement élargi, pourvu d’une

apophyse terminale externe, presque perpendiculaire, relativement

gréle, simple et plus courte que le diamétre de l'article.”

No mention is made of the palpal organs. Simon regards it as

different from C. velow Bl. and C. vividus Bl., since the falces are in

these species yellow, while those of P. erythrochelis are red. It

differs from P. decora Gerst.in the absence of femoral spots. It is

extremely possible that the species is quite distinct from the Nyassa

District forms, but one cannot regard the description alone, without

figures, as quite sufficient for purposes of identification.

It is not at all likely that this form should be the only one with

red falces.

1898,.] CYTENIFORM SPIDERS OF AFRICA, ARABIA, AND SYRIA, 19

PHONEUTRIA AURICULARIS Karsch.

Hab. W. Africa.

It is impossible to say from the description what this may be.

PHONEUTRIA MELANOGASTRA Bésenb.

$ llmm., 2? 16mm. Hab. E. Africa. Types in coll. Nat. Hist.

Mus. Hamburg, coll. Stuhlmann.—Jahrbuch der Hamb. Wiss.

Anstalt, xii. p. 12, Taf. i. 14-14 d.

The figure given of the eyes is, I believe, drawn from a point

more from above, and the second row thus appears more strongly

recurved ; whereas I should suspect (for I have not seen the type)

that a line passing through the centres of the centrals would at

most pass through the centres of the laterals, and in this case the

second row would be absolutely straight. A young female now

before me, taken in E. Africa at Likipia by Dr. Gregory, is very

closely allied to P. melanogastra, if not identical. Being immature,

however, one cannot pronounce on the point with any certainty.

There appears to me to be no necessity for separating these

forms from the rest of the Ctenide, other than in more or less well-

defined groups.

Curiously enough, there is now also before me an adult female

with black ventral band precisely similar to that of P. melanoguastra

and of the female from Likipia, with similar eye-formula, differing

only in the absence of a lateral spine on tib. i, and ii. and the

absence of spines on pat, i. and ii., from La Plata, Argentina,

taken by Mrs. Oldfield Thomas.

The African and American forms resemble each other very

closely, with certain minute though constant differences, such as au

extra spine on the legs or an extra minute tooth on the fang-groove.

Those from the Indian Archipelago and Australia approximate to

a certain type only of those in Africa and America, of which

C. spencert is a fair representative from the former, and C. albo-

fasciatus from the latter continent.

So far as the material at hand allows one to judge, the large

Ctenoid forms represented by C. reidyi, C. andrewsi, and C. boli-

viensis in America, and C. vividus, C. kingsleyi, &e, in Africa, are

absent from India, Burmah, the Indian Archipelago, and Austral-

asia. But I am unable to satisfy myself, so far, that there is any

distinction sufficiently pronounced to justify one in giving to these

two different groups distinct generic names.

An adult male from Umfuli, taken by Mr. G. A. Marshall, is

evidently very closely allied to P. melanogastra B., being apparently

precisely similar in markings, The figure given of the palpus in

*‘ ostatricanische Specimen” is scarcely sufficiently detailed to

enable one to decide with certainty on the point. Herr Bosenberg

has, however, with his usual generosity, furnished me with a

beautiful enlarged drawing of this important organ, and I am now

able to assert positively that P, mclanogastra Bg. is quite distinct

from P. marshall, n. sp.

20 MR. F. 0. PICKARD CAMBRIDGE ON THE [Jan. 18,

PHONEUTRIA DEBILIS Pavesi.

g,11lmm. Hab. Arussi Galla, E. Africa.

3. Carap. 5-5°5, tib. iv. 4-45.

“ Occhi della seconda serie recurva equidistanti; mandibole,

margine posteriore del solco unguicolare con 4 denti eguali,

anteriore con 1 e 2 denti in basso.

“ Palpi, tibia, e presso |’ apice di un forte processo externo,

pit longo del diametro dell’ articolo, a forma di spina di rosa, con

la punta subitamente acuminata.

‘“‘Mandibole testacee, con due linee nere parallele sulla faccia

anteriore, vestite di peli o setole nere.

“Zampe 4.1.2.3 (i. 24 mm., ii. 22, iii. 18, iv. 24°5).”

This extract from Pavesi’s description should enable an identi-

fication to be made.

I. d. Descriptions of New Species.

Males.

A, Protarsi i. and ii. with a single spine at apex

beneath.

i. Size much larger, 31 mm. ‘Tibie and protarsi

clothed with thick silky yellow hairs ............ C. carsoni, sp. 2.

ii. Size much smaller, 15-18 mm.

a. Base of tarsal joint of palpus produced into a

spur.

1. Spur long, curved, falciform, almost as long

asthe tibiak.:adaccees-cetesaentar scare sadetn sot C. corniger, sp. n.

2. Spur short, sharp, cuspidate ..........sssee0e C. spenceri, sp. n.

b. Base of tarsal joint of palpus simple ............ C. marshalli, sp.n.

B. Protarsi i. and ii. without apical spine beneath ...... C. burtoni, sp. n.

Females.

A. Protarsi i. and ii. with a single short, stout, apical

spine beneath. Mandibles clothed with rufous-

grey, yellow, or red hairs at the base in front.

i. Carapace longer than protarsus iv.

a. Mandibles rufous grey at base ...........0e0e- C. johnstoni, sp. .

b. Mandibles red or yellow at base.

1. Mandibles yellow at base..........s..e0seeeee ee C. vividus Blk.

2. Mandibles red at base ....0...-.00essseeeeeeenees

ii. Carapace shorter than protarsus iv. Mandibles

densely clothed with yellow hairs at base in

PONG! oa. 0c orcs sss ceenteetenacentesa toss ecleareiacease= C. velox Blk.

B. Protarsi i. and ii, without any apical spine beneath.

Mandibles black.

i. Size larger, 30-33 mm.

a. Carapace shorter than patella+-tibia iii, and

shorter than protarsus iy. Vulva much

ETC) SBR BABREE Scand cnbatosceccsbcaee Seeact ahieens C. kingsleyi, sp. n.

b. Carapace longer than patella+tibia iii. and

equal to protarsus iy. Vulva much smaller. C. occidentalis, sp. n.

ii. Size smaller, 28 mm. (Carapace longer than

ProtarsUSaV.)).-)..ccewecsacuvtoaccereecivewacceacens + CO. spencert, sp. n.

C. vagus Blk.

1898. CTENIFORM SPIDERS OF AFRICA, ARABIA, AND SYRIA. 21

? b)

OrENUS JOHNSTONI, sp.n. (Plate III. fig, 7.)

9. 37:8. Hab. Zomba, Lake Nyassa, E. Africa. Type in coll.

Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist. London.

_ Total length 37:8. Carap. 18x14. Anter. marg. 8. Prot.

1, 18—iv. 16°25.

Colour. Mandibles with basal half clothed with thick rufous-

grey pubescence. Abdomen clothed entirely with rufous pubes-

cence, ochre-yellow on legs. There would be nothing, save in

the difference in the eye-formula, to distinguish this form from

the male from the Cameroons. The colour of the mandibles is

identical. There is present in this female the basal inner and outer

spine on the anterior tibiz as well as the single small spine at

apex of protarsi i. and ii. beneath.

Vulva. See Plate III. fig. 7.

The eye-formula is similar to that of the male mentioned above,

except that the laterals of the second row are higher and the

lateral posteriors further from centrals.

Whether this difference is more than sexual, I have not

sufficient material on which to base a definite decision, but I

should suspect not.

Three females from E. Africa, two being from Lake Nyassa,

Zomba, were found in the Museum collection, presented by

Sir Harry Johnston.

CTENUS KINGSLEYI, sp.n. (Plate ILI. fig. 6.)

2. 30mm. Hab. Cameroons; coll. Kingsley. Type in coll.

Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist. London.

Q@. Carap. 14°75x11. Legs 4, 1, 2, 3—i. 60:5—ii. 56—iii. 48—

iv. 63. Pat.+tib.i. 21. Pat.+tib. iii. 15°5. Pat.+tib. iv. 19.

Prot. i. 18, iv. 17°5.

@. Colour. Carapace mahogany-brown, clothed with short

grey pubescence. Mandibles entirely black, clothed with short

black hairs, rufous on inner apical margin. Legs clothed with

short black and grey hairs and rufous-yellow pubescence. Abdo-

men unicolorous warm brown, with indistinct dentate dorsal

longitudinal pattern, with narrow central dark band beneath

bordered with a white line. The face bears a narrow band of

rufous pubescence on each side of the ocular area.

Structure. Carapace horizontal, shghtly gibbous behind, slightly

inclined to base.

Eyes. Second row straight. Line passing through centres of

posterior centrals cutting posterior margins of laterals. Diameters

of centrals nearly 4 times the transverse diameters of laterals, 3 a

diameter apart, } a diameter from laterals. Posterior laterals 3

smaller (by diameters) than centrals, 17 diameters from the latter.

Ocular quadrangle broader than long, narrower in front ; posteriors

3 larger ; anteriors $a diameter apart, the same from posteriors.

Clypeus two full diameters of anterior central eye. Lower margin

of fang-groove with four stout teeth, upper with three.

Spinulation of legs, Similar to the male of C. carsoni, but with

22 MR. F, 0. PICKARD CAMBRIDGE ON THE (Jan. 18,

only a single lateral spine on inner basal half of tibia, and no dorsal

tibial spines, while the single small apical central inferior protarsal

spine is abseut.

Vulva. For form of this organ, see Plate III. fig. 6.

The single female specimen from the Cameroons is obviously of

a different species, so far as the material at hand enables one to

judge, from the male taken by Capt. Burton in the same district.

The eye-formula approaches more nearly that of carsoni, and though

it differs again from this species in this respect one must not speak

too confidently of differences which are possibly only sexual.

That this form is, however, specifically distinct from carsoni, I

have not the smallest doubt. The specimen described above was

taken by Miss Kingsley.

CYENUS OCCIDENTALIS, sp. n. (Plate IIL. fig. 8.)

Q. 32mm. Hab. W. Africa. Type in coll. Brit. Mus. Nat.

Hist. London.

@. Total length 33 mm. Carap. 15x11. Legs 4, 1, 2, 3—

i. 53°5—ii. 50—il. 42—iv. 57. Pat.+tib. i. 18—in. 13-5—iy. 17.

Prot. i. 12—iy. 15.

Q. Colour, Carapace and legs mahogany-brown, clothed with

short dull golden-yellow pubescence, no fringing hairs, or very few.

Mandibles black throughout. Abdomen clothed with dull golden-

yellow pubescence, with double series of 5-6 dorsal dark spots.

Sides striped with longitudinal rows of pale spots. Ventral area

with two short white stripes at the genital rima, and a long

broken white stripe on each side reaching to the spinners. These

stripes and spots are much more distinct than in C. kingsleyi.

Structure. Carapace horizontal, slightly gibbous behind, abruptly

inclined to base.

Eyes. Second row straight by anterior margins. Diameter of

centrals 3 times transverse diameter of laterals, 3 a diameter apart,

3 from laterals. Posterior laterals 4 smaller (by diameters) than

centrals, 17 diameters from them. Ocular quadrangle broader

than long, narrower in front ; posteriors 3 larger, anteriors } a

diameter apart, ? a diameter from posteriors. Clypeus scarcely 2

diameters of anterior central eye. Lower margin of fang-groove

with four stout teeth, upper with three.

Spinulation of legs. Similar to that of ¢ C. carsoni, but with

single lateral spine on inner side of basal half of tib. i., 1—1 on

inner basal side of tib. ii. No dorsal tibial spines and no single

short apical inferior protarsal spine.

Vulva. See Plate ILI. fig. 8.

A single female was taken in W. Africa, bab. unknown. It

can with C. kingsleyi be distinguished from the large species from

East Africa by the absence of the protarsal apical spine, by the

black mandibles, and of course by the form of the vulva. From

C. kingsleyi it can be distinguished by its shorter legs, carapace

longer than pat.+tib. iti, and the more numerous and distinct

pale spots and lines beneath the abdomen ; the cusps on each side

1898.] CTENIFORM SPIDERS OF AFRICA, ARABIA, AND SYRIA, 23

of the posterior margin of the vulva are in this species slender and

subaculeate, in C. kingsleyi they are stout and broadly pointed.

CTENUS SPENCERI, sp. n. (Plate III. figs. 9, 10.)

S.18mm. Hab. King William’s Town, 8. Africa. Type in

coll. Brit. Mus.

Total length 15mm. Carap.8x6. Legs: i.31—ii. 28—iii. 24

—iy. 33.

Carapace and legs pale mahogany-brown, clothed with grey

pubescence. The former has a more conspicuous central grey

band and a broad marginal band, its inner margin being serrate

or scalloped. Abdomen witha dark shoulder-spot on each side

anteriorly, followed to the spinners by a double series of four

small pale spots, the first pair with a black ground. Ventral

surface pale rufous-brown, centre dusky with a series of four

broken silvery lines, sometimes 6, and a pair of epigynal silvery

spots.

P Tibia of palpus with a long narrow blunt spur, its apex

furnished with a short blunt cusp. Tarsus with a short sharp

basal spur, its apex directed upward and slightly outward.

Anterior central eyes much smaller and nearer together than the

posterior centrals.

9. Total length 23mm. Carap.9°5x7. Legs: i. 31—ii. 29—

iii. 26—iv. 34. Pat.+tib. i. 10°5—iii. 8—iv. 10°5. Prot. i. 6-6—

iii. 5-25—iy. 9.

2. Colour. Carapace dark brown, inclined to mahogany, with

central narrow band of dull ochre pubescence, attenuate between

eyes, dilate behind, again attenuate from central stria to base, and

a broader marginal band of the same colour. Legs clothed with

fine close ochre-yellow pubescence ; femora with spots of white

at base of spines above. Abdomen clothed with yellow-grey

pubescence, with central series of indistinct A-shaped pale blotches,

each branch having a dark spot at its apex.

Ventral area inclined to black, with oblique lateral rows of

white spots, two short bars at genital rima, two broken lines between

these and the spinners in the centre, and on each side a longer,

more distinct broken line reaching to the spinners. Mandibles

unicolorous black, clothed with grey hairs.

Q. Structure. Carapace horizontal, convex, scarcely gibbous

behind, abruptly inclined to base. Hyes. Second row straight,

line passing through centre of centrals touches posterior margin

of laterals. Centrals four times greater (by diameters) than

laterals; 3 a diameter apart, 4 from laterals. Posterior laterals

i less than centrals, 1 diameter from centrals, 3 from lateral

anteriors. Ocular quadrangle much (almost twice) broader than

long, much narrower in front, width of anterior row less than

half the width of posterior row; diameter of anteriors 3 that of

posteriors ; the latter 4 a diameter apart, the same from posteriors.

Clypeus equal to one diameter of the anteriors. Spinulation of

legs similar to that of C. occulentalis, except that tibia ii. has one,

24 MR. F. O. PICKARD CAMBRIDGE ON THE [Jan. 18,

not two spines on the inner side of the basal half. Inferior margin

of fang-groove with four teeth, superior with three.

Vulva very simple, convex. See Plate III. fig. 9.

An adult male and four adult females were taken by Mr. H.

A. Spencer at King William’s Town, South Africa. Another

female was taken by the same collector at Hast London, South

Africa, while a single male was received from the collection of the

Rev. O. Pickard Cambridge, taken at Natal, South Africa. In

general characters this species inclines to resemble (Q. kingsleyi and

C. occidentalis, but can easily be distinguished from these by the much

greater difference in size between the central posterior and central

anterior eyes, and also by the greater narrowness of the clypeus.

CrENUS CARSONI, sp. n. (Plate III. figs. 4a, b, 5 a—c.)

3o.3lmm. Hab. Mombasa, Victoria Nyanza, and Lake Tan-

ganyika, coll. Carson, &c. Type in coll. Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist.

London.

Total length 31 mm. Carap. 15x12. Anterior margin 5.

Legs: i. 70, ii. 60, iii. 50, iv. 66. Tib.+ pat. 1. 2—3—5. Tib.+

pat. wi. 14:5. Tib.+pat. iv. 19°5. Prot): i717: a. IDsyost

Stern. 7 x 5:5.

Colour. Carapace mahogany red-brown, clothed with fine silky

ochre-yellow pubescence. Legs the same as carapace, clothed

with very fine silky, close, ochre-yellow pubescence and longer

fringing ochre-yellow hairs, scarcely equal to the width of the

segments. Abdomen dull ochre-brown, clothed with short silky

ochre-yellow hairs, unicolorous. Sternwm dark mahogany-brown.

Mandibles clothed on basal half with ochre-yellow hairs, apical half

less densely.

3. Structure. Carapace longer than broad, narrowed abruptly

at point in a line crossing just behind posterior lateral eyes ;

horizontal above, slightly gibbous behind, obliquely inclined to

base. yes closely grouped, second row straight by anterior

margins; centrals four times transverse diameter of laterals, less

than j a diameter apart, 7 a diameter from laterals; posterior

laterals 4 smaller than centrals, $a diameter from them. Ocular

quadrangle much broader than long; anteriors much smaller,

diameter a little over 3 of that of posteriors, § a diameter apart,

3 a diameter from centrals. Clypeus equal to 1? diameters of

anterior centrals, Lower margin of fang-groove with four stout

short teeth, upper with three. Zabiwm one half of maxilla,

scarcely longer than broad; maxilla attenuate at base, dilate

towards apex, outer side emarginate, rounded on outer apical

margin, obliquely truncate on inner apical side.

Legs 1, 4, 2,3. Femora spinous above. Patella of all four

pairs with one short spine on each side. Tib. i. and ii. with 2—2—

2—2—2 spines beneath, No. 4 pairslightly lateral, No.5 apical, 1—1

(or only one) lateral spines. 1—1—1 dorsal spines. Protarsii. and

ii, with 2—2—2 spines beneath, No. 8 apical, and a single short

central apical spine beneath. Protarsi and tarsi 1. and ii. entirely

1898.] CPENIFORM SPIDERS OF AFRICA, ARABIA, AND SYRIA, 25

clothed beneath with thick scopule. Tib. iii. and iv. with 1—1—1

dorsal spines, besides lateral and inferior spines. Protarsi iii. and

iv. spinose, inferior apical spines two. Claw-tuft present. Tarsal

claws two.

Palpus. Tibia three times longer than broad, with short external

apical black spur, having on each side at base a short distinct cusp.

Tarsus piriform. Organs occupying whole breadth of tarsus,

consisting of a broad flat chitinous disc, surrounded by a stout broad

circumferential marginal piece, terminating at apex in an abruptly

curved point, directed backward ; and a central lobe, short, curved

at base, dilate at apex, simple.

A fine male of this large silky-haired Ctenus was taken at

Mombasa. Another male was taken by the late Emin Pasha on

the southern shores of the Victoria Nyanza, while a third of the

same sex was taken at Kavala Island on Lake Tanganyika by

Mr. Carson. ‘Iwo adult males were also obtained.

OLENUS BURLONI, sp. n. (Plate III. figs. 3 af.)

3.27 mm. Hab. Cameroons, W. Africa, coll. Burton. Type

in coll. Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist. London.

Total length 27mm. Carap.12x9°5. Legs 1,4,2,3. Pat.+

tib.i. 22°5. Pat.+tib. ii. 15. Pat.+tib. iv. 18. Prot.i. 17—iii.

13-25, iv. 19°5.

Structure and colour similar to those of C. johnstoni, except that

the pubescence is rufous-yellow rather than ochre-yellow ; while

the basal half of the mandibles is clothed with rufous pubescence,

strongly contrasting with the black apical half. Abdomen with

narrow black central band, broad at genital rima, attenuate behind.

Hyes. Second row straight, line passing through centres of posterior

centrals falling just within posterior margin of laterals; centrals

= a diameter apart, 3 a diameter from laterals, and twice the size,

‘by transverse diameters; posterior laterals slightly smaller than

centrals, over one diameter from them, situate on a black tubercle.

Ocular quadrangle scarcely broader than long. Anterior side

slightly shorter; central anteriors slightly smaller, 2 a diameter

apart, 3 2 diameter from posterior centrals. Clypeus one-half

wider than diameter of anterior central eye.

Palpus two and a half times longer than broad, broader towards

spex; external apical spur short, stout, abruptly curved, bifid at

apex. ‘Tarsus elongate-piriform, having at base on upper outer

side a short, very stout, curved, sharp, conical spur, its point

directed forward and outward. Organs occupying whole width

-of tarsus, having two stout central lobes, their apices curved

towards each other, the outer being stouter, its point lying behind

that of the inner, which is longer and more slender.

This western form, though obviously congeneric with the males

from the Victoria Nyanza district, differs distinctly in the position

of the eyes, and in the presence of a black band beneath the

abdomen.

The tibial palpal spur aud the organs are of course different

26 MR. F. O. PICKARD CAMBRIDGE ON THE [Jan. 18,

also. A single male was taken in the Cameroons by Capt. Burton.

I cannot regard this as the male of the form taken by Miss Kings-

ley from the same district, since the ocular quadrangle offers

differences which I believe will prove to be specific.

CrENUS MARSHALLI, sp. n. (Plate IV. figs. 12, 13.)

3$.15mm. Hab. Umfuli River, Mashonaland ; coll. Marshall.

Type in coll. Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist. London.

Total length 15 mm. Carap.7x5°5. Legs: i. 40—i. 34-5—

iii. 830—iv.42. Pat.+tib. i. 13°5—iii. 9'5—iv. 12:5. Prot. i. 1O—

iv. 13.

Colour. Carapace brown, with very narrow yellow central

band, or a pair of closely adjacent central lines of yellow

pubescence, throwing off a short distinct branch on each side at

central stria. Margins broadly clothed with pale pubescence, but

not so close as in central lines. Legs testaceous yellow, clothed

with fine hairs and yellow silky pubescence above. Mandibles

black with grey hairs. Scopuledark brown. Abdomen shrivelled,

but apparently no dark ventral area.

3. Structure similar to that of C. carsoni, including the short

apical protarsal inferior spine. Eyes as in C. carsont.

Palpus. Tibia three times as long as broad. External apical

apophysis black, broad, dilate at apex; inner angle prolonged and

curved inward, outer angle rounded, irregular, with a short sharp

spur at the base beneath. Organs very large, occupying whole

tarsal width and three-quarters the length. Central lobe narrow,

elongate, curved, rather excavate on inner side. A large stout

apophysis runs halfway round the inner margin, excavate on

inner side, trumpet-shaped at apex, with a black spine beneath ;

immediately in front of the trumpet-mouth lies a white, delicate,

membranous, curved, fungiform process.

A single adult male was taken by Mr. G. A. Marshall on the

Umfuli River, South Africa. It is very closely allied to Phoneutria

melanogastra Bosb., but it is quite distinct.

CTENUS CORNIGER, sp. n. (Plate III. fig. 11.)

$. 18mm. Type incoll.O.P.C. Hab. Natal, S. Africa.

Total length 18. Carap.10x7. Legs i. 33—ii. 20—iii. 27—

33°5. Pat.+tib. i. 12—ii. 8—iv. 10

3g. Carapace and legs deep mahogany-brown, clothed with

silvery-white and yéllow-red hairs. Abdomen clothed with rufous

_pubescence ; with a pale patch at base above, followed to spinners

by a double series of pale spots of pubescence. Ventral area pale

rufous.

Tibial joint of palpus with a short broad process, emarginate or

almost bifid at apex. Spur at base of tarsus long, curved,

falciform, almost as long as the tibia; its apex sharp, abruptly

curved outwards, directed across the apex of the tibial joint.

Anterior central eyes much smaller and nearer together than

the posterior centrals.

1898.] CTENIFORM SPIDERS OF AFRICA, ARABIA, AND SYRIA, 27

A single adult male of this fine spider was kindly submitted to

me for description by the Rev. O. Pickard Cambridge, who

received it from Natal.

II. THreE-cLAWED CreNIFORM SPIDERS.

IL. a. Introduction.

These spiders, including Cupiennius, Simon, Lycoctenus, F. Cb.,

Thalassius, Simon, and Dolopeus, Thorell, will doubtless fall under

the family Pisawride. The first two genera must, I think, be

separated from the others under a different subfamily, for which I

suggest the name Lycoctenine, while the other two will form a

group under the subfamily Dolomedine. Of the habits of Cupien-

nius I cannot speak with certainty, though I should fancy that the

spiders are probably more or less usually found in marshy, swampy

places. Like other Pisawride they carry the egg-cocoon under the

sternum. Lycoctenus is essentially lacustrine in its habit, though,

like Dolomedes, often found wandering long distances from its

headquarters.

The habits of the two other genera Dolopeus and Thalassius are

also similar, the spiders themselves very much resembling an

elongate Dolomedes. The marking of the European Dolomedes

jimbriatus with elongate bands of dull yellow having much the

same disposition as those present in these two genera may be

accounted for, possibly, by the fact that this arrangement of colour

renders them exceedingly difficult to observe when crouched

lengthwise along the stem or blade of the fading, yellow-tinted

sedge-grass.

Mr. Cumming has contributed a valuable note on the habit of

Thalassius, taken on the Persian Gulf (see p. 31).

The genera may be distinguished as follows :—

Genera.

A. Central anterior eyes distinctly larger than central

posteriors. Clypeusabout equal to length of ocular

quadrangle. ‘Tibiz of first pair of legs much

longer (by half) than carapace. Lateral pale

bands on carapace very broad, extending to the

MAT EA goss pedacacas sopran on edcencteecires (note roaseadoensseaee Dotorevs, Thor.

B. Central anterior eyes not larger than central

posteriors. Olypeus, in height, equal to the length

of ocular quadrangle. ‘Tibi of first pair of

legs as long or slightly sborter than carapace.

Lateral pale bands on carapace narrow and remote

from the margin ; sometimes absent .................. Tuatasstus, EH. Sim,

Genus Dotoraus, Thor.

(Dolomedes, Doleschall.)

Generic Diagnosis, The same as V’halassius except as indicated in

the differential table.

28 MR, F, O. PICKARD CAMBRIDGE ON THE (Jan. 18,

Type D. cinctus Thor., 2 ad. K. Svenska Vet.~Akad. Handl.

xxiv. no. 2, p.60. (Plate LV. figs. 6, 7.)

T have not seen the type nor examples of the species, but I have

before me immature specimens identified by Thorell as D. albo-

cinctus Dol. (sub Thalassius), which present all the characters

by which Dolopeus may be separated from Thalassius; while

Thorell’s description of the eyes of D. cinctus also indicates the

same difference. horell considered his Dolopwus to be identical

with Thalassius, and on pp. 350 and 351 of my paper on Eastern

Cteniform Spiders, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, xx. 1897, I came

to the same conclusion. An examination of fresh material has,

however, led me to believe that the original differentiation will

hold good, and I am very glad to be able to recharacterize and

restore Dr. Thorell’s genus.

Females.

i. Legs short and not fringed on the last two segments

wilh df CHEDOTYAMBINS 67. ssipepescseeetamasesoe-essssc= pede see D. doleschaltit, sp. n.

ii. Legs long and fringed on the last two segments with

Ont MeN ys MANOS e ess cmcaeee tae c te ecanas daacnecee se ceucecncr~e D. simoni, sp. n.

I am unable to satisfy myself as to the identity of these { D, albocinctus (Dol.).

TOUS IEC LCS teste cla ele eae apes sen a ceie emeeteaesies eee D. cinctus Thor.

Genus THALASsIUs, Simon.

Titurius, Sim. Nom. preoce.

Generic Diagnosis. Tarsal claws 3. Anterior row of eyes recurved;

laterals halfway between anterior and posterior centrals. Teeth

ou lower margin of fang-groove 3. Tarsi of fourth pair of legs

not furnished with spines beneath. Tibi i. and ii. with a double

row of 4—4 spines beneath. yes all subequal. Clypeus as high

as length of ocular area. ‘Tibia of first pair of legs scarcely

longer—often shorter—than carapace. Lateral pale bands on

carapace sometimes absent, nor when present remote from margin.

IL. b. List of Species already described, with Notes on their Identities.

1884. Titurius fimbriatus (Walck.)—Simon, Ann. Mus. Genovy.

xx. p. 328, 2. Cape of Good Hope.

1884. Viturius pallidus (L. Koch).—Simon, Ann. Mus. Genoy.

xx. p. 328. Egypt and Abyssinia.

1884, Ziturius spinosissimus (arsch).—Simon, Ann. Mus. Genoy.

xx. p. 828. River Congo.

1897. Thalassius unicolor E. Simon in Donaldson Smith’s ‘ Through

Unknown African Countries,’ p. 359.

Simon in this work selects as the type of Teturius, Ctenus

fimbriatus Walck. Ins. Apt. i. p. 364, and includes C. pallidus

L. K. and C. spinosissimus Karsch as congeneric with it.

In Rey. Suisse Zool. Geneve, 1893, p. 327, Simon says of

Thalassius :—* Ce genre renferme actuellement dix espéces: fimbri-

atus (Ctenus) Wlk., du Cap; marginatus (Ctenus) W1k., des ile

1898.] CTENIFORM SPIDERS OF AFRICA, ARABIA, AND SYRIA. 29:

Salomon ; marginellus Sim., de ’Indo-Chine ; pallidus (Ctenus) L.

Koch, d’Egypte ; spathularis (Dolomedes) Van Hasselt, de Sumatra ;

spinosissimus (Ctenus) Karsch, du Congo; syriacus (Ctenus) Camb.,

de Syrie; ? torvus (Ctgnus) Pavesi, du Scioa; et probablement

cinctus (Dolopeus) Thorell, des iles Nikobars. II est remplacé dans:

VAmérique du sud par le genre Ancylometes, Bertkau (type

A. vulpes Bertk.).”

Since Thalassius, Sim., both according to Simon’s diagnosis and

the type of 7. unicolor Sim., now before me, possesses 3 teeth only

on the lower margin of the fang-groove, I am unable to agree

that Dolomedes spathularis Van Hasselt belongs to this genus, as

Simon states (see above).

That it is one of the Cteniform Lycoside appears highly probable

from the fact that the fourth pair of legs are the longest, though

Van Hasselt makes no mention of the number of tarsal claws, which

alone is a sure criterion."

Females.

a. Carapace and abdomen unicolorous, without lateral

pale bands. ‘Tibia i. very slightly longer than

CATA ACH. telat aaaeesecinns stig aceae dew oes sas «ects son Eales T. unicolor BK. Sim.

6. Carapace and abdomen with pale lateral bands.

Tibia i, as long as or shorter than carapace.

i. Tibia i. as long as carapace.

* For form of vulva see Plate IV. .............0.+4- T. jayakari, sp. n.

jf ark py) Ke x a Ree T. cummingi, sp. n.

ii. Tibia i. shorter than carapace.

* For form of vulva see Plate IV. .................. T. phipsoni, sp. n.

oid

” ” ” bo.» wkggegoséagcunbsca: T. spenceri, sp. n.

IL. ce. Descriptions of New Species.

THALASSIUS UNICOLOR Sim. (Plate IV. fig. 2.)

Q ad. 20 mm. Had. Sheik Hussein. Type in coll. Brit. Mus.

Nat. Hist. London. Mr. Donaldson Smith’s ‘Through Unknown

African Countries,’ p. 389 (1897).

2. Total length 20 mm. Carap.9x7°5. Legs: 1. 40—11. 40

—iii. 38—iv. 44. Pat.+tib. i. 14—iii. 11-75—iv. 14. Prot.i. 8°5

— iii. 8—iv. 10.

Colowr. Entirely unicolorous yellow-ochreous. Carapace and legs

clothed with close, fine, hoary-white pubescence. Abdomen dull

ferruginous yellow, unicolorous.

Structure. See generic diagnosis, p. 28. Vulva, Plate IV. fig. 2.

This form can be recognized by the absence of white bands on

the carapace and abdomen.

THALASSIUS SPENCERI, sp.n. (Plate IV. figs. la, 6, & 8.)

9.17 mm. Hab. East London, 8. Africa; coll. E. Baldwin

Spencer. Type in Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist.

1 Since writing the above a specimen obviously identical with Van Hasselt’s

D. spathularis has come before me from Deli, Sumatra. It is a true Dolomedes

and not a Thalassius or Dolopeus, having four teeth on the fang-groove and

three tarsal claws.

30 MR. F, O, PICKARD CAMBRIDGE ON THE (Jan. 18,

Total length17 mm. Carap.7x6. Legs: i, 30—ii. 30—iii. 27

—iv. 32°5. Pat.+tib. i. 10—iii. 8-5—iv. 10°56. Prot. i. 6°5 —iii. 6

—iv. 7°5.

Colour. Carapace, legs, and abdomen rich olive-brown. Carapace

with broad white band on each side submarginal, as far from

margin as width of band, not extending to the margin. Abdomen

with band of silvery-white on each side extending from the anterior

shoulders to the spinners. Ventral area pale yellow.

Structure. Similar to that of 7. unicolor.

It is possible that this species is Thalassius fimbriatus (Walck.)

Sim., but I can find no description which one can consider sufficient

for identification. The species of this genus apparently are very

closely allied, and in the form of the vulva are so much alike that

identification becomes a difficult matter.

Vulva. See Plate IV. fig. 14. A single female was taken by

Mr. H. A. Spencer at E. London, South Africa, and is now in

the British Museum. Also another female from Sierra Leone.

I can detect no difference between the two specimens.

THALASSIUS JAYAKARI, sp. n. (Plate IV. figs. 4, 9-11, & 14.)

9 ad. 27mm. Hab. Muscat, Arabia. Type in coll. Brit. Mus.

Total length 27 mm. Carap.10°5x 8-5. Legs wanting in some

joints. Approximately the same as in 7’. phipsoni. Tibia i. 10-5.

Colour. Carapace, legs, and abdomen the same as in 7’. phipsoni.

Structure. Tibia i. as long as carapace. Vulva, see Plate LV. fig. 4.

An adult female was taken by Mr. A. G. Jayakar at Muscat on

the Gulf of Oman, Arabia. Another adult female, much rubbed,

so that the white scales of the lateral bands have been obliterated,

was taken at Muscat by the same gentleman.

THALASSIUS CUMMINGI, sp. n. (Plate IV. fig. 3.)

9? ad. 20mm. Aub. Fao, Persian Gulf. Type in coll. Brit.

Mus.

Total length 20 mm. Carap.8x7. Legs: i. 35—ii. 35—iii.

34—iv. 40. Tibia i. 8.

Colour. Carapace and legs red-brown, clothed with fine

grey pubescence, the former with two lateral bands of white

scales, not extending laterally to the margin. The base of each

ot the spines on the legs is set in a dark brown spot. Abdemen

delicate olive-ochreous, clothed with fine grey pubescence, having

a narrow band of white scales on each side; these bands, both on

the carapace and the abdomen, are margined with a rich brown

line. Protarsi fringed with fine hair.

Structure. Tibia i, as long as carapace. Vulva, see Plate IV.

fig. 3.

°An adult female of this beautiful species was takeu by Mr. W.

G. Cumming in the Persian Gulf. This gentleman has been good

enough to contribute valuable data on the habits of this spider,

thus giving us a knowledge of the habits of the genus, which

1898.] CTENIFORM SPIDERS OF AFRICA, ARABIA, AND SYRIA. 31

have not before been placed on record, so far as I am aware.

Mr. Cumming relates that the spider was seated on the outside of

the jolly-boat, above the water. When he tried to catch it, it

took to the water and made for a plant near the boat; and on

again attempting to capture it, it beat a retreat again to the boat,

where it was eventually secured. This reminds me exactly of the

habits of other Lycoctenine which I met with on the Amazons, as

well as of the true dolomedine forms such as Triclaria.

THALASSIUS PHIPSONI, sp.n. (Plate IV. fig. 5.)

@ ad. 27mm. Hab. Makim, Dorun, India. Type in coll.

Brit. Mus.

Total length 27 mm. Carap. 10°5x8°75. Legs: i. 41—u. 41

—iii. 40—iv. 47. Tibia i. 9°5.

Colour. Carapace. and legs ferruginous-grey, the former

having two rich bands of white scales extending, longitudinally,

from the anterior angles of the clypeus to a point halfway down

the posterior declivity, laterally not extending to the margin.

Abdomen entirely delicate ochreous-grey with olive tint, having

a broad lateral band of rich white scales on each side.

Structure. Tibia i. shorter than carapace. Vulva, see Plate IV.

fig. 5.

This fine species is very similar in general appearance to

T. jayakari, but the difference of locality, and the ditference in the

vulva and in the relative length of the tibia of the first pair of legs

compared with the carapace, prove that it is certainly a distinct

species. An adult female was taken by Mr. H. M. Phipsor at

Makim and a young female at Dorun, in British India.

Nitus, Cambr., 1876.

Nitvus curtvs Cbr.

Q@ juv.5 mm. Spid. Egypt, p. 596, pl. Ix. fig. 18, Alexandria.

“Eyes in two not very widely separated and almost equally

curved transverse rows; the convexity of the curves directed

forward, but the front row is the shortest. Each tarsus ends

with three curved claws.”

From the figures on pl. Ix. (7. c.) one would conclude the species

to belong to some genus closely allied to Dolomedes.

Having carefully examined the type, I find it to be a three-

clawed form with 2—2—2 long subtibial spines, with an eye-

formula closely resembling Thalassius, and with three teeth on

inferior margin of fang-groove. Whether it is identical with

Thalassius or not one would not like to speak too positively from

such very immature specimens, but judging from the number of

spines beneath tibie i. and ii. one would say most probably not.

Adult forms from the neighbourhood of Alexandria will probably

settle the point.

oe MR. L. A. BORRADAILE ON CRUSTACEANS (Jan. 18,

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Puare IIT.

Fig. 1. Ctenus velox, p. 15, 9. Abdomen, ventral area.

2. Ctenus velox, Q. Vulva.

3. Ctenus burtoni, p. 25, ¢. a. Tibial spur of palpus. 4. Do., lateral

view. ¢. Tarsus of palpus, showing basal cusp. 4d. Tarsus and

palpal organs. ¢. Palpal organs enlarged. jf. Eyes from in front.

4. Ctenus carson, p. 24, ¢. a. Eyes from in front. 4. Tarsus of

palpus from beneath.

5. Ctenus carsoni. Spur of left tibia of palpus. a. From outside. 4. Spur

enlarged. c. From beneath.

6. Ctenus kingsleyi, p. 21, Q. Vulva.

7. Ctenus johnstoni, p. 21, 2. Vulva.

8. Ctenus occidentalis, p. 22, 9. Vulva.

9. Ctenus spenceri, p. 28, 9. Vulva.

0. Ctenus spencerit, g. Tibia of palpus and base of tarsus, showing

short spur.

11. Ctenus corniger, p. 26, ¢. Tibia of palpus and base of tarsus, showing

short spur.

Prats IV.

. Thalassius spenceri, p. 29, 2. a. Eyes from in front. 4. Vulva.

Thalassius unicolor, p. 29,2. Vulva.

Thalassius cummingi, p. 80, 2. Vulva.

Thalassius jayakari, p. 50, 2. Vulva.

Thalassius phipsoni, p. 31, Q. Vulva.

. Dolopeus cinctus, p. 28, 2. Eyes from in front.

. Dolopeus cinctus, 29. Eyes from the side.

. Thalassius spenceri, p. 29. Eyes from the side.

. Thalassius jayakari, p. 30. Fang-groove.

10. Thalassius jayakari. Tarsal claws.

ll. Thalasstus jayakari. Protarsus and tarsus.

12. Ctenus marshalli, p. 26, $. Palpal organs.

13. Ctenus marshalli, G. Tibia of palpus, from above.

14. Thalassius jayakari, p. 830, 9. Spider, enlarged nearly one third.

SOO NIG? SI OD I

3. On some Crustaceans from the South Pacific.—Part I.

Stomatopoda. By LanceLor ALEXANDER BorraDalLe,

M.A., Lecturer in Natural Sciences at Selwyn College,

Cambridge’.

[Received November 30, 1897.]

(Plates V. & VI.)

The collections of Crustaceans treated of in this paper are

those of Mr. J. S. Gardiner, of Gonville and Caius College,

Cambridge, from the islands of Funafuti (Ellice group) and

Rotuma, and of Dr. A. Willey, from New Britain, the Loyalty

Islands, and other South Pacific localities. Both of them were

made in connection with the “ Balfour Memorial Fund,” Dr, Willey

holding the Balfour Studentship and Mr. Gardiner being also

aided by a grant from the fund.

' Communicated by Prof, ALrrep Newton, F.R.S., F.Z.S.

F. 0. Pickard-Cambridge,del et lith. West, Newman, imp.

African Cteniform Spiders.

FZ ES ABN e Te INE

4s.

F.0.Pickaro:-Cambridge, del. et Lith. West, Newman imp.

African Cteniform Spiders ;

1898.] FROM THE SOUTH PACIFIC. 33

In the following lists three of the species will be seen to

be new.

Mr. Gardiner’s collection contained examples of :—

Protosquilla cerebralis Brooks. 1 3g from Rotuma.

Gonodactylus chiragra (Fabr.). 8 g¢ and 8 2 from Rotuma;

1 ¢ and 5 92 from Funafuti.

Gonodactylus chiragra (Fabr.), var. smithii Pocock. 1 3S and

2 2 from Rotuma.

Gonodactylus glabrous Brooks. 1 92 from Rotuma.

Gonodactylus espinosus, sp.n. 1 3 from Rotuma.

Odontodactylus scyllarus (Linn.). 2 5 and 2 2 from Rotuma.

Pseudosquilla ciliata (Fabr.). 1 2 from Funafuti.

Pseudosquilla oxyrhyncha, sp.u. 1 3 from Rotuma.

Lysiosquilla maculata (Fabr.). 1 ¢ and1 2 from Rotuma.

Dr. Willey’s collection comprised specimens of :—

Protosquilla cerebralis Brooks. 2 2 from Sandal Bay, Lifu,

Loyalty Islands; 1 ¢ from Pigeon Island, New Britain.

Protosquilla trispinosa (Dana) 1 2 from Lifu, Loyalty

Islands.

Gonodactylus chiragra (Fabr.). 2 3 and 5 92 from Lifu,

Loyalty Islands; 1 ¢ and 1 Q from the Isle of Pines;

1 S and 1 2 from Talili Bay; 1 9 from Ralu; 1 g,

locality not stated.

Gonodactylus chiragra (Fabr.), var. smithii Pocock. 1 ¢ and

2 2 from Lifu, Loyalty Islands.

Odontodactylus scyllarus (Linn.). 1 9 from New Britain.

Squilla multituberculata, sp.n. 1 5 and 2 9 from Sandal Bay,

Lifu, Loyalty Islands.

Pseudosquilla ciliata (Fabr.). 1 92 from Uvea, Loyalty Islands ;

1 3 from Blanche Bay, Loyalty Islands.

I now proceed to general remarks on the above-mentioned

species.

1. PROTOSQUILLA CEREBRALIS Brooks, (Plate V. fig. 6a.)

Protosquilla cerebralis, Brooks, ‘ Challenger’ Stomatopoda, p. 72,

pl. xiv. figs. 2 and 3, pl. xvi. figs. 2 and 3 (1886).

Brooks’s examples of this species were all females. Fortu-

nately, however, Mr. Gardiner’s and Dr. Willey’s collections each

contain a male specimen, so that I have been able to have a figure

made of the peculiar structure on the endopodite of the 1st abdo-

minal appendage in this sex (fig. 6a, Plate V.). The importance,

from a systematic point of view, of a record of the form of this

organ in each species has been pointed out by Brooks (loc. cit.

. 13).

i 1¢ from Rotuma; 2 9 from Sandal Bay, Lifu, Loyalty Islands ;

1 ¢ from Pigeon Island, New Britain.

Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1898, No. III. 3

34 MR. L, A. BORRADAILE ON CRUSTACEANS [Jan. 18,

2. PRorosQuiLLA TRISPINOSA (Dana). (Plate V. figs. 1, 1a.)

Gonodactylus trispinosus, Dana, Zool. U.S. Expl. Exped., Crust.

i, p. 623 (1852); Miers, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 5, v. p. 121,

pl. iii. fig. 10 (1880).

Protosquilla trispinosa, Brooks, ‘ Challenger’ Stomatopoda, p. 71

(1886).

The naming of this species is generally credited to White (List

Crust. Brit. Mus. p. 75, 1847), but, as White published merely

the name and a reference toa plate (in the “ Zoology of the Voyage

of the ‘Erebus’ and ‘Terror’”) which never appeared, the true

author is Dana, who was the first to describe it.

No complete figure of P. trispinosa has ever been published, and

as the representation of the telson given by Miers does not accurately

depict either White’s original specimen in the British Museum

er that in Dr. Willey’s collection, which themselves agree

closely, I have determined to append a figure to the present note.

All descriptions of this species hitherto published have over-

looked the fact that the three tubercles of the telson are not

smooth, but covered with minute spinules. An amended definition

of the species will run as follows :—

“A Protosquilla with the two antero-lateral spines of the ros-

trum nearly as long as the median ; carapace with corners nearly

rectangular, anterior more acute than posterior; fifth abdominal

segment longitudinally corrugated; sixth abdominal segment

clearly marked off from the telson, and bearing six smooth tubercles ;

telson bearing a median and two lateral large tubercles covered

with minute spinules, the median anterior to the two laterals ;

posterior border of telson divided by deep narrow fissures into six

lobes ; submedian, intermediate, and lateral spines of the telson

small and placed in notches ; several submedian spinules.” Length

about 40 mm. 1 @ specimen from Lifu, Loyalty Islands.

3. GONODACTYLUS CHIRAGRA (Fabr.). (Plates V. fig. 4, & VI.

fig. 8.)

Squilla chiragra, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. t. i. pt.i. p. 513 (1793).

Gonodactylus chiragra, Latreille, Encycl. Méth. x. p. 473 (1825);

Dana, Zool. U.S. Expl. Exped., Crust. 1. p. 628, pl. xli. figs. 5 a, b

(1852); Miers, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 5, v. p. 118 (1880); Brooks,

‘Challenger’ Stomatopoda, p. 56, pl. xv. fig. 4 (1886).

Gonodactylus smithii, Pocock, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 6, xi. p. 475,

pl. xx. B. fig. 1 (1893).

Pocock has described, under the name of Gonodactylus smithii

(Plate V. figs. 2, 2 a, b), a form differing from the type as follows :—

(i.) The crests upon the sixth abdominal segment and telson

are much more compressed and carinate than in chiragra.

(ii.) The crests upon the sixth abdominal segment are produced,

without constriction, into long spines.

1898. ] FROM THE SOUTH PACIFIC, 3d

(iii.) The upper edge of the median crest of the telson is

almost straight, and is produced posteriorly into a spine.

(iv.) The animal is more robust.

The specimens described by Pocock were taken in the same

locality (Arafura Sea) with examples of typical G. chiragra, and this

is the case also with Mr. Gardiner’s and Dr. Willey’s specimens.

Since they are connected by a series of intermediates with the

type, they must be regarded asa variety only. There is, however,

one character—not mentioned by Pocock, but present, as I have

seen, in his type specimen—that comes near to being diagnostic of

this form. ‘his character is the presence, on each side of each of

the first five abdominal tergites, of a small, sharply-defined, dark

spot. Only one of the specimens is without these spots, and, as

this is very small and has the appearance of having been consider-

ably bleached by the alcohol, it 1s possible that it does not really

form an exception. On the other hand, I have only met them on

one G. chiragra not agreeing with Pocock’s description of G, smithii.

All the exam pies of G. smithii are small (10-45 mm. long), as were

those of Pocock, but certain specimens somewhat approaching them

are considerably larger. There are several undoubted examples of

G. chiragra of about the same size as G. smithia.

Two examples of G. chiragra from the Bahamas now in the

Cambridge University Museum of Zoology differ from the type as

found in the Pacific only in the presence of a minute ridge on the

median side of the carine of the intermediate spines of the telson.

Several specimens in the British Museum, from various West

Indian and South American localities, present this feature and have

been labelled Gonodactylus oerstedi (Plate V. fig. 3) by Dr. H. J.

Hansen, who has since instituted the species by a brief description

in a footnote to p. 65 of the ‘ Isopoden, Cumaceen u. Stomatopoden

der Plankton-Expedition.’ I am permitted by the courtesy of

Dr. 8. F. Harmer to figure the telson of one of the Cambridge

specimens of this form.

The present collections include :—

8 ¢ and 8 9 from Rotuma; 1 3 and 5 9 from Funafuti;

2 g and 5 Q from Lifu, Loyalty Islands; 1 ¢ and 1 @ from

the Isle of Pines; 1 ¢ and 1 2 from Talili Bay; 1 9 from Ralu;

1 6, locality not stated.

There are besides the following specimens of var. smithii :—

1 g and 2 9 from Rotuma; 1 ¢ and 2 @ from Lifu, Loyalty

Islands.

4. GONODACTYLUS ESPINOSUS, sp. 0. (Plate V. figs. 5, 5a, 6.)

Definition —* A Gonodactylus with cylindrical eyes; blunt,

rounded antero-lateral angles of the rostrum ; elongated carapace

with rounded antero-lateral and almost rectangular postero-lateral

angles ; lateral margins of first exposed thoracic segment not pro-

duced, of second produced and square, of third produced and

truncate, of fourth produced and subacute ; lateral margins of first

to fifth abdominal segments with small carine, but not produced

into a spine; sixth abdominal segment with four rounded dorsal

36 MR. L, A, BORRADAILE ON CRUSTACEANS (Jan. 18,

prominences, and with two lateral carinz, each produced into a

spine ; telson with three rounded dorsal longitudinal prominences

not bearing spines, and with four narrow elongated carine posterior

to the rounded prominences; lateral and intermediate marginal

spines of the telson obsolete, submedians long and each tipped

with a minute movable spinule.”

Colour (in alcohol) a uniform dark olive-green.

Length of the single (¢) specimen 18 mm. from tip of rostrum

to bottom of groove between submedian spines of telson.

This species closely resembles G. chiragra, from which, how-

ever, it differs in the absence of the intermediate spines of the

telson and in the consequently more elongated shape of that

segment.

1 ¢ from Rotuma.

5. GONODACTYLUS GLABROUS Brooks.

Gonodactylus glabrous, Brooks, ‘ Challenger ’ Stomatopoda, p. 62,

pl. xiv. fig. 5, pl. xv. figs. 7, 9 (1886).

Gonodactylus graphurus, de Man, Arch. f. Naturges., Jahrg. 53,

Bad. i. p. 573 (1887).

Gonodactylus glaber, Pocock, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 6, xi, p. 474

(1893).

Pocock regards the name of this species as due to a misspelling

in the original description, but, as it appears several times in

Brooks’s article and is always spelt in the same way, this would

seem not to be the case.

1 @ from Rotuma.

6. ODONTODACTYLUS SCYLLARUS (Linn.). (Plate V. fig. 6.)

Cancer scyllarus, Linneus, Syst. Nat. 10th ed. i. p. 633 (1758);

12th ed. p. 1054 (1766).

Squilla scyllarus, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. t. ui. pt. i. p. 512 (1793).

Gonodactylus scyllarus, Latreille, Encycl. Méth. x. p. 472 (1825);

Cuvier, R. A. 3rd ed., Crust., Atlas, pl. lv. fig. 2; Miers, Ann.

Mag. Nat. Hist. 5, v. p. 115 (1880).

Odontodactylus scyllarus, Bigelow, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. xvii.

p- 495 (1894).

2 $ and 2 Q from Rotuma; 1 2 from New Britain.

Figure 6, Pl. V., represents the endopodite of the 1st abdominal

appendage of the male of this species.

7. PsEUDOSQUILLA C1LIATA (Fabr.).

Squilla ciliata, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. t. ui. pt. 1. p. 512 (1793),

Squilla stylifera, Lamarck, Hist. An. sans Vert. v. p. 189 (1818).

Pseudosquilla stylifera, Dana, Zool. U.S. Expl. Exped., Crust. i.

p- 622, pl. xli. fig. 4 (1852).

Pseudosquilla ciliata, Miers, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 5, v. p. 108

(1880); Brooks, ‘ Challenger ’ Stomatopoda, p. 53, pl. xv. fig. 10

(1886).

Loa

1898. | FROM THE SOUTH PACIFIC. 34

The specimens agree with Brooks’s Pacific examples in the points

in which the latter differ from his West Indian ones.

1 9 from Funafuti; 1 9 from Uvea, Loyalty Islands; 1 g

from Blanche Bay, Loyalty Islands.

8. PsEUDOSQUILLA OXYRHYNCHA, sp.n. (Plate VI. figs. 9,9 a-d.)

Definition — “ A Pseudosquilla with broad, club-shaped eyes ;

rostrum transverse with a delicate median spine; dactylus of the

raptorial claw with three teeth (including the terminal tooth) ; manus

of the raptorial claw with three movable spines; two large dark

spots on the carapace not surrounded by a white ring; lateral

process on the first free thoracic segment wanting, on the second

and third truncate, on the fourth subacute ; basal prolongation of

the uropods ending in two spines; telson with median crest and

six other carine (including those of the lateral margins), the

carine immediately Jateral to the crest being small and serrated.”

Colour. Abdomen olive-green, mottled with paler green ; carapace

greenish brown, mottled with cream ; raptorial claw brown (dacty-

lus purple), mottled with cream.

Length of the single (d) specimen 88 mm. from tip of rostral

spine to bottom of notch between submedian spines of telson,

This species is intermediate between P. oculata Brullé and

P. ornata Miers. It resembles the former in the presence of a

small median spine on the rostrum, and the latter in having only

six carine on the telson. From both it differs in the absence of

definite eye-spots on the carapace ; these being represented by two

irregular dark marks, not surrounded by lighter rings.

1 ¢S specimen from Rotuma.

9. LysIosQui~tLa MACULATA (Fabr.).

Squilla maculata, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. t. iii. pt. i. p.511 (1798) ;

H. Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust. t. ii. p. 518, pl. xxvi. fig. 11

1837).

Lysiosquilla maculata, Miers, P. Z. 8.1877, p. 138; id. Ann. Mag.

Nat: Hist. 5, v. p.5, pl. i. figs. 1 and 2 (1880) ; Brooks, ‘ Challenger ’

Stomatopoda, p. 45, pl. x. figs. 1-7 (1886).

The marked difference observed by Miers (Anu. Mag. loc. cit.)

and by Brooks in the single females they were able to examine

holds good for the present specimens, the spines arming the inner

margin being, in the male, long, while in the female they are short,

and reduced proximally to mere serrations.

Mr. Gardiner has been kind enough to furnish me with the

following note on the habits of this species :—

«“ Lysiosquilla maculata (Fabr.). This species is found in the boat

channel at Rotuma. It lives in pairs in tunne!s on the sandy

bottom. These are sometimes as much as 20 feet long, and usually

have two exit holes. Each hole is inhabited by a male and a

female, which take up their positions at the two exits, with the

dactylus and propodite of the raptorial claw widely extended and

38 ON CRUSTACEANS FROM THE souTH PacrFIc. ([Jan. 18,

just projecting. Any small fish passing over is seized, and the

animal retreats with it into its tunnel.”

10. SQUILLA MULTITUBERCULATA, sp.n. (Plate VI. figs. 7,7 a—c.)

Definition —* A Squilla with elongated flattened eyes; rostrum

subrectangular, without carinez, and with acute antero-lateral

angles ; dactyle of the raptorial claw with four teeth (including

the terminal tooth) on the inner margin, and three short teeth on

the outer margin ; carapace small, narrowed in front, with rounded

angles ; lateral processes on the fifth thoracic segment acute, on

the sixth to eighth subtruncate ; no carine on the thoracic or first

five abdominal segments ; sixth abdominal segment longitudinally

corrugated ; telson covered with small blunt spines; submedian

marginal spines of telson with movable tips; several (four or

more) submedian spinules, several (six or more) intermediate

spinules.”

Colour (in alcohol, specimens seem somewhat bleached) pale

yellow or greenish yellow.

Length (only 3 specimens), 12-13 mm.

This species would appear to be allied to Squilla quadridens

Bigelow [Johns Hopkins Univ. Cire. 106, p. 100 (1893)], and in

a less degree to S. polita Bigelow [J. Hop. Univ. Cire. 88 (1891)].

1 ¢ and 2 9 from Sandal Bay, Lifu, Loyalty Islands.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Puate VY.

Fig. 1. Protosquilla trispinosa, p. 34, Q, x2.

la a Le «4.

2. Gonodactylus chiragra, var. smithii, p p-. 34, 9, x li.

2a. + + : ¥ telson from the side, <4.

2b. », telson from above, x4.

3. G. oerstedi, p- 35, 9, telson from above, x4.

4. G. chiragra, p. 34, telson from the side, x 4.

5. G. espinosus, p. 35, 3, X2.

5a. a dG, telson from above, x4.

5b. 3, endopodite of Ist ‘abdom. app. considerably magnified,

6. Odontodactylus scyllarus, p. 36, 3, endopodite of lst abdom. app.

magnified.

6 a. Protosquilla cerebralis, p- 33, g, endopodite of 1st abdom. app. con-

siderably magnified.

Prats VI.

Fig. de y ea multituberculata, p. 38, d, x6.

¥ 5 telson from above, X12.

B. 5 - telson from below, x 12.

Tee, i, endopodite of Ist abdom. app. considerably

magnified.

8. Gonodactylus chiragra, p. 34, nat. size.

9. Pseudosquilla pany ad) p- 37, dB, nat. size.

9 a. a “ endopodite of 1st abdom. app. magnified,

9d. 4 s; Ist maxilliped, x 24.

Ba 3 3rd maxilliped, x 24

” 5th maxilliped, x 24.

1898.P1 V

P 7 digg) Ee

Zio:

STOMATOPODA FROM THE SOUTH PACIFIC

IRAE Salts ekoped Aly

Edwin Wilson Cambridg ce

PACIFIC.

SOUTH

STOMATOPODA FROM THE

Bay SPS ae

MS re

Rie

1898.] ON A NEW SUBSPECIES OF GIRAFFE FROM NIGERIA. © 39

February 1, 1898.

Dr. St. Gzores Mrvart, F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair.

Mr. Oldfield Thomas exhibited the skull of a Giraffe from West

Africa, which, with its anterior cannon-bones, had been presented

to the British Museum by Mr. W. Hume McCorquodale. The

animal had been shot by that gentleman’s brother, the late Lieut.

Robert Hume McCorquodale, of the 3rd Dragoon Guards, to the

south-east of the junction of the Benue and Niger, and came

therefore from a district whence Giraffes had never hitherto been

recorded. So far as could now be ascertained by the kind

assistance of Sir G. Taubman Goldie, its locality was approximately

8° E., and 7° N., and therefore very far from any part of the known

range of the genus. The nearest recorded locality seemed to be

Lake Tchad, some 600 miles distant, whence Denham and

Clapperton had obtained a young specimen formerly exhibited in

the British Museum.

In determining the affinities of this skull, Mr. Thomas had been

much aided by the clear disentanglement of the characters and

synonymies of the Northern and Southern Giraffes in the paper

recently read before the Society by Mr. De Winton *, From this it

appeared, as was natural, that the Nigerian skull was undoubtedly

most nearly allied to that of the true Northern Giraffe, Giraffa

camelopardalis ; but on careful comparison it yet seemed so different

in details that he thought it should be considered as representing

a Western subspecies of that animal.

The skull was clearly, judging by its extreme lightness and

fragility, that of a female, but was actually longer than any of the

three fine male skulls, representing both Northern and Southern

species, in the British Museum, and of course considerably

longer than any female skull, there being a decided difference in

size between the sexes. As another indication of the great size

of this Giraffe, it might be noted that although its cannon-bones

still had their epiphyses separate, their total length exceeded

that of the cannon-bone (with ankylosed epiphyses) of a female

Abyssinian Giraffe by nearly 3 inches, and scarcely fell short of

that in an old male Giraffe from the same region. These differences

in size are brought out by the measurements below.

In the form of the skull the most obvious and probably most

important difference was to be found in the proportions of the face.

While in the ordinary Giraffe the tapering forward of the face from

the orbits to the muzzle was even and gradual, in the present skull

it was exceedingly abrupt at first, from the very broad orbital region

to a point above the anterior premolars; then from this point

forward the muzzle was very narrow and slender, almost _parallel-

sided, broadening again in the region of the very large spatulate nasal

opening. ‘The latter opening, in its great length and breadth, was

1 See P. Z. S. 1897, p. 275.

40 ON A NEW SUBSPECIES OF GIRAFFE FROM NIGERIA, [Feb. 1,

quite unlike that found in any other skull examined. As indications

of the elongation of the face, the measurements given below of the

muzzle anterior to the teeth and of the mandibular diastema might

be specially noticed.

The horns were slender, as usual in the female, but their direc-

tion was doubly different from that normal, as they were widely

divergent instead of parallel when viewed ‘from in front, and,

when viewed from the side, more vertically upright, instead of

lying back in the plane of the forehead. The third horn, for a

female, was well developed, its bony core forming an obviously

distinct ossification on the top of the swollen frontals.

A large anteorbital vacuity was present on each side. There

was also a peculiar smooth-edged vacuity, large enough to admit a

human thumb, at the posterior edge of each squamosal, opening

into the canal that terminates below in the postglenoid foramen.

No trace of this vacuity was to be seen in other skulls, but although

perfectly symmetrical on the two sides, it was rather doubtful

whether it would prove to be more than an individual peculiarity.

On the lower side of the skull, apart from the striking difference

in aspect produced by the long parallel-sided muzzle, there was

little of importance to notice.

The following were the skull-measurements of Abyssinian and

Nigerian Giraffes (in millimetres) :—

Old male, Adult female, Adult female,

Abyssinia. Abyssinia. Ni igeria.

Extreme length ..............-.00++ 670 613 715

HARA Men Pty eee. /ccwcsseesseessenise 580 546 640

Greatest breadth .............0605- 303 265 282

Nasal opening, length from

enathion to junction of nasals

with premaxille...............04 162 165 194

MO: breadth soc.cscecscesescree scene 68 65 67

Muzzle to orbit ..... cactveseaceocses 380 354 416

Distance between tips of horns

(CANINES) I cases -wehe caer eseeeeene 160 125 217

Muzzle to front of anterior

PTGHIQMAG) Levees vaceastactecc ones 245 230 270

Lower jaw, angle to front of

OWS ae. code tare eesnostece = taee 521 480 558

Do. gidiastamiay | 32: cSeeees ss eesk ace 190 178 220

Weight, with lower jaw ......... 19 Ibs, 8 oz. 7 lbs. 6 oz. 10 lbs. 7 oz.

Weight, without lower jaw ...... 4 lbs. 113 oz. 6 Ibs. 103 oz.

The East-African skull obtained by Mr. Neumann, and described

in Mr. De Winton’s paper, weighed 22 lbs. 143 oz. with, and 19 lbs.

6 oz. without the lower jaw.

Taking all the circumstances into consideration, Mr. Thomas

considered that this fine animal might be provisionally assigned

to the Northern species, Giraffa camelopardalis, of which it

would form a Western subspecies, that might be termed G. e.

peralta, on account of its superior height.

Mr. Thomas expressed his appreciation of the scientific spirit

shown by Lieut. McCorquodale in preserving so clumsy and yet so

1898.] ON THE HABITS OF LEPIDOSIREN. 41

valuable a specimen, and of the generosity shown by his brother

in presenting it to the National Collection.

It was much to be hoped that some of the many British officers

now in Nigeria would bring home further spoils of this magnificent

animal, so that zoologists might gain a better knowledge of its

characters and relationships.

Mr. Sclater exhibited photographs of the Giraffe now living in

the Society’s Gardens, of the Giraffe presented to the Queen by

Chief Bethoen of Bechuanaland, which had died in the Society’s

. Gardens on the 20th of September shortly after its arrival, and of

the pair of Giraffes now living in the Zoological Garden of Berlin

(see P. Z. 8. 1897, p. 813), in order to show the differences in

markings between the two forms Giraffa camelopardalis typica

and G. c. capensis (cf. De Winton, P. Z. 8. 1897, p. 276).

The following letter from Mr. J. Graham Kerr, F.Z.S., dated

from the Zoological Laboratory at Cambridge, January 28th, was

read :—

“JT have just received from my friend and correspondent in

Paraguay, Mr. R. J. Hunt, a letter in which he gives most interest-

ing information in regard to the dry-season habits of Lepidosiren,

During my recent stay in the Gran Chaco I was able to definitely

determine that Lepidosiren, like its African relative Protopterus,

does retire into the mud at the commencement of the dry season, but

I was prevented by the untimely onset of heavy rains from pursuing

my enquiries further into the matter. On leaving the Chaco I left

behind with Mr. Hunt a set of questions in regard to the so-called

‘cocoon,’ which he very kindly agreed to do his best to answer

when the prolonged drought should provide the opportunity.

The result is the very interesting communication which I enclose,

and which will, I think, be of much interest to zoologists generally,

providing as it does the first account of the dry-season cocoon of

Lepidosiren. 1 need scarcely draw attention to the extraordinarily

close agreement of Lepidosiren in many points of detail to what is

already known to us in the case of Protopterus.”

Mr. Hunt writes as follows :—

“1, The nest made by the ‘ Lolach’ in the dry season (see

figs. 1-3, pp. 42, 43), so far as I can ascertain, seems to be quite

distinct from the burrow in which the eggs are laid. On the rising

of the water the beast comes out of its nest and seeks a convenient

place to lay its eggs, which may be near to or far from its nest of

the dry season. From the appearance of the inside of the nest, I

should say that on the return of the dry season the Lolach does not

return to the place that it used for the laying of its eggs, nor is

there any sign of it near its dry-season nest.

«2. The entrance or exit of the nest is by the side of the roots

of the papyrus (pi7), the cutting swamp-grass, or the bulrush,

The circular entrance, two and a half inches in diameter, is plugged

42 MR. J. GRAHAM KERR ON THE (Feb. J,

from the inside with a round piece of ciay, hollow and smooth

inside from the pressure of the Lolich’s nose. Surface clay is

employed to plug the entrance, and the only thing visible from

the outside is this convex plug fitting into the rim of the round

entrance, and sometimes, adjacent, another hole more or less filled

up, often entirely so, and consequently invisible, where the beast

first entered the earth. The original entrance is sometimes used

(perhaps most generally used) for the door of the finished nest.

The outside plug is pierced with two or three round holes, very

small as if formed by a big worm, and in which a peppercorn

could be tightly fitted. These are evidently formed by the placing

together of the pieces of clay, because in the inside (which is

smooth and concave) the hole is not round but slit-like, showing

the joining. This is not always the case. Some are round inside

as on the convex side. The inside of the plug is slightly damp

and slimy, but tasteless.

Fig. 2.

Views of two dry-season burrows of Lepidosiren, as seen in section.

“On removing the outer plug, a long crooked channel appears,

about two and a half or three inches in diameter, leading without

obstruction to the creature’s bed. This channel, like the inside of

the plug, is moist and slimy, the moisture increasing in amount as

it reaches the head of the beast. The channel varies in length

from twelve to twenty inches. In the case of a long channel,

several plugs are employed, at every four or six inches. In one

nest five plugs were found. The first three were like the one at

the entrance ; the breathing-holes small and round on the outside

but not always round inside, the slit varying in size from a quarter

1898. ] HABITS OF LEPIDOSIREN, 43

to three-quarters of aninch. The last one close to the head of the

Lolach had the appearance of being unfinished. It had the usual

two round holes—a slit, and in the centre a circular opening an

inch in diameter.

«3. The inside of the ‘ cocoon’ contains no grass or weeds, but

is damp and slimy like the channel leading to it, only very much

damper, and the sides are lined with a gelatinous but tasteless sub-

stance, and on the removal of the beast from its sleeping-place,

the moisture is visible, congregated at the foot of the nest in a

very small quantity. There is very little space between the walls

of the nest and the animal itself, especially near the head. The,

foot of the nest is deeper, but nothing but firm clay lined with

this slimy, sticky, gelatinous fluid already mentioned.

Fig. 3.

View of a dry-season burrow of Lepidosiren, as seen in section.

“4, The average size of the cocoon in which the Lolach sleeps is

14x 6 inches. It is oblong in shape, about six inches at the foot

and three or four inches at the mouth in width.

“The specimens I personally took from the cocoons were all

full-grown ones, but the Indians have caught young ones, an inch

in diameter and about a foot long, in their nests.

“5, The nest varies in depth from the surface from fourteen to

twenty inches. It is slanting, the head sometimes being four

inches higher than the bottom of the nest. The Lolach lies on his

belly and chin, his tail is brought over the right eye and round the

mouth, so covering the whole face. The head is of course nearest

to the opening.

44 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE ANATOMY [Feb. 1,

“6, When seen in the nest the Lolach is of a light brownish

colour, its skin is soft and slimy, being coated with a similar sub-

stance to that with which it lines the clay walls of its house. On

being exposed to the light, it soon becomes dark coloured and the

skin dry and hard.

«7, No signs whatever of a tube of gelatinous material appear

either in the nest or in the channel leading outward to the

opening, and the lips of the fish seem to be completely covered

with the tail that is brought over the mouth.

“8. The centre of the swamp, where the deepest water is, seems

.to be a more favoured part for the nests than in the shallow coasts.

One nest that I dug out had an exceedingly long and tortuous

channel, the bottom of the nest being twenty inches below the

surface and three feet away from the opening. I believe it to be

an exception.

“On the rising of the water they push out the plug, and remain

for a little while with their noses out, before they finally leave

their winter home.” NA aes.

Mr. G. A. Boulenger, F.R.S., gave an account of the Fishes

collected by Dr. J. Bach in the Rio Jurua, Brazil. Fifty-one

species were enumerated, of which nine were described as new, and

named as follows :—Platystoma juruense, Oxydoras trimaculatus,

O. trachyparia, O. bachi, O. elongatus, Chetostomus bachi, Acestra

gladius, Cetengraulis jwruensis, and Sternarchus tamandua.

This paper will be published in full in the Society’s ‘ Trans-

actions.’

The following papers were read :—

1. On the Anatomy of an Australian Cuckoo, Scythrops

nove-hollandie‘. By Franx E. Bepparp, M.A., F.R.S.,

Prosector to the Society.

[Received December 7, 1897.}

So far as I can discover there is no account extant of the

structure of the soft parts of Scythrops nove-hollandie, save a few

very brief notes on a“ Bird, of the Toucan-kind, from New

Holland,” by John Hunter’, and some facts concerning the

pterylosis by Nitzsch *. Certain parts of the skeleton, on the other

hand, are dealt with in Eyton’s ‘ Osteologia Avium,’ and the

skull has been deserlbed by Parker *.

1 I am indebted for the specimens, upon the examination of which this

communication is founded, to the kindness of Mr. A. J. North, C.M.Z.S., of the

Australian Museum.

* ‘Essays and Observations, &c.,’ ed. by R. Owen, London, 1861, vol. ii.

p. 286.

Piss Pterylography,’ Engl. ed. by Sclater, Ray Soc. Publ.

4 Trans. Linn. Soe. (2) vol. i.

1898.] OF SCYLTHROPS NOV Z-HOLLANDIE. 45

§ External Characters and Pterylosis.

This Cuckoo hasasmall nude oil-gland. There are 10 rectrices.

The fifth remex is not missing; the bird is therefore quinto-

cubital. The pterylosis has, as already mentioned, been described

by Nitzsch; and I have not much to add to his account. The

ventral tract, however, appears to me to bifurcate at the commence-

ment of the breast; each half then, as in Centropus &c.', again

divides into an inner and outer branch. I find these two branches

more distinct than they are figured by Nitzsch, while their point

of rejunction is beyond the posterior margin of the sternum and is

not very conspicuous. On the dorsal surface of the body the

median apterion is distinct but narrow ; there is no break between

the anterior and posterior portions of the dorsal tracts, such as

occurs in some Cuckoos.

§ Muscular Anatomy.

In dissecting the muscles of this bird the first point to which I

attended was the arrangement of the muscles of the thigh. Garrod*

divided the Cuculide into two groups, one with the muscular

formula ABXY-+, the other with the reduced formula AXY+.

Garrod’s list was afterwards extended by myself*. Sceythrops

belongs (as I expected that it would, after an examination of the

pterylosis) to the former group. It has the complete muscle-

formula, both femoro-caudal and accessory femoro-caudal being

large and fleshy. They fuse early and are inserted in common.

The ambiens is large and conspicuous.

The gluteus primus extends beyond the acetabulum.

There is one other point in the structure of the hind limb to

which I desire to direct attention. Garrod* described the deep

flewor tendons of the Cuculide as “ Gallinaceous,” 7. e. the tendon

of the flexor longus hallucis is united to the common tendon of

the flexor profundus by a vinculum. This statement has been

copied as applying generally to the Cuckoos. It does certainly

apply to a large number, including Scythrops. But the late W. A.

Forbes found that in Centropus and Pyrrhocentor the flexor longus

hallucis is totally absent.

As to the muscles of the fore limb I have nothing of interest to

record. The tensor patayzi brevis tendon is simple and undivided ;

it is reinforced by no biceps slip.

The expansor secundariorum is present. The anconeus longus

sends off a tendinous slip to the humerus as in most Cuckoos.

§ Visceral Anatomy.

On opening the body-cavity of Scythrops an arrangement of

1 Beddard, “ On the Structural Characters and Classification of the Cuckoos,”

P. Z. S. 1885, p. 168.

2 “On certain Muscles of the Thigh of Birds, &.,” P. Z. 8. 1878, p. 626.

3 Loe. cit.

4 “On the Disposition of the Deep Plantar Tendons in different Birds ”

P. Z.8, 1875, p. 389.

46 MR. F. Y, BEDDARD ON THE ANATOMY [Feb. 1,

certain of the membranes partitioning the cewlom was observed

that is not at all common among birds. The two liver-lobes were

concealed behind transverse partitions extending across the body-

cavity. On the right side of the body the partition was denser

than on the left, with tough strands of connective tissue running

in it. Anteriorly these vertical transverse partitions are attached,

like the oblique septa and the umbilical ligament, to the pericardium.

A structure of this kind seems to have been up to the present

only met with in certain Picarian birds, in Owls and in Parrots.

It seems now to be the prevalent opinion that the Owls, Parrots,

and Coeeyges are not so far away from the Pico-Paszerine division

as Garrod attempted to prove.

As to the alimentary tract the gizzard is large; the intestines

are capacious but short, the measurements being as follows :—

Large intestines 4-5 inches; small intestines 20 inches; ceca

6:5 inches.

Of the two lobes of the liver the right is very much the larger.

There is a gall-bladder.

The organ of chief classificatory importance, however, among the

viscera is the syrinw. The syrinx is of quite the typical tracheo-

bronchial form, the intrinsic muscles being attached to the second

bronchial semiring. The membrana tympaniformis is well

developed. The bronchidesmus is incomplete, @. ¢ it does not

extend up to the junction of the bronchi.

The structure of the syrinx, therefore, combined with the

characteristics of the pterylosis and the muscles of the leg, shows

that Scythrops is an ally of Hudynamis and Phenicophaes.

§ The Skeleton.

The skull of Scythrops has been studied by the late Prof. Parker’,

who, however, did not compare it much with the skull of other

Cuckoos. I have compared Scythrops with the following genera:

Cuculus, Coccystes, Centropus, Pyrrhocentor, Crotophaga, Saurothera,

Piaya, Guira, Geococcyx, Diplopterus, Hudynamis, Pheenicophaes, and

Ethinococeyx.

The skull is not only larger than in any of the Cuckoos mentioned,

but it is more massively constructed. This is seen especially in

the face region. The external parts, for instance, are more reduced

than in any other Cuckoo. In no Cuckoos are the external nares

extensive, and in all they are impervious save in Cuculus and

Pyrrhocentor, where the osseus septum is partly defective. In

Scythrops they are relatively very small round oritices, immediately

and almost completely occluded by a flap of bone ruuning obliquely

inward. In Crotophaga the nares are nearly as much reduced.

The massiveness of the skull is also seen in the interorbital

septum, which is complete, save that the optic foramina are fused

into one. In all other Cuckoos there are one or more vacuities

in the bony wall. The large massive bill has also brought about a

I Ops ett:

1898.] OF SCYTHROPS NOV #-HOLLANDIA. 47

more than usually strongly desmognathous palate (fig. 1). The

maxillo-palatines are fused for their entire length, though grooved

and even fenestrated in the middle. The palatines are completely

fused together posteriorly, where the external lamina is absent.

In front the two bones gradually get broader and diverge from

Pea:

Skull of Seythrops, ventral view.

A, 0s uncinatum; B, vomer; P, junction of palatines.

each other. The internal edges of the palatines converge in front

and nearly meet where a small splint of bone (a vomer) is wedged

between them. The palatine bones are very deep, the ascending

lamina being large. The pterygoids are hammer-shaped bones,

their junction with the palatines being expanded in a vertical

direction.

In other Cuckoos the palatines have not a well-developed

ascending lamina, there is no fusion posteriorly or approximation

48 ON THE ANATOMY OF SCYTHROPS NOVE-HOLLANDIZ. [Feb.1

anteriorly between these bones (see fig. 2), while they diminish

instead of slightly increasing in diameter from behind forward.

Finally, the pterygoids are not expanded in other Cuckoos in a

vertical direction at their junction with the palatines, and the

Skull of Eudynamis.

A, os uncinatum ; P, palatine.

maxillo-palatines are incompletely fused behind. The lacrymal

bones in Seythrops are large, the descending process nearly reaching

the jugal; between the descending limb of the lacrymal and the

massive ectethmoid process is an intercalated bonelet—the os

uncinatum, duly referred to by Parker. I have found these bones

also in Eudynamis’ (ef. figs. 3 & 4, p. 49), where they are larger

than in (my specimen of) Scythrops and very nearly reach the

palatines. Shufeldt has denied their existence in Geococcya *.

Among the other genera of Cuckoos that I have examined it is

only Zudynamis and certain other American genera (viz. Crotophaga,

Guira, Diplopterus, and Geococcyx) that have a massive descending

process of the lacrymal.

In Saurothera and in other Old World genera ®* this process is

short, or, if long, a slender style.

Scythrops has fourteen cervical vertebra, of which the last three

bear ribs progressively increasing in size, those on the 12th being

) I take this opportunity of mentioning that Hudynamis has better rudiments

of basipterygoid processes than any Cuckoo which I have examined, except

Rhinococeyx. This is noteworthy in view of the possibly archaic characters of

the Phceenicophaine with complete muscular formula of leg and tracheo-

bronchial syrinx.

a ae to the Anatomy of Geococcyx californianus,” P. Z. 8, 1886

3 2? as to Centropus.

1898.] ON LEPIDOPTERA FROM PORTUGUESE EAST AFRICA. 49

yery minute. Contrary to what is found in many Cuckoos’ the

atlas is notched, not perforated, for the odontoid process ; the notch,

Skull of Scyth rops, lateral view.

A, os uncinatum.

Fig. 4,

Skull of Evdynamis, lateral view.

A, os uncinatum.

however, is very nearly converted into a perforation. Four ribs

reach the sternum, the vertebra bearing the last complete rib being

the last free dorsal.

2. On a Collection of Lepidoptera made by Mr. F. V. Kirby,

chiefly in Portuguese East Africa. By Arrnur G.

Butter, Ph.D., F.L.S., F.Z.S., &c., Senior Assistant-

Keeper, Zoological Department, British Museum.

[Received November 29, 1897. ]

The collection of which the following is an account is chiefly of

interest because of the care with which most of the specimens have

been labelled, and from the fact that the supposed dry- and wet-

season forms of some of the species were both secured. There are

also several forms which are by no means common in collections,

and an interesting extreme form of Alena nyasse, var. ochracea,

1 Rhinococeyx, Cuculus, Saurothera. In Eudynamis, Guira, and Diplopterus

there is a notch nearly converted into a foramen.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1898, No. IV. 4

50 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA [Feb. 1,

very deep in colouring, with the ochreous belt of the primaries

united to a spot of this colour within the discoidal cell and that

of the secondaries covering almost the entire basal two-thirds of

these wings.

The following is a list of the species :—

RHOPALOCERA.

NYMPHALIDS#.

1. AMAURIS ECHERIA Stoll.

Eastern Transvaal and Portuguese East Africa.

2. AMAURIS ALBIMACULATA Butl.

Eastern Transvaal.

3. AMAURIS OCHLEA Boisd.

Eastern Transvaal, and Shiringoma and Makaya districts,

(Portuguese East Africa), November 1896.

4. Liwwyas curysrppus Linn.

Eastern Transvaal, Nyakongoli, Makoto, August 21st; Shirin-

goma and Makaya districts, November 1896 and January 1897.

5. GNOPHODES DIVERSA Butl.

Inure ; Patawali, 27th August, 1897.

6. MernANITES LIBYA Dist.

Tnure.

7. MuELANITIS SOLANDRA Fabr.

Jnure ; Mkanga Mivana, 10th September, 1896.

Both wet and dry forms were obtained ; the specimens (dry-

season) from Mkanga Mivana were terribly shattered, having

probably been long on the wing.

8. SAMANTA PERSPICUA Trim.

Inure.

Wet, intermediate, and dry forms were obtained, the last being

my S. simonsi and thus proving the correctness of Mr. Marshall’s

supposition. In the intermediate form, however, the fulvous

colouring of S. simonsi is only indicated on the ocelliferous area of

the wings.

9. Mycanesis sarirza Hewits.

Eastern Transvaal and Inure.

Wet, intermediate, and dry-season examples were obtained ;

S. caffra is represented by the intermediate form.

10, PHysczZNURA PIONE Godm.

Jnure.

1898. | FROM PORTUGUESE EAST AFRICA, 51

11.- Yerumta PUPILLARIS Butl.

Tnure (dry-season form).

The ocelli are reduced to points on the under surface.

12. EURALIA WAHLBERGI Waller.

Makaya district, January and February 1896; Inure.

The specimens are a good deal worn.

13. EURALIA KIRBYI sp. n.

Nearest to H. deceptor, but in the character of the white

markings reminding one of Panopea delagow, the belt crossing

the median vein of primaries being narrower and barely visible

above the second.median branch ; the subapical belt also decidedly

narrower, so that the space between the two belts is of nearly

double the width; the other white spots on these wings similarly

placed to those in £. deceptor, bat that towards the base of the cell

much smaller; the belt across the secondaries narrower and whiter ;

the outer border consequently half as wide again as in Z. deceptor,

the subapical series of white spots very small or wanting, aud the

submarginal spots small and squamose ; below the differences are

similar, the costal area of secondaries being much _ browner.

Expanse of wings 87 millimetres.

Shiringoma and Makaya districts, November 1896.

This is doubtless a representative form of H. deceptor, but differs

quite as much in character as any of the other described species of

its genus, excepting perhaps E. usambara of the E. anthedon group

and E. mechowi of the EL. dinarcha group.

14. Hypouimnas misrppus Linn.

Shiringoma and Makaya districts, November 1896.

15. CHARAXES VARANES Cram.

Makaya district, January and February 1896.

16. Junonia actia Dist.

Chiperoni, Portuguese Central Africa, September 1896.

17. Junon1a cuaMa Hewits.

Chiperoni, September 1896, and Inure.

18. Junonza Eveiva Hewits.

Eastern Transvaal; Chiperoni, September 1596; Shiringoma

and Makaya districts, November 1896; Inure.

19. Junonia arvaxta Hewits.

Chiperoni, September and October; Shiringoma and Makaya

districts, November 1896.

20. JUNONIA CLELIA Cram.

Eastern Transvaal, and Inure, Portuguese East Africa.

52 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA [Feb. 1,

21. JUNONIA BooPis Trim.

Nyakongoli, Makoto, August 21st; Chiperoni, September 1896.

22. PROTOGONIOMORPHA ANACARDIT Linn.

Eastern Transvaal and Portuguese East Africa.

23. PROTOGONIOMORPHA AGLATONICE Godt.

Inure.

The vars. aylatonice and nebulosa were both obtained.

24, PyRaMBIS CARDUI Linn.

Eastern Transvaal.

25. EurypHura acuiys Hopf.

g. Chiperoni, Portuguese Central Africa, September 1896.

26. EURYPHENE SENEGALENSIS Hiibn.

@ . Chiperoni, October 1896.

27, ATERICA GALENE Brown.

Patawali, Portuguese East Africa, 27th August, 1897.

Only one much damaged male of this species was obtained.

28. EuPHEDRA NEOPHRON Hopft.

Portuguese East Africa.

No exact locality is given on the envelope.

29. CRENIDOMIMAS ConcorDIA Hopff.

©. Patawali district, Portuguese East Africa.

The single example obtained corresponds exactly with Hopffer’s

figure in the colouring of the upper surface, but the innermost

row of black spots on the secondaries is absent (as is sometimes the

case in the nearly allied C. crawshayi): on the under surface the

colouring is a little deeper than in the figure: but, as I pointed

out when comparing C. crawshayi with Hopfter’s figures, the blue

spots on the primaries (excepting at apex) are not connected with

the blue outer border; on the other hand this border is not

continuous on the primaries as represented .u Hopffer's description

and figure. In some of the characters which distinguish C. craw-

shay? from C. concordia the present specimen therefore seems to be

intermediate, though the more varied and blue-tinted upper

surface with the wider bifid whitish subapical bar give it a

different aspect from any of the females of the Nyasa type; so

that, until the separation of the spots from the border on the

under surface has been proved to be variable, the two forms must

still be kept apart.

30, CRENIS BOISDUVALI Waller.

Eastern Transvaal.

The example now received agrees most nearly with one which

1898.] FROM PORTUGUESE BAST AFRICA. 53

we received from Zomba in 1895, and differs about as much as the

other forms to which names have been given recently; but

considering that the majority of them occur in Natal, there can

be little doubt that they are either seasonal forms or sports of two

or three variable species at most. We received typical C. boisduvalt

from Zomba in 1893.

31. Neptis aGarHa Cram.

Chirimani, Portuguese East Africa, August 31st in open forest ;

Inure; Chiperoni, Portuguese Central Africa, October 1896.

The variation in size of this species is extraordinary ; the

Chiperoni example has an expanse of 70 millimetres.

32. ATELLA PHALANTHA Drury.

Eastern Transvaal and Portuguese East Africa.

Both the wet-season form (A. columbina) and the dry form

(A. phalantha) were obtained.

33. Bypiia acHELorA Wallgr.

Eastern Transvaal; Inure; Chiperoni, September 1896.

The typical dry form and the wet-season B. vulgaris were both

obtained.

34. Evuryreta pryopn Fabr.

3. Inure.

35. AcrHA caBirna Hopff.

Inure.

The specimens all have the pattern of the variety apecida.

36. ACRHA SERENA var. BUXTONI Butl.

3. Portuguese East Africa.

37. Acr#aA Lycra Fabr.

Eastern Transvaal and Nyakongoli; Makoto, Portuguese Hast

Africa, 21st August.

Only two examples without head or abdomen.

38. ACR#A DOUBLEDAYI Guér.

Eastern Transvaal; Chiperoni, October 1896; Nyakongoli, 21st

August.

39. AcRma NATALICA Boisd.

Nyakongoli, 21st August.

40, AcRmA acrita Hewits.

Eastern Transvaal; Nyakongoli, 21st August ; Chirimani, 31st

August; Chiperoni, September 1896; Patawali district in open

bush country and plantations.

41. ACRHA AGLATONICE Westw.

2 ©. Portuguese Hast Africa (exact locality not noted).

54 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA [ Feb. 1,

42. AcCRHA ANEMOSA Hewits.

Nyakongoli, 21st August; Shiringoma and Makaya districts,

November 1896.

LYC ANID &.

43. ALENA NYASS# var. OCHRACEA Butl.

Inure.

A very interesting form of this variety.

44, PotyoMMatTUs BzTICUS Linn.

Inure; Chiperoni, September 1896.

45, CATOCHRYSOPS OSIRIS Hopff.

Eastern Transvaal and Portuguese East Africa.

46. CATOCHRYSOPS PATRICIA Trim.

3. Chiperoni, October 1896.

A curious aberration with white-edged elongated blackish spots

across the disc of the wings.

47. Tarucus PLinius Fabr.

Inure.

48. CacyRrnus LInGcnus Cram.

Patawali, in plantations.

49, Zyriris HARPAX Fabr.

Eastern Transvaal.

50. Cruparia LEROMA Waller.

Inure.

51. Myrina Ficepuna Trim.

Eastern Transvaal.

52, ViracHona ANTALUS Hopf.

TInure.

53. lonaus PHILIPPUS Fabr.

Eastern Transvaal and Inure.

54. Ionaus Buxront Hewits.

Q. Chiperoni, September 1896.

55. IoLavs PALLENE Waller.

Chiperoni, September 1896.

56. STUGETA BOWKERI Trim.

Tnure.

1898.] FROM PORTUGUESE EAST AFRICA. 55

PAPILIONIDA.

57. MYnLoruRis AGATHINA Cram.

Eastern Transvaal, Nyakongoli, August 21st; Chirimani, August

31st.

58. NYCHITONA MEDUSA var. ALCESTA Cram.

Portuguese East Africa.

I believe this genus consists of one variable species, but the

variations of the African and Mascarene examples are somewhat

different from those of Asia and Australasia, so that there is some

excuse for keeping them separate.

59, TERIAS BRIGITTA var. ZOE Hopff.

Eastern Transvaal.

60. THRIAS MARSHALLI Butl.

2. Patawali, Portuguese East Africa.

A small example of the intermediate-season form.

61. TERIAS HAPALE yar. MTHIOPICA Trim.

Patawali and Inure.

62. TERACOLUS REGINA Trim.

3 2. Wet form, Makaya district, January and February 1896.

@. Dry form, Shiringoma and Makaya districts, November 1896.

The female of the wet form (7. anaa) is, though rubbed, a new

variety to me, the usual white spots on the apical area of the

primaries being replaced by spots of rosy violet.

63, TERACOLUS IonE Godt.

2 2. Portuguese Hast Africa, Makaya district, January and

February 1896.

64. TERACOLUS SIPYLUS Swinh.

3 3. Portuguese East Africa (no exact locality noted).

65. TmRACOLUS ITHONUS Butl.

3. Nyakongoli, Makoto, August 21st; 9. Patawali.

The male (var. zgnifer) is too much injured to be fit for the

collection ; the female is a starved intermediate-season form.

66, TERACOLUS OMFHALE Godt.

Kastern Transvaal.

67. TERACOLUS MUTANS Butl.

Q. Portuguese Hast Africa (wet-season).

68. CaTOPSILIA FLORELLA F'abr.

Nyakongoli, August 21st; Chiperoni, October ; Shiringoma and

Makaya districts, November 1896 and January 1897,

56 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA [Feb. 1,

69. Bununois tHysa Hopff.

Nyakongoli, August 21st.

70. BELENOIS SEVERINA Cram.

Eastern Transvaal; Portuguese Hast Africa, Patawali district.

The wet form (B. infida), the intermediate form, and the dry

form (B. severina) are all represented.

71. BuLENOIS MESENTINA var. LORDACA Walk.

@. Portuguese East Africa.

72. BELENOIS ZOCHALIA Boisd.

2. Dry-season form, Chirimani, August 31st.

73. LEUCERONIA ARGIA Fabr.

Shiringoma and Makaya districts, November 1896.

74, Paritio nyass# Butl.

Makaya district, January and February 1896.

75. Papinio PoLIstRATUS Grose-Smith.

@. Makaya district, January or February 1896,

Differs from the illustration of the male in its greater size ; the

pale markings on the primaries, excepting at external angle, are

much broader; the markings on the basi-abdominal half of the

secondaries are also broader, but the crescentic markings above

the tail are very indistinct.

76. Papinio corinnevs Bertol.

Inure, Nyakongoli, August 21st; Shiringoma and Makaya

districts, November 1896 and January 1897.

77. Paprtr0o LHONIDAS Fabr.

Makaya district, January and February 1897.

78. Paprtio DeMoLEus Linn.

Eastern Transvaal, Makaya district, January and February 1897,

79. Paprnio ERINUS Gray.

Eastern Transvaal, Makaya district, January and February 1896.

80, PAPILIO MEROPE var. DARDANUS Brown.

Makaya district, January and February 1896.

HESPERIIDA.

81. TacrapEs FLEsus Fabr.

Patawali.

1898.] FROM PORTUGUESE EAST AFRICA. 57

82. ERETIS DIZLELH Waller.

Portuguese East Africa (exact locality not noted).

83. ANDRONYMUS PHILANDER Hopf.’

Chiperoni, September 1896.

84. Baoris nurorua Hewits.

Chiperoni, September 1896.

Corresponds nearly with Trimen’s figure of B. roncilgonis above

and with Karsch’s colouring of B. cojo below. Two examples

which we have from Fwambo, Tanganyika, have the under surface

mostly bright ochreous and scarlet, but with the same markings

exactly as in B. roncilgonis.

85. RHOPALOCAMPTA PISISTRATUS Fabr.

Portuguese East Africa (no exact locality noted).

HETEROCERA.

AROTIIDA.

86. DBIOPEIA PULCHELLA Linn.

Eastern Transvaal and Inure.

87. ALETIS MONTEIRONIS Druce.

@. Portuguese Hast Africa.

88, LeprosoMa LEUCONOE Hopff.

Inure.

1 I take this opportunity of describing a beautiful new species of Cyclopides

from Fwambo, Tanganyika, collected by Mr. A, Carson :—

CYCLOPIDES CARSONI sp. 0.

Nearest to C. perexcellens, the wings slightly broader in proportion to their

length ; the upper surface of a somewhat deeper olive-brown, the fringe of the

primaries ochreous at external angle; no ochreous spots in the discoidal cell ;

the spots on the disc larger, the three uppermost (bifid) spots much paler ;

the fringe of the secondaries varied with dark brown: on the under surface of

the primaries there is a well-defined pale ochreous streak above the cell from

base to middle of wing, but no ochreous spot within the cell; the three upper-

most discal spots as above, but the lowest spot very small ; the secondaries

below are cream-coloured with slight silvery reflections; the veins and outer

margin black, but not the abdominal margin; a costal streak to middle, a

quadrate patch from costal to subcostal vein above the cell, two similar patches

placed obliquely above each of the subcostal branches, a quadrifid band from

second subcostal branch across the end of the cell almost to the submedian

yein and a quinquefid submarginal band between the same veins, deep ochreous

bordered with black ; a squamose pale ochreous longitudinal submedian streak,

broadly interrupted by blackish brown, from the extremities of the two transverse

deep ochreous bands to the submedian vein. Expanse of wings 34 millimetres.

Three males in the British Museum collection.

58 DR. N. H. ALCOCK ON THE VASCULAR [Feb. 1,

AGARISTIDS.

89. XANTHOSPILOPTERYX SUPERBA Butl.

Shiringoma and Makaya districts, November 1896.

NocTruip.s.

90. T#NIOPYGA SYLVINA Stoll.

Chiperoni, September 1896.

HyPpsip@™.

91. EGYBOLIA VAILLANTINA Stoll.

Inure.

GEOMETRIDS.

92, CoMIBENA LEUCOSPILATA Walk.

Portuguese East Africa (exact locality not noted).

8. On the Vascular System of the Chiroptera. By N.

H. Atcock, B.A., M.D., Assistant to the Professor of

Institutes of Medicine, Trinity College, Dublin’.

Part I.—Thoracic Vessels of Pteropus medius ; with a

Summary of the Literature of the Chiroptera.

[Received October 13, 1897.]

The anatomy of the Chiroptera has been the subject of many

and interesting researches. Dobson*, in addition to numerous

1 Communicated by Prof. G. B. Howus, F.R.S., F.Z.S.

2 Dozsson, G. E.—‘ Catalogue of the Chiroptera in the British Museum,’

567 pp., 30 pls.; London, 1878 (contains many references, chiefly to syste-

matic papers). ‘Monograph of the Asiatic Chiroptera’ (includes European

forms); London, 1876. ‘‘ Secondary Sexual Characters in the Chiroptera,” Proc.

Zool. Soc. 1873, pp. 241-252. ‘ On the Structure of the Pharynx, Larynx, and

Hyoid Bonesin the Genus Epomophorus,” loc, cit. 1881, pp. 685-693. ‘ Mono-

graph of the Group Molossi,” doc. cit. 1876, pp. 701-735. “Structure of Feet,

Claws, and Wing-membrane of Mystacina tuberculata,” loc. cit. 1876, pp. 486-488.

“ Monograph of the Genus Taphozous,” loc. cit. 1875, pp. 546-556. “On

Peculiar Structures in the Feet of certain Mammals, which enable them to

walk on smooth perpendicular surfaces,” Joc. cit. 1876, pp. 526-535, pl. lv.

(Vesperugo, Mystacina, Thyroptera, Hyrax). ‘‘On the Phalaux missing from

certain Digits in the Manus of Chiroptera,” Journ. Anat. Phys. xvi. p. 200.

“Osteology of Trienops persicus,” Journ. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, xli. pp. 186-142,

l. vi. “Chiroptera in Genoa Civic Museum etc.,” Ann. Mus. Genoy. (2) ii.

pp. 16-19. ‘ Report on Accessions to our Knowledge of the Chiroptera ete. in

1878-1880,” Rep. British Assoc. 1880, pp. 169-197. ‘Geographical Distri-

bution of Chiroptera,” oc. cit. 1878, pp. 158-167. ‘‘Chiroptera in Gottingen

Museum,” Bull. Soe. Zool. France, 1880, pp. 282-239. ‘‘ Pteropus rodericensis,”

Phil. Trans. elxviii. p. 457. ‘‘Conspectus of Sub-orders, Families, and Genera

of Chiroptera, arranged according to their natural affinities,” Ann. N. H. (4)

xvi. pp. 345-357, and additional remarks, doc. cit. (4) xviii. pp. 845-347.

1898. ] SYSTEM OF THE CHIROPTERA. 59

minor papers, has described the general anatomy of the Order,

with a complete systematic arrangement of all the known genera

and species, up to the year 1878. In more recent times Allen * has

done the same for the North-American Bats. Macalister’, in an

able and comprehensive paper, has recorded the comparative

anatomy of the muscles of the group ; and Maisonneuve * has given

a complete account of the myology and osteology of Vespertilio

murinus. Robin * treats of the respiratory, digestive, and genito-

urinary organs of the Order; and the embryological researches of

Van Beneden and Julin’ on the formation of the amnion here

and in the Mammalia generally are well known. But with the

exception of Rose °, who, in his paper “ Beitrage zur vergleichenden

Anatomie des Herzens der Wirbelthiere,” incidentally refers to

the heart of Pteropus poliocephalus and Vespertilio,( Myotus) murinus,

and Hyrtl’, who in 1864 described the arrangement of some of

1 Anumn, H.—‘“ A Monograph of the Bats of N. America,” Bull. U.S. Nat.

Museum, No. 43, Washington, 1893, 193 pp., 37 pls. See also Washingt.

Smiths. Inst. 1864, 8vo, 85 pp., woodcuts. Introduction to Monograph (1895),

in P. U.S. Mus. xvi. pp. 1-28. ‘On the Molars of Pteropine Bats,” Proc.

Ac. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1892, pp. 172-173. “ Colour-marks in the Pteropo-

didz,” Joc. cit. 1890, pp. 12-30. ‘“ Note on the Mammary Giands of Bats,”

loc. cit. 1880, p. 183. “ Note on the number of the Phalanges of Bats,” loc. cit.

1880, p. 359. “On the Temporal and Masseter Muscles of Mammals,”

loc. cit. 1880, pp. 226-228. ‘On the Embryos of Bats,” Contrib. Zool. Lab.

Pennsylvania, 1. Art. 2, pls. v.—vili. ‘On a Revision of the Ethmoid Bone in

the Mammalia, with special reference to the description of this bone and of

the sense of smell in the Chiroptera,” Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard, x.

. 135, and an earlier paper, /oc. cit. No. 5, pp. 121-122. “On the Tarsus of

Bats,” Am. Nat. xx. pp. 175-177. “ Genus Nyctinomus,” P. Am. Phil. Soe.

xxvi. pp. 558-563. “Muscles of the Hind Limbs of Chetromeles torquatus,”

Science, vii. p. 506.

2 Macauister, A.—‘‘The Myology of the Chiroptera,” Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc.

1872, pp. 125-171, pls. 13-16.

3 Matsonnruve.—Théses présentées 4 la Faculté des Sciences de Poitiers.

Paris, 1878, 8vo, pp. 324.

4 Rosin, H. A—‘ Recherches anatomiques sur les Mammiféres de l’Ordre

des Chiroptéres,” Ann. Sci. Nat. (6) xii. 1881, Art. 2, pp. 111-180, pls. ii—ix.,

& Rey. Sci. xxix. p. 507. See also ‘‘Sur la Morphologie les enveloppes foetales

des Chiroptéres,” Compt. Rend. xcii. pp. 1854-1357, and “ Sur les envel. feet.

des Chiroptéres d. 1. famille des Phyllostomides,” doc. cit. xcv. p. 13877, and

‘Sur les envel. feet..... des Molossiens,” supplementary to the second paper,

Bull. Soc. Philomathique, Paris, (7) v. pp. 142-143. “ Sur l’époque de l’accouple-

ment des Chauves-souris,” loc. cit. (7) v. pp. 88-90. “Anatomy of Cyno-

nycteris umplexicaudata,” C. R. xe. pp. 1869-1370.

5 Bunepey, B. Van, and Junin, C.—< Recherches sur la formation des annexes

foetales chez les Mammiféres (Lapin et Chéiroptéres),” Arch. Biol. v. p. 369, pls.

Also “ Observations sur le maturation, la fécondation, et la segmentation de

lceuf chez les Chéiroptéres,” Arch. Biol. i. pp. 551-571, pls. xxii, & xxiii, and

Bull. Acad. Roy. Belgique, xlix. pp. 628-655.—E. Van Bennpuy. “ De la Fixa-

tion du Blastocyste 4 la Muqueuse utérine chez le Murin (Vespertilio murinus),”

loc. cit. (3) xv. pp. 17-27. “ De la formation et de la constitution du Placenta

chez le Murin,” oc. cit. pp. 351-364.

6 Rész, O.—* Beitrage zur vergl.” etc., Morph. Jahrb. 1890, xvi. pp. 27-96,

Is. iv. & v.

we Hyrrn.—Denksch. Akad. der Wiss. Wien, 1864, xxii. p. 132 e¢ seg., and

a note on the Radial Artery, transl. by HE. P. Wright, in Nat. Hist. Rey. vol. ii.

1862, p. 95 et seq.

60 DR. N. H. ALCOCK ON THE VASCULAR [Feb. 1,

the arteries in several species, the vascular system has received but

scant notice.

The recent observations on the morphology of blood-vessels,

especially those of Macalister’, Mackay*, Hochstetter®, and,

Young‘, have given an increased interest to studies of the

vascular system ; and it was in the hope of adding to thesum of our

knowledge in this direction, even if only in a single order of the

Mammalia, that this paper was commenced.

In the absence of any record of the general features of the

Vascular System in the Chiroptera, the simplest plan appeared to

be to describe as accurately as possible the arrangement in one

species, taking it as a type to which variations might be referred,

and this plan has been more or less adhered to in the following

account. Illustrations have been added from other species where

it appeared that the arrangement in Pteropus medius was unusual

in the order, and some additional notes on the thoracic organs

have been appended, when this seemed desirable for the sake of

greater clearness in description.

The division of the Megachiroptera (Dobson) was selected on

account of the greater size of its members, and Pteropus medius,

the Indian Fruit-Bat, seemed a suitable representative °. This

Bat is common in its native haunts—India—where it is found in

large flocks, which often cause much loss by devouring enormous

quantities of fruit, the voracity of these animals being apparently

only limited by the amount of time and fruit at their disposal °.

1 Macautster, A.A—“ The Morphology of the Arterial System in Man,” Journ.

Anat. xx. 1886, pp.

2 Mackay, J. Y.—* The Development of the Branchial Arches in Birds, ete.”

Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. vol. 179 (1888), B. pp. 111-159, 4 pls. “The Arterial

System of Vertebrates Homologically considered,” Proc. Phil. Soc. Glasgow,

xvill. 1887, and in Mem. of Anatom. vol. i. 1889.

3 Hocusturrer, F.—‘‘ Ueber d. urspriingl. Hauptschlagader d. hint. Gliedm,

d. Menschen,” ete., Morph. Jahrb. xvi. 1890, pp. 800-318, and ‘‘ Ueber d. Entw.

d. Art. Vert. b. Kaninchen,” loc. cit. pp. 572-586, and “‘ Ueber den Ursprung der

Art. Subclay. der Vogel,” doc. cit. pp. 484-493.

4 Youne, A. H.—“‘ The Termination of the Mammalian Aorta.” Studies in

Anatomy. The Owens Coll. 1891, pp. 209-225, 1 pl. & Journ. Anat. xxxi.

pp. 169-175.

5 The dissection of the smaller vessels in Pteropus medius proved difficult

and tedious, although the body of this species is 83 inches long and the expanded

wings measure 3 feet across. The injection I found most suitable is the Lead

Chromate and Gelatine recommended by Hoyer (Arch. f. mikr. Anat. 1876,

p. 645), and quoted by Bolles Lee (Microtomist’s Vade Mecum, p. 237), or

Hoyer’s Shellac injection, coloured with very finely divided vermilion (Coc. cit.

1865, p. 149). I have found Von Graefe’s cataract knife, modified by being

strengthened a little along the back and shortened in the blade, very convenient.

Some form of dissecting microscope is essential.

® Murray, J. A., Indian Annals, i. pp. 25-26, gives a description of this

species, and an account of the use of the flesh as medicine by the natives. See

also Siaet, W. L., Zool. Gart. xxiv. (habits of P. medius in captivity); and

Day, F., Land of the Permauls, p. 459, who states that these Bats are very

partial to wild figs and almond-kernels, and also to cocoa-nut toddy.

Braurgcarp, H.—“ Recherches sur l’oreille interne de la Roussette de Inde

(P. medius),” C. R. Ac. Sci. exix. pp. 13851-1352. “Le Canal Carotid de

Roussettes,” C. R. Biol. Paris, 1892, pp. 914-916. ‘Recherches sur l'appareil

1898. ] SYSTEM OF THE CHIROPTERA. 61

The average measurements of this species are given in Dobson’s

Catalogue. Two of my specimens measured :—Specimen A.

Adult male. Length, circa 210 mm.; interfemoral membrane 10 ;

head 72; ear 38; eye to tip of nostril 29; forearm 147; thumb

64:5; 3rd finger 183; tibia 65; foot 51.

Specimen B. Adult male. Length, circa 225 mm.; interfemoral

membrane 15; head 72; ear 38; eye to tip of nostril 29 ; forearm

155; thumb 65°5; 3rd finger 292; 5th finger 205; tibia 71;

foot 49. Weight, 104 oz. (spirit-specimen).

Thoracic Viscera.

The thorax in the Chiroptera is very much wider and more

capacious than is usual inthe Mammalia. Pteropus medius departs

somewhat from the type, the thorax becoming longer and narrower,

but still remaining very large. The thoracic viscera are corre-

spondingly formed. The heart in this species is rather larger, and

the lungs smaller, than is usual in the Order.

The Pleura.

Composed, as is usual, of a parietal portion, lining the thoracic

cavity, and a visceral, clothing the surface of the lungs. But a

certain degree of complexity is associated with the reflexion of

this membrane from the upper aspect of the sternum, owing to

the shape and disposition of the lungs and the relation to it of

the so-called thymus gland.

Both parietal pleure pass upward together from the dorsal

aspect of the sternum. ‘Tracing first the pleura of the left side,

anteriorly it passes upwards and to the left, and continued on the

wall of the thorax is reflected on the anterior’ surface of the

pulmonary root, asin man. But owing to the projection across the

mesial plane of the upper lobe of the left lung, the left pleural

sac is carried to the right for a corresponding distance. On the

ventral aspect is situated a portion of the thymus gland; a small

tongue of the same gland extends forwards on its dorsal surface.

Posteriorly, the pleura passes to the left, lying ventral to the

main part of the thymus and the pericardium, and then upwards,

the line of reflexion from the diaphragm being 11 mm. to the

left of the middle line. From this portion of the pleura the

auditif chez les Mammiféres,” Journ. de |’Anat. et Physiol. 1893, pp. 180-

220, pls. iv.—vi.

Homz, Sir Evrrarp,—Lectures on Comparative Anatomy. London, 1814,

vol. i, pp. 158-160, vol. ii. pl. xx. (stomach of Pteropus and Plecotus).

Carranezo, G.—“ Sull’ Anatomia dello Stomaco del Pteropus medius,” Aiti Soc.

Ligustica, i. pp. 142-149.—W uyperticx, L., “ Die Fortpflanzung der Flughunde

(Cynonycteris collaris, Ill., and P. medius, Temm.)im Zool. Gart. zu Koln,”

Zool. Gart. xxxii. pp. 78-82.

1 These terms suppose the animal to be placed with the ventral surface down-

wards, ‘‘ above” being therefore synonymous with “dorsal to ”. <¢ anterior ” and

“in front of” corresponding to ‘ on the cephalic side of.”

62 ‘DR. N. H. ALCOCK ON THE VASCULAR [Feb. 1,

ligamentum latum pulmonis proceeds outwards to the posterior

lobe of the left lung, very much as in man.

The pleura of the right side extends upward from the sternum

until it reaches the pericardium. Anteriorly it is folded around

this, and reaching the root of the right lung becomes continuous

with the visceral layer. Posteriorly, this reflexion of pleura

passes upwards until it reaches the postcaval vein, which has an

intra-thoracic course of some length—7 mm. in this species.

Turning round the yein the pleura retraces its course, forming

thus a median recess or pouch, in the posterior part of which

lies the azygos lobe of the right lung, the anterior part being reduced

to a mere chink by the near approach of the pericardium towards

the diaphragm '*. The pleura finally leaves the anterior thoracic

wall in company with the pleura of the left side, considerably to

the left of the mesial plane. The ligamentum latum pulmonis

passes to the posterior lobe of the right lung from the reflexion

of pleura thus formed, lying dorsal to the azygos lobe.

The Lungs.

Following the nomenclature of Aeby’*, four lobes may be

distinguished in the right lung—anterior, middle, posterior, and

azygos: and two in the left—anterior and posterior. This agrees

with the description of Robin *, whose careful and accurate work

leaves little to be added by subsequent investigators.

The right lung is considerably larger than the left, and the

main lobes of each are much subdivided by secondary fissures.

The morphology of these, as well as an account of the pulmonary

arterial and venous system, will be found in Part IT. of this paper.

The relation of the lungs to the ventral wall of the thorax

would appear to vary somewhat. Robin ® describes the posterior

lobe of the left lung as extending across to meet the middle lobe

ot the right lung, lying beneath the base of the heart and great

vessels. In my specimens, shrunk a little by immersion in spirit,

this was not the case (fig. 1), and in transverse sections of Vesperugo

noctula and Rhinolophus hipposideros, with the organs carefully

hardened in situ, there was still a considerable interval.

The anterior lobe of the left lung crosses the mesial plane ventral

1 I was interested in observing in a dissection of a Dromedary an inter-

mediate stage between the condition found in Pferopus and in man. In that

animal, anteriorly the pleure of both sides pass upward in the middle line

from the sternum, forming a definite mesial partition. Posteriorly, the

arrangement is exactly similar to that described above, except that the median

recess is much reduced in size, owing to the smaller development of the azygos

lobe. The pleura is strong and tough, and can be followed out with the

greatest ease. In man, the azygos lobe has altogether disappeared in the adult,

and the pleural recess is reduced to a minimum (‘ mediastino-diaphragmatic

sinus,” Macalister, Human Anatomy: London, 1889, p. 316).

° Arsy.—Der Bronchialbaum der Stugethiere, etc. Leipzig, 1880.

* Ropin, H. A.—‘ Recherches etc.” v. supra. See also on this subject,

Davsenton (Buffon and Daubenton, Hist. Nat. x. p. 70, 1763). Owen (Comp.

Anat. of Vertebr, iii. p. 577), and Cuvier (Anat. Comp. 2nd ed. vii. p. 151).

1898. ] SYSTEM OF THE CHIROPTERA. 63

to the pericardium, and the azygos lobe of the right lung crosses

similarly on the dorsal side, lying immediately behind the left

auricle and ventricle.

Fig. 1.

Wi, Yj b

iyi

YY Li yp

YY)

Wyyy

Heart and lungs of Pzeropus medius, seen from the ventral aspect. X13. The

blood-vessels are slightly diagrammatic ; the exact position is seen in fig. 4

(p. 66), which is from a photograph. The anterior lobe of the left lung is

raised slightly to show the conus arteriosus.

R.S. Right Subclavian artery. T.A. Thyroid Axis. R.C.C. Right

Common Carotid. R.V. Vertebral. L.I.M. Left Internal Mammary.

R.P.C. Right Precaval Vein. L.S8.V. Left Subclavyian Vein. L.I.J. Lett

Internal Jugular. L.E.J. Left External Jugular. V.V. Left Vertebral.

P.C. is placed on the middle lobe of the right lung just above the Post-

caval Vein. T. Trachea. RA., RM., RP. Anterior, middle, and posterior

lobes of the right lung. AZ. Azygos lobe. LA., LP. Anterior and

posterior lobes of the left lung.

The Pericardium.

A very definite sac, composed of two layers—a fibro-serous, form-

ing an envelope for the heart and great vessels, and a serous,

reflected on to the surface of those structures.

The fibro-serous layer encloses a space, the shape of which is

64 DR. N. H. ALCOCK ON THE VASCULAR [Feb. 1,

approximately oval in outline. It is prolonged forward to become

continuous with the outer coats of both precaval veins and the

aorta, and encloses within it the whole length of the pulmonary

artery. Behind, it is pierced close to the auricle by the postcaval

vein, so that this vessel has only a course 3mm. in length within the

pericardium, in spite of the length gf the intra-thoracic portion

of that vessel. Posteriorly, this layer is in contact with the dia-

phragm, but the connexion between them is of the slightest, the

most definite attachments being by means of the reflexion of the

pleura from the diaphragm on each side.

Ws,

Heart and lungs of Pteropus medius, dorsal aspect. X 14.

Letters as in fig. 1.

Intimately connected with the fibro-serous layer of the peri-

cardium is the so-called thymus gland, especially on the ventral

surface. Elsewhere this layer is thin and delicate, resembling the

human peritoneum in appearance, but firmer and less elastic than

that structure.

The serous layer clothes the surface of the heart; it is reflected

from the outer layer where the postcaval vein enters, as well as

at the entrance of the other vessels.

1898.] SYSTEM OF THE CHIROPTERA. 65

Thymus’.

The general collection of tissue that has in the aggregate been

called the thymus gland is developed to an unusual extent in the

Chiroptera. In this species it is composed of gland-like masses

irregular in outline, showing a tendency to separate into smaller

lobules. This tissue is scattered about the middle mediastinum, one

mass being placed at the base of the heart, another ventral to the

pericardium where it meets the diaphragm, another within the

pericardial sac, at the base of the great vessels. The relation of the

gland to the pleura is very intimate.

The Heart.

Of large size even for the Chiroptera, measuring 26 x 15 x 15 mm.

The general shape is that of an elongated oval, placed very obliquely

Fig. 3.

Heart of Pteropus edulis, ventral surface, x13.—I. 1-4. Intercostal arteries

in the upper four spaces of the right side, 1 and 2 arising from the

Vertebral, 8 and 4 from the Innominate. I.M.V. Internal Mammary

Veins, joining the Right and Left Precaval veins. V.A.M. Vena azygos

major.

bo EE ee

1 The description applies to the naked-eye appearance of this structure,

Microscopic sections (specimen A) show numerous much yacuolated cells, with

no definite arrangement, intimately related to blood-capillaries, and with no

ducts. Sections of the same gland in specimens C and D show only adipose

tissue, Further investigation is necessary to reconcile the appearances

observed.

Proc, Zoon. Soc.—1898, No. V. 5

66 DR. N. H. ALCOCK ON THE VASCULAR (Feb. 1,

in the thorax, the apex extending posteriorly and to the left.

Clothing the surface is the serous layer of the pericardium ; and

it is noticeable that the deposit of fat, so often observed in man,

is entirely absent here. In the groove between the right auricle

and the aorta is a small portion of the so-called thymus gland.

Fully three-fourths of the ventral surface is formed by the ven-

tricles, little more of the right auricle than the appendix being

seen from this aspect, and but the extreme tip of the appendix

of the left auricle, appearing under cover of the left precaval vein.

Of the ventricular part, three-fifths are formed by the right ventricle,

the remainder, including the apex, by the left. (Fig. 1, p. 63.)

On the dorsal surface of the heart the ventricles occupy scarcely

one half, the auricles, with the much expanded transverse part of

the left precaval vein, forming the remainder. (Fig. 4.)

The Right Auricle is composed of appendix and atrium, separated

externally by a well-marked sulcus. In the specimens I have

examined it was much distended with clotted blood, so that it

appeared considerably more capacious than the left auricle. More

of the right auricle also appears on the surface than the left, the

latter being concealed by the left precaval vein and the pulmonary

artery with its branches.

Heart of Pteropus medius, dorsal surface, x2.—TR. Pretracheal branch

from base of left common carotid artery. L.P.A. Left Pulmonary Artery.

Other letters as in fig. 1.

The wall of the right auricle is thin, and on opening the cavity

1898. ] SYSTEM OF THE CHIROPTERA. 67

is seen to be sculptured in low relief over the greater part of its

extent with a series of muscular bands running parallel to each

other at a little distance apart, joined with cross bands and termi-

nating on a well-marked crista terminalis. These musculi pectinati

are stouter and better marked in the appendix than elsewhere.

There was no representative of the ‘‘ tubercle of Lower.”

Three main venous trunks open into the atrium. The aperture

of the right precaval vein is the most anterior ; at some little dis-

tance behind is the opening of the postcaval, guarded by the

Eustachian valve, here a thin fenestrated membrane, continued on

to the isthmus Vieussenii asin man. (Fig. 6, p. 68.) Just above

the auriculo-ventricular opening is the entrance of the left precaval

vein, separated from the postcaval by a well-marked muscular

shelf, the valve of Thebesius being entirely absent, as Rése ' also

found. Two or three ventral cardiac veins run forward over the

right ventricle to open directly into the auricle, and two or three

dorsal veins, one larger than the rest, open into the transverse

part of the left precaval.

The Right Ventricle is folded around the left ventricle, and the

interventricular septum encroaches on its cavity, so that the

outline in transverse section is crescentic.

The conus arteriosus is markedly prolonged, forming a very

characteristic feature in the Chiropteran heart, and even more con-

spicuous in Pteropus edulis (fig. 3, p. 65) than in this species.

The inner surface of the ventricular wall is quite smooth and

uniform except where it meets the septum, where a few very small

irregularities remain. No musculi papillares arise from the ven-

tricular wall ; a very slender moderator band alone takes origin here

and passes to the septum.

The auriculo-ventricular valve has developed on a somewhat

different plan from most other Mammalia, resembling the condition

figured by Ray Lankester* in the Rabbit. It is composed of two

separate segments, the outermost and ventral of these being con-

siderably the larger, representing the infundibular and marginal

parts of the usual tricuspid valve. Arising from the interven-

tricular septum to supply this segment are four musculi papillares,

each sending 3—4 chordz tendinez to be inserted into the free edge

of the valve, the adjacent chorde being continued upward on the

outer surface to form an arch *, as shown in fig. 5, p. 68.

The innermost segment is closely applied to the septum. Many

1 Ross, C., loc. cit.

2 P. Z. 8. 1882, pp. 535-544, pl. xxxviii. figs. 83 and 4. He considers the

auriculo-ventricular valve in this animal to be a further development from the

original condition preserved in man and most mammals. If this view be

adopted, the valve in Pzeropus might be considered to occupy an intermediate

condition. On the origin of the musculi papillares from the septum, see

Rose (loc. cit. pp. 84-85), who remarks that it is a point of no morphological

importance,

* Kirscuyer (Wagner's Handworterbuch, p. 47) describes a similar arrange-

ment of chords tendinex in the human heart as an uncommon abnormality.

Class 1 of his division is unrepresented in the heart of Preropus.

DR, N. H, ALCOCK ON THE VASCULAR [Feb. 1,

Heart of Pteropus edulis, x2.—A portion of the wall of the right ventricle

has been turned back to show the auriculo-ventricular valve, the two

segments of which are seen. M. Moderator band.

Heart of Pteropus edulis, x2.—The right auricle has been opened by the

usual incisions, and the whole of the wall of the right ventricle removed

with the outer segment of the auriculo-ventricular valve; the septal seg-

ment is seen in its whole extent. AO. Aorta. R.I. Right Innominate

Artery. R.P.C. Right Precaval Vein. P.O. Postcayal Vein; below this is

seen the opening of the Left Precaval. O.A. Conus arteriosus. The

attachments of the musculi papillares and moderator band to the septum

are shown,

1898. ] SYSTEM OF THE CHIROPTERA. 69

slender chord tendinex are attached to its free edge ; they all arise

directly from the septum, without the intervention of musculi

papillares, and they are quite separate from the set belonging to

the outer segment, each set supplying its own part of the valve only

(fig. 6, p. 68).

The pulmonary orifice is guarded by a valve of three semilunar

flaps, two placed ventrally and one dorsally, as in man.

The atrium of the Left Auricle appears on the dorsal surface of

the heart between the systemic veins entering the right auricle and

the pulmonary artery. (Fig. 4, p. 66.) The tip of the appendix

appears on the ventral surface, the base being concealed in front

by the right pulmonary artery and on the left by the left precaval

vein. On opening the cavity, the walis are seen to be thicker than

those of the right auricle, and smooth internally, a few feeble

musculi pectinati being found only in the appendix, which is longer

and narrower than on the right side and much less capacious. On

the interauricular septum a taint depression indicates the position

of the foramen ovale; here the wall is very thin, but no communi-

cation exists between the auricles.

The left pulmonary veins open by one common orifice into the

dorsal surface of the atrium, the right by three separate openings.

The Left Ventricle contrasts markedly with the corresponding

cavity on the right side, being constructed on a much stronger and

more muscular plan. ‘The outline in transverse section is circular.

Two large and strong papillary muscles, extending down to the

apex, and attached along their whoie length to the outer portion

of the ventricular wall, send chord tendineew to the two seg-

ments of the mitral valve, each papillary muscle supplying part of

both segments. ine columne carnez, consisting of low closely-

set ridges, cover the interventricular septum and the wall of the

ventricle between the muscular attachments.

The auriculo-ventricular aperture is oval in shape, and consider-

ably smaller than on the right side. The mitral valve consists of

two segments—the lesser is placed against the outer wall of the

ventricle, the greater hangs between the aortic and auriculo-

ventricular orifices. The aortic valve consists of three segments,

one ventral and two dorsal, and the coronary arteries arise from

the ventral and left dorsal sinuses of Valsalva. The structure of

both this and the pulmonary valve closely resembles the arrange-

ment in man.

The weight * of the heart in P. mediusis about 26 grains, approxi-

mately ++, of the body weight, compared with ,4- in man. The

thickness of the wall of the right ventricle at its base is 1 mm.,

of the corresponding part of the left ventricular wall 4 mm.

This ratio is even greater in the smaller Bats, in Vesperugo noctula,

for instance, the figures are ‘5 mm. and 2-4 mm.

The Aorta and its Branches.

Arising from the left ventricle, the ascending aorta is at first

concealed from view in the undissected heart. The right auricuiar

1 Taken from spirit-specimens.

70 DR. N. H, ALCOCK ON THE VASCULAR [Feb. 1,

appendix and the infundibulum of the right ventricle cover it on

the ventral aspect. The right auricle and the right precaval vein

conceal it on one side, the pulmonary artery on the other, and on

the dorsal surface the right pulmonary artery crosses above it. A

comparatively short distance remains therefore between the surface

of the heart and the origin of the right innominate artery (fig. 1).

This vessel arises at a distance' of 8°5 mm. from the ventricle,

and from this point the aorta, reduced in diameter from 4 mm. to

3 mm., crosses the thorax, curving round the trachea. The left

innominate artery takes origin 6 mm. from the right innominate,

and from this point the course of the aorta is upward and back-

ward, receiving the obliterated ductus arteriosus 4:5 mm. from

the left innominate, and passing above the root of the left lung.

The left vagus nerve crosses between the left innominate and

left precaval vein, the recurrent laryngeal branch turning round

the ductus arteriosus. The trunk of the nerve passes on to form

anterior and posterior pulmonary plexuses in the usual manner.

The descending thoracic aorta has much the same relation to

surrounding structures as in man, lying on the bodies of the ver-

tebre between the pleural sacs, and having the thoracic duct and

vena azygos major to the right, while the cesophagus lies on its

ventral surface. The length from the ductus arteriosus to the

opening in the diaphragm is 35 mm.

The descending thoracic aorta gives off the usual cesophageal

and mediastinal branches, and intercostal arteries to all the spaces

below the second. The first space is supplied by a branch from

the vertebral, the second space either from the vertebral or,

more commonly, from the aorta. The anterior intercostal arteries

on the right side pass outwards dorsal to the thoracie duct and

vena azygos major, below the eighth space they cross on the ventral

side. The relations of the sympathetic cord and subcostal muscle

are similar to man.

In one specimen of Pteropus edulis the upper two spaces on the

right side were supplied by the vertebral, the third and fourth by a

branch from the innominate (fig. 8, p. 65), the remainder from

the aorta. The bronchial arteries in this species arose by a single

trunk from the aorta.

hight Innominate Artery — With the exceptions to be presently

noted, the right and left innominate arteries correspond closely

with regard to their course, distribution, and branches. Springing

from the right extremity of the aortic arch the artery of the right

side, 2mm. in diameter, passes forward and outward, and above

(dorsal to) the sterno-clavicular articulation, at a distance of 6 mm.

from its origin, divides into the right common carotid and subclavian,

the former, much the smaller, appearing like a branch of the main

trunk.

Small mediastinal branches arise from both innominate arteries

to supply adjacent structures.

* The measurements of arteries and veins are all taken to the mid-point of

the origin of the branch referred to, except when otherwise indicated.

1898.] SYSTEM OF THE CHIROPTERA. 71

The Common Carotid Artery on either side runs directly forward,

the only thoracic branch being a small offset to the front of the

trachea, springing from the artery of the left side close to its

origin from the innominate. .

The first branch of the Right Subclavian Artery, which here

appears like the continuation of the innominate, is the internal

mammary, arising from the outer side of the vessel scarcely 1 mm.

from the origin of the common carotid. 15 mm. beyond this,

from the opposite side of the subclavian, is the origin of the

vertebral. This vessel, nearly equal in size to the remainder of

the parent trunk, has a short course directly forwards, and

then divides into two branches, one running outwards, the

other, the vertebral proper, entering the vertebrarterial canal

of the sixth cervical vertebra.

Fig. 7.

The Internal Mammary Arteries and Veins from the dorsal aspect, x 14.—

R.ILM. & L.I.M. Right and Left Internal Mammary Arteries. PS. Pre-

sternal Artery. C. Olavicular branch. 1. Ventral Intercostal Artery in

first intercostal space; 2, 2’, in second space; between 1 and 2 lies the

second rib, similarly for the rest of the series. 3’ is absent on the right

side. M.P. Musculo-Phrenic Artery. §S.E. Superior Epigastric Artery.

P1—P 5. Veutral perforating arteries in the several outer costal spaces.

C.M.V. Common Mammary Vein, formed by union of the veins of both

sides. V.PS. Presternal Vein. A communicating band joins the ventral

intercostal veins of the third and fourth spaces on the right side. Except

wehre drawn, the veins are exactly similar to the arteries in their distribu-

tion, one vein accompanying each artery.

72 DR. N. H, ALCOCK ON THE VASCULAR [Feb. 1,

1 mm, from the origin of the vertebral the thyroid axis, a slender

vessel running forward, is given off, and from this the subclavian

pursues a course almost directly outward, and arching across the

first rib is continued into the axillary.

The two Internal Mammary arteries (figs. 1 and 7) differ

somewhat on the two sides. The right internal mammary, rather

larger than the left, arises from the subclavian, and turning round

the right precaval vein runs at first obliquely inward and back-

ward, between the pleura and the chest-wall, and embedded in the

substance of the ventral part of the thymus gland. After a little

the common mammary vein joins the artery, lying to its inner side.

Reaching the junction of the presternum with the mesosternum,

the artery passes backward, and finally divides opposite the sixth

costal cartilage into the musculo-phrenic and superior epigastric

arteries, the latter considerably the larger and continuing the

direction of the parent trunk.

The branches of the internal mammary artery are :—

1. A branch arising 11 mm. from the subclavian, which runs

forward and inward (fig. 7) to the suprasternal notch, where it

divides into several branches to supply the upper part of the

thymus, the trachea, the infrahyoid muscles, and the anterior part of

the pleure, and sends one slender twig outward along the anterior

border of the clavicle. This branch 1 have called presternal.

2. Ventral perforating arteries, which supply the pectoralis

major and adjacent muscles. In the first intercostal space one

perforating artery appears at the upper part of the space and one

at the lower ; all the subsequent spaces have only one each, appearing

at the lower border of the space. In this species all these arteries

do not differ much in size, but in many of the Microchiroptera

(V. noctula e. g.) the first and fourth (third space) are much larger

than the rest.

3. Ventral intercostal branches. ‘I'wo in each space except the

lst; arising separately from the internal mammary, and with a

course as in man along the margins of the ribs. The branch at the

posterior edge of each space is a very minute vessel.

I could not discern any branch corresponding to the arteria .

comes nervi phrenici of human anatomy.

The Left Internal Mammary Artery has a similar origin to the

right. Itturns round the left precaval vein, and passes to a similar

position by the side of the mesosternum, giving off no branches

until it reaches this point. Here it first meets with the left

internal mammary vein, which lies internal to it, and for the rest

of its course resembles exactly the artery of the right side.

Thoracic Veins.

Right Precaval_—In the lower part of the neck three venous

trunks join—the vertebral, the internal jugular, and the external

jugular, the two former nearly equal in size, the latter as

large as both taken together (fig. 1). After a course of

2:5 mm. the common trunk thus formed joins with the subclavian,

at a point immediately above the sterno-clavicular articulation, and

1898. ] SYSTEM OF THE CHIROPTERA. 73

is continued onward as the precaval. Immediately dorsal to the

vessel there is the right subclavian artery.

The precaval vein then runs inward and backward to jom the

anterior part of the right auricle. On its right side are placed the

corresponding internal mammary artery, the upper lobe of the

right lung, and the right phrenic nerve. To the left lie the right

innominate artery, the ascending aorta, and posteriorly the left

vagus nerve. On the ventral surface the precaval, below the

entrance of the common mammary vein, is covered by the upper

lobe of the right lung. Its total length is 10 mm.

The tributaries of the right precaval are :

1. The vena azygos major, joining the dorsal surface of the vessel

4 mm. from the surface of the auricle.

2. The common mammary vein, joining the ventral surface.

3. Small mediastinal and thymic veins enter at various places.

The course of the Vena Azygos Major is forward, lying on the left

side of the centra of the vertebra, till it reaches the fourth inter-

vertebral disc. Here it turns downward and ends by joining the

right precaval, as already described. The intercostal veins of both

sides join the vena azygos major (those of the left side passing

above the aorta), except in the first intercostal space on the right

side, and the first and second on the left, the veins from these

spaces passing to the vertebral.

Common Mammary Vein.—The right and lett internal mammary

veins arise by tributaries which correspond closely to the arteries,

one vena comes accompanying each branch. Both veins run

forward, lying immediately behind the junction of the ribs with

the mesosternum, immediately internal to the artery (fig. 7). At

the middle of the first intercostal space, having been joined by the

highest perforating vein, the left internal mammary inclines to the

right, crossing behind the presternum, and joins the vein of the

right side to form the common mammary’. This continues the

direction of the left vein, and, receiving a tributary corresponding

to the presternal artery, joins the right precaval, 6-5 mm. from the

surface of the auricle.

In fig. 3 (p. 65), which represents the heart and great vessels of

Pteropus edulis, the internal mammary veins are seen to join the

corresponding presternal veins in the usual manner.

Left Precaval Vein.—Formed by th2 same tributaries and in the

same manner as the corresponding trunk on the right side. The

vessel lies at first between the subclavian artery above and the

upper lobe of the left lung below, pursuing aslightly arched course

backward and alittle inward, till it reaches the auriculo-ventricular

groove, 19 mm, from its origin. Here it turns to the right, and

much increased in calibre ends in the right auricle, at a point

corresponding to the opening of the coronary sinus in man.

The left precaval vein receives small mediastinal and thymic

branches, and close to its termination the dorsal cardiac veins.

Postcaval Vein.—TYhe thoracic portion of this vessel runs directly

1 A very similar arrangement is to be mot with ia the Capybara (Hydrocherus

capybara) and also in the Common Fox (Canis vulpes):

74 DR. N. H. ALCOCK ON THE VASCULAR [Feb. 1,

forward, receiving no tributaries, to the right auricle. The vein

lies in a groove in the azygos lobe of the right lung, separating it

from the posterior lobe; its relation to the pleura has been already

noticed. This part of the vessel measures 7 mm. in length.

I have been obliged, owing to ill-health and other causes, to post-

pone the publication of the rest of this paper.

I have much pleasure in expressing my thanks to Professor

Howes, for his kindness in providing me with material; to Mr. W.

C. Hoyle, for great assistance in consulting the literature of the

Order ; and to Miss E. M. Gore, for some beautifully executed

drawings.

LITERATURE,

The systematic and distributional literature of the Chiroptera is

tolerably voluminous. It is unnecessary in this paper to do more

than briefly refer to the labours of O. Thomas, F. A. Jentink, and

others, published chiefly in the ‘Annals and Magazine of Natural

History,’ ‘ Aunali del Museo di Genova,’ and ‘ Proceedings’ of

this Society. Up to 1878 many references are to be found in

Dobson’s Catalogue, and in more recent times in H. Allen’s

Monograph, and Flower and Lydekker’s Mammals (Introduction

to Study of Mammals etc., Lond. 1891. Chiroptera, pp. 641-679).

Since 1864 a very complete list may be found in the Zoological

Record for each year.

It also seems needless to quote the various works on Compara-

tive Anatomy in general. A summary of these may be found in

H. G. Bronn’s ‘ Thier-Reich,’ Siugeth. (W. Leche): Leipzig &

Heidelberg, 1884, Band vi. Abth. v. pp. 10-18, 18-19, ete.

The following list comprises chiefly the anatomical and physio-

logical literature not already mentioned, some of the more

exclusively distributional papers that have been published since

the appearance of Dobson’s Catalogue being also inserted. The

abbreviations are those used in the Zoological Record for 1895.

Amans, P. C.—‘* Comparaisons des organes du Vol dans la série

animale.” Ann. Sci. Nat. (6) xix. pp. 186-195.

Batiowi1z, E.—“ Ueber die Vorkommen der Minopterus schrei-

bersii, Natterer, in Deutschland, nebst einigen Bemerkungen

iiber die Fortpflanzung deutscher Chiropteren.” Zool. Anz.

xili. pp. 531-536.

Barren, J. D.—Nature Notes, No. 72, vol. vi. Dec. 1895, pp. 224—

229. (Remarks on food, habits, and psychology of English

Bats.)

Bett, T.—History of British Quadrupeds. Has figures of 12

British Bats, described by Tomus, R. F. 2nd ed., Lond.

1874.

Bretz, E. A.—“ Ueber die in Siebenbiirgen vorkommenden Fleder-

miuse.” Verh. Siebenb. Ver. xxxvi. pp. 76-84. (17 Sieben-

birgen Bats. Quotes Dapay, Orvos-természethudo-manyi

ertesité, x. p. 266. On new varieties and species.)

1898.] SYSTHM OF THE CHIROPTERA. 75

BraxE, H. A.—‘ Note on the Parturition of a West Indian Bat.”

P. R. Dubl. Soe. iv. pp. 449 & 450.

Buayrorp, W. T.—The Fauna of British India, including Ceylon

and Burma. Lond. & Calcutta, 8vo. Pt. I. Mammalia. See

also Jour. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, vol. lvii. pp. 260, 272; &

P. Z. 8. 1887, pp. 620-630. (Hipposideros and Phyllorhina,

nomenclature.)

Broom, R.—“ On the Organ of Jacobson in an Australian Bat

(Minopterus).” Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. W. ser. ii. vol. x.

pp. 571-575, pl. xliv.

Van Bernepen, P. J.—‘* Les Parasites des Chauyes-souris de

Belgique.” Mém. Ac. Belg. xl. pp. 42, 7 pls. (with observa-

tions on the hosts).

Curnseman.— Notes on the New Zealand Bats.” ‘Tr. N. Zealand

Inst. xxvi. pp. 218-222. (Zool. Rec. xxxi. 1894.)

Corr, E. D.—Am. Nat. xiv. p. 745. (Vesperugo anemophilus,

Wasatch beds of Wyoming.) See also Bull. U.S. Geol. Surv.

vi. p. 184.

Cretz, C.—“ Contribution 4 la connaissance de Vovaire des

Chiropteres.”” Rech. Lab. Anat. Univ. Rom. iii. Art. 3, 1893.

Summary in Arch. Ital. Biol, xxii. p. 148.

Datxas, W. S.—Short Studies from Nature. Lond. 8vo (Popular),

and in ‘ Cassell’s Natural History,’ vol. i. Lond., 1877.

Dertsavux, E.—“< Sur la respiration les Chauves-souris pendant

leur Sommeil hibernal.” Arch. Biol. vii. pp. 205-211.

Derérer.—Arch. Mus. Lyon, v. pp. 11-16, pl. ii. (Rhinolophus

lugdunensis et collongensis; Vespertilio grivensis. Miocene,

Mt. Ceindre, Grive St. Alban.)

Duvat, M.—< Etudes sur l’embryologie des Chiropteres.’ J.

Anat. Physiol. xxxi. pp. 94-160, 427 & 474, pls. iii., xi. & xii.

Duvat, M.—* Sur laccouplement des Chauves-souris.” C. R.

Soc. Biol. (10) ii. pp. 135-136.

Duvat, M., & Garnaut, P.—<L’organe de Jacobson des Chiro-

ptéres.” T.c. pp. 478-481.

Ever, Tu.—* Ueber die Fortpflanzung der Fledermiuse.” Zool.

Anz. ii. pp. 425-426.

EspapA, JIMENEZ DE L4.—Algunos etc. de la Fauna d. a. Ama-

zonas. Madrid, 1870. (Sucking-cups of Thyroptera.)

Frowrer, W. H.—“ Liver of Desmodontes.’’ Medical Times &

Gazette, 1872, ii. p. 60.

Frius, S.— Ueber d. Fortpflanzung der einheimischer Chiropteren.”

Nachr. Ges. Gott. 1879, pp. 295-298 ; Zool. Anz. ii. pp. 355-

357.

J’RoMMEL, R.—Ueber die Entwicklung der Placenta von Myotus

murinus. Wiesbaden, 8vo, 1888, and in 8.B. Ges. Morph. iv.

pp. 114-115.

GingeL, C. G.—Z. ges. Naturw. li. p. 329. (Pelvis of Woctilio

leporinus.)

Gopmay, F. D., & Satvin, O.—Biologia Centrali-Americana, or

Contributions to a Knowledge of the Flora and Fauna of

76 DR. N. H. ALCOCK ON THE VASCULAR [Feb. 1,

Mexico and Central America. Zoology, pts. i. & ii. Lond.,

1879. Chiroptera by E. A. Auston. Chiefly systematic.

Figures.

Gortp1, E. A.—Zool. Gart. xxviii. pp. 163-162. (Food of Vam-

pires.)

Gray, J. E.—Catalogue of Monkeys, Lemurs, and Fruit-eating

Bats in the Collection of the British Museum. Lond., 1870.

Hartine, J. E.—Zool. (3) xii. pp. 161-166 & 441, pls. ii. & i.

(Vespertilio mystacinus, notes and figures).—Do., Ann. Mus.

Genoy. iv. pp. 625-630 (Vesperugo noctula, notes and

figures)—Do., Field, 1889. (Piscivorous habits of Noctilio

leporinus, with figs. of head, skull, & foot ; of. H. Caracctoxo,

Le Nat. 1889, p. 181, & Trovussart, 7. c. p. 186.)—Do., Zool.

(3) xv. pp. 201-205, pl. i. (V. serotinus)—Do., Zool. (3)

xi. pp. 161-172. British species, 7. c. Hateu, H»isann,

Litrorp, & Macpnrerson.—Do., Arch. Neéerl. iv. (wings

and wing-muscles of flying vertebrates).

Hunset.—Zool. Gart. 1869, pp. 135-140. (Habits of Bats,

esp. Desmodus and Diphylla.)

Herrera, D. A. L.—‘‘ Queiropterons de Mexico.” Nat. Mex. (2)

i. pp. 218-226. See also loc. cit. pp. 298-299.

Herrzretp, P.—‘* Ueber das Jacobson’sche Organ des Menschen

und der Siiugethiere.” Zool. Jahrb. 1888, p. 551 ed seq. pls.

(P. edwardsi).

Horrmann, B.—‘ Ueber Siugethiere aus dem Ostindischen

Archipel.” (Mise, Fledermiiuse, Biiffel.) Abh. Zool. Mus.

Dresden, No. 3, pp. 30 & pl.

Hormany, A.—Abh. geol. Reichsanst. xv. pt. 4, p. 18. (Rhinolophus

schlosseri, Miocene, Syria.)

Humpnury, G. M.—* The Myology of the Limbs of Pteropus.”

Journ. Anat. & Physiol. iv. 1869, pp. 294-3819, with 2 plates.

(Dissection of ¢ & Q P. edwuardsi.)

Huxtry, T. H.—P. Z. 8. 1865, pp. 386-390, woodcut. (Stomach

of Desmodus rufus.)

Jamuson, H.—‘* Irish Bats.” Irish Naturalist, iii, pp. 69-71, & vi.

No. 2, Feb. 1897. See on this subject also BArrineron, R.

M., various papers in ‘ Zoologist.’

Jentink, F. A.—Catalogue ostéologique des Mammiféres du Mus.

Hist. Nat. des Pays-Bas. Leyden, 1887. (A catalogue of

skeletons and skulls, including 128 skeletons and 637 skulls of

Chiroptera.)

Jentink, F. A.—Tijdschr. Nederl. Dierk. Ver. iv. pp. 53-61

(Netherlands Chiroptera).—Notes Leyden Mus. xiii. pp. 202-

206 (Cynopteris brachyotis, Miill., and Kerivoula pellucida,

Waterh.).—Z. c. ix. pp. 171-180 (Ch. of Mossamedes).— ZL. ¢.

Vil. pp. 33-38, pls. i. & ii. (Ch. & Mammals from Niam-Niam,

Africa). In Weber’s Zool. Ergb., Leyd. 1890 (Ch. of Dutch

E. Indies).

Jones, TH. Wuarron.— Phil. Trans. 1852, P. R. 8S. 1868. (Con-

tractile veins in wing of Bat.)

1898. ] SYSTEM OF THE CHIROPTERA. 77

Dz Kervitte.—Le Nat. 1891, p. 239. (Description and photo

of a colony of Rhinolophus ferrum-equinum.)

Korznatt.—Beitr. z. Naturgesch. der Europ. Chiropt. Dresden,

1857.

Krarup-Hansen, C. J. L.—Beitr. z. e. Theorie d. Fluges d. Vogel,

Insekten und Fledermiiuse. Copenhagen, 1869, 8vo, 42 pp.

Lataste, F.—“ Etudes sur la Faune Chilienne—Note sur les

Chauves-souris.” Actes de la Soe. Sci. d. Chili, i. pp. 70-91.

Lecun, W.—“ Zur Kenntniss des Milchgebisses und der Zahn-

homologien bei Chiropteren. ii. Theil.” Act. Lund. xiv. p. 37,

2 pls. See also Am. Nat. xii. p. 910, and Lunds Univ.

Ars-skr. xii. (1875). Translated in Arch. f. Nat. 1877,

pp. 353-364.

Lucuz, W.—“ Ueber die Siiugethiergattung Paleopithecus.” Sv. Ak.

Hand. vol. xxi. pt. xi. 1886. (Affinities of Chiroptera.)

Lecuz, W.—“ Ueber die Entwicklung des Unterarms und Unter-

schenkels bei Chiropteren.” Sv. Ak. Handl., Bihang v.

No. 15.

Lucas, T. P.—Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland, vol. xii. 1897, pp. 49-

53. (Habits of species of Pteropus.)

Lucusincrr, B.—‘ Von den Venenherzen in der Flughaut der

Fledermiuse. (Ein Beitrag zur Lehre von dem peripheren

Gefasstonus.)’ Arch. Ges. Phys. Bonn, xxvi. pp. 445-458.

MacPuerson, H. A.—“ The habits of the greater Horse-shoe Bat.”

Naturalist, 1886, pp. 337-339.

Marcu, P.—Atti Soc. Ital. xv. f. 2, pls. 8-11. (Morphology of

hairs of Chiroptera.)

Merriam, C. H.— Do any of our North American Bats migrate?

Evidence in the affirmative.” (Atalapha cinerea and Vesperugo

noctivagans.) P. Am. Assoc. xxxv. p. 269.

Miter, G. 8S. “Revision of N. American Vespertilionide.”

N. American Fauna No. 13. Washington, 1897. 135 pp.,

3 pls., and illustrations in text. (Systematic and historical,

with references to literature.)

Monricetu, F. S.—I Chirotteri del mezzogiorno d’Italia.” Atti

Soe. Ital. xxviii. pp. 169-241, 1 tay. (Monograph of Italian

Bats.) See also P. Z. 8. 1886, pp. 93-96.

Monticern1, F. 8.—‘Sulla Glandola facciale dei Chirotteri.”

Revist. Ital. Sci. Nat. ii. pt. i, 1886.

Monricexut, F. §8.—“Note Chirotterologiche.” Ann. Mus. Genoy.

(2) v. pp. 517-524, woodcuts.

Montt1cs111, F'. S.— Some remarks on the genus Taphozous.” Ann.

N. H. (6) iii. pp. 487-489.

Noack, T.—Zool. Jahrb. ii. p. 268, pl. x. figs. 28-30 (skull and

description of Epomophorus minor, and 1. c. p. 282, pl. x.

figs. 34 & 35, Taphozous mauritianus).

Osporn, H. F.—American Nat., Dec. 1888, p. 1072. (Nomen-

clature of tubercles of molar teeth.)

Orro.—* Mémoire sur les vaisseaux céphaliques de quelques

animaux qui s’engourdissent pendant l’hiver.” Nova Acta

78 ON THE VASCULAR SYSTEM OF THE CHTROPTERA. [Feb. 1,

Acad. Nat. Curios. 1826, and in Ann. des Sci. Nat. Zool.

1827.

Prrricrew, J. B.—Trans. R. Soc. Edin. 1871, xxvi. pp. 321-448,

pls. 11-16. (Physiology of Wings of Insects, Bats, and

Birds.)

Quxicu, J. J.—‘‘ The Bats of British Guiana.” Timehri, ser. 2,

vol. vi. 1893, pp. 90-109. (Habits of species etc.)

Repren, D.—Zeitsch. fiir wissensch. Zool. 1873, pp. 254-288,

pl. xiv. (Minute anatomy of nasal appendages of Rhinolophus

hipposidercs. )

Rueda, E.—Atti Soc. Tose. (Proc. Verb.), ii. pp. xcii—xciv.

(Formation of premaxilla and number of phalanges in digits

of manus.) See also Atti Soc. Tose. 1879, pp. exxv—cxxvii.

(Habits of Vespertilio bechsteint.)—Rend. Inst. Lomb. (2) xi.

pp. 326-331. (Note on Vesperugo savii.)

Rue@dnra, E.— Zool. Anz. ii. pp. 519-522, and in Atti Soe. Tose.

(Proc. Verb.), 1880, p. 111. (Rudiments of distal extremity

of ulna.)

Rueda, E.—Atti Soc. Tose. 1880, Proc. Verb. pp. 39-41.

( Vespertilio abramus), and Revist. Sci. Industr. Agosto 1878.

Rerynarpt.—Vidensk. Meddel. fra d. naturhist. Foren. i

Kjobenh. 1865-6, pp. 241-244. (Stomach of Desmodus.)

Rotiinat, R., and Trovessarr, E.—‘ Sur la Reproduction de

Chiroptéres.” C. R. Soc. Biol. (10) ii. pp. 53, 54, and 534—

536.

Scuirer, E. A.—Quain’s Anatomy. 10th ed. vol. iii. pt. ii.

p. 91. (Stapedial artery.)

Scutossmr, Max.—‘‘ Die Affen, Lemuren, Chiropteren, Insectivoren,

Marsupialen, Creodonten und Carnivoren des Europiischen

Tertiirs,” Pt. I. Beitr. Pal. Oesterr.-Ung. vi. i. pp. 1-224,

Is. 1.-v.

Souder, J.—In Schultze’s Archiv, vii. 1871, pp. 1-31. (Minute

anatomy of the wing-membrane.) Taf. 1-5.

Scurry, J.—‘ On the Chiroptera of Nipal.” Journ. Asiat. Soe.

Bengal, lvi. pp. 233-259. (Distributional and critical, said to

contain a review of previous work, cf. Zool. Rec. 1887.)

Smirn, G. Eruior.— Origin of Corpus Callosum. A comparative

study of the Hippocampal region of the Cerebrum of Marsu-

pialia and certain Chiroptera.” Trans. Linn. Soc. 1897, vii.

pt. 3, ser. 2, Zool. pp. 47-69, 2 pls. (Minopterus schreibersiz

and Nyctophilus timorensis.)

Smirx, J. A.—P. Phys. Soc. Edinb. 1880, pp. 362-371. (Notes

on Epomophorus comptus.)

Tuomas, O.—Ann. Mus. Genov. (2) iv. pp. 201-207 (with Doria,

note on Molossus temmincki and Scotophilus pallidus). Also

many papers in Ann. N.H., P.Z.S., and Ann. Mus. Genov.

Trovessart, EH. L.—-Catalogue des Mammifeéres vivants et fossiles.

Fase. i. Paris 1878, 8vo, pp. 82. See also Revue et Mag. de

Zoologie, (3) vi. pp. 201-254.

Trovessarr, E, L.—Villénéque, Maine-et-Loire, 1879. (Synoptical

1898. ] MR, D. LE SOUEF ON AN EMBRYO KANGAROO, 79

review of European Bats, reprinted from Feuille Nat. 1879.)

See also in Le Nat. i. pp. 125-126 (4 French species),

Trovrssart, E. L.—Ann. Sci. Nat. (6) viii. art. 12, pp. 1-24.

(Distribution based on Dobson's Catalogue.)

Trun, F. W.—P. U.S. Nat. Mus. x. p. 515. (Vesperugo

hesperus.)

TucKERMAN, F.—‘“ Observations on the Gustatory Organs of the

Bat.” (Vespertilio subulatus.) J. Morph. ii. pp. 1-6, pl. 1.

Voer, C.—‘ Recherches sur ’Embryogénie des Chauves-souris.”

C. R. Assoc. Franc. 1881, p. 655.

Weirayorsr, A.—‘“ Zur Kenntniss der fossilen Chiropteren der

franzdsischen Phosphorite.” S.B. Ak. Wien, 1887, pp. 285

& 286. See also Joe. cit. xevi. p. 352.

Winer, H.—* Jordfundne og nulevende Flagermus (Chiroptera) fra

Lagoa Santa, Minas Geraes, Brazilien. Med Udsigt over

Flagermusenes indbyrdes Slegtskab.” E Museo Lund, en

Samling, vol. ii. pp. 1-65, pls. i. & ii. (Said to contain

references to other writers, cf. Zool. Rec. 1892.)

Zrvrut, R. A.—Handbuch der Palaontologie. 1st Abtheil.

Paliozoologie, Band iv. Lief. i.: Munich, 1892, 8vo, 304 pp.

ZUCKERKANDL.—*‘ Ueber das Riechcentrum.” See G. E. Smith,

loc, cit.

February 15, 1898.

Dr. A. Ginrumr, F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair.

The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the

Society’s Menagerie during the month of January 1898 :—

The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-

gerie during the month of January was 64, of which 26 were by

presentation, 33 by purchase, and 5 were received on deposit.

The total number of departures during the same period, by death

and removals, was 78. wt

The Secretary read the following extract from a letter addressed

to him by Mr. D. Le Souéf, dated Melbourne, Nov. 27, 1897 :—

“J some time ago had an embryo Kangaroo sent me, which I

have photographed, and send on, in case it may be of interest to

you. The Kangaroo was seen sitting under the shade of a tree,

and had her head apparently in her pouch, which she seemed to be

holding open with her fore-paws. She was shot dead and fell over,

On examining her pouch the little embryo was found lying loose—

the mother had apparently been putting it on to the teat with her

lips when shot. The teat was much contracted at the end, which

would enable the parent to fix the young one on to it. The

Kangaroo was sitting on her tail, that member being stretched out

in front of her—a favourite position of the Kangaroo family. She

was probably in the same position when the young one was born,

80 MR. A. THOMSON’S REPORT ON THE INSECT-HOUSE. [Feb. 15,

and therefore it would not touch the ground, but immediately on

birth could be at once transferred to the pouch”.

Mr. Arthur Thomson, the Society’s Head Keeper, laid on the

table a series of specimens of various Insects reared and exhibited

in the Insect-house in the Society’s Gardens during the past year

and read the following report on the subject :—

Report on the Insect-house for 1897.

Examples of the following species of Insects have been exhibited

in the Insect-house during the past season :—

Silk-producing Bombyces and their Allies.

Asiatic.

Attacus atlas. Attacus pernyi.

cynthia. Antherea mylitta.

ricini.

American.

Samia cecropia. Telea polyphemus.

ceanothe. promethea.

Actias luna. Hypochiria 20.

Anisota stigma. Eacles imperialis.

African.

Attacus mythimna.

Antherwa menippe.

cytherea.

Cynanisa rss.

*Imbrasia epimeathea.

*Bunea phedusa.

Eudemonia brachyura,

Lasiocampa monteiri.

Diurnal Lepidoptera.

European.

Papilio podalirius. Thais polyxena.

machaon. cerisyt.

American.

Papilio zolicaon. Papilio turnus.

cresphontes. ajax.

asterias. LIimenitis disippus.

Nocturnal Lepidoptera.

Sphina ligustre. Ceratomia amyntor.

carolina. undulosa.

* lucitiosa. Deilephila euphorbie.

Smerinthus ocellatus. gai.

exccecatus. elpenor.

* myops. porcellus.

* Exhibited for the first time.

1 Cf. Pinkert, E., “‘ Beobachtungen bei der Geburt eines Kanguruh, Maeropus

rufus,” Zool. Gart. xxx. p. 85.—Ep,

1898.] THE SECRETARY ON LEPIDOPTEROUS INSECTS. 81

Of the Lepidopterous Insects which I have the honour to place

before the meeting, Sphinx lucitiosa and Smerinthus myops, from

North America, Imbrasia epimeathea and Bunea phedusa from

Sierra Leone, were exhibited for the first time in 1897.

During the past summer five specimens of the Goliath Beetle,

Goliathus druryi, have been exhibited. They fed well upon

bananas, but I am sorry to say they are all dead. The single

male received I exhibit this evening.

One of the most interesting exhibits of the past summer and

at the present time is a colony of the Parasol Ant (@codoma

cephalotes). These ants were presented by Mr. F. W. Urich,

and were brought to England from Trinidad, by Mr. R. R. Mole,

C.M.Z.S., and were received on May 11, 1897.

I had a zinc tray made for the curious insects, with a moat

round it, which was filled with water to prevent their escape. At

one end of the tray I placed the package containing the ants on a

little table, and at the other end a small growing rose-tree in a pot.

The pot and the table were connected by means of a dead tree-

branch. The ants soon found their way across this bridge and

immediately set to work to close up the openings of the box in

which they had travelled with the mould in which the rose-tree

was growing. In a day or two the ants began to cut pieces out

of the leaves of the rose-tree, and these they carried across the

bridge, into what I might call their nest.

Towards the autumn the ants appeared to get tired of their

quarters, and persistently carried the refuse from the nest and

dropped it into the water, with the idea, I think, of bridging it

over and thus getting across. I then put into the middle of the

tray a pot of fresh mould, and cut the bridge into two pieces,

but no notice was taken of this. The ants still kept throwing the

refuse into the water, and would no doubt, if left alone, have soon

made a way across the moat.

When rose-leaves were not obtainable, the ants were fed upon

orange-peel, and carried into the nest the inside pith of the peel.

Of Spiders, examples of two very interesting species have been

exhibited. The first received was a specimen of Scodra calceata,

from West Africa, presented by Mr. F. W. Marshal on the 27th

March, which died on the 12th Sept., 1897. The second was a

very fine specimen of Pecilotheria striata from India, presented by

Mr. H. R. P. Carter on the 21st Oct. last. This fine Spider, I

regret to say, only lived two days in the Gardens. An interesting

account of this Spider will be found in the ‘Field’ of Oct. 30,

1897 (vol. xe. p. 705),

The Secretary exhibited a series of Lepidopterous Insects

prepared and set by Mr. S. W. Denton, of Wellesley, Mass., U.S.A.,

in illustration of the system adopted in ‘ Denton’s Patent Butterfly

Tablets,’ as well adapted for public museums where close exami-

nation was not required.

Proc, Zoon, Soc,—1898, No. VI. 6

82 MR. W. P. PYCRAFT ON THE [Feb. 15,

The following papers were read :—

1. Contributions to the Osteology of Birds.

Part I. Steganopodes. By W. P. Pycrarr.

[Received February 12, 1898.]

(Plates VII. & VIII.)

It has recently fallen to my good fortune to be set the task of

determining and arranging the large collection of birds’ skeletons

at the British Museum. I propose to embody the results of my

work in a series of papers of which this is the first. Before

going further, I would like to remind those interested that I

shall be most grateful to receive, on behalf of the Collection,

embryos, nestlings, and adults of all Orders, for there are many

gaps left by imperfect specimens, and otherwise, which much need

to be filled up.

The Pelicans, Tropic-birds, Frigate-birds, Cormorants, Darters,

and Gannets all agree in one point—all four toes are united in a

common web. This fact has been deemed by some of sufficient

importance to justify their separation from the rest of the

Carinate, to form a special group by themselves—the Steganopodes.

Others, on account of anatomical differences which obtain amongst

certain of the groups thus brigaded together, are inclined to doubt

whether this separation is a valid one, whether the value of this

single external character is sufficiently great to be regarded as a

primary dividing factor. The stumbling-blocks which threaten

the general harmony are Phaéthon and Fregata.

I hope, in the present paper, to show that, after all, the “ toti-

palmate ” foot may be adopted as the shorthand sign of the group :

to show that (1) all are closely related ; that (2) they cannot be

broken up to form one or more suborders or subdivisions of equal

value, but that (3) they must be regarded as a whole, as a suborder

or subdivision of some larger group; and that (4) they cannot

consistently be merged as a whole with that larger group. '

The most important witness to the integrity of the Suborder is

the skull. Three types can be easily distinguished :—

1. Basitemporal plate shield-shaped, with a free edge

anteriorly forming a floor to the Eustachian tubes, or

rather grooves.

2. Basitemporal plate triangular, its lateral borders fused with

the basisphenoid, free anteriorly and contributing to

form the mouth of the Eustachian aperture.

3. Basitemporal plate not extending forwards more than half

the length of the basisphenoid, with which it is so

completely fused in the adult as to be traceable only

as a thin line running across the basisphenoid.

The first of these is the most primitive, and agrees precisely with

1898.] OSTEOLOGY OF BIRDS. 83

what. is found in the Storks and Herons, Procellarie, &e. The

2nd and 3rd are modifications of the 1st.

The skull of the first type (Pl. VII. fig. 3) may be regarded as

typical of the Steganopodes, and is characterized as follows :—

The palate is desmognathous, the palatines are broad, flattened,

and meet in the middle line from the posterior narial aperture back-

wards to the pterygoids ; there is no vomer; the maxillo-palatine

processes have become metamorphosed into a spongy mass fusing

with a much swollen nasal septum—similar to that of Baleniceps

—and not extending backwards into the lachrymo-nasal cavity as

usual, but yet preserving,as in P. carbo, a slight free posterior

border; the orbital process of the quadrate is small, stylitorm,

placed at a right angle to the long axis, and about halfway down ;

the anterior narial apertures are obsolete; and the upper jaw

is more or less sharply defined from the skull by a fronto-nasal

hinge.

Bae orate and Plotus belong to this first type, and the

above description applies to both; the points whereby the two

genera may be distinguished will be found in the appended “ key.”

It may be remarked here, however, that in Plotus the maxillo-

palatine processes project backwards into the lachrymo-nasal

cavity as thin vertical lamine. There are two points, however,

wherein this family differs from the others. Such are the presence

of a supraoccipital style and of a “suprajugular.” The first is a

short, more or less triangular bony rod articulating with a small

tubercle on the supraoccipital: the second, as found in Plotus, is

a more or less elongated, oat-shaped lamina of bone, lying in the

lachrymo-nasal fossa, on the jugular process of the maxilla. It

was first described, many years ago, by Brandt (3), and appears

to have escaped the notice of nearly every writer on the Osteology

of this group since. Mr. Beddard refers to it in his recent paper

in the P. ZS. 1888 (1); Firbringer also refers to it (6).

Dr. Gadow writes me that he thinks it is probably “ nothing

more than an additional splint-bone.” I have been wondering

whether it is a remnant of a “ maxillo-nasal ” such as is described

and figured in the magnificent monograph on the Dinornithide by

the late lamented Prof. T. J. Parker. In Phalacrocorax it is

represented only by along needle-like splint.

Our second type is found in the skulls of Phaéthon and Pelecanus.

put, beyond this, the two skulls appear to have little else in

common.

The skull of Phaéthon (Pl. VII. fig. 2) appears to be the least

specialized of the whole group, and presents characters which are

not only found in all, or nearly all the other Steganopodes, but

which also occur in forms outside this suborder. The most

important of these is the presence of a large tubular recess lying

immediately in front of the quadrate articular surface, and running

upwards between the squamosal and prootic bones. In it is

lodged the accessory bundle of the temporalis muscle.

This recess is found in Sula and Fregata, where it is of con-

84 MR. W. P. PYCRAFT ON THE (Feb. 15,

siderable size; and in Phalacrocorax, Plotus, and Pelecanus.

~ Amongst these it is of moderate size only in Phalacrocorawx carbo ; in

the other forms it varies, occurring in almost every gradation down

to a minute aperture. In Plotus anhinga it appears to be wanting

altogether. Outside the group it occurs in the Ciconie, Procellarie,

and Sphenisci, &e.

The maxillo-palatine processes differ—in the adult at least—

from the other Steganopodes, and resemble rather those of the

Ibises and Herons, in that they only extend horizontally, and

only slightly vertically. They are completely fused throughout

the greater part of their extent, but send backwards, into the

lachrymo-nasal fossa, two free spongy masses. The nearest

approach, as previously hinted, to this arrangement is found in

the Ibises and Herons.

Whilst in all the other Steganopodes the palatines are more or

less completely fused posteriorly, in Phaéthon they are quite free,

and in Fregata nearly so.

A vomer occurs only in Phaéthon and Fregata. In the former

it is cleft posteriorly ; in both, in the adult, it is completely fused

posteriorly with the palatines. In Phaéthon it is somewhat “ knite-

blade-shaped,” and received between the ends of the maxillo-

palatine processes. The dorsal edges of the cleft posterior ends

are closely applied to the basisphenoidal rostrum. A bicarinate

vomer is found also in the Herons. The vomer is fused with

the palatines posteriorly, outside the Steganopodes, in all the

other Ciconiiformes, the Anseriformes, Procellariiformes, and

Sphenisciformes.

The anterior nares are large, and pervious, in which respect

they resemble also those of the Pelicans.

The skull of a nestling Phaéthon, prepared under my direction,

revealed some very instructive facts, which will be best understood by

a reference to the figures (PI. VIII. fig.1a). That of the ventral view

of the skull shows that at this stage the palate is schizognathous.

The maxillo-palatine processes are small, triradiate, perfectly

separate in the middle line, and do not give the slightest promise

of the “spongy” nature which they afterwards acquire, when

they have fused one with another, to form the desmognathous

palate. The aperture of the anterior nares, again, is much larger,

and extends farther backwards than in the adult, so much so

indeed as nearly to convert the holorhinal into schizorhinal nares.

The nasal hinge, so strongly marked a feature in the adult skull, is

here conspicuous by its absence. A second skull, somewhat older

than this, shows stages intermediate between this and that of the

adult.

The skulls of the adult Pelecanus and Phaéthon do not appear to

possess much in common, except the form of the basitemporal

plate ; but this point is, I think, a rather important one.

The maxillo-palatine processes in Pelecanus very closely

resemble those of the Ciconie. They consist of delicately cancel-

lated tissue of considerable vertical extent, extending the whole

1898.] OSTEOLOGY OF BIRDS. 85

height of the upper jaw in fact, and backwards into the lachrymo-

nasal fossa, and are of course fused in the middle line ventrally.

Seen from behind (Pl. VIII. fig. 6), they are quite distinct one

from another. In some specimens, what I take to be traces of an

osseous septum nasi are found. As in the Storks, the maxilla and

maxillo-palatine processes make up the greater part of the upper

jaw. The nasal hinge is generally well marked.

The palatines are completely fused from the posterior narial

aperture backwards, and, further, are provided with an enormous

dorsal and ventral median keel. A trace of this, as we shall see,

is found in Sula.

The skull of Sula, in the obliteration of the anterior narial

apertures, the form of the maxillo-palatine processes and of the

palatines, closely resembles that of Phalacrocorav. These are

some of the latest acquirements of the group, and tend, amongst

other things, to single out the two families which they represent as

conspicuously “ Steganopodous.” They may perhaps be regarded

as the most intensely modified members of the suborder.

The mavxillo-palatine processes of Sula differ from those of

Phalacrocorax in that their coalescence is more complete. Seen

from behind, they present an obliquely truncated surface of

cancellated or lattice-like tissue, which ventrally does not even

extend as far backwards as the posterior end of the maxilla itself.

Moreover, a closer examination shows that the bony tissue of the

interior of these processes has been more or less completely

absorbed, so that the truncated posterior end just described is

practically a mere shell or screen concealing the hollow space

within. There is no trace of an osseous septum nasi. The

palatines are completely fused in the middle line from the posterior

narial aperture backwards, and there is a slight median dorsal and

ventral keel, just as in Pelecanus, but less developed. In Phala-

crocorax this region of the palatines is rarely, if ever, fused

throughout its whole length. An open suture is generally visible.

In Plotus it appears to be constantly fused. The fronto-nasal

hinge is strongly marked.

The basitemporal plate and basisphenoid appear to be an ex-

tremely modified form of that obtaining in Fregata. The former

was very small, not more than half covering the latter, with

which it had so completely fused that what should be its free

edge is only traceable as a thin faint line. The apertures of the

Eustachian tubes appear to have become completely obliterated,

leaving only a faint scar on the basisphenoidal rostrum.

Sula and Phalacrocorax are the only Steganopodes in which the

postorbital process is emarginate. This is a common feature

amongst the Ciconie and Ardew, e. g. Pseudotantalus, Nycticorax,

Cancroma.

In the skull of a very young nestling Sula I found the palate

to be schizognathous, as in Phaéthon, which it closely resembled

in the triradiate form of its maxillo-palatine processes. Another

point of very considerable significance was the fact that the

86 MR. W. P. PYCRAFT ON THE [Feb. 15,

anterior narial apertures extended almost the whole length of the

upper jaw, while, as has already been remarked, in the adult they

are quite obliterated (Pl. VIII. fig. 2).

In the skull of Fregata (Pl. VII. fig. 1) the free posterior extre-

mities of the maxillo-palatine processes closely resemble those of

Phaéthon. They differ, however, markedly in the fact that they

extend vertically as well also as horizontally, reaching upwards to

the roof of the upper jaw. They are divided by a distinct and

osseous septum nasi, swollen dorsally. Vestiges of a precisely

similar septum are found in Phalacrocoraa and Pelecanus. There is

a long, slender, curved vomer, anteriorly resting upon the posterior

ends of the fused maxillo-palatines and posteriorly fused with the

palatines. The pterygoid ends of these last, again, are perfectly

ankylosed, just as they are in many Ciconie.

The basitemporal plate in Fregata, like that of Sula, does not

cover the whole basisphenoidal surface. Unlike that of Sula,

however, it still preserves a free edge, though this is very slight.

A short distance in front of the anterior border of this plate, in a

slit-like depression of the basisphenoidal rostrum, lie the Eustachian

apertures, though so small that only a very slender bristle can be

passed through them. If this skull be compared with that of

Sula, faint traces of the Eustachian tubes in this latter genus

will be found, as well as a faint ridge, representing the once free

edge of the basitemporal plate.

The nature of the mandibular articular surfaces of the quadrate

deserves some notice, since, if this had been adopted instead of the

form of the basitemporal plate, and basisphenoid, for the purposes

of systematic arrangement, the results would have been almost

identical. These surfaces are two in number, the quadrato-jugal

and the pterygoid.

In Phaéthon and Pelecanus the quadrato-jugal surface is directed

obliquely outwards and forwards; that of Pelecanus being much

broader in proportion to its length than that of Phaéthon. The

pterygoid surface is placed almost at right angles to the long axis

of the skull. The two surfaces are divided by a groove, which is

most marked in Pelecanus. The general impression of the articular

end of this bone as a whole is that of a narrow bar continued

backward from the pterygoid to the quadrato-jugal bar, which it

joins almost at right angles.

In Fregata, Sula, and Phalacrocorax the surfaces have a V-shaped

arrangement. In Phalacrocorax the V bas almost become U-shaped.

The pterygoid surface is subcircular, the quadrato-jugal hour-

glass-shaped.

Though the articular surfaces of the quadrate in Sula and

Fregata closely resemble one another, that of Firegata can at once

be distinguished by the form of the orbital process, which is very

large, with a broadly expanded free end resembling that of the

Heron. In Sula, as in Phalacrocorax and Plotus, the orbital:

process is reduced to a small spur standing out at right angles to

the long axis of the bone and about halfway down.

1898.] OSTEOLOGY OF BIRDS. 87

The atlas vertebra of the Steganopodes has the odontoid ligament

ossified : the neural arch is very broad and flattened, and devoid of

a crest. The axis has a fossa immediately underlying the odontoid

process, into which pneumatic foramina frequently open. The

remaining yertebre in the different genera and species vary

greatly inter se,and do not seem to afford any characters which

can be regarded as peculiar to the group (see table, p. 99).

In the sternum of the Steganopodes the carina is produced far

forwards beyond the corpus stern; it decreases in depth rapidly

from before backwards, terminating not far behind the middle of

the corpus sterni—save in Phaéthon and Fregata. The acrocoracoid

bears a large facet for articulation with a corresponding facet on the

outer side of the dorsal extremity of the furculum. The furculum

articulates or is even ankylosed with the carina in Pelecanus and

Fregata.

Fig. 1.

‘ Ki .

NA tin ™

aM I I }) fl

yeas x VI

: GaN / wwe

is: i eae tye gua! we

aN He a: a

NY Mie {iter a

Si (i Lm

Sternum of Phaéthon flavirostris, left side view (nat. size). The small outline

immediately to the right represents the form of the posterior border of

the sternum, ventral view.

A., Acrocoracoid; C., Carina; A.l.p., Anterior lateral process; P./.p., Posterior

lateral process; L.p., Intermediate process; F., Fureulum ; S., Scapular ;

M., Metasternum.

In Phaéthon the carina is of the same form, but continued

backwards farther than in any other Steganopod save Fregata ;

dorsally the furculum does not articulate with the acrocoracoid by

means of apposed flattened facets; ventrally it articulates with

the anterior border of the sternum, and not with the extreme

antero-ventral angle as in the other forms. The anterior end of

88 MR. W. P. PYCRAFT ON THE [Feb. 15,

Fig. 2.

Sternum of Phalacrocorax carbo, left side view. 4 nat. size.

C. Clayicle; A.n., Coraco-clavicular articulation: other letters as in Fig. 1.

The small outline immediately to the right represents the form of the

posterior border of the sternum, ventral view.

Fig. 3.

Dorsal aspect of the pelvis of Phalacrocorax carbo, 2 nat. size.

Atr., Antitrochanter ; Z7., Ilium; P., Pubis; Js., Ischium ;

Pi.pr., Post-trochanteric process.

1898.] OSTEOLOGY OF BIRDS. 89

the free ventral border of the carina of the sternum is peculiar in

that its edge becomes suddenly transformed from a broad toa

sharp one, as though it had been shaved off on either side by a

knife (see figs. 1, p. 87, & 2, p. 88). The posterior end of the

corpus sterni is doubly notched.

The sternum of Fregata is unique in that the furcula is

ankylosed dorsally with the acrocoracoid, and ventrally with the

carina sterni.

As will be seen by the “key,” there are three types of pelvis—

that of Phaéthon and Fregata constituting one, that of Pelecanus a

second, and those of Phalacrocorax and Sula a third. This last

must be regarded as the typical Steganopodous pelvis (fig. 3, p. 88).

The pelvis of Pelecanus, resembles somewhat closely that of

Sula, and after this, that of the Anseres; but differs in the greater

width of the preilium, and in that the postilium is not laterally

expanded and truncated posteriorly as in the latter group.

The pelvis of Phaéthon (fig. 4, p. 89) and of Mregata closely

resemble one another, and both differ much from that of any other

Steganopod. That of Phaéthon most nearly resembles that of Mo-

Dorsal aspect of the pelvis of Phaéthon flavirostris (nestling). 4 nat. size.

Zi,, Tlium; Syn.s.v., Synsacral vertebree; Syz.f., Synsacral foramen ;

P.,, Pubis; Js., Ischium.

motus, but-differs therefrom in that the postacetabular ilium is much

flattened and bent downwards and outwards, in that the ischium is

much longer than broad, instead of being nearly as broad as long,

and in the greater length of the pubis. This resemblance can

scarcely be regarded as other than an accidental one. What is

90 MR. W. P. PYCRAFT ON THE [Feb. 15,

more to the purpose is the fact that there are many points of resem-

blance between the pelvis of Fregata and that of certain Procel-

larie, e. g. Bulweria. That this indicates a relationship, though

remote, is not improbable. This being so, Fregata may be regarded

as a link connecting Phaéihon, which is undoubtedly one of the

least specialized and most primitive of the Steganopodes, with the

Procellariiformes.

The humerus assumes two forms :— :

(1) The pectoral crest is triangular in form, and the crista

inferior more or less inflated—Fregata, Phaéthon (fig. 5), Pelecanus

(fig. 6); and (2) with the pectoral crest represented by a slight

ridge but little raised above the level of the shaft, and the crista

inferior hardly or not at all inflated —Sula, Phalacrocorax, Plotus

(fig. 7).

Fig. 5. Fig. 6.

Anterior aspects of the proximal end of the humeri of (5) Phaéthon flavirostris,

nat. size, (6) Pelecanus rufescens, } nat. size, and (7) Phalacrocorax carbo,

2 nat. size.

C.i., Orista inferior; P.c., Pectoral crest; C.g., Coraco-humeral groove.

The forearm and manus offer no characters sufficiently marked

to be diagnostic: that of Phaéthon, for instance, is not easily

distinguishable from that of many Limicole, and that of Pelecanus

from that of many Ciconie.

1898.] OSTEOLOGY OF BIRDS. 91

The pelvic limb of the Steganopodes is peculiar in having a long

hallux directed forwards—which, in the living bird, is embraced

with the remaining digits in a common web. The tibio-tarsus is

inflected distally as in Anseres, some Rallide, and Spheniscide.

The tibio-tarsus of Phaéthon may be readily distinguished from

that of either of the groups just mentioned by the feeble develop-

ment of its enemial crests. In the remainder of the Steganopodes

the tibio-tarsus can be readily distinguished from that of either the

Anseres or Rallide by the great length of the fibula. This,

however, does not apply to the Spheniscide, in which the fibula is

also very long; from that group the Steganopodes can be at once

distinguished from the fact that there is a considerable space

always visible between the fibula and the tibio-tarsus, running

from the lower end of the fibular ridge to the point where the

fibula joins the distal end of the tibio-tarsus.

The tarso-metatarsus of Hregata resembles that of the Penguins,

the three metatarsals being more or less distinct and separated by

grooves one from another. It may, however, be readily distin-

guished therefrom by the fact that the 2nd trochlea is longer than

the 3rd and is directed backwards; and by the presence of a

foramen between the 3rd and 4th trochleex.

The tarso-metatarsus in all save Fregata is marked by a fossa at

the proximal articular end of the anterior surface into which open

foramina, pneumatic or otherwise. The hypotarsus is complex in

all. Save in Phaéthon and Fregata, it is characterized by the

considerable development of the gastrocnemial ridge.

The object of this paper was to show that the Steganopodes

must be regarded as a natural group. Taking Phalacrocorax as its

type, a fixed point will be gained by which to measure, roughly, the

amount of specialization which the various members have under-

gone. Plotus may perhaps be regarded as having passed beyond

the mean, it is a highly specialized Cormorant; Sula has about

reached the level of Phalacrocorax ; Pelecanus, though possessing

the peculiar palate of Phalacrocorav and Sula, is in most other

respects less modified ; /reyata and Phaéthon are the lowest members

of the group, they represent two divergent branches of a common

stem. Sula, on account of the form of its basitemporal plate,

seems to have affinities with Mregata (Pl. VII. fig. 1); Pelecanus,

for similar reasons, with Phaéthon (Pl. VII. fig. 2). All, save

Phaéthon and Fregata, have lost the vomer. Fiirbringer and Gadow

both agree in regarding Phaéthon as the most aberrant of the sub-

order, and Mr. Beddard goes perhaps further: he writes (1) :—

“So different are the skull characters of Phaéthon from those

of the typical Steganopodes that, were it not for Fregata, the

bird would have to be ignominiously expelled from the order.

This catastrophe is averted by Fregata, the skull of which, as will

have been gathered from the foregoing remarks, serves to link

Phaéthon with the Cormorants, Gannets, and Pelicans.” I cannot

but feel, however, that, taking all the skeletal characters into

consideration, this family is much more closely allied to the

Steganopodes than to that of any other Order. With this the

52 MR. W. P. PYCRAFT ON THE [Feb. 15,

first part of my paper closes. Whether I have succeeded in the

task that I set before me at the beginning of this paper remains

for my readers to decide. The accompanying diagram (fig. 8) is

an attempt to show the possible lines of divergence within the

Suborder, and the probable relationships of the different Families.

Fig. 8.

PHAETHONTIDA.

PELECANIDA.

FREGATIDA.

PHALAGROCORAGINA. . SULIDA.

PLOTINA .

Diagram showing the probable relationships between the various Families

of the Suborder Steganopodes,

We must now turn to a question recently raised by Mr. Beddard

(1). Are the Steganopodes desmognathous birds? The answer

to this, he tells us, depends upon the definition of the term “ des-

mognathous.” According to Huxley (10), in the desmognathous

skull “ the vomer? is often abortive, or so small that it disappears

from the skeleton. When it exists, it is always slender and tapers

to a point anteriorly. The maxillo-palatines are united across

the middle line, either directly or by the intermediation of ossifi-

cations in the nasal septum.”

Those who will turn to Huxley’s original paper will find that

he considered that the desmognathous skull was to be found

“under its simplest form in Palamedea and the Lamellirostres.

In these birds each maxillo-palatine is a broad, flat, and thin bony

As a matter of fact, the vomer need not be taken into consideration at all.

1898.] OSTEOLOGY OF BIRDS. 93

plate which unites with its fellow in the middle line of the palate.”

In other words, the maxillo-palatine process represents the

internal palatine border of the maxilla. In some Ducks, and in

Geese, these processes are prolonged backwards beyond the fused

posterior border so as to embrace the vomer between them. Such

backwardly directed processes may be further studied in Ardea,

Ciconia, Accipitres, Phaéthon, and Fregata (Pl. VIII. figs. 1 & 4).

It is on account of these backwardly directed processes that

Mr. Beddard has been led to ask, ‘“‘ But can Phaéthon be accurately

termed a desmognathous bird?” Later on he answers it,

“‘ Phaéthon is really no more desmognathous than is Avchmophorus

(a schizognathous bird), if we apply the term as Huxley applied it ;

for the maxillo-palatines in both are widely apart, the vomer lying

between them.” He continues, “ In front of the maxillo-palatines,

however, in Phaéthon the bony palate forms a continuous

platform.”

Mr. Beddard’s error is, I think, obvious: he has, for the moment,

allowed himself to regard the backwardly directed prolongations as

if they represented the entire maxillo-palatine process (Pl. VIII.

fig. 5). The bony palate which “forms a continuous platform ”

is really formed by the processes in question, whilst the bones

so-called in his paper are but parts of the same.

When discussing the nature of the palate in Sula and Phala-

crocorax, he writes :—‘ If we are to apply the term desmognathous

to these birds, it must be on the understanding that it is a

different kind of thing from the desmognathism of—say—the

Anseres.” His reasons are the following :—the maxillo-palatines

in Phalacrocorax, Plotus, and Sula consist of a “thick mass of

bone running upwards towards the roof of the skull. Their

direction is quite different from the horizontally disposed maxillo-

palatine of Phaéthon. The conditions observable in the base of

the skull of Fregata appear to me to clear up this somewhat

puzzling discrepancy. In Fregata, we have both the horizontal

mawxillo-palatines of Phaéthon, separated from each other in the

middle line as in that genus, and the obliquely running ‘ maaillo-

palatines’ of Phalacrocoraw. As co-existence undoubtedly disproves

homology, it seems to me to follow that true maxillo-palatines,

comparable to those of other birds, are wanting in Sula and

Phalacrocorax.”

I feel perfectly certain that if Mr. Beddard had carefully

examined the skull of Fregata (Pl. VIII. fig. 4) he would have seen

that the horizontal maxillo-palatines and the “ obliquely running

maxillo-palatines ” were both parts of one and the same bone ;

that the “horizontal maxillo-palatines” were nothing more than

backward continuations of the main body of this bone as seen in

Ardea, &. This being so, then the maxillo-palatines of Sula and

Phalacrocorax (P). VIII. fig. 3) differ only in that they are sharply

truncated posteriorly—have no “horizontal” processes, In Plotus

yestiges of these last yet remain,

94 MR, W, P. PYCRAFT ON THE [Feb. 15,

Key to the Osteology of the Steganopodes.*

A. Sxvuut (Plates VII. & VIII.).

A. Basitemporal plate triangular, its lateral borders fused with the basi-

sphenoid, free anteriorly and contributing to form the mouth of the

Eustachian apertures.

a, Upper jaw pointed and with a deep nasal hinge; nostrils pervious; palatines

separate, embracing a large vomer; lachrymal free; a minute unciform

(Ql 31300 17) 7).07 BIR a ee Sie aR Meenas Since Phaéthon.

}. Upper jaw very long, depressed, hooked at the tip ; nasal hinge imperfect ;

nostrils impervious ; palatines fused in the middle line, with a strong

median keel ; vomer absent; lachrymal fused ...... Eeand: Pelecanus.

B. Basitemporal plate shield-shaped, with a free edge anteriorly, forming a

floor to the Eustachian tubes or grooves ; no interorbital septum.

a. Aperture of the external nares minute, impervious; palatines meeting in the

middle line from the level of the lachrymal backwards, with an ossified

supraoccipital style; lachrymal fused with frontal.

a', Upper jaw hooked at the tip; a nasal hinge ; lachrymo-nasal fossa large ;

temporal fossa narrow and deep; suprajugular in the form of a

splint-like style; otic process of quadrate lying to the inner side of the

squamosal head ; orbito-sphenoid incomplete ...... Phalacrocorax.

b'. Upper jaw pointed; no nasal hinge; lachrymo-nasal fossa partly

enclosed by a large suprajugular; temporal fossa very shallow,

lateral walls of optic foramen produced forwards to form a tube;

otic process of quadrate lying behind squamosal head ; orbito-sphenoid

G57 01 2a dos SRE ndeaaae AB cee Be OB ecb ahar po onaGhaer cic saoasadactaces Plotus,

C. Basitemporal plate not extending forwards more than half the length of

the basisphenoid, with which it is so completely fused in the adult as to

be traceable only as a thin line or ridge running across the basisphenoid.

a. Aperture of the external nares almost or quite obliterated ; palatines

fused in the middle line from the level of the lachrymal backward, with

a strong mesial keel; vomer absent; lachrymal fused; postorbital

process emarginate, projecting far outwards beyond the cranium ; orbito-

sphenoid complete, with a nasal hinge; with an interorbital septuin,

‘Sula.

6, Upper jaw strongly hooked at the tip, and concave dorsally ; nasal hinge

absent; orbital process of quadrate large, expanded at its free end.

Aperture of external nares small, impervious; palatines not flattened,

fused posteriorly, embracing a long, slender vomer ; lachrymal free :

with an imperforate interorbital septum. ......... .........2.06 Fregata.

B. VERTEBRA.

A. Heterocclous dorsals.

a. First dorsal free, remainder fused one with another, and with the

synsacrum, but retaining distinct neural spines and transverse processes ;

styloid processes of the cervical vertebre never styliform but fused more

or less completely throughout their length either with the pleur-

apophyseal lamella, or with a lateral ventral lamella from the centrum.

Hypapophyses never more than blunt processes, and occur only on the

2nd and 15-18. All the vertebra are highly pneumatic and pierced

by large pneumatic foramina .............1.seseccescesseneeecees Pelecanus.

1 The “keys ” appended are designed for the use of those desirous of deter-

mining—at least generically—parts of skeletons which may be either unde-

termined or doubtfully named ; they are not meant to express the systematic

relations of the various genera—save that of the skull. ‘‘ Keys” to the genera

can easily be compiled from these,

1898.] OSTEOLOGY OF BIRDS. 95

b, All the dorsals free; styloid processes short and blunt on all the cervical

yertebree from the fifth backwards; 5th to 7th vertebre with a

slender bony bar from the metapophysis backwards to the hyper-

apophysis, neural crests present only on the second, third, and fourth.

Hypapophyses on the second and third cervicals, and from ninth cervical

backwards to the synsacral vertebree, longest on the dorsals.... Phaéthon,

B. Opisthoccelous dorsals, all of which are free.

a. Hypapophyses present only on cervicals 1-3. All cervicals, save atlas

and axis, bear styloid processes; meta- and hyperapophyses feebly

developed ; hemal arches absent .............2.c.eeecceveeceeees Fregata.

b. Hypapophyses present, on cervicals 1-4 very large, on 17-18 very feeble.

Styloid processes from vertebra 1-12; those of 8-10 long and slender.

Hemal arches to vertebre 8-12; distinct metapophyses from 4-13,

from 7-11 large; no synsacral or dorsal hypapophyses ...... Sula.

c. Hypapophyses 1-3 and 13-23 very large, compressed. Synsacral hyp-

apophyses 4, decreasing in size backwards; hypapophyses 3-6 in the

form of a median ridge; distinct styloid processes on all the vertebrze

from 5-12, from 8-10 long, slender, those of the 9th extending as far

back as the posterior articular surface of the centrum; no complete

heemal arches ; neural crests from 2-7 distinet, in form of sharp ridges ;

hyperapophyses 3-10 very distinct ; centrum elongated and compressed ;

16-18 cervicals much flattened ventrally .................. Phalacrocorax.

d. Hypapophyses of atlas and 15-16 large, those of the two latter much

compressed ; those of the 2nd and 19-21 and 23rd in form of a low

median ridge, that of the 22nd with lateral expansions yentrad.

Synsacral hypapophyses 3, the 3rd_ vestigial. Anapophyses of 9-14

forming closed canals. Centra 3-13 grooved ventrally. Styloid

processes 2-10 and 13-15 distinct, those of 8,9, 10 long and slender,

8th extending as far back as the level of the posterior articular surface

of the centrum ; neural crests slightly developed ; anterior vertebre with

much elongated cylindrical Centra ......1eccccceeescescceescaecsnseees Plotus.

C. Srernum and PecroraL Grrvux (figs. 1 & 2, pp. 87 & 88).

A. The free end of the clavicle not provided with a facet for articulation

with the acrocoracoid ; the fureular apophysis of the clavicle articulating

with the anterior border of the carina sterni, and not with its antero-

ventral angle. Carina sterni and region of corpus sterni bearing coracoid

grooves not produced far beyond the level of the costal process of the

sternum. Carina extending nearly the whole length of the corpus sterni,

the posterior border of which is doubly notched (posterior lateral and

intermediate processes). Coracoids touching, with a supracoracoid

foramen and large precoracoid process ........s:s:sssseeeecseeeee Phaéthon.

B. The free end of the clavicle with a facet for articulation with the acro-

coracoid ; and the furcular apophysis of the clavicle articulating with

the antero-ventral angle of the carina sterni. Coracoids widely separate ;

no intermediate process to posterior border of the sternum.

a, Greater part of carina sterni and region of sternum bearing the coracoid

grooves produced far forward beyond the anterior lateral processes

of the sternum. Precoracoid well developed ; no supracoracoid

HOVAINION, levees casstactevatecivaiseataswies crass csswecsese cee ee Sula.

b. Less than half the carina lying beyond the level of the anterior lateral

process of the sternum, the inner angle of the outer border of which

1s continuous with the outer angle of the coracoid groove.

a’, Furculum fused with carina sterni; carina about three-fourths the

length of the corpus sterni; precoracoid well deyeloped; a supra-

coracoid foramen ...........00.... aden eaeeins <oepeaecsed eee Pelecanus,

96 MR, W, P. PYCRAFT ON THE [Feb. 15,

é', Furculum not fused with carina sterni; precoracoid feebly developed.

a’, Carina scarcely extending beyond the middle of the corpus sterni.

Phalacrocorax.

*, Carina three-fourths as long as corpus sterni ............... Plotus.

O. Sternum broader than long, carina extending the whole length of corpus

sterni. Furculum fused dorsally with the head of the coracoid and

ventrally with the carina sterml ...5.......cssc0rsesssasessessnsscecces Freqata.

D. Pruyic Girlie (figs. 3 & 4, pp. 88 & 89).

A. Pelvis nearly as broad as long. Ilia widely separated one from another

by the transverse processes of the synsacrum. Preilium narrow, postilium

presenting a broad surface dorsally ; about half of the total length of the

pubis free, projecting beyond the postero-inferior angle of the ischium.

Obturator foramen about twice the diameter of acetabulum.

a, Anterior and posterior renal fossz separated one from another by a low

ridge, and not divided up into compartments by ventral transverse

processes Of the SyNSacrumM <..........--0sec-senesesasconeessanave Phaéthon.

b. Posterior renal fossa separated into a number of narrow compartments

by the ventral transverse processes of the synsacrum ...... ... Fregata,

B. Pelvis much longer than broad. Preilia meeting in the mid-dorsal line,

postilia not widely separated and presenting a broad dorsal surface.

ce, Pelvis more than twice as long as broad; dorsal surface of postilium

very broad. Ischiadie foramen about three times as long as the

diameter of the acetabulum. Preilium of about equal width throughout,

postilium presenting a broad dorsal surface ; rather less than a fourth

of the total length of the pubis free and projecting beyond the postero-

inferior angle of the ischium, almost directly backwards. Anterior

renal fossa deep, its length equal to the depth of the ischiadic foramen.

Obturator foramen nearly closed by bone ........-..........+- Pelecanus.

d, Pelvis about three times as long as broad; dorsal surface of postilium

moderately broad.

a'. Ischiadic foramen nearly or quite five times the diameter of the

acetabulum.

a>, Preilium of about equal width throughout or with a very slight

expansion cephalad; postilium presenting a moderately broad

dorsal surface; about one-third of the total length of the pubis

projecting beyond the postero-inferior angle of the ischium.

Anterior renal fossa deep, moderately wide, length nearly or quite

equal to the depth of the ischiadic foramen. Obturator foramen

nearly or quite surrounded by bone...............:.sseeeeeeeeees Sula.

?, Preilium much expanded cephalad ; about one-fourth total length of

the pubis free, and turning downwards and inwards almost at a

right angle at the postero-inferior angle of the ischium. Anterior

renal fossa extremely narrow, length about equal to the depth of

the ischiadic foramen. Obturator foramen not shut off from

obturator fissure by bone .......0.-....-..seeeeeeeeeees Phalacrocorax.

b', Ischiadic foramen about twice as long as acetabulum. Preilium much

expanded cephalad ; inferior border notched; dorsal surface of post-

ilium with its outer border forming a thin raised edge to the dorsum

of the pelvis; with a strong ridge from the post-trochanteric process

forwards to meet its fellow in the middle line; about one-fourth of

the total length of the pubis projecting beyond the postero-inferior

angle of the ischium ; anterior renal fossa small, pyriform. Obturator

foramen nearly or quite shut off from the obturator fissure.

’ Plotus,

1898. ] OSTEOLOGY OF BIRDS. 97

E. Prcrorat Limp (figs. 5-7, p. 90).

A. All the bones of the wings pneumatic.

a. Ulna with a large pneumatic foramen lying on the palmar surface distad

of the glenoid cavity.

a'. Humerus nearly as long as the uina (in the articulated wing the arm is

nearly as longasthe forearm). Sub-trochanteric fossa large, continued

cephalad under capitulum of humerus as a large pneumatic foramen,

into which open numerous small foramina. Crista inferior (ulnar

tuberosity) with anterior surface much inflated, and sharply defined

from the shaft, distad, by a groove. Coraco-humeral groove a shallow

depression. Pectoral crest (radial tuberosity) triangular, of moderate

size, Insertion of brachialis anticus well-defined ; with a pneumatic

foramen above condylus ulnaris. Radius with a faint depression

over the dorsal aspect of the expanded distal end. Manus having the

carpo-metacarpus three times the length of Ph.2.D.II. Ph. 1. D. ee

with two deep and sharply defined postaxial depressions. Ph.1. D. EE

with a well-marked triangular postaxial border. ......... Pelecanus.

b'. Humerus about one-fifth less than the ulna (in the articulated wing the

arm is less than the forearm). Sub-trochanteric fossa not overhung

by tuberculum inferius, otherwise resembling that of Pelecanus.

Crista inferior inflated, but less sharply defined from the shaft. Coraco-

humeral groove deep and narrow; triangular form of the radial

tuberosity (pectoral crest) very large. Depression for brachialis

anticus with a pneumatic foramen proximad of radial condyle.

Radius with a deep depression over the superior border of the distal

articular end. Manus having the carpo-metacarpus little more than

twice length of Ph.2. D.II. Postaxial ledge of Ph. 1. D, I. with

two shallow depressions. Ph. 1. D. III. with the triangular postaxial

border slightly developed ...........- Beiaeeede ats ade sadetonters Fregata.

b. Ulna with a very shallow depression in place of a pneumatic foramen.

Humerus less than ulna (in the articulated wing the arm nearly equals

forearm). Sub-trochanteric fossa overhung by tuberculum inferius, and

running up as a pneumatic foramen into the caput humeri. Crista

inferior flattened, passing gradually into the shaft. Coraco-humeral

groove deep. Pectoral crest triangular, size moderate; depression for

brachialis anticus not well-defined, without a pneumatic foramen.

Manus having carpo-metacarpus less than twice length of Ph. 2. D. II.

Phaéthon.

ce, Ulna with a distinct palmar and interglenoid pneumatic fossa. Humerus

longer than ulna (in the articulated wing the arm is one-fifth longer than

forearm). Sub-trochanteric fossa overhung by tuberculum inferius and

running up as pneumatic foramen into caput humeri. Crista inferior

slightly swollen, moderately defined from the shaft. Coraco-humeral

groove shallow. Pectoral crest in the form of a long low ridge but

little raised above the shaft. Depression for brachialis anticus well-

defined and without a pneumatic foramen. Metacarpus nearly or

quite as long as Ph. 2, D. TL. ......eeeeee eee eesseeeeeeeeeee tect nnennes Sula.

B. Wing-bones not pneumatic: pectoral crest a low ridge.

d. Crista inferior passing insensibly into shaft. Sub-trochanteric fossa deep,

pneumatic foramen absent. Ulna equal or nearly equal in length to the

humerus (in the articulated wing the arm shorter than forearm), with the

border of the glenoid cavity for the radial condyle of the humerus

produced into a hook-like process. Manus much shorter than ulna.

Me. III. very slightly arched ; Ph. 1. D. I. with a deep ventral fossa.

Phalacrocorac.

¢. Orista inferior with its free border arched, distinct from shaft, with

a slight depression in place of the sub-trochanteric fossa. Ulna shorter

than humerus (in articulated wing forearm shorter than arm); hook-

like process of glenoid cavity of radial condyle of humerus but slightly

developed. Manus equal, or nearly equal, to that of ulna. Me. IIT. not

arched; Ph. 1. D. II. with a shallow ventral depression. ...... Plotus.

Proc. Zoou, Soc.—1898, No. VII. 7

$8 MR. W. P. PYCRAFT ON THE [Feb. 15,

F. Petyic Lime.

A. Fibula never more than three-fourths as long as the tibio-tarsus.

a. Femur with a deep popliteal depression: tibio-tarsus with moderately

well-developed ento- and ectocnemial crests. Fibular ridge well-marked,

extending downwards to within a short distance of the middle of the

shaft. Tarso-metatarsus with a large pneumatic foramen on the inner

side of its proximal end; hypotarsus with a vertical ridge having a

moderate backward extension, the free edge of which is expanded into a

flattened surface; on the outer side of the ridge lie two closed canals :

with a deep fossa above the insertion of the tibialis anticus leading into

two large pneumatic foramina. Middle toe shorter than tarso-meta-

(EGER), cpg gor 2 ce cae adHBE Se igen Soene 9 Sanaa Snnodaracosce ssdcsScpas- Pelecanus.

6, Femur without a popliteal depression: tibio-tarsus with feebly developed

ecto- and entocnemial crests. Fibular ridge absent. Tarso-metatarsus

deeply grooved anteriorly, the groove leading directly into the foramen

between the third and fourth trochles; gastrocnemial ridge feebly

developed. Middle toe longer than the tarso-metatarsus ... Phaéthon.

B. Fibula extending downwards to the level of the external articular condyle

of the tibio-tarsus.

c. Femur with a fossa at the base of the great trochanter into which

numerous pneumatic foramina open: tibio-tarsus with moderately

developed ento- and ectocnemial crests. Fibular ridge well-marked.

Tarso-metatarsus grooved anteriorly ; with numerous pneumatic fora-

mina immediately above the insertion of the tibialis anticus. Gastro-

enemial ridge moderately well-developed ............ceseeeeceeeeeee Sula.

d. Femur without pneumatic foramina. Tarso-metatarsus slightly grooved

anteriorly, with a deep fossa above the insertion of the tibialis anticus, at

the bottom of which lie two foramina which pierce the shaft and emerge

on either side of the gastrocnemial ridge. Fibular ridge very strong.

a'. Tibio-tarsus with strong ecto- and entocnemial crests, the latter reflected

outwards. Gastrocnemial ridge very large, its free border expanded

into a flattened surface. Tarso-metatarsus comparatively slender,

length greater than that of the 2nd toe. Patella large, conical.

Phalacrocorax.

b'. Tibio-tarsus with the free edge of the entocnemial crest looking

straight forward, not reflected outwards. Gastrocnemial crest mode-

rately well-developed. ‘Tarso-metatarsus short and broad, length less

than that of the 2nd toe. Patella flattened, with a groove running

obliquely across the middle for the tendon of the ambiens ... Plotus.

C. Fibula fourth-fifths as long as tibio-tarsus. Femur nearly as long as fibula,

yery thick relatively to the tibio-tarsus, and highly pneumatic; with a

popliteal fossa containing a pneumatic foramen. Tibio-tarsus non-pneu-

matic; cnemial crests feeble; fibular crest feeble. Tarso-metatarsus extremely

short, resembling that of the Penguins, the three metatarsals being

indicated by grooves; the length of the tarso-metatarsus one-third greater

than the width measured across the trochles ...............++0+8- Fregata.

Phalacrocorax and Sula have each a free sternal rib attached to

the posterior border of the last thoracic vertebra.

The vertebral column of Pelecanus is peculiar in that, of the

thoracie vertebra, only the 1st is free, the remainder being fused

one with another and with the synsacrum. The transverse pro-

cesses of the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th have ankylosed one with another,

and the whole is fused with the anterior border of the preilium, so

that. at first sight, it would appear as though this extended as

OSTEOLOGY OF BIRDS.

1898.]

‘al L

——_—__ se

“WOYanyT srt teeneees BOEUDOO eFe eaes (9 +¢@ "po 2% ‘og 34 SOIT lar 1% OT 2 SE oy har

a eS

08 “S

él 9

a_-_ —~_—

myo batt See a 68 = L + Cc 6) 2G Og A ag ‘aT 515 qi : T + c TH

08 'g

IT v

—— ——SJ

“snupoajag seseeceseee Ce=L+F PO 75 °8 ‘P99 ‘dp. 2@ dm oT AL g = ath

as ‘"S

&1 9

OTR nae ean a ChK=6 +7 ‘po dba seis 2% 08 ‘QT Se a | 2G + F UD

8 “'C

teal 9

-_o— —_

*$NQ0) I eee eee eee IF = 8 + G ‘PO 2 GB 09 Q G “ag "qT {+ ‘qT 4 g + g TL

—_—___ Zz

“a8 "Ss

91 G

—— —_

*LDLOIOMIDIVDYT eee eee . SF = 8 + 8 “po 2 Z ag C g Og ‘qT 2 G2 ‘qT © ‘G -h g UL

————

08 "¢

76 UL

76 OL

1 ‘ah

-T WL

*6 Ud

°6 TW

aXe)

Te)

Ne)

aXe)

“40

711

> SL

> OT

Te)

ae)

“40

Te)

‘(1g +d ‘oroqr oes) gy ‘d ‘TEQT ‘suULAT, [qq “Toye 19yye s wunjod yo.1ganla4 yf {0 quoemahuniin L0jngn J,

100 ON THE OSTEOLOGY OF BIRDS. [ Feb. 15,

far forward as the 1st thoracic vertebra. The Jast sternal rib has a

posterior expansion situated immediately behind the articulation

with its dorsal element.

List oF WORKS REFERRED TO,

1. Bepparp, F, E.—“ On the Anatomy of Phaéthon.” P.Z.S.

1897.

2. BrpparD, F. E.—“ Note upon Intercentra in the Vertebral

Column of Birds.” P. Z.S. 1897.

3. Brayor, J. F.—“ Beitriige zur Kenn. u. d. Naturgeschich. der

Vogel.” Mém. Acad. Sci. St. Pétersbourg, sér. vi.

4, Hyron, T. C.—Osteologia Avium. London, 1867, pls. 5, 6, 7 L,

pp. 216-220,

5. Forsus, W. A.— Collected Scientific Papers, pp. 216, 336.

6. Firprineur.— Untersuch. zur Morphol. und Systemat. der

Vogel.’ II. Allgem. Theil. 8S. 1081.

7. Gavow, H.—Bronn’s Thier-Reich, Bd. vi., Vogel, 1891:

Anatom. Theil. —

8. Gapow, H.—Ibid., Syst. Theil, 1893.

9. Garrop, H.—Collected Scientific Papers, 1881.

lu. Houxuny, T. H.—‘“ On the Classification of Birds.” P.Z.S.

1867.

11. Lyprxxer, R.—Cat. Foss. Birds Brit. Mus., 1891.

12. Mtvart, St. G.—“ On the Axial Skeleton of the Pelecanidex.”

Trans. Z. 8. 1878.

13. SHuretpr, R. W.—“ Remarks on the Osteology of Phalacro-

corax bicristatus.” Science, ii. p. 640.

14. Suurerpr, R.W.—“ Osteology of the Cormorant.” Science, iii.

. 148,

15. autasaaat R. W.—“ Observations on the Osteology of the

Tubinares and Steganopodes.” P.U. 8. Nat. Mus. 1888, p. 258.

16. Water, M. L.—“On the Form of the Quadrate Bone in

Birds.” Studies from the Museum of Zoology in University

College, Dundee, 1890, pp. 5-7, figs. 8, 9, 10.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

B. pl.=Basitemporal plate. Pt.=Pterygoid.

Map.=Maxillo-palatine process. Q=Quadrate.

Ns.= Nasal septum. V=Vomer.

P=Palatine.

Puate VII.

Fig. 1. Ventral view of the skull of Fregata ariel, showing the form of the

basitemporal plate, the maxillo-palatine processes, and the ankylosis of

the posterior ends of the palatines.

Fig. 2. Ventral view of the skull of Phaéthon flavirostris, showing the same as

fig. 1. The posterior ends of the palatines, though closely approxi-

mated, are not fused.

Fig. 3. Ventral view of the skull of Phalacrocorax carbo showing the same as

the above. The palatines are here more or less fused from the

posterior narial aperture backwards to the pterygoids. There is no

vomer.

Pe er tO Oa evel

Fhotoprint by Bale. Danielsson Le

OSTHOLOGY OF. STEGANOPODES.

L. Fregata ariel. 2. Phaithon flavirosiris.

3. Phalacrocorax carbo.

H. Grénvold, del. Photoprint by Bale. Danielsson L#®

OSTEOLOGY OF STEGANOPODES.

Llak& 5. Phaéithon flavrostris. 2. Sula lencogastra.

3.Phalacrocorax carbo. +#Fregaia ariel. 6. Pelecanus riafescens.

1898.] ON 'THH SKELETON OF ALYTES OBSTRTRICANS. 101

Puate VIII.

Fig. 1. Left side view of the skull of a nestling Phaéthon flavirostris, showing

the sutures, the absence of a nasal hinge, and the large size of the

anterior narial aperture. In order to expose the whole extent of the

maxilla, the dentary border of the premaxilla has been removed.

Fig. 1a. Ventral view of the same skull. The pterygoids, palatines, and

vomer have been removed, in order to show clearly the schizognathous

nature of the palate.

Fig. 2. Left side view of the skull of a very young nestling Sula leucogastra,

showing the sutures and the large size of the anterior narial aperture.

Fig. 3. Left side view of a portion of the cranio-facial region of the skull of

Phalacrocorax carbo, to show the form of the maxillo-paia‘ine

processes and nasal septum when seen from behind. The lachrymal

has been removed.

Fig. 4. The same view of the skull of Fregata ariel.

Fig. 5. The same view of the skull of Phaéthon. The maxillo-palatine

processes are seen to have only a horizontal direction ; there is no

nasal septum.

Fig. 6. The same view of the skull of Pelecanus rufescens. Note the great

vertical height of the mavxillo-palatine processes, and the vestigial

septum nasi.

2. On the Skeleton of Regenerated Limbs of the Midwife-

Toad (Alytes obstetricans). By W.G. Ripzwoop, D.Sc.,

F.L.S., F.Z.8.

[Received December 22, 1897. ]

The capacity which the larve of the Anurous Batrachians

possess of regenerating lost limbs or parts of limbs was made

known to the world as long ago as 1769 by Spallanzani (12), and

was verified by Giinther’ in 1866 (11. p. 567); and although the

negative results obtained by Fraisse (6) in 1885 led this author to

doubt the possibility of such regeneration, the original observation

has recently received abundant confirmation at the hands of

Barfurth (2) and Boulenger (4. p. 98). But whereas, as is well

known, lost limbs can be developed anew at any period of life

by certain Urodela, it is only in the larval stages of Anura that

such phenomena are to be observed. Barfurth concludes from

the results of his experiments that the capacity for reproducing

lost parts diminishes in Anuran tadpoles as the development

progresses, and on this hypothesis he explains the discrepancy

between the results of Spallanzani and Fraisse.

With a view to following up the researches of Barfurth, Mr.

G. A. Boulenger, F.R.S., seized the opportunity, when in Belgium

in the spring of 1897, of procuring some fine full-grown tadpoles of

the Midwife-Toad (Alytes obstctricans) and of repeating Barfurth’s

experiments upon them”. These tadpoles had been spawned in

1 A mistake has evidently occurred in Owen’s transcription of Dr. Giinther’s

manuscript. The statement “If a hind limb be cut off when the larva is about

two lines long it is reproduced” is meaningless, because the larva of that size

has no limbs. The words “two lines long” were evidently intended to apply

to the size of the limb, not of the larva.

2 Barfurth employed tadpoles of the common frog [Rana fusca (temporaria).

102 DR. W. G. RIDEWOOD ON THE [ Feb. 15,

the preceding summer, and might have been of the same brood.

They were collected at Maurenne, near Hastiére, in the province

of Namur, in May 1897, and were all treated in exactly the same

way, the left hind leg, then between seven and twelve millimetres

in length, being amputated at the middle of the tibial segment

and left to heal. Five of the specimens completed their meta-

morphosis, but the sixth became arrested in its development, and

although kept under exactly the same conditions of life as the

other five, failed to make any progress. All six were killed in

October 1897, when Mr. Boulenger very kindly handed them over

to me, together with the above information as to their previous

history.

While, thanks to Gétte (10), our knowledge of the normal and

regenerated limb-skeleton of Urodela is not deficient, the skeleton

of regenerated limbs of Anura does not appear to have hitherto

receiyed any attention ; and it occurred to me that the best use to

which the material entrusted to me could be put was the pre-

paration and description of the regenerated cartilages. Bearing

in mind the close similarity found by Gétte to obtain between the

regenerated and the normal limb-skeleton of Urodela, a somewhat

similar correspondence was to be expected in Anura. But, having

regard to the greater specialization of the Anuran limb, it was

just possible that the restored skeleton might be simpler than the

normal. On surveying the results of the investigation one cannot

fail to be impressed by the closeness with which the skeletal parts

of the newly-developed limb approach those of the normal.

While in animals other than Anura structural differences

between the regenerated and the normal limb may be explained as

phenomena of atavism [as claimed by Giard (7 and 8), Barfurth

(1. p. 118 (6)), and Bordage (3)], there is no evidence of such

phylogenetic reversion in the regenerated limb-skeleton of the

Anura under consideration. The astragalus and calcaneum are

elongated and are confluent with one another at both their proximal

and distal extremities. The remaining tarsalia are disposed exactly

as in the normal limb of the same age. Although in specimen C

four of the five digits have each one phalanx less than the normal,

there is abundant evidence in specimens A and B to show that

the typicat number of phalanges for each digit can be reproduced.

And, lastly, the experiments throw no light whatever on the mor-

phology of the calcar, although one might fully have expected

atavism to be apparent here if anywhere.

Mr. Boulenger has also communicated to me the very interesting

fact that, if the first appearance of the new limb be watched care-

fully, a single digit is first seen to grow out from the healed

stump, then another digit at its side, then a third, and so on in

succession. The tarsus and the distal half of the tibial segment

of the leg appear to be intercalated afterwards between the digits

and the sump. The chief interest of the successive appearance

of the digits lies in the fact that this mode of development is

characievistic of the Urodele limb. In the newts and salamanders,

1898.] SKELETON OF ALYTES OBSTEPRICANS. 103

as Gotte (10) and Strasser (13) have shown, the first digit to

develop is the second; the inner digit follows and then the

remaining digits in succession, the third, the fourth, and, in the

hind limb, the fifth. The digits of the normal Anuran limb,

however, develop simultaneously, as Gitte (9) has remarked in

the case of Rana and Hyla, and as Dugés has figured in the case

of Pelobates (5. pl. additionnelle, figs. 11-13). Four figures of the

Figs. 1-5.

Skeleton of regenerated left hind limbs of Alytes obstetricans (x5).

budding normal limb of Alytes are here given (figs. 6-9, p. 104) to

illustrate this point farther, and it will be noticed that, so soon as

any digitation at all can be made out in the differentiating bud,

all five digits can be counted. The explanation usually given for

the exceptionally rapid development and the great length of the

first-formed digits in the newts is that these are larval digits, of

special functional importance to the larva. But in the Anuran

tadpole the paired limbs are not used as a means of progression ;

they simply develop passively and slowly in anticipation of the

approaching metamorphosis. It is curious, therefore, to find that

in the regenerated limb of Anuran tadpoles the Urodele mode

of digit-development should be adopted.

104 DR. W. G. RIDEWOOD ON THE [Feb. 15,

It not infrequently happens that the full complement of digits

is not developed in the regenerated limb. Barfurth (2) has

figured cases in which only one, two, three or four digits are

present ; and of the five’ specimens now under consideration two

possess only one and three digits respectively.

Figs. 6-9.

| :

5 2

6 3

Outlines of developing hind limbs (normal) of A/ytes obstefricans (x10).

Specimen A. The regeneration in this case was most successful.

The left leg resembled the right so exactly that, although the foot

was slightly smaller and the toes a little shorter in proportion, the

difference would pass without notice unless attention were specially

directed to it. The colour-markings of the integument were

identical in the two legs, and also the extent of the webbing of the

foot. The skeleton of the leg (fig. 1, p. 103) is seen to be remark-

ably complete and in perfect keeping with the external characters

of the limb. The only important feature in which this regenerated

limb-skeleton differs from the normal is the presence of but one

phalanx to the ballux and the slenderness of the hallux metatarsal.

The remaining digits, the calcar, and the whole of the tarsus

present no differences. The distal end of the tibio-fibula is in

perfect continuity with the proximal portion, and there are no

markings to indicate the limits of the secondary and primary

portions of this bone.

Specimen B. In this specimen the regenerated left leg was

considerably shorter than the right or normal. The femoral joint

was of the same size as in the right, but the remaining parts of

1 That is, the five specimens which completed their metamorphosis. The

development of the sixth appears to have been completely arrested, and the

regenerated limb at the time of death had the form of a mere non-digitate bud,

too small to allow of a macroscopic examination of the skeleton. This sixth

specimen will, therefore, not be referred to again.

1898.] SKELETON OF ALYTES OBSTETRICANS. 105

the limb were all dwarfed. The proportion ot the web of the foot

was normal, but the five toes were disproportionately short, so

that the foot had a stunted appearance. In the skeleton (fig. 2,

p. 103) the tarsus and metatarsus call for no remark except that

the ratio between length and thickness is less than in the normal

limb. The fifth digit has only two phalanges ; and in the fourth

digit, which suffers from an unnatural curve towards the postaxial

side of the foot, the antepenultimate phalanx is short and nodular.

The joint between the tibio-fibula and the proximal tarsals is not

square, as it should be, but slightly oblique. Exactly halfway

between the two extremities of the tibio-fibula is an irregular

marking which delimits the regenerated distal half from the

primary proximal half. The two halves are in perfect continuity,

and the furrow between the tibia and fibula is also continuous.

Spucrmen C (fig. 3). Even before preparing the skeleton of

the regenerated leg it was evident that the second and third digits

were syndactyle; and on removing the skin it became further

apparent that the distal extremities of the third and fourth digits

were immovably united. In the fully-prepared skeleton the

second digit is seen to be the only one which possesses the normal

number of phalanges, the remaining four being each one phalanx

short. There is nothing remarkable about the tarsus, but the new

distal part of the tibio-fibula is set at a sharp angle on the original

proximal part. Moreover, the original part of the tibio-fibula has

suffered distortion.

Spucrmen D. This specimen is remarkable in that only the

preaxial part of the limb has been regenerated (fig. 4). A distal

continuation has been added to the tibia but not to the fibula, the

astragalus is renewed but not the calcaneum, and of the five digits

only the three preaxial ones are developed. Only one small tarsal

of the distal row is present, and that belongs to the hallux. There

is no calcar, and, although the second digit has its usual two

phalanges, there are only two phalanges to the third digit, and

none to the hallux.

Spucrmmn E. The regenerated parts in this specimen consist

merely of a single digit, supported by three skeletal cartilages.

No attempt has been made to complete the tibio-fibula, and there

is no tarsus. There is an interval between the tibio-fibula and

the skeleton of the digit (see fig. 5), and the axis of the latter

makes an angle of about 55° with the tibio-fibula. This case

appears to furnish a striking confirmation of the observation of

Mr. Boulenger, communicated above, that in the regeneration of

the limb the digits develop first, while the intermediate parts are

intercalated afterwards, and also that the digits develop in suc-

cession and not simultaneously. It would seem that here, after

the development of one digit, regeneration became arrested, so that

we have in the young metamorphosed Batrachian the persistence

of a very early phase of limb-regeneration.

106 ON A NEW SEA-SNAKE FROM BORNEO, [Feb. 15,

ils

LITERATURE CITED.

Barrurtu, D.—‘** Die experimentelle Regeneration iiber-

schiissiger Gliedmassentheile (Polydaktylie) bei den Amphi-

bien.” Archiv fiir Entwickelungsmechanik der Organismen

(Roux), Bd. i., Leipzig, 1895, pp. 91-116. One plate.

. Barrurtu, D.—‘“ Sind die Extremitiiten der Frésche re-

generationsfiihig ?” Arch. f. Entwickelungsmechanik d.

Organ. (Roux), Bd. i., Leipzig, 1895, pp. 117-123. One plate.

Borpaer, E.—“ On the Tetrameric Regeneration of the Tarsus

in Phasmide.” Annals & Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. xx., London,

1897, pp. 507-510. (From the Comptes Rendus, t. exxiv.

1897, pp. 1536-1538.)

. Boutrenenr, G. A.—The Tailless Batrachians of Europe.

Part I. 8vo, London, 1897.

. Duais, A.—“ Recherches sur l’Ostéologie et la Myologie des

Batraciens.” Mém. (des savans étrangers) de l’Acad. des

Sci., t. vi., Paris, 1835, pp. 1-216.

. Fratssp, P—Die Regeneration von Geweben und Organen

bei den Wirbelthieren. Cassel und Berlin, 1885.

. Grarv, A. Polydactylie provoquée chez Pleurodeles watlit.”

Comptes Rendus de la Société de Biologie, t. ii. sér. x., Paris,

1895, pp. 789-792.

. Giarp, A.— Sur les Régénérations hypotypiques.” C. R. de

la Société de Biologie, t. iv. sér x., Paris, 1897, pp. 315-317.

. Gorrs, AA—* Zur Entwickelungsgeschichte des Gliedmassen-

skelets der Wirbelthiere.” Zool. Anzeiger, Jahrg. 1, Leipzig,

1878, p. 246.

. Gorrs, A.—Ueber Entwickelung und Regeneration des

Gliedmassenskelets der Molche. 4to, Leipzig, 1879, 47 pages.

Five plates.

. Own, R.—Anatomy of Vertebrates, vol. i., London, 1866.

. SPALLANZANI.—Physikalische und mathematische Abhand-

lungen. Leipzig, 1769.

. SrrasserR, H.—“ Zur Entwicklung der Extremitiitenknorpel

bei Salamandern und Tritonen.” Morph. Jahrb., Bd. v.,

Leipzig, 1879, pp. 240-315. Four plates.

8. Description of a new Sea-Snake from Borneo.

By G. A. Bourrnerr, F.R.S.

[Received January 8, 1898, ]

(Plate IX.)

HypROPHIS FLOWERI, sp. nov. (Plate 1X.)

Head very small; anterior part of body very slender, its dia-

meter about one third the depth of the posterior part. Rostral

broader than deep ; frontal once and a half as long as broad, as long

as its distance from the rostral, much shorter than the parietals ; one

pre- and one postocular ; a single anterior temporal ; six or seven

upper labials, third and fourth entering the eye; two pairs of

IPB eS eters el

}

’

‘

so delet hth. Mintern Bros.imp.

z HYDROPHIS FLOWERI.

1898.] ON REPIILES AND BATRACHTANS FROM W. ECUADOR. 107

chin-shields, posterior separated by scales. Scales feebly imbricate,

27 round the neck, 37 round the body; scales nearly smooth on

the neck, with a short tubercular keel on the body. Ventrals

distinct throughout, 298-321. Dark olive or blackish ; a crescentic

yellow band from eye to eye across the snout, and a yellow band

behind the eye; some small yellow markings on the crown ; neck

with yellow cross-bars, much narrower than the spaces between

them; these bars gradually increase in extent on the body, but

never completely encircle it; 69 yellow bars altogether on the

body and tail.

Total length 900 millim. ; tail 80.

This species, of which two specimens were obtained in Brunei

Bay by Mr. S. S. Flower on the 3rd October, 1897, is nearest

related to Hydrophis mamillaris, with which it agrees in form,

scaling of the body, and coloration, but differs in the shorter

frontal and the presence of a single postocular and a single anterior

temporal. From H. fasciatus it differs in the lower number of

scales round the body and the presence of scales between the

posterior chin-shields, as well as in the coloration.

The larger of the two specimens (which is figured, Plate IX.)

presents these anomalies, that the nasal shields are fused in their

anterior half, and that a small additional chin-shield has arisen

through division of the first left lower labial.

4. An Account of the Reptiles and Batrachians collected

by Mr. W. F. H. Rosenberg in Western Ecuador. By

G. A. Boutencer, F.R.S.

‘Received February 1, 1898. ]

(Plates X.—X VIII.)

The collection made by Mr. Rosenberg in Ecuador, of which a

complete set will be acquired for the British Museum, adds con-

siderably to our knowledge of this herpetologically so fertile district,

and to the long list of species with which we are acquainted

through the previous explorations of Fraser, Orton, Espada,

De Ville, Buckley, Whymper, and Festa. Twenty-three new

species are described in this paper.

The localities whence the specimens were obtained are :—

Cachabé, Paramba, Ibarra, Cayamba, and Chimbo.

Mr. Rosenberg has kindly furnished me with the following

information respecting these places :—

1. Cachabé, a small village on the river of that name, on the

N.W. Coast, in the Prov. Esmeraldas. Owing to an accident to the

barometer, the exact altitude of the village could not be ascertained,

but it is probably about 500 feet above the sea. It is surrounded

by dense forest.

2. Paramba, a farm on the W. bank of the River Mira, at

3500 feet altitude; it is still in the forest region, but the open

country commences two or three miles higher up the Mira.

108 MR. G. A, BOULENGER ON REPTILES AND [Feb. 15,

3. Ibarra, a city two days’ ride from Paramba and about the

same distance from Quito; altitude about 6600 feet. The country

is for the most part cultivated.

4. Cayamba, a small town N.E. and about a day and a half’s

ride from Quito ; altitude 9323 feet (Whymper).

5. Puente del Chimbo, the railway terminus about 70 miles

from Guayaquil, at an elevation of about 1000 feet. Much of

the surrounding country is thick forest, but the district is more

extensively cultivated than is the case on the N.W. Coast.

REPTILIA.

CHELONTIA.

CINOSTERNID #.

1, CrNostERNUM LEUCOsToMUM, A. Dum.

In describing Mr. Whymper’s collection in 1882, I alluded to

two very young, dried specimens from Nanegal, 3000 feet, which

established for the first time the occurrence of the genus Cinosternum

south of Colombia, and I compared them to C. leucostomum, to

which, however, owing to their condition, I did not venture to

refer them. The fact that Mr. Rosenberg’s collection includes an

adult specimen from Chimbo which undoubtedly belongs to C.

leucostomum removes all doubt from my mind that Mr. Whymper’s

specimens were likewise referable to that species.

TESTUDINID &.

2. NicoRIA ANNULATA, Gray.

Paramba.

LACERTILIA.

EUBLEPHARID &.

3. LEPIDOBLEPHARIS FST, Peracca.

The highly interesting discovery of an Eublepharid in Ecuador

was made known by Count Peracca only a few months ago (Boll.

Mus. Torino, xii. 1897, no. 300). The specimen from Chimbo con-

tained in the present collection agrees entirely with that author's

excellent description, but is of larger size, measuring 45 millim.

from snout to vent ; tail (reproduced) 41 millim.

IGUANIDA.

4, ANOLIS PERACOE, sp.n. (Plate X. fig. 1.)

Head nearly twice as long as broad, longer than the tibia;

forehead concave; frontal ridges short and feeble ; upper head-

scales keeled; scales of the supraorbital semicircles enlarged,

separated by one or two series of scales; keeled enlarged supra-

ocular scales in contact with the supraorbitals ; occipital as large

as or a little smaller than the ear-opening, separated from the

1898. ] BATRACHIANS FROM WESTERN ECUADOR. 109

supraorbitals by three or four rows of scales ; canthus rostralis

angular, canthal scales three or four; loreal rows five or six; six

or seven upper labials to below the centre of the eye ; ear-opening

rather large, oval. Gular appendage large, merely indicated in

the female; gular scales smooth. Body feebly compressed ; no

dorso-nuchal fold. Dorsal scales very small, granular, keeled, a

little larger than the granules on the flanks ; ventral scales larger

than dorsals, juxtaposed, smooth. The adpressed hind limb reaches

the eye on the posterior border ot the orbit ; digits rather feebly

dilated; 17 or 18 lamelle under phalanges 1. and iii. of the

fourth toe. Tail roundish, covered with strongly keeled scales

without enlarged dorsal series ; length of tail about twice that of

head and body. Male with enlarged postanal scales. Greyish or

reddish brown above, speckled or marbled with darker, and with

dark brown chevron-shaped bars, pointing forwards, across the

back; tail with very regular dark annuli; greyish or whitish

beneath, uniform or marbled or reticulated with blackish on the

sides ; throat dotted with blackish ; gular appendage yellow.

3 2.

millim millim,

Motalilenetht eo. 2ie 148 183

TS ICR) Coe 1? earned eet Bere 1G 16

Width of head ........-- co 8

Body hee. AF, BONS. PeeRe 35 47

OreimMpe es ks 23 28

Ina inp eee OS Le 37 49

Mbit, ele, 3G. Wass 11 14

Mise Ladsipimeo. > Dee Ne 98 120

This species comes nearest to 4. fusco-auratus, D’Orb. I have

named it after my friend Count M. Peracca, who has recently

described some highly interesting additions to the herpetology of

Eeuador.

Six specimens from Chimbo.

5, ANOLIS ELEGANS, sp.n. (Plate X. fig. 2.)

Head twice as long as broad, as long as the tibia; forehead

concave ; frontal ridges short and feeble ; upper head-scales feebly

keeled; scales of the supraorbital semicircles large, separated by

a single series of small scales on the vertex ; 11 or 12 enlarged,

keeled supraocular scales, separated from the supraorbitals by one

series of granules; occipital not quite so large as the ear-opening,

separated from the supraorbitals by three series of scales ; canthus

rostralis angular, canthal scales three ; loreal rows five ; six upper

labials to below the centre of the eye; ear-opening moderately

large, roundish. Gular appendage very large; cular scales

smooth. Body compressed ; no dorso-nuchal fold. Dorsal scales

very small, granular, scarcely larger than the laterals; ventrals

larger, small, granular, smooth. The adpressed hind limb reaches

the eye; digits moderately dilated; 22 lamelle under phalanges

ii. and iii. of the fourth toe. Tail feebly compressed, covered with

110 MR, G. A, BOULENGER ON REPTILES AND [Feb. 15,

strongly keeled scales without enlarged dorsal series; length of

tail twice and a half that of head and body. Feebly enlarged

postanal scales. Purplish brown above, with seven bluish-grey

cross-bands on the nape and back, the anterior angular and pointing

forwards ; sides with round light spots between the cross-bands ;

tail dark brown in its basal fourth, then annulate dark brown and

whitish, and whitish in its terminal half; lower parts greyish ;

cular appendage white.

millim

Panel Lene 5-5 ss boy o> aobbunie 230

13 Us Kel nae ar eam ot FONE 16

Width vor hOadigs is. e.cee Seanu,chene 8

LT A Re ROOe SRI rem 50

Bore dim efi. c9- cae stad da cscs 30

iS btate WU bteayel Seater ees ee eee ae 53

ANH Spe ep SRSA fe ag 5 16

LE teagan le See se 164

This species may be regarded as intermediate between <A.

buekleyi, O’Sh., and A. fasciatus, Blgr., both of which are likewise

natives of Ecuador.

A single male specimen from Chimbo.

6. ANOLIS CHLORIS, sp. n. (Plate X. fig. 3.)

Head once and three fourths as long as broad, a little longer

than the tibia; forehead concave ; no frontal ridges ; upper head-

scales small, smooth; scales of the supraorbital semicircles feebly

enlarged, separated by two series of scales; supraocular scales

small, the larger ones feebly keeled ; occipital scarcely enlarged ;

canthus rostralis angular, canthal scales five ; loreal rows five; six

upper labials to below the centre of the eye; ear-opening rather

small, oval. Gular appendage large; gular scales small. Body

scarcely compressed ; no dorso-nuchal fold. Scales on the back

and sides minute, granular ; ventral larger, but very small, granular,

smooth. The adpressed hind limb reaches the eye; digital expan-

sions moderate; 18 lamellx under phalanges ii. and iii. of the

fourth toe. Tail rounded, covered with keeled scales, without

enlarged dorsal series; length of tail a little over twice that of head

and body. Male with enlarged postanal scales. Uniform green

above, white below ; a few black dots on the lower surface of the

thighs.

millim

Potal longth.. = siyeysjow se interior 138

Elica d: tates ipa te see weseleee oae 13

Wadthtot heads -as:catons bart: 75

BOY, ih pets Seavey a Ate ROBERT 31

Porowlimbs ces. dicideoes Sadia 21

IEE dyin ces cede eos Fok 36

ER Di dih he hte voeopaatcn beeateses 3 11

AN a ee Ta Sore mre 94

Allied to the preceding.

A single male specimen from Paramba.

1898. ] BATRACHTANS FROM WESTERN ECUADOR. 111

7, ANOLIS MACULIVENTRIS, sp.n. (Plate XI. fig. 1.)

Head twice as long as broad, a little longer than the tibia;

forehead concave ; frontal ridges short, feeble; upper head-scales

small, keeled; scales of the supraorbital semicircles moderately

enlarged, separated by three or four series of small scales; a few

feebly enlarged, keeled supraocular scales, separated from the

supraorbitals by a series of granules; occipital scale slightly

enlarged ; canthus rostralis angular, canthal scales four or five;

loreal rows eight; eight labials to below the centre of the eye;

ear-opening moderately large, oval. Gular appendage rather large,

merely indicated in the female ; gular scales smooth. Body feebly

compressed ; no dorso-nuchal fold. Dorsal and lateral scales

minute, granular ; ventrals larger, but very small, granular, smooth.

The adpressed hind limb reaches the eye; digits rather feebly

dilated ; 16 lamelle under phalanges ii. and iii. of the fourth toe.

Tail roundish, covered with keeled scales, without enlarged dorsal

series ; length of tail not quite twice that of head and body. No

enlarged postanal scales. Brownish or purplish grey above, with

metallic lustre ; a dark cross-bar between the eyes and a dark spot

on the occiput ; limbs with rather indistinct dark cross-bars ; tail

with dark annuli; whitish beneath, much spotted or marbled with

dark brown; gular appendage red.

rie oe

millim. millim.

Total length........ 126 107 (tail imperfect).

12 evi ant Se See 12 14

Width of head-..... 6 of

15-75 | agen Sree 33 36

Bore: Limes os © eps: oc 18 20

Hand dimbe 2. 93. 33 39

Pi ptae. PSO kk 11 12

Pail, FNRI. te ek 81 =

Allied to A. gemmosus, O’Sh.

Two specimens from Paramba.

8. Anoxis copi1, Bocourt.

Paramba.

9, ANOLIS GRANULICEPS, sp.u. (Plate XI. fig. 2.)

Head once and two thirds to once and three fourths as long as

broad, as long as, or slightly shorter than the tibia; forehead

concave; frontal ridges feeble, short ; upper head-scales very small,

almost granular, keeled; scales of the supraorbital semicircles

moderately enlarged, separated by three to five series of scales on

the vertex; feebly enlarged, strongly keeled supraocular scales ;

occipital a little smaller than the ear-opening, separated from the

supraorbitals by four or five series of scales; canthus rostralis

angular; canthal scales three or four; loreal rows seven or eight ;

eight or nine upper labials to below the centre of the eye; ear-

opening large, oval. Gular appendage very small, merely indicated

112 MR, G, A. BOULENGER ON REPTILES AND [Feb. 15,

in the female ; gular scales granular, smooth. Body feebly com-

pressed ; no dorso-nuchalfold. Dorsal scales very small, granular,

a little larger than the lateral scales; ventral scales larger than

dorsals, small, juxtaposed, keeled. The adpressed hind limb reaches

the eye or the tip of the snout; digits feebly dilated; 15 or 16

lamelle under phalanges ii. and iii. of the fourth toe. Tail

roundish, covered with strongly keeled scales, without enlarged

dorsal series; length of tail once and two thirds to twice that of

head and body. Male without enlarged postanal scales. Brown

or olive above, uniform or with small darker spots; a more or less

distinct dark lateral band from the eye to the side of the body,

passing through the upper half of the ear-opening ; this band often

bordered below by a whitish streak, which may extend to the hind

limb ; lower parts whitish, uniform or much speckled with brown.

Sie

millim. millim,

otal lenoth i. eds os ak al 117 108

Reade peihiede ae ead 12 14:

Wadthrotvhead Wy lottad. ae ii 6

Boays civad. tciduiidts sod sis 30 30

Horerlimbiot & Asack wasn 20 19

Gana imp. 2:).. cee Be 37 36

EU ae ree ike he ere cen 12 11

ED ailth cpa Fe eat, 75 67

Allied to A. stigmosus, Bocourt.

Several specimens from Paramba.

10. ANOLIS GRACILIPES, sp.n. (Plate XI. fig. 3.)

Head once and three fourths to twice as longas broad, as long

as or slightly shorter than the tibia; forehead concave; frontal

ridges distinct, short; upper head-scales keeled; scales of the

supraorbital semicircles strongly enlarged, in contact with each

other on the vertex or separated by one series of scales; a few

strongly enlarged, keeled supraocular scales; occipital a little

larger than the ear-opening, separated from the supraorbitals by

one or two rows of scales ; canthus rostralis angular ; canthal scales

four or five; loreal rows seven or eight ; ten to twelve upper labials

to below the centre of the eye; ear-opening moderately large,

oval. Gular appendage large, merely indicated in the female ;

gular scales keeled. Body compressed; no dorso-nuchal fold.

Dorsal scales small, rhomboidal, subimbricate, strongly keeled ;

lateral scales minute, granular; ventral scales larger than dorsals,

rhomboidal, subimbricate, strongly keeled. The adpressed hind

limb reaches the tip of the snout, or between the eye and the tip

of the snout; digits feebly dilated; 14 lamelle under phalanges

ii. and iii. of the fourth toe. Tail roundish, covered with strongly

keeled scales, without enlarged dorsal series; length of tail about

twice that of head and body. Male without enlarged postanal

scales, Greyish or pale bronzy olive above, with symmetrical dark

1898. ] BATRACHIANS FROM WESTERN ECUADOR, 113

brown or reddish-brown markings, in the form of symmetrical

designs on the upper surface of the head, a broad wavy band on

the temple, above the ear, two series of large spots on the back

connected across the vertebral region by angular cross-bars, and

narrow bars across the limbs; upper lip wihte below the eye, with

large dark spots; whitish beneath; gular appendage yellow.

de Q.

millim, millim.

MG halle Meth aye sivsyto ot oo naar 172 ee

HCA ERS SREB wie estas ase 15 1+

Width of head ........... 8 8

Bodycare ccc tene se se 40) 40)

MOLE MMIIM Dweeneidces tats senselera ty ote 27 94

a Chrne PAA ORS Wee ee ee Reem 50 45

MM LASS ey eNaSiexcvaies cts Suess: «ors 16 15

Wat soek Seems ct katodafate eau aoseiate 117 2?

Distinguished from the preceding by the larger ear-opening

and the much smaller dorsal and ventral scales.

Four specimens from Paramba.

11. ANOLIS BrpoRCATUS Wiegm.

Paramba.

12, ANOLIS LEMNISCATUS, sp. n. (Plate X. fig. 4.)

Head twice as long as broad, as long as the tibia; forehead

concave; frontal ridges short and feeble; upper head-scales

keeled; scales of supraorbital semicircles enlarged, separated by

one or two series of scales; 5to 8 enlarged, strongly keeled supra-

ocular scales, separated from the supraorbitals by one series of

granules ; occipital larger than the ear-opening, separated from

the supraorbitals by two or three series of scales; canthus rostralis

angular, canthal scales three or four; loreal rows six; eight to ten

upper labials to below the centre of the eye ; ear-opening moderately

large, roundish. Gular appendage large, absent in the female ; gular

scales keeled. Body compressed; no dorso-nuchal fold. Dorsal

scales rather large, hexagonal, subimbricate, strongly keeled, forming

11 or 12 longitudinal series ; lateral scales minute, granular ; ventral

scales larger than dorsals, hexagonal, subimbricate, strongly keeled.

The adpressed hind limb reaches the eye or between the eye and

the tip of the snout; digits feebly dilated ; 14 or 15 lamelle under

phalanges ii.and iii. of the fourth toe. ‘ail slightly compressed,

covered with strongly keeled scales without enlarged dorsal series ;

length of tail a little more than twice that of head and body.

Male without enlarged postanal scales. Pale greyish or bronzy above,

with elegant symmetrical dark brown markings ; a V-shaped band

on the snout, pointing backwards ; a cross-band from eye to eye;

a band behind the eye, passing above the tympanum; a series of

large spots or oblique bars on the sides of the body connected by

1 Tail injured.

Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1898, No. VIII. 8

114 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON REPTILES AND [Feb. 15,

V-shaped bars across the spine; regular cross-bars on the limbs

and annuli on the tail; a white band from below the eye to the

side of the body, passing through the ear; a dark brown vertical

bar below the eye; whitish beneath ; gular appendage yellow.

3. ON

millim. millim,

Motal lengthos |. tit): Ree» (MO LOG 137

elieaiclis, EeMpaaaes 8s hw ieee. ae 185 13

AWidthrokincad sees ieta wer. 75 ff

BGiyiy 1c AA eee a 37 32

orenhim bait. tavaeee, atten cere 23 20

Eira Limb shea nae aia 46 39

Misi ste ete He atom aan 14 12

LETS et cred SRN OLE LAN ate ear a Tas: 92

Allied to A. cupreus Hallow. and A. rhombifer Blgr.

Several specimens from Chimbo.

13. PoLycHRus GurruROsUS Berth.

Paramba.

14. Basiniscus GALpRitus A. Dum.

Paramba and Chimbo.

15. ENYALIOIDES Fest® Peracca,

Paramba.

16, LiocEPHALUS GUENTHERI Bler.

Ibarra and between Cachabé and Paramba.

TEIIDA,

17. AMEIVA BRIDGESIL Cope.

Paramba.

18. AMEIVA SEPTEMLINEATA A. Dum.

Chimbo.

19. EournosauRA HORRIDA Bigr,

Paramba.

20, PHoLIpoBoLUS MONtIUM Ptrs.

Ibarra aud between Cachabé and Paramba.

21. Procroporus uniconor Gray.

Chimbo and between Cachabé and Paramba.

AMPHISBZNID®,

22. AMPHISBENA FULIGINOSA L.

Paramba.

1898. ] BATRACHIANS FROM WESTERN ECUADOR. 115

OPHIDIA,

Bor 2.

23. TRACHYBOA GULARIS Ptrs.

A single specimen, 155 millim. long, from Paramba.

It agrees with Peters’s description and Jan’s figure, ex ept in

having the eye completely surrounded with 14 scales, labials being

excluded. Scales 29; ventrals 142; subcaudals 27.

COLUBRID”.

24, SYNOPHIS MIops, sp.n. (Plate XII. fig. 1.)

Kye small, one third the length of the snout. Rostral much

broader than deep, scarcely visible from above; nasal divided

internasals very small, a little broader than long; prefrontal very

large, covering nearly the whole upper surface of the snout, de-

scending to the upper labials ; frontal as long as broad, as long as

the prefrontal, much shorter than the parietals ; supraocular small ;

no loreal ; one large preocular, forming a suture with the frontal ;

one postocular; temporals 1+2; eight upper labials, fourth and

fifth entering the eye; four lower labials in contact with the

anterior chin-shields, which are shorter than the posterior. Scales

striated and strongly keeled, in 19 rows. Ventrals 138; anal

entire; subcaudals 91. Black above, the occiput and part of the

temple yellow; belly yellowish white ; lower surface of tail greyish.

Total length 390 millim. ; tail 135,

A single female specimen from Paramba.

Distinguished from Synophis bicolor Peracca (Boll. Mus. Torin.

xi. 1896, no. 266), by the smaller eye, the absence of the loreal

shield, the division of the nasal, the presence of a single pustocular,

and the lower number of ventral and subcaudal shields.

25. DRYMOBIUS BODDAERTII Sentz.

Paramba.

26. DRYMOBIUS RHOMBIFER Gthr.

Paramba.

27. DRYMOBIUS DENDROPHIS Schleg.

Paramba.

28. SPILOTES MEGALOLEPIS Gthr.

A single male specimen from Paramba, with 217 ventrals and

122 subcaudals. The exact habitat of this snake was still

unknown.

29. HeRPETODRYAS CaRINATUS L.

Paramba.

116 MR, G, A. BOULENGER ON REPTILES AND [Feb. 15,

30. Hprprropryas Fuscus L.

Paramba and Chimbo.

31. H&RPETODRYAS GRANDISQUAMIS Ptrs.

Paramba.

This snake was only known from Costa Rica.

32. LEPTOPHIS BOCOURTI, sp. n.

Leptophis liocercus (non Wied), Bocourt, Miss. Sc. Mex., Rept.

p. 823, pl. lxii. fig. 3 (1895).

Rostral much broader than deep, just visible from above ; inter-

nasals shorter than the prefrontals; frontal once and one third

as long as broad, as long as its distance from the rostral or the

end of the snout, as long as or a little shorter than the parietals ;

nasal elongate, divided; no loreal; prefrontal in contact with

labials; one preocular, in contact with or narrowly separated

from the frontal; two postoculars; temporals 1+2; nine upper

labials, fifth and sixth entering the eye; five or six lower labials

in contact with the anterior chin-shields, which are shorter than

the posterior. Scales in 15 rows, all except the outer row strongly

keeled ; scales on the neck and tail keeled. Ventrals feebly angu-

late laterally, 159-168 ; anal divided ; subcaudals 165-172. Bright

green above, closely speckled all over with black ; the keels on the

scales black ; a black streak behind the eye; upper lip and lower

parts pale green.

Total length 1600 millim. ; tail 620.

Two specimens from Paramba and one from Cachabé.

The specimen described by Bocourt is from Peru.

33. LIOPHIS ALBIVENTRIS Jan.

Ibarra and Paramba.

34, XuNODON COLUBRINUS Gthr.

Paramba.

35. ParaLOGNATHUS NEBULATA D. & B.

Paramba.

36. ATRACTUS MULTICINCTUS Jan.

Paramba.

The specimens belong to the form figured by Jan as Rabdosoma

badiwm, yar. multicinctum. I think they deserve specific distinction

from A. badius, as first suggested to me by my friend Oount

Peracca, owing to the higher number of ventral shields (177-182)

and the shape of the rostral, which is as deep as broad. No spots

whatever on the belly.

37. HimantTopEs crencHOA L.

Paramba.

1898. | BATRACHIANS FROM WESTERN ECUADOR. TZ

38. LEPTODIRA ANNULATA L.

Paramba.

39. OXYBELIS BREVIROSTRIS Cope.

Paramba and Cachabé.

40. OxYBELIS ACUMINATUS Wied.

Paramba.

4], ERYTHROLAMPRUS ZSCULAPII L.

Paramba.

42. HoMALOCRANIUM MELANOCEPHALUM L.

Ibarra.

43. ELAPS CORALLINUS Wied.

Paramba.

44. ELAPS ROSENBERGI, sp.n. (Plate XIII.)

Eye very small, measuring two fitths its distance from the

mouth. Rostral much broader than deep, just visible from above ;

frontal once and a half as broad as the supraocular, once and

a half as long as broad, as long as its distance from the rostral,

shorter than the parietals; latter longer than their distance from

the internasals ; one pre- and two postoculars ; temporals 1+1;

seven upper labials, third much larger than fourth, third and

fourth entering the eye; four lower labials in contact with the

anterior chin-shields, the first forming a suture with its fellow

behind the symphysial; posterior chin-shields longer than the

anterior. Scales in 15 rows. Ventrals 288; anal divided ; sub-

caudals 30. Above with 20 black areas separated by narrow red

ones spotted with black; below, each black area breaks up into

three, separated by white interspaces of nearly equal width, viz.,

occupying two or three ventral shields; head, as far back as the

middle of the parietal, white spotted with black; end of snout and

frontal shield black; occiput and nape black, the first white cross-

band ascending on each side to the second temporal.

Total length 1510 millim.; tail 85.

A single female specimen from Paramba.

45. ELAPS ANCORALIS Jan.

A single specimen from Chimbo, with 260 ventrals and 32 sub-

caudals.

AMBLYCEPHALIDA.

46. LEPTOGNATHUS ELLIPSIFERA, sp.n. (Plate XII. fig. 2.)

Body strongly compressed. Eye moderate. Rostral broader

than deep, scarcely visible from above ; internasals half as long as

the prefrontals; frontal as long as broad, as long as its distance

from the end of the snout, shorter than the parietals ; nasal entire

118 MR. G, A, BOULENGER ON REPTILES AND [Feb. 15,

or semidivided ; loreal twice or twice and one third as long as

deep, bordering the eye ; a small preocular usually present between

the loreal and the supraocular; two postoculars, rarely one;

temporals 2+2 or 3; seven upper labials, fourth or fourth and

fifth entering the eye ; first lower labial in contact with its fellow

behind the symphysial ; three or four pairs of chin-shields, anterior

as long as broad. Scales in 15 rows, vertebrals strongly enlarged,

the largest twice as broad as long. Ventrals 148-160; anal

entire; subcaudals 60-76. Olive-brown above, regularly marked

with black ellipses with lighter centres disposed vertically on each

side of the body, the two series alternating; head spotted or

marbled with black; lower parts whitish, speckled and largely

spotted with black.

Total length 645 millim. ; tail 145.

Several specimens from Ibarra.

VIPERID&.

47. Lacuesis arrox L.

Paramba and Chimbo.

48, LACHESIS LANSBERGII Schleg.

Paramba.

49. LACHESIS SCHLEGELII Berth.

Chimbo.

BATRACHIA.

ECAUDATA,

RANIDz.

1. PHYLLOBATES INFRAGUTTATUS, sp.n. (Plate XIV. fig. 1.)

Snout rounded, moderately prominent, as long as the diameter

of the orbit; loreal region vertical ; nostril slightly nearer the tip

of the snout than the eye; interorbital space a little broader than

the upper eyelid ; tympanum distinct, close to the eye and three

fifths its diameter. Fingers moderate, first not extending beyond

second; toes moderate, free ; disks well developed, smaller than

the tympanum ; two small metatarsal tubercles, inner oval, outer

rounded ; a short, curved, tarsal fold. The tibio-tarsal articulation

reaches the eye. Skin perfectly smooth. Blackish brown above

with a more or less distinct lighter greyish streak on each side

from eye to groin, another on each side of the snout along the

loreal region, and a third along the back of the thigh; throat and

belly blackish brown with round white spots.

From snout to vent 23 millim.

Two specimens from Chimbo,

2. PRosTHERAPIS FEMORALIS Bler.

Paramba and Cachabé.

1898.] BATRACHIANS FROM WESTERN ECUADOR. 119

3. COLOSTETHUS LATINASUS Cope.

Chimbo.

4, PHYLLODROMUS PULCHELLUS Espada.

Cachabé.

DENDROBATID&.

5. DENDROBATES TINCTORIUS Schn.

Cachabé.

ENGYSTOMATID#&.

6. ATELOPUS IGNESCENS Cornalia.

Cayamba, Sibambé, Ibarra.

7. AVELOPUS CRUCIGER Mart.

Cachabe.

8. ATELOPUS ELEGANS Bler.

Cachabe.

This species, known from a single specimen obtained at Tanti

(2000 feet) by Mr. Whymper, varies much in the colour and

markings, as shown by the numerous specimens collected by

Mr. Rosenberg. The black lateral streak is constant, but the

dorsal markings may be in the form of spots, vermiculate lines, or

four regular longitudinal streaks ; the ground-colour of the upper

parts is brown, grey, pale greenish, or lemon-yellow. The largest

specimen, a female full of spawn, measures only 37 millim. from

snout to vent.

CYSTIGNATHID #®.

9. HyLoDEs ANOMALUS, sp. n. (Plate XIV. fig. 2.)

Tongue oval, entire or indistinctly emarginate behind. Vomerine

teeth in two strong, transverse, slightly curved and slightly oblique

series behind the choanz, on a level with the palatine bones.

Head rather large, a little broader than long; snout rounded, as

long as the diameter of the orbit; canthus rostralis distinct ;

loreal region very oblique, concave ; nostril a little nearer the tip

of the snout than the eye; interorbital space much narrower than

the upper eyelid ; tympanum distinct, one third to two fifths the

diameter of the eye. Fingers rather short, first longer than second,

the tips merely swollen; toes moderate, one half or two thirds

webbed, ending in well-developed disks, which are broader than long ;

subarticular tubercles feeble; an elongate inner metatarsal tubercle,

measuring about two-thirds the length of the inner toe; a small,

round, outer metatarsal tubercle. The tibio-tarsal articulation

reaches between the eye and the tip of the snout. Skin rugose

above with small warts and glandular ridges, the strongest of

which are behind the eyes; lower parts smooth; a well-marked

ventral disk. Olive above, mottled and marbled with darker;

120 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON REPTILES AND [Feb. 15,

upper lip with dark bars ; limbs with rather ill-defined dark cross-

bars; hinder side of thighs blackish, spotted or marbled with

yellow ; lower parts white, throat brown or mottled with brown.

Male without vocal sac.

From snout to vent 59 miilim.

Three specimens from Cachabé.

This species differs so much from the other members of the

genus Hylodes in the extensive web between the toes that it might

be made the type of a new genus. I am, however, unwilling to

adopt such a course at present, in view of the existence of the

species H. palmatus and H. raniformis, which afford a link between

this and the more typical forms, and render the character of the

development of the web between the toes one of very doubtful

value in this group; a conclusion which is further strengthened

by a study of several other genera of Tailless Batrachians.

10. Hy1Lopzs consPiciLiatus Gthr.

Paramba and Chimbo.

11. HytoprEs Loneirosrris, sp.n. (Plate XV. fig. 1.)

Tongue oval, slightly nicked behind. Vomerine teeth in two

strong transverse series close together behind the choanz, on a

level with the palatine bones. Head longer than broad; snout

obtusely acuminate, much longer than the diameter of the orbit ;

canthus rostralis strong ; loreal region moderately obiique, concave ;

nostril much nearer the tip of the snout than the eye; interorbital

space as broad as the upper evelid; tympanum very distinct, half

the diameter of the eye. Fingers moderate, first extending as far

as second: toes moderate, one third webbed ; tips of fingers and

toes dilated into well-developed disks, which are a little broader

than long, and measure about one third the diameter of the eye;

subarticular tubercles strong; a small oval inner and a rounded

outer metatarsal tubercle. The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches a

little beyond the tip of the snout. Skin smooth above and below,

or with a few very small warts on the head and back; a strong

fold above the tympanum; a well-marked ventral disk. Grey-

brown or pinkish above, with a dark cross-band between the eyes,

and a more or less distinct dark hourglass-shaped marking on the

back; a black canthal and temporal streak; limbs with regular

dark cross-bars; hinder side of thighs uniform brown; white

beneath, with a few dark brown spots on the throat and breast.

Maie with an internal vocal sac.

From snout to vent 50 millim.

Several specimens from Cachabé.

12. HyLopgs acnatinus, sp. n. (Plate XV. fig. 2.)

Tongue oval, slightly nicked behind. Vomerine teeth in two

short oblique series behind the choane. Head moderate, as long

as broad; snout rounded, as long as the diameter of the orbit;

canthus rostralis distinct ; loreal region oblique, concave ; nostril

1898.] BATRACHIANS FROM WESTERN ECUADOR. 121

much nearer the tip of the snout than the eye ; interorbital space

as broad as the upper eyelid; tympanum distinct, half the diameter

of the eye. Fingers moderate, first longer than second; toes free ;

disks small; subarticular tubercles feeble ; a small oval inner, and

a rather indistinct, rounded outer metatarsal tubercle. The tibio-

tarsal articulation reaches the tip of the snout. Skin smooth,

finely granular above; a strong supratemporal fold. Dark brown

above, with elegant symmetrical darker markings, viz., chevron-

shaped bands on the back, oblique streaks on the flanks, and bars

of unequal width on the limbs ; lower parts white, throat with a

few brown spots.

From snout to vent 50 millim.

A single female specimen from Cachabé.

13. HyLopzs GULARIS, sp. n. (Plate XV. fig. 3.)

Tongue pyriform, entire. Vomerine teeth in two short oblique

series behind the choanz. Head moderate, as long as_ broad ;

snout rounded, as long as the diameter of the orbit; canthus

rostralis distinct; loreal region feebly oblique, concave: nostril

much nearer the tip of the snout than the eye; interorbital space

a little broader than the upper eyelid; tympanum distinct, two

fifths the diameter of the eye. Fingers short, first shorter than

second; toes short, free; disks rather large, as large as the

tympanum ; subarticular tubercles feebly prominent; a feebly

prominent, oval, inner metatarsal tubercle. The tibio-tarsal arti-

culation reaches the posterior border of the eye. Skin smooth

above and below; a strong fold across the breast. Pale brown

above, with round blackish spots; a blackish cross-bar between

the eyes, and a dark streak from the eye to the shoulder; lower

parts white. Male with an external vocal sac forming a strong

fold along each side of the gular region.

From snout to vent 24 millim.

A single male specimen from Cachabé.

14, Hytopes Laripiscus, sp.n. (Plate XV. fig. 4.)

Tongue oval, slightly nicked behind. Vomerine teeth in two short

transverse series behind the choane, ona level with the palatine bones.

Head large, as long as broad or a little broader than long, much

depressed ; snout rounded, a little longer than the diameter of the

orbit; canthus rostralis distinct; loreal region very oblique,

concave ; nostril much nearer the tip of the snout than the eye;

vertex concave; interorbital space a little narrower than the upper

eyelid ; tympanum distinct, one third to two fifths the diameter of

the eye. Fingers moderate, first shorter than second, the tips dilated

into very large disks, which are broader than long and measure

three fifths the diameter of the eye ; toes moderate, free, the disks

large, but a little smaller than those of the fingers; subarticular

tubercles feeble; an elongate inner metatarsal tubercle, measuring

about two thirds the length of the inner toe; a very indistinct

outer metatarsal tubercle. The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches the

122 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON REPTILES AND [Feb. 15,

eye. Skin finely granular above, with small warts, which are largest

on the head, and one of which, on the upper eyelid, may be large and

conical, horn-like ; a strong fold above the tympanum ;_ belly and

lower surface of thighs granular. Dark grey-brown or vinaceous

red above, with blackish spots and marblings; limbs with more or

less distinct, irregular, dark cross-bars ; whitish beneath; sides of

throat, belly, and lower surface of limbs finely speckled, as if

powdered with brown. Male without vocal sac.

From snout to vent 54 millim.

Two specimens from Cachabé.

15, SYRRHOPUS AREOLATUS, sp. n. (Plate XIV. fig. 3.)

Snout rounded, as long as the eye, which is large; canthus ros-

tralis rounded ; loreal region concave, oblique ; interorbital space

as broad as the upper eyelid; tympanum feebly distinct, about one

third the diameter of the eye. Fingers rather short, first shorter

than second ; toes rather short, quite free; disks well developed ;

subarticular tubercles feebly prominent. The tibio-tarsal articu-

lation reaches the eye. Skin areolate or coarsely granular above

and beneath. Greenish yellow above, spotted or dotted with

reddish brown ; thighs colourless ; lower parts white. Male with

an internal vocal sac.

From snout to vent 24 millim.

One specimen from Cachabé and two from Chimbo.

16. LepropacryLUS PULCHER, sp.n. (Plate XIV. fig. 4.)

Tongue oval, entire. Vomerine teeth in two long arched series

behind, and extending outwards beyond the choane. Headas long

as broad ; snout rounded, aslong as the diameter of the orbit; canthus

rostralis distinct; loreal region concave; nostril nearer the tip of the

snout than the eye; interorbital space as broad as the upper eyelid ;

tympanum very distinct, two thirds the diameter of the eye. Fingers

moderate, first extending a little beyond second ; toes wiadartc not

fringed ; tips of fingers and toes swollen, feebly but distinctly dilated;

subarticular tubercles strong; two small, prominent metatarsal

tubercles ; a feebly prominent, oval Paberele on the tarsus nearer the

foot than the tibia. The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches between

the eye and the tip of the snout. Skin smooth; a ventral discoidal

fold. Grey-brown above, with symmetrical blackish, light-edged

markings forming a chain along the middle of the back ; lips with

blackish bars ; a white spot on the tip of the snout ; a dark oblique

band, gradually widening, from the eye to the side of the body;

limbs with regular dark cross-bars ; throat brown, with white spots,

which are most regular round the mandible; belly white, uniform

or spotted with brown.

From snout to vent 24 millim.

Three specimens from Chimbo. Probably young.

17. LEPTrODACTYLUS PENTADACTYLUS Laur.

Cachabé.

1898. | BATRACHIANS FROM WESTERN ECUADOR. 123

BUFONIDA.

18. Buro HamatiriIcuS Cope.

Cachabé.

19. Buro GLABERRIMUS Gthr.

Paramba and Cachabé.

The largest specimen measures 145 millim. from snout to vent.

Young pale greyish above, spotted or marbled with black.

20. Boro marinus L.

Chimbo.

21. Buro rypHontitvs L.

Paramba and Cachabé.

22. Buro CconrFERUS Cope.

Cachabé. Numerous specimens.

The supraorbital, postorbital, and parietal ridges form a regular

A-shaped figure, the two latter being at right angle to each other ;

interorbital space broader than the upper eyelid; tympanum two

thirds to three fourths the diameter of the eye. The tarso-meta-

tarsal articulation reaches the tip of the snout or between the

latter and the eye. First finger shorter than second. Toes halt

or two thirds webbed ; subarticular tubercles single. Male with

an internal vocal sac and black nuptial excrescences on the inner and

second finger. Brown or olive above, with more or less distinct

large blackish insuliform spots; some specimens uniform blackish

above; throat and breast dark brown in the males.

From snout to vent 88 millim.

Hytrin.

23. HYLA ROSENBERGI, sp.n. (Plate XVI.)

Tongue subcircular, entire, adherent. Vomerine teeth between

the very large choanz, in two angular series forming together a

/\-shaped figure. Head much depressed, a little broader than long ;

snout rounded, a little longer than the diameter of the orbit ; canthus

rostralis indistinct ; loreal region very oblique, concave ; interorbital

space as broad as the upper eyelid; tympanum very distinct,

circular, three fourths to four fifths the diameter of the eye.

Three outer fingers entirely webbed ; a distinct rudiment of pollex,

much developed in the male; toes entirely webbed; disks of

fingers and toes large, three fifths to two thirds the diameter of the

eye; subarticular tubercles very prominent ; two feeble folds along

the tarsus. The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches a little beyond

the tip of the snout. Upper surface granulate and with small,

round, pearl-like warts; no dermal appendage to the heel ;

throat, belly, and lower surface of thighs covered with smal]

124 MR. G, A. BOULENGER ON REPTILES AND [Feb. 15,

granules. Yellowish, greyish, or reddish brown above, more or less

distinctly spotted or marbled with brown or blackish ; flanks some-

times with dark vertical bars; a continuous or interrupted blackish

vertebral line, commencing between the nostrils, often present ;

lower parts white. Male with an internal vocal sac and a large

flat gland on the flanks.

From snout to vent 97 millim.

Several specimens from Cachabé.

This fine tree-frog, which I have great pleasure in naming after

its discoverer, is nearest allied to H. maxima, Laur., from which

it differs in several points, among which I would draw special

attention to the presence of a large flat gland on the sides in

males, a secondary sexual character which finds its nearest parallel

in the humeral gland of Pelobates and various species of Rana.

24, Hyua Baupinit D. & B.

Cachabé.

The habitat of this species was believed to be restricted to Texas,

Mexico, and Central America. Mr. Rosenberg has now obtained

it at Buenaventura, Colombia, and, in great abundance, at Cachabé,

in Northern Ecuador.

25. NoroTREMA MARSUPIATUM D. & B.

26. NororREMA ANGUSTIFRONS, sp.n. (Plate XVII. fig. 1.)

Tongue large, subcircular, slightly nicked and scarcely free

behind. Vomerine teeth in two straight series between the choane.

Head: moderate, broader than long; nasal and frontoparietal bones

rugose and confluent with the skin; snout deep, vertically trun-

cate at the end, as long as the diameter of the eye; canthus

rostralis strong; loreal region concave ; interorbital space

narrower than the upper eyelid; tympanum moderately distinct,

one third the diameter of the eye. Fingers long, with a slight

rudiment of web; toes almost entirely webbed ; disks larger than

than the tympanum ; subarticular tubercles moderate. The tibio-

tarsal articulation reaches beyond the tip of the snout. Skin

smooth ; belly and lower surface of thighs granular. Olive-grey

or brown above, clouded with darker, or with very indistinct

reddish-brown cross-bars on the body; upper lip cream-colour,

with dark brown spots; limbs with dark cross-bars ; flanks and

lower parts white, spotted with dark brown; a round white spot

at the base of each thigh, near the vent. Male without vocal sac.

From snout to vent 73 millim.

Two specimens, male and young female, from Cachabe.

27. NoTOTREMA CORNUTUM, sp.n. (Plate XVIII.)

Tongue rather small, circular, entire, adherent. Vomerine teeth

in two straight series behind the choane. Head moderate, broader

than long ; skin free from the skull; snout rounded, with distinct

canthus and coneave loreal region ; interorbital region concave, with

1898.1] BATRACHIANS FROM WESTERN ECUADOR. 125

a prominent ridge on each side, narrower than the upper eyelid,

which is produced in a triangular horn-like appendage ; tympanum

moderately distinct, vertically oval, half the diameter of the eve.

Fingers free; toes half webbed; disks larger than the tympanum ;

subarticular tubercles feebly prominent. The tibio-tarsal articu-

lation reaches beyond the tip of the snout. Skin finely areolate

above and on the throat, granular on the belly and under the thighs ;

heel with a very small, triangular dermal appendage. Greyish

above, with a tinge of red on the back; a broad dark grey median

stripe from the end of the snout to the vent, and a dark grey

lateral stripe from the eye to the groin; two dark bars below the

eye; whitish beneath, belly and lower surface of hind imbs marbled

with brown ; a round white spot at the base of each thigh, below

the vent.

From snout to vent 76 millim.

Asingle female specimen from Cachabé, with nine well-developed

young in the dorsal pouch ; these young measure 19 millim. from

snout to vent, and are provided with large bell-shaped gills as

figured hy Weinland in J. oviferum.

28. HyLELia PARABAMBM®, sp.n. (Plate XVII. fig. 2.)

Tongue circular, indistinctly nicked, and scarcely free behind.

Head broader than long ; snout rounded, as long as the diameter of

the orbit ; interorbital space broader than the upper eyelid; tym-

panum distinct, one fourth the diameter of the eye. First and second

fingers equal ; outer fingers two thirds webbed ; toes almost entirely

webbed ; disks well developed, those of the fingers half the diameter

of the eye; subarticular tubercles feeble. The tibio-tarsal articu-

lation reaches a little beyond the tip of the snout. Skin smooth ;

lower belly and subanal region with wide-meshed areolation.

Purplish-blue above (in spirit), white beneath ; a few small darker

spots on the upper surface of the leg.

From snout to vent 26 millim.

A single specimen from Paramba.

APODA.

CACILIID 2.

29. Camera IstHMica Cope.

Paramba and Cachabé.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Prats X.

Fig. 1. Anolis peracce, p. 108.

ses de elegans, p. 109.

3. 4, chloris, p. 110.

Ae eg lemmiscatus, p. 113.

Figs. la, 2a, 3a, 4a. Upper views of heads, x 2.

ON REPTILES AND BATRACHIANS FROM W. ECUADOR. [Feb. 15,

Prate XI.

Fig. 1. Anolis maculiventris, p. 111.

2. 4, granuliceps, p. 111.

3. ,, gracilipes, p. 112.

Figs. la, 2a, 5a. Upper views of heads, x2.

Prare XII,

Fig. 1. Synophis miops, p. 115. Upper view of head and neck,

and upper, lower, and side views of head, x2.

2. Leptognathus ellipsifera, p. 117. Upper, lower, and side

views of head and anterior part of body.

Puare XIII.

Elaps rosenbergi, p. 117. Upper, lower, and side views of

head and anterior part of body.

Puate XIV,

Fig. 1. Phyllobates infraguttatus, p. 118.

la. Lower view.

2. Hylodes anomalus, p. 119.

2a. Open mouth.

3. Syrrhopus areolatus, p. 122.

4. Leptodactylus pulcher, p. 122.

Puate XV.

Fig. 1. Hylodes longirostris, p. 120.

la. Open mouth.

2. Hylodes achatinus, p. 120.

2a. Open mouth.

3. Hylodes guluris, p. 121.

3a. Gular region, X 2.

4, Hylodes latidiseus, p. 121.

4a. Open mouth.

Pruate XVI.

Hyla rosenbergi, p. 123. With open mouth and side view of head.

Pirate XVII,

Fig. 1. Nototrema angustifrons, p. 124. With open mouth and

side view of head.

2. Hylella parabambe, p. 125.

Prats XVIII.

Nototrema cornutum, p.124. With open mouth, side view

of head, and embryo from the pouch.

PEGS oltsS) lel

Mantern Bros.imp.

Pd.Smit delet lith.

IPANOLLS PERAC CA. 2 ANOLIS ELEGANS.

‘4 SAN Otis. «Chia ORAS. 4. ANOLIS LEMNISCATUS.

cere

Ieer sac mlkste ts pled yak.

es)

Das. 1

P.J.Smit del.et hth. Mintern Bros. imp.

1.ANOLIS MACULIVENTRIS.2.ANOLIS GRANULICEPS.

SeAMORLS GRACILIPE S:

1 LS Msgs) IF Ae

P.J.Smit del. et lith Mintern Bros . imp.

1.SYNOPHIS MIOPS. 2.LEPTOGNATHUS 1D ALAN ENS ME IR ee

IPS), Seis) Eb, Zl -

P.J.Smit del.ct hth Mintern Bros.imp.

ELAPS ROSENBERGI.

14.9) MOBS) JA Oy.

PJ.Smit del.etlith, Mintern Bros.imp.

Pel LOpATES INFRAGUTTAITUS. 2. HYLODES ANOMALUS.

Pe iors ARP OLATUS. 4LEPTODACTYLUS PULCHER.

Ieee svilstaks! sie ll 9.QVi

EJ.Smit del. et lith Mintern Bros.imp.

Pi yvaLOnnS LTONGIROSPTRIs. 2) lat SGils OND IDS ANG 1aVA NAO Sy

Baran @ DES CULARIS. Ae NAIL OMD NY, Sy IL /uMND INS (CUS

eet

ay » rf

a Pert

De lies ce

rts

Aol BOG ar ne

PJ.Smuit del. et kth. Vintern Bros.imp.

HYLA ROSENBERGI.

IPE 7S; Sin iitsholtsy lms VANE

EJ.Smuit del.et hth . Mintern Bros.imp.

1NOTOTREMA ANGUSTIFRONS. 2.HYLELLA PARABAMB/..

1B, i Sy MENS) Le OW UM,

BJ.Smit del.et lith. : Mantern Bros imp.

NOTOTREMA CORNUTUM.

1898.] MR. W. E. DE WINTON ON HIPPOTRAGUS EQUINUS. 127

March 1, 1898.

Dr. W. T. Buanrorp, F.R.S., F.Z.S., in the Chair.

Mr. Boulenger exhibited, alive, a hybrid male Newt, the result

of the crossing of a hybrid Molge cristata x M. marmorata with

the former species, which had been reared at Argenton-sur-Creuse

by M. R. Rollinat.

Hybrids between the above-named species had been described

many years ago as a distinct species, M. blasii de l’Isle, and,

although their true nature had been suspected by the describer

himself, it was only within the last few years that their hybrid

origin had been seriously advocated by Peracea, Paratre, and

Héron-Royer. However, in the absence of direct evidence, the

conclusions of these observers had not been generally accepted, and

in his recently published ‘Schwanzlurche Europas’ Bedriaga had

provisionally maintained WM. blasii as a distinct species. M. Rolli-

nat’s successful experiments have now removed all doubts on this

point, and the specimen exhibited, as well as others obtained by

the same gentleman, showed the hybrids to be fertile inter se, and,

by crossing again with the parent forms, to revert to either, as

had been presumed by the above-mentioned authors. The present

specimen could hardly be distinguished from a typical Molge

cristata except for the colour of the ventral surface, which was of

a duller orange.

It was Mr. Boulenger’s intention to institute, in conjunction

with his friend Mr. Albert Pam, F.Z.S., a further experiment

during the coming spring, by placing in a large tank a number of

female M. marmorata from France with inales of M. cristata from

England, in the hope of obtaining offspring that would be refer-

able to the much-discussed M. blasii. The results of the experi-

ment, if any, would be laid before the Society.

Mr. W. E. de Winton exhibited the head-skin of a Roan

Antelope (Hippotragus equinus) from British East Africa. It had

been brought home by Mr. S. L. Hinde, to whom it was presented by

the Collector at Machakos ; unfortunately the name of the Collector

and the exact locality where the animal had been shot were not

noted when it was deposited at the British Museum. The interest

in this specimen lay in the fact that it was believed to be the first

that had been brought to this country, although the species had

long been known to occur in that district’. This Antelope would

seem to have the widest range of any known form, extending as it

did from the Cape Colony to Abyssinia, where Sir Samuel Baker

has obtained it, and crossing the continent to Senegal. The

Abyssinian form has been described as distinct by Von Heuglin

under the name of H. bakert, but its right to the rank of a separate

species was, in Mr. de Winton’s opinion, extremely doubtful.

1 Gf. Jackson, P. Z. 8. 1897, p. 454.

128 MR, SCLATER ON MICROHIERAX MELANOLEUCUS, [ Mar. 1,

Mr. Sclater exhibited two skins of the White-legged Falconet

(Microhierax melanoleucus), being those of the two living examples

from Foochow presented by Messrs. Rickett and La Touche and

received on the 6th December last (see above, p. 2). They had

lived in apparently good health until February 6th, but had both

died on that day. No cause of death was ascertainable on dis-

section. Although one bird was slightly larger than the other,

both were found to be of the female sex.

The pretty little Hawks had lived in the Society’s Gardens very

amicably together in a large cage, but passed the whole of the day-

time in a small box fitted up inside the cage, only coming out into

the cage in the evening, so that they were, no doubt, crepuscular

in their habits. They had been fed at the Gardens on sparrows

and mice, which they ate with avidity. No doubt insects would

have been better for them, but it was difficult to get sufficient

insect food in the winter.

The White-legged Falconets. (Field, xci. p. 141, 1898.)

Mr. Sclater called attention to the excellent illustration of these

birds drawn by Frohawk and published in ‘The Field’ for J. anuary

29th last (together with an article on these birds by Mr. W.

B. Tegetmeier, F.Z.S.), and exhibited copies of the drawing, which

by the kindness of the Proprietors of ‘The Field’ he was enabled

to reproduce.

The following papers were read :—

ConrENTS (continued).

February 1, 1898 (continued).

Re Page

see On the Anatomy of an Australian Cuckoo, Scythrops nove-hollandig. By Frank E.

Z Bepparp, M.A., F.R.S., Prosector to the Society «2.2.5... 5.. cee ieee cee eee 44

/On a Bollection of Lepidoptera made’ by Mr. F.,V. Kirby, chiefly in Portuguese East

_ Africa. By Arrnur G. Burier, Ph.D., F.LS., F.ZS., &e., Senior Assistant-Keeper,

- Zoological Department, British Museum .. 2.2... pene eee ene ee tee eee eet es 49

By 3. On the Vascular System of the Chiroptera. By N. H. Aucocs, B.A., M.D.) Assistant to

the Professor of Institutes. of Medicine, Trinity College, Dublin. Zope I. Thoracic

- _ Vessels of Pteropus medius ; with a Summary of the Literature of the Chiroptera. ..... 58 °

% February 15, 1898.

The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in January eps te eeay By 79

' Mr. D: Le Souéf. Letter from, on the transfer’ by the mother of an embryo Kangaroo

Bs (Macropus giganteus) by her mouth into her pouch ....+...-+.... 022s. chee cence 79

: an Arthur‘Thomson. Report on the Insect-house for 1897 ........... 0-00 sess ip oe neO

bs The Berea Exhibition of a series of Lepidopterous Insects showing the att of

eponnane adopted in ‘ Denton’s Patent Butterfly Paes 22 2: shi. a aa cas tec eis eters ofa the 81

1. Contributions to the Osteology of Birds.—Part I. ie Be By W. P. Pycrarr.

ae ne WET VA cn Bo ew hla Mint niese Com iee ow hlgtn ale teahalg phere wisi inig cc iets tae often are,

2: On the Skeleton of Regenerated Limbs of the Midwife-Toad (Aljtes obstetricans). By

‘Ag _W. G. Riprwoop, PING: PEALE ON ZS 2 See) ate erase ee a a EO Apia le Soele aan eid Piet gic 101

sis Description of a new Sea-Snake from Borneo. By G. A: Bou.encrr, F.R.S. (Plate IX.) 106

{

4. rs Account of. the Reptiles and Batrachians collected by Mr. W. F. H. Rosenberg in

-. Western Ecuador. By G. A. Boutencee, EBS. ae PG 2D.Q 1008 bo pe tem ings 107

March 1, 1898.

; Vr Hanes Exhibition of a living specimen of a aie? Newt, between a male Molge

cristata x M. marmorata and a female of J. a ete SRR Vals rodeo tee nek ead 5 ie Me Oe 127

. Mr. Ww. KE. de Winton. Exhibition of and remarks upon a héndishin of a Roan Antelope

4 aia desc equinus) frote British East Ate PRP TN Nel U Cay S PUS IE Bie COPS US ABN 427

¥y ie ‘Bolster. Exhibition of ae remarks upon two inna of the White-legged Falconet

> (Mierohierax melanoleueus) .... 0.12.22 See ee ee eee BPS fee Bes Hipincehtiesocakias ve 128

ml , v

“LIST .OF PLATES, 4

1898. :

ms. 2 4 -

PEA RAE Tite & eo Re

‘ : HAY i : fe 5 ‘

Plate: ECE Gt AR? ak Voy Page.

I, Felis Foe a MIA Ce WL = SA reheat act fe whine helen oF ZX

| IL. Hyoid. of Alytes obstetricans AERA gh edna teA ae Na eet Ol a Ee

wh African Cteniform Spiders CPE AN SMa VH Ae Ole ey 13 arti

ML nt Stomatopoda from the South Panik: Grek sincera vik Sarto ck % ‘39 vat 43 it

Bee ey AD

VIL Opreoldey of Steganopodes.: 1. Pregata ariel. 2; Phasthon eek bs Speman, “SI us ee

vostris. 8. Phalacrocoran OHO. onic ys Loeb ee pee SoS ae

atte Osteology of Steganopodes. 1, la, 5. Phatthon Aavicostrie. Rete Sa

2. Sula. leucogastra.. 3. Phalacrocoras carbo. 4. Hregata 6 8

eH s -aniel. 6. Pelecanus nufescens SAP eat Boast eraus Seu

1X. Hydrophis floweri ......... Le eh Hs, Wiad Oe SN BRS ae 1061,

X.-1. Anolis aha: WZ A. a "3. +A. chloris. 4.4, eM 5 boa

miscatus ss, waged ov | ;

XE 1. Anolis SE ca) uA. ee ‘3 4 gratiipes.

XII. 1. Synophis miops. 2. Lt vers wtdaleens wees

XII. Blaps POSEMBETGE. oo see bowie TS Ens SA ie

XIV, 1. Phylichates infraguttatis, 2, Hilbodes anomalus. “3 Aye \ 107 et

so rhopus areolatus. )4, Leptodactylus pulcher ...... bi ep

Wig At eles cea e 2. H. achatinus. 3. Hi. guar Aa

4.. H. latidiscus ., vasa ae denne sealgev ecg e ere teins

XVL Hyla rosenbergi.... Pye t eens ob a cee & ie ee MBAR bgt IS oh ac

XVII. >1. Nototrema angustifrons, 2D Hylela parabanbe Sipe Bo eo a A a

SUX, Nototreme commestyan. 5. Si). Aes ak ha EE SVU SRS I ON aN oe

och ,

NOTICE. " a

* SSA Ne i. Fg Ay

ihe: fie at ‘are issued in for parts, a follows:— cones Te AUN)

Part containing papers nose In January are February, on pes et,

IL x Sais hi Mareh and April, on August let. ©

in 08 Het aN »» May and June, on October lat.

Pe RL at ; November and Doesnbee, on. Baan Jet. f

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS

OF THE

‘LOOLOGICAL SOCIETY

OF LONDON

FOR THE YEAR

1898.

PART II)

CONTAINING PAPERS READ IN,

"MARCH ann APRIL.

| AUGUST 1st, 1898.

PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY, :

SOLD, Ag; THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER. SQUARE.

LONDON :

MESSRs. LONGMANS, GREQN, AND CO,

PATERNOSTER- ROW.

plied Twelve Shing}

1g us

LIST OF CONTENTS.

PART II.—1898.

March 1, 1898.

Page

1: On certain, Points in the Anatomy of the Cunning Bassarisc, Bassariscus astutus. By

Frank E. Beppanrp, M.A., B.R.S., Prosector to the Society, Tesanniens in Zoology in:

the Univer sity of London Pia ox ie PRISCA | CEBU ha OB Licn BORE GS SRI ae PE! 129

». A Revision of the African and Syrian Fishes of the Family Cichlide.- Pant I, By G. Ay a

Bovnryaer, Hi RiSit- Chelate MEX ead Po ile we biciiase eee ae diglele. aRRa aio wees Qala eee 132.

. Lhe Myology of the Terrestrial Carnivora.—Part IT. By B.C. A. Wixpwe,M.A., M.D.,

D.Sc.; Professor of Anatomy at Mason University College; Birmingham, and F, &.

Parsons, F.R.C.S., F.ZS., F.L.8., Lecturer on Comparative Anatomy at St. Thomas's ce

Hospital, and Hunterian Professor at the Hoye College of Surgeons.... 2.2.22... 12,

4. On the Lepidopterous Insects collected by Mr, G. A. K. Marshall in Natal and Mashona-

land in 1895 and 1897. By Axrave G. Bertier, Ph.D., F.L:S., F.Z.8., &., Senior

Assistant-Keeper, Zoological Department, British Museum. (Plate b. ©. Sern (ey LOO:

March 15, 1898. ey EM rege

The Secretary. Hepart on the Additions to the Society's Menagerie in February 1898. .... 201

‘The Secretary. Exhibition of, on behalf of Sir Edmund Loder, Bart., and remarks upon, ‘

some photographs of the Beaver-pond at Leonardslee, Horsham ........0...04.... 201

Mr. R. E. Holding, Exhibition of, aia remarks upon, a pair of horns of the’ ? Suga" or d

Galla Ox of Abyssinia . els Sa SPO a RO Spy Ate wig ale HE ia Spe RITE TAR an aac Frat ais tote TS RAE fe ROR ea

Dr. G. Stewardson Brady, F.R.8. Notice of a Memoir on new or imperfectly-known Species Ng

of eae Si chiefly from New Zealand ...0 0... 0s .e.eF eee eee beeen ened vee 20d

1.-On ths Early Post-larval Stages of the Common Crab (Gaviesh pagures), and on: the

Affinity ‘of that Species with <Afelecyclus heterodon. By J. T. Cunninoam, M.A.) |

(Plate “XXI1. 5 Mis ee MOND temo, St eer RNC hs Ps cS RO RAP AL cr ney wage yt isiso tas |e ot ROA

-/On some Mammals cbtainaa by the late Mr. Henry Durnford in Chubut, B. Dadonte 4

By Quprimcy Tigh as 2250s Palin case Gh 9 FoR d olga Mole, Ae ea bes wal Marge elgt te a 210 :

Conteris continued on page 3 of Werner me

1898.] ON THE ANATOMY OF THH CUNNING BASSARISC. 129

1. On certain Points in the Anatomy of the Cunning

Bassarisc, Bassariscus astutus. By Franx E. Bepvarp,

M.A., F.R.S., Prosector to the Society, Examiner in

Zoology in the University of London.

[Received March 1, 1898. ]

The opportunity of dissecting this imperfectly known Carnivore

was afforded me by the death of a specimen acquired by the

Society some two years since, the second example which has been

exhibited alive at the Gardens. The abdominal viscera of the

animal at its death were healthy to all appearance; but the skin

in the neighbourhood of the anus had been macerated away—

perhaps by diarrhcea, as the intestines were nearly empty and the

animal had not taken food fora week. The tongue and palate

were also diseased. Its body was, however, enormously fat, inter-

nally as well as externally.

Se far as I am aware, the only accounts of the soft parts of this

animal are by M. Gervais’ and Sir W. H. Flower*. The paper of

the last-named naturalist is his well-known memoir upon the

classification of the Carnivora, and deals chiefly with the skull;

but in it he confirms M. Gervais’s statement of the absence of a

cecum, which is so important a classificatory point. This paper

established beyond question the association of Bassariscus with the

Arctoid division of the Carnivora. Such new facts as I have to

describe in the present communication are purely confirmatory of

that conclusion.

§ Brain.

The brain conforms in every respect to the Arctoid type as

defined by Sir W. Flower °, and, as is the case with smaller brains,

it is less convoluted than is, for instance, the larger brain of Guo *

figured by myself.

The hemispheres are divergent posteriorly, displaying most of

the cerebellum. The fissure dividing the sagittal from the parietal

gyrus does not reach the posterior margin of the cerebrum ; it does

so more nearly on the right side than the left. On the right side

also there is a bridging convolution uniting the sagittal with the

parietal gyrus ; there are faint indications of this on the left side.

As is usual in Carnivorous (not merely Arctoid) brains, the sagittal

gyrus is sharply folded upon itself anteriorly, the sulcus which

divides this region from the middle portion of the gyrus reaching

the rhinal fissure below. The sagittal gyrus winds round the

1 Tn ‘ Voyage de la Bonite,’ 1841.

2 « On the Value of the Characters of the Base of the Cranium, &c.,” P. Z, 8.

1869, p. 34.

3 “On the Anatomy of the Proteles,” P. Z. S. 1869, p. 482.

4 On the Brain of Gulo,” P. Z. S. 1895, p. 140, fig. 1. —

Proc. Zoot. Soc.—13898, No. IX. 9

130 MR. F. E, BEDDARD ON THE ANATOMY [ Mar. 1,

crucial sulcus, which is situated rather far forward. This part of

the gyrus is perfectly smooth, there being no precrucial sulcus.

Brain of Bassariscus astutus.

Posteriorly to the crucial sulcus the sagittal gyrus, as is the case

with the corresponding gyrus in other Arctoids, is marked by two

fissures: one of these starts from the angle of the parietal sulcus

and runs for a short distance anteriorly ; the other is shorter and

lies to the outside of it and is unconnected with any other furrow.

The anterior recurrent portion of the sagittal gyrus is much

narrower than I have seen it in any Arctoid, not even excepting

the smaller Ictonyw.

§ Alimentary Canal.

The palate was, as has been already mentioned, somewhat

diseased posteriorly: I am not, therefore, able to be certain as to

the arrangement of the ridges in this region. In the anterior part

of the palate, just behind the incisor teeth, were three triangular

cushions, their apices converging posteriorly. Immediately behind

and springing from the interval between the canine and the first

premolar is a ridge which does not meet its fellow in the middle

line. Then come four complete ridges springing from the basis of

the teeth, of which the first is very much more concave (backwards)

than those which follow.

The stomach of the animal is not greatly elongated. It is, per-

haps, slightly more globular than that of dlurus fulgens, figured

and described by Sir W. Flower’. Its length when distended was

3 inches, by a greatest diameter of 2inches. The omentum, loaded

with fat, is not attached accurately along the greater curvature of

the stomach. It is so attached for, perhaps, the first third of that

curvature ; afterwards it takes, so to speak, a short cut to the basis

of the cesophagus, the line of its attachment being still curved and

parallel to that of the greater curvature.

' «On the Anatomy of Alurus fulgens,’ P, Z. 8. 1870, p. 762.

1898. ] OF THE CUNNING BASSARISC, 131

The spleen measured 2? inches in length ; it was rather broader

at one end than at the other, but had no extra lobe or even indi-

cations of such.

The pancreas is rather peculiar, but apparently not unlike that of

Helictis, in which the late Prof. Garrod described ' it as ‘“ seven

inches in length, its left terminal two inches being in relation with

the narrow spleen.” In Bassariscus this gland is L-shaped, the

meeting-point of the two limbs, situated at the angle of the

duodenum, being much wider than either of them is in its course.

The upper limb, that which runs parallel with the commencement

of the duodenum, is barely three inches in length; the limb

which passes outwards in near relation to the spleen is five inches

in length.

The intestine, from the duodenum to the anus, is as nearly as

possible five feet in length. There is no cecum, but the junction

between the small and large intestines seems to be marked (as itis,

for example, in Cryptoprocta *) by an unusually long Peyer’s patch.

The Peyer’s patches in the animal were particularly well marked,

owing to their deep pigmentation. This patch,to which I now

refer, was narrow but no less than three inches in length. After

it the internal surface of the intestine was rugose. This of course

supports the view that the long Peyer’s patch lies on the extremity

of the small intestine. In front of this patch were nine or ten

others, none of which, however, measured more than half an inch

in length.

The liver of Bassariseus is not remarkable in any special way.

The relative size of its component lobes may be thus expressed :—

LL. 2>L.C. 24<R.C. 24 >R.L.=C 2>Sp.

The right central lobe, which is the largest, is on the abdominal

aspect completely divided into two by the cystic notch; on the

dorsal surface the notch only extends as far as the fundus of the

gall-bladder. The right half of the right central lobe is very

slightly furrowed in a longitudinal direction. The caudate lobe is

bifid at its extremity and has a small nearly free lobe attached to

its diaphragmatic surface. The spigelian lobe is notched faintly at

the extremity and also at both sides a little way from the extremity.

The only liver which I have among the stores in my department

with which to compare the liver of Bassariscus is that of Zlurus

fulgens, which has been described and figured by Flower®. The

chief differences which Bassariscus shows are: (1) the much greater

relative size of right central; (2) the freedom of the right

lateral and caudate lobes (they are firmly attached by their apposed

surfaces in 4lurus); (3) the much smaller size of the spigelian

lobe.

1 «“ Notes on the Anatomy of Helictis subaurantiacus,’ P. Z. 8. 1879, p. 806.

* BF. E. Beddard, “ On the Visceral and Muscular Anatomy of Cryptoprocta.”

P. Z. 8. 1895, pp. 431, 432.

* “On the Anatomy of Hlwrus fulgens,” P. Z. 8. 1870, p. 763.

132 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE AFRICAN AND [Mar. 1,

2. A Revision of the African and Syrian Fishes of the

Family Cichlide—Part I. By G. A. Bourenerr, F.R.S.

[Received February 18, 1898. ]

(Plate XIX.)

The Cichlide form a very natural family of Perciform Acantho-

pterygians, which may be defined as follows :—

No suborbital lamina of the suborbitals ; entopterygoid present,

small. Precaudal vertebra with transverse processes from the

third to the last; ribs, all but the last few nearly sessile, inserted

behind the transverse processes, not at their extremity, and

narrowly separated if at all from the centra. Nostril single on

each side. Gill-membranes free from isthmus ; five or six branchio-

stegals; gills four, a slit bebind the fourth; pseudobranchize

absent. Lower pharyngeal bones united, with persistent median

suture. Soft portion of dorsal fin not more developed than the

anal; latter with three or more spines.

The term ‘“* Chromides,” by which this family is often designated,

is inadmissible, the name Chromis having been originally intended

for Sparus chromis, L.=Chromis castanea, Risso, a Heliastes of

Cuvier and Valenciennes. Cuvier, in the second edition of the

‘Régne Animal,’ referred to Labrus niloticus only as a second

species of his genus Chromis, the definition of which is drafted

from Sparus chromis. Sparus niloticus can therefore not be retained

as the type of Chromis, and must be placed in the genus Tilapia of

Andrew Smith, in the family named Cichlide by Bleeker (1859).

This family includes a large number of brackish- and freshwater

fishes from Africa, Syria, India, and Central and South America,

one species extending into Texas.

The nearest affinity of these Fishes is with the Centrarchide and

Percide, A study ot their skeleton shows them to bear no special

relation to the Pomacentridew, Labride, Scaride, or to any other

division of the ‘ Pharyngognathi,’ than which a more artificial

group has never been conceived. Yet, I regret to say, it is very

slow at being altogether abandoned, remains of it lingering here

and there in the works of even the most advanced reformers—to

wit, Gill’s superfamilies Pomacentroidea and Labroidea (1898),

corresponding to the Suborders Chromides and Pharyngognathi of

Jordan and Evermann (1896).

In the present paper I shall deal only with the genera repre-

sented in Africa and Syria, of which I am able to distinguish

nine. All agree in having the palate toothless, no supplemental

maxillary, a single, continuous dorsal fin, and two distinct lateral

lines. The number of vertebre varies, in the specimens examined

by me, between 26 and 38 (13-19+412-19).

I am under deep obligations to Professor Vaillant for his kind

assistance in communicating to me the types of several species

preserved in the Paris Museum. I have thus been enabled to

1898. ] SYRIAN FISHES OF THE FAMILY CICHLIDE, 133

make this revision more complete than would otherwise have been

possible, and to settle some points of synonymy which, from the

imperfection of the original descriptions, would have remained

unsolved. I seize this opportunity to express my thanks to

Professor Vaillant for the valuable help I have received from him

in connection with the celebrated collection in his charge, on this

and many previous occasions.

My thanks are also due to Mr. J. Green, who has kindly

furnished me with sciagraphs of some unique specimens, by means

of which I have been able to ascertain the number of vertebre.

Synopsis of the Genera.

TI. No sheath to the vertical fins.

A, Anal spines VI or VII; teeth conical, some

enlarged and canine-like ...................+. 1. Lamprologus, Schilth,

B. Anal spines III or IV.

1. Teeth not notched, unicuspid.

a. Alveolar surface of jaws narrow or

moderately broad.

a. No pad-like papillose prominence

close to the upper part of the

branchial arches.

* Teeth in one or two series, with

more or less enlarged or canine-

like ones at the symphysis ...... 2. Hemichromis, Peters.

** Teeth in two or more series in both

jaws, outer largest and more or

less distinctly curved inwards ;

no enlarged teeth at the sym-

Pl yaatsimesezise oicae-eeeasceatace: Mees 3. Paratilapia, Blk.

f. A pad-like prominence close to the

upper part of the branchial arches.

* Teeth in two or more seriesin both

jaws, outer largest and more or

less distinctly curved inward ... 4. Pelmatochromis, Stdr,

** Teeth in one or two series, some

of the larger ones with the crown

bent at an angle to the shaft and

directed forward or backward... 5. Chromidotilapia, Blgy.

b, Alveolar surface of jaws extremely broad,

with innumerable minute teeth with

compressed, oblique crowns............ 6. Corematodus, Blgr.

2. Teeth all or greater part notched or tri-

cuspid.

a. Alveolar surface of jaws narrow or

moderately broad; all the teeth

notched or tricuspid ...............-.26+ 7. Tilapia, Smith.

b. Alveolar surface of jaws very broad ;

outer teeth large, with nail-shaped

entire crowns, those of the inner rows

(ETRY! | Medoneecrepresns coeeneadebectse 8. Docimodus, Blgr.

II. Vertical fins folding in a scaly sheath ; anal

spines VIII or IX; teeth spatulate, in a single

OW ae ee A eats Canosa eee eae aeeeeeereee 9. Paretroplus, Blkr.

The three latter genera will be dealt with in the second part of

this paper,

134 MR. G, A, BOULENGER ON THE AFRICAN AND [ Mar. 1,

1. LamMPrRoLoGus.

Lamprologus, Schilthuis, Tijdschr. Nederl. Dierk. Ver. (2) iii.

1891, p. 85.

Body rather elongate; scales ctenoid. Jaws with a band of

very small conical teeth, with enlarged canines in front. Maxil-

lary exposed. Dorsal with 18 or 19 spines, anal with 6 or 7.

Vertebree 31 (15+ 16).

A single species, from the Congo.

This genus is easily distinguished from other African forms by

the number of anal spines; from the American Heros by the

maxillary not being entirely concealed when the mouth is closed ;

from Etroplus and Paretroplus by the dersal not folding in a scaly

sheath, and by the dentition.

1. LAMPROLOGUS CONGOENSIS.

Lamprologus congoensis, Schilthuis, 1. ¢. pl. vi. fig. 1.

Depth of body 3$ to 4 times in total length, length of head

3 to 33. Snout a little longer than diameter of eye, which is 33

to 4 times in length of head, and equals or slightly exceeds inter-

orbital width ; maxillary extending to below anterior border of

eye; head naked, or with a few isolated scales on the opercle.

Gill-rakers short, 9 or 10 on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal

XVIII-XIX 8-10; spines increasing in length to the last, which

measures 2 length of head and 3 longest soft rays. Pectoral 3 to

3 length of head. Ventral reaching vent or origin of anal. Anal

VI-VII 5-6. Caudal rounded, subacuminate. Caudal peduncle

as long as deep. Scales 42-53 5; lat. 1. ae Brownish or

olive, uniform or with four or five rather indistinct darker cross-

bars ; a dark streak behind the eye, and a blackish opercular spot ;

vertical fins grey, uniform or with small lighter and darker spots.

Total length 100 millim.

Upper and Lower Congo.

2. HeMIcHROMIS.

Hemichromis, Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1857, p. 403; Giinther,

Cat. iv. p. 274 (1862).

Chromichthys, Guichenot, in A. Duméril, Arch. Mus. x. 1869,

p- 257.

Hemichromis, - part., Pfeffer, Thierw. O.-Afr., Fische, p. 19

(1896).

Body short or moderately elongate; scales cycloid. One or

two series of conical teeth in the jaws, the second series, if present,

short and consisting of a few very small teeth; the two middle

teeth in the jaws larger than the others, in the adult at least.

Maxillary exposed. Dorsal with 13 to 15 spines, anal with 3.

Vertebre 26-28 (15+413 in H, fasciatus, 14412 in H. bimaculatus).

North and West Africa, ;

1898. ] SYRIAN FISHES OF THE FAMILY CICHLIDA, 135

1, HEMICHROMIS FASCIATUS.

Hemichromis fasciatus, Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1857, p. 403;

Giinth. Cat. iv. p. 274 (1862); Bleek. Nat. Verh. Vet. Haarlem,

xviii. 1863, no. 2, p.38, pl. v. fig. 1; Steindachn. Sitzb. Ak. Wien,

Ix. i. 1870, p. 970; Sauvage, N. Arch. Mus. (2) iii. 1880, p. 35 ;

Steindachn. Notes Leyd. Mus. xvi. 1894, p. 47.

Chromichthys elongatus, Guichen. in A. Dum. Arch. Mus. x.

1859, p. 257, pl. xxii. fig. 3.

Hemichromis auritus, Gill, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1862, p. 135;

Giinth., 7. c. p. 275.

Hemichromis leiquardii, Capello, Jorn. Sc. Lisb. iv. 1872, p. 85.

Hemichromis desquezii, Rochebrune, Bull. Soc. Philom. (7) iv. 1880,

p- 168, and Act. Soc. Linn. Bord. vi. 1882, pl. v. fig. 6.

Middle teeth distinctly enlarged, canine-like; a regular series of

very small premaxillary teeth some distance behind the marginal

one. Depth of body equal to or a little greater than length

of head, 2 to 3 times in total length. Snout with straight or

concave upper profile, longer than the eye; in the adult diameter

of eye contained 4 to 52 times in length of head, and 13 to 1? in

interorbital width; maxillary not extending to below anterior

border of eye; 4 or 5 series of scales on the cheek ; large scales

on the opercle. Gill-rakers short, some hammer-shaped, 6-10 on

lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal XIJJ-XV 11-13; spines

increasing in length to the last, which measures 4 to 2 length of

head and 2 to % longest soft rays. Pectoral 4 length of head.

Outer ventral rays produced into filaments, reaching the vent or

the anal spines. Anal III 8-10; third spine longest, 3 to 2 length

of head, as long as middle dorsal spines. Caudal truncate or

rounded. Caudal peduncle nearly as long as deep. Scales 29-32

ae lat. 1. ate Olive or brown, with a black or blue spot on the

opercle and five more or less distinct dark vertical bars which may

be reduced to a series of as many blackish blotches along the side,

the last at base of caudal; young with less distinct bars between

the principal ones; fins brown or blackish; dorsal and anal

sometimes with round whitish spots between the rays ; longi-

tudinal series of pearl-colour or brown spots, one to each scale,

may be present on the sides.

Total length 200 millim.

The very numerous specimens in the British Museum are from

the following localities :—Sierra Leone, Lagos, Old Calabar,

Gaboon, Ogowe, Upper and Lower Congo.

2, HEMICHROMIS BIMACULATUS.

Hemichromis bimaculatus, Gill, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1862, p. 137

Giinth. Cat. iv. p. 275 (1862); Steindachn. Sitzb. Ak. Wien, Ix. 1,

1870, p. 972, pl. i. fig. 5; Sauvage, N. Arch. Mus. (2) ii. 1880,

1 T have examined a large series of specimens, ranging from 40 to 200 millim,

total length, and find the character of the dentition very constant, contrary to

what Steindachner was inclined to believe (Sitzb. Ak. Wien, lx. i. 1870, p. 974).

136 MR. G, A. BOULENGER ON THE AFRICAN AND [Mar. 1,

p- 35, pl. ii. fig. 1; Steindachn. Notes Leyd. Mus. xvi. 1894, p. 49 ;

Giinth. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) xvii. 1896, p. 272.

Hemichromis guttatus, Giimth. Cat. iv. p. 275.

Hemichromis letowrneuxii, Sauvage, Bull. Soc. Philom. (7) iv.

1880, p. 212.

Hemichromis sahare, Sauvage, |. ¢. p. 226.

Hemichromis rolandi', Sauvage, op. cit. v. 1881, p. 103.

Middle teeth but feebly enlarged; inner premaxillary teeth

absent or reduced to a few, irregularly disposed. Depth of body

equal to or a little greater than length of head, 23 to 3 times in

total length. Snout with straight or convex upper profile, as

long as the eye, which is contained 33 to 4 times in length of

head and equals or is a little less than interorbital width; max-

illary extending to below anterior border of eye or not quite

so far; 3 or 4 (rarely 5) series of scales on the cheek; large scales

on the opercle, which terminates in a rounded, stiff, scaleless lobe.

Gill-rakers short, 8 to 10 on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal

XIII-XV 10-12; spines increasing in length to the last, which

measures about 2 to 4 length of head and 3 to 2 longest soft rays.

Pectoral 2 to = length of head. Outer ventral rays produced

into short filaments, reaching vent, origin of anal, or even a little

beyond. Anal III 7-9; third spine longest, as long as median

dorsal spines. Caudal rounded. Caudal peduncie a little deeper

than long. Scales 25-28 a lat. 1. a . Yellowish, reddish, or

brown, with or without rather indistinct dark vertical bars and

two or three round blackish spots, the first (sometimes blue) on

the opercle, the second below middle cf dorsal fin and between the

two lateral lines, the third, if present, at base of caudal; sides

sometimes with series of pearl-coloured spots; cheeks, opercles,

and fins sometimes with round dark brown spots; outer ventral

rays brown or blackish.

Total length 120 millim.

This species has a wide distribution. I have examined

specimens from Lake Mareotis, Lower Egypt (#. letourneuzii,

Sauy.), the Algerian Sahara (ZH. sahare, Sauv., H. rollandi, Sauy.},

Sierra Leone, Old Calabar, Gaboon, the Ogowe, and the Congo.

No reliance can be placed on the locality (Cape of Good Hope)

affixed to the types of H. guttatus, Gthr., which were purchased of

a dealer as being from “ Ceylon.”

3. HEMICHROMIS ? ANGOLENSIS,

Hemichromis angolensis, Steindachn. Mem. Ac. Lisb. (8) iii.

pt. i. 1865, no. 10.

Teeth in two rows, outer longest. Depth of body a little

greater than length of head, not 3 times in total length. Snout

with concave upper profile; diameter of eye 6 times in length

of head ; 6 or 7 series of scales on the cheek ; large scales on the

* Should be spelt “‘ rollandi,” the species being named after the distinguished

French engineer G, Rolland.

1898. | SYRIAN FISHES OF THE FAMILY CICHLID®. 137

opercle. Dorsal XV 11; spines increasing in length to the last,

which = a little less than half length of longest soft rays.

Lat. 1. ma a Brown; soft dorsal, anal, and caudal with purplish

brown spots; a large blackish opercular spot.

Total length 200 millim.

Angola.

This species is known to me only from Steindachner’s very

imperfect description. Its allocation to the genus Hemichromiss.s.

is therefore doubtful.

3. PARATILAPTA.

Paratilapia, Bleeker, Versl. Ak. Amsterd. ii. 1868, p. 307.

Paracara, Bleeker, Vers]. Ak. Amsterd. xii. 1878, p. 193.

Hemichromis, part., Pfeffer, Thierw. O.-Afr., ieee p. 19

(1896).

Body short or more or less elongate ; scales cycloid or ctenoid.

Two or more series of conical teeth in the jaws. Maxillary

exposed. Dorsal with 10 to 18 spines, anal with 3. Vertebre

27-38 (138414 in P. polleni, 15413 in P. sacra, 17+19 in

P. robusta, 19+19 in P. longiceps).

Numerous species, from Syria, Tropical and South Africa, and

Madagascar.

Synopsis of the Species.

I. Dorsal with X-XII (rarely XIII) spines ;

pectoral ? length of head.

Dorsal with 11-12 soft rays, which are much longer

than longest spines; maxillary extending to below

BULORION tHITCOl Ye: Li.--cdacts sc spedentecquaetat ss <<sss 1. polleni, Blkr.

Dorsal with 10 soft rays, which are but little longer

than longest spines; anal spines longer and

stronger than dorsals .10.0...c-.co-cstosec-ecesoa= osemes 2, bleekeri, Sauy.

Dorsal with 9-10 soft rays which are much longer

than longest spines; maxillary extending to below

LEMOS HOLGET OR CV Gu wicaccgac cs n0dodasdenweanses denese as 3. typus, Blky.

II. Dorsal with XITI-XTV spines.

4 or P series of scales on the cheek; scales 30-32

pectoral at least # Jength of edie

- ——- =; pectoral at least $ Jength of head ............ 4. sacra, Gthr.

3 series of scales on the cheek; scales 32 3B ; pectoral

MObyMeUE tit Of HEAMU es, acces sesas-2erconeeretesonacestees 5. longirostris, Hilg.

8 series of scales on the cheek; scales 26-28 = — :

pectoral 2 length of head ..............ceecceeeeeeeeeeeeee 6. moffati, Cast.

III. Dorsal with XV—XVIII spines.

A. 6-9 series of scales on the cheek.

1. Dorsal with 15 or 16 soft rays; 2 or 3

series of teeth in the jaws; pectoral 3 to

Zilenpthof heals -.ctactsessnsusygeerncets 7. robusta, Gthr.

2. Dorsal with 8 or 9 soft rays.

3 or 4 series of teeth in the jaws; pectoral about 2

lonpthyot dead (yi: .siostee cee rete cttaee oo dasschveeees 8. cavifrons, Hilg.

138 MR. G, A. BOULENGER ON THE AFRICAN AND [Mar. 1,

7-9 series of teeth in the jaws; pectoral as long as

Head sia searches sdetinlep hb dnote cette ee ces meee ates 9. retrodens, Hilg.

B. 2-5 series of scales on the cheek; dorsal

with 8-12 soft rays.

1. Seales 28-32 in a longitudinal series.

a. Pectoral 2 to ¢ length of head.

c. 29-32 2: maxillary not extending to below eye... 10. afra, Gthr.

10°

Se, 28 a ; maxillary extending to below anterior

border OMe ye secvcenn etccees ShevsseaUaa oseeeueee es cokeea sis 11. dloyeti, Sauv.

Se. 31 | f; maxillary extending to below eye ............ 12. serranus, Pfeff.

6. Pectoral as long as head.

Se. 30 08 maxillary not extending to below eye ...... 13. schwebischi, Sauv.

2. Scales 832-36 in a longitudinal series.

a. Caudal peduncle slightly longer than

Raa

Se. 82-34 2 =e =i pectoral 3 length of head............... 14, modesta, Gthr.

Se. 35-36 ar pectoral ¢ length of head ............... 15. livingstonii, Gthr.

b. Caudal peduncle 13-2 as long as deep.

Se. 33-36 | oa ; pectoral as long as head............... 16. intermedia, Gthr.

Se. 35-36 an pectoral 2 length of head ............ 17. dimidiata, Gthr.

3. Se. 40-41 = De oes tr ate ceo eeeaeMees dester. deies 18. Jongiceps, Gthr.

1. PARATILAPIA POLLENI,

Paratilapia polleni, Bleek. Versl. Ak. Amsterd. ii. 1868, p. 307 ;

Bleek. & Pollen, Poiss, Madag. p. 10, pl. v. fig. 2 (1875);

Steindachn. Sitzb. Ak. Wien, 1880, p. 247; Sauvage, Hist.

Madag., Poiss. p. 443, pl. xliv. fig. 2 (1891).

Teeth in 4 or 5 series. Depth of body 2 to 23 times in total

length, length of head 23 to 24 times. Snout with straight or

concave upper profile, as jong as the eye in the young, 13 in the

adult ; diameter of eye 4 to 6 times in length of head ; interorbital

width equal to diameter of eye in the young, 13 in the adult ;

maxillary extending to below anterior third of eye; 4 to 6 series of

scales on the cheek : large scales on the opercle. Gill-rakers mode-

rately long, 7 to 10 on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal X-XII

11-12; spines increasing in length to the last, which measures 3 to

2 length of head, and 3 to 2 2 length of longest soft rays. Pectoral 2

iength of head. Ventral ‘Teaching vent or anal. Anal III 8-11;

third spine a little shorter but stouter than longest dorsal spine.

Caudal rounded. Caudal peduncle nearly as long as deep. Scales

finely denticulate on the border, 28-30 ore lat. 1. ae Dark

brown or blackish, uniform or with bluish-white spots,

Total length 205 millim.

Madagascar,

1898. ] SYRIAN FISHES OF THE FAMILY CICHLIDA. 139

2. PARATILAPIA BLEEKERI.

Paratilapia bleekeri, Sauvage, Hist. Madag., Poiss. p. 444,

pl. xliv. fig. 1 (1891)’.

Closely allied to P. polleni, from which it differs in the shorter

soft rays, the dorsal and anal being hardly longer than the longest

spines. Ventral not reaching anal. Dorsal XIJ-XIIT 10. Anal

III 9. 28 scales in a longitudinal series. Brownish, the centre

of each scale blue; blue spots on the anal and usually on the soft

dorsal and the caudal.

Total length 110 millim.

Near Antananarivo, Madagascar.

3. PARATILAPIA TYPUS.

Paracara typus, Bleek. Vers]. Ak. Amsterd. xii. 1878, p. 193,

pl. ii. fig. 3; Sauvage, Hist. Madag., Poiss. p. 438, pl. 444. fig. 8,

and C, fig.j1 (1891).

Teeth in 3 or 4 series. Depth of body 23 to 22 times in total

length, length of head 22 times. Snout a little longer than the

diameter of the eye, which is nearly 4 times in length of head;

maxillary extending to below anterior border of eye; 5 or 6 series

of scales on the cheek. Dorsal XII 9-10. Anal III 8-9.

Pectoral 2 length of head. Ventral not reaching anal. Caudal

rounded. Caudal peduncle as long as deep or a little longer than

deep. Scales smooth on the anterior part of the body, ctenoid

posteriorly, 30 os lat. 1. =. Greenish, with more or less

distinct dark cross-bars ; a blackish opercular spot.

Total length 120 millim.

Madagascar.

4, PARATIDAPTA SACRA.

Hemichromis sacra, Giinth. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1864, p. 493;

Lortet, Arch. Mus. Lyon, iii. 1883, p. 148, pl. x. fig. 1; Tristram,

Faun. Palest. p. 168, pl. xviii. fig. 2 (1884).

Teeth in 3 or 4 series in both jaws, outer largest. Lower jaw

projecting. Depth of body 23 to 3 times in total length, length

of head 23 to 25 times. Snout with convex upper profile, nearly

twice as long as the eye, which is 5 to 6 times in length of

head and 1; to 13 in interorbital width; maxillary not extending

to below anterior border of eye; 4 or 5 series of scales on the

cheek ; large scales on the opercle. Gill-rakers short, 8-11 on

lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal XIV 10-11; spines in-

creasing in length to the last, which measures about 3 length of

head and } longest soft rays. Pectoral ? to % length of head.

Ventral not reaching vent. Anal III 8-9; third spine longest and

strongest, nearly as long as longest dorsal spine. Caudal truncate.

Caudal peduncle as long as deep. Scales smooth, 30-32 as ;

1 T have been unable to find a description of this species in the Bull. Soc.

Philom. vi. 1882, p. 174, to which Sauvage refers in the work here quoted.

140 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE AFRICAN AND [Mar. 1,

lat. 1. . Greenish olive above, silvery beneath ; fins greyish,

unspotted.

Total length 240 millim.

Sea of Galilee.

5, PARATILAPIA LONGIROSTRIS.

Paratilapia? longirostris, Hilgend. Sitzb. Ges. nat. Fr. Berl.

1888, p. 77.

Hemichromis longirostris, Ptefter, Thierw. O.-Afr., Fische, p. 20

(1896).

Teeth in 8 series in both jaws, outer largest. Lower jaw

projecting. Depth of body a little less than length of head,

33 times in total length. Snout with straight upper profile, 15

diameter of eye, which is 5 times in length of head, and equals

interorbital width; maxillary not extending to below anterior

border of eye; 3 series of scales on the cheek ; large scales on the

opercle. Larger gill-rakers somewhat Y-shaped. Dorsal XIIT9 ;

middle spines 33 in length of head. Pectoral moderately long.

Ventral not quite reaching vent. Anal III 8. Caudal almost

entirely scaly. Caudal peduncle twice as long as deep. Scales

finely denticulate on the border, 32 7%. Brown above, silvery

beneath ; a dark spot below and in front of the eye, continued

as a rather indistinct streak to the end of the snout; fins greyish

or colourless.

Total length 125 millim.

Victoria Nyanza.

6. PARATILAPIA MOFFATI.

Chromys moffati, Castelnau, Poiss. Afr. Austr. p. 16 (1861).

Teeth in 3 series in both jaws, outer largest but small. Lower

jaw projecting. Depth of body equal to or a little greater than

length of head, 23 to 24 times in total length. Snout with con-

vex upper profile, 13 diameter of eye, which is 4 times in length

of head and equals interorbital width; maxillary extending to

below anterior border of eye; 3 series of scales on the cheek;

opercle almost entirely naked. Gill-rakers short, 7 or 8 on lower

part of anterior arch. Dorsal XIII 10; spines increasing in

length to the last, which measures 3 length of head and 3 longest

soft rays. Pectoral 3 length of head. Ventral reaching vent.

Anal III 8; third spine a little shorter than longest dorsal spine.

Caudal rounded. Caudal peduncle as long as deep. Scales finely

denticulate on the border, 26-28 a3. lat. 1. —— Olive; a

blackish opercular spot ; membrane between dorsal spines bordered

with black; ventrals black.

Total length 95 millim.

Pretoria, Transvaal. Three specimens, presented by Mr. W. L.

Distant. The types described by Castelnau came from the

Kuruman R., a tributary of the Orange R.

1898. ] SYRIAN FISHES OF THE FAMILY CICHLID#, 141

7, PARATILAPIA ROBUSTA.

Hemichromis robustus, Giinth. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1864, p. 312.

Hemichromis jalle, Bouleng. Boll. Mus. Torin. xi. 1896, no. 260.

2 or 3 series of teeth in the upper jaw, outer largest; 2 series

in the lower jaw, the inner short and composed of a small

number of small teeth. Lower jaw projecting. Depth of body

equal to length of head, 3 times in total length. Snout with

straight or slightly convex upper profile, twice as long as the eye

in the adult ; diameter of eye 5 to 5% times in length of head, a

little less than interorbital width ; maxillary extending to below

‘anterior border of eye or a little beyond; 7 to 9 series of scales on

the cheek; large scales on the opercle. Gill-rakers short, the

larger ones anvil-shaped, with one or two erect cusps, 10 to 12 on

lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal XV-XVI 14-15; spines

increasing in length to the last, which measures 7 to 3 length of

head, and about 4 longest soft rays. Pectoral nearly 3 length of

head. Ventral not reaching vent. Anal III 10-11; third spine

longest, as jong as middle dorsal spines. Caudal truncate.

Caudal peduncle a little longer than deep. Seales finely denti-

culate on the edge, mostly cycloid in the young, 37-39 °°. ;

13-15 ?

lat. 1. a Brown above, silvery beneath, with two dark brown

or black lateral stripes, the upper running above the upper lateral

line, the lower from the opercle to the base of the caudal fin;

fins greyish, dorsal and caudal with round blackish spots between

the rays.

Total length 300 millim.

Lake Nyassa and Upper Shiré River; Upper Zambesi.

Entertaining some doubts as to the distinction of Hemichromis

jalle, a species established by me on a single small specimen from

Kazungula, Upper Zambesi, at a time when I was not acquainted

with the young of 1. robustus, I have, through the kindness of

Prof. Camerano, re-examined the type preserved in the Turin

Museum. The result of my examination appears in the above

synonymy.

8. PARATILAPIA CAVIFRONS.

Paratilapia? cavifrons, Hilgend. Sitzb. Ges. nat. Fr. Berl. 1888,

vis

4 Hemichromis cavifrons, Pfeffer, Thierw. O.-Afr., Fische, p. 21

(1896).

Teeth in 4 series in the upper jaw, in 3 in the lower, outer

largest. Lower jaw projecting. Depth of body a little greater

than length of head, 37 times in total length. Snout with concave

upper profile, twice as long as the diameter of the eye, which is

524 times in length of head, and measures nearly 3 interorbital

width ; maxillary not extending to below anterior border of eye ;

7 series of scales on the cheek ; large scales on the opercle. Larger

gill-rakers expanded and denticulate. Dorsal XVI 8; spines

142 MR, G, A, BOULENGER ON THE AFRICAN AND [Mar. 1,

increasing in length to the eighth, which measures 13 diameter of

eye; longest soft rays not 4 length of head. Pectoral moderately

long. Ventral reaching origin of anal. Anal III 9. Caudal

almost entirely scaly. Caudal peduncle as long as deep. Scales

finely denticulate on the border, 32,;°,. Pale greenish grey, darker

on the back, dotted all over with small brown spots, one to each

scale ; cheeks reddish ; a large bluish-black opercular spot; dorsal

with rather irregular dark streaks ; caudal spotted between the rays.

Total length 160 millim.

Victoria Nyanza.

9. PARATILAPIA RETRODENS.

Puaratilapia? retrodens, Hilgend. Sitzb. Ges. nat. Fr. Berl.

1888, p. 76.

Hemichromis retrodens, Pfeffer, Thierw. O.-Afr., Fische, p. 19

(1896).

Teeth in broad bands in both jaws, in 7 series in the upper, in 9

in the lower, outer series largest. Depth of body equal to length

of head, 27 times in total length. Snout with convex upper profile,

slightly longer than the diameter of the eye, which is somewhat

more than 4 times in length of head and 14 in interorbital width ;

maxillary extending to below anterior border of eye; 6 series of

scales on the cheek; large seales on the opercle. Larger gill-

rakers expanded and denticulate. Dorsal XVI 9; middle spines

22 in length of head; soft rays long. Pectoral and ventral long

and pointed, reaching beyond middle of base of aval. Anal IIT 9.

Caudal almost entirely scaly. Caudal peduncle 14 as deep as long.

Scales finely denticulate on the border, 30 74. Reddish grey,

with a broad dark brown stripe from the gill-opening to the base

of the caudal, and another, less developed, from the nape along

the base of the dorsal ; a black opercular spot ; breast and belly

with dark spots, one to each scale ; two large bluish-white ocelli

close together on the posterior part of the anal; dorsal and candal

grey ; pectorals greyish; ventrals black.

Total length 140 millim.

Victoria Nyanza.

10, PARATILAPIA AFRA.

Hemichromis afer, Giinth. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1893, p. 626, pl. lvii.

fig. B.

Teeth in 3 series in both jaws, outer largest. Depth of body

nearly equal to length of head, 3 times in total length. Snout

with convex upper profile, as long as the eye, which is 3% times

in length of head, and equals or slightly exceeds interorbital

width ; maxillary not extending to below anterior border of eye;

3 or 4 series of scales on the cheek; large scales on the opercle.

Gill-rakers short, 13 or 14 on lower part of anterior arch, the

largest T-shaped. Dorsal XVII 8; spines increasing in length

to the last, which measures ? length of head and about 3 longest

soft rays. Pectoral ? length of head. Ventral reaching vent.

1898.] SYRIAN FISHES OF THE FAMILY CICHLIDE. 143

Anal III 6-7; third spine longest, as long as longest dorsal.

Caudal rounded. Caudal peduncle slightly longer than deep.

Seales finely denticulate on the border, 29-32 53,; lat. 1. =

Dark brown ; fins blackish.

Total length 93 millim.

Lake Nyassa.

11. PARATILAPIA BLOYETI.

Hemichromis bloyet?, Sauvage, Bull. Soc. Philom. (7) vii. 1883,

. 159.

: Hemichromis gigliolii, Pfeffer, Thierw. O.-Afr., Fische, p. 24

(1896).

2 or 3 series of minute teeth behind the marginal ones in

both jaws. Depth of body equal to length of head, not quite

3 times in total length. Snout with straight upper profile, a little

longer than the diameter of the eye, which is somewhat more

than 4 times in length of head and a little less than interorbital

width ; maxillary extending to below anterior border of eye;

4 series of scales on the cheek; large scales on the opercle.

Gill-rakers short, 7 on lower part of anterior arch, the larger

T-shaped. Dorsal XVI 8-9; spines increasing in size, the last

Zin length of head and 2 longest soft rays. Pectoral ; length

of head. Ventral nearly reaching anal. Anal III 7-8. Caudal

peduncle as long as deep. Scales finely denticulate on the

border, 28 = Greenish grey; a black opercular spot; a trace

of a dark streak on the caudal peduncle; small dark streaks on

the dorsal and caudal fins and at the base of the anal.

Total length 90 millim.

Kast Africa.

I have examined one of the types of the species, from Kandoa.

A, gigliolii, which, from the description, I regard as identical, is

from the Kingani River.

12. PARATILAPIA SERRANUS.

Hemichromis serranus, Pfeffer, Thierw. O.-Afr., Fische, p. 23

(1896).

Teeth in 3 series in the upper jaw, in 2 in the lower, outer

largest. Lower jaw projecting. Depth of body a little less than

length of head, 3} times in total length. Snout with straight

upper profile, slightly longer than diameter of eye, which is 4

times in length of head and equals interorbital width ; maxillary

extending to below eye; 4 series of scales on the cheek; opercle

sealeless. Larger gill-rakers T-shaped. Dorsal XVI 9; spines

increasing in length to the Jast, which is 24 times in length of

head. Pectoral and ventral pointed, reaching anal. Anal LIT 9.

Scales faintly denticulate on the border, 31,4. Brownish above,

whitish beneath; two black stripes on each side, the upper from

the nape along the base of the dorsal, the lower from the gill-

144 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE AFRICAN AND [Mar. 1,

opening to the caudal ; a large blackish opercular spot; fins grey,

unspotted.

Total length 110 millim.

Bukoba, Victoria Nyanza, German East Africa.

13. PARATILAPIA SCHWEBISCHI.

Hemichromis schwebischi, Sauvage, Bull. Soc. Zool. France, 1884,

p- 198, pl. v. fig. 2.

Teeth in broad bands, in 4 or 5 series in both jaws. Lower jaw

not projecting. Depth of body greater than length of head, 23

times in total length. Snout with concave upper profile, a little

more than twice as long as diameter of eye, which is 53 times in

length of head and 3 interorbital width; maxillary extending a

little beyond the vertical of the nostril; 3 series of scales on the

cheek ; opercle with large scales. Gill-rakers rather short, lanceo-

late, 22 on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal XV 11; spines

increasing in length to the last, which is a little less than 3 as

long as the head and 2 length of longest soft rays. Pectoral as

long as head. Ventral reaching anal. Anal IIT 9. Caudal

slightly emarginate. Caudal peduncle as long as deep. Scales

rough, finely denticulate, 30 35; lat. 1.29. Olive; scales on

posterior part of body golden in the centre ; spinous dorsal marbled

with purplish ; posterior part of soft dorsal and caudal with blue

spots ; ventrals and pectorals colourless.

Total length 320 millim.

Upper Ogowe.

The diagnosis is drawn up from the type specimen preserved

in the Paris Museum.

14. PARATILAPIA MODESTA.

Hemichromis modestus, Giinth. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1893, p. 625,

pl. lvii. fig. A.

Teeth in 3 or 4 series in both jaws, outer largest. Lower

jaw projecting. Depth of body equal to or a little less than

length of head, 25 to 3 times in total length. Snout with straight

or slightly convex upper profile, 13 to 13 as long as the eye, which

is 4 to 43 times in length of head and = to ? interorbital width ;

maxillary extending to below anterior border of eye or not quite

so far; 3 series of scales on the cheek ; large scales on the opercle.

Gill-rakers short, a few T-shaped, 10 to 12 on lower part of anterior

arch. Dorsal XVI 10-11; spines increasing in length to the last,

which measures 3 to 2 length of head, and 2 longest soft

rays. Pectoral 3 length of head. Ventral reaching origin of anal.

Anal III 8-9; third spine longest, a little shorter than last

dorsal spine. Caudal rounded. Caudal peduncle slightly longer

than deep. Scales finely denticulate on the border, 32-34 2

12-18 >

lat. 1. fees Uniform dark brown, fins blackish.

Total length 200 millim.

Lake Nyassa and Upper Shiré River.

1898. ] SYRIAN FISHES OF THE FAMILY CICHLID®. 145

15, PARATILAPIA LIVINGSTONII,

Hemichromis livingstonii, Giinth, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1893, p. 625,

pl. lvi. fig. B.

Teeth in 4 or 5 series in both jaws, outer largest. Depth

of body equal to length of head, nearly 3 times in total length.

Snout with straight upper profile, 13 to 2 times diameter of

eye, which is 4 to 5 times in length of head and 1} to 13 in

interorbital width; maxillary not extending to below anterior

border of eye; 4 series of scales on the cheek; large scales on

the opercle. Gill-rakers short, 11 or 12 on lower part of anterior

arch. Dorsal XVI 10-11; spines increasing in length to the last,

which measures } to 2 length of head and ? longest soft rays.

Pectoral 4 length of head. Ventral reaching vent. Anal III 9;

third spine as long as longest dorsal. Caudal truncate. Caudal

peduncle slightly longer than deep. Scales finely denticulate on

the border, 35-36 = satel. — Nilvery, largely and irregularly

marbled with black.

Total length 180 millim.

Lake Nyassa and Upper Shiré River.

16. PARATILAPIA INTERMEDIA.

Hemichromis intermedius, Giinth. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1864, p. 312.

Teeth small, in 2 or 3 series in each jaw, outer largest. Depth

of body 24 to 2? times in total length, length of head 3 to 34 times.

Snout with straight upper profile, 13 to 14 diameter of eye (in the

adult), which is 4 times in length of head and nearly equal to or a

little greater than interorbital width ; maxillary not extending to

below anterior border of eye; 2 or 3 series of scales on the cheek ;

large scales on the opercle. Grill-rakers rather long, close-set, 20

to 27 on lower part of anterior arch, a few of the larger ones

sometimes Y-shaped. Dorsal XV-XVIII 9-11 ; spines increasing

in length to the last, which measures little less than 4 length of

head, and 4 to 4 length of longest soft rays. Pectoral as long

as head. Ventral reaching vent, or produced to the anterior soft

rays of anal, Anal III 9-10; third spine strongest, as long as

fifth dorsal spine. Caudal more or less extensively scaly, emar-

ginate. Caudal peduncle 11 as long as deep. Scales very finely

denticulate on the edge, 33-36 ma lat. 1. _ Pale olive to

dark brown, with a more or less distinct blackish spot under the

lateral line, below middle of spinous dorsal, and another at base

of caudal ; dorsal and anal dark brown, often with a broad whitish

border, with or without round whitish spots; pectoral whitish,

ventral dark brown.

Total length 180 millim.

Lake Nyassa and Upper Shiré River.

17. PARATILAPIA DIMIDIATA.

Hemichromis dimidiatus, Giinth. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1864, p. 313,

Teeth in 3 series in both jaws, the outer series composed of

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1898, No. X. 10

146 MR. G. A, BOULENGER ON THE AFRICAN AND [ Mar. 1,

long teeth rather wide apart. Lower jaw projecting. Depth

of body 34 times in total length, length of head 3 times. Snout

with convex upper profile, twice as long as the eye; diameter of

eye 5 to 53 times in length of head, 13 in interorbital width ;

maxillary not extending to below anterior border of eyes ; 4 or 5

series of scales on the cheek; large scales on the opercle. Gill-

rakers short, 11 on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal XVI 10-11 ;

spines increasing in length to the last, which measures 4 length of

head and about % longest soft rays. Pectoral 2 length of head.

Ventral not reaching vent. Anal III 10-11; third spine longest,

as long as middle dorsal spines. Caudal very slightly emarginate.

Caudal peduncle 13 to 2 times as long as deep. Scales not denti-

culate, 35-36 — ; lat. 1.22. Olive-brown above, silvery beneath ;

a blackish stripe from above the pectoral to the base of the caudal ;

fins whitish, unspotted.

Total length 220 millim.

Lake Nyassa and Upper Shiré River.

18. PARATILAPIA LONGICEPS.

Hemichromis longiceps, Giinth. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1864, p. 313.

Teeth in 2 series in both jaws, outer largest, long and sharp

and rather wide apart. Depth of body 4 times in total length,

length of head 23 to 3 times. Snout long and strongly compressed,

with convex upper profile ; diameter of eye 2 to 22 times in length

of snout, 5 to 54 times in length of head, 1} in interorbital width;

maxillary widely separated from the vertical of the eye; 3 series

of scales on the cheek ; operele partially naked. Gill-rakers

rather long, about 4 length of gill-fringes, 17 on lower part of

anterior arch. Dorsal XVII-XVIII 12; spines increasing in

length to the last, which measures 7 length of head. Pectoral 2

length of head. Ventral not reaching vent. Anal III 9-10;

third spine longest, as long as last dorsal. Caudal slightly emar-

ginate. Caudal peduncle nearly twice as long as deep. Scales

finely denticulate on the border, 40-41 a lat. 1. ad Silvery,

blackish on the back; a blackish opercular spot; fins greyish,

immaculate.

Total length 240 millim.

Lake Nyassa and Upper Shiré River.

Three of the “ Chromis” described by Castelnau from Lake

Ngami very probably belong to this genus and appear to be based

on individual variations of a single species :—

PARATILAPIA THUMBERGII.

Chromys thumbergi, Castelnau, Poiss. Afr, Austr. p. 13 (1861).

Chromys ngamensis, Casteln. 1. ¢.

Chromys lvingstonii, Casteln. 1. e.

Teeth in 3 or 4 series. Body rather elongate. Dorsal XVII

13-14, Anal TIT 9. Golden, dark green, or blackish, with or

1898. ] SYRIAN FISHES OF THE FAMILY CICHLID#, 147

without red borders to the scales; dorsal grey, with round black

spots or red dots or edged with yellow ; anal grey, with or without

green spots, edged with yellow or red.

Total length 330 millim.

Lake Ngami.

4, PELMATOCHROMIS.

Pelmatochromis, Steindachner, Notes Leyd. Mus. xvi. 1894,

p- 40.

Characters of Paratilapia, with the addition of a much-developed

eushion-like papillose pad of mucous membrane on each side of the

palate, close to the upper part of the branchial arches '.

West Africa ; Congo.

Synopsis of the Species.

I. 6 or7 series of teeth in the jaws; dorsal XIV 21-12;

pectoral nearly as long as head ; scales very finely

denticulate on the edge, 26-27 == Wee oe iaeeactss 1. buettikoferi, Stdr.

II. 2 or 5 series of teeth in the jaws.

A. Lower lateral line at least nearly as long as

upper ; pectoral as long as head.

Dorsal XITI-XIV 17; scales finely denticulate, 40 3;

MAI AAAs deagll ty TOs 2. jentinki, Stdr.

ae 23-24 ;

Dorsal XVI 12; scales cycloid, 32 2; lat. 1. 5en9 «Oe lateralis, Blgr.

B. Lower lateral line short, confined to the

caudal region ; scales cycloid.

1. Pectoral as long as head ; dorsal XIII 11;

scales 30 S 3 lat. 1. = Ee nade ococarecosaes 4, congicus, Bley.

2. Pectoral 2 length of head.

Dorsal XTV 11; scales 32 = lat. 1. = maxillary

not extending to below anterior border of eye ...... 5. welwitschi, Blgr.

Dorsal XV1I9: scales 31 = ; lat. 1. a maxillary not

extending to below anterior border of eye............ 6. guenthert, Sauy.

Dorsal XIV-XVI8-9; scales 26-28 7"? ; lat. 1, 42;

maxillary extending to below anterior border of

EV ON Aes cent tata: Miecaaue sacaeeds et Soove vas saadun coe tean ct 7. subocellatus, Gthr.

1, PELMATOCHROMIS BUBTTIKOFERI.

Paratilapia (Pelmatochromis) bittikoferi, Steindachn. Notes Leyd.

Mus. xvi. 1894, p. 40.

Teeth in broad bands, in about 7 series in the upper jaw, in 6 in

1 This gives the impression, on a superficial glance under the opercle, of a lobe

to the outer branchial arch, asin Geophagus. A similar pad is more or less

developed in Ti/apia, especially in T. oltgacanthus, Blkr., which has for this

reason been raised to generic rank (Ptychoehromis, Stdr.).

10=

148 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE AFRICAN AND [Mar. 1,

the lower. Depth of body 2 to 2} times in total length, length of

head 23 to 27. Snouta little longer than the diameter of the eye,

which is contained 3 to 3} times in length of head and measures a

little more than interorbital width ; maxillary extending to below

anterior border of eye ; 3 or 4 rows of scales on the cheek ; very

large scales on the opercle. Gill-rakers long and slender, 6-9 on

lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal XIV 11-12; spines increasing

in length to the seventh or to the last, which is 21 to 2 2 times in

length of head, and about 2 length of longest soft rays. Pectoral

nearly as long as head. Outer ventral ray produced, filiform,

reaching third anal spine. Anal IIL 8; third spine nearly as long

as but thicker than longest dorsal spine. Caudal emarginate.

Seales very finely denticulate on the edge, 26-27 ea lat.

If . Body with five ill-defined brown bars ; a large steel-blue

opercular spot; dorsal and caudal streaked with bluish and

yellowish.

Total length 180 millim.

Liberia.

2. PELMATOCHROMIS JENTINKI.

Paratilapia (Pelmatochromis) jentinkii, Steindachn. Notes Leyd.

Mus. xvi. 1894, p. 43, pl. ii. fig. 1.

3 series of teeth in the upper jaw, 2 in the lower. Depth of

body 23 to 22 times in total length, length of head 3 times.

Snout longer than the diameter of the eye, which is contained 32

to 32 times in length of head, and nearly equals interorbital width ;

maxillary not extending to below anterior border of eye; 3 rows

of scales on the cheek ; moderate-sized scales on the opercle. Gill-

rakers moderately long, hooked, 12 or 13 on lower part of anterior

arch. Dorsal XIII-XIV 17; spines increasing in length to the

last, which measures a little less than }length of head, and about

7 longest soft rays. Pectoral falciform, longer than the head.

Outer ventral ray produced, filiform. Anal III 8-9; third spine

as long as but stronger than longest dorsal spine, little shorter

than longest soft rays. Caudal emarginate. Caudal peduncle

as long as deep. Scales very finely denticulate on the edge,

40 3; lat. 1. <= the lower beginning a short distance behind the

shoulder. Golden; dorsal with straight horizontal violet streaks ;

anal with obliqne violet streaks.

Total length 290 millim.

Liberia.

3. PELMATOCHROMIS LATERALIS.

Pelmatochromis guenthert, Bouleng. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) xvii.

1896, p. 310,

3 series of minute teeth in both jaws. Depth of body 22 times

in total length, length of head 3. Snout 14 diameter of eye,

which is 33 in length of head and equals interorbital width ;

1898.] SYRIAN FISHES OF THE FAMILY CICHLID®, 149

maxillary extending to below the nostril; 4 series of scales on the

cheek ; large scales on the opercle. Gill-rakers short, with wing-

like basal process, 16 on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal

XVI 12; spines subequal from the fifth, 3 length of head.

Pectoral falciform, as long as head. Ventral reaching anal. Anal

III 7; third spine longest, longer than dorsals. Caudal scaly,

slightly emarginate. Caudai peduncle as long as deep. Scales cycloid,

4 ‘

32 25 lat. 1. as the upper ending below the last dorsal rays, the

lower extending from the shoulder to the caudal, on which it

is produced in three branches. Uniform pale brownish; dorsal

membrane checkered with brown and white spots.

Total length 107 millim.

Upper Congo.

As Sauvage’s Hemichroms guentheri turns out to belong to

the genus Pelmatochronws, I am obliged to change the name first

proposed for the present species.

4, PELMATOCHROMIS CONGICUS.

Pelmatochromis congicus, Bouleng. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) xx.

1897, p. 422.

3 series of teeth in both jaws. Depth of body 2/ times in

total length, length of head 2? times. Snout as long as diameter

of eye, which is 23 in length of head and equals interorbital width ;

maxillary extending to below anterior third of eye; 4 series of

scales on the cheek; opercle naked (?), Gill-rakers long and

slender, about 20 on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal XIII

11, spines subequal from the sixth, nearly 3 length of head and 2

longest soft rays, which are produced and filiform. Pectoral as

long as head. Ventral with produced outer rays, reaching anal

spines. Anal III 8; third spine as long as and stronger than

longest dorsal spines. Caudal rounded. Caudal peduncle a little

deeper than long. Scales cycloid, 30 +4; lat. 1.24. Olive, with

yellowish spots occupying the centres of the scales; a rather

indistinct dark lateral streak; vertical fins blackish, with round

yellow spots.

Total length 175 millim.

Stanley Falls, Congo River.

5. PELMATOCHROMIS WELWITSCHI, sp. n. (Plate XIX. fig. 1.)

Teeth in 2 or 3 series in the upper jaw, in 3 in the lower. Depth

of body equal to length of head, 3 times in total length. Snout

with straight upper profile, twice as long as the diameter of the

eye, which is 5 times in length of head and a little less than

interorbital width; maxillary not extending to below anterior

border of eye ; 5 rows of scales on the cheek ; large scales on the

opercles. Gill-rakers short, denticulate, 9 on the lower part of

anterior arch. Dorsal XIV 11; spines increasing in length to the

seventh, which measures 3 length of head and 3 longest soft ravs.

Pectoral 3 length of head. Ventral not reaching vent. Anal III 7;

150 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE AFRICAN AND [Mar. 1,

third spine a little shorter than longest dorsal spines. Caudal

truncate. Caudal peduncle a little longer than deep. Scales

eycloid, 32 = lat. 1. 21. Pale brown; dorsal dark brown,

whitish at the base; anal with a few round pure white spots ;

ventrals blackish.

Total length 125 millim.

Fluilla, Angola. A single specimen, collected by the late

Dr. Welwitsch.

6. PELMATOCHROMIS GUENTHERI,

Hemichromis guentheri, Sauvage, Bull. Soc. Zool. France, 1882,

p- 317, pl. v. fig. 1.

Hemichromis volte, Steind. Sitzb. Ak. Wien, xcvi. i. 1887, p. 60,

pl. i. fig. 3.

Teeth in 3 series in each jaw, outer largest but rather small.

Depth of body 23 times in total length, length of head 3.

Snout with straight upper profile, nearly twice as long as the eye,

which is contained 44 times in length of head and nearly equals inter-

orbital width ; maxillary not extending to below anterior border of

eye; 4 series of scales on the cheek; large scales on the opercle.

Gill-rakers short, some T-shaped, 12 on lower part of anterior

arch. Dorsal XVI 9; spines subequal, last 2? length of head and 3

longest soft rays. Pectoral # length of head. Anal III 7; third

spine a little shorter than longest dorsals. Caudal truncate.

Caudal peduncle as long as deep. Scales smooth, 31 = lat. 1. 29.

Pale olive ; a few round blackish spots on the membrane between

the dorsal spines.

Total length 140 millim.

Gold Coast.—The diagnosis is taken from the unique specimen

in the Paris Museum.

7. PELMATOCHROMIS SUBOCELLATUS.

Hemichromis subocellatus, Giinth. Proce. Zool. Soc. 1871, p. 667,

pl. Ixvii. fig. C.

Teeth in 2 or 3 series in each jaw, outer largest but small.

Depth of body 23 to 2? in total length, length of head 3 times.

Snout with convex upper profile, as long as the eye, which is con-

tained 32 times in length of head and equals interorbital width ;

maxillary extending to below anterior border of eye; 2 or 3 series

of scales on the cheek; large scales on the opercle. Grll-rakers

short, some T-shaped, 10 on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal

XIV-XVI 8-9; spines subequal, about 3 length of head and $

longest soft rays. Pectoral 3 length of head. Ventral reaching

vent or beyond origin of anal. Anal III 6-8; third spine as

long as or a little longer than longest dorsals. Caudal rounded.

Caudal peduncle a little deeper than long. Scales smooth, 26-28

a: lat. 1. =. Brown, with more or less distinct blackish

opercular spots and a rather indistinct dark lateral stripe ; speci-

mens with shorter ventrals (females?) have a blackish blotch or

1898, } SYRIAN FISHES OF THE FAMILY CICHLID®. 151

ocellus on the soft dorsal ; a black, white-edged ocellus sometimes

present in the upper part of the caudal.

Total length 75 millim.

Gaboon.

5. CHROMIDOTILAPIA, g. n.

Body moderately elongate; scales cycloid. Teeth in a single or

double series, the inner, if present, short or irregular; some of the

larger ones with the crown bent at an angle to the shaft and

directed backwards. Maxillary exposed. A cushion-like papillose

pad on each side of the palate, close to the upper part of the

branchial arches. Dorsal with 14 to 16 spines, anal with 3.

Vertebre 27 (14+13).

West Africa.

1. CHROMIDOTILAPIA KINGSLEY, sp. n. (Plate XIX. fig. 2.)

Hemichromis schwebischi (non Sauvage), Giinth. Ann. & Mag.

N. H. (6) xvii. 1896, p. 273.

Teeth in a single or double series, the inner, if present, short

and irregular. Depth of body 2} to 24 times in total length,

length of head 23 to 3 times. Snout with straight upper profile,

1? to 2 times as long as the diameter of the eye (in the adult),

which is 4 to 44 times in length of head and equal to or a little

less than interorbital width; maxillary not reaching to below

anterior border of eye; four series of scales on the cheek ; large

scales on the opercle. Giull-rakers on lower part of anterior

arch short and broad, crenulated, 10 to 12. Dorsal XIV-XVI

10-12; spines increasing in length to the last, which is about

2 length of head and hardly 3 longest soft rays. Pectoral } to #

length of head. Ventrals reaching vent or anal. Anal IIT 8-9;

third spine as long as or a little shorter than longest dorsal spine.

Caudal rounded. Caudal peduncle a little deeper than long.

Scales with smooth border, 29-32 oe go obab.. 1 a. Brownish,

uniform or with rather indistinct traces of six darker cross-bars ;

a more or less distinct dark opercular spot ; fins greyish, blackish

towards the border; soft dorsal and caudal, in some specimens,

with regular squarish dark spots forming bars between the rays.

Total length 150 millim.

Gaboon, Ogowe.

2, CHROMIDOTILAPIA (?) FREDERICI.

Chromys frederici, Castelnau, Poiss. Afr. Austr. p. 15 (1861).

Teeth few, wide apart, in a single series except in front of the

lower jaw. Body rather elevated. Dorsal XV 14. Anal III 8.

Pectoral moderate. Scales finely granulate, with smooth edge.

Lat. 1. 22. Greyish white ; dorsal tipped with reddish ; anal red ;

ventrals greenish ; caudal reddish.

Total length 230 millim.

Lake Ngami.i—Known only from Castelnau’s very imperfect

definition.

152 =: DR. B.C. A. WINDLE AND MR. F.G. PARSONS ON THE [Mar. 1,

6. CoREMATODUS.

Corematodus, Bouleng. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1896, p. 918.

Body short ; scales cycloid. Jaws with extremely broad bands

of innumerable minute club-shaped teeth with compressed oblique

entire crowns. Dorsal with 16 spines, anal with 3. Vertebre 32

(15+17).

A single species.

1. COREMATODUS SHIRANUS.

Corematodus shiranus, Bouleng. op. cit. p. 919, cum fig.

Depth of body equal to length of head, 3 total length, Snout

very broad, with steep, convex profile; eye a little nearer gill-

opening than end of snout, its diameter 43 times in length of head,

twice in interorbital width, and greater than depth of preorbital ;

maxillary extending to below anterior border of eye; cheek with

4 rows of scales below the eye; opercle and interorbital region

scaleless ; limbs of preopercle forming a right angle. Gill-rakers

moderately long, 12 on lower part of anterior arch, last bifid.

Dorsal XVI 10; spines increasing in length to the last, which is

2 length of head. Anal III 8; third spine longest, as long as but

thicker than middle dorsals. Caudal peduncle 14 as long as deep.

Scales slightly rugose, not denticulate, 34 2; lat. 1. au) Body with

traces of six black cross-bars.

Total length 200 millim.

Upper Shiré River.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIX.

Fig. 1. Pelmatochromis welwitschi Blgr., p. 149. 1a. Jaws, X 3.

Fig. 2. Chromidotilupia kingsleye Bler., p. 151. 2a. Jaws, x 8. 20. Gill-

chamber, seen from below the opercle, x 2.

3. The Myology of the Terrestrial Carnivora.—Part II.

By B.C. A. Winpiz, M.A., M.D., D.Sc., Professor of

Anatomy at Mason University College, Birmingham,

and F. G. Parsons, F.R.C.S., F.Z.S., F.L.S., Lecturer

on Comparative Anatomy at St. Thomas’s Hospital,

and Hunterian Professor at the Royal College of

Surgeons,

[Received February 3, 1898.]

The first part of this paper was read before this Society on

April 6th last year (see P. Z. 8. 1897, p. 370); it contained an

account of the muscles of the head, neck, and fore-limb. The

present part contains a description of the muscles of the hind-

limb and trunk. As we have been able to dissect some additional

EZ Sl Soler alexa

fe * ee Os

aN "WE

Ae a ba

J.Green delet ith. Mintern Bros.imp.

1. PELMATOCHROMIS WELWITSCHI. 2.CHROMIDOTILAPIA KINGSLEYA:.

1898.] MYOLOGY OF THE TERRESTRIAL CARNIVORA. 153

animals since our last communication, a new list has become

necessary, and we would again draw attention to the fact that the

small numbers before each animal’s name refer to mentions of it

in the text, while the Roman numerals after the name refer to the

bibliography at the end of the paper. When no Roman numeral

is present the animal has been dissected by ourselves.

Inst of Animals.

FELIDA.

. Lion (Felis leo). Macalister (unpublished).

. Lion (Ff. leo). (V.)

. Lion (Ff. leo). (AIIT.)

. Tiger (Ff. tigris). Macalister (unpublished).

. Leopard (/. pardus). Macalister (unpublished).

. Leopard (fF. pardus).

. Leopard (Ff. pardus). (VI.)

- Ocelot (F. pardalis).

. Cat (F. catus). (1.)

10. Cat (Ff. catus). IT.)

10a. Cat (Ff. catus). (XX XIX.)

11. Caracal (F. caracal). (XXIX.)

12. Cheetah (Cyncelurus jubatus). (IV.)

OOO OE OO LOE

VIVERRIDA.

13. Fossa (Cryptoprocta ferox).

14. Fossa (C. ferowx).

15. Fossa (C. ferow). (VII.)

16. Civet (Viverra cwetta). (VITI.)

17. Civet (V. civetta). (1X.)

18. Civet (V. civetia). (X.)

19. Rasse (Viverricula malaccensis).

20. Blotched Genet (Genetta tigrina). (X1.)

21. Blotched Genet (G. tigrina).

22. Blotched Genet (G. tigrina), (XIL.)

23. Common Genet (G. vulgaris).

24, Common Genet (G. vulgaris).

25. Palm Civet (Paradoaurus typus).

26. Palm Civet (P. typus).

27. Palm Civet (P. typus). (XXIX.)

28. Ichneumon (Herpestes sp.ine.). (XX XIX.)

29. Ichneumon (H. nepalensis).

30. Ichneumon (H. griseus).

31, Thick-tailed Mongoose (Cynictis penicillata).

32. Aard Wolf (Proteles cristatus), (XIII.)

HYANID#.

33. Striped Hyena (Hyena striata). (XIV.)

34. Striped Hyena (H. striata). (XXXIX.)

154

35.

36.

37.

38.

- Common Fox (C. vulpes). (XXX VIIL.)

. Arctic Fox (C. lagopus). Macalister (unpublished).

. Cape Hunting Dog (Lycaon pictus). (X1L.)

DR. B. C, A. WINDLE AND MR. F, G. PARSONS ON THE [ Mar. 1,

Striped Hyena (H. striata). (XVI.)

Striped Hyena (H. striata).

Spotted Hyzna (H. crocuta). (XV.)

Brown Hyena (H. brunnea). (XVII.)

CaNID 2».

. Dog (var. Fox-terrier) (Canis familiaris).

. Dog (var. Fox-terrier) (C. familiaris).

. Dog (var.Irish Terrier) (C. familiaris) XVIII.)

. Dog (var. Greyhound) (C. familiaris). (X VIII.)

. Dog (var. Greyhound) (C. familiaris). Macalister (un-

published).

. Dog (var. Pointer) (C. familiaris), Macalister (unpublished).

. Dog (var. Setter) (C. familiaris). Macalister (unpublished).

- Dog (var. Bull-dog) (C. familiaris). Macalister (unpublished).

. Dog (? var.) (C. familiaris). (XXXIX.)

. Dog (? var.) (C. familiaris). (XIX.)

. Dingo Dog (C. dingo). (XVIII.)

- Common Jackal (C. aureus). Macalister (unpublished).

a. Common Jackal (C. aureus).

Black-backed Jackal (C. mesomelas).

Ursip&.

. Polar Bear (Ursus maritimus). (XXIV.)

. Polar Bear (U. maritimus). (XXXIX.)

. Brown Bear (U. arctos). (XXXIX.)

. Black Bear (U. americanus).

. Black Bear (U. americanus). (XX.)

. Black Bear (U. americanus). (XXIII.)

. Black Bear (U. americanus). (XX1.)

62.

Black Bear (U. americanus). (XXII.)

PROcYONID #.

. Common Racoon (Procyon lotor).

. Common Racoon (P. lotor). (XXVL.)

. Common Racoon (P. lotor). (XXVI.)

. Common Racoon (P. lotor). (XXXIX.)

. Crab-eating Racoon (P. cancrivorus). (XXV.)

. White-nosed Coati (Vasua narica). (XXVII.)

. Brown Coati (Nasua fusca). (XXVIL.)

. Red Coati (1. rufa). (XX VIII.)

. Coati (?sp.) (Wasua) Meckel. (XXXIX.)

. Kinkajou (Cercoleptes caudivolvulus).

. Kinkajou (C. caudivolvulus).

. Kinkajou (C. caudivoluulus). (XXIX.)

1898.] MYOLOGY OF THE TERRESTRIAL CARNIVORA, 155

MUSTELIDA.

75. Grison (Galictis vittata).

76. Tayra (G. barbara). (IX.)

77. Polecat (Mustela putorius). (XXX.)

78. Beech Marten (M. foina). (XXXI.)

79. Beech Marten (WM. foina). (XXVIT.)

80. Beech Marten (M. foina). (XXVII.)

81. Beech Marten (M. foina). (XXXIX.)

82. Beech Marten (VM. foina). (XXIX.)

83. Cape Polecat (Ictonya zorilla).

84. Libyan Polecat (I. libyca).

85. Badger (Meles tawus). Macalister (unpublished).

86. Badger (M. tavus). (XXXITI.)

87. Badger (M. tavus). (XXXIX.)

88. Common Otter (Lutra vulgaris).

89. Common Otter (Z. vulgaris). (XXXVI.)

90. Common Otter (Z. vulgaris). (XXXV.)

91. Common Otter (Z. vulgaris). (XXXIX.)

92. Common Otter (L. vulgaris). (XXXIV.)

93. Indian Otter (Z. cinerea) (XXXVIL.)

Muscles of the Hind Inmb.

Ectogluteus (Gluteus maaimus).—This muscle is fairly constant m

the Carnivora, it rises from the posterior two or three sacral

spines and from the transverse processes of a like number of

caudal vertebre. Occasionally it derives a slight origin from

the ilium. It is inserted into the femur, usually just below the

great trochanter, as well as into the fascia lata. Anteriorly

its edge is continuous with that of the tensor fascie femoris,

posteriorly with that of the biceps; indeed, the sartorius, tensor

fascie femoris, ectogluteus, and biceps form a muscular sheath

round the outer two-thirds of the thigh, and it is often quite

difficult to determine where one muscle ends and the other begins.

Among the Felide the foregoing description applies to Fels leo

(1, 2, 3), F. tigris (4), F. pardus (5, 6, 7), F. pardalis (8), F. catus

(9), and Cynelurus (12). Among the Viverride it applies to

Cryptoprocta (138, 14), Viverra (17), Viverricula (19), Genetta

tigrina (20), G. vulgaris (23, 24), Paradowurus (25, 26),

Herpestes nepalensis (29), H. griseus (30), and Cynictis (31).

Young (VIII.) describes the muscle in Viverra (16) as being

inserted into the whole length of the shaft of the femur, though

this description probably includes the agitator caude. Cuvier and

Laurillard (XII.) found the muscle divided into three parts

in Genetta tigrina (22); of these one is evidently the agitator

caudz, while the rest consists of a superficial and a deep layer.

This arrangement is clearly exceptional, as it was not noticed in

any other specimen of Genet. Proteles (32) seems to differ from

the typical arrangement in not having the ectogluteus continuous

with the biceps.

156 DR.B.C.A.WINDLE AND MR. F. G, PARSONS ON THE [Mar. 1,

Among the Hyznide, Meckel notices a separation between the

sacral and caudal parts of the muscle in Hyena striata (34), and

the same arrangement is recorded by Young (33) and, in Hyena

crocuta, by Watson (37).

Fig. 1.

RTORIUS

SEMITEND. \

TENUISMS ___

External muscles of thigh of Canis familiaris.

Among the Canide the typical arrangement exists in Cants

familiaris (39, 48), Canis aureus (50 a), and Canis mesomelas (51),

except that the ectogluteus and tensor fascie femoris are separated

by a considerable interval (see fig. 1). In the Urside, Kelley

(XXIV.) states that there is no fascial insertion in Ursus maritimus

(55), while Shepherd (XX.), in Ursus americanus (59), found almost

the whole muscle inserted into fascia, so that further observations

on this point are necessary. The Procyonide are remarkable for

having the ectogluteus inserted almost entirely into bone just below

the great trochanter; this applies to Procyon (63, 64, 65), Nasua

(68, 70), and Cercoleptes (72). The same arrangement exists among

the Mustelide in Mustela foina (78), Ictonyx (84), Meles taxus (86),

and Lutra (88, 93).

1898. ] MYOLOGY OF THE TERRESTRIAL CARNIVORA. 157

The Caudo-femoralis (Agitator caude) is an intermediate

muscle between the ectogluteus and the biceps, though it is usually

more closely associated with the former than the latter; in some

cases it is a perfectly distinct muscle, while in others no trace of

' it is recorded. By many authors its presence seems to have been

entirely ignored, though others have evidently noticed it and

described it as a part of the ectogluteus. It seems to have very

little action on the tail and, for this reason alone, its name is not

a particularly happy one; it is further liable to objection for the

following reason—if the muscle does act on the tail its crural

attachment must be considered the origin and its caudal the

insertion: this is just the opposite to the manner in which the

attachments of the ectcgluteus and biceps are, we think rightly,

described. For these reasons we prefer the name of caudo-femo-

ralis for this muscle. The origin is from the anterior two or three

caudal vertebre, either continuous with, or deep to, the ectogluteus,

while the insertion may be anywhere into the shaft of the femur,

from the middle to just above the external condyle or, in some

cases, as low as the patella.

Among the Felide the muscle is present in Felis leo (1, 2, 3),

and is in each case inserted into the patella. The same description

applies to Felis tigris (4) and Fels pardus (5,6,7). In Felis

pardalis (8) we found the caudo-femoralis very well marked, part

of it being inserted into the back of the femur and part into the

patella, these two parts were united at their origin and supplied

by the same nerve. In Felis catus the muscle is figured by Mivart

(I.) and Straus-Durckheim (II.), though not specially described ;

its insertion does not seem to reach the patella in this animal.

Among the Viverride the muscle is very constant and is usually

inserted into the lower third of the shaft of the femur. It is

present in Cryptoprocta (13, 14, 15), Viverra civetta (16, 17),

Viverricula malaccensis (19), Genetta (20, 22, 23), Herpestes (29),

and Cynictis (31). In two specimens ‘of Paradozurus (25, 26)

and one of Genetta (24), the musele was double. Herpestes griscus

(30) was the only member of the Viverridee in which the muscle

was carefully looked for and not found. Among the Hyznide

we can find no record of the presence of this muscle. Proteles (32)

is described as agreeing with Hycna crocuta (37) in its gluteal

muscles, and in the latter animal no caudo-femoralis seems to have

existed. Among the Canide we have records of six Dogs (39, 43,

44, 45, 46, 48) in which the muscle was looked for but in none

of which was it found (see fig. 1). It is not present either, as a

distinct muscle, in Canis aureus (50, 50 a), Canis mesomelas (51), or

Canis lagopus (53), while Pagenstecher (XL.) makes no mention

of it in Lycaon (54).

We have been unable to find the caudo-femoralis or any mention

of it in the Urside.

Among the Procyonide the muscle is absent in Procyon lotor

(63, 64, 65), but is present and inserted into the lower part of the

femur in Nasua (68, 69, 70) and Cercoleptes (72). It is present

158 DR. B.C, A, WINDLE AND MR. F. G, PARSONS ON THE [Mar.1,

among the Mustelide in Mustela foina (78), one specimen of Meles

(85), and Lutra cinerea (93), but absent in Jctonyx (84), one

specimen of Meles (86), and Lutra vulgaris (88). We are there-

fore inclined to regard this muscle as being constant and usually

attached to the patella in the Felide, constant and attached to

the femur in the Viverride, present or absent in the Procyonide

and Mustelide, absent in the Canidee, Hyzenide, and Urside.

Tensor fascice femoris.—This, as we have already pointed out, is

the ventral continuation of the ectogluteus. It rises from the

crest of the ilium and is inserted into the fascia lata about the

middle of the outer side of the thigh, mesially it is continuous

with the sartorius. Its degree of development varies greatly in

different animals and apparently in different specimens of the

same animal ; for this reason we have decided not to describe it in

detail throughout the order. In one specimen of Felis pardus (5)

it reached the patella, while in Jctonya lybica (84) it could not be

made out at all. Macalister found it divided into an external and

internal part in a Dog (43).

Mesogluteus ( Gluteus medius).—This muscle, as in most mammals,

is by far the largest of the glutei; it rises from the dorsal part of

the gluteal surface of the ilium as well as from the fascia lata

covering it. Its insertion is into the outer side of the great

trochanter, and it lies in such close relationship to the pyriformis

that that muscle can only be separated from it with great difficulty.

In some cases, e.g. Hyena crocuta (37), Canis aureus (50), and

Procyon lotor (64), the muscle is distinctly bilaminar.

Entogluteus (Gluteus minimus) rises from the ventral part of

the gluteal surface of the ium and is inserted into the front of

the great trochanter. It is part of the same layer as the obturator

internus and gemelli, and is quite constant in all the Carnivora.

Gluteus ventralis (Scansorius, Gluteus quartus)—This is a

differentiation of the ventral fibres of the entogluteus, and rises

from the ventral border of the ilium, close to the origin of the

rectus femoris, and is inserted into the lower part of the front of

the great trochanter in the region of the anterior introchanteric or

spiral line of the femur. Some writers, following the example of

Macalister, call this muscle the gluteus quintus, and use the term

gluteus quartus for another differentiation of the entogluteus ;

for this reason it seems best to avoid the terms quartus and quintus

and to speak of this muscle as the gluteus ventralis. Among the

Felide the muscle was found in Felis leo (1) by Macalister, but is

not mentioned by Haughton (3), or figured by Cuvier and Laurillard

(2). It is also present in Felis pardus (5, 6), Felis catus (10, 11),

and Cynelurus jubatus (12). Among the Viverride it was present

in Cryptoprocta (13), Viverra (17), Viverricula (19), Genetta (20,

22, 23, 24), Paradowurus (25), Cynictis (31), and Proteles (32).

In Paradoxurus (26) and Herpestes (30) it was not found. In Hyena

striata among the Hyznide the muscle was found by Meckel (34),

but not by Young and Robinson (33). In Hycena ecrocuta (37) it

was present. Among the Canide it was found in two specimens

1898.] MYOLOGY OF THE TERRESTRIAL CARNIVORA. 159

of Canis familiaris (45) out of six (see fig. 1). It was absent in

Canis aureus (50, 50 a), Canis mesomelas (51), Canis lagopus (53),

and Lycaon pictus (54).

In the Urside Shepherd and Cuvier and Laurillard noticed it in

Ursus americanus (59, 62). Among the Procyonide it was absent

in Procyon lotor (63, 64, 65) and Nasua narica (68), but was

found in Nasua fusca (69) and Cercoleptes (72); while among the

Mustelide it was found in Galictis vittata (75), Galictis barbara

(76), Meles (85, 86), and Lutra (88, 93), but was not seen in

Ictonyx libyca (84). From the foregoing we are of opinion that

the gluteus ventralis may be distinguished from the entogluteus,

if carefully looked for, in most of the Carnivora.

Gluteus profundus (Gluteus quintus, ilio-capsularis).—This small

muscle is described very accurately by Douglas’ in the Dog. It

rises from the ilium just above the acetabulum, and passes over

the capsule of the hip-joint to be inserted into the upper part of

the anterior surface of the shaft of the femur, between the origins

of the vastus internus and crureus. We have records of the

presence of the muscle in the following animals :—Felis pardus

(6), Felis pardalis (8), Cynelurus (12), Genetta vulgaris (24),

Cynictis penicillata (31), Hyena striata (36), Canis familiaris (44,

45), Canis aureus (50), and Meles taxus (85). Owing to its small

size it is easily overlooked, and our notes do not enable us to say

whether it is constantly absent in any special genus or family.

Pyriformis——This muscle, as has already been mentioned, is

frequently so blended with the mesogluteus as to be with difficulty

made out. If the origin from the sacrum, however, be carefully

looked for, the muscle can usually be separated. It seems to be a

very constant muscle in the Carnivora, rising from the ventral

surface of the sacrum and being inserted into the top of the great

trochanter. Apart from its greater or less degree of distinctness,

we have met with no special variations.

Obturator internus—This has the human origin and insertion.

Where the tendon passes round the lesser sacro-sciatic notch its

deep surface is marked by five or six ridges separated by furrows.

Gemelli.ty the Carnivora the two gemelli are seldom, if ever,

separate ; they form a continuous origin from the ventral edge of the

lesser sacro-sciatic notch, and lie deep to the obturator internus,

overlapping it in front and behind. The anterior part, which

corresponds to the superior gemellus of human anatomy, is usually

the larger, though in one specimen of Lwtra (88) only the pos-

terior gemellus was present; this, however, appears to have been

an individual variation.

Obturator externus.—This rises from the outer surface of the

obturator membrane, but much more strongly from the bone on

the dorsal and posterior margins of the foramen. It is inserted

as usual into the digital fossa of the great trochanter. We have

met with no variations of it.

1 ‘Deseriptio Musculorum,’ 1738, p. 146.

p P

160 = DR. B.C. A. WINDLE AND MR. F. G, PARSONS ON THE [Mar.1,

Quadratus femoris.—A large and fleshy muscle rising from the

tuberosity and ramus of the ischium, and being inserted into the

inter-trochanteric line of the femur as well as the surface of bone

below on a level with the lesser trochanter. As a rule it is quadri-

lateral, but sometimes the insertion is narrower than the origin;

this, however, seems to depend very little on the relationships of

its possessor. Watson (XIII.) describes the muscle as wanting

in Proteles.

Llio-tibialis (Sartorius).—This rises from the ventral portion of

the crest of the ilium and is inserted into the inner side of the

patella, ligamentum patelle, and cnemial crest of the tibia. In

many of the Carnivora it is double, and when this is the case the

anterior part is usually inserted into the patella, the posterior into

the tibia.

Among the Felide the muscle is apparently always single ; this

is the case in Felis leo (1, 2), F. tigris (4), F. pardus (5, 6, 7),

F, pardalis (8), and F, catus (9).

Among the Viverride the muscle may be single or double. In

the following it is single :—Cryptoprocta (13, 14), Viverra (16),

Genetta (24), and Herpestes (30). In the following it is double :—

Viverra (17), Viverricula (19), Genetta (20, 22, 23), Paradocurus

(25, 26), and Herpestes (29). In Cynictis (31) the two parts are

united by fascia, while in Proteles (32) the muscle divides near

its insertion. In the specimen of Genet (23) which we dissected

the muscle was bilaminar, the superficial part going to the tibia, the

deep part to the fascia over the rectus and vastus internus in

the middle of the thigh.

Among the Hyenide the ilio-tibialis is always double :—Hywna

striata (33, 35, 36) and H. crocuta (37). In Hyena striata (33,

36) the shorter part joins the rectus and acts as a fifth head of

the quadriceps extensor.

Among the Canidez the muscle is also double; this was the case

in the following eight specimens of Canis familiaris (59, 41, 42,

43, 44, 45, 46, 48), in C. aureus (50, 50 a), in C. mesomelas (51),

and C. lagopus (53).

In the Urside it seems to be usually single; this is the case in

Ursus arctos (57) and U. americanus (59, 60, 62).

Among the Procyonide it is single in Procyon lotor (63, 64, 65,

66), P. cancrivorus (67), and Cercoleptes (72). In Nasua narica and

fusca (68, 69) it divides at its insertion according to Mackintosh,

but in Cuvier and Laurillard’s plate of Nasua rufa (70) the muscle

is single.

In the Mustelide it is single in Galictis vittata (75) and barbara

(76), Mustela foina (78, 82), Ictonyx libyca (84), Meles taxus (85,

86), and Lutra (88, 89, 90). Macalister also says that it is single

in Lutra cinerea (93). It will thus be seen that the ilio-tibialis is

always single in the Felide and very generally so in the Urside,

Procyonide, and Mustelide. In the Hyenide and Canide it is

always double, while in the Viverride it may be single or double.

Adductor cruris (Gracilis)—This muscle is always single in the

1898.] MYOLOGY OF THE THRRESTRIAL CARNIVORA. 161.

Carnivora ; it is broad and thin, and rises from the symphysis and

posterior ramus of the pubes to be inserted into the cnemial crest

of the tibia just below the insertion of the ilio-tibialis (sartorius),

in most cases into the second quarter of the tibia (see fig. 2). In

Proteles (32), Watson describes it as rising from the fascia over

the adductores femoris, and being inserted into the tibia at the

junction of the middle and lower thirds.

Inside view of thigh-muscles of Herpestes.

(The semimembranosus and pre-semimembranosus have been artificially

separated.)

Pectineus.—This muscle, in many cases, is extremely difficult to

separate satisfactorily from the superficial part of the adductor

mass, and there can be little doubt that what one observer would

describe as a large or double pectineus, another would call pectin-

eus and adductor longus. We therefore feel quite incapable of

dogmatizing on the subject and merely give the following notes for

what they are worth. In Felis leo (2) Cuvier and Laurillard figure

the muscle as double. In Felis catus (9) Mivart describes it as

small, yet reaching halfway down the thigh. In Cryptoprocta (14)

we found the muscle reaching halfway down the thigh and feebly

separated into an outer and inner part; in another specimen of

the same animal (13), which we examined, no separation could be

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1898, No. XI. 11

162 DR. B.C. A, WINDLE AND MR, F. G. PARSONS ON THE [Mar. 1,

made out. In Viverra civetta (16) Young describes the muscle

as large and bilaminar, but says that the superticial part may re-

present an adductor longus. Macalister says of the same animal

(17), that the muscle is small and normal. In two specimens of

Genet (20, 23), one of which we dissected ourselves, the pectineus

was single and extended halfway down the thigh; in another (24)

we found it divided into an inner and outer part. In Herpestes it

reaches nearly to the lower end of the femur (see fig. 2).

In Proteles (32) and the Hyxnide (33, 36, 37) the muscle is

single and unilaminar.

In the Canide the same arrangement exists.

In the Urside Cuvier and Laurillard describe the muscle in

Ursus americanus (62) as dividing into three parts, but this arrange-

ment has not been noticed by other observers.

Among the Procyonide we found the pectineus distinetly bi-

laminar in Procyon lotor (63). Allen (XXVI.) says of his two

specimens of this animal (64, 65), that the pectineus and adductor

brevis rise from the ilio-pectineal line and are both supplied by

the anterior crural nerve; this origin and nerve-supply make us

regard that which he speaks of as adductor brevis as one layer

of the pectineus. In Nasua the condition of the muscle does

not seem to have been noticed, but in Cercoleptes (72) we found it

distinctly bilaminar. Among the Mustelide we have no records of

a bilaminar muscle.

Adductor Mass (Adductores femoris).—This mass of muscles rises

from the ventral surface of the body and posterior ramus of the

pubes as well as from the ramus and tuberosity of the ischium ;

it is inserted into the whole length of the back of the shaft of the

femur. We do not feel justified in attempting to divide this mass

into the adductor longus, brevis, and magnus of human anatomy ;

sometimes it can easily be divided in four or five layers, at others

it is impossible to divide it at all.

The Senimembranosus rises trom the tuberosity of the ischium

and is often closely fused with the adductor mass in the thigh.

It is inserted into the internal tuberosity of the tibia, deep to

the internal lateral ligament of the knee, by tendon. Some of the

fibres are also inserted into just above the internal condyle of

the femur and are separated from the adductor insertion by the

femoral artery. This pre-semimembranosus or ischio-supracon-

dyloideus is of special interest when compared with the same

muscle in other animals. In the Rodents, for instance, it is often

quite a separate muscle rising from the caudal vertebre ; in animals

as far apart as man and the kangaroos it is intimately connected

with the adductors, while in the macaque monkey it rises from the

tuberosity of the ischium and is a distinct muscle down to its inser-

tion. However it may vary in other respects, its insertion and

nerve-supply from the sciatic are always constant. In the Carni-

vora the ischio-supracondyloideus is always part of the semimem-

branosus in the thigh, and always rises with that muscle from

that tuberosity of the ischium, so that most writers describe the

1898.] MYOLOGY OF THE TERRESTRIAL CARNIVORA. 163

semimembranosus in this order as having a femoral and a tibial

insertion (see fig. 2).

Semitendinosus.—This always rises from the tuberosity of the

ischium, but often has an extra head from the transverse processes

of two or three of the anterior caudal vertebree (see fig. 2). Where

these two heads unite, in the upper third of the thigh, there is often

a transverse tendinous intersection, e. g. Genetta (23), Viverra (17),

Herpestes (30), Nasua (68), and Lutra (93). The insertion is into

the inner side of the cnemial crest of the tibia just below that

of the gracilis and into the fascia of the leg; the lower fibres are

continued with those of the biceps down to the calcaneum, helping

to encapsule the tendo Achillis.

In the Felide the caudal head is not present—Felis leo (2, 3),

F. pardus (6, 7), F. pardalis (8), and F. catus (9). In the Viver-

ride, if we except Proteles, the caudal head is always present in

addition to the ischial one—Cryptoprocta (13, 14, 15), Viverra

(16,17), Viverricula (19), Genetta (20, 22, 23, 24), Paradoxurus

(25, 26), Herpestes (29, 30), and Cynictis (31).

Among the Hyznide, with which Proteles as usual agrees, the

caudal head is wanting—Hyena striata (33, 35, 36), H. crocuta

(37), and Froteles (32).

Among the Canide there is no caudal origin in Canis fumiliaris

(39, 48), C. aureus (50a), or C. mesomelas (51).

In the Urside the same description applies—Ursus americanus

(58, 59, 62). Inthe Procyonide the two heads are always present—

Procyon lotor (63, 64, 65), P. cancrivorus (67), Nasua narica (68),

NV. fusca (69), N. rufa (70), and Cercoleptes (72, 73, 74).

Among the Mustelide the caudal head is sometimes present,

sometimes absent. It is present in Galictis vittata (75), Mustela

- foina (78), Ictonyx libyca (84), and Lutra (88, 90, 93). Absent in

Lctonyx zorilla (83) and Meles taxus (86).

From the above it will be seen that the presence or absence of

the caudal origin of the semitendinosus is very characteristic of

different families of the Carnivora; it seems always to be present

in the Viverride and Procyonide, always absent in the Felida,

Hyznide, Canide, and Urside, while in the Mustelide it is in-

constant.

Flexor cruris lateralis (Biceps femoralis)—This muscle, as has

already been pointed out, forms part of the same sheet as the

ectogluteus and tensor fascie femoris, it is therefore difficult to

decide whether certain bundles of fibres should be included in the

description of the biceps or of the ectogluteus ; this is especially

the case with those fibres which are inserted into the lower end of

the femur. The biceps in all cases rises from the tuber ischii, but

it may be reinforced by an extra head from the caudal vertebre ;

this head is quite distinct from the tenuissimus, which will be dealt

with later, and from the caudo-femoralis, which has been already

considered. The insertion is into the fascia of almost the whole

of the outer side of the leg, the highest fibres going to the patella,

while the lowest are continued down with the tendo Achillis, and

164 DR. B.C. A. WINDLE AND MR. F. G. PARSONS ON THE [| Mar. 1

are often reinforced by some of the lower fibres of the semitendi-

nosus. We do not propose to lay any stress on the presence or

absence of the caudal head, since it is so difficult to determine

whether it should be included with the ectogluteus or not, and we

are uncertain what views other observers have taken of it.

Tenuissimus (Bicipiti accessorius).—This, as its name implies, is

a slender ribbon-like muscle which usually rises from the first

caudal vertebra and passes down the back of the thigh and leg,

deep to the biceps and superticial to the great sciatic nerve. In

the lower part of the leg it usually joins the lowest fibres of the

biceps and, with them, is conducted down to the caleaneum,

helping to ensheath the tendo Achillis. We should like here to

call special attention to this prolongation of the flexor lateralis to

the caleaneutm with the tendo Achillis. The muscle passes over

three joints, being an extensor of the hip, a flexor of the knee, and

a plantar flexor of the ankle. It probably assists in the leaping-

powers of the animal possessing it. How far this continuation

downward is present in orders other than Carnivora we do not at

present know.

The tenuissimus seems to be very constantly present among the

Carnivora, though, as it adheres somewhat closely to the deep

surface of the biceps, it is apt to be missed unless specially looked

for. In the following animals its presence was noticed and in no

case, with the exception of that of Cynelurus (12), is it definitely

stated that the muscle was absent :—Felis leo (1, 2, 3), F. tigris

(4), F. pardus (5, 6, 7), F. pardalis (8), F. catus (9), Cryptoprocta

(18, 14, 15), Viverra (16, 17), Viverricula (19), Grenetta (20, 23, 24),

Paradoxurus (25, 26), Herpestes (29, 30), Cynictis (31), Hyena

striata (36), apparently in Hyena crocuta (37), Canis familiaris

(39, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45) (see fig. 1), C. aureus (50, 50 a), C. meso-

melas (51), Ursus americanus (58, 59), Procyon lotor (63, 64, 65),

in one specimen (65) Allen (XX VI.) records that the muscle rose

from the third trochanter ; Vasua (68, 69), Cercoleptes (72), Galictis

(75), Mustela (82), Meles (85, 86), and Lutra (88, 90, 93).

Quadriceps eatensor—The four muscles which make up the

quadriceps show little variety in the Carnivora. The rectus (super-

ficialis quadricipitis) is sometimes described as rising by one head,

sometimes by two, and it is interesting to note that in some cases

the straight head is said to be present, in otbers the reflected. In

the animals which we have ourselves dissected we have paid a good

deal of attention to this point, and we feel convinced that there is

no real suppression of either head, but that they rise very close

together, and that the interval between them is filled up by fibrous

tissue, thus giving the appearance of one broad origin. The

remaining three parts of the quadriceps—mesialis, lateralis, and

profundus—are more or less fused, but the lateralis (vastus externus)

always exceeds the mesialis (v. internus) in size. The profundus

quadricipitis (crureus) may rise from the whole of the shaft of the

femur, but more commonly it misses the upper fourth.

Tibialis anticus—This muscle rises from the upper two-thirds

1898.] MYOLOGY OF THE TERRESTRIAL CARNIVORA. 165

or so of the shaft of the tibia, and, when it is well developed,

encroaches on the fibula. It never has any origin from the femur

as is sometimes the case in rodents. When five toes are present

the tendon is inserted chiefly into the base of the first metatarsal,

though some of the fibres may go to the entocuneiform. In the

Felide and Canidz, where the hallux is rudimentary, the tibialis

anticus is inserted into that rudiment; but in the Hyznide, where

the hallux is quite suppressed, it goes to the base of the second

metatarsal bone. In many specimens the tendon or the whole of

the tibialis anticus is double; this, however, appears to be an

individual variation and is not indicative of any family or genus.

‘For instance, Shepherd describes two tendons in Ursus americanus

(XX.), but this was not noticed in any other specimen of the same

animal. Watson says that in Hyena crocuta the muscle is double

halfway down (XV.); this is not the case in any specimen of

Hyena striata recorded. In Mustela foina Perrin found two tibiales

antici (XXIX.), but in Cuvier and Laurillard’s specimen (XX XI.)

the muscle was entirely undivided.

Extensor proprius hallucis——Tbis muscle, when it is present,

rises from some portion of the upper half of the fibula, and is inserted

into the dorsum of the base of the terminal phalanx of the hallux.

The tendon closely accompanies that of the tibialis anticus, and is

often described as coming off from that : careful dissection will, how-

ever, always show that the two tendons are really connected with

separate fleshy bellies, although they lie in the same synovial

sheaths in passing the annular ligament. Among the Felide, in

spite of the rudimentary condition of the huallux, the extensor

hallucis often persists. It was found in Felis leo (1), F. tigris (4),

F. pardus (6), and F. pardalis (8); on the other hand, it was

absent in F. leo (2), F. pardus (7), and F. catus (9). One of us

has already noticed (XLI.) that in Rodents this muscle is more

persistent than the toe which it should move. When the toe has

disappeared and the muscle remains, the latter acquires an inser-

tion into the slip of the extensor longus digitorum to the second

toe. Among the Viverride, the muscle is present in the following

animals :—Cryptoprocta (13, 14); Viverra (16, 17); Viverricula

(19); Genetta (20, 22, 23, 24), in one specimen (20) it ended in

an expansion to the first and second digits ; Paradowurus (25, 26).

In Herpestes the muscle was present in one specimen (29), absent

in another (30) (see fig. 3). In Cynictis (31) it joined the slip of

the extensor brevis digitorum to the inner toe. In Proteles and the

Hyenide it appears to be always wanting (32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37).

Among the Canidz, it is usually absent in Canis familiaris (43, 44,

45, 46, 48) and C. lagopus (53), but it was found in two specimens

of C. aureus (50, 50 a), and in one of C. mesomelas (51).

In the Urside it has been seen in Ursus arctos (57) and U.

americanus (58, 62).

In the Procyonide it is present in the following animals :—

Procyon lotor (63, 64, 66), P. cancrivorus (67), Nasua (68, 70), and

Cercoleptes (72). In one specimen of Procyon lotor (65) Allen

166 =~ DR. B.C, A. WINDLE AND MR. F. G. PARSONS ON THE [Mar. 1,

(XXVI.) failed to find it. Among the Mustelide it was found in

every case in which it was looked for :—Galictis (75), Mustela

foina (78, 79), Ictonyx libyca (84), Meles (85, 86), and Lutra

(88, 93).

Fig. 3.

‘| _EXT-BREV-DIG.

ff} =| PER-QUIN: DIG.

Muscles of hind foot of Herpestes (dorsal view).

Extensor longus digitorum.—This muscle has the typical mam-

malian arrangement: it rises from the front of the outer condyle

of the femur by a tendon which passes through the knee-joiut ; on

reaching the leg it expands into a muscular belly, which in the

lower third again becomes tendinous and passes through a strong

fibrous loop, which binds it to the caleaneum. After this a slip is

given off for the middle and distal phalanges of each of the four

outer toes. The above description is very constant for the Carni-

vora. Occasionally the fleshy belly may be more or less divided

into two, as in Ursus americanus (59) and Meckel’s specimen of

Hyena striata (34), though this was not noticed in other Hyznas

(33, 35, 36). Occasionally one or more of the four tendons may

be wanting ; in Procyon cancrivorus (67) and Hyena crocuta (37) it

is the tendon to the fifth toe which is absent, but in one of Allen’s

Racoons (65) the only tendons present were those to the second and

fifth toes.

1898.] MYOLOGY OF THE TERRESTRIAL CARNIVORA. 167

Extensor brevis digitorum.—tThis muscle rises from the anterior

part of the dorsal surface of the caleaneum and divides into tendons

which join those of the extensor longus. Asa rule tendons pass

to the four inner toes, but occasionally a slender slip runs to the

fifth also. In the Felide, where the hallux is aborted, there are

only three tendons for the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th toes ; this is the case in

Felis leo (1, 2), F. tagris (4), and F. catus (9). Among the Viverride,

tendons are given off to the four inner toes in Cryptoprocta (13),

Vwerra (16), and Grenetta (22, 23, 24). The specimen of Herpestes

griseus (30) which we dissected was remarkable for having slips

of the extensor brevis to all five toes (see fig. 3). Proteles (32),

on the other hand, has only tendons to the second and third toes.

Among the Hyznid there are always tendons to the 2nd, 3rd,

and 4th toes (33, 34, 35, 36, 37), and, in addition, a feeble slip

went to the fifth in two specimens of Hyena striata (33, 36).

The Canidz resemble the Hyzenidw in the absence of the ballux ;

consequently we find tendons running to the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th

toes in Canis familiaris (48), C. aureus (50 a), and C. mesomelas

(51). In one Dog (39) a small slip went to the fifth toe in

addition.

The Urside and Procyonide have tendons to the Ist, 2nd, 3rd,

and 4th toes: this is the case in Ursus arctos (57), U. americanus

(59, 62), Procyon lotor (63), P. cancrivorus (67), Nasua (70, 71),

and Cercoleptes (72, 73, 74). In Ursus maritimus (55) and one

specimen of Procyon lotor (64) the tendon to the hallux was

absent. The Mustelide resemble the Urside and Procyonide in

usually having tendons for the 1st, 2nd, 3rd, and 4th toes: these

were present in Galictis vittata (75), Mustela putorius (77), M. foina

(78), Meles (86), and Lutra (93). In Ictonya libyca (84) and

Lutra (88) the slip to the hallux was absent.

Peroneus longus.—This muscle rises from the head and upper

part of the shaft of the fibula, occasionally encroaching on the

adjacent portion of the tibia. Some of the fibres of the external

lateral ligament of the knee are continuous with its origin. The

tendon of insertion runs in a separate groove on the outer side of

the external malleolus, turns round the cuboid, and passes across

the sole of the foot to be inserted into the base of the first or, when

that is absent, the second metatarsal bone. With regard to the

origin, Ruge (XLVIIL.) states that in Hyena, Nasua, and Meles it

comes from the external condyle of the femur. We have failed to

find any confirmation of this by other authors, and in our own

specimen of Hycna (36) the muscle certainly rose from the fibula.

As the tendon passes round the cuboid, a slip is sometimes given to

the base of the 5th metatarsal bone: this was noticed by Young

and Macalister in Viverra (16, 17), and by Mivart in Genetta (20).

In our own specimen of Grenetta (23) we paid special attention to

this point, and satisfied ourselves that the apparent attachment to

the base of the fifth metatarsal belonged to the sheath of the tendon,

and not to the tendon itself. In Proteles (32) and Hycna crocuta

(37), Watson found the tendon ending in the base of the fifth

168 DR. B.C, A. WINDLE AND MR. F. G. PARSONS ON THE [ Mar. 1,

metatarsal. Young and Robinson (XIV.) state that in the Fox

and Dog the peroneus longus is inserted into the cuboid and the

4th and 5th metatarsals. We have examined the insertion very

carefully in two Dogs (89, 40), and find that, though the sheath of

the tendon is attached to these parts, the tendon itself is continued

across the sole, not to the base of the second metatarsal bone, but

to that of the rudimentary first.

Peroneus brevis——This is always present in Carnivora, and rises

from the shaft of the fibula below the origin of the peroneus longus.

The tendon of insertion, which is large, runs in a groove behind

the external malleolus which it shares with the peroneus quinti

digiti. It is inserted into the base of the fifth metatarsal bone.

Peroneus quinti digitii—This is also very constant, although

some authors have described it as a slip from the tendon of the

peroneus brevis. The muscular belly is very small and easily

overlooked ; it rises from the upper third or so of the shaft of the

fibula, and the delicate tendon passes down in the same groove as

that of the peroneus brevis, behind the external malleolus. After

reaching the dorsum of the foot, it fuses with the tendon of the

extensor longus digitorum to the fifth toe (see fig. 3).

The Peroneus quarti digitt is never found in the Carnivora.

Gastrocnemius.—This muscle usually consists of two heads

rising from above the two condyles of the femur, though in some

cases a third or median head can be separated from the external.

In the outer and inner heads fabelle may be developed, the

external one being the more constant; and we have some reason to

believe that the ossification of the internal fabella depends on the

age of its possessor. The two fleshy bellies unite below the

middle of the leg to form the greater part of the tendo Achillis,

the fibres of which are twisted in the manner already pointed out

by one of us!. Among the Felide, Macalister noticed the presence

of a median head in Felis leo (1), and Mivart describes four heads

to the gastrocnemius of Felis catus (9). In Felis tigris (4), Felis

pardus (5,6), and Felis pardalis (8), no median head could be

distinguished. Among the Viverride only two heads have been

recorded. There is always a fabella in the outer head, but in two

specimens of Cryptoprocta one (13) had an internal fabella and

the other (14) had not. In two specimens of Viverra (16, 17) the

same thing was observed.

In the Canide, fabellee were found in both heads in Canis fami-

liaris (39), Canis aureus (50 a), and Canis mesomelas (51).

In the Urside, Kelley (X XTV.) points out that the gastrocnemius

is much smaller in proportion in the Polar Bear than in the Cat.

Shepherd (XX.) says that “in Ursus americanus (59) the three

heads,” one of which is evidently the plantaris, “‘ remain distinet

as far as their insertion.” In Cuvier and Laurillard’s specimen of

the same animal (62) the two heads unite quite low down in the

leg. The Procyonide serve very well to show the inconstancy of

1 “On the Morphology of the Tendo Achillis,” by F. G. Parsons. Journ.

Anat. vol. xxviii, p. 414.

1898. ] MYOLOGY OF THE TERRESTRIAL CARNIVORA, 169

the internal fabella: in one specimen of Procyon lotor (63) it

was present, in another (64) it was not. In Nasua fusca (69)

there were two fabelle, while in Nasua narica (68) only the outer

one was seen. Among the Mustelide no fabelle at all were

found in Mustela foina (79) and Lutra cinerea (93), but in

Galictis barbara (76), Mustela putorius (77), Mustela foina (80),

Ictonyx (84), Meles (85), and Lutra (88) there was an often ill-

marked one in the outer head. In the specimen of Lutra (88)

which we dissected the two heads were separate almost as far as

their insertion and resembled very much the condition found in

Castor (X1.).

The Plantaris rises from the external condyle of the femur and

the external fabella, and winds round the inner side of the tendo

Achillis till it reaches the caleaneum ; it then usually spreads out

into a broad expansion which plays round the posterior surface of

the tuberosity of that bone until it reaches the foot, where it is

continuous with the flexor brevis digitorum and the plantar fascia.

Shepherd, in his specimen of Ursus americanus (59), found that

the tendon was inserted into the tuber calcis as in man. Watson

describes the same arrangement in Hyena crocuta (37), but im no

other animals is it recorded.

Soleus.—This muscle rises from the back of the head of the

fibula; it is usually a small muscle and in many cases is absent.

As a rule it joins the tendo Achillis in the lower third of the leg,

but in some cases is inserted directly into the caleaneum. In the

Felidze and Viverridz the muscle is present and answers the above

description—Felis leo (1), Felis tigris (4), Felis pardus (6), Felis

pardalis (8), Cryptoprocta (13, 14), Viverra (16, 17), Viverricula

(19), Genetta (20, 22, 24), Paradowurus (25, 26), Herpestes (29, 30),

and Cynictis (31). Proteles in this respect differs from the Viverride.

The Hyznide and Canide, with which Proteles (32) agrees, are

remarkable for the total absence of the soleus—Proteles (32),

Hyena striata (33, 34, 35, 36), Hyena crocuta (37), Canis fami-

liaris (39, 40, 43, 44, 45, 46, 48), Canis aureus (50, 50a), Canis

mesomelas (51), Canis lagopus (53), and Lycaon pictus (54). In

the Ursidz, Procyonide, and Mustelide the soleus is present with

the exception of the Otter, in which it seems to be sometimes absent:

for instance it was absent in our own specimen (88), while in

Haughton’s (92) it only weighed 0-01 oz. av. ; in two other speci-

mens (90, 93) it was present and well marked.

Popliteus.—This muscle, which is very constant in the mam-

malian series, rises from the outer side of the external condyle of

the femur and is inserted into the upper third or half of the inner

border of the tibia. It was present in every animal examined, and

frequently contained a sesamoid bone in its tendon of origin.

Perrin (X XIX.) notices that in Cercoleptes (74) the anterior tibial

artery passed above and then in front of it: we found the same

arrangement in a Dog (40), but unfortunately the relations of the

artery and muscle have not been observed in any other case.

Flexor fibularis (FP. longus hallucis)—Vhis rises from the upper

170 —- DR. B.C. A, WINDLE AND MR. F.G. PARSONS ON THE [Mar. 1,

three-quarters of the posterior surface of the fibula, from the inter-

osseous membrane, and often from part of the posterior surface of

the tibia. It is the largest of the deep flexor muscles on the back

of the leg, and its strong flat tendon passes behind the astragalus

and below the sustentaculum tali into the sole, where it is joined by

the flexor tibialis tendon (see fig. 4). The conjoined tendons now

divide for the toes, always giving off slips for the four outer ones and

often for the halluxas well. In the Felide, Canidz, and Hyenide

no slip is present for the aborted hallux; but in the Viverrida,

Urside, Procyonide, and Mustelide the hallux receives a slip,

though it is often more slender than those to the other digits. In

Herpestes griseus (80) we found that the slip to the hallux, instead

of coming from the combined flexor tendons, was a direct continu-

ation of the accessorius, though in Herpestes nepalensis (29) it

came from the conjoined tendons as usual (see fig. 4).

Fig. 4.

| FLEXS T1B.

ia _FLEX.ACC.

\\ ~-FLEX.FIB.

-ABD.OSS, METI

QUIN. Dic __|Wy

tye

Lavy

Plantar tendons of foot of Herpestes.

Flexor tibialis (Flexor longus digitorum).—This rises from the

inner part of the posterior surface of the tibia, the fascia over the

tibialis posticus, and sometimes from a small part of the back of

the upper third of the fibula. The tendon, which is much smaller

than that of the flexor fibularis, passes behind the internal malleolus

and in the sole joins the inner side of the flexor fibularis, as has

already been noticed. The muscle was present and normal in

every animal examined.

Lumbricales—As a rule there are four of these muscles, but

1898. ] MYOLOGY OF THE TERRESTRIAL CARNIVORA. 171

when only three are present the one on the tibial side is missing.

Among the Felide there are usually three—Felis leo (2), Felis

tigris (4), Felis pardus (5, 6), and Helis pardalis (8). In one

specimen of Félis Ico (1) Macalister noticed four, two coming from

the tendon of the third toe. In the Viverridz four lumbricales are

usually present—Cryptoprocta (13), Vwerra (16), Genetta (22, 24),

Herpestes (30), and Cynictis (31). In the following, however,

there were only three—Viverra (17), Genetta (20), and Proteles

(32). In the Hyenide, with which as usual Proteles agrees, there

are never more than three lumbricales—Hyena striata (33, 34, 35)

and Hycna crocuta (37). Young and Robinson state (XTV.) that

in Hyena striata (84) the second lumbrical joins the superficial

flexor of the second toe, and in Cuvier and Laurillard’s plate (X VL.)

the same thing seems to occur. The Canide have also three

lumbricales— Canis familiaris (39, 48), Canis wwreus (50 a), and

Canis mesomelas (51).

In the Procyonide there are usually four lumbricales, but the tibial

one is small—Procyon lotor (63), Nasua rufa (70), Cercoleptes (72).

In Procyon lotor (64) there were only three.

In the Mustelide there are also four as a rule—Mustela fona

(78), Ictonyx (84), Meles (86), Lutra (88, 90). In Mustela putorius

(77) and Lutra cinerea (93) the tibial one was absent.

Tibialis posticus—This rises from the posterior surface of the

tibia below the popliteus and also, sometimes, from a little of the

upper part of the back of the fibula; the tendon is very feeble

and is inserted into the navicular as a rule, but also into the cunei-

forms and bases of the metatarsals. It is present in all the

Felide and Viverridee—Felis leo (1), Felis tigris (4), Helis pardus

(6), Felis pardalis (8), Felis catus (9), Cryptoprocta (13), Viverra

(16, 17), Viverricula (19), Genetta (20, 24), Paradoxurus (25, 26),

Herpestes (29, 30), Cynictis (31) (very small), and Proteles (32).

In the Hyznide the muscle may or may not be present ; it was

absent in one specimen of Hyena striata (33), but present in

another (36), while in Hyena crocuta (37) it was absent. In

the Canide, if the muscle is present at all, it is so feebly developed

as to require the greatest care to make it out. Haughton (XVIIL.)

says that it was absent in two Irish Terriers (41 and another)

and a Greyhound (42), while in a Dingo (49) it only weighed

0:01 oz. av. In the Dogs which we dissected (39, 40) we failed to

find any trace of it, but in the following it was present although

extremely small: 43, 44, 45, 46, 48. In Canis aureus (50, 50 a),

Canis mesomelas (51), and Canis lagopus (53), traces of it were

found.

In the Urside (58, 59) and Procyonide—Procyon lotor (63, 64,

65), Nasua (68, 69), Cercoleptes (72, 73, 74)—it was present, and in

Procyon lotor (63) a sesamoid cartilage was found in the tendon

where it passed under (plantar to) the short plantar ligament.

Among the Mustelide the tibialis posticus was present in Gralicts

vittata (75), Galictis barbara (76), Mustela putorius (77), Mustela

foina (79), Ictonyx libyca (84), Meles (85, 86), and Lutra (88, 93).

172 “DR. B.C. A. WINDLE AND MR. F. G, PARSONS ON THE [Mar.1,

Peroneo-tibialis—This muscle has been noticed by Gruber

(XLVIII.) as being present in 24 out of 30 specimens of Canis

familiaris as well as in Canis lupus and Canis vulpes. No other

author, to our knowledge, has noticed its presence in the Carnivora.

Unfortunately, we only came across Gruber’s paper after our

animals, with seven exceptions, were dissected, though we feel

confident that if the muscle had been at all well developed it

would not have escaped our notice. The seven animals which

we specially examined without finding the slightest trace of a

peroneo-tibialis were Cryptoprocta (14), Cynictis (31), Herpestes

griseus (30), Canis aureus (50 a), Canis mesomelas (51), Nasua

narica (an extra specimen), and Cercoleptes (72). We also pro-

cured an additional specimen of Canis familiaris and made an

extremely careful examination of the posterior tibial region. We

are confident that there were no muscular fibres deep to the

popliteus passing between the tibia and fibula and corresponding to

the rotator fibulz so well known in the Lemuroidea. Lower down

in the leg, however, we came across a few very delicate strips of

muscle passing transversely from one bone to the other and with the

greatest difficulty separable from the origin of the flexor fibularis.

The nerve-supply of these seemed to be from the anterior tibial.

We fear that the question of the presence of this muscle through-

out the Carnivora must remain for future investigation.

Flexor brevis digitorum.—This muscle is in most cases a direct

continuation of the plantaris after the latter has passed round the

back of the tuber calcis. It usually has a fleshy belly in the sole,

which divides into four slips; these soon become tendinous and

form the flexores perforati for the four outer toes. Just before

the deep tendons pass though them a fibrous ring is given off

which surrounds the deep tendons. Lach slip of the flexor brevis,

after having been perforated, unites and divides again to be

inserted into the middle phalanx. In some cases muscular slips

are given off in the sole from the conjoined deep tendons to those

of the flexor brevis; these have already been noticed in Hyena

striata as displaced lumbricales. The Hyznide and Canide are

remarkable tor the absence of muscular fibres in the flexor brevis,

which is therefore a mere expanded, fibrous continuation of the

plantaris tendon. This arrangement was noticed in Hyena

striata (33, 35), Proteles (32), Canis familiaris (39, 40), Canis

aureus (50, 50a), Canis mesomelas (51), and Canis lagopus (53).

In Hyena crocuta (37) there was not only no fleshy belly to the

flexor brevis, but that muscle was not continuous with the

plantaris, which ended in the tuber calcis, Kelley (XXIV.)

noticed that in Ursus maritimus (55) the flexor brevis was only

fleshy for the 2nd and 3rd toes, the tendons for the 4th and

5th being continuous with the plantaris. In Ursus americanus

(59) the flexor brevis rose entirely from the calcaneum,

though in the other Bears (55, 57, 58, 62) the usual arrangement

existed. In one specimen of Viverra (17), Macalister found no

tendon to the outermost toe.

1898. | MYOLOGY OF THE TERRESTRIAL CARNIVORA. 173

Accessorius.—This muscle is usually present in the Carnivora ; it

rises from the under and outer side of the caleaneum and is

inserted into the conjoined tendons of the flexores fibularis and

tibialis, usually on their plantar surface. In the Felide it is short

and transverse— Felis leo (1, 2), Felis tigris (4), Felis pardus (5, 6),

Felis pardalis (8), Felis catus (10). In the Viverride it is also

present but is more antero-posterior: in many instances the

innermost fibres of the muscle were continued on into the hallux ;

this was the case in Cryptoprocta (13, 14), Viverra (16), Genetta

(24), Paradoxurus (25), and Herpestes (29). In Herpestes (30),

as we have already mentioned under the head of the flexor fibu-

laris, the accessorius formed the whole of the only flexor tendon

to the hallux (see fig. 4).

Plantar muscles of foot of Procyon.

Among the Hyenide the muscle was absent in Hyena striata

(33, 36), and also in Proteles (32), but it was found in Hyena

crocuta (37). The Canide are remarkable for the frequency with

which this muscle is absent: this was the case in Canis familiaris

(39, 40, 43, 44, 45, 46, 48), Canis aureus (50), Canis mesomelas (51),

and Canis lagopus (53). In Canis aureus (50 a) and Lycaon

pictus (54) the accessorius was present. In the other families

174 = DR. B.C. A, WINDLE AND MR. F. G. PARSONS ON THE [Mar.1,

the muscle was present in every case, and calls for little notice

except that it tends to form a large part of the long tendon for

the hallux.

Abductor ossis metatarst quinti.—This muscle was frequently

noticed: when present it rises from the posterior part of the

caleaneum and is inserted into the base of the fifth metatarsal

bone. In some cases a slip was continued on to the base of the

proximal phalanx of the fifth toe, forming a feeble abductor minimi

digiti, but more often it was absent (see fig. 5).

Abductor hallucis—This is usually present in the families in

which the hallux is not aborted (see fig. 5). In the Felidae,

Canide, and Hyzenidz it is absent.

Fig. 6.

Ail. ADOB IND

- ADDS HAL.

fi -SDDE MIN DIG

Muscles of sole of foot of Lutra.

Adductor Muscles of the Foot. First Layer of Deep Muscles.—As

in the hand, the usual arrangement is to find three adductors—one

for the hallux, one for the index, and a third for the minimus (see

fies. 5 & 6), As the hallux is suppressed in the Felide, Canide,

and Hyenide, there is, of course, no adductor hallucis in these

families. In Felis pardus (6) and pardalis (8) there were two

adductors of the fifth digit. In Viverra (17) Macalister found an

1898.] MYOLOGY OF THE TERRESTRIAL CARNIVORA,. 175

adductor of the annularis instead of the index, but in Viverricula

(19) the arrangement was normal.

Second Layer of Deep Foot Muscles—A double-headed flexor

brevis was found in each toe in all the specimens examined (see

fic.6). Of course in the Felide, Hyznide, and Canide the

muscle for the hallux was absent.

Third Layer of Deep Foot Muscles——In no animal could we find

any muscles dorsal to the ones last described. Allen, too, looked

for them in Procyon (64, 65), and Young and Robinson in Hyena

(33), but without success.

Muscles of the Trunk.

Reetus ventralis (Rectus abdominis).—This muscle rises from the

pubic symphysis and runs forwards to be inserted into several of

the anterior ribs at their junction with the sternum, the insertion

into the first rib being always the best marked. In Canis familaris

(39) we noticed that the fleshy part of the muscle ended opposite

the 6th rib cartilage, anterior to which it was continued by a

fibrous sheet to the first rib. (See Part I. of this paper, P. Z. 8.

1897, p. 3&2, fig. 6.) In Hyena striata (35) the same arrangement

existed. The linee transverse may be quite evident or so

indistinct as to be overlooked: there are usually between 5 and 8

of them, but they are not constant in two individuals of the same

species; for instance, Testut (X XIII.) noticed eight in Ursus

americanus, while Meckel (XX XIX.) and Cuvier and Laurillard

(XXIL.) only found five in the same animal. Five, however,

seems to be the commonest number,

The Pyramidalis is seldom sufliciently well-marked to be noticed

as a distinct muscle. In most of the animals which we dissected

it was looked for and found closely incorporated with the rectus.

Murie (XVII.) describes it as wanting in Hyena brunnea, as do

also Young and Robinson (X1V.) in Hyena striata and Alix (XXX.)

in Mustela putorius. Shepherd, however, says that it is large and

distinct in Ursus americanus.

Supracostalis——There can be little doubt that this muscle is a

continuation forward of the external oblique plane; it is very

constant in the Carnivora, and was found in every animal in which

it was looked for. It rises from the sternum at the junction of the

2nd and 3rd costal cartilages, and runs outward and forward to be

inserted into the first rib about the middle. Some of its fibres are

occasionally continued into the scalenus brevis.

. The Evternal Oblique rises from the posterior 8 to 10 ribs by

separate digitations, and the muscle runs inwardand backward to the

symphysis and linea alba ; it is easily separable from the surface of

the rectus ventralis in the posterior part of the abdomen, but less

easily in the anterior. In the dorsal part of the abdominal wall it

is continuous with the lumbar aponeurosis, and there is no fleshy

insertion into the crest of the ium. In Jetonyx lbyca (84) we

noticed double digitations from the posterior two or three ribs.

The Internal Oblique rises from the lumbar fascia, the crest of

176 =: DR. B, ©. A, WINDLE AND MR. F, G, PARSONS ON ‘tHE [Mar. 1,

the ilium, and Poupart’s ligament. It is inserted into the posterior

two to five ribs and the linea alba.

We have noticed in several animals that the aponeurosis of this

muscle, instead of dividing to enclose the rectus, passes super-

ficially to it, and Shepherd (XX.) has observed the same in Ursus

americanus. In male Carnivora the internal oblique forms, at all

events, the greater part of the scrotal pouch.

The Vransversalis rises from the internal surfaces of the posterior

six or more ribs and from the lumbar fascia ; it is only fleshy in the

dorsal and anterior part of theabdomen. In some animals it splits

to enclose the rectus, but it is difficult in many cases to be sure of

this point.

The Psoas magnus rises from the posterior three or four

thoracic and all the lumbar vertebra. It is joined by the iliacus

and inserted into the lesser trochanter.

The Psoas parvus is always present in Carnivora, it rises from

the anterior lumbar vertebre, internal to the magnus, and is

inserted into the ilio-pectineal line.

The Jiacus is always a small muscle, and has the usual origin

from the venter of the ilium. Its insertion is with the psoas.

Quadratus lumborum.—This muscle is very difficult to dis-

tinguish, as it tends to fuse with the psoas ventrally and the

erector spine dorsally ; it usually consists of fibres running from

the lumbar transverse processes to the crest of the ilium, the costo-

vertebral portion being undifferentiated.

Serrati dorsules.—These muscles show great variety in the

number of ribs to which they are attached, as well as in the

degree of their fleshy development. They also vary in the number

of ribs to which they are attached in different specimens of the

same animal. For these reasons we think it needless to encumber

this paper with the exact number of attachments in each animal

dissected, but will content ourselves with saying that the serratus

dorsalis thoracis (serratus posticus superior of human anatomy) is

always a larger muscle than the serratus dorsalis lumbalis (serratus

posticus inferior), and that it is usually attached to some 8 or 10

ribs, beginning at the 2nd or 3rd. The serratus dorsalis lumbalis,

on the other hand, is small and is often absent altogether. When

it is present, it is attached to three or four posterior ribs, and in

those cases in which the two muscles overlap, it is always the

lumbalis which is superficial. In Cuvier and Laurillard’s plate

of the Badger’s muscles (X XXI1I.), the lumbar part of the serratus

dorsalis is inserted into the eight anterior ribs and no thoracie

portion is present. Unfortunately we have not had an opportunity

of checking this observation.

Erector spine.—The three portions of this mass known in

human anatomy as the sacro-lumbalis, longissimus dorsi, and spi-

nalis dorsi are present in the Carnivora. In Felis leo and Felis pardus,

Cuvier and Laurillard (V., VI.) point out that the sacro-lumbalis

is not continued back as far as the sacrum and ilium, but only

reaches the rib. In these animals, apparently, only that part of

—

1898. ] MYOLOGY OF THE TERRESTRIAL CARNIVORA. 177

the outer layer corresponding to the human accessorius is present.

In no case have we been able to satisfy ourselves that the sacro-

lumbalis and accessorius are continued up into the neck as the

cervicalis ascendens. The longissimus dorsi is continued up to the

dorsal tubercles of the transverse processes of the posterior five or

six cervical vertebre as the transversalis colli.

The Transversalis capitis (Trachelo-mastoid) is always present

in the Carnivora; it is practically a continuation forward of the

longissimus dorsi. It rises from the posterior three or four cervical

and the anterior one or two thoracic vertebrze, and is inserted into

the skull deep to the outermost fibres of the splenius capitis. In

Ursus americanus (60) a slip is given from it to the transverse

process of the atlas. In Lctonyw libyca (84) and Lutra vulgaris (88)

we noticed that the trachelo-mastoid was distinctly bilaminar with

the ventral margins fused. Sometimes the muscle has a tendinous

intersection running across it, but this is not nearly so frequently

the case as in the complexus.

Complexus.—The mesial part of the complexus which, in human

anatomy, is called biventer cervicis is always marked off from the

lateral part or complexus proper; it rises from the anterior two or

three thoracic vertebrz, and usually has from one to four transverse

intersections in its course. The lateral part of the complexus

rises from the anterior one or two thoracie and the posterior four

cervical vertebrz ; it sometimes has one or two intersections, but

they are never as numerous so in the complexus mesialis. As it

approaches its insertion into the occipital bone the muscle usually

becomes tendinous. In certain of the Carnivora, e. g. Felis catus

(9) and Ursus maritimus (55), a complexus tertius has been

noticed, lying externally to the rest, rising from the 2nd, 3rd, and

4th cervical vertebre, and being inserted into the transverse

process of the atlas.

Suboceripital triangle—The muscles of this triangle call for little

remark, except to notice that the rectus capitis dorsalis (posticus)

major is divided into a superficial and a deep layer. This arrange-

ment is common in other animals besides the Carnivora, and we

have proposed to describe three dorsal recti of the head, and to

name them superficialis, medius, and profundus, the latter corre-

sponding to the rectus capitis posticus minor of human anatomy.

The Splenius capitis is a very constant muscle rising from the

ligamentum nuche and anterior thoracic spines, and being inserted

into the curved line of the occipital bone.

The Splenius colli is usually absent in Carnivora. In Hyena

striata (33), however, Young and Robinson found it, and Cuvier

and Laurillard represent it asa very large muscle in the same

animal (35). In Hycna crocuta (37) and Proteles (32), on the

other hand, Watson says that the muscle is absent. In two Dogs,

of which we have records (39, 48), there was no splenius colli;

while among the Viverride it was noticed by Young in one speci-

men of Viverra civetta (16), but not by Macalister and Meckel in

other specimens of the same animal. Among the Felide, Urside,

Proo, Zoou, Soo,— 1898, No. XII. 12

178 DR. B.C, A, WINDLE AND MR. F. G. PARSONS ON THE [Mar.1,

Procyonide, and Mustelide the muscle has, so far as we know,

not been observed except in Lutra cinerea (93),in which Macalister

describes it as feeble.

Mypological Characteristics of the various Families of Carnivora.

FELIDz.

(1) Sterno-mastoids of opposite sides do not fuse in the mid-

ventral line. R

(2) The omo-hyoid is never present.

(3) The cephalo-humeral usually reaches the forearm.

(4) The pronator radii teres is inserted into the middle of the

radius.

(5) The palmaris longus externus alone is present.

(6) The pronator quadratus occupies the lower half of the radius

and ulna.

(7) The supinator longus is present (except in Cynclurus).

(8) The flexor brevis digitorum mani is usually present.

(9) The caudo-femoralis (agitator caude) usually reaches the

patella.

(10) The ilio-tibialis (sartorius) is usually single.

(11) The semitendinosus never has a caudal head.

VIVERRIDA.

(1) The sterno-mastoids of opposite sides seldom fuse.

(2) The omo-hyoid is seldom present.

(3) The rhomboideus capitis is seldom seen.

(4) The subclavius is sometimes present.

(5) The cephalo-humeral usually reaches the forearm.

(6) The pronator radii teres is inserted into the middle of the

radius.

(7) There may be a palmaris longus externus, internus, or both.

(8) The pronator quadratus is very variable.

(9) The supinator longus is present.

(10) The flexor brevis digitorum maniis is often present.

(11) The caudo-femoralis is inserted into the lower third of the

femur.

(12) The ilio-tibialis (sartorius) may be single or double.

(13) The semitendinosus always has a caudal head.

HY2NID 2.

(1) The mylo-hyoid does not reach as far forward as the

symphysis menti.

(2) The omo-hyoid is usually absent.

(3) The rhomboideus capitis is seldom present.

(4) The cephalo-bumeral is inserted into the humerus.

(5) The pronator radii teres is inserted into the middle of the

radius.

1898. ] MYOLOGY OF THE TERRESTRIAL CARNIVORA, 179

(6) The palmaris longus externus alone is present.

(7) The flexor profundus digitorum does not usually send a slip

to the pollex.

(8) The pronator quadratus occupies the whole length of the

radius and ulna.

(9) The supinator longus is absent.

(10) The flexor brevis digitorum maniis is rarely present.

(11) The caudo-femoralis is absent.

(12) The ilio-tibialis is double.

(13) The semitendinosus never has a caudal head.

(14) The soleus is absent.

(15) The flexor brevis digitorum pedis has no fleshy belly in the

sole.

(16) The tibialis posticus is often absent.

(17) The accessorius is often absent.

CaNIDsz.

(1) The mylo-hyoid does not reach the symphysis menti.

(2) The omo-hyoid is always absent.

(3) The rhomboideus capitis is always present.

(4) The cephalo-humeral is inserted into the humerus.

(5) The pronator radii teres is usually inserted above the middle

of the radius.

(6) The palmaris longus is usually absent.

(7) The pronator quadratus occupies the whole length of the

radius and ulna.

(8) The supinator longus is absent.

(9) The flexor brevis digitorum manis is absent.

(10) The caudo-femoralis is absent.

(11) There is no gluteus ventralis (quartus).

(12) The ilio-tibialis is usually double.

(13) The semitendinosus never has a caudal head.

(14) The soleus is absent.

(15) The tibialis posticus is absent or very rudimentary.

(16) The flexor brevis digitorum pedis has no fleshy belly in the

sole.

(17) The accessorius is usually absent.

Ursipz.

(1) The omo-hyoid is always present.

(2) The rhomboideus capitis may or may not be present.

(3) The cephalo-humeral is inserted into the humerus.

(4) The flexor longus cubiti (biceps) is almost always bicipital.

(5) The coraco-brachialis longus is present.

(6) The pronator radii teres is inserted into the lower end of the

radius.

(7) The palmaris longus is often absent.

(8) The pronator quadratus is attached to the lower third of the

radius and ulna.

(9) The supinator longus is present. |

12*

180

DR, B. C. A. WINDLE AND MR. F. G. PARSONS ON THE [Mar. 1,

“yuosoad “quosqu

‘snuo}yxg | ATjensn qyog | uoyo YIOg *AOUPIONT

‘pua aomory) = “pula JOMOTT *pue 1oMO'T | ‘oTppim oAoqy

“qUOSOA / “quesq. Vy “yuosq Vy “yuosqy

“quosqy | “quesqy “quesq yy "quesqy

‘quosoad =| ‘quosord

SOUITJOUIOY | somIgeuLog “queSsed F “quesq V

‘spvoq |

*prol] ouG | omy soutIyomL0g ‘spRol] OMT, ‘poy ou

“yuosoad

‘quosoad skemypy | SOMTJOMLOY | “quosq’y *quosq Vy

“quasqe

“quosed gy | “quasat gy 10 Quosoa gy "qUOSOA

“SnAOUIN FT *sn.omun fy *snouun fT ‘snAOUIN FT

‘quosead Ayjensy | yuosqe ATpensqQ *quese. qT “yuOsq V

“UO “UFO “U2YO “UFO

: | et | i ——____

‘Dpuyaysnjy ‘wpruohoong | ‘Mpeg opuny

*SNUAOIXOL

*STPPHAL

“quosqy

‘peoy uC

“\uasqy |

“quosqe ATyens

“sntouun yy

*yuosqe ATyens

"UJ

‘opuDhyT

AOR AO

“UAO}UT “UL0}XHT

“OIPPHA |

“quesqy

“quesoad

SOUMIJOULOG

“yuesq 7

“peoy ou0

skvm{e ySOulLy

"quesqy |

‘yuesqe ATpensy)

“ULB

-onoy ATTens_)

‘yuosatd WOpTag

‘DPQ

“uLOpPPg

*snUIo}XOT

‘snipes JO “PIT

*yuosqy

“yuesqy

“ques

“prey oud,

quesqy

“quosad gq

Metnats

-atoy = ATTRUSA)

"queasy

*TO.A0 NT

“Dpyasy

| -oreydep Jo uorsesuy

"sn SUO] sIaBUTe

*OTyOSUT

Sal0} ItpRt "UOAT

“e[ndvos jo o[sue

moay (sdootiy,) 11q

-nd LOsue}xiT JO pveyT

TRie hav Wee rene sntavpoqng

‘sn3uOT pues snipout

SITBLYIBA -OOVLOD

*(sdoorg)

WIqno snsuo, sAOxepT

‘oposnut

youUNsIp vse snp

-unjoad snoprog moyyy

““siqtdvo snaproquoyyy

*[earouNy

prodq-oug

Feet e eee ee

SULT PIO UE

SuIsny ployseul-onte}g |

MYOLOGY OF THE TERRESTRIAL CARNIVORA. 181

1898.]

*quOsoA

“yuesoL

"quasar gy

“quosat gy

“yuesqe

40 quoserg

‘apsurs Aqpensq,

“quesaad ATTens-)

*yuasqe

IO Juasatg

‘quesead mopjeg

“qyueset

‘a[qeiae A

‘quosoi 7

“yueysuoouy

“quesed T

“quasol

“quasar

“quOseL

‘yuasord skvapy

‘apsuis ATpensq,

‘quasqe ATTEns

“quosqe

IO yuosed gy

‘quoserd ATpensq

“uesor

“QTQVIaV A

“qVUugsoa

‘dn ysty

urof AyTens_,

“quesod gy

*quoBnod gy

“qUOSOL

*quosod f

‘quasoad 10A9 NT

‘opsuts ATTens

‘quesoad Aypens—

“quesq'y

*quoaqe ATyens

“yuesorg

*£ JOMO'T

“yuesedg

“qoury

-SIp UIvUTAyy

“yuesqy

*yuesqy

‘quosqe ATTens—)

“‘quesqy

“yuosoad AOAONT

‘eTquop Aqensp,

-yuoserd AqTens—)

“juosqy

“quosqy

“quesqy

“q38UET PTO AA

“‘quosolg

‘JOUL}STp UIVUTAY,

“quasqy

“juesqe uoyFO

*qUOSq VY |

“yuesoad 1049 NT

‘eTqnod |

“quasqe

10 yueser gq

TEE

“quosqu AyTens/)

“quasqVy

“TISOT BTOT] AA,

“JUOSq

*yURSUOOTT

"qUSSOA 7

“quosot

*quesat

“quesaag

ynosard skempy

‘o]quopa09,surg

“yuasead ATpens Ey

“INUIT

£ @MOT

OJUL JUEsergT

“quosa.1d u93JO

“yuosotg

“SUT

OO At 0} Jou

qnq ‘e[qere A

“quosotg,

“qUeySUOOUT

‘quosoag |****** stped sntcossa90V

‘quosoag |*** ‘stped “Srp *aeaq “Ta

“quese.t gy snorjsod styeiqny,

“quosorg | ttrtttetetet ss snatog

*(pvey [ep

‘yuosoad 1aAeNy | -nBO) snsouTpuo}iMeg

‘q[Surs ATyensy) |(sntxoyxeg) stperqyy-OTTT

*(sngaenb

‘quosoad AT[UNsy | 4p) SITBIJWEA snegnTH

*(eyjaqed

soyove.t ATTe *(sITvro Toy

-nsn) juasetg |-opnvo) apnro oyu

nee

“queso SQUBUT “SIP “Aq “TT

“Gnuouly

ydeoxe) yuoserg |***"** snstoy 10zeutdng

"TABvaLOy

jo & aamory |-** snyeapenb r0;eu0rg

“Srp ‘Jord

‘queserg | ‘Tq jo opus, xeTjog

*sIavayn

‘dn ysiq atop | dao ‘;y Jo sproHG

182 DR. B. C. A, WINDLE AND MR. F. G. PARSONS ON THE [Mar.1,

(10) The supinator brevis occupies the upper three quarters of the

radius.

(11) The flexor brevis digitorum manis is usually absent.

(12) The caudo-femoralis is absent.

(13) The ilio-tibialis is usually single.

(14) The semitendinosus never has a caudal head.

PROCYONID &.

(1) The omo-hyoid is usually absent (it is present in Cercoleptes).

(2) The rhomboideus profundus is sometimes present (Cercoleptes).

(3) The rhomboideus capitis is always present.

(4) The cephalo-humeral is inserted into the humerus.

(5) The flexor longus cubiti (biceps) is sometimes bicipital.

(6) The pronator radii teres is usually inserted into the lower

end of the radius.

(7) Both palmaris longus externus and internus are usually

present.

(8) The pronator quadratus is variable.

(9) The supinator longus is present.

(10) The flexor brevis digitorum maniis is usually present.

(11) The caudo-femoralis may be present or absent.

(12) The ilio-tibialis is usually single.

(13) The semitendinosus always has a caudal head.

MustreLip 2».

(1) The omo-hyoid is usually present.

(2) The rhomboideus profundus is always present.

(3) The rhomboideus capitis is always present.

(4) The cephalo-bumeral is inserted into the humerus.

(5) The triceps has an extra head from the angle of the scapula.

(6) The pronator radii teres is usually inserted into the lower end

of the radius.

(7) There is usually only a palmaris longus externus.

(8) The pronator quadratus is variable.

(9) The supinator longus is present.

(10) The flexor brevis digitorum manis is usually absent.

(11) The caudo-femoralis may be present or absent.

(12) The ilio-tibialis is usually single.

(13) The semitendinosus may or may not have a caudal head.

With the view of making the characteristics of the various

families more evident, we have arranged them in a tabular form

(see pp. 180, 181).

We propose to close this paper with an examination of how far

the study of the muscles helps towards determining the position of

one or two of the Carnivora the affinities of which are somewhat

doubtful. In the first place, the Cheetah (Cyncelurus jubatus) is

known to differ from the rest cf the Felide in having only partially

retractile claws and a carnassial tooth without an inner lobe.

When one examines its muscular structure one notices that in

1898. ] MYOLOGY OF THE TERRESTRIAL CARNIVORA. 183

many respects it more closely approaches the Canide than the

Felide. The following are the chief Feline characteristics :—

(1) The ilio-tibialis (sartorius) is single.

(2) The caudo-femoralis (agitator caudz) reaches the patella.

(8) The gluteus ventralis (quartus) is present.

The following are the chief Canine characteristics :—

(1) The pronator quadratus reaches as far as the oblique ligament,

z. e. to close to the top of the radius and ulna.

(2) The supinator longus is absent.

(3) Only the tendon of the tibialis posticus is present.

(4) The accessorius is absent.

(5) The flexor brevis digitorum pedis has no muscular fibres in the

sole.

The following two points are common to both Felidz and Canide,

but go to show that the animal has no Viverrine tendencies :—

(1) The subclavius is absent.

(2) The semitendinosus has no caudal head.

(3) The rhomboideus capitis is present.

We should like to emphasize the fact that we have never had an

opportunity of dissecting a specimen of Cynclurus, and that our

facts are gained from Ross’s description. ‘This is in some ways an

advantage because his account is an absolute statement of facts

set down without any view of proving a theory ; it isa disadvantage

because there are many points on which we would like detailed

information which necessarily seemed of little or no importance

to him.

The Fossa (Cryptoprocta ferow) of Madagascar is another animal

about whose position systematists are not quite agreed. We have

dissected two specimens of this animal (13, 14), and Beddard (VIL.)

has published some notes on the myology of a third. So far as its

muscles go we regard it as a most typical viverrine animal, and the

three specimens of which we have records agree so well that we

feel that we can speak with some confidence on its myology.

The Aard Wolf of South Africa (Proteles cristatus) has been

placed, in our list of animals, at the end of the Viverride in

deference to what we believe is the view of most systematists at the

present time ; its muscles, however, point to its much closer relation-

ship with the Hyznide, and we subjoin the facts on which our

opinion is based :—

a. Viverrine tendencies.

(1) The cephalo-humeral is inserted into the forearm.

(2) There is a tendon to the pollex from the flexor profundus

digitorum.

. Hyznine tendencies.

(1) The pronator quadratus occupies the whole length of the

forearm.

184 DR. B.C. A, WINDLE AND MR. F. G. PARSONS ON THE [Mar.1,

(2) The supinator longus is absent.

(3) The caudo-femoralis (agitator caudz) is absent.

(4) The ilio-tibialis (sartorius) is double.

(5) The semitendinosus has no caudal head.

(6) There is no soleus.

(7) There is no fleshy flexor brevis digitorum pedis.

(8) There is no accessorius pedis.

The Sonth-American Kinkajou (Cercoleptes caudivolvulvus) is

an animal of which we have had the good fortune to dissect two

specimens. It is usually looked upon as a typical member of

the Procyonide, but we have detected two important musteline

characteristics in its muscles and one which is distinctly ursine.

Its Musteline tendencies are :—

(1) The presence of the omo-hyoid.

(2) The presence of a distinct rhomboideus profundus.

Its Ursine characteristic is :—

(1) The presence of two heads to the flexor longus cubiti (biceps).

The points characteristic of the Procyonide are :—

(1) The presence of two palmares longi.

(2) The fusion of the two heads of the flexor carpi ulnaris.

(3) The absence of a head from the angle of the scapula to the

extensor longus cubiti (triceps).

(4) The presence of the flexor brevis digitorum manis.

Other myological points of interest are :—

(1) The pronator radii teres is inserted into the lower end of the

radius (common to Urside, Procyonide, and Mustelide).

(2) The supinator longus is present (common to Urside, Procy-

onidz, and Mustelide).

(3) The caudo-femoralis (agitator caude) is present (common to

Procyonide and Mustelide).

(4) The gluteus ventralis (quartus) is present and distinct (common

to Urside and Mustelide, not to other Procyonide).

(5) The ilio-tibialis (sartorius) is single (common to Urside,

Procyonidez, and Mustelide).

(6) The semitendinosus has a caudal head (common to Procyonide

and Mustelide),

BIBLioGRAPHY.

I. Mivarr.—‘ The Cat.’ London, J. Murray, 1881.

Il. Srravs-DurckHerm.— Anatomie descriptive et com-

parative du Chat.’ T. ii., 1845.

Il. Havenwroy.—* Muscles of the Lion.” P.R.I. A.

vol. ix. p. 85.

IV. Ross.—* Felis jubata.” P. R. I. A. ser. 2, vol. iii.

. 23.

V. ena & Lavrittarp.—* La Lionne.” Planches de

Myologie, Pls. 143-155.

1898.] MYOLOGY OF THE TERRESTRIAL CARNIVORA. 185

_ VI. Cuvisr & Lavgintarp.— La Panthére.” Planches

de Myologie, Pls. 166-168.

VII. Bupparv.—* Cryptoprocta ferow.” P. Z. S. 1895,

. 430.

VELL. aoe Viverra civetta.” J. Anat. vol. xiv. p. 166.

IX. Macatister.—‘“ Civet and Tayra.” P.R.I. A. ser. 2,

vol. i. p. 506.

X. Dnvis.—“ Viverra civetta.” Journ. Anat. vol. ii.

p- 205.

XI. Mivart.—“* On the Aluroidea.” P. Z. S. 1882,

p. 459.

XII. Cuvier & Lavritarp.—‘‘ Genette commune.”

Planches de Myologie, Pls. 124-128.

XIII. Warson.—‘“ Proteles lalandit.” P. Z. 8. 1882, p. 579.

XIV. Youne & Roptnson.—“ Hyena striata.” Journ. Anat.,

1889.

XV. Watson & Youne.—‘ Hyena crocuta.” P. Z.8. 1879,

798

XVI. Guqrne & LAvrinLarp.—* Hyéne rayée.” Planches

de Myologie, Pls. 129-142.

XVII. Murte.— Hyena brunnea.” Tr. ZS. vol. vii. p. 511.

XVIII. Haventon.—“ Dingo compared with other Dogs.”

P. R. I. A. 1867, p. 504.

XIX. Cuvier & Lavrinnarp.— Le Chien.” Planches de

Myologie, Pls. 112-125.

XX. SHerPHpRD.—“ American Black Bear.” Journ. Anat.

vol. xviii. p. 103.

XXI. Haventroy.—‘ Virginian Bear.” P. RI. A. vol. ix.

. 508.

XXII. Curae & Lavriiparpv.—* L’Ours noi d’Amérique.”

Planches de Myologie, Pls. 81-93.

XXIII. Testur.— Les anomalies musculaires chez ?Homme

expliquées par l’anatomie comparée.’ Paris, 1884.

XXIV. Kutiey.— Polar Bear.” Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. of Philad.

no. 1, p. 48.

XXV. Winpir.— Procyon cancrivorus.” Journ. Anat.

vol. xxi. p. 81.

XXVI. Atten.—‘ Procyon lotor.” Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. of

Philad. 1882, p. 115.

XXVII. Macxkinrosn.— Nasua narica and Mustela foina.”

P. BR. I. A. ser. 2, vol. ii. no. 1, p. 48.

XXVIII. Cuvier & Lavrittarp.— Le Coati Roux.” Planches

de Myologie, Pls. 94-99.

XXIX. Purrin.— Cercoleptes.” P. Z. 8. 1871, p. 547.

XXX. Anix.—‘ Putorius communis.” Journ. de Zoologie,

vol. v. p. 152.

XXXI. “Cuvinr & Lavriniarp.— La Fouine.” Planches de

Myologie, Pls. 104-107.

XXXII. Haventron.— Meles tavus.” P. R. I. A. vol. ix.

p- 507.

186 DR, A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTEROUS INSECTS [Mar.1,

XXXIII. Cuvinr & Lavurintarp.—*‘Le Blaireau d’Europe.”

Planches de Myologie, Pls. 100-103.

XXXIV. Havenron.—* Lutra vulgaris.” P. R. 1, A. vol. ix.

p- 511.

XXXV. Cuvine & Lavritarp.— La Loutre.” Planches de

Myologie, Pls. 108-111.

XXXVI. Lucan.—* Lutra vulgaris.” Abhandl. d. Senckenb.

Gesellschaft, Bd. ix.

XXXVII. Macarisrer.—* Aonywx leptonyx.” P.R.1. A. n. ser.

vol. 1. p. 539.

XXXVIII. Dinck.—“ Cans vulpes.” Zeitschr. f. d. gesammte

Naturwiss. Bd. xxxi. p. 218.

XXXIX. Mucxen.—‘ Anatomie Comparée.’ Tome vi.

XL. Pacenstecner.—‘ Lycaon pictus.” Zoologischer

Garten, Jahrg. 1870, p. 238.

XLI. Parsons.— Myology of Rodents.” P. Z. S. 1894,

p- 251.

XLIa. Parsons.—“‘ Myology of Rodents.” P. Z. S. 1896,

p. 159.

XLII. Parsons.—‘ Possible Sternalis in Bathyergus.” P.

Anat. Soc. Feb. 1895, p. xi.

XLIII. Giris.—* Anatomy of Scalenes in Ruminants, Solipeds,

and Carnivora.” Comptes Rendus, ser. 9, tome iv.

no 20, p. 464.

XLIV. Wrypin.— Deep Flexor mass of Forearm.” Journ.

Anat. vol. xxiv. p. 72.

XLV. Wiyors..—“ Adductor Muscles of the Hand.” P.

Birm. Phil. Soc. vol. v. pt. 2, no. 12.

XLVI. Cunyinenam.— Report on the Marsupialia.” Chal-

lenger Reports, vol. v. pt. 16, p. 19.

XLVII. Winpip.—‘ Pectoral Group of Muscles.” Trans.

R. I. Acad. xxix. p. 345.

XLVIL. Ruex.—‘ Morph. Jahrbuch.’ Bad. iv.

4, On the Lepidopterous Insects collected by Mr. G. A. K.

Marshall in Natal and Mashonaland in 1895 and 1897.

By Arrnur G. Burter, Ph.D., F.LS., F.ZS., &e.,

Senior Assistant-Keeper, Zoological Department, British

Museum.

[Received February 25, 1898.]

(Plate XX.)

The consignment of which the following is an account was

received too late to be noticed in my previous paper (P. Z. 8.

1897, p. 835); it is, in some respects, of even greater interest,

as including not only examples of several interesting new species

and of many species new to the Museum series, but also the

seasonal forms, authenticated by the donor, of a fair number of

1898. ] COLLECTED IN NATAL AND MASHONALAND, 187

butterflies which have been regarded as distinct, and the varietal

character of which is still called in question by some of the leading

lepidopterists in this country.

Speaking of the series from Mashonaland, Mr. Marshall

observes :—‘* My Mashonaland collections, which I had intended

to take home with me, have only just arrived here (or rather halt

of them), having been fourteen monthscoming down from Salisbury!

I find among the Teracoli a single dry-season male of 7. hilde-

brandti (which at the time I took to be a sport of 7. anne) and

also a female of 7. pallene, Hopff., which is almost identical with

the figure of your 7’. infumatus.

“ You will find three males and one female of a ‘ Lycewna’ from

the Karkloof, which Trimen considers to be only a variety of his

L. niobe, but which I think is probably specifically distinct. It

was discovered by Hutchinson and Barker in 1892 on Mr. Ball’s

farm in the Karkloof District near Maritzburg, and has apparently

never been taken elsewhere. From their account (1 have never seen

it in life) it differs much in habits from typical Z. niobe. It has

been found only within a very limited area, a few acres in extent,

flying rapidly over a patch of very long rank grass along the out-

skirts of a clump of forest, and being on the wing only in autumn

(viz. March and April).

“7, niobe is distributed throughout Natal (it varies above in

being either blue or brown), frequenting open country with short

grass, and flying with a low, rapid flight; it occurs only during

the spring months.

“Tt will be unnecessary to point out the differences in colouring,

the most noticeable of which are the different position of the

discal row on underside of secondaries and the presence of the

metallic-green spot at anal angle in the ‘variety.’ I am sorry

that the specimens are in such poor condition ; they were given

to me by Mr. Ball.”

Mr. Marshall did not forward the male of “ 7. hildebrandti,”

but it probably is what he at first supposed—a mere sport of

T. anne, corresponding in colouring with the 7’. calliclea (=hilde-

brandti) form of the Nyasa species. The two species are very

closely related—little more than local forms, in fact.

As regards the “ Lyceena,”’ I quite agree with Mr. Marshall that

it requires a distinctive name; it certainly is not identical with

Catochrysops mobe, but is a finer and more brightly coloured

species.

The following is a list of the species received in Mr. Marshall’s

last consignment :—

NYMPHADLIDS.

SATYRIN ®.

1. SAMANTA PERSPICUA (var. SIMONSI Butl.).

Mazoe, 4000 feet, 30th October, 1894; Gadzima, 4200 feet,

Umfuli River, Mashonaland, 30th July, 1895.

188 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTEROUS INSECTS _[ Mar. 1,

2. MyYCALESIS SELOUSI Trim.

Enterprise Camp, near Salisbury, 5000 feet, Mashonaland,

23rd June and 2nd July, 1895.

New to the Museum collection.

3, YPTHIMA DoLETA Kirby.

Wet form. Salisbury, 5000 feet, 2nd December, 1894.

Dry form. Gadzima, 4200 feet, 7th August, 1895.

4, YPrHIMA MASHUNA Trim.

Salisbury, 5000 feet, Mashonaland, 17th and 24th March, 1895.

New to the Museum collection.

5. PSEUDONYMPHA VIGILANS Trim.

Salisbury, ¢ 10th, 9 17th March, 1895.

6. PsEUDONYMPHA Cassius Godt.

Karkloof, Natal, 4200 feet, 31st January, lst and 5th February,

1897.

7. PsrEUDONYMPHA SABACUS Trim.

Karkloof, 1st, 5th, and 10th February, 1897.

8. NEOCEHENYRA EXTENSA, sp.n. (Plate XX. fig. 1.)

S$. Allied to IW. gregorti, but differing in the much longer costal

margin of the primaries, the reddish-orange irides to the ocelli,

the more sharply defined black transverse lines on the under

surface, the submarginal lines on the secondaries being also much

more regular, the postmedian line much less zigzag in character

and approaching nearer to the ocelli, the inner line crossing the

cell indistinct, but bordered on abdominal area with ferruginous

scales; base of costa also ferruginous. Expanse of wings 50

millimetres.

Salisbury, 5000 feet, Mashonaland, 12th January, 1895.

Incorrectly identified as NV. duplex, which it does not at all

resemble.

NYMPHALINZ,

9. CHARAXES SATURNUS Butl.

3. Upper Hanyani River, Mashonaland, 4700 feet, 20th July,

1895.

10. JUNONIA ARCHESIA Cram.

Dry form. Salisbury, 5000 feet, Mashonaland, 19th May, 1895.

10 a. JUNONIA PELASGIS Godt.

Wet form. Gadzima, Umfuli River, 4200 feet, 27th and 30th

December, 1895.

1898. | COLLECTED IN NATAL AND MASHONALAND. 189

11. JunNoniA sESAMUS Trim.

Salisbury, Mashonaland, 5000 feet, 17th March; Enterprise

Camp, Salisbury, 21st June, 1895; Karkloof, Natal, 4200 feet,

20th February, 1897.

12. JUNONIA CALESCENS Butl.

Junonia octavia var. natalensis Staudinger (nec natalica Felder).

Gadzima, 4200 feet, Umfuli River, Mashonaland, 2nd, 22nd, and

27th December, 1895.

13. JUNONIA TRIMENT Butl.

9. Marudsi River, Mazoe District, Mashonaland, 1st January,

1895; Gadzima, 4200 feet, Umfuli River, 22nd and 23rd December,

1895.

These were labelled by Mr. Marshall as J. stmia Wllgr., a much

smaller and differently shaped insect, with very different pattern

on the under surface and no rosy-whitish discal streak above.

A single small example of J. simia was obtained at Gadzima on

the 30th December.

14. Junon1a avRoRiINA Butl.

Karkloof, Natal, 4200 feet, 29th to 31st January, 10th, 11th,

and 17th February, 1897.

This is stated by Mr. Marshall to be the wet-season form of

J. tugela, but from his own dates it is certain that both fly

together in February ; moreover, judging them by J. artaxia, they

both have a dry-season under surface to the wings: I ar therefore

naturally very sceptical as to the identity of these two allied species.

15. JUNONIA TUGELA Trim.

Karkloof, Natal, 4200 feet, May 1896, and 20th February, 1897.

16. Junonia cuama Hewits.

Dry form. Enterprise Camp, near Salisbury, 5000 feet, Mashona-

land, 7th July; Gadzima, 5th August.

Wet form. Mazoe District, 4000 feet, 1st November, 1895.

As I bave suspected for some time, the seasonal forms of this

species differ very little: that of the wet season has the black

markings of the upper surface more pronounced, the costa of

primaries rather shorter (giving a squarer character to the wing)

than in the dry form, the markings below much better marked and

the discal spots more decidedly ocelloid. I am now quite satisfied

that J. triment has nothing to do with J. cuama or with J. simia.

It will be remembered that I have always opposed the amalga-

mation of these three very dissimilar species on the ground that

they are undoubtedly on the wing simultaneously at all seasons.

17. JUNONIA ELGIVA Hewits.

Malvern, Natal, 800 feet, 22nd and 30th March, 1897.

190 DR. A. G, BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTEROUS INSECTS [Mar.1],

18. JUNONIA CLELIA Cramer.

3d. Gadzima, 4200 feet, Umfuli River, Mashonaland, 29th

August and 2nd December, 1895.

One of the specimens is a curious aberration in which the large

blue patch on the secondaries is crossed near its apical outer

border by three large more or less oval black spots ; just in front

of the blue patch is a scar, probably indicating some injury done to

the pupa, which apparently has modified the deposition of

pigment in the scales.

19. JUNONIA ARTAXTA Hewits.

Gijima, Umfuli River, 29th July ; Gadzima, 3rd October, 1895,

Wet form. J. nachtigali Dewitz.

Gadzima, 27th and 28th December, 1895.

20. Hypotimnss Misrppus Linn.

Gadzima, 22nd, 27th, and 30th December, 1895.

21. HAMANUMIDA D=DALUS Fabr.

Salisbury, 23rd March and 18th April; Hartley Hills, Umfuli

River, 4800 feet, 25th July; Gijima, 24th August; Gadzima,

4200 feet, 26th December, 1895.

The wet-season phase was obtained from December to the end

of March, the dry phase from April to the end of August.

22, NEPTIS AGATHA Cram.

Malvern, Natal, 6th and 13th April, 1897.

23. EuryTEia HIARBAS Drury.

Karkloof, Natal, 9th February and 24th March; Malvern,

27th March, 1897.

ACREIN®.

24, Acrma Lycra Fabr.

Malvern, 800 feet, Natal, 13th April, 1897.

25. ACRHA RAHIRA Boisd.

Marudsi River, Mazoe District, Mashonaland, 1st January ;

Gadzima, 22nd August, 1895.

26. ACRMA NOHARA Boisd.

Q, Salisbury, 24th March, 9th June; ¢ 9, Enterprise Camp,

4th July, 1895.

The specimens are marked as “ wet” and “dry,” but I see no

great difference between them; they are all rather small examples,

and a varietal name is attached to them: if not already published,

it were better that it should not be.

1898.] COLLECTED IN NATAL AND MASHONALAND. 191

27. ACRMHA DOUBLEDAYI Gueér.

Wet. 5 2, Malvern, near D’Urban, Natal, 800 feet, 2nd to

4th March, 1897.

Dry. 3, Gadzima, 4200 feet, Umfuli River, Mashonaland,

11th August ; Gijima, 23rd August, 1895.

If the single male from Mashonaland represents the normal

dry-season phase, it only differs from that of the wet-season in its

inferior size, and would be indistinguishable from starved examples

obtained during the rains; both, however, differ very considerably

from the wet form of the scarcely distinct A. nero of Eastern Africa.

28. ACR#A ANACREON Trim.

Dry-season form. Karkloof, 4200 feet, Natal, 20th February,

1897.

An extraordinarily well-developed example showing nearly

double the usual expanse of wings.

“ Dry” and wet form. A. induna, Trim. Gijima, Mashonaland,

14th August ; Gadzima, 18th December, 1895.

The so-called dry form of A. induna (because obtained in the

dry-season) is a starved and somewhat worn little male, which, in

my opinion, is only a belated wet form (provided that the heavy

black apex really is seasonal, as it is said to be in certain species

in the genus). The black apical patch in this example is slightly

reduced, as might be expected; but Mr. Marshall has himself

admitted that in some of the species this black patch is a charac-

teristic of the wet season; in any case it is certainly a varietal,

‘not specific, character, inasmuch as we have complete series of

intergrades between the extremes in several forms of Acrwa.

29. AcRmA ASEMA Hewits.

Gadzima, Umfuli River, 29th July, 11th, 14th, and 24th August,

1895.

Mr. Marshall considers this to be the dry form of the following,

of which he sends one curious example, said to be the intermediate

form ; it certainly looks like it, but I should like more conclusive

evidence than is afforded by one specimen which was obtained

almost at the same time (in the same month) as A. asema.

30. ACRHA VIOLARUM Boisd.

“ Intermediate form.” Hartley Hills, Mashonaland, 27th July,

1895.

31, ACRZA CALDARENA Hewits.

3 wet form, Salisbury, 31st May; 2 2 dry form, Gadzima,

4th August and 20th September, 1895.

It would seem that the seasonal forms of this species differ

chiefly in size, the dry form being smaller; both phases agree in

the large black apical patch, proving that this is not an invariable

seasonal character, but by no means proving that it is not so in

most of the species which possess it.

192 DR. A, G, BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTEROUS INSECTS [Mar.],

32. AcRmA PETRA Boisd.

Malvern, 800 feet, Natal, 13th April, 1897.

33. AcR#A ANEMOSA Hewits.

Gadzima, 4200 feet, Umfuli River, Mashonaland, 31st August,

8rd October, 20th December, 1895.

34. AcR#A NEOBULE Doubl.

3 3, Gadzima, 3rd August, 1st December, 1895: 9 2, Malvern,

25th March, 5th April, 1897.

The seasonal forms seem to differ very little.

35. AcR#A HORTA Linn.

9, Frere, 3800 feet, 24th December, 1896; Estcourt, 4000

feet, 19th January; ¢ d, Karkloof, 4200 feet, Natal, 4th and

11th February, 1897.

LYCHNIDS.

36. ALENA NYASSZ Hewits.

Gadzima, 24th December, Mazoe, 29th December, 1895.

37. PoLYOMMATUS Bz&TICUS Linn.

Loesskop, 4500 feet, Little Tugela River, Natal, 20th December,

1896.

38. CatocHRrysops asopus Hopff.

Q dry form, Gijima, 11th August; wet form, Gadzima, 19th

November, 1895,

39. CATOCHRYSOPS BARKERI Trim.

9, Malvern, 800 feet, Natal, 11th March, 1897.

40, CaTOCHRYSOPS PATRICIA Trim.

3 3, Loesskop, 4500 feet, Little Tugela River, Natal, 20th

December, 1897; 9 9, Gadzima, Mashonaland, 23rd and 25th

December, 1895.

41. CATOCHRYSOPS PLEBEIA, sp.n. (Plate XX. fig. 2.)

Lycena parsimon Trim. (nec auct. vetust.).

As I have already stated, this is certainly not the Fabrician

species, which occurs on the N.-western coast of Africa; it differs

from the latter and the nearly allied Z. patricia in the smoky-

brown, somewhat thinly-scaled upper surface of the male, with

other minor characters indicated in Mr. Trimen’s full description.

3, Mazoe District, 23rd December, 1894; 9, Salisbury, 12th

January, 1895; ¢, Gadzima, 25th December, 1895; 9, Estcourt,

Natal, 30th December, 1896; ¢, 1st January, 1897,

1898.] COLLECTED IN NATAL AND MASHONALAND. 193

42, CATOCHRYSOPS GLAUCA Trim.

36, Gadzima, 26th December, 1895.

43. CATOCHRYSOPS ARIADNE, sp.n. (Plate XX. figs. 3, 4.)

Nearly allied to C. niobe, larger ; differs above in the narrower

deep smoky border to all the wings and the slightly clearer violet

ground-colouring. On the under surface all the black and brown

spots, which are more numerous, are distinctly edged with pure

white; the discal white band immediately following the transverse

series of black spots is well defined and pure white in all the

wings, whilst in the secondaries it is farther from the outer

margin ; the submarginal annular markings are much wider, but

indistinct on the secondaries ; the subanal black spot, however, is

considerably larger, encloses a metallic-blue crescent, and is edged

internally by a A-shaped orange marking: the upper surface of

the female is shot with golden cupreous, and towards the base

with lilac; otherwise it resembles the male. Expanse of wings

39 millimetres.

Three males and one female, Karkloof, Natal.

This is the species referred to by Mr. Marshall (vide Introduction

to the present paper) as probably distinct from C. niobe. There

is, of course, just a possibility that it may prove to be the wet

form of C. niobe, all our examples of which were obtained in

September; but I know of no other Catochrysops which exhibits

such well-defined seasonal characteristics, whilst the different

habits of the two insects are strongly suggestive of specific dis-

tinction, though not necessarily conclusive.

44, CaTOCHRYSOPS DoLOROsA Trim.

Estcourt, 1st and 3rd January, 1897.

45. CATOCHRYSOPS IGNOTA Trim.

Frere, 19th December, 1896.

46. CATOCHRYSOPS MAHALLOKOZNA Waller.

@, Estcourt, 17th January, 1897.

This species has the neuration of Catochrysops, but more nearly

the pattern of Neolycena.

47, NEOLYCENA CISsUS Godt.

3 3, Gijima, 17th August ; Gadzima, 31st December, 1895.

The dry-season form is much smaller and with all the markings

below less prominent.

48. Cupiporsis sopates Hopff.

Frere, 24th and 26th December, 1896.

49, AZANUS NATALENSIS Trim.

Estcourt, 8th January, 1897.

Proc. Zoou, Soc.—1898, No. XIII. 13

194 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPLEROUS INSECTS _[ Mar, 1.

50. Azanus MorIQuA Waller.

Estcourt, 15th to 21st January, 1897.

51. AZANUS JusoUS Guér.

Gadzima, 6th November, 21st and 24th December, 1895;

Estcourt, 15th, 16th, 18th, 19th, and 20th January, 1897.

52. Azanus zpNA Moore.

Estcourt, 15th to 21st January, 1897.

53. AZANUS PLINIUS Fabr.

Salisbury, 9th June, 1895; Estcourt, 19th January, 1897.

54. NacapuBA SICHELA Waller.

Mazoe District, 24th October, 1894.

55. ZizmRA ANTANOSSA Mab.

Salisbury, 9th December, 1894; Malvern, 27th February, 1897.

New to the Museum from South Africa; but specimens, appa-

rently of this species, are in the collection from Sierra Leone and

Wadelai.

56. ZizpRa Lucipa Trim.

Karkloof, 11th February ; Malvern, 6th and 13th April, 1897.

57. CasraLius HINTZA Trim.

3 (as 2), Malvern, 8rd March, 1897.

58. LYCHNESTHES LIODES Hewits.

9, Karkloof, 1st February, 1897.

59. LYOENESTHES OTACILIA Trim.

3 3, 2, Estcourt, 17th and 19th January, 1897.

60. Lyc@/NESTHES AMARAH Lef.

Gadzima, 28th December, 1895.

61. Lyc#NESTHES ADHERBAL Mab.

Mazoe District, 24th, 25th, and 29th October, 1894.

62. ScOLITANTIDES BOWKERI Trim.

Karkloof, 9th February, 1897.

Probably most nearly allied to’ S. thespis, but approaching

Uranothauma somewhat in the pattern of the under surface ; it is

quite new to the Museurn collection.

63. Hyrrvus LINGEUS Cram.

Gadzima, 17th September, 1895; Karkloof, 29th January, 1897.

64, ZmRITIS AMANGA Westw.

Gadzima, 2nd October, 1895.

1898.] COLLECTED IN NATAL AND MASHONALAND. 195

65. ZERITIS HARPAX Fabr.

3 do, Mazoe District, 24th and 25th October; 9, 17th No-

vember, 1894; ¢, Gijima, 11th August, 1895; ¢ 3, 2, Estcourt,

14th, 16th, 19th, and 20th January, 1897.

66. CRUDARIA LEROMA Wller.

Gadzima, 10th and 18th September, 1895.

67. LACHNOCNEMA BIBULUS Fabr.

@, Estcourt, 16th December, 1896; 9, Ist January, 9, 19th

January, 1897.

68. LACHNOCNEMA DURBANI Trim.

2, Estcourt, 30th December, 1896; ¢, Ist January; 6 d,2,

3rd January, 1897.

69. THESTOR BASUTA Waller.

6 do, Frere, 15th and 19th December, 1896; 36d,92 92,

Estcourt, 1st, 8th, and 13th January, 1897.

70, ALEIDES TRIKOSAMA Wallgr,

Frere, 26th December, 1896; Estcourt, 8th, 14th, and

17th January, 1897.

71. ALHZIDES ORTHRUS Trim.

Estcourt, 17th and 19th January, 1897.

72. CHRYSOPHANUS ORUS Cram.

3 9, Frere, 18th December, 1896.

73. TineRA TROPICALIS Boisd.

Malvern, 17th, 19th, 20th, 22nd, and 30th March, 6th April,

1897.

74. MYRINA FICEDULA Trim.

Malvern, 5th and 6th April, 1897.

75. SPINDASIS CAFFER Trim.

Gadzima, 4th August, 1895.

Dry form, with reduced orange anal patch.

76. SPINDASIS MASILIKAzZI Wallgr. (Plate XX. fig. 5.)

Mazoe District, 31st December, 1894; Gadzima, 25th and 3ist

August, 4th and 5th September, 30th December, 1895.

77. SPINDASIS ELLA Hewits. (Plate XX. fig. 6.)

S. homeyeri, Marshall (nee Hewits.).

Distinetly smaller than S. homeyeri, the orange markings on the

upper surface of the primaries entirely different, consisting

normaliy of a spot in the cell followed by a transverse band

13*

196 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTEROUS INSECTS [Mar.],

beyond the cell; the former is, however, sometimes carried

obliquely downward, so as to unite with the latter (forming a

large V-shaped character) ; the submarginal orange band consists

of three portions, a spot near the costa and two transverse irregular

bifid (rarely subconfluent) spots below it; the anal orange patch

on the secondaries of S. homeyeri is replaced by a sordid ashy

patch marked with the usual silver spots; the blue areas of

S. homeyeri are dull greyish lavender in this species. Apart from

the pale buffish-brown ground-colour, the under surface of the

wings differs entirely from that of S. homeyert: all the markings

are edged with brown (not ferruginous or dull red); those of the

primaries are emphasized on the costal margin by a series of about

eight jet-black spots, they consist of three fairly regular equi-

distant oblique bands between the base and the end of the

discoidal cell, then follows a costal spot followed by an irregular

transverse discal band dislocated at second median branch, this

again is followed by a more or less defined, partly linear and

partly normal band from costa to submedian vein and a very

indistinct dusky submarginal line ; marginal line jet-black, internal

area and fringe white somewhat pearly: the markings of the

secondaries consist of two series of three spots towards the base

parallel to the abdominal border, an irregular armillate band,

acutely elbowed below the first median branch and interrupted on

submedian vein, a short somewhat irregular discal band from

costa to third median branch, and an unevenly zigzag submarginal

band with indistinct outer edging; marginal line black from anal

angle to third median branch; all these bands, as usual, have

silvery centres; fringe white, excepting at anal angle, where it is

black, the spot above it being narrowly black, then dull chocolate,

followed by a sprinkling of black scales; the second spot on the

other side of the submedian vein is externally of the ground-colour,

internally silver followed by a sprinkling of black scales. Expanse

of wings 29 millimetres.

Gadzima, Mashonaland, 3lst August, 13th and 25th September,

1895.

As Trimen compares this species with his “S. natalensis” =

S. caffer (to which, in my opinion, it has but little affinity), a

description of its peculiarities compared with S. homeyerz will, I

think, be useful to future workers. Hewitson’s type isa very poor

and damaged male, in which none of the orange bands on the

upper surface are united; the union of the two inner bands in one

of Mr. Marshall’s specimens shows that this species is not nearly

related to any of the other described forms in the genus. In the

S. natalensis group the cell-spot even when elongated into a band

does not join the postmedian band, whereas the latter frequently

joins the discal band. In S. ella the postmedian and discal bands,

being perfectly parallel, never could unite.

78. ViRACHOLA anTALUS Hopff.

©, Mazoe District, 26th October 1894.

1898. ] COLLECTED IN NATAL AND MASHONALAND. 197

79. Iouaus cxcuLus Hopf.

3, Gijima, 18th August; ¢ 2, Gadzima, 18th October and

23rd December, 1895.

80. ArcroLaus TRIMENI Waller.

Marudsi River, Mazoe District, 21st December, 1894 ; Gadzima,

17th September, 1895.

PAPILIONID &.

PizRinz.

81. Mytornris rippenuit Koch.

3, Enterprise Camp near Salisbury, 30th June, 1895.

The males of this species seem to be either very local or rare,

as we previously had only one example received from the Godman

and Salvin Collection.

82. NYCHITONA MEDUSA var. ALCESTA Cram.

Malvern, 31st March, 1897.

83. ConIAS HYALE var. ELECTRA Linn.

3, Frere, 24th December, 1896.

84. Trrtas BRicirra Cram.

Wet form. 3, Marudsi River, 31st December, 1894; Salisbury,

16th March, 1895; ¢ 9°, Frere, 24th and 26th December, 1896 ;

9, Estcourt, 30th December, 1896; ¢, Malvern,.31st February,

1897.

Dry form. Q 2, Enterprise Camp near Salisbury, 23rd June,

1895 ; Gadzima, lst September, 1895.

One of the females taken in June was labelled as a male, but

the true dry-season male appears to be excessively rare.

85. TmRIAS MARSHALLI Butl.

Wet form. 3 2, Karkloof, 5th and 13th February, 1897.

86. Turtas HAPALE Mab. var. mrniopica Trim.

Dry form. Mazoe District, 23rd October, 1894; Enterprise

Camp near Salisbury, 23rd June and 4th July; Gijima,

14th August, 1895.

I was amused to find some of the specimens labelled 7. ethioprca

and others 7’. orientis, others again altered from one to the other.

As a matter of fact, 7’, orientis is the intermediate seasonal

form of 7. senegalensis, and identical with 7’. butlert ; possibly

Mr. Marshall might now consider the whole as one very variable

species.

87. TERIAS SENEGALENSIS Boisd.

Wet form (as T. butleri). Salisbury, 12th January, 20th March,

5th May; Gadzima, 21st December, 1895.

198 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPYEROUS INSECTS [Mar. 1,

88. TERACOLUS ACHINE var. SIMPLEX Butl.

3 2, Gijima, 8th and 18th August, 1895,

The female now sent is the first authentic example of this dry-

season forra of 7’. achine which I have seen; it is interesting as

vaguely resembling the female of the northerly 7’, csaura.

Race T. TRIMENI Butl.

3S (as T. antevizpe), dry form, Upper Hanyani River,

Mashonaland, 20th July, 1895.

89. TERACOLUS GAVISA Waller.

3 3, Estcourt, 30th December, 1896; 3rd and 24th January,

1897.

These are all typical wet-season examples.

90, TERACOLUS EXOLE ¢ Reiche.

Malvern, 8th March, 1897.

The wet form of the male.

91. Trraconus ANN Waller.

Hartley Hills, Mashonaland, 24th, 26th, and 27th July, 1895.

The specimens belong to the dry form (7. wallengrenii), the

female somewhat approaching that sex of the fulvous-tipped

variation of the closely allied 7. callidia (= hildebrandti).

92. CAaTOPSILIA FLORELLA Fabr.

2 9, Salisbury, 21st and 25th April, 1895; $ g, Karkloof and

Malvern, 19th February and 7th March, 1897.

93. PINACOPTERYX PIGEA Boisd.

Malvern, 13th April, 1897.

94, LEUCERONIA ARGIA Fabr.

2, Karkloof, May 1896; ¢ g, February Ist to 11th, 1897.

All the Natal females sent us by Mr. Marshall are far more

lightly marked on the upper surface than the more Northern,

Eastern, and Western varieties, and all have the base of the

primaries orange-vermilion above.

PAPILIONIN A”.

95. PAPILIO CORINNEUS Bert.

Gadzima, 25th September, 1895.

96. PAPILIO BRASIDAS Feld.

Malvern, 27th March and 10th April, 1897.

1 have always believed this to be the P. anthemenes of Wallengren,

but I see that Trimen identifies the latter with P. corinneus.

1898. ] COLLECTED IN NATAL AND MASHONALAND. 199

97. PAPILIO OPHIDICEPHALUS Oberth.

Karkloof, Ist and 4th February, 1897.

98. Papitio BUPHRANOR Trim.

Karkloof, 5th February, 1897.

99. Papritio NrREvs Linn.

Karkloof, 9th and 13th February, 1897.

HesPERIIDSA.

100. Hagris samesont E. M. Sharpe. (Plate XX. fig. 7.)

Dry form, Gijima, 18th and 19th August; wet form, Gadzima,

22nd December, 1895 '.

101. Sap#a rriment Butl.

Gadzima, 25th September, 1895.

102. Sapma PARADISEA But.

Mazoe District, 29th December, 1894 ; Gadzima, 5th September,

1895.

103. ABANTIS VENOSA Trim.

Gijima, 18th August ; Gadzima, 4th September, 1895.

This is new to the Museum collection.

104. Caprona canopus Trim.

Karkloof, 9th February, 1897.

105. Pyraus sero Linn.

Loesskop, 4500 feet, Little Tugela River, 20th December, 1896 ;

Estcourt, lst January, 1897.

The first of these examples was labelled as “‘ Hesperia mafa,” and

the following was queried as H. mafa; the two forms, if distinct,

are very closely allied.

106. Pyrevus Mara Trim.

Loesskop, 4500 feet, Little Tugela River, 20th December, 1896.

107. OxyPaLpus Ruso Mab.

Mazoe District, 27th October, 1894; Enterprise Camp, near

Salisbury, 2nd July; Gadzima, 17th August and 19th September,

1895.

These were labelled as O. harona Westw., but we possess every

link to typical O. ruso Mab.; the speciesis a very variable one,

as I suspect the following also is.

The wet form has the ground-colour of the wings smoky brown instead of

golden brown and ochraceous (see figure).

200 LUPIDOPTHROUS INSECTS FROM NATAL BEIe. Mar. 1,

108. ParosMopEs IoTERIA Mab.

Enterprise Camp, near Salisbury, 7th July, 1895.

I have always believed this species to be the P. ranoha of

Westwood (now considered synonymous with P. morantii, Trimen).

The figure of the latter differs from it about as much as do the

extreme variations of the preceding species.

109. ParosMODES MORANTII Trim.

Gadzima, 19th September, 1895.

New to the Museum series. I should not be at all surprised to

see intergrades between this species and P. icteria: the position of

the orange band on the secondaries varies a good deal in our series

of the latter species ; but the coloration and pattern of the under

surface, although very variable, still show sufficient differences to

warrant the separation of the two butterflies for the present.

110. CycnopipEs Metis Linn.

Karkloof, 27th January, 8th and 11th February, 1897.

111. KeprEstes macomo Trim.

Malvern, 13th April, 1897.

112. Keprsrus tucusa Trim.

Estcourt, ¢ 2 13th, ¢ 14th January, 1897.

113. KEeDESTES WALLZENGRENI Trim.

Frere, 24th December, 1896.

114. KepEsrEes NIVEOSTRIGA Trim.

Karkloof, 29th and 31st January, 11th February, 1897.

115. GUGENES LETTERSTEDTI Waller.

Estcourt, 1st January, 1897.

This is G. hottentota of authors other than Latreille, the latter

being (as previously stated) the G. obwmbrata of Trimen.

116. GueENes HoTTENTO?A Latr.

3, Salisbury, 10th March; 9, 6th April, 1895; 9, Estcourt,

drd January, 1897.

The female of this species is new to the Museum collection.

It seems hardly conceivable that a species the male of which has

a large brand on the primaries can be a dimorphic form of one

without a trace of a brand, but (as Dr. Holland observes) “the

females are absolutely indistinguishable.”

117. Baoris ayreusit Trim.

Gadzima, 10th September, 1895.

New to the general series of the Museum collection, though

represented by one example in the Hewitson series.

PZ. 8.1898) Pl wx

E.C. Knight del. et hth West, Newman chromo

Butterflies from Natal.

1898.] THE SECRETARY ON THE BEAVER-POND AT LEONARDSLEA. 201

118. ParRNaRa DErEcTA Trim.

Mazoe District, 4th January, 1895.

119. Baracus rnornatus Trim.

Karkloof, 30th January and 8th February, 1897.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XX.

Fig. 1. Neocenyra extensa, d, p. 188.

. Catochrysops plebeia, 3, p. 192.

3, 4. Catochrysops ariadne, 3 2, p. 193.

. Spindasis masilikazi, 3 ,p. 195.

. Spindasis ella, 3, var., p. 195.

. Kagris gamesont, 3 (wet form), p. 199.

March 15, 1898.

Dr. AuBert Gtyrusr, F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair.

The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the

Society’s Menagerie during the month of February 1898 :—

The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the

month of February 1898 were 61 in number. Of these 12 were

acquired by presentation, 14 by purchase, 3 were born in the

Gardens, 11 were received by exchange, and 21 on deposit. The

total number of departures during the same period, by death

and removals, was 107.

The Secretary exhibited some photographs of the Beaver-pond

at Leonardslea, Horsham, and read the following notes from Sir

Edmund Loder, Bart., F.Z.S., on the subject :—

“T sent particulars of my Beavers to Mr. C.J. Cornish, who

has written articles about the Beavers in ‘Country Life’ and in

his new book ‘ Nights with an old Gunner’.

“ About eight years ago I imported four Beavers from America,

and turned them into an enclosure at the bottom of a valley with a

small stream running through it. There was at that time a good

deal of brushwood and some larger trees, but all these were very

soon cut down except a few which I protected with iron.

“Tt is difficult to know how many young ones were born. One

certainly grew up and another was found dead, killed by the

others.

* ‘Nights with an old Gunner and other Studies of Wild Life.” By C.J.

Cornish. London, 1897, p. 294.

202 MR.R. BE, HOLDING ON THE HORNS OF THE GALLA Ox. [Mar.15,

“The old male must have died after 3 or 4 years. I have bought

at different times two or three more Beavers, but I believe these

were all killed after a few weeks by two old (probably barren)

females. These, therefore, I caught up, and having secured a young

male the colony seemed to flourish again. A young one was seen

two years ago, but afew months since a young male was found dead,

which was probably the same animal. It had most likely been

killed in a fight with its father. It is difficult to say how many

Beavers there are now, but only three have been seen together

lately at any one time.

«The earlier dam was built of small sticks and earth; now the

Beavers use much larger sticks, and I think they are doing much

more work than ever.

“‘ About 18 months ago I enlarged the enclosure, taking in ground

lower down with more of the stream. The Beavers at once set

about building a new dam, and bayed up the water back to the old

dam, partly submerging it. The object of the dam is to make sure

of a pond sufliciently deep to keep it from freezing to the bottom

in hard winters. When the water is frozen over the Beavers

depend for their living on their winter store of twigs and branches,

which they fix in the mud at the bottom of their pond. The

mouths of their burrows being under water, they cannot come out

when the ice covers the water.

“The growth of the ‘lodge’ is curious. It can hardly be said

that Beavers build a lodge, it grows. They begin by making a

burrow in the bank, opening under water and rising up into dry

land. At the end is a chamber: this they floor with long strips

of white wood, which look at first sight like clean straw. As

this gets wet and muddy from their feet they put down fresh

straw for bedding, and so the floor of the chamber rises. To get

head room they scratch away the earth from the ‘ ceiling’ until at

last they get through into open air. This hole they stop up from

the outside, heaping upon the chamber sticks and mud and turf.

The process goes on until quite a high lodge is built.”

Mr. R. E. Holding exhibited and made remarks upon a fine pair

of horns of the “Sunga” or Galla Ox of Abyssinia, indicating

briefly their upright growth and some minor points in the form of

the frontal bones and horn-cores, which showed their affinity to

the Humped Cattle or Zebus of India, this interesting group also

extending into Egypt, Abyssinia, and East Africa down to the Cape.

In the Galla country these cattle were said to attain a large size,

and to be usually of a bay or brown colour, and to carry enormous

horns. A pair in the Royal College of Surgeons Museum were 46

inches long each, and 15 inches in girth at the base. Another pair

in the British Museum were 414 inches long each horn, and 15

inches in girth at the base. Other examples even larger were

known. ‘The pair exhibited were slightly under these sizes. The

1898.] ON NEW SPECIES OF OSTRACODA FROM NEW ZEALAND. 203

origin of this curious and interesting humped variety of Cattle

seemed doubtful, but that they were well-known to the ancient

Horns of Galla Ox.

Egyptians is attested by numerous careful drawings on the

decorative wall-paintings and monuments of that period.

A communication from Dr. G. Stewardson Brady, F.R.S., “ On

new or imperfectly-known species of Ostracoda, chiefly from New

Zealand,” was read. It contained descriptions of the Ostracoda

collected in New Zealand by Mr. H. Suter, for the Zoological

Museum of Copenhagen, and by Mr. G. M. Thomson, of Dunedin.

It also included a description of an Ostracod from the Bay of Bengal,

presenting some remarkable peculiarities of the mouth-organs, and

204 MR. J. T. CUNNINGHAM ON THE [ Mar. 15,

constituting the type of a new genus, which was proposed to be

called Hupathistonia. Of the New Zealand species treated of 16

were described as new, and the new generic term Trachyleberis

was proposed for the reception of Cythere scabrocuneata, Brady.

This paper will be published in full in the ‘ Transactions.’

The following papers were read :—

1. On the Early Post-larval Stages of the Common Crab

(Cancer pagurus), and on the Affinity of that Species

with Atelecyclus heterodon. By J. T. Cunninenam,

M.A."

[Received February 15, 1898.]

(Plate XXI.)

A complete account of the natural history of the common Edible

Crab is not in existence, and the naturalist who endeavours to

construct a life-history of the species from the separate observa-

tions recorded ‘in zoological literature will find that direct

observations on this particular species are very scarce. A general

knowledge of the development of Brachyura has been obtained

from the partial study of various species, but the systematic

investigation of the diagnostic characters of the larval and

immature stages in the various divisions of the suborder has yet

much to accomplish. With regard to this species neither the

Zora, nor the Megalopa, nor the earliest post-larval form has

yet been figured and described in sufficient detail.

The paper by R. Q. Couch in the Report of the Falmouth

Polytechnic Society for 1843 contains a brief description of the

Zoxa of this species, with a figure in the illustrating plate. A

special paper on the development of the Edible Crab was published

by the same author in the Reports of the Penzance Natural

History Society for 1853-4-5. This paper is based on observations

made in 1852. The Zoza is here again mentioned, and reference

is made to a figure of it as plate i. fig. 1; but I have been

unable to find any plate or figure in the volume. The Megalopa

and the earliest post-larval stage are also described, but as it is not

my intention in the present paper to consider the larval stages, I

need only refer to the description of the first post-larval stage,

into which the Megalopa changes after ecdysis. It is stated that

in this stage the margin of the carapace was much more waved

than in the Megalopa; the animal was now unlike any previous

state, but not at all like the adult. The lateral rim was indented

as in the adult, but instead of the oval form it was almost quad-

rangular ; the sides, instead of being rounded off as in the adult,

were perpendicular.

Prof. S. I. Smith, in ‘ The Invertebrate Fauna of Vineyard Sound,’

2 Communicated by F, EH. Bepparp, F.R.S.

1898.] POST-LARVAL STAGES OF THE COMMON CRAB. 205

U.S. Fish. Comm. Rep. 1871-72, published in 1873, gives some

observations on the early stages of the American species Cancer

irroratus. He states that Zoeas of the species were taken

abundantly in Vineyard Sound from June 23rd till late in August.

Megalopas were also taken, and that the change of the Megalopa

into the first crab-form was observed in aquaria. In this early stage

the young Crab was quite different from the adult. The carapace

was about 3 mm. long and slightly less in breadth. The front

was much more prominent than in the adult. The antero-lateral

margin was much more longitudinal than in the adult, and was

armed with 5 normal teeth, which were long and acute,and 4 much

smaller secondary teeth alternating with these. Young Crabs in

this stage were once or twice taken in the tow-net. Figures of

the Zowa and Megalopa are given, but none of the first crab-form.

The most important part of this description in relation to my own

observations is that concerning the teeth on the antero-lateral

margin.

During last summer, while engaged in presenting to Cornish

crab-fishermen the known facts concerning the natural history of

the animals it is their business to capture, I endeavoured, when

leisure and opportunity allowed, to trace the successive stages of

the Edible Crab in the littoral waters. Having failed to identify

any of the stages in the produce of the tow-net, or to obtain any

stages later than the Zowa hatched directly from the ovum, I

began to search the shore at low tide in the hope of finding the

earliest ambulatory stages derived from the swimming larve

hatched some weeks earlier. This search was also for a time

unsuccessful, but at the Laboratory of the Marine Biological

Association at Plymouth I obtained on Sept. 28th the specimens

which form the subject of the present paper. They were found

among a quantity of coralline growth collected on the shore at

Wembury Bay and were examined in the Laboratory, and my

possession of them is due entirely to the exertions made by the

Director and his assistants on my behalf.

The specimens were ten in number, the smallest 2°5 mm. across

the carapace, the largest 7 mm. The largest specimen was quite

similar to the adult Cancer pagurus. Two or three of the smallest

specimens had the characters shown in fig. 1 (Plate XXI.), while the

rest were in a condition intermediate between this and the ordinary

condition of Cancer pagurus. One of the most typical of these

intermediate conditions is shown in fig. 2 (Plate XXI.), drawn

from a specimen 4 mm. in breadth of carapace.

For a time it seemed doubtful whether the smallest specimens

as represented in fig. 1 were the young of Cancer pagurus or of

Atelecyclus heterodon, as the antero-lateral teeth of the carapace are

so similar to those in the adult condition of the latter species.

The specimens seemed, however, to belong to the same series, and

the facts that the outline of the carapace is not so regularly

circular in the smallest specimens as in Afelecyclus, and that no

more advanced specimens of that species were found in the

206 MR. J. 2. CUNNINGHAM ON THE [Mar. 15,

collection, seem to exclude the possibility that any of the speci-

mens belong to that species. Further, as we have seen, the

characters of these small specimens agree with the brief description

given by S. L. Smith of the earliest ambulatory form of an American

species of Cancer.

A minute examination of the specimen represented in fig. 1

reveals the following peculiarities:—The anterior portion of the

carapace between the eyes is much more prominent than in the

adult Cancer. It consists, as in the latter, of tive principal pro-

jections or teeth, each of which carries secondary pointed teeth of

different sizes. The eyes are much larger in proportion than in

the adult, and on the anterior border of each eye-stalk is a tooth.

The margin of the orbit carries minute teeth. The antero-lateral

margin of the carapace bears altogether 10 teeth, five larger and 5

smaller alternating with each other. As seen in the quotation

given above, Prof. S. I. Smith states that the number of teeth in

the first crab-form of Cancer irroratus is only 9, 5‘* normal,” and 4

smaller alternating with them; but it seems to me probable that

he omitted to notice the last small tooth behind the fifth large

tooth. In any case this tooth is undoubtedly present in my

specimens, and, as I shall show, its presence is of some importance.

The larger teeth and some of the smaller exhibit secondary teeth

on their hinder margins, and on these margins there are also some

sete. From the tenth tooth there extends backward a granulated

ridge corresponding to a similar ridge in the adult Cancer.

The antenne are relatively longer than in the adult. The

ambulatory legs or pereiopods are similar in shape to those of the

adult, but the anterior pair or chelipeds differ in the possession

of rows of pointed tubercles on the carpus and propodus, and a

few smaller tubercles are visible also on the dactylus. On all the

pereiopods and on the antenne there are a considerable number of

sete.

The length of the carapace in these smallest specimens is about

3 mm.; the breadth is only 25 mm. We may conclude therefore,

both from size and characters as compared with those given by

S. I. Smith in reference to Cancer irroratus, that these specimens

are in the first crab-stage, and are derived directly from the

Megalopa stage. The length of the carapace in this stage is thus

somewhat greater than the breadth, while in the adult it is much

less ; even in the largest specimen in the collection here considered

the breadth of the carapace is 7 mm., while the length is only

5 mm.

The intermediate stage seen in fig. 2 shows how the transition

to the adult form is effected. This stage is probably derived

directly from the former by a single ecdysis. In it the carapace

is 4 mm. in breadth and slightly less in length. The anterior or

rostral portion of the carapace now projects less, and the teeth

both here and on the antero-lateral margin have become broader

and rounder, while the secondary teeth on their margins have

become regular rounded crenations. In this condition the antero-

1898. ] POST-LARVAL STAGES OF THE COMMON CRAB. 207

lateral teeth approach to the form of the quadrate lobes in the

same position in the adult, the notches between them in the

earlier stage having been filled up by their increase in breadth.

In the adult the crenated margin becomes much smoother, the

crenations becoming so minute as to be all but obsolete. The

tubercles on the outer surface of the chelipeds are in the second

stage relatively smaller, but still distinct, and their arrangement

in longitudinal rows is more evident. In both stages there are

numerous small scattered tubercles on the surface of the carapace,

more prominent in the first stage than in the second; in the

adult these are reduced to minute granulations.

It is quite obvious that the second stage, represented in fig. 2,

could not possibly belong to Atelecyclus, or indeed to any other

species than Cancer pagurus, and I think there is no doubt that

this form is derived from the first stage shown in fig. 1. But the

evident similarity of the form shown in fig. 1 to Atelecyclus at

once suggests that the two genera are closely allied, and I was

led by this resemblance to compare the two British species more

carefully. As a result of this study 1 have come to the conclusion

that Atelecyclus properly belongs to the family Cancride, and

should be placed in close proximity to the genus Cancer, not in

the place hitherto assigned to it, in the family Corystide.

The points of resemblance between Atelecyclus heterodon and

Cancer pagurus are numerous and obvious. In both the anterior

margin of the carapace is quinquedentate, one of the teeth being

median, and the two external forming the inner boundaries of the

orbits. The antero-lateral teeth require a detailed examination. I

have had for this purpose three specimens of Atelecyclus, two males

3°7 cm. in diameter, one female 2°4cm. I find there are really 10 of

these teeth in all, as in Cancer pagurus. The last or 10th, counting

that which forms the outer boundary of the orbit as the first, is

at the anterior extremity of the granulated ridge which borders

the dorsal surface of the carapace posteriorly. This tooth is

sometimes defined behind by a distinct indentation as well as in

front. This is the case on both sides of one of the males, on the

right side only in the other; in the female the indentation is not

very distinct on either side. In Cancer pagurus the tenth lateral

lobe or tooth, although much less marked than the rest and situated

on the postero-lateral margin, is defined posteriorly by a distinct

indentation.

In Atelecyclus heterodon the Ist, 3rd, 5th, 7th, and 9th teeth are

larger, the rest smaller. In my two male specimens the 2nd and

Ath teeth are very small, almost rudimentary. Montagu, who

first defined the species, called it septemdentatus, and Stebbing

(‘ Crustacea,’ Internal. Sci. Ser. 1893) states that there are 9 teeth

on the antero-lateral margin, and suggests that Montagu did not

include the point at each extremity of the series. It seems to me

more probable that Montagu omitted the 2nd and 4th on account

of their slight development, and also the 10th tooth, which might

be regarded as the extremity of the posterior granulated ridge.

208 MR. J. T, CUNNINGHAM ON THE [Mar. 15,

In reckoning 9 teeth on the antero-lateral margin, Stebbing

follows Thomas Bell (‘ British Crustacea,’ 1853), and, I believe, all

other writers who have described the species. Whether the 10th

tooth should be counted or not may be considered a matter of

opinion if the description of the species is considered apart from

its relations to other species ; but my own observation has convinced

me that the teeth correspond exactly to the broad teeth or lobes

of Cancer pagurus, and in both species there is a 10th tooth at

the posterior end of the series. Thomas Bell noticed this 10th

tooth in Cancer pagurus, giving as one of the specific characters

“latero-anterior margin ten-loted ;” and when, as in his work, only

9 teeth are attributed to Atelecyclus the homology of the teeth in

the two species is obscured.

It is stated as a peculiarity of the legion Corystinea, containing

the single family Corystidx, that the third pair of maxillipeds do

not usually make a complete closure of the mouth-cavity, and are

extended over the anterior margin of its frame. But it is mentioned

as an exception that in Atelecyclus the third maxillipeds do make

a complete closure of the mouth-cavity. The real significance of

this exception is that in Atelecyclus as in Cancer the inner edges

of the third maxillipeds meet in the middle line.

The form and proportional size of the chelipeds, and of the

other legs, are very similar in Atelecyclus and in Cancer. In

Atelecyclus there are 7 longitudinal rows of tubercles on the

propodus of the chelipeds. In the adult Cancer there are no

rominent tubercles, but it is easy to verify the fact that the five

load rows are represented by granulated ridges, while the upper

two are obsolete. On the preceding segment, or carpus, in

Atelecyclus there are 4 rows of tubercles, of which the uppermost

bifurcates anteriorly. These are likewise represented in Cancer

by ridges, but the bifurcation of the uppermost is not visible. In

the young stages of Cancer pagurus which I have figured and

described in this paper the rows of tubercles on both the segments

mentioned are very similar to those in the adult Atelecyclus.

In all the points mentioned in which Atelecyclus heterodon

approaches to Cancer pagurus it differs from Corystes cassivelaunus.

The form of the carapace in the latter is quite different; it is

much longer than broad, and its sides are almost straight and

parallel to the antero-posterior axis. There is no median tooth to

the rostrum, the extremity of which forms two divergent teeth,

and the sides of which slope outward to the orbits without any

projecting tooth, but with only a slight rounded prominence at the

inner boundary of each orbit. Instead of 10 teeth on the antero-

lateral margin, there are 4 widely-separated lateral teeth, with a

blunt projection between the 2nd and 3rd. The maxillipeds of

the 3rd pair are long and narrow, and their inner edges do not

meet in the middle line.

The chelipeds of Corystes, instead of being short and robust as in

Atelecyclus and Cancer, are, especially in the male, long, and slender,

with long segments, and the rows of tubercles mentioned above

1898. ] POST-LARVAL STAGES OF THE COMMON CRAB. 209

are not represented. In Corystes also the tail extends forward

only to the sternum of the 3rd pereiopods, while in Cancer and

Atelecyclus it extends to the sternum belonging to the chelipeds.

I think it will be agreed that the evidence I have detailed is

abundantly sufficient to prove that Atelecyclus has no claim to a

position in the family Corystide and that its proper position is in

the Cancride next to Cancer. The resemblances of the adults are

enough to establish this proposition, while at the same time it is

confirmed by the greater resemblances between the young Cancer

and the adult Atelecyclus. The peculiarities of the Ist crab-form

of Cancer thus indicate that the latter in its evolution has diverged

from an ancestral form closely similar to Atelecyclus, and that in

the adult condition of Cancer several features which Atelecyclus

retains throughout life have been considerably modified.

Mr. Walter Garstang (Journ. Mar. Biol. Assoc. vol. iv. no. 3)

has recently described the respiratory adaptations in Corystes

cassivelaunus, in which the antenne form a tube conveying an

anterior afferent current of water to the branchial cavities, and

remarks that a similar reversal of the respiratory current occurs

in the allied form Atelecyclus heterodon. Now, in accordance with

this remark, I find that there is a certain degree of similarity

between the arrangement of the antenne and parts surrounding

the anterior apertures of the respiratory cavities in the two forms.

The antennz in Atelecyclus are not more than one-third the length of

those of Corystes, but they are provided each with a dorsal and

ventral fringe of hairs which by their apposition would form a tube

as in Corystes. The anterior edges of the external maxillipeds (2nd

segment) are also fringed with long hairs which form a ventral

floor to the water-channel as in Corystes. But the second joint

of the peduncle of the antenne is not flexed on the first in

Atelecyclus as it is in Corystes. The first joint of the antenna is

fixed in <Atelecyclus while it is movable in Corystes, and in the

former there is a thick fringe of long hairs, extending across the

base of the second joint or segment of the external maxillipeds and

along the ventral surface of the carapace, which is entirely wanting

in Corystes. It is evident therefore that the differences, even in

the parts here considered, between the two forms are greater than

the resemblances, and all that can be said is that there is a slight

adaptive similarity in the two cases. In other words, we find in

Atelecyclus a slight development of a structural adaptation for

respiratory purposes, which is much more complete in Corystes.

The condition of the parts in question in Atelecyclus is not such

as to indicate any close affinity between the two genera.

DESCRIPTION OF PLATE XXI.

Fig. 1. Early crab-form of Cancer pagurus, the Edible Orab. Actual size of

specimen 2°5 mm. across carapace. Drawn with Zeiss oc. 3, obj. a,,

without camera lucida.

2. Transition stage of Cancer pagurus; from a specimen 4 mm, across

carapace. J)rawn under the same conditions as fig. 1.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.— 1898, No. XIV. 14

210 MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON [Mar. 15,

2. On some Mammals obtained by the late Mr. Henry

Durnford in Chubut, E. Patagonia. By Otpriep

THOMAS.

(Received March 9, 1898.]

In the summer (southern) of 1877-8 Mr. Henry Durnford,

whose name was at that time well known as a collector of

Argentine mammals and birds, made a trip to Chubut' and ob-

tained a certain number of mammals there. The specimens were

deposited at the Zoological Society’s Office, but were never worked

out, and have been lying there ever since. They have now been

transferred to the British Museum, and Mr. Sclater has asked me

to contribute a list of them to the ‘ Proceedings.’

None of the species represented in the collection are new, but

the record of their locality and Mr. Durnford’s short notes on

their habits may be of service.

1. ELiGMODONTIA GRISEOFLAVA Waterh.

a,b. Feb. 12 and Apr. 3, 1878.

I have long realized that the animal commonly known as

“ Phyllotis” griseoflavus has so different a skull from that of the

typical species of Phyllotis, that it could not be considered as really

congeneric with them. But, on the other hand, its cranial cha-

racters are by no means so different from those of the long-tailed

species of Zligmodontia ; and rather than make a new generic term

for it I refer it to that genus, in which it bears to the other species

about the same relative proportion in size as Mus rattus does to

M. musculus.

“This Rat is only found close to the Colony in the summer,

but at that season it overruns many of the houses and is ex-

tremely destructive, eating boots, calico, &c., and is especially

fond of gnawing the metal spouts of teapots, What becomes of it

in the winter I do not know, but I believe it lies dormant under

the scrub and brushwood. It never burrows in the ground, but

lives under old logs, bushes, &c., and the female makes a nest,

generally in the centre of a thick bush of bark stripped into fine

shreds and any soft material it can find. It can jump and climb

with great agility.”—H. D.

2. ELIGMODONTIA ELEGANS Waterh.

a,b. Mar. 3 & 5, 1878.

‘“Not uncommon among bushes, into which it climbs readily,

Comes out in the evening to feed. I do not think this species

makes holes in the ground.”—H. D.

“ Like the long-tailed Rat this species is most numerous in the

summer, though during the winter a few may be found. It does

not enter the house like its large relative, but is extremely

1 See Mr. Durnford’s article, ‘ Ibis,’ 1878, p. 389, for an account of the

localities visited,

1898. ] MAMMALS FROM CHUBUT. 211

numerous in the thick scrub and brushwood in the neighbourhood

of the Colony, and universally distributed. It makes a small oval

nest of fine grass and any soft material, which it places in the

centre of a thick bush. It never burrows in the ground, but is

extremely numerous among the thorn-bushes.”—H. D.

3. ELIGMODONTIA GRACILIPES Waterh.

a,b. Ad. 9 and yg., Mar. 18, 1878.

This Mouse is probably the same as the little species from La

Plata which I have hitherto identified with Azara’s “ Laucha,” but

owing to the nearness of Chubut to the type-locality of £. gracilipes,

Bahia Blanca, I provisionally use Waterhouse’s name as most cer-

tainly pertinent. The species differs from most other S. American

Muridz in its larger number of mamma, possessing from 5 to 7

on each side of the belly, placed equidistant from each other, and

not definitely separable into pectoral and inguinal series. Pro-

visionally also I use the generic name Eligmodontia not only for

the long-tailed species, such as E. griscoflava, elegans, and moreni,

but also for the short-tailed Z. gracilipes and E. bimaculata, to

which Rengger’s “ Mus callosus” and my “ Oryzomys (?) venustus ”

may ultimately prove to be allied. Further examples of all these

doubtful forms are very much wanted.

“ Not so common as the other species; makes a nest in a thick

bush about a foot above the ground. The nest is made of grass

torn into fine fragments.”—H. D.

4, AKODON CANESCENS Waterh.

a, b, Dec. 1877 and Apr. 1, 1878.

I am not quite satisfied that this Mouse ought to be distinguished

from the common A, arenicola of S. Uruguay and Buenos Ayres,

although there is a certain amount of difference in colour between

the two. The type of A. canescens came from Port Desire, Pata-

gonia; that of A. arenicola from Maldonado.

“Common in straw-heaps and in granaries.”—H. D.

“Unlike the long-tailed Mouse this animal burrows in the

ground, or more usually takes possession of some of the numerous

cracks which may be always found in the earth, and appropriates

them for its home. It has five or six young ata birth. It is pretty

common, but not so numerous as the long-tailed Mouse.”—A. D.

5, OTENOMYS MAGELLANIOUS Benn. (?).

a. Very young. Tombo Point, Jan. 3, 1878.

“TI know nothing of this species. I took it near Tombo Point,

almost 60 miles to the south of the Colony, and it is the only

specimen of this species I have seen. J found it close to the sea-

shore.”—H. D.

6. CAVIA AUSTRALIS Geoffr.

a,b, Ad. and yg. Mar. 14 & 18, 1878.

The external resemblance of this Cavy to the skin of C. beliviensis

14*

212 MR. M. JACOBY ON THE [Mar. 15,

from Bahia Blanca, referred to in my account of Prof. Spegazzini’s

mammals’, is very remarkable, widely different as are the skulls

of the two forms. Indeed, by the skin alone it would be almost

impossible to distinguish them.

‘“‘ Extremely abundant, and found in every clump of brushwood

throughout the neighbourhood. This little animal is very good

eating. It feeds on grass, and sits up like a rabbit on its hind-

quarters while chewing the mouthful it has just taken.”—H. D.

7. Hiprocamauus BisuLcus (Mo].).

a, 6. Skulls with horns.

These specimens are not labelled, but are presumably from

Mr. Durnford’s Chubut collection.

The information on which this name is adopted is obtained from

Mr. Lydekker’s work on the Deer’, but I am unable to admit the

validity of the reasons which have induced him to reject the name

Hippocamelus in favour of Xenelaphus.

3. Additions to the Knowledge of the Phytophagous

Coleoptera of Africa.—Part I. By Martin Jacosy,

F.E.S.

[Received February 28, 1898.]

(Plate XXII.)

Since my last paper in the Proceedings of this Society was

read (see P. Z. 8. 1897, p. 527), a good deal of additional

material from Mashonaland and West Africa has come to hand,

and more may be looked for through the exertions of Mr. Guy

Marshall in Mashonaland, so that there is good reason to hope that

erelong we shall be well acquainted with the Coleopterous fauna

of that region.

The present paper deals with the earlier groups of Phytophaga ;

the Haltwine aud Galerucine will form the subject of the second

part.

LEMA REGIMBARTI Gestro.

Dark neous; thorax tuberculate anteriorly, strongly and

closely transversely rugose or plicate; elytra dark fulvous, very

regularly punctate-striate, the punctures partly elongate, the

interstices finely transversely aciculate, convex at the apex.

Length 9 millim.

Head dark seneous, nearly black, finely wrinkled and closely

punctured, with a central deep elongate fovea, the interstices

sparingly pubescent; eyes very deeply notched ; antenne black,

extending to the base of the elytra, the terminal joints strongly

widened and thickened, longer than broad; thorax rather long,

the sides concave at the middle, the anterior angles produced into

1 Ann. Mag. N. H. (6) xx. p. 215 (1897).

2 «Deer of all Lands,’ p. 296 (1898).

PO SelB Il 2OM,

Mintern Bros imp.

CAN CEs PAGS:

First Postlarval Stages, magnified :

1898. ] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF AFRICA, 213

an acute tubercle, the middle of the disc with a broad band of deep

punctures closely placed, ending in a fovea below, the base and the

entire sides strongly transversely plicate, the anterior portion

rugose-punctate ; elytra dark fulvous, with ten rows of very

regular-placed, mostly elongate deep punctures, which become

smaller and closely approached near the apex, the interstices

everywhere minutely aciculate or wrinkled, those at the apex

strongly costate ; underside and legs obscure xneous.

Hab. East Africa.

This species, of which a single specimen is contained in my

collection, and another example in that of the British Museum,

although closely allied to LZ. dreget Lae., which it resembles in the

sculpturing of the thorax, seems quite distinct in regard to the

colour and punctuation of the elytra, in which respect it likewise

differs from Z. australis Lac. and several of the allied forms. In

L. dreget the elytra are of a greenish or bluish tint, the punctures

are round and deep and less regularly placed; in the present

insect the elytra are dark fulvous, extremely regularly punctured,

the punctures are less deep and for the most part elongate, and

the interstices are everywhere minutely aciculate, which is not the

case in any of the allied forms from the same country; the thorax

is also rather more elongate than usual, and the insect of larger

size. I have given here a second description of this species, the

original of which has been published in Italian by Dr. Gestro }.

LEMA PICTICOLLIS, sp. noy.

Below black, above fulvous, the antennez (the basal three joints

excepted) and two spots on the thorax black; elytra moderately

strongly punctured, the interstices impunctate ; middle portion of

the femora, the apex of the tibiz, and the tarsi black.

Length 8 millim.

Parallel and cylindrical, the head very deeply constricted behind,

the neck black, the rest fulvous, frontal tubercles strongly raised ;

antenne rather short, black, the lower three joints and the base

of the fourth fulvous ; thorax as broad as long, the sides strongly

and rather suddenly constricted at the middle, the anterior angles

blunt, the surface entirely impunctate, with two black spots at

the middle; scutellum fulvous; elytra with the basal portion

slightly convex, strongly punctured at the same place, more finely

so below, the punctures of elongate shape ; underside black, the last

abdominal segment flavous ; legs fulvous, the greater portion of

the femora at the middle and the apices of the tibiz (more or less)

and the tarsi black.

Hab. Salisbury, Mashonaland, at roots of grass, also Natal

(G. Marshall).

Belonging to the larger groups of African species and closely

allied to LZ. emarginata Baly and ZL. robusta Lac., but distin-

guished from either by the two black thoracic spots, the black

underside, and other differences.

t Ann. Mus. Civ. Stor. Nat. Genova, (2) xv. p. 483 (1895).

214 MR. M. JACOBY ON THE [Mar. 15,

LMA ANGUSLO-MARGINATA, Sp. ov.

Fulvous, the antenne (the basal two joints excepted) and the

tarsi black ; thorax convex, closely punctured, stained with piceous

anteriorly ; elytra metallic blue, the extreme lateral margin near

the apex and the latter narrowly fulvous.

Length 5 millim.

Head reddish fulvous, strongly punctured at the middle portion,

the latter with a central groove; labrum black ; the antenne not

extending to tke middle of the elytra, black, the basal two joints

fulvous, the first joint rounded and thick, the second very short,

the third and fourth equal, the rest more elongate, pubescent ;

thorax not longer than broad, the sides moderately constricted

at the middle, the anterior portion rather dilated, the angles not

produced, the basal sulcus deep ; the disc rather convex anteriorly,

closely and rather strongly punctured, the punctures of different

sizes, the space below the sulcus also closely punctate; scutellum

fulvous ; elytra metallic blue, very obsoletely depressed below the.

base near the suture, the punctures large, round and closely

placed, especially so near the base, the interstices costate near the

apex, the latter and the extreme lateral margin below the middle

more or less fulvous ; Jegs and the underside of the latter colour ;

the extreme apices of the tibia and the tarsi black.

Hab. Malvern, Ulundi, Natal, 5000-6000 ft. (G. Marshall).

Of this species three specimens are before me. From the many

nearly similarly coloured African species, the present one may

be known by the convex and rather swollen anterior portion of

the thorax and its distinct punctuation, as well as by the colour

of the tarsi. The species belongs to Lacordaire’s first section with

entire ninth row of elytral punctures. In all specimens the thorax

has a piceous, rather large spot near the anterior angles, which

in one are nearly connected, in this specimen there is also a

similarly coloured central stripe and dark band behind tbe sulcus ;

it is therefore probable that specimens may be found with the

thorax entirely dark coloured. ZL. mashuana Pering. seems closely

allied, but is described with a smooth thorax and is larger in

general size, the elytra are also entirely blue.

LEMA CYANEOPLAGIATA, sp. nov. (Plate XXII. fig. 2.)

Below blackish, pubescent, some spots on the head and the

antenne fulvous; thorax subquadrate, fulvous, finely punctured ;

elytra strongly punctate-striate, flavous, the suture, a spot on the

shoulders, and a larger one below the middle bluish-black ; legs

fulvous.

Length 4 millim.

Head sparingly pubescent, strongly punctured, black, the vertex,

a triangular space between the eyes, and the clypeus fulvous ;

antenne robust, fulvous, each joint stained with piceous at the

apex; thorax nearly subquadrate, the anterior portion rather

suddenly constricted at the sides, nearly straight to the base, the

basal suleus moderately deep; the disc with another central

1898.] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF AFRICA, 215

longitudinal groove, fulvous, sparingly punctured ; scutellum

obscure fulvous ; elytra with strong and regular rows of punctures,

the ninth row entire, flavous, the sutural margin, a small spot on

the shoulders, and a large rounded spot near the apex at the sides

bluish ; legs robust, fulvous, the tarsal joints stained with fuscous

at the apex; underside closely covered with silvery pubescence.

Hab. Charter, Mashonaland (G. Marshall).

The thorax in this species is of rather peculiar shape, short,

subquadrate, and almost angularly constricted below the anterior

portion and from there to the base nearly straight: this structure

and the pattern of the elytra will assist in the determination

of the species.

LEMA PUBIFRONS, sp. noy.

Testaceous, sides of the breast and the abdomen piceous ; head

clothed with golden pubescence ; thorax with an anterior lateral

sulcus, impunctate; elytra strongly punctate-striate, the ninth

row entire, the interstices costate at the apex.

Length 3 millim.

Head pale fulvous, entirely clothed with very short, golden

pubescence, the supraocular grooves moderately deep; antenne

extending to the middle of the elytra, testaceous, the third and

fourth joints equal, the following joints thickened ; thorax slightly

broader than long, the anterior portion obliquely widened towards

the apex, the angles not prominent, with a short seta, the basal

sulcus deep, the sides with another short transverse groove near

the middle; the dise entirely impunctate, testaceous ; elytra with

a short but distinct depression below the base, the punctures deep

and large, of slightly elongate shape, the interstices costate at

the sides and at the apex; underside clothed with fine silvery

pubescence, the sides of the breast and the abdomen more or less

piceous.

Hab. Malvern, Natal (G. Marshall).

At once to be distinguished from L. pauperata Lac. and L. lat-

eritia Lac. by the golden-yellow pubescence which covers the head,

together with its smaller size.

CRIOCERIS BLONGATA, sp. nov.

Elongate, subcylindrical, black, thorax closely and strongly

punctured; elytra deeply and closely punctate-striate, piceous,

the shoulders and the basal margin fulvous or flavous, interstices

costate at the apex.

Length 8 millim.

Of more than usual elongate shape, the head with a deep central

groove at the vertex, finely rugose near the eyes, the latter deeply

notched, the emargination closely pubescent as well as the anterior

portion of the head; antenne short and robust, the terminal

seven joints transversely widened, black; thorax subcylindrical,

the anterior angles rounded, the sides but slightly constricted at

the middle, the surface black, shining, strongly and irregularly but

216 MR. M. JACOBY ON THE [Mar. 15,

rather closely punctured; scutellum black; elytra with the basal

portion very slightly raised, strongly and closely punctate-striate,

the punctures more closely approached towards the apex, the

interstices costate at the same place, the dise piceous or nearly

black, the shoulders with a narrow fulvous band extending a little

way down the lateral margin as well as along the base; underside

and legs black and sparingly pubescent.

Hab. Salisbury, Mashonaland (G. Marshall). Obtained by

sweeping on kopjes.

The very elongate shape of this species and its system of

coloration will assist in its recognition.

PECILOMORPHA HIRSUTA, sp. nov. (Plate XXII. fig. 1.)

Black, elytra fulvous or flavous, entirely clothed as well as the

head and thorax with long yellow pubescence, arranged in shape

of three narrow stripes on the head and the thorax; elytra with

two small spots of thicker pubescence.

Length 6-8 millim.

Of posteriorly slightly narrow shape, densely clothed with long

yellow hairs, the head black, the pubescence forming three narrow

longitudinal stripes, not strongly marked; the clypeus separated

from the face by a deep transverse groove ; antenne scarcely ex-

tending to the middle of the thorax, black, the terminal seven joints

forming a strongly transverse broad club; thorax subcylindrical,

rather short, black, the pubescence also arranged like that of the

head and forming a lateral and central yellow stripe, when seen in

certain positions ; elytra pale fulvous, remotely and finely punc-

tured, each puncture provided with a long black hair, the rest of the

surface clothed with long yellow pubescence; underside blackish,

densely pubescent ; legs fulvous, tarsi blackish.

Hab. Umfuli River, Mashenaland (G. Marshall).

This species is more thickly covered with hairs than any of its

congeners, and in certain lights two small pale spots at and below

the middle are seen on the elytra, the latter spot extending also

downward along the suture, as is the case in P. tomentosa Lac.

I have seen three specimens of this species.

MBLITONOMA MARSHALLI, sp. nov. (Plate XXII. fig. 5.)

Black, finely pubescent below, thorax fulvous, nearly impunctate ;

elytra deeply and coarsely punctured, fulvous, a transverse spot

before the middle and a dentate band near the apex black; tibi

and tarsi fulvous.

Length 5 millim.

Head black, finely strigose and pubescent between the eves ;

antenne black, the second and third joints fulvous ; thorax strongly

transverse, slightly narrowed anteriorly, the posterior angles

rounded, the surface nearly impunctate, fulvous, the base with a

short transverse groove in front of the scutellum and a few pune-

tures at the same place; scutellum black; elytra subcylindrical,

fulvous, closely impressed with large and deep punctures, the

1898. ] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF AFRICA. 217

extreme apex smooth, a large transverse slightly curved spot im-

mediately before the middle not extending to either margin, and

another equally broad and deeply dentate or angulate band near

the apex, extending to the suture, black; underside and femora

black, clothed with yellow pubescence; the tibiz and tarsi fulvous,

the latter rather robust, the first joint double the size of the second

one.

Hab. Estcourt, Natal (G. Marshall).

The very strong elytral punctuation in connection with the

shape of the bands will distinguish this species from any of its

allies.

DAMIA MASHONANA, sp. nov.

Black, above reddish-fulvous, head and thorax shining, impunc-

tate ; elytra opaque, very closely and finely punctured and minutely

granulate.

Length 3-4 millim.

Elongate and subcylindrical, the head entirely impunctate, red-

dish fulvous and shining, with an obsolete depression between the

eyes ; the epistome not separated from the face, its anterior edge

very slightly concave ; labium large and broad, fulvous, mandibles

black ; antenne extending to the base of the thorax, black, the lower

three joints are fulvous, the fifth and following joints strongly

transverse ; thorax short, twice as broad as long, the sides nearly

straight, scarcely narrowed anteriorly, the posterior angles rounded,

the surface with a transverse depression in front of the scutellum,

this depression with a few punctures, the rest of the surface im-

punctate; scutellum broad, pointed at the apex, with an obsolete

central ridge, impunctate, fulvous; elytra with a slight lateral

basal lobe, of a darker fulvous colour than the thorax and opaque,

yery closely punctured, the interstices minutely granulate; under-

side and legs black, finely pubescent ; all the legs elongate and

slender, the first joint of the tarsi longer than the second, but

scarcely so long as the following two joints together, the third

joint two-thirds its length.

Hab. Salisbury, Mashonaland ; Estcourt, Natal (G. Marshall).

The general appearance of this species agrees with G'ynandro-

phthalma, but the elytra are slightly lobed at the base and the legs

are slender and elongate, which agrees better with Damia; the

absence of any darker markings on the thorax and elytra and the

opaque and closely punctured and granulate surface of the latter

will help to distinguish the species. I received two specimens

from Mr. Marshall which he obtained by beating at Salisbury in

October, also on acacia-flowers at Estcourt.

GYNANDROPHTHALMA BICOLOR, sp. Novy.

Elongate, subcylindrical, fulvous, thorax impunctate; elytra

black, shining, extremely finely and sparingly punctured, with a

narrow fulvous band at the apex, widened at the latter place.

Length 4-5 millim.

218 MR. M. JACOBY ON THE [Mar. 15,

Head reddish-fulvous, with a few fine punctures between the

eyes, the latter large, apex of the clypeus deeply semicircularly

emarginate ; antenne extending to the base of the thorax, flavous,

the third joint double the length of the second, the following joints

strongly triangularly widened ; thorax twice as broad as long, the

sides nearly straight, distinctly narrowed towards the apex, the

angles distinct, posterior margins nearly straight, almost without

a median lobe, depressed in front of the latter and with a few

punctures, rest of the surface impunctate, reddish fulvous, shining ;

scutellum of the same colour, longer than broad, its apex truncate ;

elytra with a shallow depression below the base, extremely minutely

punctured in very irregular rows, visible only here and there under

a strong lens, black, very shining, the apex with a narrow fulvous

band extending a little way upward at the sides, where it gradu-

ally narrows ; underside and legs pale fulvous, the first joint of

the posterior tarsi as long as the following two joints together.

Hab. Salisbury, Mashonaland (G. Marshail).

Of the same coloration as G‘, terminata Lac., but larger, with

entirely fulvous underside, the clypeus deeply emarginate, the

apical spot not round but in shape of a band extending a little way

upward: G. hemorrhoidalis Lac. also differs in having the breast

black and the elytra rugose ; G. basipennis has the entire posterior

three-fourths of the elytra fulvous ; lastly, G. deyrollei Jac. bas

metallic blue, not black elytra. The three specimens sent by

Mr. Marshall do not differ except in size.

GyYNANDROPHTHALMA VARIPES, Sp. Nov.

Black, pubescent, thorax fulvous with two black spots, coarsely

and sparingly punctured ; scutellum black; elytra testaceous, dis-

tinctly punctured, the sides with a black longitudinal band not

extending to the apex; legs black.

Fem.? Larger, the elytral suture black as well, more strongly

punctured ; legs fulvous.

Leugth 3-4 millim.

Head distinctly and rather closely punctured, finely pubescent,

black, labrum fulvous ; antenne black, the lower four joints flavous ;

thorax more than twice as broad as long, the sides rounded, the

posterior margin nearly straight, the surface very coarsely, irregu-

larly and remotely punctured, {ulvous, the sides with a transversely-

shaped rather large black spot, emarginate at its upper edge ;

scutellum black, elongate; elytra rather finely and irregularly

punctured, the punctures here and there arranged in rows,

testaceous, the shoulders with a longitudinal narrow black stripe,

abbreviated below the middle and not extending to the lateral

margin; underside and legs black, clothed with yellowish pubescence.

Hab. Estcourt, Natal (G. Marshall).

Of the two specimens sent by Mr. Marshall, one is much larger,

the head is more strongly punctured, and the entire lower portion

is flavous as well as the legs, the suture is narrowly black to some

distance from the apex, and the lateral stripe is broader and more

1898.] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF AFRICA. 219

intensely black. This species is very closely allied to, if not identical

with, G. incerta Leféy., from Abyssinia, but that author gives the

length as 42-5 mm., and describes the thorax as having an ill-defined

central black mark, of which there is no trace in my specimens ;

the elytral lateral stripe also is described as being placed below the

middle. The punctuation of the thorax in the present insect is

exceptionally strong and remote.

GYNANDROPHTHALMA BABIOIDES, Sp. Nov.

Elongate, black, the thorax punctured near the base only ; elytra

finely punctured in irregular rows, black, the anterior half and a

spot at the apex flavous.

Var. Elytra with the basal margin only as well as the apical

spot fulvous.

Length 5 millim.

Head rather strongly punctured between the eyes, black, shining,

the middle with three small fovez, placed triangularly, the epistome

semicircularly emarginate at its anterior edge, labrum and palpi

black; antennz with the second and the following two joints

fulvous, the others black ; thorax twice as broad as long, the sides

nearly straight, slightly narrowed in front, the basal lobe scarcely

produced, straight, the surface rather convex, irregularly and

sparingly punctured, nearly impunctate anteriorly, more distinctly

and closely punctured near the base, black, shining; scutellum

rather broad, black; elytra elongate, subcylindrical and_ parallel,

finely punctured in irregular rows, the anterior half and a spot at

the apex flavous, the rest black; underside and legs black, the

knees more or less fulvous; tarsi broad, the first joint scarcely

longer than the second.

Hab. Salisbury, Mashonaland (G6. Marshall).

A species evidently allied to G. venustula Lac., but larger, more

elongate, the head not rugose but shining and punctured at the

middle only, the thorax distinctly punctured near the base, and

the elytral markings of different shape; in the variety the elytra

are nearly black, leaving only the basal and part of the lateral

margin as well as the apical spot fulvous. Like G. venustula, the

present species resembles somewhat a species of the genus Badia.

GYNANDROPHTHALMA NITIDICOLLIS, sp. nov. (Plate XXII. fig. 9.)

Black, pubescent, head and thorax bright metallic green, the

latter impunctate; elytra pale fulvous, finely punctured in irre-

gular rows, the suture narrowly and a broader lateral stripe, not

extending to the apex, dark greenish.

Length 3-4 millim.

Head sparingly punctured and pubescent, metallic green, labrum

obscure fulvous ; antennez with strongly serrate joints, fuscous, the

lower three joints and the outer margin of the following three or

four joints flavous, third joint very small; thorax nearly twice as

broad as long, the sides rounded towards the base, the basal margin

scarcely produced at the middle, the disc with a semicircular groove

220 MR, M. JACOBY ON THE [Mar. 15,

near the anterior margin at the middle, impunctate, bright metallic

green ; scutellum black ; elytra subcylindrical, pale fulvous, opaque,

punctured in irregular remote rows, the suture and a longitudinal

stripe at the sides, both abbreviated at the apex, dark greenish ;

legs flavous, rather long and robust, the anterior tarsi short, equal.

Female larger, the legs shorter.

Hab. Estcourt, Natal (G. Marshall).

This species resembles several others of the genus in the elytral

markings, all of them forming a little group of closely allied forms,

but the present insect differs from all in the metallic green head

and thorax ; the elytral lateral band extends to the margins at its

posterior portion.

MIoPRISTIS PUSILLA, sp. nov. (Plate XXII. fig. 7.)

Below black, pubescent, above fulvous ; head black, pubescent,

mandibles and lower joints of the antenne flavous; thorax

impunctate, fulvous ; elytra finely and sparingly punctured, flavous ;

tarsi black.

Length 24-3 millim.

, Head rather strongly and closely punctured, sparingly pubes-

cent, black ; the epistome, labrum, and mandibles flavous, the apex

of the latter black, the left one more developed than the other,

strongly pointed and rather curved ; antennz rather long, extending

to the base of the thorax, the lower four joints flavous, the rest

black, the third and fourth joints equal, the remainder strongly

transverse ; thorax twice as broad as long, the sides very strongly

rounded, the median lobe scarcely produced, nearly straight ;

the surface impunctate, shining, pale fulvous ; scutellum black, its

apex rather strongly raised and pointed ; elytra narrower than the

thorax, rather opaque, finely punctured in remote and irregular

rows; the anterior legs very elongate, their femora strongly

developed, the tibize strongly curved, the tarsi black, the first joint

as long as the two following joints together.

Hab, Malvern, Natal (G. Marshall).

One of the smallest species of the genus, which may be also

known by the black head and the absence of any markings on the

thorax and elytra; the female has, as usual, a much narrower

thorax and totally different and short legs, the anterior legs not

exceeding the others in length; the elytra are also more shining

and more strongly and closely punctured, and the general size is

much smaller.

ANISOGNATHA QUADRIPLAGIATA, sp. nov. (Plate XXII. fig. 6.)

Bluish black below, finely pubescent, the anterior portion of the

head, the thorax, and the tibie flavous ; thorax impunctate ; elytra

finely and closely punctured, fulvous, an oblique spot at the base

and a transverse spot below the middle blue.

Mas. The mandibles broad at the base, the left one much larger,

strongly curved and produced into a long point inward.

Length 5 millim.

1898. ] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLHOPTERA OF AFRICA. 221

Elongate and parallel, the head impunctate, very sparingly

pubescent, the epistome not separated from the face, the vertex

bluish black with a small fulvous spot at the base, the entire

lower portion pale fulvous, this colour forming a large oval patch,

labrum of the same colour, mandibles black, the left one curved and

strongly pointed in the male; the antenne proportionately slender,

black, the lower four or five joints fulvous, the third one smaller

than the second, the fourth longer again, the following joints

transverse, moderately widened, the apical joints smaller; thorax

at least twice as broad as long, the sides strongly rounded as well

as the posterior angles, the surface transversely convex, smooth and

shining, flavous, impunctate ; scutellum broad, pointed at the apex,

black ; elytra subcylindrical, less shining than the thorax, finely

and closely punctured, with an oblique spot on the shoulder and

another transverse and curved spot near the apex, dark blue; the

underside, femora, the apex of the tibize, and the tarsi bluish black ;

the anterior legs elongate, as well as the tarsi, the first joint slightly

longer than the second.

Fem. Head and mandibles of normal size, the tarsi less elongate.

Hab, Malvern, Natal (G. Marshall).

The structure of the mandibles and that of the legs seem to me

to place this insect in Lacordaire’s genus Anisognatha, which has

been sunk into a synonym with G'ynandrophthalma in Gemminger’s

Catalogue ; but if the structure of the tibie and tarsi are of any

value at all, Anisognatha has certainly nothing in common with

the other genus and ought to be separated like many of the other

genera of Clythrine, else the already exceedingly difficult determina-

tion of these insects becomes almost an impossibility.

Miopristis atrofasciatus Lac., likewise from Natal, resembles very

nearly the present insect in shape and coloration, but the mandibles

and the anterior legs and tarsi are differently structured, the tibiz

are black, the elytra are nearly impunctate, and the markings are

of different shape and black.

AETHEOMORPHA CERULEA, sp.nov. (Plate XXII. fig. 8.)

Subeylindrical, metallic blue, pubescent below ; legs fulvous, tarsi

black; thorax strongly and irregularly punctured, obliquely

depressed ; elytra very closely and strongly punctured.

Length 6 millim.

Of parallel and cylindrical shape, dark metallic blue, the head

strongly and rather closely punctured at the middle, the eyes large,

the anterior edge of the clypeus semicircularly emarginate, labrum

black ; antenne extending to the base of the thorax, black, the

second and third joints obscure fulvous, very short, the other joints

strongly transverse; thorax scarcely twice as broad as long, the

sides nearly straight, gradually narrowed towards the apex, the

posterior angles distinct, the disc rather strongly obliquely de-

pressed at each side in front of the scutellum, the basal margin

truncate at the same place, the surface strongly but irregularly

punctured, rather closely so at the base, much more sparingly

222 MR, M. JACOBY ON THE [Mar. 15,

anteriorly ; scutellum large, smooth and shining, its apex slightly

raised and truncate; elytra feebly lobed at the base, closely,

strongly, and evenly punctured, covering the pygidium; legs

fulvous, tarsi rather short and broad, the first joint but slightly

longer than the second.

Hab. Salisbury, Mashonaland.

CAMPTOLENES ABYSSINICA Leféy.

Two specimens obtained by Mr. Marshall at Salisbury, Mashona-

land, agree so closely with Lefévre’s description that I must identify

them with his species: the specimens before me are, however,

smaller by 2 millim., and have entirely black antenne and legs;

the different localities probably account for this. In Donckier de

Donceel’s Catalogue of Clythrine the species is placed in Lachnea ;

but in that genus the thorax is generally pubescent and the legs

less elongate : Camptolenes is perhaps, therefore, a better place for

the insect.

LACHNEA FULVICOLLIS, sp. nov.

Black, pubescent, the anterior portion of the head and the

thorax fulvous, the latter rugosely punctured and pubescent ; elytra

opaque, strongly punctured and rugose, an anguate band before,

another below the middle, and a spot at the apex, black.

Length 8 millim.

Head closely covered with yellowish pubescence, with a smooth,

elongate, raised space between the eyes, the upper portion black ;

the clypeus entirely fulvous, its anterior edge feebly semicircularly

emarginate ; antenne nearly extending to the base of the thorax,

black, the fourth and following joints dentate or transversely

widened; thorax twice as broad as long, the sides nearly straight, the

posterior angles rounded, the surface strongly and unevenly punc-

tured and rugose, entirely fulvous, sparingly clothed with yellow

hairs ; scutellum piceous, with a central obscure ridge, finely pune-

tured ; elytra very deeply and closely punctured, with one or two

longitudinal short costz near the apex, the basal margin in shape

of transverse ridges, the ground-colour fulvous, an angular and

oblique band before the middle not extending to either margin,

another band below the middle not extending to the suture, the

latter near the apex and a round spot at the last-named place,

black ; underside clothed with yellowish pubescence, the first tarsal

joint as long as the following two joints together.

Hab. Niger-Benue Exped. (Staudinger).

The shape of the markings and perhaps the colour of the thorax

in this species are probably as variable as is so frequently the case

with these insects ; but although I have only a single, apparently

female specimen before me, it will be sufficient to recognize this

species, which on account of the pubescence of the thorax, the

colour of the latter, and the markings of the elytra cannot be con-

founded with other species of allied genera. Although C. abyssinica

Leféy. resembles the present insect as regards the elytral pattern,

1898.] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF AFRICA. 223

the thorax is smooth in that species and of different coloration and

the anterior legs are extremely elongate.

CRYPTOCEPHATUS NIGROFRONTALIS, Sp. Nov.

Flavous, the vertex of the head and the breast black, thorax finely

and closely punctured, scutellum black; elytra strongly punctate-

striate, the interstices finely punctured, flavous, a sutural and a

sublateral stripe, the latter abbreviated at the apex, black.

Length 3 millim.

Head closely and rather strongly punctured, the vertex with a

transverse black band, the lower portion fulvous; eyes but feebly

notched; antenne rather short, entirely fulvous, the terminal

six joints widened, the second and third joints short, equal ; thorax

nearly twice as broad as long, the sides rather strongly rounded

and narrowed towards the apex, the surface very finely and closely

punctured, the punctures somewhat confluent at the sides, fulvous ;

scutellum broad, black, the surface with a few punctures; elytra

with rather strong rows of punctures, the interstices finely

punctured, the extreme basal margin, a sutural stripe, and a

lateral stripe from the shoulder to near the apex black, the lateral

margin likewise narrowly black from the middle to the apex;

underside and legs flavous, the sides of the breast black.

Hab. Estcourt, Frere, Natal (G. Marshall).

Only half the size of C. atrocinctus Jac. and C. africanus Jac. ;

the head black at the’ upper portion, the thorax without markings,

and the elytra with punctured interstices; the antenne also are

short and entirely fulvous; the lateral black elytral stripe is of

slightly oblique shape and directed towards the suture.

CRYPTOCEPHALUS EPIPLEURALIS, sp. nov. (Plate XXII. fig. 3.)

Fulvous below, head and thorax rufous, the latter with the

anterior and lateral margins narrowly flavous, a transverse basal

band black; elytra black, finely punctate striate, the lateral

margins anteriorly and the epipleure flavous; legs fulvous.

Length 4-5 millim.

Head strongly punctured at the vertex and near the eyes, the

former black, with a short central groove, the lower portion

rufous, the emargination of the eyes flavous, edged with black, the

clypeus and the labrum flavous ; antennz extending to the middle

of the elytra, fulvous, the terminal four joints fuscous, the latter

very elongate, the third joint double the length of the second, but

slightly shorter than the fourth; thorax nearly twice as broad

as long, strongly narrowed in front, the sides rounded at the base

and slightly protruding at that place beyond the elytra, the surface

sparingly and extremely finely punctured, rufous, the anterior and

lateral margins extremely narrowly flavous, preceded by the

black outer edge, the base with a broad black band, which is some-

times reduced to two spots and greatly narrowed at each side;

scutellum black, broad, its apex rounded ; elytra with five rows of

punctures, which are nearly obsolete at the base and apex, the

224 MR. M. JACOBY ON THE [ Mar. 15,

interstices flat and with some minute punctures, black, shining; a

narrow spot below the scutellum, the outer edge and part of the

epipleure to below the middle, yellowish white; underside

fulvous, clothed with whitish hairs, tibiz and tarsi paler.

Hab. Estcourt, Natal, on Acacia horrida (G. Marshall).

Of this species there are at this moment before me, from different

parts of Natal, nine specimens, which only vary in the number

of spots on the thorax, the latter being either entirely rufous, or

rufous with two black central spots, while in several there is only a

transverse basal black band of variable width without the other

spots ; the head is likewise variable in regard to colour, sometimes

entirely fulvous, or with the vertex and a small spot at the base of

the antennz black, and the sides narrowly edged with flavous.

Although Suffrian has looked upon the present species as a variety

of his C. suleifrons, the similar coloration of all the specimens

before me and the absence of any intermediate forms, which are

neither given by Suffrian nor have come under my notice, induces

me to consider the insect as specifically distinct; the frontal

sulcus of the head is only well pronounced in one specimen, but in

others very feebly so, and no more than in many other species; in

nearly all the specimens there is a sutural short yellowish stripe

below the scutellum, which sometimes surrounds the latter.

ACOLASTUS NIGROPLAGIATUS, sp. nov. (Plate XXII. fig. 4.)

Black, finely pubescent, head with two flavous spots; thorax

pubescent, closely punctured, flavous, with a lateral band and a

central black spot ; elytra closely rugose, a spot on the shoulder,

a larger one near the scutellum, another one at the sides, the

suture, and a transverse short band connected with the latter,

black ; legs black and flavous.

Length 3 millim.

Head broad, closely and rather strongly punctured and sparingly

pubescent, black ; two spots between the eyes, the clypeus, and the

labrum flavous ; eyes large, very moderately emarginate ; antennz

not extending much farther than the base of the thorax, thin and

slender, the third and fourth joints equal, the following joints

slightly longer, the lower five joints more or less flavous, the

others black ; thorax more than twice as broad as long, the sides

rounded near the base and gradually narrowed anteriorly, posterior

margin truncate at the middle, the surface extremely closely and

rather strongly punctured, almost rugose, clothed with fine white

pubescence, flavous, the sides with an oblique irregular-shaped

black band not extending to the apex and connected at the base

with a central spot of subquadrate shape; scutellum broad, its

apex pointed, the surface black, pubescent; elytra finely rugose

throughout, the basal margin in shape of a transverse ridge, the

apex with some very short coste, the suture black, this colour

widened into a short transverse band near the apex, a small spot

placed on the shoulder, a larger one near the scutellum, and an

elongate spot at the lateral margin below the middle black ; under-

1898. ] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF AFRICA. 225

side and the pygidium black, clothed with whitish pubescence ; legs

either almost entirely black or the tibie~ and tarsi more or less

flavous, sometimes entirely so; prosternum very narrow, with a

central longitudinal groove.

Hab. Estcourt, Natal (G. Marshall).

Of this genus, four species have up till now been described by

Gerstaecker and Suffrian. The present insect seems very closely

allied to A. pictus Suffr., but is smaller, the thorax of totally

different shape (Suffrian gives the size of the thorax in A. pictus

as one half longer than broad, which is evidently meant to be the

opposite), the elytra with only a short transverse sutural spot

below the middle, not with a strongly dentate band as in A. pictus,

I have seen four specimens, which were obtained by Mr. Marshall.

ACOLASTUS TUBERCULATUS, Sp. NOV.

Below piceous, clothed with white pubescence, above dark

fulvous with yellow tubercles, sparingly pubescent, apical joints of

antenne black; thorax and elytra closely punctured, rugose, and

with tubercles, apex of elytra with a transverse smooth raised

space.

Length 3 millim.

Head closely rugose and clothed with white pubescence, fulvous,

or more or less black ; the eyes very large and closely approached

in the male, but slightly emarginate ; antennz slender, extending

to the middle of the elytra, black, the lower four joints flavous ;

thorax about one-half broader than long, narrowed in front, the

whole surface closely covered with rugosities and deep punctures,

partly of flavous colour, the rest fulvous and clothed with very

short white pubescence ; scutellum broad, pointed at the apex,

black, finely pubescent ; elytra wider at the base than the thorax

and sculptured exactly like the latter, likewise clothed with short

white pubescence, the apex with a transverse, smooth, raised space,

the shoulders in one specimen with a black spot; underside

obscure fulvous or piceous, densely clothed with silvery hairs ; legs

fulvous, the anterior femora strongly thickened, their tibie slightly

curved ; prosternum very narrow and elongate, convex, pubescent.

Hab. Salisbury, Mashonaland, obtained by beating (G'. Marshall).

Much narrower than the preceding species and resembling

entirely a species of Pachybrachys in general appearance; the

prosternum is, however, of different shape, but has not the central

groove of the other species. A. malve Suftr. seems closely allied,

but differs in having dark bands on the thorax and the elytra, and

scarcely a raised smooth space at the apex of the latter, nor does

Suffrian mention any pubescence of the elytra.

Cryptocephalus unicinctus Jac. P. Z. 8.1897, p. 259, = C. africanus

Jac. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1895, p. 168.

Cryptocephalus bimaculicollis Jac. P. Z. 8. 1897, p. 259,=

C. angustofasciatus Jac. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1895, p. 169.

I have noticed, unfortunately too jate, that these two species

Proc. Zoon. Soc. —1898, No. XV. 15

226 MR. M, JACOBY ON THR [Mar. 15,

have been twice described by me under different names; the names

of 1895, being the older, ought to be retained.

CHETRIDISIA, gen. nov. (Humolpide).

Oblong, subcylindrical, pubescent; antenne filiform; thorax

broader than long, subdepressed, the sides rounded, strongly

serrate ; elytra alutaceous, minutely punctured in rows and pubes-

cent; legs slender, the femora dentate, the intermediate tibize

deeply emarginate at the apex, claws bifid ; prosternum elongate,

very narrow, convex; the anterior margin of the thoracic episternum

concave.

The insect for which this genus is proposed can only be com-

pared to Cheiridea Baly on account of the filiform antenne and

the emargination of the intermediate tibize only, but the thorax is

not subglobose, the sculpture of the upper parts is totally different,

and the femora are all armed with a tooth; one or other of these

differences separates the genus also from WNerissus, Nerissidius

Weise, and Stratioderus Weise. The present little insect is

interesting in another respect, for the sculpture of the head and

thorax is very peculiar and unlike any other with which I am

acquainted among the enormous numbers of Phytophaga. It may

be compared in a miniature way to the skin of a crocodile, the

surface being divided into numerous small fields, between which

single hairs are placed at regular intervals.

CHEIRIDISIA INORNATA, sp. nov. (Plate XXII. fig. 10.)

Black, opaque, the basal joints of the antenne and the tibie and

tarsi fulvous ; head and thorax impunctate, coriaceous, pubescent ;

elytra minutely granulate, scarcely perceptibly punctured, fur-

nished with rows of white hairs.

Length 3 millim.

Head broader than long, without punctures, sparingly clothed

with whitish rather long hairs ; the clypeus not separated from the

face, bounded at the sides by a distinctly raised, short, perpendicular

ridge; labrum and mandibles dark fulvous, palpi slender ; antenne

extending beyond the middle of the elytra, flavous, the terminal

joints fuscous, basal joint subquadrate, thickened, second one-half

the length, the third one-half longer, the following joints more

elongate; thorax about one-half broader than long, slightly

narrowed at the base, the sides strongly rounded, with a regular

row of large teeth, the surface sculptured like the head, opaque,

without punctures, clothed with long whitish hairs; scutellum

subpentagonal, pubescent; elytra smaller than the thorax at the

base, finely coriaceous, obsoletely depressed below the base, the

dise with rows of extremely fine punctures and of stiff white

hairs; femora and underside black, tibie and tarsi fulvous, the

metatarsus of the posterior legs nearly as long as the following

joints together.

Hab, Salisbury, Mashonaland (G'. Marshall).

Tn one specimen the underside and legs are entirely fulvous.

1898.] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF AFRIOA. 227

PSEUDOMALEGIA FULVIPES, Sp. nov.

Black, clothed with white pubescence, basal joints of the

antenne and the legs fulvous; thorax finely rugose, elytra

distinctly punctured in irregular rows.

Length 23 millim.

Of an opaque black colour; the head rugose, clothed with white

pubescence ; the clypeus not separated, rather deeply concave ;

mandibles fulvous at the base ; antennew rather short, fulvous, the

terminal joints slightly darker, the basal two joints swollen, the

second one-half the length of the first, the following four joints

more elongate and slender, the others thickened; thorax sub-

quadrate, scarcely wider than long, without distinct lateral margin,

the surface finely rugose and clothed with rather long white

pubescence ; elytra wider at the base than the thorax, distinctly

punctured in closely-approached, irregular rows, the interstices

furnished with long white pubescence arranged in lines; below

black, legs entirely fulvous, the tibie not emarginate, claws bifid.

Hab. Malvern, Natal (G. Marshall).

This species agrees in the non-emarginate tibie with P. lefeurei

Jac., the only other species of the genus. It differs from this and any

of its close allies of the genus Malegia in the entirely black colour,

which shows no trace of a metallic gloss, and in the fulvous legs ;

the latter in one specimen, however, are stained with piceous.

MALBGIA AFFINIS, sp. nov.

Below yellowish cupreous, finely pubescent, above obscure

cupreous, the basal joints of the antenne and the legs fulvous,

tarsi black; thorax finely rugose and pubescent, elytra finely

punctured, with white pubescence arranged partly in shape of

bands.

Length 3 millim.

Head finely and closely punctured, clothed with white hairs;

labrum black, lower joints of palpi fulvous, the apical one black ;

antennze with the lower six joints fulvous, the rest black ; thorax

narrowed anteriorly and posteriorly, closely and finely rugose-

punctate and pubescent, the hairs arranged at the middle into a

narrow, more or less distinct stripe ; scutellum closely pubescent ;

elytra much wider at the base than the thorax and nearly similarly

punctured, obscure cupreous, clothed with short white pubescence,

which is arranged somewhat in the shape of two transverse bands

before and below the middle, near the apex a small whitish spot of

hair and another angular band of pubescence can be traced; under-

side of a more brassy tint; legs robust, fulvous, the intermediate

tibiz slightly emarginate at the apex, the tarsi black, claws bifid.

Hab. Frere, Natal; on acacia flowers (G. Marshall).

This species differs from M, striatula Lefév. in the different

elytral sculpture and colour of the legs, and from M. odscurella

Lefév., so far as one can judge from a four-lined description, in its

larger size and the arrangement of the pubescence on its upper

surface as well as by the fulvous femora.

15*

228 MR, M, JACOBY ON THE [Mar. 15,

ScELODONTA PECTORALIS, sp. NOv.

Reddish cupreous, finely pubescent, terminal joints of the

antenns and the tarsi black; head strongly punctured; thorax

transversely strigose; elytra coarsely punctate, the posterior portion

finely longitudinally costate ; sides of the breast densely pubescent.

Length 4 millim.

Head strongly rugose, the interstices sparingly clothed with

single white hairs, the middle with a longitudinal groove, the

lateral sulei very deep; clypeus sculptured like the head, its

anterior margin nearly straight, palpi eeneous ; antenne with the

lower four joints zeneous or cupreous, the rest black ; thorax one-

half broader than long, the sides rounded, the whole surface

transversely wrinkled or plicate, without distinct punctures ;

scutellum pentagonal, sparingly pubescent and punctured; elytra

broader at the base than the thorax, obsoletely depressed below the

former, the entire anterior half densely and strongly rugose-punc-

tate, the interstices transversely rugose, clothed with single white

hairs, semiregularly placed, those near the apex distinctly costate ;

the sides of the breast with a stripe of dense white pubescence ;

femora with a minute tooth.

Hab. Estcourt, Natal (G. Marshall).

This Scelodonta is evidently closely allied to S. raffrayi Lefév., if

not identical, but the latter insect is described as metallic green

above and of larger size ; and as the two specimens before me agree

in every detail I cannot identify them with Lefévre’s species, nor

with any other, on account of sculptural or other differences. All

these forms are very closely allied and can only be recognized by a

detailed description of all essential parts of the insect; S. inequalis

Fairm. seems to differ in the seulpturing of the upper parts and

in the absence of the tomentose stripe on the breast.

PSEUDIVONGIUS ZENEUS, Sp. NOV.

Dark greenish zneous, the basal joints of the antenne and the

four anterior legs fulvous; thorax minutely punctured; elytra

extremely finely punctured in obsolete rows, the apex impunctate.

Length 2 millim.

Head minutely granulate and very finely punctured, greenish ;

the clypeus not separated from the face, deflexed anteriorly, its

anterior margin with a small emargination at the middle, labrum

fulvous ; eyes very widely separated, surrounded with a very narrow

sulcus above ; antenne extending slightly beyond the middle of the

elytra, black, the lower four joints fulvous, basal joint thickened,

the second slightly shorter but as long as the following joints, the

terminal ones distinctly thickened; thorax three times broader

than long, the sides deflexed, the lateral margins nearly straight,

the angles distinct, the surface extremely finely granulate and

minutely punctured ; elytra widened at the middle, pointed at the

apex and very convex, the shoulders rounded, the surface very

finely aciculate or wrinkled, with closely-approached rows of

minute punctures, invisible at the apex, the interstices impressed

1898. ] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF AFRICA. 229

with very fine longitudinal lines; femora thickened, «neous, tibixe

and tarsi fulvous, the posterior ones darker, the first joint of the

posterior tarsi nearly as long as the following two joints together,

the anterior tarsi broader and shorter.

Hab. Frere, Natal, also Mooi River (G. Marshall), obtained by

sweeping.

Differing from P. natalensis Jac. in the much more ovately

rounded shape, the very strongly transverse thorax, and the

entirely different punctuation of the upper surface, also in the

shorter legs.

PsHUDEDUSIA, gen. nov.

Body subeylindrical, glabrous; antenne filiform, widely separated;

thorax transversely subcylindrical ; elytra finely transversely rugose

and irregularly punctured; legs slender, anterior femora strongly

widened into a tooth; tibiae mucronate, not emarginate, claws

appendiculate; prosternum longer than broad, convex, its apex

truncate ; the anterior margin of the thoracic episternum very

slightly convex.

The exact position for this Eumolpid is not easy to find, since

the shape of the anterior margin of the thoracic episternum is not

well defined, as is frequently the case in the present group, leaving

it often a matter of doubt to which section, according to our

present classification, the insects should be referred. In the present

case the slight convexity of this margin places the species in the

second division of the Humolpide, and near Argoa Lefev. (Argolis

Chap.), which has likewise the anterior femora dilated into a tooth ;

there is also the same dilatation of the anterior tibiz in the present

species, although not to the same extent as in Argoa ; from that

genus the shape of the antenne, that of the thorax, and other

details separate Pseudedusia.

PsEUDEDUSIA EULVIPHS, Sp. NOV.

Below obscure piceous, above metallic green or zeneous, antennz

and legs fulvous, thorax finely and subremotely punctured, elytra

strongly punctate and transversely rugose.

Length 5 millim.

Head broad, remotely and finely punctured, metallic green with

a cupreous tint, longitudinally depressed at the middle; clypeus

not separated from the face, its anterior edge nearly straight, more

strongly punctured than the head; labrum transverse, fulvous ;

mandibles robust, fulvous, the apex black, palpi slender, fulvous ;

antenne very widely separated, slender, extending beyond the

middle of the elytra, fulvous, the first joint thickened, slightly

curved and rather short, the second joint thin, one-third shorter

than the third, the terminal five joints shorter and very slightly

thickened; thorax subquadrately transverse, of equal width, the

sides nearly straight, the angles acute but not produced, the

surface subcylindrical, metallic greenish-zneous, finely and sub-

remotely punctured ; scutellum ovate ; elytra subcylindrical more

230 MR. M. JACOBY ON THE [Mar. 15,

strongly punctured than the thorax, the punctures closely placed

near the suture, the interstices towards the sides transversely

rugose; legs fulvous, the anterior femora much thickened and

dilated into a tooth.

Hab, Salisbury, Mashonaland (G. Marshall), obtained by beating

in September.

In the female the thorax is slightly narrowed in front, and the

antenn are much shorter and have the third and fourth joints of

equal length, the apical ones are slightly stained with fuscous.

PsEUDOCOLASPIs COsTATA, sp. noy. (Plate XXII. fig. 12.)

Metallic green, the femora and tibie more or less cupreous ;

thorax transversely rugose, with a narrow lateral cupreous band ;

elytra with deep basal depression, strongly punctate-striate, the

interstices very strongly longitudinally costate.

Length 5 millim.

Head very closely rugose-punctate, the interstices minutely

granulate, metallic green, a narrow margin round the eyes and the

sides of the clypeus reddish cupreous ; clypeus not separated from

the face, deeply punctured, its anterior edge concave, palpi piceous ;

antenne dark blue or purplish, the last five joints very robust and

strongly thickened ; thorax subeylindrical, constricted anteriorly

and posteriorly, the surface closely and deeply punctured, the

interstices everywhere transversely rugose, the middle of the disc

slightly depressed, bright metallic green, the sides with a narrow

cupreous band ; scutellum subpentagonal, with a few punctures ;

elytra much wider at the base than the thorax, the shoulders

acutely raised, the basal portion with a deep transverse depression

which is closely punctured, the base itself also with irregular rows

of strong punctures which become more obsolete below the

depression, each elytron with about eight strongly-raised coste,

metallic green, the sides narrowly purplish; underside and legs

metallic green, the apex of the femora and the tibie more or less

cupreous, tarsi purplish.

Hab. Cameroons (Conrad).

This is a handsome species, well distinguished by the system

of coloration and the strong elytral coste; I received a single

specimen from Dr. Kraatz. P. cupreo-marginata Jac. is nearly

identical in coloration, but the elytra have no depression and the

sculpture is entirely different, yet it is not impossible that the

present insect is only the male of the one last named.

PsEHUDOCOLAPSIS LATHRALIS, sp. Nov.

Fuscous, the basal joints of the antenne and the tibie and tarsi

fulvous ; thorax finely and closely punctured,with silvery-grey hairs,

its anterior margin fulvous ; elytra finely punctured, with rows of

stiff hairs, the disc obscure metallic, the sides broadly fulvo-piceous ;

femora mucronate.

Length 5 millim.

Head deeply rugose-punctate, the middle with a small tubercle,

1898.] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF AFRICA. 231

cupreous, finely pubescent; clypeus with the anterior margin

straight ; mandibles robust, fulvous ; antennz short, fulvous, the

seventh joint enlarged, widened, the terminal four joints transverse ;

thorax obscure cupreous, finely and closely punctured, distinctly

narrowed at the base only, with a very obsolete transverse de-

pression at the sides near the anterior margin, the latter narrowly

fulvous at the middle, the disc clothed with silvery hairs ; scutellum

subpentagonal, pubescent; elytra with a short but rather deep

depression below the base, punctured like the thorax, the interstices

with rows of short silvery-grey hairs and longer black stiff ones,

irregularly distributed, the disc in the shape of a triangular ill-

defined patch, obscure metallic bluish, the sides and apex obscure

fulvous with a slight metallic gloss ; legs obscure piceous, the tibie

and tarsi dark fulvous.

Hab. Wernen, Natal (G. Marshall).

A species of peculiar coloration, of which I have two specimens

before me agreeing in all details ; they resemble somewhat in their

system of coloration P. discoidalis Jac., from India. The thorax

in P. lateralis is distinctly narrowed only at the base and its

anterior margin stained with fulvous, which will assist in the

recognition of the species; all the femora are armed with a distinct

tooth; in one of the specimens the terminal four joints of the

antenne are fuscous.

PsEUDOCOLASPIS LATICOLLIS, Sp. NOV.

Obscure cupreous, finely pubescent, tibiee and tarsi fulvous ;

thorax very broad, the sides strongly swoller, minutely and closely

punctured, with three bands of fine white pubescence ; elytra as

finely punctured, with two longitudinal white pubescent stripes.

Length 6 millim.

Head finely and closely punctured and pubescent, with a longi-

tudinally divided tubercle at the middle, the clypeus very deeply

semicircularly emarginate at the anterior edge, its sides raised into

an acute ridge ; thorax twice as broad as long, the sides strongly

rounded, the disc greatly swollen at each side, with a transverse

sulcus near the anterior margin, the surface evenly, closely, and

finely punctured, with a band of thin white pubescence at the sides

and the middle; scutellum broadly subquadrate, closely punctured

aud pubescent; elytra broad and short, only about one-half longer

than the thorax, the apex broadly rounded, sculptured and

pubescent like the thorax, the hairs forming a longitudinal streak

at the sides and another at the middle of the disc, the shoulders

moderately prominent below, and the legs equally clothed with

white pubescence ; posterior femora with a small tooth, the others

unarmed, the tibie dark fulvous, the anterior ones rather curved.

Hab. 8. Africa (Drege).

Of this species, remarkable for the deeply emarginate clypeus

and the swollen disc of the thorax, I possess a single specimen,

unfortunately without the antenne ; it was obtained years ago by

the African collector Drege, but seems not to have been described,

232 MR, M. JACOBY ON THE [Mar. 15,

as the late M. Lefévre, to whom I submitted the specimen, did not

know it; the pubescent white bands of the thorax and of the

elytra can only just be distinguished in my specimen, which is

probably somewhat rubbed.

PausiRis (COLASPIDEA) ARACHNOIDES Duviv.

This species, of which I possess a typical specimen, is not a

Colaspidea on account of the distinctly concave thoracic episternum,

but must be placed in Pausiris Chap.

TRICHOSTOLA LEFEVREI, sp. Noy.

Greenish neous, clothed with white pubescence, the tibie

fulvous, antennze fuscous, thorax and elytra very closely and

irregularly punctured.

Length 3 millim.

Head very finely punctured, clothed with long whitish hairs,

terminal joints of the palpi black ; antennz extending to about the

middle of the elytra, rather robust, fulvous, each joint stained

with fuscous at its apex, the second joint thickened, but very little

shorter than the following four joints, the others thickened ;

thorax more than twice as broad as long, the sides straight and

obliquely narrowed towards the apex, the posterior margin nearly

straight, the surface finely and closely punctured, clothed with

whitish hairs ; scutellum subpentagonal, densely pubescent; elytra

with a very shallow depression below the base, scarcely more

strongly punctured than the thorax, the punctures closely and

irregularly placed, the interstices pubescent like the other parts ;

femora more or less «neous, tibie and tarsi obscure fulvous,

pubescent.

Hab. Pine Town, 8. Africa.

This species is one of the few in which the elytra are irregularly

punctured, and is evidently closely allied to 7. fuscitarsis Chap. ;

but the latter species is described as having the pubescence golden

yellow, which is not the case here, nor are the legs ferruginous.

CoLASPOSOMA SEMIHIRSUIUM, sp. Nov.

Metallic green, the basal three joints of the antenne and the

legs fulvous, head and thorax strongly and closely punctured ;

elytra more closely punctured than the thorax, the interstices

transversely rugose throughout and sparingly clothed with very

short grey pubescence.

Length 6 millim.

Head very strongly but not very closely punctured, metallic

green ; the clypeus not separated from the face, bounded at the

sides by a strongly raised ridge ; labrum fulvous as well as the

basal joints of the palpi, base of the mandibles metallic green; an-

tenn extending to the middle of the elytra, fuscous, the lower three

joints fulvous ; thorax rather more than twice as broad as long, the

sides evenly rounded, the angles acute, the surface closely and very

strongly punctured, the punctures round and deep, of equal size,

1898.] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF AFRICA. 233

the middle of the disc with a narrow smooth space; scutellum with

a few fine punctures, scarcely broader than long; elytra rather

elongate in the male, slightly wider at the base than the thorax,

with a very shallow depression below the base, sculptured like the

thorax, but the punctures much more closely placed, the interstices

everywhere finely transversely rugose and clothed with very short

white hairs when seen sideways; underside metallic green, the

breast finely wrinkled and pubescent as well as the prosternum ;

legs fulvous, the anterior ones elongate in the male, the tarsi more

or less piceous.

Hab. Maritzburg, Natal.

C. semihirsutum differs from any of its numerous congeners in

the strong punctuation of the thorax, the transverse rugosities of

the elytra, which are not only confined to the sides but also to the

disc in the male, and the short pubescence, which can be seen only

when the insect is viewed sideways; the female differs only in

the shorter anterior legs and less transverse thorax. There are

three specimens in my collection, which are all of a bright metallic

green colour.

CoLASPOSOMA MARSHALLI, sp. noy.

Brownish or greenish zneous, finely pubescent, basal joints of

the antenne fulvous, thorax rugosely punctured ; elytra transversely

rugose throughout, the interspaces deeply punctured.

Length 4—5 millim.

Head strongly and closely punctured, purplish, with a smooth

central cupreous space, the anterior portion obsoletely depressed ;

antenne fulvous, the upper joints more or less stained with

greenish neous, four terminal joints widened ; thorax more than

twice as broad as long, the sides slightly widened towards the base,

nearly straight, the disc closely and deeply punctured, the inter-

stices rugose, the middle with a short smooth narrow space, each

puncture provided with a very short white hair ; scutellum

eupreous, broader than long, with a few punctures ; elytra slightly

widened towards the apex, closely covered with transverse rugo-

sities, the interstices with some deep punctures and sparingly

clothed with short whitish pubescence; the underside more or less

metallic and similarly pubescent, the abdomen and the legs fulvous

with metallic gloss.

Hab. Salisbury, Mashonaland (G. Marshall).

Among the African species of Colasposoma having the thorax

more or less clothed with pubescence, the present species is dis-

tinguished by the peculiar brownish eneous colour of its upper

surface, with shades of metallic green here and there, and by the

entirely rugose elytra, in which the rugosities extend quite to the

suture. Two specimens are before me, agreeing in all details.

CoLASPOSOMA PLUMBEUM, sp. nov.

Dark violaceous blue or bright green, finely pubescent, the an-

tenne black ; thorax strongly and rather closely punctured ; elytra

234 MR. M. JACOBY ON THE [Mar. 15,

similarly punctured, the interstices everywhere transversely rugose,

sparingly pubescent.

Fem. Larger, obscure neous, the sides with a row of tubercles.

Length 4-5 millim.

Of subcylindrical parallel shape, of a leaden blue or light green

colour; the head minutely granulate, rather closely and strongly

punctured ; the labrum, the base of the mandibles, and that of the

palpi more or less fulvous, apical joint of the latter black ; antenne

long and slender, black, the basal two joints fulvous below, the

first one metallic green above, the extreme apex of the following

joints flavous, terminal joints slightly thickened, much longer than

broad; thorax twice as broad as long, the sides rounded, very

slightly narrowed towards the apex, the angles distinct but not

produced, the surface convex, rather closely impressed with deep

round punctures, the interstices with some very short white hairs,

more distinctly visible near the margins; scutellum with a few

deep punctures ; elytra very similarly sculptured as in the pre-

ceding species, the shoulders smooth, round and raised ; underside

and legs metallic blue, more shining than the upper surface and

clothed with much longer pubescence, the coxz fulvous.

Hab. Tugela River near Wernen, Natal (about 2500 ft.)

(G. Marshall).

Like the preceding, the present species is clothed with very short

pubescence visible only under a strong lens, and the elytra show

the same rugosities throughout, but the former are not in the

least widened posteriorly and are parallel; the thorax is differently

sculptured, without rugosities, and the general colour is that of an

opaque purplish-blue or green. The female does not differ in any

way, but is larger, of a darker eneous colour, and the sides are

furnished with a row of tubercles, forming a ridge from the

shoulders nearly to the apex.

CoLASPOSOMA PUBIPENNHE, Sp. Noy.

FEneous, finely pubescent, the labrum, antenne, and the legs

fulvous; thorax extremely closely and rather finely punctured ;

elytra more strongly and remotely punctured, finely pubescent,

the sides with a transverse deep depression below the base, finely

wrinkled.

Length 6 millim.

Of a dark bronze colour; the head very closely and distinctly

punctured ; the clypeus not separated from the face, semicircularly

emarginate anteriorly, the whole surface sparingly clothed with

white pubescence; labrum fulvous; antenne extending to the

middle of the elytra, fulvous, the basal joint short and thick, the

second shorter than the third, the following more elongate, the

last four joints distinctly thickened, extreme apex of the last joint

black; thorax three times as broad as long, convex, the sides

rounded, clothed with white pubescence, the surface extremely

closely and finely punctured; scutellum broader than long, with a

few punctures ; elytra closely, evenly, and more strongly punctured

1898. ] PHYLOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF AFRICA. 235

than the thorax, with a deep transverse depression below the base,

the shoulders prominent, the sides finely transversely rugose and

pubescent ; underside more or less cupreous, finely pubescent; legs

and tarsi dark fulvous; prosternum very broad, finely punctured.

Hab. Wernen, Natal (G. Marshall).

This is another species with pubescent upper surface, although

the hairs in the specimens before me are only visible at the sides,

‘where they are, however, very distinct. The specimens sent by

Mr. Marshall seem all to belong to the female sex. C. bonvouloirt

Leféy. is of a violaceous tint, has nearly black tarsi or legs, pos-

teriorly dilated elytra, and longitudinal strigze at the sides of the

latter (Q ?). C. thoracicum Leféy. has no elytral basal depression

and is of different coloration. C. villoswm Leféyv. is much larger

and of quite different coloration, the pubescence is shorter and

denser, and the elytra have a cupreous margin. C. vestita Thoms.

is described as having a thorax nearly as long as broad, and probably

belongs to another genus. ©. melancholicum Jac. belongs also to

the pubescent group, but has elytral smooth spaces or coste.

Lastly C. pubescens Letév. is quite differently shaped, with very

fine punctures and pubescence covering the entire upper surface.

MECISTES INDIGACEUS, sp. noy.

Subeylindrical, convex, dark bluish, the basal joints of the

antenne fulvous; thorax closely and distinctly punctured, clothed

with very short pubescence; elytra subgeminate punctate, the

interstices forming smooth narrow spaces, with short pubescence.

Length +4 millim.

Head extremely closely punctured, nearly subrugose, the clypeus

not separated from the face, the sides constricted and forming

acute ridges; antennz very short, the basal two and the terminal

five joints black, the others fulvous, the third joint rather longer

than the preceding and the following two joints, the terminal ones

nearly as broad as long, strongly thickened ; thorax subcylindrical,

about one-half broader than long, the sides strongly deflexed, the

lateral margins nearly straight, the surface very closely impressed

with rather large, round punctures, each puncture furnished with

a very short white hair; scutellum broad, its apex produced into a

lobe at the middle; elytra much broader at the base than the

thorax, strongly punctured in irregular double rows, the interstices

raised into smooth, longitudinal, narrow spaces, more or less

distinct and furnished with very short white hairs, arranged in

rows, at the sides; a costa, not strongly marked, extends from the

shoulders to the apex; legs and the underside coloured as the

upper surface, but the breast and abdomen with a more or less

distinct metallic purplish or cupreous tint ; the femora very strongly,

the underside less strongly punctured ; the prosternum very broad,

longitudinally suleate at the sides, the anterior margin of the

thoracic episternum strongly convex.

Hab. Ulundi, Natal, obtained by sweeping (G. Marshall).

Two species are contained at present in this genus, both from

236 MR. M, JACOBY ON THE [Mar. 15,

South Africa, and both characterized only by short diagnoses. One

of them, JM. tarsalis Chap., seems closely allied in many respects

to the present insect, but differs in the colour of the upper surface

and that of the tarsi, while the under surface is described as black ;

the species obtained by Mr. Marshall is entirely of a dark blue

colour with a cupreous-tinted underside. The genus is well charac-

terized by the short antenne, the scale-like pubescence, and the

structure of the prosternum.

SYAGRUS MARSHALLI, sp. nov.

Fulvous, intermediate joints of the antenne fuscous, thorax

semi-rugose punctate; elytra deeply punctate-striate, the inter-

stices costate, a round spot before and an elongate one below

the middle (sometimes connected) black; femora with a strong

tooth.

Length 5 millim.

Head strongly but not closely punctured, with a short central

groove; eyes large, deeply notched; clypeus deeply punctured,

separated from the face by a row of punctures ; mandibles piceous ;

antenne slender, extending beyond the middle of the elytra,

fulvous, the seventh and eighth joints obscure fuscous, the second

joint nearly as long as the first, the third slightly shorter than

the second, the others more elongate again ; thorax one-half

broader than long, the sides evenly rounded, the anterior angles

prominent, the surface very deeply and closely punctured, the

interstices slightly rugose and convex; elytra wider at the base

than the thorax, with a shallow depression below the base, regularly

and deeply punctate-striate, the interstices longitudinally costate,

more strongly so at the sides, each elytron with a round black spot

before the middle and followed below the latter by a more

elongate spot ; underside and legs fulvous like the upper surface,

the femora with a strong tooth.

Hab. Salisbury, Mashonaland (@. Marshall), obtained by sweeping

in a marsh and also found under bark.

Among the species with spotted elytra, the present one seems

most nearly allied to S. corrosicollis Lefév. on account of the

strong punctuation of the thorax, but that species is described as

having a rugosely punctured or corrose head and the femora armed

with a very minute tooth.

SyagRus MasHONANUS Jac. P. Z. 8. 1897, p. 544.

This species was described by me in the Society’s ‘ Proceedings’

for 1897, but I must here refer to some aberrations in regard

to coloration which Mr. Marshall obtained at Natal and at Salis-

bury. Some of these specimens are entirely fulvous with the

exception of the last five terminal joints of the antenne, which

are black as in the type; other specimens, however, are almost

entirely black, with the apex of the elytra and the tibie pale

fulvous; and a third aberration is intermediate between the two

extreme forms. In all the structural characters are the same and

1898. ] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF AFRICA. 237

the femoral teeth very small. The species should, I think, be

placed in a separate genus, since the thorax is not subcylindrical

but dilated at the middle, and there is scarcely an ocular groove

so distinct in the typical Syagrus calcaratus; but since so many

species of this genus have been described in a very unsatisfactory

manner, making the determination very doubtful, I have at present

abstained from altering the nomenclature till a better opportunity

presents itself.

RHEMBASTUS KRAATZI, Sp. nov.

Fulvous, the head with two black spots on the vertex, terminal

joints of the antenne black; thorax subremotely punctured ;

elytra strongly punctate-striate, pale fulvous, narrowly margined

with black.

Length 4 millim.

Head impunctate, fulvous, with a broad triangular black patch

on each side above the eyes, the latter surrounded by a broad

suleus; the clypeus not separated from the face, impunctate ;

antenne black, the lower six joints flavous, basal joint strongly

thickened, second joint thicker and longer than the third, ter-

minal joints thickened ; thorax one-half broader than long, the

sides straight, gradually narrowed towards the apex, the basal

margins broadly rounded and produced at the middle, the surface

distinctly but remotely punctured, fulvous; scutellum greenish

zneous; elytra broader than the thorax, very convex, distinctly

but not very strongly punctate-striate, each puncture surrounded

by a piceous ring, the basal and extreme lateral margins narrowly

greenish eneous; underside and legs fulvous, the coxe blackish,

the femora with a small tooth; prosternum with a distinctly raised

lateral edge.

Hab. Cameroons (Conrad).

Of this species a single specimen was previously in my collection,

another I received from Dr. Kraatz lately. It may be known

by the two large black patches on the vertex, and the narrow

greenish-black elytral margins.

RHEMBASTUS RECTICOLLIS, Sp. NOV.

6. Metallic dark blue, the head, basal joints of the antenne,

the thorax, and the legs fulvous; thorax finely and remotely

punctured : elytra oblong, strongly punctate-striate, the interstices

sparingly punctured.

Length 4-6 millim.

Of rather elongate and subcylindrical shape, the head impunctate

or with a few very minute punctures, the middle longitudinally

sulcate ; clypeus transversely subquadrate, impunctate, separated

from the face by an obsolete groove, the apical joint of the palpi

piceous ; antennz scarcely extending to the middle of the elytra,

black, the lower four joints fulvous, the second joint not much

shorter than the third, terminal joints elongate and slender ;

thorax about one-half broader than long, the sides nearly straight

238 MR. M. JACOBY ON THE [Mar. 15,

and obliquely narrowed in front, posterior margin produced at

the middle and rounded, the surface extremely finely and remotely

punctured, the sides impunctate, the colour reddish fulvous like

the head; scutellum black; elytra wider at the base than the

thorax, metallic dark blue, regularly and moderately strongly

punctate-striate, the interstices finely and sparingly punctured;

underside bluish black; legs fulvous, the femora unarmed, the

tarsi piceous, the metatarsus of the posterior legs longer than the

following two joints; prosternum longer than broad, its sides

sulcate, the middle narrowed, impunctate, fulvous.

Hab, Abyssinia, Arussi Galla (Bottego).

The shape of this species and that of the thorax is more elongate

than is usually the case in this genus, but there is a great difference

in the two sexes in several respects; the female is much larger,

the antenne have the first six joints fulvous instead of four, the

thorax is much more transversely shaped, the tarsi are fulvous like

the rest of the legs, and the metatarsus of the posterior legs is less

elongate ; but both specimens are undoubtedly identical and were

obtained at the same place. Shape and sculpturing, as well as the

unarmed femora, will distinguish the species from 2. cyanipennis

Gerst. (for which I at first mistook it); the punctate elytral

interstices, the colour of the underside, and other details from

R. punctato-sulcatus Fairm. I received two specimens from the

Genoa Museum.

RHEMBASTUS VIRIDIS, Sp. Noy.

Dark metallic green, the terminal joints of the antenne and the

abdomen nearly black, basal joints of the former fulvous; thorax

strongly and subremotely punctured ; elytra deeply punctate-striate,

the interstices longitudinally costate at the sides; legs greenish

piceous, femora minutely toothed, tarsi dark fulvous.

Length 3-4 millim.

Head distinctly and remotely punctured, with a small central

fovea; clypeus separated from the face by a distinct groove, punc-

tured like the head; labrum and mandibles piceous; palpi flavous ;

antenne black, the lower four joints flavous, basal joint piceous above,

terminal joint elongate-ovate, thickened ; thorax scarcely twice as

broad as long, the sides straight, obliquely narrowed towards the

apex, the surface strongly and rather remotely punctured, the basal

margin accompanied by a row of punctures at the sides; scutellum

smooth, subpentagonal ; elytra slightly wider at the base than the

thorax, the shoulders very prominent and smooth, strongly punctate-

striate ; the interstices impunctate, longitudinally costate at the

sides ; the coste below the shoulders abbreviated and joined at

base and apex; underside nearly black, the breast and legs with a

green metallic gloss; femora with a small tooth, the posterior

femora more strongly dentate.

Hab, Ashantee.

h. viridis has a somewhat similar-shaped thorax to the preceding

species, and may be known, besides this character, by the metallic

1898. | PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF AFRICA. 239

green colour without any fulvous tint and by the dark underside

and legs.

MENIUS CHALCEATUS, Leféy.

Fulvous, thorax obscure greenish piceous, subremotely punc-

tured ; elytra strongly punctate-striate, the interstices very strongly

costate, an obscure elongate spot at the middle and the sides more

distinctly dark greenish seneous.

Length 5 millim.

Head light fulvous, finely and sparingly punctured, the middle

with a slightly raised central ridge; the eyes surrounded by a

very broad suleus; the clypeus transverse, deeply separated from

the face, with a few fine punctures ; antenne two-thirds the length

of the body, flavous, the seventh and the terminal three joints

stained with fuscous at the apex, the second joint as long as the

third, the apical joints thickened; thorax more than twice as

broad as long, the sides rounded, the middle widened and broadly

rounded at the basal margin, the sides with an obsolete transverse

depression, the surface strongly and rather remotely punctured,

the basal portion below the depression impunctate, the ground-

colour dark fulvous with a dark greenish-zneous tint; scutellum

pointed at the apex; elytra slightly wider at the base than the

thorax, reddish fulvous, with about twelve rows of deep punctures,

the subsutural one short, the interstices strongly longitudinally

costate, the seventh, eighth, and ninth coste abbreviated anteriorly

and posteriorly and united at both ends; the middle of the disc

with an obscure longitudinal dark greenish band, which becomes

indistinct below the middle, the lateral margin likewise dark

greenish and accompanied by a row of deep punctures ; underside

and the legs fulvous, the sides of the breast darker ; the femora

eneous at the middle, armed with a strong tooth, apex of the

tibiz strongly pubescent, claws bifid; the anterior margin of the

thoracic episternum very strongly convex, its anterior angle joined

to the margin of the thorax and produced in front of the eyes ;

prosternum subquadrate.

Hab. Cameroons (Conrad).

I have given here a detailed description of the specimen which

I received from Dr. Kraatz, and which I must look upon as an

aberration of Lefévre’s species, of which I possess specimens named

by the author himself. My present specimen is rather larger, and

has the coste more raised and the ground-colour of a more decided

fulvous ; but of an elytral depression, of which Lefévre speaks, I

can see no trace, not even in the specimen named by him. The

type was likewise obtained at the Cameroons.

EURYDEMUS POROSICOLLIS, sp. NOV.

Fulvous, the elytra, abdomen, and the legs flavous, intermediate

joints of the antenne black; thorax foveolate-punctate; elytra

ery deeply punctate-striate, the interstices slightly convex ; femora

with a small tooth.

240 MR. M. JACOBY ON THE [Mar. 15,

Length 3 millim.

Head strongly and remotely punctured, strongly narrowed

between the eyes, the latter very rs deeply notched ; clypeus

transverse, distinctly separated from the face, impunctate ; antenne

extending beyond the middle of the elytra, the lower five and the

apical two joints fulvous, the others black ; thorax about one-half

broader than long, the sides strongly rounded and somewhat

widened behind the middle, the anterior portion deflexed, the

surface rather sparingly impressed with deep foveolate punctures,

more crowded at the sides, the middle with a few punctures only,

the colour dark fulvous; scutellum smooth, fulvous; elytra wider

at the base than the thorax, subcylindrical, flavous, the base with

a distinct transverse depression, very strongly punctate-striate, the

punctures round and large, the outer two or three interstices

costate ; below and the legs flavous, sides of the breast darker ; the

femora armed with a small tooth.

Hab. Cameroons (Conrad).

This little species, which has the typical constriction of the

intraocular space, will not be difficult to recognize, on account of

the colour of the antennz and the extremely deep punctuation of

the thorax, which differs in this respect from any species of the

genus at present known. I received a specimen from Dr. Kraatz,

another is in that gentleman’s collection.

Oiposoma Quedenfeldt.

I have very little doubt that this genus is identical with Lygaria

Stl; there is nothing in the description by the author (Berlin.

ent. Zeitsch. 1891, p. 172) to distinguish it from the latter genus,

and the two species described are probably identical with some of

those described by Weise or wyself under the generic name of

Iygaria.

CHRYSOMELA NATALENSIS Vogel.

Tsipingo (G. Marshall); Pine Town, Natal, Durban (my

collection).

I refer specimens from the above localities to Vogel’s species, but

not without some doubt, since this author’s descriptions are in

many cases entirely inadequate for a certain recognition of the

many closely allied species. The present species is one of the most

convex-shaped Chrysomele I know, and almost subglobular; the

thorax has rather strongly obliquely narrowed sides and its anterior

margin is very deeply concave, the disc is irregularly impressed

with scattered and distinct punctures, the sides being as usual

more closely punctate; the elytra are deeply punctured in partly

regular but mostly irregular rows, the punctures are round and of

violet colour, the lateral margins are broad, slightly raised and

entirely impunctate ; the elytral epipleurx are exceptionally broad,

as Vogel describes them: the general colour is uniformly brownish

geneous ; the underside is nearly black, finely and closely punctured ;

1898. | PHYLOPHAGOUS COLEOPLERA OF AFRICA, 241

the apices of the tibie are clothed with thick fulvous pubescence.

Vogel’s description gives no particulars whatever except the mention

of the smooth and broad lateral elytral margin, which some other

species also possess to a smaller or greater degree, and such de-

scriptions are worse than useless. My specimens vary in size from

6-8 millim.

CHRYSOMELA AFRICANA, sp. NOY.

Below obscure dark seneous, above metallic dark green; antennz

piceous, the basal joints flavous ; thorax sparingly and finely punc-

tured at the disc, more strongly so at the sides ; elytra with nine

rows of very regular punctures, the interstices minutely punctured.

Length 6 millim.

Of regular ovate and convex shape, the head scarcely punctured ;

the antenne piceous, the lower three joints fulvous, the terminal

joints broader than long; thorax with the lateral margins nearly

straight, slightly narrowed towards the apex, the anterior angles

not prominent and but little produced, the anterior margin straight

at the middle, the dise finely and very irregularly punctured, the

punctures of unequal size, the sides with deep and larger punc-

tures, the basal margin with a row of elongate deep punctures

at the sides ; scutellum impunctate, eneous ; elytra very regularly

convex, dark greenish, the punctures moderately large and arranged

in very regular rows, distinct to the apex, the interstices with a

few very minute punctures here and there, the lateral margins

impunctate ; underside and legs nearly black; prosternum longi-

tudinally sulcate.

Hab. Karkloof, Natal, on thistles (G. Marshall).

The sculpturing of the elytra in this species differs so much in

its regularity from any of those described by Vogel, that I must

regard the insect as distinct; in nearly all of its allies the elytra

are partly regularly, partly irregularly punctured, or the rows are

geminate ; the insect is also of comparative small size, and the

colour of the head and thorax is more brownish zeneous, that of the

elytra greenish.

ATECHNA INTERRUPTOFASCIATA, sp. nov. (Plate XXII. fig. 11.)

Black, thorax finely punctured at the disc; elytra finely punc-

tate-striate, flayous, with three transverse black bands connected

with a lateral stripe, the first band curving upwards to the base,

the second and third bands connected near the suture, the latter

also narrowly black.

Var. Thorax fulvous, with a V-shaped piceous central mark.

Length 6-7 millim.

Head extremely minutely punctured, flat; antenne rather feeble,

black, the basal joint flavous below, terminal joints not much

thickened ; thorax nearly three times broader than long, the disc

extremely minutely and sparingly punctured, the sides with some

very deep semi-confluent punctures ; scutellum smooth, greenish ;

elytra finely and regularly punctate-striate, flavous, with three

Proc. Zoor, Soc.—1898, No. XVI. 16

242 MR. E. H. J. SCHUSTER ON A [Mar. 15,

narrow dentate transverse black bands—the first before the middle

curves upward in front of the shoulders to the base, thus including

a large spot of the ground-colour, at the sides it is connected with

a short longitudinal stripe which also joins the second band

immediately below the middle; the third band is placed near the

apex, but terminates abruptly at the sides, near its ends it is con-

nected with the intermediate band by a longitudinal stripe which

runs parallel with the suture, the latter is likewise narrowly

black.

Hab. Malvern, Natal (G. Marshall).

I cannot identify this insect with any other species of the genus

or their varieties previously described, although it is of course closely

allied to several, notably to A. 20-pustulata Thunb. ; but the pattern

of the elytra is different as well as the shape of the fulvous patches

which are surrounded by the black bands, and even if the latter

should in some specimens be connected in the places where the

short teoth-like projections seem to give indications, the pale spots

would be of different shape and position than in most other species ;

as it is, the three specimens exactly agree except in the colour of

the thorax. The most characteristic distinction of the species will

be found in the laterally interrupted third band of the elytra and

its connection with the preceding band by a longitudinal short

stripe near the suture. P. pardalina Fab. is a somewhat closely

allied species which has the flavous elytral margin in common with

the present insect, but the position, number, and shape of the flavous

markings are quite different.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXII.

Fig. 1. Pecilomorpha hirsuta, p. 216.

. Lema cyaneoplagiata, p. 214.

. Cryptocephalus epipleuralis, p. 223.

. Acolastus nigroplagiatus, p. 224.

Melitonoma marshalli, p. 216.

. Anisognatha quadriplagiata, p. 220.

. Miopristis pusilla, p. 220.

Aitheomorpha cerulea, p. 221.

. Gynandrophthalma nitidicollis, p. 219.

10. Cheiridisia inornata, p. 226.

1l. Atechna interruptofasciata, p, 241.

12. Pseudocolaspis costata, p. 230.

MID ois gobo

4. On a new Flagellate Protozoon of the Genus Lophomonas.

By E. H. J. Scuustser, F.ZS.

{Received January 31, 1898.]

In the year 1860 Stein established the genus Lophomonas for

the reception of a Flagellate Protozoon observed by him inhabiting

the intestinal canal of Blatta orientalis, to which he gave the

name Lophomonas blattarum. The same species was observed

shortiy afterwards by O. Butschli under similar conditions. The

1) FANS) ASSIS IPL POSE

W.Purkiss del. et ith West, Newman imp.

New species of African Phytophagous Coleoptera.

1898. | NEW SPECIES OF LOPHOMONAS. 243

latter also described another species with the same habitat, under

the name L. striata.

Mr. Saville Kent, who established the family Lophomonadide

to receive this genus, in the ‘ Manual of the Infusoria,’ gives the

following diagnosis, viz. :—

“The genus LopHomonas Stein.

«« Animalcules free-swimming ; somewhat plastic and variable in

form, spherical, ovate or fusiform, bearing at the anterior ex-

tremity a crescent-shaped fascicle of long slender flagellz ; endo-

plast sometimes distinct ; contractile vesicle not yet recognized ;

inhabiting the intestinal canal of various Insecta.”

On examining the contents of the intestine of Blatia ameri-

cana I observed a form which, although it possessed all the

generic characteristics above cited, differs very markedly from

either of the two species hitherto described, and which I propose

to designate by the name Lophomonas sulcata (fig. 1).

Lophomonas sulcata, x 800.

LopHOMONAS SULCATA, Sp. n.

This Protozoon is of comparatively large size, being about 60 or

70 « or x4, inch in length; whereas L. blattarum is ,45 in length,

and L. striata =},. The body is subfusiform in shape, with the

anterior extremity truncate and bearing the fascicle of the flagella,

and the posterior extremity bearing a tail-like projection, ex-

ceedingly variable in length (in some cases this projection is almost

entirely absent, in others it was fully half the length of the body).

The body is divided by a deep sulcus into two lobes, and the whole

surface is covered by well-marked oblique strie; the internal

protoplasm is hyaline: no endoplast (after treatment with osmic

acid and picro-carmine) or contractile vesicle was observed.

Although I have watched several living specimens, I have never

seen a solid particle of food-matter ingested, and therefore consider

it probable that the animal obtains nourishment by the absorption of

dissolved proteids, &c., over the entire surface of the body. These

Protozoa were present in only one part of the alimentary canal,

namely, in the upper part of the colon.

16*

244 ON A NEW SPECIES OF LOPHOMONAS. [Mar. 15,

In some cases Nyctotherus ovalis Leidy, and almost always

Lophomonas blattarum Stein, accompanied it, but neither of these

species was at any time taken in any other part of the alimentary

canal. This perhaps is due to the salivary excretion exercising a

poisonous influence on these animals. This view was suggested

by one of the observations of Professor Grassi and Dr. Sandias on

the Termites, an account of which appeared in the ‘ Atti dell’

Accademia Gioenia di Scienze Naturali in Catania, 1893-4, and

was translated by Mr. W. F. H. Blandford in 1897, in the

* Quarterly Journal of Microscopic Science.’ Among the Termites

under particular circumstances certain individuals are fed on the

secretion of the salivary glands of others, and under such con-

ditions these individuals, although normally rich in parasitic forms,

have been observed to contain none whatever.

Another fact worthy of note is that although the immature

forms of Blatta americana contain a large number of infusorial

parasites, in the adults few, if any, are present. I examined the

contents of the rectum and the dejecta of Blatta americana, and

found two forms of cysts present ; one of these I think was the

Fig. 2. .

cyst of Gregarina blattarum. The other (fig. 2) was small and

spherical, and contained numerous oval spores. The latter may

be the cyst of Lophomonas sulcata.

1898. ] MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON SCIURUS FINLAYSONI. 245

April 5th, 1898.

Lt.-Col. H. H. Gopwin-Avustin, F.R.S., Vice-President,

in the Chair.

The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the

Society’s Menagerie during the month of March 1898 :—

The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the

month of March 1898 were 102 in number. Of these 22 were

acquired by presentation, 50 by purchase, 1 was born in the

Gardens, 8 were received by exchange, and 21 on deposit. The

total number of departures during the same period, by death

and removals, was 79.

Among these may be specially noticed :—

An example of the Galapagan Tortoise (Zestudo galapagensis),

one of the Giant Tortoises of the Galapagan Islands, deposited

by the Hon. Walter Rothschild, F.Z.S., on March 27th. This

Tortoise is believed to be about 130 years old, and is said to weigh

about 83 cwt.

Mr. Oldfield Thomas exhibited a series of specimens of a

Siamese Squirrel provisionally assigned to Seiurus finlayson

Horsf., which had been obtained at Ayuthia, Siam, by Mr. Stanley

S. Flower, to illustrate the remarkable variability to which this

species was subject. The specimens had all been shot in one grove

of trees a few miles north of Ayuthia on Feb. 5, 6, and 7, so that

the factors of local and seasonal variation were entirely excluded,

and these Squirrels were thus most valuable material for the study

of individual variation in colour.

After eliminating duplicate specimens, the following seven forms

could be distinguished :—

1. Head and back dark grizzled, more or less tinged with rufous.

Ears, feet, and belly red. Tail grizzled black and yellowish.

2. Like no. 1, but the muzzle partly white, and the tail broadly

washed with rich red.

3, Crown and back still dark grizzled rufous, but muzzle, ears,

hands, feet, and whole of belly white, as they were in all the

succeeding specimens. Tail as in no. 1.

4. Like no. 3, but tail above grizzled blackish washed with red

(as in no. 2), beneath white (as in no. 7).

5. Crown and back grizzled whitish-grey, the rufous tone quite

gone. Tail grizzled, washed with buffy instead of rufous.

6 & 7. Like no. 5, but the tail in the first grizzled, washed with

white, and in the second quite white.

Finally, the type of S. finlaysoni was wholly white, while at

the other end of the series forms such as “S. ferrugineus” and

“§. splendidus” were rich red throughout.

At first sight it might be supposed that it would be hopeless to

246 PROF. 8. J. HICKSON ON THE (Apr. 5,

look for any explanation of these colour-variations, and that their

wonderful differences rendered useless any study of them for

systematic purposes. But further consideration seemed to show

that all the variations, diverse as they were, might be explained by

the combined influences of albinism, melanism, erythrism, and

xanthism on a naturally variable species. In the present series

melanism did not occur, as it did in some of the other described

forms; but a greater or less degree of albinism might easily be

responsible for the whitening of the muzzles, ears, feet, bellies,

tails, and ultimately of the whole animal, and erythrism for the

different degrees of red present on different specimens. Finally,

xanthism, of which the best known instance was the common buff-

coloured variety of the Mole, might be responsible for the buffy

washing on the tail of specimen no. 5 described above.

If this explanation were correct, we should, after the elimination

of the affected specimens, be able to look upon example no. 1 as

the normal primitive form the colour of which might be accepted

for comparison with that of allied species, just as if S. finlaysont

were no more variable than other Squirrels. A similar sort of

elimination had to be practised in studying European Squirrels,

among which the many individuals affected with melanism had to be

withdrawn from consideration before any satisfactory study could

be made of the local coloration.

Erythrism in Mammals, and especially in Squirrels ', had often

been observed before, while in combination with aibinism it

had been found to present an explanation of the remarkable

colour-phenomena occurring in the Spotted Cuscus (Phalanger

maculatus) *.

The following papers were read :—

1. On the Species of the Genus Millepora: a preliminary

Communication. By Sypney J. Hickson, M.A., DSc.,

E.RS., F.Z.S.

[Received April 5, 1898.]

The phylum Celentera presents us with many families and

orders of animals in which our knowledge of the characters

which can be satisfactorily used for the purpose of systematic

classification is singularly deficient. In the Madreporaria, the

Gorgonacea, and the Milleporide the form of growth of the

colony, the colour, and the structure of the hard skeletal parts are

the only characters which have been used for the diagnosis of

genera and species. In many cases it is probable that the

diagnosis afforded by these characters should be considered to be

satisfactory, but as the number of specimens in our museums

1 Cf. P. Z. 8. 1886, p. 77.

2 Cat. Marsup. B. M. p. 199 (1888).

1898. ] SPECIES OF MILLEPORA. 247

increases it becomes more evident that in others no satisfactory

classification can be framed until we have a thorough knowledge

of the anatomy of the polyps which construct these skeletons and of

the canal-systems which bind them together into colonies.

In some genera of Madreporaria, for example, of which the

skeletal characters only are known, a long series of intermediate

stages can be found between the type specimens of the different

species, and every new collection of specimens that is examined

increases the difficulty of deciding whether a particular inter-

mediate form belongs properly to one species or another. Moreover,

in this same group the outlying species of one genus resemble the

outlying species of another so closely that it is often a matter of

great difficulty to determine, on our present system, to what

genus a particular specimen belongs.

Nearly every important systematic work on these Coelenterates

contains some remarks about the difficulty of determining species,

and examples are quoted of series of intermediate forms con-

necting closely allied species. If it were possible to frame some

general rule tor the correct definition of a species, which would

be agreed to by all systematic zoologists, our task might be less

difficult than it is; but, as matters stand, the conception of what

is a species of one worker is so different from that of another

that there is constantly going on a see-saw of construction and

destruction of new species in our systematic literature.

I do not propose to attempt to define the conception “ species”

in Ceelenterates, but I think that all zoologists would agree that, if

a form which is known as species A were proved to give rise to an

embryo which grew into a form which had hitherto been known

as species B, the two forms would have to be merged into one

species with one specific name. Similarly, I imagine that all

zoologists would agree that if a coral known as species X changed

in the course cf its life-history into a form known as species Y,

then the forms X and Y should be regarded as one species and

retain only one name. In the absence of any experimental proof

that the embryo of one so-called species of coral gives rise, under

any circumstances, to another so-called species, or that one

so-called species changes in the course of its life-history into

another, it is necessary to examine with very great care the

anatomy of the soft parts as well as the skeletal structures, in

order to determine whether it is possible or even probable that

such changes actually occur in nature. If we find, then, that the

polyps or reproductive organs of a coral with one form of growth

are essentially different from those of another form, we may

consider there is good reason for believing that such changes do

not occur and the species founded on the skeletons are good; but

if, on the other hand, the polyps, reproductive organs, and other

characters of the two forms are essentially the same, then there is

reason for believing that the species founded on skeletal characters

may not be good.

Before proceeding further with this discussion of the characters

248 PROE, 8. J, HICKSON ON THE [Apr. 5,

which may be used for distinguishing species in Cvelenterates, it

may be well to describe briefly the general results of my obser-

vations on the genus Millepora. This genus stands quite by itself

among living corals. No one genus of the other Hydrocorallines

can be confused with it, both the living tissues and the hard

skeletal parts being perfectly distinct. It is widely distributed

through the tropical seas, occurring in the Red Sea, Indian Ocean,

Malay Archipelago, Tropical Australian waters, Pacific Ocean, and

in the seas of the West Indies. It is essentially a shallow-water

genus, living in abundance in most of the coral-reefs, and not

occurring in greater depths than 15 fathoms.

The form varies immensely. It may be broadly lamellate or

densely branched, or anastomosing, or it may form thin incrusting

plates on dead corals. In all large collections of Millepores series

of intermediate forms may be found between all the most pro-

minent types.

The difficulty of defining and describing the species of this

genus has been commented upon by several authors. Dana, for

example, says “There is much difficulty in characterizing the

Millepores on account of the variations of form a species under-

goes and the absence of any good distinctions in the cells. The

branched species are often lamellate at the base, owing to the

coalescence of the branches, and the lamellate species as well as

the branched sometimes occur as simple incrustations.” My own

investigations confirm and amplify Dana’s statements on this

point.

Notwithstanding these difficulties a large number of species of

the genus have been described. In the writings of the older

naturalists many species were described which have since been

relegated to other classes of the animal kingdom, and in paleonto-

logical literature we find many species of fossil corals referred to

the genus on erroneous or very unsatisfactory grounds.

Apart from all these, which may be left out of consideration in

this paper, no less than 39 species of the genus M:llepora have

been described.

The characters which have been used for determining these

species are :—(1) The form of the corallum. (2) The size of the

pores. (3) The degree of isolation of the cycles. (4) The pre-

sence or absence of ampullez. (5) The texture of the surface of

the corallum.

(1) The Form of the Corallum.—This feature is even more

unsatisfactory than I anticipated at the beginning of my inves-

tigation. In the first place, attention has been called by Dana,

Duchassaing and Michelotti, and others to the fact that Millepora

grows in an incrusting manner on many objects, and thereby

assumes the form of the object on which it grows. It is quite

easy to distinguish such forms as incrusting forms when they

have only partially covered such objects as the horny axis of a

Gorgonia, a glass bottle, or an anchor; but in many cases the

object is so completely overgrown by Millepore and other marine

1898.] SPECIES OF MILLEPORA. 249

zoophytes that its presence is not discovered until a fracture is

made. To give only one example to illustrate this point :—A

specimen in the Manchester Museum was named Millepora

intricata, and, on comparing it with the description of the species,

I thought at first that the name was correct. On breaking it into

two pieces, however, I found that the form it had assumed was

due to the fact that it had grown over a small piece of wood.

In a still greater number of cases, however, the Millepores grow

upon the dead coralla of other Millepores or Madrepores or other

white corals, and then the difficulty of determining whether the

form of the specimen is due primarily to the living coral or to the

one on which it has grown becomes extreme. There is a large

specimen in the collection brought home from New Britain by

Dr. Willey, of very irregular form, one part of which has a form

like that attributed to the species M. plicata, another part to the

species M. verrucosa, but a broken knob shows quite clearly that a

part of this great mass has grown over a dead coral. It would

consequently be quite impossible to determine with any degree of

satisfaction to which of the already-described species it belongs,

unless every knob and projection were broken off to see whether

the dead coral extends as a basis through the whole piece.

In the second place, the immense amount of variation in form

which occurs in large specimens of Millepora, and, indeed, in many

small specimens too, leads to very great difficulties in the deter-

mination of species which have been described on form as the

principal character. In Dr. Willey’s collection there is a series of

varieties of growth leading from a massive lamellate form to a

complicated branching and anastomosing form.

A careful study of these skeletons, then, points very definitely to

the conclusion that the general form of the corallum of Millepora

should be used, not as a primary, but as a very subsidiary character

in the description of species.

The form assumed by the corallum must depend upon many

circumstances connected with the exact spot on which it grows.

If a Millepora embryo happens to become fixed on a large piece of

dead coral, it will form a large incrusting base, and such a base nearly

always gives rise to a lamellate form of growth; if, on the other

hand, the embryo settles on a small stone or other object, lamellate

growth is impossible, and the corallum will be ramified.

The growth of the corallum must also be influenced by the

propinquity of other corals. Its form must be adapted to the

space left between its neighbours on the crowded reef. Again, its

form must be modified by the depth of the water in which the

embryo happens to develop. As Duchassaing and Michelotti

pointed out long ago, Millepora often grows in very shallow water

and is consequently unable to develop in height. Specimens that

happen to fix themselves on foreign bodies on the edge of the ©

reef at a depth of 5 or 6 fathoms can and do grow to a very great

length without impediment.

It is also extremely probable that the available food-supply, the

250 PROF. 8. J. HICKSON ON THE [Apr. 5,

particular set of the tides and currents, and the chemical com-

position of the sea-water, particularly as regards the amount of

calcium carbonate it holds in solution, vary very considerably in

different reefs and in different parts of the same reef. Such

variations must affect the rate of growth of Millepores, and I

think it is reasonable to believe the mode of growth also.

(2) The Size of the Pores.—Dana, Milne-Edwards and Haime,

and Quelch have used the size of the pores as a specific character,

but, with one exception to be referred to presently, they give

no measurements, being contented to use the expressions “ very

small,” “large,” “minute,” &c. Unless the zoologist has an

immense number of specimens from different localities to compare

one with another, it is difficult for him to understand what is

meant by such expressions; but even the naturalists of the great

national collections would be mystified by the case of MV. alcicornis,

whose gastropores are according to Quelch very large, and accord-

ing to Milne-Edwards and Haime “ trés petits.” I have measured

a very large number of gastropores, taking for each specimen an

average of 6 or 12.

The greatest average diameter of the gastropores I have found

is 0:37 mm., the smallest is 0°13 mm., so that the difference

between those pores which might legitimately be called “very

large” and those that are “very small” is 0°24 mm. But these

“large” pores are very rarely seen; the great majority of the

gastropores are between 0-3 mm. and 0°'2 mm. This general

result agrees fairly well with the only measurement I have been

able to find in the literature of the subject, namely that of

M. murrayi by Quelch, which is given as 0°25 mm.

The question that had next to be considered was whether there

is any other feature constantly associated with large pores and

with small pores. The large pores are very constantly found in

specimens with thick lamelle or branches, while the small pores

are found on those of a more slender habit.

A further investigation of the question yielded an explanation

of the variation in the size of the gastropores, which proves that

it cannot be of any real service for specific distinction.

I found that in the gastropores of specimens of slender growth

there are only 3 or 4 tabule, while in those of more massive

growth there may be as many as 9 or 10 tabule. This suggested

that the size of the gastropores depends upon the age of the

gastrozoid which lived in it, and, on measuring carefully a number

of gastropores from the base, middle branches, and growing-points

of a specimen in the Manchester Museum labelled MW. complanata,

I found that the average diameter of the gastropores at the base,

which we may assume in this case to be the oldest part, was

0-185 mm., on a middle branch 0°17 mm., and at the growing-

edge, 2. ¢. the youngest part, it is only 0:13 mm. This general

result was confirmed by similar series of measurements on other

specimens. I also found that the greatest average diameter of

1898.] SPECIES OF MILLEPORA. 251

gastropores which I have given above was obtained from the base

of a massive specimen, while the smallest was obtained from a

growing-edge of a slender specimen.

Moreover, it occurred to me that if the size of the gastropores

is dependent upon their age or the rate at which the gastrozooids

have grown, there ought to be, in some cases at any rate, a

difference between the average size of the gastropores on one side

of a branch or plate and that on the other; those on the face most

favourable as regards food-supply in the living state should be

larger than those on the other. Measurements confirmed my

point, and I found a difference in two out of three specimens

between the gastropores on one side and those on the other as

great as 0:03 mm.

(3) The Degree of Isolation of the Cycles—Moseley noticed that

in one specimen of Millepore taken at Zamboanga the cycles were

much more distinct than in other specimens, and suggested that this

feature might be of specific value. After very careful consideration

I am convinced that it cannot be. In many large specimens it

will be seen that the cycles are much more distinct in one part

than another. Sometimes the cycles are so crowded as to be

indistinct at the edge, and perfectly clear on the face or at the

base. The evidence points to the conclusion that in slow-growing

Millepores in unfavourable situations the cycles are distinct, and

that in fast-growing specimens in good situations the polyps are

formed in such great numbers that the cycles become confused.

(4) The Presence or Absence of Ampulle.—The ampulle of

Millepora were discovered by Quelch in a specimen obtained by

the ‘Challenger.’ He founded a new species for the specimen,

which he called M. murrayi, and used this feature as an important

specific character.

I haye found that ampullz occur in plicate, ramose, and digitate

specimens, and, as will be explained later, the absence of ampullz

in any particular specimen merely means that at the time it was

taken it was not in a state of sexual activity.

It is greatly surprising how very rarely specimens are found in

this particular condition, but I believe that it must occur in all

varieties at one time or another in their life-history.

(5) The Texture of the Surface of the Corallum.—The species

M. verrucosa of Milne-Edwards, M. tuberculata of Duchassaing,

and WM. striata of Duchassaing and Michelotti have been named

after the peculiarities of their surface.

I have had an opportunity of examining a very fine specimen of

a Millepore, resembling very closely the type of M. verrucosa, and

I found that on the summit of a very large number of the verruce

there is a small hole of the shape of a keyhole, which leads into a

cavity formed by a parasitic cirripede (probably Pyrgoma millepore).

On others, however, no such evidence of parasitic interference with

normal growth is apparent from the surface, but nevertheless

there is reason for believing that the tubercle may have been due

252 PROF. 8, J. HICKSON ON THE EApr. 5,

to hypertrophy of the Millepore at a spot which was irritated by

some parasite, the parasite subsequently being overwhelmed or

killed. .

Now it is not cirripedes alone which attack Millepores ; various

alg, worms, crabs, and other creatures settle on the Millepores

and cause profound modifications of their growth.

I think there is very good reason for believing that the warts,

tubercles, ridges, and the like which occur on the surface of these

corals are primarily due to parasites or to some other irritant,

and that it is very doubtful whether they are ever of specific value.

If they are to be used, however, it will be found that they lead

to many difficulties, as it is not infrequently the case that one side

of a lamella is tuberculate and the other is not, or that one lamella

or branch is covered with wart-like processes and the others are

smooth.

(6) The Relative Number of Dactyloporesand Gastropores.—Finding

that all other characters derived from the skeleton are unsatis-

factory for determining and distinguishing species, I thought it

possible that a good character might be found by calculating the

average number of dactylopores to each gastropore in a number

of species.

In many specimens the cycles are so close one to another that

it is often difficult to determine to which cycle a particular dactylo-

pore belongs. In order, therefore, not to be misled, I used only

those cycles which were clearly defined from their neighbours.

In the following table I have put together the results of my

calculations on this point :—

Accepted specific names ,

of specimens, Number of [Average No.of Highest | Lowest |

cycles dactylopores nuinibers| santos

(The name of donor and counted. | in each cycle. : 4

locality in parentheses.) | |

I. M. murrayi. 6 5°15 8 5

(Haddon, Torres Str.)

I. M. aleicornis. 8 Lae Gp te a os 5

(Brit. Mus., W. Indies.)

III. M. alcicornis. 6 56 7 5

(Shipley, Bermudas.)

IV. MM. alcicornis, 12 6:7 8 6

(Lister, Tonga.) 12 5:08 8 3

V. M. plicata. 12 7:08 9 6

(Hickson, Celebes.)

VI. M. complanata. 7 6:28 7 5

(Man. Mus., W. Indies.) 100 5°82 7 4

VII. M. alcicornis. 7 6:14 ff 5

(Man. Mus., W. I.)

\VIII. M. alcicornis. 13 5:5 9 4

| (Agassiz, Bahamas.)

1898.] - SPECIES OF MILLEPORA. 253

It will be seen from these figures that there is not much

variation in the average proportion of dactylopores to gastropores

in the different forms examined. The largest number of cycles I

was able to count on one colony gave an average of a trifle under 6.

It is noteworthy that this is the exact mean of the highest and

lowest averages obtained from smaller specimens on which only a

few cycles could be counted.

The extreme averages 5:08 and 7:08 (IV. & V.) do not show

so great a range as may be seen on different parts of a single piece

9 and 4, and 8 and 3.

On the basal incrusting regions of a specimen of Millepore in

the Manchester Museum I have observed several widely-separated

gastropores attended by only one, two, or three dactylopores, and a

similar paucity of dactylopores I have more recently noticed in

specimens from the collection made by Mr. Gardiner in Funafuti

and Rotuma.

I may point to the figures obtained from an examination of the

specimens of M. alcicornis given to me by Mr. Lister to show the

variability of this feature in the colony.

The specimens were a number of broken branches, each a few

inches in length, beautifully preserved in spirit. Two specimens

were taken at random and twelve cycles counted on each. The

average of one came out 6°7 dactylozooids to each gastrozooid, and

of the other 5-08 dactylozooids to each gastrozooid.

The only author who has referred to the number of dactylopores

in each cycle is Moseley. He says that each group consists “ of a

centrally placed gastropore surrounded by a ring of five, six, or

seven dactylopores,” and on counting the number of dactylopores

in each cycle that are drawn in Mr. Wild’s picture in Moseley’s

‘ Philosophical Transactions’ paper I find that the average is 6.

In Milne-Edwards and Haime’s figure of I. intricata there are

5 gastropores to 35 dactylopores; of M. verrucosa, there are 7

gastropores to 32 dactylopores (?); in M. tuberculosa, 5 gastropores

to 18 dactylopores; but it is not certain that these figures can be

absolutely relied upon. They are, however, on the whole, very

similar to my own results.

The general conclusions, then, that must be drawn from these

observations are :—

That the number of dactylopores in each group is very variable

in each individual colony of Millepora. There may be, in fact,

any number up to 8 or 9.

That specimens of widely different forms of growth have ap-

proximately the same average number of dactylopores in each

oup.

That the average number of dactylopores in each group for

specimens of all kinds is about 6.

That the average number of dactylopores to each gastropore

cannot be used as a specific character.

Anatomy of the Soft Parts——I have examined the anatomy of the

soft parts of a large number of specimens preserved in alcohol by

254 PROF, 8. J. HICKSON ON THE [Apr. 5,

mounting them whole and by making series of vertical sections.

The following is a list of the specimens examined :—

Form of growth. Donor. Locality.

Digitate & palmate. Prof Haddon. Torres Strait.

* Alcicornis.” Mr. Shipley. - Bermuda.

* Alcicornis.” Mr. Lister. Tonga.

* Alcicornis.” Prof. Agassiz. Bahamas.

‘* Alcicornis.” British Museum. W. Indies.

Ramose. Mr. Gardiner. Funafuti.

Plicate. de 7

Foliate. “ i

Striate. es Rotuma.

Ramose. Dr. Willey. New Britain group.

Plicate. =: se

(Several small fragments). as a

Complanate. Mr. Duerden. Jamaica.

“* Hixaesa.” Dr. von Marenzeller. Red Sea.

* Dichotoma.” 9 ”

And a specimen of “ Plicate ” form obtained by myself in Celebes.

The preparation and examination of these Millepores has extended

over a period of twelve years, with the result that I have failed to

find any constant difference between them that can be used for the

separation of the genus into species.

The structure of the gastrozooids and the dactylozooids is

essentially the same in all the specimens examined, but the size

varies somewhat, according to the position from which the prepara-

tions are made—those at the growing-edges being smaller than

those at the base, &c. The canal-system is the same in ail

specimens. Zooxanthelle of exactly the same size are always

present in the superficial canals. I have observed the two different

kinds of nematocysts, the large and small figured by Moseley, in all

my preparations. Many of the Millepores are known to sting

badly, and have received popular names in various languages

expressive of this feature, but Mr. Gardiner informs me that one

form in Funafuti did uot sting. ‘“ It was at its base rather over-

grown by weed, and above, curiously enough, it did not sting, and

was the only one in Funafuti that did not.” ?

It is not known whether both the large and the small nematocysts

possess the stinging-power, or whether it is confined to only one

kind. The small nematocysts are confined to the tentacles of the

gastrozooids and dactylozooids, and the large nematocysts, when

ripe, occur in the superficial coenosare between the pores, but are

specially crowded in the neighbourhood of the gastropores.

Moseley’s description of these features in Millepora is correct for

all specimens I have examined. The size and the position of

1 Extract from a private letter.

1898. ] SPECIES OF MILLEPORA. 255

the small nematocysts render them difficult to measure, but the

large nematocysts can be scraped off the surface of any pre-

served specimen in considerable numbers. The average size of

these nematocysts when ripe in specimens from Celebes, Bermuda,

Bahamas, Funafuti, Rotuma, the Red Sea, Jamaica, and New

Britain is exactly the same—0-02 mm. x0°025 mm. The number

of the nematocysts varies considerably, but as this must be

influenced by the manner in which the specimens were killed, and

by external conditions affecting them before they were killed, no

differences of specific value can be framed from this feature.

The general anatomy of all these forms is in other respects, as

well as those mentioned, so much alike that I know of no means

of distinguishing one series of sections of well-preserved material

from another. There are no features of the soft parts which indicate

in the least the general character of the form and structure of the

skeleton they secreted.

By far the most interesting and in many respects the most

important structures of these corals are the generative organs, and

to them we should naturally turn for characters which might

assist in distinguishing species. Unfortunately, however, our

knowledge of these structures is very meagre and does not at

present help us very much.

In the specimen presented to me by Prof. Haddon from Torres

Strait, I discovered that the male sexual cells migrate into dactylo-

zooids which become converted into meduse. These meduse,

when ready to become free, are situated in ampulle, which are

approximately 0-4 mm. in their greatest diameter: that is, in holes

in the skeleton larger than the largest gastropores, In another

specimen of a different mode of growth presented to me by

Mr. Gardiner from Funafuti I found numbers of these medusz in

ampulle of exactly the same size. The medusz of these two forms

are quite indistinguishable one from another. It seems probable,

then, that the Millepores from Zamboanga (Quelch), Jamaica, and

several others from unknown localities in which ampulle of this

character have been described bore in the living state medusz.

No gaps similar to these can be seen in any of the preserved

specimens which have been examined except those which contain

or have contained meduse. The fact that the largest ampulle of

all specimens are of approximately the same size, coupled with the

fact that the meduse of such different forms as those given me by

Mr. Gardiner and Prof. Haddon are exactly similar, suggests that

the meduse of all Millepores are similar. At any rate, there is no

evidence at present that there is any difference between the medusxe

of the different forms.

It is a very extraordinary fact that the ampulle are so rarely

found. I have had the opportunity of examining carefully a very

large collection of Millepores collected in the West Indies, and

deposited in the Liverpool Museum. I failed to find a single

ampulla in any one of them, but a small skeleton sent to me by

Mr. Duerden from Jamaica exhibited an immense number of them.

256 ON THE SPECIES OF MILLEPORA. [Apr. 5,

In the large collection at the British Museum only a few specimens

exhibit ampulle.

It seems to be certain, then, that the meduse are but rarely

formed, but when they are they are formed in very great numbers.

General Considerations.—It appears to me that these investigations

present very strong reasons for believing that there is only one

species of Millepora. That one species must, on the ground of

priority, be called Millepora aleicornis.

There are two courses open to us: either to assume that there

are characters still undiscovered which distinguish one species

from another, and on the strength of that assumption retain the

old specific names; or to wait until such assumed characters are

discovered before recognizing more than one species.

Of these two courses the latter appears to me to be preferable.

If we consider a series of specimens, a, 6, c,d, &c., are distinct

species, we assume that the embryo of a gives rise to a definite

form of coral, so like its parent a that it can be easily distinguished

from the forms 6, ¢, d, &c. If, on the other hand, we consider them

as modifications in the form of one species, then we may consider it

possible that under different external conditions the embryo of a

may give rise to a form similar to 6, or c, or d, or any intermediate

or combined form of these varieties.

By the former course we are practically denying the possibility

of considerable plasticity ; by the latter course, while not assuming

that it exists, we do not deny it.

Now the evidence in favour of the view that the Millepores are

extremely plastic in their growth increases with every new

collection that is examined. Nearly every large specimen shows

some branch or plate that is distorted, twisted, compressed, or bent

into a different shape from the rest of the coral ; its surface shows

galls, cups, tubes, warts for the accommodation of crabs, worms,

cirripedes, alge, and other so-called parasites. Nor is there any

greater constancy of form in the smallest independent specimens

that can be found. They may be simply incrusting, or may form

a simple crest, or a short pointed process from the base, according

to the character of the object on which they grow. It is therefore,

in my opinion, not only extremely inconvenient but positively

erroneous to consider those forms of growth that may be grouped

round one “ type” as a species distinct from those that can be

grouped round another “type.” By this plan we either deny the

extreme degree of variability which there is reason to believe does

occur in nature, or else we employ specific names in a sense alto-

gether different from that in which they are used in the other

groups of animals and plants.

It would be premature to propose to extend my remarks to other

genera of corals, but I have already pointed out that there are

some reasons for believing that there is not more than one species

in the Aleyonarian genus Tubipora and the Hydrocoralline Disti-

chopora. Our knowledge of the soft parts of Madrepora and other

genera of Zoantharian corals is so small that it is possible that in

1898.] ON THE PERFORATE CORALS OF THE SOUTH PACIFIC. 257

the future a very considerable reduction in the species of this

genus will also be necessary. Madrepora itself isa genus with a

very wide geographical distribution in shallow tropical waters,

like Millepora. Its coralla are also subject to extraordinary varia-

bility in their form of growth, and the species have been founded

on skeletal characters only. All the species, or many of them, may

be good, but the classification of the genus must be considered

to be unsatisfactory until our knowledge of the anatomy of the

polyps of the different varieties has been considerably extended.

2. On the Perforate Corals collected by the Author in the

South Pacific. By J. Sranuey Garpiner, M.A.,

Gonville and Caius College, Cambridge.

[Received January 31, 1898.]

(Plates XXIII. & XXIV.)

Of the Perforate Corals obtained by me in the South Pacific

I have been able to refer specimens to fifty-one species; of these

fifteen seem to me to be new. Three of these have already been

described by Mr. Bernard in the British Museum Catalogue, and

the characters of twelve are now given. Ihave so far as possible

compared my specimens with those in the British Museum, and,

although I have referred back to the original descriptions in nearly

all cases, I give, for those genera of which the Museum has

published a catalogue, simply one reference, namely to that cata-

logue, by placing the number of the species in it after the name

in parentheses.

I am much indebted to Mr. Bernard for his assistance in

comparing the Astrwopora and Turbinaria, and for writing the

description of Montipora columnaris. Prof. Jeffrey Bell, too, has

kindly placed at my disposal every facility which the British

Museum affords.

I. Genus Maprepora.

Madrepora Linneus, Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 793; Duncan, Rev.

Madrep. p. 183.

The specimens of this genus in the collection are generally

rather small, most of them having been obtained by diving or

dredging. I have been able to refer specimens to 25 species, and

in addition I have described 3 which I consider new. From

Funafuti there are also fragments of two species from 30 fathoms,

two from 20 f., and five from 6-8 f.: of these, four species seem

to be new, but they are too small to attempt to describe. There

are, too, a number of young colonies unidentified.

Generally, on the reefs of Rotuma and Funafuti I found that,

although certain species are locally very common, there is little

1 Communicated by W. Batzsoy, F.R.S., F.Z.8.

Proc. Zoon. Soc.—1898, No. XVII. 17

258 MR. J. S. GARDINER ON TITE PERFORATE [Apr. 5,

variety ; on shoals a few fathoms submerged, the latter is often

very considerable, one shoal off Oinafa, Rotuma, with 2-4 fathoms

of water, giving seven species, while I have been able to identify

only four from the reefs and boat-channel of that island. From

Funafuti, three species are recorded from 35 fathoms and one from

30 fathoms.

1. MADREPORA CRATERIFORMIS, n. sp. (Plate XXIII. fig. 1.)

The corallum is in the form of an oval-shaped cup 8 by 10 em.

in diameter, and about 1-5 em. deep, with one subcentral stem on

the underside; its edge is about 3 mm. thick, and formed by a

mass of budding corallites. The epitheca is very evenly continued

underneath to the edge of the cup and shows a number of con-

centric lines of growth. The inner part of the cup is crowded

with small, very even-sized corallites ; these in places may form

short lines of rather more prominent corallites, but there is no

greater approximation towards the typical axial corallite of the

Madrepora than there is in many of the Turbinaria. The corallites

are tubular, 2-8 mm. in length by about 1 mm. in diameter, and

somewhat appressed to the walls of the cup ; the upper openings

of the calices are ‘4-5 mm. in diameter, and there are usually

7in lem. Generally neither septa nor columella can be distin-

guished, but there are often some larger spines at the edge

of the calice, which indicate their position. The walls of the

corallites are covered with relatively long, rough, flattened, blunt

spines, which in places give rise to irregular striations. The

coenenchyma is a rather coarse reticulum, covered with similar

spines ; it is well developed at the edges of the cup, but completely

hidden by the tubular corallites within.

Funafuti ; lagoon shoal.

There is only one specimen, which may be the young form of

some previously described species, but it does not appear like the

incrusting base of a colony, nor do its corallites correspond to the

descriptions of those of any of the species described in the British

Museum Catalogue. The colony, if it is, as I believe, adult, shows

an approach to the Turbinaria, but, if young, indicates a stage

not far from that from which the Turbinaria and the Madrepora

diverged in their development.

2. Maprepora sEcunDa, Dana (2).

The specimen, which is about 13 em. high, very closely resembles

Dana’s description. The branches are, however, more crowded and

grow almost vertically. The primary septa are distinct, the

directives being more prominent.

Funafuti; outer reef.

3. MADREPORA ROTUMANA n. sp. (Plate XXIII. fig. 2.)

Corallum massive, of broad plates, formed by the fusion of

branches radiating from a short and stout pedicle. Two to four

plates thus formed generally arise from the pedicle and radiate

1898. ] CORALS OF THE SOUTH PACIFIC. 259

out at right angles to it, being often 20-30 em. long by about 10

em. broad at the base and the corallum 3 cm. thick ; the end twigs

are incompletely fused. On the upper surface are a number of

conical elevations, really formed by the end twigs having turned

upwards and having budded out fresh twigs at their bases; they

vary largely according to position, but are seldom more than 3 cm.

high by 15-3 cm. broad at the base. The axial corallites are

2-5-3 mm. in diameter, and are seldom more than 1 mm. exsert ;

the opening of the calice is about 1 mm. broad. The sides of the

cones and the upper surface of the corallum are covered by nari-

form or tubi-nariform corallites about 1:5 mm. in diameter by 2-3

mm. in length; they are generally about 3 mm. apart, and the

intervals between are occupied by small immersed or subimmersed

corallites. The primary and secondary septa are generally distinct

in the axial corallites, the directives nearly meeting in the middle

line, the secondary much narrower and thinner ; generally in the

radial corallites six very narrow thick septa can be distinguished.

The under surface of the corallum is covered with round immersed

corallites about 1 mm. in diameter and 1-3 mm. apart; the

primary septa are distinct, the directives more prominent. The

corallum is formed by very coarsely reticular elements, covered on

the upper surface by low granular spines, which may form stria-

tions ; the under surface of the plates seems to be thickened by a

true ccenenchymatous formation, showing very clearly in section

two elements, the one parallel and the other perpendicular to the

under surface.

Rotuma; outer reef.

This is by far the most abundant coral on the reefs of Rotuma,

and is found in places covering as much as 25 per cent. of its sur-

face. In general appearance its upper surface resembles MW. smithi,

but the colony is always very distinctly pedicellate.

4, Maprepora ropusta Dana (19).

Rotuma; 4 fathoms, A fragment.

5. MapREPorA PULCHRA Brook (22).

Var. alveolata Brook.

I have referred, after some hesitation, a specimen to this species

and variety. The ends of many of the branches have been killed,

apparently by sand, and the remaining branches are stunted and

much divided near their apices.

Rotuma ; boat channel.

6. MapDREPORA AUSTERA Dana (35).

A much-branched specimen covered with tubi-nariform radial

corallites. The surface of the corallum is finely echinulato-striate,

and there are a few small obsolescent calicles between the large

radial corallites. The primary septa in the radial corallites are

deep but distinct.

Rotuma ; 3 fathoms.

260 MR. J. S, GARDINER ON THE PERFORATE (Apr. 5,

7. Maprepora AsPERA Dana (43).

Rotuma; 3 fathoms.

8. MaprEPoRA SCABROSA Quelch (45).

A horizontally spreading, much divided branch, 14 em. long, of

this species was obtained. The branch is 1:2 em. thick at its

broken end, and the terminal branchlets, which grow up vertically,

are about *6 cm. thick, 3 cm. below their apices. The corallites

correspond very closely to those of the type, but are rather more

appressed to the branches, and a few are large and subimmersed.

The under surface of the branch is finely echinulate, and towards

the base bare of any corallites.

Funafuti ; 35 fathoms.

9. MADREPORA RETICULATA Brook (52).

A specimen 15 em. long was obtained, which closely resembles

the type. Some of the tubular corallites of the under surface are

6-9 mm. long and slightly proliferous; they are fused in many

places one with another, and by fusion with other branches,

towards which they may be growing, give rise to the close reti-

culations characteristic of the species.

Funafuti; 35 fathoms.

10. MaprEPora PROFUNDA, n. sp. (Plate XXITI. fig. 3.)

Corallum consisting apparently of a number of stems arising

almost horizontally from an incrusting or pedicellate base, covered

above with low twigs about 4 cm. long by °6 mm. in diameter at

the base. Branches often somewhat angular, generally about

‘9 mm. in diameter, in places forming a very irregular network

with slightly elongate meshes. The axial corallites are usually

oval in shape, and vary up to 2°5 mm. in long diameter by 1°5 mm.,

the opening of the calice being about 1 mm. by °6 mm., they are

about 1 mm.exsert. Radial corallites near the ends of the branches

nariform and somewhat compressed, the rim of the calice extending

at right angles to the stem and its opening being oval or boat-

shaped ; a few are tubular and slightly proliferous. Toward the

bases of the twigs the radial corallites become gradually less

prominent, giving place on the main branches to subimmersed and

completely immersed corallites. The latter very regularly cover

the main branches, and are situate about 3 mm. from one another ;

they vary from 1-1‘3 mm in diameter. In nearly all the calices

the primary septa can be recognized as narrow lamelle, the

directives rather more prominent; in the immersed corallites the

secondary septa too are quite distinct. The surface of the

corallum is dense and very echinulate; the walls of the corallites

are strongly striate, and their edges are much spined.

Funafuti; 30 fathoms.

The specimens on which this species is founded consist of a

very large number of fragments, all obtained in the same haul of

1898.] CORALS OF THE SOUTH PACIFIC, 261

the dredge and probably from the same colony. The species,

though distinctly belonging to the subgenus Odontocyathus, differs

from all its previously described species in the extremely large im-

mersed corallites found on its main branches and under surface.

11. Maprepora surcuLosa Dana (97).

There are two specimens of this species in the collection, which

are prostrate in form and have the branches on the under surface

completely fused along their length except at the extremities.

The under surface, close to the pedicle, is bare even of completely

immersed corallites.

Funafuti; lagoon shoals.

12. MapREporA LATISTELLA Brook (107).

Funafuti.

13. Maprepora stvensis Brook (110).

I have referred a specimen 16 cm. in diameter ‘to this species.

The colony is very regularly incrusting, with short branches

4-6 mm. in diameter on the upper surface, often fused with one

another. Towards one edge some thicker branches project

horizontally ; they are very regularly covered with short branches

on their upper surfaces, but on the sides have a few tubular

corallites and on the under surface immersed calices. The surface

of the corailum is very regularly echinulate, in some places striate.

Funafuti; outer reef.

14. Maprepora HEBES Dana (128).

Rotuma; 4 fathoms. A fragment.

15. Maprepora mMontricutosa Brook (130).

A small specimen 17 by 10 cm. was obtained. The corallum is

3°5 cm. thick where it was broken off from a larger mass and

about 1 cm. at the edge. The upper surface is covered by low

subconical prominences *d-1°5 cm. high. The edge is slightly

lobed and crowded with subequal, low, thick-walled corallites,

among which the axial can scarcely be distinguished.

Rotuma ; outer reef.

16. Maprepora Hispipa Brook (132).

The specimen, which consists of one thick, somewhat rounded

branch about 26 cm. long, corresponds very closely in all respects

with the type. It is 7 cm. thick at the base, and evidently grew in a

semi-recumbent position ; the under surface, where it is not dead,

is smooth and has a few scattered immersed corallites.

Rotuma ; outer reef.

17. Maprupora sEcuRIS Dana (133).

Wakaya, Fiji; outer reef.

262 MR. J. 8S. GARDINER ON THE PERFORATE [Apr. 5,

18. Maprepora cunuata Dana (134).

There are four specimens of this species, three of which consist

of horizontally spreading plates with well-developed epitheca, while

the fourth is a much-contorted stem 4°5 em. high.

Wakaya, Fiji, and Funafuti; outer reefs.

19. Maprupora rruticosa Brook (140).

Funafuti; 6 fathoms. Fragments.

20, Maprerora GEMMIFERA Brook (146).

A branch obtained off the chain of a buoy in Levuka Harbour,

Fiji, weighed 20 grams, a growth of not more than 22 months.

Levuka and Wakaya, Fiji; 0-6 fathoms.

21. Maprepora spriata Ehrenberg (156),

Rotuma ; 3 fathoms. Fragments.

22. Maprepora B£ODACTYLA Brook (168).

There are two specimens of this species, the one closely

resembling the type and the other the variety from Rodriguez,

mentioned in the Brit. Mus. Catalogue.

Funafuti ; outer reef. Rotuma; 3 fathoms.

23. Maprerora LorrPes Brook (176).

I have referred a small specimen to this species. Its surface is

very distinctly echinulato-striate, and its branches have in one place

anastomosed one with the other.

Funafuti; 6 fathoms.

24. MaprEpora PoLYMORPHA Brook (182).

Rotuma; 3-6 fathoms.

25. MADREPORA ANGULATA Quelch (212).

1 have referred a branch to this species, which very closely

resembles the type. The radial corallites on some of the twigs are

situated very regularly in four rows.

Funafuti; 35 fathoms.

II. Genus TURBINARIA.

Turbinaria Oken, Lehrb. der Natur., Zool., 1815.

There is a marked absence of this genus both at Funafuti and

Rotuma, only one colony having been found, while in Fiji three

species were obtained.

1. TurBINARIA DANAE Bernard (3).

There are two fragments of this species, which very closely

approach the types. The largest of the two specimens is a pro-

nounced inner fold, having on its edge very prominent corallites,

some being 6 mm. long with buds at their sides.

Wakaya, Fiji; lagoon, 1-2 fathoms.

1898.] CORALS OF THE SOUTH PACIFIC. 263

2. TURBINARIA SCHISTICA, n. sp. (Plate XXIV. fig. 9.)

Corallum very closely approaching that of 7. orbicularis, but

altogether much thicker and more massive. Edge of the corallum

generally about 3 mm. thick, not wrinkled on the under surface.

Calices usually 2-3 mm. im diameter, with margins slightly pro-

tuberant as thin rings about 1mm. high. There are in most

calices 24 thin septa with rather rough edges, projecting but little

into the calice; their upper edges project at a very acute angle to

the edge of the calices and their inner edges are almost vertical.

The columella is very conspicuous, round and rather protuberant,

situated about 1-5 mm. below the upper opening of the calice and

formed by a rather coarse flaky reticulum. The ccenenchyma is

composed of a fine reticulum, moderately spiny on the surface,

and formed of somewhat thin and flattened elements, which give

it a distinctly flaky appearance.

Wakaya, Fiji; lagoon, 1-2 fathoms.

There are two fragments of this species, the edges of a cup.

The greater part of the under surface of the corallum of both has

been killed, giving somewhat the appearance of an epitheca, but

the sections show very clearly the extent to which it has gone on;

the corallum of one piece, 3:5 em. from the edge of the cup, is 2 cm.

in thickness, but of this the lower half is quite dead.

The species very closely approaches to 7. orbicularis, but it is at

once separable by the characters of the ceenenchyma.

3. TURBINARIA PULCHERRIMA Bernard (30).

One small specimen, weighing 45 grams, a growth of less than

22 months, was obtained off the chain of a buoy. Owing probably

to its position, its growth is rather more irregular than the type.

Levuka, Fiji; harbour, 2 fathoms.

4, TURBINARIA MESENTERINA Bernard (37).

I have referred six pieces from the same colony to this species,

with which they closely correspond in their coenenchyma and in

the parts within the calices.

Rotuma; pool in outer reef.

From my specimen, it seems as if this species should rather be

placed among the foliate types. The type specimen in the British

Museum grew probably in a hole near the extreme outer edge of

the reef, where its upper edges would be just awash at low tides,

and consequently would be unable to grow further upwards ;

everywhere between its folia also are the tubes of worms and

molluscs.

III. Genus AstR #OPORA.

Astreopora Blainville, Dict. des Sci. Nat. t. ix. p. 348 (1830).

There are eight specimens of this genus, which I have referred

to four species. The genus, although represented by so few species,

is a fairly abundant one in the lagoon of Funafuti and the boat-

264 MR, J.§. GARDINER ON THE PERFORATE [Apr. 5,

channel of Rotuma. Great spreading masses are formed which

die in the centre and become somewhat hollowed out, but continue

to grow at the sides. The mode in which the colony grows,

whether explanate, pulvinate, or globular, is, I think, due to local

conditions as to depth below low tide and current, and also to the

character of the rock on which the embryo first fixed itself. In

my collection there are three specimens of A. listeri, one of which

is typically pulvinate, one shows approximation to the globular

type, while the third, a young colony about 6 cm. in diameter, is

distinctly globular. The great variety shown between the upper

and the under sides of the species I have named A. tabulata seems

to show that there is little value in the naming of species of this

genus from the skeleton alone.

1. AsTR#OPORA LISTERI Bernard (6).

This species seems to be an extremely variable one, but the three

specimens in the collection closely correspond to types in the

British Museum.

Funafuti; lagoon.

2. ASTREOPORA TABULATA, n. sp. (Plate XXIII. fig. 4.)

Corallum showing the pulvinate type of growth. Corallites

slightly protuberant, hemispherical, generally about 3 mm. high,

often coalescing at the sides, but the valleys between usually distinct,

with here and there young corallites. The calices are from 1:8—

2-2 mm. in diameter and from 3-4 mm. apart; the primary and

secondary septa are of nearly equal size, scarcely visible above, but

below can be traced as 12 very thin laminate narrow plates with

smooth edges, not meeting at the centre. A few of the tertiary

septa are sometimes visible. About 7 mm. below the opening of

the calice somewhat thick tabulee, often arched in the centre, occur ;

of these there are about 11 in 1 em., but the septa are very

distinctly continuous through them and the cell is not filled up at

all with stereoplasm. The ccenenchyma is extremely echinulate,

ending on the surface with somewhat flattened low spinulous pro-

jections, which on the sides of the corallites tend to form very

regular striations. In sections the interlacing of the costal

elements from neighbouring cells is very distinctly visible. The

colour of the living colony is green.

Funafuti; lagoon. Rotuma; boat-channel.

I have referred to the same species another specimen from

Funafuti, which is apparently the under part of a colony, the top

of which has broken off and rolled over; the greater part of it

has been killed by incrusting nullipores and the corallites on its

surface do not generally project. The calices vary greatly in size,

and generally have the primary septa distinct and projecting

nearly to the centre of the cell; the secondary septa are small.

The ccenenchyma is very echinulate, and the section shows the same

arrangement of the tabule and of the costal elements as in the

types above.

1898.] CORALS OF THH SOUTH PACIFIO, 265

3. ASTRHOPORA PUNOTIFHRA Bernard (11).

I have referred a specimen to this species, but I am doubtful

whether the species is really distinct from A. listerc.

Rotuma ; boat-channel.

4, ASTREOPORA OVALIS Bernard (12).

There is one specimen of this species, which is considerably

larger than the type but exhibits quite as regular a mode of growth

and differs in no respect.

Funafuti; lagoon.

IV. Genus MonrTipora.

Montipora Quoy & Gaimard, Voy. ‘ Astrolabe,’ Zooph. p. 247

(1833).

nine Bernard, Brit. Mus. Cat. Madreporaria, vol. iii. (1897),

p. 13.

Of the nine species represented, all with one exception were

obtained from the comparatively still water of the lagoon or boat-

channel.

The living tissues form a layer a few mm. thick on the surface

of the colonies; underneath this the corallum is generally much

corroded, and bored by Cheetopoda, Gephyrea, and Mollusca, espe-

cially Lithodomus. The massive forms, after attaining a certain

thickness, are often killed at the base by sand, &e. ; the dead part

begins to be corroded, but a fresh growing edge forms, and a con-

stant struggle seems to be going on between the edges and the

sand beneath. Often the stem becomes completely worn through,

so that the mass falls over, and is at once killed by the sand, in its

turn perhaps forming a fresh foundation for the larve of the same

or some other genus of coral. It is interesting to note that I

never found any colony with the upper part hollowed out or dead,

or in any way exposed at even the lowest tides.

I am indebted to H. M. Bernard, Esq., M.A., of the British

Museum, for naming the species. Of these, four are new and

three have been already described in an appendix to the British

Museum Catalogue of the genus. Mr. Bernard has also very

kindly described the new species, M. columnaris, here given.

A. Foveolate.

1. Montrpora conuMNARIS Bernard, n. sp. (Plate XXIII.

fig. 5.)

Corallum grows in erect, irregular spikelets, thickened by re-

peated incrustations. Tips pointed or flattened. Each new growth

forms a living cap on the stock, 6-7 em. in length.

The calicles are numerous, ‘almost uniformly scattered, about

1 mm. apart and *6 mm. in diameter, with many smaller appearing

on the thick interstitial ridges ; conspicuous, deep, with open fossa

and feeble septal apparatus ; (from 6-12); with solid columella-like

body, deep down in the fossa.

266 MR. J. 8. GARDINER ON THE PERFORATE [Apr. 5,

The ccoenenchyma consists of a dense reticulum, which early

solidifies, tending thereby to diminish the apertures of the calicles

and to further obliterate the septa. In the section of the column

the thin axial strand is hardly distinguishable from the cortical

layer; both are very dense. At the tip of the growing stock the

reticulum may be lighter and run in parallel strie up the growing

point. The interstitial ramparts, which are more or less obliterated

towards the bases of the stock, are round and thick, but near the

growing point may be sharper and thinner.

Rotuma; boat-channel. Wakaya, Fiji; lagoon.

Under this heading two specimens, which appear to be

related, are grouped in spite of some important differences.

Superficially they resemble detached spikes of WM. irregularis from

Zamboanga. They differ, however, in the apparent absence of any

expanding and incrusting base, in the smaller size of the calicles,

in the characters of the septa (which are very well developed

in M. irregularis), and in the density of the cross section. In

M. irregularis the spikes appear to grow rapidly and to be through-

out of a light spongy reticulum. In the coral under discussion

the growth is apparently slow and the corallum early solidifies.

The two specimens differ in that the one from Rotuma has a

sharp pointed tip (with a few broken off spikes), the septa very

fully developed and the ccenenchymatous reticulum dense, even

right up to the growing tip; while in the specimen from Fiji the

tip is a sharp flattened edge, the septa are rather better developed,

and the reticulum near the growing tip is lighter, more delicate,

striated as mentioned above, and the whole is more foveolate.

The two specimens are classed together because the manner of

growth appears to be the same, both have nearly solid section, and

the lower, more adult portions of the stocks are very similar.

Owing to the flattening of the interstitial ramparts near the bases

of the stocks, the specimens might perhaps be classed under the

heading glabro-foveolate.

2. Montipora FoveoLaTa Dana (39).

One specimen from Rotuma shows typical foveolation on one

side, but on the other the ramparts are broken up into curved

plates (cf. specimen ¢ Brit. Mus. Coll.), which tend to rise above

the level of the surface (Bernard),

Rotuma; boat-channel. Wakaya, Fiji; lagoon.

3. Montrrora socratis Bernard (40).

The specimen of this species differs from the type specimens in

the Brit. Mus. (which are fragments from the edge of a larger

stock) chiefly in being massive and of a closer consistency. The

ridges thinner, sharper, and taller (Bernard). The calices are

larger than in the type, being from 1-1°5 mm. in diameter;

primary septa also distinctly larger than secondaries,

Rotuma ; boat-channel.

1898.] CORALS OF THE SOUTH PACIFIC. 267

4, Montrpora prorunpA Bernard (137).

Funafuti; lagoon.

5. Montrpora caticutata Dana (41).

Var. piriformis Bernard (pp. 59 & 178).

Funafuti; lagoon.

6. Montrpora saxba Bernard (139).

’ Besides the two specimens in the British Museum, there is a

third specimen at Cambridge, which appears to be the free end of

a massive block.

Its edges are perfect, about 3 mm. thick, either creeping over a

much-corroded substratum of the same species of coral, or free for

2-3 mm., and closely followed by a well-developed epitheca.

Funafuti ; lagoon.

7. Montirora veRRuUcosA Lamarck (80).

On one specimen a colony of Pocillopora suffruticosa has settled.

Funafuti; lagoon.

8. Montipora 1ncoeyita Bernard (109 & p. 181).

This species grows in large, generally horizontally spreading

masses, sometimes a metre or more in diameter, with a broad

attachment in the centre. The edges are often free for 30 cm. or

more, but occasionally supplementary attachments are formed to

the rock beneath. The upper surface, especially over the central

point of attachment, is studded with nodules, 3-6 cm. high, often

dead at their summits.

Funafuti; 0-7 fathoms, extremely common both in the fissures

of the outer reef and on the shoals within the lagoon.

9. Monripora GRANIFERA Bernard (141).

Funafuti; lagoon.

V. Genus Poritns.

Porites (pars), Lamarck, Hist. Anim. sans Vert. ii. p. 267 (1816).

Porites, Duncan, Rev. Madrep. p. 187.

There are 45 specimens of this genus in the collection, some

fragmentary. I have been able to refer 38 of these to 9 species,

the variations in which I have carefully recorded. Of these

6 species seem to me to be new, and I have redescribed one old

species (P. arenosa) and added two varieties to it. I have had the

advantage of comparing my specimens with the ‘ Challenger’ types

in the British Museum ; these seem to have been described rather

hastily, and at least two from worn specimens, the characters of

the calices of which are rather obliterated.

The youngest colony in the collection, which I have not referred

to any species, has 9 calices in 3 rows. The massive colonies

268 MR. J. 8. GARDINER ON THD PERFORATE [Apr. 5,

seem to me to be formed from such by the edges creeping out by

budding-off calices regularly in lines. Then thickening takes place

by the direct upward growth of the cells and budding in the cell-

walls, where three or more calices meet.

It is interesting to note that no branching-forms were obtained

at Funafuti or Rotuma, and that no colonies were found on the

outer reefs proper of these islands.

1. Porires atvnotataA Edwards & Haime. (Plate XXIV.

fig. 1 a.)

Portes alveolata Edwards & Haime, Cor. iii. p. 178.

I have referred a small, closely incrusting colony to this species.

Its calices are small, 8-9 in 1 cm., generally considerably deeper

than broad, with relatively thick walls covered with rough, some-

what granular spines. The septa are 12 in number, thin, and

little projecting, with almost perpendicular edges. In front of

and joined below to the primaries are 4—6 thick, rough, but little

projecting pali. Deeper in the calices both these and the septa

seem to be united by a ring of corallum, leaving in the centre, as

there is no columella, an extremely deep axial fossa.

Rotuma ; boat-channel.

2. PoRITES VIRIDIS, n. sp. (Plate XXIV. figs. 18, 2.)

Corallum massive, uneven, irregularly monticulose, incrusting at

the base ; growing edges thin, generally not more than 2-3 mm.

in thickness, closely covered by the epitheca, and often free for

5-10 mm.

Calices deep (1 mm.), polygonal, generally very regular in size,

1-5-2 mm. in diameter, or about 6 in 1 cm.; in the deeper valleys

smaller and irregular, often elongate. Cell-walls very thin on the

surface, but much thicker below, being at the base of the calice

about a third its diameter in breadth; where 3—4 calices meet

they are often much thicker, and fresh calices are budded-off.

Upper edges of the walls covered with low, blunt, rough spines,

and just within the calice, apparently attached to its wall, there

are 12 thick, rough, projecting spines, corresponding to the septa

which arise deeper. Secondary and primary septa often fused at

their edges, and fused to the latter are 4-6 generally thin, blunt,

rough, and little projecting pali. Lower in the calice a ring of

corallum is often seen, joining all the edges of the septa together ;

from this strands of corallum run to join in the centre of the axial

fossa, giving rise apparently to the small blunt columella, which is

almost as prominent as the pali.

In section the corallum is seen to be dense and heavy, the walls

of the cells thick and compact, with a very regular, close, palisade

arrangement across the cells below the base of the columella.

Var. aPALATA. (Plate XXIV. fig. 1c.)

The calices are generally less deep than in the type, and have

rather thicker walls. The septa are 12 in number, generally less

1898. ] CORALS OF THE SOUTH PACIFIC. 269

regular and thinner than in the type, with their edges seldom

fused one to another; in some of the cells 2-4 low pali can be

distinguished, appearing like mere thickenings at the edge of the

septa, but usually they are completely absent or quite indistin-

guishable. Columella generally absent or indistinct; in some of

the calices strands of corallum occupying the bottom of the axial

fossa, which in others is very deep.

The type specimens (4) of this species were all obtained from a

pool in the reef near the island of Solkopi, to the east of Rotuma.

The variety was found on the reef quite near, and probably the

variations in its calices are correlated with its position. The types

of the species are two massive pieces broken off from the edges

of colonies and two quite young colonies. The latter have the

corallum less dense, walls thinner, septa seldom fused, pali often

more marked and regular, and columella sometimes quite small or

even indistinguishable.

The specimen of the variety is rather more uneven and mamil-

late on the upper surface than the type. To it I have also

referred a small incrusting specimen, which differs in having the

septa more marked, regular, and broader, with both pali and

columella indistinct.

The calices in all the specimens are in places arranged in lines,

the walls between neighbouring calices in the line being thinner

than between the calices of the one line and the next; such lines

are rather irregular, but usually seem to run parallel to the

growing edge. The colour of the living colonies, both type and

variety, was the same, a very bright dark green.

3. PoRITES PURPURBA, n. sp. (Plate XXIV. figs. 1d, 3.)

Corallum massive, uneven, irregularly monticulose, and mam-

illate, or with short columniform outgrowths, incrusting at the

base ; growing-edges 1-2 mm. thick, closely covered by the epitheca,

and often free for a few millimetres.

Calices usually quite shallow, polygonal, about 2 mm. in

diameter on the tops of the mamillations and on the columni-

form outgrowths, but much smaller in the valleys between and

irregular in outline. Cell-walls sometimes quite thin on the

surface and angular in section, but more ofteu, especially near the

base of the colony, quite blunt and as much as ‘5 mm. thick.

Upper edge of the wall covered with rough blunt spines, on the

thin walls a single row flattened at right angles to the wall

between neighbouring calices and appearing continuous with the

septa within each; the thick walls present an appearance as of

three rows of spines, a central higher one, and a row on each side,

but the latter is really a large tooth on the upper end of the septa,

projecting in the thin-walled calices almost at right angles to the

walls, but in the thick-walled almost vertically outward. Septa 12,

secondaries often fused with the primaries, usually thin with

rather rough sides, projecting for about a third its breadth into

270 MR. J. 8, GARDINER ON THE PERFORATE (Apr. 5,

the cell. Pali usually 5-7, opposite and fused to the edges of the

septa, sometimes quite thin and styliform, but generally thick with

rugged sides; their summits usually level with that of the wall

between the calices. Deeper in the cell septa and pali joined by

a ring of corallum, from which arise 3 or 4 strands to meet in the

centre of the calice, where the columella projects as a distinct thin

style with its summit in the thick-walled calices little below those

of the pali.

In section the corallum is seen to be composed of very coarse

elements disposed in a very regular cross palisade arrangement.

Funafuti; lagoon shoals.

There are three specimens of this species—one a mamillated

mass about 6 em. high by 7 cm. broad, the second a column-like

outgrowth, covered on the sides with mamillations, 11 em. high

by 6 em. in diameter at the base, while the third is a mass inter-

mediate in form between these two. The colour of the living

colony with the polyps expanded is a dark purple, that of the

cleaned corallum light brown.

The species is very abundant at Funafuti, and resembles in

some respects P. columnaris Klunzinger, but I nowhere saw any-

thing approaching the long columniform outgrowths which are

described for that species.

4, PORITHS TRIMURATA, n. sp. (Plate XXIV. figs. le, 4.)

Corallum massive, uneven, slightly monticulose, incrusting at

the base, but in the larger colonies with no free growing-edge ;

commonly flat table-topped, with a broad central pedicle and

edges about 7 mm. thick, covered with living calices which extend

for about 2 cm. on the lower side.

Calices polygonal, moderately deep, about 1°5 mm. in diameter,

or 6 in 1 cm., smaller in the depressions. Cell-walls very thin,

regular, dense, and with few perforations, covered on the upper

surface with thick, rough, slightly flattened spines, which corre-

spond in position to the septa in the calices on each side.

Septa 12, appearing on the walls -4—5 mm. below their upper

edges and projecting into the calices for about a quarter their

breadth, usually rather thick with bluntly spinulous summits and

rough sides; inner edges seldom fused with one another, thickened,

rough, very slightly projecting, apparently due to the fusion with

the pali, which would then vary in number from 6 to 12. Inside

the calice, between the thin wall proper and the point where the

septa may be seen distinctly arising, the wall is covered with low,

broad, rough spines, which in some parts form a distinct ring

within the calice, arising inside the true cell-wall from apparently

another wall, which is closely connected to it by the elements of

the corallum. On the undersides of the table-formed cvlonies the

calices present the same characters, but the pali are more distinct

and only lie opposite the primary septa, with which they are fused

below. The septal edges and pali are joined below by a ring of

corallum, from which usually 6 elements arise, fusing in the centre

1898.] CORALS OF THE SOUTH PACIFIC. 271

of the calice, where a low, thin, often much-flattened columella

arises.

In section the layer with living tissues is seen to be about

3 mm. thick. The corallum is formed of fine elements, with a

very close-latticed arrangement, giving it an appearance of great

density. Where the living tissues do not cover the corallum, it is

much pitted and corroded.

Funafuti; Jagoon shoals. Wakaya, Fiji; lagoon.

There are in the collection portions of three colonies and one

young colony. The latter is closely incrusting at the base and

differs from the older colonies in having the inner wall of the

calices less distinct, in most parts seemingly fused with the true

wall. If the wall between the calices in the Porites is, as I

believe, the true theca, then these inner walls must be regarded

as supplementary thece. From the comparison of the exposed

sections of this species with those of P. purpurea and P. viridis,

I am inclined to believe that the cell-walis of these and other

relatively thick-walled species are formed of three elements—first

the fused thece which primarily would be double, and then two

supplementary thece.

The pali vary extremely, but, from the comparison of the calices

in the different specimens, I think that all the septa have primi-

tively a prominent paliform tooth. In front of the primary septa

then appear the pali, thin, styliform, equally prominent projections,

which fuse almost at once with the edges of the septa, giving rise

to a crown of large and small prominences around the large central

fossa, in the middle of which the columella arises. Secondarily,

owing to physical causes, these may, I think, be enlarged on the

secondary septa, giving the appearance of a larger number of pali.

From the examination of a large number of specimens, it seems

to me that primitively there are 6 pali in all the massive species,

and that all modifications are really due to causes such as I have

sketched above.

5. PoRITES UMBELLIFERA, n. sp. (Plate XXIV. figs. 1/, 5.)

Corallum massive, uneven, slightly monticulose above, often

table-topped with a broad central attachment.

Calices polygonal, shallow, and almost superficial in places, about

1:3 mm. in diameter, or 7 in 1 cm. Cell-walls thin, with few per-

forations, with rough uneven summits without any definite spines,

but higher opposite to the septa. Within the wall arises a circle

of 12 thick, large, rough, thorny spines, with their summits level

with the top of the wall, lying on the top of a definite supple-

mentary wall (or theca), which is relatively more internal than

in P. trimurata, but less perfect, consisting in many places of

thickenings on the sides of the septa which have not yet fused.

The septa (12) then get very thin and almost smooth-walled,

rupning into the calice for about a third of its breadth, where the

secondaries and primaries are generally fused together and with

the pali, giving 6 large, rough, prominent styles with their summits

272 MR. J. 8S. GARDINER ON THE PERFORATE [Apr. 5,

little below that of the wall. In the centre of the cell the

columella is similar in appearance to the pali, and almost as pro-

minent, springing from the fusion of a number of strands of

corallum arising from a regular, deep ring joining the edges of

the septa and pali.

In section the corallum is seen to be formed of rather coarser

and more open elements than in P. trimurata, with the usual

palisade arrangement. It is also distinctly less heavy.

Funafuti; lagoon shoals.

There are two specimens, a chip from the summit of a massive

block and a part of the edge of a table-topped colony. The former

shows very well the triple nature of the wall, but has the pali and

columella less distinct.

The species is closely allied to P. trimurata, but is at once

distinguished by its smaller calices, more open corallum, and

regular pali,

6. PoRITES PARVISTELLATA Quelch. (Plate XXIV. fig. 1g.)

Porites parvistellata Quelch, Challenger Report on Reef-Corals,

p- 184, pl. xi. figs. 8-8 a.

I have obtained two specimens of this species, which very

closely correspond to the type in the British Museum. The

calices generally are about 1 mm. broad, and the same in depth,

but near the edges of the colony tend to become somewhat larger,

thinner-walled, and almost superficial.

Rotuma; boat channel.

7. Porrres aRENosA Esper. (Plate XXIV. figs. 1h, 6.)

Madrepora arenosa Esper, Pflanz. t. i., Suppl. p. 80, Madr.,

tab. Ixv. (1797).

Porites arenacea Lamarck, Hist. des Anim. sans Vert. t. ii.

p- 270 (1816).

Porites arenosa Milne-Edwards & Haime, Cor. iii. p. 180.

In the collection there are 13 specimens, which closely resemble

the published descriptions of this species, but all of which bear

considerable resemblances to P. lutea also. In addition I have

examined a large number of named (?) and other specimens in the

British Museum without being able to find any point which I

should consider of specific difference between them. I leave,

therefore, the additional characters of the two so-called species,

given by Klunzinger, Quelch, and others, with the remark that a

series shows very great variability in the arrangement of all the

parts within the calices, and secondly that no character taken

from the form of the colonies of the two species can be of any

specific importance. The description would then be as follows :—

Corallum primarily incrusting at the base, with a great tendency

to thicken, so as to form moderately thick flat masses with generally

level summits, but occasionally a few low, rounded elevations.

The top, on the colony reaching a certain size, invariably dies in

1898. ] CORALS OF THE SOUTH PACIFIC. 273

the centre (or is killed by the accumulation of sediment), but the

polyps remain alive at the edges, which are usually not more

than 12 cm. broad, so that flattened, hollowed-out masses often

2 metres or more in diameter result. The edges locally, however,

are often killed, so that the living corallum forms no continuous

line but a series of blocks, varying greatly in size, round the

whole mass, often attached by their whole bases, but often by

quite narrow stalks, so that they are frequently broken off

(owing to the weakening caused by the boring into them of

worms and other animals). The growing edge of the corallum

where it is visible is extremely thin (1 mm.), very closely

incrusting, the epitheca extending nearly to the edge.

Calices polygonal, shallow, 1:4 mm. in diameter, or 7 in 1 em.,

smaller in the valleys. Cell-walls distinct, thin and linear on the

surface, not thickened below; upper edges smooth, undulating, or

covered with low, rough spines, corresponding in position to the

septa in the neighbouring calices. Septa 12, rather thin, almost

equal-sized, projecting into the calice for about a third of its

breadth ; edges of secondaries and primaries sometimes fused, with

generally three rough spiny prominences on the upper edges,

the first close to the wall of the cell, the second slightly deeper,

about halfway along, and the third at its free edge; the latter

spine sometimes fused with the middle one, larger on the primaries

than on the secondaries, where it is generally scarcely distinguish-

able and rather deep in the cell. Pali 6, fused with the edges of

the primary septa, but little projecting above its edge; their

summits about °4 mm. below that of the cell-wall. Septal edges

(and pali) often joined together, but no distinct ring of corallum.

Columella very variable, often scarcely noticeable, but usually a

distinct, thin, flattened plate with its summit little below those of

the pali, arising from the junction of several strands of corallum

from the septal edges in the centre of the calice.

In section the corallum appears somewhat open, the longitudinal

elements rather coarse, while the transverse are very delicate and

thin.

Funafuti; lagoon shoals and 7 fathoms.

Var. turpA. (Plate XXIV. fig. 1k.)

Porites conglomerata, var. lutea Quoy & Gaimard, Voy. de

YAstrob., Zooph. p. 249 (1833).

Porites lutea Edwards & Haime, Cor. ii. p. 180.

Porites lutea Klunzinger, Die Korallthiere des roth. Meeres,

t. ii. p. 40.

In this variety the wall of the calices is usually rather rougher

than in the type. The septa are slightly thicker, the two outer

sets of spines generally smaller, the edge of the primaries fused

with the pali, giving 4-6 large, thick, rough and prominent

points round the centre of the calice, in which a small low

columella can with difficulty be distinguished.

Funafuti; lagoon shoals. Wakaya, Fiji.

Proc. Zoou, Soc.—1898, No. XVIII. 18

274 MR. J. 8. GARDINER ON THE PERFORATE [Apr. 5,

Var. PARVICELLATA. (Plate XXIV. fig. 17.)

In this variety the calices are much smaller than in the type,

being seldom more than 1 mm. in diameter. The calices are

similar in appearance, but the septa are rather rougher, and the

pali more distinct from the septa and more prominent than in

either the type or the preceding variety. The columella, too, is

thicker and more prominent.

Funafuti ; lagoon shoals.

The species above described is subject to much variation in the

parts within its calices; and in different parts of the corallum

nearly all the stages between the type and these two varieties can

be found. For instance, the septa in some cells of the same colony

are quite thick with no distinguishable pali, while in others the

septa are thin and the pali well marked, perhaps completely

separate from the septa. In a curve of variation of these

characters there would seem to be two prominent points which

I have recognized in my descriptions of P. arenosa and its var.

lutea. It seems to me, too, that P. conglomerata (Esper),

P. parvistellata (Quelch), and probably several of the West-Indian

species, will have to be placed under this head, when a long series

is examined.

The var. parvicellata differs mainly in the size of its calices, but

their great regularity precludes the idea of this being due to local

conditions.

The living colonies, which are of a golden-green colour, are

common on all the shoals of the lagoon of Funafvti, but are not in

any way uncovered, even at the lowest tides.

8. Porrrns SUPERFUSA, n. sp. (Plate XXIV. figs. 1 m & 7.)

Corallum rough, closely incrusting, retaining the shape of the

surface over which it is growing; the edges thin, 1-1°5 mm.,

closely followed underneath by the epitheca, often free for a few

min. where the incrusted surface is uneven, and so easily bridging

over any small cavities in it.

Calices usually round, ‘5-9 mm. in diameter, in the depressions

polygonal and still smaller. Cell-walls very thick, obtuse and

solid, often as broad as the calices, but in the valleys quite thin

and angular. Upper edge of the wall covered with low, rough,

blunt spines, giving them a very granular appearance. Septa

somewhat irregular, usually 12, generally rather thick with rough

sides, arising deep down in the calices and projecting for about a

third their diameter, primaries and secondaries sometimes fused at

the edges. Pali fused below to the septal edges, thick, rough,

blunt and extremely prominent, their summits almost level with

the top of the walls. There is visible no complete ring of corallum

joining the septal edges and pali, but usually 3-4 strands from the

pali run across the calicular fossa, meeting in the centre, where a

small, prominent, styliform columella is situated.

In section the elements of the corallum present an open pali-

sade arrangement and are noticeably thin and delicate.

1898. ] CORALS OF THE SOUTH PACIFIC. 275

Funafuti; passage in reef, 5 fathoms.

The specimen is an incrusting growth 12 by 7 cm., in no part

seeming to be as much as 1 cm. thick. In places the edges have been

killed, and two pieces have thus been cut off, but were evidently

still alive when first obtained. The colour of the living colony

was green. The walls of the cells are studded, where three or

more meet, with the open ends of the calcareous tubes of some

worm ; these are about ‘4 mm. in diameter, and around many the

corallum has taken on an appearance as if they were lying in the

middle of a calice.

9. PoRITES EXILIS, n. sp. (Plate XXIV. figs. 1n & 8.)

Corallum thin, incrusting, sometimes almost massive in the

centre, with a few mamillations ; growing edge about 1:5 mm.

thick, often free for 2-3 cm., closely followed by the epitheca,

which usually exhibits regular concentric markings.

Calices shallow, about 1 mm. in diameter or 9 in 1 cm.,

polygonal or more or less round, in some parts arranged almost in

lines. Cell-walls thin but, owing to the upper edges being

covered with spines, flattened at right angles to the walls,

appearing on the surface rather thick; these spines are very

rugged and correspond more or less to the septa. Septa 12,

thick with rough sides, projecting into the calice for about a

quarter its diameter; the upper edge, where it is attached to the

cell-wall, carrying a large, thick, rough spine, projecting con-

siderably into the cell and somewhat upwards, below these

running into the calice at right angles to the cell-wall. Inner

edges of primaries and secondaries often fused, and below

connected together by a ring of corallum, sometimes incomplete in

one part. Pali generally 6, fused to the septa, rough but some-

what pointed, with their summits little below the level of the top

of the wall. From the ring of corallum extend inwards a number

of elements which fuse in the centre of the calice, where the

columella arises, styliform but very rough, with its summit almost

level with those of the pali.

In section the corallum is seen to be formed of rather coarse

elements, having the regular cross-palisade arrangement and

rather open meshes.

Funafuti; 7 fathoms. Rotuma; 3 fathoms.

There are three specimens from Funafuti, apparently from two

closely incrusting colonies, exhibiting typically the above arrange-

ment within the calices. The specimen from Rotuma has a few

low mamillations on the incrusting base; while the calices over

the incrusting part are quite typical, those on these elevations

have their septa much thinner, arising higher up on the walls and

projecting straight into the calices so as to often almost completely

obliterate both the large spine at their upper ends and the pali

fused to their free edges, the ring of corallum, joining which, is

usually higher up in the cell and more distinct. The colour of

18*

276 MR. R. LYDEKKER ON THE BANTING. [Apr. 5,

the living colony is a brownish black, that of the cleaned corallum

brown.

The species is nearly related to P. lichen (Dana) and P. echinu-

lata (Klunzinger), but the arrangement of its septa and columella

is quite distinct.

In addition to those mentioned above I have fragments, which

I believe to be referable to P. gaimardi (Wakaya, Fiji), P. tenuis

(Rotuma), P. favosa (Wakaya, Fiji), and P. eribripora (Rotuma),

although all of them exhibit considerable variations ; three others,

all from Funafuti, seem referable to new species. Of the latter

I find no authentically named specimens in the British Museum,

but it does not seem to me advisable to make types of mere

fragmentary specimens, on which the variations cannot be properly

studied.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Prate XXIII.

Fig. 1. Madrepora crateriformis, n. sp., X}, p. 258.

. Madrepora rotumana, n. sp., X}, p. 258.

Madrepora profunda, n.sp., X4. p. 260. 3a. End twig of same, x1.

. Astreopora tabulata, n. sp., X34, p. 264. 4a. Single calice.

Montipora columnaris, n. sp., X}, p- 265.

OV Hm G9 BO

Prats XXIV.

Fig. 1. Sections through the calices of the species of Porites along the

primary septa and through the columella:—(a) P. alveolata:

(b) P. viridis; (¢) P. viridis, var. apalata; (d) P. purpurea;

(e) P. trimurata: (f) P. umbellifera; (g) P. parvistellata;

(h) P. arenosa; (k) P. arenosa, var. lutea; (1) P. arenosa, var.

parvicellata ; (m) P. superfusa; (n) P. exilis. x16.

Porites viridis, n. sp., single calice, p. 268.

. Porites purpurea, a. sp., Single ealiee, p. 269.

Porites trimurata, n. sp., single calice, p. 270.

Porites umbellifera, nu. sp., single ealice. P. 271.

Porites arenosa, n. sp., single calice, p. 272

Porites superfusa, 0. sp., single calice, p. 274.

Porites erilis, n. sp., single calice, p. 275.

Turbinaria schistica, n. sp., single calice, p. 263.

$0 0 31S ge G0 NO

3. On the Geographical Races of the Banting.

By R. Lypexxer, B.A., F.RS., F.Z.S.

[Received March 9, 1898.]

(Plate XXV.)

Among the larger Mammals of Asia, the Banting is one of those

in regard to which our information is most deficient—the British

Museum, in addition to skulls, possessing but three specimens,

while only a single living example has been exhibited in the

Society’s Menagerie. ;

2Z.S) 1898. Pl XXL.

Bemrose, Ltd., Derby.

Edwin Wilson, Cantbhridee.

CORALS FROM THE SOUTH PACIFIC.

Bemrose, Ltd., Derby.

PZiS: VOOS ses 1, CLV:

icc

BPR ASR RA

Edwin Wilson, Cambridge.

CORALS FROM THE SOUTH PACIFIC.

Oe a -—" a

=" _ 7 Leu, nn

ee ee ee

1898.] MR. R, LYDEKKER ON THE BANTING, 277

In his ‘ Mammals of British India,’ Mr. Blanford included both

the insular and continental forms of the Banting under a single

name; but since the publication of his work two memoirs have

appeared which leave no reasonable doubt of the existence of at

least one continental race distinct from the typical Javan representa-

tive of the species. The memoirs in question are one by Vet.-

Capt. Evans, published in the ‘ Journ. Bombay Soe.’ for 1895 *, and

a second by Surg.-Capt. Wood in the ‘Zoologist’ * for 1897. A

mounted head in the British Museum, which has long puzzled me,

serves to show the accuracy of the observations published by the

first-named gentleman.

As regards the general characteristics of Bos sondaicus, I have

nothing to add to those given by Mr. Blanford. The typical

Javan race is represented by a mounted specimen—one of the

cotypes—in the British Museum; and although most of the hair

has been worn off by the handling of generations of visitors, it

remains on the head (Plate XXV. fig. 2) and on parts of one side

of the body and legs.

In the Javan race, which attains a height of 5 feet 93 inches at

the shoulder, old bulls are described as being nearly black, with a

large white rump-patch, and white ‘“‘stockings” to the legs. The

Museum specimen, although probably much faded, is very dark

chocolate-brown, becoming nearly black just above the knees, the

head being uniform with the back in colour.

On the other hand, the mounted Burmese head is dirty grey,

with a light chestnut patch on the nose above the muzzle,

which is black; the ears being also grey, with white margins.

Now, with the exception of the chestnut mark, this head accords

precisely with the description of a bull Burmese Banting by Vet.-

Capt. Evans; the general body-colour in that specimen being

dark chestnut-red, with a large white rump-patch. A younger bull

mounted in the Museum, with the horny boss on the crown of the

head not yet developed, is of a light foxy red, with the face grey,

and a well-developed rump-patch.

From this evidence it appears to me that the Burmese Banting,

which may be typified by the mounted head in the Museum (Plate

XXYV. fig. 1), is entitled to rank as a distinct race, for which I suggest

the name of Bos sondaicus birmanicus. It may be characterized

by the dark chestnut-red body-colour of the adult bull, the greyish

face, and the well-developed rump-patch. Whether it is this or

the typical race that occurs in the Malay Peninsula I have at

present no information.

With regard to the Manipur Banting, Surg.-Capt. Wood

describes the bull as only 5 feet in height, with the general body-

colour red, the greater part of the head tawny white, with a

greyish-white ring round the eyes, the tips and front margins of the

ears black, and no distinct white rump-patch, which is, however,

present in the cow. If these characters are rightly described, they

1 Vol. x. p. 41. ? Ser, 4, vol. i. p. 489.

278 MR. 0, THOMAS ON A NEW DIK-DIK ANTELOPE. {[Apr.5,

appear to indicate a third race of the species, for which a new name

may be subsequently requisite.

In any case the Manipur locality is of interest, as being more

northerly than any as yet recorded for the species. Blyth suggested

that the Banting would be found in the ranges to the east of Chit-

tagong, and it is possible that in this district the Manipur form may

be found to intergrade with the Burmese race.

4. Description of a new Dik-dik Antelope (Madoqua)

discovered in N.E. Africa by Mr. H. 8S. H. Cavendish.

By Oxtprrevp Tuomas, F.Z.8.

[Received March 22, 1898.]

Among the sporting trophies collected during Mr. H. 8S. H.

Cayendish’s recent adventurous journey into the Lake Rudolf

region there are a number of skulls, scalps, and body-skins—

unfortunately all separated—of the different species of Dik-dik

met with during the expedition. The majority of these, as might

be expected, are assignable to MM. phillipsi and M. quentheri, those

being the forms most usually shot by Somali sportsmen.

But one skull and one skin, presumably belonging to each other,

are clearly different from the remainder, and indicate a new

species of this group. It may be called

Manoqua CAVENDISHI, sp. n.

Allied to M. kirkii, Giinth., by the general characters of the skull,

by the S-shaped upper outline of the premaxille#, and therefore

no doubt by the presence of a third lobe on the last lower molar,

but the lower jaw has unfortunately been lost. Size, however,

decidedly larger, so that the new form equals and perhaps exceeds

M. damarensis, the largest previously known species. The skull

is that of a young animal, as the milk-dentition is still in place,

but nevertheless its size is just about the same as that of the

typical skull of 1. damarensis, that of an old female. Nasals rather

longer in proportion, and decidedly broader, than in M. kirkii,

also broader than and of rather a different shape to those of

M. damarensis. Nasal opening very large, conspicuously broader

and higher than in either of the allied species. Premaxille not

touching each other in the middle line above, as they do in the

type of M. damarensis; posteriorly they reach to the nasals,

articulating broadly with the latter.

Horns long and thick, heavily ridged; obliquely oval in section.

In colour, the skin believed to belong to the typical skull is a

dark fawn, much darker than in MW. damarensis, on the anterior

back, becoming, by the dying out of the fulvous suffusion, more

greyish posteriorly, and quite ashy grey on the sides of the rump.

Shoulders, ill-defined line along flanks, and front of limbs sandy

rufous. Hairs of crest suffused throughout with dull fulvous.

(strotepuos soq)

“ONILNVG HHL JO SAHDVE NVAVE (7) CNY HSANUNE (1D) 40 SAVAEH

‘duit sorg ute zurpy “WT 32 "Top FAS LC

AY Vel SCSL SiZ at

1898.] MR. &. W. L. HOLT ON SCOPELUS GLACIALIS. 279

Dimensions of the typical skull, that of an immature male with

the milk-dentition still in place :—greatest length 123 mm.; basal

length 103°5; greatest breadth 59; nasals, length 22, breadth

22; breadth of nasal opening 17; intertemporal breadth 44:5;

breadth of brain-case 47; gnathion to junction of nasals and

premaxille 37°7; gnathion to orbit 58°5; gnathion to front of

alveolus of anterior premolar 28°5; palate, length 60. Length of

horn in a straight line 78 mm.; circumference at base 48.

Hab. N. E. Africa—probably the neighbourhood of Lake Rudolf.

Type in the British Museum, cellected and presented by Mr.

H. 8. H. Cavendish. (Should the skull and the skin be wrongly

assigned to each other, the skull should be considered as the type.)

Of all the species found in Northern and Eastern Africa, that

discovered by Mr. Cavendish is by far the finest, for the typical

skull decidedly exceeds that of any of them in size, while it is

itself not yet adult. The south-western species, M. damarensis,

however, is of approximately the same size, although it is difficult

to make an exact comparison between the two, owing to the fact

that the only available skull of WM. damarensis belongs to an old

female, while that of JZ. cavendishi is an immature male.

For the same reason the specific differences between the two

forms are difficult of exact definition, but the darker general colour,

the broader and differently-shaped nasals, the higher and more

open nasal cavity, and the separated premaxille of M. cavendishi,

combined with the essential difference between the faunas of

Damaraland and Lake Rudolf, seem to render it impossible that

Mr. Cavendish’s Dik-dik should be assigned to the south-western

species.

I have named this fine Dik-dik in honour of its discoverer, the

first British explorer to cross from Somaliland by Lake Rudolf

into our East African territories, and the donor to the national

Museum of a number of the specimens obtained during this

journey.

April 19th, 1898.

Prof. G. B. Howns, F.R.S., F.Z.S., in the Chair.

Mr. E. W. L. Holt exhibited some advanced larve of the

luminous Fish Scopelus glacialis, Reinhardt, taken by Dr. G. H.

Fowler in the Faroé Channel, and made the following remarks :—

“The larval stages of Scopelus have not been described. An

almost complete series was obtained by Dr. Fowler. They are

remarkable in the possession of a dorsal expansion of the skin,

probably functional as a float, which persists until the adult

organs of locomotion are practically perfect. Such floats are

known in the larve of Gadus and Solea, but only in the very early

stages. The specimens of Scopelus explain the nature of the

dorsal fold of skin in Anomalopterus, a genus founded by Vaillant

280 MR. SCLATER ON CONTINENTAL MENAGERIES. ([Apr. 19

on what is certainly a larva, the float being collapsed as in some

of Dr. Fowler’s young Scopeli.”

On behalf of the Hon. Walter Rothschild, F.Z.S., there was

exhibited a fine specimen of the Ribbon-fish, Regalecus argenteus (?),

which had been mounted by Mr. E. Gerrard, Jr., for the Tring

Museum. The specimen had been obtained alive in shallow water,

near Dunedin, New Zealand. It measured about 14 feet 10 inches

in length.

Mr. Sclater stated that he recently had the pleasure of visiting

the small but well-kept Zoological Garden of Marseilles, under

the guidance of M. Alfred Weil, the Director. Amongst the

animals observed there he had noticed the following of special

interest :—

1. A fine adult male of the Leonine Macaque (Macacus leoninus),

which had been several years in the Collection. It was stated to

have been brought from Siam.

2. A not quite adult example of the Corean Sea-Eagle

(Hahaétus branicki), in nearly uniform black plumage, with some

appearances of white at the base of the tail. Two of these

Eagles, of which this was the survivor, had been brought from

Séoul and presented to the Collection by a former Secretary of the

Russian Embassy to Corea. ;

3. A pair of Leucoryx Antelopes (Oryw leucoryx), recently

imported from Senegal. The Society had formerly had many

examples of this Antelope in the series, but of late years had not

possessed representatives of the species. The Leucoryx was much

less seldom brought to Europe now than in former years.

During a short stay at Tunis Mr. Sclater had also, under the

kind guidance of Sir Harry Johnston, K.C.B., visited the private

collection of living animals belonging to the Bey of Tunis at the

palace at Marsa. Amongst the objects noted there were a pair of

the Barbary Deer (Cervus barbarus), two (apparently) Golden

Eagles (Aquila chrysaétos), remarkable for their dark, nearly black

plumage, and a single Loder’s Gazelle (Gazella leptoceros), all

stated to have been obtained in the Beylik. There was likewise a

stuffed specimen of a young Leucoryx Antelope (Orya leucory«x),

originally, it was said, received alive from the south of Tunis *.

Returning by Paris, Mr. Sclater had passed an afternoon in the

Jardin Zoologique d’Acclimatation de Bois du Boulogne, Paris,

where he had, as usual, seen much of interest. A single adult

male Giraffe of the old stock from the Soudan, born in the

Gardens 19 years ago, was still alive there, and apparently in

excellent health. In this specimen the third frontal horn was

1 The former existence of the Oryx in Tunisia is also indicated by some of

the Roman mosaics preserved in the Musée Alaoul at the Bardo, among which

is an unmistakable figure of a Leucoryx attacked by a Lion.—P. L. 8.

1898.] ON THE BREEDING OF THE DRAGONET. 281

largely developed. Monsieur Porte had kindly offered, in case it

could be arranged, to receive a visit to it of the female now in the

Society’s Gardens, but Mr. Sclater feared that it would be too

risky to advise the transport to Paris and back of such an animal.

Amongst the breeding groups of larger animals in the Jardin

d’Acclimatation, Mr. Sclater had specially noticed those of Cervus

davidianus (3 examples), Oreas canna (5 examples), Cobus unctuosus

(5 examples), and Oryx leucoryx (3 examples). Mr. Sclater had

also examined with great interest a specimen of a beautiful small

Wild Cat from Siam, which was quite new to him. It was

labelled Felis minuta, but was certainly quite different from Felis

javensis as figured by Elliot (‘ Felide,’ plate xxviii.), under which

name Mr. Elliot had placed Felis minuta of Temminck as a

synonym.

The following papers were read :—

1. On the Breeding of the Dragonet (Callionymus lyra) in the

Marine Biological Association’s Aquarium at Plymouth ;

with a preliminary account of the Elements, and some

remarks on the significance of the Sexual Dimorphism.

By Ernest W. L, Hotz.

[Received April 18, 1898.]

(Plate XX VI.)

CoNnTENTS,

I. Introductory and Historical, p. 281.

II. Secondary Sexual Characters, p. 283.

III. Courtship and Pairing, p. 286.

IV. Employment of the Secondary Sexual Characters for purposes not con-

nected with Reproduction, p. 294.

Y. Preliminary Discussion of the Colour-Mechanism and Differentiation of

Coloration, p. 297.

VI. The Soluble Pigment and the Palatability, p. 305.

VII. General Considerations, p. 311.

I. Introductory and Historical.

So far as I am aware the Dragonet furnishes, among Teleostean

fishes propagating by pelagic ova, the only known instance of a

definite sexual intercourse. Since Savile Kent’s account of the

pairing appeared rather meagre, I considered it desirable to make

further observations, and, with this end in view, commenced to

collect as many large specimens as possible in the autumn of 1897.

Experience with other marine forms had shown the necessity of

acclimatizing the fish to tank life some considerable time before

the breeding-season. The Dragonet, locally known as the Sting-

282 MR. 5, W. L. HOLT ON THE [Apr. 19,

fish or Miller’s Thumb, is one of the commonest fish in the

Plymouth district, and commences to spawn there, as has been

shown by Mr. S. D. Scott and myself’, in the first month of the

year.

A number of females and small undifferentiated males were

successfully acclimatized in the autumn and early winter, but no

large differentiated males survived. However, two fine specimens

were brought in in January, and at once took kindly to their new

surroundings. When these males were placed in the tank a

female was observed to watch their movements with evident

interest. As frequently happens, they spent a considerable time

in swimming about the surface of the tank before descending.

The female meanwhile swam about at the bottom, following now

the movements of one male, now of the other. When one finally

descended, the female approached and appeared to smell him.

Her curiosity thus satisfied, she took no further notice of him.

I had occasion to be absent from the Laboratory for about a

fortnight, ending on the 10th February. No signs of sexual

activity were previously observed, and Mr. Smith, the chief

Laboratory attendant, who was kind enough to keep watch on the

proceedings of the Dragonets during my absence, saw nothing

unusual in their behaviour. On the 11th February I found

pairing in full progress ; but, before giving the results of my own

observations, I propose to quote the account given by Savile Kent,

who, I believe, is the only writer who has dealt with the subject :—

“ The male, resplendent in his bridal livery, swims leisurely round

the female, who is reclining quietly on the sand, his opercula

distended, his glittering dorsal fins erect, and his every effort

being concentrated upon the endeavour to attract the attention

and fascinate the affections of his mate ..... The female, at

first indifferent, becomes at length evidently dazzled by his re-

splendent attire and the persistency of his wooing. She rises to

meet him, the pair—so far as is practicable with fishes—rush into

each other’s arms, and with their ventral areas closely applied

ascend perpendicularly towards the surface of the water. In con-

nection with these manceuvres it may safely be predicted that the

ova are extruded and fertilized, but in the limited depth of water

of an aquarium tank the matrimonial tour cannot, apparently, be

sufficiently prolonged to ensure the consummation of this act; the

fish, after reaching the surface, being projected by their previously

gained impetus slightly above it, when, falling apart, they sink

slowly to the bottom, and the process, after short intervals, is

repeated. It is, however, by no means impossible nor even

improbable that the fertilization of the eggs in Calhonymus may

take place while the fish are above the surface of the water, as has

actually been recorded by Alexander Stenzel in the Nase or Zupe,

Chondrostoma nasus.” (Savile Kent, Handbk. Gt. Intern. Fish

Exhib. Lond., i. 1883, p. 128.)

1 Holt and Scott, Journ. M. B. A., n.s., v. p. 156, 1898.

1898.] BREEDING OF THE DRAGONET. 283

In connection with the preceding remarks, and also in‘ Nature’

(vill. 1873, p. 264), the author draws a comparison between the

secondary characters and courting behaviour of the male Callio-

nymus and those of birds, which has been dignified by a reference

in Darwin’s * Descent of Man.’ With regard to his account of

the pairing, it appears to be of a popular character, and, as the

subject is rather a delicate one, any criticism of its inadequacy

would be ungracious. If, however, I may judge from my own

experience, the account is so inaccurate in some details of im-

portance as to warrant a full redescription.

II. Secondary Seaual Characters.

It is now matter of common knowledge that, while young

Dragonets of either sex closely resemble each other both in colour

and conformation *, the male acquires, as its size increases, very

well-marked secondary sexual characters. It will be convenient

to briefly recapitulate the most striking differences, since these

will be found to play an important part in the behaviour of the

two sexes when pairing.

In the female, throughout life the first dorsal fin is very short.

The second dorsal and the anal are of moderate proportions, their

posterior rays not being produced in such a manner as to reach

the caudal fin when depressed. The proportions of the head

undergo no marked metamorphosis. The genital aperture is at

no time produced into an elongated papilla. The colours of the

dorsal surface are brown or reddish brown, barred and mottled

with lighter and darker markings, and closely resembling the

bottom on which the fish may be resting. In young examples

on bright gravel the general colour may be diversified with purple,

green, and crimson. The ventral surface is devoid of pigment.

The male, on the contrary, acquires with growth a more elon-

gated snout. The first dorsal fin becomes greatly elongated. The

second dorsal and the anal increase in size, especially their

posterior rays, which ultimately reach, when depressed, beyond

the origin of the caudal fin. There is a distinct genital papilla,

visible even in specimens only two inches in length, and

conspicuously elongated in large fish. The metamorphosis of the

head and fins appears to be of a gradual nature, though perhaps

more rapidly accomplished during the later period of growth. It

is not constantly related, in its ulterior development, to a fixed size,

nor to the attainment of sexual maturity.

Pari passu with these structural differentiations appears a

striking change in the coloration. While the back retains the

marbled brown markings, the front and sides of the head, the sides

of the trunk, and the pelvic, dorsal, and caudal fins become decorated

with yellow and blue bands. I need not particularize these since the

drawing exhibited (Plate XX VI.) gives an accurate representation

1 TInconspicuous differences exist from an early age (Fries, cf. Smitt, Hist.

Scand. Fish. ed. 2, i. p. 277).

284 MR. E. W. L. HOLT ON THD (Apr. 19,

of a fully mature male, such individual differences as are met with

in the number and distribution of the bands being of no importance

here. The bands of the first dorsal are less frequently a pale

blue, the colour manifesting itself rather often in the detached

markings near the base of the fin. The eye, reddish brown or

cupreous in females and young males, becomes in large breeding

males of a brilliant metallic blue-green, most readily comparable

to the palest tint present in the ocellus of a peacock’s “ tail” feather.

On the ventral surface the throat, the underside of the pelvics,

and the anal fin become adorned with black pigment, the anal

occasionally showing an additional bluish tinge.

The colour-change of the eye appears to be of a seasonal

character. The other changes are of a more permanent nature,

though the brilliant coloration shown in the drawing (Plate XXVI.),

especially in so far as regards the yellow bands of the body, is

of comparatively brief seasonal duration. As in the case of the

structural characters, the full development of the coloration-change

is not necessarily achieved before the fish is fully mature. Thus

Dr. G. Johnston (Zool. Journ. iii. p. 336) records a “Sordid”?

Dragonet with milt, and Mr. G. A. Boulenger has shown me a

male, with ripe milt, in which the secondary characters are only

slightly developed’.

This is by no means surprising, since males of <Arnoglossus

laterna® and Coris julis*, which, as I believe, undergo a sexual

dimorphism exactly parallel to that of Callionymus, are frequently

mature in the undifferentiated livery. Itis, Isuppose, unnecessary

to adduce instances among the higher animals in which the sexual

maturity of the male is accomplished before the full development

of the secondary differentiations.

The smallest sexually mature male Dragonet which has come

under my notice measures 16 cm. (6} inches). The extremity of

the first dorsal ray reaches the base of the seventh ray of the

second dorsal fin. The blue and yellow coloration is present,

but the yellow especially is much less brilliant than that of large

males taken at the same time. There is very little black pigment

on the throat, and only the hinder rays of the anal are somewhat

dark. The testes are small, but contain many advanced and a

1 It is perhaps unnecessary to state that the Sordid Dragonet, C. dracun-

culus, comprising females and undifferentiated males, was once held to be

distinct from the Gemmeous Dragonet, C. lyra; the latter term being reserved

for fully-developed males.

2 Day (Fish. Gt. Brit. i. p. 176) quotes an observation of the Rev. G. Harris,

who stated that he had found hard roe in a ‘‘Gemmeous” Dragonet. I can

only associate myself with the compiler’s comment that this observation is

interesting, if correct.

5 Cf. Cunningham, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1890, p. 540; Holt and Calderwood,

Sci. Trans. R, Dub. Soc. ser. ii. v. 1895, p. 488.

* The specific identity of C. julis and C. giofredi has been denied by Gourret

in the most positive manner (Ann. Mus. Mars. iv. 1893, no. 3). I have re-

examined the question at Marseilles, where Gourret’s material was procured,

and can find no support for his conclusions. A note dealing with the subject

is now in the press (Ann. Mus. Mars., ser. 2, Bulletin i.).

1898.] BREEDING OF THE DRAGONET. 285

few ripe and active spermatozoa. Another male, taken in company

with the last, is 15-4 cm. (6% in.) in length. In structural

differentiation it is nearly as advanced as the last, the first dorsal

ray reaching the fourth of the second dorsal fin; but the

coloration differs from that of two females of about the same

length only in that the dark spot of the first dorsal is bounded

anteriorly by the third instead of the second ray, a more or less

constant sexual distinction. In this male the testes contain no

advanced spermatozoa. It would appear, therefore, that the

coloration is more intimately associated with the maturity of the

genital organs than is the structural differentiation.

Another sexually immature male, 18°3 cm. (7; in.) long,

supports the same conclusion. The coloration is quite undifferen-

tiated, though the first dorsal ray nearly reaches the eighth of the

second dorsal. The variation of size in relation to sexual maturity

is in no way remarkable.

Smitt (Hist. Scand. Fish. ed. 2, i. p. 273) notes that the male,

which reaches a length of 30 cm., is much larger than the female.

The latter has not been observed, by Scandinavian naturalists, to

reach 25 cm.’ This statement is in general accordance with my

own experience of the species. As a matter of fact the difference

in size, among the larger specimens, is to some extent due to the

greater length of the snout and caudal fin in the male. Thus a

male and female measure respectively 24 and 21°7 cm., but in

regard to the distance from the front of the eye to the origin of

the caudal fin are of exactly the same length.

In the mature condition, at all events, males appear to be much

more abundant than females. On two occasions a trawler has

brought me what purported to be his whole catch of Dragonets.

In one catch there were 95 males and 21 females, in another

72 males and 1 female. The actual proportions may be to some

extent obscured by the smaller females escaping through the

meshes or being overlooked by the fishermen, but the great

discrepancy cannot be altogether accounted for in this way, and a

general preponderance of males is borne out by my own trawling

experience. A similar numerical proportion of the sexes obtains,

as first pointed out by Cunningham, in Arnoglossus laterna, at

least among the large specimens on the offshore grounds. Here

also the male is the larger fish. Among Teleosteans the female is

nearly always the larger and the more abundant sex. The relations

of size are here reversed, and, if food competition severely taxes the

weaker individuals, it is not unnatural that the relations of

number should conform. Without the necessity of supposing

(without proof) that the feebler members are actually starved out

in the early stages of life-history, we arrive at the same result if

we allow that sex is largely influenced by nutrition. It would

appear that a plentiful nutrition favours the production of female

individuals. In the case of Callionymus, if the sex is determined,

1 The smallest ripe female which I haye seen measured 16:8 cm. (6$ in.), A

specimen of 14:2 cm. was very nearly ripe. .

286 MR. E. W. L, HOLT ON THE [Apr. 19,

as Stolzmann considers in birds’, by ovarian nutrition, it is obvious

that the conditions are decidedly adverse to a preponderance of

female offspring. Among insects it is known that sex is, or in

some cases may be, determined by the nutrition cf the larva. It

is difficult to believe that this is the case in Teleostean fishes,

since we might expect that the female sex would invariably

preponderate in size and number. Valuable information might

accrue from the experimental feeding of salmon or trout larve ;

our present control of marine forms, and especially of such as

propagate by minute pelagic eggs, does not promise much in this

field of research.

Although the subject does not concern the sexual dimorphism,

a few words are necessary on the position of the eyes in order to

explain my figures. In dead specimens the eyes are sunk into the

sockets and scarcely project above the general level of the top of

the head. They are faithfully presented in such condition in

all the figures of C. lyra which I have seen. In life, however, the

eyes project boldly above the cephalic contour as indicated in my

figure 1°. They are not retracted on alarm, but only when the

fish has buried itself in the sand or gravel. Retraction is evidently

effected by the eye-muscles. Protraction must be ascribed tu the

elasticity of the membranous wall of the orbit and of a large but

very delicate recessus orbitalis*®. This structure communicates with

the membranous cavity, as may be demonstrated by injections,

below the centre of the eye. It is so thin-walled that I have not

found it possible to make satisfactory dissections. Lying for the

most part immediately under the skin, externally to the eye, it

dips anteriorly below the spatulate part of the great lachrymal

scute. Posteriorly it approaches the base of the preopercular

trident. In its lateral region it appears broken up into a great

number of minute chambers into which the injected fluid does not

readily pass. I must acknowledge the assistance of my friend

Mr. L. W. Byrne in tracing out this organ. At present our

results do not justify a more detailed description.

III. Courtship and Pairing.

The Dragonets inhabit a glass-fronted tank, about four feet

deep, on the south side of the aquarium. The sides are painted

white and the bottom is covered with fine light gravel.

The other inhabitants of the tank are a number of grey mullet,

two red mullet, a small bass, some rockling, and sundry crabs and

hermits, the latter with their associated anemones, Adamsia

rondeletii and A. palliata.

In February there were two large male Dragonets, with fully-

1 I must acknowledge my indebtedness to Mr. F. E. Beddard’s ‘ Animal

Coloration,’ Lond., 1892, p. 277, &e.

2 Probably some approach to the natural condition is shown by Richardson,

in his figure of C. reevesii (C. longicaudatus, Temm, & Schleg.) in Voy. Sulph.,

Fish, pl. 36. fig. 1.

3 Gf. P. Z. 8. 1894, p. 422.

1898.] BREEDING OF THE DRAGONET. 287

developed secondary characters. One of these was found to

measure 24°75 cm. (92 inches). The other appeared to be almost

exactly the same size. A female, one of the largest, was 17°15 em.

(62 inches) long. There were also a number of fish of about

the same size and smaller, including both females and young

males.

Previous to the 11th February the Dragonets were sluggish

in disposition, frequently burying themselves in the gravel, though

active enough at feeding-time. The large males were not observed

to display their dorsal fins, though young fish will often raise the

first dorsal. The colours of the large males, so far as they could

be seen, were not remarkably brilliant.

Entering the aquarium at about 9 A.M. on the morning of the

11th February, I noticed a pair of Dragonets ascending together

to the surface of the tank, and found, on observation, that

pairing was in full progress. The operation was repeated every

day until the 19th February, so that I had ample opportunity

of noting the details, which-I shall attempt to describe.

While pairing is in progress all the Dragonets in the tank

appear to be in a state of great excitement, especially the two

large males. These keep darting along the bottom of the tank at

short intervals, at the same time exhibiting all their finery.

Sometimes the dorsal fins are erected before the fish starts,

oftener at the instant of starting, while the mouth is protruded

to its utmost, causing the roof of the groove which lodges the

ethmoid process of the premaxille to be raised nearly or quite

to the level of the top of the eyes. The gill-covers are inflated

and the hyoid apparatus is depressed, while the pelvic fins are

held rigidly forward and outward. The attitude is well shown

in my sister’s drawing (Plate XXVI.)'. The fish scarcely leaves

the bottom, the anal fins remaining depressed and out of sight.

The motive power is furnished by the pectoral and caudal fins,

sometimes by a stroke of the whole tail. The yellow bands are

much more brilliant than they were noticed to be before sexval

activity commenced. They undergo no change with the elevation

of the fins, but retain their extreme brilliance only for the first

few days. The blue bands of the side flash out with intense

brilliance as the fins are hoisted, but become paler again before

they are lowered. This vividness of colour is attained only during

the first few days of sexual activity.

The blue bands of the head are but little, and those of the

pelvic fin not at all affected when the dorsals are raised. The

bands of the latter never attain the same depth of colour as those

of the side. Their colour is rather that of a turquoise, while

* Van Wright's figure (H. Smitt, Hist. Scand. Fish. ed. 2, pl. xiv.) was

painted from life, but the depressed condition of the eyes and the position of

the pelvic and anal fins suggest that the outline was taken from a dead

specimen artificially arranged. My sister’s drawing is a compilation of

sketches from life, checked by measurements of a dead specimen of about the

same size as the living model. )

288 MR, E, W. L, HOLT ON THE [Apr. 19,

those of the side approach the deep lustre of a sapphire. I think

that the drawing (Plate XXVI.) gives a faithful representation of the

colours in their most intense development. These manifestations

oceupy but a very short time. The whole mouth-apparatus being

engaged, it follows that the attitude cannot be maintained beyond

the interval of a single respiration. As a rule the mouth is partly

retracted and the fins lowered for a time at the end of the

respiratory period, but sometimes respiration takes place without

the lowering of the fins.

The male fish appears to make its advances in rather a pro-

miscuous manner. Although the Dragonet is keen-sighted and

apparently depends chiefly on its eyesight for obtaining food, the

male does not seem to be able to see or find the female unless she

is quite near him. He darts about, as it appears to me, frequently

without any particular object. If other Dragonets, females or

young males, are near, he darts at them, driving them off in

precipitate flight. My observations lead me to the belief that the

courting male cannot distinguish either between females and

young males, or between ripe and unripe females except by their

response to his advances. Occasionally the two males meet in

full splendour. Then one lowers his colours and flies ingloriously ;

but I have seldom seen anything in the shape of a fight, and have

never found wounds that might have been inflicted when I was

not watching.

Quite often the male makes a dart when no other fish at all is

near, or rushes among the mullet, who are by no means interested

in his demonstrations. It may be supposed that on these occasions

he is merely advertising his whereabouts to any female that may

see him, since he is a conspicuous object, while she is not. When

not moving about, the male elevates his head by means of the

pelvic fins and moves his eyes in all possible directions, and does not

fully retract the protrusible jaw-apparatus until active operations

are suspended.

Of the females present in the tank only one, which proved to

measure 17:15 cm. (63 inches), was on this occasion in breeding

order. She makes no demonstrations of a very marked nature,

now resting poised on her pelvic fins, now swimming from one

part of the tank to another. Her dorsal fins are not raised, and

indeed they would not make her much more conspicuous. Now

and then a male approaches her and evidently recognizes, perhaps

only from her response to his advance, her sex and condition. He

proceeds to glide past or circle in front of her, sometimes resting

still in front of her with all his bravery displayed. If the two

males both approach her at the same time, one is soon put to

flight, as we have seen, by what usually appears to be simply a

battle of millinery. But, as we shall see later, I have particularly

noticed that the spoils are not always to the victor.

Acceptance is denoted by the female swimming to the side of

the male, who, as a rule, instantly lowers his fins and retracts his

jaws and gill-covers. The two then swim slowly side by side

1898. ] BREEDING OF THE DRAGONET. 289

along the bottom, the female converging on the male. When the

two are close together the male gradually raises the fore part of

his body off the bottom by the action of his pectorals, at the same

time elevating the hind part of his second dorsal and anal. The

female, whose pelvics are rigidly expanded, places one of them on

that of the male, and squeezes herself snugly into the hollow

between his gill-cover and pectoral and pelvic fins. Meanwhile

her second dorsal and anal are rigidly erected. The process at

this stage is shown in the sketch (fig. 1, p. 289). It is impossible

to resist the simile of a lady taking a gentleman’s arm.

Fig. 1,

a. Male and female Dragonets preparing to ascend. Reduced three-fifths,

6. Bundle of prismatic bodies. Magnified.

The female once in position, a result which is attained by the

action of her pectorals and sometimes her caudal, the male slowly

raises himself, and her, to an almost vertical position, and the

matrimonial tour, as Savile Kent terms it, commences. So far

as I can see, the male actually carries the female up, since her body

is held rigidly straight and the movements of her pectorals and,

occasionally, of her caudal seem mostly devoted to maintaining

herself in position. In ascending the male uses chiefly his

pectorals, aided by the caudal and the hinder parts of the second

dorsal and anal. I owe to Mr. J. T. Cunningham the suggestion

that this function explains why these fins are more elongated,

‘especially in the hinder region, than those of the female. As for

the first dorsal, that is evidently for show and not for use; it is

kept out of the way, flat on the back.

Proc. Zoou. Soc,—1898, No. XIX. 19

290 MR. E, W. L. HOLT ON THE (Apr. 19,

Once well clear of the bottom, the pair soon assume an absolutely

vertical position, and the male, by a sinuous flexure of his trunk,

brings his side, for some part of its length, in contact with that

of the female, at the same time turning the front part of his anal

towards her. and pointing his now elongated genital papilla in the

same direction. The female becomes slightly inclined towards

him, so that the edges of their anal fins are in contact for some

distance. A funnel is thus formed, and, as I suppose, the ova

are shot down it from the backwardly-directed genital aperture

and fertilized en passant, a process which is assisted by the gentle

fanning of the first few anal rays of the male. The relations of

the pair are shown in the drawing (fig. 2, p. 290). There is, and,

Fig. 2.

Male and female Dragonets in coition. Reduced three-fifths.

from the anatomy of the participators, can be no such apposition of

the ventral surfaces as is described by Savile Kent, since such would

certainly involve the female quitting her position at the base of the

1898.] BREEDING OF THE DRAGONET. 291

male’s pelvic fin and so losing her hold on his person if not on his

affections. As the tank is only four feet deep the pair naturally

reach the surface soon, though the upward progress is very

slow, since the male, who has most of the work to do, is much

hampered by the impossibility of using the tail, his principal

organ of locomotion when unhampered by female society. Arrived

at the surface the pair occasionally come apart, but more usually

continue together, their snouts bobbing in and out of the water,

while they wander vaguely about, still endeavouring to ascend’.

In process of time they lose hold of each other and dart rapidly

to the bottom. Sometimes the male, more rarely the female,

seems unaware of his or her loss and continues to cruise futilely

at the surface. Occasionally one or the other will ascend to the

surface alone, so that it is possible that the female assists in the

ascent (when the two are together), though I certainly think that

she is more concerned in sticking to her partner. ‘The superior size

of the male is no doubt of importance.

I cannot positively say that I saw ova extruded. They are

very small and practically transparent, and difficult enough to see

even under the most favourable circumstances ina tank. It is

my impression that I saw them on one occasion. Milt was not

extruded by the male in visible quantities, but the milky fluid

common to many fishes is not always found in connection with

ripe spermatozoa. In any case ova were extruded and fertilized,

since they appeared in a net fixed on the overflow port of the

tank, and duly hatched out in the jars in which they were placed.

Evidently the limited depth of the tank is not, as Savile Kent

supposed, a bar to the successful accomplishment of the matri-

monial enterprise.

I was able to ascertain that the female takes sometimes the

right, sometimes the left pelvic of the male, but whether by

accident or design [ cannot say. In the ripe condition the ovaries

cause a very conspicuous bulge on either side of the posterior part

of the abdomen, and it may be that the close apposition of the

sides of the male and female assists the latter in the extrusion

of the products of whichever ovary is thus subjected to pressure *.

The first period of reproductive activity lasted, as we have seen,

for eight days, commencing, as first observed, on the 11th February.

The activity was greatest for the first few days, and the full

splendour of the male was only attained during about three or

four days. Only one female was engaged. Pairing was observed

to take place from 9 a.M. to about 11 a.M. or noon. After this

the males ceased to sport and usually buried themselves in the

1 There is no evidence to show how far the ascent is continued under natural

circumstances, but a male has been recorded by Matthias Dunn (in Day’s Fish.

Gt. Brit. i. p. 176) from a mackerel-net at the surface of 40 fathoms in May.

Some examples are still breeding in thismonth. The species has been taken at

a maximum depth of 218 fathoms.

2 In Mallotus villosus, a species propagating by demersal eggs, “two males,

one on each side, hold the female, while she rushes with great swiftness on the

sandy beach and there deposits her spawn” (‘ Descent of Man,’ p, 331).

, 19%

292 MR. B. W. L. HOLT ON THE (Apr. 19,

gravel. At about 4 p.m. activity recommenced, but in a much less

degree. No pairing was observed in the evening, at night, or

very early in the morning.

The notes have chiefly been drawn from this period. With a

view to further observations I collected as many living Dragonets,

of mature size, as possible, and placed them in the tank. All fish

of other species, except the rockling, were removed, as they were

constantly getting in the way and obscuring the view.

Dragonets are very delicate fish, and large ones are especially

difficult to bring in in good condition, since, if they do not die on

the way, they often succumb very shortly to injuries they may

have received in the net. The caudal fin is particularly liable to

abrasion, which almost always proves fatal, the fin sloughing away

and the fish dying within a few days. A number of fish were

brought in, comprising but a few females, and I believe that all

the latter died. I wished to observe the behaviour of a large

female, about 23 em. in length. She appeared fully ripe and was

assiduously courted by the males, but made no response, and

succumbed in the usual way to injury of the caudal fin.

Pairing was again observed on the 8th March, and continued,

somewhat intermittently, for about ten days. Only one female

was engaged, and, if not the same individual as paired in the

previous month, she was of about the same length, and therefore

greatly inferior in size to her partners. There were five males

with fully-developed sexual characters, including the two which

took part in the proceedings of the previous month. None were

in very brilliant colour, and one in particular, belonging, I think,

to the original stock, had practically lost all the brilliant yellow of

the body-bands. On the 12th March i spent some time in

watching the pairing-operations, wishing to obtain some know-

ledge of the selective proclivities of the female. I shall call the

males A, B,C, D, and HE. A and B are large; C and D are rather

smaller, but as well furnished, both as to colour and differentiation

of fins; E is large, but dull in colour. The female may be

called G.

A and G ascend together, and come down, quite near each

other and near B. B immediately approaches G, and exhibits

himself several times to her, just in front of A, who lies still,

breathing rather rapidly but making no sign. G accepts B's

attention and they are about to ascend, when they lose hold and

separate. They very shortly adjust matters and start again.

Just as they are leaving the bottom, A rouses himself, and, setting

up his fins, darts under them, sweeping their bellies with his first

dorsal. They are not disturbed and consummate their tour. In

descending G swims off to the neighbourhood of D. I did not

see B engaged again on that morning.

Subsequently A and G are about to ascend, when C, who is

much smaller than A, approaches and makes demonstrations. A

leaves G and sets his fins at C. A few counter-demonstrations

ensue, until, when both are in full array, A suddenly darts above

1898.] BREEDING OF THE DRAGONET. 293

©, striking the first dorsal of the latter about halfway up with

his head. The movement is very rapid, the object being, appa-

rently, to strike C’s fin with the teeth, which project when the

snout is fully protracted. No damage whatever is inflicted, but

Cruns away. This attack was repeated on another occasion, and

appears to be the nearest approach to a fight that ever takes place.

In spite of the discomfiture of C, G continued to ascend alter-

nately with the conqueror and the conquered for the rest of the

time that I was watching them. I did not see her in the neigh-

bourhood of D. B was quiet after the ascent noted. HE, the

large dull-coloured fish, made no demonstrations, and seemed only

concerned to get out of the way of such males as approached him

with fins erect. He finally buried himself in the gravel.

It is difficult to decide, from the above observations, that

superior size and strength are of much avail to the male. A,

though he defeated C, got no more of G’s society than his rival,

while B carried her off under his very nose. The system appears,

in fact, to be simply promiscuous polyandry, the female coupling

with the nearest male who is in a condition to further her object.

Among a lot of individual males, including some which are sexually

mature but neither very large nor thoroughly differentiated, I

imagine that the demonstrations of the large fully-differentiated

specimens would achieve the result of driving the smaller and less

ornate members from the field; but, among themselves, fully

mature males seem to attain no individual advantage, and the

female does not care a rap with whom she pairs. However, her

involuntary selection of any fully mature male (the small semi-

differentiated ones being driven away) must tend to the advantage

of the species, if the influence of the male parent is of importance

in determining the size and vigour of the offspring.

Savile Kent has compared the courting antics of the male

Dragonet to those of the cock in certain of the pheasants. In

the main the comparison seems just, though the Dragonet often

exhibits his charms in a purely speculative manner, on the chance,

as I suppose, of attracting a partner unseen to himself, but of

whose presence, somewhere in the vicinity, he is presumably

aware. Under similar circumstances the cock pheasant, perhaps,

would exert his vocal accomplishments, such as they are. Although

we have had mature male Dragonets in the tanks at practically all

times of the year, I have never seen them in the full courting

attitude except during the breeding-season. Moreover, some

mature males kept for a time during the breeding-season in a tank

by themselves were not observed to show any signs of sexual

excitement, although the maturity of their reproductive organs

was demonstrated by their behaviour when transferred to the

tank containing the ripe female. It must be a matter of general

experience that the domestic barn-door cock “ scratches his wing”

to younger members of his own sex in a manner exactly similar to

that which he employs in endearing himself to the hen which he

designs to favour. The old cock can undoubtedly distinguish a

294 MR. BE. W. L. HOLT ON THE (Apr. 19,

cockerel from a pullet by sight alone. Idoubt whether a big male

Dragonet has the same power of discrimination with regard to his

own species. His demonstrations to young males or unripe

females are precisely similar to those which are directed to the

mature female. and the result is the same as in the case of

poultry—viz., the younger members flee in evident alarm.

IV. Employment of the Secondary Seaual Characters for

purposes not connected with Reproduction.

During and after the breeding-season the males have been

observed to make use of their elongated dorsal fins for purposes

quite unconnected with sexual intercourse. I can neither affirm

nor deny that their habits are the same at all seasons. After the

mullet had been removed from the tank it was first noticed by

Mr. Smith (and confirmed by frequent observations of my own)

that the mature males elevate their first dorsals in rushing at

worms (Nereis and Arenicola) dropped into the tank. When a

bunch of worms is dropped in, all the Dragonets, if not recently

fed, assemble to partake. The young ones are always the first on

the scene, but the advent of a large male, with dorsals extended,

is sufficient to scatter them. It is reasonable to suppose that the

display is intended to achieve this object. It is exhibited in-

differently by brilliant males and by those whose coloration has

decidedly faded. I do not think it unlikely that the fins are

displayed with this intent at all seasons; the circumstances have

not at other times been so favourable for observation.

Mature males when recently introduced into the aquarium do

not display the dorsals, except in the most momentary fashion,

when chased about the tank with a net; but when they have

remained ina tank for some days undisturbed, the approach of

the net is sufficient to ensure the dorsals being fully displayed,

and for a period more protracted than I ever observed during

courtship. Continued persecution causes momentary intensifi-

cation of the blue bands of the side, even when the yellow bands

have largely faded. ‘The fish, in fact, continues to freely exhibit

his secondary characters until he succeeds in darting into a dark

corner or burying himself in the gravel. One can hardly hesitate

to believe that the fins are hoisted and the colours displayed with

a view to the intimidation of the intruder. There is a practical

difficulty in the way of testing the truth of this supposition by

the behaviour of the Dragonet in the presence of a predaceous

fish. To transfer either the one or the other to a strange tank is

not a fair test, and this must be borne in mind in considering the

conclusions to be drawn from the experiments which I have made.

On the north side of the aquarium is a very large tank, the

further recesses of which are shrouded in obscurity. It is the

dwelling-place of sundry conger, dog-fish, skate, wrasses, &c., and,

in particular, of a number of large turbot, which last are in the

enjoyment of excellent appetites. On several occasions during

1898.] BREEDING OF THE DRAGONET. 295

the breeding-season of the Dragonets, I endeavoured, with the

assistance of my friend Mr. F. Gover, to observe the behaviour

of large males when dropped into the presence of the turbot.

However, the former invariably managed to reach a dark corner

before the turbot became aware of their presence, and we never

saw them again. They may be there still, since there are many

small fish, wrasses of several species, in the recesses of the tank,

which do not show themselves at the front once ina month, On

another occasion a similar experiment, with more fortunate result,

was made by Mr. EH. J. Allen, Director of the Laboratory, and

myself. _ We succeeded in making a large male Dragonet, brilliantly

coloured, swim over the part of the tank frequented by the turbot.

One of the latter started in pursuit, and the Dragonet bolted at

full speed, with dorsal fins depressed, but was caught and engulfed.

No sort of effort was made to display the colours. Here the

Dragonet was on strange ground and the turbot at home.

After pairing had ceased and the colours of the male Dragonets

had greatly faded I placed a large turbot in their tank. As the

big fish descended to the bottom the Dragonets, large and small,

darted wildly away, and some buried themselves in the gravel.

The turbot appeared only concerned to get out of the tank, which

is much better lighted than the one in which it has spent the last

few years. It paid no attention to the Dragonets, but kept

swimming backwards and forwards along the bottom, generally

close to the glass. Whenever it approached a large male Dragonet

the latter would put up his dorsals and dart out of the way, not

very rapidly. Once the turbot came to rest opposite a corner in

which was a large male Dragonet, who erected his dorsal fins and

slowly glided past the intruder. As long as the turbot was left in

the tank the Dragonets seemed uneasy and kept moving about, but

they did not dispiay their fins unless the turbot was quite near

them. One got out of harm’s way by clinging to the side of the

tank by the pelvic fins, which, as is well known, are capable of

acting as a sucker (as in Gobius), though not very often used in

this way. Here the Dragonets were at home, and were not

actually attacked by the turbot, whose attention was distracted by

his unwonted surroundings. I think it is clear that the male

Dragonet does display his fins to intimidate a possible enemy, but

it is impossible to say to what extent he relies on the efficacy of

the exhibition should the enemy actually attack him. Asa matter

ot fact, fully-developed male Dragonets are, under natural con-

ditions, frequent victims to predaceous fishes; but this question

may be discussed more conveniently at a later stage.

Small Dragonets, whether male or female, have also been

observed to erect one or both dorsal fins at the approach of a

large fish or a net, always provided that they have been in the

tank for some time. While catching specimens in the various

table-tanks in which they have been kept, I have often noticed

that small Dragonets will hoist the first dorsal fin at the approach

of the net; sometimes they remain still for a time, waving the

296 MR. E. W. L. HOLT ON THY [Apr. 19,

fin from side to side. In females and undifferentiated males the

hind part of the fin is occupied by a dark marking which some-

times takes the form of an intense black spot extending over

nearly half the fin. It is my impression that the individuals with

the darkest fins are more prone to display than their paler brethren,

but I should not like to insist on the correctness of this obser-

vation’. In table-tanks a momentary elevation of the pale second

dorsal is difficult to detect. I therefore made (on the 11th April)

some experiments in the deep aquarium tank with a view to

more satisfactory observation of this point. <A half-grown Tub

Gurnard (Trigla hirundo) and an Angel (hina squatina) were

successively introduced into the Dragonet tank. I was able to

satisfy myself that on the near approach of either of these fish

the young Dragonets sometimes elevated both dorsal fins. The

elevation of the second was always of very short duration, and in

some cases only partial. Some of the specimens seemed content

to rely entirely on their resemblance to the gravel (as I have also

noticed in catching them), and did not hoist their fins at all.

One specimen, which made violent endeavours to leap out of the

tank on the approach of the gurnard, was, and remained for some

time, unusually pale after returning to the bottom. A similar

change of colour was pointed out to me by Mr. F. W. Gamble in

one of two young specimens taken from the table-tank on the

same day. The emotion of terror appeared in both cases the

most probable stimulus. As contrasted with the large differentiated

males small Dragonets certainly display their fins, in the presence

of danger, much less invariably. On one occasion, the intruder

being a turbot, it was observed that a young Dragonet, near

which the turbot had settled, erected the fore part of its body

by a vertical depression of the pelvic fins and remained in this

attitude until the turbot went away. The Dragonet was not on

the gravel, but on a white ledge of the side of the tank. The

attitude may possibly have been intended to enhance its apparent

size, or may have been merely a preliminary to flight, if attacked.

The dorsal fins were not erected.

It is noteworthy that large males, when threatened, do not

assume the full courting attitude. The cheeks may be puffed out,

but the jaws are never protracted to the full extent, and sometimes

not at all. The preopercular tridents can be thrust out free of

the sides of the head at will; but I have never seen this done in

the water, unless the fish were actually seized. It will then

strike with its head from side to side.

2 Poulton (‘Colours of Animals,’ p. 166) has quoted a suggestion of

Mr. Garstang’s to the effect that the black first dorsal of the Weever ( Zrachinus

vipera) may subserve the function of a warning signal. It has been suggested

by Cunningham (Journ. M. B. A., n. s. vol. 1., 1889, p. 37) that the Dragonets

and Weevers are allied forms. Apart from the question of affinity, there is the

obvious suggestion of mimicry, on the part of the non-poisonous Dragonet, of

the really formidable Weever, but some further investigation of the habit and

habitat of the two forms seems indispensable to a profitable discussion of this

question.

1898.] BREEDING OF THE DRAGONET. 297

Though differentiated males exhibit their dorsals, and especially

the second, much more readily than other members of their species,

they by no means neglect an opportunity to escape observation.

Thus I have several times seen a male, approached by a dangerous

intruder, remain quite still except for the movements of the eyes.

If the enemy showed signs of approaching too near, the Dragonet

would stir slightly and even commence to raise its fins, but these

were at once dropped again when it appeared that the enemy

was about to pass on. ‘This happened after the breeding-season,

when the male Dragonets were by no means conspicuous when at

rest.

V. Preliminary Discussion of the Colowr-Mechanism and

Differentiation of Coloration.

It is known that in birds the sexual differences of coloration,

though often very striking, are not due to the presence in one sex

of any pigment that is not present in the other. The diverse

effects result from differences in the texture of the feathers,

involving diverse conditions of interruption of the pigment

(cf. Beddard, ‘ Animal Coloration,’ p. 4 ). As might be supposed,

the same pigments are present in both sexes of Callionymus. They

consist of a yellow, probably a lipochrome, and a black, which

may be presumed to be melanin. ‘The researches of various

observers have shown that the elements which contribute to the

coloration of the Teleostean skin are (1.) pigments, whether

contained in chromatophores or partially diffused, (1i.) a reflecting

substance, distributed in a variable manner and found to consist,

in cases that have been investigated, either of guanin or “‘ guanin-

kalk,” a combination of the former with lime. Isolated crystals

of calcium phosphate have been detected in some forms, while

hemoglobin in the underlying muscles is an occasional contributor

to the superficial coloration. It will be readily understood that

variation in the distribution of yellow and black pigments alone

may produce in different parts of the skin a range of coloration

from pure yellow through brown to black, while manipulation by

expansion or contraction of individual chromatophores may give

rise to the well-known “ protective ” changes common to most of

the bottom-living fishes’. Such changes occur in the female and

young male of Callionymus and in the parts of the adult male

which are not affected by the sexual differentiation, but need not

concern us here. Both the pigments and the reflecting substances

present in many fishes have received a certain amount of attention

by various authors. The reflecting substance in Alburnus and

Argentina has been shown to consist of guanin’. The brilliance

of the iris in certain forms has been traced to the optical properties

1 Cf. Agassiz, “ Development of the Flounders,” Proc. Amer. Acad. xiv. 1878,

p- 14, pl. viii. ; Cunningham, ‘The Common Sole,’ 1890, p. 110, pls. i.-iii.

* Barreswil, Compt. Rend. liii. 1861, p. 246. Voit, Zeitschr. wiss, Zool. xv.

1865.

298 MR. B. W. L, HOLT ON THE [Apr. 19,

of “ guaninkalk,” + and the coloration elements of the skin have

been investigated, in each case through a series of species of

Teleosteans, by Ewald and Krukenberg *, and by Cunningham and

MacMunn ’®,

So far as I am aware, the histological and physiological changes

involved in the sexual colour-differentiation of fishes have received

but little attention. In fact, I believe that Heincke’*, in his

observations on Gobius ruthensparri, is the only contributor to

this subject. In the goby some of the distinctions which Heincke

supposed to be sexual have been shown by Guitel’ to be in some

degree common to both male and female, and, although the male

is certainly the more brilliant and especially at the breeding-

season, the differences of coloration, except such as affect some of

the fins, are only those of degree. The sexual colour-differentia-

tion of Callionymus is infinitely more striking, and since my

observations bring out some points not touched upon by Heincke,

it appears worth while to put them forward even in their present

imperfect condition. I hope to find time to complete them, and

to include in my inquiry such other sexually dimorphic forms as

may be procurable.

Pouchet’s term “iridocyte,” appled to plate-like aggregations

of the reflecting substance which show some traces of a cellular

nature or origin, has been retained by Cunningham and MacMunn,

who apply a new term, “‘argenteum,” to a layer of particles of

similar substance which usually constitutes the most deeply-seated

element of the colour-mechanism.

The authors show that the reflecting substance of the outer

layer is not always found in the form of definite plate-like bodies,

but may be present in minute particles of variable shape, which

apparently do not always differ from the particles composing the

argenteum except in their topographical relations. It was found

that the reflecting substance usually consisted of guanin, though

calcium phosphate was present in some species.

I cannot at present deal with the chemical nature of the colour-

elements in the Dragonet, and must therefore confine myself to a

preliminary discussion of their disposition and sexual and develop-

mental differentiation.

Since the young male and the female are identical in coloration,

it is only necessary to compare the several colour-phases of the

former sex. The Dragonet is said to have no scales, and a minute

histological examination of the skin shows no obvious trace of

such structures. It is most abundantly supplied with mucus,

which it throws off in slimy clouds when irritated. The secretion

1 Kiuhne u. Sewall, Untersuch. Phys. Inst. Heidelb. iii. p, 221.

2 Zeitschr, f. Biol. xix, 1883.

3 Phil. Trans. R. S. clxxxiv. 1894, p. 765. I am indebted to these authors

for most of the above and for other references.

* Schr, Naturw. Ver. Schlesw. Holst. 1875, i. p. 290. A full translation is

given by Smitt, Hist. Scand. Fish. ed. 2, i. p. 242.

® Arch. Zool. Expér. sér. 3, iii. 1896, p. 264.

1898. ] BREEDING OF THE DRAGONET. 299

is as abundant in young examples asin old. I have found neither

chromatophores nor reflecting substance in the epidermis. The

numerous large epidermal alveoli of the mucous system need not

here concern us, since, though apparently acting to some extent as

condensers, they do not alter the effect of the underlying colora-

tion-elements and are alike in both sexes.

The second dorsal fin is one of the parts most conspicuously

coloured in the mature male. In the young undifferentiated male

the markings are sombre. If a young specimen be compared with

the drawing (Plate XX VI.), it will be seen that the yellow area

(of the adult) is brown, the blue lines are opaque white, and their

grey margins are colourless and transparent. Sections of this fin

show that the skin consists, internally to the epidermis, of loose

connective-tissue cells overlying a thin fibrous layer, apparently

representing the chorion. Except where the rays intervene, this

layer is closely apposed to the corresponding element of the skin

of the other side. The chromatophores lie in the loose con-

nective tissue already mentioned.

In the young male the brown bands are found by micro-

scopic examination to derive their colour from very numerous

yellow and black chromatophores. In connection with the latter

are frequently seen underlying masses of finely granular matter,

of a brownish colour by transmitted light, As the chromato-

phores contract it becomes evident that there is a large quantity

of apparently similar matter arranged in a continuous network

resembling strands of dendritic chromatophores. By reflected

lig t this network takes on a pale yellow colour. It has hardly

any iridescence.

Passing towards the transparent areas which border the white

bands, one observes scattered chromatophore-like aggregations of

the same substance, some of which contain a little black pig-

ment, while intermediate conditions lead up to perfect black

chromatophores. It appears, therefore, that these bodies are merely

degenerate black chromatophores. The transparent areas are

simply devoid, or nearly so, of any sort of coloration-element.

The white bands have a few black chromatophores, but the degene-

rate structures are much more numerous. The opaque white

appearance is derived from a granular reflecting matter, arranged

in an irregular network, appearing steel-grey in colour by reflected

light over a black surface. So far as I can see, it has no connection

with the chromatophores, though it may be of the same chemical

nature as the granular matter associated with the latter.

In the adult breeding male the brown bands are brilliant yellow.

This result appears to have been achieved (i.) by the reduction of

black chromatophores, which are now much less numerous than in

the undifferentiated stage and sometimes entirely absent, (ii.) by the

excessive development of yellow pigment.

In the fresh condition the ground-colour of the yellow bands

is a diffuse yellow; no separate yellow chromatophores can be

discerned until the diffuse stain has been extracted by a reagent.

300 MR. H.W. L. HOLT ON THE [Apr. 19,

They are then seen to be stellate in character, but much smaller

than the black ones. Cunningham and MacMunn, who record an

approach to this condition of diffusion (op. cit. p. 776), provisionally

suggest that the coloured pigment in the flounder and _ plaice

ditfuses from the connective-tissue cells in which it is deposited '.

In the case of Callionymus, comparing the young and adult

conditions, no other conclusion seems possible. A complete net-

work of granular matter certainly represents the black chromato-

phores present in the younger stages.

The white bands and their transparent margins have become

blue, with a border of grey, but only black chromatophores are

present. The latter are abundant in the grey area, and are here of

a dendritic nature. In the blue part I find them less numerous

and, in microscopic preparations, much less expanded, the radii

being very short and the centre very dense. In both cases they

are frequently, if not always, associated with underlying masses of

a granular matter. The brilliant blue colour is derived from a

dense network of bundles of small, somewhat bean-shaped bodies.

The latter are yellow by transmitted light, but intensely blue by

reflected light over a black ground, such as is afforded by a black

chromatophore. They occur immediately below the epidermis.

It is difficult to isolate them, as in the process of teasing out they

are readily ruptured and resolve themselves into minute rod-like

crystals. They appear to correspond to the iridocytes of Pouchet

and of Cunningham and MacMunn, but are very minute, and are

certainly not associated with the chromatophores in the same

manner as is described by the last-named authors in the case of

the flounder. I have not been able to detect a cireular aperture,

and have entirely failed to obtain sections. It will be perhaps

more convenient to term them, provisionally, “prismatic bodies”

instead of iridocytes.

They may probably prove to be identical with some reflecting

substance found in small quantities by Cunningham and MacMunn

(op. cit. p. 773), in Siphonostoma, but not, apparently, in other

forms examined by those observers. They appear to be repre-

sented in Gobius, a form closely allied to Calkonymus, and are

there termed by Heincke “ chromatophores filled with small discs

of a metallic lustre.” These “ chromatophores” were supposed

to contain pigment, but Heincke, who examined them only in

the living fish, acknowledges that the pigment may have been

really external. I find that the blue colour of the dorsal fin

in the male G. minutus is identical in mechanism with that of

Callionymus.

We have seen that these bodies are yellow by transmitted light.

The rod-like particles into which they may be broken up are also

yellow, but, though highly iridescent by reflected light, their

iridescence is usually yellow, sometimes green, and only rarely

. The yellow pigment of Carassius was usually met with by the same observers

in diffuse condition.

1898. ] BREEDING OF THE DRAGONYET. 301

blue. It is therefore evident that the prismatic body owes its

property of cerulescence to the manner in which its component

parts are arranged. Owing to the minute size of the whole body,

I have not been able to ascertain its internal structure. The

bundles of prismatic bodies (fig. 1a, p. 289)’ are arranged in a

direction roughly parallel to the axis of the fin-ray, the individual

bodies transversely. Typically they seem to be arranged in a

single layer, but often they overlap one another. The whole net-

work lies in a slightly higher plane than the chromatophores, or

at least passes over them when they are encountered in the same

vertical plane. Sections of the fin are possible only when the

bodies have been entirely removed by the action of acids, and I

cannot find any trace of their associations with the connective

tissue. Presumably they occupy the interstices of the latter, as

suggested, for the iridocytes, by Cunningham and MacMunn.

Their component rod-like particles may be simply deposited in

a regular relation in such interstices, or may be held together

by some matrix. None of these bodies occur in the grey margin

of the blue band, where the colour-elements differ only from

the young condition in the much greater abundance of black

chromatophores.

In a male examined shortly after the breeding-season the yellow

of the body has faded toa golden brown, while that of the fins

is paler than at the time when pairing was in full progress.

Examination of the yellow bands shows that the diffuse pigment

is reduced in quantity. In the blue part are noticed aggregations

of brownish granular matter, superficial to the prismatic bodies,

sometimes alone, often in relation to a black chromatophore. I

' believe that they are derived from the degeneration of the black

chromatophores, as in the case of apparently similar matter in the

yellow bands. A reduction ot the black chromatophores of the

blue band would of course result in a diminution of the blue colour,

since the prismatic bodies are blue only when backed by black.

It will be noticed that in the drawing (Plate XX VI.) the bands

of the first dorsal fin are white with grey margins. This is the usual

condition, but occasionally they have a certain blue tinge, especially

near the base of the fin. The white appearance is derived from a

network of reflecting matter, very similar to that of the blue of the

second dorsal, but the individual prismatic bodies are considerably

smaller, and there are very few black chromatophores in this region.

In several specimens I find that the latter are superficial to the

reflecting tissue. In an example in which the bands of this fin are

distinctly though not very brilliantly blue, I find the prismatic

bodies as large and as numerous as in the second dorsal. Black

chromatophores are somewhat less abundant than in the other fin,

but have the same relation to the reflecting matter, which is fully

cerulescent over a black surface. The deficiency of colour is thus

1 Fig. 1 @ is only a sketch. The minute size of the bodies renders the use of

the camera lucida impossible in their individual delineation,

302 MR. E. W. L, HOLT ON THE [Apr. 19,

evidently due to the comparative scarcity of black pigment. I have

never seen the red tinge shown in Smitt’s figure (Hist. Scand.

Fish. ed. 2, pl. xiv.), but it is a fact that prismatic bodies, when

seen by transmitted light in dense masses, tend to exchange

the ordinary pale yellow for a warmer tint. In the hinder part of

the blue margin of the axillary ocellus is an intensely brilliant

region. Here it will be found that some of the prismatic bodies

have a crimson colour in perfectly fresh preparations. Individu-

ally they are violet by reflected light over a black surface. The

action of glycerine rapidly reduces them to the usual pale yellow

tint, and I cannot say by what cause the crimson colour is

produced.

With regard to the coloration of the body, the differentiation is

achieved in a manner parallel to that which obtains in the dorsal

fins. We need therefore only discuss the colour-mechanism of

the adult male. The skin of the body differs from that which

constitutes the fin-membrane in that the chorion is thick and

tough and is associated internally with a further layer of loose

connective tissue. In Callionymus, as was noted in the case of

other Teleosteans by Cunningham and MacMunn, this inner

layer frequently adheres to the inuscles when the skin is stripped

off. The epidermis, especially in mercuric chloride or old alcohol

preparations, can readily beisolated. Itcontains neither chromato-

phores nor reflective tissue in any part which I have examined.

In the blue bands of the side externally to the chorion are found

black chromatophores in variable number, but often abundant.

In the same plane and to some extent superficial to these occurs

a diffuse layer of prismatic bodies, similar to those of the second

dorsal, but showing less tendency to a retiform arrangement,

owing to the closerapproximation of the bundles. The internal layer

of connective tissue is very rich in strands of prismatic bodies,

overlying and passing between numerous black chromatophores.

In preparations I find many of the latter completely contracted.

It has been noted that these bands are subject to momentary

intensification of colour, and it may reasonably be supposed that

such intensification is effected by expansion of the chromatophores

in response to nerve stimuli, causing a greater surface of black

pigment to be interrupted by the overlying prismatic bodies. On the

pelvic fin (cf. Plate XX VI.) are certain streaks of blue, which,

during the breeding-season, remain of a constant deep hue. Here

it is found that prismatic bodies overlie layers of black chromato-

phores so closely set as to present a practically continuous surface,

a condition which sufficiently explains the constant character of the

colour *.

1 Heincke found that (as I can confirm) in Gobius ruthensparri the metallic

lustre is brought about by the crowding together of the “ chromatophores ”

containing the glittering substance. Ca//ionymus is too large to be conveniently

studied under the microscope in life. Although the bundles of prismatic bodies

show a post-mortem tendency to contract, it appears to me that the background

is more influential in colour-production than the arrangement of the bodies.

1898.] BREEDING OF THE DRAGONET. 303

Underlying the chromatophores of the inner layer of the skin

in the blue bands (and elsewhere) are nests or aggregations of

reflecting tissue in minute particles. Such are everywhere present

in similar association with the black chromatophores in both sexes.

When the chromatophore is fully expanded its central part is

transparent and practically colourless, and the underlying nests

can be seen from the outer side. In such aspects they are not

refractive, but, if the preparation be reversed, they are found to

have in part optical properties similar to those of the prismatic

bodies. Particles of a nest will be found to glitter with the same

blue colour, but in parts of the skin where yellow pigment occurs

the latter affects them very strongly, causing the refraction to be

chiefly yellow, sometimes green (from the mixed influence of

yellow and black pigment?). In a nest underlying a black

chromatophore remote from yellow pigment the bulk of the

reflecting matter, viewed from the inner surface, is steel-grey in

colour, portions, as already noted, being blue.

Reflecting matter of a similar nature forms a more or less

continuous “ argenteum” under the coloured parts, the minute

elements being often, if not always, rod-like in shape. The skin

of a young male, in which no prismatic bodies have been developed,

can be cut with the microtome without the necessity of entirely

dissolving out the reflecting tissue. Here the black chromato-

phores of the innermost series are seen in section, sometimes

imbedded in a thickened depression of a continuous argenteum,

sometimes overlying masses of similar tissue detached from each

other.

The skin of the white ventral surface of the abdomen in old or

young has a dense white argenteum and no chromatophores. The

argenteum may be resolved into minute rod-like particles, similar

to those obtained by rupturing the prismatic bodies of other parts,

and to those which form the much thinner argenteum of the

sides. The white effect appears to be due to the manner of their

arrangement, since, if traced out, the elements of all reflecting tissue

whatsoever seem to possess the same optical properties’.

The masses of reflecting tissue underlying the black chromato-

phores (equally present in both sexes and at all sizes) can certainly

play no part in the colour-mechanism of the body, since they are

only refractive from the internal aspect. In the transparent

fin-membranes they may feebly contribute to the coloration.

Cunningham and MacMunn, who have noted that the iridocytes

of the Flounder are closely embraced on the outer side by the

black chromatophores, offer no suggestion as to the function of

the former. It is difficult to see that they have any influence at

all, in such association, on the colour-effect.

The results obtained by the various observers who have investi-

1 For the present I do not include as reflecting tissue the brown granular

matter, which I have shown to be probably a derivative of degenerate black

chromatophores,

304 MR. BE, W. L, HOLT ON THE [Apr. 19,

gated the colour-elements of the Teleostean skin suggest that

guanin is probably the most important component of the reflecting

tissue in Callionymus. My friend Mr. G. Brebner has detected

its presence, and tells me that calcium is abundantly present

in all parts examined, including the loose inner layer containing

the argenteum. This was also the case in the reptiles, &c.,

examined by Ewald and Krukenberg’. I have not found in

Callionymus any large crystals of calcium phosphate, such as

occur in the skins of some fishes. Judging from its optical effect,

I do‘not suppose that the reflecting substance differs in chemical

composition in different parts of the skin or in individuals of

different ages. Apart from the yellow pigment I provisionally

suggest that the colour-change is caused (i.) by the excessive

development in the adult male of a reflecting substance (probably

guanin) common to both sexes and all stages, and by the

definite disposition of its particles in composite structures—the

prismatic bodies ; (ii.) by the distribution of black chromatophores

in relation to the said prismatic bodies.

Agassiz and Ewald and Krukenberg refer to a paper by Briicke

(Sitz. Wien. Akad., math.-nat. Classe, Jahrg. 1851), which I have

not been able to consult. It appears that the author has dealt

with the mechanism of the well-known colour-changes in the

Chameleon, and demonstrated the property of cerulescence under

certain conditions of the reflecting elements, which Ewald and

Krukenberg subsequently found to be composed of guanin. We

have seen that in Callionymus the property of cerulescence is

confined to the prismatic bodies (if we except the occasional

manifestation of the same property by particles of the masses of

reflecting tissue which underlie black chromatophores), and that

these bodies are found in association with black pigment only.

With a view of testing the effect of the yellow pigment, I have

isolated pieces of the blue skin from one side of the dorsal fin and

compared the colour-effect of the prismatic bodies (i.) when the

skin is viewed alone, in its natural association with only black

chromatophores, (ii.) when the same skin is stretched over a bit of

the yellow part of the same fin. It is at once apparent that the

underlying yellow pigment changes the effect of the bodies as

seen by reflected light. Instead of sapphire-blue, the resulting

colour is a rich metallic green in general effect: though many

individual prismatic bodies show various other tints ; some,

which, it may be presumed, happen to interrupt the view of yellow

pigment only, being a pure yellow. It is evident that if, under

natural conditions, the prismatic bodies were associated with both

black and yellow pigment, manipulation of the latter would

achieve a very cousiderable range of coloration.

1 Untersuch. Physiol. Inst. Heidelb, iv. 1882, Heft 3.

1898.] BREEDING OF THE DRAGONET. 305

“VI. The Soluble Pigment and the Palatability.

The yellow colonring-matter, already noticed as diffusely present

in the yellow bands of the fully-differentiated and breeding male, is

very readily soluble soon after death. Francis (‘ Nature,’ xii. 1875,

p- 167) has recorded the existence of a bluish-green pigment in

the Australian Wrasses Odaa and Labrichthys, which is soluble

(presumably after death) in (fresh) water and sea-water. It is

nitrogenous and is destroyed by heat, chlorine, acetic acid, alkalies,

ammonia, and alcohol; precipitated but not destroyed by sul-

phuric acid ; bleached by light. The yellow pigments of various

fishes studied by Cunningham and MacMunn appear to have been

less soluble, and these authors note that Francis’s observations

have not been confirmed. A bluish-green colouring-matter is

certainly freely extracted from many European Wrasses in weak

formaldehyde, but I have never tested its solubility in water alone.

In Callionymus the yellow pigment is not given off in perceptible

quantity during life, but very soon after death it readily dissolves

out in fresh water, sea-water, dilute formaldehyde, glycerine, or

alcohol without change of colour. Ether extracts an ochre-

coloured solution ; mercuric chloride changes the yellow parts to

brick-red and extracts a solution of similar colour. Chloroform

extracts no colour. A strong aqueous solution is not affected by

heat nor by alcohol, is intensified by the addition of ammonia,

becomes colourless with acetic acid, and much more rapidly with

hydrochloric acid. The colour bleaches very rapidly in light.

The female has no yellow markings and no diffuse pigment,

but a similar yellow colouring-matter is extracted in small quantity

by alcohol from the chromatophores. Water appears to im-

mediately extract only the diffuse pigment, and therefore has no

effect on the female or young male.

A strong aqueous solution of the yellow from males has an

odour resembling that of an acrid cucumber. The same smell is

perceptible in the fish as a whole, and, to some extent, in both sexes.

The solution has a subacid taste, not particularly disagreeable,

but causes a prolonged irritation of the salivary glands. The same

results are experienced if one chews a bit of the second dorsal

fin of the male. The mucus can be easily obtained by irritating

the fish. It is tasteless and non-irritant, so that the offensive

properties clearly belong to the colouring-matter’. It has been

shown that the yellow pigment is most abundantly present at the

commencement of the breeding-season and subsequently fades to

a great extent. The manner of its disappearance requires explana-

tion. Considering the nature of pigments generally, it seems

improbable that the yellow matter is re-absorbed by the blood-

1 T have not fully investigated the epidermal glands. It is possible that

some of these may secrete the irritant fluid. If so, it accompanies the diffusion

of the yellow pigment; but as the structure of the epidermis seems constant

and no irritant matter is discharged by young examples, it is much more

probable that the diffused yellow pigment is actually the seat, of the irritation.

Proc, Zoo. Soc.—1898, No. XX. 20

306 MR. E. W. L, HOLT ON THE [Apr. 19,

vessels. Is it simply diffused off into the water, or does it bleach

in situ and so cease to be conspicuous? The former supposition

seems to be the more probable, though it is not possible to see any

trace of it. At present I have no means of applying any test

other than that of vision, from a want of knowledge of its

chemical nature. The researches of Gowland Hopkins’ in

Butterflies suggested to me that uric acid or urea would very

probably be found in the yellow pigment. With the assistance of

my friend Mr. F. Bishop Harman, M.B., I made several tests,

but the results were negative. However, the fact remains that

the pigment, whatever its exact chemical nature, is, presumably,

an excretory product and has certain properties of taste and smell.

It is found only in the skin, and differs entirely in that respect

from the biliary colouring-matter which I have occasionally found

infecting all parts of a Teleostean.

In considering the function of the pigment, it is necessary to

note that it is exhibited, by the erection of the dorsal fins, not

only in courting the female and in frightening smaller members

of its own sex, but also in the attempt, successful or otherwise, to

intimidate predaceous fishes. Since the pigment is certainly most

abundant at the breeding-season, it may be presumed that it is

primarily sexual in function. In this connection it is not easy to

decide whether it appeals only to the visual faculties of the

female or to her sense of smell as well. The impression I have

gathered from repeatedly watching the Dragonets in the aquarium

tank and in a large table-tank in the main laboratory is that these

fish, in which the olfactory organ is very small, depend almost en-

tirely upon their eyesight in feeding. I have often seen them take

into their mouths quite uneatable substances which bore a casual

resemblance to the worms which form their usual food. To

further test the matter I made a decoction of Nereis diversicolor,

the worm in common use here, by pounding up a number of

specimens ina little sea-water. The fluid poured off must have been,

to the olfactory sense of a fish, identical with the actual worm ;

but the Dragonets in the table-tank took no notice of it what-

ever. A prawn evidently perceived it, and began to hunt about

where some of the suspended particles had fallen. A portion of

the same fluid dropped into one of the large aquarium tanks had

the effect of rousing a shoal of grey mullet and some red mullet,

previously quiescent, to great activity in search of food. It is

evident, therefore, that Callionymus is not keen of scent, since a

few worms dropped in their tank suffice to bring them from all

parts to share the feast. I have not devised any means of testing

the effect of smell on the sexual passions of the fish as apart from

its appetite, but I can affirm that the yellow pigment is neither

distasteful nor terrifying to young members of the species, I

made an aqueous solution of the yellow from the dorsal fins of a

mature male and soaked in it small balls of cotton-wool, which

1 Proc. R. 8, lvii. 1894, p. 5, &e.

1898.] BREEDING OF THE DRAGONET. 307

were dropped into the large table-tank. Several wrasse, Labrus

and Crenilabrus, darted at these objects, but either retreated without

touching them or dropped them as soon as they were seized, and

departed in evident disgust. Gobies, chiefly G. paganellus, inves-

tigated the matter and seized the coloured balls, but mostly

dropped them very shortly. One carried off a ball to a shelter in

the middle of the tank, but then dropped it. Only one goby

made any attempt to masticate a ball, and that was soon abandoned.

The young Callionymi, on the contrary, took the balls greedily

and chewed them. The same fish would take a ball, chew it for

some time, reject it and seize it once more. Certainly the yellow

matter was not distasteful, nor was the colour terrifying. Frag-

ments of the second dorsal were treated in the same way as

the balls by wrasse and gobies, but greedily attacked by young

Callionymi ; the fin-membrane was swallowed, when separated

by repeated chewing from the rays. A quantity of the solution

was poured over the assembled Callionym:, who took no apparent

notice of it. A wrasse saw the yellow colour and darted out of

its hiding-place, but rapidly retreated on reaching the foreign

matter. It seems, therefore, that terror is inspired in young

Dragonets by the menacing gestures of the courting male, and not

by the optical or olfactory properties of the yellow pigment. Of

course I am not contending that the yellow colour is actually

attractive to young Dragonets, since most of the fish, of whatever

species, in the table-tank are so far tame that they will come and

look at anything that is offered to them. It appears to me im-

possible to decide in what manner the elements of the coloration of

the male influence the female. If it appeals to her sense of scent,

the yellow element only can be concerned, since the blue results

from a combination of two elements which are not soluble. It

certainly appears most probable that the whole coloration-effect

merely renders the large dorsal fins more conspicuous and so

advertises the whereabouts of the male. As we have seen, the

dull-coloured female does not appear to be readily perceived by

the male even at the distance of a few yards. Her presence may

presumably be indicated by some odoriferous product of the genital

organs at the season of ripeness.

Apart from the sexual question, we have seen that the yellow

colouring-matter is distasteful to gobies and wrasse. The latter,

however, are not to my knowledge fish-eaters. Gobies are more

or less indiscriminate in their appetite. Except dog-fish, rays,

and conger, which seldom feed in the daytime, the only large

fish-eating forms in the aquarium are pollack and turbot. Both

these species must be present on the Callionymus ground during

the breeding-season. The pollack feeds very largely on fish.

Those in our tanks appear hardly large enough to take a full-

grown Dragonet, so my experiments have been made with pieces

cut from the sides of large males in various stages of colour, large

females treated in the same way, and small living undifferentiated

specimens. The larger pollack often took the bits of _prmsonet,

308 MR, EB. W. L. HOLT ON THE [Apr. 19,

but always rejected them, Bits of male and female, with or

without the skin, appeared to be equally distasteful. A smaller

pollack, present in the same tank, once took and retained a piece,

probably because its opportunities of feeding are so limited by the

competition of the larger fish that it cannot afford to be discrimi-

nating. These experiments were checked by offering bits of

Gobius paganellus at the same time. The goby appeared much

more palatable, most of the bits being taken and retamed. A

number of small living Dragonets were dropped into the same tank,

Some reached the bottom in safety. Four were caught by the

pollack, which swallowed two outright, one having had the

preopercular spines removed. Another, with spines intact, was

seized and held for so long that, even if not finally swallowed, it

certainly could not haye been violently distasteful to its captor.

Another was seized by the tail and struck the pollack’s lip or

cheek with its spine and was instantly dropped. It was captured

by another pollack and, I think, swallowed. ;

Some small Dragonets were offered to a number of pollack,

about a year old and about 6 to 8 inches long. Most of them

escaped into crevices of the rockwork or reached the bottom.

One was seized and rejected, but perhaps swallowed by another

fish in a dark corner of the tank. Another was seized and

rejected, with evident manifestations of disgust, by five pollack in

succession. The first four got it by the head and probably pricked

their mouths, but the last seized it by the tail and seemed equally

disgusted. Another, offered immediately afterwards, was smelt by

most of the pollack, but taken by none. No dead individuals

were taken, neither was a dead Gobius minutus, though this

species is relished when living. The above evidence is rather

conflicting. The larger pollack certainly appear to dislike bits of

large Dragonets, but the seat of distastefulness is not entirely in

the skin. The same pollack appear, on the whole, to approve of

small Dragonets, while the latter seem to be distasteful to small

pollack.

Pieces of large Dragonet were taken greedily and eaten by

Gadus luscus and G. minutus and by Cottus bubalis. The last-

named fish, however, will eat most things. Bass (Morone labrax)

will not touch Callionymus. They are not fish-feeders. Wrasse

(Labrus maculatus and L. mixtus) either decline to touch or at

once reject bits of large Callionymus. As we have seen, young

wrasse appear to dislike the pigment.

Turbot seem to find nothing objectionable in Callionymus.

Small turbot and brill inhabit the bottom of the tank in which

are the larger pollack. In the course of the experiments just de-

scribed I noticed that the rejected morsels and such young Dragonet

as reached the bottom were eagerly swallowed by the turbot (and,

I think, brill also) as soon as they came within their sphere of

influence. Some experiments with large turbot in the next tank

have already been described. In addition I have on several

occasions offered these turbot a number of dead male Dragonets

1898. ] BREEDING OF THE DRAGONEL. 309

in full colour. The preopercular spines were removed frum some,

left intact in others, but the turbot swallowed all alike, the same

fish taking several in rapid succession. The Dragonets being dead,

the yellow pigment was in a highly soluble condition, and its

properties of smell and taste must have been perceptible. Turbot

hunt chiefly by eye, and those in the tanks will often take

swimming crabs, but soon reject them. I have also seen them

take “hard-heads” (Agonus cataphractus) and immediately spit

them out again. In both cases I imagine that the armour of the

intended prey was found to be compensated by no delicacy of

taste. The Dragonets were often held in the mouth for some

time until shifted into a position convenient for swallowing. I

have never seen one even temporarily rejected.

As described above (p. 295), a living male Dragonet was

taken by a turbot. Its subsequent proceedings appear worthy

of record. The Dragonet, though successfully engulfed, appeared

to be struggling and had almost certainly erected its preopercular

tridents. ‘The turbot seemed in great difficulties, making violent

movements with its jaws and apparently unable to close its

gill-apparatus, through which the dorsal filament of its victim

occasionally protruded. Its efforts, however, appeared to be

directed to swallowing, and were quite different to those which

occur when the fish is trying to get rid of a swimming crab.

After some time the turbot retired to a dim corner of the tank,

and remained for several minutes quiet, but with gill-cover slightly

distended. It then returned to the front of the tank, apparently

all right. I tempted it with several dead Callionymi. It took

no notice of the first five of these, which were taken by other

turbot. As the sixth neared the bottom our friend made an

advance towards it, but did not take it, and it lay on the bottom a

little way off. The wave of a passing fish stirred it a little, and

another slight advance was made, but without further result.

Then commenced a series of violent convulsive twitchings of the

abdomen, affecting the part lying behind a line from the anus to

the extremity of the pectoral fin. They may have been caused by

irritation from the spines of the victim, or may, more probably, be

explained as an effort to pack it im a more convenient position.

The twitchings lasted perhaps a minute or two. Then the fish

circled round the end of the tank and returned to the same spot.

A few more twitchings and matters seemed to be satisfactorily

settled.

The turbot again made a circular tour, and, returning, appeared

to perceive the dead Callionymus, now lying in a natural position,

and swam at it as if about to take it, but stopped short and took

the ground within an inch. Then commenced a rapid downward

flipping of the fore part of the dorsal fin. The nostril underlies

this region, and it was evident that the turbot was smelling at the

Callionymus. The result was, apparently, not immediately

inviting, but soon afterwards, having once more swum round the

clear part of the tank, the turbot, in the act of settling, did finally

310 MR. E. W. L. HOLT ON THE [Apr. 19,

take the Callionymus—also some gravel. The latter was soon

ejected, and the Dragonet swallowed without any difficulty.

According to my experience turbot, under natural conditions,

feed entirely on fish, chiefly Clupeoids and sand-eels, and Cephalo-

pods. In the tanks they are attracted by moving objects, and do

not (except in the above instance) pause to smell their food. The

experiments which I have described seem to show that the adult

male Callionymus enjoys no immunity on account of the offensive

properties, whether of taste or smell, of his person in so far as the

turbot is concerned.

In the aquarium the yellow of the fins of some of the large

male Dragonets had faded by the first week in April to a dull

ochreous brown, the brilliant yellow of the body having

disappeared long before. Nevertheless these fish still erected

their fins on being menaced with a net quite as freely as during

the season of brilliance, but required great provocation to induce

intensification of the blue bands. This suggests that although the

elements of the blue coloration are in great part retained after

the breeding-season, the willingness to utilize them diminishes.

Under natural conditions the Dragonet isa frequent victim

to the cod (M‘Intosh); I have myself recorded it from the

stomachs of this fish and of the turbot and Raia fullonica. My

colleague Mr. Garstang has found it (as noted by Poulton, loc. cit.

p- 166) in the stomachs of red gurnards(Zrigla pini). In this last

case the victims were small individuals only. The long rough dab

(Pleuronectes platessoides) also takes Dragonets (Ramsay Smith).

During the breeding-season of this year 1 have often seen full-

grown males among the refuse on the Plymouth quay from the

stomachs of fish, chiefly anglers, and, I think, ling. In all probability

the large tub-gurnards (7'. hirundo) which abound on the breeding-

grounds at this season, and are to some extent fish-feeders, may

be also reckoned among the enemies of the Dragonet. I cannot

speak from personal observation as to the feeding-habits of the

red gurnard. The grey gurnard (7. gurnardus) makes great use

of its sensory pectoral rays in searching for food’, and protective

coloration would not be an efficient defence against a fish of such

a feeding-habit.

Tub-gurnard hunt both by sight and touch, but in experiments

which I made I could get no evidence as to the palatability of

Callionymus, since on that occasion our aquarium specimens

would not even interest themselves in worms, usually a favourite

food. Cod hunt by sight (Bateson, loc, cit. p. 241), but a blind

cod, as I have had the opportunity of observing, can detect the

presence of food dropped into the tank and find it on the bottom.

Indeed this fish must be largely dependent on senses other than

that of sight at the great depths (over 100 fathoms) in which it

commonly occurs in northern latitudes*. It is an indiscriminate

1 Cf. Bateson (Journ. M. B. A., n.s., i. p. 248), whose remarks appear to

deal with 7. pent and another species.

2 Gf. Holt and Calderwood, Se. Trans. R. Dub. Soc. ser. 2, v. 1895, p. 429.

1898.] BREEDING OF THE DRAGONET. 311

feeder, taking even such unpalatable organisms as dAlceyonium

and Actinie}, so that it is not surprising to find that the various

protective devices of Callionymus are frequently inefficacious.

Whether or not the dorsal filament of Lophius is attractive to

Callionymus I cannot say, but the male Dragonet, when courting,

rushes heedlessly against anything that may be in the way, even

against fully-expanded anemones, Adamsia rondeletit. Lophius

appears to snap at precisely the spot where anything touches the

erect filament *, and, as a matter of fact, the Dragonets among the

stomach-refuse on the fish-quay are mostly large males. Judging

from the very varied assortment of things that have been found

in the stomachs of Lophius, it may be presumed that its sense

of taste is not very discriminating. I have not found Dragonets

in the stomachs of John Dories (Zeus faber), but have seen a small

specimen of the former taken and instantly rejected by a young

dory. This fish does not appear willing to take anything from

the bottom, though it will] sometimes do so.

It is possible that prawns (Palemon serratus) find something

distasteful in the skin of alarge male Dragonet. On two occasions

I have noticed that a dead specimen placed in the table-tank was

unmolested, though the prawns in the same tank will seize small

individuals even before they are dead. A large male, which

died in the aquarium tank during the breeding-season, was not

injured by the crabs (Cancer and Carcinus) and hermits (Zupagurus

bernhardus) for some time. The viscera and part of the muscles

of a mature female were eaten, while her skin remained practically

untouched; but I have seen a fully-coloured male chased by a

Carcinus.

If the yellow pigment of the male is really obnoxious to any

predaceous fish, it is evident that the female must also profit

thereby at the moment when she is most exposed to danger, viz.

when preoccupied in the matrimonial ascent.

VIL. General Considerations.

The observations which I haye collected above are certainly not

so complete as they might be, but Ido not think that further

investigations will reveal many new facts in such part of the

bionomics of the Dragonet as are intimately connected with the

interpretation of the sexual dimorphism. Further study of the

palatability of this fish, from the point of taste of the predaceous

forms which it runs the risk of encountering under natural

conditions, is certainly desirable, and will be carried out whenever

opportunity permits.

In the meanwhile we know that the Dragonet is a species in

which the male assumes, at a period roughly corresponding to the

inception of sexual maturity, a differentiation of structure which

1 Thomas Edward, ‘ Naturalist,’ 1855.

2 Cf. Holt, Sci. Proc. R. D.S8., n. s., vii. 1892, p. 456.

312 MR. EB. W. L, HOLT ON THE [Apr. 19

distinguishes him at the first glance from his mate; that this

structural differentiation is accompanied by the development on

certain parts of a very conspicuous coloration, wholly absent from

the female ; and that the yellow element of this coloration has a

distinct association with the ripeness of the genital product,

rapidly fading after the early part of the breeding-season. We

have seen that the yellow colour is that of a highly soluble

pigment, characterized by a peculiar taste and smell, and distinctly

irritant. The same pigment is present, in much smaller quantity,

in the female ; and the flesh, as wellas the skin, of large examples

of either sex appears to be unpalatable to at least one predaceous

fish, the pollack, while even fully-coloured males are greedily

eaten by the turbot. Male, female, and young alike possess a

powerful preopercular spine, and are further protected by a copious

mucous secretion. The male displays his secondary characters

alike, whether in courtship (including the intimidation of younger

members of his own sex), in competition for food with his own

species, or in the apparent endeavour to prevent the attack of a

predaceous enemy, though it is only in courtship that the jaws

and teeth are fully exposed. We have no evidence of serious

combat among mature males *.

It remains to endeavour to fix the right interpretation of these

various phenomena of form and habit. The coloration of the

male sufficiently conforms to Poulton’s definition of the epigamic

character *, in that the most conspicuous parts, at all events, are

concealed when the animal is at rest. In the light of the pairing

habit, unique, so far as I know, among fishes propagating by

pelagic eggs, and of the readiness with which the blue colour

is intensified during courtship, it is hard to regard the secondary

structure and colour-characters otherwise than as due to some form

of sexual selection. It matters little whether the excessive

production of yellow pigment at the breeding-season has been

evolved by sexual selection or whether it be an adventitious

excretory process connected with genital activity. The possibility

of the female being degenerate suggests itself, but is hardly

supported by any evidence in the ontogeny. Perhaps in C. lyra

the female presents a greater contrast to the male than in some

other species of the genus; but, even if there were degeneracy in

this sex, it might be regarded as a degeneracy from a condition

originally acquired in response to the sexually-selected charms of

the male.

I think it must be conceded that the account which I have

given of the behaviour of the female at the time of pairing does

not strongly support the view of an esthetic sexual selection.

In the dim light of 20 to 30 fathoms minute excellencies of

design and colour-harmony must be hard to detect. Our female

1 Gf. the perfectly harmless battles of courting spiders (Peckham, Occas.

Papers, Nat. Hist. Soc. Wiscons., i. 1889, quoted by Poulton, ‘Oolours of

Animals,’ p. 310). *

2 Op. cit. p. 811.

1898. ] BREEDING OF THE DRAGONET. 313

appeared to exercise no choice at all, but simply took the nearest

individual which offered the outward appearance of an able and

willing male. I should hesitate to believe that the enlarged

dorsals and brilliant colours of the male are other than a conspicu-

ous advertisement of his whereabouts. It is practically certain

that even in the small space of an aquarium tank the male cannot

see the female unless she is quite close to him, and it is difficult

tu see why the converse should not hold good, were both sexes

equaliy inconspicuous. It is true that when the male has found

the female he continues to display his braveries, but in the absence

of any evidence of individual preference on her part the zsthetic

effect is at least doubtful.

In a much less degree the males of the allied genus Gobius and

of Blennius and Clinus are distinguished by structure and colora-

tion from the females. The admirably careful observations of

Guitel* on the reproductive habits of these fishes give no indica-

tion of a sexual selection on the part of the female.

Males of Clinus and Gobius minutus were observed to fight for

the possession of the female. Here the battles were of a serious

nature and were decided by force of arms, the females being left

to the victors. In G. ruthensparri the rivalry of the competing

males was not carried beyond the stage of menace, and the result

does not appear. In the other goby and in all the blennies

serious combats ensue if the possession of the nest is disputed.

Gobies and blennies appear to be polygamists, and if the females

are more numerous than the males, the selective proclivities of the

former are likely to be even less marked than in Callionymus,

where the males preponderate.

It was observed by Savile Kent? that a male of Gobius niger, on

being disturbed, distended its gill-covers and branchiostegal mem-

branes, “‘ with the evident intention of passing itself off as one of

those spiny-headed Cottide which are not to be handled with

impunity.” Jf the inference is correct, this observation is probably

important as bearing on the behaviour of Callionymus, since we

are led to suppose by the context that the male in question was

guarding itsova. In the forms studied by Guitel the same demon-

strations of form and colour were made by the males whether in

courting or quarrelling for possession of a mate, or in guarding the

nest. It is possible that G. niger does actually mimic Cottus.

It is perhaps equally possible that the unarmed gobies may be

descended from spiny-headed progenitors, and may have retained

the habit of protruding the once armed parts in courtship and de-

fence of the young, if not also for ordinary purposes of self-defence.

In Callionymus, as we have seen, certain demonstrations on the

approach of danger are to some extent common to all stages of

growth and to both sexes. I cannot find any important evidence

that these phenomena are primarily or finally mimetic of anything

1 Arch. Zool. Expér.: G. minutus, sér. 2, x. 1892; Clinus and Blennius, sér. 3,

i, 1893; G. ruthensparri, sér. 3, iii. 1895.

2 Op. cit. p. 242.

314 ON THE BREEDING OF THE DRAGONET. [Apr. 19,

in particular’, The preopercular spines being reserved as a second

line of defence, in case the animal be actually seized, it appears to

me that the object is either to simply disconcert the enemy by a

rapid change of form, or to convey an exaggerated impression of

size and strength. It is on some such line that one may suppose

that a finally mimetic condition (as instanced in the Puss-moth

caterpillar *) has been finally evolved, but in Callionymus it appears

to go no further in this direction. As it seems to me a primarily

aposematic feature has been seized upon and intensely developed,

by the aid of acoloration perhaps resulting from a primarily adven-

titious excretory process, by a sexual selection acting, as befits the

environment, rather in the direction of conspicuousness than of

esthetic charm*. A term, “sematepigamic,” must perhaps be

coined to suit the present condition.

If Stolzmann is right in considering the dances of male birds,

not as a peaceful strife, but as a distraction to protect the female

againt the too constant attentions of the male, the same interpre-

tation can hardly be placed on the courting antics of the male

Dragonet. For here the only difficulty which appears to be felt

by the female is to get as much male society as she wants.

Unless the female is degenerate, which [ do not think we are

entitled to assume, the free use by the male of his special characters

for aposematic purposes appears to be of secondary origin; or,

perhaps more justly, the male simply continues the aposematic

demonstrations of his youth with apparatus that, fortunately for

himself, has been improved by a sematepigamic process of selection.

Beddard * has suggested that similar, but not sexually-differenti-

ated structures, the enormous pectoral of Dactylopterus and the

dorsal fin of Thymallus, may be effective in diverting the attack

of an enemy to a non-vital part. This is possibly the case, since

we have seen that one male Dragonet struck at the first dorsal of

another. The tub-gurnard (Zrigla hirwndo) furls its large and

beautiful pectorals when at rest ; but they are instantly expanded if

the fish is molested, and are kept expanded when the fish is driven

about or is simply swimming round the tank undisturbed. The John

Dory instantly erects the dorsal filaments when alarmed, and these

are supported by very powerful spines. On the whole it appears

most probable in the two cases last mentioned and in the Dragonet

1 T have observed that Pike (Zsoa Zucius), when quarrelling, menace each other

by inflating the whole gill-apparatus. In its natural environment it must be

long since the Pike was associated with any object of mimicry more formidable

than itself.

2 Cf. Poulton, op. cit. p. 271.

* Though it is possible that the brilliant coloration was originally acquired

in shallow water, where details could be more readily appreciated.

4 Op. cit. p. 191. Messrs. W. L. Calderwood and G. P. Bidder have told

me that when a Dactylopterus was placed in a tank at Naples containing some

small sharks, the latter bit pieces out of its pectorals, a liberty resented by

violent grunting. Gurnards and dories also grunt under circumstances of

discomfort, the sounds being of the nature which appears from experiment fo

be perceptible by fishes. They may possibly subserve a function which is in

part protective.

"dee BUCS | ANYA CMF)

IAXX Id 8681S ' Z‘d

—_

2 ‘weIAT snurAtroryTeg

wre eEr * TA

“up -ouLouyo ALOT gy 4194 T

Pe FOr Ley

1898.] ON THE SERRICORN COLEOPTERA OF ST. VINCENT. 315

that the object is aposematic, the effect being achieved by a rapid

transformation and apparent increase of size.

In conclusion, it is a pleasant duty to offer to my teacher, Pro-

fessor Howes, my best thanks for the loan of literature and many

references; and to my colleagues, Messrs. EH. J. Allen and W.

Garstang, for much assistance in various ways. I hope to be able,

before long, to give a more complete account of the coloration-

elements and mechanism and of the palatability of the species at

different stages of the life-history.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXVI.

_ The Dragonet, Callionymus lyra. Male in full breeding-colour, in attitude

of courtship. Drawn from a specimen living in the Marine Biological

Association’s Aquarium, February 1898. Reduced two-sevenths.

2. On the Serricorn Coleoptera of St. Vincent, Grenada,

and the Grenadines (Malacodermata, Ptinide, Bos-

trychide), with Descriptions of new Species. By

Hewry 8S. Goruam, F.Z.S.

[Received March 3, 1898.]

(Plate XX VIL. figs. 1-5 & 7-10.)

Although a considerable number of Coleoptera of the remaining

families of the Serricorn series are here dealt with, it will be

admitted that they represent but a very small portion of what may

be expected when the larger islands of the West Indies have been

more thoroughly examined for these groups. Among the wood-

boring Beetles it is especially probable that further research will

bring to light many endemic forms, and the list of species in the

Lycide and Lampyride from Cuba renders it highly improbable

that the Telephoride and Melyride are so poorly represented as

the present collections would seem to indicate.

The fauna is in general quite similar to that of Central America.

In the two islands from which the majority of the species collected

by Mr. H. H. Smith come, there is a small admixture of more

special South-American genera (Astylus, Anidrytus), but this is

quite parallel to what obtains in Panama and in Costa Rica.

LYcIp2.

CaLOPTERON.

Calopteron, Guérin, Voyage Coquille, p. 72; Gorh. Biol. C.-Am.,

Col. iii. pt. 2, p. 8.

CALOPTERON SMITHI, sp. n. (Plate XXVII. fig. 2.)

Nigrum, prothoracis lateribus elytrisque lete awrantiacis, his macula

magna dorsali communi marginem vie attingentem apiceque late

nigris, antennis vie serratis. Long. 6-10 millim. ¢ Q.

Hab. St. Vincent (H. H. Smith).

316 REV. H. 8. GORHAM ON THE [Apr. 19,

This is a small parallel species of Calopteron belonging to

Section A. iii. in ‘ Biologia C.-Am.,’ with four raised lines on each

elytron, and the thorax with a simple carina. The antenne are

nearly simple in both sexes. The bases of the femora and the

coxe are often a little yellow, but only so at the joint.

The colouring of this insect is almost exactly that of Hmplectus

letus Er., and is also very like that of Calocladon ephippium Gorh.

Tt would also at first sight be apt to be confounded with the

species which follows (C. delicatum Kirsch), but in addition to the

form of the central black patch, there are minute differences in

the sculpture. The cost and cells are more distinctly raised in

this insect; it is also wider behind, and hence less parallel.

The females are, as usual, larger and wider than the males.

About twenty examples.

CALOPTERON DELICATUM.

Calopteron delicatwm, Kirsch, Berl. Zeit. 1865, p. 61; Bourg.

“Contr. & la faune ent. des Etats-Unis de Colombie,” Ann. Soc.

Ent. Fr. 1879, p. 37.

Hab. Grunapa: Balthazar, Mt. Maitland, Chantilly Estate

(H. H. Smith).

Some examples of this little insect are very like C. smithi; the

central black fascia, however, always reaches the margin; and the

suture from the base to the fascia is black. The apical fifth is

black ; it is more parallel; the second and fourth coste are dis-

tinct, but the first and third are very indistinct. The examples,

nine in number, from Balthazar, all agree very closely, and are

7 to 10 millimetres long. One from Mount Maitland has the

central patch detached from the base, and so far resembles

C. smithi, but in other points agrees with C. delicatum, and, being

from the same side of the Island of Grenada, I have no doubt

pertains to this species.

CALOPTHERON OBLITUM, sp. 0.

Sublineare, niger, prothorace elytrisque sordide flavis, triente apicali

et sutura usque ad costam secundam plus minusve nigris, costis

secundo et quarto alte carinatis. Long. 8-10 millim. ¢ Q.

Mas, antennis acute serratis.

Hab. Grevava: Grand Etang, 1900 feet, St. Vincent, Kings-

town, and windward side to 1500 feet (H. H. Smith).

This little species is of the size and form of C’. delicatum, but it

wants the central black fascia, and the thorax is entirely yellow.

The pattern is one common to many Lycidw. One-third of the

apex of the elytra is black, and there is a more or less ex-

tended black smear down the suture, sometimes but rarely joined

to the apical black. The scutellum is yellow, or at least with

yellow scales. The antennz are about as long as in C. delicatum,

2.¢. about as long as the elytra. The two raised coste are very

strongly elevated, while the intermediate ones and the areolets

are very indistinct.

1898. ] SERRICORN COLEOPTERA OF ST, VINCENT. 317

The following species from the West Indies, referred to

Calopteron, are now placed in the genus Thonalmus :—

C. amabile, Jacq. Duv. Hist. Cuba, 1857, p. 82. Cuba.

C. aulicum, Jacq. Duv. l.c. p. 77, t. 7. £. 18. Cuba.

C. bicolor, Linn. Ameen. Ac. vi. 1763, p. 395. Haiti, Jamaica,

Cuba.

C. distinguendum, Jacq. Duy. l.¢. p. 80. Cuba.

C. dominicanum, Chey. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1869. San Domingo.

C. suave, Jacq. Duy. |. c. p. 80. Cuba.

And the following are recorded from Cuba, but are unknown

to me :—

C’. elegantulum, Jacq. Duv. |. c. p. 78. Cuba.

C. albicolle, Chevr. Rey. Zool. 1858, p. 209. Cuba.

C. denominatum, Chevr. Ann. Soc, Ent. Fr. 1869. Cuba.

C. nigritarse, Chevr. 1. c. 1869, C. semiflavum, Chevr., and

C. pectinicorne, Chevr. |. c. 1869.

PLATEROS PALLIATUS, sp. n.

Plateroti forrerano Gorh, affinis et summa similitudine ; niger,

prothorace et elytris lete flavis, his macula magna subbasali,

communi basin attingente (humeris et marginibus flavis), et

quadrante apicali nigris. Long. 9-10 millim. 9.

Hab. St. Vixcunt (H. H. Smith).

Head, body with the legs, and antennz entirely black. The

thorax yellow, wider at the base than its length, the central

channel deep, the disk irregular, with ridges running obliquely

from the raised edges of the channel from the base and middle,

the frontal carina not defined. The elytra have the shoulders

rather widely yellow, and narrowly jomed with a broad yellow

posterior fascia, narrowed on its basal side towards the suture.

‘he black subbasal patch is thus broadly cruciform, differing from

that in P. forreranus (a Central-American species) in being

joined to the base, and in being further extended down the suture.

The scutellum is black. This insect very closely resembles

P. forreranus Gorh. Biol. C.-Am., Col. vol. iii. part ii. p. 239,

Suppl., but there are important differences which cannot be

overlooked.

PLATEROS FRATERNUS, sp. 0.

Niger, prothorace nitido, scutello et elytris flavis, his basi triente et

quadrante apicali nigro-fumosis. Long. 7-5-8 millim.,

Hab. Sv. Vincent (H. H. Smith),

The antennz in this species are scarcely serrate ; the thorax

. and scutellum yellow, and both shining, the former transversely

square, with a rather prominent and elevated front margin. The

channel and oblique ridges distinct but ill-defined. The elytra

very evenly striated, and the punctures distinct. The basal black

covers the whole base except the extreme reflexed margin, and its

apical side is rounded, but not regularly, as the blackness extends

318 REV. H. 8, GORHAM ON THE (Apr. 19,

further along the interstices than on the coste. Rather more

than a third of the elytra in their middle is straw-yellow. The

apical black is also rather irregular on its basal side. This insect

mimics very closely the Photinus described hereafter as P. notatus,

and is probably to be found in company with it.

Two examples.

ASPIDOSOMA.

Aspidosoma, Gemm. & Harold, Cat. Col. p. 1645; Gorh. Biol.

C.-Am., Col. vol. iii. pt. 2, p. 58.

Aspisoma, Laporte de Castelnau, Ann, Soc. Ent. Fr. 1833,

p. 145.

ASPIDOSOMA SUPERCILIOSUM, sp. nN.

Oblongo-ovale, piceum, subnitidum, prothorace flavo interdum

macula discoidali, egre distincta, bisinuata, et duabus basalibus

fuscis ; elytris piceis, lateribus late, ad apicem angustiore et

sutura tenuiter pallide flaris ; scutello flavido. Long. 7-8

milim. 3 @.

Hab, Sv. Vincent. Grenava: Mount Gay Estate on the lee-

ward side, and Caliveny Estate on the windward side, Woburn

on the south end. Grenaprnes, Unton Isianp (1 ex.) (H. H.

Smith).

The body and head are black, with the exception of the fifth

and sixth segments in the male and the middle of these segments

in the female, which are white, and that the tips of the trochanters

and base of the femora and the basal joint of antenne are pale.

The thorax is ochraceous; in some examples the subdiaphanous

part above the eyes appears as a dark spot taking the form of a

bisinuate line, and in some there are two very obscure spots on

the middle of the base. The scutellum is yellow, the prescutellar

part fuscous. The form of the thorax is broadly semi-elliptical,

slightly ogival in the males, and the sides and front are rather

coarsely punctured. The elytra are pitchy black, with the entire

sides and suture yellow, thickly punctured, and with two obsolete

cost. This insect is allied to, and of the same size and form as,

A. lepidum (Biol. C.-Am. 1. c. p. 54). It differs in the wholly

yellow sides and suture of the elytra, and in the thorax being

much less conspicuously marked.

The males scarcely differ from the females, except in the size of

the eyes and more eburated luminous segments of the abdomen.

A large number of specimens were captured.

ASPIDOSOMA IGNITUM.

Aspidosoma ignitum, Linn, Syst. Nat. i. p. 645; Fabr. Syst.

Ent. p. 201; De Geer, Ins. iv. p. 49, t. 17. fig. 2; Gorh. Rev. of -

Lamp., Trans. Ent. Soc. 1880, p. 83; Biol. C.-Am., Col. iii. pt. 2,

p. 55.

Aspisoma polyzona, Chey. Col. Mex. Cent. i. fase. iii.

Hab. Sv. Vincent: Kingstown. Grenada: Mount Gay and

Woodford Estates on the leeward side, Balthazar on the wind-

1898. ] SERRICORN COLEOPTERA OF ST. VINCENT. 819

ward side. Grunapines: Union Island (1 ex.), Mustique Island

(H. H. Smith).

I have already in the ‘Trans. Ent. Soc. and in the ‘ Biologia

C.-Am.’ pointed out the above synonymy, and the series of spe-

cimens sent by Mr. H. H. Smith go far to confirm the correctness

of that view. The great majority of the examples have pitchy-black

elytra with pale sides as far as their middle, the margins thence

to the apex with the suture narrowly yellow. The wide pale side

contains two fuscous spots, one just outside the callus, the other

below the middle. The thoracic markings vary a good deal in

degree : in the St.-Vincent examples they are two squarish hook-

shaped marks just separated by the central channel, and an

obscure spot near the hind angles. In A. polyzona the inner

side of the hook extends up the middle to the front margin, and is

more or less fused along the channel, and in this form there are

three pale lines on the disk of the elytra, 7. ¢. the coste are pale.

Specimens of this kind occurred at Balthazar. Intermediate

forms were found at the same place and at Mount Gay. Hence

whatever difficulties there may be in identifying the Lampyris

ignita of Linneus, I think there is no doubt that the present

insect is not distinct from our Central-American species, and

that it represents those South-American species which I have

referred to it. A. ignitum has been previously recorded from the

Antilles.

PHOTINUS.

Photinus, Laporte de Castelnau, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. ii. p. 141

(1833); Gorh. Rev. Lamp., Trans. Ent. Soc. 1880, p. 22; Biol.

C.-Am., Col. iii. pt. 2, p. 38.

PHOTINUS NOTATUS, sp. n.? (Plate XXVII. fig. 3.)

Nigro-fuscus ; pedibus (tarsis fuscis), prothorace (disco miniato)

et elytrorum fascia lata postmediana flavis. Long. 8 millim.

Hab. St. Vincunt: leeward side (H. H. Smith).

Antenne rather long, entirely fuscous. Legs pale, the tibize (a

little infuscate towards the apices) and tarsi fuscous. Prothorax

entirely yellow, but that, as is often the case, when fresh the disc

and underparts are pink or rosy, very even and smooth, only a

faint indication of central channel. The elytra have a yellow

band of rather more than a third of the elytral length, and

produced a little both ways on the margins and towards the apex

on the suture. There are three examples of this species, which is

allied to P. blandus Mots. I have an example which is labelled

“ notatus” Gory, purporting to come from Brazil, but of uncertain

origin; and as I do not know a species of the name attached, I

give a brief description of our West-Indian insect.

PHOTINUS MINUTUS.

Pyropyga minuta, Leconte, Syn. Lampyr. 1881, p. 32.

If I am correct in referring the numerous examples obtained to

320 REV, H. 8. GORHAM ON THE [Apr. 19,

this species, it has a more extended range than I should have

expected. It occurs in Florida and some of the Southern States,

but not, so far as I am aware, in South America. Ph. parvulus

Gorh., Mexico and Guatemala, and P. decipiens Harris, New York,

Texas, Arizona, and Florida, are very nearly allied species.

Hab. Sv. Viycunt: windward and leeward side, Kingstown.

Grenapa: windward side, Grand Etang, Chantilly and La Force

Estates ; and ieeward side, Mount Gay, Vendéme, and St. George’s

Estates (H. H. Smith).

Occurs from sea-level up to 2000 ft. altitude.

The following species of Lampyride have been previously

recorded from the West Indies :—

Lucidota dimidiatipennis, Jacq. Duy. Hist. Ile de Cuba, p. 84.

L. janthinipennis, Jacq. Duy. |.c. p. 83. Cuba.

L. miniatocollis, Chevr. Rev. Zool. 1858, p. 209. Cuba.

Alecton discoidalis, Lap. de Cast. Hist. Nat. i. p. 266. Cuba.

Photinus blandus, Mots.; Jacq. Duv. 1. ¢. p. 87. Cuba.

P. interruptus, Mots. (nec Erichs.), Etud. Ent. iii. jp. 24, and

elongatus, Mots. l.c. p. 35. ‘ Antilles.”

P. limbipennis, Jacq. Duv. 1. c. p. 86. Cuba.

P. littoralis, Mots. 1. ¢. ii. 1853, p. 35. Martinique.

P, pallens, Fabr. Ent. Syst. Supp. p. 124; Brown, Nat. Hist.

Jamaica, p. 431, t. 44. f.9. Jamaica.

P. quadrimaculutus, Lap. de Cast. 1. c. p. 269. San Domingo.

P. rufus, Oliv. Ent. ii. p. 28, t. 3. f. 30 (Lucidota).

P. vittatus, Fabr. (nee Oliv.), vitiosus, Gemm. Guadeloupe,

San Domingo, Jamaica.

P. vittatus, Oliv. Ent. ii. p. 28, t. 3. f. 20. San. Domingo.

P. vittiger, Gyll. Schén. Syn. Ins. ii, App. p. 21. Martinique,

Guadeloupe.

Cratomorphus dorsalis, Gyll. l.c. p. 24. “ Antilles,” St. Bar-

thélemy.

Photuris brunnipennis, Jacq. Duv. l.c. p. 89. Cuba.

TELEPHORIDA,

TYLOCERUS.

Tylocerus, Dalman, Anal. Ent. 1823, p. 57; Laporte de Castelnau,

Hist. Nat. i. p. 276; Lacord. Gen. Col., Atl. t. 45. f. 1.

Anisotelus, Hope, in Royle’s ‘ Himalaya.’

TYLOCERUS LINHATUS, sp.n. (Plate XXVII. fig. 1.)

Nigro-fuscus, subopacus ; capite prothoraceque aurantiacis, hoc

transverso, illo pone oculos superne nigro, linea basali mediana

flava ; cowis et trochanteribus pallide flavis ; elytris nigro-fuscis,

sutura margine laterali et apicali, et costa humerali ante apicem

concolore albidi, scutello flavo. Long. 7-9 millim. 3 Q.

Mas, antennis longioribus, articulo basali magno, inflato, seymento

sexto ventrali fisso.

Femina plerumque minor, antennis brevioribus.

1898. ] SHRRICORN COLEOPTERA OF ST. VINCENT. 321

Hab. Sv. Vincunt: leeward side. Grunapa: Balthazar,

Grand Etang and Mount Gay Estate (H. H. Smith).

Head orange-yellow, with the base behind the eyes fuscous,

divided by a yellow but ill-defined line in the males; antennz

black, as long as the body in the male, about two-thirds as long in

the female. Thorax transverse and rectangular, but the front

angles broadly rounded, and the hind angles not prominent,

orange-yellow, the margins reflexed. Scutellum, mesosternum,

coxe, and trochanters yellow, the posterior cox a little infuscate.

Legs fuscous black. Elytra fuscous, not shining, the suture and

margins narrowly pale, as is also a raised costa as far as the

middle, which, however, is continued nearly to the apex; in some

female examples it is almost concolorous throughout its length.

The males have the basal joint of the antenne very large, nearly

as long as the three succeeding joints, and swollen, the succeeding

joints gradually increase in length, the apical joint is equal to

those preceding it and is not enlarged. The palpi and tips of the

mandibles are fuscous. In the female ali the joints of the antenne

are shorter and thinner.

Dalman described one species of Tylocerus from Jamaica,

T’. crassicornis; and Lacordaire (Genera Col. iv. p. 348, note)

identified specimens from the Isle of Barthélemey with that species.

The figure in the ‘ General Atlas ’ is wrongly referred in Gemm. and

Harold Cat. to this insect. It is that of 7. atricornis, an Eastern

species. The Eastern species have often the terminal joint of the

antennz enormously developed, and form Hope’s genus Anisotelus.

Mr. C. O. Waterhouse has proposed a genus Spherarthrum for

Telephorus preustus Guér., an insect from New Guinea, which

appears to correspond with the New World 7Z'ylocert in not having

the apical joint of the antenne of unusual form,

SILIs.

Silis, Latreille, Régne An. éd. 2, p. 471; Gorh. Biol. C.-Am.,

Col. iii. pt. 2, p. 91.

Ditemnus, Leconte, Class. Col. N. Am. p. 189.

SILIS TENELLA, Sp. 0.

Flava, capitis basi, antennis (articulo basali excepto), corpore

(abdomine flavo-marginato) elytrisque fuscis, his lateribus et

apie lete flavo-marginatis. Long. 4-5 millim. ¢.

Mas, prothoracis margine laterali plicato, pone medium inter-

rupto, angulis posticis acute prominulis, ante excisionem in

tuberculum acutum elevato.

Hab. St. Vincent: windward and leeward side (H. H. Smith).

The mouth, front of the head, the thorax, legs, and margins of the

elytra are bright yellow. The antennz are as long or a little longer

than the elytra; their basal joint is yellow, the second and third

are paler than the rest, as they are whitish beneath. The thorax

is transverse, deeply sulcate, the sulcation not reaching the front

Proc. Zoor, Soc.—1898, No. XXI. 21

322 REV. H. 8. GORHAM ON THE [Apr. 19,

or the base. The legs are yellow, only the bilobed fourth joint

and the claws and the claw-joint are infuscate. The elytra are

coriaceous, the scutellum and the suture concolorous.

There is no species of Sidis known to me with which this little

insect can be readily compared; in size it is a little larger than

S. pauailla Gorh. (Biol. C.-Am., Col. iii. pt. 2, p. 304), but the sides

of the thorax are quite different—the projecting tooth of the front

part of the margin and the acute hind angle leaving a “ nick”

between them. The bright yellow legs and neatly margined elytra

are difterent from anything I can recall in this now extensive

enus.

: Upwards of fifty species are described in the Biol. C.-Am. from

Central America, several others are recorded from the United

States, and there are numerous undescribed species in South

America, besides many species from other parts of the world,

which will fall into allied genera—as Aclytia from New Zealand ;

Stlidius Gorh., Africa.

Eight examples were obtained.

CLERIDS.

PELONIUM.

Pelonium, Spinola, Mon. i. p. 347; Gorh. Biol. C.-Am., Col. iii.

pt. 2, p. 187°.

PELONIUM INSULARE, sp. n.

Migrum, elongatum, parallelum; antennis (clava eacepta), prothorace

(margine antico nigro), pedibus, scutello, sutura et elytrorum

marginibus pallide ferrugineis ; capite creberrime, prothorace

parcius punctatis ; elytris punctato-striatis, interstitiis levibus,

Long. 5-6 millim.

Variat capite prothoraceque toto ferrugineis.

Hab. St. Vincent: leeward side, Mount Gay Estate (A. H.

Smith).

In the section of Peloniwm in which P. quadrisignatum Spin. and

P. crinitum Klug come, this insect is most like P. lineolatum Gorh.,

from which it differs by the antenne being yellow at the base, the

legs wholly yellow, but is obviously variable in colour. When

specimens have been collected from intervening localities, it is

probable that several of the described species will be united as

varieties ; two specimens were obtained.

MBLYRIDSA.

ASTYLUS.

Astylus, Laporte de Castelnau, in Silberm. Rev. iv. p. 32; Gorh.

Biol. C.-Am., Col. ii. pt. 2, p. 127.

4 It is not deemed necessary to repeat the references and synonymy, which

are fully given in the ‘ Biologia.’

1898. ] SERRICORN COLEOPTERA OF ST, VINCENT. 323

ASTYLUS ANTILLARUM, sp.n. (Plate XXVII. fig. 7, 3.)

Astylo octopustulato Gorh. similis et affinis at major, niger, capite

prothoraceque subtiliter, elytris crebre rugose punctatis ; his

maculis tribus, marginibus cum macula magna subquadrata sub-

apical conjunctis, saturate aurantiacis, costa subhumerali nigra,

et marginibus reflewis subexplanatis. Long. 10 millim. 3 &.

Mas, elytrorum apicibus truncatis.

Femina, elytrorum apicibus profunde excisis.

Hab. St. Vincent: leeward side (H. H. Smith).

Head subrostate, thickly and finely punctured, antenne with

the basal five joints rufous ; thorax very even and smooth, a good

deal narrowed in front, and with deflexed sides and front angles,

finely, thickly, and confluently punctured. The elytra are more

thickly punctured and less rugose at the base than towards the

apex; the entire red margin and the apex in the female are

somewhat expanded ; each bears three irregular spots—one on the

base pear-shaped with the pointed end towards the apex, nearly

glabrous, but with a few scattered fine points, two others in a line

and equidistant from the suture, not round as in A. octopustulatus,

but rather oblique, and with faint indications of a costate interstice

passing through them; the apical spot is much larger than in

A. octopustulatus, squarish and united to the red margin. The

submarginal costa is distinct, and terminates in the last black

fascia. This beautiful insect is allied to, but amply distinct from,

A, octopustulatus Gorh. 1. c. p. 330, a species from Panama, where

the genus apparently reaches its northern limit: it is larger, more

deeply marked with orange-red, more coarsely punctured; the

antenne are longer, the spots are not nearly round as in that

insect.

Only one pair were obtained.

EB2vS.

Ebceus, Erichson, Entomographien, p. 113; Gorh. Biol. C.-Am.,

Col. iii. pt. 2, p. 120.

EBUS NIGROCEHRULEUS, sp. n.

Ebzo seminulo Lr. persimilis et statwra wequalis, niger ; elytris

subcerulescentibus, subtilissime subcoriaceis, nitidis ; antennis

mgris, articulo basali subtus et secundo flavis ; capite prothorace-

que glabris, nitidis. Long. 3-13 millim.

Hab. St. VincENT: windward and leeward side and south end

(H. H. Smith).

This minute Melyrid is so closely allied to the insects recorded

in the ‘ Biologia C.-Am.’ as Z. seminulum and E. minimum Erichs.,

from Guatemala, that it is sufficient to refer to the differences,

which are in the broader elytra, and the blacker legs and antenne,

and in the bluer tint of the elytra.

About a dozen examples were obtained, all in St. Vincent, where

it is apparently common.

21*

324 REY. H. 8, GORHAM ON THB [Apr. 19,

EBZUS SEMINULUM ?

Anthocomus seminulum, Erichs. Ent. p. 112.

Ebeus seminulum, Gorh. Biol. C.-Am., Col. iii. pt. 2, p. 121.

Hab. Grenava: St. George’s, Mount Gay, and Vendome Estates,

leeward side. Grenapinus: Becquia and Mustique Islands.

This insect is longer than E. nigroceruleus, and quite black

above. The legs seem darker than in the species I refer to this

name from Guatemala, but otherwise the West-Indian insect is

very similar.

EB#US MINIMUS ?

Anthocomus minimus, Erichs. Ent. p. 113?

Ebeus minimus, Gorh. Biol. C.-Am., Col. iii. pt. 2, p. 121?

Hab. Grenapa: Mount Gay and Vendome Estates, leeward

side; Balthazar, windward side (H. H. Smith).

The very minute size (about *75 of a millimetre), black or blue-

black colour, and the elytra widened behind (as in EZ. nigroceruleus)

distinguish this insect. It will be observed that the West-Indian

insect has dark legs, whereas the Guatemala specimens had yellow

legs. But there is not evidence enough to separate them.

PTINIDZ,

Prinvs.

Ptinus, Linneus, Syst. Nat. i. pt. 2, p. 565.

PLINUS TESELLATUS, sp.n. (Plate XXVII. fig. 8.)

3. Oblongus, brunneus, dense subrugose punctatus ; antennis

brevibus, articulis secundo ad decimum subequalibus, obconicis

vie elonyatis, apicali parum elongato ; prothorace hirtuli,

postice transverse impresso parum constricto ; elytris griseo hir-

tulis et pube flavo tessellatis, punctato-striatis. Long. 2°5 millim.

Hab. Grenavtnes: Mustique Island (H. H. Smith).

This Ptinus is not like any with which I am acquainted. The

antenne are short and with short joints more like those of Niptus

crenatus: the thorax is constricted but not deeply, the widest part

is in front of the constriction ; the prosternal portion is very short,

so that the head in repose must be reflexed ; it is almost detached

in the ‘two specimens before me and could hardly be extended

without being so, The eyes are prominent and rather coarse.

The elytra have the sides paraliel. The punctures are numerous

in the striz. j

GIBBIUM.

Gibbium, Scopoli, Int. ad Hist. Nat. p. 505 (1777).

GIBBIUM SCOTIAS.

Gibbium scotias, Fabr. Spec. Ins. i. p. 74.

Hab. St. Vincunt: leeward side (H. H, Smith),

One example.

1898.] SHRRICORN COLEOPIERA OF ST. VINCENT 325

MiIcRANOBIUM,

Micranobium, Gorham, Biol. C.-Am., Col. iii. pt. 2, p. 202.

MIcRANOBIUM EXIGUUM.

Micranobium exiguum, Gorh. Biol. 1. ¢. p. 202.

Hab. Sv. Vincent: leeward side. Grenapa: Balthazar, wind-

ward side (H. H. Smith).

There are only two specimens of the minute Anobiad which I

think may be identical with the one I have described under this

name from Guatemala; but if they do indeed represent the same

species, I think they are the other sex. The three terminal joints

of the antenne are dark and much longer than the basal portion,

the second abdominal segment is not much longer than the third,

and the thorax is not laterally compressed; the head is received

more into the thorax. These two specimens are rather larger and

more shining than those here referred to M. pulicaritum. In dry

examples it is only possible by detaching the head and limbs to

study them, as they are closely contracted.

MiIcRANOBIUM PULICARIUM,

Micranobium pulicarium, Gorh. Biol. 1. c. p. 202, t. x. fig, 14.

Hab. Grenada: Balthazar (windward side) and Grand Etang

(leeward side); GrenapInes : Mustique Island (4. H. Smith).

This minute species 1s about 1 millimetre in length. It is

distinguished from the ©. eaiguum? here recorded by its smaller size,

by the whole insect being narrower and with a more compressed

thorax, by the antenne being much shorter, with the three terminal

joints not much longer than the rest of the antenne, and by the

long second segment of the abdomen. The whole insect is brown,

clothed with a grey, fine pubescence. I think the specimens may

be females, but I do not think they are those of the preceding

species, although one example is from the same locality, Balthazar.

The antenne are so short and delicate that the greatest care is

necessary to extend them from dry specimens, clogged with gum.

CATHORAMA.

Catorama, Guérin, Rev. Zool. 1850, p. 431.

Cathorama (Gemm. Cat. Col.), Gorh. Biol. C.-Am., Col. iii. pt. 2,

p- 207.

CaTHORAMA HERBARIUM.

Oathorama herbarium, Gorh. Biol. C.-Am. |. ¢. p. 207.

Hab. Sv. Vincent: leeward side. Grenapa: St. George’s and

Mount Gay Estate, leeward side (H. H. Smith). ;

A series of examples of what appear to me to be identical with

this species were met with.

This insect seems common and widely distributed ; it is clearly

326 REV. H. 8, GORHAM ON THE [Apr. 19,

distinct from Tricorynus zee Waterh., described from Barbados,

although resembling it apparently in size and colour, as the elytra,

in addition to the two submarginal strie, have distinct rows of

punctures. Zvricorynus Waterh. is probably not distinct generi-

cally from Catorama Guérin, and has priority ; but as this is not

absolutely certain, it will be as well to retain the latter name, being

expressive of the deflected position of the head. Very little is

known of their habits, but one has been found in tobacco-waste.

LASIODERMA.

Lasioderma, Stephens, Ill. Brit. Ent. v. p. 417; Gorh. Biol.

C.-Am., Col. iii. pt. 2, p. 198.

LASIODERMA PUBHRULUM, Sp. nl.

Breviter ovatum, castaneum, nitidum, fulvo-pubescens ; antenne

perbreves. Long. 1 millim.

Hab. St. Vincunt: leeward side. Grenava: Lake Antoine

and Telescope Estates, windward side. Gnrunaprnus: Becquia

Island (H. H. Smith),

Oval, the head very much deflexed as in Cathorama; the antenne

not longer than the breadth of the head, basal joint stout and

large, the following joints to the seventh small, serrate, not longer

than wide, the seventh to the eleventh as small and not serrate ;

eyes very finely facetted. The elytra are usually slightly deepened

in tone as they approach the apex; they are not visibly punctured,

and are, as well as the head and thorax, clothed with yellow, dense,

but very close pubescence.

This is the smallest Lasioderma I have seen; it is very like a

small Cathorama, but readily distinguished, apart from the generic

distinctions, and when contracted, by its lacking the two submar-

ginal strie and by its greater pubescence.

The antenne in Lasioderma are 11-jointed; the last four joints

are in no way enlarged or lengthened (in LZ. puberulum they are

about as long as broad). There is no sculpture visible under the

q-inch focus. A considerable number of examples occurred, chiefly

at Telescope Estate. They are irregular in shape and broken.

The legs and underside are deep brown, pitchy in places.

LASIODERMA SHRRICORNE.

Ptinus serricornis, Fabr. Ent. Syst. 1. p. 241.

Pseudochina serricornis, Muls. Téréd. p. 175; Lec. Prodr. p. 238.

Lasioderma testaceum, Steph. Ill. Brit. Ent. v. p. 417.

Lasioderma serricorne, Gorh. Biol. C.-Am., Col. ii. pt. 2, p. 199.

Hab, GRrnava: St. George’s, leeward side (H. H. Smith),

As I have remarked in the ‘ Biologia C.-Am.,’ this insect is pro-

bably introduced through the agency of commerce. About fourteen

examples were met with at St. George’s by Mr, H. H. Smith.

1898.] SHRRICORN COLEOPTERA OF 81, VINCENT. 327

MIRostEeRNUS.

Mirosternus, Sharp, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1881, p.526; Gorh.

Biol. C.-Am., Col. iil. pt. 2, Suppl. p. 349.

Mirosternus is a genus of Dorcatomini, very nearly allied to

Cathorama, but distinct in having eleven joints to the antenne.

The basal joint is large and pear-shaped ; a little curved, the second

shorter, but much stouter than those of the funiculus, which are

six in number; the third joint is a little longer than the five

following, which are very short. Of the three club-joints, which

are similar to those of Cathorama, the two apical joints are each

shorter than the ninth, which is hatchet-shaped, acuminate within.

MIROSTERNUS LEVIS, sp.n. (Plate XXVIL. figs. 5, 5a.)

Oblongus, lateribus parallelis ; nigro-piceus fere glaber, capite

prothoraceque pernunute, elytris minutissime punctatis, pedibus

et antennis brunneis. Long. 3 milli.

Hab. Sv. Vincenr : leeward side (H. H. Smith).

This insect is not unlike Cathorama herbarium at first sight, but

it will on examination be found to be more parallel and narrower,

and also smoother, without any trace of the submarginal strie.

The head and thorax, although more shining, are in M. levis

covered with smal] points, easily seen under a strong lens; the

elytra are excessively minutely punctured, not in gemellate rows

(as in Cathorama), indeed it is scarcely possible to say the points

are arranged serially. The thorax is shorter than wide, its base

is bisinuate, not margined in any way.

But one specimen has at present come under my notice; it is,

however, in good condition.

All the Mirosterni yet described have been from one or two

specimens of each. Dr. Sharp’s species are from the Hawaiian

Islands.

PRIOTOMA.

Priotoma, Gorham, Biol. C.-Am., Col. iii. pt. 2, Suppl. p. 350.

Priotoma is very close to Dorcatoma; it is separated by a very

different structure of the prosternum. The species have from eight

to ten joints to the antenne, but these are very difficult of

observation.

PRIOTOMA BREVIS ?

Priotoma brevis, Gorh. Biol. C.-Am., Col. iii. pt. 2, Suppl. p. 351.

Hab. Sx. Vincent: leeward side (H. H. Smith).

Priotoma brevis was described upon two examples from Bugaba

in the Isthmus of Panama, and the present insect is identical or

very closely allied to it. The elytra are punctured with very fine

rows, and are sparsely pubescent or pilose. The metasternmn is

sparingly punctured, the punctures being distinct.

Seven examples.

328 REV. H. 8S, GORHAM ON THE [Apr. 19,

Lycrus.

Lyctus, Fabr. Ent. Syst. i. p. 502 (1792) ; Gorh. Biol. C.-Am., Col.

iii. pt. 2, p. 211.

LyYCTUS PROSTOMOIDES,

Lyctus prostomoides, Gorh. Biol. C.-Am. |. ¢. p. 212.

Hab. Sv. Vincent: leeward side. Grenapa: St. John’s

River, leeward side (H. H. Smith).

A single example found at each of the localities does not seem

to differ from examples of about the same size from San Lorenzo,

Panama.

From the thorax being a little wider in front, and the sides

accordingly contracting towards the base, I think these examples

may be males.

SPHINDUS.

Sphindus, Chevrolat, in Silb. Rev. Ent. i. (1833).

SPHINDUS DUBIUS ?

Sphindus dubius, Gyllenhal, Ins. Suec. i. p. 243 ; Jacq. Duy. Gen.

Col. iii. t. 55. f. 275.

Hab. GRENADA: Balthazar (windward side) and Mount Gay

Estate (leeward side) (H. H. Smith).

There is only one example from each of these localities, and I

cannot see, on comparison of them with English examples of

S. dubius, that they differ sufficiently to warrant their separation.

Leconte was doubtful about the difference of his S. americanus, as

he had not seen S. dubius (of. Leconte, New Species of N. Am.

Col. i. 1865, p. 104). Other American coleopterists seem to feel no

doubt. Our West-Indian examples are rather small and rather

short. Sphindus in England is usually found in a small black

powdery fungus on the bark of beech trees.

BostRYCHIDS.

HerpRARTHRON.

Heterarthron, Guerin, Icon. du Régn. Anim., Ins. p. 286 ; Lesne,

Ann. Soe. Ent. Fr. 1896, pp. 111, 114.

Polycaon, Laporte de Castelnau, in Silberm. Rev. d’Ent. iy.

p- 30; Gorh. Biol. C.-Am., Col. iii. pt. 2, p. 210.

HETERARTHRON FEMORALIS.

Apate femoralis, Fabr. Ent. Syst. i. 2, p. 361.

Heterarthron femoralis, Lesne, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1896, p. 118.

Polycaon ewesus, Leconte, Proc. Ac. Phil. 1858, p. 74, 9; Horn,

Proc. Am. Phil. Soc. 1878, p. 553, 9; Gorh. Biol. C.-Am. 1. e.

t. x. ff. 18 & 19.

Hab. Sv. Vincent: leeward side (H. H. Smith). 9.

M. P. Lesne has adopted unhesitatingly the synonymy, which

I pointed out as probable in the ‘ Biologia Centr.-Am.,’ of Polycaon

1898.] SERRICORN COLEOPTERA OF ST. VINCENT. 329

ewesus Leconte, as the female, with Apate femorahs and Apate

gonagra Fabr. The former is the male, the latter the female,

described from the Antilles. See the note on this insect in

‘ Biologia C.-Am.’ Ihave specimens from Barthélemy (St. Bartho-

lomew) Island.

XYLOPERTHA.

Xylopertha, Guérin-Méneville, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1845, Bull.

p. 17; Gorh. Biol. C.-Am., Col. iii. pt. 2, p. 215.

XYLOPERTHA SEX-TUBERCULATA.

Sinoxylon sea-tuberculatum, Lec. Proc. Ac. Phil. 1858, p. 73;

Horn, Proc. Am. Phil. Soc. 1878, p. 543.

Xylopertha sex-tuberculatum, Gorh. Biol. C.-Am., Col. ii. pt. 2,

p- 216.

Hab. Grenada: Mount Gay Estate on the leeward side

(H. H. Smith).

There are three specimens of a Xylopertha which I refer to

this. Two of them appear to be males. These have the muricate

front portion of the prothorax produced more over the head

than in others I have examined, and with a brush of golden hairs

on that part, and also have the basal joint of the antenne with

a long cilia on the inner side, and the front of the head hollow

and depressed between the eyes.

TETRAPRIOCERA.

Tetrapriocera, Horn, Proc. Am. Phil. Soc. 1878, p. 544; Gorh.

Biol. C.-Am., Col. iii. pt. 2, p. 218.

TETRAPRIOCERA LONGICORNIS.

Bostrichus longicornis, Ol. Ent. iv. no. 77, p. 15, t. 3. f. 18.

Tetrapriocera swartzi, Horn, Proc. Am. Phil. Soc. 1878, p. 545.

Tetrapriocera longicornis, Gorh. Biol. C.-Am. 1. ¢, t. x. f. 20.

Hab. Grenada: Mount Gay Estate on the leeward side, and

Balthazar on the windward side (H. H. Smith).

This insect has been recorded from Haiti and Guadeloupe,

and has an extensive range from Florida in the United States,

over the whole of Central America to Brazil. It is the only

species known to me with a four-jointed club to the antenne.

RHIZOPERTHA.

Rhyzopertha, Steph. Brit. Ent. iii. p. 354 (1830).

Rhizopertha, Lacord. Gen. Col. iv. p. 541; Redt. Faun. Aust.

ed. 2, p. 570; Jacq. Duv. Gen. Col. d’Eur. iii. pt. 2, p. 231.

Dinoderus, Gorh. Biol. C.-Am., Col. ii. pt. 2, p. 217 (pars).

RAIZOPERTHA BIFOVEATA. (Plate X XVII. fig. 9.)

Rhizopertha bifoveolata, Woll. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1858,

vol. ii. p. 409.

330 REV. H. 8. GORHAM ON THE (Apr. 19,

Dinoderus bifoveatus, Fleut. et Sallé, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1889,

. 419.

. Dinoderus minutus, Fleut. et Sallé, 1. c., nee Fabr. Ent. Syst. 1792,

i, p. 363, nec Oliy. Ent. iv. no. 77, t. 2. f. 12 a0.

Dinoderus substriatus, Gorh. Biol. C.-Am. l.c. p. 218.

Nec Apate substriata, Payk. Fn. Suec. ii. p. 142.

Nee Dinoderus substriatus, Jacq. Duy. 1. ¢., nee auct. Europ.

Hab, St. Vincent: leeward side. Grenapa: Balthazar

(windward side), Grand Etang Road and Mount Gay Estate

(leeward side) (H. H. Smith).

Many examples.

The insect which I record here is not that generally known as

Dinoderus substriatus, found in England and in various parts of

Europe. Stephens, in describing his genus, assigns the insect he

took for his type with doubt to Paykull’s species. The Ste-

phensian is, however, the same insect as that figured by Jacquelin

Duval. Our West-Indian insect is a cosmopolitan species of

Rhizopertha, easily known by its short thick-set form, by four or

five concentric rows of muricate tubercles on the front of the

thorax, but especially by the double fovea on its base. It does

not agree either with the Fabrician description of Apate minutus

nor with the figure given by Olivier, which latter, indeed, appears

to me to represent the insect known to us as Dinoderus substriatus

or an allied species, if, indeed, it ever really came from New

Zealand at all. It will certainly save confusion in any case to

adopt the Wollastonian name. hizopertha is distinguished from

Dinoderus on account of the form of the last three joints of

the antenne. The tarsi are said by J. Duval to be “ very short ” in

Dinoderus, “ very long” in Rhizopertha: but the latter statement

seems incorrect to me; I-do not see much difference.

XYLOGRAPHUS.

Xylographus, Mellié, Rey. Zool. 1847, p. 109; Lacord. Gen.

Col. iv. p. 549; Gorh. Biol. C.-Am., Col. iii. pt. 2, Suppl. p. 354.

XYLOGRAPHUS SUILLUS.

Xylographus suillus, Gorh. Biol. C.-Am., Col. iii. pt. 2, Suppl.

p. 355, t. 13. ff. 21, 21 a.

Hab. St. Vincent : leeward side (H. H. Smith).

It is interesting to find this Guatemalan insect reoccurring in the

West Indies. Specimens from St. Vincent are a little larger on

the average than those from Central America, but are quite

similar in other respects.

Seven examples.

Cis.

Cis, Latreille, Préc. Car. Gén. Ins. p. 90; Gorh. Biol. C.-Am.,

Col. ili. pt. 2, p. 220.

Cis PUSILLUS, sp. n.

Brunneus, thorace transverso, subopaco, lateribus tenuiter margt-

1898.] SERRICORN COLHOPTERA OF ST. VINCENT. 331

natis ; elytris subtiliter punctato-striatis, striis ad latera profundi-

oribus ; antennis pedibusque testaceis. Long. vie 1 nullim.

Mas, fronte.

Hab, Grenapines: Mustique Island (H. H. Smith).

A little smaller than Ennearthron affine, and less convex, and

also to be distinguished by the striate elytra, and the wider and

more expanded sides of the thorax. The latter is extremely finely

and very closely punctured, the punctuation under the microscope

appearing broken and the interstices being aciculate. The

_ armature of the head in the male is similar to that of Z. affine,

i. €. there arise two short acute prominences from the clypeus.

I was inclined to believe this little species was an Hnnearthron,

but there are ten joints to the antenne. The pubescence is a

little more rigid and more disposed in lines on the elytra than

in E£. affine.

Five specimens.

Cis NUBILUS, sp. n.

Elongatus, depressus, fuscus, confertissime punctatus, pube breve

aureo-micante vestitus ; elytris haud striatis ; ore, antennis pedi-

busque testaceis. Long. 2 millim.

Hab. Sv. Vincunt: south end (H. H. Smith).

The head in this species is transversely impressed between the

eyes, the antenne are entirely pale. The thorax is oblong,

produced in front, very thickly and finely punctured, and the

surface is alutaceous between the punctures, it is therefore not

shining. The sides are very finely margined. The elytra are

long and rather depressed, clothed with a pruinose but golden

pubescence, finely but distinctly punctured ; the punctures show

a faint tendency to form lines, but are not serial. The legs are

rusty red.

There are five examples of this Cis, which may be ccmpared

to the European C. fuscatus, Mellié.

CERACIS.

Ceracis, Mellié, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1848, p. 375; Gorh. Biol.

C.-Am., Col. iii. pt. 2, p. 223.

CHRACIS FURCIFER.

Ceracis furcifer, Mellié, Mon. p. 379, t. 4. f£. 24; Gorh. Biol.

C.-Am. iii. pt. 2, Suppl. p. 359.

Ceracis militaris, Gorh. loc. cit. p. 223 (pars), t. 10. f. 26.

Hab. St. Vrxcent: leeward and windward sides (H. H. Smith).

CHRACIS MILITARIS,

Ceracis militaris, Mellié, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1848, p. 379; Gorh.

Biol. C.-Am. iii. pt. 2, p. 223 (pars), and Suppl. p. 359.

Hab. St. Vincent (leeward side) (H. H. Smith).

The head in the male has the clypeus raised into a lamellate

horn, and has two raised lamine on the thorax in front. The

332 REV. H. 8. GORHAM ON THE (Apr. 19,

St. Vincent examples, both male and female, have the head and

thorax blood-red.

CERACIS TRICORNIS.

Ceracis tricornis, Gorh. Biol. C.-Am., Col. iii. pt. 2, p. 224, t. 10.

EiZigd

Hab, St. Vincent: windward side (H. H. Smith).

Of four examples taken together by Mr. Smith one is fortu-

nately a male, exhibiting the prothoracic acuminate projections

just as in the type from Mexico. The front of the head is raised -

into a laminar horn as in C. furcifer, but it is not bifurcate as in

that species, but only emarginate at the tip.

CERACIS UNICORNIS, sp. 0.

Nigro-piceus, nitidus, pedibus testaceis, thorace elytrorum latitudine,

fere glabro, elytris levibus. Long. 1 millim.

Mas, capite cornu lamelliformi, thoracis longitudini equali, apice

imtegro, armato.

Femina, capite prothoraceque muticis.

Hab. Sr. Vincent (H. H. Smith).

The distinguishing character of this little species is the long,

simple, lamelliform, and rather narrow horn which arises from the

front of the head in the male, similar to that in C. furcifer, but

longer and not bifurcate or emarginate at its tip. The head

is somewhat excavated between the eyes in the male, in the

female it is quite smooth and convex. The thorax is as broad as

the elytra at the base ; convex and rather bulky, the sides have an

extremely fine reflexed margin. The mouth, antenne, palpi, and

legs are testaceous.

Four specimens, two males and two females, were obtained.

CERACIS BIFURCUS, sp.n. (Plate XXVIII. figs. 10, 10a.)

Piceus, nitidus, fere glaber, prothorace valido transverso, elytrorum

latitudine. Long. 1 millim.

Mas, capite processu laminato, thoracis longitudine, utrinque

ante oculos armato.

Hab. St. Vincent, 3 (H. H. Smith).

Under the microscope the thorax in this curious little insect is

minutely punctulate, and the elytra are obsoletely and minutely

puncto-striate. The lamine which arise from the head are broad

and stout, inclined to each other, but projecting nearly straight,

curving only a very little inwards; they arise from the inner side

of the eyes, and are as long as the thorax; the apex of each is

simply rounded.

Evuromvs.

Eutomus, De}. Cat. ed. iii. p. 381; Lacord. Gen. vii. p. 369.

Rhipidandrus, Lec. Class. Co]. of N. Am. 1866, p. 236; Fleut.

et Sallé, Col. de la Guadel., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1889, p. 420.

This peculiar genus has been placed by Lacordaire in the

Scolytides, where it stands in Gemm. and Har. Cat. next to

1898.] SHRRICORN COLEOPTERA OF ST, VINCENT. 333

Comptocerus, by Leconte and Horn with the Heteromera, but

more recently by those authors, and by Messrs. Fleutiaux and

Sallé, with the Cioide.

The antenne are 11-jointed, the fifth to the tenth joints

dentate-lamellate internally, the apical joint compressed, nearly

round. The palpi with awl-shaped apical joints. The tarsi are

four-jointed, with a long claw-joint; the first three joints nodi-

form, not pilose or spongiose beneath. The pronotum robust,

with distinct parapleure and sharp margins; its surface has the

reticulate coriaceous sculpture of some Cioide. The elytra sulcate,

with ridge-like acute interstices suggestive of an Aphodius.

The anterior cox are close together. The eyes are coarsely

granulate and not cut out ; the sculpture of the head is similar to

that of the thorax, and is suggestive of Hendecatomus.

Evromus Microcraruus. (Plate XXVII. fig. 4.)

Eutomus micrographus, Lacord. Gen. Col. vii. p. 370, nota;

Fleut. et Sallé, 1. c. p. 421.

Hab. St. Vincunt: leeward side. Grenapa: Grand Etang

(H. H. Smith). GUADELOUPE.

Lives in Boleti on trees according to the French authors.

EUTOMUS SULCATUS, Sp. n.

Eutomo micrographo similis et affinis, sed minor, rufo-brunneus ;

capite prothoraceque creberrime subtiliter alutacets ; antennarum

articulis quinto ad decumum longe dentato-laminatis, subpecti-

natis, apicali interne acuto ; elytris sulcatis, sulcis perobsolete

subrugosis. Long. viv 2 millim.

Hab. Sv. Vincent (H. H. Smith).

From &. micrographus, which this species very closely resembles

in form, sculpture, and structure, #. sulcatus is distinguished by

its much smaller size, its uniform brown colour, the longer Jamellz

of the fifth to tenth joints of the antenne, each lamella from the

sixth joint being about as long as four joints of the funiculus, and

their paler colour, by the acuminate apical angle of their terminal

joint, and by the finer and less reticulate sculpture of the head and

thorax.

About 20 examples of this species were obtained by Mr. Smith.

Tt rather closely resembles a small Aphodius found by him in

Grenada. The only other recorded species of Hutomus is a

Madagascar insect, which very probably is not congeneric.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXVII. Fires. 1-5 & 7-10.

Fig. 1. Tylocerus lineatus, p. 320.

2. Calopteron smithi, p. 315.

3. Photinus notatus, p. 319.

4, Hutomus micrographus, Uacordaire, p. 333.

5, 5a. Mirosternus levis, p. 327.

7. Astylus antillarwm, &, p. 323.

8. Ptinus tessellatus, p. 324.

9. Rhizopertha bifoveata, Wollaston, p. 329.

10, 104. Ceracis bifurcus, p. 332.

334 REV. H. 8. GORHAM ON THE [Apr. 19,

3. On the Coleoptera of the Families Erotylide, Endomy-

chide, and Coccinellide, collected by Mr. H. H. Smith

in St. Vincent, Grenada, and the Grenadines, with

Descriptions of New Species. By Henry S. Goruam,

F.Z.S8.

[Received March 3, 1898.]

(Plate XX VII. figs. 6 & 11, 12.)

The few species representing these families can hardly be re-

garded as typical of the West-Indian Fauna, but it will be ob-

served that a considerable proportion are described as new. It is

hardly possible, for instance, to believe that the Languriides are

only represented by the abnormal genus Hapalips, which also

occurs in Colombia. The principal interest of the present collec-

tion lies in the wide dispersion it suggests of some minute forms,

with the general apparent absence, in the smaller island at least,

of the more specialized genera, such as Hgithus and Megischyrus.

Erotryziin#. (Subfam. Lancuripes.)

HAPALIPS.

Hapalips, Reitter, Verhand. des natur. Vereins in Briinn, 1877,

xv. p. 122.

Corpus elongatum, depressum. Pedes haud longi ; tarsi quadriarti-

culati, articulis tribus primis subtus membranaceis, hirtulis ;

antenne l1-articulate, articulis tribus ultimis clavam lace

articulatam prebentibus. Palpi mawillares articulo ultimo subuli-

ormi. Oculi grosse granulati, magni. Mandibule apice bifide.

Abdomen e segmentis quinque compositum, lineis coxalibus egre

distinguendis.

This name was proposed by Reitter for some species from

Colombia which he placed between Jps and Rhizophagus. They

are anomalous-looking Coleoptera. M. A. Grouvelle considers,

however, that they are more nearly allied to Languriides, and I

can see no reason why they should not be so placed. They differ

however, from the known genera of that group in the following

particulars :—They are depressed, reminding one of Ehizophagus ;

the elytra and some parts of the body are pubescent.

HAPALIPS GROUVELLEI, sp. n. (Plate XXVII. figs. 11, lla, gd,

12, 9.)

Elongatus, depressus, ferrugineus, parcius pube brevi vestitus,

punctatus; elytris punctato-striatis ; prothorace subquadrato, mar-

gine antico prominulo, quasi lobato ; antennis thoracis longitu-

dine, articulo basali valido, secundo ad octavum gradatim brevi-

oribus, intermediis subquadratis, tribus ultimis clavam laxam

prabentibus, nono et decimo transversis, ultimo subquadrato,

Long, 4—4°5 millim.

1898.] COLEOPTERA OF ST. VINCENT. 335

Hab. Sv. Vincent. Grenapa: Mount Gay, leeward side ;

Grand Etang 1900 feet, Black Forest and Chantilly Estates, Bal-

thazar, windward side (H. H. Smith).

The antenne in this insect are placed well in front of the large,

coarsely granulated, oval eyes ; the epistome is prominent, rounded

in front, and its edge covers the antennal sockets (as in Languria) ;

the crown of the head is somewhat elevated and nearly smooth.

The front of the thorax projects like a hood over the base of the

head ; with this exception it is quadrate, a very little narrowed

behind, coarsely punctured, the middle of its disk rather flat, its

sides and base margined. The prosternal process is distinct, with

raised margins, and a little arched. The elytra have strie, with

numerous closely-packed, squarish, but rather obsolete punctures,

becoming smaller and vanishing before the apex. The scutellum

is transverse. The metasternum is very strongly and sparsely, the

abdomen more thickly and less deeply punctate.

A considerable series of examples of this insect was obtained,

principally at Mount Gay Estate.

HAPALIPS FILUM.

Hapalips filum, Reitter, Verh. des natur. Vereins in Br nn,

1877, xv. p. 125.

Hab. Grenada: Mount Gay Estate (leeward side); Balthazar

and Chantilly Estate (windward side).

IscHyRus.

Ischyrus, Lacord. Mon. Erotyl. p. 89; Crotch, Cist. Ent. i.

p- 144; Gorh. Biol. C.-Am., Col. vii. p. 39.

IscHYRUS GRAPHICUS.

Ischyrus graphicus, Lacord. Mon. Erotyl. p. 125; Gorh. Biol.

loc. cit. p. 39, t. 2. £.17.

Hab. St. Vincent (H. H. Smith).

In the specimens of this insect (eight in number) from St.

Vincent, the two middle spots on the thorax are connected with a

basal spot. The head is yellow, excepting at the base and round

the eyes, and the apical black on the elytra is little developed ;

otherwise it is very near J. 4-punctatus and I. subcylindricus. It

has occurred in Mexico and in Nicaragua.

The following species of Jschyrus have been recorded from the

West-India Islands :—

Ischyrus fulvitarsis, Lacord. Mon. Erotyl. p. 129. Haiti.

I. flavitarsis, Lacord. 1. c. p. 130. Cuba.

I, modestus, Oliv. Lacord. 1. c. p. 130. Haiti.

I. (Oocyanus) tarsalis, Lacord. 1. c. p. 106. Haiti.

Also

Oocyanus violaceus, Sturm, Lacord. ].c. p. 196. Cuba.

336 REV. H. S. GORHAM ON THE [Apr. 19,

ARGITHUS,

Aigithus, Fabr. Syst. El. ii. p. 9; Gorh. Biol. C.-Am., Col. vii.

p. 85.

JEGITHUS CLAVICORNIS.

Ohrysomela clavicornis, Linn. Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 370.

Aigithus clavicornis, Gorh, Biol. 1. ¢. p. 87.

Coccinella surinamensis, Linn. Cent. Ins. 10.

Hab, Grenada: Mount Gay Estate and Mount Maitland, on

the leeward side.

The localities recorded show this to be an abundant and widely-

distributed species. Its occurrence, however, in the Antilles has

not been recorded before.

Three examples.

EUXESTUS ?

Euxestus, Wollaston, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1858, vol. ii. p. 411.

The small insect here described presents, as does the type of

Mr. Wollaston’s genus (Z. parki from Madeira), the greatest

difficulty in its classification. M. Fauvel (Rev. d’Ent. x. p. 162)

has regarded Euwestus as a synonym of Pleosoma, Woll. Both

insects are now before me, and present great differences in the

form of the body, in the length of the antenne, in the proportion

of their joints, in the length of the legs and structure of the tarsi.

Euwxestus is, however, also very similar to an Eastern genus of

Motschulsky, Z'ritomidea. But they are not congeneric; the

structure of the capitulus of the antenne alone will separate them.

Our insect from Grenada is so similar to Hu«estus parki that I

cannot at present point out any differences which would separate

it generically, but it is probable they will be found.

EUXESTUS? PICICEPS, sp. n.

Elongato-ovalis, niger, nitidus, fere glaber ; capite prothoracisque

margine antico rufo-piceis ; elytris subtilissime punctato-striatis ;

antennis, pedibus abdomineque rufis. Long. 1°75 millim.

Hab, Grenava: St. John’s River and Mount Gay Estate, leeward

side; Balthazar and Grand Etang, windward side (H. H. Smith).

Shining, glabrous, nearly black above; the head, trophi, legs,

and abdomen deep castaneous red. The antenne are ten-jointed,

if the capitular apical joint be considered as one, but there is pro-

bably a concealed joint in the summit of the capitulus, giving it

the appearance of being slightly truncate at the tip, the suture

(if one exists) not being made out under the microscope; the

basal joint is large and globular, the second much smaller but

stout, the third elongate, gradually widening from the base, the

six funicular joints transverse, but becoming bead-shaped near the

club. The maxillary palpus has its apical joint awl-shaped and

rather long. The legs are stout and short, the femora wide and

receiving the tibie into grooves. Punctuation is visible under the

microscope, when the elytra are seen to have series of very fine

1898.] COLEOPTERA OF ST. VINCENT. 337

and numerous punctures continuing to near the apex, and inter-

spersed with many irregular points, and the thorax is covered

with very minute but distinct points. Underneath, the body is

very shining and deep red, with the exception of the metasternum,

which is black and which, with the abdomen, is glabrous.

About ten examples were found.

Obs. With regard to Tritomidea, if Motschulsky’s drawing of

the antenna be correct, there are but five joints to the funicular

portion of the antenna preceding the capitulus, and that portion

itself is made up of three joints, which is certainly not the case in

the West-Indian insect.

ENDOMYCHID&.

ANIDRYTUS.

Anidrytus, Gerstaecker, Monogr. Endom. p. 256; Gorh. Biol.

C.-Am., Col. vii. p. 125.

ANIDRYTUS sp. ine. 9.

Hab. Grenapa: Mount Gay Estate, leeward side (H. H. Smith).

A single female specimen of an Anidrytus, belonging to Section B,

which are species of a depressed form and with the elytra not

very ovate and but slightly convex. The Anidryti are very similar

in form and colour, and it would be very difficult to determine

this example in the absence of the male, but it appears to be most

like A. parallelus Gerst. The genus has not, I believe, been

recorded previously from the Antilles.

RuyMBvUs.

Rhymbus, Gerstaecker, Monogr. Endom. p. 347; Gorh. Biol.

C.-Am., Col. vu. p. 142.

RHYMBUS GLOBOSUS, sp. n.

Orbicularis, valde convecus, niger ; corpore subtus, pedibus inter-

mediis, et posticis elytrisque ferrugineis. Long. 1°75 millim.

Hab. Grenavda: Chantilly Estate, windward side (H. H. Smith).

Very convex, shining, clothed with pubescence, which is greyish

on the thorax and rutous on the elytra. Head, antenne, palpi,

and thorax black; the antenne as long as would reach rather

further than the hind angles of the thorax, 10-jointed. Thorax

black and shining, the sides narrowly margined and reflexed ; the

basal sulci are distinct, wide at their bases, strongly convergent

and arcuate, terminating as fine lines. Scutelium brownish. Elytra

brown; the punctation is fine but just visible as separate points

under the quarter-inch Coddington Jens. The legs are red, with

the tibize rather more obscurely pitchy or red, the anterior pair

being more obscure than the middle and posterior legs.

Six specimens of this little Rhymbus were obtained ; it is very

distinct from any other described species.

Proc. Zoon. Soc,—1898, No. XXTI. 22

338 REY. H, 8. GORHAM ON THE [Apr. 19,

RHYMBUS UNICOLOR, sp. n.

Orbiculuris, valde converus, ferrugineus, rufo-pubescens ; elytris

crebre, minute, distincte punctatis; antennis fulvis, articulis

duobus basalibus et apicali dilutioribus. Long. 1-75 millim,

Hab. St. Vincent, leeward side (H. H. Smith).

The size and form are precisely those of R. globosus, and the

form of the thorax, the thoracic sulci, and the narrow reflexed

margins are similar; the pubescence appears rather more ragged

and rather less thick (perhaps owing to less fine condition), but

the uniform colour very clearly distinguishes this little species, the

only part which differs being the middle of the antenne and

the front portion of the thorax, which are darker rusty-red than

the rest, and the apical joint of the antennz, which is decidedly

pale. This species is evidently nearly allied to R. apicalis Gerst., a

Colombian insect, but is, I think, smaller, and better kept distinct

as an insular form for the present. Nine specimens were obtained.

DIALEXIA.

Dialewia, Gorham, Biol. C.-Am., Col. vii. p. 146.

DIALEXIA PUNCTIPENNIS, sp. n.

Breviter oblongus, suborbicularis, parce pilosellus, castaneus, nitidus;

elytris parce punctatis ; antennis flavis, clava laxe triarticulata,

migra ; prothoracis angules posticos usque attingente. Long.

1 millim. :

Hab. Grexapa: Balthazar, windward side (H. H. Smith).

The genus Dialexia was formed for the reception of a minute

beetle (D. setulosa Gorh.) from Guatemala, of which, as in the

present case, only a single specimen was obtained. They may be

compared with the European Aspidophort. The antenne are

9-jointed. In the present species there are faint indications

of basal sulci, in two short lines at the base of the thorax (as in

Rhymbus), and under the microscope (j-inch objective) the elytra

are distinctly but sparsely punctate. The determination of

Micro-Coleoptera, when only single specimens are sent, must

always at best be tentative. In the present case, however, the

minute insect here described is in perfect condition, and on re-

mounting it I was able to set out the legs and antenne, so that I

have no doubt of its position. The occurrence of a second species

more than 1500 miles from the original discovery is an interesting

fact, indicating the vast amount we have to learn about the distri-

bution and classification of these minute forms of insect life.

The present insect is allied to Rhymbus minutus Gorh. and

Alexia minor Crotch; and I would call attention again to my

remarks on those species, in the ‘ Biologia,’ under Dialexia.

I could not under any circumstances admit the specific identity

of any of these upon evidence drawn from single examples from

such distant localities. That must remain, I think, for some future

student, when larger numbers have been collected.

1898. } COLEOPLERA OF ST. VINOENT. 339

CocoiINELLID &.

MEGILLA.

Megilla, Mulsant, Spec. Col. Trim. sécur. p. 24; Gorh. Biol.

C.-Am., Col. vii. p. 151.

M&GILLA MACULATA.

Coccinella maculata, De Geer, Mém. Ins. v. p. 392; Gorh. Biol.

C.-Am. l. ¢. p. 151, t. viii. figs. 19 & 20.

Hab. St. Vincent (H. H. Smith).

Very widely distributed in North and South America, and has

been recorded from the Antilles by Olivier.

PsYLLOBORA.

Psyllobora (Chevy.), Mulsant, Spec. Col. Trim. sécur. p. 1695

Gorh. Biol. C.-Am., Col. vii. p. 165.

PSYLLOBORA PUNOTELLA.

Psyllobora punctella, Mulsant, 1. c. p. 173; Crotch, Rev. Cocc.

p- 142.

Hab. Grenava: Caliveny Estate, windward side, and Mount

Gay Estate, on the leeward side (H. H. Smith). GRENADINES:

Becquia and Mustique Islands (H. H. Smith).

Crotch remarks of this species, “easily to be recognized by the

yellowish-white elytra, which have only two basal dots black.”

This may have been so in the specimens he examined from Trinidad

and St. Vincent, but Mulsant expressly says that the elytra have

four to five dots. And this is so: in the examples from Grenada

there are always two basal and generally two median, and sometimes

the three apical dots present; the latter may sometimes disappear

altogether. The thorax has five dots forming an M.

[Psyllobora nana Muls. Spec. Col. Trim. sécur. p. 181: Cuba

and Jamaica. Psyllobora lineola Fabr., Muls. 1. c. p. 185: Mar-

tinique, Guadeloupe. ]

CYCLONEDA.

Cycloneda, Crotch, Rev. Coce. p. 162; Gorh. Biol. C.-Am., Col.

vil. p. 169.

Daulis, Mulsant, Spec. Col. Trim. sécur. p. 296.

CYCLONEDA SANGUINEA.

Coccinella sanguinea, Linn. Ameen. Acad. vi. p. 393.

Daulis sanguinea, Mulsant, 1. c. p. 326.

Cycloneda sanguinea, Crotch, |. c. p. 164; Gorh. Biol. C.-Am. 1. c.

p- 170.

Hab. Sv. Vincent, windward side. Grenapa: Mount Gay

and Vendome Estates, leeward side; Granville, Grand Etang,

Balthazar, and Lake Antoine Estate, windward side. GRENADINES ;

Becquia and Union Islands (H. H. Smith).

This insect is distributed from the Southern States of North

340 REY. H. 5. GORHAM ON THE (Apr. 19,

America to Buenos Ayres, and has been recorded from Cuba by

Mulsant and from Guadeloupe by MM. Flentiaux and Sallé.

CYCLONEDA DELAUNEYI.

Neda delauney?, Flent. et Sallé, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1889, p. 483°.

Hab. Grunapa: Mount Gay Estate, leeward side; Balthazar,

windward side (H. H. Smith). GUADELOUPE’.

The almost white marginal band of the elytra is sinuous just

before the apex, and is almost divided there by the brown discoidal

colour of their surface being prolonged into an acuminate point on

the suture. The disk of the thorax is clouded, but the white sides

are not defined by lines, as in C. rubida, and sometimes the whole

thorax is whitish. Several allied species (as WV. viridula Muls., to

which the authors compare this insect ; and C. pallidula=C. rubida

var.) are light green when alive, which colour fades to a dirty

yellow. The elytra in some of our examples are paler on the

middle than towards the sides. Ten examples were sent by

Mr. Smith.

HYPERASPIS.

Hyperaspis, Chevr., D’Orb. Dict. univ. d’Hist. nat. vi. p. 780 ;

Muls. Spec. Col. Trim. sécur. p. 649; Gorh. Biol. C.-Am., Col. vii.

p- 191.

HyYPERASPIS FESTIVA.

Hyperaspis festiva, Muls. |. c. p. 659 ; Crotch, Rev. Coce. p. 230 ;

Gorh. Biol. C.-Am. ]. ce. p. 195.

Hab. Grenapa: Vendéme Estate, leeward side; Grand Etang,

windward side (H. H. Smith).

The specimens, seven in number, which appear to be referable

to this species, are of both sexes (the males with yellow, the females

with black heads), but are somewhat discoloured, and seem rather

more deeply punctured than typical examples. The difference is,

however, very slight. The example from Grand Etang is a small

male.

[ HyPERASPIS CONNECTENS. |

Coccinella connectens, Schénh. Syn. Ins. ii. p. 157, nota.

Hyperaspis connectens, Muls. 1. c. p. 662 ; Gorh. Biol. C.-Am. l.c.

Hab. West Invizs: St. Eustatius, St. Bartholomew.

Both these species occur also on the continent, and may be local

varieties.

HYPrRASPIS CINCTICOLLIS.

Cleothera cincticollis, Muls. Spec. Col. Trim. sécur. p. 553.

Hyperaspis eincticollis, Crotch, Rey. Coce. p. 230; Gorh. Biol.

C.-Am., Col. vii. p. 195, t. x. fig. 23.

Hab. Grenapa: St. George’s and Vendéme Estates, leeward

side; Granville, windward side (H. H. Smith).

This insect is hardly more than a variety of H. festiva in which

1898. COLEOPTERA OF ST. VINCENT. 341

the yellow colour is more extended and the middle and apical

fascize have become united. When found by Mr. Champion in the

Pearl Islands, Panama, both forms occurred abundantly. Probably

other slight differences might be found in examples from the

mainland of Colombia, whence it was described by Mulsant. One

example from each locality only.

CRYPTOGNATHA.

Cryptognatha, Muls. Spec. Col. Trim. sécur. p. 497 ; Gorh. Biol.

C.-Am., Col. vii. p. 181.

CRYPTOGNATHA MELANURA, sp. n. (Plate XXVII. figs. 6, 6 a.)

Rufa ; capite, prothoracis margine tenui antico et lateribus late

albis; disco nigro; elytris sanguineis, pone medium nigris ;

pedibus pallidis. Long. 14 millim.

Hab. Grenada: Mirabeau Estate, windward side (H. H. Smith).

This little species has the head, the extreme front edge and the

sides of the thorax rather widely white, and the legs are nearly

white. The disk of the thorax is black, and is, with the elytra,

very finely punctured, the punctures scarcely visible except under

the microscope. The elytra are chestnut-red, except in the apical

third or rather more, which is black. The whole insect is (as usual

in this genus) nearly orbicular and strongly convex.

There is only one example.

ScyMNvs.

Scymnus, Kugelann, in Schneider’s Mag. i. p. 545 (1794) ; as

sant, Spec. Col. Trim. sécur. p. 950; Gorh. Biol. C.-Am., Col.

pt. 2, p. 226.

Sect. I. Diomus.

ScYMNUS THORACICUS.

Coccinella thoracica, Fabr. Syst. El. i. p. 378.

Scymnus thoracicus, Muls. loc. cit.; Gorh. Biol. C.-Am. l.c. t. xxi.

fig. 18.

Hab. St. VINCENT, south end. Grenapa: Mount Gay Estate,

Mount Maitland, St. George’s and Vendome Estates, leeward side ;

Balthazar, Lake Antoine, Mirabeau, La Force, and Caliveny Estates,

Granville, on the windward side; Grande Anse, south end.

GRENADINES: Mustique and Union Islands.

ScYMNUS OCHRODERUS.

Scymnus ochroderus, Muls. Spec. Col. Trim. sécur. p. 951;

Crotch, Rev. Coce. p. 270.

Hab. St. Vincunt, leeward side, to 3000 feet. Grenava:

Mount Gay and Vendéme Estates, St. George’s and Mt. Maitland,

on the leeward side; Balthazar, Chantilly, Caliveny, and Mirabeau

Estates, on the windward side. GRENADINES: Mustique Island.

The type of this species from St. Bartholomew is before me, and

I see no difference between it and many examples sent by Mr. H.

342 ON THE COLEOPTERA OF ST, VINCENT. [Apr. 19,

H. Smith from Grenada. They are very like S. thoracicus, but are

smaller on the average when a series like ours of about 35 examples

is examined. They are, moreover, rather more oblong and more

convex, and have a third of the elytra red at the apex, and this

red part often more brightly coloured than in S. thoracicus. In

some examples the thorax has a black spot on the base, as is more

usual in S. thoracicus; but if we are right in our reference no

reliance can be placed on the presence or absence of this mark,

as the great majority of specimens of both species which I have

seen are free from it. 4

ScyMNUS ROSEICOLLIS ?

Scymnus roseicollis, Muls. Opuse. Ent. iii. 1853, p. 270; Crotch,

Rev. Coce. p. 270; Flent. et Sallé, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1889,

p. 484?

Hab. St. Vincent, windward side, sea-level; leeward side.

GrenapDa: St. George’s, Mount Gay Estate, Vendéme Estate,

Mt. Maitland, Grand Etang, leeward side; Balthazar, windward

side; Grande Anse, south side (H. H. Smith). GRENADINES:

Mustique.

There are about eighteen examples of a Scymnus among those

sent from Grenada, which agree in many of their details with

Mulsant’s description, and as MM. Flentiaux and Sallé referred

without hesitation a species from Guadeloupe to S. roseicollis,

I do not venture to give our insect a new name. Our insect is

oval, pointed towards the apex; the head, thorax, and two round

spots detached from the apex are bright yellow; the body is

blackish, only yellow towards the tip of the abdomen. The

example in Crotch’s collection is from Guadeloupe, but is not

S. roseicollis Muls. in my opinion, and has no typical value.

ScYMNUS GRENADENSIS, sp. n.

Oblongus, convexus, dense griseo-pubescens, niger; prothoracis angulis

anticis obscure rufescentibus ; elytris singulis vitta angusta rufa,

nec basim nec apicem attingente ; pedibus flavis. Long. 1:25

millim.

Hab. Grenapa: Balthazar, windward side; Mount Gay Estate,

leeward side.

This species is near to the one described by me as Scymnus

hoget (Biol. C.-Am., Col. vii. p. 230). It is smaller, more convex,

and the red vitta of the elytra is of a different form, not being

shaped like a comma, but of even width throughout. The head is

obscurely red, the thorax is rather narrow and blackish, except

near the front angles. The body is blackish; the punctation is

not visible under a Coddington lens. The single example from

Balthazar is the type; the specimen from Mount Gay is a little

lighter in tone, the apex of the elytra and that of the body

being distinctly red, but I think it obviously represents the same

species. I cannot pretend to give further details, as the specimens

7S 1898 PLXXVIE

E Wilson Cambridge:

SERRICORN AND OTHER COLEOPTERA FROM THE WEST INDIES.

“>

1898. ] DR. BASHFORD DEAN ON PALHOSPONDYLUS GUNNI. 343

have been mounted with Canada balsam on card, and to clean

them so as to really determine the form of the coxal fossettes

would perhaps be only unsatisfactory. It is a distinct-looking

species, and when found in the same or neighbouring islands ought

to be recognized.

[ScyMNUS PHL@US. |

Scymnus phlcus, Muls. Spec. Col. Trim. sécur. p. 983; Crotch,

Rev. Coce. p. 271.

Hab. West Indies (Chevrolat).

The type of this is not in Crotch’s collection; a single example

representing it is marked “ phiaus?,” and is from Caracas, but is

valueless, being in miserable condition, and does not agree with

Mulsant’s description.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXVII. Fias. 6, 11, & 12.

Figs. 6, 6a. Cryptognatha melanura, p. 341.

11, lla. Hapalips growvellet, 3, p. 334.

12, Hapalips grouvellei, 9.

4. Remarks on the Affinities of Paleospondylus gunni. In

reply to Dr, R. H. Traquair. By Dr. Basurorp

Dean}.

[Received March 12, 1898.]

Whether Paleospondylus is to be accepted by zoologists as

a Devonian hag-fish is a question of singular interest. For all

views as to the kinships and descent of the Marsipobranchs, the

outcome of widely-spread morphological and ontogenetic studies,

must stand the test of this historic evidence. Thus, if Palco-

spondylus becomes the landmark in the descent of Marsipobranchs,

this lne must obviously have been both as ancient and as inde-

pendent as those of other fish-like vertebrates.

But the evidence that Paleospondylus is a Cyclostome has yet to

be satisfactorily furnished. Many of its accurately determined

structures are distinctly unlike those of myxinoids or petromyzonts ;

while those features which appear at first sight cyclostomian occur

also in other fish-like forms, and in the mouth, nasal region

especially, may even in part be due to the imperfect preservation

of the fossil. These objections, not unduly critical in view of the

importance of the subject, become all the more formidable in view

of the fact that paired fins may have been present.

The latter condition was suggested by the present writer, on the

evidence of a specimen of Palcospondylus in the geological museum

of Columbia University, presenting a series of transverse ray-

shaped markings, which were interpreted as probably the basal

supports of paired fins. The brief paper? in which the specimen

1 Communicated by A. Suirn Woopwarp, F.Z.S. (See P. Z.S. 1897, p. 314.)

2 Trans. New York Acad. Sci. vol. xv. 1896, pp. 101-104, pl. v.

344° DR. BASHFORD DEAN ON PALEZOSPONDYLUS GUNNI. [Apr. 19,

was described tabulated also the reasons for and against the

alliance of Palaospondylus with the Cyclostomes, maintaining

finally that the sole character directly favourable to this alliance

was the ring-shaped opening at the head terminal, and that even

this evidence was far from convincing.

Some of these objections, however, were shertly answered by

Dr. Traquair’, the describer of the fossil and the vigorous

supporter of its supposed cyclostomian affinities. The debatable

specimen had been sent to him at Edinburgh ; but it had not con-

vinced him that the radial-shaped markings were other than petro-

logical. He criticises, furthermore, several points in terminology,

and, although he does not consider the balance of evidence as being

against the marsipobranchian features, feels himself justified in con-

cluding that the question of the affinities of Palwospondylus is left

where it was after he had written his last paper on the subject: that

is that, according to his interpretation of the fossil, there seems no

escape from the conclusion that it must be classed as a marsipobranch.

The purpose of the present paper is to reply to the criticism of

Dr. Traquair and to emphasize the non sequitur of his general

conclusions. The latter purpose is the more interesting, for to

retain Palwospondylus even provisionally in the position of a Devo-

nian cyclostome will certainly, on such slender evidence, prove of

little value, if not of actual harm, to phylogenetic studies.

The answer to the criticism of Dr. ‘Traquair may be arranged :—

(1.) As to the ‘‘ petrological ” nature of the supposed fin-supports,

and (I].) as to the matters of terminology.

(I.) The evidence that the markings first described by me are

not petrological has in part been furnished me most generously

by Dr. Traquair himself; for during a recent visit to Edinburgh he

permitted me to examine the material of Paleospondylus both in

the Museum of Science and Art and in his private cabinet ; and a

specimen of the latter he has even loaned to me for further study—

kindnesses which I acknowledge gratefully. Among these spe-

cimens were two or three which showed distinct traces of the

questionable markings as first described, in the same position, of

the same general shape and size. That these markings re-occur

so similarly seems to me conclusive evidence that they must be

interpreted as structures of the fossil. But it will be objected

that these markings have retained no organic matter, “ mere

shadows,” as Traquair expresses it, due to favourable illumination.

Be this granted in every case but the first, where I am not satisfied

that all traces of tissne have been weathered out: yet this ob-

jection is by no means fatal. For in numerous specimens of Palo-

spondylus the markings of the tips of the caudal fin-rays are equally

lacking in organic matter, “‘ mere shadows,” best to be seen with

an oblique light,—yet no one will doubt that these ray-shaped

shadows represent structures of the fossil. The writer has in

mind entire specimens of Palwospondylus in Mr. Kinnear’s

collection which have been intentionally ‘‘ weathered out,” in which

nothing remains but the “shadows” of head, vertebre, and tail !

1 Proce. Zool. Soe. 1897, pp. 314-317.

1898.] DR. BASHFORD DEAN ON PALEHOSPONDYLUS GUNNI. 345

Finally, that the regular grain of the stone has produced the ques-

tionable markings, as Dr. Traquair maintains, has been pronounced

untenable by those petrologists to whom I have shown specimens.

The parallel striature he refers to, so common in many matrices, is

finer, smoother, more regular, continuous, much fainter, not to be

confused with the blunt-ended markings noted in the foregoing

specimens. In view of the evidence of additional fossils one must,

I believe, regard the markings as representing structures—whatever

be accepted as their ultimate homology. Dr. Traquair denied

before the British Association (1896) that my fossil had any value,

prior to his examination of it, on the ground that in his many

specimens there were no traces of the markings. This objection

is now obviously invalid, since in his own collection have been

found traces of them. Indeed there is reason why among several

hundred fossils there might not appear prominent remains of

structures as frail as the questionable fin-supports; for the

specimens of Palcospondylus are, as a rule, poorly preserved. So

far as I know, in all the materials extant there are very few

specimens—a dozen or thereabouts—which deserve to be pro-

nounced really good.

(I1.) Dr. Traquair’s criticism of my terminology is included

under the following heads:—(a) the use of the term “oral ” for

what he believes to be ‘‘ nasal”; (6) reference to the ‘‘ diphycercal

(or perhaps heterocercal) ” caudal fin ; and (c) supposed confusion

of terms “‘ radial” and ‘“ basal” tin-supports.

(a) The first of these is the important one. That the anterior

“median cirrated opening” of Palwospondylus was described by

Dr. Traquair as entirely nasal, altogether unconnected with the

mouth, I have certainly been loth to believe. He refers to part

of it in his second paper'as ‘the upper margin of a suctorial

mouth,” and later as “‘ presumably nasal,” * and I have referred to it,

partly on this account, as equivalent to the mouth-region of a myxi-

noid *®. He nowhere states that it is independent from the mouth,

and, although his comparison is with Marsipobranchs in general,

he repeatedly refers to Mymwine*, in which the barbel-bearing ring

of fibro-cartilage encircles the openings of both mouth and nose.

That the ‘‘cirrated”’ ring should be regarded as nasal only seemed

most unintelligible, for it was not probable that Dr. Traquair would

wish to ally Palaospondylus to the Marsipobranchs by a character

1 Proc. Roy. Phys. Soc. Edinb. 1892-93, xii. p. 90.

2 L.c. p. 318, and Ann. Scot. Nat. Hist. 1894, April, p. 98.

3 He twice refers to the greater length of the lateral “‘barbels” and their

origin “inside the margin of the ring, instead of from its rim like the others ”

(Z. c. p. 96), a condition which further suggests to the reader the division of

the opening into ventral (mouth) and dorsal (nasal) halves.

4 Hg. (Proce. Roy. Phys. Soc. Edinb. xii. p. 319) “... im the recent Marsi-

pobranchs, two kinds of cartilage enter into the formation of the cranio-facial

apparatus, of which one is considerably harder and more solid than the other.

In Myzxine the hard cartilage prevails in the cranium, while the soft variety

enters largely into the structure of the hyo-lingual parts. A similar condition

may have existed in Palgospondylus....”

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1898, No. XX ITI. 23

346 DR. BASHFORD DEAN ON PALHOSPONDYLUS GUNNI. [Apr. 19,

absolutely unknown in the entire craniote phylum,—a terminal

monorhinal ring bearing barbel-like structures. This would entail

the development of a new theory of the vertebrate head, the eirrho-

rhinal, as opposed to the cirrhostomial theory of Pollard. That this

departure from our old-fashioned ideas of marsipobranch morphology

Characters of Palwospondylus with reference to Marsipobranchs.

Evidence | Favourable Unfavourable

| = | se:

| Oral cirri ...| Suggest somewhat the) Resemble even as much in arrange-

| barbels of the naso-| ment and greater number the buccal

mouth region of myxi-| cirri of Amphiovus. Dr. Traquair's

TOI yee side... Sateadees ee evidence of cirrorhiny (protochor-

date?). On the other hand, simi-

lar mouth-surrounding tentacles

evolved independently in many

groups of fishes—siluroids, sharks,

forms like Pogonias, Hemitripterus.

A possibility, further, that the

“cirri” may turn out to be remnants

of cranial or facial structures of an

entirely different nature.

Jaw parts .../ Unknown ............... Unknown. Possibility that the ven-

tral rim of the “nasal ring” may

prove to be the remains of Meckelian

cartilage. (Vide Ann. Scot. Nat. Hist.

1894, pl. iii. figs. 1, 2).

(ONERCENINY © salieri nis Mosan scan andoseoon. Utterly non-marsipobranchian. Mas-

sive cranium, over twice as large

proportionately as in the lamprey.

Huge auditory (?) capsules.

}

SWenteD CHa tn, nestechenaceemescedsccctieciceas Utterly non-marsipobranchian. High-

column. ly evolved. Massive centra, promi-

nent neural arches.

Paired (fries. c) ses seweeakte se etee lasers e= Fatal evidence against marsipo-

branch affinities, if the ray-shaped

markings are admitted to be the

basalia of paired fins. Their pre-

sence is alone sufficient, ceteris pari-

bus, to cause Paleospondylus to be

removed {rom its provisional posi-

tion among the Cyclostomes. Also

the ‘‘ post-occipital plates” possibly

represent a pectoral arch.

Caudal fin ...| Essentially marsipo-| Its condition also common, as diphy-

branchian, especially| cercy (and gephyrocercy), in other

its dichotomous rays.| groupsof fishes —sharks, lung-fishes,

teleostomes.

was, however, actually intended becomes evident from his remarks

on my earlier paper. And I sincerely apologize for having mis-

understocd his meaning. For now it appears that he interprets

the ring and its cirri as “cranial” structures, and they must

therefore be entirely unlike the myxinoid ring, which is clearly

1898.] | DR. BASHFORD DEAN ON PALEHOSPONDYLUS GUNNI. 347

facial. Thus he himseif rejects the most significant point of

comparison of Pala@ospondylus with cylostome.

(6) To the second criticism, that in regard to the possible hetero-

cercy of Palcwospondylus, there is needed but a brief explanation.

For in the first place Dr. Traquair, so far as I am aware, does not

use either term, diphycercy or heterocercy. His figures, however,

indicate clearly the diphycercal condition. I now remember, how-

ever, that I qualified it in parentheses as “ perhaps heterocercal,”

owing to the following sentence in Dr. Traquair’s third paper *:—

“« A specimen which I obtained last autumn . . . shows that these

rods or spines (of the tail-fin) were considerably longer than they

had been represented in any of my figures, and consequently that

the fin was so much deeper”? :—does this mean heterocercal ?

(¢) That Dr. Traquair has mistaken my use of the terms radial

and basal fin-supports is possibly due to a hasty reading of my

paper. The questionable markings had been described as lying

within the line of the body-wall, therefore obviously interpretable

as basals. They are, however, of the narrow rod-shaped form

characteristic of radial fin-supports, and have, therefore, been

termed from their shape “‘ radial-like.”

To return next to the question of the affinities of Paleospondylus.

The structural evidence it presents in likeness and unlikeness to

the Marsipobranchs has already been tabulated, and may be repeated

with additions (see p. 346).

From this comparison I am led to believe that Paleospondylus

should not be given a place—even a provisional one—among the

Marsipobranchs, leaving out of question the possibility of its having

paired fins®. The weight of evidence certainly falls on the unfavour-

able side. But what position can be assigned to so problematical a

vertebrate? Dr. Traquair agrees that “if Paleospondylus be not

a Marsipobranch, it is quite impossible to refer it to any other

existing group of Vertebrata.” Until at least a more definite

knowledge of its structures shall warrant the change, systematists

may be willing to accept it as the representative of the new sub-

class (or class?) Cyclie, constituted for it by Professor Gill *.

Columbia University,

Feb. 7, 1898.

1 Proc. Roy. Phys. Soc. Edinb. xii. p. 316.

? The italics and parentheses are mine.

* If the markings be the basalia of paired fins, the latter would certainly be

of a ptychopterygial form. The markings cannot well be neural and kemal

spines, for reasons already given ; nor ribs, from their size or shape ; nor casts of

muscle-plates, first from their shape, and second from their position, for in the

neighbourhood of the gills muscle-plates, as experience has shown, are least

likely to be preserved

4 ‘Science,’ July 3, 1896.

348 MR. F. 0. PICKARD CAMBRIDGE ON THE GHNUS EATONIA. [May 3,

May 3, 1898.

Prof. G. B. Howzs, F.R.S., F.Z.S., in the Chair.

The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the

Society’s Menagerie during the month of April 1898 :—

The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-

gerie during the month of April was 165, of which 101 were by

presentation, 43 by purchase, 3 were received on deposit, 17 were

born inthe Menagerie, and 1 was received inexchange. The total

number of departures during the same period, by death and re-

movals, was 87.

Among the additions attention may be specially called to two

birds forwarded by Dr. Goeldi, C.M.Z.S., from Para, and presented

to the Society’s Collection. These are :—

1. A nearly white fowl, stated to be a hybrid between a male

Guinea-fowl and a domestic hen, from Ceard, Brazil, where it is

said that such crosses are often bred and are called Tahy. This

bird looks, at first, so much like a common hen that one would

be inclined to doubt its alleged parentage until one hears its voice,

which is most unmistakably that of a Guinea-fowl. On close

examination it also shows a slight coronal helmet and indications

of lappets at the gape.

2. A male Curassow (Craw pinima) from the upper valley of

the Rio Grajahu in the State of Maranham.

Dr. Goeldi writes:—‘“ This bird will interest you, as it has me,

because it quite agrees with the males of ‘ Mutwm pinima’ which

were brought to me by the Tembé Indians from the upper valley

of the Rio Capim, and, according to my opinion, settles the whole

question of Craw pinima of Natterer being the hitherto unknown

male of the females upon which the Nattererian species was esta-

blished, which species was afterwards united with Craw sclateri

Gray. This being the case, the Nattererian Craw pinima should

now be recognized.”

A communication was read from the Rev. O. Pickard Cambridge,

F.R.S., stating that as he found that his name Hatonia, proposed

for a new genus of Acaridea in a paper read on December 14th last

(see P. Z. 8. 1897, p. 939), had been previously employed for a

genus of Brachiopoda (see 10th Ann. Report of New York State

Cabinet of Nat. Hist. p. 90), he proposed to substitute for it the

new name Hatoniana.

»~ Conrents (continued).

March 15, 1898 (continued).

: : Page

Additions to the Knowledge of the Phytophagous Coleoptera of Africa.—Part I. By

Mian acony, FHS: (Plate XMM) ia. Ul tient ee dtinaa ieee eee ee ee 212

jin A new Flagellate Protozoon of the Genus Lophomonas. By EB. H. 5 .Scnusrer, F.ZS, 242 °

April 5, 1898.

Seeretary. eeport on the Additions to the Society's Menagerie in March 1898 ...... 245

‘, Oldfield Buona, Bxhibition of, and remarks upon, a series of specimens of a Siamese

: isl showing variability in coloration Pal iene RUS cco NaN ane eon taa gels sang ey 245

; n. the Spacek of the Genus Millepora : a preliminary Communication. By Sypney J.

Hickson, M.A. D.Sc., _F. HES Y dacs tebe hee sie Wamogt weoae'd Po eutats pu ue Waals taeab ee 246

On the Perforate Oorals collected by the Author in the South Pacific. By J. Srannuy

_ Garpiver, M.A., Gonville and Caius College, Cambridge: (Plates XXIII. & XXIV.).. 257

On: the Geographical Races of the Banting. By R. Rincincan: BA,, F-.R.S., F.Z:S

(Plate Be Fee IA Aa eustenctiond epee a wneANe RRs kg Mikes Te nivale ers MOE ee eA ald 26

% Description of a new Dik-dik Antelope ( Maidogua ) discovered in N.E. Africa by

Y pares . 8. H. Cavendish. By Ouprierp Troms, FZS Pl TO gales Bente Oy LS Gk 278.

‘April 19, 1898.

E, W. L, Holt. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some advanded larve-of the

_ luminous Fish Scopelus GNC. os Rota is, a's ale Higa go Wika fe es 9g a aie ag Chen a 279

on Walter Rothschild, ‘PZS. Exhibition of a ta specimen of the Ribbon-fish,

5 Gres argenteus GES REP RN AEN am Mesa Bs Das pe Aleeis ate Nari leech Page 280

Sclater. “Remarks on the principal animals observed during recent visits to the

Marseilles Garden, the menagerie of the Bey - Tunis at Marsa, and the Jardin

dAceimatation, LN. oe ein a terns Peay ap Reames. Ahn | Sule cea ac oem oy ee 280...

the Breeding of the ‘Drasonet ( Callionymus yin) in the Marine Biological Asso-

tion’s: Aquarium at Plymouth ; ‘with! a, preliminary account of the Elements, and

some remarks on the significance of the Sexual. Dimorphism.” By Brnustr W. L. Hour.

Spee XL) BO De sia ahah faie ani «tpt 2 AIo- eC ATS of ale arora ee oLLTT Te eh eRe ota, ea ci 231

‘On the Betricara Guichen of St. Vincent, Grenada, and the Grenadines (Malacodermata,

Ptinide, Bostrychide), with Descriptions of new Species. ae Henry §. Gorwan, F:Z.8.

ate. XXVIT. figs. 1-5 & 7-10.) .. ..... plsetan sia ara pda aptuagios ee the Chote came te tee este 31d

the Coleoptera of the Families Erotylide, Endomy chides ‘and Ghclanclitier callecbedt

y Mr. H. H. Smith in St. Vincent, Grenada, and the Grenadines, with vane of

fs egy By Henry: Gorman, E.ZS8. (Plate XXVIF, figs. 6» Sg hh Boe 2 BBd4 =

isthe on the Affinities of Sibi apie ee eee Ne reply to. Dr, R. H. Traquair. By

D Basnronn Drax. Sept eis. d Savane Salengie eR sire wa cyGae venga n/n tha) arming ve daWarssles x EON oy

2 May 3, 1898. Ie

e Se ae Report on the Additions to the er s Menagerie in * Apa 1898 . . 348

. .

x ;

i ws

1898... 3 see ete

PART II.

Plate’ eri Page -

XIX. 1. Pelmatochromiswelwitschi. 2. Chromidotilapia hingsleye ... 132 |

RX: Butterflies from Natal (.+.. 06+ 6... 6s de eect ee ce fh ete een es 186° ;

XXI. “Cancer pagurus, First Post-larval Stages; magnified... ri .. 204

XXII. New species of Afriean Phytophagous Coleoptera its ase 3 aoe ~ 212

eet \ Corals from the South Patific weet e tee beeen ry pig a 3 7 ss

XXY. Heads of (1) Burmese and (2) Sayan Rates of the « Baoing (Bos

, oegnteios) sais, ale pinta’ y ACS s aed ylaia oil o-Welae his be min minieinls 276

XXVI. Callionymus lira... <6. ste NS EME ateate foie ye S sh 281 ret

XXVII., Serricorn and other Coleoptera from the West Indies .. . “315 & 334 0 ie

. * hs f

s NOTIC = ‘ 4 : :

The ' Penpboaings’ are issued i in four parts, as follows: — EPO a ;

Part I. containing papers read in eae and Febroary, on ey une Ist. * :

12 Gt lenge ye » March and April, on August ist. -

/ Bia aria i » May and June, on October Ist.) eee

ms 9 reer meh 33 November: and Deoembe, on Ap Ist. ie .

- pe ef

: A it “e

y td a 3 er

ts Sy mi by

heey:

PROCEEDINGS

OF- THE

| GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY

OF LONDON

FOR THE YEAR

1898.

PART TIL

CONTAINING PAPERS READ IN

MAY ann JUNE.

OCTOBER ist, 1898,

% PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY,

Bi ‘SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER SQUARE.

pes 1 feo tao TON DOM

at “MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO,

it 4 FATERNOSTER: ROW.

[Price Twelve Shillings. ]

LIST OF CONTENTS. i as

PART III.—1898. iat

May 3, 1898.

Mr. Sclater. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some specimens of Mabisagle from the |

Gambia, with a List of the Antelopes known from that Colony .+......++-+..-+++ os

1. On the Larger Mammals of Tunisia. By Sir Harry Jounston, K.O.B., F.Z:S.

. On some Pigeons and Parrots from North and North-west Australia. By Prof. BR. Cousen, aes

F.M.Z8," (Plates XXVIII. & XXTK.) ...... Hes ava Sucks “ise ates EES Ce Cea gs

3. Notes on Lepus oiostolus and L. aver from Tibet, and on'a Kashmir Macaque. By

W. TL. Buanrorp, F.R.S., F:Z SIR a CARAS BOR Mee latory Sree Lg EA UNOS Shenae in aCe te ape a OC

4. Ona Collection of eos Insects from San Dukiiigo: By Esiiy Met SHARPE. a

is)

With Field-notes by the Collector, Dr. Curnperr Curisty»..--. Scab aanevene bet aha li nan 36:

5, A List of the Lepidopterous Insects collected by Mrs. Lort Phillips in Somaliland. By i

Bantry MARY. SHARPE '5%). (9% osm sila wile © Wei bie's apnle dierpieyeie mie avn bieie Whale tinal O

- 6. On a Collection of Insects and Arachnids made by Mr. E. N. Bennett in Socotra, with

Descriptions, of new Speeies. By F. A: Dixry, M.A., M.D. Matcoum Burr, en e

and the Rey. O. Prcxarn-Camprivcr, M.A., F.R. S., CM.ZS. (Plates XXX, & resin 72

May 17, 1898.

Ly On a sroall Collection of Matanals obtained by Mr. Alfred Sharpe, CB.; in Nyasaland.

By Otprreip Txomas, SUA cle la Bin b's elas Peewee Micleres Ae cb tele ts Via2te Pu ie Brose clean sae ;

. On a Collection of Lepidoptera made in British Hast Africa by Mr. C. 8. Betton. By

Arruur G. Burozr, PhD., F.LS., F.ZS., &c., Senior Assistant-Keeper, Zoological x

Department, British Museum. (Plates XXXII & XXXII.)

3. On some Harthworms from British India. By Sopare M, Feparp ...+-.i.-.0+++ ees

4; On a new Genus and Species of Rodents of the vane Anomaluride, from Wet Africa,:

By W. E. pe Winton, F.Z.8. (Plates XXXIV. & XXXY.

5. On the Identification ofa Gecko argue Penang. By Sranuey 8. Frower, dth Fusiliers,

B.ZS.

er ee ad

Pr a a ee ee eee er. oe ete Ce ere ee ie are ee <>)

June'7, 1898...

The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society's Menagerie i in May 1898 ee AS ie

Mr, L. W. Wiglesworth. Remarks. on the Theories of the Origit of Becondary Sexual

Characters) 2.06 2. eee cece ete eet e ee tree renee RES ia id, RACES OeR I poe ae? 45

1, On ‘some: Crustaceans from the South Pacifie.—Part Il. Macrura.anomala, By L, ne ‘

Borrapaite, M-A,, E.Z.S., _ Lecturer in Natural Science at’ Selwyn Sele cambridge z

(Plate XXXVI)... -.. BAe btetay nig dake Sooke SARE Sco Ftohs NUR ante a fiona Sie Aaa aR eo keg aie 4

2. Heport on the Gephyrean Worms collected by Mr. J. Stanley Gardiner at eaine and a

Funafuti. By Artuvr B. Sureuey, F.Z.S., Fellow and Tutor of Christ’s College, Cam-\ a

bridge, and University Lecturer in» “the Adyanced Morphology of the Invertebrata. =

(Plate XXXVIL)......--- EN LICE abe Sie tela rath wits, Wo one cage pe otal hs ake Mile ot and gon Ved

- 3. Fourth Report on, Additions to the Bitrachion Collection in the Natural-History Museum. » :

By G. A. Bovreners, F.R.S. (Plates XXXVIII. & XXXIX.) 4

4, Note on an Italian Newt, Molge italica, By [email protected], Ph.D., F.Z. S.. (Plate: leet :

5. On some Spiders from Savoy. By the Rev. O. Prckarp- He erga i M.A; F.RS.)

C.M.Z.S,, &e

;

err ae eee ee ee ee a ri a er

* collected in the Gran Chaco of Pasautey

ee ee rr! ethene ee en er ee &

The Secretary. Remarks on the arrival in the Society’s Gardens of four living specimens’ of i

- the Australian Lung-fish (Ceratodus forsteri) see ee cece ee leeee a neaeteeeens ‘a

Mr: Boulenger. . Exhibition of, and remarks upon, specimens of Polypterus lapradii from Re

the Lower Congo |

Mr, R. E. Holding. ‘Remarks on the Zoological Gardens at Belle Vue, Meridian

Prof. Howes. Exhibition, on behalf of Mr. E. W. Ly Holt, of a specimen. of a new - British

Fish (Argentina sus) cee ee eee aden eee tt eee ee teem wee tee ne ie

Mr. Abbott\H. 'Phayer. Remarks on his method of maak ctering the underlying pringiple :

: of protective coloration in animals -.. +++ ..ee teed

re eee ae oles peter ee eel &

_ Contents continued ‘On page Sof

1898.] MR. SCLATER ON THE ANTELOPES OF THE GAMDIA. 349

Mr. Sclater exhibited three pairs of horns from the Gambia,

kindly sent to him for examination by Sir R. B. Llewelyn,

K.C.M.G., Governor of the Gambia. These horns he referred to

Bubalus planiceros, Hippotragus equinus, and Oreas derbianus, and

called special attention to the fine pair of the last-named animal,

which were of large dimensions, measuring 31 inches in length

from the base in a straight line and 113 inches round the base.

Horns of Oreas derbianus (Sir R. B. Llewelyn).

Mr. Sclater remarked that modern information was much wanted

concerning the Antelopes of this district of West Africa, and that

Sir R. B. Llewelyn, the present Governor, had kindly taken much

interest in the subject, and had sent him a MS. list of the Aute-

lopes known to him, which were 11 in number. Sir Robert stated

that the Derbian Eland, called ‘ /inke-janko’ by the Mandingos,

was rare in the colony, though occasionally found in Niammina in

the dry season, but was said to be met with in Jarge quantities on

the upper river. 7

Mr. Sclater also stated that, the Gambia being now so easily

accessible by steam every fortnight, ‘‘ and fairly healthy during the

dry season,” it was singular that none of our travelling sportsmen

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1898, No. XXIV. 24

350 MR. SCLATER ON THE ANTELOPES OF THE GAMBIA. [ May 3,

and naturalists had yet found their way there. The Gambia

appeared to be just on the boundary between the densely-wooded

district of the south and the more open country on the north.

The two principal collectors hitherto had been Whitfield, Lord

Derby’s agent, who brought home examples of many fine species

for the Derby Menagerie some fifty years ago; and in more recent

days Dr. Perey Rendall, who had presented the Society with their

unique specimen of Cervicapra redunca in 1890.

From these and other sources we had become aware of the exist-

ence of at least 14 species of Antelopes in the Colony, of which the

following was a list, with the names of the authorities stated :—

1. Buparis Masor (Scl. et Thos., Book of Ant. i. p. 11).

Rendall, Carter.

2, DAMALISCUS KORRIGUM (ib. i. p. 59).

Whitfield, Rendall.

3. CEPHALOPHUS RUFILATUS (ib. i. p. 167).

Whitfield.

4, CEPHALOPHUS MAXWELLI (ib. i. p. 179).

Whitfield.

5, CEPHALOPHUS CORONATUS (ib. i. p. 195).

Whitfield.

6. OUREBIA NIGRICAUDATA (ib. ii. p. 23).

Whitfield, Mosse.

7. Copus uneruosts (ib. ii. p. 105).

Whitfield, Rendall.

8. Cosus Kops (ib. 1. p. 137).

Whitfield.

9. CERVICAPRA REDUNCA (ib. ti. p. 171).

Whitfield, Rendall.

10. GAZELLA RUFIFRONS (ib. iii. p. 163),

Whitfield.

11. Oryx tevcoryx (Pall.).

Whitfield.

12, Hipporracts Equints (Geoffr.)’.

Whitfield, Rendall, Llewelyn.

13. TRAGELAPHUS scriprus (Pall.).

Whitfield, Rendall, Llewelyn.

14, ORBAS DERRIANUS (Gray).

Whitfield, Rendall, Llewelyn. (See also Reed, P. Z. 8. 1863,

p. 169, pl. xxii.)

1 Cf. Sclater, P. Z. S. 1896, p. 985.

1898.] ON THE LARGER MAMMALS OF TUNISIA, 301

The following papers were read :—

1. On the Larger Mammals of Tunisia.

By Sir Harry Jounston, K.C.B., F.ZS.

[Received May 3, 1898.]

Eighteen years ago I spent eight months in Northern Tunisia

and lived for some weeks with a French military expedition on

the western borderland of that country. A good deal of sport

was indulged in by the French and Tunisian officers, and as the

result of one day’s shooting I was able to picture in a group a

Lioness, a Leopard, a Barbary Stag, a number of Wild Boars, a

Hyena, and some Mountain Gazelles. Such a bag would be

almost impossible now. Three Lions were killed near our camp in

six weeks at the period I refer to (1880). Now the Lion is practi-

eally extinct in Tunisia. If any specimens still linger they would

be found in the thickly-forested mountains round Ain Draham, in

the extreme north-west of the Regency. The Leopard is still

found in the wilder parts of Northern and Western Tunisia. The

Striped Hyena is sparsely distributed all over the Regency and

right down into the Sahara, though of course it is never found

now near any of the big towns. Yet I can remember a Hyzna

being killed in the suburbs of. Tunis in 1880. The Jackal is,

however, abundantly met with: I have seen wild ones running

across my garden at Marsa, twelve miles from Tunis, Genets

and Ichneumons are met with, and the Arabs constantly speak of

a Wild Cat which from their accounts would seem to be Felis

maniculata.

The Cheetah and the Caracal are occasionally met with in the

extreme south of Tunisia, to the south of the salt lakes of the

Jerid. I have seen skins of these animals in the possession of

Arabs. The Pardine Lynx is found in the wooded mountains.

The Barbary Ape is nowhere reported to exist in Tunisia. Arabs—

usually Moroccans—often appear in the towns of the Regency

with tame Baboons. ‘These they are said to bring from the

countries south of Morocco. Three of these animals which I have

examined seemed to me to be the Arabian Baboon (Cynocephalus

hamudryas), hitherto known to us as coming from Nubia, Somaliland,

and Arabia—the Baboon of ancient Egyptian art. One of these

animals (a female) I purchased from its Moroccan owner, and she

is still alive and in my possession. Her former owner stated that

she was brought from Sus, a Sahara country to the south of

Morocco. Mr. Sclater, who has seen her, states that she is un-

doubtedly of the Arabian species. This, however, is a digression

from the subject of my present paper, though I think the matter

of sufficient interest to be mentioned.

The little Fennec Fox is common in Southern Tunisia; and a

Fox scarcely distinguishable from the English form is found in the

wooded country,

24*

352 ON THE LARGER MAMMALS OF TUNISIA, {May 3,

In the district of Mateur in Northern Tunis there is a rather

remarkable herd of Buffaloes—about fifty in number. They are

said to be descended from a few domestic Buffaloes of the Indian

species presented forty years ago or more by a King of Naples to

the Bey of Tunis. They were placed on a property of the Bey’s

where there is a large swampy lake, in the middle of which rises a

mountainous island. Here they have resumed the feral state, and,

judging from several heads I have seen, are developing much

longer horns than those of the domestic Buffalo of Italy. These

creatures are now strictly preserved by the Bey, and it is useless

to ask for permission to shoot them, as it is always withheld.

The Bubaline Antelope (Bubalis bosclaphus) formerly found in

Tunisia is now quite extinct there, I hear, though it is still

found in Southern Algeria and in the Tripolitaine. It must have

extended its range once into Central or even Northern Tunisia,

judging by the frequeney of its appearance in Roman frescoes and

mosaics. I am informed by a German naturalist, Mr. Spatz, that

in the districts where it still lingers in Tripoli it affects plateaux

with a fair amount of vegetation, rather than the sandy desert

which is the home of the Addax. The Hartebeest is known to

the Arabs by the name of Bagar-al-hamra—* the Red Cow.”

The Addax (Addaa naso-maculatus) is still a Tunisian animal,

though it is rarely heard of now north of the limits of the real

sandy desert. In my recent journey into the Tunisian Sahara I

saw a fresh-killed head brought in by an Arab, and found the

horns and skins abundant and cheap as articles of purchase. In

this manner I obtained two fine specimens of male horns and one

very good female head. I saw in the possession of a French

officer—and drew for the ‘Book of Antelopes’—a pair of male

Addax horns which attained a third complete turn. The horns of

the female have only one turn or twist, are much slenderer and

more curved in general outline, and altogether more orygine in

appearance. Yet they suggest, as do those of the male still

more strikingly, an equal affinity to the immature male and to the

female horns of the Sable Antelope. The Addax, I think, is on

the whole more an orygine type than a hippotragine, but it probably

branched off from the parent stock of both groups not long after

they—in my opinion—developed from the Cobus group through

some form like Cobus marie.

In the Tunisian Sahara the Arabs report the existence of a true

Oryx—seemingly Oryx leucorya. A small specimen of this Ante-

lope (immature) is to be seen—stuffed—in the Bey’s Natural

History Collection at the Marsa near Tunis. It is also remarkable

that the Oryx is represented as a Tunisian animal in the Roman

frescoes and mosaics now preserved in the Bardo Museum.

The Udad, or Barbary Wild Sheep, is still common in the moun-

tains of Southern Tunisia. The Barbary Stag is found in some

abundance in the well-wooded mountains of the West, along the

Algerian frontier. It is now carefully protected by the French and

has begun to revive in numbers, having been once nearly extinct.

1898.] ON BIRDS FROM NORTH AND NORTH-WEST AUSTRALIA, 353

Three species of Gazelles seem to be found in Tunis—I have seen

them all, either alive or dead : the Common Gazelle ( Gazella dorcas),

the Mountain Gazelle (G. cwvieri), and Loder’s Gazelle (G. loderi).

The creatures represented in the numerous Roman mosaics and

frescoes include—besides most of those mentioned—the Ostrich

(now extinct in Tunisia) and the African Elephant. The latter is

represented unmistakably. But there is no reason why it may not

have been imported from Numidia (modern Algeria) rather than

have been at that time a mammal indigenous to the relatively bare

plains of Tunisia, where it would miss the necessary forests.

It will be remembered that Harmo, the Carthaginian, who

made an expedition along the Morocco coast in about 520 B.0.,

records having seen large herds of Elephants in the R. Tensift,

not far from the present capital of Morocco.

2. On some Pigeons and Parrots from North and North-

west Australia. By Prof. R. Cotzert, F.M.Z.S.

[Received April 7, 1898.]

(Plates XXVIII. & X XTX.)

Dr. Knut Dahl, a young Norwegian naturalist who, during

the years 1894-95, lived in North and North-west Australia, and

occupied his time in collecting objects of natural history for the

Zoological Museum at Christiania, returned home in the spring of

1896 with a valuable collection of vertebrates and invertebrates.

The Mammals of this collection have already been worked out’,

and Mr. G. A. Boulenger has given an account of some new

Sauria? contained in it.

On a preliminary examination of the considerable collection of

birds, I found, amongst the Psittaci and Columbe, examples of

three species hitherto not described, of which I append short

descriptions, together with some remarks on one or two other

interesting forms.

The localities in which these species were found are Arnhem

Land (North Australia)? and Roebuck Bay, situated somewhat

further to the south (North-west Australia).

1. PETROPHASS’ ALBIPENNIS Gould (1840).

Petrophassa albipennis, Salvadori, Cat. B. Br. Mus. vol. xxi.

p- 530 (1893).

One specimen from Victoria River, 4th April, 1895 (sex un-

known).

1 Collett, “On a Collection of Mammals from North and North-west

Australia” (Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1897, p. 317, with plate).

* Boulenger, ‘‘ Descriptions of four new Lizards from Roebuck Bay, N.W.

Australia, obtained by Dr. Dahl for the Christiania Museum,” Ann. Mag. Nat.

Hist. ser. 6, vol. xviii. Sept. 1896.

* A few short remarks on these localities are given in Proc. Zool. Soe. Lond.

1897, pp. 317-318.

354 PROF, BR. COLLETT ON BIRDS FROM [May 3,

Length of wing 137 millim.; length of tail 123 millim.

To the descriptions of Mr. Gould (Handb. B. Austr. vol. ii.

p. 141) and Salvadori (Cat. B. Br, Mus. vol. xxi.) may be added, that

the feathers encircling the eye are whitish, and that the outer webs

of the primaries from 2nd to the 6th have metallic lustre. The

under wing-coverts are chocolate-brown.

But few specimens of this species were observed, as a rule

single birds. They inhabited the broken sandstone ranges which.

are met with at the mouth of Victoria River (a little to the south

of Arnhem Land). The preserved specimen was shot at Blunder

Bay, near the outlet of the river in Queen’s Channel.

2. PHrROPHASSA RUFIPENNIS, sp. nov. (Plate XXVIII.)

Two specimens, adult males, from South Alligator River, 19th

June, 1895.

Length of wing .... a, 150 millim.; 6, 152 millim.

yy ce tiple ok Ze lA Gr ovens Mol Agia

This species is easily distinguished from P. albipennis by its

much greater size, by the chestnut primaries having black tips and

margins, by the pale grey centres to the feathers of the head and

neck, and by the whitish throat.

Descr. Head and neck greyish brown, each feather with whitish

centre; throat yellowish white, unspotted. Lores black; a

whitish narrow line above and below the eyelids.

All the upper surface and chest rufous brown; each feather

margined with rufous; the centre of the feathers of the chest

greyish white.

Abdomen and under tail-coverts (as in P. albipennis) chocolate-

brown. No metallic spot on the upper wing-coverts, and on one

of the secondaries, as in that species.

‘Primaries chestnut-red, with the tips and outer web blackish,

the latter with a slight metallic lustre. The under wing-coverts

rufous brown, those of the primaries being more chestnut.

Tail rufous brown on the upper surface, chocolate-brown (with

a slight bluish gloss) underneath.

Bill and feet as in P. albipennis.

Hab. This Pigeon was met with in flocks in the central portions

of Arnhem Land about the sources of the South Alligator River.

It inhabits the stony parts of the sandstone hills; it lies close

amongst the stones, and knows well how to conceal itself amongst

them when wounded.

3. Prrtorus (LEUCOTRERON) ALLIGATOR, sp.noy. (Plate XXIX.)

Two specimens, male and female, from South Alligator River,

15th June, 1895.

Length of wing .... Male 184 millim.; female 189 millim.

teat ate Lali cae = stl Le jj AL ae

Nearest to P. cinctus from Timor. It differs, however, in haying

“SINNGdIUNea VSSVHAIOULAd

Dac sormgruce yur “W398 [ep SUPULEeTNsy'yn‘e

f ae TW. URL ee PS

HIAXX Id 8681 S°Z'd

PZ. SSE we ee

J.G.Keulemans del.etlith. Mintern Bros. imp

PTILOPUS (LEUCOTRERON) ALLIGATOR.

1898. ] NORTH AND NORTH-WEST AUSTRALIA. 3590

the rump grey, very broad whitish tips to the tail-feathers, and in

the lower breast, belly, and under tail-coverts being grey.

One of the specimens is a male, the other a female ; if no con-

fusion exists, the female isa trifle larger than the male. The colours

are much alike in both, but in one (male) the secondaries have their

outer webs brownish black, with very narrow white edgings. The

first primary in one of the specimens (male) abruptly attenuated,

in the other more gradually so. The 5th and 8th primaries are

broad and obliquely notched at the tips, as in Ducula, with the

outer web longer than the inner.

Deser. Head and upper neck white; lower neck and chest

whitish cinnamon; mantle slate-black; lower back greyish black ;

rump and upper tail-coverts clear grey, the latter inclining to

whitish. Lower parts ashy grey, separated from the chest by a

broad black band on the lower breast, sharply defined against the

chest. Wings slate-black, lower surface of the quills grey, the

coverts more greyish brown. ‘Tail slate-black; with an apical

greyish-white band about one and half inches in breadth ; under

surtace of the tail clearer grey : under tail-coverts whitish, Bill

(in skin) light-coloured, the tips yellowish, feet reddish.

Hab. The two specimens of this bird were shot while with a

fiock which was seated feeding in a Bonjon tree (a sort of Ficus).

They were never seen except in the region near the sources of the

South Alligator River in Arnhem Land. Their flight was very

noisy. Their food consists mainly, according to native report, of

the fruit of the said Bonjon tree, the figs of which are not bigger

than the berries of the mountain ash.

4, CALYPTORHYNCHUS STELLATUS Wagl. (1832).

Calyptorhynchus stellatus, Salvadori, Cat. B. Br. Mus. vol. xx.

p- 111 (1891).

One specimen, adult female, Roebuck Bay, North-west Australia,

20th November, 1895.

Length of wing 378-380 millim.; tail 244; culmen 49; genys

26.

The only specimen secured is a female. It differs from

the females of the larger species (C. banksi and macrorhynchus)

in being whoily black (bluish black above, more greenish below),

without spots or bars. The tail resembles that of the female of

‘the larger species, the feathers having the coloured parts mingled

with yellow and scarlet; the lower wing-coverts are spotted. The

bill is blackish, with paler margins.

The question as to whether the nearly-allied forms of black

Cockatoos—C. banks: (Lath.), 1790, C. macrorhynchus Gould, 1847,

and C. stellatus, Wagl. 1832—are to be regarded as distinct and

separate species, does not appear as yet to have been cleared up.

The University Museum at Christiania possesses several speci-

mens of the larger forms, three of them having been obtained in

Queensland’ by Dr. Lumholtz in June 1882 (two males and a

female).

356 ON BIRDS FROM NORTH AND NORTH-WEST AUSTRALIA. [May 3,

In addition to these, three specimens (two females and one male)

were collected by Dr. Dahl in 1894-95 in three different parts of

Arnhem Land (8. Alligator River, Mt. Showbridge, and Howard

Creek).

There is no observable difference between the specimens from

Queensland and N. Australia as regards size, colouring, length

of the crest, length of the wings, tail, &c., the bill alone being

considerably larger in all three specimens from N. Australia than

that of those from Queensland, as will be seen from the sub-

joined measurements :—

Specimens from Queensland.

Female .... Culmen 45 millim.; genys 30 willim.

Male. e's: pi SAGES 53 Peay dy

A Ten ite ge 5 eee ‘fo SRDS

Specimens from N. Australia.

Male ...... Culmen 55 millim.; genys 37 millim.

Female ofc ” 55 ” ” 35 ”

” Sion, ” 56 ” > 36 ”

As regards the present specimen of C. stellatus, the difference

in the size of body between it and the larger species is striking.

On the other hand, the difference in the size of the bill is com-

paratively less when compared with the specimens from Queensland.

On account of insufficient materials, it is impossible to determine

whether the unspotted body in the present female is an invariable

and specific characteristic by which this species can be separated

from the larger species (in which the females are known to be

always spotted).

Hab. Dr. Dahl did not meet with C. stellatus in separate flocks,

but only in the company of the larger species.

The preserved specimen was shot amongst C. macrorhynchus,

which appears everywhere throughout Arnhem Land, where it was,

as a rule, seen in flocks of about six individuals. Likewise in the

neighbourhood of Roebuck Bay (further to the southward) these

large black Cockatoos were numerous, and assembled in great flocks,

especially during the dry season, at those spots where water was

to be found. Many were shot as food for the expedition.

Amongst these flocks of C. macrorhynchus there were occasionally

seen individuals which appeared to be smaller than the others, and

which might be assumed to have been (C. stedlatus.

5. PsHPHOTUS DISSIMILIS, sp. nov.

Four specimens (one male, three females), from Mary River,

Arnhem Land, May 1895.

The male and one female are fully grown, with rather worn

plumage ; two other females are younger, freshly moulted.

Nearest to P. chrysopterygius Gould, 1857, but lacks the yellow

band across the forehead; the crown is chestuut, the lower parts

——— ee ee ee ee oe

1898. ] ON MAMMALS FROM TIBET AND KASHMIR. 357

are verditer-blue (in the male), the under tail-coverts orange.

The sexes are different in coloration.

Male .... Wing 123 millim.; tail 167 millim.

Female .. Fey cae) el kota eS us

29 OG ”? 118 oy) oP) 150 ”

ae » 121 ,, » 48 ,,

Adult male. Forehead, lores, and crown dark chestnut ; cheeks

and ring across the nape and all the lower parts verditer-blue ; the

abdomen more greyish and without any trace of scarlet. Lower

tail-coverts orange. Back of neck, back, scapulars, inner wing-

coverts, and inner secondaries light greyish brown. Rump bluish

green; upper tail-coverts yellowish green with faint bluish edges.

A. large patch on the anterior, smaller, and median wing-coverts,

yellow; greater wing-coverts and quills black, the latter slightly

edged with a bluish tint; edge of the wing verditer-blue; under

wing-coverts of amore bluish hue. Two central tail-feathers olive-

green at the base, passing into brownish black towards the ex-

tremity ; next pair bluish green with whitish tips, and the inner

web blackish ; the remaining tail-feathers light bluish green,

crossed by an irregular blackish band. Bill (in skin) bluish horn-

colour with whitish edges ; feet brownish grey.

Adult female. Crown and forehead greyish olive-green, cheeks

more grey. Upper surface, wing-coverts, and breast yellowish

green; abdomen light bluish green. Rump, upper and under

tail-coverts, and tail as in the male; under surface of the quills

with an oblong yellow spot; edge of the wing greenish; under

wing-coverts dark greyish green. Bill dark, as in the male.

Younjer female. Like the adult female, but the crown a little

more yellowish green (like the back), with the front greyish ; sides

of the head clear grey, with faint stripes of emerald-green. Bill

yellowish.

Hab. This Parrot was met with here and there in small flocks

in Arnhem Land, particularly between Pine Creek and Catherine

River, but did not appear to be common. It was seen only

during the dry season. It possesses a singular jarring cry, and,

like all Parrots, is reluctant to forsake a wounded companion.

Christiania, March 15, 1898.

3. Notes on Lepus oiostolus and L. pallipes from Tibet, and on

a Kashmir Macaque. By W. T. Buanrorp, F.R.S., F.Z.S.

[Received April 14, 1898.]

In Biichner’s magnificent work on the Mammalia collected by

Przewalski* in Central Asia many important changes -are intro-

duced into the nomenclature formerly employed by myself and

others, and several of the species described by Dr. Giinther and

1 ‘Wissenschaftliche Resultate der von N. M. Przewalski nach Central Asien

unternommenen Reisen &c. Zoologischer Theil. Band I. Saugethiere.

398 MR. W. T. BLANFORD ON MAMMALS [May 3,

myself from the collections made by the members of the 2nd

Yarkand Mission are referred to forms previously named by

Russian writers. In most cases there can be no hesitation in

accepting conclusions formed from a far larger series of specimens

and with the advantage of access to types; and even in some

instances, in which I feel doubt as to whether Biichner’s views are

right, I have not now the specimens of the Stoliczka Collection

nor any other Central Asiatic skins available for reference.

There is, however, one case in which I can, I think, give reasons

for not agreeing with Biichner, and it is important that this par-

ticular point should be cleared up, both because the species

concerned are found within British Indian limits, and were

described by a British author, and because the identification

depends on specimens and drawings in London collections.

Moreover, I feel bound to deal with the matter because I have, as

Biichner very justly remarks, omitted to publish the evidence on

which my own final conclusions were formed—the volume on

Mammalia of the ‘Fauna of British India, in which they appeared,

being unsuited for the discussion of details.

This case relates to the Hares named Lepus oiostolus and

L. pallipes by Hodgson. The first was deseribed in 1840’, the

second in 1842. It is unnecessary to enter at any length into

the history of these forms except to say that in 1879 * I pointed

out that the type of ZL. otostolus was a very young animal, and in

1891* I united the two supposed species after examining thoroughly

the evidence existing. Biichner, in 1894, after showing that in

Hodgson’s original description of L. oiostolus nothing was said of the

species being founded on young animals, and that, on the contrary,

all the details appeared to have been taken from adults °, proceeded

to identify with Z. oiostolus a rather large Hare from high eleva-

tions in Northern Tibet and in Kansu (Ganssu), a smaller species

from the same region being regarded by him as L. pallipes.

I am quite aware that nothing has been published by Hodgson

to show that the name of Z. ovostolus was given to young speci-

mens; indeed it is far from certain that Hodgson was aware at the

time that the skins originally described by him came from immature

animals ®, though, as I shall presently show, he appears to have

ascertained subsequently that this was the case.

1 J. A.S. B. ix, p. 1186. 2 J.A.8. B. xi, p. 288, pl.

° Scientific Results 2nd Yarkand Miss., Mam. p. 63.

* Fauna Brit. Ind., Mam. p. 452.

° “Teh méchte aber noch die Bemerkung vorausschicken, dass das Material,

welches Hodgson bei Aufstellung seiner Art vorgelegen hat, ein, wie er selbst

angiebt, nur defektes war; dass aber dieses Material jungen Thieren angehorte

(wie dieses Blanford annimmt) wird yon ihm nicht erwahnt und ist auch yon der

Beschreibung nicht zu ersehen ; es sprechen im Gegentheile alle Angaben dieser

Beschreibung dafiir, dass die Originale erwachsene Thiere waren.”—Biichner,

1. c. p. 205.

& The following was Hodgson’s original description, /. ¢. pp. 1183, 1186 :—

“ Of the Tibetan species I possess only some wretched remains which enable

me to indicate the species thus:

“ Lepus otostolus, with fur consisting almost wholly of wool, considerably

1898.] FROM TIBET AND KASHMIR. 309

I will proceed to give the evidence on which I founded my

statement that the type or types of Hodgson’s L. otostolus were

immature.

The only original specimen in the British Museum, marked as

the type, is a skin about 8 inches in length, and consequently of

an animal not nearly half-grown. But I aim of opinion that this

cannot be the original type of Hodgson’s description, for not only is

the size very much less than that of L. ruficaudatus, but moreover

the colour is not slaty-grey blue, and the fur is not distinctly

woolly. Itis of course possible that the fur may have been originally

slaty-grey blue and that it has faded, but this is not very probable.

At the same time it is quite possible, and even probable, that this

young Hare is a very young ZL. pallipes. A skin of an older but

still immature Z. pallipes from Northern Sikhim, received from

the late Mr. Mandelli and now in the British Museum, does, how-

ever, agree admirably with Hodgson’s description of L. otostolus, so

much so that I believe the description to have been drawn, as

Hodgson says, from ‘‘ some wretched remains ” of a skin or skins

resembling that procured by Mandelli.

This view is confirmed by Hodgson’s MS. notes. As is well

known, the drawings presented by Hodgson to the British Museum

were copies of his original figures; these figures were subsequently

given by him to the Zoological Society, and they are invaluable on

account of the MS. notes written on them by Hodgson himself.

Amongst these original drawings there is one of Z. oiostolus, in a

crouching position. This drawing is small (about 33 inches long)

and shows scarcely any characters except a greyish colour and

woolly fur. No notes are attached. This drawing does not

resemble the specimen said to be the type in the British Museum.

There are two drawings of L. pallipes—one of these the original

of the excellent plate in the Journal of the Asiatic Society of

Bengal, vol. xi. p. 289, and on the back of the sheet with these

drawings are the following notes in Hodgson’s handwriting :—

“1, 2,3 [the numbers evidently refer to different skins]. Various

skins from Tibet ; animal on the whole not larger than ruficaudatus,

but seems to have a larger head and shorter ears, but perhaps not

so. Size cannot be greater, for teeth smaller, nails of same size,

and legs, of which bones entire, quite equal. Comparing oiostolus

and pallipes, apprehend they are the same. Specimen 1 of latter

last described (see Journal 124? of 42), sp. 2 doubtful, sp.3 got in

Sikkim from [illegible] April.” “ It is moulting and shows new fur

coming on back. This new fur in the hairy piles is 13 inch long,

curved and interspersed rarely with very soft hairs. Slaty grey blue for the

most part and internally, but externally fawn-tinted above, and whitish below

and on the limbs; some hairs on the back tipt with black beneath a sub-rufous

ring. Tail white with a grey-blue strip towards the back. Apparent size of

the last (L. macrotus=ruficaudatus). Habitat, the snowy region of the

Himalaya and perhaps also Tibet.”

1 That is No. 124, the number of the part of Jour. As. Soc. Beng. in which

the description of Z. pallipes appeared in the year 1842.

360 MR, W. Il. BLANFORD ON MAMMALS [May 3,

very fine, slightly wavy. Basal half almost hoary; apical half

has 3 equal rings, 2 black and, between them, a pale ruddy one.

The shorter woolly piles are hoary, tipt with clear pale brown,

and this is only seen in old fur, making the colour above brown.

Rump and basal strip above of tail blue” [the italics are mine], “ all

the piles being wholly ot that hue (pale slaty); rest of tail rufes-

cent white, all below more or less tinted rufous, palest and white

almost under head and mid-belly and buttocks [a few words here

are confused and doubtful]; outside limbs the ruddy tint clearer

and deeper and on front of neck, but no black-tipt hairs. Paws

darker ruddy. Head above darkest, most of hairy piles [sentence

doubtful] of outer surface of ears as turned back colour like head

above, of inner surface and nape rufescent white, large black tips

to ears, moustaches half black half white.”

Lower down in pencil, also by Hodgson, is a note, referring

apparently to yet another specimen. It runs thus :—

** Another young seems to prove that ozostolus is young of

pulipes or this’. About 14 [inches] from snout to vent” [other

skins varied from 19 to 23]. There isa longish description of which

only the following requires quotation :—‘* As to colour, very little

of rufous or of black, above slaty-blue shaded with hoary, more or

less rufescent on body and clearly so on neck, shoulders, and a bit

down fore limbs to ends. Buttocks pure slaty, head grey ; of the

outsides of ears the exterior half is white from base to tip and the

interior darkish grey like head above.”

I cannot see how, with the above evidence, there can be any

other conclusion than that the name ZL. otostolus was given to an

immature specimen or to immature specimens of the species sub-

sequently named L. pallipes. That L. oiostolus cannot be, as Biichner

supposes, the larger species of the two is manifest from Hodgson’s

remark on p. 288 of J. A.S. B. vol. xi. He there says that L. oiostolus

is not so common in the Central and Eastern Provinces of Utsang

and Kham as the next and much larger species (L. pallipes).

What, then, is the larger Hare identified by Biichner with Z. oz0-

stolus? In Southern Tibet, at high elevations, there are found two

Hares, one large, the other of moderate size—L. hypsibius and

L. oiostolus (L. pallipes). It is probable that the two Hares

inhabiting similar lofty plateaux in Northern Tibet are identical

or closely allied, and the smaller species is identified by Biichner

with that found on the Himalayan frontier of the Tibetan high-

land. From the description also it is manifest that the Hare

identified by Biichner with Z. oiostolus resembles ZL. hypstbius in

size, in its very thick woolly fur, and generally in colour; the only

important exception being that the northern form has on the

1 I do not understand what is meant by ‘ or this,’ unless Hodgson thought he

had included more than one species under L. paillipes. In his Catalogue of

Mammals of Nepal, published in the Caleutta Journal of Natural History, ii.

(1842) p. 220, five new species of Lepus are mentioned, but as only macrotus

and diastolus (otostolus) are specified, the 5 may be one of the numerous mis-

prints occurring in the list.

1898. FROM TIBET AND KASHMIR. 361

upper surface of its tail a distinct narrow blackish stripe! tinged

with grey, which is wanting in L. hypsibius. The skull, too,

judging from a comparison of Biichner’s figures (pl. xxv. figs. 6-8)

with my own (pl. iv. a, figs. 1, 1a, 15), is very similar except that

the nasals in the North Tibetan skull are rather longer. Some

apparent divergencies in the printed measurements are evidently

due to different methods of taking the dimensions. Both skulls

agree in one very striking character, the elevation of the post-

orbital processes on each side above the plane of the frontals, and

the resulting concavity of the frontal area.

I think it is by no means improbable that the large Hare of

North Tibet and Kansu, identified by Biichner with Z. oiostolus, is

a variety of L. hypsibius. If not, it must, I think, be an undescribed

species.

On Macacus rhesus villosus.

In the Proceedings of the U.S. National Museum, vol. xvii.

pp- 1-16 (1894), is a paper by Mr. Frederick W. True entitled

“Notes on Mammals of Baltistan and the Vale of Kashmir,

presented to the National Museum by Dr. W. L. Abbott.” Iam

indebted to the author fora copy. Three species of Arvicola are

described as new, and a grey form of Mus arianus as a new sub-

species. A Monkey is called Macacus rhesus villosus, and is

regarded as a new subspecies of VW. rhesus.

This last is by far the most interesting addition to the Kashmir

fauna. Five specimens, all males, and three of them adults, were

obtained in Lolab, which lies N.W. of the western extremity of

the Walar Lake, and about 20 miles north of Baramula.

Mr. True says that at first he supposed the specimens to repre-

sent M. assamensis, but after a careful comparison with Anderson’s

description of the type of that species, he was convinced that they

were not the same. He omits to point out the differences.

Now there are three characters by which M. assamensis

(1. pelops Hodgs.) may be distinguished from MV. rhesus. In the

former the face is dusky, the hair is wavy or woolly, and the

buttocks afe clad with hair around the callosities. Every one of

these three characters is possessed by WM. rhesus villosus. More-

over there is not, so far as I know, any other characteristic

difference in skins. I am unable to come to any other con-

clusion than that the I. rhesus villosus is identical with M. assam-

ensis. The Kashmir Monkey is, J think, certainly ™. pelops, and

Anderson, who examined the types of both, united M. pelops and

M. assamensis.

If the Macacus of Lolab is M. assamensis, it is probable that

* Bichner’s identification of the Hare with L. ciostolus appears to be chiefly

due to the presence of this grey stripe on the upper surface of the tail, as he

quotes Hodgson’s description, “tail white with a grey-blue strip towards the

back.” It is probable that Hodgson’s expression has been understood to imply

the presence of a stripe along the whole dorsal surface ; I am satisfied, how ever,

that by “towards the back” he meant the extreme base of the tail; see the

previous description from his MS. of L. pallipes—words italicized.

362 MISS E, M, SHARPE ON [May 3,

the Monkeys occurring near Murree and Abbottabad are the same.

I have never been able to obtain a specimen. A few years ago a

scene was figured in one of the principal illustrated newspapers in

which these Monkeys played a conspicuous part, but as they were

represented with prehensile tails it was evident that either the

imaginative powers of the artist, or the supposed tastes of the

British public as interpreted by the newspaper editor, had deprived

the picture of any value as evidence.

4. On a Collection of Lepidopterous Insects from San

Domingo. By Emity Mary Suarre. With Field-notes

by the Collector, Dr. Curupert Curisty.

[Received March 10, 1898.]

The present collection was made during the year 1896 by

Dr. Christy in the Island of San Domingo. He has entrusted

me with the determination of the species, among which will be

found a fine new Hesperid.

Dr. Christy’s stay in the island was not long enough for him to

obtain an extensive series of specimens, but his notes on the

habits of the species will, I think, be found to be interesting.

The best paper on the Lepidoptera of San Domingo is that of

Ménétriés, in the third volume of the Nouv. Mém. Soc. Imp.

Nat. de Moscou (1831).

IT have taken most of the names from the collection in the

British Museum, and have especially consulted the ‘ Biologia’ of

Messrs. Godman and Salvin. I have also to thank my friend

Mr. W. F. Kirby for his kind assistance in determining the

specimens.

Family Dawarp 2.

1. Awosta arcurprus (Fabr.).

[Seen commonly from February to May both at Sanchez and

La Vega. On one occasion in February, whilst on a shooting

trip in the big morass at the mouth of the Yuna river, I found

quantities of these insects frequenting certain dried mud-banks.

They were very conspicuous on account of the three beautiful

tufts or pencils of hair, fully three-eighths of an inch long, which

they were able to extrude at will from the extremity of the

abdomen. I tried many ways to get the tufts to remain extruded

after the insects were killed, but was not successful.—C. C.]

Family Sa vyRip«.

2. Canisto Hystus (Godi.).

[By far the commonest Butterfly in San Domingo while I was

there.—C. C.]

1898.] LEPIDOPTERA FROM SAN DOMINGO. 363

Family HELICONIID&.

3. HELICONIUS CHARITHONIA (Linn.).

[Common. Noted also in the island of St. Thomas in January.

It is peculiarly moth-like in its habits and flight, frequenting dim

and shady places, flying backward and forward through the

bushes, slowly and aimlessly but with the wings moving fairly

quickly. Generally two are seen together. When repeatedly struck

at, this insect will fall down through the bushes like a dead leaf.—

C. C.]

4, LycorEa crnoBx£a (Hiibn.).

[Four specimens taken in February.—C. C.]

Family NYMPHALID&.

5. CoL#NIS DELILA (Fabr.).

[A common insect in the garden during February, March, and

April, becoming hardly recognizable, owing to its battered condition,

towards April.—C. C.]

6. AGRAULIS VANILL# (Linn.).

[Very common at Sanchez during February and March, settling

on the flowers in the garden. Like <A. delila, it becomes hardly

recognizable in April, owing to its battered condition. It is a

quick-flyine insect.—C. C.]

7. ANARTIA IATROPH# (Linn.).

[One of the most abundant species of all during February,

March, and April, both at Sanchez and La Vega. It flies low and

frequents the roadsides and clearings everywhere.—C. C.]

8. CYsTINEURA TELEBOAS (Mén¢tr.).

[The only occasion upon which I observed this species was in

April, on the mountain side near La Vega, where I discovered a

small party of five amongst some bushes, about 2 feet high. They

never left the cover of these bushes and flew with such a slow,

weak flight that, even at a distance of 2 or 3 feet, they were

difficult to distinguish, unless the bushes and grass were absolutely

still. I took two of them in a collecting-bottle, without using

the net.—C. C.]

9. ANARTIA DOMINICA Skinner.

[Not common. Only five specimens taken during February,

March, and April.—C. C.]

10. AGERONIA FERENTINA (Godt.).

[Not noticed before April. Then pretty common at La Vega.

A most wary and difficult insect to catch, and costly, for I was

always breaking my net over it. I met with it usually on the

trunks of trees, basking in the sun with its wings extended flat

364 MISS E. M. SHARPE ON [May 3,

upon the mottled grey bark, which it exactly resembles in colour

and markings. When disturbed it flies rapidly to the next trunk

and disappears, and it is only after a prolonged examination of the

bark that it is seen again, in the same position with its wings

open but higher up the tree. The least movement of the net and

away it goes again.—C. C.]

11. Trweres cHtron (Fabr.).

[Not noticed before May, then met with in the mountains near

La Vega, frequenting open stony places or patches of wet shingle

by the side of the Yuna river, in parties of three or four.

This Butterfly is exceedingly difficult to take. One swoop of

the net and the whole party has vanished like magic. Although

struck at each time they will return to the same spot over and

over again. After expending a deal of energy on several occasions

I only managed to obtain one specimen.—C. C.]

12. VicTORINA STENELES (Linn.).

[Not noticed before April. Then fairly common at La Vega.

A quick and high-flying insect, frequenting any open glade or

favourite hedge and offering battle to any large insect, or even a

small bird, that may come near. The pugnacity and strength of

wing of this species is extraordinary, and even when it has to fly

with hardly “ a stitch of canvas set ” its impudence is undiminished.

A perfect specimen must be a great rarity.—C. C.]

13. APATURA THOE (Godt.).

[One specimen caught in April. The only one met with.—

ay a .

Family Lyc #NID&.

14. Tarvcus monops Zeller.

[Very common during March and April.—C. C.]

15. Tarwucvs cassius (Cram.).

[Not common. Two specimens taken in February and one in

April.—C. C.]

Family PIERID 4.

16. DisMoRPHIA sPIo (Godt.).

[One specimen brought to me in April.—C. C.]

17. Eurema mrpEa (Ménétr.).

[Very common at La Vega in April, flitting over the savafias

and open grassy places.—C. C.]

18. Eurema 1184 (Boisd.).

[Possibly as commonas £. midea, but I was unable to distinguish

them on the wing. Two of the four specimens taken in February

at Sanchez.—C. C.]

1898. ] LEPIDOPTERA FROM SAN DOMINGO. 365

19. Eurema Parmira (Poey).

[A common insect at La Vega in April, frequenting the same

open grassy places as EL. midea.—C. C.]

20. XanTHIDIA HYONA (Ménétr.).

[Seen only occasionally. Four specimens taken during April

at La Vega. Frequents the same open grassy places as Zurema

midea.—C. C.]

21. PrpRis aLBusta (Sepp).

[Taken occasionally during February, March, April, and May,

at both Sanchez and La Vega.—C. C.]

22. DaPronura SALACIA (Godt.).

[One specimen only, caught on an open mountain-slope near

La Vega in April.—C. C.]

23. CALLIDRYAS SENN (Linn.).

[A very common insect. Specimens taken during February,

March, April, and May. One of the sights of the forest-railway

between Sanchez and La Vega is the immense clouds, consisting

of thousands of males and females of this species, to be seen

occasionally as the train nears La Vega. They are usually collected

over some culvert or expanse of half-dried mud, and fly in such a

compact mass that on one occasion I could see them distinctly a

mile and a half away, measured by the telegraph-posts.—C. C.]

24, CALLIDRYAS THALESTRIS (Hiibn.).

[A common insect, but difficult to take owing to its power on

the wing. The clouds of C. senne always contained a small pro-

portion of C. thalestris.—C. C.]

25. RHABODRYAS TRITH (Linn.),

[Not noticed before April. Then not uncommon in the garden

at La Vega, settling always upon scarlet flowers.—C, C.]

26. TERICOGONIA TERISSA (Lucas).

[One specimen only, caught in the garden at La Vega during

May.—C. C.]

Family PaPILIONID.

27. Papinio PoLYDAMAS Linn.

[One specimen taken in April at La Vega.—C. C.]

28. Papinio PoLycaon Cram.

[Two specimens taken at La Vega during April, on a bitter-

orange tree. Seen twice at Sanchez during March, also freqenting

the young orange-trees.—C. C.]

Proc. Zoon, Soc,—1898, No. XXV. 425

366 MISS E, M. SHARPE ON [May 3,

29, PapInio MACHAONIDES Esper.

[Taken at La Vega whilst flitting slowly amongst the branches

of a small bitter-orange tree.—C. C.]

30. Papriio zetns Westw.

[One specimen taken at La Vega in April.—C. C.]

Family HuspEeRiip4.

31. EvpAMUS SIMPLICIUS (Stoll).

[One specimen taken at La Vega in April.—C. C.]

32. EvpaMus Proteus (Linn.).

[Specimens taken in February and April. They seemed to be

very partial to the edges of streams or marshy places, settling on

the water-plants or on the half-dried mud.— C. C.}

33. EUDAMUS DORANTES (Stoll).

[Pretty common during April in the garden at La Vega, but

also partial to water, like Z. proteus.—C. C.]

34. PHocrpEs PyREs Salvin.

[One specimen taken in April near La Vega in amongst thick

forest growth.—C. C.]

35. PROTEIDES IDAs (Cram.).

[Common at La Vega in April.—C. C.]

36. ACOLASTUS AMYNTAS (Fabr.).

[One poor specimen taken at La Vega in April.—C. C.]

37. TELEGONUS HABANA (Lucas).

[Two specimens taken in April near La Vega amongst dense

forest growth. Seen two or three times flying along the edges of

the forest, and settling on some conspicuous twig or the under

surface of some large leaf.—C. C.]

38. TELEGONUS CHRISTYI, sp. n.

Nearest to 7’. alardus, Stoll, but is at once distinguished from

that species by the narrow transparent band of white on the

primaries.

Primaries. More than half the wing is brownish black, the basal

area strongly marked with bright metallic steel-blue. About the

middle of the discoidal cell is a narrow transparent band of white

broken by the dark nervules; this band commences from the costal

margin extending to the first discoidal nervule.

Secondaries. A broad brownish-black marginal border, the basal

area bright metallic blue.

Head and thorax metallic green.

Underside. Dark brown, suffused with a violaceous shading.

72 Sr Oe

“>

pate: 2 ’

1898.] LEPIDOPTERA FROM SAN DOMINGO.

There is a bright metallic-blue patch in the discoidal cell on the

primaries, extending as far as the white transverse band.

Palpi deep yellow, this colour extending down the centre of the

thorax, but becoming narrower towards the abdomen.

Expanse 2°2 inches.

[One specimen taken in dense forest on the mountains near La

Vegain April. Settled on the under surface of a large leaf.— C. C.]

39. ACHLYODES FLYAS (Cram.).

[One poor specimen taken at La Vega in May.—C. C.]

40. Eanris paPrnianus (Poey).

[Two specimens taken in April at La Vega.—C. C.]

41, Hesperia syricutus Fabr.

[A very common species indeed during February and March.—

C. C.).

42, Apopz#a THAUMAS (Hufn.).

[One specimen taken at Sanchez in February.—C. C.]

43. OcHLopES pustuLA (Hiibn.).

[One specimen taken at Sanchez in February.—C. C.]

44, HynppHina pHyLaus (Drury).

[One specimen taken at La Vega in April.—C. C.]

45, PHemiapes uTHA (Hew.).

[Fairly common at La Vega in April.—C. C.]

46. CaLpopns ARES (Feld.).

[One specimen taken at La Vega in April.—C. C.]

LEPIDOPTERA HETEROCERA.

Family SPHINGID2.

47, Dinopsonora ELLO (Linn.).

48, THBERETRA TERSA (Linn.).

Family ZYG ENID 4.

49. EmMpyREUMA LicHas (Cram.).

50. CosMosoMA AUGE (Linn.).

Family ARCTIIDS.

51. EcpanrHEria Decora Walker.

52. Evucumres rmsunata (Walker).

53, Dxroprra speciosa Walker.

25*

368

54.

55.

56.

57.

58.

59.

60.

61.

62.

63.

64.

65.

66.

67.

68.

69.

70.

Fic

72.

73.

74.

76.

78.

79.

80.

ON LEPIDOPTERA FROM SAN DOMINGO. [May 3

Family Noorvuip &.

ANOMIS ARGILLACHA (Hiibn.).

LAPHYGMA MACRA (Guen.).

ATETHMIA sUBUSTA Hiibn.

BoMOLOCHA EXOLETALIS Guen.

PALTHIS ARCASALIS.

PALINDIA sp.

Gonoponta HESIONE (Drury).

PEOSINA NUMERIA (Drury).

BuosyRis VATES (Guen.).

Letis MYCERINA (Cram.).

PAOPHILA IMMUNIS (Guen.).

PAOPHILA GARNOTI (Guen.).

PaopuHita oBLicATa (Walker).

REMIGIA REPANDA (Fabr.).

THERMESIA GHMMATALIS (Guen.).

CAPNODES RUFINANS Guen.

Pprigea crrcuira Guen.

Family GEOMETRID&.

NEPHELOLEUCA PoLITIA (Cram.).

ZBsonropreryx ONNUSTARIA Hin.

BoaRMIA OPPOSITARIA Walker.

APLODES congRUATA (Walker).

. NEDUSIA MULTILARIA Hiibn.

THYSANOPYGA APIOITRUNCARIA Herr.-Sch.

Family PYRALID2&.

PYRAUSTA PH@NICHALIS Hiibn.

PYRAUSTA PHYLLISALIS (Walker).

DusMia Uranus (Cram.).

ZINCKENIA PERSPECTALIS Hiibn,

1898.] ON LEPIDOPTERA FROM SOMALILAND. 369

81. PHRyYGANODES SIMILIS (Guen.).

82. PHRYGANODES PROLONGALIS (Guen.).

83. GLYPHODES HYALINATA (Linn.).

84. SynnEpra eLnvata (Fabr.).

85. SYLLEPTA INTERNITALIS (Guen.).

86. SYLLEPTA HECALIALIS (Walker).

87. Prtocrocis INFUSCALIS (Guen.).

88. PacHYzANCLA mGROTALIS Zeller.

89. SAMEODES CANCELLALIS (Zeller).

Family CRAMBID&.

90, PLATYTES PUSILLALIS (Hiibn.).

91. DiIcyMOLOMIA PEGASALIS.

5. A List of the Lepidopterous Insects collected by Mrs. Lort

Phillips in Somaliland. By Emiry Mary Saarpe.

[Received March 12, 1898.]

I have again had the pleasure of working out Mrs. Lort Phillips’s

collection of Butterflies, made during her second expedition to

Somaliland in the first three months of 1897. In this collection

are examples of many interesting species, including two novelties

belonging to the family Lycenide.

Name. Locality and Date.

Fam. DANAIDaz. sd

1. Limnas klugit Butler ......... Dobar, Woria Ballambal, Jan. 26th ; San-

gamore, March; Bihen.

Fam. SATYRIDS.

2. Amecera maderakal (Guér.) ...| Rugga Pass, March.

3. Ypthima doleta Kirby ......... Bihen, Jan. 23rd; Wagga, 6000 ft.,

Feb. 20th.

Fam. AcrziDz.

4, Acrea chilo Godman............ Wagga, Feb.; Rugga Pass, March; Hanka-

deely, March 7th.

5. Acrea bresia Godman ......... Rugga Pass, March.

Fam. NyMpHALIDa.

6. Junonia clelia (Cram.) ......... Dobar; Bihen, Jan. 23rd; Hammar.

Feb. 27th. H

28. Terias ceres Butler

29. Pieris infida Butler

Oo bo

. Byblia ilithyia Drury

. Tarucus lowise, sp. nov.

. Tarucus theophrastus Fabr. ...

20. Lycenesthes amarah Lefebr....

21. Lycenesthes princeps Butler...

. Deudorix livia (Klug)

. Tatura philippus (Fabr.) ......

24, Tatura mimosa Trimen

. Spindasis somalina Butler ...

. Spindasis wagge, sp. nov.

27. Argiolaus silas Westw. .........

. Pieris gidica Godt.

. Teracolus evarne (Klug)

MISS E. M. SHARPE ON

[May 3,

Name.

Fam. NymMpHatin& (cont.).

. Junonia cebrene Butler.........

. Precis taveta Rogenh. .........

Precis sesamus Trimen

. Hypolimnas misippus (Linn.) .

. Charaxes hansalii Feld

Fam, Lycu/nip2.

. Axiocerces perion (Cram.)......

. Lycena patricia Trimen

. Lycena jesous Guér, .......+-.+

. Lycena knysna Trimen

. Lycena trochilus (Frey.)

seeeee

Fam. Preripa.

. Mylothris agathina (Cram.) ...

. Cofias electra (Linn.)............ WwW

. Teracolus calais (Cram.)

. Leracolus chrysonome (Klug)...

. Teracolus arne (Klug)

5. Teracolus omphale Godt. ......

. Teracolus ignifer Butler

. Teracolus evagore (Klug)

. Teracolus evenina (Wallengr.).

. Teracolus thruppi Butler

2. Teracolus philiipsi Butler......

. Teracolus heliozautus Butler...

seeeee

Teracolus eupompe Klug

5. Teracolus pseudacaste Butler .

Locality and Date.

Bihen, Jan. 23rd; Hammar, Jan. 27th.

Wagga Mountain, 6000 ft., Feb. 20th ;

Rugga Pass, March.

Hammar, Jan. 27th.

Hankadeely, March; Wagga, 6000 ft. ;

Hammar, Jan. 27th.

Bihen, Jan.

Wagga, 6000 ft., Feb. 28th.

Bihen, Jan. 25th ; Sangamore, March.

Wagga, March 3rd.

Upper Sheikh, Jan. & Feb.

Somaliland.

Hammar, Feb. 27th; Gedais, 4800 ft.,

Feb. 16th.

Wagga Mountain, 6000 ft. February;

Dobar, Jan.

Dobar,

Somaliland.

Upper Sheikh, Feb. Ist.

Sogsoda, Feb. 11th; Hammar, Jan. 27th.

Hankadeely, Feb. & March.

Sogsoda, Feb. 11th.

Wagga, Feb. 28th.

.| Wagga Mountain, 6000 ft., Feb.

Wagga, 6000 ft.; Upper Sheikh, Feb. Ist.

Rugga Pass, March; Gedais, Feb. 17th.

Wagga, 6000 ft., Feb. ; Hankadeely, March

7th ; Somaliland.

Wagga, Feb. 13th; Upper Sheikh, Feb.

Ist; Sogsoda, Feb. 11th; Bihen, Jan.

25th.

Wagga, Feb. 7th.

agga, Feb.

Dobar, Jan. 21st.

Rugga Pass, March.

Wagga, Feb.

Wagga, March 3rd.

Wagga.

Wagga, Feb. 14th.

Bihen, Jan. 25th.

Rugga Pass, March; Upper Sheikh,

Feb. Ist.

Wagga, Feb. 13th; Gedais, Feb. 16th;

Sogsoda, Feb. 11th; Upper Sheikh,

Jan. 28th ; Bihen, Jan. 25th.

Bihen, Jan. 25th.

Rugga Pass, March.

Wagga, March ord;

Jan. 30th.

Sogsoda, Feb. 5th.

Upper Sheikh,

1898.] LEPIDOPTERA FROM SOMALILAND. 371

Name. Locality and Date.

Fam. Prsrip2 (cont.).

46. Teracolus lorti E. M. Sharpe .| Wagga Mountain, 6000 ft., Feb. 20th.

47. Teracolus protomedia (Klug). .| Upper Sheikh, Feb. 1st; Sogsoda, Feb.

5th & 6th.

48. Synchloe glauconome (Klug)... Bihen, Jan. 24th.

49, EHuchloe falloni Albard ......... Wagea, 6500 ft., March 2nd; Wagga,

Feb. 23rd; Rugga Pass, March.

50. Catopsilia florella (Fabr.) ...... Sogsoda, Feb. 11th; Rugga Pass, March.

51. Herpenia melanarge Butler ...| Upper Sheikh, Jan. 31st.

Fam. PApmnionip&.

52. Papilio demoleus (Linn.) ...... Wagga Mountain, Sogsoda, Feb. 11th.

53. Papilio pseudonireus Feld. ...)| Hankadeely, March 7th.

Fam. HEsPeriip&.

54. Rhopalocampta anchises Godt.| Sogsoda, Feb. 5th; Dobar, Jan. 7th.

55. Sarangesa pertusa (Mabille)...) Rugga Pass, March ; Wagga, March.

56. Pyrgus vindew Cram. ......... Somaliland.

57. Hesperia diomus Hopff. ...... Wagga, Feb. 20th ; Rugga Pass, March.

Fam. Limacopip#.

58. Parasa vivida Walker ......... Rugga Pass.

Fam. Noctruipa.

59. Heliothis armigera W. Y....... Rugga Pass, March.

Fam. Liparipa.

60. Stilpnotia crocipes Boisd. ..... Wagga, Feb. 20th.

Fam, Litnosip 2.

61. Secusio parvipuncta Hamps. ..| Wagga, Feb. & March.

62. Deiopeia pulchella Linn. ...... Rugga Pass; Wagga; Upper Sheikh,

Jan, 30th.

Fam. GEoMuTRIDé.

63. Sterranthia sacraria (Linn.)...| Wagga, March 3rd.

The following are the descriptions of the two new species

represented in the collection :—

18. TaRUCUS LOUIS#, sp. nov.

Black with white markings. :

6 .—Primaries. Brownish black with faint indications of darker

spots, these representing the markings on the underside.

Secondaries. Similar to the primaries; near the hind margin is

a submarginal line of narrow white spots, followed by a row of

black spots ; above this is a second inner row of five white spots,

commencing from the posterior angle, and extending to about the

middle of the wing. Fringe on both wings white.

Underside. Ground-colour of both wings white, relieved by

372 MESSRS. DIXEY, BURR, AND PICKARD-CAMBRIDGE ON [May 3,

numerous spots and bands of black as in 7’. sybaris Hopffer, the black

zigzag bands on the primaries being rather more heavily indicated.

Expanse 0°7 inch.

? .—-Similar to those of 7. sybaris and 7. theophrastus (Fabr.),

but differing in the white discal patch on the primaries being

much more reduced. Expanse 0°6 inch.

26. SPINDASIS WAGGZ, sp. nov.

Nearest to S. namaquus Trimen as regards the colouring of the

underside, and is at once distinguished by the absence of any blue

on the upper surface.

36 —Primaries. Uniform brown, suffused with bronze, two black

spots, the first being at the end of the discoidal cell, the second

nearer the base. A narrow black submarginal line, followed by a

white fringe on the hind margin.

Secondaries. Similar to the primaries, but having no bronze

shading. Near the posterior angle is a bright orange spot, closely

followed by four nearly obsolete spots of white for about. half the

length of the narrow black submarginal line.

Underside. Ground-colour brown with pearly white spots,

suffused with silver and outlined with black. These spots are

distributed over both wings, and do not form any regular bars or

rows of spots, with the exception of a submarginal row of white

spots preceding the hind marginal border. The orange spot on

the secondaries is divided by a silver dot, having near the inner

margin a distinct black spot.

Expanse 1:1 inch.

.—Similar to the male, but is rather larger, and the bronze

colour is a little deeper, and is extended to the secondaries. The

orange spot is also not quite so bright.

Expanse 1:2 inch.

6. On a Collection of Insects and Arachnids made by

Mr. E. N. Bennett in Socotra, with Descriptions of

new Species. By F. A. Dixey, M.A., M.D., Matcoum

Burr, F.Z.S., and the Rev. O. Pickarp-CAaMBRIDGE,

M.A., F.R.S., C.M.Z.S.

[Received March 29, 1898.]

(Plates XXX. & XXXI.)

ConTENTS.

I. Lepidoptera. By F. A. Dixny, p. 372.

II, Orthoptera. By Matcoxm Burr, p. 584.

ITI. Insects of other Orders. By several Contributors, p. 386.

IV. Arachnida, By O. Prokarp-CamprineE, p. 387.

I. LEPIDOPTERA, with Remarks on Local and Seasonal

Forms in the Genus Byblia Hiibn. By F. A. Drxey, M.A.,

M.D., Fellow of Wadham College, Oxtord.

Mr. E. N. Bennett, a Fellow of Hertford College, Oxford,

reached Socotra on December 17, 1896, in company with the

1898.] INSECTS AND ARACHNIDS FROM SOCOTRA. 373

late Mr. Theodore Bent and Mrs. Bent. During their visit they

traversed the island from Ghalansyah in the west to Ras Momi

in the east, and thence, after a long circuit to the south-west,

returned to Tamarida on the north coast. The party left the

island on February 11th, 1897. Interesting personal accounts

of the expedition will be found in the ‘ Nineteenth Century’ for

June 1897, by Mr. Bent; and in the volume of ‘ Longman’s

Magazine’ for 1897, by Mr. Bennett. The whole of their sojourn

in the island came within the period of the N.E. monsoon.

Atmospheric conditions were persistently dry, especially on the

plains; in the mountains there was a heavy dew every morning,

which soon dried in the sun. Very little rain fell at any time,

and the thermometer never sank below 60° F. Exactly 100

specimens of insects and arachnids, which are now in the Hope

Museum, Oxford, were collected by Mr. Bennett.

The Rhopalocera consist of 52 specimens, belonging to 15

species, two of which appear to be new to science. Of these

15 species, 9 were also taken by Professor Bayley Balfour, F.R.S.,

during his visit to Socotra between February 11th and March 30th,

1880*. The only one of Professor Balfour’s captures not repre-

sented in the present collection is Charawes balfouri Butl.

DANAINz.

Lionas curysippus Linn. (Nos. 1, 2.)

Two specimens; ¢ and 2. These are paler than the average

of African examples, bearing in this respect a greater resemblance

to specimens trom India. The white spots forming the subapical

band are in both, but especially in the male, unusually small and

discrete. Some African specimens show the same character, but

rarely in so pronounced a form’. The Socotran male has most

of the veins in the hind wing, especially the branches of the

median, thickly covered with white scales, which also extend to

narrow adjacent areas of the wing, and form a ring around the

black patch marking the position of the submedian scent-gland.

A trace of the same white colouring of veins and adjacent areas

is also visible in the female. This is a first approximation

to the condition seen in var. alcippoides, Moore, where, however,

the veins themselves often retain their brown colour in the midst

of the whitened area of the hind wing. It is noticeable that both

the Socotran specimens are in fine condition, though the collection

asa whole has suffered much from the attacks of beetle larve.

“Seen only in the hills, flying strongly. Not common.”—Z. WN. B.

1 See Proc. Zool. Soe. 1881, pp. 175-180, pl. xviii.

2 A pair from Aden in Coll. Brit. Mus. closely resemble the Socotran

examples in this respect, and also in the general ground-colour. A female

specimen from Aden in Ooll. Hope, of the same ground-colour, also shows

an approach to the discrete condition of the subapical white spots. Prof.

Balfour's Socotran specimen, a female, has like Mr. Bennett’s pair a pale

ground-colour, but the subapical spots are less discrete. It is curious that

specimens of L. chrysippus in Coll. Brit. Mus. from Athens, Turkey, and Syria

are as dark as the ordinary form from Africa.

374 MESSRS, DIXEY, BURR, AND PICKARD-CAMBRIDGE ON [May 3,

ACR#EIN®.

Acr#A NEOBULD Doubl. (Nos. 10-15.)

Acrea neobule Doubl.; Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1881, p. 177,

pl. xviii. fig. 5.

Six specimens ; probably all females, but in one the abdomen is

missing. These resemble A. neobule from the African mainland,

but the powdering of black scales at the apex of the fore wing is

much more distinct, and there is little or no admixture of brown

or reddish scales with the black of the apex, as generally occurs in

A, neobule. In all six examples the ground-colour is deeper in

tone, and the dark border of the hind wing is broader and has a

smoother outline than in average specimens of A. neobule, while

the pale spots in the dark border are on the upperside either not

present or comparatively indistinct. All the black spots on the

hind wing are relatively larger than in normal A. neobule; they

are also more uniform in size; the two spots which occur one on

each side of the discoidal vein, usually very small in <A. neobule,

are here less different in bulk from the other dark spots of the

wing. The abdomen in these specimens is black with spots of

the pale ground-colour, as in A. horta Linn. A female A. neobule,

brought from Socotra by Prof. Bayley Balfour, has a perceptible

powdering of reddish scales at the apex of the fore wing, but in

other respects resembles Mr. Bennett’s specimens. It was noted

and figured in 1881 by Mr. Butler (loc. ct.), who, however,

refrained from giving it a specific name in the absence of further

examples. From the present series it seems probable that the

differences from normal A. neobule are fairly constant, but not

sufficiently so to warrant separation. It is worth remarking that

in Reiche’s figure of A. neobule from Abyssinia’ the border of the

hind wing is comparatively narrow, denticulate, and furnished

with large light-coloured spots, while the apex of the fore wing

appears to be powdered with red. The specimen represented

differs therefore considerably from Mr. Bennett's series.

“Mostly seen in the hills, at an elevation of about 2000 feet.

Not hard to get, the flight being slow and bold.” —Z, N. B.

SATYRINZ,

CALYSISME ANYNANA Butl. (Nos. 3-7.)

Mycalesis anynana Butl. Ann. Nat. Hist. (5) iii. (1879), p. 187.

Calysisme socotrana Butl. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1881, p. 175, pl. xviii.

fig. 7.

Five specimens; 3 ¢,29. Two of the males and one of the

females are much worn. The iris of the large ocellus on the

underside of the fore wing, which is whitish in the male described

1 Ferr. et Gall., ‘ Voy. en Abyss.’ iii. p. 466, pl. 53. fig. 5. See Trimen,

‘South Afr. Butt.’ vol. i. 1887, p. 188.

1898. ] INSECIS AND ARACHNIDS FROM SOCOTRA. 375

by Butler (P. Z. S. 1881, p. 175), is in two of the present males,

including the best preserved of the three, distinctly orange as in

the female. The size of all the smaller ocelli on the under surface

seems to vary in both sexes. The upper surface of the hind wing

carries in the male the glandular patch and tuft of hairs which are

characteristic of the genus (Moore, Lepid. Ceylon, 1880-81, p. 20).

The under surface of the dorsal border of the fore wing, where it

overlaps the hind wing, is similarly clothed in the male with pale

and glistening scales, forming a pearly patch. Five specimens of

C. anynana in Coll. Brit. Mus. from the Island of Johanna

(Comoro Group) are apparently ‘‘ wet-season ” forms ; but another

specimen from the same locality and one from Zanzibar seem

to be “‘dry-season” forms and are indistinguishable from Socotran

examples.

“The commonest butterfly in the island, inhabiting plains and

mountains alike. A ground-haunting species, apt to take cover.

Never flying high, and always easy to catch.”—Z. N. B.

NYMPHALIN &.

BYBLIA BOYDI,sp.n. (Nos. 16-22.) (Plate XXX. figs.1g,29.)

Hypanis cora Feisth.; Butl. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1881, p. 177,

pl. xviii. fig. 4.

Types (¢ and 2 ) in Hope Museum, Oxford.

Seven specimens; 4 ¢, 3 2. Distinguishable from the

“ dry-season” form of B. gétzius Herbst and B. anvatara Boisd.

by the following particulars :—(1) The area of fulvous ground-

colour lying between the black submarginal band and the oblique

median black patch on the dise of the fore wing is in B. boydi

divisible into two portions, separated by a pair of black denticula-

tions which almost meet one another along the course of the

first median branch. Of these two portions, the posterior is

conspicuously narrower than the anterior, the narrowing being

caused mainly by the encroachment outwards of the oblique

median patch. The outline of this latter patch in the allied forms

tends rather sharply inwards between the first median branch

and the dorsal border, but in B. boydi it is continued to the

dorsal border at such an angle as to preclude the fulvous area from

expanding again posteriorly, as it does in normal B. gétzius.

(2) A chain of small black spots is more or less visible, crossing the

fulvous median area of the hind-wing upperside. These spots,

which correspond to a series constantly present in B. iithyia

Drury, are only rarely indicated in B. gétzius. The above

characters appear to be constant and distinctive. One or more

of the following features may be found in specimens of B. gédtzius

from various localities on the mainland, but they do not oceur all

together except in B. boydi, where the combination appears to be

constant :—(1) The black costal bar of the fore wing is continued

across the wing to meet the submarginal black band. (2) The

fulvous submarginal spots of the hind-wing upperside are large,

376 MESSRS. DIXEY, BURR, AND PICKARD-CAMBRIDGE ON [May3,

subconical, and only slightly separated by the black-coloured veins.

(3) All the black markings of the upperside are highly developed,

especially the submarginal band of the hind wing, which encroaches

considerably inwards. In the presence of the chain of small

median dark spots and in the large size of the fulvous submarginal

spots of the hind wing, B. boydi approaches B. ilithyia ; in other

respects it is much nearer B. gétzius. The combination of

characters above given renders the Socotran form easily recog-

nizable among its allies, and seems to justify its separation as

distinct. I have given it the name boydi, after the Principal

of Hertford College, to whom Science in Oxford is under great

obligations.

** Very common everywhere, hills and plains. Not conspicuously

ground-haunting.”—E. J. B.

Remarks on Geographical and Seasonal Forms in the Genus Byblia

Hiibn.—Byblia gotzius Herbst (=Hypanis acheloia Wallengr. ;

=H. ilithyia var. A, Trimen, 8. Afr. Butt. vol. i, 1887, p. 264) is

probably entitled to distinct specific rank beside B, ilithyza Drury’.

Each form, as pointed out by Trimen (Joc. cit. p. 266) and by

Barker (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1896, p. 415), has its own range of

seasonal variation. This is also shown by good series of both the

ilithyia and the gétzius (or acheloia) forms in the British Museum

and in the Hope Collection at Oxford. For a large proportion of

these each collection is indebted to Mr. G. A. K. Marshall, whose

specimens all bear such ample data with regard to locality, altitude,

and exact time of capture, as to throw much light upon questions

of local and seasonal modification.

The geographical distribution of the two forms is interesting.

The ilithyia form, with some local variation in size and in the

relative proportions of dark markings to fulvous ground-colour, is

found in India, Ceylon, Arabia, and the greater part of Wallace’s

“East African” subregion, including the West African coast dis-

tricts lying northwards from the River Gambia and southwards

from the Congo. It also extends for some distance into the South

African subregion, occurring commonly in the Transvaal and Natal

highlands, and coming, though rarely, down to the sea at Durban.

Its distribution is therefore mainly Indian and “ East African” in

Wallace’s sense”. The gétzius form, on the other hand, is absent

from India and from a large portion of “ East Africa.” Itis found

at Sierra Leone, Cape Coast Castle, Lagos, Old Calabar, and the

coast districts of the Gaboon and the Congo; but outside the limits

of Wallace’s West African subregion, 7. ¢. in Senegal to the north

and Angola to the south, it is replaced by typical dithyia. Begin-

ning again on the south-east coast, about the easternmost districts

1 The evidence on which Mr. Marshall decides against their specific distinct-

ness appears to me to require confirmation. See Marshall in Ann. Mag. Nat,

Hist. 1896, xviii. p. 338.

2 Wallace, ‘Geographical Distribution of Animals, 1876, vol. i. pp. 251,

258 and map.

Len wv

ae.

13898.] INSECTS AND ARACHNIDS FROM SOCOTRA, 377

of the Cape Colony’, it becomes very common at Durban, and

follows the coast-line northwards, occurring at the mouths of the

Zambesi, in Mozambique, and at Wasin. Though it seems to be

rarely if ever met with in the “South African” interior, it passes

inland up the Zambesi and is found in Matabeleland and at Zomba

on the Shiré; while the British Museum also contains specimens

from Nyasaland, Lake Mwéru, Tanganyika, the Victoria and Albert

Nyanza, Wadelai, the Galla country, Abyssinia, Somaliland, and

Aden. Like B. ilithyia, it shows some amount of local variation

which may perhaps justify the specific separation of certain

geographical forms’.

It appears therefore that, so far as is known, the distribution of

the two species (or varietal groups) is fairly distinct, though their

respective ranges coincide for a small portion of the South African

subregion and to a larger extent in “ East Africa,” as at Wadelai,

in Somaliland, and at Aden. It is further evident that while the

distribution of the ilithyia form is continuous from India through-

out the “ East African” subregion, that of the gétzius form is

almost if not quite discontinuous, its area being separated into a

western and an eastern division. In the light of these facts it is

remarkable that the Socotran form is most closely akin, not to the

ilithyia, but to the gétzius type, nearly resembling in fact West

African specimens of B. gétzius, from which it is separated geo-

graphically by the whole width of Wallace’s Hast African subregion.

It is further of interest to note that the Madagascar and Comoro

Islands form (B. anvatara Boisd.), though no doubt distinct, is also

a modification, not of B. ilithyia, bat of B. gétzius*. B. ilithyia,

being found at such distant points of the “East African” subregion

as Senegal, Angola, and Somaliland, as well asin Arabia, India, and

Ceylon, might well have been expected to be the form occurring in

Socotra ; and the fact that it is here replaced by a form of B. gét-

zius suggests the possibility that this island, like the South African

subregion, and Madagascar with the Mascarene group, contains

relics of a more ancient African fauna that has been expelled or

excluded from the bulk of the mainland by the great irruption of

forms of life which is believed to have taken place from the north-

east *.

1 It is implied by Mr. Marshall (/oc. cit. p. 337) that this Southern race of

B. gotzius (to which he restricts Wallengren’s name acheloia) occurs also in the

Western districts of South Africa, where, he states, the Cunene River (north

of Damaraland) appears to be its northern boundary.

? Mr. Marshall (/oc. cit. pp. 337, 338) recognizes three local races—the

Southern (acheloia Wallgr., of which vulgaris Butl. is the wet-season form),

the Western and Central African (gétzius Herbst), and the North-eastern

(castanea Butl.). Prof. Bayley Balfour’s Socotran examples of B. boydz, noted

by Butler as Hypanis cora Feisth., are rather curiously ranked by Mr. Marshall

under var. acheloia Wallgr.

3 Trimen, South Afr. Butt. vol. i. 1887, p. 267.

* Wallace, ‘Geographical Distribution,’ 1876, vol. i. p. 218, &e. Prof.

Bayley Balfour (Proc. Roy. Instit. vol. x. 1884, p. 296) discusses the affinities

of Socotran with West and South African plants, and observes that “ Sokotra

indeed is, with Madagascar, to be regarded as the remains of a greatly advanced

378 MESSRS, DIXEY, BURR, AND PICKARD-CAMBRIDGE ON [May 3,

The variations of the underside of the hind wing in both forms,

B, ilithyia and B. gétzius, have been well described by Trimen

(Joc. cit. pp. 265, 266). They are undoubtedly seasonal, as

pointed out by Barker (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1895, p. 415), and

by Marshall in the MS. notes and labels accompanying the series

in the Hope Collection above referred to, as well as in the

Annals & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1896, xviii. p. 333, &e. The deeply

ferruginous hind wing, on which the three creamy bands stand out

conspicuously, belongs in each case to the dry-season form, and

there are several intermediate grades leading up to the dull

ochreous yellow of the wet-season form. In addition to the

points noted by Trimen, it may be remarked that in the wet-

season form of B. gétzius the black submarginal band of the hind

wing is relatively broader, and the proximally adjacent strip of

ochreous ground-colour narrower, than in the wet-season form of

B, ilithyia. In the former, indeed, the band of ground-colour is

often reduced to a mere chain of fulvous dots with dark edging,

forming a proximal border to the dark submarginal band. The

pairs of whitish internervular spots on the dark band are also

much less regular and conspicuous than in B. ilithyia. In the

dry-season forms the veins crossing the median creamy band are

in B, gétzius often traced out with the deep ferruginous tint of

the ground-colour, which marking has the effect of dividing the

median creamy band into spots; this is not seen in B., wlithyia.

In B. gétzius also the dark submarginal band seems never entirely

to disappear, even in extreme dry-season forms, as it may do in

B, ilithyia. It soon, however, loses the whitish internervular

spots, which in the wet-season form are already less distinct than

in B, ilithyia.

The Socotran B. boydi resembles most specimens of B. gétzius

from the West African subregion in having the dark costal bar of

the fore wing continued rather heavily across the wing to join the

submarginal band. This is also more or less the case with two

females of B. gotzius from Abyssinia and specimens of the same

from Somaliland and Aden in the British Museum; but in

examples from South and East Africa the connection between the

costal and the submarginal dark bands is often slight or absent. On

the other hand, in the submarginal series of spots of the fulvous

ground-colour on the upperside of the hind wing, the Socotran

form comes nearer to specimens of B. gétzius from Somaliland,

Aden, and the Galla country than to any I have seen from West

African coast-line at a remote period.” Messrs. Sclater and Hartlaub (Proc.

Zool. Soc. 1881, p. 167) point out that Drymaca hesitata, one of Prof. Balfour’s

Socotran birds described by them, is most closely allied to a form inhabiting

Madagascar. Col. Godwin-Austen (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1881, p. 252) considers

that the land-molluscan fauna of Socotra affords “strong evidence that the

island was once directly connected with Madagascar to the south”; and adds

that “it is not unreasonable to suppose that in Socotra, the Seychelles,

Madagascar, and Rodriguez we have the remnants of a very ancient more

advanced coast-line on this western side of the Indian Ocean.”

1898.] INSECTS AND ARACHNIDS FROM SOCOTRA,. 379

Africa. The spots in question are in B. boydi, as in the British

Museum specimens of B. gétzius from the localities Jast named,

larger, closer together, more conical, and less quadrate than in

individuals from West or South Africa, though in dry-season

forms from Natal and East Central Africa an approach is made to

the Socotran condition. The dark submarginal band of the hind

wing in B. boydi is broader than in most specimens of B. gétzius

from E. and S. Africa, whether ‘“ wet” or “dry” (the narrower

band belonging generally to the “dry” form). It is much

broader than in the specimens of B. gotz¢us from Somaliland, Aden,

and the Galla country above referred to, but not, perhaps, much

broader on the average than in the female specimens from

Abyssinia.

The present examples of B. hoydi, like Prof. B. Balfour's pair,

are all dry-season forms. In at least two of the seven (both

males), as also in both Prof. Balfour’s specimens, the whitish

internervular spots on the dark submarginal band of the hind-wing

underside have disappeared, and in one of these the patches of

ground-colour immediately adjacent to the pale median band are

obsolescent. The wet-season form of B. boydi is still unknown.

To judge by the analogy of B. gétzius, its upper surface must be

still more heavily marked with black than that of the specimens

collected by Prof. Balfour and Mr. Bennett.

PyzamMeIs cARDUI Linn. (Nos. 8, 2.)

2 9. This species was also observed by Prof. Balfour.

“Common everywhere. The three most abundant species, in

order of frequency, were (1) Calysisme anynana, (2) Byblia boydi,

(3) Pyrameis cardwi.”—E. N. B.

JUNONIA CLELIA Cram. (Nos. 23-28.)

Six specimens; 2 3,4 9: two of the latter in a battered

condition. These do not differ in any definite manner from

specimens from the mainland and the Comoro Islands’. They are

*“ dry-season” forms, the colouring of the hind-wing underside

being fairly uniform and the ocelli obsolescent. This species was

not obtained by Prof. Balfour.

“Very common in the mountains.”—Z, WN. B,

Hypotimnas misippus Linn. (Nos. 29-32.)

4 9. These are of the ordinary form, showing no tendency

towards var. alcippoides Butl. They have suffered much from the

attacks of larve. Not obtained by Prof. Balfour.

“ Fairly common; commoner than ZL. chrysippus. Chiefly in

the hills. Flight strong.”—Z. NV. B.

1 In J. epiclelia Boisd., from Madagascar, the size of the creamy-white

markings of the upperside is much reduced, but I doubt whether the other

features mentioned by Trimen (Joc. cit. p. 216) are constant points of difference

from J. clelia.

380 MESSRS. DIXEY, BURR, AND PICKARD-CAMBRIDGE ON [May 3,

LYCENINE.

Tarvucus THEOPHRASTUS Fabr. (No. 33.)

1 ¢. This species has a wide range throughout the Indian

and Ethiopian regions and the Mediterranean subregion of the

Palearctic. It does not occur in Prof. Balfour’s collection.

ZizpRaA LystMon Hiibn. (Nos. 34-37.)

Lycena lysimon, Trimen, South Afr. Butt. vol. ii. 1887, p. 45.

Four specimens; apparently 3 ¢ and 1 2. This species also

was not obtained by Prof. Balfour.

“ Found commonly everywhere, both hills and plains, but

chiefly the former. Flight always close to the ground.”—

E. N. B.

A Lycenid collected by Riebeck, who visited Socotra soon after

Prof. Balfour, was not determined’.

PIERINZ.

BELENOIS ANOMALA Butl. (No. 38.)

Synchloe anomala Butl. Proce. Zool. Soc. 1881, p. 178, pl. xviii.

fig. 3.

One 2. The specimen is broken, but less worn than the type,

which is also a female. The large black spot at the end of the cell

in the fore wing, subquadrate in the type, is here rather sub-

triangular, with the base directed inwards, and showing on both

surfaces a slight proximal indentation. On the under surface the

outer border of the fore wings is greyish shot with pink, not

semitransparent as in the type.

Mr. Butler (loc. cit.) assigns this form to the genus Synchloe,

but adds that “ the possession of a male specimen would satisfac-

torily decide whether or not it is an unusually aberrant Belenois.”

The male is still unknown ; the venation, however, is unmistakably

that of Belenois, as the 1st subcostal branch in the fore wing

is concurrent with the costal (cf. B. mesentina, B. creona, B. gidica,

&e.), while the upper discocellular is straight and forms an open

angle with the lower. There can be little doubt that this interest-

ing species comes nearest to B. abyssinica Luc., the dry-season

form ® of B. gidica from the African mainland.

“ Rare; only met with in the Haghier Range, at an altitude of

about 2300 ft. In the same place another white butterfly of

corresponding size was seen, with circular black spots [perhaps

the male]. Both flew fast.”—F. N. B.

TrRACOLUS NIvEuS Butl. (Nos. 39-42.)

Teracolus niveus Butl. loc. cit. p. 177, pl. xviii. fig. 1.

Teracolus candidus Butl. loc. cit. p. 179, pl. xviii. fig. 2.

One ¢, three 9. The male and one female correspond with

1 Taschenberg, Zeitschrift fiir Naturwiss. Bd. lvi. 1888, p. 182,

2 See Barker, Trans, Ent. Soc. Lond. 1895, p, 419.

1898. ] INSECTS AND ARACHNIDS FROM SOCOTRA. 381

Butler’s Z. niveus ; another female is more heavily marked ; the

third female agrees with his 7. candidus. In the male a few

yellow and orange scales form a minute speck proximally, adjacent

to the black dot at the end of the cell on the underside of the hind

wing. A similar yellowish speck occurs in the females, but tends

towards the costal rather than the proximal aspect of the dot.

Dr. Butler now considers his 7’. niveus to be the wet-season

and 1’. candidus the dry-season form of the same species. In

reference to the faunistic affinity between Socotra and the

Mascarene group (supra, p. 377), it is of interest to note that

T. aldabrensis Holl., from Aldabra, appears to be the nearest

relative of the Socotran 7. niweus’.

“The male was taken on Dec. 19th in the sandy coast-plain of

Ghalansyah. It was rescued from the jaws of a lizard.” —£, N. B.

CATOPSILIA FLORELLA Fabr. (Nos. 43-46.)

Catopsilia pyrene Swains. ; Butl. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1881, p. 178.

Four specimens; 1 ¢,3 9. The male and two of the females

are much worn.

“Only seen in the plain of Tamarida. Flight strong.”—

EB. N. B.

PAPILIONIN A.

PaPILio BENNETTI, sp.n. (Nos. 47, 48.) . (Plate XXX. fig. 3.)

Type in Hope Museum, Oxford.

Two specimens, both probably ¢, but the abdomen of one is

imperfect. These resemble P. demoleus Linn., from the African

mainland, but may be distinguished by the following characters :—

(1) On the upper surface all the yellow markings are much reduced

in size, and the second spot from the dorsal border of the yellow

median chain in the fore wing is more or less Z-shaped, instead

of being irregularly rhombic as in P. demoleus, (2) There is a

broad black area of almost uniform width between the median and

the submarginal chains of yellow spots on the fore wing. The

corresponding area in P. demoleus is comparatively narrow, and

conspicuously denticulated in consequence of the relatively large

size of the median yellow spots. (3) On the under surface the

pale submarginal spots of the hind wing are quadrate, or even

elongated in a direction at right angles to the border of the wing ;

whereas in P. demoleus they tend to be oblong, with the long

diameter parallel to the hind border. The same applies to the

series of rudimentary eye-like marks immediately proximal to the

yellow submarginal row. Another feature which is probably

distinctive is the fact that in the eye-like mark within the cell on

underside of the hind wing the blue edging with its accompanying

buff crescent extends only along the posterior side of the tri-

angular black patch, instead of being continued along two sides,

the posterior and the dorsal, as in P. demoleus. An approach to

1 See Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1897, xx. p. 464.

Proc. Zoou. Soo.—1898, No. XX VI. 26

382 MESSRS, DIXEY, BURR, AND PICKARD-CAMBRIDGE ON [May 3,

this condition may occasionally be seen in the latter species.

Many specimens of P. demoleus from Aden resemble P. bennetti

in the narrowness of the pale median band of the hind wing ;

they differ, however, in the other particulars.

Mr. Benmnett’s specimens were taken on the extreme summit of

Jebel Dryet (4900 ft.), settled on a Bedaween’s bright-coloured

cotton wrap or loin-cloth. The species is a strong flyer. It was

not often met with, and never at a less elevation than 3500 ft.

It does not occur in the collection made by Prof. Bayley Balfour.

HESPHRIIDE.

RHOPALOCAMPTA JUCUNDA Butl. (Nos. 49-51.)

Hesperia jucunda, Butl. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1881, p. 179, pl. xviii.

fig. 8.

Three specimens, all 3. This species, as remarked by Trimen

(South Afr. Butt. vol. ili. p. 373) is near R. keithloa Wallgr. from

the East African mainland. It is also allied to KR. taranis Hew.

(R. anchises Gerst.), which has a wide African distribution and

occurs at Aden (Butler, Joc. cit. p. 179).

“Found in the hills, and also in the coast-plain between

Ghalansyah and Tamarida.”—F. NV. B.

GEGENES NosTRaDAMUS Fabr. (No. 52.)

One specimen,a 9. This species, which extends throughout

the Mediterranean subregion into the North-western districts of

India, was not obtained by Prof. Balfour. Specimens from Aden

(var. karsana Moore) are more sandy in colour than the Socotran

example.

The Heterocera collected by Mr. Bennett consist of 26 speci-

mens, belonging to 16 species. These have been kindly named by

Sir George F. Hampson. There are no new forms among them ;

Oligostigma incommoda, which was described by Dr. Butler (Proc.

Yool. Soc. 1881, p. 180) from a specimen obtained by Prof.

Balfour, does not occur in Mr. Bennett’s collection. The Socotrau

Heterocera, so far as they are known, appear to present a mixture

of African and Oriental species, the former predominating, together

with some widely-distributed types such as D. pulchella. As in

the case of the Rhopalocera, the African element does not seem to

be exclusively Hast African. It is unfortunate that the Moths

collected by Riebeck* were never determined.

CossiDZ.

AZYGOPHLEPS INCLUSA Wlk. (No. 53.)

One specimen. Another packed by Mr. Bennett was completely

destroyed by beetle larve.

“In the hills."—Z. NV. B.

\ Taschenberg, Zeitschr. f. Naturwiss. Bd. lvi. 1883, p. 182.

1898.] INSECTS AND ARACHNIDS FROM SOCOTRA. 383

ARCTIIDSE.

D5IOPEIA PULCHELLA Linn. (Nos. 54-57.)

“ Ardahan, &c. Always on the grassy slopes of hills. Lived

in the grass; never flew more than 2 feet from the ground.’—

BON. B.

Four specimens. This species was also obtained by Prof,

Balfour.

Lrrnosra vetusta Wlk. (No. 58.)

One specimen.

Nooruipa.

AGROTIS DivisA Wlk. (Nos. 59, 60.)

Two specimens, one much worn.

Euriexta conpucta Wlk. (No. 61.)

One specimen.

BanIAna rntorTA Swinh. (No. 62.)

One specimen.

CrRocALA vnrMIcuLOSA H.-S. (Nos. 63-69.)

Seven specimens.

CALPE EMaRGINATA Fabr. (No. 70.)

One specimen.

GEOMETRID&.

HYPERYTHRA LucICOLOR Butl. (No. 71.)

One specimen.

BoaRMIA ACACTARIA Boisd. (No. 72.)

One specimen.

CRASPEDIA DERASATA Wlk, (No. 73.)

One specimen.

CRASPEDIA LACTARIA Wlk. (No. 74.)

One specimen.

CRASPEDIA PULVEROSARIA Wlk.? (No. 75.)

One specimen.

PYRALIDE.

NepHorruryx sp. (No. 76.)

One specimen, too much worn for recognition.

Merasta sp. (No. 77.)

One specimen.

TORTRIOIDA,

Tras sp. (No. 78.)

One specimen.

26*

384 MESSRS, DIXEY, BURR, AND PICKARD-CAMBRIDGE ON [May 8,

IT. ORTHOPTERA.

By Matcormm Burg, F.Z.S.

The Orthoptera collected in Socotra by Mr. Bennett are few in

number, but not without interest. The new species of Pecilocerus

represents a genus found in Northern Africa and in the western

part of Asia, and there is a new Cricket, of the genus Landreva

Walker, with a similar, but wider, distribution. It is probable

that these two species are peculiar to the island, as they are not

migratory in habits, so far as is known, the Cricket at least being

incapable of flight.

There is the usual percentage of cosmopolitan species, but the

collection is hardly large enough to give a fair idea of the relation

of the island to the neighbouring continents.

A Locustid has been described, Pachysmopoda abbreviata’

(Tasch.), which is not found elsewhere, but was not taken by

Mr. Bennett.

FoRFICULARIA.

LABIDURA RIPARIA (Pall.).

One male (No. 79).

A cosmopolitan species; originally apparently an inhabitant of

the Mediterranean subregion, also occurring in Java, Korea, South

America (coll. m.), Burmah, and North America.

BuAaATTODEA.

PHYLLODROMIA sp.

A very fragmentary example (No. 80), which resembles, but is

distinct from, the cosmopolitan Ph. germanica (L.).

ACRIDIODBEA.

TRYXALIS NAsuTA (L.).

One immature specimen (No. 81).

This species occurs in Southern Europe, throughout Africa,

India, Burmah, and in Australia.

ACROTYLUS LONGIPES (Charp.).

The solitary example (No. 82) is a variety with the wings rosy

at the base, the normal colour being yellow. A blue form has

occurred at Zanzibar (Brunner). An inhabitant of South-eastern

Europe, Asia Minor, Abyssinia, and Zanzibar.

P@CILOCERUS SOKOTRANUS, sp. n. (Plate XXX. fig. 4.)

Statura minore. Caput conicum, pallidum, vertice inter antennas

1 Mecopoda abbreviata, Taschenberg, Zeitschr. f. Naturwiss. Bd. lvi. 1883,

p. 184.

1898. ] INSECTS AND ARACHNIDS FROM SOCOTRA. 385

minus producto, horizontale, supra atro, subtus in frontem per-

currente, profundius sulcato, fronte reclinata, a latere visa via

sinuata ; antennee breves, nigre, apicem versus pallidiores, eapite

et pronoto wnitis vie longiores; oculi prominuli. Pronotum

cylindricum, fusco-testaceum, carinis nullis instructum, margine

postico rotundato, sulco typico paullo pone medium sito ; lobi

deflewt laterales marginibus, postico sinuato, infertore recto, antico

adscendente, angulis rotundatis. Elytra et ale perfecte explicata,

abdominis apicem via attingentia, illa angusta, fusco-tesiacea,

unicoloria, densissime reticulata, apice obtuse angulata ; hee

elytris breviores, badie, apicem versus pallidiores. Femora

tibiceque antica et intermedia fusca, tarsi pallidiores ; femora

postica extus pallida, media macula magna fusca ornata, intus

testacea, fusco-reticulata ; genibus supra pallidis, laterabus

atris ; tabie postice sordide testacew, spinis octo albidis, apice

nigris, calcaribus terminalibus parvis binis utroque margine

supra armate. Abdomen fuscum, eylindricum ; valvule

ovipositoris long, sinuate, pubescentes. 2.

Dimensions, 2.

Wiens. CORP. s... =. ees Ue i riline

3) nehytbrorum( 2 \gae leet,

elo PRON OU eho Sh tne IE |

The two specimens (Nos. 87, 88) from which the description

was drawn are somewhat discoloured by spirit, but that is not a

very important injury. P. sokotranus is considerably smaller than

ae other species of the genus, and is probably peculiar to the

island.

Two females (Nos. 83, 84). Upon the second segment of

both specimens there is a curious round pale hard knob, so large

that it has caused a space in the elytra where they cover it when at

rest. I have omitted it from the description as it seems to be

a foreign body, possibly a fungus.

There is also an immature Grasshopper (No. 85), possibly to be

referred to the genus Acridium.

GRYLLODBA.

LanpREVA, sp. n. ?

A male Cricket (No. 86) of the genus Landreva Walk. seems

to be new, but is not sufficiently good for description. It is small,

testaceous, with truncate elytra and no wings. The tympanum is

only visible on the exterior side of the anterior tibiw (subgenus

Eetolandreva, Sauss.); the posterior tibie are armed with five

spines on each margin above, and four terminal spines.

386 MESSRS, DIXEY, BURR, AND PICKARD-CAMBRIDGE ON [May 3,

III. Insnors or orueR ORpuRS. By several Contributors.

Five species of Odonata, two of Hymenoptera, and one of

Diptera were also captured by Mr. Bennett: the first were kindly

named by Mr. R. McLachlan, F.R.S., the second by Mr. W. F.

Kirby, and the third by Mr. E. E. Masten’

The Odonata were all common species with wide distribution,

and it is of interest that they should in this respect contrast so

sharply with the Lepidoptera Rhopalocera and Araneidea, and to

a less extent with the Orthoptera. The contrast is probably to

be explained by the facilities for distribution which the Odonata

possess in their powers of flight.

Mr. Bennett records that the Odonata are very numerous on the

plains where streams abound.—E. B. Povtrton.

Species of Odonata.

PANTALA FLAVESCENS Fabr. (No. 89.)

Mr. Bennett captured one specimen “ on banks of streams pass-

ing Tamarida.”

Mr. McLachlan describes the species as nearly cosmopolitan.

CROCOTHEMIS ERYTHRZA Brullé. (No. 90.)

One specimen.

The species occurs in South Europe, all over Africa, Asia, &c.

R. M.).

RHYOTHEMIS SEMIHYALINA Dujardin. (Nos. 91, 92.)

Two specimens. ‘Common near the lagoon at Ghalansyah.”—

E. N. B.

Widely distributed in Africa and occurs in Asia Minor (&. W.).

CERIAGRION GLABRUM Burm. (No. 93.)

One specimen.

Nearly all over Africa (. M.). The British Museum contains

examples from Socotra, Madagascar, Mauritus, as well as from the

mainland of Africa.

Species of Hymenoptera.

BELENOGASTER SAUSSUREL Kirby.

Two specimens (Nos. 94, 95).

This species was described by Mr. W. F. Kirby (P. Z. 8. 1881,

p- 649) among the insects collected by Prof. Bayley Balfour in

icone:

HAaARPACTOPUS sp. inc.

One specimen (No. 96).

A species allied to H. erudelis, Smith, but larger, and with red-

dish mandibles and tibix. The specimen is, however, in such bad

)

1898.] INSECTS AND ARACHNIDS FROM SOCOTRA. 387

condition that a description would be useless if not misleading

CWE Ht. K.).

Species of Diptera.

SARCOPHAGA, sp. inc.

One specimen (No. 97).

The condition renders it impossible to determine the species

(E. E, A.).

IV. ARACHNIDA.

By the Rev. O. Prckarnp-Camprines, M.A., F.R.S., C.M.ZS.

ARACHNIDA ARANEIDEA.

Fam. EPEIRID4.

Subfam. NmEPsinin 7”.

Gen. Nepaiia Leach.

NEPHILA BENNETTI, sp.n. (Plate XXXI. fig. 2.)

Female adult ? (No. 98), length 83 lines.

This Spider is of the ordinary characteristic Nephila form, and

at the hinder part of the caput are the two characteristic conical

tuberculiform eminences, conspicuous in a transverse line; the

colour of the caput is dark brown, with two large, somewhat oval,

dull yellowish patches at the hinder extremity, each surrounding

one of the conical eminences. The thorax is dull, pale yellowish,

with black-brown lateral converging stripes, and the whole cephalo-

thorax is thickly covered with light grey pubescence.

Eyes normal.

Legs long, moderately strong; 1, 4, 2, 3, furnished with hairs

and slender spines. Femora yellow, slightly tinged with a smoky

hue at the anterior extremity ; genue of the first and second pairs

dark brown, those of the third and fourth pairs yellowish; tibiz,

metatarsi, and tarsideep brown, approaching black. The tibie of

the fourth pair are furnished throughout their length with nume-

rous coarse black hairs forming a brush ; the femora of the first and

second pairs have also a similar but not so strong a brush on their

fore-half, the hairs on these last shorten in length gradually into

the normal hairs of the remaining portion of the joint.

Palpt short, normal; humeral and cubital joints yellowish,

radial and digital black-brown, the latter furnished with long

coarse bristly hairs.

Falces powerful, normal in form, black-brown.

Mawille and labium black-brown, the latter with a central

longitudinal reddish yellow-brown stripe.

Sternum triangular, slightly longer than broad ; deep brown; with

388 MESSRS, DIXDY, BURR, AND PICKARD-CAMBRIDGE ON [May 3,

marginal eminences opposite the basal joints of the legs; and the

labium is yellowish.

Abdomen cylindrical ; the hinder extremity somewhat produced

and extending beyond the spinners. The fore extremity is dark

brown, succeeded by a strong transverse pale-yellowish or cream-

coloured band, the ends of which are produced backwards forming

a lateral broken marginal stripe on each side. The upperside

between these stripes is of a dull pale hue, closely reticulated with

brown in a vermiform pattern, and along the middle is a series of

four pairs of roundish pale spots covered with a shining satiny

pubescence; the spots in each of these pairs are contiguous or

nearly so, and they decrease in size from the foremost to the last

pair, which are seated a little way from the posterior extremity of

the abdomen. The sides are dark brown, marked with various

subparallel undulating yellowish streaks, two largish dark-brown

patches on each side being left untouched by them. The underside

is deep brown, with a yellowish marginal line in front and on the

sides ; and beneath the produced portion is a longitudinal, central,

silvery-white band stopping short of the spinners. The genital

aperture is of great simplicity, consisting of a narrow transverse

opening covered by a short, scarcely projecting lip.

This handsome Spider is allied to several other African species,

such as WV. femoralis Luc., N. sumptuosa Gerst., and NV. keyserlingit

Blackw., but appears to be abundantly distinct. The only example

was not in first-rate condition.

Subfam. GAasTERACANTHIN”®.

Gen. GasreracantHa Walck.

GASTERACANTHA SODALIS, sp. n. (Plate XXXI. fig. 3.)

Adult female (No. 99), length (not including the posterior abdo-

minal spines) rather over 33 lines (nearly 8 mm.) ; breadth of abdo-

men (including the longest of the lateral spines) 6? lines (14 mm.).

This Spider is much like G. madagascariensis Vins., to which it

is nearly allied, but the latter has the transverse abdominal black

bars broken off in the middle, and the abdomen itself is wider in

proportion from front to back than in the present species; the

cephalothorax also and the abdominal markings and spines are of

a deeper hue, in fact generally black, whereas in the present Spider

they are red-brown. ‘The posterior and fore-lateral spines also are

longer and sharper pointed in G. madagascariensis, in which also

the underside of the abdomen is less thickly blotched with yellow,

and the sternum has a strong sub-triangular (or heart-shaped)

central, clearly defined, pale yellow spot; while in the present

Spider the abdominal blotching is reddish orange-yellow, and the

sternum deep brown, with two small indistinct yellowish spots in

a transverse line near the middle,

The legs are of a uniform deep brown colour, while in G. mada-

gascuensis the cox and femora are of a brightish yellow-brown

1898. ] INSECTS AND ARACHNIDS FROM SOCOTRA. 389

(in some examples, however, of the latter the legs are of a more

uniform dull yellow-brown).

Subfam. TETRAGNATHIN®.

Gen. TrrracnatHa Walck.

TETRAGNATHA BOYDI, sp. n. (Plate XXXI. fig. 4.)

Adult female (No. 101), length 4 lines; length of cephalothorax

2 lines ; length of falces 27 lines nearly.

Cephalothorax oblong-oval, truncated at each extremity, and

widest near the middle; length double its breadth ; lateral marginal

impressions at caput very slight; caput and margins of thorax

darker than the rest ; yellow-brown, but in the dry specimen the

colour is unreliable.

Eyes of posterior row equally separated; in a very slightly

curved line, the convexity of the curve directed forwards ; anterior

row much more strongly curved, but with the same direction of

the curve ; central quadrangle slightly broader than long, and the

fore side distinctly shorter than the hinder one ; the fore-central

pair of eyes longest, and seated on a strongish rounded tubercular

prominence ; each of the lateral eyes also on a tubercle. The eyes

of each lateral pair are much nearer to each other than the fore-

central pair are to the hind-centrals. Clypeus rather less in height

than half the facial space.

Falces very long and projecting forwards, slightly longer than

the cephalothorax ; considerably divergent ; slightly curved, rather

constricted at the fore extremity. Fang more than three-fourths

the length of the falx, strong, abruptly bent at the base where it

is somewhat enlarged, and there is another somewhat shallow

dentiform enlargement towards the middle on the inner side; and

each of the falces is armed with a strong, somewhat curved, pointed

tooth at its extremity, just below the outer side close to the insertion

of the fang ; also on the inner side nearly beneath the base of the

fang is another strong sharp-pointed tooth ; besides these teeth each

falx has a double longitudinal row of others along the underside;

those on the outside are most numerous (10 ?) and most equally

separated, the inner ones (7 or 8?) strongest and more confined

to the posterior portion of the falx, those of both rows diminishing

in strength as they run backwards.

Legs very slender; 1, 2, 4, 3, very little difference between 2

and 4; furnished with hairs and a few short slender spines.

Mawille, labium, and sternum normal.

The abdomen was so shrivelled and devoid of colour that nothing

can be said as to its colours or markings, which, however, are

most probably distinctive of the species.

This Spider is nearly allied to Tetragnatha taylori Cambr.

(South Africa), but the relative position of the eyes is different, as

well as the form of the fang and the denticulation of the falces.

390 ON INSECTS AND ARACHNIDS FROM SOCOTRA. [May 3,

Fam. THOMISID&.

Gen. Srtenors Dufour.

SELENOPS DIVERSUS, sp.n. (Plate XXXI. fig. 1.)

Adult female (No. 100), length 10 lines.

General form and structure normal.

Cephalothorax considerably broader (at its hinder extremity)

than long. Indentation at the junction of caput and thorax large

and deep. Colour dark yellowish brown, marked with somewhat

irregular pale markings and darker converging lines, and clothed

with short grey and other hairs, and with a rather dense marginal

row of short, curved, prominent spiniform bristles.

Eyes in normal position. The four centrals of the anterior row

form a slightly curved line, the convexity of the curve directed

forwards; the two central eyes are rather the smallest of the four,

and are further from each other than each is from the lateral eye

on its side.

Legs long, strong, furnished with spines and numerous hairs of

varying length; a scopula beneath the tarsi, and below the two

terminal claws a compact claw-tuft. The colour of the legs is

black, marked and, rather irregularly, annulated with reddish yellow-

brown ; the annuli are clothed with coarsish grey hairs. The legs

do not differ much in length, the second pair are the longest, and

the first, apparently, slightly shortest.

Falces moderately strong, roundly prominent in front, straight,

and of deep blackish red-brown colour.

Mazxille rather short, oblong, rounded at the extremity, inclined

towards the labium; colour dark yellow, pale yellowish at the ends,

where they are furnished with fine white hairs.

Labiwm slightly longer than broad, oblong, rounded at the apex,

which is yellowish, the rest deep brown.

Sternum rather longer than broad, short-oval, slightly truncated

before, and notched at its hinder extremity. Colour pale dull

yellowish brown.

Abdomen flattened, rather longer than broad, nearly quadrate,

truncate before, the posterior corners well rounded. Upperside,

of a dull brownish hue, pretty thickly clothed with short greyish

hairs, some of those on the sides disposed in minute groups or tufts

giving it a spotty appearance; along the middle is a rather diffuse

but symmetrical black pattern, formed by a central longitudinal

stripe, emitting various spots and markings on each side, and

ending in a transverse angulated, black, irregular bar near the hinder

extremity: the surface of the abdomen from this bar to just above

the spinners is distinctly paler than the rest ; sides deep brownish,

and underside like the upper in colour. Genital aperture small,

but of distinctive form. Spinners short, of about equal length,

compact, and similar in colour to the underside.

This Spider is allied to S. dufowrii Vins., and also to S. mada-

gascariensis Vins., but may be easily distinguished from the latter

P'Z.5.1898. Pl Xa :

ert

one

aes

De wane

5 Sa

gl!

Mintern Bros imp 2

£0 Pickard Cambridge del. et Lith.

Fre

INSECTS FROM SOCOTRA .

\ -

‘

* 5

. . - re

‘ , ae y eet

a “Pox

P.Z'5,. 1838 Pl.

OC espe

Fred<O.Pickard-Cambridge del.et ith. MinternBros img

ARANEIDEA FROM SOCOTRA.

1898. ] ON MAMMALS FROM NYASALAND. 391

by the pattern on the abdomen, of which the form also is different.

In S. dufourii the pale posterior extremity shows on its posterior

border five distinct pale points; the present species shows only

three, and those somewhat irregularly defined. The present Spider

is also of much larger size than either of those mentioned, the

length given of S. dufowrii being 12 millim., and that of S. madagas-

cariensis 11 millim., whereas Selenops diversus measures inf length

10 lines, or nearly as possible 21 millim.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Prats XXX,

Fig. 1. Byblia boydi, sp. n., 5, p. 375.

lak of » G, underside.

2. ” ” ” he

2a. », @, underside.

3. Papilio bennetti, sp. n., ¢, p. dal.

4, Pecilocerus sokotranus, sp. nov., g p. 384.

Puate XXXT,

Fig. 1. Selenops diversus, sp. n., Q, p. 390.

Manns os 33 Genital apertures.

2. Nephila bennetti, sp. n., 2, p. 387.

Os ngs Pa 3 Genital apertures.

3. Gasteracantha sodalis, sp.n., 2, p. 388.

4. Tetragnatha boydi, sp. u., p. 889. Oepbalothorax and eyes.

4a&40. ,, ie 5 Falx and fang in two positions.

May 17, 1898.

W. T. Buanrorp, Esq., F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair.

The following papers were read :—

1. On a small Collection of Mammals obtained by Mr. Alfred

Sharpe, C.B., in Nyasaland. By O.prizip T'Homas,

F.Z.S.

[Received April 23, 1898. ]

Now that Sir Harry Johnston has left Nyasaland, the efforts he

made to investigate the fauna of that country are fortunately

being continued by his successor in the post of Commissioner and

Consul-General, Mr. Alfred Sharpe, C.B., to whom the British

Museum is already indebted for a certain number of specimens.

These, among which the most noticeable is the little Antelope

described as Raphiceros sharpei, have already been mentioned in

previous papers.

In October 1897 Mr. Sharpe made a trip to the northern

392 MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON MAMMALS [May 17,

boundaries of Nyasaland, and there obtained a small collection of

mammals, some from the Songwe River, and some brought in by

native collectors from still further northward. The present paper

gives a list of these specimens and also includes a few additional

mammals from Zomba and other places in Southern Nyasa, among

which are two Genets presented by Mr. H. C. McDonald. The

paper thus forms another, the sixth, of the series read before this

Society upon the Mammals of Nyasaland.

1. RuyNcHocyon crrneI Peters.

a, b. Zomba, 8 and 11/97.

2. VIVERRA cIverra Schr.

a. Immature.

3. GENETTA TIGRINA Schr.

a. Kazungu; 6. Kotakota, 30/9/97.

Collected and presented by H. C. McDonald, Esq.

Native name “ Mwiri.”

4, CROSSARCHUS FASCIATUS Desm.

a. Zomba, 10/11/97.

Mananga name “ Sulu.”

5. Lurra capensis Schinz.

a. Imm. g. Ntondwe River, Shiré Highlands, 3000 feet,

June 1897.

This fine Otter is still very rare in collections, and further

specimens of it, especially adult skulls of either sex, would be

most acceptable. Skulls alone, to any number, would always be

worth preserving.

6. Lurra mactuniconuis Licht.

a. Young. Zomba Plain, 2500 feet.

7. ScruRUS MUTABILIS Pet.

a, 6. Chiradzula, June 1897.

c. Zomba, June 1897.

Native name “ Nabenga.”

8. GERBILLUS AFER Gr.

a,b. Ad. andimm. ¢. Songwe, Oct. 1897.

9. GERBILLUS (GERBILLISCUS) FRATERCULUS, sp. n.

a. $. Songwe, 2500 feet, Oct. 1897. Type.

Considerably smaller than the only previously known species of

the subgenus, G. béhmi Noack. General colour similar, but more

heavily marked with black on the back, the black-tipped hairs

;

1898.] FROM NYASALAND. 393

being specially numerous over the loins. Belly-hairs slaty grey

basally. Hands and feet pure white above, the latter conspicuously

shorter than in G. bohm. Tail long, brown above throughout,

white below, not white all round terminally as in G, bohmi.

Skull smaller and slighter than in G. bohmz. Interparietal larger.

Palatal foramina narrow and laterally compressed. Posterior

narial passage narrow, its opening above reduced to a mere notch

in the centre.

Teeth. Incisors quite smooth and rounded in front, without

even the rudimentary grooves found in G@. béhmi. Molars com-

paratively light and delicate.

Dimensions of the type, an adult female, in skin :—

Head and body 120 mm.; tail 122; hind foot (moistened) 32;

ear 17.

Skull: basilar length 29 mm.; nasals 14:2 x 4:1; interorbital

breadth 6 ; breadth of brain-case 15; length of anterior zygoma-

root 7-5; diastema 10:1 ; palate length from henselion 17°5 ; upper

molar series (crowns) 5°8.

Hab. Songwe, N. Nyasa. ‘

Type. B.M. No. 98.5.22.14. Collected and presented by Mr.

Alfred Sharpe.

This species may be readily distinguished by its smaller size and

differently-coloured tail from G. béhmi, of which the British

Museum recently received examples obtained at Fort Hill during

Mr. Whyte’s exploration of Northern Nyasa *.

10. STEATOMYS PRATENSIS Pet.

a-d. Songwe, Oct. 1897.

11. Equus BURCHELLI CRAWSHAYI De Wint.

a, 6. Adultand young. Zomba.

12. BUBALIS LICHTENSTEINI Pet.

a,b. 2. Zomba.

13. CEPHALOPHUS LUGENS, sp. n.

a, 6. Imm. 2 and its foetus. Urori.

c. Flat skin. October 1897.

A member of the C. monticola group, but larger and darker

coloured than in any of the three species of that group, C. monti-

cola, melanorheus, and equatorialis*. Female with horns.

General colour above dark umber-brown. Forehead and top of

muzzle nearly black, the crest, which is much longer than is usual

in this group, quite black; sides of face brown, the lines over the

eyes brownish white. Backs of ears black for their anterior halves.

1 See P. Z.S. 1897, p. 935.

* Since the above was written Dr. Matschie has described (S.B. Ges. nat. Fr.

1897, p. 158) another member of this group— 0. hecki, from Mozambique; but

that, like C. monticola, has red legs.

394 ON MAMMALS FROM NYASALAND, [May 17,

Neck uniformly brown, like the back; the hairs on its middle line

above reversed forward. Colour of back gradually darkening

posteriorly almost or quite to black, but this darker colour is not

shown up by a lighter patch on the outer side of each hip, as it is

in C. melanorheus and equatorialis, but, as in C. monticola, the hips

are uniformly brown. Under surface and inner side of forearms

pale mouse-colour, the chin, interramia, and inguinal region whitish.

Limbs dark brown like back, not reddish as in C. monticola.

Skull slightly larger than in OC. monticola, though the type is

immature. Horns (of 2 ) well developed, about an inch in length.

Median notch of palate scarcely anterior to lateral notches.

Skull-dimensions of the type, a female, which, though its milk-

dentition is still in place, contained a foetus when killed :—

Extreme length 131 mm.; basal length 114; greatest breadth

62°5; nasals 37 x 20; breadth of brain-case 49 ; palate length 68.

Hab. Urori (also called Usango), German East Africa, about

8° 8. and 34° E. Altitude about 3000 feet.

Type. B.M. No. 98.5.22.21. Killed October, 1897.

The feetus, specimen 4, extracted from the type by the skinner,

is similar to its mother in colour, except that the general tone of

the body is not so dark, owing to an admixture of rufous hairs on

the back ; the hairs on the inner sides of the ears are also rufous.

But the blackish frontal colour, the dark brownish limbs, and the

absence of the lighter patches on the back of the hips are all as

evident in the fetus as in its parent.

The specimens of this new species were brought to Mr. Sharpe

by his native hunters, who obtained it in Urori, some way north-

east of the German frontier of British Nyasaland.

Cephalophus lugens is very probably the little Antelope referred

to by Matschie* as having been seen by Béhmer near Mpwapwa,

where it was known under the name of “ Nsimba.”

14. NESOTRAGUS LIVINGSTONIANUS Kirk.

a. Ad. 9. Mwanza, Lower Shiré, 2500 feet, July 1897.

Native name “ Kadumba.” Contained a foetus when killed.

This little Antelope forms a valuable addition to the Museum

collection, as it is practically a topotype of Kirk’s species, of which

the actual type only consists of a very incomplete skull and the

skin of the head. That specimen came from Shupanga, a little

below the junction of the Shiré with the Zambesi.

15. Konus varpont Livingst.

a. 9. Urori (Usango), 3000 feet, October 1897.

16. OREAS CANNA LIVINGSTONEI Scl.

a. Skin 2. Zomba.

b., Sallis oa a

1 Saug. Deutsch-Ost-Afr. p. 115 (1895).

1898.] ON LEPIDOPTERA FROM BRITISH EAST AFRICA. 395

2. Ona Collection of Lepidoptera made in British Hast Africa

by Mr. C. 8S. Betton. By Arruur G. Butter, Ph.D.,

F.L.S., F.Z.S., &c., Senior Assistant-Keeper, Zoologica]

Department, British Museum.

[Received April 21, 1898.]

(Plates XXXII. & XXXITI.)

Mr. Betton’s collection is a singularly interesting one, rich in

rare and new species, three Butterflies and twenty-six Moths from

the present series being now described for the first time. Among

the Butterflies also I may call attention to a suite of Acrea chilo,

females of A. crystallina, the wet-season forms of both Teracolus

hetera and T. puniceus, the dry form of ZY. leo, a number of

examples of 7’. venata, and an example of the rare Alena picata, a

species new to the Museum collection.

Although Mr. Betton desired to retain a collection for his private

use, yet he sanctioned the whole of the types of new species, and

examples of all species needed to perfect the National collection,

being retained. Among the Heterocerous Lepidoptera, many of

which were only represented by single specimens, he has thus

suffered somewhat severely in the interests of science; but in the

Butterflies there was considerably less required in proportion to

the numbers collected.

Mr. Betton’s line of march extended from Mombasa in a north-

westerly direction by way of Samburu, Taru, Voi, and Ndito Tsayo’.

He has furnished the following notes on the weather prevailing at

certain dates between March 1896 and August 1897, during which

time his collection was made :—

1896.

March 1st-20th. Slight rain.

May Ist, “ greater” rains commence ; May 11th—13th, heavy and

continuous rain; May 18th to end of month, slight rain.

June 21st-27th. Slight rain.

October 24th. Rains (“lesser”) commence.

November 1st-15th. Heavy and continuous rains: rain nearly

every day to end of month.

December. Showers nearly all the month.

1897.

February 18th-20th. Storms.

March 38rd, 4th, and 18th. Storms.

April 3rd and 4th. Storms.

April 14th-22nd. Slight rains.

May 16th-23rd. Slight rains.

July 8th and 9th. Heavy showers.

August 10th to 22nd. Slight rains occasionally.

1 See for map the Parliamentary Report on the Mombasa-Victoria Railway,

1898—Africa, no, 8.

396 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPLERA [May 17,

In working out some of the more obscure Moths, Sir George

Hampson has kindly assisted me, both by the loan of pamphlets

and by personal examination of structural characters,

The following is a list of the species obtained :—

I. RHOPALOCERA.

NYMPHALIDA.

1, AMAURIS DOMINICANUS.

Amauris dominicanus, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1879, p. 323.

Mgana, 4th July, 13th and 30th August, 1896; Mombasa,

January 1897.

2, AMAURIS OCHLEA,

Euplea ochlea, Boisduval, App. Voy. de Deleg. dans l’Afr. Austr.

p- 589 (1847).

Mombasa, 26th April, 1896.

Rather an unusually large female.

3. LIMNAS CHRYSIPPUS, var. KLUGI.

Limnas klugii, Butler, P. Z.S. 1885, p. 758.

2, Samburu, British E. Africa, 15th November; ¢ 9, Taru,

Taru Desert, 13th, 16th, 18th, and 20th December, 1896; ¢, Voi,

1st May, 1897.

The specimen from Voi is about one-third larger than any ef

the others, and one of the specimens obtained on the 20th December

is a transitional form towards var. dorippus, Klug.

4, MYCALESIS SAFITZA.

Mycalesis safitza, Hewitson, Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. 394, pl. 66.

fig. 3 (1851).

3 3d, Chanjamwe, 28th July; ¢ ¢ 2, Mgana, 28th August ;

36 2, Taru, 16th and 20th December, 1896; 9, Mombasa,

7th January, 1897.

4a. MYCALESIS EVENUS.

Mycalesis evenus, Hopfter, Monatsber. konigl. Akad. Wiss. Berl.

1855, p. 641; Peters’s Reise n. Mossamb. p. 394, pl. 25. figs. 5, 6

(1862).

Wet form. Mgana, 12th July, 1896.

Dry form (=caffra, Wallgr.). Taru, 19th December, 1896.

Mr. Trimen regards this as a variation of the preceding species,

and I think it probable that he is right.

5. SAMANTA PHRSPICUA.

Mycalesis perspicua, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1873,

p. 104, pl. 1. fig. 3(¢).

3 2, Chanjamwe, 28th July; ¢, Mgana, 28th August, 1896.

1898. ] FROM BRITISH EAST AFRICA. 397

6. PHYSCHNURA LEDA.

Periplysia leda, Gerstaecker, in Von der Decken’s Reisen in

Ost-Afrika, iii. 2, p. 371, pl. xv. figs. 3, 3a (1873).

Mgana, 6th, 13th, and 28th August, 1896; Mauneu Inkubwa,

21st March, 1897.

7. MBELANITIS SOLANDRA.

Papilio solandra, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 500 (1775).

Dry-season 9, Mgana, 6th August, 1896.

8. CHARAXES NEANTHES.

Nymphalis neanthes, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. i. p. 88, pl. 44.

figs. 2, 3 (1854).

9, Mauneu Inkubwa, 21st March, 1897.

9. CHARAXES ZOOLINA.

2. Nymphalis zoolina, Westwood and Hewitson, Gen. Diurn.

Lep. pl. liii. fig. 1 (1850).

$ 6, Taru, 13th December, 1896; Maungu Inkubwa, 21st

March, 1897.

10. CHARAXES CITH RON.

Charaxes citheron, Felder, Wien. ent. Monatschr. iii. p. 398,

pl. 8. figs. 2, 3 (1859).

3 ¢, Maungu Inkubwa, 21st March, 1897.

11. CHARAXES VARANES.

Papilio varanes, Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii. pl. clx. D, E (1779).

3 d, Maungu Inkubwa, 21st March, 1897.

12. JUNONIA LIMNORIA, var. TAVETA.

Precis taveta, Rogenhofer, Ann. Hof-Museum, Wien, vi. p. 460,

pl. xv. fig. 7 (1891).

3 , Maungu Inkubwa, 21st March, 1897; 2 ,Taru, 11th December,

1896.

A perfect pair of this species, of which we previously had a

poor series.

13. JUNONIA GURUANA.

Precis guruana, Rogenhofer, Verh. zool.-bot. Gesellsch. Wien,

xli. p. 564 (1891).

3 2, Maungu Inkubwa, 21st March, 1897.

A nearly perfect pair of this rare butterfly. Looking at the

variability of the allied J. pelasgis, it seems possible that this may

be an extreme form of the preceding species.

14. JUNONIA AURORINA.

Junonia aurorina, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 651, pl. Ix. fig. 3,

3 3 2 9, Maungu Inkubwa, 21st March, 1897.

Proc. Zoon. Soc.—1898, No. XX VII. PAT

398 DR, A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA [May 17,

One very shattered male nearly approaches J. pyriformis in

colouring, and shows the intensely dry character of that insect on

the under surface. It will be remembered that in 1896 (P. Z. 8.

p- 111) I suggested the possibility of the latter being a form of

J. aurorina. As the fact that the latter and J.tugela fly together

in the wet-season in S. Africa seems to disprove the statement

that they are seasonal forms of one species, it would appear more

probable that J. pyriformis is the dry form of J. aurorina, the

single example of the former in this collection having evidently

been a considerable time on the wing; however, we need more

evidence before deciding this point, especially as all three of these

species have dry-season undersides to the wings.

15. JUNONIA CUAMA.

Junonia cuama, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. ii., Jun. pl. i. figs. 4,5

(1864).

2, Maungu Inkubwa, 21st March, 1897.

16. JUNONIA CEBRENE,

Junonia cebrene, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1870, p. 353.

3S , Samburu, 19th November; 2 2, Taru, 16th December, 1896 ;

3 2, Maungu Inkubwa, 21st March, 1897.

17. JUNONIA CLELIA.

Papilio clelia, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pl. xxi. E, F (1775).

3, Mombasa, 4th January, 1897.

18. JUNONIA NATALICA.

Precis natalica, Felder, Wien. ent. Monatschr. iv. p. 106 (1860).

Taru, 16th December, 1896.

19. PRoTOGONIOMORPHA NEBULOSA.

Salamis nebulosa, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1881, p. 441.

3 9, Mgana, B. E. Africa, 13th and 28th August, 1896.

This is the Eastern form of P. aglatonice, from which the male

differs very little, the apical black area of the primaries being only

slightly broader. I take P. aglatonice to be the Western type, the

female of which more nearly resembles the male. A third form

differing to about the same extent is P. definita of Madagascar,

which I formerly confounded with males of P. nebulosa.

90. PYRAMEIS CARDUI.

Papilio cardui, Linnzus, Faun. Suec, p. 276 (1761).

Mgana, 2nd September, 1896.

21. HYPOLIMNAS MISIPPUS.

Papilio misippus, Linneeus, Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 264 (1764).

3 6, Taru, 16th and 20th December, 1896 ; Mombasa, January

4th; ¢ 2 2, Maungu Inkubwa, March 21st, 1897,

a eae

i elle cial

“A

1898.] FROM BRITISH EAST AFRICA. 399

22. EURALIA KIRBYI.

Euraha kirbyi, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1898, p. 51.

Mgana, 11th August, 1896 (one damaged male).

The sudden appearance in recent collections of this fine species

is curious; last year we received two specimens in Mr. Kirby’s

collection and two from Sir H. Johnston, obtained at Zomba.

23. EUXANTHE WAKEFIELDII.

Godartia wakefieldit, Ward, Ent. Month. Mag. x. p. 152 (1873) ;

Afr. Lep. pl. 6. fig. 3 (1874).

3 2, Mgana, 2nd and 11th August, 1896.

24, HAMANUMIDA DEDALUS.

Papilio dedalus, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 482 (1775).

Dry form. 3, Samburu, 26th October, 1896.

Wet form. 63 92, Taru, 18th and 19th December, 1896,

17th January, 1897.

95. EUPHEDRA VICLACEA.

Euryphene violacea, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1888, p. 91.

3 3, Mombasa, 4th January, and Voi, lst May, 1897.

Two tolerably good examples of this beautiful species.

26. LACHNOPTERA AYRESII.

Lachnoptera ayresii, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1879,

p- 326; South Afr. Butt. 1. pl. iil. figs. 5, 5 a (1887).

2, Maungu Inkubwa, 21st March, 1897.

One very worn example only was obtained.

27, ATELLA COLUMBINA.

Papilio columbina, Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii. pl. ccexxxviti. A, B,

iv. pl. ceexxxvii. D, E (1782).

Chanjamwe, 3ist May, 1896 ; Mombasa, 7th January, 1897.

28. NEPTIS AGATHA.

Papilio agatha, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. ecexxvii. A, B (1782).

Mombasa, 7th January, 1897.

29. NEPTIS MARPESSA.

Neptis marpessa, Hopffer, Monatsb. konigl. Akad. Wiss. Berl.

1855, p. 640; Peters’s Reise n. Mossamb., Ins. p. 383, pl. xxiv.

figs. 9, 10 (1892).

Mauneu Inkubwa, 21st March, 1897.

30. EURYTELA FULGURATA.

Iibythea fulgurata, Boisduval, Faun. Madag. p. 52, pl. 8. fig. 5

(1833).

Mgana, 19th July, 1896.

Only one shattered example was obtained; it does not differ

from Malagasy specimens.

27*

400 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA May 17

be o ’

31. EURYTELA DRYOPE.

Papilio dryope, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pl. lxxviii. E, F (1779).

Mombasa, 7th January, 1897.

32, ByBLia WITHYIA.

Papilio ilithyia, Drury, Il. Exot. Ent. ii. pl. 17. figs. 1, 2 (1773).

3, Mgana, June 22nd; ¢ 9, Taru, December 13th and 18th,

1896; &, Voi, May 2nd, 1897.

The whole of the specimens belong to the typical ‘* wet-season ”

phase: it must be a long wet season to last from the middle of

December to near the end of June!

33. PLANEMA MONTANA.

Planema montana, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1888, p. 91.

Acreea bertha, Vuillot, Novit. Lep. xii. pl. xix. fig. 5 (1895).

Maungu Inkubwa, 21st March, 1897.

One good male of this rare species.

34, ACREA METAPROTEA, var. JACKSONI.

Q. Planema jacksoni, E. M. Sharpe, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

ser. 6, vol. v. p. 335; Waterhouse, Aid Ident. Ins. pl. clxxxix.

fig. 1 (1890).

3, Maungu Inkubwa, 21st March, 1897.

In males of this Eastern variety the subapical band of primaries

is separated by a long interval from the internal patch, as in the

Western varieties of the species.

35, ACRHA SERENA, var. PERRUPTA.

Telchinia perrupta, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5,

vol. xii. p. 102 (1883).

3 2, Mombasa, 4th and 7th January, 1897.

This variation is barely separable from A. serena, var. buxtoni ;

but the male of the latter is usually more brightly coloured, with

blacker borders and the black lunate patch closing the cell of the

primaries never tending to join the outer borders by means of an

intermediate spot: the females of both are extremely variable.

36. AcR#A Lycra and vars.

Papilio lycia, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 464 (1775).

Voi, April 15th and May 1st, 1897.

Var. SGANZINI, Boisduval.

Voi, April 15th and May 2nd, 1897.

Var. DATRA, Godman.

Voi, April 15th and May 1st and 2nd, 1897.

Not only is there one perfectly intermediate specimen between

the variety A. sganzini and typical A. lycia, but a male of the

variety A. sganzini was taken on May 2nd im copula with the

variety A. daira.

1898.] FROM BRITISH BAST AFRICA. 401

37. ACRHA OXCILIA, var. STENOBBA.

Acrea stenobea, Wallengren, Wien. ent. Monatschr. iv. p. 35

(1860).

©, Taru, 18th December, 1896.

This specimen much interests me ; it is the first example of this

variety which I have seen from Eastern Africa, has the colouring

of the male, but with all the black spots of typical A. cecilia ;

it thus fully confirms the correctness of my decision in sinking

A. stenobea as a were variety (or, possibly, seasonal form) of

A, cecilia.

38. ACRHA NATALIOA,

Acrea natalica, Boisduval, App. Voy. de Deleg. p. 590 (1847).

3 2, Mayera, 20th July; 9, Mgana, 26th July, 1896.

39. ACRHA BRESIA.

Acrea bresia, Godman, P. Z.S. 1885, p. 538.

Voi, 1st and 2nd May, 1897.

40. ACR#A CHILO.

Acrea chilo, Godman & Salvin, P. Z.S. 1880, p. 184, pl. xix.

figs. 4, 5.

3, Maziwa-Mitatu, 24th March ; Voi, 1st and 2nd May, 1897.

One of the characteristics of typical A. chilo is the strongly

concave outer margin to its primaries, but in Mr. Betton’s series

every gradation exists to a distinctly convex outer margin.

41, AORMHA ANEMOSA.

Acrea anemosa, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. iii. pl. 8. figs. 14, 15

(1865).

9, Samburu, 15th November, 1896; ¢, Voi, 1st May, 1897.

42. AORHA NEOBULE,

Acrea neobule, Doubleday & Hewitson, Gen. Diurn. Lep. pl. xix.

fig. 3 (1848).

, Maungu Inkubwa, 21st March; 3, Ndara Hills, 6th April,

897.

43, AOREA CRYSTALLINA.

3. Acrea crystallina, H. Grose-Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat.

Hist. ser. 6, vol. v. p. 167 (1890); Rhop. Exot. i., Acraa, pl. iii.

figs. 3, 4 (1892).

2 2, Voi, 1st and 2nd May, 1897.

This species is entirely new to the Museum collection.

44, PARDOPSIS PUNCTATISSIMA.

Acrea punctatissima, Boisduval, Faune Ent. Madag. p. 31, pl. 6.

fig. 2 (1833).

Mgana, 30th August, 1896.

402 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA [May 17,

LYCEHNIDS.

45. ALPNA PICATA.

Alena picata, B. M. Sharpe, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6,

vol. xvii. p. 126 (1896).

3, Voi?, B. E. Africa’.

No exact habitat accompanied the single example of this rare

species ; it is quite new to the Museum collection.

46, PARAPONTIA SUBPUNCTATA.

Terionima subpunctata, Kirby, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5,

vol. xix. p. 364 (1887); Grose-Smith & Kirby, Rhop. Exot. i.,

Afric. Lye. pl. ii. figs. 11, 12 (1888).

3d, Taru, 16th December, 1896.

Only two males of this rare species were obtained; it is quite

new to the Museum collection. It is now evident that this is an

Eastern (not Western) species, and an examination of its neuration

and other structural characters, as well as a comparison of the

markings of the under surface, make it evident that it is nearly

related to Parapontia undularis. Mr. Betton’s specimens are

slightly larger and more distinctly washed with buff on the costal

and apical areas of the primaries and the secondaries upon the

under surface than in the type.

47. TINGRA AMENAIDA.

Pentila amenaida, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. v.. Pent. §¢ Lipt. pl. 2.

figs. 4-7 (1873).

Megana, 13th August; Taru, 15th, 18th, and 19th December,

1896.

This species is exceedingly variable on both surfaces; the black

border of the primaries above is sometimes reduced to an apical

patch, that of the secondaries being reduced to a row of spots or

wholly absent, whilst on the under surface the submarginal row

of spots is either faintly indicated or entirely wanting. If only

single examples of the extreme types were received, they would

be unhesitatingly described as distinct species: I have no doubt

that 7’. nero and 7. bertha are varieties, for we have exactly similar

specimens, but with smaller spots, whilst the size of the spots is

unquestionably extremely variable.

48. DURBANIA HILDEGARDA.

Tertomima? hildegarda, Kirby, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5,

vol, xix. p. 357 (1887); Grose-Smith & Kirby, Rhop. Exot. i.,

Afric. Lye. pl. iv. figs. 7, 8 (1888).

Var. Teriomima freya, Grose-Smith & Kirby, Rhop. Exot. ii.,

Afric. Lyc. pl. xxv. figs. 1, 2 (1894).

Mgana, 27th June and 13th July; Samburu, 10th November ;

1 Tt was amongst a number of Lepidoptera obtained at Voi; it therefore

probably came from that locality.

1898.] FROM BRITISH BAST AFRICA. 403

Taru, 16th, 19th, and 20th December, 1896; Mombasa, 7th

January, 1897. :

The variation of the markings of the upper surface in this species

is considerable and may be thus described :—

1.—Primaries. Costal markings not entering the discoidal cell,

but forming a K-shaped marking immediately beyond cell; outer

border wide on costa, rapidly tapering and becoming linear after

second median branch, not reaching external angle.

Secondaries. Outer border extremely narrow. Mgana. :

2.—Primaries. Costal markings extending quite across discoidal

cell and completely confluent with outer border, which tapers

gradually to external angle and extends a short distance along the

inner margin. In this variety the outer border occupies about a

third of the wing.

Secondaries. Outer border broad in the centre, squamose at both

extremities. One shattered and worn starved example. Megana.

3.—Primaries. Costal markings extending across discoidal cell,

but separated from outer border, which is slightly narrower than

in var. 1, but continued to inner margin.

Secondaries. With tolerably broad outer border of nearly uniform

width (typical D. hildegarda). Samburu.

4.—Primaries. OCostal markings as in var. 1, but outer border

continued to inner margin.

Secondaries. Outer border distinctly narrower than in var. 3, and

especially towards anal angle. ‘Taru.

5.—Like var. 3, excepting that the outer borders of all the wings

are broader (typical D. freya). Taru.

It is difficult to find two specimens which exactly agree in

pattern.

49. PoLYOMMATUS BETICUS.

Papilio beticus, Linneus, Syst. Nat. i. 2, p. 789 (1767).

3, Taru, 18th December, 1896.

50. CATOCHRYSOPS OSIRIS.

Lycena osiris, Hoptfer, Ber. Verh. Ak. Berlin, 1855, p. 642;

Peters’s Reise n. Mossamb. v. p. 409, pl. 26. figs. 11, 12 (1862).

2, Mgana, 30th August, 1896; ¢, Maungu Inkubwa, 21st

March, 1897.

Only one unusually large pair was obtained.

51. CaTOCHRYSOPS PERPULCHRA.

Lycena perpulchra, Holland, Entomologist, 1892, Suppl. p. 90;

Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. vol. xviii. p. 239, pl. vii. fig. 7 (1895).

@, Mombasa, 7th January, 1897.

This is an unusually white example; we possess a similar, though

more worn, example from Zomba. My original type of C. hypo-

leucus from the Victoria Nyanza appears to be a distinct species ;

it is considerably larger, the under surface tinted with buff, all

404 DR. A. G, BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA [May 17,

the black spots larger; two additional spots to the discal series of

primaries, the lower half of the submarginal stripe of primaries

blackish, and that of the secondaries commencing with two short

black bars placed angle to angle; a few black scales are also

sprinkled on the other divisions of this stripe.

52. CATOCHRYSOPS HIPPOCRATES.

Papilio hippocrates, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. p. 288 (1793).

2, Mgana, 13th August, 1896.

53. CUPIDOPSIS JOBATES.

Lycena jobates, Hopfier, Ber. Verh. Ak. Berlin, 1855, p. 642;

Peters’s Reise n. Mossamb. v. p. 408, pl. 26. figs. 9, 10 (1862).

Mgana, 30th August, 1896; Mombasa, 4th January, 1897.

54. AZANUS JHSOUS.

Polyommatus jesous, Guérin, Lefebvre’s Voy. Abyss. vi. p. 383,

pl. 11. figs. 3, 4 (1847).

2, Mgana, 28th June, 1896; ¢ ¢, Voi, lst May, 1897.

55. TARUCUS PLINIUS.

Hesperia plinius, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. ii. 1, p. 284 (1798).

2 2, Taru, 22nd November and 20th December, 1896.

56. NACADUBA SICHELA.

Lycena sichela, Wallengren, Kongl. Svenska Vetens.-Akad.

Handl. 1857; Lep. Rhop. Caffr. p. 37.

3, Voi, 1st May, 1897.

57. ZIZERA GAIKA.

Lycena gaika, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. ser. 3, vol. i.

p. 403 (1862).

Mgana, 13th August and “20th December (N. P. D.),” 1896.

N. P. D. are probably the initials of the captor, as Mr. Betton, at

the time, was at Taru.

58. CAsraLIUs MELZENA, var.

Lycena melena, Trimen, South-Afr. Butt. i. p. 82.

Voi, 1st May, 1897.

An extraordinay specimen of what I take to be a very melanistic

form of this species, in which the spots on the primaries above are

greatly reduced in size and the white area of the secondaries is only

represented by an irregular central band: on the under surface

the markings are slightly thicker and blacker, but otherwise are

identical with those in South-African specimens. We are so badly

off for this species that it is possible that similar varieties of

the species may occur also in Natal. Until I compared the under-

surface pattern in the two insects, I imagined that they would

prove to be quite distinct.

1898.] FROM BRITISH BAST AFRICA, 405

59. LYO®NA KBERSTENTI.

Lycena kersteni, Gerstaecker, in Von der Decken’s Reisen in

Ost-Afrika, iii. 2, p. 373, pl. xv. fig. 5 (1878).

é@ od, Taru, 20th December, 1896; Voi, 1st May, 1897.

This is the Eastern representative of Z. larydas; it has much

more white on the under surface.

60. LYCENESTHES SYLVANUS.

Papilio sylvanus, Drury, Ul. Exot. Ent. ii. pl. iii. figs. 2, 3 (1773).

3 do, Mgana, 13th August, 1896.

These are the first examples from Eastern Africa which I have

hitherto seen; unfortunately only one pair was obtained.

61. LycHeNESTHES AMARAH.

Polyommatus amarah, Guérin in Lefebvre’s Voy. Abyss. vi.

p. 384, pl. 11. figs. 5, 6 (1847).

3, Mgana, 12th July, 1896.

62. ZERITIS AMANGA.

Zeritis amanga, Westwood in Oates’s Matabele-land, p. 351 (1881).

@, Taru, 20th December, 1896; 3, Voi, 2nd May, 1897.

The specimen of the female differs from our single imperfect

Abyssinian example in the pattern of the primaries ; the male, how-

ever, undoubtedly varies not a little.

63. ZERITIS HARPAX.

Papilio harpax, Fabricius, Syst. Ent., App. p. 829 (1775).

3 2, Mwachi River, June 7th; 2, Mgana, August 30th, 1896.

Var.? $ with red patch on primaries confined to internal area ;

secondaries of both sexes slightly less heavily bordered; silver

spotting on under surface of secondaries considerably less promi-

nent and (in the female) on a paler background.

3 2, Mgana, 12th July, 1896.

It is just barely possible that the variety noted above may be

distinct from typical Z. harpaa:, but I do not believe it is ‘so; we

have received the same form trom Nyasaland. I also do not believe

it possible to separate Z. perion from Z. harpawx, the differences

given to distinguish them by Mr. Trimen being undoubtedly

unreliable.

LEPTOMYBINA, gen. nov.

Nearly related to typical Myrina (M. silenus, &c.), having the

same general wing outline and neuration ; it differs in its compara-

tively longer and far more slender antenne with abruptly thick-

ened club, rather more slender palpi, and the considerably shorter

and more delicate tails to the secondaries. Type L. phidias, Fabr.

(rabe, Boisd.).

406 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA [May 17,

64. LEPTOMYRINA HIRUNDO.

Thecla hirundo, Wallengren, Kongl. Svenska Vetensk.-Akad.

Handl. 1857, p. 35 (Amblypediah.); Trimen, Rhop. Afr. Austr. i.

p. 230, pl. 4. fig. 11 (1866).

Maungu Inkubwa, 21st March, 1897.

This is the most southern example of L. hirundo that I have

heard of ; our two examples are both from Natal.

65, VIRACHOLA LIVIA ?

Lycena livia, Klug, Symb. Phys. pl. 40. figs. 83-6 (1834).

3, Mgana, 12th July, 1896.

The male is somewhat shattered, but differs remarkably from

Arabian examples, all the markings below being bright mahogany-

red with blackish margins and whitish borders ; the internal area

of primaries buff.

66. VIRACHOLA LORISONA, var.

Myrina lorisona, Hewitson, Ill. Diurn. Lep. p. 37, pl. 16.

figs. 48, 49 (1863).

3, Mgana, 12th July, 1896.

The single example obtained differs so much from Hewitson’s

type in the pattern of the upper surface, that, if we had not

possessed an intermediate specimen from West Africa, I should

have concluded that this Eastern variety must be distinct: the

secondaries would be best described as bright orange tawny, the

base, abdominal border, and a submedian streak smoky greyish

brown ; the usual bright blue subcostal sexual spot; outer border

narrowly dark brown, slightly widest at apex: the orange patch

on the primaries is also much larger than in typical V. lorisona.

This is the first example which I have seen from East Africa.

67. VIRACHOLA DIOCLES.

Deudorix diocles, Hewitson, Ill. Diurn. Lep., Suppl. p. 12, pl. v.

figs. 55, 56 (1869).

3, Mgana, 26th July; 2, Mayeras, 20th July, 1896.

A single pair of this rare species was obtained; it is new to

the general Collection. The female above is smoky greyish-brown,

the primaries with a diffused ashy patch between the cell and the

submedian vein; the secondaries with a similar patch on the

median and lower radial interspaces ; the anal Jobe is externally

golden orange, the usual internal black spot being sprinkled with

silvery blue scales: otherwise, excepting in its rounder wings,

it much resembles females of V. livia.

68. VIRACHOLA DARIAVES.

Deudoriw dariaves, Hewitson, Ent. Month. Mag. xin. p. 205

(1877).

3, Mgana, 23rd July, 1896.

Also new to the general Collection.

1898.] FROM BRITISH EAST AFRICA. 407

69. VIRACHOLA ANTALUS.

Dipsas antalus, Hopffer, Monatsb. kénigl. Akad. Wissensch.

Berlin, 1855, p. 641.

Sithon antalus, Peters’s Reise n. Mossamb., Ins. p- 400, pl. xxv.

figs. 7-9 (1862).

3 2, Mgana, 13th August, 1896.

70. IoLAUS PHILIPPUS.

Hesperia philippus, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. 1, p. 283 (1793).

2, Mgana, 13th August; g¢ @, Taru, 19th December, 1896 ;

3 d 2 2, Mombasa, 7th January, 1897.

71. IoLAUS PACHALICUS.

Hypolyceena pachalict, Butler, P. Z.S. 1888, p. 69.

2, Chanjamwe, British Hast Africa, 31st May; o 3, Taru,

December 20th, 1896 ; Mombasa, 7th January, 1897.

72. ARGIOLAUS SILARUS.

Lolaus silarus, H. H. Druce, Ent. Month. Mag. vol. xxii. p. 154

(1885).

3 dg, Taru, 18th December, 1896, and 1st February, 1897; 9,

Ndara Hills, 7th April, 1897.

This beautiful species, of which unfortunately only three ex-

amples were obtained, is quite new to the Museum collection.

PAPILIONIDE.

73. MYLOTHRIS AGATHINA.

Papilio agathina, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. pl. eexxxvii. D, E (1782).

3 2, Mgana, 2nd & 6th August; Taru, 16th December, 1896.

74, NYCHITONA MEDUSA, var. ALCHSTA.

Papilio alcesta, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. ecelxxix. A (1782).

Megana, 22nd June, 2nd & 11th August, 1896; Mombasa,

4th January ; Maungu Inkubwa, 21st March, 1897.

After arranging the fine combined series of the Museum and

Godman and Salvin collections, I have been forced to the con-

clusion that, at most, the genus Nychitona consists of two very

variable species—NV. medusa (African) and WV. wiphia (Asiatic):

but, even then, several of the forms of each species are barely, if

at all, distinguishable. In Kirby’s Catalogue Cramer’s incorrect

locality ‘Coast of Bengal’ is adopted for WV. medusa; but the

insect figured is of a purely African variety and was probably

received from Sierra Leone.

75. TERIAS BRIGITTA, var. ZOE.

Terias zoe, Hopfter, Ber. Verh. Akad. Berl. 1855, p- 640;

Peters’s Reise n. Mossamb. v. p. 369, pl. 23. figs. 10, 11 (1862).

g, Chanjamwe, 28th July, 1896; ¢, Manjewa, 13th January,

897.

408 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA [May 17,

76. TRIAS SENEGALENSIS.

Terias senegalensis, Boisduval, Sp. Gén. Lép. i. p. 672 (1836).

3 do, Taru, 16th & 19th December, 1896.

Var. BiIstnuatA, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xviii.

p. 485 (1876).

@ Samburu, 15th November, 1896.

77. TERACOLUS CALAIS.

Papilio calais, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pl. liii. C, D (1779).

3 2, Taru, 13th & 18th December, 1896; Voi, 1st May, 1897.

78. TERACOLUS ERIS.

Pontia evis, Klug, Symb. Phys., Ins. pl. vi. figs. 15, 16 (1829).

Q. Teracolus abyssinicus, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4,

vol. xviii. p. 486 (1876).

Wet form. 3 3 2, Taru, 22nd November, 13th, 16th, 19th,

& 20th December, 1896; 17th January, 1897.

Intermediate form. 3 3 2, Maziwa-ya-Tayau, 16th February,

1897.

The eighteen examples obtained by Mr. Betton show the usual

uniformity of pattern characteristic of the Northern species of this

group, and are all readily separable from the Southern, East-

Central, and Western species, which Mr. Marshall proposed to

unite under one name: only one example of the yellow female (to

which I gave the name of 7’. abyssinicus) was obtained ; indeed

yellow females of the 7. eris group seem to be rare.

79. TERACOLUS PUNICEUS.

3. Teracolus puniceus, Butler, P. Z. 8.1888, p.72; ¢ 29,1894,

pl. xxxvi. figs. 5, 6.

3 6, Taru, 16th & 18th December, 1896.

80, TERACOLUS HETARA.

3. Callosune hetera, Gerstaecker, Arch. fiir Naturg. 1871,

p- 857; Von der Decken’s Reisen in Ost-Afrika, iv. 2, p. 365,

pl. xv. fig. 2 (1873).

3 36 2 GF, Taru, 16th, 18th, & 20th December, 1896.

The wet form of the male and the yellow form of the female of

this species are new to the Museum series. Most of the specimens

are of wet or intermediate types, but one female combines a

wet-season upper surface with an extreme dry form of under

surface.

81. TERACOLUS IMPERATOR.

Teracolus imperator, Butler, P. Z.S. 1876, p. 132.

3 3, Mgana, 28th August; 9, Samburu, 15th November ;

3 6 2 @, Taru, 18th to 20th December, 1896.

A @ whitish-spotted black-tipped form of the wet-season phase

1898.] FROM BRITISH BAST AFRICA. 409

as well as a magenta-glossed crimson-tipped example (both new to

me) were in the series.

82. TERACOLUS BETTONI, sp. n.

3. Teracolus phleqyas (part), Butler, cf. P. Z.8. 1894, p. 574.

This species at all seasons differs from the preceding in the

extremely narrow and much more glistening lilac apical patch or

band on the primaries of the male, its black inner edging almost

or wholly wanting, and in the deep indentation or complete

separation of the internal black stripe on the primaries of the

female ; the latter sex is either white or yellow, the apical area

being either crossed by an orange patch or a row of white spots as

in Y’. imperator. The dry form of the male differs chiefly from

the wet form in the rosy colouring of the apex of the primaries

and the whole surface of the secondaries on the under surface,

whilst extreme wet types of the male are not only pearly white

below, but show an oblique discal series of black spots between the

costal yein and second median branch on the underside of the

secondaries: the female of the dry phase resembles the wet form

of 7. phlegyas on the upperside and the dry form of that species

on the underside; it is, however, larger and shows heavier black

markings. Expanse of wings, ¢ 58-71 millim., 92 62-69

millim.

Wet form. 3329, Taru, 24th & 25th November, 15th,

18th, 19th, & 20th December, 1896 (one pair taken in copuld).

Intermediate form. 3, Mgana, 2nd August, 1896.

Small, and with white unspotted under surface.

Dry form. Q, Ndara Hills, 7th April, 1897.

Fifteen examples were in Mr. Betton’s collection.

83. TERACOLUS INCRETUS.

Teracolus incretus, Butler, Ent. Month. Mag. xviii. p. 146 (1881).

2 2, Mgana, 30th August, and Samburu, 15th November; ¢,

Taru, 18th December, 1896.

84, THRACOLUS BVARNE.

Pontia evarne, Klug, Symb. Phys. pl. vi. figs. 1-4 (1829).

Wet form. $ 3, Mombasa, 7th January, 1597.

Intermediate form. §, Mgana, 27th June, 1896 (= 7. syrtinus).

Dry form. 3, Voi, 4th July, 1897 (=T. citreus).

85, TERACOLUS HEUGLINI (vars. T. THRUPPI & JACKSON1).

Teracolus thruppt, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1885, p. 770, pl. xlvii. fig. 10

(Intermediate form.)

Teracolus jackson, E. M. Sharpe, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6,

vol. v. p. 8336 (1890). (Wet form.)}

1 The two forms seem to occur together at the commencement and end

of the wet season, so far as I can judge; but they differ very little. A more

marked intermediate form may perhaps exist.

410 Dk. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA [May 17,

3 2, Mgana, 19th July, 13th & 30th August; ¢, Samburu,

26th October; ¢ 6 2, Taru, 13th, 18th, & 20th December,

1896.

86. TERACOLUS XANTHUS.

Teracolus wxanthus, Swinhoe, P. ZS. 1884, p. 440, pl. xxxix.

fig. 10.

Wet form. 3 3, Taru, 13th & 20th December, 1896 ; Mombasa,

7th January, 1897.

Intermediate form. § 3, Samburu, 26th October and 6th

November, 1896.

87. THRACOLUS ANTEVIPPE.

Anthocharis antevippe, Boisduval, Sp. Gén. Lép. i. p. 572

(1836).

Extreme wet form (var. subvenosus, Butler). ¢ ¢, Mgana,

28th August, 1896; Mombasa, 7th January; Manjewa, 13th

January, 1897.

88. TpRACOLUS GAVISA.

Anthopsyche gavisa, Wallengren, Lep. Rhop. Caffr. p. 13

(1857).

3 2, Samburu, 15th November; 9, Taru, 18th December,

1896.

89. TERACOLUS BXOLE.

Anthocharis exole 3, Reiche, Ferr. & Gal. Voy. Abyss. pl. xxxi.

fig. 4 (1849).

Intermediate form (var. rovane, Felder). o¢ 2, Taru, 22nd

November and 16th December, 1896.

As these were sent in one envelope it is probable that they

were taken in coitu. This is an argument in favour of the

distinctness of 7. evole from T. omphale: the male is imperfect.

90. TERACOLUS OMPHALE.

Pieris omphale, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 122 (1819).

Wet form. 3 6, Mgana, 13th & 28th August; Samburu,

Ist November; 92, Taru, 13th December, 1896; ¢, Mombasa,

7th January ; Maungu Inkubwa, 21st March, 1897.

91. TERACOLUS PSEUDACASTE.

Teracolus pseudacaste, Butler, P. Z. S. 1876, p. 156, pl. vi. fig. 11.

Intermediate form. 3 6, Samburu, 26th & 28th October,

6th November; ¢ 92, 15th November, 1896.

Wet form. $d, Taru, 16th December, 1896; Mombasa, 7th

January, 1897, 2 same date.

The tewale from Mombasa is the blackest and most interesting

variety that I have seen.

1898.] FROM BRITISH EAST AFRICA. 411

92. TmRACOLUS LEO.

Teracolus leo, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, vol. xvi.

p. 397 (1865).

Wet-season form. 2, Taru, 19th December, 1896.

Dry-season form. 2, Mbuyuni, 14th June, 1897; ¢ ¢, Voi,

4th July, 1897.

The dry form is quite new to science (excepting for the single

starved and faded male without locality noted in my Revision of

the genus, cf. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. xx. p. 501,

1897). The male at this season chiefly differs from that of the

wet-season in the bluer tint of the grey basal area of the primaries,

but the orange is sometimes carried above the first median branch

and the dusky submarginal markings are sometimes wanting; the

underside differs in its flesh-coloured suffusion, which is very well-

defined at apex of primaries and over the basal, costal, and internal

areas of the secondaries. The female of the dry form resembles

T. ceelestis of Swinhoe (the dry form of the female of 7’. halimede),

but has the discal black spots across the primaries widely

separated from the outer border by a broad intervening belt of

the yellow ground-colour: on the underside the apex of the

primaries and the whole of the secondaries are fleshy brown, and

the transverse spots are much darker than in 7’. celestis.

93. TERACOLUS VENOSUS.

3. Idmais venosa, Staudinger, Exot. Schmett. p. 43, pl. xxiii.

(1885); @, Holland, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. vol. xviii. p. 759

(1896).

$ $29, Taru, 22nd November; 13th, 16th, 18th, & 19th

December, 1896.

This species was badly needed for the Museum series; there-

fore I was pleased to find that Mr. Betton had secured a fair

number of specimens.

94, THRACOLUS HELVOLUS, var.

Teracolus helvolus, Butler, P. Z.S. 1888, p. 94.

9, Mbuyuni, 7th April; ¢, Voi, 25th April; between Voi

and Ndi (88 miles from Mombasa), 16th May; Voi, 4th July,

1897.

These specimens are particularly interesting; they are almost

as large as 7. aurigineus, but of the exact pattern and coloration

of the dry form of 7’. helvolus. We have corresponding examples

of the wet form obtained at Kilimanjaro ; a specimen of the latter

from Mombasa, however, scarcely differs in size from Somali

examples.

95. TERACOLUS CATACHRYSOPS.

Teracolus catachrysops, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5,

vol, il. p. 178 (1878).

Dry form. 2, Chanjamwe, 18th June, 1896.

412 DR, A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA [May 17,

Wet form. 3 3 2, Mombasa, 4th January, 1897.

I now have another proof of the absurdity of calling this very

distinct species a variety of 7’. mutans, inasmuch as the dry form

is seen to differ from the wet chiefly in the redder colouring of

the bands on the under surface, whereas in 7’, mutans the whole

under surface of the secondaries and of the apex of primaries

becomes clay-coloured with a pink suffusion, the bands being

indistinct.

96, THRACOLUS PROTOMEDIA.

Pontia protomedia, Klug, Symb. Phys., Ins. pl. viii. figs. 18, 14

(1829).

3 3 @, Taru, 20th December, 1896.

97. CATOPSILIA FLORELLA.

Papilio florella, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 479 (1775).

$, Chanjamwe, 10th June; o 2, Taru, 18th & 19th

December, 1896; g¢ 2, Maungu Inkubwa, 21st March; ¢ od,

Ndara Hills, 6th & 7th April, 1897.

98. PHRISSURA LASTI.

Mylothris lasti, Grose-Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6,

vol. ili. p. 124 (1889); Rhop. Exot. ii. Belen. pl. ii. figs. 1-3 (1892).

3, Mgana, 26th July; ¢ 9, 13th August, 1896.

99. BELENOIS THYSA.

Pieris thysa, Hopffer, Ber. Verh. Akad. Berl. 1855, p. 639 ;

Peters’s Reise n. Mossamb., Ins. p. 349, pl. xxi. figs 7-10

(1862).

3 2, Mgana, 2nd August, 1896.

100. BELENOIS CREONA.

Papilio creona, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pl. xev. C-F (1779).

3 2, Mgana, 13th July; ¢ ¢, Chanjamwe, 28th July; Taru,

20th December, 1896; and Voi, 1st May, 1897.

101. BELENOIS MESENTINA, var. LORDACA.

Pieris lordaca, Walker, Entomologist, 1870, p. 48.

3 6 Q Q, Maziwa-ya Tayau, 8th to 17th February, 1897.

Mr. Betton took no less than twenty-eight examples of this

abundant species, most of them having been caught on the 16th

February.

102. BELENOIS GIDICA.

Pieris gidica, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 131 (1819).

3 6, Mgana, 28th June; Taru, 18th & 19th December, 1896 ;

Maungu Inkubwa, 21st March, 1897.

All four specimens (including that obtained at the end of June)

are of the wet-season phase.

1898. ] FROM BRITISH EAST AFRICA, 413

103. GLUTOPHRISSA CONTRACTA, var.

Glutophrissa contracta, Butler, P. Z.S. 1888, p. 75.

Dry form. 3 2, Mgana, 12th July, 1896.

A rather shattered pair was obtained, but the specimens are of

great interest to us as showing the seasonal modification of the

species. The dry form somewhat resembles G. flavida of Mada-~

gascar (which is doubtless the dry form of G. malatha), but it

differs in the well-defined outer border on the upperside of the

secondaries and in the character of the male, which does not differ

from wet-season examples of G. contracta.

104, PINACOPrERYX LILIANA.

Belenois liliana, Grose-Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6,

vol. iii. p. 122 (1889); Rhop. Exot. ii. pl. i. figs. 7-9 (1893).

3. Mgana, 22nd June; 2, Samburu, 15th November, 1896.

105. HeRPHNIA MELANARGE.

Herpenia melanarge, Butler, P. Z.S. 1885, p. 774.

Herpenia iterata, Butler, P. Z. S. 1888, p. 96.

Dry-season form (H. melanarge). 3, Mgana, 26th July, 1896.

Wet-season form (H. iterata). 2 , Taru, 22nd November, d 16th

December, 2 19th December, 1896.

106. LeucnRONIA BUQUETII.

Callidryas buquetii, Boisduval, Sp. Gén. Lép. i. p. 607 (1836).

Taru, 13th, 19th, & 20th December, 1896; Voi, lst May, 1897.

107. ERONIA DILATATA.

Eronia dilatata, Butler, P. Z.S. 1888, p. 96.

Mgana, 6th, 11th, & 30th August; Samburu, 26th October ;

Taru, 22nd November, 13th & 16th December, 1896; Maungu

Inkubwa, 21st March, 1897.

The dry form has slightly narrower black borders to the wings

and a slightly deeper-coloured underside than the wet form.

108. ERonra LEDA.

Dryas leda, Boisduval, App. Voy. de Deleg. p. 588 (1847).

3 6 2, Maungu Inkubwa, 21st March, 1897.

109. PaPiInio CORINNEUS.

Papilio corinneus, Bertoloni, Mem. Acc. Bologna, 1849, p. 9,

pl. i. figs. 1-4.

Chanjamwe, 14th June, 1896; Mombasa, 4th January, 1897.

110. PAPpritio PHILONOE.

Papilio philonoe, Ward, Ent. Month. Mag. x. p. 152 (1873),

Mombasa, 7th January ; Maungu Inkubwa, 21st March, 1897,

Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1898, No. XXVIII. 28

414 DR, A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA [May 17,

111. PAaprnio DEMOLEUS.

Papilio demoleus, Linnzeus, Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 214 (1764).

Taru, 18th & 20th December, 1896; Mombasa, 4th January ;

Maungu Inkubwa, 21st March; between Voi and Ndi, 19th May,

1897.

112. PAPILIO CONSTANTINUS.

Papilio constantinus, Ward, Ent. Month. Mag. viii. p. 34 (1871) ;

Afric. Lep. i. pl. i. figs. 1, 2 (1873).

Two pairs, Maungu Inkubwa, 21st March, 1897.

113. Paprnio NIREUS.

Papilio nireus, Linneus, Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 217 (1764).

Q, Mombasa, 4th January; ¢ ¢ 2, Maungu Inkubwa, 21st

March, 1897.

I must confess that I see no possible reason for separating this

variable species under two distinctive names.

114, PAPILio MEROPE (var. DARDANUS, Brown).

Papilio merope, Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii. pl. cli. A, B (1779).

3 6 2, Maungu Inkubwa, 21st March, 1897.

Although I do not consider that the Eastern type should be

regarded as identical with the Western, it is more convenient

(until the forms of so-called P. merope have been thoroughly

studied) to retain this name for them all. The Southern form is

apparently identical with the Eastern one, but the true P. merope

ot Cramer seems to me to be the West-African type with black-

and-white female. The corresponding Eastern form is that now

received, the female being also of the black-and-white type, but

the male differing in constantly having a broad continuous black

belt across the secondaries ; it thus comes nearest to the male of

P. cenea, which Mr, Trimen regards asa variety of the same species :

perhaps he has proved this point, but it seems odd for the same

insect to mimic two totally dissimilar Danaine.

HESPERIIDS.

115. SARANGESA ELIMINATA.

Sarangesa eliminata, Holland, P. Z. 8. 1896, p. 9, pl. v. fig. 2.

Taru, 22nd November and 20th December, 1896; Voi, 22nd

April, 2nd May, and 22nd June, 1897.

The specimen obtained on the 22nd April is a distinct intergrade

to S. pertusa, and I believe, when the species of this group are

better understood, it will be found impossible to separate most of

the species of the S. motozi group; they are simply ridiculously

close, whilst (so far as I can judge from our poor series) they

probably all occur together. We have S. pertusa, S. synestalmenus,

and S, motozioides occurring with S, motozi in Nyasaland ; S. per-

1898. ] FROM BRITISH EAST AFRICA, 415

tusa and S. motoziin South Africa; S. pertusa var. and S. eliminata

in British East Africa at the same spot ; we have S. pertusa from

Aden, and S. eliminata from Abyssinia. Altogether these forms

do not look like good distinct species.

116. SARANGESA DI ELEL®.

Pierygospidea djelele, Wallengren, Kongl. Svensk. Vetensk.-

Akad. Handl. 1857 ; Lep. Rhop. Caffr. p. 54.

Maungu Inkubwa, 21st March, 1897.

117. PyRrevs BErTonI, sp.n. (Plate XXXII. fig. 1.)

Nearest to P. zebra and P. asterodia, but not very closely allied

to any African species known to me, and on the upper surface

somewhat resembling the New-World P. asychis. Upper surface

black-brown ; a white spot near the base of each discoidal cell; a

central interrupted white belt, not reaching the borders of the

wings, commencing with a subcostal dot on the primaries, where it

is divided into three quadrate spots by the first and second median

branches, oblique and terminating in a subconfluent dot on the

secondaries ; a transverse trifid subapical white bar on the pri-

maries, and a single small spot on the second median interspace ;

submarginal series of dots unequal, the first, second, and fifth

extremely minute; in the secondaries the first, fourth, fifth, and

sixth extremely minute ; fringe white, varied with blackish at the

extremities of the veins: body normal. Primaries below dark

greyish, but with the usual copper-brown reflections ; white spots

broader and more confluent than above, internal border greyish

white ; secondaries with the basal two-thirds and abdominal border

white ; a spot across the base of the cell and a broad irregular

oblique belt from near base of costa across the cell, a short central

costal streak and a spot just below the latter, greyish olivaceous ;

external third occupied bya broad belt of the same colour, slightly

flecked with whitish and grey at apex and towards anal angle (so

as vaguely to indicate the pale outer border which occurs in P. zebra);

fringe of all the wings white, spotted with grey. Body below

sordid white, the venter rather purer than the pectus. Expanse of

wings 24 millim.

Maungu Inkubwa, 21st March, 1897.

118, Pyrevs DRomus.

Pyrgus dromus, Plotz, Mitth. naturw. Vereins, 1884, p. 6.

Mgana, 30th August, 1896.

Unfortunately only a single example of this pretty little Pyrgus

was obtained.

119. PARosMopES ICTERIA.

Pamphila icteria, Mabille, C.R. Soc. Ent. Belg. vol. xxxv.

p. elxxx (1821).

Mgana, 5th July, 13th & 30th August, 1896.

28*

416 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA [ May 17,

120. BaoriIs FATUELLUS.

Pamphila fatuellus, Hopffer, Monatsber. k. Akad. W issensch,

Berl. 1855, p. 643; Peters’s Reise n. Mossamb., Ins. p. 417,

pl. xxvii. figs. 3, 4 (1862).

Mwachi River, 7th June, 1896.

121. Baorts avRitrnctus, sp. n. (Plate XXXII. fig. 2.)

Form of B. fatuellus, primaries with exactly similar transparent

white spots; an elliptical patch below the median vein and the

commencement of its first branch, a small spot above the submedian

vein (representing the white spot frequently present in B. fatuellus),

and a pilose internal streak bronzy ochraceous, the whole wing-

surface also glossed with golden bronze: secondaries more distinctly

glossed with golden, the long hair clothing the discoidal and

internal areas to the centre of the disc being bronzy ochraceous ;

two unequal subapical transparent yellowish spots placed obliquely ;

fringes of all the wings smoky brown, tipped with bone-white

excepting towards apex of primaries. Body of the ordinary type,

blackish with bronzy green reflections on head and thorax and

golden cupreous reflections on abdomen; a shoulder-spot and a

spot on each side of the head, close to the eyes, ochreous ; antennz

bronze tipped with purplish black. Under surface brownish grey,

densely irrorated with ochraceous excepting on the internal areas:

otherwise very like B. fatuellus. Expanse of wings 34 millim.

Taru, 20th December, 1896.

Only one example obtained.

122. CERATRICHIA STELLATA,

Ceratrichia stellata, Mabille, C.R. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1891, p. Ixv.

Mgana, 13th & 28th August, 1896.

I quite agree with Dr. Holland that this species differs from

typical Ceratrichia in its shorter antenne, &c., but I do not like ita

bit better in Cyclopides (which it is not half so much like in pattern).

As Dr. Holland has not proposed a new generic location for it, 1

prefer, for the present, to let the species rest where M. Mabille

placed it.

123. RHOPALOCAMPTA FORESTAN.

Papilio forestan, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. ecexci. E, F (1782).

Ndara Hills, 7th April, 1897.

The Moths in the collection are not in such good condition as

the Butterflies, but most of them are recognizable ; some are of

great beauty and quite new to the Museum collection; others we

had previously only received from South Africa or from the

West coast. As might be expected, not a few are new to science.

The following is as complete an account of them as could be made,

1898.] FROM BRITISH EAST AFRICA. 417

Il. HETEROCERA.

SYNTOMID2.

124. APISA CANESCENS.

Apisa canescens, Walker, Lep. Het. iv. p. 917 (1855).

Camp near 119 miles inland from Mombasa, 7th July, 1897.

The single female example is smaller than any example of that

sex which I have hitherto seen, but we have no East-African speci-

mens obtained further north than Natal. It is just possible that

this may be a small race of the species, as Sir George Hampson

informs me that he has seen a male from Hast Africa still smaller

than the female now received.

125. EucHROMIA AM@NA.

Euchromia amena, Moeschler, Stett. ent. Zeit. xxxiii. p. 350

(1872).

Mayera, 17th July ; Taru, 20th December, 1896.

This is the species which I called H. africana ; Herr Moeschler

erroneously gave Silhet as its habitat.

ARCTIIDS,

126. ALoa BIVITTATA, sp.n. (Plate XXXII. fig. 3.)

Most nearly allied to A. punetistriga from India. Primaries

cream-coloured, the costal border and veins pale testaceous; a

black dot at base of submedian veins, and a black dot on the lower

discocellular vein pierced by a longitudinal blackish-brown streak

which runs to outer margin; a second short and more slender

streak, in the areole above it, also running to outer margin ;

secondaries pure white. Antenne white with black pectinations ;

head ochreous, becoming chalky white at sides and back of collar ;

thorax chalky white; abdomen ochreous, white at base and with

dorsal transverse black bars, of which the first and seventh are

widest and the fourth to sixth most delicate ; a black spot on each

side of anal segment. Wings below white, the primaries with butt

costal borders; pectus white, smoky brown in tront; legs smoky

brown, the hind femora pale ochreous in front ; venter white, with

a blackish lateral stripe not extending over the last two segments.

Expanse of wings 41 millim.

Mbana, 28th June, 1896.

Only one example was obtained.

127. LacyDES ARBORIFERA.

Lacydes arborifera, Butler, Cist. Ent. ii. p. 26 (1875).

Samburu, lst November, 1896.

Previously only recorded from West Africa.

128. LAcYDES GRACILIS, sp. n. (Plate XXXII. fig. 4.)

2. Allied to L. vocula and L. smithii (Conchylia smithii, Holland) :

418 DR. A. G. BULLER ON LEPIDOPTERA [May 17,

primaries comparatively narrower’, pale cupreous brown; a silvery

white costal streak from base tapering to a point just before the

basal third ; the remainder of costal area unmarked almost to apex,

where a silvery white band commences, runs obliquely to the

upper radial (vein 6), where it joins a longitudinal discoidal streak

tapered at each extremity and commencing in the cell just beyond

the termination of the costal streak ; a longitudinal interno-median

streak tapering towards the base and confluent on outer margin,

with a short narrower stripe above the first median branch, thus

forming a kind of L-shaped character ; above the latter along the

outer border is a cuneiform patch of silvery white, deeply incised

at third median branch ; base of internal border white, terminated

by an oblique spot of brown slightly darker than the ground-colour,

beyond which is a whitish patch ; secondaries pearly white,

unspotted. Body much rubbed, but probably very similar to that

of Z. vocula. Under surface of wings as above, excepting that the

ground-colour of the primaries is a little paler and greyer. Expanse

of wings 35 millim.

Marago ya Fundi, Taru desert, 2nd March, 1897.

Unfortunately only one example was obtained, but it seems to

differ too much from either of the species above noted to bea

variety ; the absence of the white costal markings and the much

more regular character of the markings seem likely to be trust-

worthy distinctions.

I am quite unable to identify the following with any genus of

Lithosiine :—

BErrontA, gen. nov.

Nearest to Dictenus (Butl.), general aspect of Hubaphe; the

palpi extremely small, slender, directed forwards ; proboscis short

but well-developed ; antenne (of female) about one-third the

length of primaries, simple, somewhat thick ; primaries elongate-

triangular, costal vein running to second third of costa; subcostal

five-branched, the second and third from a long footstalk, the

fourth and fifth from a short footstalk ; secondaries with the sub-

costal branches from a long footstalk; the other veins all well

separated at their origins. Type B. ferruginea.

129, BErroNIA FERRUGINEA, sp.n. (Plate XXXII. fig. 5.)

. Tawny ferruginous ; primaries above with a slightly greyish

tinge and a black spot in the centre of the discoidal cell; all the

wings with a black discocellular spot. Expanse of wings 20

millim.

2, Voi, 2nd May, 1897.

130. LExis BIPUNCTIGERA.

Inthosia bipunctigera, Wallengren, Wien. ent. Monatschr. 1860,

p 45.

1 This is, however, probably only a sexual character.

1898.] FROM BRITISH EAST AFRICA, 419

Lewis bipunctigera, Wallengren, J. ¢. 1863, p. 146.

Setina quadrinotata, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xxi. p- 237 (1864).

9, Maungu Inkubwa, 21st March, 1897.

Of this species we only possess Walker’ s rather imperfect type

from Natal ; it is, therefore, a welcome addition.

The genus Lexis is allied to Sozuza, although the pattern of

L. bipunctigera Q reminds one rather forcibly of that of Gonistis

quadra 2 (to which it is certainly not closely related). It is

characterized as distinct from Sozuza by the absence of the post-

discoidal areole (or false cell) in the primaries, by the much greater

length of the costal vein, with which the first subcostal branch

anastomoses ; the third and fourth branches emitted as in Sozuza,

but the fifth branch emitted from the fourth instead of from

before the emission of the third. In the secondaries the so-called

second and third median branches (now recognized as the second

median and lower radial) form a much shorter furca than in

Sozuza.

NYCTEMBRIDA.

131. TERINA TENUIS.

Aletis tenuis, Butler, P. Z.S. 1878, p. 385.

Terina fulva, Hampson, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. vi.

p. 183 (1891).

Mgana, 135th August, 1896.

A beautiful species of which we should have been glad to

obtain examples ; unfortunately Mr. Betton only secured one.

132. PITTHEA TRIFASCIATA.

Tirckheimia trifasciata, Dewitz, Verh. Leop.-Carol. Akad. xlu.

p- 82, pl. 3. fig. 3 (1881).

2, Mgana, 13th August, 1896; ¢ 2 9, Mombasa, 4th & 7th

January, 1897.

133. SECUSIO STRIGATA.

Secusio strigata, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. 11. p. 550 (1864).

Taru, 2 9, 22nd November and 19th December, 1896.

134. LEProsoMA LEUCONOE.

Nyctemera leuconoe, ee Monatsber. konigl. ated Wissensch.

Berlin, 1857, p. 422; Peters’s Reise n. Mossamb., Ins. p. 480,

pl. xxvii. fig. 3 (1862).

Mgana, 22nd June and 12th July ; Taru, 19th December, 1896.

135. LEPTOSOMA FALLAX ?

Nyctemera fallax, Holland, Ent. News Philad. 18938, p. 59.

6, Taru, 17th January, 1897.

We only have a single female of this species in the Museum

collection ; the present male does not seem to differ more from it

than the sex would account for; but, as the type of Z. fallax was

420 DR, A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA [May 17>

from the West, I feel no certainty of the specific identity of the

two insects.

AGARISTIDS.

136. AEGOCERA TRICOLOR.

igocera tricolor, Druce, Ent. Month. Mag. vol. xx. p. 155

(1883).

Samburu, 10th & 15th November, 1896 ; between Voi and Ndi,

22nd May, 1897.

The last example obtained is of interest on account of the

distortion of the subapical patch across the right primary. It

seems to me not at all unlikely that this may prove to be only a

form of 4. leucomelas with orange secondaries ; a similar variation

in colouring occurs in the very closely related 4. triment and in

4. triplagiata.

Nocorvuipa.

137. EUPLEXIA OPPOSITA.

Mamestra opposita, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xxxii. p. 667 (1865).

Mbuyuni, 29th May, 1897.

138. AMYNA SELENAMPHA.

Amyna selenampha, Guenée, Noct. i. p. 406 (1852).

Samburu, 28th October, 1896.

One rather rubbed example of this abundant species was

obtained.

139. TARACHE UPSILON.

Calophasia upsilon, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xxxiii. p. 763.

Samburu, 2nd November; Taru, 24th November, 1896, 21st

January, 1897.

140. TaraCHE PORPHYREA, sp. n.

General pattern of both sexes similar to that of 7. tropica ;

coloration of primaries nearer to 7’. ardoris but more clouded.

Primaries of male with the basal two-thirds bone-whitish, clouded

and transversely banded with plumbeous grey, varied with

olivaceous ; a black spot at end of cell, but none in the cell, the

pale area terminating beyond the cell in the usual pale-edged

blackish olivaceous 3-shaped character impinging upon the ex-

ternal third, which is glistening sepia-brown ; the external border

faintly indicated excepting at the extremity of the median areoles

and at the external angle, where it becomes whitish; the two

patches connected internally by a zigzag whitish line ; a marginal

series of black dots, barely visible excepting upon the pale patches:

secondaries silky smoke-brown, a little darker on outer border and

slightly cupreous in certain lights. Thorax whitish, more or less

varied with greyish ; abdomen whitish or grey, that of the female

sometimes grey, with the posterior borders of the segments buff.

1898. ] FROM BRITISH BAST AFRICA, 421

Wings below glistening grey, the internal area of primaries whitish,

the costal border and external margin in the female varied with

ochreous ; the secondaries in this sex also somewhat paler, slightly

yellowish towards costa, especially from the middle, and crossed by

an irregular oblique subapical grey band; a dark grey spot at end

of cell: body below milk-white, tibie and tarsi barred with grey.

Expanse of wings 19-20 millim.

3 Q, between Voi and Ndi, 88 miles from Mombasa, 4th June,

1897.

In 1884 we received a slightly smaller pair of this species from

Accra ; but these are all that I have seen of it.

141. TARACHE sp.

@. Probably new, but too imperfect to describe; it is nearly

related to a very beautiful unnamed female (also from British East

Africa) in the Museum collection; but differs in so many details

of colouring, that I cannot venture to regard it as a variety of that

insect: also, in this genus, in which the sexes often differ toa

marvellous degree, it is not satisfactory to describe from a female

alone.

142. TARACHE ADMOTA.

Acontia admota, Felder, Reise der Nov., Lep. v. pl. cvii. fig. 31

(1875).

Samburu, 3lst October, 1896.

I have previously seen this insect from extreme North and

from South Africa ; but it is new to us from Hast Africa. In fresh

examples the markings on the primaries are bright olive-green ;

the figure in the ‘ Novara Voyage’ is not characteristic.

143. PoLyDESMA UMBRICOLA.

Polydesma umbricola, Boisduval, Faune Ent. de Madag., Lép.

p- 108, pl. 13. fig. 5.

2 2, Voi, 2nd May and 16th July; between Voi and Ndi,

18th May, 1897.

Two damaged females of Ericeia inangulata, Guen., were

obtained at Samburu (Oct. 26th) and Taru (Noy. 28th).

144. CYLIGRAMMA LATONA.

Phalena (Noctua) latona, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. p. 20, pl. xiii. B

(1779).

Samburu, 17th & 20th November; Taru, 22nd, 24th, & 28th

November, 6th & 9th December, 1896; between Voi and Ndi,

18th May, 1897.

145, CyLIGRAMMA FLUCTUOSA.

Phalena (Noctua) fluctuosa, Drury, Ill. Exot. Ent. ii. p. 24,

pl. xiv. fig. 1.

429 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA [May 17,

Var. Cyligramma rudilinea, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xiv. p. 1311

(1857).

Var. Cyligramma limacina, Guérin, Icon. Regne Anim., Ins.

pl. 89. fig. 2, texte p. 520.

Mgana, 5th & 6th August; three miles north of Samburu,

23rd October; Taru, 20th, 22nd, 23rd, 24th, & 28th November,

1896.

Three examples agreeing with C. limacina, the remainder inter-

mediate between the latter and C. rudilinea; therefore typical.

This form of the species is new to the Museum collection.

146. DysGoNIA ABNEGANS, var.

Ophiusa ? abnegans, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xv. p. 1831 (1858).

Mgana, 27th July and 30th August, 1896.

Neither of the two specimens obtained quite agrees with

Walker’s type from Sierra Leone, though one is nearer than the

other. It is very important to secure these aberrant examples, as

only thus can we hope to comprehend the variability of the species

in this genus (which at times is considerable). I am quite satisfied

that D. neptunia of Holland is Walker’s D. conjunctura, and I am

not at all certain that D. palpalis of Walker is more than a variety

of the same species.

In the Eastern specimens of D. abnegans before me the band

forming the inner limitation of the bicoloured central belt on the

primaries is less inarched at costa, though more so in one example

than in the other; the subapical markings vary individually.

147. DysGonIA ANGULARIS.

Ophiusa angularis, Boisduval, Faune Ent. de Madag., Lép.

p- 103, pl. 13. fig. 2.

Mgana, 27th July, 1896; Mombasa, 8th January: between Voi

and Ndi, 18th May, 1897.

New to the Museum series from Eastern Africa.

148. ACH#A LIENARDI.

Ophiusa lienardi, Boisduval, Faune Ent. de Madag., Lép. p. 102,

pl. 15. fig. 5.

Taru, 20th December, 1896.

149. GRAMMODES STOLIDA.

Noctua stolida, Fabricius, Sp. Ins. ii. p. 218.

Machuma, 21st February, 1897.

New to the Museum from East Africa.

150. SPHINGOMORPHA MONTEIRONIS.

Sphingomorpha montevronis, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4,

vol. xvi. p. 406 (1875).

Mkwajuni, 20th & 21st October ; three miles north of

Samburu, 23rd October ; Taru, 6th December, 1896.

1898.] FROM BRITISH BAST AFRICA. 423

151. GNAMPTONYX TREFOLIATA, sp. n.

General aspect of an Acronycta, but belonging to the quadrifid

group of Noctuide. Primaries earthy brown, sprinkled all over

with pale lavender scales; an ill-defined, dusky, oblique costal

streak entering discoidal cell just above the orbicular spot, which

is whitish, outlined in black; the reniform stigma is represented

by a large irregular black-edged marking, not unlike a hawthorn or

trefoil leaf with the mid-rib directed inwards to below the orbicular

spot ; an oblique costal streak at apical fourth, external border

ashy lavender, its inner margin widely and deeply sinuated

between costa and first median branch, but diffused below the

latter ; a vague indication of a dusky annulus on inner margin

near external angle; a series of small black submarginal spots ;

fringe whitish, sprinkled with earthy-brown scales; secondaries

sericeous white with a very faint fleshy tint; the external area

dust greyish; a marginal series of black dashes: fringe white at

base, greyish externally: head brownish grey, collar less brown,

ashy in front and at the sides ; thorax ashy ; abdomen buffish white

irrorated with grey. Wings below white, slightly buffish and

irrorated with dark brown scales on costal and apical areas; a

marginal series of blackish spots; secondaries with a dusky spot

on upper discocellular: body below sordid buffish white ; front of

pectus, palpi and legs above brownish irrorated with blackish, the

tarsi with white tips to the joints. Expanse of wings 60 millim.

Between Voi and Ndi, 2nd June, 1897.

Unfortunately only one example of this species was obtained.

I am indebted to Sir George Hampson for pointing out its

affinities; despite its dissimilarity from the type of his genus

Gnamptonyx, it corresponds with it so closely in structure that I

have no doubt of its correct location.

152. BANIANA INTORTA.

Baniana intorta, Swinhoe, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1891, p. 150;

Hampson, Ill. Typ. Het. ix. pl. 163. fig. 3.

@, Taru, 23rd November, 1896.

New to the Museum from Eastern Africa, though we have it

from Natal and Accra.

153. CoLBUSA PENTAGONALIS.

Colbusa pentagonalis, Butler, P.Z.S. 1894, p. 589, pl. xxxvii. fig. 8.

Samburu, 7th November, 1896.

A larger and better example than the type, and therefore a

desirable acquisition.

154. TRIGONODES HYPPASIA.

Phalena-Noctua hippasia, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. pl. ecl. E

(1782).

Mbuyuni, 25th April; between Voi and Ndi, 20th & 22nd

May; Voi, 26th June, 1897.

424 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA [May 17,

155. ReMIG1A ARCHESIA.

Phalena-Noctua archesia, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. p. 145,

pl. celxxiii. F, G (1782).

Mgana, 27th July and 18th August, 1896.

156. REMIGIA REPANDA.

Noctua repanda, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. 2, p. 49 (1793).

Mgana, 27th July, 20th, 27th, & 30th August, 1896.

157. ENrOMOGRAMMA NIGRICEPS.

Renodes ? nigriceps, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xv. p. 1595 (1858).

Mgana. 5th August, 1396.

158. OPHIODES FINIFASCIA.

Nephelodes finifascia, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xv. p. 1676 (1858).

Taru, 4th February, 1897.

One imperfect example.

159. PASIPEDA ROSEIVENTRIS.

Asymbata rosewentris, Gerstaecker, in Von der Decken’s Reisen

in Ost-Afrika, iii.2, p. 378, pl. xv. fig. 8 (1873).

3, Voi, 30th April; @, between Voi and Ndi, 4th June, 1897.

The male is the first example of that sex which I have seen;

the species seems to be rare, though nearly related to the common

Indian P. satellitia ; possibly it has simply not been collected.

160. HALAstus DIVITIOSUS.

Ophideres divitiosa, Walker, Proc. Nat. Hist. Soc. Glasgow, vol. i.

p. 356, pl. vii. fig. 11 (1869).

Machuma, 22nd February, 1897.

161. ARGADESA MATERNA.

Phalena-Noctua materna, Linneus, Syst. Nat. ii. p. 840 (1767).

g, Samburu, 15th November, 1896; 9, Maungu Inkubwa, 21st

March, 1897.

162. CosMOPHILA DROSA.

Anomis erosa, Hiibner, Exot. Schmett. Zutr. ii. p. 19, figs. 287,

288.

©, Samburu, 16th November, 1896.

163. HypocaLa DEFLORATA, var. PLUMICORNIS.

Hypocala plumicornis, Guenée, Noct. iii. p. 75 (1852).

Samburu, 14th November, 1896.

164, PLusIA BRIOSOMA.

Plusia eriosoma, Doubleday in Dieffenbach’s New Zealand, i.

p. 285 (1843).

1898.] FROM BRITISH EAST AFRICA, 425

Samburu, 7th, 8th, & 16th November; Taru, 22nd November

& 20th December, 1896.

This abundant species seems to be almost cosmopolitan.

165. RiIsoBA OBSTRUCTA.

Risoba obstructa, Moore, P. Z.S. 1881, p. 328; Lep. Ceylon, iii.

p. 2, pl. exliv. figs. 2, 2 a, 2 b (1884).

Samburu, 2nd November, 1896.

This is quite new to the African fauna.

166. GONITIS SABULIFERA.

Gonitis sabulifera, Guenée, Noct. ii. p. 404 (1852).

Mgana, 30th August; Samburu, 3lst October, 4th & 7th

November ; Taru, 24th, 27th, & 28th November, 9th December,

1896.

Many of the specimens belong to the variety named by

Walker G. involuta. The species is new to us from East Africa,

though we have it both from Abyssinia and Natal.

167. MARASMALUS DISCISTRIGA.

Eutelia discitriga (sic), Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xxxiii. p. 823

(1865).

Samburu, 4th November; Taru, lst December, 1896.

I have never previously seen this species from Eastern Africa,

but we have it from Aden, and therefore it probably is to be found

in the extreme North.

168. ZETHES BETTONT, sp. n.

Closely allied to Z. hesperioides, having exactly the same outline,

structure, and nearly the same pattern ; it is, however, distinctly

smaller; the peculiar hatchet-shaped central belt across the

primaries is pale buffish, flesh-tinted or greyish, with the borders

of the lower half very black in fresh specimens; the pale costal

dots are sometimes much whiter than in the species from Java and

Burma, and the subquadrate costal patch towards apex paler and

therefore less prominent ; the submarginal line on all the wings is

whitish with dark brown borders; on the under surface the

resemblance to Z. hesperioides is again very great, but the basal

area is paler, the narrow dark-bordered transverse central band

usually paler, sometimes quite white, the discal belt sometimes

much darker than in any specimens of the larger species. Expanse

of wings, ¢ 31-32 millim., 29 29-32 millim.

Taru, 1st, 6th, & 9th December, 1896.

169. EGNASIA VICARIA.

Thyridospila vicaria, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xxxv. p. 1972

(1866).

Mgana, 1st August, 1896.

426 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA [May 17,

170, RaPARNA LIMBATA, Sp, nN.

Q. Primaries above pale coffee reddish, sericeous; the costal

border whity brown ; external border narrowly and unevenly pale

grey-brownish bounded internally by a partly zigzag, partly widely

sinuous, white submarginal line, the latter bounded internally towards

apex and towards external angle by a diffused dusky patch ; central

area of wing enclosed by two indistinct crenulated grey lines, the

inner one interrupted in the cell by a white ‘ orbicular’ dot; reni-

form stigma also white, partly edged with leaden grey; a marginal

series of black dots: secondaries pale smoky brown, sericeous,

slightly greyer towards outer margin; fringes of all the wings

grey inclining to blackish, with whity-brown basal line. Head

and collar whity brown, somewhat pearly ; thorax flesh-reddish ;

abdomen whity brown. Under surface sericeous whity brown, the

wings irrorated with greyish and with dusky marginal dots.

Expanse of wings 25 millim.

Taru, 2nd February, 1897.

Unfortunately only one example of this very distinct species

was obtained.

171. Hyprna VULGATALIS.

Hypena vulgatalis, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xvi. p. 82 (1858).

Samburu, 2nd November, 1896.

A single somewhat worn specimen, but new to us from Eastern

Africa.

172. OPHIUCHE MASURIALIS.

Hypena masurialis, Guenée, Delt. et Pyral. p. 38 (1854).

Samburu, 8th & 12th November, 1896.

New to us from East Africa, though we have it from the North,

South, and West.

173. RHYNCHINA TARUENSIS, sp. n.

Intermediate in character between 2. plusioides and R. antiqualis,

nearest to the latter, slightly larger and browner ; a black or dark

brown patch filling the interval between the black orbicular spot

and the linear white ‘reniform stigma,’ and a second smaller black

spot filling the angle of the inner angulated white transverse line ;

the costal and discal black spots of R. antiqualis almost or wholly

obliterated ; no irregular submarginal white line as in that species,

but the external border faintly dusted with ashy-white scales ;

marginal line brown, scarcely discernible: in other respects the

two species are almost identical. Expanse of wings 25-26 millim.

Taru, 27th & 29th November, 1st December, 1896.

174. NopARIA EXTERNALIS.

Nodaria externalis, Guenée, Delt. et Pyral. p. 64 (1854).

@, between Voi and Ndi, 16th May, 1897,

1898.] FROM BRITISH HAST AFRICA. 427

175, SIMPLICIA INFLEXALIS.

Simplicia inflewalis, Guenée, Delt. et Pyral. p. 52 (1854).

Samburu, 31st October, 1896; between Voiand Ndi, 19th May,

13897.

New to us from Hast Africa.

One other Noctuid was obtained at Taru on December Ist,

1896, but it is headless and rubbed, so that its identification is

impossible.

LYMANTRIIDS.

176. ReDOA CROCTPES.

Cypra crocipes, Boisduval, Faune Ent. de Madag. p. 87, pl. 12.

fig. 2.

9, Maungu Inkubwa, 21st March, 1897.

The female is quite new to us ; unfortunately only one example

was obtained.

177. CROPERA TESTACEA.

Cropera testacea, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. iv. p. 826 (1855).

2 2, Mgana, 18th & 30th June, 1896; Voi, 7th May, 1897.

New to us from Hast Africa.

178. OGOA SIMPLEX.

Ogoa simplex, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. vii. p. 1764 (1856).

@, Taru, 19th December, 1896.

The type (the only other example which I have seen) is from

Natal; this is therefore a welcome addition to the Museum

collection.

179, Lactpa IMPUNCTA, sp.n. (Plate XXXII. fig. 6.)

Allied to Z. gracilis: silvery white; primaries of the male with

a pale buff spot and black dot near base of costa, and angular

series of orange spots before the middle, of which the four lower

ones are conspicuous, and a slightly sigmoidal (geschwungen ')

oblique series of seven spots across the disc; head, collar; and

pterygodes pale buff; antennal pectinations testaceous; abdomen

golden buff. Expanse of wings 23 millim.

The female, which I formerly supposed to be a variety of

L. gracilis, was obtained in the Sabaki Valley by Dr. Gregory : it

has no basi-costal spots on the primaries ; the inner series of orange

spots is reduced to two, and the outer series to six, all small;

the body is white, with blackish anal tuft. Expanse of wings

35 millim.

3, Mgana, 31st August, 1896.

The absence of all the black spots characteristic of L. gracilis,

the nearer approach of the discal series of orange spots to the

+ We have no English equivalent for this word, which exactly expresses the

barely perceptible S-character of a line; ‘sinuous’ might mean more than

S-shaped.

428 DR, A, G, BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA [May 17,

outer margin, the shorter fringe, and the deeper colouring of the

male abdomen, readily distinguish this species from Hopffer’s

L. gracilis.

180. Loprra MoNosticTA, sp. n. (Plate XXXII. fig. 7.)

Nearest to Z. pallida, Kirby, but the primaries creamy white,

with a single small orange spot at the end of the cell; secondaries

sericeous, snow-white; head ochreous; antenne white, with

testaceous pectinations ; front of thorax, including the collar and

anterior two-thirds of pterygodes, creamy white, remainder of body

snow-white ; under surface white ; the basal half of costal margin

of primaries buff; the collar below and the anterior cox ochreous,

Expanse of wings 27 millim.

3, Taru, 19th December, 1896.

181. InemMa ROBUSTA ?

Acyphas robusta, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. iv. p. 799 (1855).

3, Taru, 23rd November, 1896.

A fragment, much rubbed, apparently referable to this species.

ACLONOPHLEBIA, gen. Nov.

Near to Huproctis, but totally dissimilar in aspect, altogether

far less woolly ; the head much more prominent, the palpi short,

but very broadly fringed; pectinations of antenne much coarser ;

legs much less hairy, the hind tibie with only the terminal pair of

spurs, which are much more conical; the neuration very similar,

but the subcostal veins of the secondaries (veins 6 and 7) not

emitted from a footstalk, but near together from the anterior

angle of the cell. Type A. flavinotata.

182. ACLONOPHLEBIA FLAVINOTATA, sp.n. (Plate XXXII. fig. 8.)

Q. Primaries above lilacine grey clouded with brown; a regular

biangulated dark brown line across the middle of the wing,

bordered broadly inside with whitish and outside with brownish ;

costal and interno-basal borders brownish ; sometimes a black spot

in the cell; a large diffused chrome-yellow patch beyond the lower

angle of the cell, and a line of the same colour edging the central

angulated line between its alternate angles ; fringe pale stramineous

indistinctly spotted with brownish: secondaries pale stramineous.

Thorax grey; head, collar,and patagia clothed with testaceous hairs ;

antenne grey, with darker pectinations ; abdomen fulvous. Under

surface stramineous, costal borders of wings ochraceous ; primaries

with a greyish spot at end of cell, indicating part of the central

band of the upper surface; tarsi with greyish bands. Expanse of

wings 27-32 millim.

Marago ya Fundi, 1st March; between Voi and Ndi, 2nd June,

1897.

Unfortunately only two examples, varying in size and also

differing somewhat in pattern, were obtained.

1898. ] FROM BRITISH EAST AFRICA, 429

Hypsipa.

183. EGYBOLIA VAILLANTINA.

Phalena vaillantina, Stoll, Suppl. Cramer, Pap. Exot. v. p. 142,

pl. xxxi. fig. 3. '

Mgana, 30th August, 1896; Mombasa, 4th January, 1897.

It is not at all certain that this is a true Hypsid.

184. SoMMERIA CULTA.

Sommeria culta, Hiibner, Exot. Schmett. Zutr. figs. 433, 434

(1818).

3 2, Samburu, Ist & 5th November, 1896.

This is an interesting variety in which the normal white

markings on the primaries are suffused with the ground-colour,

giving them a very uniform character. That this is mere variation

and has no specific value is evident from the fact that we have an

example in the Museum in which the left primary is similarly

suffused, whilst on the right primary many of the white markings

are present.

SaTURNIIDA.

185. Usta WALLENGRENII.

Saturnia wallengrenii, Felder, Wien. ent. Monatschr. iii. p. 323,

pl. vi. fig. 2.

2, Maungu Inkubwa, 29th March, 1897.

This is the only fairly perfect example I have ever seen—the

species having hitherto only reached us from Dr. Gregory’s

collection, and so much rubbed and shattered as to be barely

recognizable. Unless Felder had a very closely allied species, his

figure is incorrect (probably made up from an injured specimen,

as the outer black edging to the ceatral belt of the primaries is

deeply and conically incised between veins 2 and 3).

186. Bunama (THYELLA) ZAMBESIA.

Thyella zambesia, Felder, Reise der Noy., Lep. ii. pl. lxxxv. fig. 5

(1874).

3, Taru, 30th March, 1897.

The larva of this moth (which is quite new to the Museum

Collection) is said by Mr. Betton to have been common at Taru on

December 10th; the present example pupated on December 17th,

1896, and emerged at the end of the following March. The larve

and pupa, which Mr. Betton preserved, were unfortunately not

sent to us with his collection; he refers to the former as “ bottle

of larve marked Taru, Nov. 23 to Dec. 15, 1896,” and to the

latter— see matchbox marked ‘ M.’”

If Mr. Betton could breed a series of this Saturniid, I think it

would be conclusively proved that B. barcas Maassen was only a

variation ; it certainly is extremely closely related, if distinct, and

the fact that both occur at Zanzibar is very suspicious.

Proc, Zoon. Soc.—1898, No. XXIX. 29

430 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA [May 17,

187. HeNUCcHA HANSALII?

Ludia hansalii, Felder, Reise der Nov., Lep. ii. pl. lxxxix. fig. 1

(1874).

Q, Voi, 22nd April, 1897.

Felder’s figure is either extremely bad, or this is a new species ;

it is very probable that the former is the correct explanation of

the differences which exist between the two, and that the illustra-

tion was taken from a frayed and faded male. ‘The species is

quite new to the Museum, though nearly allied to the southern

H. delegorguei, from which it differs chiefly in the trisinuated inner

margin of the central belt of the primaries, its regularly undulated

outer edging, the white margin of which is emphasized by a grey-

mottled series of very indistinct markings across the disc. The

female has the outer margins of the wings even more distinctly

dentated than in that sex of H. delegorguet, but it is probable that

this may not be the case in the male.

188. Goopra HOLLANDI, sp.n. (Plate XXXIII. fig, 1.)

Allied to G. nubilata, but considerably smaller and paler: the

male pale buff: the primaries clouded with fawn towards base of

costa, the discoidal cell and centre of custa whitish, slightly

mottled with lilacine grey (but most distinctly on costa); an

ill-defined, irregular, transverse, dusky line across basal fourth,

beyond which the inner border is partly white, flecked and edged

with black almost to external angle; an oblique, ill-defined, sub-

angulated, brown median band, just crossing the posterior angle of

the discoidal cell and almost merging with a very broad golden-

brown apical area crossed by an oblique slender dentate-sinuate black

line, edged externally with whitish buff ; costal border towards apex

rose-tinted ; the centre of external area occupied by a diffused

lilacine greyish nebula, which commences in a dark grey cuneiform

patch on outer margin towards apex; a curved blackish line on

lower discocellular followed above the base of vein 4 by a buff-

whitish spot: secondaries somewhat tawny within and below

discoidal cell; a dusky line on discocellulars; an arched dentate-

sinuate dusky line, blackish near inner margin, crossing the disc

parallel to outer margir; costal and external areas pearly, tinted

with pale rose and grey; inner or abdominal margin mottled with

whitish and black. Head purplish brown, collar white, ochreous at

sides, and brown-edged ; thorax and base of abdomen pale buff ;

remainder of abdomen ruddy brown, excepting the anal tuft which

is ochraceous; antenne dark brown, with double divergent

bipectinations fringed with buff-whitish pile. Under surface

differing a good deal in detail from the upper surface, brown

mottled and heavily clouded with lilacine greyish on basal half;

body rosy brownish-purplish in front. Expanse of wings 58 millim.

©. Smaller and altogether more ash-coloured than the male ;

the primaries less faleate, the secondaries narrower, less produced

at anal angle, most of the markings obliterated, but the cell of the

TS)

a s -.*

1898. ] FROM BRITISH EAST AFRICA. 431

primaries ashy whitish as well as the area below it. Expanse of

wings 53 millim.

3, Voi, 18th April, 1897; 9, Yaru, from larva obtained

12th December, 1896, pupated 20th December, emerged 4th May,

1897.

The species is also related to Lasioptila ansorge: Kirby

(=Saturnia kuntzei Dewitz), which must be referred to Dr. Hol-

land’s genus Goodia. Kirby’s Z. pomona is not congeneric with

the latter ; therefore if his generic name is retained it must take

L. pomona as type, instead of L. ansorgei.

I have named this pretty little species after the learned author

of the genus, to whom all students of African Lepidoptera owe a

debt of gratitude for his admirable work.

EUPTEROTIDA.

TROTONOTUS, gen. nov.

Allied to Gangarides, but with the form and aspect of Eutricha

(Lasiocampide): the primaries not falcate, the radial of the

secondaries (vein 5) wanting, only indicated by a fold, which

disappears when damped with benzine; the angles of the cell also

almost parallel; veins 6 and 7 not stalked as in Gangarides; the

neuration of the primaries is practically the same in the two genera;

the palpi are narrower, less densely fringed, the antennz bipecti-

nated almost to the tips; the abdomen much shorter and conical

rather than truncated at the anal extremity, with expansive lateral

tufts; the legs very hairy; middle and hind tibie with strong

pointed terminal spurs, the hind tibie also with a second

subterminal pair of spurs. Type 7. bettoni.

189. TRoronorus BETTONI, sp.n. (Plate XX XIII. fig. 2.)

g- Primaries above coffee-brown, faintly glossed here and there

with glaucous; a rose-and-white tufted ochre-yellow spot below

base of cell ; an irregularly undulated, partly interrupted, internally

blackish-edged yellow YF -shaped band across the basal third, also a

few scattered yellow spots near its inner edge;. a small deep

ochreous reniform stigma; a broad internally angulated and

undulated, externally irregular and sinuated discal yellow belt,

traversed by four parallel dentate-sinuate stripes of the ground-

colour and bordered outside by a blackish stripe; an oblique

increasing slaty-blackish streak from apex, continuous with four

transverse patches of the same colour parallel to outer margin ;

fringe darker than the rest of the ground-colour and tipped with

blackish : secondaries pale ruddy-chestnut, shading into bone-

yellowish on basi-costal area; fringe tipped with snow-white.

Thorax greyish chocolate, with the top of the head, two large

subconfiuent spots on the middle of the collar, and the dorsal

portion of the thorax between the patagia bright brick-red ;

antenne pale buff, with white basal tuft and golden-brown

29*

432 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA [May 17,

pectinations ; abdomen pale ruddy chestnut, more golden towards

the base, and with pure white lateral and anal tufts. Under surface

white ; the wings slightly yellowish on costal area; the apical and

external areas of all the wings minutely dusted with coffee-colour ;

the secondaries, excepting along abdominal border, purer white

than the primaries; pectus buffish at the sides, the anterior legs

bright coffee-coloured in front, the second pair slightly stained

and the third pair irrorated with the same colour; venter more

densely and finely irrorated. Expanse of wings 49 millim.

Mgana, 28th August, 1896.

It is unfortunate that Mr. Betton was only able to secure one

male of this strikingly beautiful new form ; the specimen, however,

is in good condition and will be a most welcome addition to the

Museum collection.

190. SABALIA PICARINA.

Sabalia picarina, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xxxii. p. 548 (1865).

Samburu, 13th November, 1896.

Unfortunately only one somewhat broken example was obtained ;

it is a species badly represented in the Museum collection, of

which we should be glad to obtain good specimens.

SPHINGIDA.

191. LopHosTETHUs DEMOLINII.

Sphinw demolinii, Angas, Kaffirs Ilustrated, pl. xxx. fig. 11

(1849).

3, Taru, 29th November, 1896; 9, Voi, 17th April, 1897.

192. PoLyPprycHUs GRAYII.

Smerinthus grayu, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. viii. p. 249 (1856).

2, Voi, pupa 6th May, emerged 12th May; 9, Mbuyuni,

30th May, 1897.

We previously only possessed the male of this species, from

Natal.

193. DropOosIDA ROSEIPENNIS.

Diodosida roseipennis, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5,

vol. x. p. 433 (1882),

3 do, Maungu Inkubwa, 31st March: Voi, 7th May, 1897.

The male is new to the Museum, the type being a female from

Delagoa Bay.

194, PRoropaARcE CONVOLVULI.

Sphinx convoluuli, Linneus, Syst. Nat. 1, ii. p. 789 (1766).

Voi, 7th May, 1897.

195. AELLOPUS HIRUNDO.

Macroglossa hirundo, Gerstaecker, Arch. Nat. xxxvii. p. 360

—

1898.] FROM BRITISH EAST AFRICA. 433

(1871) ; Von der Decken’s Reisen in Ost-Africa, Gliederthiere,

p- 375, pl. xv. fig. 7 (1873).

Maungu Inkubwa, 21st March, 1897.

NoOTODONTID SA.

196. ANTHEUA SIMPLEX.

Antheua simplex, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. ii. p. 687 (1855).

9, Taru, 23rd November, 1896.

The female is quite new to us and is of considerable interest, as

it clearly indicates that A. cinerea Walk. is the female of

A. spurcata of the same author.

197. STAUROPUS DASYCHIROIDES, sp.n. (Plate XXXII. fig. 12.)

Q. Primaries pale lilacine ash-grey, orbicular and reniform spots

buffish white, ill-defined ; a vague oblique dusky stripe from costa

just behind the orbicular spot, uniting below first median branch

with an ill-defined, pale-buff-bordered, undulated, arched post-

median dusky line; beyond the latter three almost parallel

diffused stripes, which form an imperfect widely zigzag inner

limitation to a slightly paler external border; costa crossed

beyond the middle by three or four short dusky bars: secondaries

semitransparent white, with sordid costal border and moderately

broad smoky-brown outer border; fringe ashy white: antenne

rosy cupreous, with ferruginous pectinations ; thorax coloured like

the primaries, the patagia slightly brownish; abdomen pale

brownish ash. Primaries below pale lilacine ash-coloured, with

vague whitish orbicular and reniform spots, between which runs a

grey oblique streak from the costa; a faint trace of a postmedian

stripe commencing in an oblique blackish costal dash, three

blackish subapical costal spots, below which a broad smoky

submarginal belt commences and runs to external angle ; outer

border pale lilacine ash-grey ; interno-basal area white : secondaries

as above: pectus ashy; legs somewhat fuliginous; venter sordid

white. Expanse of wings 53 millim.

Maziwa Mitatu, 27th March, 1897.

This curious species has the neuration of Stauropus, but does

not nearly resemble any form know to me.

GEOMETRIDE.

198. GONODELA SUFFLATA.

Macaria sufflata, Guenée, Phal. ii. p. 88, pl. xvii. fig. 8.

Between Voi and Ndi, 3rd & 4th June, 1897.

New to the Museum from Hast Africa, though we have it from

the extreme south and from Abyssinia.

199. C@NINA AURIVENA, sp. 1.

Cenina flavivena Warren, MS.

@. Primaries formed as in C. pecilaria, pale greyish stone-

434 DR, A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA [May 17,

brown; the discoidal cell and a streak beyond it as well as the

internal area mottled with cream-whitish, and the whole surface

irrorated with blackish dots; a dusky almost falciform postmedian

stripe ; external angle mottled along inner margin with ferruginous ;

fringe white, varied with greyish brown at base: secondaries with

deeply but widely inarched costa; outer margin produced into an

acute point at extremity of first subcostal branch and very slightly

sinuated between the apex and this point; remainder of outer

margin slightly inarched, and very slightly sinuated to the so-called

‘ third median branch,’ otherwise very regular ; costal half coloured

like the primaries, internal half almost to submedian vein suffused

with coffee-brown, ferruginous at anal angle; a triangular yellow

patch edged and intersected by ferruginous lines at base of median

veins, and a short tapering white bar (in continuation of the

yellow patch) across the end of the cell; abdominal area creamy

white varying to silvery white; fringe white; the surface of the

wing irrorated with blackish dots like that of the primaries. Head

and palpi orange; antenne cream-white; remainder of body

above coloured like the primaries. Under surface of wings paler

than above, mottled with deeper grey and speckled with black ;

the primaries with a longitudinal streak beyond the cell, a spot at

base of median interspace and the interno-basal three-fifths creamy

white grey-mottled ; a subapical diffused patch, a patch below the

centre of the disc, a very irregular patch at external angle, and a

portion of the veins from the median backwards orange-tawny :

secondaries with the abdominal half white, the costal half blotched

and veined with orange-tawny; a white bar beyond the discoidal

cell as above ; outer margin grey varied with orange-tawny ; fringe

white: body below pale greyish brown, almost white on venter ;

legs varied with ferruginous. Expanse of wings 34 to 37 millim.

Samburu, 3rd November, 1896; Mbuyuni, 29th May, 1897.

We have males in the Museum from Ambriz and Accra; they

show a tawny or brown-edged spot at the base of the median

branches of the primaries above, more distinctly than in the

female (where it only appears like an excrescence of the discoidal

streak) ; the median vein and base of the submedian vein in the

example from Ambriz are also yellowish (which doubtless

suggested Warren’s unsatisfactory name for the species). The

darker portion of the secondaries in specimens from Accra is also

darker in both sexes than in the male from Angola, but this is

doubtless a variable character; the pectinations of the antenne in

male examples are pale orange.

The veins on the under surface of the primaries being partly

orange-tawny, I have modified the manuscript name proposed by

Warren.

200. A Boarmian form too much injured for identification,

»eing not only faded and broken but a female.

Voi, 16th April, 1897.

1898. ] FROM BRITISH EAST AFRICA. 435

HAMEOPIS, gen. nov.

Apparently nearer to Zamacra than to any other Geometrid

genus, though differing entirely in neuration, in body clothing, in

character of legs and palpi. Wings broader, shorter, and utterly

dissimilar in character: primaries with veins 8 and 9 out of 7,

stalked ; 10 and 11 closely approximated, stalked at base: secondaries

with all the veins separate excepting 7 and 8, which coalesce close

to base, separating again before middle of cell; veins 3 and 7 both

emitted from cell before the terminal angles. Antennz with long

straggling pectinations (as in Zamacra) to about four-fifths

of the distance from their base, terminal fifth serrated; palpi

small, porrected, smooth; thorax coarsely scaled, but not hairy ;

frontal process prominent, subquadrate, with bare A-shaped

ridge running between the antenne to back of head and deep

facial depression; legs smooth; hind tibie with median spurs

emitted close behind the terminal pair. Type H. rudicornis.

201. HAMEOPIS RUDICORNIS, sp. n. (Plate XXXII. fig. 13.)

Wings above sericeous white; primaries irregularly speckled all

over with grey and blackish, a mottled subbasal band angulated

at median vein, a reversed oblique costal spot just beyond middle,

an oblique discal band forked on costa, and a partial outer border of

the same colours, the blackish parts being costal: secondaries with

a few scattered dark grey dots chiefly on the veins, indicating a

discal transverse line ; an apical patch and some scattered clusters

of dots representing an external border. Head and thorax white,

the horny shovel-shaped process and forked dorsal ridge on the

head deep chestnut; shaft of antenne dark smoke-grey, white

barred with dark grey at base, pectinations pale brownish grey ;

thorax white, patagia alternately spotted and transversely barred

with black, metathorax similarly marked; abdomen golden testa-

ceous, whitish at the sides and at anal extremity, with dorsal dusky

spots. Under surface white: wings paler in markings but

otherwise as above ; tibie banded in front with grey, tarsi black

above. Expanse of wings 42 millim.

3, Taru, lst December, 1896.

202. H@MATORITHRA RUBRIFASCIATA.

6. Hematorithra rubrifasciata, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

ser. 6, vol. xvii. p. 162 (1896).

2, Mgana, 4th August, 1896.

This is the first female I have seen of H. rubrifasciata ; the species

would seem to be rare, Mr. Crawshay having only obtained two

males during his sojourn in Nyasaland.

203. PROBLEPSIS VESTALIS.

Argyris vestalis, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xvi.

p- 419 (1875).

Taru, 19th December, 1896.

436 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA [May 17,

LASIOCAMPIDS.

204. H®TrEROPACHA sp.

A single female practically agreeing in structure and general

appearance with the Texan H. rileyana, but too much worn for

the pattern to be critically compared.

9, between Voi and Ndi, 2nd June, 1897.

The specimen is an interesting addition, in spite of its poor

condition, on account of its evident close affinity toa New World

species.

205. CHILENA PROMPTA.

Lasiocampa prompta, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. vi. p. 1487 (1855).

Voi, 22nd & 29th April, 1897.

New to the Museum from Eastern Africa.

206. CHILENA DONALDSONI.

Chilena donaidsoni, Holland, Through Unknown African Countries,

pp. 413 & 420, fig. 8 (1897).

Samburu, 7th November ; Taru, 29th November, 1896 ; Marago

ya Fundi, 1st March; between Voi and Ndi, 18th May, 1897.

Fresh examples are darker coloured than the typical form (which

was evidently somewhat faded); the silvery white marking on the

primaries also sometimes is continued back completely to the base,

though the basal half is less purely white than the permanent

marking. C. donaldsoni is new to the Museum collection.

207. LeBEDA KOLLIKERII.

Lasiocampa kéllikerit, Dewitz, Verhandl. kais. Leop.-Carol-

Deutsch. Akad. Naturf. vol. xlii. p. 78, pl. i. fig. 15 (1881),

©, Maziwa Mitatu, 18th March, 1897.

The female is quite new to the Museum: structurally it per-

fectly agrees with Lebeda nobilis. A single male from Delagoa Bay

was received in 1893, but is so much more yellow and altogether

brighter in colour than the female that it was not recognized as

Dewitz’s species ; it also differs in having the body above glistening

golden buff, with a large black dorsal patch extending from the

base to the anal segment.

LIMACODID2.

208. ScorINOCHROA INCONSEQUENS,

Scotinochroa inconsequens, Butler, P. Z. 8S. 1896, p. 845.

Maziwa Mitatu, 24th March, 1897.

A single worn and very dirty male specimen, which must, I

think, be referable to this species, but differs in having a pale buff

patch with reddish centre at external angle of primaries; other-

wise it agrees in pattern with the type: it is interesting as a variety.

Scotinochroa is very closely related to Zinara, Walk.

1898.] FROM BRITISH HAST AFRICA. 437

209. OMocENA SYRTIS ?

3. Miresa syrtis, Schaus & Clements, Coll. Sierra Leone Lep.

p. 28, pl. ii. fig. 3 (1893).

2 , Voi, 19th September, 1897.

The lines across the primaries approximate on costa and diverge

more widely on inner margin than in the figure of the male; but

variations of this nature are so common, that I dare not venture to

assume their importance in tie present instance.

210. GavaRa VELUTINA.

3. Gavara velutina, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xii. p. 771 (1857).

2, Maungu Inkubwa, 20th March, 1897.

New to us from E. Africa. Walker placed it in the Noctuidae,

just in front of the Acontiine, to which (of course) it has no affinity.

211. NIPHADOLEPIS AURICINCTA, sp.n. (Plate XXXII. fig. 9.)

Sericeous snow-white; primaries with faint traces of buff

(possibly the indications of a subbasal stripe) near the base ; two

buff central stripes, oblique and tolerably wide apart from costa to

median vein, thence rather closer together and undulated to inner

margin; a buff discocellular lunule joining the outer stripe; an

abbreviated buff submarginal stripe towards external angle; three

black marginal dots at apex and one near to external angle:

secondaries with narrow diffused dusky border: collar and patagia

stained with buff ; abdomen with bright golden-orange hind margins

to the segments. Under surface sericeous snow-white, the primaries

with sordid buffish suffusion on costal half; all the wings with two

blackish marginal dots at apex; anterior legs banded with olive-

brown. Expanse of wings 24 millim.

Taru, 29th November, 1896.

Niphadolepis approaches Gavara in structure, the antenne and

palpi being similar and the venation not very greatly differing.

212. PARYPHANTA BISECTA, sp.n. (Plate XXXII. fig. 10.)

Nearly allied to P. fimbriata: smoky grey, the primaries con-

siderably darker than the secondaries and divided through the

middle by a narrow oblique faintly angulated belt, white internally,

flesh-tinted externally; a pale submarginal line: fringe with a

buffish basal line and pale tips: secondaries bone-whitish towards

base ; fringe paler than in primaries, but similarly coloured: head

pale buffish, antennz and palpi pale golden ochreous ; thorax whity

brown, with dusky central transverse belt and posterior margin ;

abdomen golden-testaceous, with sericeous ashy dorsal transverse

bars: under surface pale sandy brownish; primaries sericeous

greyish shading to bronze-brown. Expanse of wings 17 millim.

¢, Samburu, 14th November, 1896.

Karsch describes his species as having the primaries grey, densely

covered with brown dots; if examined under a platyscopic lens,

my species might be described as pale grey densely covered with

blackish dots.

438 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA [May 17,

LEMBOPTERIS, gen. nov.

In outline approaching Tortricidia, but in coloration and structure

perhaps nearer to Niphadolepis ; the antenne and palpi smooth,

the former submoniliform and feebly setulose from before the

middle to the distal extremities ; hind tibiz with very long spurs:

primaries with the costal margin long, slightly arched; outer margin

very oblique, forming a regular curve with the inner margin which

is much arched; veins 7, 8, and 9 stalked: secondaries ovate;

veins 3 and 4 from same point; discocellulars deeply inangled ;

veins 6 and 7 with a short footstalk. Type Z. puella.

213. LeEMBOPTERIS PUELLA, sp. nu. (Plate XXXII. fig. 11.)

Primaries above sericeous snow-white ; costal margin narrowly

ochreous ; two black dots at apex and two on the disc, of which

one is below yein 2 and the other (which is not always present)

below vein 6: secondaries pale golden stramineous, sericeous, with

one dusky marginal dot near apex; fringe white-tipped: head and

thorax snow-white; antenne and palpi golden stramineous ; abdo-

men stramineous, becoming white at base and with olivaceous

transverse dorsal bars. Primaries below stramineous, finely dusted

with greyish ; fringe white; two blackish apical dots : secondaries

sericeous white, almost silvery, costa washed with stramineous ;

extreme margin indicated by an extremely slender dusky line ;

a black subapical dot: body below silvery white, the anterior legs

and the tarsi and spurs of the remaining legs golden stramineous ;

venter slightly tinted with this colour. Expanse of wings 21

millim.

Samburu, 7th November, 1896.

Two somewhat imperfect examples were obtained ; apart from

the outline of the primaries, the long slender Jegs and the great

length of the median and terminal spurs on the hind pair are very

characteristic.

ARBELIDSA.

214. ARBELA ALBONOTATA, sp. n.

3. Primaries above ash-grey, varying to whity brown at base,

on costa, at external angle, and more or Jess on inner margin, and

with two longitudinal diffused streaks of buffish and chestnut, one

short beyond the cell, the other long below the median vein; veins

and numerous black-edged transverse strie sordid white ; six pure

white spots, one fairly large at end of cell, one small beyond it near

outer margin; the other four are within the interno-median

area, each placed upon a transverse stria, the first two small, the

‘last two large and forming a triangle with the spot first mentioned :

secondaries sericeous white, veins and margins brownish: antenne

castaneous, the shaft covered with glistening silvery scales ; thorax

buffish, the borders of all the divisions washed with chestnut and

1898.] FROM BRITISH HAST AFRICA. 439

edged with blue-black scales ; abdomen clothed with long glistening

white hair, the anal extremity with brown-tipped spatulate hair-

scales ; a large dorsal tuft tipped with blue-black near the base ;

remaining segments with transverse blue-black bars. Under surface

white; markings of upper surface indicated in smoky brownish ;

secondaries with indications of similar markings on costa and (more

vaguely) beyond the middle: body stained in the middle with

chestnut brownish; front of head brown; two anterior pairs of legs

clothed with brown and blue-black tipped bristles; hind pair less

varied in colouring. Expanse of wings 25 to 31 millim.

3 3, Maungu Inkubwa, 2nd April; Mbuyuni Hill, 31st July

and 3rd August, 1897.

The example first obtained is somewhat shattered and worn; it

represents the greatest expanse of wing and is the palest specimen

of the three.

At first I imagined that this species might be the male of Karsch’s

Pettigramma spiculata ; but a careful study of his description has

satisfied me that his insect is the female of Walker’s Salagena

transversa, from Sierra Leone. Salagena differs chiefly from Arbela

in the upright hair on the anal segment instead of spatulate hair-

scales.

ZAYGHENIDA.

215, ARNIOCHRA CHRYSOSTICTA, sp.n. (Plate XXXIIL. fig. 3.)

Allied to A. auriguttata (A. melanopyga Wallgr.). Wings black,

shot with blue; primaries with purplish blue almost to outer

margin, where it shades into bright Prussian blue; costa densely

irrorated with metallic enierald-green ; five golden-ochreous spots

as follows—one small, across the cell near its extremity, a larger

oval one beyond the cell, one smaller (rounded) between veins 2

and 3, one large at centre of interno-median interspace, and one

equally large, subtriangular, very metallic, crossed by vein 1

towards the base: secondaries shot with Antwerp blue, purplish

on the fringe. Body black ; vertex of head and palpi carmine-red ;

antenne shining black; thorax slightly sprinkled with metallic

green scales; patagia brilliantly brassy green; metathorax and

base of abdomen greenish steel-blue; two terminal segments of

abdomen ultramarine-blue, with black anal tuft. Wings below

more brightly shot with blue than above, but the submedian golden-

ochreous spots partially obliterated ; the three others nearly as

above. Body below black, the venter brilliantly glossed with steel-

blue; anterior legs black externally, but clothed internally with

short bright ochreous hair ; femora of second pair purplish black,

ochreous in front; the tibize orange-vermilion externally, clothed

internally with long carmine hair; tarsi black; posterior femora

purplish black; tibiz vermilion-red, tipped with blue-black and

with a long pencil of creamy-white hair extending to the basal

third of the black tarsi. Expanse of wings 26 millim.

Samburu, 4th November, 1896.

440 DR, A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA [May 17,

Unfortunately only one slightly damaged example of this

beautiful species was obtained '.

216, ARNIOCERA CYANOXANTHA. (Plate XXXIII. fig. 5.)

2. Zyyena cyanoxantha, Mabille, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1893,

p- 97; Mabille and Vuillot, Novit. Lep. fase. xii. p. 151, pl. xxi. fig. 6.

Samburu, 10th November, 1896.

One typical male differs from Mabille’s figure in the loss of the

orange spot below the subapical one; the other examples have all

the spots brilliant crimson instead of orange: the name for the

species is therefore not very characteristic. The specimens are not in

specially good condition, so I hope Mr. Betton will obtain others.

217. ARNIOCERA IMPERIALIS, sp.n. (Plate XXXIII. fig. 6.)

3. Primaries above shining Prussian green, changing to blue at

outer margin, five black-edged carmine spots (the two central ones

sometimes confluent, forming a transverse band) as in A. cyano-

wantha, fringe purple flecked with copper : secondaries with the basi-

costal half bright rose-colour, tinged with orange at base ; outer half

bright Antwerp blue, changing to purple on the tringe ; an ill-defined

subapical cluster of rosy scales: thorax glittering steely green,

yellowish on centre of dorsum ; sides of face purple; palpi carmine ;

sides of collar and inner border of patagia crimson; metathorax

with sides and hind margin orange; abdomen orange-vermilion,

tinted with carmine at the sides, basal segment greenish black.

Primaries below bright blue, spots as above, but more vermilion ;

base of cell varied with golden testaceous: secondaries rose-red,

with a basi-costal dash and a longitudinal costal streak blue; a

squamose blackish streak from end of cell to extremity of vein 1;

fringe greyish coppery at apex: body below blue-black; anterior

cox orange-vermilion ; a golden line along inner edge of tibie ;

middle tibie carmine with black tips; posterior tibie with long

cream-whitish pencil of hairs. Expanse of wings 32 millim.

Samburu, 10th November, 1896.

Two tolerably good examples of this lovely moth were obtained.

1 The following beautiful new species was presented to the Museum by

Dr, Edward A. Heath :—

ARNIOCERA ERICATA, sp.n. (Plate XXXITI. fig. 4.)

Primaries glossy greenish black; a broad irregular subbasal belt, a bilobed

oblique postmedian abbreviated band, and a large oyate oblique subapical pateh

scarlet: secondaries with ochreous costal area, otherwise the basal half ver-

milion, with an irregular submedian basal blue-black patch; external half

blue-black, throwing a long inner process up vein 1, enclosing a large scarlet

subapical spot, and slightly sprinkled with scarlet along outer margin: thorax

greenish black; abdomen scarlet, transversely banded with indigo-blackish ;

antennz and palpi black ; anterior legs greenish black ; tibix slightly testaceous

internally, tarsi with reddish short bristles; middle legs with the femora

greenish black, slightly chestnut below (possibly owing to abrasion); tibiz

clothed with scarlet hair, with tip and spurs black; tarsi brown; hind legs a

good deal rubbed, but apparently similar to the middle pair: wings below

nearly as above, but the primaries broadly orange at the base. Expanse of

wings 34 millim. ;

British Hast Africa (Heath).

1898.] FROM BRITISH HAST AFRICA. 441

218. ARNIOCERA STERNECKI. (Plate XXXIII. fig. 7.)

Arichalea sternecki, Rogenhofer in Baumann’s Usambara u. s.

Nachbargebiete, p. 331 (1891).

Maungu Inkubwa, 21st March, 1897.

Rogenhofer describes his insect as having the abdomen and

secondaries yellow; in Mr. Betton’s specimens they are carmine.

Either the type was a faded specimen or one of those orange-

yellow variations common among the crimson-winged Zygenide.

The species is quite new to us.

PYRALIDA.

219, ANCYLOLOMIA CHRYSOGRAPHELLUS.

Crambus chrysographellus, Kollar in Hiigel’s Kaschmir, p. 494.

Taru, 27th November, 1896.

220. BRIHASPA CHRYSOSTOMUS.

Scheenobius chrysostomus, Zeller, Micr. Caffr. p. 68.

Mgana, Ist & 9th August, 1896.

New to the collection from East Africa.

221. PATISSA sp.

Close to P. fulvosparsa, but without the ochreous markings ; it

has lost both labial palpi and fringes, and may even be a very

worn example of the Asiatic species: therefore I hesitate about

giving it a name.

Samburu, 4th November, 1896.

222. MacaLLa sp.

Maungu Inkubwa, 3rd April, 1897.

One shattered female was obtained, but, even if perfect, it would

not be satisfactory to describe it without seeing the male, the

antennal characters of that sex often differing in species of the

same genus.

223. LEPIDOGMA sp.

Taru, 24th November, 1896.

One slightly damaged female; it was enclosed in the same

envelope with a much worn and quite unrecognizable Noctuid

(apparently a Metachrostis). It is of no use to describe this

species without its male; it and the preceding are both new to

the Museum series, and will probably be of service when the

other sex comes to hand.

224, ZITHA VARIANS, sp. n. (Plate XXXIII. figs. 8, 9.)

Primaries vinaceous grey-brown or bright chestnut, with or

without marginal dusky dots; a broad central belt, either more

dusky or scarcely differing in tint from the ground-colour, but

margined on both sides by more or less dentate-sinuate whitish

stripes diverging on costal- margin ; the inner stripe more or less

strongly inangulated below median vein, the outer stripe zigzag ;

442 DR. A. G. BULLER ON LEPIDOPTERA [May 17,

a whitish spot below base of cell; a series of white costal points

between the two transverse stripes; a more or less prominent

blackish reniform stigma; a whitish line at the base of the fringe :

secondaries paler than primaries, crossed beyond the middle by a

dusky bordered whitish line parallel to outer margin; a whitish

line at base of fringe: body darker than gruand-colour of wings.

Under surface of wings paler and more uniform than above, reddish

on costal and outer borders, whitish on internal area; a dusky

median shade bounded by the outer whitish stripe of the primaries

and the postmedian whitish stripe of the secondaries; inner

whitish stripe of primaries obsolete; a blackish spot at the

anterior angle of each discoidal cell; indistinct dusky marginal

dots followed by the whitish line at base of fringe: body below

somewhat darker and redder than the wings, the tibie and tarsi

paler. Expanse of wings 23 to 25 millim.

Voi, 17th April; between Voi and Ndi, 4th June, 1897.

225. PYCNARMON CRIBRATA.

Phalena cribrata, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. ii. 2, p. 215 (1794).

Mgana, 12th August, 1896. ;

New to us from East Africa; indeed, we previously only

possessed one African example (from Sierra Leone).

226. LYGROPIA AMYNTUSALIS.

Botys amyntusalis, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xviii. p. 662 (1859).

Marago ya Fundi, 4th March, 1897.

The sane observation applies to this as to the preceding species.

997. SYNGAMIA ABRUPTALIS.

Asopia? abruptalis, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xvii. p. 371 (1859).

Mgana, 5th August, 1896.

New to the Museum from Eastern Africa, though we have it

from Accra.

228. GLYPHODES STENOCRASPIS, sp.n. (Plate XX XIII. fig. 10.)

Wings pearly semitransparent white; primaries with narrow

gilded brown costal border, very narrow darker brown outer

border excised below vein 8; fringe greyish brown, with slender

white basal line; a small black spot at end of cell: secondaries

with narrow dark brown border not reaching anal angle, fringe as

in primaries: body snow-white, the patagia silvery, the collar

slightly stained yellowish, front of forehead brownish testaceous ;

anal tuft black: wings below nearly as above, but the borders

paler, costal border confined to the extreme margin and a stain

towards apex. Expanse of wings 29 millim.

Mombasa, 4th January, 1897.

Nearest to the Western G. elealis Walk. (of which Phakellura

peridromella Mab. is a synonym), but with the brown borders to

the wings considerably narrower ; the excision of the outer border

at apex of primaries also allies this species to G. albifuscalis Hamps.

1898. | FROM BRITISH BAST AFRICA. 443

229. GLYPHODES SINUATA.

Phalena sinuata, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. 2, p. 208 (1793).

Voi, lst May, 1897.

930. LEPYRODES GEOMETRALIS.

Lepyrodes geometralis, Guenée, Delt. et Pyral. p. 278.

British E. Africa (no exact locality or date on envelope).

New to the Museum from Eastern Africa; we have it from Accra.

231. LHPYRODES CAPENSIS.

Lepyrodes capensis, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xxxiv. p. 1344 (1865).

Mgana, Ist August, 1896.

New to us from Eastern Africa.

932, ZWBRONIA PHENICE.

Phalena phenice, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. p. 185, pl. ecelxxxii. G

(1782).

Mgana, Ist August, 1896; Mombasa, 4th January, 1897.

New to us from the Eastern coast ; we have it from Uganda.

TINEIDA.

233, MicRocossUs BETTONI, sp. n.

Nearest to M. mackwoodi: sordid sericeous white; primaries

transversely reticulated with brown lines, some of which are dotted

with black scales; the reticulated lines are coarser on costal

border, especially towards the base and the apex, and form the

boundaries of slightly brownish quadrate spots, the best defined

of these spots is placed on the costa just above the end of the

cell ; antennz bronze-brown, sericeous, with dull testaceous pectin-

ations in the male: under surface brownish; primaries with ill-

defined darker brown patches. Expanse of wings 25 to 30 millim.

3 2, Samburu, 31st October, 1896.

Only one pair of this obscure little moth was obtained, un-

fortunately not in perfect condition.

234, A Micro-Lepidopteron of doubtful genus.

Taru, 16th December, 1896; Voi, 2nd May, 1897.

A very beautiful little moth quite new to the Museum: the

primaries blue-green and glistening, the secondaries sericeous

purple; anterior half of body black, posterior half golden ochreous.

Not having paid much attention to the Zineide I will not pretend

to decide where this insect should be placed; it has antennee

which remind one of typical Zygenide, and, so far as I remember,

are only approached by Hawodomorpha or Hretmocera.

The following new genus, structurally, should be an Arctian,

and must therefore be placed in the Arctiide, but it has much

more nearly the aspect of a Noctuid of the Plusta group of

genera; it reminds one a little of Culasta and (in style of color-

ation) of Rhynchina.

444 ON LEPIDOPLERA FROM BRITISH HAST AFRICA, [May 17,

MBTACULASTA, gen. nov.

Primaries elongate, subtriangular ; vein 2 remote from 3; 3, 4,

and 5 separate but emitted near together; 6 from upper angle of

cell, 7 from centre of postdiscoidal areole, 8 and 9 stalked, out of

10, which forms front of areole; 11 emitted well before end of

cell: secondaries with costa slightly angular at centre; veins 2

to 6 as in primaries, 7 and 8 anastomosed to near end of cell:

thorax broad, flattened above; head rather wide ; antennz smooth,

palpi directed obliquely upwards ; hind tibie with two pairs of

spurs, inner spurs very long. Type M. dives,

235. MBTracuLASTA DIVES, sp. n.

9. Primaries above golden testaceous, longitudinally indistinctly

streaked with greyish and flecked with blackish near the borders ;

a black dot at upper angle of cell; a very oblique shining silver

streak towards the base, just entering the discoidal cell and not

extending below vein 1; a second slightly-waved arched oblique

streak commencing at about the basal third of inner margin (where

it is indistinct) and extending to apex; a pale diffused flesh-tinted

band runs above the latter, almost filling the interval between the

two silver streaks on the lower half of the wing; fringe with a

pale basal line: secondaries pearl-white, slightly buffish at costal

and outer margins: thorax ash-greyish ; abdomen whity brown,

nearly white. Primaries below whity brown, showing traces of the

upper surface markings through the wing: body below white ;

tarsi slightly brownish underneath. Expanse of wings 33 millim.

Voi, 11th July, 1897.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Puate XXXII.

Fig. 1. Pyrgus bettoni, p. 415.

2. Baoris auritinctus, p. 416.

3. Aloa bivitiata, p. 417.

4. Lacydes gracilis, p. 417.

5. Bettonia ferruginea, p. 418.

6. Lacipa impuncta, p. 427.

7. Lopera monosticta, p, 428.

8. Aclonophlebia flavinotata, p. 428.

9. Miphadolepis auricincta, p. 437.

10. Paryphanta bisecta, p. 487.

11. Lembopteris puella, p. 438.

12. Stawropus dasychiroides, p. 433.

13. Hameopis rudicornis, p. 435.

Puare XXXIIT.

. Goodia hollandi, p. 480.

. Trotonotus bettoni, p. 431.

. Arniocera chrysosticta, p. 489.

‘ ericata, p. 440.

5s cyanoxantha, var., p. 440.

ie imperialis, p. 440.

te sternecki, var., p. 441.

. Zitha varians, p. 441.

. Glyphodes stenocraspis, p. 442.

SSDNA ORE

P.Z.5 1898. Pl. XXXII

West,Newman chromo

British — Kast African Lepidoptera.

P,Z.S.1898. Pl. xxx

O¥night adnatrith. West, Newman chromo

British — Kast—African Lepidoptera.

1898.] ON EARTHWORMS FROM BRITISH INDIA. 445

38. On some Earthworms from British India.

By Sorniz M. Fepars.’

[Received April 19, 1898.]

‘hese worms, which have been collected at Dehra Dun in the

N.W. Provinces, have been sent from the Calcutta Museum,

through the instrumentality of Mr. F. Finn, to Mr. Beddard. He

has with great kindness allowed me to investigate them at his

laboratory at the Society’s Gardens.

This collection contains specimens of :—

a. Typheus orientalis Beddard.

b. Pericheta cupulifera, sp. nov.

ce. Pericheta crescentica, sp. nov.

d. Dichogaster parvus, sp. nov.

TYPH ZUS ORIENTALIS F. EB. B.

Typheus orientalis Beddard, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Oct. 1893,

p. 219.

This species has been previously found near Calcutta, and the

present specimen, though not coming from the same neighbour-

hood, closely resembles the description of that one. There are,

however, minor differences.

(1) The dimensions of the Dehra worm are :—length 152 mm. ;

breadth 5 mm. ; number of segments 192; while the Calcutta worm

measures 250 mm.

(2) The papille are not so well developed in the present

specimen. There are none between segments xiii.—xv., though

they are found between segments xv. and xvii. and between xviii.

and xx.

Youth or a more delicate constitution might account for both

the above.

The absence of the outer pair of sete from the clitellar

segments, and the markings on the penial sete, agree with the

previous description.

The five pairs of intestinal glands occur in segments xci.—xev.

PERICHHTA CUPULIFERA, Sp. DOV.

Length 91 mm.; breadth 4 mm.; number of segments 93.

Eaternal Characters.

The clitellum occupies the whole of segments xiv.—xvi. It is

rather darker in colour than the rest of the body, and bears lines

of setze on the three segments.

The papille of this worm are rather distinctive and occur in

two localities :

(a) Near the spermathecal pores. In five cases there is a pair of

cup-shaped papillz at the edge of the segment in a line with the

2 Communicated by F. EH. Bepparp, F.Z.S.

Proc. Zoo, Soo.—1898, No. XXX. 30

446 ’ MISS S, M. FEDARB ON EARTHWORMS [May 17,

pores between segments vi./vii. In three instances also a similar

papilla exists on one side only, while in another worm they are

entirely absent. One of these specimens has in addition two

median papille of like form on segments vii. and vili., placed in

front of the seta line (cf. the median papille in P. morrisi)’.

(b) Near the male pores. These are found on segments xviii.

and xix., and are more or less complicated and variable. Some

of the younger worms have only a lenticular patch where in

the older ones is a circular cup-shaped papilla on an ill-defined

excrescence. Doubtless the patch is an incipient papilla. One of

the most complicated arrangements is as follows :—

Segment xviii. is divided into three rings; the central and

widest bears the setee and the male pores. These last are placed

on excrescences which thin away to the line of sete ventrally and

dorsally. Hither side of each pore, i.e. anterior and posterior to it,

are two cup-shaped papille (fig. 1) pressed one against the other.

Fig. 1.

Ventral surface of xviiith segment of Pericheta cupulifera, showing the

cup-shaped papille.

The anterior ring bears five papille, three on the right side, two on

the left, placed in a row with a slight ventral gap. The posterior

ring has two papille, one on each side, in a line with the male

pore. In some other specimens this last pair are intersegmental

in position, or else on the xixth segment. One had also a median

papilla on this segment.

Internal Features.

The gizzard, which is nearly globular, lies in segments vill. and

ix., the septum dividing them being absent as usual, and that

between segments ix./x. being reduced to threads.

The last pair of hearts is in segment xiii. They are very well

developed.

1 Beddard, P.Z.S. 1892, p. 166.

——

1898.] FROM BRITISH INDIA. 447.

The intestine begins in segment xv. in the ordinary way, but it

narrows again in xvil., xvill., and xix., and then increases to its

full size in xx. This is possibly due to the size of the spermiducal

glands, and to the existence of a group of little white glands, which

would limit the space left for the intestine.

There are large sperm-sacs in segments xi. and xii., the inicio

pair of which extend into segment x. ventrally.

The spermiducal glands lie in segments xvili. (or xvii.)—xx.

They have no muscular sacs, and have a straight duct. The

lobulation is not at all deep. As before mentioned, each side has

a@ group of little white glands evidently connected with the

papille.

The two pairs of spermathece are in segments vi. and vii. The

pouch is an oyal sac, with a duct of about the same length—shorter

in the specimen with median papille in this region. The diverti-

culum is swollen at its extremity, and is the length of the duct

and pouch together.

This worm comes very close to P. barbadensis*, but the papille

at the male pores are most distinctly different. It also approaches

P. amazonica*, but that worm has no clitellar sete.

PERICHETA CRESCENTICA, sp. nov.

Out of the nineteen specimens of this species in the collection

only one is mature.

Eaternal Characters.

Length 80 mm.; breadth 4 mm.; number of segments 101.

The clitellum takes in the whole of segments xiv._xvi. It bears

three rows of setz equal in number to those on the other adjoining

segments. These sete are not in any way modified as in

P. houlleti®. They are precisely similar in form to those on the

ordinary segments.

The male pores are separated by about 12 sete. There are no

papille at all, but the pores are tumid. The aperture itself is

crescentic, with the horns turned outward; while its margins are

crenated, suggestive that the muscular sac within is more or less

eversible (cf. P. capensis) *.

Internal Features.

The gizzard, which is bell-shaped, occupies the vilith and ixth

segments.

The intestine, as usual, begins in segment xv., and bears, ceca

which originate at the anterior part of segment xxvii. and reach

forward to segment xxiv.

There are septal glands, which very much increase in size behind

the ceca.

1 Beddard, P. Z. 8. 1892, p. 167.

? Rosa, Atti R. Accad. Sci. Torino, 1894, p. 14.

3 Perrier, Nouv. Arch. Mus. 1872, p. 99.

* Horst, Zool. Ergebn. Ost-Indien, p. 62. i

448 MISS 8. M. FEDARB ON EARTHWORMS [May 17,

The last hearts are in segment xiii.

The sperm-sacs in segments xi. and xii. are small, but possibly

not fully developed.

The spermiducal glands are large, with digitate lobes, which

extend from segment xvi. or xvii. to xx. The muscular sac

occupies nearly the whole width of segment xviii., with the spirally-

coiled duct lying on it.

The spermathece (fig. 2), of which there are three pairs in seg-

ments Vil., viil., and ix. respectively, are very interesting. Each one

Fig. 2.

Spermatheca from viith segment, right side, of Pericheta crescentica :

p, pouch; d@, duct; di, diverticulum ; g, gland.

consists of an oval pouch with a duct of the same length. The diver-

ticulum is coiled up at the end into a little globular knot enclosed

in a delicate skin. Attached to the junction of the diverticulum

with the duct is a stalked white gland nearly equal in size to the

diverticulum. This gland lies forward, while the diverticulum

1898.] FROM BRITISH INDIA. 449

points in the opposite direction. The junction itself, which is

close to the pore, is enlarged. It will be remembered that

P. pequana* has a similar diverticulum, and that P. houlleti has

one or two copulatory glands opening into the duct of the

spermatheca.

This worm in many respects much resembles P. houlleti, but as

the clitellar sete are not in any way modified, which is so very

distinctive of that species, this can hardly be the same.

DICHOGASTER PARVUS, sp. nov.

Length 40 mm.; breadth 2 mm.; number of segments 132.

The sete are in number 8 per segment. The two ventralmost

on each side are most distinctly paired; while the two more dorsal

sete are as far from each other as one of them is from the outer-

most of the ventral pair. This greater distance is about twice that

which separates the two setz of the ventral pair.

The clitellum is rather short, only reaching from segment xiii.

to xvii. On this last segment it is perfect dorsally, but it is

discontinued ventrally, with a most distinct edge, to make room

for the male pores. There is a kidney-shaped area where the

female pores lie.

The spermaihecal pores are smail, circular, insignificant-looking

openings just in front of, and exactly between, the ventral pair of

setee in segment viii.

The male pores are situated on ill-defined wrinkled papillae,

which approach each other in an oblique line anteriorly. The

pore itself is a slit with puckered lips, following the same oblique

line.

The dorsal pores begin between segments xi./xil.

Internal Features.

This worm has diffuse nephridia, but they are of considerable

size.

There are two gizzards in segments v. and vi., the foremost being

rather more globular than the other.

The calciferous glands are smal], but exist in segments Xi., xii.,

and xii. Their free ends point towards the median dorsal line.

The anterior pair are the largest.

In segment xi. are a pair of tongue-shaped sperm-sacs.

The spermiducal glands are tubular and bent in a zigzag

manner. The duct, which is about the same width as the glandular

portion, is comparatively stout. It is not provided with any

penial sete.

There is but one pair of spermathecw, and these lie in segment

viii. They are tubular structures without any diverticula, rather

inclined to be bulbous at the end. They lie twisted across each

other and across the nerve-cord.

It will be seen from the above description that it does not

Rosa, Ann. Mus, Ciy. Genova, vol. x. (2a) 1890, p. 113.

450 MR. W. HE. DE WINTON ON A NEW RODENT [May 17,

exactly coincide with any genus of the Cryptodrilide. It comes

nearest to Dichogaster’. This genus was created by Mr. Beddard

to include a Fijian worm. Dr. Michaelsen afterwards placed in

the same genus some worms that differed in several points and

necessitated the definition being altered. Mr. Beddard says *:—

“Jt may be noted also that there is nothing in Michaelsen’s

description which is opposed to uniting with his two species of

Dichogaster my species of Microdrilus.” The definition to include

these runs :—

“Sete paired. Dorsal pores present. Clitellum xiii—xx. (xxiii.).

Male pores on xvii. Two gizzards; three pairs of calciferous

glands. Nephridia diffuse. Spermiducal glands tubular.”

If it were justifiable to alter the definition so as to fit

Dr. Michaelsen’s worms, surely it might be stretched a little

more, viz., in the variable extent of the clitellum, so as to include

the present species, which comes nearest to Dr. Michaelsen’s,

D. mimus’*.

4, On a new Genus and Species of Rodents of the

Family Anomaluride, from West Africa. By W. E.

pE WinTon, F.Z.S.

[Received May 11, 1898.]

(Plates XXXIV. & XXXV.)

from the Benito River in the north of French Congo. Among

these is a specimen of a Rodent which is quite new to science. It

belongs undoubtedly to the curious family Anomaluride, but,

unlike either of the hitherto described genera which can in any

way be compared to it, it has no flying-membranes. Mr. G. L.

Bates has, therefore, materially added to our knowledge of this

group, having already obtained the first examples of Jdiwrus

macrotis lately described by Mr. Miller from specimens in the

Washington Museum, and examples of Anomalurus batesi previously

described by the present author.

I have to thank Sir William Flower, Director of the British

Museum, for allowing me to work out the mammals obtained by

Mr. Bates, and I feel particularly grateful to Mr. Oldfield Thomas

for so willingly foregoing his right of describing this fine new

form.

AETHURUS, gen. nov.

Externally resembling Anomalurus, but without expanded flying-

membranes ; with tufts of modified hairs on the ankles. The facial

portion of the skull and the proportions of the teeth much resem-

1 Beddard, Q. J. M. S. vol. xxix. 1889, p. 251.

2 Beddard, Mon. Olig., Oxford, 1895, p. 477.

3 Michaelsen, Arch. f. Nat. 1891, p. 202.

1898. ] ~ OF THE FAMILY ANOMALURID, 461

bling Jdiwrus, but differing from both the above-named genera in

not having any supraorbital processes of the frontal bones.

ATHURUS GLIRINUS, sp. nov. (Plates XXXIV. & XXXV.)

The general appearance of the animal suggests a large Graphiurus

with bushy black tail; or it may be compared to a small grey

Anomalurus without flyng-membranes. The fur is soft and dense ;

the entire upper surface of the body, head, and outer surface of the

legs, and the base of the tail ash-grey; the lower surface and inner

side of the legs lighter, or more silvery ; the whole of the fur is

plumbeous slate-coloured except the extreme tips, which are

silvery. The colour is more pure dark grey than in any Graphiurus,

there being almost an entire absence of drab in the colouring, and

the fur agrees with Anomalurus and not with Graphiurus. The

whiskers are strong and abundant, deep shining black, the longer

hairs reaching to the shoulders; there are about five similar though

shorter hairs standing out from the eyebrows. The tail, for a

distance of about 30 millimetres from the base, is clothed above

and below with soft fur like the body ; on the lower side, beyond

this, there is a pad of large scales exactly similar to those found in

Anomalurus, about 35 millimetres in extent, composed of 13 scales.

On the upper side of the tail, for nearly the same distance as that

occupied by these large scales, only a few scattered hairs appear,

barely hiding the rather coarse ordinary scales, but as the hair

thickens the scaling becomes finer, and before the spot above the

end of the lower scale-pad is reached the tail is covered with long

black hair; from this point the tail is bushy, distichous, and

squirrel-like, all the hairs shining black, and attaining the length

of 45 millimetres or more towards the extremity.

In the present specimen the tail has been split and sewn up.

There is a bare patch about the middle on one surface, probably

caused by some former injury necessitating the splitting of the tail

in the removal of the vertebrze, so that it may be only individual.

The ears are naked and dull black in the dry skin. Both the

fore and hind feet are sparingly clothed with shining adpressed

-hairs ; there are no coarse curved hairs at the base of the claws as

in Anomalurus. On the outer side and in front of the ankles there

are glandular swellings furnished with short, stiff, fusiform hairs

(Plate XX XV. figs. 10-12) about 5 millimetres in length, curving

downwards at the points, forming peculiar black frills or anklets.

The palms, soles, and claws are pale in colour, the iast-named not

nearly so powerful as those of Anomalurus, especially those of the

fore feet. The fore feet (Plate XX XV. fig. 8) are very slender,

the fingers very long, and in their proportions one to another are

unlike those of either of the allied genera; the thumb is entirely

wanting, the 2nd and 5th fingers are subequal, shorter than the

3rd, the 4th being the longest. The hind feet (Plate XXXV.

fig. 9) are more like those of Anomalurus; the hallux is, however,

shorter, the end of the claw only reaching to the joint of the first

and second phalanges of the second toe.

452 MR. W. E. DE WINTON ON A NEW RODENT [May 17,

The general form of the skull (Plate XXXV. figs. 1-4) more

nearly resembles that of Idiurus than Anomalurus, and in the

proportion and form of both incisors and molars (Plate XXXV.

figs. 6, 7) there is still nearer resemblance to the former. It is

impossible at present to compare the skull directly with that of

Idiurus, as the Museum does not contain a specimen of that genus ;

comparison will therefore be based upon the figures of Idiurus

macrotis given by Mr. G. 8. Miller, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington,

xii. p. 75, for March 1898.

The most striking differences are found in the palate, the zygo-

mata, and the supraorbital region of the frontal bones; in these

particulars the skull is also wholly unlike that of Anomalurus.

Taking these differences in the above order, in the animal under

notice, in front of the molars the palatal aspect of the maxillz is

of uniform width, absolutely horizontal, with abrupt lateral edges ;

these straight lines are not found in the skull of any other rodent.

The anterior (lower) root of the zygomatic process of the maxilla

is set diagonally across the corner of that bone, springing abruptly

from immediately behind the suture with the premaxilla, and is

thus placed nearer to the incisors than to the molars (a character

in which it appears to agree with Jdiwrus, and in a less degree

resembling the form found in Pedetes); the process is narrow, solid,

and rod-like, ascending and diverging to meet the malar, with

which bone it forms an obtuse angle, and sending out only a very

short spur-like process upon which the malar rests; it continues

then only to form half, or the inner margin, of the frame of the

anteorbital foramen; the malar sending out a long ascending

process, which joins the lachrymal, forms the posterior portion ot

the upper root of the zygomatic arch, or the anterior wall of the

orbital cavity.

The malar is of unusual depth; the lower edge is quite straight,

forming an angle posteriorly. The squamosal process is unusually

developed, extending about halfway along the upper side of the

arch, and so forming the postorbital ascending angle, a character

with which I can find no parallel.

The frontal bones are very unlike those of Idiurus or Anomalurus

in the total absence of any projecting ridges or postorbital processes,

agreeing in this respect with the Myoaide.

The auditory bulle are very small. The back of the palate and

the pterygoids throughout are very like those of Anomalurus ; the

ectopterygoids are absent or rudimentary as in the two allied

genera. The palate is narrow and peculiarly uniform in width

along its whole length; from the palatal to the incisive foramina

there are two grooves forming a median rounded ridge along the

centre of the palate. The external view of the incisive foramen

(there is but one) is little more than a narrow slit; possibly the

true formation is a still further development of the sinus or pit

found in Pedetes, in which the foramina are placed; in any case

this formation would probably only be the result of the deepening

of the facial portion of the skull, to give strength in gnawing.

1898. ] OF THE FAMILY ANOMALURIDZ. 453

The molars in the present specimen are much worn, but there

is no doubt they are of a very simple form, having a single enamel

fold on the outer side only, dividing the tooth into two shallow

oval cups, and thus would not differ greatly in pattern from the

teeth of Pedetes except in the fact of their being brachydont

instead of hypsodont.

The incisors are very large, being little inferior in antero-posterior

depth to those of the large squirrels of the Stangert group. The

molar series are in parallel rows, the teeth very small and simple,

as already stated; the first and last teeth of the series are abont

equal in size and little more than half the size of the two middle

teeth, which are also about equal one to another in size. The

teeth in the lower jaw, both the incisors and molars, bear the same

relative proportions one to another.

The formation of the mandible (Plate XXXYV. fig. 5) resembles

that of Idiurus, as described by Mr. Miller, in the formation of

a thickened bridge between the coronoid and condylar processes,

with a thin, oval, almost transparent plate of bone beneath it.

From the figure given of the mandible of Jdiurus macrotis it is

impossible to follow the form of the incisors, but in our new genus

these teeth originate immediately beneath, or in the base of, the

coronoid process, being therefore widely different from Anoma-

lurus, in which genus these teeth germinate externally on a level

with the last molar.

Type in British Museum. No. 98.5.4.6.

3. Benito River (15 miles from mouth), 22nd Feb., 1898.

Measurements taken in the flesh :—Head and body 203 millim.;

tail 167; hind foot 40; ear 22.

Fang name, osif. ‘‘Caught in the hands, in a hollow tree’

(G. L. Bates, collector).

Measurements of Skull :—Greatest length 46 millim.; basal length

39; zygomatic breadth 25:5; length of frontals 17; intertemporal

constriction 7°5; length of nasals 13; greatest breadth of nasals 5 ;

tip of nasals to gnathion 13°5; height of infraorbital foramen 10-5,

breadth 5:7; diastema 11:5; antero-posterior depth of incisors 4 ;

length of upper tooth-row 6; breadth between msl 2; breadth of

palate in front of molar series 3; length of auditory bulla 7:2;

mandible, greatest length (bone only) 29, greatest depth 18; tips of

incisors to condyle 34°5 ; back of incisors to coronoid 22, to condyle

29, to angle 22:3; length of lower tooth-row 6.

The great power and depth of the facial portion of the skull, the

relative size of the teeth and form of the zygomatic processes of

the maxille, the shape of the infraorbital foramina, the narrowness

of the palate, and strength of the lower jaw are characters in which

Aéthurus resembles Idiurus; and the peculiar and highly special-

ized form of the tail, in which it resembles Anomalurus, places its

affinity with that genus beyond doubt. On the one hand, therefore,

we have cranial, on the other external characters of resemblance.

Unlike either of these genera, Aéthurus possesses no flying-

membranes, and the skull differs markedly in the frontal region.

454 ON A NEW RODENT OF THE FAMILY ANOMALURIDE. [May 17,

The character of the tail seems to outweigh the peculiarities of the

skull, which are mostly adaptive, though the form of the zygomatic

process of the maxilla cannot be ignored.

Until younger specimens with less worn teeth are examined it

would be difficult to say with which genus there is nearest relation-

ship, or how the three genera stand in relation one to another.

- Notes cn the habits of this animal are looked forward to with

great interest. The form of the jaws and teeth points to a diet

similar to that of Jdiurus, whatever that may be, presumably

some extremely hard non-fibrous substance. The want of flying-

membranes points to diurnal habits if the analogy of the squirrels

may be taken as a guide, in which family all those with wings are

nocturnal and those without wings diurnal. The single specimen

being a male, it is impossible to say whether the curious hairs on

the ankles are a sexual character or not; the true form of these

hairs will be seen on reference to Plate XXXYV. figs. 10-12.

[Norzn.—Since this paper was read, I find that Dr. Matschie

had already described an animal, under the name of Zenkerella

tnsignis, in a paper read before the Gesellschaft naturforschender

Freunde zu Berlin (see Sitz. Ges. nat. Fr. Berl. 1898, No. 4),

published the same day on which my paper was read. As these

two forms seem to be identical, the proper name for this animal

will be that proposed by Dr. Matschie; but since the name

Aéthurus glirinus had already been published both in the Abstract

of the ‘ Proceedings’ and in ‘ Nature,’ it has been thought advisable

to leave the present paper as originally read to the Society.

Dr. Matschie mentions the bad state of preservation of the feet

of his specimen, and this, I think, will account for the discrepancies

in the two descriptions of the fore feet. |

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Puats XXXIV.

Aéthurus glirinus, half nat. size,

Puate XXXYV.

Skull and mandible detached, side view, p. 452.

. Skull, front view, nat. size, p. 452.

,, from above, nat. size.

,, palatal view, nat. size.

Mandible, from above, nat. size, p. 493.

. Right upper molar series, enlarged, p. 4° 2.

. Right lower molar series, enlarged, p. 432.

. Fore foot, nat. size, p. 451.

. Hind foot, nat. size, p. 451.

10. A hair of anklet, side view, enlarged, p. 451.

i 5 » trom above, enlarged.

12. a » eross section, enlarged.

ONT: Sui OO ho

IL ZS sS\s) Ie VOOMN.

by ieenpe

J.Smit del.et hth. Mintern Bros.imp.

AETHURUS GLIRINUS.

RAs. OOS, Pl, ROK

_ HGrénvold, del, Photoprint by Bale &Danielsson L#

AETHURUS GLIRINUS.

1898.] MR. STANLEY 8. FLOWER ON A GECKO FROM PENANG. 4505

5. On the Identification of a Gecko from Penang.

By Stantey S. Frower, 5th Fusiliers, F.Z.S.

[Received May 3, 1898.]

GoNATODES AFFINIS.

Cyrtodactylus affinis, Stol. Journ. As. Soc. Beng. xxxix. 1870,

p.16/, pl. x. fig. 1.

_ Gymnodactylus affinis, Boul. Cat. Liz. i. p. 42; S. Flower,

P. Z.S. 1896, p. 862.

Gonatodes penangensis, 8S. Flower, P. Z.S. 1896, p. 863, pl. xliv.

fig. 1.

In Stoliczka’s figure of Oyrtodactylus affinis the pupil is

represented as vertical, but in his description no mention is

made of its shape; taking this figure as correct, the Gecko should

be placed in the genus Gymnodactylus; but the figure being

evidently drawn from a preserved specimen I consider it probable

that the vertical pupil may be an addition of the artist, the eye in

the original specimen being possibly in a bad state. I described

Gonatodes penangensis without doubting the correctness of Stoliczka’s

figure, but since then careful search both by day and night in the

locality, Penang Hill, has only shown two species belonging to this

section of the Geckonide—one Gymnodactylus pulchellus, which is

quite distinct; the other Gonatodes penangensis, which now on

comparing with Stoliczka’s original description and figure I have

no doubt is his Cyrtodactylus affinis, the only discrepancy being

the above-mentioned vertical pupil. C. affinis was described from

a single specimen, a female, as Stoliczka mentions, there being no

preanal or femoral pores; G. penangensis was described from five

specimens (three ¢, one 9, and one young), since then I have

examined nine more (six ¢ and three 9 ) and seen many others.

The name should thus standsas Gonatodes affinis (Stol.).

Stoliczka says “shields of head small, those in front slightly

enlarged and flattened,” this character is not very noticeable ;

“a, small shield above each nostril but not in contact,’ in one

specimen out of nine recently examined they were in contact ;

he says that none of the chin-shields next the “‘ lower rostral ”

(=symphysial) are “elongated,” in most specimens one pair are,

but occasionally these are broken up into smal] squarish shields,

this was probably the case in his specimen; he does not mention

the character of the scaling of the lower side of the digits.

His description of the coloration is good, but the wording differs

from mine, he mentioning dark bands across the body, while I

mention yellow ones; ‘this seeming discrepancy being due to

whether one takes the dark parts as bands and the light as inter-

spaces or vice versd.

*The examination of further specimens confirms my opinion that

the sexes do not differ in size or colour.

456 THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. [June 7,

Largest ¢ measured in total length 109 mm. (snout to vent 49 ;

tail 60).

Largest 2 measured in total length 103 mm. (snout to vent 47 ;

tail 56).

The number of preanal pores in six males examined was

respectively 4, 4, 5, 5, 5, and 6.

Stoliczka’s specimen was taken at an elevation of 2400 feet

(J.A.S. B. 1870, p. 228); my first specimens were from 2200 feet,

but since then I have obtained others from 2400 feet. It is

exceptional to find these lizards on trees, their usual haunts being

caves among the granite rocks, which are a feature of Penang

Hill.

June 7, 1898.

Dr. A. Ginrner, F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair.

The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the

Society’s Menagerie during the month of May 1898 :—

The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the

month of May 1898 were 128 in number. Of these 78 were

acquired by presentation, 16 by purchase, 11 were born in the

Gardens, 6 were received by exchange, and 17 on deposit.

The total number of departures during the same period, by death

and removals, was 101.

Amongst these may be specially noticed :—

(1) A fine young female Mountain Zebra (Equus zebra), bred in

the Garden of the Zoological Society of Amersterdam, purchased

May 4th.

(2) A young male Leucoryx Antelope from Senegal, purchased

May 20th.

(3) A young male Reindeer (Rangifer tarandus) from Newfound-

land, presented by the Hon. M. A. Bourke, H.MLS. ‘ Cordelia,’ May

2ist. This animal, if it lives to come into good condition and

develop a good head, will be of much interest, as it may enable us

to appreciate the characters upon which the Reindeer of Newfound-

land has lately been separated as a new species under the name of

Rangifer terre-nove’.

(4) Two Black-necked Swans (Cygnus nigricollis), hatched in the

Gardens, May 28th. It is now nearly 20 years since we have had

a good breeding pair of this lovely Swan in the Gardens. The

species is certainly a delicate one, and has not of late years done

well with us, having been continually replaced by specimens pur-

chased on the Continent. Fresh imported birds of this species

would be very desirable, as most of the birds on sale nowadays

have been bred in Egypt.

1 See O. Bangs, ‘ Description of Newfoundland Caribou,’ Poston, 1&96.

J. A. Allen, Bull. Amer. Mus. viii. p. 283 (1896).

1898. ] ON CRUSTACEANS FROM THE SOUTH PACIFIO. 457

A communication was read from Mr. L. W. Wiglesworth,

entitled “Theories of the Origin of Secondary Sexual Characters,”

which contained arguments in favour of the theory of the

stimulation of parts to higher development through use or external

violence or irritation, as observed in birds.

The following papers were read :—

1. On some Crustaceans from the South Pacific.—Part IT.

Macrura anomala*. By L. A. Borrapaite, M.A.,

F.Z.S., Lecturer in Natural Sciences at Selwyn College,

Cambridge.

[Received April 28, 1898.]

(Plate XXXVI.)

The collections with which the present paper deals were made

in the islands of Funafuti (Ellice group) and Rotuma by

Mr. J. Stanley Gardiner, to whom I am much indebted for

information respecting the habits &c. of several of the species.

The facts with which Mr. Gardiner has furnished me will be

given, in his own words, under the species they refer to.

The Funafuti collection comprised examples of the following

species :—

1. Birgus latro (Linn.). 25,59.

2. Cenobita perlatus H. M.-Edw. 26.

3. Cenobita rugosus H. M.-Edw. 46.

Var. pulcher Dana. 436,49.

4. Pagurus setifer H. M.-Edw. 19.

5. Pagurus euopsis Dana. 19.

6. Aniculus typicus Dana. 13,19.

7. Calcinus elegans (H. M.-Edw.). 19,49.

8. Calcinus herbsti de Man. 11¢,189.

Var. lividus (H. M.-Edw.). 2¢.

9. Calcinus latens (Randall). 60,59.

10. Clibanarius corallinus (H. M.-Edw.). 72,69.

11. Chbanarius equabilis Dana, 33.

12. Chbanarius zebra Dana. 26.

13. Diogenes pallescens Whitelegge. 2.

14. Galathea affinis Ortmann. 23.

15. Petrolisthes lamarcki (Leach). 26,59.

Var. asiaticus (Leach). 292.

Var. rufescens (Heller). 43,39.

Var. fimbriatus, nov. 136,19.

16. Remipes pacificus Dana. 309,129.

1 For Part I., see P. Z. S. 1898, p. 32.

458 MR, L, A. BORRADAILE ON CRUSTACEANS [June 7,

The collection from Rotuma contained examples of :—

. Cenobita spinosus H. M.-Edw. 13,29.

. Cenobita perlatus H. M.-Edw. 26.

. Cenobita rugosus H. M.-Edw. 223,179.

Var. pulcher Dana. 13,59.

. Pagurus deformis H. M.-Edw. 2¢.

Pagurus punctulatus Olivier. 13,39.

. Aniculus typicus Dana. 12.

. Calcinus elegans (H. M.-Edw.). 23,29.

. Calcinus herbsti de Man. 146,392.

Var. lividus (H. M.-Edw.). 13,39.

9. Calcinus gaimardi (H. M.-Edw.). 2¢.

. Calcinus latens (Randall). 43,19.

11. Galathea affinis Ortmann. 3¢.

12. Petrolisthes lamarcki (Leach). 53,29.

Var. rufescens (Heller). 53,792.

Var. asiaticus (Leach). 83,49.

Var. fimbriatus, nov. 13,29.

13. Remipes pacificus Dana. 183,589.

COMI OE oo bd =

I proceed to remarks on the several species.

Subtribe PAGURINEA.

Family C@NOBITID&,

Genus Bireus Leach, 1815.

1. Brrevs tatro (Linn.), 1766.

Cancer latro, Linneus, Syst. Nat. ed. 12, ii. p. 1049 (1766).

Pagurus latro, Fabricius, Ent. Syst., Supp. p. 411 (1798).

Birgus latro, Leach, Tr. Linn. Soc. Lond. xi. p.337 (1815) ;

H. Milne-Edwards, H. N. Crust. ii. p. 246 (1837); Atlas to

Cuvier’s R. An. 3rd ed. pl. xiii. fig. 1 (mo date); Dana, U.S. Expl.

Exped., Crust. i. p. 474, pl. xxx. fig. 2 (1852).

(Juy.). Birgus laticauda, Latreille, R. An. 2nd ed. iv. pl. xii.

fig. 2 (1829),

The tree-climbing habits of this species have been a subject of

so much discussion that I have asked Mr. Gardiner for a special

note on the point. He says :—“‘ The robber crab is very commonly

found in the tops both of Pandanus and of coconut-trees, from

which latter I have had it thrown down to me by the natives. It

is stated by them to break off the nuts and often to fall with them,

never killing itself, as the coconut is underneath. I have seen

them constantly clinging to the fruit of the Pandanus, the fallen

segments of which, after they have been chewed by the crab, cover

the ground. Although all the specimens are from Funafuti, the

erab is also very common at Rotuma.”

Two males and five females from Funafuti.

1898.] FROM THE SOUTH PACIFIC. 459:

Genus Ca@nosita Latreille, 1826.

2. Canopira sprnosus H. M.-Edw., 1837.

Cenobita spinosa, H. Milne-Edwards, H. N. Crust. ii. p. 242

1837).

Cenobita brunnea, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exped., Crust. i. p. 470,

pl. xxix. fig. 10 (1852).

Birgus hirsutus, Hess, Decap. Kreb. O.-Austral. p. 36, pl. vii.

fig. 16 (1865).

Ceenobita spinosus, Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. vi. Syst. p. 318, pl. xii.

fig. 24 (1892).

? Cenobita oliviert, Owen, Voy. ‘ Blossom,’ p. 84; Dana, U.S.

Expl. Exped., Crust. i. p. 470 (1852).

One male and two female specimens from Rotuma, in nutshells

of Calophyllium inophyllum Linn. Mr. Gardiner says: “ All three

specimens were obtained between the stones of a built-up grave-

yard on the top of Sol-Hoi, Rotuma (about 600 feet above the

sea-level).”

3. C@NOBITA PERLATUS H. M.-Edw., 1837.

Cenobita perlata, H. Milne-Edwards, H. N. Crust. ii. p. 242

(1837) ; Atlas to Cuvier’s R. An. pl. xliv. fig. 1 (no date).

Cenobita purpurea, Stimpson, Proc. Ac. N. Sci. Philad. 1858,

. 245.

r Cenobita perlatus, Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. vi. Syst. p. 319

(1892).

Two males from Rotuma. Two males from Funafuti, in shells

of Turbo and Ranella.

With reference to this and the succeeding species, Mr. Gardiner

says :—“* Cenobita perlatus and C. clypeatus are found in all the

islands of Funafuti, often on the Pandanus-trees. During the

daytime they hide under the heaps of coconut-shells and in holes,

but at night they swarm in every direction. They are used by the

natives as bait for fishing. C. perlatus occurs also in Rotuma,

where it is found on the beach sand-flats, but is not very

numerous.”

4. Ca@nopira cLypuatus (Herbst), 1796.

Cancer clypeatus, Herbst, Naturg. Krabb. u. Krebse, ii. p. 22,

pl. xxiii. fig. 2 (1796).

Pagurus clypeatus, Fabricius, Ent. Syst., Supp. p. 413 (1798).

Cenobita clypeata, Latreille, Fam. Nat. R. An. p. 277 (1826);

H. Milne-Edwards, H. N. Cr. ii. p. 239 (1837); Dana, U.S. Expl.

Exped., Crust. i. p. 473, pl. xxx. fig. 4 (1852).

Cenobita clypeatus, Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. vi. Syst. pp. 315, 316,

pl. xii. fig. 20 (1892).

Three males and one female from Funafuti, one in a Turbo

shell.

460 MR. L. A. BORRADAILE ON CRUSTACEANS (June 7,

5. Cayozita rucosus H. M.-Edw., 1837.

Cenobita rugosa, H. Milne-Edwards, H. N. Cr. ii. p. 241 (1837) ;

Dana, U.S. Expl. Exped., Crust. i. p. 471, pl. xxx. figs. 1, 2

(1852).

Cenobita cavipes, Stimpson, Proc. Ac. N. Sci. Philad. 1858,

p. 245.

Cenobita rugosus, Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. vi. Syst. p. 317, pl. xii.

fig. 22 (1892).

This species is “ very common along the lagoon shores of Funa-

futi, and along the shore between tide-marks at Rotuma.”

Four males from Funafuti, in shells of a Turbo and of two

species of Verita. Twenty-two males and seventeen females from

Rotuma, one in a Turbo shell.

Var. PuLCHER Dana, 1852 (oc. cit.).

Four male specimens and four females from Funafuti, in

Neritu shells. One male and five females from Rotuma.

Family PaGuRID2.

Subfamily Pacurinz.

Genus Pagurus Fabr., 1798, restrictum.

6. Pagurus ppFrormis H. M.-Edw., 1836.

Pagurus deformis, H. Milne-Edwards, Ann. Sci. Nat. 2, ii. p. 272,

pl. xii. fig. 4 (1836); id. H. N. Cr. ii. p. 222 (1837) ; Hilgendorf,

Mon.-Ber. Ak. Wiss. Berlin, 1878, p. 818, pl. iii. figs. 6, 7;

Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. vi. Syst. p. 288; Semon’s ‘ Forschungs-

reisen in Austral.’ y. 1, p. 31 (1894).

Hilgendorf (Joc. cit.) and Ortmann (Zool. Jahrb. loc. cit.) have

both remarked that the males of this species show the female

openings on the second pair of walking-legs. Ihave attempted to

dissect a spirit-specimen in order to discover the condition of the

internal generative orgaus, but the preservation was so bad as to

render this useless. Another point of interest to determine would

be whether P. pedunculatus and P. asper, species closely allied to

the present, do or do not share this peculiarity with it. P. gem-

matus does not, to judge from a male specimen in Dr. Willey’s

collection.

Of the two specimens of P. deformis in Mr. Gardiner’s collec-

tion, both are males from Rotuma, and one is of interest in that

it has the female opening of the left side only, that of the right

side being completely absent.

7. Pacurus sprirer H. M.-Edw. 1836.

Pagurus setifer, H. Milne-Edwards, Ann. Sci. Nat. 2, vi. p. 274

(1836); id. H. N. Cr. ii. p. 225 (1837); Hilgendorf, Mon.-Ber.

Ak. Wiss. Berlin, 1878, p. 815, pl. iii. fig. 8; de Man, Arch. f,

1898. ] FROM THE SOUTH PACIFIC. 461

Naturg. 53, i. p. 433 (1887); Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. vi. Syst.

p- 287, x. Syst. p. 275. Non de Haan, Faun. Japon. p. 209

(1850) ; Henderson, Tr. Linn. Soc. Lond. 2, v. pt. 10, p. 420

(1893).

Eupagurus setifer, Haswell, Cat. Austral. Crust. p. 154 (1882).

This species is closely allied to P. guttatus Olivier, so that it is

just possible that the record of the latter species from Funafuti

by Whitelegge (Funafuti Atoll, Crustacea, p. 143) may be a

mistake.

Mr. Gardiner says that P. setifer is “ stated by the natives to be

very rare, and found only on the southern islands of the atoll.

It is caught on land at night.”

One male specimen from Funafuti.

8. Pagurus nuopsis Dana, 1852.

Pagurus euopsis, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exped., Crust. i. p. 452,

pl. xxviii. fig. 6 (1852).

J am informed by Mr. Gardiner that this species is caught on

land at night.

One female from Funafuti, two males from Rotuma.

9. Pacurus puncruLatts Olivier.

Pagurus punctulatus, Olivier, Encycl. Méth. viii. p. 641; H.

Milne-Edwards, Ann. Sci. Nat. 2, vi. p.273 (1836); id. H. N. Cr.

li. p. 222 (1837); Dana, U.S. Expl. Exped., Crust. i. p. 451,

pl. xxviii. fig. 4 (1852).

One male and three females from Rotuma; the male in the

shell of a Malea ringens.

Genus AnicuLus Dana, 1852.

10. AnicuLus Ttyprcus Dana, 1852.

Pagurus aniculus, Fabricius, H. Milne-Edwards, Ann. Sci. Nat.

2, vi. p. 279 (1836); id. H. N. Cr. ii. p. 230 (1837).

Aniculus typicus, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exped., Crust. i. p. 461,

pl. xxix. fig. 1 (1852).

Pagurus (Aniculus) aniculus, Hilgendorf, Mon.-Ber. Ak. Wiss.

Berlin, 1878, p. 824.

One male from Rotuma. One male and one female from Funa-

futi, in Turbo shells.

Genus Catcrnus Dana, 1852.

11. Cancrnus ELEGANS (H. M.-Edw.), 1836.

Pagurus elegans, H. Milne-Edwards, Ann. Sci. Nat. 2, vi. p. 278,

pl. xiii. fig. 2 (1836); H. N. Cr. ii. p. 229 (1837).

Pagurus decorus, Randall, Journ. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad. viii.

p. 135 (1839).

Proc. Zoou, Soc,—1898, No. XXXI. 31

462 MR. L. A. BORRADATILE ON CRUSTACEANS {June 7,

Caleinus elegans, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exped., Crust. i. p. 458,

pl. xxviii. fig. 10 (1852).

One male and four females from Funafuti. ‘Two males and two

females from Rotuma.

12. CaLctinus HERBSTI de Man, 1887.

Pagurus tibicen, H. Milne-Edwards, Ann. Sci. Nat. 2, vi. p. 278

(1836); H. N. Cr. ii. p. 229 (1837); Atl. Cuv. R. An. pl. xliv.

fie. 3.

Pagurus lividus, H. Milne-Edwards, Ann. Sci. Nat. 3, x. p. 63

(1848).

Caleinus tibicen, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exped., Crust. i. p. 457 (1852) ;

Heller, ‘ Novara’ Crust. p. 87 (1865); Henderson, ‘ Challenger’

Anom. p. 61 (1888); Whitelegge, Funafuti Atoll, Crust. p. 144

(1897).

Pagurus (Calcinus) tibicen, Hilgendorf, Mon.-Ber. Ak. Wiss.

Berlin, 1878, p. 823.

Caleinus herbstii, de Man, Arch. f. Naturg. 53, i. p. 487 (1887).

Calcinus herbsti, Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. iv. Syst. p. 292 (1892).

Non Cancer tibicen, Herbst, Krabb. u. Krebse, ii. pl. xxiii. fig. 7

(1796).

? Pagurus levimanus, Randall, Journ. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad. viii.

p- 1385 (1839).

There can, I think, be no doubt that the Pagurus lividus of

Milne-Edwards is a mere colour-variety of this species. Beyond

the absence of colour, the only difference given in the definition is

that the legs are “ finement pointillées,” and this statement, as a

matter of fact, applies equally well to the most brilliantly coloured

specimens. On the other hand, I have Mr. Gardiner’s authority

for stating that the specimens which I have considered to belong

to the var. lividus were really colourless when alive, and have not

been merely bleached by the alcohol. One of them shows faint

traces of the characteristic brown patch on the left ‘ hand.”

‘ One male and three females from Rotuma; eleven males and

thirteen females from Funafati. The Funafuti specimens are in

shells of the following genera of Gastropoda :—Ricinula, Angina,

Strigatella, Nerita, Purpura, Peristernia.

- Var. lividus (H. M.-Edw.), 1848. One male specimen and one

female from Rotuma. Two females from Funafuti in shells of

Nerita.

13. Catcrnus carmarpi (H. M.-Edw.), 1848.

Pagurus gaimardii, H. Milne-Edwards, Ann. Sci. Nat. 3, x.

p. 63 (1848).

Calcinus gaimardii, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exped., Crust. i. p. 457,

pl. xxviii. fig. 9 (1852).

Caleinus gaimardi, Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. vi. Syst. p. 294

(1882). )

Two males from Rotuma,

1898. ] FROM THE SOUTH PACIFIC. 463

14. Catcinus Latens (Randall), 1839.

Pagurus latens, Randall, Journ. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil. viii. p. 185

(1839).

Caleinus latens, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exped., Crust. i. p. 459,

pl. xxvii. fig. 11 (1852).

Six males and five females from Funafuti; one in a Cerithiwm

shell. Four males and one female from Rotuma.

Genus CLIBANARIUS Dana, 1852.

15, CLIBANARIUS CoraLLinus (H. M.-Edw.), 1848.

Pagurus corallinus, H. Milne-Edwards, Ann. Sci. Nat. 3, x.

p.-63 (1848).

Clibanarius corallinus, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exped., Crust. i.

p- 468, pl. xxix. fig. 8 (1852); de Man, Arch. f. Nature. 53, i.

p- 447 (1887); Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. vi. Syst. p. 292 (1892).

Clhibanarius obesomanus, Dana, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1851.

Clibanarius globosimanus, Stimpson, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad.

1858, p. 247.

Seven males and six females from Funafuti. In shells of

Purpurea, Peristerma, Cerithium, Nerita, Ricinula, Angina.

16. CLIBANARIUS HQUABILIS Dana, 1852.

Chibanarius equabilis, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exped., Crust.i. p. 464,

pl. xxix. figs. 4a—f (1852).

Three males from Funafuti.

17. CLIBANARIUS ZEBRA Dana, 1852.

Chbinarius zebra, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exped., Crust. i. p. 465,

pl. xxix. figs. 5 a-d (1852).

Two males from Funafuti.

Genus Driogmnes Dana, 1852.

18. DiogENnEs PALLESCENS Whitelegge, 1897.

Diogenes pallescens, Whitelegge, Funafuti Atoll, Crust. p. 141,

pl. vi. figs. 2 a, b, ¢ (1897).

Two males from Funafuti.

Subtribe GALATHEINEA.

Family GALATHEIDS.

Genus Gatatuea Fabricius, 1798.

19. GALATHEA AFFINIS Ortmann, 1892.

Galathea affinis, Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. vi. Syst. p. 252, pl. xi,

fig. 9 (1892).

Three males from Rotuma. Two males from Funafuti.

31*

464 MR, L, A, BORRADAILE ON CRUSTACEANS {June 7,

Subtribe PORCELLANINEA.

Family PoRCELLANID.

Genus PrrroxistuEs Stimpson, 1858.

20, PETROLISTHES LAMARCKI (Leach), 1820. (Plate XXXVI.

figs. 1, la, 16, 2.)

(1) Type.

Pisidia lamarckit, Leach, Dict. Sci. Nat. xviii. p. 54 (1820).

Porcellana speciosa, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exped., Crust. i. p. 417,

pl. xxvi. fig. 8 (1852) [in part].

Porcellana bellis, Heller, ‘ Novara’ Crust. p. 76, pl. vi. fig. 4

(1865).

Porcellana dentata, de Man, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. xxii. p. 216

(1888).

Petrolisthes speciosus, Stimpson, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad.

1858, pp. 227 & 241; Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. vi. Syst. p. 262

(1892); ? Whitelegee, Funafuti Atoll, Crust. p. 144 (1897).

Petrolisthes haswelli, Miers, Rep. Zool. Coll. ‘ Alert,’ p. 269,

pl. xxix. fig. A (1884); Whitelegge, Funafuti Atoll, Crust. p. 144

(1897).

eae (Petrolisthes) dentata, de Man, Arch. f. Naturg. 53,

i. p. 409, pl. xvi. fig. 7 (1887).

Petrolisthes lamarcki, Stimpson, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil. 1858,

p- 227; Miers, Rep. Zool. ‘ Alert,’ pp. 268 & 557 (1884); Ort-

mann, Semon’s ‘ Forschungsreisen in Austral.’ vy. 1, p. 26 (1894).

(2) Var. astaticus (Leach), 1820.

Pisidia asiatica, Leach, Dict. Sci. Nat. xvii. p. 54 (1820);

Desmarest, Consid. sur les Crust. p. 198.

Porcellana asiatica, Gray, Zool. Misc. p. 15 (1881); H. Milne-

Edwards, H. N. Cr. ii. p. 252 (1837); Richter’s Decap. Ins.

Mauritius, p. 159, pl. xvii. fig. 13 (1880).

Porcellana armata, Gibbes, Proc. Am, Assoc. iii. p. 190 (1850) ;

id. Proe. Elliot Soe. i. p. 11, pl. i. fig. 4 (1854); v. Martens, Arch.

f, Naturg. 38, i. p. 121, pl. v. fig. 11 (1872).

Porcellana speciosa, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exped., Crust. i. p. 417

(1852), in part.

Porcellana gundlachti, Guérin, de la Sagra’s Hist. Cuba, Anim.

Artic. p. 39, pl. ii. fig. 6 (1857); v. Martens, Arch. Naturg. 38,

i, p. 122, pl. v. fig. 12 (1872), uv.

Porcellana leporina, Heller, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, p. 523

(1862); ‘ Novara’ Crust. p. 78, pl. vi. fig. 7 (1865).

Petrolisthes asiaticus, Stimpson, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil. 1858,

p- 227; de Man, Zool. Jahrb. ix. Syst. p. 376 (1896), juv.

Petrolisthes armatus, Stimpson, Proc, Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1858,

p- 227; Ann. Lyc. N.Y. vii. p. 73 (1862); Streets, Proc. Ac.

Nat. Sci. Philad. 1871, p. 204; Lockington, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.

5, ii. p. 339 (1878); Kingsley, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci, Phil. 1879,

1898.] FROM THE SOUTH PACIFIC, 465

p- 406;- Henderson, ‘Challenger’ Anom. p. 105 (1888); Heil-

prin, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil. 1888, p. 320; Ortmann, Dec.

Schiz. Plankton Exped. p. 51 (1893); Zool. Jahrb. x. Syst. p. 280

(1897).

Petrolisthes marginatus, Stimpson, Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. vii.

p. 74 (1862).

Peirolisthes leporinoides, Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. vi. Syst. p. 263

(1892) ; Semon’s ‘Forschungsreisen in Austral.’ v. 1, p. 26 (1894).

Petrolisthes dentatus, Henderson, Tr. Linn. Soc. Lond. 2, v. p. 426

(1893).

Petrolisthes dentatus var., de Man, Zool. Jahrb. ix. Syst. p. 374

(1896), in part.

Petrolisthes lamarcki var. asiaticus, Miers, Zool. ‘ Alert,’ pp. 269

& 557 (1884).

(3) Var. RUFESscENS (Heller), 1861.

? Porcellana dentata, H. Milne-Edwards, H. N. Crust. ii. p. 251

(1837); Dana, U.S. Expl. Exped., Crust. i. p. 419 (1852).

Porcellana rufescens, Heller, Sitz.-Ber. Ak. Wiss. Wien, xliv.

p- 205, pl. ii. fig. 4 (1861); ‘Novara’ Crust. p. 76 (1865);

? Kossmann, Ergebn. Zool. Reise, ii. 1, pp. 75-78 (1880).

Petrolisthes dentatus, Stimpson, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1858,

p- 227; Haswell, Cat. Austr. Crust. p. 146 (1882); Ortmann,

Zool. Jahrb. vi. Syst. p. 262 (1892).

Porcellana (Petrolisthes) rufescens, Hilgendorf, Mon.-Ber. Ak.

Wiss. Berlin, p. 825, pl. ii. fig. 7 (1878).

Petrolisthes lamarcki, Ortmann, Semon’s ‘ Forschungsreisen in

Austral.’ v. 1, p. 26 (1894), in part.

The full synonymy which I have felt obliged to give for this

very variable species reveals the remarkable fact that it has been

described under no fewer than twelve names. In default, how-

ever, of any reliable separating character of specific value, I am

compelled to include all its various forms under one head.

Colour is of course useless to us as a specific character. It is

here very variable, and its variations run counter to those of other

characteristics. The extreme forms are on the one hand almost

white, and on the other dark red blotched with dark purple. The

P. speciosus of Dana comprised light-coloured forms with red or

purple spots. Some of these varieties are extremely beautiful.

Again the number, size, and arrangement of the teeth on the

inner side of the wrist of the chele show great variations. But

the number increases with age, and the limbs of the two sides are

often different, so that any distinctions founded on these must

be abandoned. Extreme forms are:—(1) a wavy edge with a

large hump at the near end, and (2) the same edge bearing a row

of five well-defined teeth, with hints of a sixth. The teeth may be

sharp or blunt in otherwise similar forms, or may become bicuspid,

seemingly by two running together. Leach’s orignal P. lamarckit

had three teeth ; P. asiaticus Leach, P. leporina Heller, P. lepori-

noides Ortmann, P. armatus Gibbes, and P. gundlachii Guérin,

466 MR. L. A, BORRADAILE ON CRUSTACEANS [June 7,

resemble it in this respect. In P. marginatus Stimpson the

number tends to increase. P. bellis Heller, P. speciosus Dana,

P. haswelli Miers, P. dentata H. M.-Edw., and P. rufescens Heller,

have at least four.

The spines on the upper edge of the merus of the walking-legs

are another character which it has been attempted to use as specilic.

They are, however, so inconstant, and form such a complete series,

from specimens with an almost straight edge (Plate XXXVI. fig. 1a),

through those with imbricating scales, to those with well-marked

spines, that it seems impossible to make use of them. The best-

marked of these spines is about a third of the length from the far

end of the joint (fig. 16). Often this spine appears on one or a

few legs only, and as often as not the legs of the two sides do not

agree. In Leach’s original specimen of P. asiaticus in the British

Museum, the first two walking-legs on the left side alone show

spines. The type specimen of P. lamarckit is without them.

Then there is the epibranchial spine, whose presence or absence

would seem to afford an excellent criterion for our purposes.

According to Ortmann, however (Semon’s ‘ Forschungsreisen in

Austral.’ loc, cit.), this is not of specific value, since it occurs in

specimens from the same locality as, and in other respects exactly

resembling, forms without such spines.

The breadth of various joints of the limbs varies, but is not to

be relied upon, since it appears to alier with age.

Lastly, I have ventured to name a new variety, fimbriatus, from

the fact of its possessing a more or less plentiful fringe of hairs

to the outer margin of the “ hand” (Plate XXXVI. fig. 2).

The following key indicates the characters attaching to those

varietal names which it appears advisable to retain :—

A. With an epibranchial spine. Colour tends to sprinkling of red spots on

lighter ground.

i. Without a fringe to the outer side of the chelz.

1. Without spines on the anterior margin of the merus of any walking-

NGpeP Piro ese Sena seweneene ce tustesesene este ewes Type (Leach), 1820.

2. With at least one spine on the anterior margin of the merus of at

least one of the walking-legs, Usually with spines on several legs.

Var. asiaticus (Leach), 1820.

ii. With a scanty or plentiful fringe to the outer side of the chele. With or

without spines on the anterior margins of the walking-legs.

Var. fimbriatus, nov.

B. Without an epibranchial spine. Colour tends to red or white with large

blotches of purple or blue. Attains a larger size than (A), has a greater

average of teeth on the inner margin of the wrist, but none on the merus

of any walking-leg. Exhibits its peculiarities in small specimens, and is

therefore not merely a collection of older individuals. Possibly a distinct

BPOCIG fave ccontecessi teen tenaes ceteoaenteeeecer re Var. rufescens (Heller), 1861.

1 should have used Milne-Edwards’s name of dentatus for this

latter form, since his definition would agree very well with the spe-

cimens, but de Man states very positively (Zool. Jabrb. ix. p. 374)

that he has had the original specimens sent him from Paris and

that they possess an epibranchial spine. Should there not be, as

1898. ] ¥ROM THE SOUTH PACIFIC, 467

Ortmann suspects (Semon’s ‘Forschungsreisen in Austral.’ loc. cit.),

a mistake about these specimens, dentatus thus becomes a synonym

for lamarckit Leach, and rufescens Heller is next in order of

priority among the names for forms without an epibranchial spine.

The specimens of var. jfimbriatus nov. are all small (carapace

4—5 mm. long) and are of a white or yellow colour with red spots.

There is a very distinct difference in coloration between the

Rotuma and Funafuti specimens of this species, the latter being

much lighter in colour than the former. This difference runs

through all the varieties, and I am informed by Mr. Gardiner

that the specimens have not undergone much change of colour

since they were collected.

Five males and two females from Rotuma; two males and five

females from Funafuti.

Var. asvaticus (Leach), 1820. (Plate XXXVI. fig. 1d.)

Hight males and four females from Rotuma; two females from

Funatuti.

Var. fimbriatus, nov. (Plate XXXVI. fig. 2.)

One male and two females from Rotuma; one male and one

female from Funafuti.

Var. rufescens (Heller), 1861.

Five males and seven females from Rotuma; four males and

three temales from Funafuti.

Subtribe HIPPINEA.

Family Hippips.

Genus Remipns Latr., 1806.

21. Remipes paciricus Dana, 1852. (Plate XXXVI. figs. 3a-z.)

Remipes pacificus, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exped., Crust. 1. p. 407,

pl. xxv. fig. 7 (1852); de Man, Zool. Jahrb. ix. Syst. p. 476 (1897),

x. Syst. pl. xxxili. fig. 53 (1898).

Remipes testudinarius, Miers, J. Linn. Soc. Lond., Zool. xiv.

p. 318, pl. v. fig. 2 (1879).

Remipes adactylus, Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. ix. Syst. p. 228 (1897).

Of forty-one specimens of this species from Funafuti all had

the normal number of joints to the second antenne. Of seventy-

six specimens trom Rotuma no fewer than eight, or more than ten

per cent., showed abnormalities. In one of this eight the two sides

varied alike, both having a 3-jointed flagellum, as opposed to the

two-jointed normal form. Five of the remaining seven had the

flagellum of the left antenna normal, while, in the right, ene

specimen had the penultimate joint partially divided into two;

two specimens had three joints, one had four joints, and one had

five joints. The remaining two abnormal specimens had the right

antenna normal, while in the left the flagellum was three-jointed.

One of these latter was the only abnormal male, all the rest being

468 MR. A. E. SHIPLEY ON GEPHYREAN WORMS [June 7,

females, some bearing eggs. The length of the carapace varied

from 12 to 20 mm., and there was no correspondence between the

size of the individuals and the number of joints in their antenne.

No two of the abnormal antennz were exactly alike. Thanks

to the excellent diagnoses given by de Man (loc. cit.) for the

testudinarius-group of Remipes, I have been able to satisfy myself

that all the above specimens, including the first-mentioned with

three-jointed flagella on both the second antennx, were true

R. pacificus.

On Plate XXXVI. fig. 3a represents a normal second antenna

in this species; figs. 36-7 show the abnormal specimens in the

order in which I have alluded to them.

Twenty-nine males and eleven females from Funafuti; eighteen

males and fifty-eight females from Rotuma.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXVI.

Fig. 1. Petrolisthes lamarcki (Leach), x 14, p. 464.

a. se on is right died leg.

1d. - i var. asiaticus (Leach), right third leg, p. 467.

ZF - var. jimbriatus, nov., X3, p. 467.

3 a-t, Remipes pacificus, Dana, second antenne, X7, p. 467.

a, normal form ; 4-7, abnormal,

b-g, right antenne ; 4& z, left antenne.

a-h, OE 1,3

Nore.—Errata in Part I. of this paper :—On pp. 39, 1. 30, and 37, 1. 4,

Jor “ Blanche Bay, Loyalty Islands,” read “ Blanche Bay, New Britain.” On

p. 34, 1. 25, omit “smooth.”

2. Report on the Gephyrean Worms collected by Mr. J.

Stanley Gardiner at Rotuma and Funafuti. By Arruur

EK. Surprey, F.Z.S., Fellow and Tutor of Christ’s

College, Cambridge, and University Lecturer in the

Advanced Morphology of the Invertebrata.

[Received May 13, 1898.]

(Plate XX XVII.)

The Gephyrea collected by Mr. J. Stanley Gardiner during his

visits to Rotuma and Funafuti in the years 1896-97 comprise

specimens of two species of the Echiuroidea and twelve of the

Sipunculoidea. Of the latter, two species of Sipunculus are in my

opinion new, whilst a third, Physcosoma’ varians Kef., is, so far as

I know, recorded for the first time from the Pacific.

In nearly all the cases where species are common to the two

localities, the specimens from Funafuti were considerably smaller

than those from Rotuma.

1 The reason for adopting the generic name Physcosoma in place of Phymosoma

(Phymosomum Quatrefages) is given by Selenka in the Zool. Anz. Band xx.

No. 546, 1897, p. 460.

Te 21S) MSS Fell. HOOOV I,

Edw:n Wilson, Cambridge.

MACRURA ANOMALA FROM THE SOUTH PACIFIC.

—_—-

1898.] FROM ROTUMA AND FUNAFUTI. 469

1. SreuncuLus vastus Sel. & Biilow.

One specimen from Rotuma, numerous smaller specimens from

Funafuti.

In the analytical key in Selenka’s “ Sipunculiden ”* the number

of longitudinal muscles in this species is given as 31, but in the

description of the species the number is 27. In the present

specimens the num#* varies from 25 to 27 in different regions of

the body, neighbouring bands sometimes, though not very often,

fusing with one another. The characteristic diverticula on the

hind-gut are well marked.

The numerous specimens from Funafuti are all comparatively

small, being about 5-7 cm. in length; the single example from

Rotuma measured 16 cm. in length with its introvert retracted.

Mr. Gardiner reports that this species is extremely common on the

outer reef under the loosely cemented masses of rock.

Besides the specimens from Rotuma and Funafuti, the species is

also recorded from Jaluit and Mauritius.

2. SIPUNCULUS ROTUMANUS, n. sp. (Plate XXXVII. figs. 1, 2,

& 3.)

Hight specimens from Rotuma.

This species is closely allied to S. cumanensis Kef. and S. edulis (?)

Lamarck. It, however, differs from them in having but 14

longitudinal muscle-strands instead of 21.. It is perhaps more

closely allied to S. cumanensis, but it has no dissepiments and no *

diverticulum of the alimentary canal.

This species is very long and slender. The largest specimens

are between 21 and 22 cm. in length when fully extended, and

vary from | cm. to 1°5 in breadth. Of this the introvert forms

perhaps +. The skin is glistening grey, with certain blackish

papille scattered over the surface (fig. 3); these, however, become

closely and regularly arranged in rows on the proboscis. The

cuticle has in many places separated from the underlying skin.

The circular muscles are in rings with very numerous anastomoses.

The head has numerous (some 40-60) short pointed tentacles which

surround the excentrically placed mouth (fig. 1). The external

opening of the anus is conspicuous (fig. 2), and the brown tubes

open very slightly in front of it. The rectum is attached by

numerous strands to the body-wall. The alimentary canal has

many coils (30-40), and is not attached by any muscle-strands

except at the posterior end, where there is a spindle-muscle

running to the hind end of the body-wall.

The ventral retractors are very long, half as long as the body;

they take their origin from the 2nd and 3rd longitudinal muscles,

counting the muscle which lies next the nerve-cord as the 1st.

The dorsal retractors are much shorter, not more than 3, and some-

1 Reisen im Archipel der Philippinen, IT. Theil, iv. Band, 1 Abth. Wiesbaden,

883.

470 MR. A. B. SHIPLEY ON GEPHYREAN WORMS [June 7,

times but 4s longasthe ventral. They arise some distance in front

of the ventral retractors. The ova are spherical.

This species is found fairly common under the thrown-up

masses of coral-rock close to the edge of the reef.

3. SIPUNCULUS FUNAFUTI, n.sp. (Plate XXXVII. figs. 4 & 5.)

Numerous specimens from Funafuti.

These forms are from 5-8 cm. long, and 5 tm. broad; they taper

at the posterior end into a sharp tail (fig. 4). All the specimens

were limp and flabby when placed in my hands, but when immersed

in water they became plump and regained their form. They are

silvery white in colour and rather transparent. With one excep-

tion (fig. 4) the introvert is retracted, but this exception shows the

circle of tentacles surrounding the mouth. The cuticle in many

cases is separate from the skin, which bears scattered papille

(fig.5). The number of longitudinal muscles is 14 or 15 and there

are few anastomoses. The two ventral retractors arise from two

longitudinal muscles some way behind the two dorsal retractors,

each of which has its origin ina single muscle. There are no

hooks in the introvert, but the papille tend to range themselves in

circular rows near the mouth. The intestine has few coils, 8-12,

and is free but for the spindle-muscle attached to the tip of the

tail. There are no diverticula. The brown tubes are small and

free, they open at the same level as the anus.

The habitat of this species is the same as that of S. vastus, with

which it is usually found.

4, PHYSCOSOMA NIGRESCENS Kef.

Several examples from Funafuti. The species extends through

the Pacific and Indian Oceans to the Red Sea.

The members of this species and of the three following are found

under the loosely massed rocks of the outer reefs, and also in tubes

excavated in solid coral-rock.

5. PHyscosoma paciricuM Kef. (Plate XXX VII. fig. 6.)

One specimen from Rotuma and numerous specimens from

Funafuti. This species has previously been described from the

Pacific and Indian Oceans and from the Red Sea.

The Rotuma specimen was without its head, and although the

introvert was not fully extended it attained a length of 16 em.,

considerably longer than any of the Funatuti specimens (fig, 6).

The posterior sixth of the same specimen was curiously narrowed

by the contraction of the circular muscles, so that a sort of tail,

which bristles with the closely compressed papilli, is formed.

The brown tubes extend into this portion, which is traversed

by the spindle-muscle, but the intestine does not extend into it.

6. Puyscosoma scotops Sel. & de Man.

Several specimens of varying size, all with their introvert re-

tracted, from Funafuti. This species also occurs at Singapore,

the Philippines, and in the Red Sea.

1898. | FROM ROTUMA AND FUNAFUTI. 471

7. PHYsScosoMA VARIANS Kef.

One specimen from Funafuti. Selenka describes this species

from several centres in the West Atlantic, but I have met with no

mention of its occurrence in the Pacific Ocean.

8. Pyscosoma MIcRoDONTOTON Sluit." (Plate XXXVIL. fig. 7.)

Several specimens from Funafuti and Rotuma.

Mr. Gardiner’s specimens agree well with Siuiter’s diagnosis of

this species, except in the matter of size. Several of them are

over 5 cm. in length, whereas Sluiter gives 1°5 cm. for the length

of his Malayan forms; but as no reproductive organs were observed

in his specimens, it is possible that they were immature forms.

The gonads are very visible in the forms at my disposal at the

base of the ventral muscles. In all other respects these specimens

agreed with Sluiter’s description.

9. PHYSCOSOMA DENTIGERUM Sel. & de Man.

Many specimens from Funafuti and Rotuma.

The species is very characteristic and easy to recognize from its

large papille confined to the back of the introvert and trunk, and

from its coloration. Selenka records it from the Philippines.

10. ASPIDOSIPHON ELEGANS Cham. & Eysenh. (Plate XX XVII.

fic. 8.)

Seven specimens from Funafuti. Previously described from the

Pacific, Philippines, and the Red Sea. Both this and the next

named species were found in tubes bored in the dead coral of the

reef.

11. ASPIDOSIPHON KLUNZINGERI Sel. & Bilow. (Plate XXXVII.

fig. 9.)

One specimen from Funafuti. Previously described from

Koseir.

The specimen had been injured and the alimentary canal and

brown tubes protruded from a hole in the body-wall, and were

broken: consequently it was impossible to see some of the character-

istic features of this species. The shape of both anterior and

posterior shields, the position and structure of the retractors, the

number and shape of the longitudinal muscles left, however, little

doubt that the specimen belonged to the species A. klunzingeri Sel.

& Biilow.

12. CL@OSIPHON ASPERGILLUM Quatr. (Plate XXXVIL. fig. 10.)

One specimen from Funafuti. Previously described from numer-

ous localities in the Indian and Pacific Oceans.

The specimen is about 6 cm. in length, apparently a medium

size, as those described by Sluiter® varied from 3:5 cm. to 7-5 em.

1 Beitr. z. d. Kenntniss der Gephyreen, IV. Mitth., Natuurk. Tijdschr. Nederl.

Ind., Bd. xliii.

? Natuurk. Tijdschr. Nederl. Ind., Bd. xiii. p. 26.

472 ON GEPHYREAN WORMS FROM ROTUMA Bre. [June 7,

Nevertheless there was no trace of calcareous deposit on the shield

at the base of the introvert, around the spirally arranged papille

of this part of the body.

13. THALAsseMA CAUDEX Lampert. (Plate XXXVII. fig. 11.)

Two specimens from Rotuma; also recorded from the Indian

Ocean and the Red Sea.

Lampert! gives no details of the size of this species, except that

itis very different in different specimens. The smaller of my two

specimens measured just under 5 cm. from the mouth to the

posterior end, and the length of the proboscis was 1:8. The

corresponding measurements in the larger specimen were 7 cm.

and 2'5. The last mentioned animal was very rotten and little

could be made out of its internal anatomy ; the six brown tubes

were enormously distended and occupied a large portion of the

body-cavity ; presumably they were full of generative cells, but

the animal was too decayed to determine this. In the other specimen

the three pairs of brown tubes were normal, the anterior seemed to

me to open between or just behind the pair of hooks, but this point

could only be satisfactorily determined by sections.

The large specimen, in spirit, was a dirty brown; the small was

olive-green in colour. The longitudinal bundles of muscles were

clearly visible externally (fig. 11).

Lampert gives no figure, so I have added one.

This species was found under the growing coral near the outer

edge of the reef.

14, THALASSEMA VEGRANDE Lampert. (Plate XX XVII. fig. 12.)

One specimen from Rotuma, also found in the Philippines.

Like Lampert I had only a single specimen, and, like his, mine

had no proboscis. There was no trace of one and no scar to

indicate that there ever had been one, and I am inclined to

think that this species may be without a proboscis (fig. 12). The

mouth is terminal and central, and but for the hooks there is no

external indication as to which is the anterior end. The skin

is thin and papery and so transparent as to allow the white and

red fragments of coral in the intestine to shine through. No signs

of longitudinal or circular muscles can be detected even with a

lens. Numerous pigmented papille are scattered over the skin,

and they become concentrated at the anterior end of the somewhat

lemon-shaped body. The length of the body is 3°5 cm., the greatest

breadth 1:4 cm.

Unfortunately the preserving fluids had not penetrated the body

and the interior was in a sad state, and only traces of the brown

tubes could be seen. Lampert says there are three pairs. The

long brown anal tubes were left, but the alimentary canal had

broken up in many parts, and the body-cavity was full of pieces of

1 Zeitschr. wiss. Zool. Bd. xxxix. 1883, p. 334.

Edwin Wilson . Cambri

GEPHYREA FROM ROTUMA AND FUNAFUTI

1898.] BATRACHIAN COLLECKION IN THE BRITISH MUSEUM. 473

shell and coral which had escaped from it. The ventral vessel and

nerve-cord were conspicuous.

As only one specimen of this species has hitherto been described,

it is peculiarly unfortunate that the state of preservation of the

one I had precluded minuter investigation.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXVII.

S. rotumanus, n. sp., p. 469. Head, x4.

- Anus and surrounding skin, x4.

a a A portion of the skin to show the densely black

papillz and the arrangement of the circular muscles, x 4.

. S. funafuti, n. sp., p.470. The cesophagus in this specimen is slightly

eyerted in the centre of the crown of tentacles. Nat. size.

. S. funafuti,n.sp. A piece of skin from the middle of the body showing

the longitudinal and circular muscles and the scattered papillz.

Highly magnified.

6. Physcosoma pacificum Kef., p. 470. The posterior narrow tail of the

animal, showing the last loop of the intestine, the spindle-muscle,

and the backward extension of the nephridia—black—to the extreme

posterior end of the body. Nat. size.

. Physcosoma microdontoton Sluit., p. 471. a. Entire animal, x4.

6. Head viewed en face, x12.

8. Aspidosiphon elegans Cham. & Eysenh., p.471. a. Entire animal, x2.

6. Anusand anterior shield, x5. c. Posterior shield, x10. d. Hook,

highly magnified.

9. Aspidosiphon klunzingeri Sel. & Biilow, p. 471. a. Entire animal,

<2. 6. Posterior shield, x+. c. Anterior shield. x4.

10. Cleosiphon aspergillum Quatr., p. 471. a. Entire animal, x2. 6, A

few papillz, more highly magnified.

11. Thalassema caudex Lamp., p. 472. Ventral view, nat. size.

12. Thalassema vegrande Lamp., p. 472. Ventro-lateral view, X 1'5.

Fig.

oR goto

—~I

3. Fourth Report on Additions to the Batrachian Col-

lection in the Natural-History Museum.’ By G. A.

Boutencer, F.R.S.

[Received May 17, 1898.]

(Plates XXXVIII. & XXXIX.)

Owing to the increasing attention paid by zoological collectors

to this much neglected group of Vertebrates, the number of

species of Tailless Batrachians represented in the National Col-

lection is steadily rising. In the Second Report, published in

1890, I pointed out that the increase in the number of species of

which specimens had been acquired has been at the rate of 10 per

annum from 1858 to 1868, of 15 from 1868 to 1882, of 16 from

1882 to 1886, and of 183 from 1886 to 1890. It has risen to

193 from 1890 to 1894, and to 283 from 1898 to the present date,

as shown by the following list.

A proportional increase in the additions to the collection of

Tailed Batrachians is also observable on comparison with the

previous lists.

1 Of. P. Z. 8. 1894, p. 640.

474

MR. G. A, BOULENGER ON ADDITIONS LO TILE [June 7,

The following table shows the number of species enumerated in

the four Reports drawn up since the publication of the British

Museum Catalogue of Batrachians in 1882 :—

Second

Third

Fourth

First Report (1886). Heaudata: 63. Caudata: 4. Apoda:

oe » (L890); “3 74. i 3. y

» (1894). 4, THs) ay 2. 45

Mae it sis ae hips, ete 162) es

& |

col wR Om

Total : i 329. es 9: a

I. List of the Species, new or previously unrepresented, specimens of

which have been added to the Collection since the last Report.

wo wor

= 10:

Fi.

*12.

*13;

*14,

*15,

(An asterisk indicates type specimens.)

EcaupData.

. Oxyglossus martensii Ptrs.—Siam (Siamese Mus.).

. Rana leitensis Bttgr. Zool. Anz. 1893, p. 365.—Sooloo

Islands (Zverett), Borneo (Cator), Celebes (Everett).

. Rana microdisca Bttgr. Ber. Offenb. Ver. Nat. 1892,

p. 137.—Celebes (Sarasin), Flores (Everett).

. Rana hascheana Stol.—Great Natuna (Hverett).

. Rana pulchra Bigr. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) xviii. 1896,

p. 468.—L. Tanganyika (Nutt).

. Rana ornata Ptrs.—Gallaland (Donaldson Smith), Somali-

land (Bottego).

. Rana newtont Bocage, Jorn. Se. Lisb. xii. 1886, p. 70.—

“§. Thomé (Moller),

. Rana nutii Blgr. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) xviii. 1896,

p. 467.—L. Tanganyika (Nutt, Moore).

. Rana luzonensis Blgr. op. cit. xvii. 1896, p. 401.—Luzon

( Whitehead).

Rana florensis Blgr. op. cit. xix. 1897, p. 508.—Flores

( Everett).

Rana macrops Bigr. P. Z. S. 1897, p. 233.—Celebes

(Sarasin).

Cornufer baluensis Blgr. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) xvii.

1896, p. 449.— Borneo (Hverete).

Phrynobatrachus perpalmatus Blgr. infra, p. 479.—L.

Mwero, C. Africa (Moore).

Oreobatrachus baluensis Bler. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6)

xvii. 1896, p. 401.—Borneo (Everett).

Arthroleptis whytti Blgr, P. ZS. 1897, p. 802.—L. Nyassa

(Johnston).

* In order to explain the inconsistencies that occur in the terminations of

personal names, used to designate species, in the lists published by me in these

‘Proceedings, I wish to point out that these are due to editorial supervision,

changes being made without my knowledge or consent.

1898.]

*16.

ave

agila

BATRACHIAN COLLECTION IN THE BRITISH MUSEUM. AT5

Arthroleptis botiegi Blgr. Ann. Mus. Genova, (2) xv. 1895,

- p. 16.—Somaliland (Bottego).

Arthroleptis minutus Blgr. P. Z. 8.1895, p. 539.—Somali-

land (Donaldson Smith).

Arthroleptis moorti Blgr. infra, p. 479.—L. Tanganyika

(Moore).

. Mantidactylus majori Blgr. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) xviii.

1896, p. 420.—Madagascar (Forsyth Major).

. Mantidactylus albofrenatus F. Miller, Verh. nat. Ges.

Basel, x. 1892, p. 197.—Madagascar (Majastre, Forsyth

Major).

. Rhacophorus majori Blgr. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) xvii.

1896, p. 404.—Madagascar (Porsyth Major).

. Rhacophorus mocquardi Blgr. t.c. p. 402.—Madagascar

(Majastre).

. Rhacophorus peracce Blgr. op. cit. xvii. 1896, p. 421.—

Madagascar (Forsyth Major).

. Rhacophorus macroscelis Blgr. op. cit. xvu. 1896, p. 404.—

Borneo (Zverett).

. Rhacophorus hostvi Blgr. op. cit. xvi. 1895, p. 169.— Borneo

(Hose).

. Rhacophorus monticola Blgr. op. cit. xvil. 1896, p. 395,—

Celebes (Everett, Sarasin).

. Rhacophorus fasciatus Blgr. op. cit. xvi. 1895, p. 169.—

Borneo (Hose).

. Rhacophorus nigropalmatus Blgr. t.c. p. 170.—Borneo

(Hose).

. Rhacophorus brachychir Bttgr. Zool. Anz. 1882, p. 480.—

Madagascar { Mujastre).

. Chiromantis xerampelina Ptrs.—Brit. E. Africa (Ansorge.

Betton).

. Ivalus vittiger Blgr. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) xix. 1897,

p- 106.—Java (Fruhstor fer).

. Ivalus leitensis Blgr. t. ce. p. 107.—Leyte, Philippines

( Whitehead).

. Lxalus mindorensis Blgr. 1. e-—Mindoro ( Whitehead).

. Ixalus bimaculatus Ptrs.—Borneo (Everett).

. Rappia thomensis Bocage, Jorn. Sc. Lisb. xlii. 1886,

p- 74.—S. Thomé (Moller).

. Rappia quinquevittata Bocage.—Stanley Falls.

. Rappia tristis Bocage.—Lower Congo.

. Ruppia mollert Bedriaga, Amph. Rept. Guinée (1892),

p- 10.—St. Thomé (Moller).

. Rappia rutenbergu Bttgr.—Madagascar (Greening).

. Megahixalus brachyenemis Blgr. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6)

xvii. 1896, p. 404.—Nyassaland (Johnston).

- Megalivalus gramineus Blgr. Ann. Mus. Genova, (2) xviii.

1898, p. 721.—L. Rudolf (Bottego).

. Hylambates johnstoni Blgr. P. Z.S. 1897, p.803.—Nyassa-

land (Johnston).

MR. G, A, BOULENGER ON ADDITIONS 10 THE = [June 7,

. Phyllobates infraguttatus Blgr. op. cit. 1898, p. 118.—

Ecuador (Rosenberg).

Colostethus latinasus Cope.—Colombia and Ecuador

(Rosenberg).

. Oreophrynella quelchii Blgr. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) xvi.

1895, pp. 125, 522.—Brit. Guiana (Quelch).

. Sphenophryne cornuta Ptrs. & Doriaa—New Guinea

(van Renesse).

. Sphenophryne verrucosa Blgr. Ann. Mus. Genova, (2)

xviii. 1898, p. 707.—New Guinea (Anthony).

. Sphenophryne lorie Blgr. 1. c.—New Guinea (Loria).

. Sphenophryne ateles Blgr. t. e. p. 708.—New Guinea

(Loria).

. Sphenophryne biroi Méhely, Term. Fiizet. Budapest, xx.

1897, p. 411.—New Guinea (Loria).

. Sphenophryne anthonyi Blgr. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6)

xix. 1897, p. 10.—New Guinea (Anthony).

. Sphenophryne monticola Blgr. t. ¢. p. 508.—Lombok

(Hverett).

. Sphenophryne variabilis Blgr. op. cit. xviii. 1896, p. 64.—

Celebes (Sarasin, Everett).

. Calophrynus calearatus Mocq. Bull, Soc. Philom. (8) vii.

1895, p. 108.—Madagascar.

. Calophrynus brevis Blgr. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) xvii.

1896, p. 403.—Madagascar (Last).

. Engystoma borneense Blgr. op. cit. xix. 1897, p. 108.—

Borneo (Hose).

. Microhyla palmipes Blgr. 1. e.—Java (Fruhstorfer).

. Microhyla bungurana Gthr. Noy. Zool. ii. 1895, p. 501.—

Great Natuna (Averett).

- Phrynivalus oxyrhinus Blgr. infra, p. 480.—St. Aignan

Island, New Guinea (Meek).

. Mantophryne lateralis Blgr. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) xix.

1897, p. 12.—New Guinea (Anthony).

. Mantophryne robusta Blgr. infra, p. 480.—St. Aignan

Island, New Guinea (Meek).

. Liophryne rhododactyla Blgr. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) xix.

1897, p. 11.—New Guinea (Anthony).

. Liophryne brevis Blgr. 1. c—New Guinea (Anthony).

. Xenorhina atra Gthr. Noy. Zool. iii. 1896, p. 184.—New

Guinea (Day).

. Dyscophus grandidieri Blgr. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) xvii:

1896, p. 404.—Madagascar (Last).

. Hylodes anomalus Bligr. P. Z. 8. 1898, p. 119.—Eeuador

(Rosenberg).

. Hylodes raniformis Blgr. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) xvii.

1896, p. 19.—Colombia (Rosenberg).

. Hylodes ranoides Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soe. xxiii. 1886,

p- 275.—Nicaragua (Hothschuh), Costa Rica ( Underwood).

«tell

*83.

*84,

*85.

#86.

737.

*88.

#89.

90.

91.

pe 792.

*93.

94.

lod

BATRACHIAN COLLECTION IN THE BRITISH MUSEUM. A477

. Hylodes underwoodi Blgr. Aun. & Mag. N. H. (6) xviii.

1896, p. 340.—Costa Rica (Underwood).

. Hylodes longirostris Blgr. P. Z. S. 1898, p. 120.—Ecuador

(Rosenberg).

. Hylodes achatinus Blgr. 1. c—Hcuador (Rosenberg).

. Hylodes alfredi Blgr. infra, p. 480,—Vera Cruz, Mexico

(Dugés).

. Hylodes rugosus Ptrs.—Nicaragua (Rothschuh).

. Hylodes gularis Blgr. P. ZS. 1898, p. 121.—Ecuador

(Rosenberg).

. Hylodes discoidalis Peracca, Boll. Mus. Torin. x. 1895,

no. 195, p. 24.—Tucuman (Turin Mus.)

}. Hylodes bufoniformis Blgr. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) xvii.

1896, p. 19.—Colombia (Rosenberg).

. Hylodes latidiscus Blgr. P. Z. S. 1898, p. 121.—Ecuador

(Rosenberg).

. Hylodes erythropleura Blgr. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) xvii.

1896, p. 20.—Colombia (Rosenberg).

. Hylodes cerasinus Cope.—Costa Rica (Underwood),

. Hylodes polyptychus Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc, xxiii.

1886, p. 276.—Nicaragua (Rothschuh), Costa Rica (Un-

derwood).

Syrrhopus areolatus Bler. P. Z.S. 1898, p. 122.—EHcuador

(Rosenberg).

. Ceratophrys cristiceps F. Miiller, Verh. nat. Ges. Basel,

vil. 1883, p. 279.—Rio Janeiro (Greening).

Paludicola borellii Peracca, Boll. Mus. Torin. x. 1895,

no. 195, p. 26.—Tucuman (Turin Mus.).

Leptodactylus pulcher Blgr. P. Z.S. 1898, p. 122,—Ecua-

dor (Rosenberg).

Leptodactylus maculilabris Blgr. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6)

xvii. 1896, p. 404.—Costa Rica ( Underwood).

Borborocetes mexicanus Blgr. infra, p. 481.—Zacatecas,

Mexico (Buller).

Chiroleptes dahlii Blgr. P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 687.—N. Aus-

tralia (Dahl).

Nectophryne macrotis Blgr. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) xvi.

1895, p. 171.—Borneo (Hose).

Nectophryne everetti Blgr. op. cit. xvii. 1896, p. 450.—

Borneo (Hverett).

Bufo penangensis Stol.— Borneo (Lverett).

Bufo steindachnert Pfeff. Jahrb. Hamb. Wiss. Anst. x.

1893, p. 103.—Gallaland (Bottego).

Bufo dodsoni Blgr. P. Z.8. 1895, p. 540.—Somaliland

(Donaldson Smith).

Bufo dombensis Bocage, Jorn. Sc. Lish. (2) xiii. 1895,

p- 50.—Angola (Anchieta).

Bufo taitanus Ptrs.—L. Tanganyika (Nutt), Somaliland

(Bottego).

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1898, No. XXXII. 32

*6.

MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON ADDITIONS TO THE =“ [June 7,

. Bufo coniferus Cope.—Costa Rica (Underwood), Ecuador

(Rosenberg).

. Bufo coccifer Cope.—Costa Rica (Underwood).

. Hyla rosenbergit Blgr. P. Z. 8. 1898, p. 123.—Ecuador

(Rosenberg).

. Hyla gabbii Cope.—Costa Rica (Underwood).

. Hyla gratiosa Leconte.—Florida (Brimley).

. Hyla puma Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc, xxii. 1885,

p- 183.—Costa Rica (Underwood).

. Hyla microcephala Blgr. infra, p. 481.—Costa Rica

(Underwood).

. Hyla variabilis Blgr. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) xvii. 1896,

p. 20.—Colombia (Zosenberg).

. Hyla rueppellai Bttgr. Zool. Anz. 1895, p. 137.—Halma-

heira (Aiikenthal).

. Hyla fallax Blgr. infra, p. 482.—New Guinea (Doria).

. Hyla everetti Blgr. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) xix. 1897,

p- 509.—Sumba, Savu, Ombaai, Timor (verett).

. Ayla impura Ptrs. & Doria.—New Guinea (Biro).

. Nototrema bolivianum Stdr. Sitzb. Ak. Wien, ci. 1892,

p- 840.—Bolivia (Rolle).

. Nototrema angustifrons Blgr. P. Z. 8. 1898, p. 124.—

Ecuador (Rosenberg).

. Nototrema cornutum Ber. |. c.—EHeuador (Rosenberg).

. Hylella parabambe Bigr. t. ce. p. 125.—Ecuador (Rosen-

berg).

. Hylella puncticrus Blgr. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) xviii.

1896, p. 341.—Costa Rica (Underwood).

. Nyctimantis papua Blgr. op. cit. xix. 1897, p. 12.—New

Guinea (Anthony).

. Corythomantis greeningi Blgr. op. cit. xvii. 1896, p. 405.—

Espirito Santo, Brazil (Greening).

. Pelodytes caucasicus Blgr. t. ce. p. 406.—Caucasus (Radde).

. Leptobrachium natune Gthr. Nov. Zool. ii. 1895, p. 501.

—Great Natuna I. (Everett).

CAUDATA.

. Molge italica Peracca, Boll. Mus. Torin. xii. 1898,

no. 317.—S. Italy (Peracea).

. Amblystoma talpoidewm Holbr.—Mississippi (Brimley).

. Amblystoma altamirani Dugés, Naturaleza, ii. 1896,

p- 459.—Mexico (Duges).

. Amblystoma annulatum Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc.

Xxilil. 1886, p. 525,— Arkansas (Brimley).

. Autodax iecanus Cope, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1883, p. 24.—

California (Gilbert, Van Denburgh).

Spelerpes subpalmatus Blgr. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) xviii.

1896, p. 341.—Costa Rica (Underwood).

. Spelerpes bocourti Brocchi, Miss. Sc. Mex., Batr. p. 111

(1882).— Costa Rica (Underwood),

1898,] | BATRACHIAN COLLECTION IN THE BRITISH MUSEUM. 479

_8. Spelerpes altamazonieus Cope.—Colombia (Pratt).

*9, Desmognathus brimleyorum Stejn. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus,

xvii. 1895, p. 597.—Arkansas (Brimley).

*10. Typhlomolge rathbuni Stejn. op. cit. xviil. 1896, p. 620.—

Texas (U.S. Nat. Mus.).

APODA.

1. Hypogeophis alternans Stejn. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. xvi.

1894, p. 739.—Seychelles (Paris Mus.).

*2. Bdellophis vittatus Blgr. P. Z. S. 1895, p. 412.—German

E. Africa ( Werner).

*3. Boulengerula boulengert Tornier, Thierw. O.-Afr., Rept.

Amph. p. 164 (1896).—German E. Africa (Berlin Mus.).

4, Siphonops brasiliensis Rhdt.—Sta. Catharina (Prague

Museum).

IT. Deseriptions of new Species.

1, PHRYNOBATRACHUS PERPALMATUS. (Plate XX XVIII. fig. 1.)

Tongue with a conical median papilla. Habit ranoid. Head

small; snout short, subacuminate, without canthus ; interorbital

space convex, a little narrower than the upper eyelid ; tympanum

feebly distinct, two thirds the diameter of the eye. First finger

not extending quite so far as second ; toes entirely webbed, with

very slightly swollen tips ; subarticular tubercles small ; two small

metatarsal tubercles and a third tubercle in the middle of the inner

edge of the tarsus. The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches the eye,

the tarso-metatarsal a little beyond the tip of the snout. Skin

feebly warty above. Brown above, with small dark spots; a dark,

light-edged streak on each side from the eye to the groin, involving

the tympanum ; a dark cross-bar on the thigh and another on the

tibia ; hinder side of thighs white, with a wavy blackish band ; lower

parts white, throat with some brown dots; two brown streaks or

series of spots on the lower surface of the thighs.

Total length 22 millim.

Two specimens were obtained about Lake Mwero by Mr. J. E.S.

Moore on his expedition to Lake Tanganyika.

2. ARTHROLEPTIS MoorII. (Plate XX XVIII. fig. 2.)

Tongue with a conical median papilla. Head moderate, as long

as broad ; snout rounded, as long as the eye; nostril nearer the

end of the snout than the eye; interorbital space as broad as the

upper eyelid; tympanum indistinct, two thirds the diameter of

the eye. First and second fingers equal, more than half as long

as third; toes webbed at the base, tips slightly swollen; sub-

articular tubercles small; two very small metatarsal tubercles,

and a third tubercle in the middle of the inner edge of the

tarsus. The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches the tip of the snout.

Skin smooth. Olive above; a triangular dark spot, the apex

turned backwards, between the eyes; a A-shaped dark marking

32%

480 MR. G. A, BOULENGER ON ADDITIONS TOTHE ([June7,

between the shoulders, and dark bars across the limbs; lower parts

white.

From snout to vent 20 millim.

A single specimen from Kinyamkolo, Lake Tanganyika (J. £. 8.

Moore).

3. PHRYNIXALUS OXYRHINUS. (Plate XXXVIII. fig. 3.)

Tongue oval, rather narrow, free in its posterior third ; palatine

ridges strong. Head as long as broad ; snout pointed, very pro-

minent ; nostril a little nearer the end of the snout than the eye ;

canthus rostralis rounded; loreal region almost vertical ; inter-

orbital space twice as bread as the upper eyelid; tympanum

vertically oval, about three fourths the size of the eye. Fingers

and toes dilated into small but well-developed disks ; subarticular

tubercles feebly prominent ; first finger shorter than the second ;

a feebly prominent, oval inner metatarsal tubercle. The tibio-

tarsal articulation reaches the eye. Skin smooth. Pale grey

above, with dark brown spots and marblings, which are largest on

the sides; sides of head dark brown; groin and hinder side of

thighs whitish, with black spots or marblings ; white beneath.

From snout to vent 28 millim.

Five specimens from St. Aignan I., south of Fergusson L.,

British New Guinea; collected by Mr. Meek.

4, MANTOPHRYNE RoBUSTA. (Plate XXXVIII. fig. 4.)

Habit stout. Head subtriangular, much broader than long;

snout obtusely pointed, prominent, shorter than the diameter of

the orbit ; canthus rostralis indistinct ; loreal region oblique,

slightly concave ; nostril nearer the tip of the snout than the eye;

interorbital space as broad as the upper eyelid ; tympanum about

two thirds the diameter of the eye. Fingers and toes rather short,

with small terminal disks and feebly prominent subarticular

tubercles ; first finger a little shorter than the second; a feebly

prominent, oval inner metatarsal tubercle. The tibio-tarsal articu-

lation reaches the shoulder or the tympanum. Skin smooth, shiny;

a strong fold from the eye to the shoulder. Reddish or purplish

brown above, uniform or with small black spots; lower parts pale

brown.

From snout to vent 71 millim.

Three specimens from St. Aignan I., south of Fergusson I.,

British New Guinea ; collected by Mr. Meek.

5. HYLODES ALFREDI. (Plate XXXIX. fig. 1.)

Tongue subcircular, entire or indistinctly nicked behind.

Vomerine teeth in two short transverse groups behind the level

of the choane. Head much depressed; snout short, rounded ;

nostril near the tip of the snout ; canthus rostralis distinct; loreal

region concave ; interorbital space as broad as the upper eyelid;

tympanum very distinct, two thirds the diameter of the eye.

First finger a little shorter than second; disks of fingers large,

1898.] BATRACHIAN COLLECTION IN THE BRITISH MUSEUM. 481

truncate, subtriangular, their diameter nearly equalling that of the

tympanum ; toes free, the disks a little smaller than those of the

fingers; subarticular tubercles moderately large, very prominent ;

two small metatarsal tubercles. The tibio-tarsal articulation

reaches the tip of the snout. Skin smooth above and beneath.

Greyish above, speckled with blackish, white beneath.

From snout to vent 36 millim.

Two specimens from Atoyac, State of Vera Cruz. Presented

by Dr. Alfred Dugés, after whom the species is named.

6. BoRBOROCGTES MEXICANUS. (Plate XXXIX. fig. 2.)

Tongue oval, entire. Vomerine teeth in two rounded groups

behind the level of the choane. Snout rounded, a little longer

than the diameter of the orbit ; nostril nearer the end of the snout

than the eye; canthus rostralis rounded ; interorbital space a little

broader than the upper eyelid; tympanum distinct, two thirds the

diameter of the eye. Fingers moderate, first extending beyond

second ; toes moderate, free; subarticular tubercles of fingers

and toes very strong; a large and very prominent, compressed

inner metatarsal tubercle and a small, rounded outer metatarsal

tubercle. The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches between the eye

and the nostril. Skin smooth. Olive-grey above, with small

darker markings ; a dark cross-bar between the eye ; a dark lumbar

marking ; a dark streak on each side of the head and body, not

reaching the groin ; lips with vertical dark bars; limbs with dark

cross-bars ; lower parts white; sides of throat speckled with brown.

From snout to vent 37 millim.

Two specimens from Hacienda el Florencio, Zacatecas, Mexico;

collected by Dr. A. C. Buller.

7. Hyta microcepHana. (Plate XXXIX. fig. 3.)

Tongue circular, slightly nicked, and moderately free behind.

Vomerine teeth in two small round groups between the choane.

Head small, a little broader than long; snout rounded, as long

as the diameter of the orbit ; canthus rostralis distinct ; loreal

region slightly oblique ; interorbital space broader than the upper

eyelid; tympanum distinct, half the diameter of the eye. Fingers

one-third webbed; no projecting rudiment of pollex ; toes nearly

entirely webbed; disks quite as large as the tympanum; sub-

articular tubercles moderate. The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches

between the eye and the tip of the snout. Skin smooth above

and on the throat, granular on the body. Pale brown above,

uniform or with scattered dark brown dots; a dark brown streak

on each side of the head and belly, passing through the eye and

edged with whitish above; thighs pigmentless; white beneath.

Male with a large external vocal sac.

From snout to vent 28 millim.

Two specimens, male and female, from Bebedero, Costa Rica;

collected by Mr. Underwood.

Nearest allied to H. wranochroa, Cope.

482 COUNT M. G. PERACCA ON AN ITALIAN NEWT. [June 7,

8. Hyta FALLAX, (Plate XXXIX. fig. 4.)

Tongue circular, slightly nicked and free behind. Vomerine

teeth in two small round groups on a level with the posterior

borders of the choane. Head moderate, broader than Jong; snout

rounded, as long as the diameter of the orbit; canthus rostralis

indistinct ; loreal region very oblique; interorbital space broader

than the upper eyelid; tympanum distinct, half the diameter of

the eye. Outer fingers almost half-webbed; no projecting rudi-

ment of pollex; toes nearly entirely webbed; disks nearly as large

as the tympanum ; subarticular tubercles feeble. The tibio-tarsal

articulation reaches between the eye and the tip of the snout.

Skin smooth above and on the throat, granular on the belly.

Dark purplish-brown above, with white markings, viz. a broad

triangular blotch on the forehead, extending on the anterior half

of the upper eyelid, a band on each side of the back, from the

upper eyelid to the sacral region, and a subtriangular blotch on the

coccygeal region ; these markings enclosing a vase-shaped area of

the ground-colour; a white blotch above the heel, and some white

dots on the tibia.

From snout to vent 27 millim.

A single specimen from Katow, New Guinea; received from

the Marquis G. Doria.

This tree-frog bears a striking superficial resemblance to the

South-American H. leucophyllata, Beiris.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Puate XXXVIII.

Fig. 1. Phrynobatrachus perpalmatus, p. 479.

2. Arthroleptis moorti, p. 479.

3. Phrynixalus oxyrhinus, p. 480.

4. Mantophryne robusta, p. 480.

Puate XXXIX.

Fig. 1. Hylodes alfredi, p. 480.

ian eS . Open mouth.

2. Borborocetes mexicanus, p. 481.

2a. is x Open mouth.

3. Hyla microcephala, p. 481.

4. ,, fallax, p. 482.

4. Note on an Italian Newt, Molge italica.

By M. G. Peracca, Ph.D., F.Z.S.

[Received May 31, 1898.]

(Plate XL.)

I have recently described’ a new Italian Newt discovered by

me in the southern part of Italy. The kind permission of the

Zoological Society to have this Newt figured in the Proceedings

2 Boll. Mus, Zool. Anat. Comp. n. 317, 14 Maggio, 1898, vol. xiii.

PZ.S.1898 FLX.

E iri Leth Mintern Bros.imp.

TRYNOBATRACHUS PERPALMATUS.2.ARTHROLEPTIS MOORII.

"3 PHRYNIXALUS OXYRHINUS.4MANTOPHRYNE ROBUSTA.

Lo SOB Pla OCUxe:

la. Le:

FJ. Smit del.et lth Mintern Bros.imp.

aay ODES ALE RADI 2 BORBOROCGLTES MEXICANUS,

Oye AS MICROCEPHALA. 4HYLA FALLAX.

PJ.Smit delet hth.

MOLGE ITALICA

< }

P.Z.S.18398, Fle

Mintern Bros.

1898. ] COUNT M. G. PERACCA ON AN ITALIAN NEWT. 483

gives me the opportunity of making my new species better known

and to add something to my previous remarks. Specimens are

also now exhibited in the Society’s Reptile-house.

Motes rranica Peracca. (Plate XL.)

Triton teniatus (partim), H. Giglioli, “Elenco dei Mammiferi,

degli uccelli ¢ dei Rettili ittiofagi appartenenti alla fauna italica e

Catalogo degli Anfibii e dei Pesci italiani” (estratto del Catalogo

generale della sezione italiana alla Esposizione internazionale della

pesca in Berlino, nell’ anno 1880) (spec. of Palizzi).

Triton vulgaris, subsp. meridionalis (partim), Camerano, Mono-

erafia Anfibi urodeli italiani, 1884, Mem. Reale Ace. delle Scienze

di Torino, ser. ii. tom. xxxvi. (spec. of Campobasso).

Fronto-squamosal arch partially ligamentous; frontals with

well-developed, thick, orbital processes. Palatine teeth in two

series in contact or hardly separated anteriorly, then gradually

diverging behind; the two diverging branches often somewhat

curved inwardly; these series commencing on a line with the

choanee.

Tongue small, elliptical, free along the sides (as in MW. vulgaris).

Head thick, swollen in the parotoid region, longer than broad,

once and a fifth as long as wide, contained thrice in the length of

the body. The greatest width of the head at the centre of the

eyes in the males, at the commissures of the mouth in the females.

Upper surface of the head slightly convex, but nearly in a straight

line seen from the side; a short and hardly defined groove on the

ethmoidal region ; no lateral grooves. Snout thick, short, obtuse,

with ill-defined canthus rostralis, broadly convex between the eyes

and the end of the snout. Eyes slightly prominent, especially in

the males, the longitudinal diameter of which equals the distance

between the anterior corner of the eyes and the nostril. Inter-

orbital space contained twice and two-thirds, never thrice, in

the length of the head. Labial lobes well developed during

the breeding-season, very much developed in old females. Body

quadrangular in the breeding male, with a more or less developed

cutaneous fold bordering each side, without dorsal crest and sub-

quadrangular in the female, with a distinct median dorsal groove

in both sexes. Limbs moderate; the fore limb stretched forwards

extends just beyond the tip of the snout in the males and hardly

reaches the tip of the snout in some females.

When the limbs are adpressed, the third finger in the male over-

laps the outer tarsal tubercle, in the female it hardly reaches the

base of third toe. The length of the fore and hind limbs is the

same in both sexes. Fingers and toes moderate, depressed ; the

latter in the male often with rudimentary web at the base. ‘Two

small, but very distinct, conical carpal and tarsal tubercles, the outer

of which, especially the tarsal, is more prominent. Tail strongly

compressed in the breeding-season, a little longer than head and

body in the male, equalling head and body in the female, with an

upper and a lower crest. The height of the tail is less in the

484 COUNT M. G, PERACCA ON AN ITALIAN NEWT. [June 7,

male, and its borders are distinctly convergent towards the end,

while in the female they are nearly parallel. The end of the tail

is broadly rounded and sharply mucronated. Cloaca of the male

a longitudinal cleft, with strongly swollen lips (as in M. vulgaris) ;

that of the female like that of J. vulgaris, but smaller, more com-

pressed, subconical, and directed inwardly in the specimens pre-

served in spirit. Skin nearly smooth or minutely tuberculated,

with a network of faint nearly transverse grooves and ten to twelve

vertical more or less conspicuous costal grooves on the sides of the

body and vertical ones on the sides of the basal portion of the tail.

Upper surface of head with two diverging series of conspicuous

pores. A distinct gular fold, sometimes undistinguishable in the

preserved specimens.

Male. Upper surface of head and body between the two cuta-

neous folds olive-brown, more or less dark, with small darker spots

irregularly disposed ; head neither spotted nor striped, sometimes

minutely speckled with dark brown on the sides. Upper lip dark.

Flanks of a beautiful metallic brass-yellow, with scattered large

dark olive-brown spots, sometimes with lead-grey centres. The

metallic brilliancy of the flanks may be obscured with dark brown

or lead-grey speckles. Sides of the tail usually brass-yellow in the

basal half, the distal half, when not metallic, being yellow-brown,

minutely speckled with brown and metallic dots. The lower

border of the tail yellowish white. The tail is marked with large

brown, sometimes lead-grey, spots and a few large black ones are

constantly to be seen on its lower basal border. From the lower

part of the head, beginning from the posterior corner of the eye,

along the flanks to the vent a white or yellowish-white, usually

unspotted, narrow band, with silky gloss, which extends more or

less, during the breeding-season, on the lateral parts of the belly.

Throat yellow-ochre, more or less dark, unspotted or with scattered

black dots towards the gular fold and the sides; belly yellow-

ochre, always lighter than the throat, with numerous small black

roundish spots irregularly disposed or sometimes confined to the

sides of the belly. The swollen lips of the cloaca brass-yellow or

glossy white, with large black spots; the lips of the anal cleft

blackish slate-grey. Upper surface of limbs, fingers, and toes

olive-brown, with dark dots; lower parts yellowish or whitish; the

soles yellowish or dark grey.

Female. The throat and the belly are as in the males, but the

lateral black dots on the belly are very often trausversely expanded

or more or less curved to torm incomplete rings. Upper parts

and sides of the tail olive-brown, more or less darker, very often

minutely speckled with lead-grey. On the back along the lateral

folds there are black spots often confluent to form a festooned band,

as in the females of /. vulgaris, palmata, montandoni. Sides of the

tail with round black spots, usually disposed along an upper and

a lower line; lower crest yellow-ochre.

Some females are very brilliantly coloured, with metallic flanks,

like the males. Both in the males and females there is a yellow

1898.] COUNT M. G. PERAOCA ON AN ITALIAN NEWT. 485

or metallic-yellow roundish spot, nearly constant in all specimens,

on the temporal region. Iris, in breeding specimens, golden,

shining, crossed by a transverse blackish-brown band.

In the specimens on land the tail loses its crest, the end

becomes very shortly mucronated, and the male is no longer dis-

tinguishable from the female. The flanks in the male lose their

brilliant appearance and become dark olive or grey-brown, minutely

speckled with slate-grey or light brown like the upper parts, on

which the dark dots and, usually, two lateral blackish festooned

lines, as in the female, become very conspicuous.

Measurements.

Potenza. Lecce

(St. Cataldo).

Buell iySs 9

mm mm. mm. mm.

Bhlotalblengtliviens. sorsacnsssecenescc- sees: 61 74 46 50

From snout to the anterior border

OMENS VEritedste lose eee toeeecentesceee 27 37 22 25

Length of the head (to the occiput).. 8 10 6 7

Width of the head .................006- 6 7 5 5

Way eghiIn Diecase taee aa areeccasp eaaoteo cece 11 12 8 8

Je liva kal Pail yap eee a Ashe arian seer eee 11 12 8 8

phate seu eer eree sane tach seeenee-eecdabecsees 34 37 24 25

leiehtiof the tail... i2<..2sscses-sceescess 6 8 5 5

This species was discovered by me this year in the beginning of

March near Potenza in the Basilicata (822 m. above sea-level), where

I found it very common in all pools, reservoirs, and ditches along

the Basente river, in which the water is sometimes slowly running.

In some deep wells I found numerous larve, which evidently were

about a year old and had spent the winter in the water. I am

not able to state, at present, whether these larve present the true

facies of such as perform their regular annual cycle of development

till the metamorphosis. They resemble very much in general

shape and coloration those of MW. alpestris. I think that a further

investigation will perhaps prove that the larva of MW. italica may be

intermediate between that of M. alpestris and M. vulgaris.

I hope to be able to give later on a full description of the larve

which are now developing in my aquarium.

Among the larve collected at Potenza I found some gigantic

gill-breathing specimens, which a careful examination proved to

be adult. All were provided with a low dorsal crest, beginning

nearly above the insertion of the gills. Most of them were females

with perfectly developed eggs; among the males I found one

with conspicuously developed gills, swollen lips of the cloaca, and

showing the size and the characteristic brilliant metallic coloration

of fully metamorphosed adult breeding males. This fact proves

that M. italica, at least in the mountain district of Potenza, is

486 COUNT M. G. PERACCA ON AN ITALIAN NEWT. [June 7,

able to reach the fully adult and breeding state without meta-

morphosing, as is known to be the case in MW. alpestris.

I met with M. italica also at St. Cataldo (12 k. from Lecce) on

the sea-shore, where it seems to be confined to the freshwater

marshes running at a short distance along the coast of the Adriatic

from Brindisi to Taranto. Curiously enough, I never found it in

the reservoirs or tanks in the gardens near Lecce.

The specimens from St. Cataldo are remarkable by their extra-

ordinary small size, being nearly half that of specimens from

Potenza. Perhaps the fact is due to the early drying up of the

marshes in the summer, so that the development of the larve

becomes more rapid and they do not attain their full typical size.

A very badly preserved female specimen, labelled J. vulgaris,

from Campobasso, Molise, is in the collection of the Turin Museum,

but a careful examination proves that it belongs to my new species.

Prof. H. Giglioli, in his “‘ Elenco dei Mammiferi, degli uccelli e

dei Rettili ittiofagi appartenenti alla fauna italica e Catalogo degli

Anfibii e dei Pesci italiani” (estratto del Catalogo generale della

sezione italiana alla Esposizione internazionale della pesca in

Berlino, nell’ anno 1880), at page 15 mentions Triton teniatus

(= WM. vulgaris) from Palizzi, near Gerace, Calabria.

Through the kindness of Prof. Giglioli, who, at my request, sent

me the Palizzi specimens, I am now able to state that they are, as

Thad already hinted in my former paper, true M. italica. There are

four specimens, all females, which were collected in June 1878 by

Prof. G. Cavanna. The strong spirit used in preserving them has

caused their teguments so to contract that the back shows, instead

of a groove, a kind of longitudinal produced ridge due to the

prominence of the vertebral column. Their size equals that of

the specimens from Potenza, although Palizzi stands at no great

elevation above sea-level.

Molge italica has an extensive range in the peninsula, as it seems

to inhabit the whole of south-eastern Italy, while MW. vulgaris,

subsp. meridionalis, seems not to have as yet been found south

of a line connecting Ancona to the Gran Sasso d'Italia and

extending to Naples’, south of which we are not acquainted with

the presence of this species *.

From what we know at present, Molge italica exists in Molise

(Campobasso), in Basilicata (Potenza), in Terra d’Otranto (near

Lecce), very probably in Capitanata, and in Calabria, along or at a

short distance from the coasts of the Ionic Sea (Palizzi) ; but it does

not seem to be found in the interior of Calabria, at least I was not

able to discover any trace of it at Cosenza, at Catanzaro Sala, and

on the elevated plateaus of Aspromonte (about 1200 m. above sea-

level), where pools and marshes are frequent and in which the

1 Dr. Wolterstorff, of Magdeburg, recently informed me he had received

some specimens of J. vulgaris from Naples. See .

2 I did not succeed in March past in discovering it in the plains of Salerno.

1898.]} ON SPIDERS FROM SAVOY. 487

water lasts fora long time in the summer. The fishermen and

country people of the mentioned localities appeared to me not to be

acquainted with the animal.

Molge italica is very closely allied by the structure of its skull

both to the typical M. vulgaris and subsp. meridionalis. The

skull of MM. italica is stouter, the interorbital space is constantly

larger than in MM. vulgaris, being contained twice and two-thirds,

never thrice (as in M. vulgaris), in the length of the skull. The

fronto-orbital processes are more developed, being longer, stouter,

and directed more outwardly than in M. vulgaris. The ligamentous

portion of the fronto-squamosal arch is more reduced here, so

that we may consider . ztalica as a true transitional form between

M., vulgaris and the allied species with the fronto-squamosal arch

bony.

The new species is easily recognizable from its allies, both from

the species with a dorsal crest (M. vulgaris, palmata) or those

without (1. bosce, montandoni), by the presence in both sexes of

a well-marked dorsal longitudinal groove, while even in the allied

species without dorsal crest both the males and females are pro-

vided with a straight and low cutaneous dorsal ridge’.

The excellent Plate, drawn by Mr. Smit, under the kind super-

vision of my friend Mr. Boulenger, to both of whom I beg to

tender my best thanks, shows so well the characters of the species

that I need not insist on other differences in the coloration which

can be easily noticed between MV. italica and its allies.

5. On some Spiders from Savoy. By the Rev. O. Pickarp-

CamBripce, M.A., F.R.S., C.M.Z.S., &e.

[Received May 18, 1898.]

A small collection of Spiders made for me at the Chalet de

Mélézes, near St. Gervais les Bains, Haute-Savoie, in July and

August 1894, by Mr. A. W. Pickard-Cambridge, with others made

in August 1896 and July 1897, contained examples of thirty-two

species, one of which (of the genus Gnaphosa) appears to me to be

undescribed. Another species, Lycosa (Pardosa) riparia OC. L. Koch,

is of great interest, as little seems to be known of it. M. Simon,

in his great work on French Spiders, describes under that name

a totally distinct form. Dr. Ludwig Koch has kindly sent me a

reliable type of the true Z. riparia, by which I have been able to

determine the examples in the present collection.

Subjoined is a list of the species, with descriptions of the new

Gnaphosa and of the Lycosa riparia.

* See the outlines of the body in the mentioned species given by Boulenger

in his “ Description d’une espéce nouvelle de Triton,” Bull. Soc. Zool. France,

1880, pl. vii.

438 REY. O. PICKARD-CAMBRIDGE ON [June 7,

List of Species.

ARACHNIDA-ARANEIDBA.

DRassipDz.

Callilepis nocturna Linn. Adult male.

Gnaphosa molesta, sp.n. Adult females.

Drassus troglodytes C. L. Koch. Adult females.

» cupreus Bl. Adult female.

» lapidicolens Walck. Adult and immature females.

Prosthesima latreilla L. Koch. Adult female.

“ nigrita Pall. Adult female.

Micaria pulicaria Sund. Adult female.

THERIDIIDE.

Erigone dentipalpis Wid. Adult males.

Tmeticus fortunatus Cambr. Adult male.—This is only the second

record of this very distinct species. See Proc. Dorset Nat. Hist.

and Antiq. Field-Club, 1895, vol. xvi. p. 123, pl. A. fig. 6.

Linyphia pusilla Sund. Adult female.

Microneta fuscipalpis C. L. Koch. Adult male.

EPEIRID”.

Epeira diademata Clk. Adult males and immature females.

» quadrata Clk. Adult male and females.

» ceropegia Walck. Adult male and female.

Zilla alpina L. Koch. Female, immature.

THOMISIDZ.

Xysticus gallicus Sim. Adult males and females.

» eristatus Clk. Adult male.

Philodromus alpestris L. Koch. Adult female.

LYcosIDz&.

Tarentula andrenivora Cik. Adult males.

» pulverulenta Clk. Adult male and female.

x nemoralis Westr. Adult male.

Trochosa leopardus Sund.

Iycosa amentata Clk.

,» cursoria C. L. Koch. Adult male and female.

» albata L. Koch.

» pdlustris Linn. Adult males and females.

» blanda C. L. Koch. Adult males and females.

» riparia C. L. Koch. Adult males and females. Alt.

5000 to 7000 feet.

Pirata latitans Bl.

SALTICIDE.

Aitus pictilis E. Sim. Adult male.

Epiblemum scenicum Clk. Adult female.

Several females of Hrigonini were also in the collection, but in

the absence of males the species are uncertain.

1898.] SPIDERS FROM SAVOY. 489

Descriptions of two Species.

GNAPHOSA MOLESTA, sp. n. (Figs. 1, 2.)

Adult female, length 3 lines (6 mm. nearly).

In general form, colours, and markings this spider closely

resembles Gnaphosa anglica Cambr., but is much smaller, the

female of that species commonly measuring + linesin length. The

present spider is also much less hirsute, the fine prominent hairs

covering the whole spider being fewer and shorter.

—— — a

Fig. 1.—Gnaphosa molesta: epigyne (2 ).

Fig. 2.— 5 » (Q): eyes from above and a little behind.

The cephalothorax, legs, falces, and palpi are of a yellow-brown

ground-colour, the cephalothorax somewhat dusted with dark brown

and having a strong V-shaped darker marking at the hinder end of

the caput, also some dark converging irregular lateral lines on the

thorax and a strongish marginal black-brown line. The legs have

the femora dusted with dark brown, leaving some patches immaculate,

and beneath the fore extremity of the tibie of the first and second

pairs is a single spine, which I cannot observe in &. anglica,

The maxille, labium, and sternum are dark yellow-brown.

The position of the eyes is almost exactly similar in both species.

The abdomen is dark greyish-mouse-black and its hairy clothing

short and close. The genital aperture somewhat resembles that

of G. anglica, but the anterior obtuse process directed backwards

is distinctly shorter.

This spider is possibly G. leporina of L. Koch, of which I have

not been able to examine any authentic example, and it is less

hazardous to describe it as new than to include it from the de-

scription alone as synonymous with at any rate a very nearly allied

spider. M. Simon some years ago singled out a female from a lot of

G. anglica I sent to him for examination, as afemale of G@. leporina

L. Koch. I have re-examined this specimen very carefully and it

is certainly only G. anglica. It did not appear that M. Simon

had ever seen an authentic example of G'naphosa leporina L. Koch,

which has not yet been recorded from France, its localities being

given as Transylvania, Germany, and Sweden.

Adult females were found at the Chalet Mélézes near St. Gervais

490 REV. O. PICKARD-CAMBRIDGE ON [June 7,

les Bains, near the end of July 1897, and again in August 1896.

From this sex being not rare under stones, mostly with their egg-

sacs, and no males being seen, it is probable that the season for the

latter sex had passed.

Lycosa (Parposa) rrparra C. L. Koch. (Figs. 3, 4.)

Adult male, length 24 lines (nearly 5 mm.).

In form, size, colours, and markings this spider closely resembles

L. pullata Clk., so much so that M. Simon, to whom I submitted

both sexes for examination, returned them to me under that name.

Had M. Simon, however, closely inspected the male palpi and the

female genital organs he would at once have seen their great

difference from those of ZL. pullata.

Fig. 3. Fig. 4.

Fig. 3.—Lycosa riparia: epigyne (9 ).

Fig.4.— __,, » (¢): portion of palpus and palpal organs.

Cephalothorax deep brown, with three longitudinal yellow stripes

or narrow bands—a central, two lateral, and a submarginal: the

lateral stripes are rather irregular; the central stripe terminates

at the beginning of the ocular area, and is rather broader in the

middle than at the ends. Ocular area black.

Legs yellow, the femora more or less clouded and marked irregu-

larly with deep brown and blackish; those of the fourth pair

longest.

Palpi black, the radial and digital joints thickly clothed with

short strong hairs ; those of the outer side of the digital joint

shortest and of uniform length. This joint is rather longer than

the radial and cubital joints together, narrow-oval, and ending with

a strongish, curved, nail-like claw. The palpal organs are highly

developed. rom the usual large basal lobe a long, strong, broad,

curved, spiny, tapering, somewhat flat strap-like process on the inner

side curves over obliquely to the outer side, a little beyond which its

broadly and a little obliquely obtuse point projects freely; this point

1898.] eae SPIDERS FROM SAVOY. 491

is furnished with a few minute denticles or granulations. From

beneath the base of this long curved process springs a small black,

curved, sharp-pointed spine having the same general direction as

the process. At the base of the palpal organs is a short, black,

prominent, curved, corneous point rather directed backwards.

Abdomen dark blackish brown, much obscured by grey hairs; the

markings in this sex almost obsolete, but resembling apparently

those of the female.

The female is slightly larger than the male. The legs have the

femora, tibize, and (at least in one example) the metatarsi more or

less, but not distinctly, annulated with brown; in another example

the metatarsi were immaculate. The abdomen is clothed, principally

on the sides and underneath, with greyish hairs; the upperside is

slightly reddish yellow-brown. The central longitudinal marking

is well indicated by a black margin, and its posterior extremity is

truncated. The normal angular bars or chevrons between this

and the spinners are indicated by two converging rows of black

spots or markings continued obliquely on the sides by more or less

indistinct lines of black spots.

Sternum dark yellow-brown, with a not very distinct, short,

longitudinal, central, yellowish line. The genital aperture is large

and of a very distinct and characteristic form, of which a drawing

alone can give any adequate idea, Examples of each sex were

found near St. Gervais les Bains at an altitude of over 6000 feet.

I have thought it well to give a figure of some dissections and

a description of this spider, as there is some confusion in respect

to its identity with the Lycosa riparia C. L. Koch (Simon,

‘ Aranéides de France’). An example of this latter spider kindly

sent to me by M. Simon for examination is undoubtedly of

a quite distinct species from a typical example sent to me by

Dr. Ludwig Koch, and bears a closer resemblance in some points

to L. prativaga L. Koch. M. Simon tells me he received it many

years ago from Dr. L. Koch, as L. riparia C. L. Koch. There was

probably a mistake here somewhere, but Dr. Koch assures me

that about the typical example he has sent to me now recently

there is no doubt whatever as to its being the true L. riparia of

C. L. Koch. The LZ. riparia OC. L. Koch—Kulezynski—from

Austria, is nearly allied to, if not identical with, the type Dr.

L. Koch sent to me. Onan examination, however, of Kulezynski’s

type specimen there appeared to me some differences in the form

of the palpus and in the structure of the palpal organs; I do not

therefore feel quite certain about it. The spiders formerly recorded

(Ann. & Mag. N. H. ser. 4, xvi. pp. 257-258, 1875 ; and ‘ Spiders

of Dorset,’ pp. 380-381, 1881) as Z. riparia and L. prativaga in

England are certain.y all of one species—L. prativaga L. Koch

(vide Proe. Dorset Nat. Hist. and Antiq. Field-Club, vol. xvi. p. 119,

1895).

492 THE SECRETARY ON CERATODUS FORSTERI. (June 21,

June 21, 1898.

W. T. Buanrorp, Hsq., F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair.

Mr. J. Graham Kerr, F.Z.S., exhibited some specimens of

Lepidosiren collected by him in the Gran Chaco of Paraguay during

1896-97. The adult males exhibited the characteristically varying

appearances of the hind limb in the periods before, during, and

after the breeding-season. Mr. Kerr also exhibited specimens of

the young of Lepidosiren, illustrating especially the external gills

and sucker, the disappearance of these organs, and the varying

colour of the animal associated with the surrounding conditions of

light or darkness.

A small collection of Teleostean Fishes, which had been ob-

tained in the same region, and kindly identified by Mr. Boulenger,

was also exhibited. Amongst its components the following

species were interesting as characteristic inhabitants of the same

range of swamps in which Lepidosiren was found :—

CICHLID 2.

Acara tetramerus Heck.

Crenicichla saxatilis L.

SILURIDZ.

Callichthys asper Q. & G.

littoralis Hancock.

Liposarcus pardals Casteln.

CHARACINIDZ.

Macrodon trahira Spix.

Erythrinus wniteniatus Spix.

Xiphorhamphus ferox Gthr.

Serrasalmo serrulatus C. & VY.

SYMBRANCHID &.

Symbranchus marmoratus Bl.

The Secretary called the attention of the Meeting to the arriva.

in the Society’s Gardens of four fine living specimens of the

Australian Lung-fish (Ceratodus forstert), being the first examples

of this fish which had been imported alive to Europe. They had

been captured in the River Mary in Queensland and brought

home from Brisbane in the S.S8. ‘Duke of Devonshire’ by

Mr. D. O’Connor!, who had been engaged by the Royal Society of

Queensland to transfer this fish into other Australian rivers

besides those (the Mary and the Burnett) in which it was already

known to exist. The specimens were kept in hot-water tanks

(temperature 70° to 80°) in the Tortoise House and were fed

principally upon prawns and shrimps.

1 See his letter in the ‘ Field,’ June 11th, 1898, vol. xci. p. 899.

898.] PROF, HOWES ON ARGENTINA SILUS. 493

Mr. D. O’Connor had supplied the following information on the

Ceratodus :—

** Some ten or twelve years ago the late Sir Ferdinand von Mueller

and other scientific men of Australia were apprehensive that Cera-

todus was likely to become extinct, mainly owing to their being

largely destroyed by settlers and miners, who highly esteemed them

as an article of diet. They were mostly killed by dynamite, a very

destructive agent. The curious fact was also noted that no small

specimens of Ceratodus were ever seen; two of those in your

gardens are the smallest I ever met with, excepting a stuffed

specimen which measured 21 inches. The Royal Society of

Queensland, with a view to the preservation of Ceratodus,

resolved to remove specimens to new habitats. I was asked to

undertake the work. My first month’s experience was very

discouraging, resulting in only one live fish, but better success

followed and in less than six months sixty-nine fishes were trans-

ported to six new localities. This success encouraged me to try

the experiment of taking a few to England. I bad some caught

and kept in captivity a few weeks and fed mainly on prawns.

They were shipped in the ‘Duke of Devonshire’ on the 15th

April, and arrived in London on the 12th June, after a passage of

eight weeks. My success was mainly owing to the exceptionally

fine weather enjoyed throughout the voyage, there not being an

hour rough between the Brisbane River and the Thames.

“The native name of Ceratodus is ‘ Teebine’; the settlers on the

Burnett call it salmon on account of its red flesh: on the Mary

River it is known as ‘ Barramundi’; but this name is incorrectly

given to several species of large freshwater fishes, it belongs rightly

to Osteoylossum letchardti.”

Mr. Boulenger exhibited specimens of Polypterus lapradii Stdt.,

from the Lower Congo, provided with much developed external

opercular gills as first described by Steindachner. One of these

specimens measured 260 millim., thus exceeding by 80 millim.

the largest hitherto recorded with persistent external gills. Mr.

Boulenger had previously shown that the presence of these gills

was not actually dependent on age, still less confined to the “ larva ”

as stated by Bashtord Dean, since out of three quite young Polypterus

palmas Ayres, of the same size, one only was possessed of them.

The fact that they persisted in what might be described as halt-

grown specimens rendered it probable that they were retained

throughout life in certain individuals, as we know to be the case

in some of our common Newts.

Mr. R. E. Holding made some remarks on some interesting

animals he had observed during a recent yisit to the Zoological

Gardens at Belle Yue, Manchester.

Prof. Howes exhibited, on behalf of Mr. E. W. L. Holt, a

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1898, No. XX XILI. 33

49-4 MR, BOULENGER ON FISHES [June 21,

specimen of a new British Fish (Argentina silus), obtained 80 miles

south-west of the Scilly Islands.

Mr. Abbott H. Thayer, of New York, explained his method of

demonstrating, by actual experiments, the underlying principle of

protective coloration in animals, and invited the Members present

and their friends to witness an exhibition of his demonstrations

which he had arranged with the Secretary to take place in the

Society’s Gardens next day, at 11.30 a.m.

Mr. Boulenger read a Report on the Fishes recently obtained

by Mr. J. E. 8. Moore in Lake Tanganyika. He gave a list of

35 species, belonging to the families Serranide, Cichlide, Masta-

cembelide, Siluride, Cyprinide, Characinide, Cyprinodontile,

and Polypteride. The general character of the fish-fauna, so far

as had been ascertained, did not differ from that of the fresh waters

of Africa, but most of the species were distinct, and the family

Cichlidee had furnished types of 10 new genera.

This paper will be published entire in the Society’s ‘ Transactions.’

Diagnoses of the new forms are subjoined.

SERRANID &.

Lates microleys, sp.n.—D. VII, II 11; A. III 8; Sq. 100-

11028. Distinguished from L. niloticus Hasselq., by smaller

29-30"

scales, a higher spinous dorsal, a longer caudal peduncle, and a

truncate caudal fin.

Ci1cHLID #.

Lamprotoeus Schilth.—Six new species, which may be distin-

guished by means of the following synopsis :—

I. Caudal rounded or truncate.

A. Anal Nie 10 spines.

D. XIX 8; Sq. 46 2 qo depth of body 4 times in total

lerigthts. fey. sane eeode: Sade ts dstende dice on bereeeeuaee L. fasciatus, sp. n.

DyRR XAT + 8q).82=33'5 iyi depth of body 23 to

23 times in total teria EE ee ene Peo ME Gato. I.. compressiceps, sp. n.

B. Anal with 7 ae spines; D. XIX-XX 8-9

Sq. 33-35 —— 7 if

TOalilenptlinersscreccrcn. sewed veanel een ise L. moorii, sp. n.

C. Anal with 5 ya

D. XX 8-9; Sq 36-40 —— — ai depth of body 33 to

32 times in total ast Bena adenine rnnaaocr Bett Ode LL. modestus, sp. n.

D. XVIII 10-11; Sq. 90 Bs Sai depth of body 4

tamesunitotalengbhise seats. dseser-haxdeeskwaeeas 5 L. elongatus, sp. n.

TI. Caudal deeply notched, crescentic ; 2 XX-XXI

7-8; A. VI-VII 6; Sq. 50-54 ae sali Soaates L. furcifer, ap. n.

depth of body 24 times in

1898. ] FROM LAKE TANGANYIKA, 495

TELMATOCHROMIS, g. n.—Body more or less elongate; scales

ctenoid. Jaws with a series of conical teeth, followed by a broad

band of minute tricuspid teeth; lateral teeth small, conical.

Maxillary exposed. Dorsal with 20 to 22 spines, anal with 6 or 7.

I’. vittatus, sp.nu.—D. XXI-XXII 8; A. VIL 5-6; Sq. 45-

525; ]. lat. pm ; depth of body 43-42 times in total length.

T. temporalis, sp. n.—D. XX~XXI 6-7; A. VI-VII 6-7;

Sq. 43-46 %; 1. lat. =; depth of body 33 to 32 times in total

length.

JULIDOCHROMIS, g- n.—Body elongate; scales ctenoid. Jaws

very narrow, with a few curved canines in front, the outer of

which are very large and tusk-like, followed on the sides and behind

by minute conical teeth forming a narrow band. Maxillary

exposed. Dorsal with 22 to 24 spines, anal with 8 or 9.

J. ornatus, sp. n.—D. XXII-XXIV 5; A. VIII-IX 4-6:

Sq. 45-50 pag} 1. lat. — depth of body 4-43 times in total

length.

Paratitapra Blkr.—5 new species :—

I. Dorsal with 16 spines ; caudal feebly emarginate.

D. XVI8; A. III 7; Sq. 333; 1. lat. 1°? ; depth of

body 23 times in total length; diameter of eye 34

timesiim lengpthyot head’) 22 .Gsicsese-<cseseceeess ice cevas P. pfefferi, sp. n.

D. XVI 10-12; A. IIT 6-7; Sq. 33-345 ; 1 lat. oy .

depth of body 3 times in total length; diameter of

eye 2? times in length of head ..........-. cee seeeeee ee P. macrops, sp. 1.

II. Dorsal with 12 or 13 spines and 13 to 15 soft. rays.

A. Caudal deeply emarginate, crescentic ; A. III

9-10; depth of body 22-3 times in total

length.

4 30-36 ;

Sq. 34-36 Sea 1. lat. TOG cette eetrsteeseeseseeseedeneaee P. ventralis, sp. n.

54-55

A ng 4-5 |

Sq. 60-63 Téa? 1. lat. 28-32

B. Caudal feebly emarginate; A. III 10-12;

Suess pases rareenwahiataeensete P. furcifer, sp. n.

2-3 27-31

Sq. 39-40 57; 1. lat. Tog: “epth of body

4-4} times in total length .................2... P. leptosoma, sp. n.

BaTuHyBaTEs, g. n.—Body elongate, scales cycloid, small and

irregular. Several rows of large fang-like teeth in the jaws.

Maxillary exposed. Dorsal with 14 spines, anal with 3.

5 : rcs {foe 68

B. ferox, sp. n.—D. AI b> AS The 3) Sage 68/271 lag. a

depth of body 4 times in total length.

Erermopvs, g. n.—Body moderately elongate; scales ctenoid.

Jaws with rather large spatulate teeth with truncate crowns disposed

in oblique transverse rows of two or three. Lips much developed ;

maxillary entirely concealed when the mouth is closed. Dorsal

496 ON FISHES FROM LAKE TANGANYIKA. (June 21,

with 23 to 25 spines; soft rays reduced to 3 to 5; anal with 3

spines.

E. cyanostictus, sp. n.—Sq. 32-35 —

body 3 times in total length.

ag depth of

i io} 6-9 ?

Tinaria A. Smith.—A single species, remarkable for its very

strongly developed lips, both produced into a large triangular lobe

in front :-—

T. labiata, sp. n.—D. XVIII 10; A. III 6-7; Sq. 33-35 2%

iz-13?’

1. lat. ae ; depth of body 23-23? ines in total length.

Tropnrus, g. n.—Body moderately elongate; scales ctenoid.

Jaws angularly bent at the sides, with bands of minute tricuspid

teeth, an outer row of bicuspid teeth, and enlarged conical teeth at

the sides of the premaxillary ; mouth transversely linear when

closed ; maxillary concealed under the preorbital. Dorsal with

21 spines, anal with six.

T. moorii, sp. n.—D. XXI 5-6; A. VI 5-6; Sq. 30-32 2 a

1. lat. 3 ; depth of body 23 to 25 thai in total length.

Srmocuromis, g. n. for Chromis diagramma Gthr., differing

from Tilapia in the sides of the premaxillary being armed with

a single series of conical teeth.

PErROcHROMIS, ¢. n.— Body moderately elongate; scales ctenoid.

Jaws witb very broad bands of minute bristle-like teeth, with bi-

or tricuspid crowns; maxillary concealed under the przorbital.

Dorsal with 17 or 18 spines, anal with 3.

P. polyodon, sp. n.—D. XVII-X VIII 8-9; A. III 7-8; Sq. 32-

34 Ss ]. lat. a ; depth of body 24 to 23 times in total length.

PERISsoDUs, ¢.n.—Body elongate; scales cycloid. Teeth rather

large, unequal in size, few, with swollen bases and low, compressed,

and slightly notched crowns perpendicular to the axis of the jaws,

disposed in a single series; maxillary exposed. Dorsal with 18

spines, anal with 3.

Ec Whee sp. n.—D. XVIII 10; A. III 8; Sq. 652 ; -

1. lat. aa ; depth of body 3% times in total length.

MastTaCEMBELIDE.

Masiacembelus moor, sp. n.—D. XXV-XXVII 70-80; A. II

70-80. Vent equally distant from end of snout and base of

caudal fin; length of head twice in its distance from the vent,

and nearly 3 in its distance from the first dorsal spine; no pre-

opercular spine.

SILURIDZ.

Clarias liocephalus, sp. n.—D. 70; A. 50. Caudal free. Head

smooth, slightly longer than broad, 5 times in total length ;

1898.] ON ARACHNIDS FROM BRITISH E4ST AFRICA. 497

maxillary barbel as long as head. Vomerine teeth in a narrow

band, without posterior process.

Synodontis multipunctatus, sp. n.—Mandibular teeth in a single

series of 16, nearly straight, simple, measuring hardly 3 diameter

of eye; depth of body 33 in total length; snout rounded, twice as

long as eye; maxillary barbel reaching a little beyond anterior ©

third of pectoral spine; dorsal spine serrated behind; adipose fin

a little shorter than the head, twice as long as its distance from

the dorsal ; humeral process sharply pointed.

CYPRINODONTID”A,

Haplochilus tanganicanus, sp. n.—Body compressed, its depth

4 times in total length: D. 13; A. 26; Sq. 42; 1. tr. 11.

Diagnoses of two new genera of Cichlide were also added, based

on specimens forming part of a collection made in Tanganyika

by Capt. Descamps, of the Congo Free State :—

Ecropus, g. n.—Teeth very small, conical, in two series in both

jaws, the outer larger; outer mandibular teeth pointing outwards,

perpendicular to the others; maxillary concealed under the pra-

orbital when the mouth is closed. Scales rather large, ctenoid.

E. descampsii, sp. n.—D. XIV 14; A. III 8; Sq. 343;

1, lat. =. Hye very large, 24 times in length of head.

E. melanogenys, sp. n—D. XIV 16; A. II 13. Eye 4 times

in length of head.

Puucopus, g. n.—Teeth large and few, in a single series, dilated

at the base, truncated at the end, compressed, slightly grooved in

front, curved and directed backwards; 14 teeth in upper jaw,

12 in lower ; maxillary exposed. Scales moderate, cycloid.

P. paradoxus, sp. n.—D. XIX 14; A. IIT 12; Sq. 65

6 .

V7 ’

lat. 1. rT

The following papers were read :—

1. On the Scorpions, Spiders, and Solpugas collected by

Mr. C. Steuart Betton in British East Africa. By

R. I. Pocock, of the British Museum of Natural

History.

[Received May 28, 1898.]

(Plates XLI. & XLII.)

On his return to England in the summer of 1897, Mr. Betton,

a member of the staff of engineers employed in the construction

of the railroad now in process of being laid between Mombasa

and Lake Victoria, brought home a valuable series of zoological

specimens and generously presented them to the Trustees of the

British Museum.

498 MR. R. 1. POCOCK ON THE ARACHNIDS COLLECTED | June 21,

The Arachnida, which came into my hands for determination and

form the subject-matter of the present communication, proved upon

examination to be of very considerable interest ; for not only was

there a large percentage of new forms amongst them, but the

series contained as well examples of several species, which, though

already described by continental authors, were not at the time

represented in the National Collection.

Of the Scorpions none were new to science ; but of the species

known as Pseudobuthus dentatus there were no specimens in the

Museum at the time; and of the little flat black species named

Tomachus politus, of which a large series of adults and young of both

sexes were obtained, we only possessed a solitary example (the type),

sent some years previously from Mombasa by Mr. Wilson. The

rest of the Scorpions, though not in any way novelties, form

valuable additions to our series.

So far as “ species nove” are concerned, the Solpugas (Solifuge)

contrast very forcibly with the Scorpions, since out of the six species

sent home, one only appears to have been already named. The

rest are representatives of well-known African genera.

Of the Spiders nearly all the Theraphoside appear to be repre-

sentatives of new species, the most interesting being the specimen of

the new genus ELucratoscelus and the series of examples including

the previously unknown male of Pisenor hohneli. Most of the

Argiopide are well-known forms of wide distribution in tropical

Africa ; but specimens of the protectively coloured and fantastically

shaped genera Poltys and Cerostris seem to be referable to species

which have hitherto escaped the vigilance of collectors in that part

of the world. The capture of a male of the species of Cerostris is

a feat upon which Mr. Betton is to be especially congratulated.

Order SCORPIONES (Scorpions).

Family ScORPIONID &,

Genus Scorpio Linn.

? ScorPio BeLLicosus L. Koch,

? Scorpio bellicosus, L. Koch, Aegyptische und Abyssinische

Arachniden, p. 1, pl. i. fig. 1 (1875).

Loc. Ndi (Weiss Road Camp).

A single female example collected by Mr. Betton resembles the

females obtained in Somaliland by Dr. Donaldson Smith, which I

have identified as Scorpio bellicosus of L. Koch. The accuracy of

the determination, however, must remain a matter of doubt until

the male is procured or until the genuine female of bellicosus comes

to hand for comparison.

Scorpio GREGORII Pocock.

Scorpio gregorii, Pocock, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xvii. p. 482,

pl. xvill. fig. 2.

Loc. Ndi (Weiss Road Camp).

1898. ] BY MR. C. 8. BELYON IN BRITISH HAST AFRICA. - 499

This species will in all probability prove to be identical with the

form previously described by Dr. Kraepelin as Sc. pallidus, from

Sumatra, The locality “Sumatra” is almost certainly erroneous.

Dr. Gregory obtained the species at T'zavo, Kinani, &c.

Genus lomacuus Poe.

Iomacuvs poutrrus Pocock.

Tomachus politus, Pocock, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xvi. p. 317

(1896) ; Kraepelin, Jahrb. Hamb. Wissen. Anstalten, xii. p. 138,

figs. 19-22.

Loc. Maziwa Mitatu, Machuma, Mbuyuni, Voi, and Samburu.

Though this little flat Scorpion is evidently abundant near

Uganda, the species was hitherto represented in the British

Museum by a single young specimen, the type, obtained by

Mr. Wilson at Mombasa. Prof. Kraepelin has recorded the species

from Dar es Salam and Bagamoyo.

Family Buruip «.

Genus Butxuus Leach.

Bursus puinit Pocock.

Buthus eminii, Pocock, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., July 1890, p. 98,

pl. i. fig. 2.

Loc. Voi.

Also obtained by Dr. Gregory at Ndara and Athi and by Emin

Pasha on the shores of Lake Victoria Nyanza.

Genus Parasuruus Poe.

PARABUTHUS PALLIDUS Pocock.

Parabuthus pallidus, Pocock, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xxv. p. 312.

Loc. Machuma in the Taru desert.

Previously recorded from Mombasa (D. J. Wilson), and Giriaia

near Fuladoya (J. W. Gregory).

Genus PshuDvBu1HUS Poe.

PSEUDOBUTHUS DENTATUS (Karsch).

Odonturus dentatus, Karsch, Sitzb. nat. Fr. Berlin, 1879, p. 119.

Khoptrurus dentatus, id. Berl. ent. Zeit. xxx. p. 77 (1886).

Pseudobuthus dentatus, Kraepelin, Jahrb. Hamb. Anst. xiii. p. 121

(1896).

Males, females, and young of this species, which is new to the

British Museum collection, were taken at Samburu, Machuma,

Mbuyuni,and Voi. The adults, measuring about 70 mm. in length,

are mostly of an earthy-red colour with an indistinct median dorsal

line; but a young example (40 mm.), which has the aspect of a

distinct species, is yellower, with the dorsal surface trilineate ; the

humerus, brachium, and manus of the chele, as well as the femora

500 MR. R. I, POCOCK ON THE ARACHNIDS COLLECTED [June 21,

and patelle of the legs, are blotched with black, and the lower

surface of the tail has a median dark line and a pair of fuscous

patches on each side of it.

This species, the type and only known representative of the

genus Pseudobuthus, may be compared with the type and only

known species of the genus Lityobuthus as follows :—

a. Vesicle of tail smooth and punctured below, tooth below aculeus small ;

5th and 4th segments of tail at most weakly granular below, not crested ; last

abdominal sternite not crested; 2nd caudal segment with median lateral

crest almost complete; brachium of chela and homologous segment of legs

(patella) not erested ; densely variegated.

Tityobuthus haroni (Poc.). Madagascar.

&. Vesicle of tail granular below, tooth long; 4th and 5th segments of tail and

last abdominal segment distinctly crested below, brachium of chela and

patella of legs also crested ; 2nd caudal segment without median lateral

crest ; prevailing colour yellow or red, weakly infuscate.

Pseudobuthus dentatus (Karsch).

Genus ARCHISOMETRUS Kraepelin.

ARCHISOMETRUS BURDOI (Simon).

Tsometrus burdoi, Simon, Bull. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1882, p. lviii;

Pocock, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xxiii. p. 448, pl. xi. fig. 5 (1890).

Loc. Voi.

” Previously known from Lake Nyassa, Kilimanjaro, &c.

Order ARANE (Spipers).

Family THERAPHOSID &.

Subfamily Harpactirin2&.

Harpactirine, Pocock, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1897, p. 748.

: Genus EUCRATOSCELUS, noy.

Allied to Pterinochilus, but differing in having the legs of the 4th

pair much longer than those of the Ist, the patella and tibia of the

4th being also much longer than those of the Ist; the tibia being’

very stout and hairy, its width exceeding a third of its length and

being at least as wide as the distal end of the femur. In Pterino-

chilus, on the contrary, the 4th leg is only a little longer than the

Ist, with patella and tibia not longer (? always shorter) than those

of the Ist, the tibia itself being normally hairy, slender, cylindrical,

and narrower than the femur.

Type, E. lonyiceps.

EUCRATOSCELUS LONGICEPS, Sp. n.

Colour. Carapace and limbs covered with a clothing of short

greyish-brown hairs, the sete reddish brown, the lines on the legs

paler; distinct whitish tufts or bands at the extremities of the

femora, patell, tibie, and protarsi; abdomen a deep chocolate-

brown, with reddish bristles; sternum and coxe blackish, with

greyish hairs.

1898.] BY MR. C. 8. BETTON IN BRITISH EAST AFRICA. 501

Carapace moderately high in the head-region, its width less

than three-quarters its length (13:183); length exceeding that of

patella and tibia of the Ist leg by one-third of the protarsus, a

little less than those of 4th leg, equal to patella, tibia, and tarsus of

palp, less than tibia, protarsus, and tarsus of 2nd leg by at least half

the tarsus; length from fovea to anterior border equal to 4th

protarsus ; width a little less than patella and tibia of 2nd leg

and a little greater than those of 3rd leg. Eyes as in Harpactira ;

tubercle high, nearly spherical ; distance between the anterior lateral

eye and the edge of the clypeus exceeding the long diameter of

the eye.

Mandibles with nine large teeth and smaller granuliform teeth.

Labium with avout three rows of spicules.

Palpi, when extended, just surpassing the tip of the tibia of

the Ist leg; unarmed, except for one spine below at the apex

of the tibia.

Legs (from the base of the femur) 4,1, 2,3; the 3rd falling

short of the 2nd by two-thirds of its tarsus, the 2nd falling short

of the Ist by about half its tarsus, the 1st less than the 4th by its

tarsus and about one-fourth of its protarsus, the 4th exceeding

the 3rd by its tarsus and three-fourths of the protarsus; a pair of

apical spines on the lower surface of the tibia and a median spine

at the apex of the protarsus of the 3rd and 4th; patella and tibia

of 4th exceeding those of the lst by almost half the protarsus,

about equal to the tibia, protarsus, and tarsus of the 3rd leg, which

are very slightly longer than the protarsus and tarsus of the 4th;

tibia and protarsus of Ist a little shorter than protarsus and tarsus

of 4th; tibia of 1st a little longer than the protarsus, a little more

than twice as long as broad; tibia of 4th a little shorter than the

protarsus, its width rather more than one-third of its length ; width

of 4th protarsus about one-fourth of its length.

Measurements in millimetres—Total length of body 42, of cara-

pace 18°5, width of latter 13, length from fovea 12; length of

palp 27°5, of Ist leg 43, of 2nd 40, of 3rd 36, of 4th 52-5; patella

and tibia of Ist 15:5, of 4th 18:8; width of tibia of Ist 3, of 4th 4.

Loc. Voi. A single female example of this interesting new

Spider was obtained.

Genus Prerrnocuinus Pocock.

PrERINOCHILUS MURINUS Poc.

Pterinochilus murimus, Pocock, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1897, p. 753

pl. xlii. fig. 4.

The type of this species was a rather mutilated female example

from Ugogo (Emin Pasha). Female specimens were also recorded

from Mombasa and the north-east shore of Victoria Nyanza.

These examples prove to be not quite full-sized. Iam therefore

glad of the opportunity to point out further specific features

observed in the well-preserved material obtained by Mr. Betton at

Ndi, Mbuyuni, and Machuma.

502 MR. R, I, POCOCK ON THE ARACHNIDS COLLECTED [June 21,

The largest female measures 39 mm. long, the carapace being

19 long and 18°5 broad.

The carapace is covered with golden hairs, showing a more or

less radial arrangement in stripes; the abdomen is yellowish or

greyish brown, symmetrically spotted and striped above.

The carapace is a little longer than the patella and tibia of the

4th and 1st iegs (in smaller examples, as in the type, it is about

equal), and about equal to tibia and protarsus of Ist (in young

examples a little greater). The spine armature of the legs is as in

the type.

Measurements in millimetres of largest example.—Total length 39 ;

length of carapace 18-5, width 15:5; length of Ist leg 49, 2nd 45,

3rd 41, 4th 51, palpus 31.

In addition to the examples mentioned above that were

obtained on the Uganda-Mombasa Railway, the British Museum

has recently received an adult female from Portuguese KE. Africa.

The species evidently, therefore, has a wide distribution in eastern

equatorial Africa.

PrERINOCHILUS SPINIFER, sp. n. (Plate XLI. figs. 1, 1a.)

3g. Colour, Carapace and mandibles black, but somewhat thickly

covered with golden-yellow hairs; legs also blackish, but covered

with golden hairs, intermixed with grey and blackish; the

extremities of the femora, patelle, tibie, and protarsi whitish ;

abdomen golden yellow at the sides, passing into black on the

dorsal middle line, the black especially conspicuous posteriorly ;

lower surface of abdomen greyish yellow; sternum and coxe

blackish with yellowish long hairs.

Carupace convex, its width more than two-thirds of its length ;

length much less than that of tibia and patella of 4th leg, scarcely

equal to protarsus of 4th, a little less than patella and tibia of 2nd,

greater than those of 3rd, less than protarsus and tarsus of 3rd,

about equal to patella, tibia, and tarsus of palp; its width a little

less than tibia of 4th, equal to protarsus of Ist, slightly greater

than tibia of 1st, much less than patella and tibia of 3rd. Ocular

tubercle nearly spherical; clypeus narrow, less than one-fourth the

length of the tubercle ; space between the edge of the clypeus and

the anterior lateral eye about equal to its long diameter.

Legs 4, 1, 2, 3, the 4th exceeding the 1st by two-thirds the

length of the tarsus, patella, and tibia of 4th, a little greater than

those of 1st, equal to protarsus and tarsus of Ist; tibia of Ist very

thick, the thickest segment in the limb, its width at least equal to

one-third of its length, the spine long and strong; protarsus bowed

as in P. vorax, but armed below at its distal end with a strong

tuberculiform spike; tibia armed below distally with a pair of

apical spines ; protarsi of 3rd and 4th with a few apical spines

and with one median external spine, of 4th with one superior

distal spine.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 20; length of cara-

pace 9°5, width 7°5; length of Ist leg 34-5, of 2nd 31, of 3rd 27,

1898.] BY MR. C. 8. BELTON IN BRITISH EAST AFRICA. 503

of 4th 37-5; patella and tibia of 1st 11°5, of 4th 12; protarsus of

Ath 10. -

Loc. Mbuyuni. A single male example.

Much smaller than P. vorax Poe. (P. Z.S. 1897, p. 752), with

relatively much longer legs &e. For example in vorax the cara-

pace is just about as long as the patella and tibia of the 4th legs,

and its width is greater than the protarsus of the 4th ; there is,

moreover, no spine upon the protarsus of the Ist, and the tibia is

not thick as in spinifer.

The males of the three known species of Pterinochilus may be

distinguished as follows :—

a, Protarsus of Ist leg with a distinct tuberculiform tooth

below near the apex, tibia of Ist leg thicker than the

femur; legs longer; carapace less than patella and

tibia of 2nd leg and less than 4th protarsus, &e. ......... spinifer, sp. n.

b. Protarsus of 1st leg without tuberculiform tooth, tibia of

1st not thicker than its femur; legs shorter ; carapace

exceeding patella and tibia of 2nd leg, and much longer

than protarsus of 4th.

a‘, Of large size (carapace about 16 mm.); protarsus of

Ist leg basally sinuate ; carapace inuch longer than

patella, tibia, and tarsus of palp ; spine of palpal organ

Simp leandiatiienuateyy..a.cc..02-5-stsasevens~ secre. kaeee ee vorax Poc.

4’. Of sinall size (carapace 10 mm.); protarsus of Ist leg

straight ; carapace not longer than patella, tibia, and

tarsus of palp; spine of palpal organ with a strong

upstanding crest and a blunt point......................-- nigrofuluus Poc.*

Subfamily EUMENOPHORIN&.

Eumenophorine, Pocock, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1897, p. 773.

Genus Puonryusa Karsch.

PHONEYUSA BETTONI sp. n.

Closely allied to P. gregorii, Pocock (P. Z.S. 1897, p. 761).

Hairy coating a bright reddish brown, with conspicuous pale

narrow tufts at the tips of femur, patella, tibia, and protarsus of

legs ; the lines on the legs reddish.

Width of carapace more than three-fourths of its length; its

length only a little greater than that of patella and tibia of palp,

equal to length of patella and tibia of 2nd leg, a little less than

protarsus and tarsus of Ist or 2nd, these two being about equal;

very slightly exceeding 4th protarsus ; its width slightiy exceeding

tibia and tarsus of palp and a little less than patella and tibia of

3rd leg; distance between fovea and anterior edge scarcely equal

to 3rd protarsus, and slightly exceeding protarsus of Jst and 2nd.

Palp when extended reaching nearly to the apex of tibia of

Ist leg, unspined, its tibia about four times as long as broad, a

trifle longer than that of the 2nd leg, nearly twice as long as

patella of palp and three times as long as its tarsus; the bulb of

the same form as in gregorii.

1 Poc. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) i. p. 317. From the Transvaal.

504 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON THE ARACHNIDS COLLECTED [June 21,

Legs 4, 1, 2, 3 (from base of femur), 4th surpassing Ist almost

by length of its tarsus ; 1st surpassing 2nd by half its tarsus, 2nd

surpassing 3rd by less than half its tarsus, 4th surpassing 3rd by

its tarsus and one-third of its protarsus; patella and tibia of Ist

and 4th about equal; protarsus of 4th almost equal to patella and

tibia of 2nd; tibia of 4th without inferior distal spines, of 3rd

with one anterior distal spine below; tibia of 2nd and 1st with a

pair of inferior distal spines; protarsus of Ist with two, of 2nd

with three, of 3rd and 4th with four interior apical spines.

Measurements in millimetres—Total length of trunk 38, of

carapace 18-5, from fovea to anterior border 12°56; width of

carapace 16; length of palpus 34-5, of Ist leg 60, of 2nd 56,

of 8rd 52, of 4th 68-5, of patella and tibia of 1st and 4th 22, of

4th protarsus 18.

Loc. Voi. A single male example.

This species and P. gregorii may be distinguished as follows :—

a. Palp shorter; the carapace equal in length to its patella,

tibia, and tarsus, its tibia not so long as that of the 2nd leg,

its width more than one-fourth of its length ; tibiz of 5rd

and 4th legs with a pair of apical spines below ............ gregorit Poo.

b. Palp longer ; carapace only equalling its patella and tibia, its

tibia-slightly longer than that of the 2nd leg and four

times as long as broad ; tibia of 4th leg without inferior

spines, that of the 3rd with one inferior distal spine ...... bettoni, sp. n.

In connection with this species it is interesting to observe the

absence of inferior spines upon the tibia of the 4th leg, since this

feature was mentioned by Karsch in his diagnosis of Pelinobius as

serving to distinguish that genus from the previously established

Phoneyusa. But,in spite of a strong suspicion I venture to enter-

tain that Pelinobius will prove to be synonymous with Phoneyusa,

I refrain from definitely uniting the genera, since M. Simon

declares the arrangement of the eyes to be different in the two.

The type of Pelinobius, namely muticus, was from Masailand (see

JB. Hamburg. Wissen. Anst. ii. p. 135, 1885); but although

agreeing in the main with both gregorii and bettont, it is certainly

the representative of a totally distinct species, if any reliance is to

be placed upon the figure and description. The legs, for example,

are said to be without spines, and they are evidently shorter as

compared with the size of the carapace ; for example, the width of

this plate is equal to the length of the 4th protarsus.

Family BaRYCHELID %.

Genus PISENORODES, nov.

Allied to Pisenor Simon, but differing apparently in the structure

of the tarsus of the palp in the male. The tarsus is long and

slender, three times as long as wide, nearly as long as the tibia of

the palp, scopulate, but not bilobed at the apex, the papal bulb

arising from the base of its lower side.

This new genus is proposed for the reception of the species,

1898.] BY MR. C.S. BETTON IN BRITISH EAST AFRICA, 505

represented by male and female examples, obtained by Mr. Betton

and believed to be identical with the form named P. héhnelt by

Simon. -

The type of Pisenor is a species from the Zambesi, named notius

by Simon (Act. Soe. Linn. Bord. xlii. p. 411, 1889). The male of

it is as yet unknown, and it may consequently prove to have the

same sexual features as the genus here established. In that case

Pisenorodes will lapse as a synonym of Pisenor. But Simon has

described the male of a second species, which he refers to Pisenor,

namely P. nigellus (loc. cit. p. 411), from Landana, Congo; and the

tarsus of this species is described as small, narrow, and bilobate,

being apparently constructed much as in the allied genus Idiom-

mata, and in the genera of Theraphoside. In that case P. niyellus

ean hardly be congeneric with the species here identified as héhneli ;

and since it has been definitely referred to Pisenor, it appears to

me advisable to establish a new genus for the species now before

me. If this species be wrongly determined it must have a new

specific name and can still be regarded as type of this new genus.

PISENORODES HOHNELI (Simon). (Plate XLI. figs. 2-25.)

Pisenor hohneli, Simon, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1889, p. 125.

Recorded from Kilimanjaro by Simon. Mr. Betton obtained

specimens at the following localities:—Samburu and at Taru,

Maziwa ya Tagari and Machuma in the Taru desert.

The female examples I am unable to separate from the female

of héhnelt as described by Simon. But since the male is new to

science, the following particulars regarding it may be mentioned: —

The carapace is as long as the patella and tibia of the 4th leg

and the tarsus and protarsus of the Ist, slightly shorter than

patella and tibia of the 2nd, and distinctly shorter than protarsus

of 4th, about equal to patella, tibia, and tarsus of the palp; its

width is almost as great as its length.

Legs 4,1, 2, 3; protarsus of 4th longer than protarsus and

tarsus of Ist; tibia of 1st armed distally with an inferior process

tipped with a single strong spine, above and behind this is a second

very stout, slightly curved spine, and in addition to these the

segment is armed with about eleven long slender spines; the pro-

tarsus is slender and lightly bowed and armed with 1 (2) external

basal spines. Palp projecting halfway along the tibia of the 1st

leg when extended, its femur spined at the apex on the inside ;

its patella with two short basal spines on the inner side; tibia

with about five spines on the inner side, thickly hairy below, with

a naked median channel for the reception of the palpal spine,

while the distal end is hollowed beneath for the reception of the

bulb; palpal bulb subglobular, the spine longish, straight, with a

bent tip, broad, more or less spatulate, slightly constricted at the

base, with a slight spiral twist. Femora, patella, and tibia of all

the legs spiny.

Mandible armed with a single internal row of nine large teeth and

a few small granules posteriorly. Mawilla lightly depressed at the

506 MR. R. I, POCOCK ON THH ARACHNIDS COLLECTED [June 21,

base, with a few cusps; labiwm with a row of four cusps. Sternal

sigilla marginal.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length of trunk 22, carapace

10°5; width of carapace 9°5; length of palpus 16:5, of 1st leg 32,

2nd leg 30°5, 3rd leg 28, 4th leg 37, patella and tibia of Ist 12,

of 4th 10-5.

The species described from Moschi as Jdiommata lepida by

Gerstiicker (Von der Decken’s Reisen in Ost-Afrika, iii. 2, p. 485)

was based upon a male example which, as suggested by Simon,

perhaps belongs to the genus Prsenor; in any case it is certainly

different from the male here identified as Pisenorodes héhneli. In

the first place, it is very much smaller, the body and mandibles

measuring only 12°5 mm. in length, and there is not a word ia

the description to credit the belief that the tarsus of the palp

and the tibia of the Ist leg are constructed as in the species I have

here described.

Family CTENIZID#.

Genus CrrtaucuEntts Thorell.

CYRTAUCHENIUS FLAVICEPS, sp. n.

Carapace with its head-region clear reddish yellow, with a fine

median fuscous line studded with a series of setiferous pores ; the

head bordered by a broad brown band on each side, which passes

back to the fovea; sides of the thoracic portion paler than the

median portion; mandibles, palpi, and anterior two pairs of legs

dark brown; 4th leg a little paler; abdomen a uniform greyish

brown; sternum and coxe yellowish.

Carapace as long as patella and tibia of 4th leg, and as patella,

tibia, and half the protarsus of the Ist, its width equal to protarsus

and tarsus of 4th leg; length from fovea to anterior border equal

to tibia of 4th. Ocwlar area more than twice as broad as long; the

eyes of the posterior line wider than those of anterior, of which the

lateral are close to the edge of the clypeus. yes of anterior line

procurved ; alinetouching the anterior border of the medians would

pass behind the centres of the laterals; space between anterior

medians equal to about half their diameter; laterals larger than

medians and larger than posterior laterals, which are quite close

to the posterior medians.

Rastellum consisting of strong spines overhanging the base of the

fang ; internally some of these fangs are longer and arranged more

thickly, externally they are shorter and form a single series ; lower

margin of mandible with an inner series of about nine teeth, the

external row consisting of a series of granules; fang longish.

Labium and maville unarmed, bristly.

Legs longish and slender, except those of the 3rd pair, which are

shorter and have the femur and patella thick: 1st leg with a single

median apical spine on the tibia, and two spiniform sete behind it,

and 7 inferior spines on the protarsus amongst the scopular hairs,

arranged approximately 2, 2, 3, the latter being at the apex; 2nd

1898. ] BY MR. C. 8. BETTON IN BRITISH EAST AFRICA. 507

leg spined like the 1st, with one or two shorter protarsal spines ;

3rd leg with patella rather thickly spiny in front, bristly above,

with 1 posterior apical spine, tibia with 2 spines in front, 2 behind,

4 above; protarsus with 2, 2, 3 spines below and about 14 spines

above—5 forming an anterior, 8 a posterior series, and 1 median

dorsal ; tarsus with 1, 1 spines above; 4th leg with tibia bearing 1

posterior spine and a few setiform spines below, its protarsus armed

with numerous spines in front below, those at the apex being long

and strong, and two spines behind, one median, one apical; tarsus

with many short spines on the anterior side of the lower surface.

Claws with two rows of strong teeth, those of the 3rd and 4th

legs less strongly toothed than those of the Ist and 2nd. Mamille

longish, the apical segment acuminate, but little shorter than the

second.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length of trunk 18; length

of carapace 8; width 5-5; length from fovea 5; length of palp 11,

of 1st leg 17, of second 14:5, of 3rd 11, of 4th 18°5, patella and

tibia of Ist 7, of 4th 8.

Loc. Voi. A single female example.

The generic position of this species must at present be left

unsettled. In a general sense it falls under Cyrtauchenius as

defined by Simon. In the structure of the mamille it seems to

resemble C. zebra of Simon, from Zululand (Ann. Soc. Ent. France,

Ixi. p. 272, 1893), but in other characters, such as size of eyes,

spine-armature of anterior tibia and of 3rd tarsus, it approaches

C, terricola.

Genus AcAnrHopon Guérin.

ACANTHODON ROBUSTUS, sp. 0.

Colour of carapace brownish yellow; legs darker, with fuscous

longitudinal stripes ; inner surface of femora of palpi and first two

pairs of legs pale yellow.

Length of carapace exceeding that of tibia and protarsus of 4th

leg (in lacustris it is greater). Ocular arrangement almost as in

lacustris ', but the ocular area shorter, the width across the tubercle

exceeding the length from the posterior border of the tubercle to

the anterior tubercle of the anterior lateral eyes (in lacustris the

length of the area slightly exceeds the width of the tubercle); width

of ocular area at least half the length of the 4th protarsus.

Labium with a transverse row of 4 or 5 spicules.

Legs and palpi spined as in lacustris, but the spines are more

numerous ; moreover the posterior side of the tibia of the 2nd leg

is armed with strong short spines, and on the anterior side of the

patella, tibia, and protarsus of the 3rd leg the spines are arranged

closely together, forming distinct band-like areas; whereas in

' By an error in the description (P. Z.S. 1897, p. 731) the anterior median

eyes are described in /acustris as being separated by a space exceeding twice their

diameter ; the distance is about equal to a diameter ; and the distance between

im eyes and the posterior laterals is equal to about twice the diameter of the

ormer.

508 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON THE ARACHNIDS COLLECTED [June 21,

lacustris the spines are relatively few in number and more scattered.

Coxe thickly hairy below, coxa of 3rd with a band of close-set

short spikes. Legs 4,1, 3,2; tibia of 3rd thick, its width slightly

exceeding its superior length; width of femur of this leg aboat

two-thirds its superior length (in lacustris harely more than half).

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length of trunk 33, of

carapace 14 (with mandibles 19); length of palpus 21, of Ist leg

24, 2nd 22, 3rd 23, 4th 31 (all from base of femur); patella and

tibia of lst 10, of 4th 12; tarsus and protarsus of 4th 10.

Loc. Taru and Machuma in the Taru desert (type). A female

example from each of these localities.

This species and Acanthodon lacustris, recently described from

Kinyamholo, Lake Tanganyika (P. Z. 8. 1897, p. 731), may be

distinguished by the following characters :—

a. Labial teeth 4-5 ; external side of tibia of 2nd leg armed

with short robust spines; cox of legs densely hairy

below, that of 3rd leg with an oblong area of close-set

spinules; legs shorter, protarsus of 4th rather less in

length than twice the width of the ocular area; width

of ocular area exceeding by a little the length of the

upperside of the 3rd tibia; width of 8rd tibia equal to

HEGNIGI LINN ce ence tere srse rane Usk tac bececeseretenteetcomons te: robustus, sp. n.

b. Labial teeth 2; external surface of 2nd tibia without

short stout spines; coxee of all the legs almost sparsely

hairy below; legs longer, protarsus of 4th exceeding

twice the width of the ocular area, which is slightly less

than the length of the 3rd tibia; width of 3rd tibia ex-

ceedinp its longptliv.s.:.25<:.c-+c02-n-8,ederromdaeaserneceesees lacustris Poe.

It appears to me impossible to say whether the species described

by Gerstiicker as Idiops compactus belongs to the genus Acanthodon

or to the allied genus Heligmomerus. It was procured at Dafeta,

Kilimanjaro, a locality which at first suggests the possibility of

identity between it and <Acanthodon robustus. But according to

Gersticker, compactus has only a pair of labial teeth as in lacustris,

and is much smaller than robustus, the total length ot carapace

and mandibles being 13°5 mm. Moreover the legs of the 3rd pair

are said to be shorter than the rest, and the palpi as long as the

legs of the 1st pair—characters which do not apply to robustus.

Family ARGIOPID &

Genus Nepuita Leach.

NEPHILA MADAGASCARIENSIS (Vinson).

Epetra madagascariensis, Vinson, Aranéides des Iles Réunion,

Maurice et Madagascar, p. 191, pl. vii. (=. argyrotoxa Gerst.).

Loc. Maziwa Mitatu in the Taru desert.

Widely distributed throughout East Africa.

NeEpui.a sumMpruosa Gerstiicker.

Nephila sumptuosa, Gerstiiker, Von der Decken’s Reisen in Ost-

Afrika, iii. 2, p. 501, pl. xviii. fig. 12.

1898. ] BY MR. C. 8. BETTON IN BRITISH BAST AFRICA. 509

Loc. Mgana, Maziwa Mitatu, Marago-ya-Fundi.

This species has a wide range throughout Hast Africa and is also

abundant in Socotra. Fortunately the admirable figure of it

published by Gerstiicker makes the identification of the species a

matter about which there can be little doubt.

NEPHILA PILIPES (Lucas).

Epeira pilipes, Lucas, Thomson’s Arch, Ent. ii. p. 416, pl. xii.

fig. 7 (1858).

Loc. Taru.

Abundant throughout tropical Africa and extending as far south

as Cape Colony.

Genus Aranevs Linn.

(= Epeira of authors.)

ARANBEUS NAvtTICUS (L. Koch).

Epeira nautica, L. Koch, Aegyptische und Abyssinische Arach-

niden, p. 17, pl. i. fig. 2 (1875).

Loc. Taru.

Almost cosmopolitan in range.

? ARANEUS SIMILIS (Bosenberg and Lenz).

Epeira similis, Bosenberg and Lenz, Jahrb. Hamb. Wissen.

Anst. xii. p. 20, pl. ii. figs. 26-26 d.

? Epeira suedicola, Simon, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (6) x. p. 103 (1890).

An adult male and a mutilated female from Changamwe and an

immature female from Taru are doubtfully referred to this species,

recorded by its describers from Quilimane. Judging by the form

of the vulva, A. similis and A. striata of Bésenberg and Lenz are

closely allied to A. swedicola, which Simon recorded from Arabia

and which Pavesi has since recorded from Somaliland (Ann. Mus,

Genova, xxxv. p. 498, 1895).

ARANEUS HRESIFRONS, sp. n. (Plate XLI. figs. 3-3 b.)

Colour. Carapace reddish brown, blackish on the head-region,

hairs whitish ; mandibles blackish brown; sternum, Jabium, and

maxilla brown ; Jegs with cox and trochanters reddish yellow,

rest of legs reddish yellow, with the greater part of the femora and

the distal end of the tibiw blackish, hairs white; palpi yellowish

red ; abdomen nearly uniform cream-white on the upperside, with

four sigilla showing as brown spots, sometimes with fine darker

longitudinal lines on the posterior part and fine indistinct yellowish

vertical lines at the sides; fore part of abdomen deep black, with a

transverse white stripe; this black, becoming gradually paler,

spreads backwards and downwards over the whole of the sides and

lower surface of the abdomen as far batk as the spinners, which

are themselves brown; the area between the spinners and the

epigastric fold a little darker and ornamented with four white spots,

one on each side behind the lung-books, the others farther back

and closer together in front of the spinners.

Proc. Zoou. Soo.— 1898, No, XXXIV, 34

510 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON THE ARACHNIDS COLLECTED [June 2],

Head strongly elevated, convex from before backwards and

from side to side. Ocular quadrangle much wider in front than

behind; the anterior median eyes much larger than the posterior

median and more widely separated, distance between posterior

medians barely equal to their radius, distance between anterior

medians nearly equal to their diameter, distance between anterior

and posterior medians about equal to diameter of anterior; eyes of

anterior line slightly procurved when viewed from the front, the

centres of the medians about on a level with the upper edge of

laterals, which are about their own diameter above the edge of the

clypeus.

Mandibles armed with three posterior and three anterior teeth.

Spines on legs few in number and black.

Abdomen voluminous, rounded, without shoulder-points, a little

wider than long, widely rounded, not pointed posteriorly. Vulva

when viewed from below forming a pair of pit-like depressions

‘separated in the middle line by the scape, which, broad and wrinkled

at the base, passes backwards, then takes an abrupt curve, the apical

piece being bent at right angles to the basal portion.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 11; length of abdomen

8-5, width 9.

Loc. Taru.

‘’ The Museum has also received this species from the following

localities in East Africa :—Karagesi (Hmin Pasha); Mombasa

(W. E. Taylor); Leikipia (J. W. Gregory). The specimen selected

as the type is one of those from Karagesi.

In form and colouring, especially of the abdomen, this species

closely resembles the Australian species Hpeira aliida of L. Koch

(Die Arachniden Austral. i. p. 83, pl. vii. fig. 2), with which Zpeira

locuples of Butler (P. Z. 8. 1879, p. 732, pl. lviii. fig. 2) from

Madagascar is apparently identical. The form of the vulva in

A, eresifrons is, however, quite different from that of albidus, and

the latter has not the strongly elevated head characteristic of the

former.

According to Simon’s divisions of the genus Araneus this species

falls into Section 3, except that the anterior line of eyes is slightly

‘procurved rather than recurved.

ARANEUS BETTONI, sp.n. (Plate XLI. figs. 4, 4a.)

Colour. Carapace mahogany-red, black at the sides and on the

face, clothed with white hairs; mandibles yellow in front at base,

black at apex and along their outer surface ; palpi ochre-yellow,

with patella, tibia, and tarsus infuscate distally; legs variegated,

femora mostly black, those of the 3rd and 4th legs with two yellow

rings, one basal, the other gubmedian ; of the 1st less distinctly annu-

late, reddish below and internally; patella black below, reddish

brown above; tibie yellowish red, blackish at apex, that of 2nd leg

also with a broad black basal patch below ; protarsi yellow, black at

apex ; abdomen deep blackish brown above, with broad paler band

along middle line; sides of abdomen lighter than upper surface,

1898. ] BY MR. ©. 8. BELTON IN BRITISH EAST AFRICA. dll

yellowish brown, and ornamented below with jet-black irregular

transverse stripes, which below become blended with the darker

tint of the inferior surface, area between spinners and epigastric

fold black ; anterior spinners black, posterior reddish ; coxa reddish

black; sternum black, with a pale narrow median line.

Carapace with cephalic region moderately elevated, only lightly

convex above ; carapace a little longer than upperside of tibia of

Ist leg, its width just about equal to tibia of 2nd leg. Eyes of

anterior line very slightly procurved, centres of medians on a level

with upper edge of laterals; median quadrangle wider in front

than behind ; anterior medians about a diameter apart and a little

farther from the posterior medians ; posterior medians less than a

diameter apart.

Mandibles with four anterior and three posterior teeth. Spines

on legs numerous and strong.

Abdomen broader than long, voluminous, without shoulder-points,

its anterior border widely rounded, its posterior widely ovate.

Vulva consisting of a simple stout vertical rod, with its apex bent

at right angles to the basal portion.

Measurements in millimetres. —Total length 16 ; length of carapace

6:5, of abdomen 10:5 ; width of abdomen 11°2; length of anterior

leg 25, of posterior leg 23.

Loc. “88 miles inland from Mombasa.” A single female.

Allied to A. nauticus, but much larger and with wider abdomen

and the distal end of the vulva bent at right angles instead of

nearly straight.

ARANEUS TARUENSIS, sp.n. (Plate XLI. fig. 5, and Plate XLII.

fig. 1.)

Colour. Carapace testaceous, infuscate laterally; mandibles,

palpi, and maxille testaceous ; sternum testaceous in the middle,

brown at the sides; legs testaceous; femora of first three pairs

with a fuscous patch at the distal end, of 4th pair with a median

fuscous patch as well; 3rd and 4th legs also infuscate at distal

end of patella and tibia and at the middle of protarsus and on

tarsus, these patches less evident on legs of Ist and 2nd pairs;

abdomen ochre-yellow above, speckled with minute red lines and

spots, a distinct folium consisting of a zigzag black line on each

side extending from the median sigilla to the apex; area between

the four central sigilla divided by a narrow median black line,

branching at the sides; anterior portion of abdomen with a sooty-

black patch on each side continuous with the lighter blackish-grey

tint of the lateral surface, lower surface ochraceo-fuscous, with a

pair of large yellow spots behind the middle line in front of the

spinners ; hairs mostly white; spines on legs black at base, pale

distally : hairs on sides of abdomen golden yellow or reddish.

Carapace shorter than 1st tibia, its width less than 2nd

tibia, moderately elevated as in A. bettoni. Eyes of anterior line

slightly recurved or very nearly quite straight ; median quadrangle

narrowed in front, longer than wide, but the eyes composing it

34*

F124 MR, R. I. POCOCK ON THE ARACHNIDS COLLECTED [June 21,

subequal in size; the anterior eyes a diameter apart, the posterior

half a diameter. Mandible with 4 teeth in front and 3 behind.

Abdomen widely rounded in front, narrowly ovate behind, longer

than broad, without distinct shoulder-points, but prominent in

this region. Vulva formed on the same general plan as in the

preceding species, though differing in structural details.

Measurements in milli:xetres.—Total length 115; length of

carapace 5, of abdomen 8 ; width 7.

Loc. Taru. A single adult female.

Also allied to A. nauticus, but differing in the form of the vulva

and in colour.

Genus CyrtoPHoRA Simon.

CyrTopHora crTricora (Forsk.).

Aranea citricola, Forsk. Descr. Anim, p. 86 (1775) (and all recent

authors).

Loc. Taru.

Common throughout the tropics of the Eastern hemisphere.

Genus Arciorn Aud.

ARGIOPE NIGROVITTATA Thor.

Argiope nigrovittata, Thor. fv. K.Vet.-Akad. Forh. 1860, p. 300;

Eug. Resa, Arachn. p. 31 (= caudata Blackw., and suavissima

Gerst.).

Loc. Samburu, Taru.

ARGIOPE LOBATA (Pallas).

Aranea lobata, Pallas, Spicil. Zool. i. pt. 9, p. 46, pl. iii.

figs. 14-15 (1772).

Loc. Samburu. A single immature female referable either to

this species or to the closely allied A. clathrata C. Koch.

ARGIOPH AUROCINCTA, sp. n. (Plate XII. figs. 6, 6a, and

Plate XLII. fig. 11.)

Colour. Carapace ochre-yellow, with radially arranged fuscous

spots, covered with silver-white hairs; mandibles and palpi flavous;

maxille and labium flavous, black at the base; sternum with a

broad median flavous band with radiating yellow spots, black at

the sides ; legs yellow, strongly ringed with black; cox with two

black spots, femora with three broad black bands, patellie with a

dark distal band, tibize with a basal, a median, and an apical black

band, protarsi also with three bands, tarsi dark, basally flavous.

Abdomen ferruginous along the anterior border, with three trans-

verse silvery bands with straight anterior and sinuous posterior

border—the anterior just behind the shoulder-points, the median

in front of the middle of the upper surface, the posterior behind

the middle, the bands scarcely extend on to the sides, the median

and posterior ending in a slight enlargement; the median and

posterior are defined in front by a narrow dark border and behind

1898. ] BY MR. C. 8, BETTON IN BRITISH HAST AFRICA, 513

by a transverse black stripe; the areas between these bands rusty

red, the whole of the posterior third of the upper surface also

rusty red; sides and lower surface deep black, marked with small

white spots and furnished with a pair of white internally and ex-

ternally digitate stripes, passing from the epigastric fceld to a point

on each side of the red mamille; area between the mamillee and

the apex of the abdomen deep black.

Curapace heart-shaped, broad, considerably broader than long,

its length equal to tibia of 2nd leg, longer than tibia of 4th and

than patella and tibia of 3rd, its width equal to length of 4th

protarsus.

Legs not plumose, without spiny band on the posterior femora.

Abdomen truncate in front, with distinct shoulder-points, oval

behind, with evenly convex margins converging to a point, in no

sense dilated behind, with borders not lobate, about one-fourth

longer than wide. Vulva consisting of a smooth upstanding

posteriorly narrowed tubercle, the posterior border of which is

mesially grooved and behind forms a wide septum between the

normal arched spaces.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 14; length of cara-

pace 5, width 6; length of abdomen 10, width 7°5; length of 1st

leg 23, of 2nd 23, of 3rd 15, of 4th 21.

Loc. Samburu. A single adult feinale.

Tn the form of the abdomen this species approaches many of the

Oriental species of the genus Argiope (e. g. wtherea Walck.), but

differs from all with which I am acquainted in the pattern of the

abdomen &c.

Genus ARGYROHPEIRA Emerton.

ARGYROEPEIRA UNGULATA (Karsch).

Meta ungulata, Karsch, Zeitschr. gesammt. Naturwiss. li. p, 834

(1879).

Loc. Taru.

This species, recorded originally from the Loango coast, is

widely distributed throughout tropical Africa.

? Genus SaLassina Simon.

SaLASSINA FORMOSA (Karsch).

Cyclosa formosa, Karsch, Zeitschr. gesammt. Naturwiss. li.

p. 835 (1879).

Loc. Samburu and Taru.

Recorded from the Loango coast by Karsch. The British

Museum also has examples from the Camaroons (H. H. Johnston).

Genus Pottys C. Koch.

Pontys corricosts, sp. n. (Plate XLII. figs. 12, 12a.)

Colour, Thoracic region of carapace deep reddish brown, cephalic

yellowish white ; mandibles nearly black ; sternum, coxe, and pe!pi

514 MR. BR. I. POCOCK ON THE ARACHNIDS CoLLEcrED [June 21,

tawny brown, femora of anterior legs deep reddish, with a steel-

blue anterior distal band; femur of 3rd leg with the steel band on

the posterior side ; of 4th almost entirely steel-blue, the distal end

only pale; patella of 2nd, 3rd, and 4th brown below, of Ist paler

coloured ; tibize with a black or deep brown spot at the distal end

below, also with a median spot, stronger on those of the 2nd and

3rd pairs; protarsi with two broad bands on the distal half of the

lower surface, which on the 3rd and 4th pairs fuse into a continuous

broad black band; tarsi black at the distal end below; upperside

of legs from patella to tarsus clothed with greyish-yellow hairs,

indistinctly variegated with brownish spots, which take the form

of definite bands on the tarsi and protarsi and on the distal end of

the tibia and patella of the 4th and less distinctly so of the 3rd ;

epigastric region of abdomen and an area of corresponding size

above and at the sides of the pedicel black; upperside of abdomen

rusty brown, with a deep chocolate patch in the centre; the sides

and tubercles silvery yellow, variegated with lights and shades ;

lower side of abdomen behind epigastric fold yellowish brown.

Carapace a little longer than patella and tibia of 3rd leg, a little

shorter than those of 4th; ocular quadrangle nearly square, its

length considerably less than height of clypeus.

Abdomen nearly parallel-sided, with rounded posterior end,

moderately high, its upper surface tolerably flat in the middle but

beset with varying sized tubercles, furnished anteriorly with three

large tubercles, one in the middle line, and a considerably larger

one on each side, which are themselves beset with smaller tubercles.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 12; length of cara-

pace 6°5, width 5; length of Ist leg 22, 2nd 21, 3rd 15, 4th 18;

length of abdomen from base of median tubercle 9, width 7, height

from lower side of pedicel to base of lateral tubercle 6.

Loc. Maziwa Mitatu in the Taru desert.

This species falls into the section of which P. illepidus OC. Koch

is an example, and is perhaps allied to the W. African P. mon-

strosus Simon, which is unknown to me. -

Genus Cmrosrris Thorell.

CXROSTRIS NODULOSA, sp. n. (Plate XLI. fig. 7.)

Colour. Carapace black, or reddish brown in younger specimens,

its posterior slope reddish brown; cephalic region covered with a

clothing of whitish hairs, intermixed here and there with yellow

or mostly yellow, mottled greyish patches at the sides and along

the middle line ; mandibles black or brown, covered with yellowish-

brown bairs intermixed with white; upperside of legs from

patella to tarsus covered with silvery white hairs, variegated with

patches of yellow or yellowish grey, the darker patches being

traceable upon the distal end of the patella, tibia and protarsus,

and even the middle of the tarsus; on the 3rd and 4th protarsus

the darker patch is in the middle of the segments ; femora naked,

except at the distal end, and in maturer forms steel-blue in colour ;

1898. ] BY MR. ©. 8S. BETTON IN BRITISH BAST AFRICA. 515.

legs banded below almost as in C. sexcuspidata (Fabr.), the black

band on the protarsus of 1st and 2nd not extending to apex of

segment as it does in mitralis, and not or hardly wider than the

apical white spot on the protarsus of the 4th. Abdomen coloured

below as in mitralis, a uniform greyish-brown with a narrow

transyerse stripe behind the epigastric fold, the upperside covered

with a clothing of greyish-white hairs, variegated at the sides and

behind with brown patches and lines, sometimes with a transverse

mesially interrupted brown stripe behind the anterior of the

median sigilla, and with sometimes a median brown band extending

to the spinners from the posterior pair of large sigilla.

Carapace with its dorsal and lateral tubercles subequal in size ;

the length of the carapace equal to protarsus and half the tarsus

of Ist leg, almost equal to protarsus and tarsus of 4th; width of

the head a little less than length of carapace.

Abdomen about as broad as long; tubercles very variable in size,

but the same in number as in C. mitralis; of the six forming the

anterior series those constituting the median pair are closer

together than either is to the adjacent tubercle on its outer side ;

the three shoulder-tubercles sometimes raised into a conspicuous

hump, sometimes produced into a longish pointed process, some-

times quite small, the median tubercles between them also either

scarcely projecting above the level of the integument or forming a

pointed conical process ; the four posterior tubercles distinct, but

not large.

Vulva consisting of a black tubercle, the anterior half of which

is deeply grooved mesially; the posterior half excavated, the

excavation divided by a median longitudinal ridge ; the posterior

rim of the excavation mesially elevated, its anterior rim formed

by the posterior edge of the anterior sclerite, forming two arches ;

the little spinuliform processes which arise from the front edge of

the vulva are widely separated at the base, are directed backwards

with a slight outward curvature, but their tips do not reach the

anterior arched border of the excavation.

3S. Much smaller than ? ; the tubercles of the carapace small,

especially the lateral; legs red in colour and less distinctly banded

than in 9 ; upperside of abdomen subcircular with truncate

anterior border, convex from before backwards, without tubercles,

with a large anterior median and three pairs of large sigilla

arranged in two longitudinal series, also with marginal sigilla.

Measurements in millimetres.— Q. Total length 22; length of

carapace 9; width of head 8°5; length of abdomen 16, width 16°5 ;

length of 1st leg 29, of 4th 27.

3S. Total length 7; width of head 3:5; length of abdomen 5:5,

of 1st leg 13-5, of 4th 11.

Loc. Samburu, Taru, and Marago-ya-Fundi (in the Taru desert).

Perhaps identical with the species which Gerstiicker iden-

tified as C. mitralis Vinson (Von der Decken’s Reisen etc. iii.

pt. 2, p. 491), or perhaps with that from Shoa determined as

C. mitrals by Pavesi (Ann. Mus. Genova, xx. p. 8); but certainly

516 MR. R. I, POCOCK ON THE ARACHNIDS COLLECTED [June 21,

different from Madagascar examples in the British Museum which

I refer to C. mitralis. It also differs apparently from C. rugosa

Karsch, from Inhambane in Mozambique (Mon. Ak. Wiss. Berlin,

1878, p. 323, pl. i. fig. 8), at least in the form of the vulva, which

Karsch declares to resemble in his species that of C. mitralis; and

lastly, judging from the description of C. simata Bisenberg &

Lenz, from Quilimane and Pangani (Jahrb. Hamb. Anst. xii. p. 46,

pl. ii. fig. 27, 1896), it differs trom that species at least in the

tollowing particulars: the equality in size between the dorsal and

lateral tubercles of the carapace, the distinctness of the dark

naked lines upon the patelle and tibiz of the legs, and the absence

of the cherry-red patch of colour by the vulva, which was present

in all the examples of simata. The figures of the vulva of the last-

named species afford scarcely any help towards its identification.

Genus GASTERACANTHA Sundevall.

GASTBRACANTHA RESUPINATA Gerstiicker.

Gasteracantha resupinata, Gerstiicker, Von der Decken’s Reisen in

Ost-Afrika, iii. 2, p. 490, pl. xviii. fig. 8.

Loc. Maziwa Mitatu and Machuma (Taru desert).

This species is sometimes cited as synonymous with G. falcicornis

of Butler, which has priority. The two are, however, I think

distinct, the red bands on the abdomen in resupinata being absent

in falcicornis.

GASTERACANTHA TABULATA Thor.

Gasteracantha tabulata, Thorell, GEfv. K.Vet.-Akad. Forhandl. xv.

p- 303 (1859) ; id. Eugenies Resa, Arachnida, p. 23.

Loc. Machuma, Maziwa Mitatu (Taru desert).

Extends as far to the south as the Transvaal and Natal.

Family ERESID&.

Genus STEGODYPHUS Simon.

STEGODYPHAUS LINEIFRONS, sp. n. (Plate XLII. fig. 13.)

Colour. Carapace castaneous, thickly clothed with white hairs

intermixed with others of a yellower hue; a narrow black transverse

stripe running from the antero-lateral eye on each side to a point

on a level with the posterior median eye; upper basal half of

mandibles clothed with white hairs, lower or distal half with

blackish-brown hairs; legs clothed with yellowish-white hairs, the

inner and under side of the femur and tibia of the lst leg deep

velvety black, and the inner surface of the femur and the inner

half of the tibia of the 2nd also velvety black; tarsi and protarsi

in part infuscate; a blackish-grey patch on the posterior (inner)

side of the 4th protarsus; entire upperside of abdomen ochre-

yellow, covered with short white hairs, the lower side variegated

with pale brown, with a patch of black hair upon the vulva and

black shining mamille.

Carapace equal to patella and tibia and almost half protarsus

1898. ] BY MR. C. 8. BETTON IN BRITISH EAST AFRICA, 517

of 1st leg and a little longer than patella, tibia, and half protarsus of

4th, longer than protarsus and tarsus of ist, than tibia, protarsus,

and tarsus of 2nd, and than patella, tibia, protarsus, and tarsus of

3rd, and just about equal to tibia, protarsus, and tarsus of 4th;

width of cephalic region exceeding length of 1st protarsus and

just about equal to tarsus and protarsus of 4th.

Vulva as in figure.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 15; length of cara-

pace 7:3; width of head 4:3; length of Ist leg 16, of 2nd 12,

of 3rd 10, of 4th 14:5.

Loc. Mbuyuni. A single adult female.

Evidently nearly related to Stegodyphus africanus of Blackwall

from the Zambesi region (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) xviii. p. 453,

1866), but apparently differing in having the hairs on the upper half

of the mandible white instead of reddish yellow, in the presence

of the narrow dark transverse line on the face, and in the absence

of a dark sinuous stripe on each side of the middle line of the

dorsal side of the abdomen. From S. mimosarum Pavesi (Ann.

Mus. Genova, xx. p. 81, 1884), from Shoa, linetfrons also differs in

the absence of the abdominal bands and the presence of the facial

line, and also apparently in the coloration of the 2nd leg.

STEGODYPHUS BELTON], sp. n.

Colour. Carapace clothed with black hair, with a marginal

border of white hairs extending from the antero-lateral eye, and a

wide white, irregularly oblong, patch occupying the upper and

posterior portion of the cephalic region, and breaking up in front

into narrow stripes, of which one on each side extends forwards

as far as the posterior median eye; mandibles black, their basal

half marked with a transverse white stripe, separated by a space

about equalling its own width from the edge of the clypeus: legs

variegated with incomplete rings of brown and white; femora of

1st and 2nd blacker, with snow-white patches: abdomen testaceous,

covered above with yellow hairs, without clearly defined longitudinal

black bands ; black below, and variegated with white patches.

Length and width of carapace as compared with legs almost the

same as in the preceding species, the legs being slightly longer.

Measurements in millimetres—Total length 11; length of cara-

pace 4; width of head 2:3; length of 1st leg 8:5, of 2nd 6:5,

of 3rd 5:1, of 4th 8.

Loe. Samburu.

Although the single example of this species that was obtained

is an immature female, I have not hesitated to describe it, the

females of this genus being generally readily recognizable by colour-

characters ; and since these characters are not, within my experience,

subject to much variation with growth, there is no reason for

supposing that the adults will differ from the immature type

specimen of the species in any important character but size.

S. bettont may apparently be recognized from the rest of the

known tropical African species by the colouring of the carapace

and mandibles.

518 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON THE ARACHNIDs COLLECTED [June 21,

Family PIsauRiIDZ.

Genus TETRAGONOPHTHALMA Karsch.

TETRAGONOPHTHALMA STUHLMANNI Bosenb. & Lenz.

Tetragonophthalma stuhlmanni, Bosenb. & Lenz, Jahrb. Hamb.

Anst. xii. p. 37, pl. ii. fig. 19.

Loc. Taru and Samburu.

Two male examples belonging to this or to a nearly allied

species.

Genus THALAssivs Simon.

THALASSIUS MARGARITATUS, sp. n. (Plate XLI. fig. 8.)

Colour, Carapace a dark mahogany-brown, with a_ broad,

completely marginal yellowish-white band, which in front runs

up to a point on a level with the anterior median eyes: abdomen

a rich olive-brown above, ornamented on each side with a broad

yellow lateral stripe, geniculate at its posterior end where it

embraces the abruptly narrowed posterior termination of the

dark coloured field of the upper surface; four yellowish-white

spots on the upper (inner) margin of each stripe, the posterior

spot the largest and situated just in front of the geniculation

of the lateral band ; lateral surface below the band greyish white

in front: legs and lower surface a tolerably uniform yellowish

or greyish brown.

Carapace a little shorter than tibia 1, and about as long as

protarsus 1, its width a little shorter than tibia 3; ocular quad-

rangle a little longer than wide, parallel-sided, the eyes composing

it subequal; clypeus equal to about once anda half times the

length of the quadrangle; anterior lateral eye nearer to the

anterior median than to the posterior lateral.

Legs 4,1 and 2,3; patella and tibia of Ist distinctly shorter

than of 4th, scarcely exceeding those of 3rd.

Abdomen truncate in front, pointed behind, broadest just behind

the middle.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 21; length of cara-

pace 9, width 8; length of Ist leg 33, of 2nd 34, of 3rd 32:5, of

4th 38°5 ; patella and tibia of 1st 12, of 4th 13:5.

Loc. Samburu and Taru.

Differing from the rest of the African species with which I am

acquainted in the pattern of the abdomen and the marginal white

thoracic band.

Family CreNID &.

Genus Crments Walck.

Crents carsoni F. Cambr.

Ctenus carsoni, F, Cambr. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1895, p. 24, pl. iii.

figs. 4, 5.

Loc. Taru and Mgana.

Apparently widely distributed in East Africa.

1898. ]} BY MR. C. 8, BEYYON IN BRITISH BAST AFRICA. 519

Family HETEROPODID 4.

Genus Herrropopa Latr.

HETEROPODA VENATORIA (Linn.).

Loc. Changamwe. nit

Introduced by human agency throughout the world, originally

from the Oriental region.

Genus Sparassus Walck.

SPARASSUS BICORNIGER, sp. n. (Plate XLI. fig. 9.)

Colour of carapace, mandibles, sternum, coxe, and maxille a

uniform bright ochre-yellow, the sternum rather paler than the

coxee and carapace; legs of the same tint, but with the femora

rather thickly spotted below; tarsus and tibial spines of palp

black; hairy clothing of legs and carapace, where present, of a

silvery white; abdomen damaged, but distinctly spotted above, the

sides variegated with yellowish hairs.

Carapace about equal to length of 4th tibia, very slightly longer

than wide, strongly convex; posterior line of eyes straight, the

eyes subequal, the medians nearer together than either is to the

corresponding lateral; ocular quadrangle longer than wide:

eyes of anterior line straight, larger than those of the posterior,

subequal in size and subequally spaced; distance between the

medians less than a diameter, medians about their own diameter

from edge of clypeus.

Legs 2,1, 4,3; patella and tibia of Ist longer than of 4th;

protarsi of Ist, 2nd, and 3rd scopulate only in the distal third

of their length, 4th not scopulate; patelle unspined, spines on

lower side of tibie and protarsi 2, 2, on upperside of tibia 1,

on upperside of femora in the middle 2.

Palp with tibia and patella subequal in length; tibia much

thickened below at its distal end, armed externally with a long,

straightish, slightly clavate process, which considerably exceeds

the tibia in length and gives off near its base in front a thinner

curved pointed process nearly equal to the tibia in length; tarsus

rather longer than patella and tibia, with a narrow stalk-like neck

and a posterior external angular expansion, its inner margin

evenly convex, gradually narrowed to the tip.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 10 ; length of carapace

4:8, width 4:3; length of Ist leg 22, of 2nd 24, of 3rd 17°8,

of 4th 20.

Loc. Ndi, Weiss Road.

This peculiar species is sufficiently characterized by the structure

of its double tibial apophysis of the palp.

520 = MR. R, 1, POCOCK ON THE ARACHNIDS ContECreD [June 21,

Order SOLIFUGA (Sonrveas).

Family SoupuGip”.

Subfamily Ruacoprn 2.

Genus Ruacopgs Pocock.

RHAGODES ORNATUS (Poc.).

Rhax ornatus, Poc. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xvi. p. 93, pl. iv.

fig. 2.

Loc. Maziwa Mitatu and Samburu.

Described from Mombasa.

Subfamily SoLpucin 2.

Genus Sorrvea Licht.

SOLPUGA SHMIFUSCA, sp. n.

Colour. Palpi and limbs a uniform reddish or ochre-yeliow ;

upper surface of mandibles and cephalic plate a very deep olive-

brown or black ; sides of the mandibles yellow, contrasting sharply

with the dark tint of the upper surface ; the whole of the upper-

side of the abdomen dark ; the whole of the lower surface pale.

Head-plate : width a little less than length of tibia of palpus or

of 4th leg, exceeding the 4th protarsus by about one-third of the

tarsus, less than protarsus and tarsus of palp by half the tarsus.

Dentition of mandible as in S. brunnipes, the small tooth on the

upper jaw following the second indistinctly double.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length (including mandibles)

53, without mandibles 40; width of head 10:6; length of palpus

35, of Ist leg 29, 2nd leg 26, 3rd leg 33:5, 4th leg 54; tibia of

palp 11, its tarsus and protarsus 12; tibia of 4th leg 11, pro-

tarsus 10.

Loc. Voi (type) and Samburu.

Without knowing the male characters it is not possible to

satisfactorily determine the position of this species. In general

aspect it is much like brunnipes of Dufour; but differs from the

specimens of that species known to me —namely, one example from

Algeria and one from Somaliland (Donaldson Smith)—in haying

the head and upper surface of the jaws of a uniform blackish tint,

brunnipes being uniformly ochre-brown in these parts.

S. merope of Simon (Ann. Soe. Ent. France, 1879, p. 112), from

Zanzibar, may be allied to this form; but I know nothing of the

proportion of the limb-segments to the head. Possibly the type of

merope is young, but, if not, the species is much smaller than

semifusca, measuring only 26 mm. in total length; and, lastly,

the 4th legs are described as being infuscate at least in part.

SOLPUGA ZEBRINA, sp. 1.

So closely allied to S. sericea Pocock, from Gadzima on the

Umfuli River in Mashonaland, 4200 ft. alt. (Ann. Mag. Nat.

1898.] BY MR. C, 8. BETTON IN BRITISH BAST AFRICA, 521

Hist. (6) xx. p. 260, fig. 4), that no detailed description is

necessary ; the principal difference lying in its much smaller size,

the adult male measuring with the mandible only 18 mm., whereas

S. sericea is as much as 30. Moreover, although the tergal plates

of the abdomen in zebrina are narrowly margined with black with

a broad black median dorsal band, there is on each side of the

latter a conspicuous broad yellow stripe, each being almost half

the width of the median black stripe. In S. sericea the corre-

sponding yellow stripe is very narrow in comparison.

Measurements in millimetres.— 3. Total length of trunk 15, with

mandibles 18; width of head 3; length of palp 17, of 1st leg 16,

2nd leg 13, 3rd leg 17°5, 4th leg 29 ; tibia, protarsus, and tarsus of

palp 5°5; tibia of 4th leg 5, protarsus 5:5.

Loc. Maziwa ya Tagari, in the Taru desert.

Two male examples.

Genus Zerrassa Pocock.

Zeriassa, Pocock, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xx. p. 255 (1897).

ZURIASSA SPINULOSA, sp. n. (Plate XLII. fig. 15.)

Colour. Upperside of mandible, head, thorax, and abdomen a

uniform reddish or earthy brown ; two indistinct darker stripes on

the mandible; ocular tubercle black, only the tips of the fangs

reddish brown ; palp with tibia, protarsus, and distal third of the

femur black; tarsus and basal two-thirds of the femur clear

yellow ; the joints between the femur, tibia, and protarsus slightly

paler; Ist and 2nd legs yellow, with the exception of the fuscous

distal end of the femur; 3rd and 4th legs also with the tibia

distally black and the femur lightly infuscate, the rest of these

limbs pale; lower surface of thorax and abdomen pale.

Head-plate equalling in width about two-thirds the length of

the tibia of the palp and five-sixths the length of the protarsus of

the 4th leg, as long as the tibia and one-third of the protarsus of

the 3rd leg; studded with spinules; ocular tubercle prominent,

high and wide.

Mandibles inflated, abruptly narrowed at the base of the fang,

armed with longish spines above, the upper fang projecting far

beyond the base of the flagellum, armed with a series of seven

triangular but not long teeth, the first very small, placed a long

distance behind the tip of the fang and close to the second, which

is large and just below the base of the recurved portion of the

flagellum ; third tooth small, nearer to the fourth, which is also

large, than to the second, the remaining three small and equally

spaced ; one small tooth on the inner side nearly on a level with

the seventh tooth of the outer series; lower fang armed with

three distinct teeth, the first and third subequal, the second

smaller and nearer the second.

Flagellum with high, convexly rounded membranous portion :

the recurved terminal portion short, scarcely surpassing the

membranous portion; on the inner side of the upper fang are a

couple of stout spines lying below the flagellum.

522 MR. RB. I. POCOCK ON THE ARACHNIDS COLLECTED [June 21,

Palpi—femora clavate, furnished with a few short spines and

short hairs; tibia narrower at the base, armed below throughout

its length with many short spines; protarsus distally narrowed,

armed below, like the tibia, with many short spines. In addition

to the normal spine-armature, there are a few longish spines on

the upperside of the basal segments of the legs.

Tergal plates of abdomen and of thorax beset with short spines,

of which there is a distinct posterior row.

2. Not very different from the male in length of limbs, size of

mandibles, &c.; but with shorter malleoli; mandibles and head

spiny ; thorax, abdomen, tibia and protarsus of palp, and basal

segments of legs not spiny; mandibles strongly toothed, second

tooth twice as long as the first and twice as long as broad, third

and fifth teeth small and subequal, fourth tooth large, but shorter

than the second; inner row of teeth consisting only of two, one in

the same position as in the male, the other considerably lower.

Measurements in millimetres of type ( ¢ ).—Total length of trunk

14, with mandibles 17-8; length of palp 19, of 1st leg 12, of 2nd

leg 11:5, of 3rd leg 17, of 4th leg 26; tibia of palp 6, protarsus

and tarsus 6; tibia of 4th leg 6, protarsus 5; width of head-

plate 4°5.

@. Total length of trunk 16, with mandible 21; width of

head 4:8; length of palp 18, of Ist leg 11, of 2nd 12, of 3rd 15,

of 4th 26; tibia of palp 6, protarsus and tarsus 5:5; tibia of 4th

leg 5:5, protarsus 4°5.

Loc. Maziwa Mitatu in the Taru desert (type); examples also

obtained at Machuma in the Taru desert, Mbuyuni and Ndi

(Weiss Road).

The two known species of this genus may be readily distinguished

as follows :—

a. Length of trunk 25 mm.; terminal fang of upper jaw

projecting a very short distance beyond the flagellum,

its second tooth much larger than the rest; a row of

5 stout spines near the base of the flagellum on the

inner side; filiform terminal part of flagellum long,

far surpassing the membranous basal portion; head,

mandibles, upper surface of body, and bases of limbs

studded with stout bristles, not spines; femora and

tibiz of posterior legs black...............cesecsecceneeeeeenees bicolor Poe., ¢.

6. Length of trunk 15 mm. ; terminal fang of upper jaw far

surpassing flagellum, the second tooth not larger than

those behind it; only two spines near the base of the

flagellum on the inner side; filiform portion of

flagellum scarcely surpassing the membranous basal

portion ; head, mandibles, and dorsal surface of trunk

studded with spines; posterior legs with only the

distal end of the femur black ..............seeceesesseeseeeees spinulosa, sp. 0.

Genus Brron Karsch.

Biron TIGRINUM, sp. n. (Plate XLII. figs. 14, 14a.)

Colour reddish yellow, variegated with deeper brown ; head-plate

pale in its middle third, brown at the sides, tubercle black ;

1898.] BY MR. C. 8. BETTON IN BRITISH EAST AFRICA. 523

mandible with two indistinct fuscous stripes above; abdomen

trilineate, each tergite marked with a median spot and a marginal

spot on each side, the intervening pale area on each side about

twice the width of the median spot; palpi with tarsus entirely

pale, tibia deep brown, patella paler brown, its distal end and

the adjacent end of the tibia narrowly pale; femur very lightly

brownish distally ; 1st and 2nd legs pale, 3rd with femur and

patella lightly brownish (legs of 4th pair absent).

Head-plate and mandible covered with a clothing of short hairs

intermixed with a few bristles; the former a little excelling in

width half the length of the tarsus and protarsus of the palp.

Palpi long, as long as the body and mandibles; the tibia

furnished with long bristles; the protarsus with five pairs of

longish spines, those at the base of the segment setiform.

Mandibles elongate; the upper fang slightly sinuous, lightly

concave above, rather strongly convex below, then narrowed at

the point ; the teeth arising rather far back, nearly as far back as

the base of the flagellum; the first, second, and fourth long and

nearly cylindrical but pointed ; the third minute, lying close to the

base of the fourth; the rest, three in number, forming the outer

series, triangular ; the inner basal series also three in number, sharp,

the median of the three much the smallest; lower fang long,

armed with two strong triangular teeth, and a minute one at the

base of the first of these.

Flagellum membranous, broad, laminate, and incurled at the

base, then passing into a slender terminal portion which passes

back and rests on the head at the side of the ocular tubercle.

Measurements in millimetres —Total length (including mandible)

15; length of mandible 4; width of head 3; length of palp 15,

its tibia 5; tarsus and protarsus 5°5,

Loc. Samburu.

The absence of the 4th leg makes the generic position of this

species a little doubtful. It may perhaps prove to be the male of

either B. brunnipes or B. fuscipes from Somaliland, but is equally

likely to be distinct from both.

Genus Ceroma Karsch.

CEROMA VARIATUM, sp.n. (Plate XLII. fig. 16.)

Colour. Head-plate yellowish, irregularly clouded at the sides

with brown, pale quite in the middle, tubercle black; mandibles

yellow, with two faint brown stripes ; palpi with tibia, protarsus,

and tarsus deep brown above, paler below ; abdomen with three

black bands, each tergite ornamented with a median and a

marginal black spot; the yellow area on each side about three

times the width of the median stripe; legs yellow, the posterior

two pairs lightly brownish.

Differing from C. johnstoni, from Nyasaland’, in having the

Pocock, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xx. p. 253 (1897).

524 ON ARACHNIDS FROM BRITISH EAST AFRICA. [June 21,

flagellum much longer and projecting back on to the head some

distance past the ocular tubercle (in johnstoni it only reaches the

tubercle), and in the much greater thickness of the upper fang,

which though pointed at the apex is strongly elevated and convex

above ; moreover there is a distinct notch just in front of the first

tooth; in the lower fang there is one large rounded tooth showing

indistinct division into “three, the posterior of which stands up

as a triangular denticle. In johnstoni, this triangular tooth is

relatively very much larger, and the other two are much smaller

and more distinct; and in the upper jaw the terminal fang is

slender (it is represented as too thick in fig. 1, p. 254, of my

paper quoted above) and is lightly curved.

The legs and palpi of this species are also a little longer than in

C. johnstoni.

Measurements in millimetres—Total length 16; length of

mandible 4; width of head 3:8; length of palp 12, its tibia 4,

tarsus and protarsus 5; 4th leg 19, its tibia 5, protarsus 3:5,

Loc. Samburu. A single male example.

The type of this species may prove to be the male of C. ornatum

of Karsch, based upon a female 22-23 mm. long from Masailand.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Pruate XLI.

Fig. 1. Pterinochilus spinifer, sp.n., 3, p. 502. Palpal organ, external view.

Anterior leg.

. Pisenorodes hohneli (Sim. ),3,p.505. Distal segments of palp, external

view.

Anterior leg.

Tibial spur of anterior leg.

. Araneus eresifrons, sp.n., 9, X 2, p. 509.

” ”

Vulva from the side.

Vulva from below.

F: bettoni, sp. n., 9, X §, p. 510.

Beni . Vulva from the side.

: taruensis, sp.n.,p.911. Vulva.

6. Argiope aurocincta, sp. n., p.512. Vulva from below.

6a. Vulva from behind.

7. Carostris nodulosa, sp. n.,p. 514. Vulva.

8. Thalassius margaritatus, sp.n., 9, X 3, p.518. Extended on a reed.

9. Sparassus bicorniger, sp.n., p.519, Tibial processes of palp of male.

OUR 09 C9 Co bobo

Piatt XLII.

Fig. 10. Araneus taruensis, sp. n., 2, X 2, p. 511.

11. Argiope aurocincta, sp.n., 9, X 2, p. 512.

12. Poltys corticosus, sp. n., p. 518. Tateral view of cephalothorax and

abdomen.

124 Anterior view of cephalothorax and abdomen.

13. ‘Stegodyphus lineifrons, sp. n., p. 516. Vulva.

14. Biton tigrinum, sp.ux., - x 3, p. 522

14a. as : ts Inner surface of mandible.

15. Zeriassa spinulosa. sp. ny, p-521. Inner view of mandible of male.

16, Ceroma variatum, sp. n., p. 523, Inner view of mandible of male,

Jel hs liteye)ise 12M PALI

‘FO Pickard Cambridge del etlith.

‘ 4 British -Kast-African Arachnida.

. V *

x 5 -

os "¢

_—_— . .

; wd ¥, f ¢ é m=

7 ~ e

~ ae

“

- *y

- 4

“

f ; > *

PASS. 1898. Pl sn,

{iy

a fr

A r\ f | je: y

Avi a)

a SS

<9 >

EO Pickard Cambridge delet kth. West,Newman imp.

British- Kast-African Arachnida.

scaall

1898.] ON FUNGID CORALS FROM THE SOUTH PACIFIC. 525

2. On the Fungid Corals collected by the Author in the

South Pacific. By J. Srantny Garpiner, M.A,,

Gonville and Caius College, Cambridge’.

[Received May 31, 1898. ]

(Plates XLII.—XLV.)

The present paper forms the third of the series on the corals

collected on the reefs of Funafuti, Rotuma, and Fiji. In it

48 specimens are dealt with, of which 39 have been referred to 15

known species, while 6 species have been described as new. It is

proposed to absorb the genus Tichoseris into Pavonia and the genera

Mcandroseris, Coscinarea, and Plesioseris into Psammocora.

Genus SIDERASTR ZA.

Siderastrea, Blainville, Dict. des Sci. Nat. t. lx. (1830).

Siderina, Dana, Zooph. p. 218 (1846).

Siderastrea, Duncan, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xvii. p. 134 (1885).

I have referred two specimens to this typical West-Indian genus,

after having compared them carefully with a number of specimens

of the genus in the British Museum.

1. Srpprasrr#a cuavus Dana. (Plate XLIV. fig. 1.)

Paonia clavus, Dana, Zooph. p. 332, pl. xxiv. fig. 4.

The largest of the two specimens which I have referred to this

species is a much swollen branch, 11 em. high by 4 em. in diameter

at the base and 9 cm. at the somewhat lobed and twisted apex. The

calices at the sides, which are from 1°5-2°5 mm. in diameter, are

separated by a dense theca, over which the septa are continuous

(Pl. XLIV. fig. 1). The latter are typically 24 in number, alter-

nately large and small, the primary * scarcely distinguishable from

the secondary; commonly, however, their number is considerably

reduced, owing apparently to the fusion together of several at

the angles, where three or more calices meet. In the axial fossa

is a small, low, often laterally compressed columella. The calices

of the summit are much smaller than those of the sides, being

generally less than 1-5 mm. in diameter. Their septa are relatively

thinner with wide interseptal loculi, and the thece are generally

very distinct, the calices often being joined to one another solely

by coste.

The smaller specimen is a nodule 3 cm. high obtained from the

reef close to the larger. Its apical calices have 6 large septa fused

with the columella and 6 smaller and narrower septa. The thece

of neighbouring calices are thin and do not fuse, being joined

merely by costz. Deeper in the corallum, in sections, the thece

_ 3 Communicated by W. Baruson, F.R.S., F.Z.S. For former papers see

P.Z.8. 1897, p. 941, and 1898, p. 257. :

* In this paper, unless otherwise precisely stated, the first six septa are

known as the primary, and the second six as the secondary.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1898, No, XXXYV. 35

526 MR, J, STANLEY GARDINER ON FUNGID [June 2

and costee can be seen to be much thicker, almost obliterating the

intercostal spaces and forming a dense imperforate wall.

‘ Rotuma; rim of reef.

Genus F'unGrA.

Fungia, Dana, Zooph. p. 318 (1846).

Fungia, Duncan, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xviii. p. 141.

The genus Fungia is represented in the collection by 8 large

anthocyathi, and 44 trophozooids and anthoblasts.

There were no living specimens obtained from Funafuti, but the

dead coralla of apparently four distinct species were picked up on

the outer beaches of the islands, showing that the genus must live

in considerable abundance close outside the reef. ‘These specimens

are, unfortunately, too much worn to be identified with any certainty,

but may be provisionally referred to /. crassa, F. patella, F. discus,

and F. tenuifolia.

1. Funeta patenta Ellis and Solander.

. Madrepora patella, Ellis and Solander, Zooph. p. 148 (1786).

Fungia patella, Edwards and Haime, Cor. iii. p. 7.

Fungia patella, Klunzinger, Die Korallthiere des Rothen Meeres,

Th. iii. p. 61.

I have referred three specimens to this species, which were

obtained all together in a small pool a few feet across. -Among

themselves they vary considerably in the perforations of their under

surfaces and the thickness and spinulation of their septa. In

shape they are more or less round, 11-13 cm. in diameter, with

rather open, oval fossze in the centre.

Wakaya, Fiji; fringing reef.

T have also ascribed to the same species as the above a stunted

anthocyathus, which was found in the same pool, about 9 em. in

diameter, with a part of the upper surface killed by an incrusting

nullipore. The septa are much thicker than in the preceding speci-

mens and have deeper and more regular dentations, while the under

surface is almost imperforate.

In the same pool were obtained 24 trophozooids and anthoblasts,

forming a good series to the free anthocyathus. The youngest of

these has 24 septa, of which 12 are much the larger and thicker,

and are joined by a few synapticula.

2. Funeia DENTATA Dana.

. Fungia dentata, Dana, Zooph. p. 293, pl. xviii. fig. 7.

Fungia dentata, Edwards and Haime, Cor. iii. p. 10.

A single specimen closely corresponding to the descriptions.

The fourth, fifth, and sixth cycles of septa in one part of the

corallum, where the edge of the calice has grown somewhat

upwards, are characterized by a large, pointed, raised tooth at the

inner edge with a deep bay outside. In other parts, where the

upper surface of the dise is convex, the tooth is usually present,

but less distinct and with no deep bay.

Rotuma; boat-channel.

1898. ] CORALS FROM THE SOUTH PACIFIC, 527

3, FUNGIA CRASSITENTACULATA Quoy and Gaimard.

Fungia crassitentaculata, Quoy and Gaimard, Voy. de l’Astrol.,

Zool. t. iv. p. 182.

Pungia crassitentaculata, Edwards and Haime, Cor. iii. p. 19.

I have with some hesitation referred one specimen, 13 cm. in

diameter, to this species as it corresponds fairly well with the

descriptions and two named specimens—one in spirit—in the

British Museum.

Rotuma; boat-channel.

4, FunGIA DENTIGHRA Leuckart.

Fungia dentigera, Leuckart, De Zooph. Corall. p. 48, tab. ili.

figs. 1, 2.

cones dentigera, Dana, Zooph. p. 301, pl. xviii. fig. 4.

Fungia dentigera, Edwards and Haime, Cor. ili. p. 17.

There is one specimen of this species, 13 cm. long by 7 cm.

broad, which closely corresponds to Dana’s figure and description.

The margin, too, has the same obsolescent folds.

Rotuma ; boat-channel.

5. Funeia DAN Edwards and Haime.

Fungia echinata, Dana, Zooph. p. 294, pl. xviii. figs. 8, 9.

Ffungia dance, Edwards and Haime, Ann. des Sci. Nat. t. xv.

p- 80 (1851).

Fungia danai, Edwards and Haime, Cor. iii. p. 11.

There is one specimen of this species, about 12 cm. in diameter,

which seems to be to some extent intermediate between Dana’s

Fijian and East-Indian specimens. The large radiating lamelle of

the under surface are at the edge of the corallum about 1:2 cm.

apart and correspond to the first four cycles of septa; in places

the lamelle of the fifth cycle are nearly as large, while those of the

sixth to the eighth can usually be distinguished running inwards for

1-2 cm. On the upper surface the septa are less strongly and more

regularly toothed than in either of Dana’s specimens. At the

inner ends of those septa, which do not reach the axial fossa, there

is generally a low but distinct tooth, about 3 mm. broad.

Rotuma ; boat-channel.

Genus HALoMITRA.

Halomitra, Dana, Zooph. p. 311 (1846).

Halomitra, Duncan, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xviii. p. 144.

Halomitra, and Podabacia Quelch, Challenger Reef-Corals,

pp. 188-141.

The characters by which Quelch separated Podabacia and

Halomitra are, I consider, mainly due to the age and mode of

growth of the specimens which he examined and of those which

had been previously described.

The free corallum seems from my specimens (2) to have been

formed ina somewhat similar manner to that of the genus Fungia,

by the breaking off of discs from an attached stock. At first there

35*

528 MR, J. STANLEY GARDINER ON FUNGID [June 21,

is one large central polyp with radiating septa; then, as growth

proceeds, a number of calicular fosse appear around this. On

becoming free, the central polyp may perhaps persist, or, as in my

specimens, may become indistinguishable from the daughter polyps,

the septa gradually losing their regular radiating arrangement in

the centre of the colony.

1. HaLoMIrRA IRREGULARIS, n. sp. (Plate XLII. figs. 1, 2.)

Corallum subcircular or somewhat irregular, slightly convex

above and concave below, heavy and thick. Under surface dense

and little perforated, with no distinct cost, but closely covered by

low, blunt, extremely granulated papillw, in places forming low

clusters. Calicular fossee in the young colony arranged round a

large deep central fossa, but in the older colonies equal in size and

irregularly arranged in the central parts, only radiating near the

edges of the corallum. Calicular fosse generally somewhat oval in

shape and in the centre 6-12 mm. distant from one another. Septa

very distinctly radiate on the outer parts of the corallum, but

towards the centre of the colony 6-12 large, thick septa can be

distinguished radiating in all directions from the calicular fosse,

with a like number of low, thin septa between; these are continu-

ous between the different fosse, but the radiating arrangement of

the septa of the colony in the centre is very imperfect. The large

septa are relatively thick with granular sides; their free edges are

very evenly covered by blunt denticulations, 1-1'5 mm. high and

12-14in 1 cm. The axial fosse are deep and have no columelle.

Funafuti ; lagoon shoals to leeward.

Of the two specimens in the collection the smaller is a nearly

round disc about 12 cm. in diameter by 4°5 cm. high. The under

surface is very slightly concave with an oval-shaped area in the

centre, surrounded by a groove where apparently the dise was

broken off from its nurse stock.

The larger specimen is 18 em. long by 13 em. broad and 7 cm. high,

oval in shape with the edges irregularly bent. The under surface

is slightly concave with several deep grooves, from which two nurse

stocks grow outwards. The smaller of these is about 1°5 em. high,

with the calice about 8 mm. broad and somewhat turned upwards

and inwards, so that its inner half is incomplete, while in the outer

half primary, secondary, and tertiary septa can be distinguished.

The larger nurse stock is about 3 em. high by 4 em. broad at the

top and 2 cm. at its lower end, where it is rather constricted. It

consists of a single large calicle with a central axial fossa, 1°5 em.

deep. From this 5 cycles of septa can be distinguished radiating

to the circumference. These are broken, however, in 6 or 7 places

where daughter calicular fosse are being formed, the corallum

underneath the new polyp mouth being absorbed or ceasing to be

formed, so that a fossa results.

Generally on the upper surface of the corallum the large septa

are very regular in appearance, bending inwards towards the

ends of the daughter fosse. Near the edges of the colony the

1898. ] CORALS FROM THE SOUTH PACIFIC. 529

end septa of the calicles are often formed by mere thickenings,

standing out at right angles on the radiating septa of the original

central calicle.

Genus HerpoirHa.

Herpolitha, Eschscholtz, Isis, p. 746 (1825),

Herpetolitha, Edwards and Haime, Cor. iii. p. 23.

Herpolitha, Duncan, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xviii. p. 145.

A good description of the corallum of this genus has been given

by Duncan'. <A comparison with that of Polyphyllia will probably

cause the absorption of that genus, as the smaller specimens of

both genera are extremely alike.

1. HerpontitHa crassa Dana.

Herpolitha crassa, Dana, Zooph. p. 310, pl. xx. figs. 5-5 ¢.

Two specimens of this species were obtained, which closely

resemble the description and figures given by Dana. The smaller

is regular in shape, 16 cm. long by 6 em. broad, 4°5 em. high,

concavity of the under surface 1:7 cm.deep. The larger specimen

has the edges, especially at the ends of the corallum, very irregular

and much bent; the calices, too, are less regular on each side

of the central row. The colony is 21 cm. long by 11 cm. broad,

72 cm. high, concavity of the under surface 4 cm. deep.

The colour of the living colony was light brown, with dark bands

around the mouths of the polyps.

Funafuti; lagoon shoals.

Genus PAVonta.

Pavonia, Lamarck, Syst. des Anim. sans Vert. p. 372 (1801).

Pavonia, Lamarck, Hist. des Anim. sans Vert. t. li. p. 238

(1816).

Lophoseris, Edwards and Haime, Cor. ili. p. 65.

Lophoseris, Duncan, Journ. Linn. Soe., Zool. xvii. p. 157.

I have retained the name Pavona ie this genus, as it has

clearly the priority over Hiibner’s use of the term for a genus of

Lepidoptera.

The genus is represented in the collection by 19 specimens,

of which 17 have been referred to 4 well-known species. The

other two, which I have described as new under the names

of P. intermedia and P. calicifera, are intermediate between

P. repens and Tichoseris obtusata in some of those characters

by which Quelch diagnosed the genus Tichoseris*. In P. mter-

media the character of the valleys and ridges appr oaches Pr epens,

while P. calicifera has almost completely circumscribed calices,

Tichoseris obtusata coming between the two with “ sinuous groups

of two or more centres.” The same method of increase is found

in all 3 species, by fissiparity and also by gemmation, the calices

1 Journ. Linn. Soce., Zool, xvii. pp. 152-155 (1884).

2 Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. xii. 1884, p. 295.

530 MR. J. STANLEY GARDINER ON FUNGID [June 21,

being separated by the upgrowth of a wall between the septa

connecting the axial fosse. The septa are not confluent in

Tichoseris, but lie opposite to one another, while in P. intermedia

over the highest ridges and in P. calicifera generally they are

almost completely separated, being joined over the walls only

by their small spines. The columella in P. intermedia is visible

from the surface as a small spine; in P. calicifera it is very deep,

with usually no spine; and in Zichoseris it is very rudimentary.

In all it appears to be a true columella and is joined by trabecule to

the septal edges. The synapticula gradually decrease in size from

P. repens, in which they are very abundant ; in Tichoseris they are

“distant, being generally rather thick interseptal outgrowths of

the upper part of the wall,”—almost precisely the same condition

as in P. calicifera, where they are only found near the wall.

The septa, further, in all the species are almost precisely similar in

their arrangement and spines.

For the above reasons I consider that the genus Tvchoserts must

be absorbed in the genus Puvonia.

1. Pavonta pivaricaTa Lamarck.

Pavonia divaricata, Lamarck, Hist. des Anim. sans Vert. t. il.

p. 240 (1816).

Pavonia divaricata, Dana, Zooph. p. 327, pl. xxii. fig. 6.

Three specimens, apparently from the same clump at Rotuma,

and some fragments have been referred to this species, from which

P. minor, Briggemann, does not seem to be distinct.

Rotuma; deep pool in outer reef by Soikopi. Wakaya, }iji ;

lagoon reef.

2. Pavonta cristara Ellis and Solander.

Madrepora cristata, Ellis and Solander, Zooph. p. 158, tab. xxxi.

figs. 3, 4 (1786).

Madrepora boletiformis, Esper, Pflanz., Forts. Th. 1. p. 61, tab. lvi.

1797).

: Laue decussata, Dana, Zooph. p. 329, pl. xxii. fig. 4.

Lophoseris cristata, Edwards and Haime, Cor. i. p. 66.

I have referred a number of fronds to this species, some of

which closely resemble Dana’s figure of P. decussata, while others

approximate more to Esper’s figure of M. boletiformis, and others,

again, are much more subdivided at their free edges and crispate.

The septa in the different specimens vary greatly in thickness,

but large and small always alternate. In the more crispate

fronds the large septa are very thin with almost smooth sides, and

the small septa are often indistinguishable, while in the flatter

fronds the former are thick with rough sides and the latter are

quite distinct. If the septa, however, in a camera lucida drawing

of a few calices of a crispate frond are thickened, as would

naturally occur with increased age, the arrangement in both

forms is seen to be precisely similar. In some fronds the calices

1898.] CORALS FROM THE SOUTH PACIFIC. o3l

tend to be somewhat circumscribed, but generally they lie in rows

nearly parallel to the free edges.

The vertical keels mentioned by Edwards and Haime are not,

I think, of any specific importance ; one of the fronds shows their

formation by the fusion of the edges of two of the crisped ends,

the septa later, as growth proceeds, becoming secondarily con-

tinuous over them.

Rotuma ; deep pool in outer reef by Solkopi.

3. PAVONIA FRONDIFERA Lamarck.

Pavonia frondifera, Lamarck, Hist. des Anim. sans Vert. t. i.

p- 241 (1816).

Pavonia frondifera, Dana, Zooph. p. 328.

There are two fronds which closely correspond to the descrip-

tions of this species, but which may perhaps belong to the last.

The synapticular separations of the calices are not so broad as in

P. cristata, and the fronds are much thinner and more delicate.

Wakaya, Fiji; outer reef.

4, Pavonia REPENS Briiggemann. (Plate XLIV. fig. 2.)

Pavonia repens, Briiggemann, Abh. nat. Ver. zu Bremen, Bd. v.

p. 395, Taf. vii. fig. 1 (1878).

Pavonia repens, Klunzinger, Die Korall. des Roth. Meeres, p. 75,

Taf. ix. fig. 3.

There are four specimens of this species, which is well marked

by its long valleys, meandering oyer the whole of the colony.

The walls are very much thickened below, making the whole

corallum very dense and almost obliterating the cavities of the

calices. The corallum is in places 2-3 em. thick.

Funafuti; outer reef (fairly common to leeward) and lagoon

shoals.

5. PAVONIA INTERMEDIA, n. sp. (Plate XLIV. fig. 3.)

Corallum primarily incrusting, then massive with the upper

surface very irregular, often raised up into knobs and hillocks ;

edge sometimes free for a few mm. and covered apparently by an

epitheca.

The axial fosse are usually deep and surrounded by very steep

radiating septa, leading up to the summits of the walls. Budding

takes place anywhere over the septa, fission rarely occurring.

Commonly about 4 low septa extend from the new axial fossa

to the old calicular fossa. Soon, however, these grow up to the

height of the calicular wall, and an imperforate wall is built

up between them, completely separating the new calice except over

its summit. Before the latter occurs, other buds are generally

formed from the parent polyp, so that often 3 to 6 distinct fosse

are found in the same valley, which, however, is always bounded

on all sides by a wall, thin at the surface but much thicker below,

so that the corallum is very dense and heavy.

In the smallest circumscribed calices 12 or 14 septa can be

532 MR, J. STANLEY GARDINER ON FUNGID [June 21,

distinguished, of which about half extend to the axial fossee. In

the larger there are from 20 to 30, alternately thick and thin, the

former projecting to the fosse and the latter about half as far.

In the still larger calices, which are about to bud, there are often

40 to 60 septa, the increase being due to the appearance of a

fresh cycle.

The septa are continuous over all except the highest ridges,

where they lie opposite to one another. All are rough and very

irregularly granulated both at the edges and sides. The synap-

ticula are numerous, small, and thin, being especially abundant

near the wall, into which, as it thickens, they are mostly absorbed,

There is apparently a true columella arising deep down in the

calice, joined to the septal edges by trabecule and from the surface

generally visible as a small compressed spine.

Depth of the calices from the top of the ridges to the columella

about 3 mm.; breadth from ridge to ridge about the same.

Valleys seldom more than 1 cm. long, with 40-60 septa on their

edges in 1 cm.

Rotuma ; outer reef.

The specimen on which this species is founded is a small

incrusting mass 9 em. in greatest width by in one place 4 em.

in height. Its base is much bored into by Chetopoda, Sipun-

culoidea, and other organisms. In one place, where a nodule has

grown out at the edge, the under surface is covered by very

shallow calices, with a limited number of septa, alternately thick

and thin, and continuous between the fosse, the appearance more

approximating to that of the branching species of the genus.

6. PAVONIA CALICIFERA, n. sp. (Plate XLIV. fig. 4.)

Corallum dense and heavy, incrusting and massive, often with

the edges free for a few mm.

Surface covered by usually completely circumscribed calices,

separated by thin imperforate walls. Increase both by fissiparity

and gemmation, the latter from any part of the polyp, but gene-

rally close to the wall, where several calices meet. The septa are

at first continuous between the axial fosse ; but the wall quickly

grows up between them, so that the new calice soon becomes

completely circumscribed and valleys do not result. The calicular

wall is thin at the surface, but thickens below, fusing with the

outermost synapticula. The latter are not numerous, being found

only near the opening of the calice.

The septa are continuous by their spines over the wall from

calice to calice; all are thin, rough, and granulated irregularly,

both at their sides and edges, and project inwards with at first

a gradual slope, ending perpendicularly by the fosse. In the

smallest calices primary, secondary, and tertiary septa can be

distinguished, the former projecting to the axial fossa and being

joined to the columella by trabecule. In the larger calices a few

of the secondary septa have become fused to the columella, and

two additional cycles can usually be distinguished. The columella

1898.] CORALS FROM THE SOUTH PACIFIC. 533

lies deep down in the axial fossa, closing it below and not pro-

jecting appreciably above its first junctions with the septa.

Depth of the calices to the top of the columella varying up to

4 mm.; breadth about the same.

Rotuma ; outer reef.

This species is to be distinguished from P. intermedia by the far

more completely circumscribed calices. The wall, too, is thinner

and no ridges between valleys are found. The fosse have a far

less open appearance, the septa in P. intermedia sloping inwards

from the wall, more precipitously at first.

Genus PsSAMMOCORA.

Psammocora, Dana, Zooph. p. 344 (1846).

Coscinarea, Edwards and Haime, Compt. Rend. t. xxvii. p. 496

(1848).

Meandroseris, Rousseau, Voy. au Péle Sud de D’Urville, Zool.

t. v. p. 121 (1854).

Plesioseris, Duncan, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xvi. p. 309 (1884).

The genus Psammocora was placed by Dana among the Fungida,

and diagnosed as follows :—‘ Attached Fungide, glomerate or

ramose ; tentacles of polyps obsolete, polyps not seriate ; interstices

sometimes flat, usually throughout turgidly elevate, the surface,

then, consisting of excavate cells. Coralla porous; orizimes

minute ; lamellae very minute, often indistinct, and very minutely

arenoso-denticulate, often irregular, not alternately smaller.”

The genus is represented by four named species in my collection,

of which I have examined P. obtusangula and P. haimiana as types

respectively of the ramose and massive forms. In the former the

calices are superficial, the surface has generally a rather sandy

appearance, and the septa are thick and few in number (very

commonly 8). In P. haimiana the calices are very deeply ex-

cavate, with an appearance of distinct walls at the surface, and

the septa are thin and numerous (seldom less than 16).

Fractures, made longitudinally and transversely, show that the

septa in P. obtusangula ave at first continuous between neighbouring

axial fosse. They are usually studded at the free surface with a

few rather wide, blunt spines, which are commonly rather broader

than the parts of the septa between. The septa under these

spines are thick and very solid, while the parts between are thin

and sparsely perforated ; the septa thus, in section, have a ridged

appearance. The ridges on neighbouring septa lie opposite to

one another, and in places are thickened and meet, forming

synapticula, which are accordingly arranged in vertical series.

In the middle of the septa, extending from fossa to fossa, the

synapticula are especially large and closely arranged, forming a

much perforated wall, which becomes thicker and more solid

below, partially, apparently, owing to trabecule arising from the

sides of the septa. Commonly, on either side of this central row,

another line of synapticula is well marked. In the centre of the

axial fossa is a small blunt spine, which does not appear to be a

034 MR. J, STANLEY GARDINER ON FUNGID [June 21,

true columella, but to be formed on the top of fused trabecule

from the septal edges.

In P. haimiana (Pl. XLV. fig. 1) the septa are evenly covered on

the upper surface with blunt, subequal spines, which are much

more numerous than in P, obtusangula, but have given rise to the

same ridging of the septa, although less markedly. Intermediate

to the axial fossee the synapticula form a very thick vertical row

between the several septa, reaching right up to their edges below

the spines and simulating a wall. Commonly, close to this, on

either side, is another row of large synapticula. Deeper in the

colony these rows fuse, owing apparently to the thickening of the

corallum between and the formation of trabecule from the sides

of the septa, a single, thick, slightly perforated wall resulting.

Synapticula are found also between the septa within this false

wall; they are much thinner and less elongated than those which

form the wall, but placed in the same way in vertical series between

opposing thickenings of the septa. The axial fossa is closed below

by trabeculz from the septal edges : commonly a central spine can

be distinguished, surrounded by a circle of spines, corresponding

more or less in number with the septa.

I have also ascribed to the genus Psammocora three new species,

which I propose to call P. profundacella, P. superjicialis, and

P. saviqniensis, which agree with it in the general characters of

their septa, the arrangement of the synapticula, and the formation

of a false columella by the fusion of trabecule from the septal

edges.

P. superficialis (Pl. XLY. fig. 2) resembles Meandroseris botte,

Rousseau, and difters from P. haimiana, in that its ealices are

not nearly so completely circumscribed, and are arranged more or

less in series: the septa, too, are more regularly ridged, more

perforate, and usually continuous between the calicular fosse.

There is, as in P. haimiana, between neighbouring fosse a distinct

central row of synapticula, which, however, do not rise so high as

to give from surface-view the appearance of a wall. The rows on

either side are well marked, but are not generally visible from

the surface; deeper in the corallum, however, they are fused

with the central row, and form a wall precisely similar to that of

P.haimiana. The axial fossa is closed in below, both in Meandro-

seris bottw, as described by Duncan’, and in P. superficialis as in

P. haimiana, by trabecule from the septal edges.

P. profundacella (Pl. XLV. fig. 3) very closely resembles Plesio-

seris australie, Rousseau, indeed only differing from it, so far as

the description goes, in having its calices rather deeper, with a

considerably larger number of septa and less regularly arranged in

series. DPlesioscris australie has, however, according to Dunean °*,

a true wall. In P. profundacella, as also in a specimen named

Plesioseris, apparently by Duncan, in the British Museum, there is

no true wall, but between the fosse a row of synapticula, very

1 Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xvii. p. 308.

2 Loe, cit. p. 809.

1898. | CORALS FROM THE SOUTH PACIFIC. 539

elongated vertically and close set, which rises almost to the surface

of the corallum as in P. haimiana. There is also a row on either

side, distinct near the surface, but much thickened below, forming

with the central row a broad wall. Additional rows, still deeper,

have likewise thickened, so that the corallum appears in section

to be extremely dense.

I have compared P. savigniensis (Pl. XLV. fig. 4) with a specimen

of Coscinarea monile, Forsk. (syn. C. maandrina hr.) in the

British Museum. The superficial resemblances between the two

species are very great, P. savigniensis differing mainly in the size

of its calices. The basal wall differs, however, from that of the

specimen described by Duncan* in being without coste, and is, I

consider, an epitheca. From the surface no central row of

synapticula can be distinguished between the fosse in either

P. savigniensis or Coscinarceea monile, but fractured and ground

surfaces of the former show that there is a distinct central row

with a well-marked row on either side. The synapticula are not

so thick or so close set as in P. haimiana, and, further, scarcely

thicken at all deep down in the corallum, so that the spaces between

the rows are little obliterated, in this resembling P. obtusangula.

The septa, too, in P. savigniensis are very distinctly ridged, and

much perforated in the valleys, as in Meandroseris botte, while

the axial fossee are closed below in precisely the same way as in

P. haimiana.

The genus Plesioseris was separated by Duncan * from Mcean-

droseris on the ground that its calices have a distinct wall and very

slightly trabeculate and imperforate septa. The examination of

the gemmation in P. profundacella and P. superficjalis has shown

me that budding usually takes place by the body-wail of the polyp,

somewhere over the septa, forming a new calicular centre. The

septa, then, between the new and the old fosse are built up and

joined at the same time by synapticula, so that finally a distinct

though slightly perforated wall is formed; ridges result by the

pudding again and again of the mother-polyp before the wall has

had time to grow up. In P. superficialis are a number of such

ridges, but the calicular centres are not arranged in any determinate

order in respect to them, while in P. profundacella the calices are

single or in short series, completly separated by such ridges.

From a consideration, then, of the resemblances of the above

species I propose to. absorb the genera Meandroseris, Plesioseris,

and Coscinarea into the genus Psammocora, Dana.

The diagnosis of Psammocora in accordance with the hard

parts would be as follows :—Colonial Fungida primarily incrusting,

but later massive or foliaceous. An epitheca is present as an

imperforate basal wall, but there is no true theca. Calicular fosse

distinct, closed in below by trabecule arising from the septal

edges. Synapticula numerous and stout, in vertical series, often

appearing to form a wall between the calicular fosse. Septa

} Loc, cit. p. 314, 2 Loe. cit. p. 309.

536 MR. J. STANLEY GARDINER ON FUNGID [June 21,

generally thick, and often much fused together, bluntly and evenly

spinulose at the free edges, more or less vertically ridged and

perforate. Gemmation anywhere over the septa.

The species in the genus naturally fall into two divisions,

branching and massive. The former generally have very superficial

calices ; septa few, with a small number of large spines on the

free edges; synapticula broad and reaching almost to the surface,

giving a rather sandy appearance to the corallum. The massive

forms have deeper calices separated by collines; numerous septa

with a large number of small spines on the free edges.

I. Branching forms.

1. PsAMMOCORA OBTUSANGULA Lamarck.

Pavonia obtusangula, Lamarck, Hist. des Anim. sans Vert. t. ii.

p- 240 (1816).

Psammocora obtusangula, Dana, Zooph. p. 345.

Psammocora obtusangula, Edwards and Haime, Cor. iii. p. 220,

pl. E3. fig. 3.

There is one small dried specimen besides numerous spirit-

specimens of this species, which closely resemble Milne-Edwards’s

description and figure (3). In many of the calices there are

only eight septa, in some four thick and four thin, the latter

projecting furthest into the calices. Colour of the living colony

green.

Rotuma.

2. PsamMocora contieua Esper.

Madrepora contiqgua, Esper, Die Pflanz., Forts. Th. i. p. 81,

tab. xlvi. (1797).

Psammocora plicata, Dana, Zooph. p. 346, pl. xxv. fig. 2.

Psammocora contigua, Edwards and Haime, Cor. iii. p. 220.

There are two specimens of this species, which very closely

resemble Dana’s figures and description. The colour of the living

colony was a light olive-brown.

Funafuti; lagoon reef.

3. PsamMocorna Gonacra Klunzinger.

Psammocora gonagra, Klunzinger, Die Korall. des Roth. Meeres,

p. 81, Taf. ix. fig. 1.

I have referred three fragments to this species, which seem to

differ from P. obtusangula mainly in their less distinct calices,

more abundant synapticula and trabecule, and thinner septa.

Wakaya, Fiji; outer reef.

Il. Massive forms.

4, PsAMMOCORA HAIMIANA Edwards and Haime. (Plate XLY.

fig. 1.)

Psammocora haimiana, Edwards and Haime, Monogr. des Poritides,

p- 68, and Cor. iii. p. 221.

1898.] CORALS FROM THE SOUTH PACIFIC. 537

Psammocora haimiana, Klunzinger, Die Korall. des Roth. Meeres,

p- 81, Taf. ix. fig. 5.

The structure of the corallum has been deseribed above, with

the genus, as a type of the massive species.

Funafuti; lagoou. Three small specimens.

5. PsSAMMOCORA SUPERFICIALIS, n. sp. (Plate XLV. fig. 2.)

Corallum primarily incrusting, with a thin margin seldom free,

then becoming massive, with a tendency to round itself off and fall

over by the wearing away of its base.

The surface is covered with irregularly arranged calices, and has

a number of scattered ridges. Gemmation takes place anywhere

over the septa, but especially at the angles where three or more

calices meet. The ridges appear to have been originally collines

separating rows of calices, but by irregular budding to have been

breken up, so that in the older parts they appear to bear no

relationship to the calices.

The calices are 1-5-2°5 mm. in diameter. Owing to the method

of gemmation their septa vary greatly, but usually about ten end

freely by the axial fossz, while about the same number are fused

towards the exterior with these. The fusion, however, is not

regularly in pairs, some of the septa always running to the

exterior of the calice; for instance, the nine freely-ending septa

of one calice were made up by 5, 1, 5, 1, 3, 1, 4, 1, and 2 septa

respectively. The septa are thick, being commonly broader than

their interseptal spaces; their upper edges are covered with low,

subequal spines, themselves both at the tops and sides minutely

spinulose.

There is no true theca between the calices. When a fresh

calice is budded off, the septa connecting its fossa to the old

calicular fossa grow upwards and become closely connected by

synapticula and trabecule, so that the ridges often seem to have

much perforated walls, over which the septa are not continuous.

The axial fossa is filled up by trabecule from the septal edges,

which commonly bear a central spine, surrounded by a circle of

slightly smaller spines, generally lying opposite to the larger

septa.

Funafuti ; lagoon shoal.

6. PSAMMOCORA PROFUNDACELLA, n. sp. (Plate XLV. fig. 3.)

Corallum primarily incrusting, but later forming low masses,

which may break off at the base.

The surface is covered by irregularly-shaped calices, either com-

pletely circumscribed or in short series with slightly projecting

intermediate ridges ; diameter of calices, or from ridge to ridge,

3-4mm. Gemmation takes place by budding, either within the

calice, when a short series results, or from the ridge, where three

or more calices meet, when the young calice is from the first

completely circumscribed. The valleys and the separate calices

are usually 2-3 mm. in depth, A few of the septa of neighbouring

538 ON FUNGID CORALS FROM THE SOUTH PACIFIC, [June 2],

calices in the same valley are continuous between the fossx, but

not over the collines.

There is no true theca, but the calices are separated from one

another, except those in the same valley, by a false wall formed

by synapticula and trabecule.

The septa arise at tirst almost perpendicularly from the fossa,

but towards the exterior of the calice extend more gradually

outwards, generally having one very distinct row of synapticula

at a short distance within the false wall. They vary greatly in

number, but commonly at least thirty can be counted near the

edge of the calice, some running singly to the axial fossa, but the

majority fusing up irregularly, only about twelve ending freely.

Their upper edges are covered with very small, blunt, subequal

spines, themselves minutely spinulose at the sides and summit.

The axial fossa is closed in below by trabecule, which often

above are prolonged into a few blunt spines, which may simulate

a columella.

Funafuti; lagoon shoals.

7. PSAMMOCORA SAVIGNIENSIS, n.sp. (Plate XLV. fig. 4.)

Corallum at first incrusting, but later forming low, convex masses,

which often die in the centre but continue to grow at the periphery.

The margin may be free for a few mm., when the base is seen

to be formed by a thin, solid, imperforate wall, probably an

epitheca.

The surface is marked by very irregularly-shaped calices, which

either lie quite separately, or in short series with 2-7 distinct

centres. Increase is by gemmation over the septo-coste at the

margin, or anywhere within the calice. The axial fossz in separate

valleys are usually from 3°5-5 mm. apart, in the same valley rather

less. In depth the calices vary up to about 5°5 mm.

The septa vary greatly in number, but usually towards the

exterior of the calice about 36 can be counted, of which perhaps

half reach the axial fossa, the remainder coalescing with them

and seldom ending freely; no arrangement of cycles can be

distinguished. In the deeper calices they are quite thin, but in

the serial calices generally wider than the interseptal loculi.

Their free edges are covered with low, rough, subequal, blunt

spines, which are often somewhat flattened on the thicker septa

at right angles to their plane. The collines are rounded, 1-1'5 mm.

in breadth, the lower covered with spines, which are directly

continuous between the septa of neighbouring calices, but the

higher somewhat trabecular in appearance and irregularly spined.

In section the septa can be seen to be much perforated, especially

near the axial fosse, and appear to be directly continuous between

neighbouring calices. There is no true theca, but between the

deepest calices a thin, much perforated wall has been formed by

the fusion of synapticula and trabecule from the septa; a well-

marked row of synapticula on either side in addition is a common

feature, but it is never fused with the central row.

Le’

& Danielsson

Bale

ta)

re)

mielisson L

Bale &D

t by

Photoprin

1298. ] DR. A. DUGES ON A NEW OPHIDIAN. 539

Funafuti and Rotuma; outer reefs.

There are two specimens of this species, pieces of much larger

masses, the greater part of which has been killed by green algal

and nullipore growths. The Funafuti specimen seems to be the

edge of a large mass which has died in the centre ; its calices are

generally in short series with low collines. The Rotuman specimen,

however, while possibly the edge of a similar mass, has its centres

usually arranged separately, with high trabecular collines.

I propose to call this species after Savigny, who gave an excellent

figure of Psamimocora monile, to which it is very closely allied.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Fuatr XLII.

Fig. 1. Halomitra irregularis, upper surface, p. 528.

2. Halomitra irregularis, lower surface.

Piate XLIV.

. Siderastrea clavus, X 24, p. 525.

. Pavonia repens, * 24, p. 931.

. Pavonia intermedia, X.22, p. 531.

. Pavonia calicifera, x 24, p. 582.

motor

Prater XLY.

. Psammocora haimiana, * 24, p. 536.

. Psammocora superficialis, X 24, p. 537.

. Psammocora profundacella, x 24, p. 537.

. Psammocora savigniensis, X 24, p. 538.

Fig.

mop bo ee

3. Description d’un Genre nouveau d’Ophidiens,

Geatractus. Par Aurrep Ducks, M.D.

[Received June 6, 1898.]

J’ai décrit et figuré dans le Journal Mexicain ‘ La Naturaleza’

(2* serie, t. ii. 1897, pag. 455) un Ophidien nouveau sous le nom

de Geophis tecpanecus.

Caracteres généraux.—Aspect de Calamarien et de Coronellien.

Noir 4 reflets bleus; dix barres blanches dorsales, courtes et

transyversales ; un collier blanc passant sur la joue et la majeure

partie de la gorge. Sept supralabiales, 3’me et 4®me touchant

Voeil, la 5éme la plus grande. Préoculaire unique, trés petite, au

dessus d’une freno-oculaire. Deux postoculaires. Temporales

14+2+42(mal rendues sur la figure). Queue extrémement courte,

robuste et obtuse. Quinze rangs d’écailles pourvues en général

de deux pores apicaux. Une préanale. Téte 0:025 m., queue

0-023 m., longueur totale 0°50 m. Les vertébres dorsales portent

une hypapophyse trés nette.

Mr. G. A. Boulenger a fait de ce serpent un Atractus (Zool.

Rec. 1896, Rept. pag. 25), mais les dtractus n’ont pas d’hypa-

1 Communicated by Mr. G. A. BounenceEr, F.Z.S.

540 MR. I, C, THOMPSON ON THE [June 21,

pophyse aux vertébres dorsales ni de fossettes apicales ; cependant

le crane de G. tecpanecus, dont j'ai figuré la seule partie que je

possédais, ressemble plus 4 celui d’Atractus qu’a celui de Geophis.

D’un autre cété les Geophis manquent de fossettes apicales et

d’hypapophyses, quoique ils se rapprochent par leur ensemble du

serpent en question ; de plus ils ont les derniéres labiales supé-

rieures en contact avec les pariétales, ce qui n’est pas Je cas ici.

Tl est done évident que G. tecpanecus n’est ni un Geophis ni un

Atractus; mais comme i] me parait avoir des affinités avec les deux,

je propose pour lui un genre nouveau, celui de Geatractus.

J’ai consulté & ce sujet une autorité en herpétologie, mon ami

Mr. Boulenger, qui pense que ce genre est acceptable, et que c’est

méme un type fort intéressant, si peu de “Calamariens” étant

pourvus de fossettes apicales.

4. Contributions to our Knowledge of the Plankton of the

Faeroe Channel.—No. IV.’ Report on the Copepoda

collected by Dr. G. H. Fowler from H.M.S. ‘ Research’

in the Faeroe Channel in 1896 and 1897. By Isaac

C.THomeson, F.L.8. (With an Appendix by Dr. Fowzer.)

[Received June 18, 1898. ]

The material upon which this Report is based was collected in

34 out of the 41 hauls (omitting 12 f, the depth of which was not

recorded). The Plankton had been immediately preserved in

formalin, corrosive sublimate, or picric acid, and kept in 5°/, formalin

The Copepoda were picked out from the mass by Dr. Fowler, and

sent tome in bottles labelled with the number of the station and

letter of the haul whence the material was obtained.

By means of messengers in 1897 and of a screw-propeller in

1896 (see pp. 570-575), the mid-water tow-nets were opened and

closed at will, enabling the depths to be almost accurately ascer-

tained, the limit of error being dependent upon the possibly impeded

rate of fall of the messenger or upon the accelerated rate of the

screw-propeller in a very heavy sea.

The accompanying distribution table records the soundings, the

depths at which the various hauls were taken, the temperature (Fah-

renheit) at those depths, the number of meshes per inch of the net

used, and the occurrences of each species. It will be seen that all

the Copepoda collected are free swimmers, with one remarkable

exception, that of Argulus, referred to later on.

The collection furnishes some interesting facts as to the influence

of depth upon distribution. By far the commonest Copepod in the

collection, and probably the most widely distributed species known,

Calanus finmarchicus, occurs abundantly in 32 out of the 34 hauls,

1 For Part I. see P. ZS. 1896, p. 991; Part II., P. Z. 8. 1897, p- 528 ;

Part IIT., P.Z, 8. 1897, p. 803.

”

1898.] PLANKTON OF THE FAEROE CHANNEL. 541

and appears to be equally prevalent at all depths. But probably

no other known species exhibits this ubiquitous feature to anything

like the same extent. A reference to the distribution table will

show that several species, such as Heterocheta abyssalis, were not

found at a Jess depth than 100 fathoms ; while others, such as the

well-known and beautifully coloured Anomalocera paterson, usually

remain about the surface, sometimes congregating in vast numbers.

The relative sizes of the same species at opposite depths is to a

considerable extent seen in Calanus finmarchicus, the deep speci-

mens being considerably larger than those found near the surface.

Among our British Copepoda the largest known species is

Hucheta norvegica, but I am not aware that it has ever been taken

in our waters at less than 80 or 100 fathoms, at which depth I have

taken it in quantities in Loch Fyne, where it probably forms an

important item in the diet of the herring.

The vertical distribution of Copepoda is doubtless to a consider-

able extent subject to climatic influences. During a continuance

of stormy weather they often altogether desert the near surface

and go very deep; while in fine warm weather many species

love to gambol on the actual surface, presenting much the appear-

ance of the ‘‘ play ” of the herring in miniature.

The size of mesh in the tow-net used is of considerable import-

ance, and the apparent scarcity of such minute forms as Ozthona

spinifrons and Ectinosoma atlanticum is probably to be explained from

the fact of a large mesh having been generally used; while the

comparatively few tow-nets in which the above species were found

were of a fine texture and probably might with advantage have

been more generally employed.

Five out of seven species of Copepoda found by Dr. Brady in

material from the Faeroe Channel (Exploration of the Faeroe Channel

during the summer of 1880 in H.M.’s hired ship ‘ Knight Errant’

by Staff-Commander Tizard, R.N., and John Murray) occur in this

collection, viz.: Hucalanus attenuatus, Centropages typicus, Anomalo-

cera patersoni, Acartia longiremis, and Oithona spinifrons.

The following species, viz., Atidius armatus, Euchirella pulchra,

Heterocheta abyssalis, which occur sparingly in the collection, have

never before been recorded north of the Mediterranean, this fact

indicating a considerable extension of their distribution.

CALANUS HYPERBOREUS Kroyer.

A number of what I took to be specially large specimens of

Calanus finmarchicus were found among the specimens from 20 d.

Careful examination clearly proves them to be identical with

C. hyperboreus, now recognized by Giesbrecht as a distinct species.

The nipple-shaped lateral terminations of the cephalothorax, the

large first abdominal segment, and the shape and position of the

teeth on the basal joint of the 5th feet appear to be the chief points

which separate C. hyperboreus from C. finmarchicus. Giesbrecht

says that joint 19 of the anterior antennz is as long as joints 23

and 24 together ; but none of the very few specimens I found with

Proc, Zoor, Soc,— 1898, No. XXXVI. 36

542

MR, I. C. THOMPSON ON THE

g r 4

= i ee 8 nd

2 | 1/5/18 |s189" /]38

E 5 e/SlA\Al Fi sl Sis] s|

S & 4 + |8ils/S8hsl& /epelal =

no] =I 3 a = = 2 lee fee] — & =

= =) ‘3 4 si1S/8 1B] e/F/8] es /A

cat oe E S = ed) © Sisieies

Bhi (hose a & |3)8)3) 8 | eeeee | 3

ease E 2 |2)8)3)ealsievel| als

2 |b = 2 | 2/5/38 | sees |=

ie 2 ah Bes e lal? | § |S) sie = | 3

S zt 4 2 e = Ss | S S ~ = 3S 8

3 | a g a |S | 8. [8 | See | se

3 5 2 5 eis/sis [s/s 3/38

n | w A BAB |S iS IS le; sig i Rsaqis |

lla. | 203 | 100-0 | 48-54 | 25 | VA! ... | 5 |

ais aah ie 0 54 [180 | A | ... mi | a. “J

A age ba 30-0 | 49-54 | 36 /VA| ... SURFS =

2 126. | 502 10-0 58 | 36/VA|... | Beale g

Seen ntueg ) BB. [LSOs | BAGS, Baal fas

S [12d | ,, | 150-+0 | 43-58 | 25 /VA| S |. elias

= 1137. | 558 | 100-0 | 48-54 | 36|/0|F ne Ry

+H |14a. 0 54 [180 | VA]... | ee

e |155. | 610 ) 53 | 36) A -

eS ade 23 0 BB alae

= |16b. | 398 ) 53. | 36|VA | /

Bib le 4-0 53 | 36 | A | |

3 1180. | 645 3-0 Bae se} vale ae

& 119¢. | 595 | 40 54 136/ Al] F]...

& 119d |, 10-0 Co Ps eee (oe ee t

FA |207. | 560 0 52 {180 | ... ee ese |

PG. de 52 | 36) A | F

zg | | \

aS |12e | 502 | 450-320 | 30-32 |25| A| FPF] F]... |... | F |

2. )13.d..1..575.) 400-270 | 32-38. |.25 A | O.| ox | codes ”

fe (ise | » | 400-270 | 82:38 | 25) A| F/...| F/... in

= 8 |13g9. | 558 | 465-335 | 31-338 | 25| C | F/...|... 1... ta

S's |16ai.| 398 | 350-220 | 31-37 | 25 |VA|... |... |... |. ee

He [16cii) 4, 300-170 | 33-44 | 25 | Af... | oe | oe foe | one | oe |

seehlSb. 4 685, \) 580-400. 8147 |. 25.) A) |: gocher ea peeeat cei vaeey |

SS 19a. | 595 | 480-350 | 46-47 | 25| O| F |... Se eS hs

441200. | 560 | 200-100 | 39-46 |40| A] >| coterie) Bt | oe

se 1200. 1), ) 3002200 133-899 140 | A: ee

BS |20c¢ 3. 4.°400-800" | 31238 (| 404 A") ee. 18

Bs |20d.| ,, | 500-400 | 20-31 /40/C|F|F]/..]/ 8] 8

me | | bass

a | | j

=, l12y, | 502'| 210-0 |" 753 |ese| A} oO] FF] ..|... | 0

~s |12a. » | +350-150| +3148] 25 |VA| ... |...) ... | |.

3 |13ab.| 575 |~ 300-0 | 33-54 | 25|VA| 0} CO]... |...) ..

S (150. °| 9610 |. 580-0, | 30-53, |.25 | A jin |. | S|. |e

B |198. | 595 | 480-0 | 46-54 | 25| 0 |... | seh cos |

543

PLANKTON OF THE FABROE CHANNEL,

“SHUT, sn70000f srnbupy |

"O0S}.L9qOXT

wy Apeagr wnorwywop.n vuosourjoy

"yooog suowfeuds nuoyp2Q |

‘4tPDV.IGSOTH 2snn720 wIQLDOP |

‘moyoydutay, 2wosvagnd vuar0jnUoupyy |

“BUR, Y709UNL) AODPUDD |

*qIOAGSOLK) savsshqn v7HY00.L0,aFT |

‘snv[Q suoLfiuds vjoyo0.10gaFT |

SNVIO) S2uLon2myf DIQWWYONAT |

*Yooqqn'y appurwopan vuw0inayy

: aciens

OO O04 tn

yooqqu yy vhuo) vrypwypayr | Fy:

:00

OD :0D00 :d :dng

*IOT[INL sewcoovbu07 v.L0way, | im iho

. . . .

Bais ty wl Wel is .

. ie Ome)

srokory snardhy sahndowquap |

‘snvyO vuafmuds nuuany

*yooog, narhanwou DIDYINGT | : By

“BIIPUBISIl | VUMDUL DIDYINT |

“Apeag 2ssay nawyonsy |

“Aprag svbil vpoyongy |

wee

36*

544 DR. G. H. FOWLER ON THE [June 21,

perfect antenne agree with this description. Nor, curiously enough,

does Giesbrecht’s own exquisitely drawn figure (pl. vi. fig. 6,

Pelagischen Copepoden des Golfes von Neapel &c.) bear it out.

Giesbrecht’s grounds for making this a distinct species from

C. finmarchicus, and not a mere variety, seem to me scarcely

adequate. It is extremely likely that a species so widespread and

living under so varied conditions should possess corresponding

modifications such as we find here.

The very remarkable occurrence of three specimens of Argulus

foliaceus in 15 d gathering is phenomenal ; this species, so far as I

am aware, having never been previously recorded except from fresh

water, in which it is commonly found parasitic upon the stickleback,

carp, and other fish. In this instance it appears to have been

taken by the tow-net as a free-swimmer ; and the only conclusion

I can come to is that these three specimens became detached from

a fish which had recently found its way into the sea from some

stream, They in all particulars agree with A. foliaceus, differing

markedly trom any of the known marine species of Argulus.

[Notes to Table of Distribution.

(1) Stations 11 to 19, 1896. Station 20, 1897.

(2) The temperatures given for Station 20, hauls a tod, were not actually

observed there, but are taken from the serial observations at Station 16;

the difference between the two is probably trifling. The serial tempera-

tures of the 1896 cruise are published in the Report of Proceedings &c.

in the Faeroe Channel made by Capt. W. U. Moore, R.N., to the Hydro-

graphic Office in 1896.

(8) For the reason of the exclusion of Calanus hyperboreus from the table

see p. 541.

(4) VA=Very abundant. C=Common.

A= Abundant. F=Few.

S=Scarce.

G. H. F]

Appendix to the foregoing Report. By G. Herserr

Fowter, B.A., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Zoology

in University College, London.

Mr. Thompson’s Report brings out some very interesting

features, from the oceanographic standpoint, with regard to the

distribution and bionomics of Copepoda. The most salient

feature is, as he points out, the apparent indifference of Calanus

finmarchicus to temperature and pressure. Like Spadella

(Krohnia) hamata, discussed for the Faeroe Channel in an earlier

paper of this series’, and on a wider basis by Steinhaus* and

Chun‘, it is apparently equally happy whether at the surface under

1 G. H. Fowler: Proc. Zool. Soc. 1896, p. 993.

2 O. Steinhaus: Verbreitung der Chetognathen ; Inaug. Dissert., Kiel, 1896.

8yo.

3°©. Chun: Beziehungen zwischen dem arktischen und antarktischen

Plankton, Stuttgart, 1897.

1898.] PLANKTON OF THD FABROE CHANNEL. 545

pressure of 14 lbs., or at 500 fathoms under a pressure of half

a ton, whether in bright light at a temperature of 54°F., or in

utter darkness at a temperature of 30°-32°F. Not only so, but

if ranges apparently all over the globe (although not in such quan-

tity as in the Arctic Seas), except for the fact that it has not

been recorded for the Equator and the hottest parts of the tropics,

nor south of Cape Horn. In the Antarctic regions according to

Chun * its place is apparently taken by Calanus propinguus; but

Mr. Thompson informs me by letter, that in a recent examination

of Antarctic Plankton he finds Calanus finmarchicus to be one of

the commonest species. Its general distribution is cited by

Giesbrecht *.

In discussing the Plankton of the Faeroe Channel it must be

remembered that we are dealing with a ‘ Mischgebiet,’ for which I

would suggest the term ‘ Frontier,’ a district in which the North-

easterly continuation of the North Atlantic Drift (the so-called

Gulf Stream), carrying a warm-water fauna, is constantly warring

with a Southerly set of Arctic water carrying a cold-water fauna‘.

Both in 1896 and 1897 a succession of north winds had given a

distinctly northern character to the fauna; and although, for

example, Janthina-shells and Physophora hydrostatica have in some

cases been swept by the North Atlantic Drift as far north as the

Lofoten Islands through the Faeroe Channel, I have not so far

come across a single characteristically warm-water surface species in

the ‘ Research’ collections of either year from the Faeroe Channel.

Taking now the 34 hauls in which Copepoda were captured, we

have 17 Hpiplankton’ hauls of less than 100 fathoms, and 13

Mesoplankton ° hauls (including 12a, in which the depth was not

so approximately known as in the other deep hauls, but which

* With the view of testing the Prince of Monaco’s suggestion, that a tow-net

could be made to provide food for shipwrecked boat's crews, we tried this species,

raw, in the ward-room of the ‘ Research.’ The Officers voted it excellent food,

like “‘ delicate shrimp-paste” !

2 ©. Chun, op. cit. p. 48.

3 W. Giesbrecht : Pelagische Copepoden des Golfes von Neapel, 1892, p. 89.

* Compare Chun, Beziehungen zwischen d. arktischen u. antarktischen

Plankton, pp. 7-10. Stuttgart, 1897. 8vo.

° In my lectures on Oceanography at University College, I have felt the

need of simple terms to express briefly the Oceanic zones, and have used the

following :—

Epiplankton: 0 to + 100 fathoms below surface.

Mesoplankton: + 100 fathoms below surface to + 100 fathoms above

bottom.

Hypoplankton: + 100 fathoms above bottom to bottom.

Epibenthos: high-water mark to the mud-line (generally at + 100 fathoms

depth) = fauna of the continental shelf.

Mesobenthos: the mud-line (+ 100 fathoms) to + 500 fathoms = fauna

of the continental slope.

Hypobenthos: over + 500 fathoms = abyssal fauna.

This is not the place in which to discuss the justification of these terms :

their intention will be apparent to all who have followed the recent progress of

oceanic zoology. ‘Two of them may be queried :—(1) the Hypoplankton, under

which I reckon those floating and swimming animals (Crustacea, Fish, &c.)

which, for nutrition and for other reasons, are more intimately connected with

546 DR. G. H. FOWLER ON THE [June 21,

certainly finished below the 100 fathoms), in all 30 hauls, with

which to deal. Regarding, then, only those species which were

captured six times, or in 20 °/, of the hauls, as affording a sufficient

basis for discussion, we find that the occurrences of seven species

work out thus, expressed in percentages of hauls made above and

below 100 fathoms :—

Epiplankton. Mesoplankton.

Calanus finmarchicus ......... 88'2 °/, 100°0 °/,

Eucalanus attenuatus......... 176° 55 46:1 ,,

Hucheta norvegica .........++- i717 fae 169 ,,

Metridia longa .........0..00 23°5 ,, 69:2 ,,

Pleuromma abdominale ...... aye mer 61-1 5,

Acartia clausii .......0c0.000- 35:2) ,; 1D:333

Temora longicornis............ 352 ,, 00 ,,

From this table it would appear (1) that Calanus finmarchicus is

essentially eurythermal and eurybathic, 7. ¢. has a wide range both

of temperature and of depth; (2) that Huwcalanus attenuatus,

Eucheta norvegica, Metridia longa, and Pleuromma abdominale show

a distinct preference for the deep water and low temperature of

the Mesoplankton, although occurring more sparingly in the

Epiplankton; (3) that <Acartia clausii belongs rather to the

Epiplankton than to the Mesoplankton ; (4) that Zemora longicornis

is essentially a member of the Epiplankton. We may now com-

pare these results, based unfortunately on but scanty data, with

those recorded by others.

In the first place, Calanus finmarchicus, as mentioned above,

has been recorded from most varied temperatures (latitudes), and

is now definitely shown to extend to considerable depths (Sta. 18 4,

530-400 fm.). It does not occur among the Mesoplanktonie forms

in Giesbrecht’s list (op. cit. p. 788), and its vertical distribution in

the Faeroe Channel is therefore worth recording. It is not at

present safe to suggest a maximum temperature, as expressed

by mean annual isotherms, for this species ; it is, however, possible

that its non-occurrence in the Equatorial region may indicate a

maximum of 75° or 80° F. as its temperature limit.

In the second place, it is noteworthy that of the five species of

Copepoda recognized by Chun’ as essentially Arctic types (Leit-

formen), one is missing from the ‘ Research’ collections (Calanus

cristatus) ; one, regarded by Mr. Thompson as a species of doubtful

the bottom than with the Mesoplankton ; (2) the Mesobenthos, which seems on

statistical and other grounds to have certain marked features, both faunistic

and physical, which distinguish it from the zones below and above it ; although

it shares many species with other zones, still, according to the ‘ Challenger’ results

(J. Murray, Summary of Scientific Results, Exped. H.M.S. Challenger, part ii.

p- 1480, table 1), no less than 74 per cent. of its fauna is confined to it, and

does not spread into other zones.

These six words, with the addition of the terms “ oceanic” and “neritic” as

applied respectively to the plankton of the open ocean and of the continental

region, haye been found in practice to serve sufficiently well for descriptive

purposes,

1 C. Chun, op. cit. p. 28. His list is a condensation from that of Giesbrecht,

op. cit. pp. 776-7.

1898.] PLANKTON OF THE FAEROE CHANNEL, 547

value, occurred rarely (C. hyperboreus); one, Pseudocalanus elon-

gatus, is only represented three times, and cannot therefore be

further discussed; two, Metridia longa Lubbock (= armata

Boeck) and Eucheta norvegica, are well represented. Both ot

these species exhibit, in the table of percentages above given, that

preference for a mesoplanktonic existence which one would expect

of an Arctic species in a Frontier district. For if the law be true,

which was enunciated first, I think, by Moebius, that the area of

distribution of a Planktonic organism is bounded at the surface by

an isotherm and below by au isothermobath of the same number

of degrees, we should expect Arctic forms to sink to lower (colder)

depths as they approached lower latitudes (warmer surface-water).

The southernmost points recorded in Giesbrecht’s lists for these

two species at the surface are—the northern part of the North

Sea for Hucheia norvegica, and Concarneau for Metridia longa.

We are probably safe in assigning a maximum mean annual tem-

perature’ of 50°F. for Metricdia longa, and a slightly lower mean

annual for Eucheta norvegica. In the very interesting collections

made by Prof. Herdman in his traverse of the North Atlantic’,

the eight captures of Metridia longa were all near the mean annual

isotherm of 50° F.; Hucheta norvegica was not captured atall. As

regards the vertical distribution of Lucheta norvegica, the Norwegian

North Atlantic Expedition failed to capture this species at the sur-

face *, but it certainly comes to the surface in the Faeroe Channel,

even in broad daylight (Sta. 11 c).

The other two forms, which, according to the table of per-

centages given above, exhibit an apparent preference for the Meso-

plankton—Eucalauus attenuatus and Pleuromma abdominale,—

are united in having a very wide superficial range in the Atlantic

and Pacific Oceans ; both occur in Giesbrecht’s list of mesoplank-

tonic Copepoda, Eucalanus attenuatus being credited with 1000 m.

=+550 fms., Pleuromma abdominale with 4000 m.= +2200 fms.

Both these species must be regarded as eurythermal and eurybathic ;

and it is not at present possible to suggest a maximum or minimum

temperature for either of them. Their apparent preference for

the Mesoplankton in my collections must therefore be attributed

to some other cause than temperature; but it is in no way incon-

sistent with what we already know of their habits.

Temora longicornis appears to be confined to the North Atlantic,

except for two records from the Mediterranean which Giesbrecht

appears to doubt*. So far as I am aware, it has never been

recorded from any considerable depth, and with this my results

accord: we may fairly regard it as a member of the Hpiplankton ;

1 The mean annual temperatures are adopted from Buchan, Chall. Rep.

Phys. Chem. ii. Atmospheric Circulation.

2 W. A. Herdman, I. C. Thompson, and A. Scott: Trans. Liverpool Biol.

Soc. xii. 33.

3 G. O. Sars: Crustacea of the Norwegian N. Atlantic Expedition, i. p, 240.

4 W. Giesbrecht, op. cit. pp. 328-330. Mr. Thompson informs me by letter

that this species occurs also in a collection made at Muscat by Staff-Surgeon

Bassett-Smith, R.N., of H.M.S. ‘ Cossack.’

548s DR. G, H. FOWLER ON THE [June 21,

and if it occurs between Newfoundland (mean annual isotherm

305° F’.) and Muscat (mean annual isotherm 80° F.), it is remarkably

eurythermal for an epiplanktonic animal.

As Mr. Thompson has mentioned, the occurrence of Euchata

marina so far north is remarkable. It has been recorded hitherto,

according to Giesbrecht and Brady, in both Atlantic and Pacific

Oceans, northwards from 47° 8. (?) across the tropics, but with a

northern limit in the Mediterranean. In Giesbrecht’s list of meso-

planktonic species, it figures as from 4000 m.=2200 fms. to the

suriace. According to Brady’, ‘it would seem to be the most

abundant and most widely distributed of all the pelagic Copepoda,”

a description which it deserves more than ever, now that its range

has been extended to the Faeroe Channel. In Prof. Herdman’s

traverse it was “found in the majority of the collections taken

between mid-ocean and Quebec,” 7. ¢. across the mean annual iso-

therms of 35° to 50°F. Its extension northward in our longitudes

is therefore by no means surprising.

The occurrence of Eucheta barbata and Euchezta gigas in the

Faeroe Channel is most extraordinary. Both species have hitherto

been taken only once, and then only together, viz. off Buenos Ayres

(Challenger Sta. 325, 36° 44’ S., 46° 16’ W., down to 2650 fathoms).

Their reappearance, still together, in northern latitudes makes it

fairly safe to prophesy that the use of deep-water tow-nets in inter-

mediate latitudes will prove them to be mesoplanktonic species of

wide distribution.

Eucheta hessei (G. 8. Brady), which, as Giesbrecht suggests,

is perhaps identical with Zuchirella rostrata (Claus), is known

sparingly from both Atlantie and Pacific Oceans; its distribution

is considerably extended by its occurrence in the ‘ Research’

collections.

Euchirella pulchra has been recorded, according to Giesbrecht,

only from the Gulf of Guinea, N.W. Africa, and South America.

Phaenna spinifera, Leuckartia flavicornis, and Heterocheta spini-

frons, according to the same authority, are known only from the

Mediterranean (including the Canaries) and from the tropical

Pacific ; only the last of these occurs among the species taken in

Prof. Herdman’s traverse of the Atlantic; their range is now

extended northwards to the Faeroe Channel. They illustrate well

how impossible it is at present to draw distributional arex for most

Copepoda; this group of Crustacea will probably rival the Radiolaria

in the width of its distributional are, owing to the hardiness and

tenacity of life of many of its members. But—if we bear in mind

that this is a Frontier district, 2. e. one where a heavy slaughter of

the Plankton occurs at the meeting of warm and cold currents, as

‘is evinced by the abundant formation of glauconite and phosphatic

nodules in the bottom deposits, and by the wealth of the benthos,—

’ G.S. Brady, Chall. Rep. Zool. viii. Copepoda, p. 62 (Eucheta prestandree),

? For the glauconite, see Tizard and Murray, Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinburgh,

3, pp. 671 e¢ seqg.—There were no very large phosphate nodules, but numerous

small ones, with phosphates in varying quantities,” in a letter from Sir John

Murray.

1898. ] - PLANKTON OF THE FAEROE CHANNEL. 549

it is not a little suggestive that the above four species (to which

may perhaps be added Hucheta hessti and Owndace truncata), which

appear to have wandered north of their usual habitat, were only

taken in the ‘Research’ from the Mesoplankton, and in all cases

marked by Mr. Thompson as “Scarce.” All six occurred once

only, except Hucheta marina, which was captured twice. It seems

at any rate possible that these wanderers had either been killed by

a reduced temperature, or at any rate so numbed by cold as to be

gradually sinking to the bottom.

Acartia clausii of Giesbrecht has been separated by that author

from A. (Dias) longiremis of Lilljeborg ; he uses the latter specific

name for species from the Baltic and Sound only. Assuming his

view to be correct, the area of A. clausiz has been somewhat ex-

tended northwards by the ‘ Research’ collections: it reaches south-

wards to the Canary Islands, including the Mediterranean. I

gather, however, from Mr. Thompson that he himself would prefer

to regard the Baltic and North Atlantic forms as varieties of one

species.

A. clausii appears to have been known hitherto as an epiplank-

tonic form only *. Possibly its occurrence in deep water, at Station

20, may be due to dead or numbed specimens sinking from the

surface ; but it was so regular in its appearance on that occasion

(in three out of four mesoplankton hauls), that, if the above

explanation be correct, a very large swarm of this species must

have succumbed to cold recently. As it did not occur in my meso-

plankton hauls in 1896, I should prefer to leave the question

open.

Rhincalanus cornutus and Aetidius armatus have been sparingly

recorded from both Atlantic and Pacific Oceans, but not, so far as

I know, from as far north as the Faeroe Channel.

As regards the remaining species in Mr. Thompson’s list, there

does not appear to be anything of mark connected with their

appearance in the ‘ Research’ collections, with the exception of

Argulus (cf. p. 544).

The following conclusions as to vertical distribution appear to

be justifiable on a comparison of the ‘ Research’ collections with

other records :—

Calanus finmarchicus is eurythermal and eurybathic.

Metridia armata and Eucheta norvegica, two essentially Arctic

types, tend to descend to the Mesoplankton on reaching lower

latitudes.

Eucalanus attenwatus and Pleuromma abdominale are apparently

eurythermal and eurybathic.

Temora longicornis and Anomalocera patersonr are apparently

confined to the Hpiplankton.

1 F. Dahl, Verhandl. deutschen zool. Gesellsch. 1894, p. 64,

550 MR. E, W. L, HOLT ON THE [June 21,

5. Contributions to our Knowledge of the Plankton of the

Faeroe Channel.—No. V.*. Report on a Collection of

very young Fishes obtained by Dr. G. H. Fowler in

the Faeroe Channel. By Ernust W. L. Hott.

[Received June 18, 1898. ]

(Plates XLVI. & XLVIL.)

My friend Dr. G. H. Fowler has asked me to name, if possible,

the fishes taken in his vertical self-closing tow-net in the Faeroe

Channel. My task is rendered the easier by the fact that the greater

number of them prove to belong to one species. Individually some

of the stages represented could hardly be definitely identified, even

generically, but the series is practically complete and has enabled

me to add considerably, as I venture to suppose, to our knowledge

of the developmental phases of deep-sea forms. Incidentally the

species in question, Scopelus glacialis, is definitely added to the

British fauna, though that isa matter of no great importance. In

the case of a pelagic egg and some early larve of very elongate

form, I have only been able to point out the possible affinities.

Two other larve, those of Sebastes norvegicus and Gadus eglefinus,

have already received attention at the hands of other observers,

but the collection furnishes a stage of G. eglefinus that has not

hitherto been adequately described. The importance of a really

efficient self-closing net, even from the point of view of the mere

ichthyologist, can hardly be overrated.

SEBASTES NORVEGICUS Ascan. Norway Haddock.

Sebastes marinus, Collett, Norw. N. Atlant. Exped., Fish. 1880,

p- 15, pl. i. figs. 3, 4.

Collett refers to this species a number of larve or fry which

were taken at the surface “‘in mid-ocean, some nearly 400 kilom.

from land,” off Beeren Island and Spitzbergen. His examples

measured from 93 to 19 mm., and two, illustrating the extreme

terms of the series, are figured. Jn the brief description appended

the character of the interorbital space and other obvious points of

distinction from Scorpena dactyloptera are not mentioned ; but we

are not entitled to suppose that so careful an observer would have

overlooked the possibility of confusion between the two forms.

Dr. Fowler’s specimen, 12°5 mm. in length (inclusive), corresponds

so closely to Collett’s figures (allowing for the difference in

dimensions) that it is unnecessary to illustrate it. It appears to

be nearly identical in development with a North Atlantic specimen

of 12 mm., but the bony ridge of the nape terminates in a single

instead of in a double spine. The interorbital space is, in

the Faeroe Channel larva, very wide and flat, a character in which

1 For Part I. see P. Z. 8.1896, p.991; Part II., 1897, p. 523; Part III., 1897,

p. 803; Part IV., ented, p. 540.

_—"

1898.) _ PLANKTON OF THE FABROE CHANNEL. 551

the adult S. norvegicus differs most strikingly from S. dactyloptera.

I infer, from the condition of young examples of 40 mm., that the

approximation of the eyes manifests itself, in the last-named species,

at a very early stage.

The specimen occurred at 60° 2’ N., 5° 49’ W., 100 to 0 fath.

Fragments of a little fish, taken at 60° 16’ N., 5° 49’ W., 200 to

100 fath., seem to have belonged to a member of this species, about

20 mm. long.

Collett records examples of 62 to 143 mm. from the bottom at

120 to 150 fathoms. If I have correctly identified Dr. Fowler’s

larger specimen, it would appear that the younger stage occurs in

mid-water as well as at the surface.

Gapus ZGLEFINUS Linn. Haddock. (Plate XLVII. fig. 12.)

Gadus eglefinus, G. O. Sars, Rep. Cod Fish. Lofod. (1866, 1867),

in, Comm. Rep. U.S. Comm. Fish. Fisher. (1877), 1879, p. 590 ;

McIntosh, 15th Rep. Wish Bd. Scot. 1897, p. 196, pl. v.

The collection contains only one Gadoid, viz. a Gadus measuring

8 mm. without the caudal rays and terminal process of the urochord.

It is ina good state of preservation, and may be identified with

approximate certainty as a young Haddock. The eggs and very

early larve of this fish are well known '*, and later stages, from 19

mm. upwards, have been well figured by McIntosh.’ Intermediate

conditions have received less attention. Such were known to

G. O. Sars, who probably studied them exactly; but, in the only

account which I have seen, the Norwegian observer simply remarks

that they are distinguishable from corresponding stages of the Cod,

G. morrhua, by their shorter and stouter shape. McIntosh describes

very briefly some specimens of 7 to 8, 11, 12°5 and 19 mm., which

he attributes to the Haddock. He supposes that the smaller of

the series correspond to the stages taken by Sars.

My figure (Plate XLVI. fig. 12) shows what I suppose to be

the essential features of the Faeroe Channel specimen. The

proportions and conformation being accurately drawn, need no

elaborate description. As in the case of the young Haddock

studied by Sars, the form is much more massive than in the Cod.

This is seen at ence on comparing my drawing with Prince’s figure

of a Cod, -33 in., 8°25 mm. ca. The total length is about the same,

but the larval Cod is much more slender and appears less advanced

in general development. The eye is also smaller. Probably

whatever postmortem shrinkage may have occurred in one specimen

is compensated by a similar condition in the other, and even if the

Cod were drawn from a living specimen the difference in confor-

mation is too striking to be entirely explained by a possible

distortion of the supposed Haddock. In the latter the pelvic fins

are indicated, if at all, by a very slight prominence of the thoracic

region. The dorsal and anal fins are indicated by the inflections

of the embryonic fin, but only a few of the permanent fin-rays are

* Vide McIntosh and Prince: Trans. R. 8. Hdin., xxxy. 1890, p, 822.

552 MR. 5. W. L. HOLT ON THE [June 21,

in visible process of development. The caudal fin shows features

of interest. The extremity of the notochord forms the axis of a

lanceolate mass ; its extremity is bent up at an obtuse angle, and a

considerable part projects freely, being succeeded, to the margin of

the fin, by fine embryonic rays. Dorsally occur 12 rays, or 11

and a mass of embryonic rays dividing the last true ray from the

urochord. None of these show any distinct basal element. Below

the urochord is a roughly trigonal hypural lobe bearing five rays.

Anteriorly are three smaller oblong lobes, the most posterior

bearing two, the others one ray each. In front occur 6 rays.

None of these caudal rays are perfectly formed, the anterior rays,

dorsally and ventrally, being but little different from the embryonic

raysin frontofthem. The notochord is still imperfectly segmented,

and the myomeres cannot be counted with accuracy. These

characters, therefore, like the fin-ray formula, are not available as

aids to specific determination. Preserved in formol the specimen

naturally possesses no yellow pigment, if any ever were present.

The black chromatophores have the distribution shown in my

figure on the left side. On the right side there are in addition a

few scattered chromatophores. The roof of the peritoneum is seen

to be densely black when the specimen is clarified. McIntosh

makes no mention of the caudal pigment-bar which is such a

prominent feature in the Faeroe Channel Gadus. The chromato-

phores above the insertion of the pectoral in the latter probably

correspond to “a very distinct area of pigment-points behind the

pectorals ” in Scottish larve of 11 mm., and ultimately perhaps to

the more posteriorly situate spot of the adult. The development

of pigment in Teleostean larve is undoubtedly influenced to some

extent by conditions of light and, apart from this, is variable in

individuals. Probably such differences of coloration as may exist

between the Faeroe Channel specimen and those attributed to the

Haddock by Professor McIntosh are explicable in this way, but the

information afforded, both as to pigment and conformation, in the

case of the latter only permits of a conjecture as to their identity.

The Scottish examples of 24 mm. and upwards, which are figured

and adequately described, are undoubtedly Haddock, and appear to

be certainly derivable from such a stage as is exemplified in the

larva from the Faeroe Channel.

Dr. Fowler’s specimen was taken at 60° 2’ N., 5° 49' W., at 100

to 0 fathoms. I have myself recorded the capture of spawning

Haddock at 154 fath., off the W. coast of Ireland, while Grimsby

line-fishermen have told me that they frequently take the species

at depths of more than 100 fath. on the wide area which they include

in the Faeroe Bank.

ScoPpELUS GLACIALIS Reinh. (Plate XLVI. figs. 1-5; XLVII.

figs. 6, 7.)

S. glacialis, Giinther, Chall. Rep., Zool. xxii., Deep-Sea Fishes,

p. 196; Liitken, Spol. Atlant., Scopel. 1892, p. 30 (250).

Myctophum glaciale, Smitt, Hist. Scand. Fish. ed. 2, ii. p. 941.

1898.] PLANKTON OF THE FAEROE CHANNEL. 553

? 8. scoticus, Giinther, Chall. Rep., Zool. xxxi., Pelagic Fishes,

p. 31.

S. miilleri, Collett, Norweg. N. Atlant. Exped., Zool., Fish.

p- 158.

Benthosema miilleri, Goode & Bean, Ocean. Ichth. p. 76.

Young, imperfectly characterized stages of the Scopelide have

been a source of much labour to the various observers who have

had occasion to name collections of this group, since it has been

quite impossible to determine, in the absence of sufficient material,

whether certain differences have a systematic or merely a develop-

mental value. I think I am right in saying that the reproduction

is quite unknown, and I can find no description of the early larve

of any species. With regard to one, the efficiency of Dr. Fowler’s

vertical net appears to have supplied this want, as I find in his

collection what appears to be a nearly complete series of Scopelus

glacialis.

Though the method has its disadvantages, it appears necessary in

the present instance to describe the different stages in the inverse

order, commencing with the most advanced. This is a specimen

of 58°5 mm., exclusive of the lower jaw and the caudal fin-rays’.

It has the adult characters peculiar to the species and, except that

most of the scales have gone and some of the fin-rays are broken,

is in good preservation. No description is necessary except for

ontogenetic comparison. The radial formula is D. 13, A. 18.

The eye is nearly three times as long asthe snout, and is ;3; of the

length of the head (12 mm.), which is equal to the height of the

body at the shoulder and a little more than 1 of the total length,

_ The anal commences nearly opposite the middle of the dorsal.

Adequate figures of the adult stage, which is practically exemplified

in this specimen, are given by Goode and Bean and by Smitt, but

in some copies of the Hist. Scand. Fishes the printing is very

imperfect. A clear diagram of the photophores is given by Liitken.

Figures 1 to 7 (Plates XLVI. & XLVII.) represent younger

stages in Dr. Fowler’s collection. The most advanced of these,

fig. 1, measures only 14-5 mm., and has no scales ; but the condition

of another specimen indicates that the body is covered under

natural conditions with dark-coloured scales. The part shaded in

my drawing remains, in formol, a bluish grey. The photophores,

having the formula of S. glacialis, are intact. The radial formula

is D. 12 0r13,A.18. The proportions of the head, eye, and snout are

respectively as31(=4mm.),10, 7. The eye is thus much smaller,

relatively, than in the specimen of 58-5 mm., and the snout longer.

Considered in the light of the ordinary ontogenetic changes of

these parts in Teleosteans, this condition would appear to prove

that the two individuals belong to different species, since as

a general rule the eye decreases and the snout increases as develop-

ment advances. In Scopelus, as I shall show, this condition is

reversed during some part of the metamorphosis of the larva.

1 This limitation is implied in all measurements of total length in this paper,

554 MR. B. W. L, HOLT ON THE [June 21,

A specimen of 13:5 mm. does not differ greatly from the last.

It was evidently fully clad, in life, with dark-coloured scales. The

radial formula is D. 11 or 12, A. 15 or 16. I can see no certain

indication that any rays have been entirely lost.

A specimen of 12 mm. (fig. 2) has the radial formula D. 14 ca.,

A. 18. There are no signs of scales. The photophores are in-

complete, but such as are present correspond in position to those

of fig. 1 and of S. glacialis. A low wrinkled ridge of skin occurs

along the back from the nape to the first dorsal fin. The pro-

portions of the head, eye, and snout are as 25 (=3°5 mm.), 7, 6.

There is thus a further reduction in the eye and increase in the

snout as compared with the 14°5 mm. stage; but I think it will

be conceded that the two specimens (figs. 1 and 2) are specifically

identical. A vertical from the commencement of the anal passes

a little behind the front of the dorsal. The base of the adipose is

more extended than in the last stage.

Fig. 3 shows a specimen of 115 mm. The radial formula is

D. 14 ca., A. 18 ca., the rays being rather indistinct in the posterior

parts of the fin. The adipose is continued forward by a fold of

membrane, beset with numerous embryonic rays, reaching nearly

to the base of the dorsal, but its permanent region is indicated

by an interneural prominence of the dorsal contour. The

proportions of head, eye, and snout are as 25 (=3 mm.), 7, 6,

a further reduction of the eye being thus indicated. The

specimen is drawn in a rather oblique position. Viewed in exact

profile, the top of the eye does not quite reach the cephalic contour.

No photophores appear to be fully developed, but one is indicated

at the lower extremity of the preoperculum, while some pigment

on the mandibles seems to be representative of others. A patch of

pigment occurs on the isthmus. Except in the eyes no other

external pigment is visible; but internally a black mass in the

postero-dorsal part of the abdominal cavity, visible when the

specimen is clarified, is probably associated with the air-bladder.

The greater part of the abdominal cavity is occupied by a volumi-

nous intestinal tract beset with transverse ridges. The liver is

comparatively small, and occurs below the basal part of the

pectorals. Posterior to this line the whole cavity, so far as I can

see, is occupied by the intestine, which passes by a slight con-

striction into the pyriform rectum. The mouth is smaller than

in the more advanced stages, a condition familiar in the ontogeny

of the Salmon.

The most remarkable feature of the larva is a large bladder-like

expansion of the skin of the dorsum between the head and the

dorsal fin. In the present condition of the specimen it is some-

what collapsed and flattened, its edges projecting from the upper

part of the sides. Figs. 3 and 4 show this structure from different

points of view, the true dorsal contour being indicated in the

profile drawing by a dotted line. It is obviously identical with the

wrinkled fold already noted in the 12 mm. stage, which is the

degeneration of what is evidently a larval organ. In the specimen

1898.] PLANKTON OF THD FAEROE CHANNEL. 555

of 11:5 mm., the cavity contains an amorphous plasma, which

disappears ina clarifying medium. The larve of many Teleosteans,

e. g., Gadus, Solea, are characterized in the vitelligerous condition

by an expansion of the anterior part of the dorsal marginal fin,

the walls of which are separated and form a sinus of varying size

filled by a transparent fluid’. The fluid being lighter than the body

and yolk, enables the larva to maintain a vertical position, as

I have been able to note by watching larve of Gadus luscus, in

which the sinus is well developed. Larve not furnished with such

a sinus in the vitelligerous stage are seldom vertical in position

when at rest, except in the case of large vigorous forms from

demersal ova, in which the organs of locomotion are far advanced

at the time of hatching. I regard the structure noted in our

Scopelus larve as homologous with the sinus of early Gadoid and

other larve. It may be, as Ryder supposes, a lymph-space, having

nothing in common except contiguity and continuity with the

embryonic fin-fold, but I think its function is primarily connected

with equilibrium. The most remarkable feature is its persistence, in

Scopelus, to a comparatively advanced stage of the general develop-

ment. In Gadus &c. it appears after hatching and attains its

greatest development at about the end of the vitelligerous period or a

little after (as in G. morrhua, teste Ryder), but disappears, so far

as my experience goes, before the permanent median fins commence

to appear.

[(Wote added Aug. 1898.) My friend and teacher, Professor Howes,

has called my attention to the possibility of an homology between

the dorsal sinus of the young Scopelus and a peculiar pad-like

process at the anterior end of the dorsal marginal fin of the larva

of Rana alticola, described by Mr. Boulenger in his Catalogue of

the Batrachia. Through the kindness of the last-named observer,

I have been able to examine a larva of R&. alticola. In both cases

the structures are continuous with the walls of the marginal fin,

but they appear, at present, to have little else in common. In

Rana the median pad is associated with paired organs of a similar

nature, and all three are solid and (teste Boulenger) glandular. In

Scopelus the thin-walled sinus is probably devoid of well-developed

glandular matter, but the material is too valuable to be submitted

to the arbitry of the microtome.

Although Dr. Fowler’s youngest examples of Scopelus are too

much injured to admit of an exact determination of the extent of

the sinus, it appears probable that the latter covers an area

sufficiently extended to include the sites of all the glandular pads

of R. alticola. It is possible that the sinus is an organ of extreme

antiquity, of which the isolated pads of Rana may be modern

derivatives. |

In a specimen of about the same stage of development as that

1 Vide Ryder, Rep. Comm. Fish. U.S. A. for 1885 (1887), p. 496, pl. i. This

author does not regard the sinus as part of the larval fin-fold, though its walls

are continuous with that of the latter.

556 MR. BE, W. L, HOLT ON THE [June 21

last described, the dorsal sinus is collapsed and flattened from side

to side, having therefore the appearance of a skinny median ridge.

A similar condition appears to have almost certainly furnished

the most striking feature of Vaillant’s genus Anomalopterus

(Exp. Sci. Travaill. Talism., p. 160, pl. ix.), which is founded on a

specimen of 60 mm. having a kind of adipose fold (“ repli, sorte

d’adipeuse”) occupying the entire length of the back from the head

to the dorsal fin. Presuming in an allied family such a develop-

mental increase in the size of the eye as we have seen to occur in

Scopelus, it appears to me quite possible that Anomalopterus

pinguis is only a young stage of Bathytroctes, the dorsal fold

being merely a larval sinus *.

A younger stage of Scopelus is represented in the Faeroe

collection by a larva of 8 mm. (as slightly bent), shown in fig. 5.

The general conformation appears to clearly associate it with the

stage last described. The proportions of head, eye, and snout

appear to be as 15, 4, 3, but the posterior boundary of the head is

ill-defined and may be farther back than is indicated by my

measurements. Relatively to the snout the eye is certainly a little

larger than in the last stage. There is a continuous marginal

fold, ampullated in the anterior dorsal region, the walls of the

sinus extending some little way on to the sides. The dorsal

is represented by a prominent interspinous ridge, beset with

embryonic rays, but destitute of definite permanent rays. The

rest of the dorsal fold bears embryonic rays, the adipose being

merely indicated by a prominence of tbe dorsal contour. Com-

paring the various stages observed, it would seem that the

development of the adipose proceeds on the same lines as the

first dorsal and anal, since in the 12 mm. stage (fig. 2) there is

an indication of the formation of true rays, which, however, is

never consummated. The caudal is in an advanced stage of the

familiar metamorphosis, the tip of the urochord projecting very

slightly. The anal, more developed than the dorsal, already shows

the proximal parts of 16 true rays. Thickened processes of the

body-wall external to the origin of the rectum probably represent

the developing pelvic fins. The alimentary viscera appear to be

in much the same condition as at 11mm. The anterior part of

the abdominal tract is masked by the base of the pectoral and the

liver. The rest of the cavity is occupied by a voluminous intestine

lined with well-marked annular or spiral ridges. There is little

or no black pigment in the peritoneal roof. Externally black

pigment is distributed as shown in fig 5. An aggregation near

the lower end of the preopercular ridge and another above the

middle of the anal fin appear to represent photophores, though no

supra-anal photophore is indicated in the more advanced stage of

11mm. There are about 33 myomeres, of which about 11 or 12

1 Tn Vaillant’s plate (doc. cit.) is a figure of B. melanocephalus above that of

A, pinguis. Allowing for developmental changes on the lines indicated above

the two are much alike, but the radial formule given in the text are not quite

in harmony.

1898. ] PLANKTON OF THE FANROE CHANNEL, 557

are abdominal. The posterior region of the tail is imperfectly

segmented. i

Two less advanced larvee, 65 and 45 mm. in length, may be

taken together. The smallest, fig. 7, has about 31 myomeres,

some 14 overlying the alimentary tract. The tail is practically

diphycercal. The specimen of 6°5 mm., fig. 6, has the caudal

metamorphosis more advanced, and shows an early condition in the

development of the anal fin. The alimentary canal is much alike

in both, but in the smaller the anterior part is nearly straight. In

the larger there is a slight post-cesophageal dilatation, presumably

the stomach. This is followed by a (pyloric ?) constriction, distal

to which the gut at once expands and is slightly bent towards the

left side in front. Posteriorly it tapers to the region of the

rectal valve. I cannot detect distinct transverse ridges, but there

are some indications of a folding of the lining membrane of the

wider anterior part, and I think that this condition may well

represent an earlier stage of the voluminous intestinal tract of

the more advanced larve. A large stellate chromatophore in the

abdominal roof, about midway between the supposed pylorus and

the anus, apparently overlies a small vesicle, not very clearly

outlined. This may represent the air-bladder, and there are

indications of its connection by a duct with the anterior part of

the alimentary canal. In both specimens the marginal fin-fold is

much abraded, but is certainly ampullate.in its anterior region.

I have not attempted in my drawings to restore it to what may

be presumed to be the natural proportions. The teeth are small

and not very numerous. The proportions of the head, rather

injured in both specimens, are, I think, correctly represented in

the drawing’.

The general conformation, proportions of abdomen, and a sufficient

harmony in the number of myomeres seem to reasonably connect

these larve with the smallest (8 mm.) of the series of Scopelus

glacialis*. It may be objected that in the undoubted Scopeli of

11 mm. and upwards, the proportions of snout and eye have been

shown to change in a manner inverse to that which obtains in the

two smallest larve. I think, however, the increase of the eye is

a secondary condition of comparatively recent establishment. In

the earliest stages I imagine that the eye and snout retain the

proportional metamorphosis common in the development of

Teleosteans, the snout gradually elongating as development pro-

ceeds. This would go on until the attainment of a condition

roughly corresponding to that shown in fig. 5. ‘Thereafter the

eye commences to increase in size until the adult proportions are

attained. Such a condition appears to me mure natural than an

entire inversal of the metamorphosis whereby the ordinary pro-

portional growth of eye and snout would be reversed from the

earliest stage of larval development. In Arnoglossus laterna the

1 The specimen of 6:5 mm. has only one eye, which, whether naturally or

otherwise, is oblique in position.

2 For an intermediate specimen, see note on p. 560.

Proc. Zoon. Soc.—1898, No. XX XVII. 3”

558 MR, EB. W. L. HOLT ON THU [June 21,

eye of the male is known to enlarge as a secondary sexual

character associated with the development of other structural

changes ; while according to Grassi’ the Common Eel (Anguilla

vulgaris) acquires large eyes in deep water and in the Roman

cloace. The secondary enlargement of the eye in Scopelus is

thus not without parallels. Scopelus is, I suppose, a form driven

from littoral regions to a pelagic and bathybial mode of life,

involving an enlargement of the visual apparatus.

Among the pelagic fishes enumerated by Giinther in his

‘ Challenger ’ nonograph (vol. xxxi.) are mentioned a number of

small Scopeli taken by the ‘Triton ’in the Faeroe Channel (loc. cit.

p- 31). While recognizing the close resemblance which these

forms bear to S. glacialis, the author considers that certain

characters deserve specific distinction, and has accordingly de-

scribed them under the name of S. scoticus.

The largest specimen measures 14°5 mm., that is, exactly the

same as the S. glacialis shown in figure 1. In the dimensions of

the eye (naturally considered by Ginther, in the absence of any

information of the developmental changes of this organ, of

importance) the two forms are in practical agreement. The

contour of the snout appears to agree with the corresponding

stages in Dr. Fowler's collection. The posterior margin of the

preoperculum is described as vertical in S. scoticus, it is rather

oblique in S. glaccalis. In the characters of the maxilla the two

forms agree. The photophore formula is described as identical

with that of S. glacialis. In S. scoticus the origin of the dorsal is

nearer to the root of the caudal than to the tip of the snout, and

is behind that of the pelvics. In S. glacialis of 14-5 mm. the dorsal

arises midway between the snout and the caudal ; in a specimen of

11 mm. it is a little nearer to the latter ; and comparison of the

several young stages suggests that in relation to the two points

named there’is during development a slight variety in the position

and perhaps a developmental migration of the fin. It is behind

the base of the pelvics even in adults. Younger stages do not

differ in any important detail described from those in Dr. Fowler’s

collection, but specimens of 9 mm. are stated to have the fin-rays

perfectly differentiated. In this case the length given appears

from the context to include the caudal fin. One specimen of 8 mm.

(without caudal) has the rays of the dorsal still undifferentiated.

Individual variation in the degree of development at a given size

is, however, a common feature in Teleostean ontogeny. The

radial formula of S. scoticus is stated as D. 10/11, A. 16. That of

S. glacialis is, according to Goode and Bean, D, 12-14, A. 16-18.

In Dr. Fowler’s specimens the formula, as we have seen, is D. 12

or 13 to 14 (?), A. 18 and 18 ca., with the exception of one which

has only D. 11 or 12, A.15 or 16. This last specimen is one of

the most advanced, in good preservation, and of nearly the same

size as another, from which it differs in no detail except the

number of fin-rays. I believe that all Dr. Fowler’s Scopeli can

1 Q. J. M.S. xxxix. 1896, p. 385.

1898.] PLANKTON OF THE FAHROE OHMANNEL. 559

safely be assigned to S. glacialis, and am strongly inclined to

consider that S. scoticws must be relegated to the synonymy of that

species.

In all 15 specimens were obtained on the ‘ Research,’

Depth in Temp. .

| Sta. 7a ny jane. Spec. Length in mm.

Meise. | Ss0ue1d0N| 1 145 ca.

i ») “ a

13e2, | 400-270 | 32-38 { 3 Saeed a

13g. | 465-385 | 31-38 1 140 ca.

137. 100-0 | 48-54 3 45, 7-5, 8:0.

lsc. | 50-80 | 30-53 1 58:5.

FA Sate) Pee 2 12 ca.

16a. | 350-170 | 31-44 { ; ee ee

19a. | 480-350 | 46-47 1 14°.

20c. | 400-300 | 31-33 1 13:5.

1 13¢ is suspected of having closed nearer to the surface than the depth here

recorded ; till all its contents have been identified, it is to be regarded as

doubtful.—G. H. F.

Many of these specimens have been more or less injured, but

all can be clearly associated with the series which I have described.

Giinther, Collett, and Goode and Bean agree in regarding S. ylaci-

alis as a truly bathybial species; but Dr. Fowler’s self-closing net

furnishes us with the first certain evidence of its vertical

distribution. It extends evidently to at least 350 fath., the

specimen taken at 480 to 350 fath. being one of the most

advanced of the series (fig. 1). This latter specimen enables us

to add S. glacialis to the British list, the locality lying within

Norman’s British Area (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 1890, v. p. 345),

All the other specimens occurred just outside this area as did also

the ‘ Triton’ specimens (S. scoticus) ; the latter were taken in the

Faeroe Channel “ partly with a surface-net at night, partly with

the tow-net, which with a line of 550 and 600 fathoms was

werked at various depths” in the Cold Area.

S. glacialis is known from the Northern coasts of Norway,

coast of Greenland, Arctic Ocean, and various localities in the

American North Atlantic.

[With regard to the vertical distribution of this species,—in the

first place, it appears to be essentially a cold-water form. Collett *

records it as having been taken by the ‘ Véringen’ once “ found

floating,” and once (three specimens) from 1110 fathoms west of

Hammerfest. Previously to this expedition it had been known

only from Greenland and Northern Norway. It has since been

taken by the ‘ Blake’’, at considerable depths only, off the coasts of

New England and South Carolina, in the cold undertow which

passes under the Gulf Stream and whose upper edge forms the

Labrador current and its continuation southward.

2 Norweg. North Atlantic Exped., Fishes, p. 112.

* Goode & Bean: Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard, x. p. daai( 182):

560 MR. BE. W. L. HOU ON THE (June 21,

Secondly, like many other cold-water forms, it appears to be

eurybathic in high latitudes ; the difference in temperature between

the superficial and deeper water being comparatively small, and

offering no marked thermal barrier to its descent.

Lastly, as regards the Faeroe Channel, it is noticeable that no

specimens, larval or adult, were taken at the actual surface in

twenty-five hauls ; that the smallest specimen of all was captured

nearest to the surface, between 100-0 fathoms (Sta. 13 7.); that

other larve were taken in six out of the thirteen deep hauls, and

may thus fairly be ranked among Mesoplankton. One (?) adult

specimen was taken in a haul which began at 530 fathoms and

finished at the surface; this unfortunately gives us no help.

Although none of the ‘ Research’ specimens were captured at the

surface, still if, as Mr. Holt suggests, Dr. Giinther’s Scopelus

scoticus is identical with these Jarve, some larve come to the

surface at night in the Faeroe Channel.

Though more observations are required for confirmation, still it

seems probable that Scopelus glacialis, at any rate as regards the

Faeroe Channel, falls into the category of animals which have an

early epiplanktonic stage, but frequent greater depths when adult

(cf. p. 578, infra). Even in higher latitudes the adult has been

most frequently recorded either from considerable depths, or as

dead and floating if at the surface.—G. H. F.]

[Note added Aug. 1898.—The stages shown in figs. 5 & 6 are

connected by an intermediate specimen of 7°5 mm., received too

late for description in the text. The proportions of the head, eye,

and snout are as in the specimen of 8 mm., but the general form

is more slender.—E. W. L. H.|

IMPERFECTLY CHARACTERIZED LARVA with very elongate abdo-

men. ?Matziorus viniosus Miiller. Capelin. (Plate XLVII.

figs. 8-11.)

These very elongate larve have at first sight much the

appearance of young Eels, but closer inspection soon dispels this

illusion. They measure respectively 17, 19 (ca.), and 24°5 mm.,

from the snout to the extremity of the notochord. I have figured

the most advanced, which on the whole is the most perfect

specimen of the series. The others differ little in general

conformation, but the smallest has the caudal extremity still

practically diphycercal, and the marginal fin terminates, without

spatulate expansion, in a sharp lanciform process. The propor-

tionate lengths of the abdominal and caudal regions are shown in

Plate XLVII. fig. 8; it will be seen that the abdomen is about

twice as long as the tail, the rectum being thus given off at a point

far posterior to median. The fore-brain extends but little in

front of the eye, which is only of moderate proportions. The

considerable bluntly-rounded rostral region is occupied anteriorly

by a large olfactory pouch. The angle of the jaws is opposite the

front of the eye. The pectorals are small. The pelvics are

indicated by a pair of membranous lobes supported anteriorly by

1898. ] PLANKTON OF THE FAEROE CHANNEL. 561

a thickened fleshy rim. They are situate at about the middle of

the total length of the larva, and well behind the middle of the

abdominal region. The liver occurs as a small pyriform mass

shortly behind the clavicle. The alimentary canal, apparently

wide and thin-walled in the thoracic region, is soon constricted

and thickened. Its ventral wall shows a downward crenulation

(about halfway between the clavicle and the pelvics) which may

be accidental. At the pelvic region commences a well-marked

intestinal tract lined with transverse (annular, perhaps spiral)

ridges. The short and rather voluminous rectum leaves the

trunk in an oblique direction.

There are 47 abdominal (counted to the origin of the rectum)

and 20 caudal myomeres visible: others may probably be seen

at a later stage, but the total number will not be much greater

than 67. Black pigment is present in a series of ventral spots,

seven in number, distributed at regular intervals from the

clavicular region backward. These consist for the most part of a

single chromatophore on either side of the gut, but at the shoulder

there are several, as also at the region of the rectal valve. The

pre-peduncular spot of the tail consists of two ventral and one

lateral chromatophore. The caudal fin, both as to the embryonic

and permanent parts, is rather profusely decorated with small

black dots. The eyes are deeply pigmented. ‘he dorsal marginal

fin is wide. Anteriorly it is rather imperfect in the specimen

figured. In that of about 19 mm. the fin appears to be ampullate

anteriorly, and this is probably the natural condition in the others

also. There are no signs of the permanent dorsal and anal fins,

but embryonic rays occur in the postanal region.

On comparison of the three examples it would appear that the

ventral spots become reduced as development advances. Though

identical in number those of the largest individual are relatively

considerably smaller than those of the younger.

I have noticed elsewhere (p. 565 imfra) the occurrence in

Dr. Fowler’s collection of a pelagic egg, which, as far as may be

judged from the preserved condition, appears to be practically

identical with Raffaele’s species No. 7 (Mitth. zool. Stat. Neap.

viii. 1888, p. 69). In conformation and in distribution of pigment

the form which we are now dealing with bears a striking likeness

to the larva of Sp. 7 (op. cit. tav. v. fig. 9). The ventral spots are

numerically equal, and there is an indication in the Faeroe larva of

the large “ rhomboidal” supra-cephaiic sinus described in Sp. 7.

The latter is stated to have 59 or 60 abdominal segments, a

condition which indicates that the total number is considerably

in excess of that present in the much more advanced Faeroe larva,

and so disposes of the possibility of the formula being harmonized

in the two forms by a developmental migration of the anus. The

marginal fin, though wider in the Faeroe larvz, terminates, in the

youngest example, as in Sp. 7; and in the anterior dorsal region

appears to be inflated alike in both forms. But none of the

Faeroe larve show any trace of the prodigious buccal armature of

Sp. 7. The teeth, on the contrary, are quite smail.:

562 MR. E, W. L. HOLT ON THE [June 21,

Sp. 7 is one of a group of ova and larve which Raffaele

considered to exhibit Murzenoid affinities ; and Grassi has practically

confirmed the correctness of this view in the case of at least one

species, No. 10, which he has connected with Anguilla vulgaris.

Moreover it appears probable that all Mureenid larve pass through

a Leptocephalus-stage, losing the buccal armature of what Grassi

terms the pre-larval condition. JI imagine that it is impossible to

connect the Faeroe larve with either end of a Leptocephaline

metamorphosis; while the condition of the intestine and the

caudal fin suggest for them affinities which are not Murenoid.

The presence of pelvic fins can hardly be held to prove that they

are not Murznoids; at least until Grassi shall have found that

such structures never occur as vestigial phenomena in the

development of Eels *.

In 1893 my friend Captain F. Klotz, s.s. ‘ Dominican,’ brought

me a number of young fish which he had taken at the surface off

the West Horn of Iceland on the 27th July. They range in size

from 36 to 57 mm., and in general shape have much the

appearance of Sand-eels (Ammodytes). The collection is suffi-

ciently serial to show that only one species is present, while the

largest appear to associate themselves with the Capelin, Mallotus

villosus. I have figured the head of the smallest (fig. 9), a

specimen of 42°5 mm. (fig. 10), and the largest (fig. 11). The

radial formula of the largest appears to be D. 12 (or a few more),

A.21. This specimen has 64 myomeres (perhaps more, as the

pectoral region is lacerated) exclusive of the peduncular part of

the tail, where a few others are probably present, though not

sufiiciently defined to be counted. About 49 are abdominal.

From the ocular region backward the head is distinctly trigonal

in section, the upper surface being flat while the sides approach

each other ventrally. Though this is rather less marked in the

buccal region, there is a distinct approach to the conformation (a

three-sided pyramid) described by Smitt (Hist. Scand. Fish. ed. 2,

p. 877) as characteristic of the head of the adult Capelin. The

sides of the body are compressed and flattened, while the dorsum

is also rather flat. Jallotus has the radial formula D. 12-16,

A. 18-25 ; the vertebre are from 65to 70. In general proportions

and in the relative position of the fins the oldest Iceland specimen

is in agreement with Mallotus (compare Smitt’s figures of the

latter, op. cit. pl. xli. with my figure 11). The Iceland specimens

are a good deal damaged and none have any scales on the body,

but there are traces of them on the gill-cover of the largest. The

teeth are small, and there is no distinct notch in the premaxillary

region for the reception of the mandibular extremity.

Beyond a few remarks of Collett’s, quoted by Smitt, I have not

found any description of the young stages of Mallotus, Our

1 Liitken (‘ Spol. Atlant., Changements de forme chez les Poissons,” Vid. Selsk.

Skr. 5. Rekke, 1880, p. 594) considers that pelvie firs probably exist in the

young of all species of Trichiurus, though their presence is only indicated in

the adult of one species.

1898.] PLANKTON OF THE FAEROE CHANNEL. 563

Iceland forms show a certain resemblance to the genera Paralepis

and Suds. Paralepis borealis is known from Greenland, Iceland,

and the North-American coast. Apart from other differences, the

excessive number of anal rays and the large size of the teeth (vide

Goode & Bean, Ocean. Ichth. p. 119, fig. 143) serve to separate

it from the forms before us. P. coregonoides has occurred in the

Mediterranean and on the American Atlantic coast, and may well

exist in Boreal Nuropean waters. It appears to agree better than

the last with the Iceland forms, but has the generic character of

very large teeth. P. sphyrenoides, from the Mediterranean and

Madeira, has 30 anal rays. I cannot ascertain the vertebral

formula of any of these species. Under the name of Sudis

atlanticus Smitt gives a brief account, derived from Kroyer, of

a fish washed ashore at the Skaw. It had 20 anal rays, and so

far as I can judge its young stage might bear some resemblance to

the Iceland specimens. The balance of probability, however,

appears to me to favour the association of the latter with Mallotus

villosus*, although, so far as I know, the Capelin has never been

recorded from Iceland.

The smallest Iceland specimens bear a considerable resemblance

to the largest of Dr. Fowler’s larve. In the latter (fig. 8) the

snout is obtuse and rounded except at the extremity. In the

former (fig. 9) the snout is more pointed, but still somewhat

rounded superiorly. A depression behind. the eyes indicates the

collapse of a sinus over the hind-brain, such as seems to have been

also present in the Faeroe larve. The specimen 36 mm. long has

the greatest height of the body only 2°5 mm. ; the form being thus

extremely elongate. The gradual increase in height is illustrated

in figs. 10 and 11.

Most of the Iceland forms have only a few chromatophores

scattered along the ventral surface, but one, about 42 mm., has a

number rather widely diffused over the general surface of the head

and body. How far the generally unpigmented condition is

natural 1 cannot say.

A size-interval of 11:5 mm. separates the largest of the Faeroe

larve from the smallest of the Iceland series. Since in the former

the isolated spots of the ventrum appear to be in process of

reduction, their absence in the latter is not necessarily a bar to

the association of two series. The Faeroe larve have certainly a

a smaller eye than the Iceland forms, but we have evidence of a

developmental increase in the size of this organ in Scopelus which

may well be repeated in other fishes of similar environment. In

the Iceland series the proportions of the eye are variable; but in

the larger and more perfect examples an increase is associated

1 Dr. Giinther considers that a number of larval forms, corresponding to

Richardson’s genus Prymnothonus (vide Chall. Rep., Zool. xxxi. Pelag. Fish. p. 39,

pl. y.), “represent larval conditions of fishes belonging to Paralepis or Sudis or

of genera allied to them.” T venture to suggest that in the genera named the

abdomen will be found to be much more elongate, from the earliest stages, than

in Prymnothonus.

564 MR, E,W. L. HOLT ON THE [June 21,

with advance of general development. In the number of myomeres

both Faeroe and Iceland forms agree well enough with Mallotus.

The latter has not been recorded from any point nearer to the

Faeroe Channel than the coast of Norway, but appears to be a fish

of pelagic habit, approaching the coast only for the purpose of

spawning. The ova are demersal, and it may be objected that our °

Faeroe larve are too young to be found so far from land. This

objection depends for its validity on a knowledge of the rate of.

growth, which is net forthcoming.

Although I think I have demonstrated the possibility of

connecting the Faeroe larve, through intermediate stages as

represented by the Iceland series, with the adult form of Mallotus

villosus, I do not think we are justified in considering the question

settled. The fact is that we know next to nothing of the

development of many marine forms and especially of the pelagic

and bathybial species, nor can it be supposed likely that a few

sporadic cruises have furnished us with an even approximately

complete list of the fish-fauna of the Faeroe Channel. In all proba-

bility there is a strong resemblance between the larve of many

physostomous fishes, however widely they may be separated in the

adult condition. Of the method of reproduction of bathybial

fishes, whether by pelagic or demersal ova, we are in most cases

ignorant. The characters of the Faeroe larva, though probably

sufficient to exclude it from the Murenide, are such as might

occur equally in a Salmonoid, Scopeloid, or Clupeoid. Any

Clupeoids known as inhabitants of the region may be eliminated,

since we know the larval stages of all of them. The same remark

applies, as I think, to Argentina sphyrana; specimens of 37 mm.

have already acquired the adult conformation’, though only about

13 mm. longer than the Faeroe example, which is still practically

undifferentiated. The size-interval does not appear sufficient, and

J imagine that this species of Argentina has a shorter larva, with,

of course, fewer myomeres. = A. silus has 65 to 68 vertebrae and

is a much larger fish. It may conceivably pass through a larval

stage like the Faeroe form if its pelvic fins undergo an anterior

migration. Among the Scopeloids Stomias is an elongate form,

and SS. feroa has been recorded by Giinther from the Faeroe

Channel (Chall. xxxi. op. ct. p. 31).

However, the example in question, though capable of even

specific determination, was again only 37 mm. in length; while I

can find in the Faeroe larva of 24°5 mm. no trace of the barbel

and enlarged teeth of Stomias. I have already referred to the

characters of the Paralepide, and the enumeration might be

prolonged but always without bringing us, for the present, any

nearer to a definite conclusion.

Dr. Fowler’s specimens were taken as follows :—

13 i. 60° 2' N., 5° 49' W. 100 to 0 fathoms. Two, 19 and

245 mm.

20 c. 60° 16’ N., 5° 49’ W. 400 to 300 fathoms. One, 17 mm.

? Holt & Calderwood, Trans. R. Dubl. Soc. ser. 2, vy. 1895, p. 509, fig. J.

1898.]. PLANKTON OF THE FAEROE CHANNEL. 565

Tf they prove to be young Mallotus it will have been shown

that form is capabie of descending below the 300-fathom line.

The localities are just outside the British area.

A Prtacic Kae, resembling Raffaele’s species No. 7.

? Raffaele, Mittheil. zool. Stat. Neap. viii. 1888, p. 69, tav. 5.

Undetermined species no. 7.

Dr. Fowler’s collection contains only one egg, which is quite

unlike any that has been recorded from British or Northern

European coasts. Preserved in a weak solution of formaldehyde,

it was not sufficiently transparent for an exact determination of

the internal structure. lt was therefore passed through the

usual reagents into oil of cloves, a process which unfortunately

involved a complete collapse of the zona radiata. An attempt to

remove the latter without injury to the contents was only partially

successful. The characters, as observed during the whole process

of manipulation, appear to be as follow :—

The diameter is 3-5 mm., the shape approximately spherical.

The zona is thin and probably without wuvy distinctive feature,

since some bubble-like markings present on one part appear to be

due to the adherence of a thin layer of yolk-matter. The peri-

vitelline space is certainly large, but the exact dimensions of the

yolk had beeu obscured by rupture either in the net or by the

action of formaldehyde. The embryo remains attached to a

pyriform yolk-mass 1°19 mim. by ‘90 mm., the narrow end under-

lying the head. The yolk is divided throughout into small rounded

segments of irregular size, and appeared to possess, as seen in

formaldehyde, a number of small oil-globules aggregated together.

The embryo is advanced and has a considerable free tail, closely

apposed to the yolk. Its total length may be estimated at about

240mm. There appears to be no pigment. Any distinctive

characters which may have been present could not be observed

before the removal of the zona; and the specimen was too much

injured in this process to admit of a reliable observation of the

embryo.

Sufficient, however, has been noted to show that the egg agrees

very closely, both in dimensions and other characters, with

Raffaele’s species no. 7. Grassi’s researches’ have confirmed

Raffaele’s suggestion of a Murenoid parentage for at least some

of the group of evidently allied ova to which no. 7 belongs, one of

them, no. 10, having been connected in a practically conclusive

manner with the Common Eel (Anguilla vulgaris).

No observer has yet described the perfectly ripe egg of the

Conger (C. vulgaris), nor has any attempt been made to identify

with this abundant and rather valuable form any egg taken

in the tow-net. It appears from Cunningham’s description

(Q. J.M.S. xl. p. 155) that the ripe egg probably differs from

that of Anguilla in possessing one or wore oil-globules, and

therein agrees witb Raffaele’s sp. 7 and with the egg from the

1 Q. J. M. 8. xsxix. p. 371.

566 ON THE PLANKTON OF THE FAEROB CHANNEL, [June 21}

Faeroe Channel. In eggs characterized by a large perivitelline

space, such as those of Hippoglossoides and some species of Clupea,

the expansion of the zona is known to be accomplished after

deposition. The difference of dimension of the yolk-mass, as

between sp. 7, the Faeroe Channel egg, and the largest eggs

obtained by Cunningham from the Conger’, does not appear to be

considerable. The specific identity of the three appears at least

possible.

On the other hand, it may well be that Rafiaele’s group of eggs

belongs in fact to more than one family of physostomous fishes.

I have described from Dr. Fowler’s collection a series of larve,

which are apparently not Eels, but which in conformation and

pigment agree rather closely with the larva of Raffaele’s no. 7,

though they entirely lack the peculiar buccal armature of the

latter. Such armature is, in the Eels, a very temporary pheno-

menon, the leptocephaline condition being devoid of it.

To attempt to connect the Faeroe egg with the elongate larva

from the same region were simply an unprofitable speculation ;

but it may be suggested that the characters of segmented yolk

and large. perivitelline space, common to Murenide and Clupeide,

may be equally present in the ova of Scopeloids and of such, if

any, Salmonoids as propagate by means of pelagic eggs. In point

of attenuation I know no larve more eel-like than some of the

Clupeoids. I do not suppose that the egg with which we are

dealing is that of a Clupeoid, but, whether it be identical with

Raffaele’s no. 7, or different, our knowledge of the development

of the pelagic and bathybial members of the other groups

mentioned is hardly such as to permit us to definitely assign it to

any one of them. Mallotus, which I have suggested as a possible

parent of the elongate larva, is known to deposit ova which are

demersal in littoral waters. If any description of their structure

exists I have not seen it.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Prats XLVI.

Scopelus glacialis, 14°5 mm., p. 552. Formol.

12mm. Formol.

115mm. Formol. The larval sinus in front of

the dorsal fin rather collapsed.

Dorsal view of the same specimen. Formol.

. 8, glacialis, 8mm, Oil of cloves.

Pirate XLVI.

Fig. 6. S. glacialis, 65 mm., p. 552. _ Oil of cloves.

is iesk a 45mm. Oil of cloves.

8. Larva with elongate abdomen, 245 mm., p. 560, Oil of cloves.

9, Head of young Madllotus villosus?, 36 mm., p. 560. From Iceland.

Aleohol.

10. Young M. villosus?, 42°5 mm., p. 560. From Iceland. Alcohol.

Lie ss "3 57 mm. From Iceland. Alcohol. Natural size,

12. Young Gadus eglefinus, 8 ww., p. 551. Vormol.

” ”?

who

” ”

1 Cf. Journ. M. B. A,, n. 5. ii. 1891, pp. 24 25.

P.Z.5.1898.PL XLVI.

: Mintern Bros.imp.

PLANKTON OF THE FAEROE CHANNEL.

PZ Slsgese vile

12.x10°8 ;

el PJ.Smit lth. Mintern Bros.imp.

PLANKTON OF THE FAEROE CHANNEL.

1898.] . ON THE PLANKTON OF THE FABROE CHANNEL. 567

6. Contributions to our Knowledge of the Plankton of the

Faeroe Chaunel.—No. VI.!_ Description of a new Mid-

water Tow-net. Discussion of the Mid-water Fauna

(Mesoplankton). Notes on Doliolum tritonis and

D. nationalis, and on Parathemisto abyssorum. By G.

Hersert Fowrrr, B.A., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of

Zoology, University College, London.

[Received June 18, 1898.]

In the first’ paper of this series, I proposed to leave the de-

scription of the mid-water nets used, and the discussion of the

general question of the existence of a mid-water fauna or Meso-

plankton, until the collections made on the ‘ Research’ had been

thoroughly investigated. The net which I used last year proved

so successful in actual working, that it now seems to me better

to describe it at once for the information of other investigators,

who might give it a further trial; the more so since my leisure

for research work is but small, and the collections cannot be

completely finished for some months to come.

It is unnecessary to describe here the numerous and varied forms

of apparatus which have been devised for the capture of animals at

known mid-water depths without admixture of the fauna from other

zones. References to them will be found, by those interested,

in the papers of Hoyle*, H.H. the Prince of Monaco*, and

Agassiz *; since the appearance of the last-named, a full description

of the ‘ National’ apparatus has been published by Hensen’.

Agassiz, in the paper cited, has subjected the earlier forms of net

to a searching criticism, with which I agree on the whole ; except

that of the Prince of Monaco and that of the ‘ National,’ none

appear to exclude satisfactorily animals from undesirable zones.

Even that of the Prince of Monaco does not appear to have

worked satisfactorily on the ‘ Pola’; and the modification of Chun’s

net used on the ‘ National’ was uncertain in its action ’.

When desirous to study for myself the question of a mid-water

fauna or Mesoplankton °, I feared that both the nets last quoted

were too expensive, and the ‘ National’ net too complicated for

use in such heavy seas as are generally to be found in the Faeroe

Channel, the only deep-water readily accessible to me. Returning

therefore to Chun’s’ original ingenious design as a starting

For Part I., see P Z.S. 1896, p. 991; Part IL, P. Z. 8. 1897, p. 523; Part

TII., P. Z.S. 1897, p. 803; Part IV., antea, p. 540; Part V., antea, p. 550.

= Proc. Liverpool Biol. Soe. iii. 100.

3 OR. Congrés international de Zoologie, Paris, 1889, p. 132.

4 Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard, xxiii. 1.

® Ergebnisse d. Plankton Exped.: Methodik der Untersuchungen p. 108

et segg. (1895).

6 For the explanation of this and similar new terms used here, se p. 545 ante.

7 ©. Chun: Bibliotheca Zoologica, i. 1 :

568 DR, G. H. FOWLER ON THE [June 21,

point, I endeavoured to introduce into it such improvements as

would obviate what appeared to me to be its weaknesses, namely :

(1) The position of the wires when the net had shut, which

necessitate the mouth being always slightly open; (2) the lack of

power to keep the net-mouth shut in a roll of the ship or a check

on the line, as the attachments of the wires by which it then hangs

are so close together; (3) the speed at which the whole structure

must be towed in order that the screw-propeller, and the rod to

which it is fixed, may overcome the frictional resistance offered by

the rings on which the weight of the net is hanging.

I decided to construct a net for vertical and not for horizontal

use, because it seems to me, on the basis of my small experience,

impossible to be certain of the depth at which a net is being towed

horizontally. The usual method for this is to lower the net

vertically, and to begin towing with the rope straight up and down ;

then to observe the angle made by the rope with the horizon by

means of a quadrant, and to calculate the vertical depth of the net

by traverse tables on the assumption that the towing-line is the

hypotenuse of a right-angled triangle. Unfortunately for this

method, however, the towing-rope is not a hypotenuse, but

forms an unknown catenary, which varies with the weight of the

net, its resistance to the water, and the pace of towing ; this forms

an increasing source of error, the greater is the length of towing-

warp out. As an example of the uncertainty of this method,—I

struck bottom at 395 fathoms in the Faeroe Channel, when by

quadrant and traverse tables the net should have been at 300

fathoms with 450 fathoms of rope out. There are so many forces

at work as to make it impossible for any but a highly skilled mathe-

matician to calculate the probable position of the net, and this

only after tedious experiment.

Description of the Apparatus.

This consists of the net, the net-frame and chains, and the

locking*gear. As the first of these were used both in 1896 and

1897, they will be described in detail; the locking-gear of the

1896 pattern will only be sufficiently sketched to enable future

workers in this field to profit by my experience of failures; the

1897 pattern will be fully described.

The net is made of Swiss Sik Boulting Cloth, by far the best

material known to zoologists for every form of tow-net; it was

supplied by Messrs. Staniar of the Manchester Wire Works ; this

material will stand almost any fair pull, but, as it is very liable to

be cut by anything sharp, when coming inboard, the actual net

is surrounded by a loose case of common mosquito-netting. <A net

with a twenty-inch square mouth, tapered to a four-inch diameter

cod-end, and six feet in length, was found to be a good working

size. It should be sewn throughout by hand, not by machine;

and with strong sewing-silk, not thread. If washed nightly in

fresh water and dried in the air, a net of this sort will last fora

very Jong time.

1898.]

G. H. F. del.

PLANKTON OF THE FABROE CHANNEL.

570 DR. G. H. FOWLER ON THE [June 21,

As a mid-water net has to be drawn up by a steam-winch more

rapidly than is usual with a surface tow-net, even when the winch

is going its slowest, boulting cloth of twenty-five (1896) and forty

(1897) meshes to the inch was selected; of these the second is

stronger and more efficient. If the winding-drum can be run dead

slow by gearing, 50 or even 60 meshes to the inch might be used.

A calico band at the mouth pierced by lacing-holes, and a calico

band at the cod-end, with a tape by which the collecting zine pot

is tied in, complete the net. The tape should run in loops outside

the calico band, it is there much easier to untie with cold wet

fingers.

The net-frame (fig. 1, where it is represented as half open)

consists of two SS shaped phosphor-bronze castings BB’ hinged

together on a solid brass axle C; on to the latter is also hinged,

outside BB’, a wrought iron ->— shaped piece A, which is rather

larger than the other two. The arms bb of BB’ are drilled to take

shackle-bolts from which chains pass upward to the locking-gear ;

two holes are also drilled at aa for similar shackle-bolts and chains.

The net-frame in its descent is suspended from bb, and is therefore

tightly closed by its own weight (about 15 lbs.) and by any additional

weight that may be hung on the axle, the arms pressing BB’ firmly

together ; when the chains from bb are slacked by the locking-gear,

the net falls for a short distance, the weight is caught on to the

chains from aa, and the net-mouth either falls open, or opens on

the slightest pull in towing. The whole apparatus is then

hauled upwards through the zone which it is desired to investigate

(generally 100 fathoms). The chains from aa are then slacked by

the locking-gear, the net falls a second time, and the weight, being

caught on the chains from bb, again closes the net effectively.

In fig. 2 the sectional dimensions of A, B, B’ are given, the net-

frame being represented as closed. The upper end of the net

itself, laced inside the frame, is compressed into the space between

B and B’; the dotted lines indicate the lacing-holes drilled

through the frame at intervals of an inch. Whenit is closed, only

a Protozoan could get through the net-mouth, and even that would

find a difficulty—B and B’ when open form a mouth twenty inches

square (inside measurement) ; A is # inch outside them when closed.

The arms bb are seven inches long, and effect a good leverage for

closing the net. They form one of the most important improye-

ments on the original pattern. Even shaking the frame violently

up’and down when held by the chains does not open the net.

(‘lhe locking-gear of the 1896 pattern was arranged as follows :—

Through the chains from aa and bb were passed the hammers of

two reversed gun-lock movements, the hammer rising when fired ;

the lock of the bb chains was placed vertically below that of the

aa chains. Parallel to the vertical between these two ran a long

steel rod, tapped with a screw-thread: at the lower end of the

steel rod was a screw-propeller, arranged so as not to revolve

during the descent of the apparatus. When hauled upwards,

however, the propeller began to revolve, travelled up the steel rod,

1398. ] PLANKYON OF THE FABROD CHANNEL. 571

and fired the trigger of the lower lock-movement, thus slackening

the bb chains and allowing the net frame to fall open; still

travelling upwards, as the apparatus was hauled in, the propeller

presently fired the trigger of the upper lock-movement, slacked

the aa chains, and the net then closed. The whole apparatus was

prevented from spinning in its descent, and thus causing the

propeller to begin travelling too soon, by being suspended from a

swivel which worked on ball-bearings.

This arrangement worked successfully in about three hauls out

of four, the failures being generally due to one or both chains

hanging on the hammer, even when the lock-movement had been

fired, owing to the great friction of the chains on the hammers.

A further disadvantage in the apparatus was the difficult ad-

justment of the distance between the triggers, which determined

the distance in fathoms for which the net remained open; this

further had a tendency to vary somewhat with the rate of

hauling in. |

In designing the locking-gear of the 1897 pattern I therefore

abandoned the propeller in favour of messengers, which I had

originally avoided on the grounds of others’ experience with the

light messengers of deep-sea thermometers. ‘here seems, how-

ever, to be no objection to the use of heavy messengers on any

well-stretched rope (hemp or wire) which hangs free of the

bottom, and in which kinks are thus avoided by the maintenance

of a steady strain.

Photographs of the whole apparatus are given on page 572.

Details of the locking-gear are furnished by figs. 3a, 3 6 (p. 569),

which are sectional drawings at right angles to one another. They

are carefully drawn to scale, about one-seventh of the real size.

Four vertical pillars of teak’ T, connected below by two cross-

pieces of the same material T’, and strengthened by iron plates at

the angles, form a rigid frame; on to this is screwed a brass

easting D, to which a second casting E is screwed. The rope by

which the machine is slung passes through a hole in the centre of

D into the space R between D and EK, and is kept there by being

worked into a broad knot.

Two brass cylindrical rods or pins FF (fig. 3 a) run in two good

bearings through D and are rigidly bolted into a cross-piece which

carries a third shorter pin a, travelling in bearings through the

centre of E. The pin ais passed through the chains from aa on

the net-frame, and is kept in place by springs (not drawn) between

the hooks shown in fig. 3a with a pull of about 10 lbs. If a weight

be dropped on to the pins FF, it will overcome the springs, depress

the pin a, and let go the chains from aa.

A second pair of pins GG (fig. 3) run in bearings through D,

and through another casting H which is bolted to TT. They are

rigidly bolted to a cross-piece which carries a third pin b, travelling

in bearings through the centre of H; this pin is passed through

1 Teak is one of the few woods that will resist the enormous pressure at

great depths; less closely: grained woods warp and split.

572 DR. G. H. FOWLER ON THE [June 21,

—

1898.) | PLANKTON OF THE FAEROE CHANNEL. 573

the chains from bb on the arms of the net-frame, and is kept in

place by springs (rubber loops) between the hooks shown in

fig. 36, with a pull of about 10 Ibs. Ifa weight be dropped on to

the pins GG, it will overcome the springs, depress the the pin b,

and let go the chains from bb.

The apparatus is worked thus :—The whole machine is lowered

with the locking-gear in the position drawn in figure 4, the chains

aa held on the pin a, but not carrying the weight of the net

and frame ; the chains bb held on the pin b, and holding the net-

frame tightly closed by its own weight. When the machine is at

the bottom of the zone which it is desired to study, the first

messenger is despatched down the rope; this, being small, drops

into the nest N, striking on the pins GG, and freeing the chains

bb; the net-frame falls 6 inches, and opens, the weight being

caught with a jerk on the chains aa.

The machine in this condition (fig. 5) is hauled upwards for a

hundred fathoms ; the second and larger messenger is despatched,

which, striking on the pins FF, frees the chains aa; the net

falls 15 inches, the weight is caught again on the chains bb; the

net-frame closes, and can be then hauled in-board without any

admixture with the fauna of higher zones (fig. 6).

The chains of course are not let go altogether, as the net and

frame would then be lost; each chain has a large link in it to go

over its pin, and beyond this a short length by which it is bolted

to T or a shackle-bolt in the centre of T’.

Chains @a- Chains bb.

From net-frame to pin........ 33 in. 23 in.

ram pMa hay xs 34 iigres,<'d as 9°5 in. Be.

From pin to central bolt of T’.. .... 12 in.

The messengers used in 1897 were clumsy and unnecessarily

heavy, and will not be described here. Probably weights of 4 lbs.

for the smaller and 6 lbs for the larger are amply sufficient on

rope: smaller weights would do on wire, since the friction is less.

The apparatus was tested in 1897 on H.MLS. ‘ Research,’ but,

unfortunately, owing to heavy weather, we were only able to spend

one day in the deep water of the Faroe Channel; the apparatus

was tried four times, and seemed to work perfectly. The only

improvement which suggested itself was that a weight should be

hung from the axle C into the middle of the net, heavy enough to

prevent the net in its descent from washing up into the machinery

(which happened once, but without serious consequences); the

additional weight at this point will also serve to shut the net-

mouth more closely, and can also be arranged to prevent the sides

of the net compressing the contents when closed. Should the

first messenger strike FF before GG, the net would simply come

up empty, having been open only for a few seconds.

Weight of net-frame 163 Ibs. ; of locking-gear and chains 33 lbs. ;

of messengers used in 1897 (74+10) 174 lbs.; of messengers for

Proc, Zoou, Soc,—1898, No. XX XVIII, 33

574 DR. G. H, FOWLER ON THE [June 21,

future use (4+6) 10 lbs.; suggested above to be added at T’'T’,

10 Ibs., and to be hung on C, 10 lbs.: total about 80 lbs.

At the conclusion of the four hauls, the net was sent down to

100 fathoms, and hauled up without the messengers having been

despatched ; it came up empty, although it had passed through

the stratum where life was probably most plentiful. I am unable

to see any source of error in the working of this apparatus, but

hope that it may be given a further trial before long’. Of course,

with an apparatus half a mile away from one in water, one cannot

see what is actually occurring; one can only take precautions

against every possible source of error, and may judge of their

success to some extent by the character of the animals obtained.

Conclusions of Prof. Agassiz: the Azote Zone.

In discussing the general results of the ‘ Albatross ’ Expedition in

1891, Prof. Agassiz reviewed the apparatus used and conclusions

attained by earlier naturalists who had attempted a solution of the

question of a Mesoplankton. His own views are based on experi-

ments made during the cruises of the ‘ Blake’ (1877-80) and the

‘ Albatross’ (1891). On the first of these vessels he used the gravi-

tating-trap* invented by Lieutenant-Commander (now Captain)

Sigsbee, which not only failed to catch living organisms between 100

and 150 fathoms, but apparently missed even the corpses of the dead

surface fauna! The machine is only stated to have been tried on

two occasions, and only to a depth of 150 fathoms; from this

Agassiz concluded* (p. 37) that “these experiments serve to

prove that the pelagic fauna does not extend to considerable

depths, and that there is at sea an immense intermediate belt in

which no living animals are found, nothing but the dead bodies

which are on their way to the bottom.” On the ‘ Albatross’ a

new apparatus was tried, the invention of Captain Tanner, which

is fully described and figured by Prof. Agassiz. On the basis of

this he states * (p. 55):—“‘ Our experience in the Gulf of Cali-

fornia with the Tanner self-closing net would seem to indicate

that in a comparatively closed sea, at a small distance from the

land, there may be a mixture of the surface species with the free-

swimming deep sea bottom species, a condition of things which

certainly does not exist at sea, in deep water, in an oceanic basin at

a great distance from shore, where the surface pelagic fauna only

1 The cost of the apparatus should come to about £10, now that the patterns

for casting have been made. If any zoologist will give it a further trial, I shall

be glad to superintend its manufacture.

Since the above was written, my net has been taken for a further trial by

the German Expedition which sailed on August Ist under Prof. Chun’s

direction, and Prof. Max Weber has ordered a net for the Dutch East-Indian

edition.

Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool, Harvard, xxiii, 1.

* Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard, xiv. 36 (=‘ Three Oruises of the Blake,’

vol. i. p. 36, London, 1888, 8vo).

* Bull. Mus, Comp. Zool. Harvard, xxiii. 1.

1898.] PLANKTON OF THE FAEROE CHANNEL. 575

descends to a comparatively small depth, 7. ¢. about 200 fathoms,

the limits of the depth at which light and heat produce any con-

siderable variation in the physical conditions of the water. The

marked diminution in the number of species below 200 fathoms

agrees fairly with the results of the ‘ National’ Expedition.”

The other experiments with the Tanner net, made in an oceanic

basin on the way to Acapulco from the Galapagos, and to the

Galapagos from Cape San Francisco, “ seem to prove conclusively

that in the open sea, even when close to the land, the surface

pelagic fauna does not descend far beyond a depth of 200 fathoms,

and that there is no intermediate pelagic fauna living between

that depth and the bottom, and that even the free-swimming

bottom-species do not rise to any great distance, as we found no

trace of anything within 60 fathoms from the bottom, where it

had been fairly populated.”

Prof. Agassiz therefore admits the existence of a deep Meso-

plankton near land, but does not state how far from land and in

what depth of water his generalization of an Azoic zone begins to

hold good. Ido not know of any later pronouncement by this

eminent oceanographer on the question. Since then, Captain

Tanner has improved his original pattern in detail *, but the prin-

ciple of his net remains the same. It is rash, and perhaps a little

ungracious, to criticize the working of a net which one has never

seen ; but I venture to suggest, on the basis of the drawings and

description of the Tanner nets, that a weak point in them is the

way in which the tripping lines are suspended; it seems that it

would be so very easy for them to slip off from the tumbler and

close the net before they were intended to do so, under the alter-

nate strain and slackening of the warp as the ship rolls; it also

seems likely, and indeed Captain Tanner himself admits, that the

angle made sometimes by the net-frame in turning would practically

close the net’s mouth. As regards the Sigsbee gravitating trap,

there can, I think, be little doubt that it was too small and too

violent to throw much light on the question of an Azoic zone.

Conclusions of the * Challenger’ and other Naturalists :

the Mesoplankton.

Prof. Agassiz may be regarded as the chief representative of the

school of naturalists which refuses to accept the alleged existence

of a Mesoplankton. The chief supporters of the opposite view

are the ‘ Challenger’ naturalists (a distinguished band, of whom

Sir John Murray is alone left), Prof. Chun, and Profs. Hensen

and Brandt of the ‘ National’ staff.

The ‘ Challenger’ naturalists arrived at their belief from a com-

parison of serial tow-nets, stopped at intervals along the dredge-

rope. As all the tow-nets were open throughout their course, the

presence of particular species in the deep nets only seemed to

indicate that these species occurred in the deep water only. The

1 Z. L. Tanner, Bull. U.S. Fish Commission, xiv. p. 148.

576 DR. G. H. FOWLER ON THD [June 21,

method is theoretically excellent’, but is not certain enough for

use as an argument against the negative observations of the ‘ Blake’

and ‘ Albatross,’

While I am fully in agreement with Professor Chun’s results, it

must be admitted that the original pattern of his net was not

devoid of sources of error, which Agassiz was not slow to point

out. Chun reported * an abundant fauna from al] depths in the

Mediterranean, but, this being a warm closed sea with a uniform

temperature of 55° or 56° F. from 100 down to 2400 fathoms and

more, no thermal barriers are here set to the vertical descent of an

organism. It is not therefore possible to argue from this case to

that of the great oceans, the temperature of which decreases with

the depth until 30° F. or even less is reached.

Three hauls made by Prof. Chun on a voyage to the Canary

Islands * revealed a Mesoplankton at great depths, the general

character of which agreed with the similar captures of the ‘ Chal-

lenger’ and ‘ National.’ The net used was an improvement on

the Mediterranean pattern: open nets were also employed in

other hauls.

As regards the ‘ National’ net, a modification of Chun’s pattern,

Prof. Agassiz expressed suspicion of the locking arrangement which

closed it. Prof. Brandt was kind enough to show it to me some

years ago in Kiel; it is extremely ingenious in mechanism, but, as

Prof. Hensen * admits, it is most uncertain in its action ; and, if I

may judge from my own experience of a screw-propeller, it would

not give very exact information of the depth; for the rate at which

the propeller travels (7. ¢. the time-intervals from first hauling to

opening, and from opening to shutting) varies so much with the

rate of the steam-winch (an inconstant) and with the rolling of the

ship. If there is any swell, the strain on the line as the ship rolls

to leeward sends the propeller round at a greatly increased rate.

While, however, venturing to criticize the method, I accept the

positive results without any reserve, so far as they are published.

They have been most recently summarized by Prof. Brandt °, and

show a mesoplanktonic fauna which rapidly diminishes in numbers

below 100 fathoms, together with a large number of dead organ-

isms which are slowly settling to the bottom. Prof. Hensen °

1 Though theoretically perfect and simple, this method of investigating Meso-

plankton appears to me to present two practical objections to its use: the one,

that such an enormous amount of material must be collected as will take years

for its proper identificaiton, before a comparison of surface and deep nets can

be instituted; the other, that much of the deep material must inevitably be

reduced to soup by pressure against the open tow-net in its long passage upwards;

only forms with a strong skeleton (Radiolaria, Copepoda, &c.) can be expected

to arrive fairly unbroken. In aclosed net the resistance of the water does not

appear to press the contents of the net against the meshes in the same way.

2 ©. Chun: Bibliotheca Zoologica, i.

3 ©. Chun: Bibliotheca Zoologica, vii., and SB. Akad. Belin, 1889, p. 519.

* V. Hensen, Ergebn, d. Plankton Expedition, Methodik der Untersuchungen,

. 106.

Ps K. Brandt: Verh. Gesellsch. deutschen Naturforscher und Aertze fiir

1895, Liibeck, p. 107.

® V. Hensen: Reisebeschreibung der Plankton Expedition, p. 28.

1898.] PLANKTON OF THE FAEROE CHANNEL, 577

maintains the accurate locking of his net as against Prof. Agassiz’s

criticism, and makes a very pregnant remark on the point :—“ Das

Netz ist aber nur das Mittel um beweisende Finge méglichst rein zu

erhalten, der wirkliche Beweis ist die Beschaffenheit des Fanges.”

The above summary represents briefly the results and conclusions

of the chief writers who have studied the question experimentally :

in the case of Prof. Agassiz, negative results have led to the

assertion of an Azoic zone; in the case of the ‘Challenger,’ the

‘ National,’ and Prof. Chun, positive observations have led to the

conclusion of the existence of a Mesoplankton, but in these cases

the mechanism of locking the net has not been sufficiently certain

to escape the criticisms of the opponent school. With their

results the less extensive experiments of the Prince of Monaco

(‘'Hirondelle’), the ‘ Pola,’ and the ‘ Gazelle’ are in general accord.

Results of the Cruases of the ‘ Research,’ 1896 and 1897.

In commencing to work at this question, I attempted to construct

a locking-gear with which not even Prof. Agassiz could find fault ;

with the view, firstly, of finally settling the question of the existence

of a Mesoplankton, secondly, of endeavouring to ascertain definitely,

in a small area and on a small scale, what animals habitually lived

in, and what animals descended to, the mid-water strata (matters of

very great importance from the standpoint of oceanic distribution).

I venture to submit that, as long as the Law of Gravity holds

good, the absolute closure of my net is indisputable, for it is

effected by gravity. It is not only certain in the actions of opening

and shutting (gravity being here also the motive power), but, when

shut, the net-frame closes so tightly that nothing larger than the

net-mesh (1 mm. or -75 mm.) can get into it, either going down

or coming up.

This being so, my observations agree on general lines with those

of Chun and the ‘ National,’ and directly contradict the purely nega-

tive observations of the ‘ Blake’ and ‘ Albatross’ on which Agassiz

bases his theory of an Azoic zone. I encountered animals at every

depth down to 500 fathoms, the deepest water available.

The Faeroe Channel was indicated as a suitable district by the

thermal conditions; the depth is small when compared with the

great oceans, but the extremely low temperatures met with in the

district are those of the greatest depths in open oceans, As regards

every thing but pressure, which appears to be an unimportant factor

in determining distribution, the conditions of life at 500 fathoms

in the “cold area” of the Faeroe Channel seem to be those of the

greatest midwater depths known’.

The Faeroe Channel is certainly a “closed sea” in the technical

} The Faeroe Channel was further indicated by the fact that H.M.S. ‘Research’

was surveying in the Orkney district. I cannot sufficiently express my obliga-

tions for the assistance rendered to me on so many sides—the recommendation

of the Council of the Royal Society, the assent of the Lords Commissioners of the

Admiralty, the suggestions of Admiral Sir William Wharton and Captain

Tizard of the Hydrographic Office, and the uniformly patient help of Captain

Moore and the other Officers of the ‘ Research’ in both years,

578 DR. G. H, FOWLER ON THE [June 21,

sense of the word; but it is not a closed sea like the Mediterranean

or Gulf of California, in which high temperatures are maintained to

such a depth that there is practically no thermal limit to the descent

of a surface organism. It is a closed sea on one side only, open to

the Arctic Ocean on the North-east, with the isothermobath of

35° F’, at about 250 fathoms, and in many places with a tempe-

rature of 30° F. at 500 fathoms. One is far from land nowhere in

the Faeroe Channel ; the single station of 1897 (Sta. 20) being only

about a hundred miles from Cape Wrath, but far enough to be

beyond the range of continental influence, in a case where the

continental slope (100 to 500 fathoms) is steep, and no rivers

discharge into the sea. The water at these depths is directly

derived from the open Arctic ocean, and is practically unaffected

by continental influence.

I would urge therefore, as against Prof. Agassiz, that planktonic

animals can and do flourish at greater depths than 200 fathoms,

even under oceanic and not neritic conditions : that they apparently

flourish in utter darkness, at a temperature of 30° to 32° F., and at

a depth of at least 500 to 400 fathoms.

The animals captured in the mid-water appear to fall into at least

five categories :—(1) Organisms which range indifferently over all

depths (eurybathic); of these, at any rate so far as the Faeroe

Channel is concerned, Calanus jfinmarchicus may be taken as an

example (p. 544 ante): (2) those which live habitually at great

depths, and rarely or never appear at the surface, if at all, generally

at night; of these characteristically mesoplanktonic animals, the

Tuscarorida of the ‘ Challenger’ Expedition, the deep-sea Schizopoda

of Prof. Chun, Sagitta whartoni and Conchecia maxima of the

‘ Research ’ collections * may be cited: (3) those which spend their

earlier life at or near the surface, but of which adults are almost

or quite confined to deep water, such as Nyctiphanes norvegica:

(4) those which when adult inhabit the surface, but spend their

larval life at considerable depths, such as Chun’s Ctenophora:

(5) the corpses of any of the foregoing classes, and of purely epi-

planktonic animals, such as Temora longicornis (p. 546, table, ante).

With regard to this latter class, it will no doubt be urged by some

naturalists that the capture of organisms in the Mesoplankton

points, not necessarily to the fact of their living at great depths,

but to their having been killed at the surface by unfavourable

physical conditions and their subsequently sinking through the

deeper strata towards the bottom. In many cases this isno doubt

the true explanation of their presence in deep water: I have sug-

gested this as the explanation of a particular haul of Doliolum (p. 583

wnfra), and of the presence of six species of Copepoda (pp. 548-9,

supra) in the ‘ Research’ collections from the Mesoplankton.

(1) In cases where numerous observations on successive days in

the same district show numerous specimens of a species in the

upper strata, but only a few specimens are rarely, not constantly,

taken in the lower zones, this explanation probably holds good,

especially in a Frontier district (p. 545) such as the Faeroe

1 Proc. Zool. Soc. 1896, p. 992; 1897, p. 523.

1898.] PLANKTON OF THH FAEROE CHANNEL. 579

Channel, where hotter and colder surface currents are constantly

at war.

(2) This explanation may probably be further extended to cases

such as those of the six Copepoda already mentioned (pp. 548-9) ;

they appear to be southern (warm-water) forms, driven by the

North Atlantic Drift into higher latitudes (colder temperatures)

than they can bear. Although southern forms, none of them were

taken at the surface in 17 hauls, five were captured once and one

twice in 13 Mesoplankton hauls ; all six were few in numbers.

(3) A different explanation seems reasonable in the case of species

which are taken in numbers and with regularity at considerable

depths, but appear rarely or never at the surface (if at all, then

generally at night). It is to me inconceivable that the destruction

of such a small surface population should produce dead spe-

cimens in such abundance and with such regularity in the deeper

strata. Hucheta norvegica, Metridia longa, and Pleuromma abdo-

minale (pp. 543 and 547) are examples of this distribution ; they

seem to be forms which, at any rate in these latitudes, exhibit a

preference for a mesoplanktonic existence, but which can and do

exist at the surface also under certain circumstances. Twoot the

species are Arctic type-forms, which in these latitudes seek deeper

(colder) water, and may perhaps eventually be taken very much

further south as Mesoplankton than they have as yet been recorded

in surface collections.

(4) When a species is taken in equal abundance and with equal

regularity both in Mesoplankton and Epiplankton, it seems fair to

infer that it is eurythermal and eurybathic; it does not seem

possible that all the deeper specimens are deep merely because they

are dead and sinking. For example, the list of the captures of

Calanus finmarchicus on the ‘ Research’ (p. 542) seems to exclude

such a possibility.

It seemed worth while to cite these instances of criteria, which

may be applied in dealing with collections of Plankton from various

zones, if the observations are numerous ‘enough and sufficiently

near together in time and place to permit of any general conclusions

atall being drawn. Most mesoplanktonic specimens are dead when

they arrive inboard ; the sudden alterations of pressure and tempe-

rature, and the damage by the net itself, are most fatal; further,

decay is so retarded at low temperatures in sea-water, that not

even microscopical examination can be relied on as evidence of

the life or death of the organism at the moment of capture. The

criteria applied above may be expressed thus :—

Specimens at surface Specimens below Species belongs to

Numerous, constant. None, or occasionally Epiplankton.

a few.

Numerous, constant. Numerous, constant. Epiplankton and

Mesoplankton.

None, or occasion- Numerous, constant. | Mesoplankton.

ally a few.

580 DR. G. H, FOWLER ON THE [June 21,

The table on pp. 542-3 showing the vertical distribution of the

‘Research’ Copepoda in the Faeroe Channel, seems to me to offer

convincing proof of the existence of a living Mesoplankton. If

the forms which I caught at great depths were all dead, there

would be more dead species in the district than live ones, which

seems absurd; the average number of species per haul is *88 in

the Epiplankton and 1:38 inthe Mesoplankton. Further, the deep

water would contain an abundance of dead specimens of a species,

such as Eucheta norvegica, of which there were practically no

specimens at the surface to be killed; which also seems absurd.

Again, if the destruction at the surface is so extensive as the death-

hypothesis would imply, some specimens at least of Temora longi-

cornis, and of all such forms as are abundant at the surface, ought

to be captured in the lower strata; yet this species was not once

taken in the Mesoplankton.

In concluding this discussion of the general question, I would

strongly urge that any attempt, seriously to investigate the Meso-

plankton in future, should be made, not at random stations all over

the ocean, but in a limited area, one which presents as far as pos-

sible uniform conditions throughout, and may be presumed to

contain a similar fauna throughout ; for only by numerous successive

hauls at all depths can that careful comparison be made, which will

enable the observer to assign to each organism the proper signifi-

cance of its occurrences.

Doriotum (Dortoterra Borgert') TRrToNIs, Herdm.

=D. denticulatum Herdman *.

This species presented no new anatomical features for record.

As Herdman points out®, some specimens are cylindrical rather

than of the characteristic barrel-shape ; he assigns this to imperfect

preservation. A comparison of my specimens from different

stations with specimens of other animals from those stations, leads

me to believe that the alteration in shape is due to damage in the

tow-net by pressure. The smallest sexual specimens which still

carried the stalk of attachment to the “ Pflegethier” were about

5 mm.; it had been lost in one of 7 mm. length.

The horizontal distribution of this species was enormously ex-

tended by the ‘ National’ (Plankton Expedition) ; till 1889 it had,

I believe, only been taken in the Faeroe Channel, the North Sea,

and off the Hebrides; the ‘ National’ captured it in that year over

nearly the whole of their course, from the Labrador Current right

down to the South Equatorial Drift.

The appearance of huge swarms of sexual forms of D. tritonis

1 A. Borgert; Thaliacea der Plankton Expedition.—C. Vertheilung der

Doliolen. 1894.

2 W. A. Herdman: Trans. Roy. Suc. Edinburgh, xxxii. p. 101.

1898. ] PLANKTON OF THE FAEROE CHANNEL, 581

in the Faeroe Channel is very perplexing. On the second and last

days out of eight in 1896, they were at or near the surface in enor-

mous quantities (96 to 140 specimens in a haul of 10 to 15

minutes); on the other six days, they were not only scarce or

absent at the surface, but could not be found even by the deep-

water net. Our position was altered several times between the two

days of their swarming. This seems to imply that D. tritonis

occurs in patches, with a few outliers in between the patches.

Similar swarms of this species were observed in the Faeroe Channel

by the ‘ Triton’ in 1882", by the ‘Holsatia’ in 1885, by the ‘ National’

in 1889.

Brandt °, in an interesting discussion of swarms such as these,

seems to incline to the view that they are produced by wind and

current action; but it is a little difficult to imagine how the effect

of these agents would gather scattered organisms into a broad swarm

in the open sea, except in an eddy or backwater; although they

might make ‘“ wind-rows ” in the open sea, or swarms in a closed

area such as the Mediterranean. Further, if wind and current

were the main direct agents in collecting swarms of D. tritonis,

other organisms of the same powers of locomotion ought also to

swarm at the same time; this is not my experience, nor, so far as

1 know, have other observers recorded this as a feature of the case.

I should prefer for the present to regard a swarm of D. tritonis

mainly as the result of a period of great reproductive activity. In

the case of an organism with a rapid power of multiplication and

definite reproductive periods (whether due to food, temperature, or

other causes), a very large number of individuals will soon be pro-

duced nearly simultaneously ; if they have but little power of self-

locomotion, as long as they lie in the track of fairly uniform wind

and current, such as the North Atlantic Drift (“‘ Gulf Stream”),

there seems to be no reason why they should be parted one from another.

In an eddy, such as the Sargasso Sea, where there are no con-

stant winds or constant currents, the tendency will probably be

for every little shift of wind to part them. The swarms of various

organisms met by the ‘ National’ were apparently all in the track

of great ocean-currents, and were conspicuously absent from the

Sargasso Sea.

If my suggestion is correct, then in still or steadily moving

water a few Doliolum “ Ammen,” fairly close together, will produce

a crop of “ Pflegethiere” by asexual generation more numerous

than themselves; and although we do not know the rate of

reproduction of the “ Amme” in throwing off “ Pflegethiere,”

still that each “‘ Pflegethier” may throw off an enormous number

of sexual forms is obvious from the hundreds of buds on the

stolon of each Pflegethier. The rate of reproduction is extremely

rapid ; and I see no reason to believe that in a constant current

the family would not move forwards as a whole.

2 « At times the Doliolum appeared to be in vast banks, where they were very

numerous; between these banks there were always a few stragglers.” (Murray

in Herdman, op. cit. p. 112.)

2 Brandt: in Reisebeschreibung der Plankton Expedition, p. 356 (1892).

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1898, No. XXXIX. 39

582 DR. G. H. FOWLER ON THE [June 21,

It would appear also that the reproduction (throwing off) of

sexual forms is periodic, from the following facts :—

The ‘ Research’ specimens consisted of very numerous fully-

Brown sexual forms, a few much smaller sexual forms, and a few

large ‘ Pflegethiere.” Other observers ' have recorded much the

same for the same time of year (July, August).

Taking this in conjunction with the fact that, in my collections

at any rate, sexual specimens of intermediate size, between the

Jess than 5 mm. and the more than 9 mm. specimens, were very

scarce, it would appear that the swarms were due to a period of

simultaneous throwing off of numerous sexual forms; their

existence and growth being, naturally, only possible when, as

Borgert suggests, the conditions of food, temperature, &c. are

favourable.

The above remarks apply to the ‘ Research ’ collections of 1896.

In 1897 we were able to collect on one day only. On_ this

oceasion Doliolum was rare at the surface (like ev erything else).

and the bulk of the catch was at a considerable depth. The small

specimens were, proportionately to the large, very much more

numerous at the surface than in the collections of 1896; the

larger forms seemed to have sunk, like almost everything else,

under the influence of very cold and somewhat boisterous weather.

The following table gives the numbers taken :—

Sta. Haul in fathoms. Temperature. Specimens.

20 e. 0 16 large?, 4 small ©

20f. 0 At iy Os 2s

209. 40 to 0 Te ayes eae

20 a. 200 to 100 0 ibaa (gee

20 db. 300 to 200 na Eee On 33

20c. 400 to 300 Sia Ouse

20 d. 500 to 400 Tors Cah

As they were almost absent from the Mesoplankton during

the 1896 cruise, I should not like to suggest, without more

extended observations, that the deeper specimens were at so great

a depth and so low a temperature, of their own free will. It

seems to me probable, although there was nothing in their

appearance either to suggest or to contradict it, that, in the haul

20 d, the net s‘ruck a swarm which had been killed by cold or

other unfavourable circumstances, and was slowly settling to the

bottom. The only differences between the specimens from 20c

and 20 d, and those surface-specimens which were living when

brought on board, was that the digestive coil was blue in the

deep-w water specimens, brown or reddish in the surface specimens.

Experiment would easily determine whether this was a post-

mortem change or not.

2 «Such vast numbers. Fic with a very few exceptions of much the same

size” (no Pflegethiere noticed) ; Herdman, op. cit. p. 111. —“ Erst bei genauerer

Durchsicht fand ich unter ibnen, wenn gleich in weitaus geringerer Zahl,

Pfiegethiere und auch Ammen” ; Borgert, op. cit. p. 61, “Ammen” were not

observed among the ‘ Research’ specimens.

* Three were ‘‘ Pflegethiere.”

1898.) . PLANKTON OF THE FAEROE CHANNEL.

ioe)

iss)

Own THE OccURRENCE OF Doliolum nationalis (Borgert) IN

British WarErs.

By the courtesy of Mr. E. T. Browne and of Mr. E. J. Allen,

the Director of the Plymouth Laboratory, I have been able to

examine specimens of the alleged Dokolum tritonis from Valentia

and Plymouth. These southern specimens prove to be D. nationalis

Borgert’; they differ from JD. tritonis not only in their much

smaller size, but in the point of origin and attachment of the

branchial lamella. A further difference between the species, not

discussed by Borgert, is shown by the relations of the intestine :

in D. tritonis (correctly figured by Herdman °*) this is short, thick,

and sharply curved on itself; in D. nationalis (correctly figured

by Borgert, pl. v. fig. 4) it is long and slender, and, after a nearly

straight course posteriorly, it is only slightly curved forwards,

often not so much so as he has figured.

D. nationalis appears to be a southern and warm-water form.

It has only been described hitherto from the collections of the

‘ National’ (German Plankton Expedition) in 1889: it was absent

until the ‘ National’ struck the true Gulf Stream (37° N. 59° W.,

surface temperature 79° Fahr.); from there it occurred with

greater or less regularity through the Sargasso Sea, North

Equatorial, Counter Equatorial (“ Guinea Current”), and South

Equatorial Drifts, right up to the mouth of the English Channel

(49° 7' N., 5° 8’ W., surface temperature 52° Fahr.), where one

specimen only was captured. It appears to be only an occasional

visitor to our shores, probably under the influence of prevalent

south-westerly winds and warm weather ; it occurred at Plymouth

and Valentia in 1893% and 1895 *.

PARATHEMISTO ABYSSORUM (Boeck).

This species according to Hansen °’ and Sars °is probably identical

with Hyperia obliwia Kroyer ; a view now accepted by Bovallius’.

H. oblivia Spence Bate, appears to be not identical with either of

the above.

Its distribution vertically and horizontally is a little perplexing,

so far as our information goes at present.

i. It lives in cold water, apparently at the surface, in Greenland

seas (Kroyer ° and Hansen’), and in the Murmanske Hay, North

of Russian Lapland (Hansen °).

ii. It lives in cold water at great depths—from 1710 to 160

1 Op. cit. p. 581 supra.

2 Op. cit. p. 581 supra, pl. xx. fig. 1.

3 W. Garstang: Journ. Mar. Biol. Assoc. ili. p. 222. See also p. 210 for an

account of the weather that year.

4H. T. Browne: Journ. Mar. Biol. Assoc. iv. p. 171.

> Hansen: Malacostraca marina Greenlandizx occidentalis,

8 G. O. Sars: Crustacea of Norway, voi. i. p. 11.

7 Bovallius: Kong]. Svenska Vetenskaps-Akad. Hdig. xxi. p. 251.

8 Kroyer: “ Grénlands Amfipoder,” Vidensk. Selsk., nat.-math. Afh.vii. p. 229.

° Hansen: Dijmphna Togtets zool.-bot. Udbytte, 1886, Krebsdyr, p. 28.

584 DR, G. H. FOWLER ON THE [June 21,

fathoms at 6 stations of the Norske Nordhavs Expedition’; all

along the West Coast of Norway up to Finmark from 100 to 200

fathoms (Sars*); in the cold area of the Faeroe Channel

(H.M.S. ‘ Research,’ 1896, 530 to 220 fath.).

ii. It appears to come up to the surface from great depths at

night, in the Faeroe Channel (H.MS. ‘ Research, 1896,

Station 15d); it has been taken off the Shetlands *, and in the

Faeroe Channel by the ‘ Triton’ in 1882.

iv. It has been recorded from shallow waters round our coasts :

from Banff (Edwards *); from the Forth’ ; once, a single specimen,

from the Clyde (Robertson)°; off St. Andrews (McIntosh) ; from

Valentia, where what appeared to be very young specimens of this

species were taken in profusion by Messrs. A. O. Walker and

E. T. Browne. Mr. Walker alsc informs me that he has received

specimens 5 mm. in length from off Galley Head, co. Cork.

Now the curious fact about the specimens from Valentia, Galley

Head, and the Firth of Forth is that they are all very small,

ranging from 2 to 5 mm.; whereas in the Faeroe Channel they

are mostly about 7-10 mm. in length, and specimens from the

Norwegian North Atlantic Expedition reached the length of

17 mm. The length of the Banff specimens is not given. In all

probability the small size of the British specimens of this sub-Arctic

form indicates either (1) that the species attains a smaller size

under increased temperature; or (2) that the larger adults are

oceanic, and come inshore to breed, dying or retreating again to

the open sea afterwards (this is Mr. Walker's sug ggestion) ; or (3)

that the small and apparently young specimens of our coasts nor-

mally live in the open sea but nearer the surface than the adults,

and are only driven on to our shores in heavy weather, or by a

southerly current.

I have nothing to adduce either for or against the first suggestion.

Against Mr. Walker’s suggestion, it may be urged. that the adult

forms have not been recorded from inshore waters, and would

surely have been noticed if they arrived in great numbers to breed.

For, one feature of the appearance of this species on our coasts is

that it generally arrives in enormous numbers (Firth of Forth,

Banff, Valentia in 1896; they were less numerous, but plentiful

at Valentia in 1897): this would imply the presence at some time

of numerous parents, which have never been recorded.

The third suggestion appears to me to be likely to prove the

correct solution; namely, that both young and adults normally

inhabit open water, the young living nearer the surface and being

brought to our shores as occasional visitors under special cireum-

stances of weather and current. The clue is to be found in an

1 G. O. Sars: Norske Nordhavs Expedition, Crustacea, vol. ii. p. 37.

* G. O. Sars: Crustacea of Norway, vol. i. p. 11.

* A.M. Norman: Rep. British Association for 1868, p. 287.

* Edwards: Journ. Linn. Soc. ix. p. 166.

> Sir John Murray kindly sent oe a sample of these.

® Robertson: Trans. N. H. Soc. Glasgow, n.s. ii. p. 69 (1890).

, PLANKTON OF THE FAEROE CHANNEL. d85:

‘ observation of Sars: A much smaller form, scarcely exceeding

- - 5 mm. in length, but otherwise wholly agreeing with the typical

- »species, I have met with in less depth [than 100 fathoms} and.

» _ oceasionally even near the surface of the sea.” Edwards, in the

__ paper already cited, speaks of their being “ cast on shore during g gales

from the North in most enormous and “incalculable numbers,” and

Bee ot a ridge or wall of these animals extending more than a hundred

$: feet in length, and varying from 1 to 2 inches in. height and

breadth, which had been washed up by the sea.” He evidently

~ . considered them to live normally out at sea, and to come inshore

oceasionally *‘in search of food perhaps.”

~,_ .. There are of course other forms, such as Nyctiphanes norvegica,

c which are known to inhabit the upper strata when young, and to

descend normally to greater depths when adult. ‘Other forms again

‘are known to appear in the North Sea only at times when a strong

‘set’ of southerly current brings down an Arctic or sub-Arctic

Fauna’.

LT have discussed the distribution of this form at some length

- because it seems to me to illustrate our utter ignorance of the normal °

habitat and occasional appearance of some “ British” species,—

- conditions which are fundamental factors in the distribution and

bionomics of marine organisms, and which can only be elucidated

by patient observation and detailed records all round the coast-line.

Parathemisto abyssorum may be fairly regarded as.a member of the

-Mesoplankton in the Faeroe Channel : it “occurred in seven out of

thirteen deep-water hauls ; and in one out of three hauls which began

at or over 300 fathoms and ‘finished at the surface ; it occurred in

_. only one out of twenty-five hauls between 100 and 0 fathoms, and

_. then at midnight and very abundantly (15d). It is also apparently

-. a cold-water form by preference, as it did not occur in either of the

aa _ ‘deep hauls in the “‘ warm area” (19 a, 480 to 350 fms.; 19 6, 480

: ~. to 0 fathoms).

Ey ~. . 2°@. O, Sars: Crustacea'of Norway, vol. i. p. 11.

«2 C. Chun: Beziehungen zwischen den arktischen und antarktischen Plankton.

coer en 8yo.

ok ContENTS (continued).

Rees June 21; 1898 (continued).

Bee yes “Page

ir. Boulenger. Notice of a sWdeeas on the Fishes collected by Mr. J. HS. iirebee in

a: eDake Tanganyika .. 6.0. .eh eee cee ce cee eee ee ee ten etre Leta e race ene tns 494

1. ‘On the Scorpions, Spiders, and Solpugas collected by Mr. C; Steuart Betton in British

* Hast: Africa, By R. I. Pocock; of the British Museum of Natural History. (Plates

497

on the Fungia Corals collected by the: Hiei in the South Pacific. By J. Sranupy

G Ganpiner, M.A., Gonville and Caius 'College, Cambridge. (Plates XLIII.-XLV,) .... 525

Description @un Genre nouveati d@Ophidiens, Geatractus. Par Aurrep Ducés, M. D. a)

Contributions to our Knowledge of the Plankton of the. Faeroe Channel.—No. Iv.

»» Report on the Copepoda collected by Dr. G. H. Fowler from H.MLS, * Research’ in

ay the Faeroe Channel in 1896 and 1897. By Isaac C. pirates ELS. Mtg an

Appendix by Dr. LO WEWHD) 7274. a'alo,e: ols ieee eae a eiaia aoe creviygiele > 840

: . Contributions to our Knowledge of the Plankton of is Faeroe Ohasnel’ No. Y. seoiee

on a. Collection of very young Fishes obtained by Dr. G. H. Fowler in the Faeroe

‘Channel. By Eryesr W, L, Hour. (Plates SAL DY AW ge. 9. OND © ES Vad cre RA Aes Dip tae oe 550°)

lontributions to our Knowledge of the Plankton of the Faeroe Channel. Lave: VI. De-

) seription of a new /Mid-water Tow-net. Discussion: of the Mid-water Fauna: (Meso-

a _ plankton). Notes on Doliolum tritonis and D. nationalis, and on Parathemisto abys-

- sorum. - By G. Hurpert Alkan B.A, Ph. D., Assistant Professor of Zooloey; University

ie tent BAR Cea REE sate Boks Tastes gus, Ay SA aw dae aah Oe A a 2 RR ae A67

, a

LIST: OF BLATESs%» 96a

1898. i

PA TET EE he Roa ae :

i f Y as : ;

Ppt aie ye ENC OS Neath if wh? Stee tPapel tks

“XXVIL.- Petrophassa rufipenmis . 0.20.00 000i eels eae sielbe ses } 308

‘XXIX. -Prilopus (Leucotreron) alligator. Oy RS RS RIDES J

« ~ XXX. Inseets from Socotra ...... Wale: din Se payphone PREMERA ty ae Het OH Gs ait

XXXI.- Araneidea from Socotra .....:...5 eR Vébee Me ai :

f 2 } British-Bast: African raph haa veieades he Saeed £v re 3 P 7 7

é XY } Aethuras gtirinus Lope reece Wy Me GM Prthdeteeee ee) 450. :

XXXVI. Macrura anomala from the South Pacific <.........-- EGS agen

“XXXVII.» Gephyrea from Rotuma and Fimafuti...... godeted Ginter 468

XXXVI: dl. Phrynobatrachus perpalmatus. — 2. Arthroleptis moorti. Yate ee fe8

8) Phrynizalas oryrhinus,.:4. Mantophryne robusta:. |

XXXTX. 1: Hylodes alfredi.. 2. Borborocetes mexicanus. 3. Hyla {~

microcephala. 4. Hiyla. ceogh Td dita BPR eh be

; KL Malye tiahica =. 2-20 ate Neaen sc 62d cies abs Gnnekes be dena

c. “ Sry oy poets Arachnida

i XLII. Sieia’s ;

‘XLIV. Corals from the South Posie Sule ptt

XLY. ; Cis me an 5

XLVI. Fi RAE a

‘XLVI | Pnien of the Fadyae Channel .... arnt

Psat

i AO Chay A Ve NOTICE,

"The ‘ Penn are issued i in in for parte, as s follows: he a " Mg

HA o ve 5 ERG + aes SSeS May and Sune,’ Oct

ke hg eames | Bi to so ee ee Beret and Decem

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

| | GENERAL MBETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS

“ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY

> OF LONDON

FOR THE YEAR

1898.

PART TY.

CONTAINING PAPERS READ IN

NOVEMBER anv DECEMBER.

; 4 Nae? RU ased |

APRIL tet, 1899, ex" O/,

vines _ PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY,

+, SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER SQUARE.

Pca, LONDON : years

‘MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND Co.,

ASE SY PATERNOSTER-ROW. / By

Price Twelve Shillings.) one Se

LIST OF CONTENTS. “05 50

PART IV.—1898.

November 15, 1898.

Pp.

The Secretary. Reports on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie i in June, J uly, She fy

September, and October 1898. (Plate XLVIIL.) .. 2... 60-20. cece ceive cee ce eee 58

Mr. Sclater. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a photograph of Grévy's Zebra (Einuus grevii). 58

Mr. Sclater. _ Exhibition of a set of photographs of the Bangkok Museum, Siam" ......-- 58

Dr. 8. W. Bushell. Extract from a letter from, on the herd of Cervus davidianus in the. 4

Imperial Hunting Park, Peking ...-.5..++.06.--0. 8.05: Fie eis Rene

Prof. G. B. Howes. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, series of ee and. living eggs of r |

the Tuatera (Sphenodon punctatus), 0.0... cee ce ce ees ce ens bene nse een teen ee 8

Messrs. E. W. L. Holt and L. W. Byrne, F.Z.S. Exhibition of, and Naat upon, specimens q

and drawings of a supposed new Sucker-fish (Lepadogaster stictopteryx) 2. vee ee ee ee 58

I. A Revision of the Moths of the Subfamily Pyraustine and sora Le picag By Sir G. I

F, Hameson, Bart., F.Z.S., &c.—Part I. (Plates XLIX. & L.) .

2. List of the Mammals obtained by Mr. R. McD. Hawker during his recent edition 6 to - |

Somaliland. By W. E. pr Winton, A txy he SAREE CBE ARS Rete en ta FRITS, yn, he Ae f

3, On Mammals collected by Mr. J. D. La Touche at Kuatun; N, W. Fokien, China. By ¥

OLDriEDD “EHOMas EAS. Miers SOS OE EO Se Se ea oe 69)

4. A Revision of the Genera and Species of Ele of the Family Mormyride.” — G. ey? ig

cath: BOULENGER, EF BusSs © AE AALE UTS)» 0 Soa Sac ealp > = gle ale m= oan sare aiake wid vy sls oh eaparmeeOgale/ septa enna 7

. A List of Butterflies obtained in the Harar Highlands by Capt. H. G. C. Swayne, R.EL

By Agraur G. Borie; PhD.) BTS F.Z.S., Gene ss 0 Fp oo len teeter oe) oeioie ae a:

. On a small Collection of Butterflies made in the Chikala District, British Central Africa, =

by Mr. George Hoare. By Arruvur G, Butter, Ph.D., F.LS., BZ. ej &eOs a itso

7. On a small Collection of Butterflies from British East Africa; obtained at. the end of 1897.

and beginning of 1898 by Mr. R. Crawshay. By Arruur G. Burzer,- Ph. D., E.LS

Pe Bl Suto Vain aia tm bib Sree a hc ngl od Miele a iat Se ails wR EO ae BTL oes Ree eM v3

8. Notes on the Collection of Specimens of the Genus “Millepota obtained by Mr. ‘J. sane a

Gardiner at Funafuti and Rotuma. . By Professor Sypney J. Hickson, M.A.;. R.S., if

ARPES Ai sarcein s eeeib tay Uiets cena Sette

. Report on the Holothurians collected by Mr, J. Stanley - Gardin at Funafuti ‘and .

Rotuma. By F. P. Beprorp, B.A., King’s College, Cambridge. (Plates LIL. & LT. 834

10, On the Actinogonidiate Echinoderms collected by Fee es oy atau Gardiner at "Funafi 1

and Rotuma: By F. Jerrrey Best, M.A., F.Z.S8.. CERN tg pind Cotes Ueireaae

11, On a new Antelope of the Genus Hippotragus. By 0 Oscar NEuMANN 22.2.0... 005

for]

Cee er a ee ee ee red

“-

November 29, rae:

of young Gane weal Ph eee : Ze renee

Mr. G. A. Boulenger. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a ota eo Pron: New G

to which two skulls of the Chelonian Carettochelys deers? were ei, DMlses

HS9S.) ~- PLANKTON OF THE FAEROB CHANNEL. 585

observation of Sars':—‘ A much smaller form, scarcely exceeding

5 mm. in length, but otherwise wholly agreeing with the typical

species, I have met with in less depth |than 100 fathoms] and

occasionally even near the surface of the sea.” Edwards, in the

paper already cited, speaks of their being “ cast on shore during gales

from the North in most enormous and incalculable numbers,” and

of “a ridge or wall of these animals extending more than a hundred

feet in length, and varying from 1 to 2 inches in height and

breadth, which had been washed up by the sea.” He evidently

considered them to live normally out at sea, and to come inshore

occasionally *‘in search of food perhaps.”

There are of course other forms, such as Nyctiphanes norvegica,

which are known to inhabit the upper strata when young, and to

descend normally to greater depths when adult. Other forms again

are known to appear in the North Sea only at times when a strong

set of southerly current brings down an Arctic or sub-Arctic

Fauna’.

I have discussed the distribution of this form at some length

because it seems to me to illustrate our utter ignorance of the normal

habitat and occasional appearance of some “ British” species,—

conditions which are fundamental factors in the distribution and

bionomics of marine organisms, and which can only be elucidated

by patient observation and detailed records all round the coast-line.

Parathemisto abyssorum may be fairly regarded as a member of the

Mesoplankton in the Faeroe Channel: it occurred in seven out of

thirteen deep-water hauls ; and in one out of three hauls which began

at or over 300 fathoms and finished at the surface ; it occurred in

only one out of twenty-five hauls between 100 and 0 fathoms, and

then at midnight and very abundantly (15d). It is also apparently

a cold-water form by preference, as it did not occur in either of the

deep hauls in the “ warm area”’ (19 a, 480 to 350 fms.; 19 6, 480

to 0 fathoms).

November 15, 1898.

W. T. Buanrorp, Esq., F.B.S., V.P., in the Chair.

The Secretary read the following reports on the additions made

to the Society’s Menagerie during the months of June, July,

August, September, and October, 1898 :—

The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-

gerie during the month of June was 147, of which 60 were by

presentation, 16 by birth, 36 by purchase, 2 were received in

exchange and 33 on deposit. The total number of departures during

the same period, by death and removals, was 109.

1 G. O. Sars: Crustacea of Norway, vol. i. p. 11.

2 €. Chun: Beziehungen zwischen den arktischen und antarktischen Plankton.

Stuttgart, 1897, 8yo.

Proc. Zoor. Soc.—1898, No. XL. 40

586 THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. [Novy.15,

Amongst these may be specially noticed :—

1. Two examples of Forster’s Lung-Fish (Ceratodus forsteri) from

Queensland, purchased of Mr. D. O’Connor, who has successfully

conveyed from Australia to England four fine living specimens of

this remarkable Dipnoan, believed to be the first ever brought to

Europe alive.

2. A young pair of White-tailed Gnus (Connochetes gnu), pre-

sented by Mr. C. D. Rudd, F.Z.8., who kindly brought them from

his park at Fernwood, Newlands, near Cape Town, in order to

make a change of blood in the small herd of these Gnus in the

Society’s Gardens.

The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-

gerie during the month of July was 273, of which 46 were by

presentation, 12 by birth, 62 by purchase, and 153 were received

on deposit. The total number of departures during the same

period, by death and removals, was 116.

Amongst these may be specially noticed :—

1. A young male Lesser Koodoo (Strepsiceros imberbis) from

Somaliland, purchased July Ist.

So far as we know this is the third specimen of this beautiful

Antelope that has reached Europe alive. ‘Two former ones were

received by the Society in 1886 and 1889 (see ‘ List of Animals,’

1896, p. 160).

2. A pair of Jackals, obtained on the same occasion, which are

new to the Society’s collection, and appear to be referable to the

species distinguished by Dr. Noack (Zool. Gart. xxvii. p. 234, 1886)

as Canis hagenbecki. They seem to belong to the group of Canis

mesomelas, but are immediately distinguishable by their large elon-

gated ears and long limbs.

3. A female example of an apparently new African Monkey of

the genus Cercopithecus, received from Congoland by the Zoological

Society of Antwerp, and obtained from that Society in exchange

on July 2nd.

This Monkey appears to belong to “section d. Melanochiri” of

the arrangement proposed by me, P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 250, and may

perhaps come nearer C. albogularis than to any other species, but

itis immediately distinguishable by its dark head and the large

fluffy white elongated ruff on each side of the throat. It may be

provisionally named Cercopithecus Vhoesti after Mons. L’hoest, the

distinguished Director of the Jardin Zoologique d’Anvers, and

characterized as follows :—

CERCOPITHECUS L’HOESTI, sp. nov. (Plate XLVIIL.)

Above, back ferruginous brown with narrow transverse lines of

black ; head black with slight whitish freckles; sides of face and

neck covered with elongated ruff-like hairs, white ; throat white :

belly cinereous: all four limbs dark cinereous, blackish on the

outsides : tail cinereous, above blackish. Size of C. albogularis,

Hab. Congoland.

J.Smit del.etith. MinternBros.imp.

CERCOPITHECUS L-HOESTI,@¢.

1898.] THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 587

4. A young male Giraffe belonging to the Northern form

(Giraffa camelopardalis typicca), purchased of Mr. Hagenbeck on

July 6th. This animal, which appears to be about a year old, was

captured in Senegal and brought home from Dakar by one of

Mr. Hagenbeck’s agents. I exhibit some photographs of it.

After living in apparently fairly good health in the Gardens until

August 8th, it died rather suddenly, and upon examination was

found to be suffering from hydatid tumours.

5. A gigantic Centipede (Scolopendra gigas) from Trinidad, pre-

sented by “Mr. R. BR. Mole, O.M.Z.S., July 7th. This specimen,

though perhaps not full-grown, is nearly eight inches long, and

feeds well on small mice.

6. A series of fifty-two large Tortoises from the Galapagos

Islands, deposited by the Hon. “Walter Rothschild on J uly 20th.

Nineteen of these, from Duncan Island, appear to be referable to

Testudo ephippium, and thirty-three, from Albemarle Island, to

Testudo vicina.

The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-

gerie during the month of August was 241, of which 129 were by

presentation, 3 by exchange, 29 by purchase, 69 were received on

deposit, and 11 were born in the Gardens. The total number

of departures during the same period, by death and removals, was

128.

Amongst these may be specially noticed :—

1. A very fine and large specimen of the Reticulated Python

(Python reticulatus), deposited by the Hon. Walter Rothschild,

E.ZS., August 26th. This Python (which is about 25 feet in

length) exceeds in size the specimen which lived for 20 years in

the Society’s Gardens.

2. Twelve African Walking-Fish (Periophthalmus koelreutert),

presented by Dr. H. O. Forbes, F.Z.S., August 26th.

The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the

month of September were 100 in number. Of these 39 were

acquired by presentation, 5 by purchase, 7 were born in the

Gardens, and 49 were received on deposit. The total number of

departures during the same period, by death and removals, was

157.

Amongst these may be specially noticed :—

1. A fine specimen of Riippell’s Colobus (Colobus guereza) from

Nigeria, presented by Mr. Justice Kelly, September 2nd. The

donor informs us that this specimen was formerly in the pos-

session of the Emir of Yola and that the species is known in

Nigeria as the “Maclam,” the name given to a Mohammedan

priest in the Haussa language.

This specimen may possibly be referable to Guereza occidentalis,

Rochebrune (Faune Sénégamb., Suppl. i. p. 141, pl. xiii.), but, so

far as I can tell while it is alive, is only subspecifically distinct

from C. guereza.

40*

588 MR. SCLATHR ON CERVUS DAVIDIANUS. [Nov. 15,

2. A fine male example of the Duke of Bedford’s Deer (Cervus

wvanthopygius), from China, presented by H.G. The Duke of

Bedford, Sept. 2nd.

The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-

gerie during the month of October was 68, of which 42 were

acquired by presentation, 6 by birth, 10 by purchase, and 10

were received on deposit. The total number of departures during

the same period, by death and removals, was 89.

Amongst these may be specially noticed :—

A young male Siamang (Hylobates syndactylus) from Negri

Sembilan, Malay Peninsula, presented by Mr. Stanley S. Flower,

#.Z.8., October 17th, being the first individual of this extremely

interesting Anthropoid Ape that has reached us in a living state.

It will be recollected that the late Dr. George Bennett, F.Z.S.,

obtained an example of the Siamang at Singapore in 1830, and in-

tended to bring it to England for the Society, but it unfortunately

died on its way home (see Bennett’s ‘ Wanderings in New South

Wales,’ ii. p. 142, 1834).

Mr. Sclater exhibited and made remarks upona photograph of

the specimen of Grévy’s Zebra (Hguus grevii) lately sent by the

Emperor Menelek of Abyssinia as a present to the President of

the French Republic, and deposited by the latter in the Jardin

Zoologique d’Acclimatation in the Bois de Boulogne. The animal

was said to stand about 5 ft. 11 in. in height to the top of its ears,

and about 5 ft. at the withers. This was the second living speci-

men of this Zebra yet brought to Europe (see P. Z. S. 1882, p. 721).

Mr. Sclater stated that he had been for some time endeavouring

to obtain living examples of this Zebra for the Gardens from

correspondents in Shoa and Somaliland.

Mr. Sclater exhibited a set of five photographs of the Royal

Siamese Museum, Wang Na, Bangkok, which had been presented

to him by Mr. Stanley S. Flower, F.Z.S. Mr. Flower had now

left his post as Director of the Museum at Bangkok, and taken up

that of Director of the Zoological Garden at Gizeh, near Cairo.

On his way home he had brought with him the living Siamang, the

safe receipt of which had been already mentioned in the Secretary’s

report.

The following extract from a letter from Dr. 8. W. Bushell,

C.M.Z.S., to Mr. Sclater, dated July 14, 1898, was read :—

“ I am well acquainted with the habits of the Cervus (Elaphurus)

davidianus, and used often to ride among the herds which formerly

swarmed in the Non Hai-tzu, the Imperial Hunting Park south

of Peking, which is enclosed by a wall forty-five miles in circuit.

But four years ago the brick wall was breached in many places by

the waters of the Hun Ho, as they flooded the adjoining country,

1898.] MESSRS. HOLT AND BYRNE ON LEPADOGASTER. 589

and the deer escaped, to be devoured by the famine-stricken

peasantry. I fear that none are left; but will make further in-

quiry when I return to my post next year. It is strange that none

have been found wild in Kashgaria, which is said by a Chinese

author of the early part of the last century to be the native country

of this peculiar deer, which they call the ‘Ssu pu hsiang,’ or

‘Four unlikes.’”

Prof. G. B. Howes exhibited a series of embryos and 5 living

eges of the Tuatera, Sphenodon punctatus, which he had received

from Prof. A. Dendy of Christchurch, N.Z. The embryos were

part of a full series, obtained from Stephen’s Island in Cook’s

Straits, which had furnished Prof. Dendy with material for a

monograph on the general development of the animal, now in

course of publication; and the eggs were the survivors of a series

of six from the same locality, one having died on Noy. 13. The

material had been sent to Prof. Howes for the express purpose of

working out the development of the skeleton. Prof. Howes directed

attention to the interest attaching to that undertaking, in con-

sideration of the central position of the species among terrestrial

vertebrata, and briefly recapitulated the more important discoveries

already announced by Dendy, with especial reference to the presence

of an amniotic tube and of a third pair of incisor teeth, and to the

occlusion of the olfactory passages during development.

Messrs. E. W. L. Holt and L. W. Byrne, F.Z.8., exhibited speci-

mens and drawings of a small sucker-fish of the genus Lepadogaster

considered to represent an undescribed species, for which they pro-

posed the name L. stictopteryx.

This species was closely related to L. bimaculatus (Donov.), from

which it could not be clearly distinguished by the radial formula

alone. Distinctive characters of constant value seemed to be the

more lateral position of the eyes and the different shape of the

head, which was squarer in front than that of Z. bimaculatus, com-

bined with the elongation of the trunk and tail and the fleshy

character of the anterior dorsal rays. Large specimens were

readily distinguished by conspicuous dark spots on the dorsal and

anal fins, which seemed to be constant in preserving media, though

altered somewhat in tone; these markings were not exhibited by

young examples. The body was of a varying shade of olive, which

might be diversified by small brown specks and short white cross-

bars and lines.

The specimens exhibited were 3 large individuals measuring from

33-37 mm. in length exclusive of the caudal fin, some small ex-

amples, newly hatched young, and some ova—all from Plymouth.

The National collection contained a fine specimen of the same

species from Loch Craignish in Argyllshire, at present labelled

L, bimaculatus.

At Plymouth the habitat of L. stictopteryw appeared to be more

littoral than that of L. bimaculatus, and the ova had been found in

590 SIR G. F. HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Nov. 15,

the bulbs of Laminaria bulbosa ; these ova seemed to be distinguish-

able from those of ZL. bimaculatus by the fixing apparatus of the zona

radiata.

The observers proposed to communicate a more detailed descrip-

tion at an early date.

The following papers were read :—

1. A Revision of the Moths of the Subfamily Pyraustine

and Family Pyralide. By Sir G. F. Hampson, Bart.,

F.Z.S., &e.

Parr I.

[Received June 16, 1898.]

(Plates XLIX. & L.)

Family PYRALID®.

Proboscis and maxillary palpi usually well developed; frenulum

present. Fore wing with vein 1 a usually free, sometimes forming

a fork with 16; le absent; 5 from near lower angle of cell;

8, 9 almost always stalked. Hind wing with veins 1 a, 6, ¢ present;

5 almost always from near lower angle of cell; 8 approximated

to 7 or anastomosing with it beyond the cell.

Larva elongate, with five pairs of prolegs. Pupa with segments

9-11 and sometimes also 8 and 12 movable, not protruding from

cocoon on emergence.

PHYLOGENY OF THE PYRALID#.

Anerastiane.

Phycitine. Chrysaugine.

Galleriane. Epipaschiane. Endotrichine,

Crambine. Schenobiane. Pyraline. Hydrocampine. Scopariane.

Pyraustine.

The most generalized subfamily is the Pyraustine with veins 7 and

10 of fore wing from the cell ; hind wing with the median nervure

non-pectinate or rarely very slightly pectinate. From their lower

division with porrect palpi arose all the other subfamilies: (1) the

1898.] ~ OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN A. 591

Scopariane, with tufts of raised scales in the cell of fore wing,

from forms with dilated maxillary palpi such as Pionea; (2) the

Hydrocampine, by yen 10 becoming stalked with 8, 9, from

forms with filiform maxillary palpi; (3) the Pyraline, with vein 7

stalked with 8, 9, from a form with vein 8 of hind wing free,

giving rise to (a) the Endotrichine with vein 8 anastomosing

with 7, from which arose the Chrysaugine with the maxillary

palpi absent, and (b) the Epipaschiane with tufts of scales in cell

of fore wing, giving rise to the Phycitine with vein 7 of fore wing

absent and the median nervure of hind wing pectinated, from

which arose the Anerastiane with the proboscis absent ; (4) the

Scheenobiane with the proboscis absent; and (5) the Crambine,

with the median nervure of hind wing strongly pectinated and the

maxillary palpi triangularly scaled, giving rise to the Gallerianw

with the maxillary palpi slightly dilated or filiform.

Key to the Subfamilies.

A. Hind wing with the median nervure strongly

pectinate on upperside.

a. Fore wing with vein 7 present '.

a’, Maxillary palpi not triangularly scaled ... 1. Galleriane.

b'. Maxillary palpi triangularly scaled ......... 2. Crambine.

6. Fore wing with vein 7 absent.

Gee eC ODOSCIS/ AUSOEG) arc csissepesessicsmasaelesecece se 4. Anerastiane.

bt, Proboscis present ...........0-s-ceecssseeseeens 5. Phycitine.

B. Hind wing with the median nervure non-

pectinate on upperside *.

de Proboscis absent (..<..:0.c0ssss-sess*soeseascosensecs 3. Schenobiane.

6, Proboscis present °.

a, Fore wing with vein 7 stalked with 8, 9.

a’, Fore wing with tufts of raised scales in

Gill) cee nodeecrpncascbdsnadtonticptabedoodbebadc 6. Epipaschiane.

b?. Fore wing without tufts of raised scales

in cell.

a?, Hind wing with vein 8 anastomosing

with 7.

a*, Maxillary palpi absent ............... 7. Chrysaugine.

b4, Maxillary palpi present ............++ 8. Endotrichine.

6°, Hind wing with vein 8 free ............ 9. Pyraline.

b'. Fore wing with vein 7 from the cell.

a®. Fore wing with vein 10 stalked with

BAGS Le P ecanertcek ate nabereeeenettce ras 10. Hydrocampine.

6?. Fore wing with vein 10 from the cell.

a>, Fore wing with tufts of raised scales

rhalatidats) (CENT CP een pncenccsseecubbosonorostact 11. Scopariane.

03, Fore wing without tufts of scales in

HS Ce Oe oe cepncoancncodmocodenocasesucecac 12. Pyraustine.

1 Except in Culladia.

2 Except slightly in Psephis, Homophysa, Gonodiscus, Scybalista, Lipocosma,

Voliba, Macaretera, and Mnesictena.

3 Except in a few genera of Pyraline to be distinguished from the Schwno-

biane by vein 8 of hind wing being free.

4 Except in a small percentage of specimens of a few species of Nymphula

and Oligostigma to be distinguished from nearly all Pyrausting by the long

maxillary palpi dilated at extremity.

592 SIR G. F. HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Nov. 15,

Subfamily PYRAUSTIN®.

Proboscis well developed. Fore wing with vein 1 a@ separate

from 16; 7 from the cell. Hind wing with the median nervure

non-pectinate on upperside, or rarely very slightly pectinated ;

4, 5 from a point, rarely stalked; 7 almost always anastomosing

with 8.

The accompanying phylogenetic table is worked out from an

examination of the characters of all the genera, and the conclusion

is reached that the ancestor of the Pyralide would possess the

following generalized characters, all of which are found in one or

other of the lower forms of the Pyraustine :—palpi porrect, the

3rd joint short, naked; maxillary palpi filiform; proboscis well

developed; frons not prominent ; antenne simple; hind tibize with

two pairs of spurs; fore wing with all the veins from cell; hind

wing with all the veins from cell; 5 from middle of discocellulars ;

vein 8 approximated to but not anastomosing with 7; median

nervure non-pectinate.

With these characters Simethistis agrees except in having a

frontal prominence and annulate antenne, and Metaprotus is

a close ally.

All the other genera have veins 8, 9 of fore wing stalked and

fall into two natural groups, those with porvect palpi and those

with upturned.

Tineodes, Stenoptycha, and Lineodes are Pterophorid-shaped

genera, the 1st with vein 5 from middle of discocellulars, the 2nd

with it absent.

Mimasarta has vein 5 of hind wing from above angle of cell

and almost obsolete.

Noctuelia, Scelicdes, &e. are genera with various frontal develop-

ments and the 3rd joint of palpi naked.

Pyrausta has the palpi triangularly scaled, the 3rd joint hidden

in bair: from it are developed two large groups of genera—(1) with

the maxillary palpi more or less dilated with scales, of which Pionea

is typical, giving rise to Mnesictena, with the median nervure of

hind wing pectinate ; Metasia, Titanio, Monocona, &c., with various

frontal developments ; Prochoristis, with vein 6 of hind wing from

below angle of cell; Calamochrous, Mecyna, Noorda, &c., with

longer rostriform palpi, culminating in Microcausta, with vein 4 of

hind wing absent; Sparagmia and Terastiodes, with the fore wing

long and narrow, the termen excurved or angled at middle; and

Diasemia &e., with the antenne annulate: (2) genera that retain

the filiform maxillary palpi, Aplectropus, tibie without spurs ;

genera such as Phlycteenodes, Lowoneptera, &c. with prominent

frons; Adeloides and Maruca with very long antenne; and

Ischnurges with annulate antenner.

Evergestis, Omphisa, Archernis, Meroctena are primitive forms

with porrect palpi and the 3rd joint naked; Furcivena having

veins 4, 5 of both wings stalked; and from a form like Archernis

was developed the group with upturned palpi, Newrophyseta and

*sapoauny, *sapoouvy "SUSLYIDULGY =“ DIA DS DULL TT *D19Y700)9 FL *sigsoPaany “psrydugd *SUULLAY IA

‘pyahzdouagg ‘“snqoadnjapyr oa J2N7IONT “pIsnvih T *pipuat—E ‘sajsvbayy = “viysy.ay,

‘puopsobay, “SUuotfuLoy “Yr49909) YT, “plafiUuny

“sopoyaug

‘sndoujuajdp “ppuvjyyvavg *vauorg ; ‘sapoungohy yg ‘ppouvzhyovg = “vLygvqo) vk

| sie mee

*“DULAPDOd T *sabunuyosy

*ptaqdauvxorT *pruosoqoay sy

‘pyydowoxy ‘srthyjoosy “Duygvquvg ‘sapowunibhjog “DUpwlgayy, ~p.Loydoprou

‘saplojapp =" Danunyy *s2yo0z

“‘puajoisauyy § “wispjzayy “wpwuliQ ‘“sipsrtoyo0ig “vwUojoghy ‘“snodyvounjyg ‘vuhivayy ‘“sidoosvumayy “wz1y.1Lojhpuop piugsvbyup

‘ovum, “wu0oyzydorm) “s1ystdaxnr ‘puapp °81979]]090J04 “vyatvjomg “pypowpusp “vinauoprdaT “vimasviqy

‘Sopolyy ‘“DANpwlop “‘Diwjolmovyy “wapvizy “wvaywyduayy ‘syovLoojvydvug “wywseqT “‘piaqoib py *saydaus01aja zy

WNILSOVUAd AHL JO ANHSOTAHA

“66S ‘d anf o7, |

~ _ sa) ae

ee eee

Deu RODAL, -#wOAI AN

3 |

TyMOROPHL

sopoua pata ogy

pay FIT

pavEMOCT

pO. payed

moje) SPT

roposhdoy ieee

opoaod Nycangy

Dao

rae oraydoiat

ous)

aioydooney

‘Dilpuosoen ye —~oaayopyapoyy #0] AT

powcr “ropouwblayar 6

1 NEON

2] HAYNAL

TTT

‘WNILSOVUAd SHL JO ANANOTAHA

Daoat ‘Ss ‘Za

1898.] — OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN#. 593

Orthoraphis having the 2nd joint porrect, the 8rd upturned,

whilst all the others have the 2nd joint upturned, the 3rd being

porrect in the group of genera of which Leucinodes and Glyphodes

are typical.

Of the group with regularly upturned palpi, Lygropia is the

most primitive, with the 3rd joint obtuse and naked and vein 7

of fore wing straight: from it arose (a) genera with vein 7 of

fore wing curved and approximated to 8, 9, of which Sylepta and

Botyodes are typical examples ; (6) genera with a small triangular

tuft of hair in front of 3rd joint of palpi, as in Nacoleia, giving

rise to forms witb longer palpi such as Nosophora, with annulate

antennz such as Syngamia, with vein 8 of hind wing anastomosing

with 7 almost to the apex as in Cnaphalocrocis, and to forms with

the triangular 3rd joint set on at an angle as in Agrotera;

which Dichocrocis, Nevrina, and Caprinia are typical, Filodes with

long antenne, and Macaretwra with the median nervure loosely

pectinate and 4, 5 stalked, 4 being almost obsolete in male, being

terminal branches; (¢d) a group of genera with the 3rd joint of

palpi long and acuminate, of which Yabidia, Entephria, and

Sufetula are typical, giving rise to a group with the median nervure

loosely pectinate as in Lipocosma and Symphysa, Homophysa and

Psephis being terminal branches with veins 10, 11 of fore wing

stalked, the latter having the maxillary palpi dilated with scales.

The present paper completes the classification of the subfamilies

of Pyralide ; the Orambine and Schenobiane were published in

the P. Z.S. for 1895; the Chrysaugine in the P. Z.S8. for 1897 ;

Epipachiane, Endotrichine, and Pyraline in the Trans. Ent. Soe.

for 1896, and the Hydrocampine in the Trans. Ent. Soc. for

1897; whilst the Galleriane, Anerastiane, and Phycitine have been

classified by E. L. Ragonot in the Romanoff Mémoires, vols. vii.,

viii., the latter volume, edited by myself after his death, being in

the press. The allied family Thyridide also has been classified by

me in the P. Z.S. for 1897, and the series will, I hope, be completed

by a supplementary paper of additions and corrections now in

preparation.

The use of the blocks from vol. iv. of the Moths in the ‘ Fauna

of British India’ has been kindly sanctioned by the Secretary of

State for India. Examples of numerous new species have been

presented to the British Museum, for purposes of description in

this paper, by Mr. W. Schaus, Mr. H. J. Elwes, the Hon. W.

Rothschild, and types have been lent by them, Prof. Poulton of

the Oxford Museum, Mr. Herbert Druce, and many others.

As in the other papers of the series, the mark f indicates that

the type is in the British Museum, a * that the species is not in

the Museum; whilst at the end of the genera are lists of the

species I have been unable to examine and the classification of

which is uncertain. When it is stated that the types are in

Coll. Rothschild and B.M., the type is in the former collection, a

co-type in the latter.

594

Key to the Genera.

A. Palpi upturned.

a. Palpi with the 8rd joint long, naked and acu-

mninate.

a, Palpi with the 2nd joint porrect, the 3rd

upturned.

a?, Both wings with veins 4, 5 stalked; fore

wing with vein 6 absent .............:s00000

8?, Both wings with veins 4, 5 from cell; fore

wing with vein 6 present ...........:seeeeeeee

b', Palpi with the 2nd joint upturned,

a®, Hind wing with the median nervure pecti-

nated above.

a®, Fore wing with veins 10, 11 stalked.

a*, Maxillary palpi strougly dilated with

ROALCH Ree pp pene cee aheliabs cule suebaWaiehiea~ eases

b*, Maxillary palpi filiform ...............

8. Fore wing with veins 10, 11 from cell.

a*, Maxillary palpi strongly dilated with

BCALOSH StU lebesdotwses ase scebmiveessenadonbiees

b+. Maxillary palpi long and filiform ;

AONISOWUGUC Ise vchec ease accacns aareecees

c*, Maxillary palpi small ; frons rounded.

a, Palpi with tufts of hair on Ist and

2nd joints in front; antennz

Jamo Mate sins. ogd-c= se. cenvabaeecercdass

6°, Palpi with the 2nd joint fringed

with long hair ; antennz annulate.

6. Hind wing with the median nervure non-

pectinate.

a3, Maxillary palpi long and dilated with

scales.

a‘, Antenne ciliated; both wings with

the outer margin excised below apex.

b4, Antenne laminate; both wings with

the outer margin evenly rounded.

a>, Fore wing with veins 10, 11 stalked.

6°. Fore wing with veins 10, 11 from

NY peer ndsnepec on scodochecenacce: Sawer

6°. Maxillary palpi filiform and nearly as

long asthe labial! ciicccscccecsc.asesecneseee

c?, Maxillary palpi filiform and much shorter

than the labial.

a‘, Palpi with the 2nd joint short and

not reaching vertex of head.

a’, Antenne with the shaft annulate ...

o°, Antenne with the shaft smooth.

a°, Frons rounded.

a’. Hind wing with veins 3, 4, 5

approximated for a short dis-

PANICE! oe. cicacecevcreccuovassensses

b", Hind wing with veins 4, 5

approximated for a short dis-

TANCE .oesccseceereeecssscssccnacees

ci, Hind wing with veins 4, 5 not

approximated towards origin.

68. Frons flat and oblique; hind

wing with veins 4, 5 not approxi-

mated towards origin

SIR G. F. HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS

10.

11.

13.

14,

20.

. Orthoraphis.

. Neurophyseta.

. Psephis.

. Homophysa.

. Gonodiscus.

. Scybalista.

Lipocosma.

. Voliba.

. Sufetula.

Catapsephis.

Erpis.

. Symphysa.

Massepha.

Rehimena.

. Zinekenia,

. Tabidia.

. Ravanoa.

[Nov. 15,

1898.] — OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN #.

4. Palpi with the 2nd joint reaching

vertex of head.

a’. Fore wing with vein 7 straight and

well separated from 8, 9.

a®, Antenne with the shaft annulate.

66, Antenne with the shaft smooth...

b°, Fore wing with vein 7 curved and

approximated to 8, 9 for some

distance.

a§, Fore wing with veins 4, 5 stalked.

68, Fore wing with veins 4, 5 from

(all aS iocbqodaas seennicbonar caspeaonod0C

b, Palpi with the 3rd joint short, naked, and

obtuse.

a, Maxillary palpi dilated with scales.

a*, Palpi with the 2nd joint broadly scaled in

front; fore wing with the outer margin

Cvenly curved ecdawessane-teaes knee eee iaesa- ese

&, Palpi with the 2nd joint smoothly scaled ;

fore wing with the outer margin much

excurved at middle ............. Chosboongocase

61, Maxillary palpi filiform.

a. Palpi with no tuft of hair at end of 2nd

joint.

a®, Palpi with the 2nd joint moderately and

evenly scaled in front.

a4, Fore wing with vein 7 nearly straight

and well separated from 8, 9 .........

b+. Fore wing with vein 7 curved and

approximated to 8, 9.

a, Abdomen long, with lateral tufts on

proximal segments..............0se00+

6°, Abdomen normal .............020es00+

3, Palpi with the 2nd joint broadly rounded

with scales in front.

- a‘, Fore wing with vein 2 from near base

of cell; 4, 5 and 6, 7 approximated

for some distance .............:sceeceeees

o4, Fore wing with vein 2 from middle of

cell; 4, 5 separate.

a’. Fore wing with vein 7 curved and

approximated to 8, 9...........se000++

6°, Fore wing with vein 7 straight and

well separated from 8, 9 .........++

c’, Palpi with the 2nd joint broadly angled

with scales in front.

a*, Fore wing with vein 7 curved and

approximated to 8, 9, the outer

margin excised below apex ...........

b4, Fore wing with vein 7 straight and

well separated from 8, 9, the outer

margin evenly curved ...........000-00+

d’, Palpi with the 2nd joint long and with

a tuft of hair at extremity hiding the

drd joint.

a4, Antennz with the shaft smooth; fore

wing with vein 7 curved and approxi-

Mated tO, Sub casi asa siiss satcadeonseeeae ss

6*. Antennz with the shaft annulate;

fore wing with vein 7 straight and

well separated from 8, 9 .........s.000

15. Aulacoptera.

16.

17.

23.

. Entephria.

63. Achantodes.

. Lygropia.

. Piletosoma.

. Sylepta.

. Hrinothus.

. Botyodes,

71. Endographis.

66.

Ceratarcha,

Xanthomelena.

Rhimphaleodes,

Eurrhyparodes.

595

61. Goniorhynchus.

. Deba.

. Salbiomorpha.

596 SIR G, F. HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Nov. 15,

b?, Palpi with the 3rd joint greatly tufted with

hair, the 2nd reaching above vertex of

head ; maxillary palpi dilated with scales.

a®, Fore wing with vein 7 curved and

approximated to 8, 9........csecsceesecscses

b°. Fore wing with vein 7 straight ; the apex

forming a lobe with the outer margin

excised belowaitis..-steceds. cee. tee see

ec. Palpi with a triangular tuft in front of 3rd joint.

a’, Palpi with the tuft on 3rd joint long, pointed,

and extending to the front of the broadly

fringed 2nd joint.

a’, Fore wing with vein 7 curved and approxi-

mated to 8, 9 for about one-third length.

0, Fore wing with vein 7 straight and well

separated from) Sp Omens ke-cdeeres vere see. vee

2}. Palpi with the tuft on 8rd joint short.

a’. Palpi with the 3rd joint short and blunt.

a’. Palpi with the triangular 8rd joint set

onlat ani angles ies. detent wens. ose. =

0°, Palpi with the 3rd joint not set on at an

angle.

a‘, Hind wing with vein 7 anastomosing

with 8 almost to apex.

a°, Fore wing with veins 10, 11 stalked.

6°, Fore wing with vein 10 free and

closely approximated to 8,9 ......

*, Hind wing with vein 7 anastomosing

with 8 to about three-fourths of wing.

a5, Fore wing with veins 10, 11 stalked.

6°. Fore wing with vein 10 from cell.

a®, Antenne with the shaft annulate.

a’. Maxillary palpi extremely

THintbeniitsiet wsenadese. deine euces

b". Maxillary palpi well developed.

a’, Antennz longer than the fore

wing ; fore wing with vein 7

curved and approximated

LOVE POAT RaL oe. eee et eet

68. Antennz shorter than the

fore wing.

a, Fore wing with vein 7

curved and approximated

to 8, 9.

a°, Frons with a rounded

prominence ............

61°. Frons not prominent...

b°. Fore wing with vein 7

straight and well sepa-

rated from 8, 9 ............

6°, Antenns with the shaft not

annulate,

a@, Hind wing with veins 3, 4, 5 ap-

proximated forashort distance.

b", Hind wing with veins 3, 4

approximated, 5 from above

angleronicell: 1st 0,88. eee

e". Hind wing with vein 3 not

approximated to 4.

a®, Frons with oblique pro-

minence ; palpi with the 2nd

joint broadly scaled .........

68. Autheretis.

8. Monocoptopera.

24. Heterocnephes.

28. Pagyda.

25. Agrotera.

30. Cnaphalocrocis.

31. Marasmia.

36. Hilitheia.

29. Ercta.

32. Rhimphalea,

33. Hyalea.

34. Leucochroma.

35. Syngamia.

26. Desmia.

27. Atholix,

38. Trithyris,

1898. ] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN&. 597

6°. Frons flat and oblique.

a°. Fore wing with vein 7

curved and approximated

LONGI Dos ck. Bet etes soceeces 37. Samea.

6°. Fore wing with vein 7

straight and well sepa-

rated from 8, 9...........+ 39. Bocchoris.

e®, Frons rounded.

a®, Fore wing with vein 7

curved and approximated

EOLSet Ota as cere eee 41. Pilocrocis.

6°. Fore wing with vein 7

straight and well sepa-

rated from 8, 9 ............ 60. Nacoleia.

6?, Palpi with the 3rd joint long and acumi-

nate.

a, Palpi with the tuft on 3rd joint forming

a downcurved hook ...........-..ss.s0ee0e 45, Mesocondyla.

63. Palpi with the tuft on 38rd joimt not

hooked.

a‘. Palpi erect, not recurved.

a, Kore wing with vein 7 curved and

approximated to 8,9 ............00 42. Ulopeza.

6°. Fore wing with vein 7 straight and

well separated from 8, 9 ............ 44. Chaleidoptera,

b*, Palpi recurved over head, in male

long with a large tuft of curved hair

Ani from) We asseectemen Ecos ee ven eseace 43. Nosophora.

d. Palpi with the 3rd joint evenly fringed with

scales in front and well developed ............... 46. Leucophotis.

e. Palpi with the 2nd and 3rd joints conically

scaled and tapering to apex.

a. Hind wing with veins 4, 5 from the cell.

a’. Maxillary palpi dilated with scales.

a>, Hind wing with veins 4, 5 not approxi-

mated; palpi of male with the 3rd

joint long, hollowed out and containing

a butbiOF Hair cecwacizesesesccese ceeteeeoneeres 69. Prorodes,

68. Hind wing with veins 4, 5 approximated

for a short distance ..............c0eeseeeee 47. Caprinia,

6?, Maxillary palpi filiform.

a®. Frons rounded and not prominent.

a*, Fore wing with vein 7 curved and

approximated to 8, 9 for about one-

third length.

a’. Hind wing with veins 4, 5 not

approximated towards origin ...... 56. Phryganodes.

6°. Hind wing with veins 4, 5 approxi-

mated for a short distance.

a’, Antennz almost simple ............ 54. Nevrina,

6°, Antennz annulate ................4. 48. Spilomela.

64. Fore wing with vein 7 nearly straight

and well separated from 8, 9.

a’, Palpi cylindricaland reaching vertex

of head.

a°, Hind tibie with the medial spurs

absent in male, the inner medial

spur minute in female ............ 58. Olagocentris.

6®. Hind tibiz with the inner medial

spur well developed ............... 59. Dichocrocis.

6°, Palpi flattened against frons and

not reaching vertex of head......... 55. Dichogama,

598

b°, Frons flat and oblique.

a*, Hind wing with veins 4, 5 approxi-

mated for a short distance ............

4, Hind wing with veins 4, 5 not ap-

proximated towards origin ............

ce’, Frons with a rounded prominence.

a4, Antenne about ene and a half times

length of fore wing ; fore wing broad.

6%, Antenne shorter than fore wing.

a’. Fore wing long and narrow, vein 7

curved and approximated to 8, 9;

hind wing with veins 3, 4, 5 ap-

PVOXIMAted ss cccceen seven se cceeerenss.

6°. Fore wing subtriangular; vein 7

straight and well separated from

8, 9; hind wing with veins 3, 4, 5

not approximated towards origin. .

61, Hind wing with veins 4, 5 stalked, 4 almost

obsolete in’ male: s..c, sposcce. ceotanavasececeeee cee

Jf. Palpi with the drd joint porrect.

a‘, Palpi with the 2nd joint broadly fringed

with hair in front, the 3rd lying on it.

a, Maxillary palpi strongly dilated with

scales.

a’. Fore wing with vein 7 curved and ap-

proximated to 8, 9 for a short distance.

a*, Hind wing with veins 4, 5 approxi-

mated for a short distance; fore

wing long and narrow

6‘, Hind wing with veins 4, 5 not approx-

imated towards origin ..............265

6°, Fore wing with vein 7 nearly straight

and well separated from 8, 9.

a‘, Antennee longer than fore wing, which

is long and narrow ........-scceeceseees

b*. Antenne shorter than fore wing,

which: 1s broad cetoec sseke suntepeeweecess

6°. Maxillary palpi filiform.

a*, Fore wing with vein 7 curved and ap-

proximated to 8, 9 for some distance.

a‘, Hind wing with veins 4, 5 not ap-

proximated towards origin

b+. Hind wing with veins 4, 5 approxi-

mated for a short distance

6%, Fore wing with vein 7 nearly straight

and well separated from 8, 9

6. Palpi with the 2nd joint moderately scaled

in front, the 3rd projecting free.

a, Frons rounded and not prominent.

a’, Fore wing with vein 7 curved and

approximated to 8, 9

6%, Fore wing with vein 7 straight and well

separated from 8, 9

&?, Frons flat and oblique ; antennz annulate.

¢e?. Frons with a rounded prominence.

a, Palpi with the 3rd joint minute; hind

wing with veins 4, 5 approximated for

AUBHOED GIStANGCO)..5......sscasss-sase-secseeess

6%, Palpi with the 3rd joint long; hind

wing with veins 4, 5 well separated at

origin

seat recess cccecee

errr terre reer errr rere

POOR e ee eee enemas eee eee ea eee ase ee eeeeee

SIR G, F. HAMPSON—-REVISION OF MOTHS

50.

57.

49.

73.

Tas

82.

[Nov. 15,

. Tyspanodes.

. Conchylodes.

. Filodes.

Acridura.

Proconica,

Macaretera.

Agathodes.

Glyphodes.

. LHuclasta.

. Cliniodes.

. Pygospila.

. Polythlipta.

. Lepyrodes.

. Heortia.

. Metrea.

. Syllepis.

Analyta.

&3. Leucinodes.

—_— =. =o

1898.]

g. Palpi obliquely upturned, the 3rd joint well

developed and obtuse.

a. Palpi with the 2nd joint fringed in front

with long hair

6. Palpi with tufts of hair at end of Ist and

2nd joints in front.

a?, Maxillary palpi dilated with scales; hind

wing with veins 3, 4, 5 approximated for

a short distance

6, Maxillary palpi filiform ; hind wing with

veins 4, 5 not approximated towards

ONIGIN Viewed staetiths oe dans asses Soest ees

h, Palpi porrect.

a, Palpi with the 3rd joint hidden in hair.

a’, Palpi rostriform, the 3rd joint down-

curved.

a’, Palpi projecting about twice the length

of head.

a‘, Hind wing with vein 4 absent .........

6, Hind wing with veins 4, 5 stalked;

fore wing with scale-tooth on inner

margin; frons with conical promi-

nence

c4, Hind wing with veins 4, 5 approxi-

mated for a short distance.

a, Maxillary palpi with a pointed tuft

of hair at extremity

6°. Maxillary palpi strongly dilated

with scales.

a®, Frons with a conical promi-

nence

6°, Frons flat and oblique.

a’. Abdomen and legs long and

slender

67. Abdomen ard legs short and

moderately stout

c®. Frons rounded.

a’, Antenne with the shaft annu-

LE a copra: Acer ARpecr cer: cer eece

87, Antenn with the shaft smooth;

fore wing with vein 10 usually

anastomosing with 8, 9

d‘, Hind wing with veins 4, 5 not ap-

proximated towards origin.

a’. Fore wing with the outer margin

rrr errr re eee reer eer eee eee errr

rere rere rere eee ee eee eee eres

Pree eee eee eee CeCe eee e errr ers Ty

teeter wsereenee

angled at middle ..............-s0=«.-

6°. Fore wing with the outer margin

evenly Curved, cis. <.o~c-easoeavers-

53, Palpi projecting about the length of

head.

a‘, Fore wing broad, the costa lobed at

base ; hind wing with veins 3, 4, 5

approximated for a short distance ...

64, Fore wing subtriangular; hind wing

with veins 3, 4, 5 not approxi-

TIE (a3 Uroepe os ncrpcee ace CUncereeo Dealt =

67. Palpi straight and triangularly scaled.

a*, Frons rounded or flat and not pro-

minent.

a*, Antenne more than one and a half

times length of fore wing.......... eevee 105,

OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN EE.

86.

87.

140.

126.

133.

134.

1238.

124.

Ommatospila.

. Crocidolomia.

Hellula.

. Microcausta.

Endolophia.

Noorda.

. Beotarcha.

. Lepidoneura.

. Mecyna.

. Atelocentra.

. Protocolletis.

Adena.

Calamochrous.

Agastya.

Protrigonia.

Adeloides.

599

600 SIR G. F. HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Noy. 15,

64, Antenn from one to one and a half

times length of fore wing.

a, Antenne with the shaft annulated ;

fore wing with veins 4, 5 closel

approximated for a short distance. 104. Maruca.

6°, Antennz with the shaft smooth;

fore wing with veins 4, 5 not ap-

proximated towards origin ......... 106. Tetridia,

ce#, Antenne shorter than the fore wing.

a’, Maxillary palpi with a pointed tuft

of hair at extremity.

a°, Hind wing with vein 5 from

above angle of cell ak almost

Obsolete, 25 sivssshsvecsecnesecuetiees 156. Mimasaria.

08, Hind wing with vein 5 from

lower angle of cell and fully

developed.

a, Fore wing with vein 7 curved

and approximated to 8,9...... 127. Dausara.

b", Fore wing with vein 7 straight

and well separated from 8, 9.

a’, Frons rounded; hind wing

with veins 4, 5 approximated

for a short distances ......... 128. Hemiscopis.

6°. Frons oblique ......... -- 135. Cybolomia.

6°, Maxillary palpi strongly dilated

with scales at extremity.

a®, Antenne with the shaft annulate ;

hind wing with outer margin

somewhat excised below apex ... 116. Diasemia.

6°, Antennz with the shaft not annu-

late.

a”, Legs very long and slender ;

fore femora and tibiz fringed

in male with long hair......... 118. Antigastra,

07. Legs of moderate length.

a®, Fore wing with vein 7

strongly curved and ap-

proximated to 8, 9.

a. Forewing long and narrow,

the outer margin angled

ain middle: sear ecneseeene ese: 120. Sparagmia.

6°, Fore wing long and nar-

row, the outer margin

strongly excurved at

middle.

a, Fore wing with the

inner margin not ex-

cised before outer angle. 121. Arnamodia.

6°, Fore wing with the

inner margin excised be-

fore outer angle, where

there is a scale-tooth ... 119. Liopasia.

e°®, Fore wing subtriangular ... 122. Condylorrhiza.

6°, Fore wing with vein 7 straight

and well separated from 8, 9.

a®, Hind wing with vein 6

from upper angle of cell.

a°, Fore wing with scale-

tooth on inner margin

before middle ..... seseeee 137. Cyneda.

1898.] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN£. 601

61°, Fore wing with no scale-

tooth on inner margin.

at, Hind wing with the

median nervure loosely

pectinated above ...... 145. Mnesictena.

6, Hind wing with the

median nervure not

pectinated ....,.......2.. 146. Pionea,

6°. Hind wing with vein 6

from below upper angle

ottcell)- 237 Pee Bees 136. Prochoristis.

ec, Maxillary palpi filiform or hardly

dilated with scales at extremity.

a’. Tibi without spurs .............0.00 148, Aplectropus.

o°, Tibize with spurs.

a, Hind wing with veins 3, 4, 5

approximated for a short dis-

LAVICO Merete. t0- ceenacsenes te = econ: sa 108. Parbattia.

6", Hind wing with veins 4, 5 ap-

proximated for a short distance,

3 separate.

a’, Hind wing with vein 7 anas-

tomosing with 8.

a®, Fore wing subtriangular, vein

3 from close to angle of cell.

@0) build: stout ti.s.2.-c.d31ec8=- 107. Polygrammodes.

6°, Build slender.

@, Fore wing with the apex

acute, the outer margin

angled at vein 4; hind

wing with the outer

margin produced at vein 6

and excurved at middle,

a large tuft of hair at

lower angle of cell ...... 109. Discothyris,

b'', Both wings with the

outer margin evenly

curved.

a'?, Frons flat and oblique.

a3, Fore wing with vein

7 curved and ap-

proximated to 8,9 ... 102. Azochis,

613, Fore wing with vein

7 straight and well

separated from 8, 9 ... 103. Crocidophora.

62, Frons rounded ......... 111. Pachyzanela.

6°. Fore wing long and narrow,

vein 3 from well before

angle of cell ............:.seseeee 110. Nomophila.

68. Hind wing with vein 7 not

anastomosing with 8; fore

wing long and narrow ......... 94. Terastia.

ec’, Hind wing with veins 4,5 not

approximated towards origin.

a, Antenne with the shaft

annulated with rings at the

ROLE Feepet occ sonoaconecreecpemmccbace 100. Ischnurges.

68, Antennz with the shaft smooth

and ciliated.

a®, Hind tibie with the spurs

all long and equal ............ 101. Hyalobathra.

Proc. Zoou. Soc. —1898, No. XLI. 41

602 SIR G. F. HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS

6°. Hind tibize with the outer

medial spur not more

than two-thirds length of

inner.

a, Fore wing with vein 7

curved and approxi-

mated f0\8.9 . is beowecces

6°, Fore wing with vein 7

straight and well separated

From SHO vss eeedevses coaees

6%, Frons with a long corneous prominence

with vertical edge excised in front ......

¢3. Frons with long truncate conical pro-

IIMMLOMGONeeccalipnprork ceccesresstttscnestecese

d@, Frons with pointed conical promi-

nence.

a4, Hind wing with veins 4, 5 stalked

b4. Hind wing with veins 4, 5 from

COLL ce aslacseapicnee sotecesee st -Eeeeee teeas

e3, Frons with rounded prominence.

a‘. Fore wing with the apex produced

and acute, the outer margin excised

below apex .............-sseesersearocseeres

64, Fore wing with the apex not produced,

the outer margin evenly curved.

a’. Antenne with the shaft annulate

with rings at the joints ............

6°. Antenne with the shaft smooth.

a®, Maxillary palpi dilated with

scales; hind wing with veins

4, 5 not approximated towards

origin.

a’. Palpi fringed with long hair

below wasih. ste.) ticks aeteee dss.

bv’, Palpi moderately scaled.........

b°. Maxillary palpi filiform; hind

wing with veins 4, 5 approxi-

mated for a short distance ......

f°. Frons flattened and produced to a

rounded extremity; fore wing of male

with tufts of hair on inner margin;

hind wing with tufts near lower angle

Of cell. su. sstavdes doobbeee setackenssussaee rales

}', Palpi with the 3rd joint naked.

a>. Kore wing with veins 8, 9 stalked.

a, Hind wing with vein 5 from lower angle

of cell.

a‘, Krons with long corneous plate with

werbical(edeeyc.;-ucreus+sss seeker tkmecees

b+. Frons with horizontal corneous plate

excised infront .A..- issu: wenceevercvesae

& enone with conical prominence.

°, Palpi extending about 24 times

Jenpthvofihenadh i giyneeivs-s¥eet testers

b, Palpi extending about the length

of head), Kass iessbusstaisgdcaatys Jovan:

ee Frons with rounded prominence ......

. Frons rounded or flat and not pro-

_minent,

a, Fore and hind wings with veins 4, 5

stalked ...cesscesee doeesuabitt in destdah sb

112.

138.

143.

144.

114.

113.

. Paratalanta.

. Pyrausta.

. Monocona.

. Criophthona.

. Autocosmia.

. Phlyctenodes.

Rhectosomia.

Exeristis.

Titanio.

Metasia.

Proedema.

Loxonepiera.

. Cornifrons.

. LTegostoma.

. Sceliodes.

. Thlecteria.

. Noctuelia.

. Furcivena.

[Noyv. 15,

sae

1898. | OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN&,

b°. Fore and hind wings with veins 4, 5

from cell.

a°. Palpi with the 3rd joint down-

curved.

a’, Fore wing with the apex much

produced; and faleate; vein 7

curved and approximated to

BOM caadccteccvdevuek set parectene

b7, Fore wing with the apex not

produced, vein 7 straight and

well separated from 8,9 ......

6°. Palpi straight and not down-

curved at extremity.

a’. Antenne with the shaft smooth.

a, Palpi with the 2nd joint

fringed above and _ below

with hair.

a, Fore wing with vein 7

curved and approximated

t0!8; (Di sesdeamslead'sieesaeaaseee

>. Fore wing with vein 7

straight and well separated

PrOMNG (Oi. i525. -cnsetobowsee

6°. Palpi with the 2nd _ joint

fringed with very long hair

below.

a. Fore wing with vein 7

curved and approximated

GONG, Daaeoceb cena hevenctebt

6°, Fore wing with vein 7

straight and well sepa-

rated from 8,9 ..........0.

ce. Palpi with the 2nd joint

moderately fringed with hair

below towards extremity.

a. Maxillary palpi triangu-

larly sealed.

a‘°, Fore wing with vein 7

curved and approxi-

mated to 8, 9; build

stout; antennz of male

bipectinate ...............

ob. Fore wing with vein 7

straight and well sepa-

rated from 8, 9; build

slight; antenne ciliated.

b°®, Maxillary palpi slightly di-

lated with scales ............

e®, Maxillary palpi long and

filiform.

a'°, Both wings with the

outer margin excurved

at middle; build stout .

61°, Both wings with the

outer margin evenly

eurved ; build slight ...

6’, Antenne with the shaft annu-

late, and longer than fore wing ;

legs long and slender; hind

wing with vein 7 anastomosing

with 8 to # of wing...............

88.

90.

91.

97.

98.

95.

155.

93.

96.

99.

Megaphysu.

Sameodes.

Meroctena.

. Thliptoceras.

Lanivfera.

Orenaia.

Megastes.

Heliothela.

Archernis.

Omphisa.

Evergestis.

. Laneodes.

41*

604 SIR G, F, HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Nov. 15,

2°, Hind wing with vein 5 absent, coincident

with 4; 7 becoming coincident with 8 ;

antennse annulate)..iccaos-secsesestuescsenes 159. Stenoptycha.

c®. Hind wing with vein 5 from middle of

discocellulars, 7 becoming coincident

with 8; palpi about three times length

of head ; antennz annulate .............06 161. Tineodes,

6%. Fore wing with veins 8, 9 from cell.

a’, Frons with pointed conical prominence ;

hind wing with vein 5 from above angle

Of Coll Ais veaen<-ctk com sma cet oedetaekeceeont 157. Metaprotus.

6*, Frons with rounded prominence; hind

wing with vein 5 from middle of disco-

Cellars ceeascbiessevns «feeds cree peace vase 158. Simethistis.

Genus 1. OrTHORAPHIS.

Orthoraphis Hmpsn. Moths Ind, iv. p. 251 (1896).

Palpi with the 2nd joint porrect and fringed with hair above

and below, the 3rd upturned, well developed, and acuminate ;

maxillary palpi long and dilated with scales at extremity ; frons

rounded; antenne thickened and flattened; tibize with the outer

spurs nearly as long as the inner. Fore wing long and narrow ;

the outer margin excised below apex and towards outer angle,

excurved at middle ; vein 3 from before angle of cell; 4, 5 stalked ;

6 absent; 7 straight and well separated from 8, 9. Hind wing

with vein 3 from near angle of cell; 4, 5 stalked ; 6, 7 from upper

angle, 7 anastomosing with 8, the outer margin excised below

apex and towards anal angle.

Fig. 1.

Orthoraphis obfuscata, $. 4. (From Moths Ind. vol. iv.)

Tupe. (1)fORrHoRAPHIS oprusoATA Hinpsn. Ill. Het. ix. p. 161, pl. 172.

f. 4. Ceylon.

(2) ORTHORAPHIS METASTICTA, N. sp.

$. Pale ochreous brown; palpi blackish at sides. Fore wing

with series of pale dark-centred semicircular marks on medial part

of costa; an ill-defined oblique antemedial black band from cell to

inner margin; a speck in cell and prominent discocellular spot;

an interrupted postmedial plack-edged white line, strongly incurved

below vein 5, bent outwards again to vein 1; a fine marginal

black line; the base of cilia whitish. Hind wing whitish ; a disco-

cellular black speck; a short postmedial line between veins 5 and

2; the outer area fuscous, with a marginal black mark on vein 2;

1898. ] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTINA, 605

a deep black patch on anal lobe crossed by a white bar; cilia with

a white line at base, at anal lobe white with black tips.

Hab. Khasis; Mindoro. Exp. 18 mm. Type in Coll. Roth-

schild.

Genus 2. NnUROPHYSETA.

Neurophyseta Hmpsn. A. M. N. H. (6) xvi. p. 833 (1895).

Palpi with the 2nd joint porrect, the 3rd well developed, up-

turned and acuminate; maxillary palpi filiform; frons rounded ;

antennz of male thickened and flattened; tibiz with the spurs

long and nearly equal. Fore wing with the apex rectangular ;

vein 3 from near angle of cell; 4,5 from angle; 7 straight and

well-separated from 8, 9, to which 10 is approximated. Male with

a glandular swelling on vein 1 before middle. Hind wing with

veins 3, 4, 5 from angle of cell; 7 from before upper angle and

anastomosing with 8.

Neurophyseta clymenalis, 3. }.

Type. tNEUROPHYSETA CLYMENALIS Wk. xvii. 459. Neotropical region.

tHydrocampa laothoealis WI1k. xvii. 460.

gr 4 laudamialis Wik. xix. 959 (var.).

+Leucochroma subpuralis Wlk. xxxiv. 1353.

Stenia prestrictalis Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 502, pl. 18.

fe bee

Genus 3. PsEPHIS.

Psephis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 257 (1854).

Palpi upturned, the 2nd joint fringed with long hair in front

and hardly reaching vertex of head, the 3rd long, naked, and

Fig. 3.

Psephis myrmidonalis, §. 2

T°

acuminate; maxillary palpi strongly dilated with scales; frons

rounded ; antenne almost simple; tibiz with the spurs long and

Type.

606 SIR G, F, HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Noy. 15,

nearly equal. Fore wing with vein 3 from near angle of cell; 4,5

from angle; 7 straight, and well separated from 8, 9; 10, 11

stalked, and closely approximated to 8,9. Hind wing with the

median neryure strongly pectinated ; vein 3 from near angle of

cell; 4, 5 approximated for a short distance; 6, 7 from upper

angle, 7 anastomosing with 8.

PsEPHIS MYRMIDONALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 257, pl.7.£.8. Brazil.

Scybalista trifunalis Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 455, pl. 18.

i, 16,

Genus 4. Gonopiscus.

Gonodiscus Warr. A. M. N. H. 1891, i. p. 430.

Palpi upturned, the 2nd joint fringed with hair in front and

reaching above vertex of head, the 3rd well developed and acumi-

nate ; maxillary palpi triangularly dilated with scales; frons

rounded ; antenne somewhat laminate ; tibiae with the outer spurs

two-thirds length of inner; abdomen long. Fore wing with vein

3 from before angle of cell; 4, 5 well separated at origin; 7

curved but not approximated to 8, 9, from which 10 is well sepa-

rated. Hind wing with the median nervure pectinated above; vein

3 from before angle of cell; 4,5 from angle; 6, 7 shortly stalked,

7 anastomosing with 8.

Gonodiscus amplalis, $. }.

(1)tGonopiscus amPLALIs Warr. A. M. N. H. 1891, i. p. 480.

Chili

(2)TGONODISCUS AUSTRALIENSIS, n. sp. (Plate XLIX. fig. 1.)

Straw-yellow; thorax tinged with orange. Fore wing with a

brown fascia on costa from base to the curved brown antemedial

line, which is thick; the postmedial thick brown line excurved at

middle, the terminal area from just beyond it suffused with brown;

a terminal series of brown points on yellow marks. Hind wing

slightly suffused with fuscous and with traces of a curved sub-

terminal line.

The 38rd joint of palpus is shorter and more obtuse than in

amplalis.

Hab. W. Australia, Sherlock R. (Clement); Queensland, Coomoo

(Barnard). Hap. 20 mm.

1898. ] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTINA. GOT

Genus 5. Homopuysa.

Homophysa Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 364 (1854),

Palpi upturned, the 2nd joint reaching vertex of head, tufts

of hair at extremity of lst and 2nd joints ; the 3rd well developed

and acuminate; maxillary palpi long and filiform; antenne

of male thickened and flattened ; tibize with the outer spurs two-

thirds length of inner. Fore wing with vein 3 from near angle

of cell; 7 straight and well separated from 8 and 9; 10, 11

stalked. Hind wing with the median nervure slightly pectinated

above ; veins 4, 5 approximated for a short distance; 6,7 from

upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8.

Fig. 5,

ANS ©

Homophysa glaphyralis, G. 4.

Type. (1) Homopnysa GiaPnyratis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 366; Led.

Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, pl. 18. f. 14. U.S.A.

TScopula stipatalis Wik. xxxiv. 1460.

Homophysa albolineata Grote, Can. Ent. x. p. 28.

(2) Homopnysa sEsquistRIALis Hiibn. Zutr. ii. 29, 185. ff. 369,

3/0. U.S.A.; Honduras.

TtZebronia dimotalis W\k. xxxiv. 1346.

(3)tfHomornysa RENICULALIS Zell. Verh. z.-b. Ver. Wien, 1872,

p- 526. U.S.A.

(4) Homopuysa 1nvisatis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 361.

U.S.A.; Cayenne.

if a lentiflualis Zell. Verh. z.-b. Ver. Wien, 1872, p. 525.

(5)+tHomopuysa precisa Wk, xxxy. 1963.

Jamaica; Brazil; Argentina.

(6) Homoruysa rutMinauis Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 455,

plots. fis. U.S.A.

(7)THomopuysa PoLycyMa, n. sp. (Plate XLIX. fig. 4.)

3. Head and thorax bright yellow, mixed with white ; abdomen

ochreous, with fine white segmental lines. Fore wing orange-

yellow, with six strongly dentate white transverse lines; the area

from middle to near termen white suffused with brown, except

towards costa; a terminal white line. Hind wing white, with

indistinct curved postmedial line.

608 SIR G. F, HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Nov. 15,

Q with the hind wing slightly suffused with fuscous except

towards costa and inner margin.

Hab, Brazil, Castro Parana. Exp. 16 mm.

(8)+HoMopnHysa BILINEALIS WI. xxxiv. 1346. U.S.A.; Venezuela.

- peremptalis Grote, Can. Ent. x. p. 28.

(9)tHomopnysa LEvcosticTaris Hmpsn. A. M. N. H. 1895, ii.

p- 334, W. Indies.

(10)tHomopnysa FaLcaTatis Hmpsn. A. M.. N. H. 1895, ii.

p- 333. W. Indies.

Auctorum.

Homophysa micralis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 366. Brazil.

" crambidalis Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. xxx. p. 62, pl. 5. £5.

Curacao.

Orobena reluctalis Hulst, Tr. Am. Ent. Soe. xiii. p. 156. U.S.A.

Botys psychicalis Hulst, Tr. Am. Ent. Soe. xiii. p. 149. U.S.A.

Homophysa dolatalis Méschl, Abh. Senck. Ges. xvi. p. 321.

Porto Rico.

Genus 6. ScyBanisTa,

Scybalista Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 455.

Eupoca Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) viii. p. 63.

Palpi upturned, the 1st joint fringed with hair in front, the 2nd

reaching vertex of head, the 3rd well developed and acuminate ;

maxillary palpi long and filiform ; frons flat and oblique ; antennse

of male laminate; tibie with the spurs long and nearly equal.

Fore wing with the inner margin fringed with hair at middle;

vein 3 from before angle of cell; 4,5 from angle; 7 straight and

well separated from 8, 9; 10, 11 free. Hind wing with the

median nervure pectinated above ; vein 3 from angle of cell; 4,

5 approximated tor a short distance; 6, 7 from upper angle,

7 anastomosing with 8.

Seybalista bifascialis, g. 3.

(1)*ScyBALIsTa LEUCOLEPIA, n. sp.

Q. Head and thorax black, with long white scales; abdomen

ochreous white, with some black dorsal suffusion on medial seg-

ments. Fore wing black, the base of inner margin white; long

white scales on basal area; an obscure white antemedial line

— =< ——. - - —~_

1898. ] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN®. 609

angled below costa and then very oblique; a medial white line

angled on vein 2, the area between it and the postmedial line

suffused with white and with a white discoidal lunule; the post-

medial line angled below costa, then incurved to inner margin, the

area beyond it brown with terminal series of black points. Hind

wing yellowish white ; with traces of curved postmedial series of

black points and prominent marginal series.

Hab. Brazil, Castro Paraiia (Jones). Exp. 20 mm.

(2)TSoyBaLisTa BIFASCIALIS Wlk. xxvii. 59. Brazil ; Peru.

tEupoca cinerea Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) Vili. p. 64,

(3)tSoyvparisra acuraLis Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) viii. p.63. Peru.

(4)rSoyBarisra susbucTALIS WIk. xxxiv. 1229. Venezuela.

(5)*ScoyBaLiIsTa PRUSALIS Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het. ii. p. 205,

pl. 60. f£. 18. Guatemala.

Type. (6) ScyBALIsTa RESTIONALIS Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 455,

pl. 18. f. 15: U.S.A. ; Venezuela.

(7)tScypaxista CANALIS W]k. xxxv. 1717. St. Domingo.

(8) ScyBALISTA SEMIFERREALIS, n. sp.

Head, thorax, and abdomen ferruginous brown and grey. Fore

wing ochreous, irrorated and suffused with ferruginous brown; an

antemedial grey line with dark outer edge strongly angled below

costa; a postmedial grey line with dark inner edge strongly

excurved beyond cell; outer area suffused with grey; some ill-

defined marginal dark specks with white specks on their inner side

towards apex. Hind wing pale, with traces of a curved post-

medial line; the outer area suffused with brown; a fine dark

marginal line.

Hab. British Guiana; Brazil. vp. 18 mm.

Genus 7. SYMPHYSA, nov.

Palpi upturned, the 1st and 2nd joints with tufts of hair in

front, the 2nd not reaching vertex of head, the 3rd well

Symphysa sulphuralis, 3. 3.

developed and acuminate; maxillary palpi long and filiform ; frons

rounded ; antennz laminate ; tibize with the outer spurs about hal

Type.

610 SIR G. F, HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Noy. 15,

the length of inner. Fore wing with vein 3 from close to angle

of cell; 4, 5 from angle; 7 straight and well separated from 8, 9;

10, 11 free. Hind wing with vein 3 from angle of cell; 4, 5

approximated for a short distance; 6, 7 from upper angle, 7

anastomosing with 8.

(1) SyMPHYSA SULPHURALIS, Cram. Pap. Exot. iv. p. 113, pl. 348. E.

Brazil.

Pyralis lepidalis, Cram. Pap. Exot. iv. p. 161, pl. 371. K.

(2) Sympuysa am@natis, W1k. Trans. Ent. Soe. iii. 1, p. 123.

Brazil.

(3)tSympnHysa ERIPALIS, Grote, Can. Ent. x. p. 29. U.S.A.

Botys salutalis, Hulst, Tr. Am. Ent. Soe. xiii. p. 150.

Genus 8. MonocoproPEra, nov.

Proboscis well developed ; palpi upturned, the 2nd joint reach-

ing well above vertex of head, the 3rd well developed, the 2nd and

3rd joints thickly clothed with scales in female, in male fringed on

inner side with long thick hair; mavyillary palpi greatly dilated

with scales at extremity and nearly as long as the labial; antenne

laminate ; tibie with the spurs very long; abdomen of male with

a collar-shaped ventral valve towards extremity fringed with

long curved scales and covering a small white patch. Fore wing

with the apex produced into a small lobe, the outer margin excised

below it, then greatly excurved at middle; vein 3 from well before

angle of cell; 4, 5 from angle; 6 from below upper angle; 7

straight; 8, 9 strongly stalked; 10, 11 from cell. Hind wing

with vein 3 from before angle of cell; 4,5 from angle; 6, 7 from

upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8; the costa of male greatly

arched, with a furrow just above cell, a fringe of long hair from

medial part of costa, and a tuft of long curved hair towards apex

covering a smail glandular swelling at apex, all on upperside.

Fig. 8.

ASy 3

Donocoptopera ecmetallescens, 3. 3.

MonocoProPnrA ECMETALLESCENS, 0. sp.

Ochreous white; palpi fulvous. Fore wing with two oblique

fulvous strigze from middle of costa, a diffused fulvous patch below

end of cell with short oblique black striga on it: an oblique

fulvous striga from costa beyond middle with fulvous beyond it

diffused to apex, where there is a small white spot with silvery

1898. ] . OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN#. 611

outline ; the margin purplish silver. Hind wing suffused with

fuscous ; a broad purplish silver marginal band, with darker mark

towards anal angle.

Hab. Amboina. Exp. 20mm. Types in Coll. Rothschild and

B.M.

Genus 9. VoLIBA.

Gabrisa W1k. xxxiv. 1266 (1865), preoce.

Voliba W1k. xxxv. 1983 (1866).

Stereoscopa Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1885, p. 448.

Palpi upturned, the 2nd joint not reaching vertex of head and

fringed with long hair in front, the 3rd long and acuminate ;

maxillary palpi short and filiform; frons rounded; antennz annu-

late, the basal joint dilated. Fore wing long and narrow; veins

3, 4, 5 from angle of cell; 7 straight and well separated from 8, 9,

to which 10 is approximated. Hind wing with the median nervure

pectinated above; veins 3, 4, 5 from angle of cell; 6, 7 from upper

angle, 7 anastomosing with 8.

Fig. 9.

Voliba scoparialis, $. 2.

Type. FVOLIBA SCOPARIALIS W1k. xxxiv. 1266. Australia.

Genus 10. Lirocosma.

Lipocosma Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 448.

Palpi upturned, the Ist and 2nd joints with tufts of hair in

front, the 2nd hardly reaching vertex of head, the 3rd well deve-

loped and acuminate; maxillary palpi small and nearly filiform ;

Fig. 10.

Lipocosma sicalis, 3. }%.

frons rounded; antennz laminate; tibize with the spurs long and

nearly equal. Fore wing with tuft of scales on inner margin near

Type.

612 SIR G, F, HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Noy. 15,

base ; vein 3 from close to angle of cell; 4,5 from angle; 7 straight

and well separated from 8,9; 10 arising free, then anastomosing

with 8,9, or free. Hind wing with the median nervure pectinated ;

a tuft of scales on inner area below end of cell; veins 3, 4, 5 from

augle of cell; 6, 7 from upper angle; 7 anastomosing with 8.

(1)tLipocosMA sIcAaLis W1k. xix. 942. U.S.A.

Pyralis perfusalis Wik. xxxiv. 1226.

(2) LipocosMA FULIGINOSALIS Fernald, Ent. Am. iv. p. 37. U.S.A.

(3)TLipocosMA NIGRIPICTALIS, n. sp.

@. White; palpi pale rufous; abdomen with some fuscous on

dorsum towards base. Fore wing with oblique subbasal line, the

whole area beyond it pale reddish yellow; traces of a waved dark

antemedial line; an oblique striga from costa above end of cell; a

postmedial dark line excurved from costa to vein 3, then bent

inwards and sinuous. Hind wing pale rufous-yellow; a black

speck near base of inner area, the tuft of scales below end of cell

prominent and black; a postmedial black line, obsolete towards

costa, angled inwards on vein 2, and with prominent black band

beyond it towards anal angle.

Hab. Espiritu Santo. wp. 16 mm.

Auctorum.

Lipocosma hebescalis Méschl. Abh. Senck. Ges. xvi. p. 316.

Porto Rico.

Genus 11. CaTaPpsEPHts, noy.

Palpi upturned, the 3rd joint long and acuminate; maxillary

palpi strongly dilated with scales; antenne laminate; tibize with

the spurs very long. Fore wing with veins 3, 4, 5 from angle of

cell; 7 straight and well separated from 8,9; 10, 11 stalked.

Hind wing with veins 3, 4 from angle of cell; 5 from just above

angle; 7 anastomosing with 8.

Fig. 11.

Catapsephis apicipuncta, 3. §.

CATAPSEPHIS APICIPUNCTA, Nn. Sp.

¢. Head, thorax, and abdomen orange and white; the extremity

of 2nd joint of palpi and the maxillary palpi with black rings; fore

and mid femora with black points at extremity ; wings whitish.

Fore wing with the costal area orange; a curved antemedial band ;

1898. ] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTINE. 613

a black discocellular spot; a postmedial line strongly excurved

beyond cell, then retracted to below end of cell, and with diffused

orange on its inner side; a broad orange submarginal band; a

eurved black line just inside margin, bent outwards and expanding

into a black spot at apex, and with some fulvous and blackish marks

beyond it at middle and outer angle. Hind wing with subbasal

orange line; a black discocellular spot; a postmedial orange line

retracted at vein 3 to below end of cell; a sinuous submarginal

band not reaching anal angle; a sinuous black line just inside

margin with some fulvous and black marks beyond it.

Hab, Fergusson I., N. Guinea (Meck). Euvp.18 mm. Type in

Coll. Rothschild.

Genus 12. Sureruna.

Sufetula W1k. xix. 946 (1859).

Mirobriga W1k. xxvii. 131 (1863).

Letrina Wik. xxvii. 132.

Pseudochoreutis Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. 1880, p. 202.

Palpi upturned, the 2nd joint moderately scaled and not reaching

vertex of head, the 3rd well developed and acuminate; maxillary

palpi long and dilated with scales; frons rounded; a tuft of hair

between the antenne, which are annulate; spurs of equal length.

Fore wing with the outer margin excised below apex ; vein 3 from

before angle of cell; 4,5 from angle; 7 and 10 well separated

from 8,9. Hind wing with vein 3 from before angle of cell; 4,5

from angle; 6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8; the

outer margin excised below apex and towards anal angle.

Fig. 12.

Sufetula sunidesalis, $. }. (From Moths Ind. vol. iv.)

Szcr. I. Palpi of male with the 3rd joint dilated, fringed with long

hair on inner side, and recurved over head; maxillary palpi

triangularly scaled, with thick hair extending about three times

length of head.

(1) SUFETULA MACROPALPIA, 0. sp.

Head, thorax, and abdomen fuscous and white; maxillary palpi

tinged with ochreous. Fore wing fuscous, with obscure whitish

subbasal patch; slight white marks representing the antemedial

line ; a lunulate medial white patch in and below the cell; two

discocellular points; traces of a postmedial line, most distinct

towards costa and highly excurved below it; a submarginal

614 SIR G, F, HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Noy. 15,

waved line interrupted above and below middle and expanding

below the lower gap; a black marginal line interrupted by a

white patch below middle. Hind wing with the base white; a

broad antemedial white band narrowing to inner margin, where

there is a white point inside it; a patch beyond the cell; four sub-

marginal spots; a black marginal line interrupted by patches of

white between middle and anal angle; cilia of both wings white.

The type from Fergusson J. has a white spot inside the curve

of postmedial line of fore wing, which is wanting in specimens

from Amboina and Banda.

Hab. Amboina; Banda; FergussonI. #vp.16mm. Types in

Coll. Rothschild and B.M.

Suct. II. Palpi of male normal.

Type. (2) SUFETULA SUNIDESALIS W1k. xix. 947. Sikhim; Assam ;

Ceylon; Malayan subregion.

tMirobriga albicans Wik. xxvii. 132.

tLetrina flewalis Wik. xxvii. 132.

Pseudochoreutis choreutalis Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. 1880, p. 202, &

1883, pl. 6. f. 8.

(3)fSUFETULA RECTIFASCIALIS Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 253.

Ceylon.

(4)fSureruLa DimrnuraLis WIk. xxxiy. 1315.

St. Vincent; Honduras.

Hydrocampa dematrialis, Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het. ii.

p- 276, pl. 63. f. 25.

(5)fSUFETULA HEMIOPHTHALMA Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1884,

p- 286. Australia.

Genus 13. Erpis.

Erpis W1k. xxvii. 133 (1863).

Palpi upturned, the 2nd joint not reaching vertex of head, the

3rd well developed and slightly acuminate ; maxillary palpi as long

as the labial and dilated with scales; antennz of male thickened.

Fig. 138.

Erpis macularis, 3. 3.

Fore wing with vein 3 from before angle of cell; 4,5 from angle ;

7 straight and well separated from 8,9. Hind wing with vein3

Type.

1898.] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN 4. 615

from before angle of cell; 4,5 from angle; 6, 7 from upper angle,

7 anastomosing with 8.

+ERPIS MACULARIS WIK. xxvii. 133. Borneo.

Genus 14. MassmpHa.

Massepha Wk. xvii. 488 (1859).

Palpi upturned, the 2nd joint moderately fringed with scales in

front and not reaching vertex of head, the 3rd well developed and

acuminate; maxillary palpi minute; frons rounded; antennz of

male annulated; tibize with the outer spurs two-thirds length of

inner. Fore wing with the apex acute and somewhat produced ;

veins 3, 4,5 from angle of cell; 7 well separated from 8, 9, to

which 10 is approximated. Hind wing with the cell short; veins

3,4, 5 from angle; 6,7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8.

Fig. 14.

Massepha absolutalis, $. %. (From Moths Ind. vol. iv.)

Sxcr. I. Hind wing with the outer margin excised below apex,

and three times between vein 5 and anal angle.

(1) MassEPHA PH@NICOBAPTA, n. sp. (Plate XLIX. fig. 3.)

g. Head, thorax, and abdomen white mixed with ferruginous

red and brown. Fore wing white; the basal area marked with

red and brown, except towards costa on which there is a black

basal speck followed by a reddish spot; two blackish marks near

base of inner margin; an indistinct curved white antemedial line

defined towards costa by two black specks on its outer edge; the

postmedial area with a triangular red patch from below costa, its

apex on vein 1, followed by a large brownish patch with dentate

outer edge, its base or inner margin extending from middle to near

outer angle, traversed by a sinuous white postmedial line defined

by black and excurved at middle, and with some red on its outer

side on inner margin; the discocellulars and extremity of median

nervure white; a waved black submarginal line with brownish

marks beyond it anda black mark at middle. Hind wing with

the basal half white mottled with red and brown, bounded by a

sinuous white medial line defined by red on inner side, and with

a broad diffused area of red shading into brown beyond it ; a sub-

marginal red-brown black-defined band running out to the margin

at vein 5, then following the margin, and with an apical leaden-grey

patch beyond it.

Hab. Fergusson Isl., N. Guinea. Evp.36 mm. Type in Coll.

Rothschild.

Type.

616 SIR G. F, HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Nov. 15,

Secor. If. Hind wing with the outer margin slightly indented

below veins 6 and 7.

(2)TMAssEPHA ABSOLUTALIS, WIk. xvii. 489.

India; Ceylon; Java; Celebes.

Physematia pollutalis Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. xxiii. p. 240, & xxvii.

pl. iv. f. 10, 10a.

(3) Massepuia BENGALENSIS Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 211. N-.E. India.

(4)*MAssEPHA ENTEPHRIADIA, n. sp.

2. White; palpi with black spot at end of 2nd joint; thorax

and abdomen slightly tinged with fulvous ; the latter with a dorsal

black point on subterminal segment. Fore wing with the basal

area pale fulvous; a black spot near base of costa; a curved pale

fulvous antemedial line arising from a black spot on costa; a pale

fulvous point in cell and diffused spot on discocellulars ; the post-

medial line arising from a black point on costa, oblique from costa

to vein 2, where it is retracted to below end of cell; terminal area

pale fulvous; a black point at apex. Hind wing with traces of

antemedial line; a fuscous discoidal point ; the terminal half pale

fulvous with a fuscous tinge; a postmedial fuscous line bent

outwards between veins 5 and 2, then retracted to below end of

cell, and defined by white on outer side ; both wings with a fulvous

line through cilia.

Hab. Warri, Niger. Exp.16 mm. Type in Coll. Rothschild.

(5)TMASSEPHA GRACILIS, n. sp.

3. White tinged with very pale brown. Fore wing with the

basal area, diffused ante- and postmedial bands, and a marginal

patch below apex very pale brown ; the postmedial band outwardly

bounded by a straight line from costa to vein 5. Hind wing with.

diffused pale brown ante- and postmedial bands and patch on

apical area.

Hab. Espiritu Santo. Zwxp. 14 mm.

Secr. III. Hind wing with the outer margin evenly curved.

(6) MassepHa carzonais Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xvii. p. 148.

Assam.

(7)*MassEPHa GRAMMALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 249.

Panama; Cayenne; Brazil.

Botys asiusalis W1k. xviii. 626.

Blepharomastyx romalis Druce, Biol. Cenir.-Am., Het. ii.

p- 270, pl. 63. f. 4.

(8)tMAssEPHA FULVALIS, n. sp. (Plate XLIX. fig. 2.)

do. Head, thorax, and abdomen fulvous mixed with black;

wings fulvous. Fore wing with some black suffusion at base and

on costa; a diffused medial band obtusely angled on median

nervure ; a lunulate mark beyond the cell extending from costa to

1898.] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN. 617

vein 4; a terminal band dentate inwards above vein 5. Hind

wing with terminal blackish band and traces of a medial band.

Hab. Brazil, Castro Parata. Exp. 12 mm.

Genus 15. AULACOPTERA.

Aulacoptera Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 254 (1896).

Palpi upturned and slender, the 2nd joint reaching vertex of

head, the 3rd long and acuminate ; maxillary palpi filiform ; frons

rounded; antennz annulate; tibie with the outer spurs about

two-thirds length of inner. Fore wing with vein 3 from before

angle of cell; 4, 5 from angle; 7 straight and well separated from

8, 9, to which 10 is approximated; male with vein 11 curved and

running round a furrow of somewhat ribbed membrane below the

costa. Hind wing with vein 3 from angle of cell; 4, 5 approxi-

mated for a short distance ; 6, 7 from upper angle.

Fig. 15.

Aulacoptera fuscinervalis, §. +. (From Moths Ind. vol. iv.)

Type. AULACOPTERA FUSCINERVALIS Swinh. A. M. N. H. (6) xxi. p. 300.

Assam; Pulo Laut.

Genus 16, XANTHOMELZENA,

Xanthomelena, Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 255 (1896).

Palpi upturned, the 2nd joint reaching vertex of head, the 3rd

well developed and acuminate; maxillary palpi small and filiform ;

frons rounded ; antenne of male thickened and flattened; tibie

with the outer spurs half the length of inner; abdomen long and

Xanthomelena schematias, 8. +. (From Moths Ind. vol. iv.)

slender, with large protrusible anal tufts. Fore wing long and

rather narrow; the cell short; vein 2 from angle; 3 approxi-

mated for some distance to 4,5, which are on a long stalk; 7

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1898, No. XLII. 42

Type.

Type

618 SIR G. F, HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Noy.15

curved and approximated to 8, 9; male with a large tuft of scales

on underside in end of cell from subcostal nervure met by a slight

fringe from median nervure ; female with slight fringe from sub-

costal nervure. Hind wing with the cell short; vein 3 from

angle; 4, 5 approximated for some distance ; 6, 7 shortly stalked.

XANTHOMELENA SCHEMATIAS Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1894, p. 458.

Burma.

Genus 17. RHIMPHALEODES.

Rhimphaleodes Hmpsn. Ill. Het. ix. p. 174 (1893).

Palpi upturned, the 2nd joint reaching vertex of head and

slightly scaled in front, the 3rd well developed and acuminate ;

the maxillary palpi filiform; frons rounded; antenne of male

with the basal joint dilated and with tufts of hair from inner side,

the shaft minutely ciliated, excised at base, and fringed with scales

on inner side for a short distance; tibie with the outer spurs

short ; hind tibiz of male with a tuft of long scales from extremity,

the 1st joint of tarsus fringed with long scales on each side at base.

Fore wing with veins 3, 4, 5 well separated at origin; 7 curved

and approximated to 8, 9 for some distance; 10 also approximated

to 8,9. Hind wing with veins 3, 4,5 from angle of cell; 6, 7

from upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8.

Fig. 17.

Rhimphaleodes macrostigma, . }. (From Moths Ind, vol. iv.)

{RHIMPHALEODES MacRrostiGMA Hmpsn. Il. Het. ix. pl. 174. f. 9.

Ceylon; Pulo Laut.

Genus 18. ENTEPHRIA.

Entephria Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1868, p. 428.

Pycnarmon Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 442.

Aripana Moore, Lep. Ceyl. iii. p. 312 (1886).

Satanastra Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1890, p. 442.

Palpi upturned, the 2nd joint broadly scaled in front and

reaching vertex of head, thr: 3rd long and acuminate; maxillary

palpi minute and filiform; frons rounded; tibie with the outer

spurs about half the length of inner; abdomen with lateral tufts

‘on terminal segments. Fore wing with veins 3, 4, 5 from angle

of cell; 7 well separated from 8, 9, to which 10 is approximated.

1898.] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTINA. 619

Hind wing with veins 3, 4,5 from angle of cell, which is short ;

6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8.

Entephria jaquaralis, $. 4. (rom Moths Ind. vol. iv.)

Szcr. I. (Pycnarmon). Antenne of male with the shaft thickened

at about one-third length, where there is a cleft fringed with

hair on each side.

A. Antennew of male with a tuft of hair projecting from the

upperside of the cleft and diminishing scale-teeth beyond

it for a short distance.

(1) Enrepuria JaGuaRALis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 283.

Himalayas; Assam; Malayan

subregion to Solomons.

B. Antennse of male without tuft of hair from the cleft and

scale-teeth beyond it.

(2)tEyrernRia vireataLis Moore, P. Z.8. 1867, p. 92, pl. 7. £. 9.

Himalayas; Assam ; Ceylon.

(3)TENTEPHRIA ABRAXALIS W1k. xxxiv. 1349, N.E. India.

(4)fENTEPHRIA RECEPTALIS WIk. xvii. 473 (2). Brazil.

Seor. I. (Entephria), Antenne of male simple and ciliated.

A. Fore wing of male below with a fringe of large curved scales

in the cell arising from the subcostal nervure.

(5)TENTEPHRIA ALBOFLAVALIS Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 220.

Sikhim ; Andamans.

B. Fore wing of male with no fringe of scales in the cell below.

(6)*ENTEPHRIA DEICONALIS WIK. xix. 966. Brazil.

(7) Eytepueia prapHana Cram. Pap. Exot. ii. p. 26, pl. 113. f. G.

Zambesi.

(8) Enreruria criprata Fabr. Ent. Syst. ii. 2, p. 215 (1794). |

Oriental and Australian regions.

Pycnarmon caberalis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 284.

42%

620 SIR G, F, HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Noy.15,

tZebronia abdicalis Wk. xvii. p. 480; Led. Wien. Ent. Mon.

* 1863, pl. 17. £. 12.

Conchylodes corycialis Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. xxiii. p. 238, & xxvii.

pl. iv. f. 6.

(9)tENTEPHRIA MERITALIS WIk. xvii. 479. Oriental region ;

tZebronia plevippusalis Wik. xvii. 485. Australia; Venezuela.

Conchylodes baptalis Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. 1880, p. 238, & 1884,

pl. 4. f. 7.

Aripana annulata Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xviii. p. 168.

(10)TENTEPHRIA GLauctas Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1894, p. 459.

Pulo Laut.

(11)TENTEPHRIA LACTIFERALIS, W1k. xvii. 480; Hmpsn. Ill. Het.

ix. pl. 173. £. 28. Japan; Oriental region.

TtZebroma argyria Butl. Ill. Het. iii. p. 76, pl. 59. f. 8.

Conchylodes paucipunctalis Snell. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1890, p. 633,

pl. xix. f. 2.

(12)tEnrepaera MAcRoris Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1897, p. 87.

Talaut.

(13)TENTEPHRIA GRIFERALIS Moore, P. Z. 8. 1877, p. 618.

Andamans.

(14) EnverHria rapiata Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xviii. p. 169.

Assam.

(15) ENTEPHRIA MARGINALTS Snell. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1890, p. 635.

S. Leone; N.E. India; Malacca.

(16) Enrerrria matis WIk. xvii. 485. Borneo ; Amboina ;

N. Guinea.

(17) Enrernria LevInIA Cram. Pap. Exot. iv. p. 131, pl. 357. K.

Zebronia bunusalis W1\k. xix. 967. Brazil.

(18)TENTEPHRIA NEBULOSALIS Hmpsn. Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist.

Soe. ined. Ceylon.

(19)TENTEPHRIA ARGENTICINOTA, 0. sp.

2. White; palpi black above; patagia and basal segment of

abdomen with paired black spots; terminal segments of abdomen

yellowish, with silvery and black rings, the anal segment with

paired black spots. Fore wing with an ochreous tinge; three

pasal black spots ; an antemedial line arising from a black spot on

costa: both wings with a prominent discocellular spot; a post-

medial line oblique from costa to vein 5, then minutely dentate

and at vein 2 retracted to below angle of cell; a marginal orange

band, with a black line on its inner edge followed by a white line

defined inwardly by fuscous ; some marginal black specks.

Hab. New Guinea. Exp. 22 mm.

(20)TENTEPHRIA PANTHERATA, Butl. Ill. Het. ii. p. 59, pl. 39. £. 4.

Japan.

Type.

1898. ] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTINZ. 621

(21)TENTEPHRIA DIVARICATA, 0. Sp.

Head, thorax, and abdomen pale fulvous and brown; anal

tuft with a black band before it and black below in male. Fore

wing pale fulvous; two subbasal dark lines; a small annulus in

cell with line from it to inner margin; a discocellular reniform

spot filled in with fulvous; a postmedial strong black line straight

from costa to vein 2, then retracted to angle of cell and irregular,

the area beyond it suffused with brown. Hind wing paler, with

discocellular annulus ; ill-defined postmedial line slightly retracted

at vein 2, the area beyond it suffused with brown: both wings

with dark marginal line.

Hab, Sio Paulo (Jones). Exp. 26 mm.

(22);ENTEPHRIA SYLEPTALIS, 0. sp.

Palpi and frons fuscous, the former with the end of 2nd joint

ochreous ; head, thorax, and abdomen ochreous tinged with olive,

the last with brownish dorsal bands. Fore wing ochreous tinged

with olive and irrorated with olive-brown scales; the costal area

and a broad terminal area suffused with brown; an antemedial

dark line obtusely angled on median nervure; a point in cell and

prominent discoidal lunule ; the postmedial line marked by points,

bent inwards to costa, strongly excurved between veins 5 and 2,

then retracted to near angle of cell and bent outwards again; a

terminal series of black points. Hind wing whitish; a black dis-

coidal point; the postmedial line very strongly bent outwards

between veins 5 and 2; termen suffused with brown; a terminal

series of black strigee; a brown line through cilia,

Hab. Ecuador, Loja. Exp. 40 mm.

(23)TENTEPHRIA CROCALIS, 0. sp.

Golden yellow; head and anterior half of thorax purplish

fuscous; abdomen tinged with fuscous. Fore wing with the

costal half purplish fuscous, its lower edge indented beyond lower

angle of cell; a dark point on base of inner margin ; an obliquely

curved antemedial black line; a discocellular line; a postmedial

line obliquely angled below costa, slightly bent inwards below

vein 3 and reduced to points, a wedge-shaped yellow mark beyond

it on costa. Hind wing with discoidal point ; the postmedial line

represented by a sinuous series of points excurved beyond cell; a

purplish fuscous apical patch.

Hab. Fergusson I., N. Guinea (Meck). Exp. 22 mm.

(24) ENTEPHRIA PRH/RUPTALIS Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 428,

pl. 16.£. 8. Amboina; Fergusson Island.

Genus 19. Ravanoa.

Ravanoa Moore, Lep. Ceyl. iii. p. 284 (1885).

Palpi obliquely upturned and not reaching vertex of head, the

2nd joint broadly fringed in front, the 3rd well developed and

Type.

622 SIR G. F, HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Nov. 15,

acuminate ; maxillary palpi short and filiform; frons flat and

oblique; antennz of male minutely ciliated ; tibize with the spurs

long and nearly equal. Fore wing with the apex somewhat pro-

duced and the outer margin oblique; veins 3, 4, 5 from angle of

cell, 7 well separated from §, 9, to which 10 is approximated.

Hind wing with the cell short; veins 3, 4,5 from angle; 6, 7

from upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8.

Fig. 19.

"Ss

Ravanoa xiphialis, $. 3. (From Moths Ind. vol. iv.

Ravanoa xreutatis W1k. xvii. p. 483. Ceylon; Burma;

Borneo; Mysol.

tZebronia bilineolalis, Wik. xxxiv. 1350; Moore, Lep. Ceyl. iii.

pl. 180. f. 9.

Genus 20. RenimeEna.

Rehimena W1k. xxxiv. 1492 (1865).

Cyclarcha Swinh. A. M. N. H. (6) xiv. p. 203 (1894).

Palpi upturned, the 2nd joint slightly fringed in front and not

reaching vertex of head, the 3rd well developed and acuminate,

longer in female than in male; maxiilary palpi well developed and

filiform ; frons rounded ; antenne of male ciliated; tibiz with the

outer spurs half the length of inner. Fore wing with the apex

and outer margin rounded ; vein 3 from near angle of cell; 4,5

from angle; 7 well separated from 8, 9, to which 10 is approxi-

mated. Hind wing with vein 3 from angle of cell, which is short

and approximated to 4, 5 for a short distance; 6,7 from upper

angle, 7 anastomosing with 8.

Rehimena striolalis, §. +4. (From Moths Ind. vol. iv.)

(1)fRenmena puryyuaris WIk. xviii. 630; Moore, Lep. Ceyl.

iii. pl. 181. f. 5. India, Ceylon ; Burma ;

Botys haliusalis Wik. xviii. 695. Borneo ; Sumatra.

+Rehimena dichromalis Wlk. xxxiv. 1492.

Botys infundibulalis Snell. Midd.-Sum. p. 64, pl. v. f. 5 (mee

5 a, 6).

1898.] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTINA. 623

(2)TREHIMENA STRIOLALIS Snell. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1890, p. 604.

N.E. India.

+Cyclarcha atristrigalis Swinh. A. M. N. H. (6) xiv. p. 204.

te » jflavinervis Swinh. A. M. N. H. (6) xiv. p. 204.

hs pallidicostalis Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xvii. p. 188.

Auctorum.

Rehimena divisa Lucas, P. Linn. Soc. N.S. W. viii. p. 162.

W. Australia.

Genus 21. ZINCKENIA.

Zinckenia Zell. Lep. Caffr. p. 55 (1852).

Hymenia Hiibn. Verz. p. 360 (? 1827), non deser.

Spoladea Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 224 (1856).

Palpi upturned, the 2nd joint broadly scaled in front and not

reaching vertex of head, the 3rd well developed and acuminate ;

maxillary palpi long and filiform; frons rounded; antenne of

male nearly simple, the base of shaft excised, and a tuft of hair

from basal joint; tibie with the spurs long and nearly equal.

Fore wing with veins 3, 4, 5 from angle of cell; 7 well separated

from 8, 9, to which 10 is approximated. Hind wing with vein 3

from angle of cell; 4, 5 approximated for a short distance; 6, 7

from upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8.

Fig. 21.

Zinckenia fascialis, §. +}. (From Moths Ind. vol. iv.)

Type. (1) ZINCKENIA PERSPECTALIS Hiibn. Schmett. Eur., Nearctic,

Pyts fs 101; Neotropical, Ethiopian, &

Australian regions.

Spoladea animalis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 226.

» eaportalis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 227,

Zinckenia primordiahs Zell. Lep. Caftr. p. 56,

Desmia rhinthonalis Wik. xix. 932.

Hymenia phrasiusalis Wik. xix. 944.

(2) ZINCKENIA FASCIALIS Cram. Pap. Hixot. iv Neotropical,

pl. 39a: 4. 0: Nearctic, 8. Palearctic, Ethiopian,

Oriental, & Australian regions.

Phalena angustalis Fabr. Mant. Ins. p. 222.

_ recurvalis Fabr. Ent. Syst. p. 237.

Hymenia diffascialis Hiibn. Verz. p. 361.

Hydrocampa albifascialis Boisd. Faun. Ent. Madag. p. 119,

plerG: tes

(3) ZINCKENIA ALIMENALIS WIk. xvii. 397 (2 ). W. Africa.

624 SIR G. F. HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Nov. 15,

Auctorum.

Spoladea spilotalis Saalm. Ber. Senck. Ges. 1879-80, p. 299.

Madagascar.

» avunculalis Saalm. Ber. Senck. Ges. 1879-80, p. 300.

Madagascar.

Genus 22. Taprpra.

Tabidia Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. 1880, p. 219.

Palpi upturned, the 2nd joint not reaching vertex of head and

slightly scaled, the 3rd long and acuminate; maxillary palpi

minute and filiform; frons rounded; antenne of male thickened

and flattened, the outer spurs about two-thirds length of inner.

Fore wing of male with a recumbent valve of large scales from

base of median nervure above; veins 3, 4, 5 well separated at

origin; 7 straight and well separated from 8, 9, to which 10 is

closely approximated. Hind wing with the cell rather short ;

veins 3, 4,5 from angle; 6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing

with 8.

Fig. 22.

Tabidia aculealis, $. +4. (From Moths Ind. vol. iy.)

Sor. I. Fore wing with vein 2 arising from near base of

median nervure.

Type. (1) TaBIDIA INSANALIS Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. Pulo Laut ; Celebes ;

1880, p. 220, & 1883, pl. 8. f. 6. Duke of York &

tHydrocampa stenioides, Butl. A. M. N. H. Shortland Isls.

1882, ii. p. 235.

tHydrocampa felix, Butl. A. M. N. H. 1887, ii. p. 118.

(2)+TABIDIA CRATERODES Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1894, p. 467.

Pulo Laut; Celebes.

Suzor. II. Fore wing with vein 2 arising from middle of cell.

(3) TaBIDIA ACULEALIS Wk. xxxiv. 1427.

Ceylon; Pulo Laut : Sula; Celebes.

tIsopteryx trisignata Moore, Lep. Ceyl. iii. p. 306.

(4)*Taprpia canpipaLis Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xviii. p. 169.

Assam.

(5)fTABIDIA TRUNCATALIS, n. sp. (Plate XLIX. fig. 5.)

Fuscous; palpi white at base; abdomen with the terminal

segment ringed with white and the anal tuft whitish; thorax and

abdomen white below. Fore wing with slight pale mark below

1898. ] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN#. 625

base of costa; a nearly straight antemedial dark line defined by

whitish on inner side; a white spot below middle of costa, and.

another below origin of vein 2; two conjoined postmedial white

spots from below costa to vein 4 bounded by the sinuous post-

medial line, which at vein 4 is retracted to below end of cell.

Hind wing with the outer margin truncate from middle to anal

angle; a nearly straight oblique medial dark line; cilia of both

wings chequered white and fuscous.

Hab. Amboina ; Humboldt Bay (Doherty) and Fergusson Island,

N. Guinea; Queensland (Meek). Hwp. 22 mm.

Auctorum.

Botys defloralis Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. xxvi. p. 180, pl. 7. f. 10.

Java; Celebes.

Genus 23. HURRHYPARODES.

Eurrhyparodes Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. 1880, p. 215.

Molybdantha Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1884, p. 309.

Palpi upturned, the 2nd joint broadly scaled in front, the 3rd

short and blunt; maxillary palpi nearly as long as the labial and

dilated with scales at extremity ; frons rounded; antenne annu-

lated. Fore wing with veins 3, 4, 5 from angle of cell; 7 straight

and well separated from 8,9. Hind wing with the outer margin

excised below apex; the cell short; veins 4, 5 approximated for

a short distance; 6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing strongly

with 8.

Fig. 23.

Eurrhyparodes bracteolalis, 9. %. (From Moths Ind. vol. iv.)

Sucr. I. Fore wing of male with the glandular swelling on costa

very large, oval and extending nearly to apex; veins 8, 9 bent

downwards ; 10,11 stalked; hind wing with the outer margin

deeply excised below apex; fore tibiw thickly fringed with

hair.

(1)*EURRHYPARODES PLUMBEIMARGINALIS, Ni. Sp.

g. Head fuscous and ochreous; thorax and abdomen fuscous,

the latter obscurely ochreous towards base. Fore wing fuscous

brown with metallic reflections ; an obscure yellow subbasal line,

and another yellow line on inner side of the sinuous black ante-

medial line, which is angled at middle; a yellow mark on disco-

cellulars with a black spot on it; a large yellow patch below end

of cell bounded by the yellow postmedial line, which is angled

Type.

626 SIR G. F. HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [ Nov. 15,

inwards below costa and sharply outwards on vein 3, then retracted

to below end of cell; diffused leaden grey on marginal area; cilia

yellowish. Hind wing with the base dark, followed by a large very

irregular yellow area with the black discocellular spot on it, ana

conjoined below the cell to the yellow postmedial line, which

is defined on inner side by a black line and bent outwards between

veins 5 and 2, with a wedge-shaped dark patch in its sinus ; diffused

leaden grey on marginal area ; cilia yellowish.

Hab, Khasis. HEvp.22mm, Type in Coll. Rothschild.

Sucr. II. (Zurrhyparodes). Fore wing of male with a large post-

medial glandular swelling below costa which is slightly excised

towards apex.

(2) Eurruyparoprs spLenpEens Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het. ii.

p- 271, pl. 63. f. 10. Mexico; Centr. Am.

(83) EvrRHYPARODES BRACTEOLALIS Zell. Lep. W. & S. Africa ;

Caffr. p. 30. _ Japan; Oriental region ;

Isopteryx plumbalis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. New Hebrides ;

. 231. Australia.

» accessalis Wk. xvii. 405; Moore, Lep. Ceyl. iii.

pl. 179. £. 6.

Eurrhyparodes stibialis Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. 1880, p. 216, &

1883, pl. 8. f. 3.

Secr. III. (Molybdantha). Fore wing of male with no postmedial

glandular swelling below costa.

(4) EurruyPaRopEs TRICOLORALIS Zell. Lep. W. &S. Africa ;

Caffr. p. 31. Oriental region ;

Tsopteryx abnegatalis Wik. xvii. 404; Australia.

Moore, Lep. Ceyl. iii. pl. 179. f. 7.

Eurrhyparodes confusalis Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xviii. p. 218.

(5)TEURRHYPARODES SYLLEPIDIA, n. sp. (Plate XLIX. fig. 6.)

@. Head and thorax variegated black-brown and _ white ;

abdomen black-brown, the basal half of ventral surface white.

Fore wing brown suffused with purplish fuscous except the

terminal area below vein 6; a series of white points on costa ;

the antemedial line oblique sinuous, the postmedial sinuous, bent

outwards between veins 5 and 2, then retracted to below end of

cell; a semihyaline yellow band between them from subcostals to

inner margin ; two small spots on inner margin before the ante-

medial line, a trifid patch in sinus of postmedial line and series of

points beyond the line. Hind wing semihyaline yellow, the base

black; a black point at lower angle of cell; a dentate fuscous

postmedial line bent outwards between veins 5 and 2; an apical

black and brown patch and some diffused scales on rest of terminal

area ; a terminal series of black points.

Hab. Mexico, Guadalajara (Schaus). Hap. 28 mm.

Type.

1898.] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTINZ, 627

Genus 24. HitrrocnEPHES.

Heterocnephes Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 402.

Charitoprepes Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xvii. p. 136 (1896).

Palpi upturned and reaching vertex of head, the 2nd joint very

broadly and quadrately scaled, the 3rd with a long pointed tuft in

front ; maxillary palpi filiform and long; frons oblique; antennze

of male minutely ciliated and as long as the fore wing; tibie with

the outer spurs about half the length of inner. Fore wing with

the apex somewhat produced and the outer margin oblique ; veins 3,

4,5 from angle of cell; 7 curved and approximated to 8, 9 for

about one-third length; 10 also approximated to 8,9. Hind wing

with the cell about half the length of wing; veins 3, 4, 5 from

angle ; 6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8.

Fig. 24.

Heterocnephes lymphatalis, §. 4. (From Moths Ind. vol. iy.)

(1) Hererocnrrnes scapuLatis Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863,

p- 402, pl. 14. f. 5. Amboina; Solomons.

(2)tHETEROCNEPHES LYMPHATALIS Swinh. N.E. India; Burma;

P. Z. 8. 1889, p. 420, pl. 44. f. 7. Malacca; Borneo ; Java.

(3) HererocnEPuEs LuBRIcOsA Warr. A. M.N., H. (6) xvii. p. 136.

Assam.

Auctorum.

Heterocnephes vicinalis Snell. Midd.-Sum. iv. (1) 8. p. 70.

Sumatra.

ae atropygualis Pag. J.B. Nass. Ver. xxxix. p. 171.

Aru.

4 lunulatis Pag. J.B. Nass. Ver. xxxix. p. 172. Aru.

Genus 25. AGROTERA.

Agrotera Schrank, Faun. Boica, p. 163 (1798).

WNistra Wik. xvii. 488 (1859),

Tetracona Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1884, p. 348.

Sagariphora Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1894, p. 460.

Palpi upturned and reaching vertex of head, the 2nd joint

moderately scaled in front; the 3rd triangularly scaled and set on

at an angle; maxillary palpi filiform; frons rounded; antenne

ciliated and annulated; tibie with the outer spurs two-thirds

length of inner; abdomen long with slight lateral tufts. Fore

wing with veins 3, 4, 5 from angle of cell; 7 straight and well

628 SIR G. F. HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Nov.15,

separated from 8, 9, to which 10 is approximated. Hind wing

with the cell about half the length of wing; the discocellulars

angled ; veins 3, 4 from angle; 5 from just above angle; 6, 7

shortly stalked, 7 anastomosing with 8.

Fig. 25.

Agroptera magnificalis, $. }. (From Moths Ind. yol. iv.)

Sucr. I. (Sagariphora). Hind tibiz of male with tufts of long hair

at extremity on inner and outer sides, the tarsus fringed with

hair on outer side.

A. Hind wing with fringe of long hair on inner area below.

(1)rAGRoreRA MAGNIFICALIS Hmpsn. Ill. Het. ix. p. 173, pl. 174.

sept Ceylon; Sumbawa.

tSayariphora heliochena Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1894, p. 461.

B. Fore wing with hyaline fovea below base of cell.

(2)* AGROTERA SETIPES, n. sp.

3. Pale purplish fuscous; tegule, patagia, and base of abdomen

pale yellow spotted with orange-red. Fore wing with the base

marked with yellow and red; a pale yellow subbasal band with

waved edges, defined by black towards costa, and irrorated with

red especially on its edges; a slight black discocellular lunule with

small red spot on its outer edge; a postmedial dark line nearly

straight from costa to vein 3, then retracted to below end of cell

and angled outwards above vein 2. Hind wing with yellow and

red patch below end of cell; a postmedial line excurved beyond

angle of cell, then retracted and excurved again: both wings with

fine marginal black line.

Hab. Bungurau, Natuna Is. (Hose). Eup. 22 mm. Type in

Coll. Rothschild.

Scr. II. (Agrotera). Hind legs and hind wing normal.

(3)TAGROTERA SCISSALIS W]k. xxxiv. 1526.

N.E. India; Ceylon; Burma; Java.

(4)fAGROTERA EFFERTALIS W1k. xvii. 348; Ceylon: Perak ;

Hmpsn. Ill. Het. ix. pl. 174. f. 19. Celebes.

(5)*AGROTERA ENDOXANTHA, n. sp. (Plate XLIX. fig. 26.)

Q. Head, thorax, and abdomen pale yellow marked with orange-

red; palpi and last segment of abdomen fuscous; legs banded

1898.] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN&. 629

with fuscous, Fore wing with the basal area fuscous spotted with

orange-red, its outer edge obliquely curved and with traces of a

black line ; an oblique black striga on costa; the rest of wing dull

purplish ; a black discocellular lunule with bidentate yellow spot

edged by red on its outer side; the postmedial black line angled

outwards below costa and at vein 4, then retracted to below end

of cell and excurved again, and with a series of red-edged yellow

spots on its outer edge; a black marginal line; cilia chequered

black and yellow. Hind wing with the basal and inner areas pale

yellow ; a red spot below the cell and streak on vein 1; the apical

third of wing purplish, defined on inner side by a red line and

black point, and crossed by a black postmedial line with red and

yellow on its outer edge and tridentate beyond lower angle of cell ;

a fine black marginal line; cilia yellow, dark at apex and middle.

Hab. Humboldt Bay, N. Guinea (Doherty). Exp. 24mm. Type

in Coll. Rothschild.

(6)fAGROTERA FUMOSA, 0. sp.

Differs from effertalis in the male having a white patch on anal

segment above. Fore wing with the outer edge of basal area more

erect and slightly angled inwards on vein 1; a black discocellular

lunule instead of the yellow and orange patch. Hind wing with

smaller basal yellow patch with no orange on it.

Hab. Accra; Aburi, W. Africa. Exp., ¢ 26, 9 20 mm.

(7)TAGROTERA CITRINA, nN. sp.

Differs from fumosa in the anal segment of abdomen being dark.

Fore wing with a small orange speck beyond the dark disco-

cellular line; the outer part of costa with an orange fascia and

some orange beyond the postmedial line, which is much less re-

tracted at vein 2. Hind wing with straight prominent black post-

medial line between veins 7 and 2, with orange-red on its outer

edge.

“Hub. Accra, W. Africa. Zap. 18 mm.

(8)tAGRoreRA BASINoTATA Hmpsn. Ill. Het. viii. p. 137, pl. 155.

iy di6} India, Ceylon, & Burma.

(9)TAGROTERA DiscrnoTATA Swinh. A. M. N. H. (6) xiv. p. 207.

N.E. India.

Be griseola Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xvii. p. 139.

(10)*AGROTERA IGNEPICTA, 0. sp.

Q. Head, thorax, and abdomen yellow variegated with fiery red ;

antenne dark ; abdomen with slight dorsal segmental black lines

and the extremity purplish ; wings pale purplish. Fore wing with

the basal area yellow variegated with fiery red and with traces of

subbasal dark line and waved antemedial line; a large somewhat

bidentate yellow-and-red patch beyond the cell defined by dark

scales, and with some diffused brown with two red points on it

below it ; a minutely crenulate postmedial line angled below costa

Type.

630 SIR G. F, HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Nov. 15,

and at vein 3 retracted to below end of cell. Hind wing with the

inner area yellow variegated with red to the postmedial line, which

is represented by points from costa to vein 3, where it is retracted,

then developed into more prominent spots towards inner margin ;

a discocellular point and slight brown suffusion beyond lower angle

of cell.

Hab. Cedar Bay, Cooktown, Queensland (Meek). Exp. 26 mm.

Type in Coll. Rothschild.

(11) Acrorera NeMoRatxIs Scop. Ent. Carn. p. 242. Europe ;

Phalena erosalis Fabr. Ent. Syst. no. 405. Japan ; China.

(12)rTAGROTERA AMATHEALIS WIk. xvii. 348. Australia.

TPyralis ornatalis W1k. xxxiv. 1246.

(13) AcroreRa Proratis Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xvii. p. 139,

Australia.

(14)fAGRoTERA ca@LaTaLIs WIk. xvii. 488; Moore, Lep. Ceyl. iii.

pl. 182. f. 10, Ceylon ; Borneo ;

Botys proximalis Wik. xxxiv. 1434. Sumbawa ; Celebes.

(15)7A@RoreRA LeucostoLA Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 268.

Sikhim ; Assam.

(16) AcRrorERa BaRcEALIS WIk. xix. 942. Ceylon ; Sumatra ;

Zebronia retractalis Wik. xxxiv. 1350. Borneo ; Mysol.

» imdecisalis W1k. xxxiv. 1352.

Leucinodes opalina Moore, Lep. Ceyl. iii. p. 289, pl. 179. f. 10.

Auctorum.

Agrotera fenestralis Christ. Bull. Mose. lvi. (1) p. 39. Amur.

us retinalis Saalm. Ber. Senck. Ges. 1879, p. 304.

Madagascar.

Rhodaria olivacealis Brem. Mém. Acad. St. Pétersb. viii. p. 66,

pl, 6. f. 2: Siberia.

Genus 26. Dust,

Desmia Westw. Mag. Zool. ix. (1831).

Aidiodes Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 191 (1854).

Arna W1k. vili. 75 (1856),

Palpi upturned, the 2nd joint moderately scaled in front, the

Desmia funeralis, Sd. }.

. 8rd with a short triangular tuft; maxillary palpi small and filiform ;

Type.

1898. ] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTINZ. 631

frons rounded; antenne ciliated; tibie with the outer spurs

short; abdomen long in male. Fore wing with the apex produced

and the outer margin oblique; veins 3, 4,5 from angle of cell;

7 somewhat curved and approximated to 8, 9, to which 10 also is

approximated. Hind wing with the basal half of costa much

arched ; veins 3, 4, 5 approximated for some distance; 6, 7 from

upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8 to three-fourths of wing.

Secr. I. (Desmia). Antenne of male with the shaft excised at

middle and with a tuft of scales before the excision.

(1) Desuta runnratis Hiibn. Pyvr. f. 103. Usa.

» maculalis Westw. Mag. Zool. ix. pl. 2.

3 subdwisalis Grote, Can. Ent. iil. p. 126.

(2) Desmra TAGES Cram. Pap. Exot. i. p. 2, pl. 97. £. D.

W. Indies; Brazil.

Hyalitis tagesalis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 291.

Desmia propingualis Méschl. Surinam, p. 430, pl. 18. £. 37.

(3) DesMIA GEMINALIS Snell. Tijd. v. Hut. 1875, p. 249, pl. xiv.

ft. Os Colombia; Peru.

(4)TDrsMIA cERESALIS WIK. xvii. 339. Jamaica.

(5)TDESMIA PENTODONTALIS, 0. sp.

Black-brown with a cupreous tinge; palpi white below;

abdomen tinged with white. Fore wing with a hyaline spot in

cell; a lunulate spot in end of cell, extending to costa and conjoined

to a lunulate spot below the cell which has a whitish mark below

it ; a postmedial hyaline band from costa to vein 3 with 5 dentitions

on its outer edge with a line beyond them, at vein 3 becoming an

obliquely sinuous line. Hind wing with very irregular medial

hyaline band conjoined at lower angle of cell to an irregular

postmedial line arising from an apical patch ; cilia whitish.

Hab. Ecuador (Abbé Gaujon). Eup. 34 mm.

Sor. II. Antenne of male slightly excised at middle and without

tuft of scales.

(6) Dresmia vruus Cram. Pap. Exot. ii. p. 2, pl. 97. f. E.

W. Indies; Brazil.

A&diodes orbalis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 192 (var.).

TDesmia prognealis W1k. xvii. 346.

» bulisalis W1k. xix. 928.

t 4, dwwisalis W1k. xxxiv. 1292.

_(7)*DESMIA INTERMICALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 192 (9).

Mexico; Brazil.

632 SIR G. F, HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [ Noy. 15,

Sect. III. Antennz of male thickened at one-third and fringed

with spines above; patagia with very long tufts of hair;

fore wing with the base of inner margin lobed and clothed

with black scales ; hind wing with the inner margin immensely

lobed and thickly clothed with black hair.

(8) Dusm1a Basunaris Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 291. Brazil.

Glyphodes dermatalis Feld. Reis. Nov. pl. 136. f. 23.

Sect. IV. Antennz of male normal.

A. Hind wing of male with a fold on inner area containing

floceulent hair below.

(9)TDzsMIA DiscREPANs Butl. A. M. N. H. 1887, ii. p. 117.

Solomons.

B. Hind wing of male with a fold at upper angle of cell.

(10)*Dzsmra PisusaLis WIk. xix. 927. Brazil.

C. (4idiodes). Hind wing of male normal.

(11) DesMIa FUNEBRALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p.189. S. America.

», notalis Feld. Reis. Nov. pl. 136. f. 4.

Hyalea melanalis Feld. Reis. Noy. pl. 135. f. 16.

(12)TDESMIA PAUCIMACULALIS, 0. sp.

» sepulchralis Warr. Tr. Ent. Soc. 1889, p. 270 (nee

Guen.).

3. Black. Fore wing with small subtriangular hyaline spot in

cell and elongate wedge-shaped bar beyond the cell. Hind wing

with oblique antemedial hyaline band, not reaching costa, broad-

ening at median nervure and narrowing to a point at inner margin.

Hab, Amazons (Trail). Exp. 24 mm.

(13)tDzsmra ExTREMA WIk. viii. 75. Brazil.

(14) Desm1a Proraris Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 192. W. Indies ;

Brazil.

(15)*DesMIa SHPULCHRALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 190.

Trinidad ; Brazil.

(16) DusM1A srricivirraLis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 193.

Venezuela; Brazil.

(17)TDESMIA MELALEUCALIS, n. sp. (Plate XLIX. fig. 27.)

2. Purplish black; palpi at base, pectus, and patches on cox

white ; abdomen blue-black, the first segment with white band,

the next two slightly edged with white, the basal half of ventral

surface white. Fore wing with short irregular hyaline streak

below base of cell ; a somewhat triangular spot in end of cell; a

slight discoidal lunule; points above and below base of vein 2 with

a striga beyond them; a band beyond the cell between veins 7

and 3, expanding below vein 5, and with two small detached spots

1898. ] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN 2%. 633

beyond its lower extremity between veins 2 and 4. Hind wing

hyaline white; the base, costa, and terminal area irregularly

purplish black, the costal fascia emitting a tooth on discocellulars

and encroached on by a spot above middle of vein 6; the terminal

band quadrately excised between veins 5 and 2, with a striga

between veins 3 and 2; black points at lower angle of cell and on

middle of vein 1.

Hab. Ecuador, Loja. Exp. 30 mm.

(18)7DESMIA ODONTOPLAGA, n. sp.

36. Head blackish; palpi white below; thorax and abdomen

brownish. Fore wing fuscous brown with a cupreous tinge; an

elliptic white spot in and below middle of cell, with a speck beyond

its lower point and obscure line from it to inner margin; a white

postmedial patch between veins 2 and 5 conjoined to two small

spots between it and costa. Hind wing with large medial white

patch not reaching costa and inner margin, its outer side expanding

and minutely dentate below vein 5; cilia of both wings white at

tips.

Hab. Parana, Lower Amazons (Austen). Eup. 20 mm.

(19)+DrsMia CHRYSEIS, n. sp. (Plate XLIX. fig. 28.)

3. Orange-yellow; anal tuft iarge, with some leaden scales,

Fore wing with the base of costa and antemedial line purplish

fuscous, the latter obsolescent below vein 1; a point in cell and

discoidal line ; the terminal third purplish fuscous except on costa,

its inner edge rather sinuous. Hind wing with obscure discoidal

point and oblique postmedial line; a purplish-fuscous band on

termen, broad at costa, narrowing to a point above tornus.

Hab. Aroa, Venezuela; Peru. vp. 32 mm.

Auctorum.

Aidiodes flebilialis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 191. Cayenne.

Desmia naclialis Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. 1875, p. 250, pl. xiv. ff. 6, 7.

W. Indies.

» jovealis Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. 1875, p. 252, pl. xiv. ff. 8, 9.

W. Indies.

Aidiodes orientalis Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. xxiii. p. 233, & xxvii.

pl. iv. ff. 3, 3a. Celebes.

De ia viduatalis Moschl. Abh. Senck. Ges. xvi. p. 311.

Porto Rico.

Aidiodes unipunctalis Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het. ii. p. 261,

pl. 62. f. 26. Panama.

Genus 27. AiTHorLrx.

Atholix Led. Wien. Ent. Mon, 1863, p. 437.

Palpi upturned and reaching vertex of head, the 2nd joint

moderately scaled, the 3rd with a short triangular tuft in front ;

maxillary palpi filiform ; frons rounded ; antenne slightly longer

than the fore wing and ciliated ; tibie with the outer spurs about

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1898, No. XLIII. 43

634 SIR G. F, HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Nov. 15,

two-thirds length of inner; thorax with ridges of large flattened

scales below ; abdomen rather long, with lateral tufts. Fore wing

narrow ; the apex produced and the outer margin oblique; veins

3, 4, 5 from angle of cell; 7 curved and approximated to 8, 9, to

which 10 also is approximated. Hind wing with the cell short ;

the discocellulars straight ; veins 3, 4 from angle and approximated

for a short distance; 5 from just above angle; 6, 7 from upper

angle, 7 anastomosing with 8; the costal nervure and costa much

arched at middle.

Fig. 27.

We x

Zitholix flavibasalis, §. 3. (From Moths Ind. vol. iy.)

Type. (1) AATHOLIX FLAVIBASALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 193; Led.

Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, pl. 17. f. 6. W. India; Ceylon;

Andamans ; Borneo.

tZitholix cingalesa Hmpsn. Ill. Het. ix. p. 173, pl. 174. £. 18.

(2)* ArHOLIx INDECISALIS, Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xvii. p. 148.

Assam.

Genus 28. Pagypa.

Pagyda W1k. xvii. 487 (1859).

Synclera Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 444.

Palpi upturned and reaching vertex of head, the 2nd joint very

broadly and quadrately scaled in front, the 3rd short with a long

pointed tuft in front; maxillary palpi filiform; frons rounded ;

antenne annulated with rings at the joints ; tibiz smoothly scaled,

the spurs nearly equal except the outer medial spur of hind tibie,

Fig. 28.

Pagyda salvalis, 8. }. (From Moths Ind. vol. iy.)

which is about one half the length of inner. Fore wing with

veins 3, 4, 5 from angle of cell; 6 from well below upper angle ;

7 straight and well separated from 8, 9, to which 10is approximated.

Hind wing with the cell short; vein 3 from angle; 4, 5 approxi-

mated for a short distance or well separated; 6,7 from upper

angle, 7 anastomosing with 8,

Type.

1898.] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTINA. 635

Szor. I. (Pagyda). Mid tibie of male with a fold containing

a tuft of long hair.

(1) Paeypa avroraLis Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 215, pl. 7. f. 17.

N.E. India; Burma.

t 4, rubricatalis Swinh. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1890, p. 282.

(2)tPaaypa saLvaLiIs Wlk. xvii. 487; Moore, Lep. Ceyl. iii.

pl. 182. f. 6. Japan ; India, Ceylon, & Burma ;

t+ Botys arbiter Butl. Ill. Het. p. 77, pl. 59. £. 13. Borneo.

(3)*PaGYDA SCHALIPHORA, Nn. sp.

2. Pale yellowish, palpi and first segment of abdomen. tinged

with orange. Fore wing with slightly curved orange antemedial

line; a line on discocellulars met at lower angle of ceil by a curved

postmedial line arising from a black point on costa, then continued

to inner margin, then forming a fork, the area beyond it suffused

with pinkish ; an indistinct smuous submarginal line. Hind wing

with curved oblique antemedial line, broad oblique postmedial

line, and submarginal line from costa to vein 2; the area beyond

the antemedial line below vein 2 and between the postmedial and

submarginal lines suffused with pinkish; both wings with fine

orange marginal line and line through the cilia.

Hab. Cedar Bay, Cookstown, Queensland (Meck). Exp. 22 mm.

Type in Coll. Rothschild.

(4) PaGyDA CALIDA, 0. sp.

Deep brownish orange ; legs striped with white; abdomen with

_white dorsal lines on last two segments, followed by a pair of

black points, a white spot and lateral white streaks on the anal

tuft. Fore wing with curved antemedial line; a postmedial line

oblique from costa to vein 3, where it is sharply angled and re-

tracted to below end of cell, both lines arising from black points

en costa; two black discoidal points; an indistinct submarginal

line bent inwards to costa. Hind wing with broad oblique ante-

and postmedial lines running to near anal angle, the latter met at

vein 2 by the submarginal line ; both wings with fine dark marginal

line and orange line through the cilia.

Hab. Padang Rengas, Malay Peninsula; Baram, Borneo

(Everett), Exp.24mm. Types in Coll. Rothschild and B.M.

(5)tPaeyDA DIscotor Swinh, A. M. N. H. (6) xiv. p. 197.

Assam; Burma.

_ (6) Paeypa Borypatis Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. 1880, p. 69, & Midd.-

Sum. pl. v. f. 9. N.E. India ; Ceyion ;

tPagyda aurantialis Hmpsn. Ml. Het. ix. Sumatra; Borneo.

p- 169, pl. 173. £. 17.

(7)tPacypa are@yritis Hmpsn. Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soe.

ined. Sikhim.

(8)TPacyDa AMPHISALIS WIK. xviii. 661, Japan; China; Assam,

43*

636 SIR G. F. HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Noy. 15,

(9)fPaeypa QuADRILINEATA Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1881, p. 586.

Japan.

(10)tPaeypa Pmasanis WIk. xviii. 717. Borneo.

(11)*Pae@ypa LusTRALIS Snell. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1890, p. 615.

N.E. India; Burma.

(12)*PacyDA EXALBALIS Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 271. Burma.

(13)?Paeypa FuLvistRica Swinh. A. M. N.H. (6) xiv. p. 206( 9).

Assam.

(14)7Paeypa cartraLis WIk. xviii. 789 (9 ). W. Africa.

(15)+Paeypa PARAPHRAGMA Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1889, p. 157.

New Guinea.

Sxor. II. (Syneclera). Mid tibize of male not dilated.

(16)tPacypa tRapuUCALIS Zell. Lep. Caffr. p. 54; Moore, Lep.

Ceyl. iii. pl. 182. f.9. | Neotropical & Ethiopian regions ;

Palestine; India, Ceylon, & Burma.

Spilomela retinalis Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1857, p. 100.

+Samea jarbusalis Wik. xvii. 352.

+Glyphodes univocalis W1k. xvii. 499.

+Zebronia cottalis W1k. xix. 964.

tSamea chlorophasma Butl: P. Z. 8. 1878, p. 493.

(17)TPaGYDA SUBTESSELLALIS Wlk. xxxiv. 1406.

N.E. India; Burma.

(18)7Paeypa stRaMINEALIS Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 273.

Sikhim.

(19)tPacypa EryrHrias Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1894 p. 457 (mid

tibiz wanting). Celebes.

Auctorum.

Synclera prelatalis Méschl. Abh. Senck. Ges. xiv. p. 81.

Jamaica.

Genus 29. Ercra.

Ercta W1k. xvii. 425 (1859).

Spanista Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 18638, p. 445 (preoec.).

Hydriris Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1863, p. 445.

Palpi upturned and reaching vertex of head, the 2nd joint

broadly scaied in front, the 3rd with a short triangular tutt of

scales in front ; maxillary palpi extremely minute ; frons rounded ;

antenne long and annulated ; tibie with the outer spurs about

half the length of inner ; abdomen of male long, with a trifid anal

tuft. Fore wing with the costa arched towards apex, which is

produced; the outer margin excurved at middle; veins 3, 4, 5

from close to angle of cell; 7 straight and well separated from

8, 9, to which both 10 and 11 are closely approximated. Hind

wing with the outer margin somewhat excurved at middle; veins

1898. ] OF THH SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTINZ. 637

3, 4, 5 from angle of cell; 6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing

with 8.

Ercta elutalis, §. }. (From Moths Ind. vol. iv.)

Szor. I. Mid tibie of male dilated with a fold containing

a ridge of hair.

(1)tErora ELurALIS W1Ik. xvii. 448. 8. India ; Ceylon ;

+Pyralis aonisalis W1k. xix. 911. Borneo ; Celebes.

Botys bornealis Feld. Reis. Nov. pl. 135. f£. 27.

Spanista pretiosalis Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. 1880, p. 239, & 1884,

pl. 4. ff. 9,9 a.

Szot. II. Mid tibis with no dilation or fold.

(2) Erora ornatatis Dup. Lép. France, vii. p. 207, pl. 223. f. 8.

S. Nearctic, Neotropical, & Ethiopian regions ;

Botys saturalis Treit. Schmett. Eur. 8. Europe; the Oriental

x. 3. 29. & Australian regions.

TPyralis deciusalis W1k. xix. 905.

Botys invenustalis Wik. xxxiv. 1431.

+ Cataclysta fraterna Butl. A. M. N. H. 1875, ii. p. 415.

(3) Erora cHatypiris Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1885, p. 444.

New Hebrides ; Tonga.

(4) Erora virrara Fabr. Ent. Syst. ii. 2, p. 217. W. Indies.

» hemialis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 248.

t 4, tipulalis W1k. xvii. 426.

Auctorum.

Hydriris angustalis Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. xxxviii. p. 154. — Jaya.

Genus 30. CNAPHALOCROCIS.

Cnaphalocrocis Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1868, p. 384.

Palpi upturned, the 2nd joint broadly scaled in front, the 3rd

with a short triangular tuft; maxillary palpi filiform; frons flat

and oblique ; antenne annulated ; tibie with the outer spurs half

the length of inner. Fore wing with veins 3, 4, 5 from angle of

cell; 7 straight and well separated from 8,9; 10, 11 stalked ;

male with erect triangular tuft of hair on upperside from subcostal

and median nervures at middle of cell, with a depression of the

wing-membrane between them and downwardly directed post-

medial tuft from costa. Hind wing with the cell short; veins 3,

638 SIR G. F, HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Nov.15

4, 5 from angle; 6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8

almost to apex.

Cnaphalocrocis medinalis, 8. }. (From Moths Ind. vol. iv.)

Type. ON PHALOCROCIS MEDINALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 201. Japan;

tBotys rutilalis Wik. xviii. 665. Oriental & Australian regions.

t ,, tolealis Wik. xviii. 666; Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863,

pw dQsie7T.

T 4, nurscialis W1k. xviii. 724 (subsp.).

» fasciculatalis Wik. xxxiv. 14381.

tT ,, acerrimalis Wik. xxxiv. 1449.

Genus 31. Marasmtia.

Marasmia Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 385.

Dolichosticha Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1884, p. 304.

Epimima Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1886, p. 235,

Lasiacme Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xviii. p. 176 (1896).

Palpi upturned, the 2nd joint broadly scaled in front, the 3rd

with a short triangular tuft; frons flat and oblique; antenne

annulated ; tibize with the outer spurs half the length of inner.

Fore wing with veins 3, 4,5 from angle of cell; 7 straight and

well separated from 8, 9, to which 10 is closely approximated.

Hind wing with the cell short; veins 3, 4, 5 from angle; 6, 7

from upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8 almost to apex.

(Qe

Marasmia venilialis, 8. 4. (From Moths Ind. vol. iv.)

Sucr. I. (Marasmia). Fore wing of male with a very large tuft of

long flattened leaden-coloured scales on upperside from below

middle of costa, extending across the cell and covering a

vesicular fold in end of cell.

Type. (L)TMARasMra VENTEIALIS WIk. xvii. 373. W. &S. Africa ;

TBotys ruralis Wlk. xviii. 666. Oriental & Australian

+ 4, marisalis Wik. xviii. 717. regions to Fiji.

1898.] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTINE. 639

Marasmia cicatricosa Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 386,

p12. £. 8.

Lasiaeme mimica Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xviii. p. 177.

(2) Marasmia HuMICROssA Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1887, p. 217

(2). Fiji.

(3)}MaRrasMIA LATIMARGINALIS Hmpsn. Ill. Het. viii. p. 138,

pl. 155. f. 15. N.E. & 8. India.

Lasiacme pilosa Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xviii. p. 176.

Szor, II. (Zpimima). Fore wing of male without the fold and tuft

below costa.

A. Maxillary palpi filiform ; fore wing short.

(4) MarasMia TREBIUSALIS W1k. xviii. 718. W. Africa; India ;

Asopia socialis W1k. xxxiv. 1306. Ceylon ; Borneo ;

Epimima stereogona Meyr. Trans, Ent. Soc. Flores ; Fiji.

1886, p. 236.

(5)tMaRasMia BILINEALIS Hmpsn. Ill. Het. viii. p. 189, pl. 155.

f, 25. Assam ; 8. India; Ceylon; Borneo.

Dolichosticha subauralis Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xviii. p. 175.

B. Maxillary palpi triangularly dilated with scales ; fore wing

rather more produced at apex.

(6)fMarasMia cocHrusaLis Wlk. xix. 959. U.S.A.; W. Indies ;

Botys azionalis W1k. xix. 985. S. America.

t ,, ruptalis Wlk. xxxiv. 1391.

(7) MaRrasMia TRAPHZALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. Neotropical,

200 Ethiopian, Oriental, &

+Botys creonalis Wk. xviii. 579; Moore, Australian regions.

Lep. Ceyl. iii. pl. 180. f. 10.

+ ,, neoclesalis W1k. xviii. 635.

+ ,, suspicalis W1k. xviii. 667.

+ ,, convectalis Wik. xxxiv. 1411.

Cnaphalocrocis bifurcalis Snell. Tijd. vy. Ent. 1880, p. 219, &

1883, pl. 8. f. 5.

Dolichosticha perinephes Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1887, p. 236

(subsp.).

(8)}MaBasMIA FUSCIFASCIALIS Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 277.

Ceylon.

(9)}Marasmia nxiaua Butl. A. M. N. H. 1879, ii. p. 453 (9).

Japan.

Auctorum.

Marasmia aurea Druce, P. Z. 8. 1888, p. 230. Fiji.

Cnaphalocrocis santtalis Snell. Midd.-Sum. iv. (1) 8. p. 65.

Sumatra.

640 SIR G. F, HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Noy.15,

Cnaphalocrocis perpersalis Méschl. Abh. Senck. Ges. xvi. p. 293.

Porto Rico.

5 similis Hedemann, Stett. Ent. Zeit. lv. p. 287.

St. Croix.

Dolichosticha subvenilialis Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. xxxviii. p. 124.

Java.

Auxomitia minoralis Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. xxiii. p. 222, & xxvi.

pl. viii. ff. 5, 5 a. Jaya.

Genus 32, RHIMPHALBA.

Rhimphalea Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 410.

Palpi upturned, the 2nd joint broadly fringed in front, the 3rd

short and blunt with a small triangular tuft in front; maxillary

palpi well developed and filiform ; frons flat and oblique ; antennz

annulate and somewhat longer than the fore wing; paired tufts

of hair behind the eyes; legs long and slender, the outer spurs

about half the length of inner; abdomen long, the claspers and

anal tuft very largely developed. Fore wing with veins 3, 4, 5

well separated at origin, 7 curved and approximated to 8, 9 for a

short distance ; 10 also approximated to 8,9. Hind wing with

the cell about half the length of wing; veins 3, 4, 5 from angle ;

6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8.

Fig. 32.

Rhimphalea trogusalis, 8. 4. (From Moths Ind. vol. iv.)

(1) Rumenarna TRoeUSALIS WIk. xviii. 711. Himalayas ;

Botys megalopsalis Wik. xxxiv. 1428. | Assam; Philippines ;

Pinacia ocularis Feld. Reis. Nov. pl. 136. f. 20. Borneo ;

Spilomela ommatalis, Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. 1880, Celebes.

p. 235, & 1884, pl. 4. f. 5.

(2)}RumMPHALBA OCHALIS WIk. xviii. 711. Assam ; Java.

Spilomela strabonalis Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. 1880, p. 236.

(3)TRHIMPHALEA ASTRIGALIS, n. sp. (Plate XLIX. fig. 25.)

Whitish; palpi, sides of frons, and tegule fuscous; thorax

largely mixed with fuscous ; legs striped with black; abdomen

with lateral black stripes, the long terminal segment of male

fuscous above with Y-shaped white mark at extremity. Fore

wing with subcostal fuscous fascia; subbasal and antemedial

fuscous patches on inner area, the latter running out to a point

on vein 1 and connected with subcostal fascia by traces of an

Type.

1898.] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTINE. 641

antemedial line; the end of median nervure, base of vein 2, and

discocellulars marked with black and conjoined to a black spot in

end of cell; a postmedial fuscous line with dentate marks on its

inner side at veins 7 and 6, then excurved to vein 2, where it is

connected by a bar with tornus, then retracted to near lower

angle of cell; subterminal and terminal fuscous bands ending in a

point on termen at vein 2; cilia fuscous. Hind wing with oblique

discoidal fuscous bar ; the postmedial line excurved below costa,

bent outwards between veins 5 and 2, then retracted to near angle

of cell and angled on vein 1; fine lines just inside termen, on

termen, and through cilia.

Hab. Sandakan, Borneo (Pryer). Hap. 22 mm.

Differs from ochalis principally in being without the postmedial

streaks on veins.

(4) Rurmpwanza scenatanis Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. N. Guinea;

1863, p. 411, pl. 15. f. 3. Australia.

2 papualis Feld. Reis. Noy. pl. 136. f. 22.

oF sy enone Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1886, p. 428.

(5) RHIMPHALHA HERANIALIS WIk. xviii. 714. Malay Pen. ;

Polythlipta splendidalis Wik. xxxiv. 1490. Borneo ;

New Guinea.

(6) RHIMPHALEA LinDUSALIS WIk. xviii. 712. Borneo ;

Solomons ; Australia.

(7) RHIMPHALEA circotomA Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1889, p. 513.

New Guinea.

Auctorum.

Rhimphalea fastidialis Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. xxiii. p. 228, & xxvii.

pl. mi. i. 7; 7 a Celebes.

Genus 33. Hya nna.

Hyalea Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 206 (1854).

Palpi upturned, the 2nd joint broadly scaled in front, the 3rd

short with a small triangular tuft; maxillary palpi dilated with

scales; frons with a rounded prominence; antenne annulate;

Fig. 33.

Hyalea dividalis, 8. }.

tibie with the outer spurs about half the length of inner. Fore

wing with veins 3, 4,5 well separated at origin; 7 curved and

approximated to 8, 9, to which 10 also is approximated. Hind

642 SIR G. F. HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Nov. 15,

wing with veins 3, 4, 5 from angle of cell ; 6, 7 from upper angle,

7 anastomosing with 8 to two-thirds of wing.

Type. (1) Hyatma pivipauis Hin. Zutr. p. 39. 390, ff. 779, 780.

Brazil.

(2) HyaLma PALLIDALIS, n. sp. (Plate XLIX. fig. 23.)

Differs from dividalis in being paler yellow. Fore wing with

the oblique black fascia arising from base of costa; a small speck

at middle of cell conjoined to the costal fascia and a triangular

patch reaching to lower angle of cell; cilia of both wings white.

Hab. Sao Paulo (Jones); Peru. Hap. 22 mm.

(3)*Hyana sUCCINALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 206. Brazil.

Auctorum.

Hyalea glaucopidalis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 207, pl. 8. £. 7.

Hab. ignotus.

Botys impeditalis Maasen, Stiibel’s Reise, p. 169, pl. ix. f. 22.

Ecuador.

Genus 34. LrucocHroma,

Leucachroma Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 286 (1854).

Palpi upturned, the 2nd joint moderately scaled in front, the

3rd with a short triangular tuft; maxillary palpi filiform ; frons

rounded ; antenne of male annulated ; tibie with the outer spurs

less than half the length of inner. Fore wing with veins 3, 4, 5

from angle of cell; 7 curved and approximated to 8, 9, to which

10 also is approximated. Hind wing with veins 3, 4, 5 from

angle of cell; 6,7 from upper angle; 7 anastomosing with 8.

Fig. 34.

Leucochroma corope, d. 3.

Type. (1) LevcocHroMa corope Cram. Pap. Exot. iv. p. 130, pl. 357.

£1, W. Indies; S. America.

Epipagis corrivalis Hiibn. Verz. p. 358.

Phalena splendidalis Cram, Pap. Exot. iv. p. 161, pl. 371.

Botys selectalis W1k. xxiv. 1396.

tLeucochroma mineralis Warr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1889, p. 267.

(2)}LevucocHROMA MELUSINALIS W1k. xvii. 492. Venezuela,

1898.] OF THD SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTINZ. 643

Auctorum.

Leucochroma prosalis Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het. ii. p. 266,

pl. 62. £. 30. Panama.

i saltigalis Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het. ii. p. 266,

pl. 62. f. 31. Panama.

Be ruscialis Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het. ii. p. 266,

pl. 63. f. 1. Panama.

Genus 35. SYNGAMIA.

Syngamia Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 187 (1854).

Salbia Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 198.

Platamonia Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 427.

Aithaloessa Led, Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 435.

Bacotoma Moore, Lep. Ceyl. iii. p. 382 (1885).

Orphanostigma Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) vi. p. 478 (1890).

Palpi upturned, the 2nd joint reaching vertex of head and

broadly fringed with scales in front, the 3rd short, blunt, and with

a small triangular tuft in front ; frons oblique ; antenne with the

shaft annulate ; tibie with the outer spurs about half the length

of inner; abdomen with long anal tuft in male. Fore wing with

veins 3, 4,5 from angle of cell; 7 straight and well separated

from 8, 9, to which 10 is closely approximated. Hind wing with

veins 3, 4, 5 from angle of cell; 6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anasto-

mosing with 8 to two-thirds of wing.

Fig. 35.

Syngamia floridalis, §. 3. (From Moths Ind. vol. iv.)

Sucr. I. (Salbia). Antenne of male with the basal joint dilated

and with a curved scale-tooth from extremity ; the basal part

of shaft much curved, with a small tuft of hair at base,

followed by a very long tuft of curved black hair forming

a hollow to contain the scale-teeth on curved portion of

shaft.

A. Fore wing of male with a fringe of large scales on basal two-

thirds of inner margin directed towards the costa.

(1) SynGAMIA FLABELLALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 199.

Botys tytiusalis Wik. xix. 984. W. Indies ; Colombia.

Salbia abnormalis Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. 1875, p. 215, pl. 12,

ff. 7, 8.

Type.

644 SIR G. F, HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Nov. 15,

(2)*SYNGAMIA DEFORMALIS Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. 1875, p. 214,

pl. 12. ff. 4, 5, 6. Colombia.

(3)*Syneamia CoanaTaLis Snell. Tijd. vy. Ent. 1875, p. 215, pl. 12.

ff. 9, 10. Colombia.

B. Fore wing of male with a large fold on basal two-thirds of

inner margin.

(4) Synaamra anorpaLis Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. 1875, p. 216, pl. 12.

i BS PRR 2 Brazil.

C. Fore wing of male with the base of costa produced to an

angled lobe.

(5) Syneamra CassrpaLis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 199. W. Indies ;

Salbia squamosalis Wallengr. Eug. Resa, p. 382. Brazil.

T 4, pellucidalis Warr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1889, p. 268.

Secor. II. (Syngamia). Antenne of male normal.

(6) SYNGAMIA RUBROCINCTALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 204.

Salbia dilutalis, Wik. xxxiv. 1301. Honduras.

Botys coidalis Feld. Reis. Noy. pl. 135. f. 14.

(7) Syneamra puprratis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 187. Bogota ;

Botys collaris Feld. Reis. Nov. pl. 135. f. 19. Brazil.

(8) SYNGAMIA FLORELLA Cram. Pap. Exot. iv. p. 114, pl. 348. f. L.

Neotropical region.

Anama quisqualis Hiibn. Zutr. iti. 27. 176, ff. 351, 352.

(9)TSYNGAMIA FLORIDALIS Zell. Lep. Caffr. p. 60. S. Africa ;

Oriental region ; Pacific groups.

Glyphodes calidalis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 294.

tSyngamia octavialis WIk. xvii. 334.

mertonealis, W1k. xvii. 334.

tiphalis Wik. xvii. 335.

* secutalis Wlk. xxxiv. 1291.

Hyalea fulvidalis Wallengr. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1860, p. 174.

Botys witialis Feld. Reis. Nov. pl. 185. f. 8.

”

(10)*SYNGAMIA XANTHALIS, n. sp.

Q. Head fuscous and ochreous; palpi fuscous, white below ;

thorax fuscous above ; abdomen and wings ochreous yellow. Fore

wing with basal purplish-fuscous patch narrowing to inner margin ;

the costa fuscous to beyond middle; a point at middle of cell; a

discocellular patch with yellow line on it; the postmedial line

erect from costa to vein 2, minutely dentate between veins 5 and

2, then retracted to join the discocellular patch and sinuous to

inner margin, a large fuscous patch occupying the terminal area

1898. ] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTINA. 645

from costa to vein 3, and a patch on inner area in the sinus of line

leaving a yellow point beyond the line on inner margin. Hind

wing with discocellular fuscous point ; the postmedial line oblique

and minutely waved from costa to vein 2, then somewhat retracted

and reduced to points; the apical area fuscous from costa to

vein 3.

Hab. Humboldt Bay, N. Guinea. Exp. 20 mm. Type in Coll.

Rothschild.

(11)tSyneamra FERVIDALIS Zell. Lep. Caffr. p. 59. S. Africa.

tAsopia biblisalis W1k. xvii. 368.

(12)Syneamra aBRupraLis W1k. xvii. 371; Moore, Lep. Ceyl. iii.

plist. 14. W. Africa; Oriental region to

tAsopia dotatalis Wk. xxxiv. 1305. Australia and Fiji.

» suffectalis Wk. xxxiv. 1307.

(13)7Syneamra viprusaLis WIk. xviii. 634. W. Africa; 8. India;

Burma.

(14) SyNGAMIA HHMORRHOIDALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 201.

tAsopia dircealis W1k. xvii. 365. W. Indies; 8. America.

(15) SYNGAMIA LATIMARGINALIS W1k. xvii. 370 ; Moore, Lep. Ceyl.

ii. pl. 178. f. 16. W. & E. Africa ;

+ Botys jucundalis Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, India; Ceylon;

p- 463, pl. 8. f. 17. Burma.

Orphanostigma versicolor Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xviii. p. 175.

(16)fSyNGaMIa FALSIDICALIS WI1k. xvii. 370. \India ; Ceylon.

(17)*SYNGAMIA DENTILINEALIS, n. sp. (Plate XLIX. fig. 24.)

@. Reddish brown ; palpi white below; abdomen with yellow-

ish segmental lines. Fore wing with the basal area mostly yellow,

bounded by the antemedial line, which is obtusely angled on

median nervure; a yellow spot in end of cell before the black

discoidal lunule ; the postmedial line bent outwards and dentate

between veins 3 and 5, then retracted to angle of cell and obtusely

angled on vein 1, a yellow patch on its inner side beyond the cell

interrupted by brown streaks on the veins, a yellow patch beyond

it in the sinus narrowing to inner margin and three spots on its

inner side below the cell, a yellow streak from its angle on vein 3

to outer margin. Hind wing pale yellow; a dark discocellular

spot connected with inner margin by an oblique sinuous line; the

postmedial line strongly dentate and ending on outer margin above

anal angle, the area beyond it fuscous; both wings with prominent

series of yellow points on the cilia.

Hab. Bandong, Java. Hep. 24mm. Type in Coll. Rothschild.

(18)tSyneamia vionata Fabr. Mant. Ins. ii. p. 213. Ceylon.

ss abjungalis W1k. xviii. 670; Moore, Lep. Ceyl. iii.

pl. 180. f. 8.

Type.

646 SIR G, F, HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Nov. 15,

(19)*Syne@amra LATIFUSALIS Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 281, Burma.

(20)?SYNGAMIA CAMILLUSALIS WIk. xvii. 713. Malacca; Borneo.

(21) Syneamra ampLiaTaLis Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 428,

pl. 16. f. 6. Amboina ; Solomons.

Botys wlatalis Wik. xxxiv. 1436.

(22)+SynGAMIA TYTIUSALIS W]k. xviii. 605. W. Indies ;

C.& 8S. America.

(23)TSYNGAMIA VIOLESCENTALIS Hmpsn. A. M. N. H. (6) xvi.

p- 337 (2). Grenada.

(24) Syneamza MARMORATA Lucas, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queens). viii.

p- 92. Queensland.

Merodictya subtessellalis Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xvii. p. 187.

(25)*SYNGAMIA AQUATICALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 284, pl. 8.

f. 4. Brazil,

Zebronia lacrinesalis W1k. xix. 965.

Auctorum,

Botys moluccalis Feld. Reis. Nov. pl. 135. f. 13. Moluccas.

Salbia preformatalis Moschl. Abh. Senck. Ges. xvi. p. 291.

Porto Rico.

Genus 36. HiLErrHta.

Mileithia Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. 1875, p. 217.

Palpi upturned, the 2nd joint broadly scaled in front, the 3rd

with a triangular tuft; maxillary palpi small and filiform; frons

rounded; antenne ciliated, in male with a tooth from extremity of

basal joint ; tibiz with the outer spurs half the length of inner.

Fore wing with veins 3, 4,5 from angle of cell; 7 straight and

well separated from 8, 9; 10, 11 stalked; male with a fold

at base of costa below. Hind wing with veins 3, 4, 5 from angle

of cell; 6,7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8 to three-

fourths of wing.

Fig. 36.

Hileithia decostalis, B. 4.

HILEITHIA DECOsTALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 229. 8. America.

Samea melicertalis W1k. xvii. 356.

Zebronia perseusalis W1k. xvii. 475.

Hileithia appialis Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. xviii. p. 219, pl. 12,

ff. 13, 14.

1898. ] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN 2. 647

Auctorum.

Hileithia ductalis Moschl. Abh. Senck. Ges. xvi. p. 292.

Porto Rico.

Genus 37. SamMmEA.

Samea Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 198 (1854).

Palpi upturned, the 1st and 2nd joints broadly scaled in front,

the 8rd with a small triangular tuft; maxillary palpi filiform ;

frons flat and oblique; antenne of male ciliated ; tibia with the

outer spurs short. Fore wing with veins 4,5 approximated for

some distance; 7 curved and approximated to 8, 9, to which 10

also is approximated. Hind wing with veins 4, 5 approximated

for some distance ; 6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8.

Fig. 37.

Samea ecclesialis, G. 4.

Szor, I, Abdomen of male with large paired lateral

medial tufts curled over dorsum.

Type. (1) SAMBA ECCLESIALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 194, pl. 6. £. 7.

U.S.A; W. Indies ;

» castellalis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 195. S. America.

» luccusalis W1k. xix. 937.

t , disertalis Wik. xxxiv. 1302.

(2) Samua MULTIPLICALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 227. U.S.A.;

t 4, discessalis Wik. xxxiv. 1302. S. America,

+ ,, mniceusalis WIk. xvii. 464.

Suor. II. Abdomen of male without tufts.

(3)*Samua ISARALIS Feld. Reis. Nov. pl. 185. f. 25. Bogota.

Auctorum.

Samea figuralis Wik. Tr. N. H. Glasg. i. p. 368. Congo.

» fumidalis Leech, Ent. xxii. p. 70, pl. iv. f£. 8. Japan.

» conjunctalis Moschl. Abh. Senck. Ges. xvi. p. 290.

Porto Rico,

648 SIR G, F, HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Nov. 15,

Genus 38. TrirHyRIs.

Trithyris Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 140.

Prenesta Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. 1875, p. 219.

Palpi upturned, the 2nd joint broadly scaled in front, the 3rd

with a small triangular tuft; maxillary palpi filiform ; frons with

an oblique prominence ; antenne ciliated; tibie with the outer

spurs half the length of inner. Fore wing with veins 3, 4, 5 well

separated at origin; 7 straight and well separated from 8, 9,

to which 10 is approximated. Hind wing with veins 3, 4, 5 from

angle of cell; 6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8.

Fig. 38.

Trithyris scyllalis, S. +.

Secor. I. (Prenesta). Antenne of male slightly thickened by scales

at middle and contorted ; anal tuft very large.

A. Fore leg of male with grooves containing tufts of hair in

femur, tibia, and Ist joint of tarsus.

(1)tTRITHYRIS SCYLLALIS WIk. xviii. 566. Mexico; Brazil.

Botys turnusalis W1k. xviii. 628.

», dehcatalis Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 376, pl. 11.

f) 10:

Prenesta fabialis Snell. Tijd. vy. Ent. 1875, p. 220, pl. 12.

ff. 15, 16.

B. Fore leg of male with the groove running to end of tarsus.

(2) TRrirHyRIs suNIALIS Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. 1875, p. 220, pl. 12.

fate. Colombia.

(3)tTRITHYRIS RUBRALIS, 0. sp.

3. Dark red; palpi, pectus, and ventral surface of abdomen

black, the last with the terminal segments yellowish white; anal

tuft black at base. Fore wing with traces of antemedial line with

yellowish mark before it in cell ; a prominent black-edged orange

quadrate spot in end of cell, a discoidal black lunule ; the post-

medial line excurved to vein 2, then retracted te origin of vein 2,

with an orange spot on its outer side and almost obsolete towards

inner margin. Hind wing with discoidal annulate spot and curved

Type.

1898. ] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTINE, 649

postmedial fuscous line ; both wings with terminal series of black

points and black line through the cilia, which are brown.

Hab. Peru. Exp. 34 mm.

Subsp. 1. Hind wing with orange spot in cell; both wings with

large curved patch beyond the cell.—Hcuador, Loja.

Srov. II. (Trithyris). Antenne of male normal.

A. Mid tibie of male greatly dilated with a groove containing a

fringe of large scales.

(4)tTRITHYRIS AURANTIACALIS Warr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1889,

p- 289. Brazil.

(5)*TRiTHyRis PERTICALIS Feld. Reis. Nov. pl. 135. f.9. Bogota.

Botys galbula Feld. Reis. Noy. pl. 135, f. 20.

B. Mid tibize of male normal.

(6)fTRITHYRIS IPHICLALIS WIk. xvii. 876. Brazil.

(7)TTRITHYRIS PROTENORALIS W1k. xviii. 628. Brazil.

(8)TtTRirHyRis NysaLis W1k. xviii. 606. Brazil.

(9) TRITHYRIS FENESTRINALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 341, pl. 15.

£8. Brazil.

(10)}TritHyrRis PRrosopHaLis WIk. xvii. 358, W. Indies.

(11)*Trirnyris sanuaLis Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 410,

pl. 15. f. 2. Brazil.

(12) Trrruyris LATIFASCIALIS Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. xviii. p. 238,

pl. xiii. f. 12. Colombia; Ecuador.

Auctorum.

Trithyris ignefactalis Méschl. Abh. Senck. Ges. xiv. p. 81.

Jamaica.

Genus 39. BoccHoris.

Diastictis Hiibn. Verz. p. 355 (1827), preoce.

Bocchoris Moore, Lep. Ceyl. iii. p. 271 (18886).

Chabula Moore, Lep. Ceyl. iil. p. 317.

Didymostoma Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 392 (1892).

Anomostictis Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 434.

Palpi upturned and reaching vertex of head, the 2nd joint

moderately scaled in front, the 3rd with a short triangular tuft ;

maxillary palpi filitorm; frons flat and oblique; antenne with the

shaft smooth; tibie with the outer spurs half the length of inmer.

Fore wing with veins 3, 4,5 from angle of cell; 7 straight and

well separated from 8, 9, to which 10 is approximated. Hind

Proc. Zoou, Soc.—1898, No. XLLY. A4

650 SIR G, F. HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Noy. 15,

wing with veins 3, 4, 5 from angle of cell; 6, 7 from upper angle,

7 anastomosing with 8.

Bocchoris onychinalis, . %. (From Moths Ind. vol. iv.)

Secor. I. Antenne of male minutely serrate.

(1)TBoccHoris RoruNDALIS Hmpsn. Ill. Het. ix. p. 169, pl. 172.

f. 23. India; Ceylon.

Sect. IT. Antenne of male ciliated.

A. Fore wing of male with three hyaline streaks in the

interspaces beyond the cell.

(2)fBoccHoris apatis WIk. xix. 989. Brazil.

B. Fore wing of male normal.

a. Both wings with the apex somewhat produced, the

outer margin excised to vein 3, where it is angled.

(3) BoccHorIs INVERTALIS Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. 1877, p. 78, pl. 6.

f.4. Burma; Sumatra; Borneo; Queensland; N. Guinea.

b. Outer margin of both wings rounded.

(4)*BoccHoris JUNCTIFASCIALIS, n. sp. (Plate XLIX. fig. 29.)

9. White; palpi and frons brown at sides; antenne, thorax,

and abdomen at base of dorsum tinged with brown ; the anal tuft

black. Fore wing with the costal and inner areas black-brown to

the postmedial line, each emitting a striga defined by white on

inner side and representing the antemedial line; a large brown-

outlined discoidal lunule conjoined, to the costal area and with

a point between it and the brown inner area; a prominent

slightly curved dark postmedial band, conjoined, except towards

costa and inner margin, to a similar oblique almost straight sub-

terminal band; a terminal band narrowing to tornus. Hind wing

with discoidal point; a prominent straight postmedial dark band ;

a terminal band narrowing to tornus ; both wings with fine black

line through the cilia.

Hab. Banda (Doherty). Exp. 24 mm. Type in Coll. Roth-

schild.

(5)TBoccnoris InpucraLis WIk, xxxiv. 1450. Pulo Laut Jaya.

1898.] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN 2. 651

(6)tBoccHoris panatis Hmpsn. Ill. Het. ix. p. 169, pl. 172. f. 25,

Ceylon.

(7) BoccHorts TrivirraLis Swinh. A. M. N. H. (6) xvi. p. 302.

Assam.

Synelera fenestralis Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xvi. p. 105.

(8) Boccuoris Inscrsaxis Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. 1880, p. 213, & 1883,

pl. 18. f. 16. Brazil; W. Africa; India; Ceylon;

tHydrocampa tenera Butl. P. Z. 8. 1883, p. 167. Celebes.

(9)tBoccHoRIs CoNTORTILINEALIS Hmpsn. A. M. N. H. (6) xvi.

p- 336. Grenada.

(10) BoccHorts onycuinatis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 205, pl. 6. f.9.

W. Africa; Aden; India, Ceylon, & Burma;

+Zebronia braurealis Wik. xix. 971. Borneo ; Australia.

Lepyrodes astomalis Feld. Reis. Nov. pl. 135. f. 22.

(11)tBoccoHorIs FLAVIBRUNNEA, n. sp. (Plate KEEN. fig. 30.)

3S. Yellow-brown; head, thorax, and abdomen mixed with

white; palpi black, white at base and extremity; wings with

black-edged white markings. Fore wing with subbasal mark on

inner area; 4 curved antemedial line not reaching costa ; a medial

patch in and below cell with a small spot beyond its lower

extremity ; a reniform postmedial patch between veins 7 and 3

with small spot beyond it below vein 7 ; cilia fuscous at apex and

middle. Hind wing with the basal half white, extending on inner

area to two-thirds of wing and enclosing a small spot on vein 1;

the outer area yellowish, enclosing a postmedial white patch

between veins 2 and 7.

Hab. Natal, Malvern (Marshall), Exp. 16 mm.

(12) Boccoris pARsanaLis Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het. ii.

p- 238, pl. 62. f. 6. Mexico ; Centr. Am.; Brazil.

(13)*BoccHoris MARUCALIS Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het.1i. p. 237,

pl. 62. f. 3. Mexico.

(14)tBoccHoris acaMasALIS W1k. xix. 970. India, Ceylon, &

Burma; Java; Celebes.

tZebronia perspicualis Wik. xxxiv. 1347.

tBotys flecissimalis Wik. xxxiv. 1426.

Heterocnephes strangulalis Snell. Tijd. v. Hut. 1880, p. 224, &

1884, pl. 3. £.1.

(15) Boccnorts TELPHUSALIS WIk. xix.974. Japan; N.H. India;

Burma; Borneo; Amboina.

Chabula reniferalis Snell. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1890, p. 616.

Glyphodes uncinalis Pag. J.B. Nass. Ver. xxxvil. p. 273,

pl. vii. f. 6.

(16)*BoccHoris TEREALIS Wlk. xvii. 503. Borueo.

44*

652 SIR G. F. HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS (Nov. 15,

(17)?BoccHoris sPpHENOcosMA Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1894,

p- 456. Assam; Borneo; Pulo Laut.

TChabula vedrualis Swinh. A. M. N. H. (6) xiv. p. 197.

(18) BoccHoris minima Von Hedem. Stett. Ent. Zeit. lv. p. 295.

Jamaica ; St. Thomas.

(12)TBoccHorIs CHALCIDISCALIS, 0. sp.

3. White; head, thorax, and abdomen tinged with fuscous.

Fore wing golden brown, leaving the margins white; a white

speck in cell and another on discocellulars; a slight foveal de-

pression below base of cell. Hind wing white.

Hab. Espiritu Santo, Brazil (Jones). Hap. 20 mm.

(20)? Boccnoris STIGMATALIS, n. sp.

White with slight yellowish tinge; palpi banded with black ;

head and thorax with black spots ; abdomen with black bands, the

anal segment in male with two lines Which meet at apex. Fore

wing with four black spots at base; a subbasal fuscous figure-of-

eight shaped mark; an antemedial line slightly angled on median

nervure; a large annulus in cell and discocellular reniform spot,

the latter with two lines from it to inner margin, the inner emit-

ting some irregular markings to the antemedial line ; a postmedial

line angled inwards on vein 5 and ending at outer angle; adiffused

line across apex and a marginal line. Hind wing with disco-

cellular annulus and a line from it to near anal angle; an irregular

postmedial line forming an annulus at middle; submarginal and

marginal lines ; a small apical patch.

Hab, Sao Paulo, Brazil (Jones). Eup. 24mm. Type in B.M.

(21)7Boccnoris insrprpais Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 370,

pl..8. £15. S. America.

(22)7BoccHorIs cLAaTHRALIS Swinh. A. M. N. H. (6) xiv. p. 200.

Assam; Burma.

(23)tBoccHoRIS PULVEREALIS, 0. sp.

do. Fuscous; head, thorax, and abdomen mixed with white,

the last with dorsal black marks on last two segments; wings

irrorated with yellowish white. Fore wing with numerous semi-

hyaline white spots on basal two-thirds, forming ill-defined

subbasal, antemedial, medial, and postmedial series, the last ex-

curved between veins 5 and 2; subbasal and postmedial black points

on costa. Hind wing with similar subbasal, medial, and postmedial

series of spots; cilia of both wings chequered white and black.

Hab. Jaya, Arjuno (Doherty). Exp. 20 mm.

(24) Boccnoris aprpatis Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 475,

pl: TiS £ 16: India, Ceylon, & Burma ;

Botys notatalis Wik. xxxiv. 1437. Malacca; Amboina.

tSamea cuprinalis Moore, P. Z.S. 1877, p. 615.

Mimorista marginalis Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xviii. p. 114.

(25)7BoccHORIS EUPHRANORALIS W1k. xix. 1004. Celebes.

1898.] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN&. 653

(26) BoccuoRIs AUROTINCTALIS, 0. sp.

Very pale golden yellow ; thorax and abdomen slightly mottled

with grey-brown, the latter with dorsal series of white points ;

pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen white. Fore wing

with irregular greyish-white basal patch; a slightly-curved pale

brown antemedial line; the elongate orbicular and reniform spots

grey with pale brown outline, the latter with incuryed line from

its lower edge almost meeting on inner margin another line from

reniform which is angled outwards; a waved postmedial line;

the medial area below the cell and the inner area between the

outer line from reniform and the postmedial line greyish white ; a

grey-brown subterminal band with waved edges from costa to

vein 3, with a line from its lower end to the postmedial line at

vein 2; a brown marginal line. Hind wing with greyish ante-

medial band not reaching inner margin and with strong waved

brown edges ; irregularly waved postmedial and subterminal lines ;

a fine marginal line.

Hab. Fergusson I., N. Guinea (Meek), Queensland (Meek).

Exp. 238mm. Types in Coll. Rothschild and B.M.

(27) Boccnoris apratis WIk. xxxiv. 1425. Japan ; Assam ;

Mysol; Sangir.

tSamea usitata Butl. Ill. Het. iii. p. 74, pl. 59. f. 3.

TPyrausta platycapna Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1897, p. 90.

(28)+Boccnoris artrrIcatis Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 463,

ple. 12.0. N.W. Himalayas; Calcutta.

+Atdiodes inscitalis W\k. xxxiv. 1297.

T 4, abstrusalis Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 207.

(29)tBoccnoris acrnatis WIk. xix. 944. S. America.

TSamea dignotalis Wik. xxxiv. 1301.

(80) BoccHoris argyrauis Hiibn. Verz. p. 355, Zutr. i. 21. 57,

fe 113, 114. US.A.

Botis ventralis Grote & Rob. Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. i. p. 21,

pl. 2. f. 23 (var.).

(31) BoccHoris FRAcTURALIS Zell. Verh. z.-b. Ver. Wien, 1872,

p- 509, pl. 3. f. 16. U.S.A. ; S. America.

(32)7Boccuoris czcatis Warr. A. M. N.H. (6) ix. p. 434.

California.

(33) BoccHoRIs XANTHIALIS, nN. sp.

Orange-yellow ; fore femora banded with fuscous. Fore wing

with fuscous basal line; the broad antemedial line oblique from

costa to below median nervure, where it is obtusely angled; a

point in cell and discoidal spot ; the broad postmedial line slightly

incurved to vein 5, then strongly excurved, and at vein 2 retracted

to angle of cell, where it is connected by a blotch with the dis-

coidal spot; one or two subterminal spots below apex and one

above tornus, the former sometimes conjoined to the postmedial

Type.

654 SIR G, F, HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Nov.15

line. Hind wing with more or less developed fuscous postmedial

line between veins 5 and 2 and sometimes with subterminal spots

below apex and vein 2 or diffused subterminal band.

The postmedial line of fore wing sometimes becomes a broad

diffused nearly straight band.

Hab. Amboina (Doherty); Queensland (Meck). Exp. 28 mm.

Types in Coll. Rothschild and B.M.

(34)tBoccnoris TaLis Grote, Can. Ent. x. p. 26. U.S.A.

(35) Boconorts rnspERsatis Zell. Lep. Caffr. p. 33.

W. &S. Africa; Japan; Oriental region.

Desmia afflictalis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 191, pl. 5. f. 4.

+didiodes bootanalis Wk. xxxiv. 1298.

(36)+Boccnoris crn1aTa Swinh. A. M.N. H. (6) xiv. p. 206.

Assam.

(37) Boccnoris rRrmacuLaLis Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. xxiii. p. 232,

& xxxvii. pl. iv. ff. 2, 2a. Burma; Celebes.

(38) Boccnoris QUATERNALIS Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 434,

pl. dete. Amboina ; N. Guinea.

(39)TBoccnorts ciyT1aLIs W1k. xvii. 342. Brazil.

Genus 40. SaALBIOMORPHA.

Salbiomorpha Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. 1875, p. 216.

Palpi upturned, the 2nd joint reaching vertex of head and

broadly scaled in front, the 3rd short, blunt, and hidden by a tuft

of hair from end of 2nd joint; maxillary palpi filiform; frons

rounded; antenne with the shaft annulate, in male with the

basal joint dilated and with a curved scale-tooth from extremity,

the basal part of shaft much curved, with a long tuft of hair

between two small tufts of scales at base, and at the end of the

Fig. 40.

Salbiomorpha torsalis, S. }.

curved part a tuft of hair above and serrations below ; tibize with

the outer spurs half the length of inner; abdomen long in male.

Fore wing of male with a fringe of large scales directed towards

costa on basal two-thirds of inner margin; veins 3, 4, 5 from

angle of cell; 7 straight and well separated from 8,9,to which 10

is approximated. Hind wing with the costa lobed and angled at

Type.

1898.] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN ®. 655

middle in male; veins 3,4,5 approximated for a short distance ;

6, 7 shortly stalked, 7 shortly anastomosing with 8.

SALBIOMORPHA TORSALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 200. | Colombia.

Genus 41. Pinocrocts.

Pilocrocis Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 480.

Ceratoclasis Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 430.

Anisoctena Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1894, p. 455.

Palpi upturned, the 2nd joint broadly rounded with scales in

front, the 3rd short and with a small triangular tuft in front ;

maxillary palpi filiform; frons rounded; tibie with the outer

spurs half the length of inner. Fore wing with veins 3, 4,5 from

angle of cell; 7 curved and approximated to 8,9. Hind wing

with vein 3 from angle of cell; 4,5 somewhat approximated for a

short distance ; 6,7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8.

Pilocrocis ramentalis, 3. }.

Szor. I. (Ceratoclasis). Antenne of male distorted at two-thirds

from base with a vesicle formed of appressed serrations and

long spines projecting over it.

(1)tPinocrocis LaAvRALIS W1Ik. xvii. 358.

W. Indies ; 8S. America.

Ceratoclasis verecundalis Berg, Bol. Ac. Nac. Cord.i. p. 177. 15.

(2) Pitocrocis pELIMITALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 35.

W. Indies; S. America.

(3)*PiLocRocis IMBREXALIS WIk. xix. 987. Brazil.

Szcr. II. Antenne of male with a process from basal joint in

front, the base of shaft excised; patagia extending beyond

metathorax.

(4) Prtocrocis trrpunctTata Fabr. Mant. Ins. ii. p. 2138.

W. Indies ; Colombia.

Botys campalis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 345.

» cubanalis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 345.

T 4 memmialis, W1k. xviii. 731.

(5) Prtocrocis PLUMBICOSTALIS Grote, Can. Ent. ii. p. 103.

Florida,

656 SIR G. F, HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Noy. 15,

Szcr. III. Antenne of male with scale-tooth on basal joint ; the

base of shaft excised followed by slight scale-teeth ; under-

side of both wings with rough scales in cell, hind wing with

large recurved tufts of scales on medial part of costal area.

(6) PILOCROCIS COPTOBASIS, n. Sp.

3. Purplish fuscous; base of palpi and thoraxand abdomen below

white. Fore wing with small quadrate hyaline spot in end of cell

and another below origin of vein 2; the postmedial line formed by

three dentate hyaline marks beyond the cell, then three points

nearer the termen, between veins 5 and 2, and a point near the

hyaline spot below vein 2. Hind wing with the postmedial line

represented bya spot beyond the cell, three points near the termen

between veins 5 and 2, and a line from lower angle of cell to

tornus.

Hab. Amboina; Celebes; Batchian (Doherty); Fergusson I.,

N. Guinea (Meek). Ewp. 36 mm. Types in Coll. Rothschild and

B. M.

Sxcr. IV. (Anisoctena). Antenne of male with scale-tooth on basal

joint; a deep excision at base of shaft followed by curved

teeth on outer side for some distance; maxillary palpi dilated

with scales. ore wing with thick curled hair on base of

inner margin met by a fringe of curved hair in upper part of

cell; the median nervure and inner area clothed with long

hair. Female normal.

(7)tPtocrocrs syNomoris Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1894, p. 456,

Celebes.

Szct. V. Antenne of male with the shaft fringed with hair on

upperside at about one-sixth from base; frons with rounded

prominence.

(8)TPrLOCROCIS PURPURASCENS, Nn. Sp.

Head, thorax, and abdomen dark fuscous brown ; palpi at base,

pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen white; wings dark

fuscous with a purplish gloss; both wings with faint traces of

discoidal spot and postmedial line retracted at vein 3 to lower

angle of cell.

Hab. Ecuador, Loja; Trinidad. Exp. 40 mm.

Sucr. VI. (Pilocrocis). Antenne of male with the base of shaft

excised, then thickened and curved for some distance; fore

wing with a thick fringe of hair and scales below basal half

of costa.

Type. (9) Procrocis RAMENTALIS Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. vii. p. 430,

pee f Lo. U.S.A. ; Venezuela; Brazil.

Zinckenia perfuscalis Hulst, Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. xiii. p. 159.

1898. ] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN#. 657

Srecr. VII. Antenne of male normal.

A. Hind tibiz of male with large tufts of hair on outer side of

tibia and proximal joints of tarsus; fore wing below with

large fans of scales over the cell from below costal and sub-

costal nervures ; the patagia extending beyond metathorax.

(10)fPriocrocis pryatts WIk. xviii. 573, W. Indies.

Botys glaucusalis Wk. xviii. 576.

B. Hind tibie only with tufts of hair on outer side.

(11)tPinocrocts xrpHranis W1Ik. xviii. 594. Brazil.

Botysserratilinealis Led. Wien. Ent. Mon.1863, p. 375, pl. ii.f. 2.

(12)rPrLocRocIs CALAMISTIS, n. sp.

3. Ochreous yellow; palpi streaked with fuscous ; fore tibize

and femora ringed with fuscous ; hind tibiz with the tufts fuscous

on outer side ; abdomen slightly ringed with fuscous. Fore wing

with slight fuscous streak below basal half of costa; a curved

antemedial line angled inwards on vein 1: a speck in cell and

discoidal lunule ; the postmedial line incurved from costa to vein 5,

then bent outwards and dentate to vein 5, along which it is

retracted to near angle of cell. Hind wing with discoidal spot

the postmedial line as on fore wing, but with an oblique fuscous

shade in its sinus; both wings with fuscous terminal line.

Hab. Jalapa, Mexico (Schaus). Exp. 32mm. Types in B.M.

and Coll, Schaus.

C. Legs normal.

a. Fore wing of male with an elongate fovea in cell.

(138) Procrocts Incurnatis Guen. Delt & Pyr. p. 346.

U.S.A.; Brazil.

Botys thoasalis, Wik. xviii. 610.

» anticostalis Grote, Can. Ent. iii. p. 104.

b. Fore wing of male with a small fovea below the base of

cell enclosed by vein 1 being bent up to median nervure.

(14)TPrnocrocIs XANTHYALINALIS, n. sp.

3. Pale silky yellow; palpi above, frons above and below, and

base of tegule brown. Fore wing with brown fascia on costa; a

brown point in cell and discoidal bar.

Hab. Aroa, Venezuela. Exp. 28 mm.

c. Fore wing normal.

a’. (Lotanga). Patagia of male with a tuft of hair extending

beyond metathorax.

(15) Prtocrocis BaRcAaLIs WIk. xix. 1001.

India, Ceylon, & Burma; Borneo.

Deba milvinalis Swinh. P. Z. 8. 1885, p. 875, pl. 57. £.2;

Moore, Lep. Ceyl. i. p. 183. f. 11.

(16) Prnocrocis anicrusaris Wlk. xviii. 682 (9). Borneo.

658 SIR G. F, HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Nov. 15,

b'. Patagia normal.

(17)*Pinocrocts Rroxonatts Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het. ii.

p: 253, pl. 62. f. 20. Centr. Am.

(18) Pinocroctis ripEraLis, Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 350.

Cayenne ; Brazil.

(19)TPiLocRocIs LEUCOPLAGALIS, n. sp. (Plate XLIX. fig. 18.)

Fuscous shot with purplish blue; palpi ochreous below ; pectus

and ventral surface of abdomen white ; anal tuft of male ochreous.

Fore wing with semihyaline purplish fascia below the cell and

vein 2 and above base of vein 2; a spot in end of cell; an oblique

white somewhat wedge-shaped band beyond the cell from vein 7

to above 2. Hind wing with the interspaces semihyaline except

on terminal area.

Hab. Mexico, Jalapa (Schaus); Brazil, Castro Parafa (Jones).

Exp. 42mm. Types in B.M. and Coll. Schaus.

(20) Pitocrocis DAMoNALIS WIk. xviii. 617. Brazil.

(21)TPiLocrocis GILIPPUSALIS WI1k. xviii. 536. Brazil,

(22) Prnocrocis inFuscatis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 350.

Botys agavealis Wk. xviii. 574. ~ W. Indies; Brazil.

» pruinalis Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 373, pl. 9. f. 6.

» fuliginalis Wik. xxxiv. 1400.

(23) Prnocrocis ANORMALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 352.

Botys alvinalis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p.352. Cayenne; Brazil.

(24)fPILOCROCIS DISCODONTALIS, n. sp.

3. Greyish brown with a yellowish tinge. Fore wing with

oblique sinuous antemedial line ; a minute annulus in cell ; a pale-

centred discoidal lunule with a large yellowish hyaline patch

beyond it on inner side of postmedial line, which is oblique from

costa to vein 5, then bent outwards and dentate to vein 2, retracted

to lower angle of cell and excurved again, a series of small den-

tate ochreous marks on its outer side from costa to vein 2.

Hind wing ochreous suffused with brown, especially on inner area

and beyond the cell; a dark discoidal mark ; the postmedial line

bent outwards and dentate between veins 5 and 2, then retracted

to lower angle of cell and ending at tornus; the apical area brown ;

a brown line at base of cilia.

Hab. Venezuela, Aroa. Exp. 28 mm.

(25)* Prtocrocts cyrisaLis Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het. ii. p. 255,

pl. 62. f. 23. Centr. Am.

(26)*Pinocrocis crypratis Druce, Biol. Centr. Am., Het. ii.

p- 255, pl. 62. f. 22. Centr. Am,

1898.1] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN®. 659

(27)tPiLocRocis MACERALIS WIk. xix. 940. Brazil.

(28) Prrocroctis conFixaLis WIk. xxxiv. 1430. Borneo ;

Botys conjunctais Wik. xxxiv. 1437. Sumbawa; N. Guinea.

(29) PrnocRoOcIs LATIFUSCALIS, 0. sp.

Pale ochreous brown ; palpi fuscous, white below. Fore wing

with indistinct curved fuscous antemedial line ; a discoidal lunule ;

both wings with the postmedial line excurved from costa to vein 2,

retracted to below angle of cell, then slightly excurved again ; the

terminal area broadly fuscous, leaving a band of the ground-colour

between it and postmedial line.

Hab. Amboina (Doherty). Exp. 22 mm. Types in Coll.

Rothschild and B.M.

(80)fPILocRocIs ACUTANGULA, n. sp.

Yellowish white; palpi fuscous, white at base; shoulders

streaked with fuscous brown. Fore wing with the costa and

termen brown ; an oblique straight antemedial line joined at inner

margin by the postmedial line, which is obliquely curved from costa

to termen at vein 2, where it is very acutely angled, then retracted

to angle of cell and incurved to inner margin ; a point in cell and

discoidal lunule. Hind wing with discoidal lunule ; the postmedial

line acutely angled at vein 3, then retracted to angle of cell ; lines

on termen and through cilia.

Hab. Sandakan, Borneo (Pryer). Exp. 22 mm.

(31)TPILOCROCIS TRISTIGMALIS, 0. sp.

9. Brown tinged with fuscous; head and tegule blackish;

abdomen with black band on 2nd segment and dorsal points on

following segments. Fore wing with the costa suffused with black ;

an obscure subbasal line ; an antemedial black line obtusely angled

on median nervure; prominent black stigmata in and below middle

of cell; a large discoidal stigma; the postmedial line bent out-

wards and dentate between veins 5 and 2, then retracted to below

end of cell; the apical area black and angled inwards to the post-

medial line above vein 5; some black at tornus. Hind wing

with discoidal black line; the postmedial line bent outwards and

dentate between veins 5 and 2; apical area suffused with black ;

the termen black ; cilia whitish intersected with black.

Hab. Florida, Miami (Schaus). Exp, 28 mm.

(32) Pitocrocis cHLoRIsaLis W1k. xviii. 601. Mexico; Brazil.

(33)TPILOCROCIS MELANOPROCTIS, . sp.

3. Head brown; base of palpi ochreous; thorax and abdomen

ochreous, the anal tuft black. Fore wing ochreous; the costal

area fuscous; an obliquely sinuous antemedial dark line with a

small annulus in the cell beyond it; a large ochreous-centred

660 SIR G. F. HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Nov.15,

discocellular reniform dark patch with a waved postmedial line

with large dark apical patch beyond it, bent outwards and dentate

between veins 5 and 2, then retracted to the discocellular patch,

and with a patch beyond it extending to outer angle and two small

ochreous spots on its outer edge. Hind wing ochreous, with

discocellular speck ; the postmedial line much bent outwards and

dentate between veins 5 and 2; an apical dark patch and series of

marginal specks.

Hab. Sao Paulo, Brazil (Jones). Hap. 34 mm.

(34) Pruocrocis coutustRaLis Méschl. Abh. Senck. Ges. xiv. 3,

p. 76. Jamaica.

Auctorum.

Ceratoclasis tenebralis Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. xviii. p. 246, pl. xiv.

fice Se W. Indies.

a rooalis Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. xviii. p. 247, pl. xiv. f. 4.

W. Indies.

7 metalalis, Mosch]. Abh. Senck. Ges. xvi. p. 320.

Porto Rico.

Genus 42. Unopnza.

Ulopeza Zell. Lep. Caffr. p. 58 (1852).

Xacca W1k. Proc. N. H. Glasg. Soe. vol. i. 2, p. 370 (1869).

Pseudanaltes Warr. A. M. N. H.(6) vi. p. 477 (1890).

Palpi upturned, the 2nd joint reaching vertex of head and

slightly fringed in front, the 3rd well developed and acuminate,

with a short triangular tuft in front; maxillary palpi filiform ;

frons rounded ; antennz of male ciliated, the basal joint dilated

and toothed, the shaft excised, then clothed with rough black

scales for a short distance; tibiz with the outer spurs half the

Fig. 42.

Ulopeza idyalis, $. }. (From Moths Ind. vol. iv.)

length of inner; mid tibie clothed with spinous hair. Fore wing

with the apex somewhat produced and the outer margin oblique ;

veins 3, 4, 5 from angle of cell; 7 curved and approximated to 8,

9 for a short distance; 10 also approximated to 8,9. Hind wing

with veins 3, 4, 5 from angle of cell, which is rather short ; 6, 7

from upper angle or shortly stalked, 7 anastomosing slightly

with 8.

T, Yipes

1898. ] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN&. 661

Suor. I. (Ulopeza). Thorax of male below with ridges of large

scales; fore coxe and femora, hind tibize and spurs fringed

with long hair.

(1)fUxLopnza conicERALIS Zell. Lep. Caffr. p. 58. W.&S. Africa.

tXacca trigonalis Wik. Proc. N. H. Soc. Glasg. vol. i, 2, p. 370.

Szor. IT. (Psewdanaltes). Thorax of male and legs normal.

(2)pUtopnza tnyaLis WI]k. xix. 996; Moore, Lep. Ceyl. ii. pl. 183.

f, 5. India; Ceylon ; Borneo; Celebes.

Botys disjunctalis Wk. xxxiv. 1408.

(3) Unornza spmrviatis Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 209, pl. 7. f. 6.

Sikhim.

(4)*ULoprza TENEBROSALIS Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xvi. p.101 (9).

Queensland.

Genus 48. NosopHora.

Nosophora Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 407.

Analtes Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 407.

Eidama Wk. xxxiv. 1374 (1865).

Palpi upturned, the 2nd and 3rd joints recurved over vertex of

head, the Ist and 2nd joints in female slightly fringed with hair in

front, the 3rd with a small triangular tuft in front, in male the

2nd joint is fringed with long coarse hair curled upwards and in-

wards; maxillary palpi filiform; frons rounded; antennz of male

with long cilia, the basal joint dilated with scales; the vertex of

Nosophora althealis, 3. }. Goeed Moths Ind. vol. iv.)

head hollowed out in male; the patagia with tufts of long hair

extending beyond the metathorax; thorax below with ridges of

large curved scales near the coxe, a tuft of long hair from origin

of fore wing ; tibie with the outer spurs half the length of inner ;

mid tibie clothed with spinous hair. Fore wing with veins 3, 4, 5

from angle of cell; 7 curved and approximated to 8, 9 for one-third

length; 10 also approximated to 8,9. Hind wing with veins 3,

4, 5 usually from angle of cell; 6, 7 usually from upper angle,

7 slightly anastomosing with 8.

662 SIR G, F, HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Nov. 15,

Sect. I, Fore wing of male with tufts of rough hair in middle

and end of cell below.

(1)TNosopHora scorauna Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soe. 1894, p. 459.

Burma; Singapore ; Pulo Laut.

(2)fNosopHora aLpicurratis Swinh. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1890,

p- 273, pl. viii. f. 14. Burma.

Secor. II. Fore wing without tufts of hair in cell below.

A. Hind wing of male with a ridge of hair on underside

below subcostal nervure from uear base to beyond the

cell; veins 4, 5 from a point well above lower angle of

cell; 6, 7 stalked.

a. Male with the whole hind tibia, the inner terminal spur,

and the tarsal joints fringed with long hair.

(3) NosopHoRA CHTRONALIS WIk. xviii. 683. Assam; Borneo.

Nagia incomitata Swinh. A. M. N. H. (6) xiv. p. 205.

6. Male with the hind tibia, the inner spur, and the Ist two

tarsal joints fringed with hair.

(4) NosopHora consuncratis WIk. xxxiv. 1483. Assam ; Burma ;

Malayan subregion to Australia.

Ps ochnodes Meyr. P. Linn. Soc. N. 8. W. 1886, p. 255.

ce. Male with slight tufts of hair at end of hind tibie only.

(5) NosopHora rrieurratis Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xviii. p. 173.

Khasis ; Burma.

(6)*NosopHoRA PARVIPUCNTALIS Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 290.

Burma.

B. ( Nosophora). Hind wing of male with a tuft of hair in cell

and a short ridge beyond the cell; the hind tibia, the

inner terminal spur, and the whole tarsus fringed with

hair.

Type. (7)tNOsoPHORA DISPILALIS Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 288.

Assam; Borneo; Pulo Laut; Amboina.

- chironalis Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 407,

pl. 14. f. 12 (nec W1k.).

C. (Analtes). Hind wing of male with no ridge of hair

below subcostals; veins 4, 5 and 6,7 from angles of

cell.

a. Hind tibia of male fringed towards extremity with long

hair, the inner terminal spur and 1st tarsal joint also

fringed with hair.

(8)fNosoPHORA OBLIQUALIS Hmpsn. II]. Het. ix. p. 170,

EBs

(9)*NosoPHORA EUSPILALIS WIk. xxxiy. 1489(@ ).

pl. 173.

Ceylon.

New Guinea.

1898.] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN#, 663

b. Male with the hind tibia, the inner terminal spurs, and

the tarsus naked.

a’. Male with thick fringe of hair on inner area of hind

wing above.

(10)tNosopHors BARBATA,n. sp. (Plate L. fig. 2.)

3S. Black-brown; palpi yellowish in front; pectus and legs

whitish; fore tibiz# banded with fuscous ; abdomen whitish below.

Fore wing with oblique triangular yellow patch on middle of

costa enclosing the dark discoidal bar, extending nearly to vein 2,

and with its edges irregular, a fulvous yellow spot beyond it just

below costa. Hind wing with the fringe of hair on inner area

reddish.

Hab. Fergusson I., N. Guinea (Meek). Exp. 30 mm. Type

in B.M.

b’. Male without fringe of hair on inner area of hind

wing.

(11) NosorpHora auTHEaLis W1k. xviii. 697. India; Ceylon &

Malayan subregion to New Guinea.

Analtes congenitalis Wik. xxxiv. 1488.

tNosophora quadrisignata Moore, Lep. Cey]. iii. p.320, pl.183.£.6,

(12) Nosopnora sEmirritaLis Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 407,

pl. 14. f. 14. Sikhim; Pulo Laut; Amboina,

Botys palpalis Wik. xxxiv. 1430,

(13)TNosoPpHoRA FULVALIS, n. sp.

Yellow suffused with fulvous; palpi black at extremity ; pectus

and underside of abdomen whitish; lateral black streaks on ter-

minal half of abdomen. Fore wing with the basal part of costa

dark, terminating in a curved antemedial line; a postmedial dark

line nearly straight from costa to vein 2, along which it is retracted

to below end of cell, then slightly excurved again, the area between

the two lines in and beyond end of cell clear yellow with a rufous

discoidal line ; the terminal area more suffused with fulvous; the

costa towards apex and cilia fuscous. Hind wing with whitish spot

beyond the cell edged with fuscous except above ; the cilia fuscous.

Hab. Pulo Laut (Doherty); Fergusson I., N. Guinea (Meek).

Exp. 30mm. Type in B.M.

(14)*NosopHora HyPsatis WIk. xxxiv. 1374. Aru.

(15) NosoPHoRA FLAVIBASALIS, n. sp. (Plate L. fig. 3.)

3. Fuscous; palpi yellow except at extremity; tegule and

patagia yellow in frort; legs yellow and fuscous; abdomen with

the basal segment yellow, followed by a dorsal streak ending just

beyond middle ; the ventral surface yellowish white Fore wing

with yellow subbasal patch in and below cell; a slight streak on

basal part of vein 2; a hyaline point in end of cell and a large

elliptical spot beyond the cell between veins 3 and 6. Hind wing

664 SIR G. F. HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Noy. 15,

with large elliptical semihyaline spot between veins 2 and 5 from

below middle of cell to near outer margin.

Hab. Humboldt Bay, N. Guinea (Doherty). Eup. 28 mm.

Types in Coll. Rothschild and B.M.

(16)tNosopHora PANARESALIS WIk. xix. 992 (9 ). W. Africa.

(17)tNosopnora LATIFERALIS W]k. xxxiv. 1401 (9).

W. &S. Africa.

Auctorum.

Analtes tripunctalis Pag. J.B. Nass. Ver. xxxvii. p. 275, pl. vi. f. 5.

Amboina.

unipunctalis Pag. J.B, Nass. Ver. xxxvil. p. 276, Amboina.

”

Genus 44. CHALCIDOPTERA.

Chalcidoptera Butl. A. M. N. H. (1883) ii. p. 120.

Euthalantha Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. 1894, p. 42.

Palpi upturned, the 2nd joint reaching vertex of head and slightly

scaled in front, the 3rd well developed, with a small triangular tuft

in front; maxillary palpi small and filiform; frons rounded ;

antenne of male ciliated. Fore wing with veins 3, 4, 5 well

separated at origin; 7 straight and well separated from 8, 9, to

which 10 is approximated. Hind wing with the cell about half

the length of wing; 3 from angle; 4, 5 somewhat approximated

for a short distance, 6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing

slightly with 8.

Fig. 44.

Chalcidoptera emissalis, ¢. 3}. (From Moths Ind. vol. iv.)

Srcr. I. Antenne of male with the shaft knotted at one-third

‘from base, then excised, gradually thickened and clothed on

upperside with rough scales; abdomen with a large bilobed

corneous valve on underside from base covering the spiracles.

(1) CHALCIDOPTERA STRAMINALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 200.

N. India.

+Synclera nemoralis Swinh, P. Z. 8. 1889, p. 421, pl. 44. f. 6.

Sxor. IT. Antenne of male with the base of shaft thickened and

slightly excised, the outer margin of both wings excurved at

middle; hind wing with a small lobe on inner margin near

anal angle.

(2)*CHALCIDOPTERA ATRILOBALIS Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv: p. 292.

Burma.

Type.

1898.] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTINE. 665

Sror. III. Antenne of male with a small tooth on outer side of

basal joint at extremity, the base of shaft curved and thickened

with scales.

(8) CHALCIDOPTERA RUFILINEALIS Swinh. A. M. N. H. (6) xvi.

p- 303. Assam.

Secr. ITV. Antenne of male with two tufts of scales on basal joint

and a curved hook at extremity ; frons with long upcurved

hair; vertex of head hollowed out; hind tibie with tuft of

long hair at extremity, the inner spurs very long; hind wing

with large patch of rough hair in cell below.

(4)7CHALCIDOPTERA PRYERI,n. sp. (Plate L. fig. 1.)

3. Deep red; frons and vertex of head ochreous; palpi at

base, pectus, and underside of legs white ; abdomen fuscous above

except at base. Fore wing with the costa fuscous; a small yellow

spot in end of cell; a Jarge rather irregular lunulate spot beyond

the cell between veins 2 and 7, with two specks beyond its upper

extremity and one beyond its lower; cilia fuscous. Hind wing

with the costal and inner areas, the termen and cilia fuscous,

leaving a large triangular red patch below and beyond the cell,

bearing a subquadrate hyaline spot between veins 2 and 5,

Hab. Sandakan, Borneo (Pryer). Hep. 20 mm.

Sucr. V. Antenne of male normal; patagia extending beyond

metathorax.

A. Mid and hind tibie fringed with immensely long hair on

outer side, the inner spurs very long; hind tarsi with

the first two joints fringed with long hair on both sides ;

hind wing with the costa slightly excised beyond middle,

the apex much produced and faleate; rough hair on

end of vein 1 ¢ below.

(5) CHALCIDOPTERA EMISSALIS WIk. xxxiv. 1421. N.E. India ;

Analthes crinipes Feld. Reis. Nov. pl. 134. | Ceylon; Burma;

fig. 43. Singapore ; Borneo; Amboina;

Chalcidoptera rubra Butl. A. M. N. H. 1883, ii. p. 120. Aru.

tAnalthes pyrrhocosma Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1894, p. 460.

B. Mid and hind tibize smoothly scaled; hind wing normal.

(6) CHALCIDOPTERA APPENSALIS Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. 1884, p. 41,

pl b.f. 12, N.E. India; Ceylon; Burma; Java.

(7)*CHALcrpoprRa £DILIS Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1887, p. 227.

Entephria excurvalis Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xviii. p. 175.

Australia.

(8)tCHALCIDOPTERA BILUNALIS, 0. sp.

3. Fuscous brown; palpi white at base. Fore wing with

obliquely sinuous antemedial dark line; a white spot in cell; a

Proc, Zoon. Soc.—1898, No. XLV. 45

666 SIR G. F. HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Nov.15

large postmedial white lunule with dentate outer edge extending

from vein 8 to 2 and placed on the sinuous dark postmedial line

which is retracted to below angle of cell. Hind wing with large

white lunule beyond the cell with dentate outer edge, and with

the oblique postmedial line rising from it; both wings with pale

line at base of cilia.

Hab. Sierra Leone (Clements). Hap. 24-28 mm. Types in

B.M. and Coll. Schaus.

Genus 45. MrsoconDYna.

Mesocondyla Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 392.

Eulepte Hiibn. Zutr. vi. 3. i. B. 1 (1827), non descr.

Palpi upturned, the 3rd joint long with downturned scales in

front, forming a hook at its base; maxillary palpi filiform ;

frons rounded ; tibiz with the outer spurs half the length of inner.

Fore wing with veins 3, 4,5 from angle of cell; 7 curved and

approximated to 8, 9, to which 10 also is approximated. Hind

wing with vein 3 from angle of cell; 4,5 approximated for a short

distance; 6, 7 shortly stalked, 7 anastomosing with 8.

Fig. 45.

Mesocondyla dardusalis, 3. }.

Szor. I. (Mesocondyla). Antenne of male dilated and with tufts of

scales at middle; patagia short ; fore tarsi fringed with hair

on inner side.

Type. (1) MusoconpyLa DaRDUSALIS WIk. xviii. 518. S. America.

™ stigmatalis Led. Wien: Ent. Mon. 1883, p. 392,

pl. La. £36

Szor. II. (Hulepte). Antenne of male with the basal joint im-

mensely dilated and bearing tufts of hair on inner side ;

patagia extending to middle of abdomen.

(2) MusoconpyLa concorDALIs Hiibn. Zutr. vi. 3.1. B. 1. ff. 1-4.

W. Indies; S. America.

Botys gastralis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 346.

» peranthusalis Wik. xviii. 610.

T 4, ogmiusalis W1k. xviii. 730.

Phalena socialis Sepp, Surinam, iii. pl. 114.

Botys levalis Hulst, Tr. Am. Ent. Soe. xiii. p. 152.

1898. ] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN®. 667

Sror. III. Antenne of male normal ; fore tarsi with the 1st two

joints fringed on both sides with hair.

(3)tMESOCONDYLA TARSIBARBALIS, 0. sp.

3. Head, thorax, and abdomen fuscous; white at base below;

patagia tipped with ochreous; abdomen pale at base. Fore wing

semihyaline ochreous with broad cupreous fuscous costal fascia

from inner margin near base, including the obscure discocellular

lunule; a broad marginal cupreous fuscous band irregularly dentate

from costal fascia to vein 2, along which it runs inwards to below

angle of cell. Hind wing semihyaline ochreous with apical fuscous

patch ; a black speck at lower angle of cell.

Hab. Santarem, Brazil (Austen). Hap. 38 mm.

Genus 46. LnucoPHorTis.

Leucophotis Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1886, p. 426.

Palpi upturned, the 2nd joint reaching above vertex of head and

broadly scaled in front, the 3rd fringed with scales in front and

well developed; maxillary palpi nearly filiform; frons flat and

oblique; antennz of male serrate ; tibiee with the outer spurs half

the length of inner. Fore wing with vein 3 from angle of cell;

4, 5 approximated for a short distance ; 7 curved and approximated

to 8, 9, to which 10 also is approximated. Hind wing with vein

3 from angle of cell; 4, 5 approximated for some distance; 6, 7

from upper angle, 7 hardly anastomosing with 8.

Fig. 46.

Leucophotis pulchra, 3. }.

Type. }LEUCOPHOTIS PULCHRA Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1886, p. 426. Fiji.

Genus 47. CAPRINIA.

Caprinia W1k. xviii. 543 (1859).

Cydalima Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 397.

Palpi upturned, very broadly rounded with scales and tapering

to apex; maxillary palpi dilated with scales; frons rounded ;

antennz with the shaft nearly simple; tibie with the outer spurs

45*

Type.

668 SIR G. F. HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Nov. 15,

less than half the length of inner; male with the anal tuft large.

Fore wing with the costa highly arched towards apex ; veins 3, 4,

5 from angle of cell; 7 curved and closely approximated to 8, 9

for nearly half its length; 10 also approximated to 8,9. Hind

wing with vein 3 from angle of cell; 4, 5 closely approximated for

a short distance; the discocellulars slightly angled and nearly

erect; 6, 7 from upper angle or shortly stalked, 7 anastomosing

with 8.

Fig. 47.

Caprinia conchylalis, $. %}. (From Moths Ind. vol. iv.)

Sror. I. Antenne of male with two teeth on base of shaft with a

sinus between them ; fore wing with a costal fold enclosing

a tuft of bair.

(1)tCaprinia crrrearis Swinh, A.M. N. H. (6) xix. p. 170.

hs S. Borneo.

Sror. II. Antenne of male with the base of shaft excised; fore

wing with a costal fold enclosing a tuft of long hair.

(2) CAPRINIA DIAPHANALIS WIk. xxxiy. 1365. Burma ; Java;

Solomons ; New Britain; Australia.

+Botys margaronialis Wik. xxxiv. 1442.

+Margaronia plumifera Butl. A. M. N. H, 1882, i. p. 236.

Sror. IIL. (Cydalima). Antenne of male with the basal joint

dilated, the basal part of shaft thickened with scales and

contorted.

(3) Caprinta concHyLatis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 303, pl. 8. f. 9.

India; Burma; Andamans.

Srcr. IV. (Caprinia). Antenne of male normal.

(4)tCAPRINIA PERIUSALIS WIR. xviii. 543. Venezuela.

(5) Caprinta renpert Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 401.

Assam ; Java; Amboina.

<3 intermedia Warr. A. M.N.H. (6) xvii. p. 100.

(6)tCaprinia HyPHEUSALIS W1k. xviii. 523, Brazil.

(7)PCAPRINIA CONGLOBATALIS W]k. xxxiv. 1421. Flores.

1898. ] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN 2. 669

Genus 48. SPILOMELA.

Spilomela Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 280 (1854).

Palpi upturned, conical, and reaching vertex of head ; maxillary

palpi filiform; frons rounded; antenne annulate and as long as

the fore wing; legs long and slender, the outer spurs half the

length of inner; abdomen of male with long anal tuft. ore wing

with veins 3, 4, 5 from angle of cell; 7 curved and approximated

for a short distance to 8, 9, to which 10 also is approximated.

Hind wing with vein 3 from angle of cell; 4, 5 approximated for

a short distance; 6, 7 shortly stalked, 7 anastomosing with 8.

Fig. 48.

Spilomela perspicata, S. i.

Szcr. I. Fore wing of male with a roughly scaled glandular

swelling at middle of costa.

Type. (1) SPILOMELA PERSPICATA Fabr. Mant. ii. 213. S. America.

Phalena stygialis Stoll, Pap. Exot. v. p. 56, pl. 12. f. 7.

Sucr. II. Fore wing of male normal.

(2) SPILOMELA FIMBRIAURALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 319.

W. Indies; Brazil.

Genus 49. Macarprara.

Macaretera Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1886, p. 255.

Trichoptychodes Swinh. A. M. N. H. (6) xiv. p. 207 (1894).

Palpi upturned, conically scaled, flattened, and reaching vertex

of head; maxillary palpi filiform; frons flat and oblique; antennz

x " 7 iW

Macaretera hesperis, 6. 4. (From Moths Ind. vol. iv.)

annulated ; tibie slightly fringed with hair on outer sides, the

outer spurs about half the length of inner. Fore wing with vein

Tye.

670 SIR G, F, HAMPSON— REVISION OF MOTHS [ Noy. 15,

3 from before angle of cell; 4, 5 from angle ; 7 straight and well

separated from 8, 9,to which 10 is approximated. Hind wing with

the median nervure pectinated above; vein 1a in male with a

thick ridge of scales above ; the cell about half the length of wing ;

vein 3 from angle, in male with a small tuft of scales below near

the margin ; veins 3, 4 stalked, in male 4 almost obsolete; 6, 7

from upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8.

MACARETHRA HESPERIS Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1886, p. 255.

Assam; Fiji.

Trichoptychodes delicata Swinh. A. M. N. H. (6) xiv. p. 207.

Genus 50. ACRIDURA.

Acridura Butl. A. M.N. H. (4) xv. p. 398 (1875).

Palpi upturned, conically scaled, and not reaching vertex of head ;

maxillary palpi filiform; frons with a rounded projection ; tibize

with the outer spurs half the length of inner ; abdomen long, with

very long anal tuft in male; both wings with the interspaces

hyaline. Fore wing with veins 3, 4,5 from angle of cell; 7 curved

and approximated to 8, 9, to which 10 is approximated. Hind wing

with veins 3, 4, 5 approximated for a short distance ; 6, 7 stalked,

7 anastomosing with 8.

Fig. 50.

Suer, I. Antenne of male contorted and with two scale-teeth

above at middle followed by rough scales; hind wing triangular

and lobed at anal angle.

(1)*AcripuRA Dz&DALA Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het. ii. p. 227,

pl. 61. f. 24. Panama.

Szcr. II. Antenne of male knotted and contorted at middle, with

one scale-tooth above followed by a series of spines; hind

wing triangular and lobed at anal angle.

(2)*AcCRIDURA HADRIANA Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het. ii. p. 227,

pl. 61. f. 25. Mexico; Centr. Am.

Szor. III. Antenne of male with the medial portion fringed with

thick scales.

(3)tAcRIDURA METALLICA Butl. A. M. N. H. (4) xv. p.399. Brazil.

(4)*AcripurA ProcHyta Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het. ii. p. 227,

pl. 61. f. 23. Mexico.

Type.

1898.] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN 2. 671

Szcr. [V. Antenne of male ciliated.

(5)fACRIDURA GRYLLINA Butl. A. M. N. H. (4) xv. p. 398.

Eeuador ; Brazil.

Phryctena glaucopidalis Oberth. Et, Ent. vi. p. 114, pl. 20. £. 4.

Genus 51. FILopEs.

Filodes Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 317 (1854).

Pinacia Hiibn. Samml. Eur. Schmett. iv. 4. p. 15 (1832),

non descr.

Auxomitia Led. Wien. Ent. Mon, 1863, p. 391.

Palpi upturned, conically scaled, and hardly reaching vertex of

head ; maxillary palpi filiform; frons with a rounded prominence;

antenne nearly one and a half times length of fore wing and

minutely annulated ; tarsi very long; abdomen long, with lateral

tufts on terminal segments; the anal tuft of male thick. Fore

wing with the costa highly arched towards apex ; veins 3, 4, 5 from

angle of cell; 7 curved and approximated to 8, 9, to which 10 also

is closely approximated. Hind wing with the cell short; veins 3,

4, 5 radiating from the angle; 6, 7 ona long stalk, 7 anastomosing

or in male becoming coincident with 8, 9.

Filodes fulvidorsalis, §. %. (From Moths Ind. vol. iv.)

Sect. I. Hind cox, femora, and outer side of tibize of male with

tufts of hair, the medial spurs absent ; fore wing with vein 2

from angle of cell and approximated to 3, 4, which are distorted;

hind wing with a large hyaline space below vein 6; 6,7 ona

long stalk and distorted: 5 bent downwards and running

along 4.

(1)TFinopzs Eocyrusatis Wlk. xviii. 540. W. Africa; Réunion.

33 costivitralis Guen. Réunion, p. 65.

Phryganodes abnormalis Plotz, 8. EB. Z. 1880, p. 305.

(2)tFinopes PRopucratis, n. sp. (Plate L. fig. 14.)

Head orange; palpi banded with silver; antenne brown;

thorax brown; abdomen orange, with silvery dorsal patches and

silvery and black lateral patches. Wings red-brown; fore wing

with orange fascia on basal half of costal area; a silvery subcostal

streak and short streak near base of median nervure; two black

spots in cell and a discocellular lunule.

Hab. Congo ; Mashonaland (Marshall). Exp. 40 mm,

Type.

672 SIR G, F, HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Nov. 15,

Sucr. II. Fore tarsi of male with the first three joints fringed

with hair on inner side; hind tibie with the outer medial

spur absent.

(3) Finopss rutviporsaLis Hiibn. Samml. Exot. Schmett. iv. 4.

p. 15, ff. 643-644; Moore, Lep. Ceyl. iii. pl. 182. ff. 2, 2

(larva). Réunion ; Oriental region to Sumbawa.

Auxomitia mirificalis Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 391,

pl. 13. £. 1 (var.).

Filodes patruelis Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 218.

(4) Finopus sexpuncrais Snell. Trans. Ent. Soc, 1890, p. 603,

pl. xx. ff. 6, 6a. Sikhim.

(5) Finopus FULVIBASALIS, n. sp. (Plate L. fig. 10.)

Head, thorax, and abdomen orange; palpi, frons, and pectus

leaden fuscous ; antenne fuscous; abdomen with dorsal series of

leaden fuscous spots, the ventral surface leaden. Fore wing fus-

cous with the basal third orange, its outer edge angled on median

nervure and with a black spot in cell; a black spot at base of cell

and another on discocellulars, with a more or less developed orange

streak before it. Hind wing with the basal half orange, its outer

edge oblique and terminating near anal angle, the outer half

fuscous.

Hab. Tenimber (Doherty) ; Queensland (Meek). Hep. 32 mm.

Types in Coll. Rothschild and B.M.

Sror. III. Fore tarsi of male naked; hind tibie with the outer

medial spur about one-fifth inner.

(6)TFILODES XANTHALIS, n. sp. (Plate L. fig. 11.)

Orange-yellow; head fuscous black; male with the genital tufts

white. Fore wing with the costal area fuscous ; the terminal area

fuscous from two-thirds of costa to inner margin near tornus.

Hind wing with terminal fuscous line expanding into a patch at

apex.

ee N. Guinea, Humboldt Bay (Doherty); Fergusson and Tro-

briand Is. (Meek). Evp. 40 mm.

Genus 52. TysPANODEs.

Tyspanodes Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) vii. p. 425 (1891).

Peribona Snell, Tijd. v. Ent. 1894, p. 43.

Radiorista Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xvi. p. 188.

Palpi upturned, conically scaled, and hardly reaching vertex of

head; maxillary palpi filiform; frons flat and oblique; antenne

almost simple. Fore wing with veins 3, 4,5 from angle of cell;

7 straight and well separated from 8, 9, to which 10 is approxi-

mated. Hind wing with vein 3 from angle of cell; 4, 5 closely

1898.] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTINA. 673

approximated for a short. distance; 6, 7 from upper angle, 7

anastomosing with 8,

Tyspanodes fascialis, 8. }. (From Moths Ind. vol. iv.)

Szor. I. (Peribona). Antenne of male with a sinus and four or

five corneous teeth at base of shaft.

(1)?Tyspayopzs venosa Butl. Ill. Het. vii. p. 98, pl. 135. f£. 10.

Himalayas ; Java.

Szor. II. (Tyspanodes), Antenne of male normal.

A. Fore wing with veins 4, 5 closely approximated for a

short distance; vein 6 slightly bent downwards, and

vein 7 upwards at base.

(2)TTYSPANODES CREAGHI, n. sp. (Plate L. fig. 7.)

3. Ochreous yellow; tegule with patches of opalescent blue;

shoulders, patagia, and thorax streaked with blue; pectus and

ventral surface of abdomen white. Fore wing with pale blue

streaks below base of costa and cell; some fuscous in and below

cell, and fuscous streaks at base and on medial part of inner

margin ; the veins of outer area streaked with black; the inter-

spaces above vein 2 semihyaline, with short black streaks towards

termen. Hind wing semihyaline yellow with a fuscous tinge.

Q yellower, with hardly a trace of the fuscous markings.

Hab. Sandakan, Borneo (C. V. Creagh). Hp. 20 mm.

B. Fore wing with veins 4, 5 not approximated.

(3)?TYSPANODES LINEALIS Moore, P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 665, pl. 33.

fhih, Himalayas ; Ceylon ; Andamans.

(4)?Tyspanopus Hypsatis Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) vii. p. 426.

China.

(5)TTYSPANODES FLAVIVENTER Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) vii. p. 425.

Sikhim.

(6)tTysPANODES sTRIATA Butl. Ill. Het. iii. p. 76, pl. 59. f. 10.

Japan ; China,

(7)*TYsPANODES EXATHESALIS W1k. xix. 978. Borneo.

Type. (8) TYSPANODES NIGROLINEALIS Moore, P. Z. S. 1867, p. 95.

Sikhim.

674 SIR G, F, HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Nov. 15,

(9)fTysPANODES FASCIALIS Moore, P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 665.

N.E. India,

(10)*TysPANODES CARDINALIS Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 299.

Assam,

Auctorum.

Filodes flavolimbalis, Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. xxxviii. p. 127. Java.

Genus 53. CoNnCHYLODES.

Conchylodes Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 288 (1854).

Ledereria Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. 1875, p. 256.

Palpi upturned, conically scaled, and reaching vertex of head;

maxillary palpi filiform ; frons flat and oblique; antennz of male

minutely ciliated; tibia with the outer spurs half the length of

inner. Fore wing with veins 3, 4, 5 from angle of cell; 10 closely

approximated to 8,9. Hind wing with veins 3, 4,5 from angle

of cell; 6, 7 shortly stalked, 7 anastomosing with 8.

Fig. 53.

Conchylodes diphteralis, 8. +.

Sor. I. Fore wing with vein 7 curved and approximated to 8, 9.

Type. (1) CONCHYLODES DIPHTERALIS Geyer, Zutr. 24. 346. ff. 691, 692.

Jamaica.

(2) ConcHyLopEs HEBR#ZALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 288.

St. Domingo.

(3)*CoNCHYLODES SALAMISALIS Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het. ii.

p- 251, pl. 62. f. 19. Mexico; Centr. Am.; Ecuador.

(4)tCoNCHYLODES BRYOPHILALIS, n. sp. (Plate L. fig. 6.)

3. Head black and white; thorax black and yellowish white,

with some rufous on patagia; legs whitish ringed with black ;

abdomen whitish, with black marks on three basal and on the

anal segment, the medial segments tinged with rufous. Fore

wing yellowish white, with triangular black subbasal costal mark

followed by some rufous; an antemedial black band constricted at

middle and narrowing to inner margin; a medial triangular costal

mark, and a large patch beyond the middle embracing the two

white discocellular spots; a very irregular postmedial line arising

from a triangular costal patch conjoined to an irregular patch

from apex, then running nearly to inner margin, retracted to

lower angle of cell, and reaching middle of inner margin, where it

expands into a patch connected with its outer loop, broad rufous

1898.] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN &. 675

suffusion on outer side of the line; two pale specks on apical

black patch ; black patches and spots on outer margin. Hind

wing white, with black specks at and beyond lower angle of cell;

a postmedial series of specks ; a fuscous apical patch and a black

marginal mark below middle, and a spot near anal angle.

Hab. Ecuador. Exp. 36 mm.

(5) CoONCHYLODES NOLKENIALIS Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. 1875, p. 257,

pl 14. £11. Brazil.

Sscr. IT. Fore wing with vein 7 straight and well separated

from 8, 9.

(6) ConcHYLODEs zuBRA Sepp, Surinam, ii. p. 221, pl. 99.

Surinam.

(7)*CONCHYLODES STRIGINALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 281, pl. 7.

£9: Brazil.

(8) CoNCHYLODES ARGENTALIS Cram. Pap. Exot. iv. p. 161, pl. 371.

f. M 8. America.

Zebronia erminea Feld. Reis. Nov. pl. 135. f. 7.

(9)tCoNCHYLODES CONCINNALIS, n. sp.

3. Cretaceous white; black spots at base of palpi, on prothorax

and 2nd and 4th segments of abdomen; the two subterminal

segments orange; the anal segment white, with a black dorsal

streak. Fore wing with subbasal and antemedial black bands ;

a spot in cell with small white centre, and larger discocellular spot

with much larger centre; the postmedial line nearly straight to

vein 1, then retracted to lower angle of cell and reaching inner

margin before middle ; a nearly straight submarginal and a mar-

ginal line. Hind wing with antemedial line; the postmedial line

recurved at vein 1 and towards lower angle of cell; a nearly

straight submarginal and a marginal line.

Hab. U.S.A. Hap. 24 mm.

(10) Concuytopss prarinatis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 282.

tZebronia erinalis W1k. xvii. 474. S. America.

es magicalis Feld. Reis. Nov. pl. 135. f. 6.

(11) ConcurLopus ovunatis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 283.

U.S.A.; Brazil.

(12)?ConcHYLODES HEDONIALIS WIk. xvii. 470. W. Indies.

Genus 54, NEVRINA.

Nevrina Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 313 (1854).

Euglyphis Hiibn. Verz. p. 341 (1827), non deser.

Palpi upturned, the 2nd and 3rd joints conically scaled and not

reaching vertex of head ; maxillary palpi filiform ; frons rounded ;

antenne nearly simple, and minutely annulated towards extremity ;

676 SIE G. F, HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS (Nov. 15,

tibie with the outer spurs half the length of inner; fore tibie

fringed with hair, mid tibie clothed with rough hair on outer

side, and hind tibie with a tuft of long hair on outer side near

base; abdomen long; male with the anal tuft large. Fore wing

with the costa arched towards apex, the outer margin oblique ;

veins 3, 4, 5 radiating from angle of cell; 7 curved and approxi-

mated to 8, 9, to which 10 is closely approximated. Hind wing

with yein 3 from angle of cell; 4, 5 closely approximated for a

short distance ; 6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8.

Nevrina procopia, $. }. (From Moths Ind, vol. iv.)

Type. NEVRINA PROCOPIA Cram. Pap. Exot. iv. pl. 368. f. E.

Oriental region.

Genus 55. DicHogaMa.

Dichogama Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 396.

Carbacha Wk. xxiv. 1379 (1865).

Plewrasympieza Méschl. Lep. Porto Rico, p. 146 (1889).

Palpi upturned, conically scaled, thin, flattened against the frons,

and not reaching vertex of head; maxillary palpi filiform ; frons

rounded ; antennz of male ciliated ; tibie with the spurs long and

almost equal; abdomen with the anal tuft large. Fore wing with

vein 3 from before angle of cell; 4, 5 from angle; 7 straight and

well separated from 8,9, to which 10 is approximated. Hind

wing with vein 3 from angle of cell; 4, 5 approximated for a

short distance; 6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8.

Fig. 55.

Dichogama redtenbacheri, 3. }-

(1)+DicHogamMa DECORALIS WIk, xxxiv. 1380. St. Domingo.

(2) DicHogama tnnoova Fabr. Ent. Syst. iii. 1, p. 461 (1793).

W. Indies.

3 krugii Méschl. Lep. Porto Rico, p. 296, f. 2.

1898.] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN A, 677

Type. (3) DicHoGAMA REDTENBACHERI Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863,

p- 396, pl. 10. f. 11. W. Indies.

(4) Dicnuogama smirut Méschl. Lep. Porto Rico, p. 147.

W. Indies.

Auctorum.

Dichogama amabilis Moschl. Lep. Porto Rico, p. 296. W. Indies.

P fernaldi Méschl. Lep. Porto Rico, p. 297. Porto Rico.

bs bergit Moschl. Lep. Porto Rico, p. 297. Porto Rico.

i gudmannt Hedemann, Stett. Ent. Zeit. ly. p. 29.

St. Jan.

Genus 56. PHRYGANODES.

Phostria Hiibn. Verz. p. 130 (1827), non deser.

Phryganodes Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 353 (1854).

Omiodes Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 355.

Eporidia W1k. xviii. 541 (1859).

Cirrocephala Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 395.

Spargeta Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 406.

Cenostola Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 409.

Microthyris Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 433.

Nagia Wik. xxxiv. 1320 (1865).

Vatica Wik. Proc. N. H. Soe. Glasg. vol. i. p. 369 (1869).

Condega Moore, Lep. Cey]l. iii. p. 344 (1886).

Charema Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 218 (1887).

Saroscelis Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1894, p. 461.

Palpi upturned and reaching vertex of head, the 2nd and 3rd

joints conically scaled and tapering to apex; maxillary palpi

filiform ; frons rounded ; antennz nearly as long as the fore wing

and minutely ciliated ; tibiae with the outer spurs about half the

length of inner; abdomen long. Fore wing with the costa arched

towards apex, which is somewhat produced; the outer margin

Fig. 56.

Phryganodes noctescens, @. }. (From Moths Ind. vol. iv.)

obliquely rounded, the inner margin somewhat lobed towards

base ; veins 3, 4, 5 from angle of cell; 7 curved and approximated

to 8, 9 for about one-third length ; 10 also closely approximated

to 8,9. Hind wing with the costa arched at middle; the cell

short ; veins 3, 4, 5 from angle of cell; 6, 7 from upper angle or

shortly stalked, 7 anastomosing with 8.

678 SIR G. F. HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Nov. 15,

Szcr. I. (Condega). Antenne of male with the base of shaft

greatly excised; patagia with tufts of long hair extending

beyond the metathorax.

(1)tPuryGaNnopEs opscuRATA Moore, Lep. Ceyl. iii. p. 345, pl. 183.

ft. 2: India ; Ceylon; Burma.

Sxor. II. Antenne of male with the basal joint greatly dilated

and bearing tufts of hair; the base of shaft excised; the

patagia short.

(2)TPHRYGANODES RADICALIS W1k. xxiv. 1417. Ceram.

(3)tPHRYGANODES EREBUSALIS, n. sp.

3. Deep black-brown, with a slight purplish gloss; the small

distal tuft on basal joint of antenne fulvous; abdomen grey

below. Fore wing with indistinct curved antemedial line, a disco-

cellular lunule, and postmedial line bent outwards between veins 5

and 2, then retracted to below angle of cell.

Hab. Sierra Leone (Clements). Exp. 34mm. Types in B.M.

and Coll. Schaus.

Sucot. III. Antenne of male with large tuft of scales beyond

middle; mid tibie clothed with long rough hair; hind tibize

shortened, with tufts of hair, the spurs and tarsus fringed

with long hair.

(4)*PuRryGaNoDES NUBILIS Feld. Reis. Nov. pl. 136. f. 21.

Moluccas.

Sect. IV. (Mierothyris). Antenne of male thickened with scales

beyond middle; patagia long; hind tibie with thick tufts of

hair.

(5) PHRYGANODES PROLONGALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 353,

Botys sectalis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 353. W. Indies; 8. Am.

T », eurytalis W1k. xviii. 576.

agenoralis Wlk. xvii. 617. ®

Sucr. V. (Spargeta). Antenne of male with scale-teeth on basal

third above, then slightly contorted.

(6) Puryeanopes BasaLticaLis Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863,

p. 407, pl. 14. f. 11. Amboina; Aru; New Britain.

Botys amplipennis Butl. A. M. N. H. 1882, ii. p. 237.

Srecr, VI. Antenne annulate and longer than fore wing, which is

long and narrow, the apex produced and acute.

(6a) PHRYGANODES PRODUCTALIS, N. sp.

3. Pale yellowish fuscous; palpi with black band on 2nd

joint, white towards extremity; legs and ventral surface of

1898.] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTINA, 679

abdomen whitish. Fore wing with the costa rather darker; cilia

of both wings white at tips.

Hab. Surinam (Ellacombe). HExp.26 mm. Types in coll. Roth-

schild and B.M.

Srot. VII. Antenne of male normal.

A. Hind tibie of male with a curved process on outer side

near base, the inner medial spur pectinated with long

spines.

(7) PHRYGANODES Mitvatis Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het. ii.

p- 253, pl. 62. f. 21. Centr. Am.

B. (Phostria). Hind tibiz of male tufted with hair.

a. Mid and hind tarsus of male fringed with hair.

(8)FPHRYGANODES ORIGOALIS Wk. xvii. 681. Borneo; Celebes.

Omiodes nigriscripta Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xvii. p. 132.

b. Tarsi of male naked.

a, Fore tibie with a groove containing a tuft of hair;

mid tibize with thick tufts of hair; hind tibie

shortened, dilated, and with thick tufts of hair, the

inner spurs extremely long, the terminal pair and

the tarsus fringed with long hair.

(9) PHRYGANODES LONGIPENNIS Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xvii. p. 132.

Assam ; Andamans.

b'. Hind tarsi naked.

a’. Mid and hind femora fringed with long hair.

(10) Puryeanopns TEepEA Cram. Pap. Exot. iy. p. 48, pl. 312.

f. G. Mexico; C. &S. America.

tBotys vajacalis Wik. xxxiv. 1393.

», pelialis Feld. Reis. Noy. pl. 135. f. 46.

(11) Poryeanopus TemIRA Cram. Pap. Exot. iv. p. 160, pl. 371.

f.H (9). Brazil.

(12) PHRYGANODES PERSIUSALIS WIk. xviii. 623 (9 ). Brazil.

TPhostria confluentalis Warr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1889, p. 277.

(13) Poryeanopus vartatis Wlk. Trans. Ent. Soc. ser. 3, i.

p. 122 (9). Brazil.

6’. Mid femora of male fringed with hair; hind tibie

with tufts on inner and outer side at base only.

(14)*PHEYGANODES LITHOSIALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 325.

Brazil.

(15)}PHRYGANODES PERFULVALIS, n. sp. (Plate XLIX. fig. 16.)

Bright orange-red; palpi whitish, fuscous at tips; anal tuft

680 SIR G. F. HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Nov. 15,

fuscous at extremity. Fore wing with the terminal third fuscous,

with a large white patch on its inner edge beyond the cell between

veins 2 and 7, and with a curved fuscous streak on its lower edge

extending almost to cell; a tridentate subapical white mark and

a slight mark above tornus. Hind wing with apical fuscous patch

and streaks on the veins of terminal area separated by white

marks, the streak on vein 2 longer.

Hab. Peru: Huambo, Chachapoyas. Hep. 38 mm.

c (Saroscelis). Mid and hind femora not fringed with

hair.

a®, Hind tibia of male strongly curved at middle and

fringed with short hair on outer side, long hair

on inner, the inner spurs extremely long.

(16) Puryeanopes nrcoatis W1k. xviii. 700.

Singapore ; Borneo; Sumbawa.

63, Hind tibia of male not curved.

(17)tPurycanopns Marcarira Butl. A. M. N. H. 1887, i. p. 120.

Solomons.

(18)tPHRYGANODES ATTENUATA, 0. Sp.

3d. Fore coxe, femora and tibie, and mid and hind tibize

fringed with long hair. Dark fuscous ; abdomen with the ventral

surface whitish. Fore wing long and narrow ; an obscure sinuous

antemedial line ; a discoidal spot ; an obliquely curved postmedial

line angled inwards at vein 2. Hind wing with obscure curved

medial line.

Hab. Amboina; Bourou (Doherty). Exp. 40 mm.

©. Hind legs of male with large tufts of black hair from origin

of coxee.

(19)+PHRYGANODES DIFFUSIMARGINALIS, n. ep.

Ochreous yellow ; abdomen fuscous at extremity. Fore wing

with diffused fuscous on costal area covering the whole cell; the

outer area of both wings fuscous with a purplish gloss, somewhat

diffused on inner edge and narrowing to anal angle of hind wing.

Hab. Pulo Laut (Doherty). Hep. 34 mm.

D. Hind tibie of male with very thick fringe of black hair from

medial spurs to extremity; costa of fore wing with

immense tuft of flocculent hair covered by large flattened

scales on basal half below and somewhat excised at middle.

(20)+PHRYGANODES FLOCCULENTALIS, n. sp. (Plate L. fig. 4.)

3d. Fuscous; abdomen with dorsal black bands on medial

segments. Fore wing with indistinct dark antemedial line; a

discocellular black spot; a postmedial line straight from costa to

vein 2, then retracted to lower angle of cell and excurved again.

1898. ] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN ©. 631

Hind wing with black discocellular spot; a dark postmedial line.

straight from costa to vein 2, then retracted to lower angle of

cell.

Hab. Kulu, N.W. Himalayas; Pulo Laut (Doherty). Exp.

26 mm.

E. Hind tibizw of male with rounded corneous swelling on inner

side near base, the inner medial spur dilated at extremity.

(21)TPHRYGANODES TETRAPLAGALIS, nN. Sp.

Greyish fuscous shot with brilliant purple; throat white. Fore

wing with oblique pearly-white bar beyond the cell between veins

3 and 7, often broader and somewhat wedge-shaped. Hind wing

with patch in and beyond end of cell, which may be large or

rounded, wedge-shaped, or elongate.

Hab. Humboldt Bay (Doherty), Fergusson I. (Meck), N. Guinea.

Exp. 38 mm.

(22)+Puryeanopes rucatis Butl. A. M. N. H. (5) x. p. 236 (1882).

N. Britain.

(23)}PHRYGANODES CENTRALBALIS, n. sp. (Plate XLIX. fig. 17.)

Q. Black, with slight purple tinge; palpi at base, pectus, and

ventral surface of abdomen white ; legs whitish. Fore wing with

semicircular white patch on middle of inner margin. Hind wing

with large pearly-white discal patch extending to costa. Under-

side of fore wing with obscured curved black postmedial line.

Hab, Fergusson I., N. Guinea (Meck). Hap. 38 mm.

F. Fore tibie of male and Ist two tarsal joints with immense

tufts of hairs; mid and hind femora and mid tibiee thickly

fringed with hair; fore wing with tuft of hair on upper-

side below middle of costa; hind wing with fringes of

woolly hair on inner area above and below.

(24)+PHRYGANODES LANIALIS, n. sp. (Plate XLIX. fig. 19.)

Fuscous; antenne and vertex of head with a slight rufous

tinge; genital tufts of male whitish, Fore wing with ante-

medial black line angled on median nervure and bent outwards to

inner margin: both wings with a discoidal spot; the postmedial

line bent outwards and dentate between veins 5 and 2; a slight

marginal series of points.

Hab. Fergusson I., N. Guinea (Meek). Hap. 44 mm.

G. Hind tibie of male short, the tarsus long and fringed with

very long hair above; thorax with tuft of hair from base

of fore wing ; inner margin of hind wing fringed with thick

hair.

(25)fPHRYGANODES BIGUTTATA, n.sp. (Plate XLIX. fig. 21.)

3. Head, tegule, and base of patagia orange; thorax and

abdomen grey-white, the pectus and ventral surface orange.

Proc. Zoor. Soc.—1898, No. XLVI. 46

682 SIR G, F, HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Noy. 15,

Fore wing grey-white, with black spots below cell near base and

on discocellulars. Hind wing white, the inner area yellowish; a

fuscous apical patch tapering from costa to vein 2.

Hab. Sierra Leone (Clements). Exp. 30 mm.

H. Hind tarsi of male with immense tufts of hair; fore wing

with the inner margin strongly lobed and with elongate

lunulate patch of androconia on underside.

(26)+PHRYGANODES HESUSALIS WIk. xviii. 642. W. Africa.

I. Legs of male normal.

a. Thorax of male with tuft of long stiff hair ‘from base of

hind wing.

(27)PHRYGANODES SETIFERA, 0. sp.

Pale greyish brown; base of palpi, pectus, legs, and ventral

surface of abdomen whitish ; wings with the veins rather darker.

Hind wing thinly scaled; the underside whitish, except the cilia.

Hab. Fergusson I., N. Guinea (Meek). Exp. g 40, 9 46 mm.

(27a)TPHRYGANODES ALBIRENALIS, 1. Sp. .

3. Fuscous with a bronze tinge: palpi at base, pectus, and

ventral surface of abdomen white ; the tufts on thorax black and

white. Fore wing with a dark discoidal lunule, with prominent

white spots beyond it. Hind wing with the tornus produced to

a lobe; a pale line at base of cilia.

@ duller fuscous; hind wing with the tornus not produced.

Hab. Brazil, Rio Demerara, ¢ in Coll. Rothschild; Bréves

(Austen), 2 type. Hap. 24 mm.

6. Thorax of male normal.

a. (Phryganodes). Fore wing of male with an elongate

depression beyond the cell extending to outer margin,

the neuration distorted; the inner margin much

lobed near base; vein 1 a running into 1); hind wing

with a large fovea below base of cell, the neuration

much distorted and the anal angle lobed.

Type. (28) PHRYGANoDES PLICATALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 353, pl. 10.

f, &. Brazil.

b'. (Cirrocephala). Fore wing of male with depressed streaks

below bases of veins 2 and 3, the neuration distorted,

and a small tooth on base of vein 3 below.

(29)*PHRYGANODES HUCHARISALIS WIE. xviii. 618.

W. Indies; Brazil.

Cu rocephala venosa Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1363, p. 395.

(30)*PHRYGANODES PURPURALIS Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het. ii.

p. 226, pl. 61. f. 21( 9). Costa Rica. .

1898.] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN&. 683

cl. Fore wing of male with a fringe of long hair on base

of costa below; median nervure fringed with upturned

hair; the costa excised before middle and towards

apex, which is produced and falcate.

(31) PHRYGANODES XIPHARESALIS WIk. xviii. 687. Borneo.

d'. Fore wing of male with the base of costa extremely

dilated and contorted, the underside with fringes and

tufts of hair.

(32)TPHRYGANODES OMPHALOBASIS, n. sp. (Plate XLIX. fig. 20.)

$. Fuscous grey; palpi at base, pectus, and ventral surface of

abdomen white. Fore wing with obscure discoidal spot and post-

medial line excurved to vein 3, then retracted; underside whitish.

Hab. Venezuela, Aroa. Exp. 34 mm. Types in B.M. and

Coll. Schaus.

é'. Fore wing of male with a thick ridge of large scales

concealing tufts of long hair on basal half of costa

below.

(33)*PHRYGANODES PACHYCRASPEDALIS Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv.

p- 302. Assam.

f’. Fore wing of male with a large tuft of long hair from

base of custa below.

(34)*PHRYGANODES LOPHOPHORALIS Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv.

" p. 802. Sikhin.

g'. (Vatica). Hind wing of male with a fringe of long hair

below the cell above.

(35)TPHRYGANODES RUTILALIS Wlk. Proc. N. H. Soc. Glasg. i.

p- 369. W. Africa.

hk’. Hind wing of male with the anal angle lobed.

(36)*PHRYGANODES CAPILLALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 335.

Cayenne.

v. Hind wing of male with the cell extremely short and

broad.

(37)*PuryGaNopus concotor Feld. Reis. Nov. pl. 136. f. 24.

Moluccas.

j. Wings normal.

a’. (Omiodes). Patagia of male extending far beyond meta-

thorax.

(38)TPHEYGANODES NOCTESCENS Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 218.

N.E. India.

46*

684 SIR G. F. HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Nov.15,

(39) PuRyYGANoDES INSoLUTALIS Méschl. Abh. ‘Senck. Ges. xvi.

p- 301. Porto Rico; Venezuela.

(40)TPHRYGANODES FULVICAUDA, Nn. sp.

6. Greyish fuscous with a purplish tinge; palpi, pectus, legs,

ventral surface of abdomen and last two segments above orange;

head tinged with orange; anal tuft black. Fore wing with indis-

tinct fuscous antemedial line: both wings with discoidal spot and

postmedial line retracted at vein 2 to below angle of cell; cilia

pure white at tips.

Hab. Venezuela, Aroa. Eup. 42 mm.

(41) PHRYGANODES HUMERALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 356.

+Botys peleusalis W1k. xviii. 575. St. Domingo.

T 5, gnomalis W1Ik. xviii. 580.

(42)*PHRYGANODES CUNICULALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 356, pl. 5.

f. 9. Brazil.

Omiodes leporalis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 357.

(48) PHRYGANODES PALLIVENTRALIS Snell. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1890,

p- 620. N.E. India.

(44) PuryGANopEs ANALIS Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. 1879, p. 227.

N.E. India; Pulo Laut ; Celebes ; Duke of York Isl.

tCharema albociliata Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 219.

tOmiodes hiracia Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1894, p. 457.

(45) PHRYGANODES CRITHONALIS WIk. xviii. 682.

Assam; Borneo; Java; Amboina:

Polythlipta caradrinalis Snell. Tijd. vy. Ent. xxxv. p. 162,

pl. 10. f. 7.

(46)*PHRYGANODES OCHROSOMA Feld. Reis. Nov. pl. 136. f. 5.

Brazil.

(47)TPuRyGANoDES PIASUSALIS WIk. xviii. 725, Madagascar ;

TBotys retractalis Wk. xxxiv. 1447. Java; Australia.

b*, (Eporidia). Patagia of male hardly extending beyond

metathorax.

a’. Abdomen of male with the 3rd and 4th segments

produced laterally into large recurved hollowed-

out processes.

(48)TPHRYGANODES HAMIFERALIS, n. sp.

3. Fuscous; pectus, legs, and underside of abdomen whitish.

Fore wing with traces of sinuous antemedial line, discoidal speck,

and postmedial line excurved from costa to vein 2, where it is

retracted to below angle of cell. Hind wing with traces of oblique

postmedial line from below costa to vein 2.

Hab, N. Guinea, Kapaur (Doherty). Exp. 24 mm.

1898.] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN A, 685

(49) PHRYGANODES DISPILOTALIS WIk. xxxiv. 1487.

Sula; Celebes ; Australia.

Omiodes pallicostalis Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. 1880, p. 226, & 1884,

pl. 3. f. 3.

Conogethes lictor Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1887, p. 227.

(50)fPHRYGANODES MACULICOSTALIS Hmpsn. Ill. Het. ix. p. 171,

pl. 172: f. 12: N.E. India; Ceylon.

(51) PuryeaNopes sIMIALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 357.

tBotys jasonalis W1k. xvii. 575. W. Indies ; S. America.

» orontesalis, W1k. xviii. 614.

Cenostola eruptalis Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 409,

pl. 52/8.

(52) Puryeanopes sprcatis Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 409,

pl. 14. f. 16. Brazil.

(53)tPHRyGANopEs Mimastis Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1897, p. 88.

Sangir.

(54)fPHRYGANODES DELILALIS WIk. xvii. 376. Brazil.

Botys atyrialis Feld. Reis. Nov. pl. 135. f. 30.

(55)*Puryeanops crocercers WIk. xxxiv. 1375; Feld. Reis.

Noy. pl. 136. f. 31. Brazil.

(56)*PuryeanopeEs nuAGRA Feld. Reis. Nov. pl. 136. f. 34.

Brazil.

(57)TPHRYGANODES QuapRicuTTaTA WI1k. Pr. Glasg. Soc. N. H.

p- 336. W. Africa.

(58) ParycanopEs GiyPHODALIS WIk. xxxiv. 1488. E. Himalayas ;

Ceylon; Burma; Sula.

(59)+PHRYGANODES DARIUSALIS WIk. xviii. 541. W. Africa.

(60)tPHRYGANODES ODONTOSTICTA, n. Sp.

Reddish brown suffused with grey; palpi at base and throat

white ; tarsi and mid tibia white; abdomen banded with white

below. Fore wing with small silvery semihyaline white spot

above base of vein 2 conjoined to a larger spot below it; a trifid

spot beyond lower angle of cell. Hind wing with a semihyaline

silvery white patch below the end of cell extending slightly into

middle of cell, with slightly dentate outer edge and conjoined to a

large patch beyond the cell, with three dentations on median

nervules ; cilia white at apex, and from middle to anal angle.

Hab. Oinainisa (Doherty); Fergusson I., N. Guinea; Queens-

land (Meek). Hap. 24-36 mm.

(61) PuryeanopEs unrTaLis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 349.

N.E. India; Andamans; Ceram; N. Guinea.

+Pachynoa megapteralis Wik. xxxiv. 1407 (part.).

Botys germanalis, Wik. xxxiv. 1418.

{~Pachynoa opalinalis Moore, P. Z. 8. 1877, p. 620.

686 SIR G. F. HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Nov. 15,

(62)7PHRYGANODES CANIUSALIS WIk. xviii. 638. W. Africa.

(63) PHRYGANODES MaRTYRALIS Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863,

p. 409, pl. 14. f. 15. Brazil.

(64) Puryeanopes imBecinis Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 219, pl. 7.

f. 23. N.E. India.

Omiodes scabripennis, Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xvii. p. 181.

(65)*PHRYGANODES UNITINCrTALIS Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 302.

Burma.

(66) PHRYGANODES SCHEDIUSALIS WIk. xviii. 683.

N.E. India; Andamans; Borneo.

+Charema carbonalis Swinh. A. M. N. H. (6) xiv. p. 202.

(67)TPHRYGANODES TAGIADALIS, n. sp.

Black-brown with a slight purplish gloss ; base and 3rd joint of

palpi and lateral points on frons white ; pectus, legs, and ventral

surface of abdomen white; male with the genital tufts white.

Fore wing with traces of a diffused curved dark medial line.

Underside of hind wing white, with dark discoidal lunule, the

apical area purplish fuscous from costa before middle to outer

margin at vein 2, and with traces of a dark patch beyond the cell.

Hab. Fergusson I., New Guinea.( Meek). Exp. 36 mm.

(68)}PHRYGANODES ALBIPEDALIS, 1. sp.

3. Fuscous black; edges of frons, pectus in front, tarsi, and

anal tuft white; wings with purplish tinge. Fore wing with

obscure discoidal spot and postmedial line retracted at vein 3 to

below end of cell. Hind wing with obscure discoidal line and

medial line retracted to lower angle of cell; cilia of both wings

whitish at tips.

Hab. Sangir ; Bourou (Doherty). Exp. 34 mm.

Auctorum.

Plectrona dohrnii Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. xxxviii. p. 142, pl. vi.

ff. 6, 8. S. Amer.

Omiodes heterogenalis Brem. Mém. Acad. St. Pétersb. viii. p. 70,

Plemist. Lt. Siberia.

Genus 57. PRoconica, nov.

Palpi upturned, short, and not reaching vertex of head, the 2nd

and 8rd joints conically scaled and tapering to apex; maxillary

palpi filiform ; frons with a large rounded prominence ; antennz

of male minutely ciliated and not so long as the fore wing; mid

and hind tibie thickly scaled, the outer medial spur about one-

fourth length of inner. Fore wing with veins 3, 4, 5 from angle

of cell; 7 straight and well separated from 8, 9. Hind wing with

the cell less than half the length of wing; veins 3, 4, 5 from

1898.] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN&. 687

angle; 6, 7 from upper angle or shortly stalked, 7 anastomosing

with 8.

Fig. 57.

Proconica nigrocyanalis, S. }.

Secr. I. Fore wing of male with the tornal area very greatly

enlarged and covering a silky patch on hind wing oceupying

more than half the wing.

(1)*PRoconICA FLAVIGUTTALIS, n. sp.

6. Fuscous; abdomen with traces of fulvous bands. Fore

wing with quadrate yellow discoidal spot. Hind wing with the

area covered by tornal lobe of fore wing whitish.

Hab. Niger R., Warri (Dr. Roth), 1 3 type. Exp. 28 mm.

Type in Coll. Rothschild.

Secr. II. Fore wing of male normal.

Type. (2)*PROCONICA NIGROCYANALIS, 0. sp.

3. Black with a purplish tinge ; palpi below, pectus, legs, and

abdomen below white. Fore wing with very prominent quadrate

white spot in cell; three postmedial white strie between vein 3

and inner margin, and two specks below costa towards apex; cilia

white above outer angle. Hind wing with straight medial white

line interrupted at vein 5; cilia white above anal angle.

Hab. Khasis. Exp.30 mm. Type in Coll. Rothschild.

Genus 58. OLIGOCENTRIS.

Oligocentris Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 304 (1896).

Palpi upturned, the 2nd and 3rd joints conically scaled and

reaching above vertex of head; maxillary palpi filiform; frons

Fig. 58.

Oligocentris deciusalis, 3. +-

rounded ; antennz of male with long cilia; male with a tuft of

long hair from origin of fore wing below; mid tibi with the

Type.

688 SIR G. F. HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Nov.15

outer spurs about half the length of inner; hind tibie ot male with

the medial spurs absent, the outer terminal spurs minute, the

inner large and roughly scaled, female with the medial spurs

present, the outer minute. Fore wing with the apex rectangular ;

vein 3 from slightly before angle of cell; 4, 5 from angle; 7

straight and well separated from 8, 9, to which 10 is approximated.

Hind wing with vein 3 from angle of cell, which is nearly half the

length of wing; 4, 5 approximated for a short distance; 6, 7 from

upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8; a fringe of long hair at anal

angle.

OLIGOCENTRIS DECIUSALIS WIk. xviii. 1896; Hmpsn. Il. Het. ix.

pl. 173. f. 13. Ceylon ; Paulo Laut; Borneo.

Genus 59. DrcHoorocis.

Dichocrocis Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 447.

Conogethes Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1884, p. 314.

Gadessa Moore, Lep. Ceyl. iii. p. 278 (1886).

Dadessa Moore, Lep. Ceyl. iii. p. 383.

Phedropsis Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) vi. p. 476 (1890).

Orthospila Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) vi. p. 477.

Zebrodes Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xvii. p. 104 (1896).

Palpi upturned, conically scaled, and usually hardly reaching

vertex of head; maxillary palpi filiform; frons rounded; antenne

of male somewhat thickened and almost simple; tibia with the

outer spurs less than half the length of inner ; mid tibie fringed

with spinous hair on outer side. Fore wing with veins 3, 4, 7

from angle of cell; *7 straight, and well separated trom 8, 9;

10 approximated to 8, 9. Hind wing with vein 3 from angle of

cell; 4, 5 separate at origin or slightly approximated for a short

distance ; 6, 7 shortly stalked, 7 anastomosing with 8.

Dichocrocis punctiferalis, @. 4. (From Moths Ind. vol. iv.)

Sucr. I. Palpi of male with the 3rd joint much longer and reach-

ing well above vertex of head ; fore wing with a fold on basal

two-thirds of costa containing a fringe of long hair.

(1) Dichocrocis PSEUDP@ONALIS, n. sp.

3. Greyish fuscous brown; abdomen with the base of anal

segment whitish. Fore wing with slightly curved fuscous ante-

1 In clioalis, punctiferalis, festivalis, spoliatalis, and cernatis yein 7 is some-

what approximated to 8, 9 at base, and veins 4,5 of hind wing somewhat

approximated, especially in the males.

1898.] OF THD SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN&. 689

medial line ; a discocellular lunule; a postmedial line oblique to

yein 4, then retracted to near lower angle of cell. Hind wing with

dark medial line oblique to above anal angle, where it is angled; a

short curved line beyond the cell between veins 6 and 3; a dark

marginal line.

Hab. N. Guinea, Humboldt Bay (Doherty). Exp. 24mm. Type

in Coll. Rothschild.

Suor. I. Palpi of the male with the 3rd joint normal.

A. Hind tibie of male thickly fringed on both sides with long

hair.

(2) Dichocrocis xurnusalis WIk. xviii. 691. Sikhin ;

Borneo; Amboina.

Botys onusalis Snell. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1890, p. 587.

B. Hind tibiz of male with large tuft of scales.

(3) Dicuocrocis surusatis WIk. xvili. 695. Japan ;

+Botys subjunctalis Wik. xxxiv. 1404. Ceylon; Sumatra ;

» triferalis Wik. xxxiv. 1428. Borneo ; Celebes.

» semifascialis Snell. Tijd. vy. Ent. xxiii. p. 214, & xxvi.

plo fais £2,

©. (Dadessa). Hind leg of male with a tuft of black hair on

outer side of Ist joint of tarsus; hind wing with a small

tuft of scales on upperside at origin of vein 2 and a tuft of

thick short black hair on vein 1 6 above anal angle.

(4)tDicuocrocis rruminatis Butl. A. M. N. H. (5) xi. p. 428

(1883). Fiji.

(5)+Dicnocrocis nvaxatis WIk. xix. 995; Moore, Lep. Ceyl. iii.

pl. 183. f. 3. India ; Ceylon; Sumatra; Java.

Botys aureolalis Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1868, p. 473.

Conogethes semistrigalis Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. xxxviii. p.’ 128,

Pls i. 'G. 17.

(5a)*DicHocrocis XANTHOCYMA, n. sp.

3. Pale yellow; palpi at base, pectus, and ventral surface of

abdomen white ; anal tufts black. Fore wing with dentate orange

subbasal and antemedial lines ; a point in end of cell and disco-

cellular spot; a waved postmedial line, excurved between veins 5

and 2, then retracted to below end of cell; a waved subterminal

line. Hind wing with discoidal orange spot ; a dentate postmedial

line bent outwards below costa and between veins 5 and 2 and

with the tufts above tornus on it; a dentate subterminal line and

fine terminal line.

Hab. Moroka, Br. N. Guinea (Anthony). Hxp.38 mm. Type

in Coll. Rothschild.

690 SIR G. F. HAMPSON—-REVISION OF MOTHS [Nov. 15,

D. Hind leg of male normal.

a. Hind wing of male with the cell clothed with long hair

below.

(6)7DicHocRocis BISTRIGALIS W1k. xxxiv. 1348. N.E. India.

b. Hind wing of male normal.

a’. (Dichocrocis). Abdomen of male with long protrusible

upcurled anal tufts, rarely exserted.

Type. (7) Dichocrocis PANDAMALIS Wlk. xix. 999. Assam; Malayan

3s frenatalis Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. subregion.

1863, p. 448, pl. 17. f. 15.

(8) DicHocrocis BrtInEALIS Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 306.

Burma.

(9) Dicnoorocis ruscrrimpria Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xviii.

p- 170. N. Guinea.

b'. (Conogethes). Abdomen of male with the anal tuft normal.

(10) DrcHocrocts crioanis Wk. xviii. 549. Borneo; Pulo Laut.

Botys oryssusalis Wk. xviii. 701.

(11) DicHocrocis puNoTIFERALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. Japan ;

p- 320. Oriental & Australian regions.

tAstura erscalis W1k. xix. 980. .

+ Botys nicippealis W1k. xix. 999.

tAstura guttatalis Wik. xxxiv. 1381.

T 4 semifascialis Wik. xxxiv. 1381.

(12)+DicHocrocis pLuTo Butl. A. M. N. H. (5), xx. p. 121 (1887).

Burma ; Solomons.

(13) DicHocrociIs ACTINIALIS, n. sp.

3. Bright yellow; thorax and patagia spotted with black ;

abdomen with a pair of black spots on basal segments; dorsal

black bands on medial segments and a black patch on anal seg-

ment. Fore wing with four black spots on basal area; a straight

erect antemedial black line; a spot in cell; a medial line

slightly angled on median nervure; an oblique postmedial line

from costa to vein 5; three submarginal streaks above vein 5, the

middle one long, a line below them between veins 5 and 2, where

it is retracted to the black spot at lower angle of cell, with three

streaks beyond it between veins 5 and 2 and one below it above

vein 1. Hind wing with slightly sinuous oblique medial line

ending near anal angle and widening at middle ; postmedial and

submarginal broad lines coalescing at vein 2 and ending at anal

angle.

aoe Khasis. Zvp.22 mm. Type in Coll. Rothschild.

(14)*DrcHocrocis saBaTaLis Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het. ii.

p- 252, pl. 62. f. 18. Mexico; Centr. Am.

1898. ] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTINE. 691

(15) DicHocrocis TRIPUNCTAPEX, n. sp. (Plate L. fig. 5.)

Orange, anal tuft with black point. Fore wing with indistinct

sinuous antemedial line arising from a small wedge-shaped black

costal spot; a large black discoidal spot; the postmedial line

indistinct, arising from a costal spot, angled inwards on vein 5 and

at vein 2 retracted to below end of cell: three prominent black

spots on termen towards apex, with small points below and a sub-

terminal spot near tornus. Hind wing with discoidal black point ;

the postmedial line very indistinct from costa to vein 2, then

retracted to below angle of cell and more prominent: some black

points just inside termen and a spot followed by a short line

towards tornus: cilia of both wings fuscous.

Hab. Amboina (Doherty). Evp. 24 mm. Types in Coll. Roth-

schild and B.M.

(16) DicHocrocts pimrnutiva Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xviii.

p. 168. Assam.

(17) DicHocrocis H#MAcTALIS Snell. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1890,

p. 592. N.E. India; Pulo Laut; Sumbawa.

(18) DicHocrocis THARSALEA Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1887,

p- 225. Australia.

(19)+DicHocrocis FrstrvaLis Swinh. P. Z. 8. 1885, p. 872.

Bombay.

(20) DicHocrocis PUNCTILINEALIS, n. sp.

$. Orange; fore tibiz and tarsi white banded with black ; abdo-

men with black spot before the anal tuft. Fore wing with subbasal

black points on costa and inner margin; an obscure curved ante-

medial line with black points on costa and below median nervure ;

a prominent black discoidal spot; the indistinct postmedial line

with blackish points on it, excurved between veins 6 and 2, then

retracted to below angle of cell; traces of a subterminal series of

points, one near tornus more prominent. Hind wing with black

discoidal spot; the postmedial line excurved to vein 2, then re-

tracted to below cell and with fuscous points on it; traces of

subterminal fuscous points more prominent towards tornus: both

wings with slight fuscous terminal line.

Hab. Tenimber (Doherty). Hxwp.30mm. Type in Coll. Roth-

schild.

(21) DicHocrocis NIGRILINEALIS W1k. xxxiv. 1410. India; Ceylon;

Burma; Sula; Sumbawa.

tHaritala tigrina Moore, Lep. Ceyl. ii. p. 312, pl. 182. f. 5.

Botys demeter Snell. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1890, p. 586.

tNotarcha compsogramma Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1894, p. 461.

(22)+Dicnhocrocis peFinira Butl. Ill. Het. vii. p. 97, pl. 133. f. 9.

Himalayas ; Assam.

(23)7DicHocrocis PLUTUSALIS WIk. xvii. 478.

N.E. India; Andamans.

+Haritala discinotalis Moore, P. Z. 8. 1877, p. 617.

692 SIR G. F. HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS (Nov. 15

(24) Dicnoorocis pacrorica Butl. A. M. N. H. (5), xx p. 122

(1887). Solomons.

(25) DicHoorocis RECURRENS Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 215, pl. 7.f. 11.

Sikhim.

(26) Dicnocrocis PyRRHALIS W]k. xvii. 483. 8. India; Ceylon ;

Borneo; Pulo Laut.

+Haritala angulifascia Hmpsn. Ul. Het. viii. p. 136, pl. 155.

f. 10.

(27) Dicnoorocrs pLenistiaManis Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xvi.

p. 477. Assam.

(28) DrcHocrocis RIGIDALIS Snell. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1890, p. 631.

N.E. India; Burma; Pulo Laut.

+Ravanoa strigulosa Swinh. A. M. N. H. (6) xiv. p. 201.

(29)+DicHocrocis zEBRaLis Moore, P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 91, pl. 7.

fa. N.E. India.

(30)7DicHocrocis FUSCOALBALIS, 0. sp.

3g. Head, thorax, and abdomen whitish variegated with

fuscous; abdomen with lateral black bands on two subterminal

segments and lateral streaks on terminal segment. Fore wing

whitish, with oblique black subbasal line, then a fuscous band,

followed by antemedial line ; medial area fuscous below the cell ;

a black annulus in cell and discoidal reniform spot; the post-

medial line incurved and expanding into a spot beyond cell,

acutely angled on vein 2, then retracted to below end of cell and

excurved again; the whole outer area fuscous, leaving a white

band beyond the postmedial line; a black marginal line. Hind

wing fuscous, with black discocellular spot; a postmedial black

line defined by white on outer side, incurved and expanding

into a spot beyond cell, angled on vein 2, then retracted to below

angle of cell and terminating at anal angle; a marginal black line

defined by white on inner side.

Hab. Sierra Leone (Clements). Eup. 26mm. Types in B.M.

and Coll. Schaus.

(81) Dicnocrocts rpnrpata Fabr. Mant. Ins. ii. p. 215.

Japan; N.E. India; Ceylon ;

Botys nilusalis Wik. xviii. 685. Pulo Laut; Borneo.

+ ,, chlorophanta Butl. Ill. Het. ii. p. 58, pl. 39. £. 8.

+Hedylepta straminea Moore, Lep. Ceyl. iii. p. 278, pl. 180.

./5

+Gadessa albifrons Moore, Lep. Ceyl. iii. p. 279, pl. 180. £. 6.

5, subalbalis Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xvii. p. 103.

(32) Dicnocrocis MucrnLanis W1k. xviii. 700.

N.E. India ; Borneo.

Botys sordidalis Snell. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1890, p. 589 (var.).

Gadessa characteristica Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xvii. p. 103.

1898.] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN A. 693

(33) DicHocrocis sponiaTaLis Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863,

p- 375, pl. 11. f. 8. Brazil.

(34)7DicHOCROCIS STRIGIMARGINALIS, Nn. sp.

Asopia sernalis var., W1k. xvii. 366 (nec Guen.).

Golden yellow; palpi with the extremity of 1st and 2nd joints

and maxillary palpi black, fore tibiz and tarsi banded with black ;

abdomen with dorsal black band near base and black and white

bands towards extremity. Fore wing with black subbasal spots on

costa and inner margin; an antemedial fulvous line arising from

a black spot on costa; a discocellular lunule with yellow centre ;

a postmedial line arising from a black spot on costa, excurved to

vein 6, then crenulate to vein 2, along which it is retracted to

lower angle of cell, then sinuous to inner margin; a series of black

strigee just inside the margin; cilia black. Hind wing with post-

medial line incurved from costa to vein 5, minutely crenulate to

vein 2, along which it is retracted to angle of cell, then oblique; a

black line just inside the margin; cilia black.

Hab. Amazons. wp. 24 mm.

(35) DicHocrocis ocREDULALIS Snell. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1890,

p- 590. N.E. India.

Pleonectusa planalis Swinh. A. M. N. H. (6) xix. p. 208.

(36)TDicHocrocis AuRiTINCTA Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1886, p. 431.

Tenimber; Australia.

Rehimena pallidalis Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xvii. p. 134.

(37)*DIcHOCROCIS EUBULEALIS W]k, xviii. 595. Brazil.

Auctorum.

Botys infundibulalis Snell. Midd.-Sum., Lep. p. 64.

Sumatra; Australia.

Conogethes umbrosa Meyr. P. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. (2) i. p. 256,

New Guinea,

3 nubifera Lucas, P. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. (2) vii.

p. 264. Australia.

Genus 60. NAconeEra,

Nacoleia W1k. xix. 934 (1859).

Lamprosema Hiibn. Verz. p. 361 (1827), non descr.

Isopteryx Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 227 (1854), preoce.

Hedylepta Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 409.

Blepharomastiv Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 422.

Pelecyntis Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1884, p. 316.

Semaceros Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1884, p. 318.

Pterygisus Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1886, p. 429.

Thysanodesma Butl. Ill. Het. vii. p. 96 (1889).

Aplomastix Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) vi. p. 478 (1890).

Loawocreon Warr. A. M. N, H. (6) ix. p. 432 (1892),

Metasciodes Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1894, p. 8.

694 SIR G, F. HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Nov. 15,

Tylostega Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1894, p. 457.

Merotoma Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1894, p. 460.

Macrospectrodes Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xvii. p. 94 (1896).

Idiusia Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xvii. p. 98.

Preneopogon Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xvii. p. 146.

Orthocona Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xviii. p. 215.

Palpi upturned, reaching vertex of head, tke 2nd joint

broadly scaled in fronu, the 3rd with a small triangular tuft in

front ; maxillary palpi usually slightly dilated with scales; frons

rounded ; antenne of male ciliated; tibiz with the outer spurs

usually half the length of inner. Fore wing with veins 3, 4, 5

from angle of cell; 7 straight and well separated from 8, 9, to

which 10 is approximated. Hind wing with vein 3 from angle of

cell; 4, 5 approximated for a short distance ; 6,7 from upper angle,

7 anastomosing with 8.

Fig. 60.

Nacoleia peonalis, §. +. (From Moths Ind, vol. iv.)

Sucr. I. (Wacoleia). Antenne of male with the shaft thickened at

middle by a more or less developed tuft of scales above ;

mid tibie clothed with rough hair.

A. Tibize of male normal.

(1) Naconz1a suBULALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 221. Jamaica ;

Surinam; Brazil.

Leucinodes pretiosalis Moschl. Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xxxi.

p. 431, pl. 18. f. 38.

(2)tNaconnr1a aLLocosMA Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1886, p. 242.

Fiji.

(3)tNacotera commixta Butl. A. M. N. H. (5) iv. p. 453 (1879) ;

Hmpsn. Il. Het. ix. pl. 173. £. 24. Japan; India;

Ceylon.

T rf costisignalis Moore Lep. Cey]. iii. p. 273.

Type. (4) NACOLEIA RH@OALIS Wk. xix. 933. Australia.

by murcusalis W1k. xix. 935.

TBotys hypsidesalis Wik. xix. 1006.

tSamea trruptalis Wik. xxxiv. 1303.

tIsopteryx sordidalis Wlk. xxxiy. 1517.

(5)tNacorzra PaRAsEPHIS Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 18387, p. 221.

Australia.

(6)fNacoLEr1a AMPHICEDALIS W1k. xvii. 363. Australia.

+Isopteryx bilunatalis Wik. xxxiv. 1316.

1898. ] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN&. 695

(7) NacoLEIA OBLIQUALIS, n. sp.

Head and thorax pale brown; palpi, frons, collar, and meta-

thorax black ; abdomen dirty white, with two obscure medial fuscous

dorsal bands; wings yellowish white. Fore wing with diffused

fuscous shade from termen below apex to base of inner margin ;

an indistinct dark sinuous antemedial line ; an annulus in cell and

discocellular spot with pale lunule on it; a semicircular black mark

on costa beyond middle and two towards apex. Hind wing with

black discoidal point : both wings with an oblique postmedial line

excurved between veins 5 and 2; the terminal area fuscous from

just beyond the postmedial line; some dark points on termen.

Hab. Cedar Bay, Cooktown, Queensland (Meek). Exp. 20 mm.

Types in Coll. Rothschild and B.M.

(8) Nacotz1a MrsocHtora Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1884, p. 313.

Australia.

TtEndotricha annuligera Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1886, p. 427.

(9)fNacoLEra TRICROSSA Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1886, p. 243.

New Guinea.

(10) Naconmra MARionaLiIs W1k. xix. 930. N.W. Himalayas ;

tDanaga biformis Butl. Il. Het. vii. p. 94, Sikhim; Burma;

pl. 135. ff. 2, 3. Borneo.

(11)tNaconzra Prm=reRITALIs WIk. Cat. xvii. 372.

India ; Ceylon; Burma.

(12) Naconera cyannauis WIk. xvii. 405. Japan ; India;

Metasia zanclogramma Meyr. Trans. Ent. Ceylon; Burma;

Soc. 1894, p. 8. Borneo.

(13)7Nacoumra Trasatis WIk. xix. 994; Hmpsn. Ill. Het. ix. pl.173.

520:

Ceylon ; Australia.

tAsopia nucrochrysalis Wk. xxxiv. 1306.

B. Fore tibiz of male with dense curved scales.

(14)*Naconeta cHtoruRA Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1887, p. 222.

Australia.

C. Hind tibie of male fringed with long hair from medial

spurs to extremity, the 1st two tarsal joints fringed with

long hair; claspers and genital tufts very large.

(15) Naconzra HOLOPH®A, n. sp.

3. Fuscous brown; palpi at base, pectus, and ventral surface

of abdomen whitish. Fore wing with indistinct sinuous ante-

medial dark line ; a prominent black discoidal spot : both wings with

the postmedial line sinuous, bent outwards and minutely dentate

between veins 5 and 2, then retracted to lower angle of cell.

Hab, Cooktown, Queensland (Meek). Exp. 24mm. Type in

Coll. Rothschild.

696 SIR G. F, HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Nov. 15,

Sucr. II. Antenne of male with a bifid tuft of scales from basal

joint.

(16)7Nacormra zomusALis WIk. xvili. 603.

W. Indies ; Honduras ; Brazil.

(17)TNaconera taRcHAsALIS WIk. xix. 983 (2). St. Domingo.

TBotys differalis W1k. xxxiv. 1228.

Sect. III. Antenne of male with the base of shaft excised, the basal

joint tufted with hair.

(18)tNacoLEIA MELLEALIS Swinh. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1890, p. 282.

Bengal; Burma; Malay Pen.

Secor. IV. Antennee of male normal.

A. (Preneopogon). Palpi of male fringed below with long hair

enclosed between the Ist and 2nd joints, the 2nd and 3rd

joints being doubled back below; maxillary palpi greatly

dilated with scales ; fore femora with a tuft of long hair from

base; fore and mid femora and tibie clothed with rough

hair ; a large expansible anal tuft.

(19) Naconera BarBaTA Warr. A. M.N.H. (6) xvii. p. 146.

Assam.

B. Palpi of male normal.

a. Fore wing of male with postmedial lobe on costa.

(20) Naconpra PROGONIALIS, n. sp. (Plate XLIX. fig. 8.)

$. Orange fulvous; head and thorax suffused with fuscous.

Fore wing with the costal and terminal areas tinged with fuscous ;

a curved black antemedial line; a speck in cell and double dis-

coidal lunule ; the postmedial line obliquely curved below costa,

angled inwards on vein 5, at vein 2 retracted to lower angle of

cell, then slightly angled on vein 1; three black spots on costa

towards apex. Hind wing with black discoidal point ; the post-

medial line strongly bent outwards between veins 5 and 2, then

retracted to below end of cell: both wings with black line and

line through the cilia leaving orange points at their base.

Hab. Humboldt Bay, N. Guinea (Doherty). Hvp.14mm. Type

in Coll. Rothschild and B.M.

(21)*NacoEra crrrosaxis Feld. Reise Noy. pl. 135.£.37. Brazil.

b. (Tylostega). Fore wing of male with a tuft of large scales in

cell above and a very large fan of scales in cell below.

(22) Nacorgra vatvava Warr. A. M.N.H. (6) xvii. p. 104.

Assam.

(23)tNacotgra pHotias Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1894, p. 458.

Pulo Laut; Borneo.

1898. ] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN®. 697

(24)t+NaconEra MEsopoRA Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1894, p. 458.

Pulo Laut

(25)tNacoLera curysantues Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1894, p. 458.

Pulo Laut.

c. (Macrospectrodes). Hind wing of male with a large hyaline

vesicle on inner area.

(26) NacoLzIA sUBARGENTALIS Snell. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1890, p. 579

Sikhim.

d, Hind wing of male with the inner area very short, the tornus

lobed and fringed with thick hair ; abdomen with ventral

valve and tuft at base.

(27)tNacoLEIA Dorsatis WIk. xviii. 616. Colombia; Brazil.

Botys codrusalis Wik. xvii. 616.

» cenippealis W1k. xviii. 619.

e. Wings of male normal.

a. (Merotoma). Hind tibize of male very short, with a tuft

of hair above ; the outer medial spur absent, the inner

greatly dilated.

(28)fNacorEIA DATRALIS WI. xviii. 698. Borneo; Pulo Laut ;

Celebes.

b. Hind tarsi of male with the 1st three joints tufted with

curled hair on inner side; abdomen with the terminal

segment long, with lateral tufts from its base and large

genital tufts.

(29) Nacongra LuNvLaLis Hiibn. Zutr. ii. 21. 152, ff. 303-4.

Venezuela; Surinam.

c. Mid tibie of male with groove containing a tuft of

long hair.

(30)TNACOLEIA PERDENTALIS, 0. sp.

Head and thorax brown mixed with olive-yellow ; abdomen

olive-yellow banded with fuscous above. Fore wing fuscous,

some olive-yellow on basal area; an irregularly waved dark ante-

medial line defined by yellow on inner side ; prominent round black

orbicular and reniform stigmata ona yellowish ground ; a very highly

dentate postmedial line bent outwards between veins 5 and 2 and

defined by yellow on outer side. Hind wing with the basal area

yellowish, with round fuscous spot in cell; a very highly dentate

medial line defined by olive-yellow on outer side and bent outwards

between veins 5 and 2; terminal area fuscous: cilia of both wings

chequered yellow and fuscous. Underside of fore wing with the

ground-colour of cell orange.

Hab. Amboina; Bourou (Doherty); Fergusson I., N. Guinea

(Meck). Exp. 28-30 mm.

Proc. Zoou. Soo.—1898, No. XLVII. 47

698 SIR G, F. HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Nov. 15,

d', Legs of male normal.

a’. (Hedylepta). Patagia of male with a tuft of hair

reaching well beyond metathorax.

a+ Abdomen of male with ventral valve and tuft at

base, the terminal segment very long with lateral

and genital tufts.

(31)tNacotera priearis W1k. xvii. 338, Haiti; Venezuela.

6°. Abdomen of male with large dorsal and slight

ventral tufts at base.

(32)7NAcoLEra CANACEALIS WI]k. xvii. 348. = Venezuela; Brazil.

ce’. Abdomen of male normal.

(32 a)*NACOLEIA AUROTINCTALIS, 0. sp.

3. Golden-brown mixed with fuscous hairs; palpi at base,

pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen whitish. Fore wing

with the mixture of black hairs prominent, becoming a diffused

patch on basal inner area, Hind wing strongly suffused with

black hairs, becoming a diffused patch on disk; both wings with

yellow line at base of cilia.

Hab. Niger, Warri (Roth). Exp. 22 mm. Type in Coll.

Rothschild.

(33)7NACOLEIA LADONALIS WIk. xviii. 637. W. Africa.

(34) Naconera conrusaLis Warr. A. M.N.H. (6) xvii. p. 98.

Japan.

(35) NacoLnia TRISTRIALIS Brem. Lep. Ost-Sib. p. 68, pl. 6. f. 7.

Amur; N.E. India; Burma.

Hedylepta confusalis Warr. A. M.N.H. (6) xvii. p. 98.

5 ochrifuscalis Warr. A. M.N.H. (6) xvii. p. 98.

(36)TNacoLEra PHoNALIS WIk. xviii. 639. W. Africa ; India;

’

Bou ys halmusalis Wk. xviii. 693. Ceylon ; Burma ;

T 5, bianoralis Wik. xix. 1001. Borneo ; Java;

» minoralis Wik. xxxiv. 1420. Flores; Sula.

tT 5 decisalis Wik. xxxiv. 1351.

» preteritais Wik. xxxiv. 1405; Hmpsn. Ill. Het. ix.

pl. 173. f. 3.

TAsopia misera Butl. Ill. Het. iti. p. 74, pl. 59. £. 5.

Botys korndorfferi Snell. Midd.-Sum., iv. Lep. p. 62.

+Acharana similis Moore, Lep. Cey]. iii. p. 286, pl. 180. f£. 12.

TCharema fuscipennis Swinh. A.M.N. H. (6) xiv. p. 202.

Pachyzancla granulata Warr. A. M. N.H. (6) xviii. p. 174.

(37)+NaconEia NipHBALIS WIk. xviii. 638. W. Africa; N.E.

}Botys epastalis Swinh. P. Z.8. 1885, p. 874, & W. India.

pl. 57. f. 13.

(38)TNACOLEIA LEUCOSTREPTA Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1886, p. 254,

Fiji.

1898.] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTINA, 699

(39)fNACOLEIA VITTIFERA, N. sp.

Black ; palpi white below; cox and tarsi white; abdomen with

prominent white rings on two subterminal segments and slight

segmental lines on the others, a ventral white fascia on basal

segments. ore wing with curved black antemedial line ; a disco-

cellular spot ; the postmedial line black, with wedge-shaped white

mark on its outer edge from costa to vein 6, nearly straight to

vein 3, then retracted to angle of cell; cilia white, fuscous at

middle and tornus. Hind wing with discoidal point ; the post-

medial line nearly straight from costa to vein 2, then retracted to

angle of cell; cilia white, fuscous at tornus.

Hab. Amboina; Fergusson I., N. Guinea (Meck). Hwp. 22mm.

(40)tNaconera BLACKBURNI Butl. E. M. M. xiv. p. 48.

Sandwich I.

(41)7Nacormra accepra Butl. E.M.M. xiv. p. 49. Sandwich I.

(42) NacoLEra ConTINENTALIS Wllgrn. Eug. Resa, p. 381.

Sandwich I.

(43)fNACOLEIA DEMARATALIS WIk. xix. 1009. Sandwich I.

(44);Naconnura Locanis Buti. E. M.M. xv. p. 271. Sandwich I.

(45)*NAcoLeIa stigmarinis Warr. A. M.N.H. (6) xvii. p. 101.

Assam.

(46) Naconera 1nproaTa Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 640. Neotropical,

vulgalis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 202, Ethiopian, &

ple GPi.°8. Oriental regions.

Botys sabalis Wik. xviii. 631.

+ ,, meliusalis W1k. xviii. 703.

t 4, connexalis WIk. xxxiv. 1394.

» reductalis W1k. xxxiv. 1412.

(47) NacoLEIaA DInMENALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 203. 8. Africa;

Pyrausta absistalis W1k. xvii. 311. Oriental region ;

tAsopia lydialis W1k. xvii. 374. : Fiji.

Botys ustalis Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 375, pl. x. f. 14.

tPyralis incertalis W1k. xxxiv. 1247.

Hedylepta pyraustalis Snell. Midd.-Sum., iv. Lep. p. 70.

(48)*NacoLEIA AURANTIFASCIALIS Hmpsn. (2) Moths Ind. iy.

p. 314. Manipur.

(49)TNACOLEIA FUSCIFIMBRIALIS Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 315.

Ceylon.

(50)TNACOLEIA CUPREALIS Moore, P. Z. 8. 1877, p. 616, pl. 60.

f.13(¢). Assam ; Burma; Andamans.

Plutamoma binotahs Warr. A. M.N. H. (6) xviii. p. 177.

(51)tNACOLEIA SALBIALIS, n. sp.

3. Fuscous ; palpi white below ; abdomen with white patch on

anal tuft ; pectus and ventral surface of abdomen whitish. Fore

AT*

700 SIR G. F, HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Noyv.15,

wing with fuscous antemedial line obtusely angled on median

nervure and defined by whitish on inner side; a black speck in

cell and discoidal lunule; the postmedial line bent outwards

between veins 5 and 3, then retracted to below angle of cell

and sinuous, outlined with whitish and becoming a prominent spot

on costa; cilia chequered whitish and fuscous. Hind wing with

discoidal black spot; the postmedial line outlined with whitish,

bent outwards between veins 5 and 2, then retracted and ending

at anal angle; a black terminal line and line through cilia which

are white.

Hab. Orizaba, Mexico. Exp. 26 mm. Types in B.M. and

Coll. Schaus.

(52) +NACOLEIA LUNIDISCALIS, n. sp.

@. Fuscous brown with a rufous tinge; palpi white below;

abdomen with a black band on penultimate segment. Fore wing

with nearly straight antemedial black line arising from a spot on

costa ; a fuscous-edged white speck in cell and another below it ;

a prominent white discocellular lunule connected with a spot

beyond lower angle of cell, and outlined by the black postmedial

line arising from a spot on costa, and at vein 2 retracted to the

origin of vein 2. Hind wing with discocellular spot; a post-

medial line sinuous from costa to vein 2, where it is retracted to

angle of cell and ends at anal angle: both wings with marginal

dark line and line through base of cilia.

Hab. Aburi, W. Africa. Hap. 24 mm.

(53)TNacongia ontvia Butl. P. Z. 8. 1878, p. 484 (9). Jamaica.

b*. (Blepharomastya). Patagia of male not extending

beyond metathorax.

(54)7NACOLEIA SEMICOSTALIS, n. sp. (Plate XLIX. fig. 22.)

3. Head, thorax, and abdomen black with a bluish tinge ;

palpi white below ; anal tuft ochreous. Fore wing golden yellow,

with a broad black fascia from base of inner margin along costa to

middle, then running as an oblique band to outer angle; apical

area black and a black marginal line. Hind wing golden yellow,

with black marginal band broadest at apex and anal angle.

Hab. Sao Paulo (Jones), Hap. 22 mm.

(55) Nacoera tysoniraris Wlk. Trans. Ent. Soc. (3) i. p. 125.

Nicobars ; Borneo.

(56) Nacornra penupictanis Warr. A. M.N. H. (6) xvii. p. 99.

Assam.

(57)+NaconErs KineDonI Butl. A. M. N. H. (5)iv. p. 246 (1879).

Madagascar.

(58) NacoLEra XANTHIALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 343.

W. Indies ; 8. America.

+Botys superbalis W1k. xxxiv. 1397.

incalis Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. xviii. p. 202, pl. 11. f. 18.

1898.] OF THD SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN &. 701

(59)tNacoLBIa JUNCTITHYRALIS, n. sp. (Plate XLIX. fig. 9.)

Purplish fuscous; head blackish; palpi white below ; abdomen

with white band at base; thorax and abdomen white below, fore

tibiz with black band. Fore wing with hyaline point below origin

of vein 2 and another in end of cell; a patch beyond the cell

expanding outwards and minutely dentate between veins 5 and 2.

Hind wing with a large hyaline patch in and below the cell con-

joined to a large patch beyond the cell which has its outer edge

angled on vein 5, then minutely dentate; both wings with the

cilia white towards tornus.

Hab. Fergusson I., N. Guinea (Meck). Exp. 26 mm.

(60)TNACOLEIA RUBRALIS, n. sp.

3. Ferruginous red; anal tuft ochreous. Fore wing with ill-

defined yellower patches on medial area and on disk; an indistinct

sinuous black antemedial line ; the yellow medial patches defined

on outer side by a waved black line; a minutely dentate post-

medial line retracted at vein 2 to below angle of cell. Hind wing

with black discocellular speck ; a very obscure postmedial line bent

outwards and highly dentate between veins 5 and 2.

Hab. Madagascar. Evp. 32 mm.

(61)TNAcoLEIA PERFENESTRATA Butl. A. M. N. H. (5) x. p. 237

(1882). New Britain.

(62)TNacoLEIA ALBIFLAVALIS Hmpsn. J. Bomb. N. H. Soe. ined.

Ceylon ; Celebes ; Sumbawa.

(63) NacoLEIA EBULEALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 196. U.S8.A.;

Honduras ; W. Indies.

(64)7NACOLEIA PERSINUALIS, n. 0. Brazil.

Voliba major Warr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1889, p. 293 (preoce.).

(65) Naconzra apyeanis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 229. Mexico ;

W. Indies ; Centr. Amer. ; Colombia.

Pierygisus appialis Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het. ii. p. 238,

ps2. 7,

(66) Nacotura apricatis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 229. U.S.A.

Isopteryx xeniolahs Hulst, Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. xiii. p. 159.

(67)tNacotzta scrratis Swinh. P. Z.8. 1885, p. 869. | Bombay.

(68)*NACOLEIA VESTALIALIS Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. 1875, p. 245, pl. 14.

iA: Colombia; Peru.

(69)rNacoLEIA PALLIDIPENNIS Warr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1889, p. 285.

Brazil.

(70) NaconEta BATRACHALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 243. Brazil.

(71)*Nacoxzta cytonatis Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het. ii. p. 258,

pl. 62. £. 25. Guatemala,

702 SIR G. F. HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Nov.15,

(72) NAcoLEIA COLUBRALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 242. Brazil.

Botys ineffectalis Wk. xxxiv. 1390.

T ,, electralis W1k. xviii. 600.

» meltealis W1k. xviii. 602.

(73)tNacoLEIA C@NEUSALIS WIk. xviii. 604. Honduras.

(74) Naconnra LACERTALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 244. Brazil.

(75) NacorEra RANALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 243. U.S.A.

TAsopia archasialis W1k. xvii. 365. Mexico; Centr. Am.

TBotys ofellusalis W1k. xviii. 732.

T ,, olliusalis Wik. xix. 982.

T ,, strictalis Wlk. xxxiv. 1392.

T » gracilis Grote & Rob. Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. i. p. 25, pl. 2.

£15:

Blepharomastix datisalis Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het. ii.

p- 269, pl. 63. f. 3.

(76) Nacounra coatnPEcensis Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het. ii.

p: 270, pl. 63. f. 8. Mexico; Brazil.

(77) NacoLera vitratis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 244. Mexico ;

Centr-Am.; Brazil.

Blepharomastiv pulverulalis Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het. ii.

p- 269, pl. 63. f. 2.

(78) NacoLEra TAMPIUSATIS WIk. xviii. 704. India; Borneo.

TBotys ilusalis Wik. xviii. 705.

» dascyllusalis Wk. xix. 1003.

tAplomastyx mimula Hmpsn. Tl. Het. viii. p. 137, pl. 155.£. 23.

Metasia lilliputalis Snell. Tijd. vy. Ent. 1880, p. 229, & 1884,

| oe rao

+ Matasiodes calliophis Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1894, p. 466.

(79)tNacotura LEoNINA Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1886, p. 425.

Australia,

(80)TNAcOLEIA MONINALIS WIk. xvii. 373. Borneo.

(81)*Nacotp1a HELIAULA Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1894, p. 8 (2).

urma.

(82) Nacorura Fusatis Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xvii. p. 142( 9).

: Assam.

(83) Naconera @axatis WIk. xviii. 718. Assam; Borneo.

Thysanodesma discalis Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xvii. p. 140.

(84) NAcoLEIA PUNOTICOSTALIS, n. sp.

Fulvous yellow; palpi black at extremities. Fore wing with

the basal half of costa tinged with fuscous; a curved antemedial

dark line with annulus on its outer edge in cell; a discoidal reni-

form spot with yellow centre; a postmedial line angled inwards

on vein 5, at vein 2 retracted to lower angle of cell, then angled

outwards on vein 1; three black points on costa towards apex and

1898.] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSIINE. 703

a series of marginal points. Hind wing with antemedial line;

the postmedial line bent outwards at vein 5, then sinuous to tornus ;

a series of marginal black points.

Hab. Batchian (Doherty). Exp. 14-18 mm. Types in Coll.

Rothschild and B.M.

(85) NAcoLEIA RUFITERMINALIS, n. sp.

Yellow ; head, thorax, and abdomen suffused with rufous.

Fore wing with the costal and terminal areas suffused with rufous

and leaden grey ; a rufous antemedial line; an annulus in cell and

discoidal reniform spot with yellow centre; the postmedial line

angled inwards on vein 5 and at vein 2 retracted to the cell; two

yellow points on costa towards apex. Hind wing with rufous dis-

coidal point; the postmedial line bent outwards between veins 5

and 2, then retracted to below cell, almost the whole area beyond

it rufous and leaden grey.

Hab. Batchian; Halmaheira. Hxp. 14 mm. Types in Coll.

Rothschild and B.M.

(86) Naconeta maaNatis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 280, pl. 9. f. 6.

+tSamea medealis Wk. xvii. 353. U.S.A.; W. Indies.

*Botys belusalis Wk. xviii. 582.

tAsopia curtalis Wik. xxxiv. 1305.

(87)*NacoLE1a RHEALIS Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het. ii. p. 239,

pl. 62. f. 9. Mexico.

(88) NacoLEIa STENIALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 231. Un8.A. 5

+Samea acestealis Wik. xvii. 352. Mexico ; Honduras ;

jAsopia pherusalis W1k. xvii. 368. Brazil.

Blepharomastia sagralis Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het. ii.

p- 270 pl. 63. f. 7.

(89)tNacotzra Mason Butl. Il. Het. vii. p. 96, pl. 135. f. 5.

N.W. Himalayas.

(90)tNacotnra ossna Butl. Ill. Het. vii. p. 96, pl. 135. f. 6.

N.W. Himalayas.

(91) NacoxEra ocraseMA Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1886, p. 259.

New Hebrides; Solomons,

(92) NacoLEIa CHARESALIS WIk. xviii. 709. W. India; Ceylon;

tBotys molusalis Wik. xix. 993. Borneo; Sumbawa.

(93) Nacotnta Pupicratis Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. xxxviii. p. 49, pl. 6.

seed le Assam; Java.

Metasciodes apicalis Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xviii. p. 216.

(94) Nacobnra PHALEASALIS WIk. xviii. 718. | Assam; Borneo.

(95) Nacozra exrmiatis Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xvii. p. i41.

Assam.

(96) NacoLura DIDASALIS W1k. xviii. 707. Borneo; Sumbawa.

t+ Metasia achromatias Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1894, p. 465.

704 SIR G. F. HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTIIS [Nov. 15,

(97)+Naconnra THOLEROPA Meyr. Trans, Ent. Soc. 1894, p. 466.

Sumbawa.

(98) Naconpra PANTHERALIS Hibn. Geyer, Zutr. 20. 337, ff. 673,

674. Brazil.

TtZebronia ledalis Wik. xvii. 474.

Ledereria seppalis Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. 1875, p. 258, pl. 14. f. 12.

Auctorum.

Omiodes monogona Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1888, p. 216. Hawaii.

» liodyta Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1888, p. 217. Hawaii.

Botys rubricetalis Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. xxiii. p. 209, & xxvi.

pl. 7. ff. 4, 4a. ene

Eclipsiodes marmaropa Meyr. P. Linn. Soc. NS.W. iv. p. 1111.

Adoiealis,

Pterygisus calligraphalis Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. xxxv. p. 175, pl. x.

f, 13. Jaya.

Ercta divialis Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. xxxviii. p. 149, pl. vi. f. 12.

Java.

Botys allalis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 347. Cayenne.

Mimorista salaconalis Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het. i. p. 245,

pl. 62. £. 17. Centr. Am.

Genus 61. GonrIORHYNCHUS.

Goniorhynchus Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 322 (1896).

Palpi upturned, the 2nd joint broadly angled with scales in

front, the 3rd short, naked, and blunt; maxillary palpi filiform ;

frons rounded or prominent; tibize with the outer spurs two-

thirds length of inner. Fore wing with veins 3, 4, 5 from angle

of cell; 7 straight and well separated from 8, 9. Hind wing

with the cell short; veins 3, 4, 5 from angle; 6, 7 from upper

angle, 7 anastomosing with 8.

Goniorhynchus plumbeizonalis, §. }. (From Moths Ind. vol. iy.)

Sect. I. Antenne of male bipectinate, with short fasciculate

branches.

A. Antenne of male with a very large tuft of hair on upper-

side of shaft at base.

(1)tGONIORHYNCHUS OBSCURUS, n. sp.

Fuscous ; palpi blackish ; antenne of male with the tuft black.

Fore wing with the costal area blackish; the sinuous antemedial

1898.] OF THD SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTINE. 705

line obtusely angled on median nervure ; a speck in cell and dis-

coidal spot ; the postmedial line of both wings bent outwards and

dentate between veins 5 and 2, then retracted to below angle

of cell.

Hab. Amboina (Doherty). Exp. 20mm. Types in Coll. Roth-

schild and B.M.

B. Antenne of male without tuft of hair at base.

(2) GoNIORHYNCHUS PECTINALIS, 0. sp.

Fuscous; palpi white at base. Fore wing with dark ante-

medial line obtusely angled on median nervure; a point in cell

and small discoidal lunule; the postmedial line outlined with

ochreous, slightly bent outwards and dentate between veins 5 and

2, then retracted to below angle of cell and excurved again. Hind

wing with discoidal point; the postmedial line outlined with

ochreous, bent outwards and dentate between veins 5 and 2, then

retracted to below angle of cell: both wings with fine black

marginal line and line through the cilia.

Hab. Padang Rengas, Malacca. Hap. 20 mm. Types in Coll.

Rothschild and B.M.

Sucr. IJ. Antenne of male annulated with rings at the joints;

fore wing with a fovea covered with hair at base of median

nervure.

(8)TGONIORHYNCHUS PLUMBEIZONALIS Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv.

p. 323. Assam; Burma.

(4) GoNIORHYNCHUS FLAVIGUTTALIS Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xvii.

p- 140. Assam.

Ssor. III. Antenne of male smooth and ciliated ; fore wing with

no fovea.

A. Frons rounded.

(5)TGONIORHYNCHUS EXEMPLARIS, n. sp.

2. Yellow; palpi fuscous, white at base. Fore wing with the

costal area brown; a waved antemedial brown line; spot in cell

and pale-centred reniform discocellular spot ; a postmedial waved

line sinuous from costa to vein 5, then bent outwards to vein 2,

where it is retracted to angle of cell; a brown marginal band very

broad at apex and expanding into a patch at inner angle. Hind

wing with discocellular speck ; a postmedial line greatly bent out-

wards between veins 5 and 2 and dentate on those veins; a margi-

ginal line expanding into a patch at apex.

Hab. Japan. Exp. 26 mm.

(6)TGonIoRHYNOHUS BUTYROSA Butl. Ill. Het. iii. p. 73, pl. 59. f.1.

Japan; China,

Type.

706 SIR G. F, HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Nov.15,

(7) GonIoRHYNCHUS GRATALIS Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 473,

pLal. £48. N.E. India; Burma; Java.

Botys minualis Wik. xxxiv. 1449.

(8)tGonIoRHYNCHUS PHILENORALIS WIk. xviii. 577. Jamaica.

TBotys gealis Wk. xviii. 578.

B. Frons with rounded prominence.

(9) GoNIORHYNCHUS MARASMIALIS, N. Sp.

3. Yellow; palpi black, white at base; frons and mesothorax

blackish ; abdomen with black spot before extremity and streaks

on anal tuft. Fore wing with the costa fuscous ; a black spot in

cell, with straight line from it to inner margin ; a discoidal lunule ;

the postmedial line almost straight from costa to vein 2, where it

is retracted to angle of cell, then straight to inner margin; the

terminal area fuscous, narrowing between veins 4 and 2. Hind

wing with discoidal spot; the postmedial line slightly bent out-

wards between veins 5 and 2, then retracted to lower angle of cell ;

a terminal fuscous band expanding at vein 2.

Hab. Bali; Dili (Doherty). Hap.20 mm. Type in Coll. Roth-

sebild.

Auctorum.

Botys chalybealis Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. xxxv. p. 160, pl. x. ff. 5, 6.

Java.

Genus 62. ERINOTHUS, nov.

Palpi upturned, the 2nd joint broadly scaled in front, the 3rd

short and blunt; maxillary palpi rather long and filiform; frons

rounded ; antennz of male with fascicles of cilia, contorted and

with a tuft of hair at one-third from base ; tibie with the outer

spurs very long, the inner about half their length. Fore wing of

male with the costa folded over above just beyond middle and

Fig. 62.

Erinothus lollialis, 3. $.

enclosing tufts of hair (the neuration so distorted as to be hardly

decipherable in the two not good specimens); vein 2 from near

base of cell; 3 from beforeangle ; 4, 5 separate, then approximated

for a short distance; 6, 7 approximated for a short distance; 8, 9

stalked, then separating widely ; 10, 11 in the costal fold. Hind

wing with vein 3 from well before angle of cell; 5 from above

Type.

Types

Type.

1898. ] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN &. 707

middle of discocellulars ; 6, 7 stalked, 7 anastomosing with 8 for a

short distance towards apex.

+ERINOTHUS LOLLIALIS W1k. xix. 1005. Borneo.

Genus 63. ACHANTODES.

Achantodes Guen. Noct. ii. p. 386 (1852).

Palpi upturned, the 2nd joint smoothly scaled, the 3rd short

and blunt; maxillary palpi dilated with scales; frons rounded ;

antennz laminate ; tibie with the outer spurs two-thirds length of

inner. Fore wing with the costa straight ; the apex produced to

a point; the outer margin excised below apex and much excurved

at middle; vein 3 from before angle of cell; 4, 5 from angle ; 7

straight ; 10 approximated to 8, 9. Hind wing with the outer

margin slightly excised below apex; vein 3 from angle of cell ;

4, 5 approximated for some distance ; 6, 7 from upper angle, 7

anastomosing with 8.

Fig. 63.

Achantodes cerusicosta, g. }.

ACHANTODES cERUsICcosta Guen. Noct. ii. p. 386. Venezuela.

Genus 64. PrnnTosoMA, nov.

Palpi upturned, the 2nd joint moderately scaled in front, the

3rd.short and blunt; maxillary palpi minute; frons rounded ;

antenne of male minutely ciliated ; abdomen extremely long, the

proximal segments with tufts of hair at sides, the anal tuft long ;

tibie with the outer spurs about two-thirds length of inner ; wings

long and narrow. Fore wing with veins 3, 4,5 from angle of cell ; 7

curved and approximated to 8, 9, to which 10 also is approximated.

Hind wing with veins 3, 4, 5 from angle of cell; 6, 7 from upper

angle, 7 anastomosing with 8.

Fig. 64.

Piletosoma novalis, G. 3.

(1) Prnnrosoma NovaLis Wlk. xxxiv. 1899. Villa Nova, Brazil.

Type.

708 SIR G. F. HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Nov. 15,

(2) PinerosoMa I1GNEDORSALIS, n. sp. (Plate XLIX. fig. 7.)

3d. Cupreous brown; antenne white at tips; tegule and

abdomen above fiery red and orange; anal tuft black ; fore coxe,

tarsi, and basal half of ventral surface of abdomen yellowish white.

Fore wing with hyaline spot at origin of vein 2 and thinly-scaled

patches in end of cell and between bases of veins 2and 7. Hind

wing with the basal half hyaline, the veins and a discoidal band

fuscous.

Hab. Peru. Lap. 32 mm.

Genus 65. Dupa.

Deba Wk. xxxiv. 1494 (1865).

Phycidicera Snell. Midd.-Sum., iv. Lep. (1) 8. p. 71 (1880).

Palpi upturned, the 2ud joint reaching vertex of head and

slightly scaled in front, with a tuft of hair from extremity hiding

the 3rd joint, which is short and blunt; tegule of male with long

tufts of hair extending beyond the metathorax ; the two basal

segments of abdomen with long hair on dorsum; tibie with the

outer spurs about half the length of inner. Fore wing with the

costa arched towards apex ; the outer margin obliquely rounded ;

veins 3, 4, 5 from angle of cell; 7 approximated to 8, 9 for about

one-third length ; 10 also approximated to 8, 9. Hind wing with

vein 3 from angle of cell; 4, 5 approximated for a short distance ;

6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8.

Deba surrectalis, G. +. (Ftom Moths Ind. vol. iv.)

Szor. I. Antenne of male with a small tuft of hair in the form of

a vesicle from end of 1st joint, surrounded by a large vesicle

formed of nearly conjoined pectinations on the basal part of

shaft, which is then serraved for a short distance.

(1)tDzza surrecranis Wlk. xxxiv. 1493. Assam ; Ceylon ;

Phycidicera salebrialis Snell. Tijd. vy. Ent. 1880, Celebes.

p- 228, & 1884, pl. iii. f. 6.

Sxor. LI. Antenne of male with a tuft of long hair on base of

shaft, then much thickened and fringed with thick scales

above; hind wing with a fringe of hair below costa above.

(2) Depa antuuanis WIk. xvii. 361. Borneo; Sumatra; Celebes.

Botys cydipeialis Wik. xviii. 6494.

Botys tsiasalis W1k. xviii. 696.

Phycidicera manicalis Snell. Midd.-Sum., iv. Lep. (1) p. 72.

1898.] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN A. 709

Genus 66. CERATARCHA.

Ceratarcha Swinh. A. M. N. H. (6) xiv. p. 200 (1894),

Palpi upturned, the 2nd joint broadly angled with scales in

front, the 3rd short, blunt, and naked; maxillary palpi filiform ;

frons rounded; antenne of male annulate; tibie with the outer

spurs half the length of inner; mid tibiz somewhat roughly scaled.

Fore wing with the costa arched towards apex; the outer margin

excised below apex; veins 3 and 5 from close tu angle of cell;

7 and 10 approximated to 8,9. Hind wing with the outer margin

excised below apex; the cell short; veins 4, 5 approximated for a

short distance ; 6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8.

Fig. 66.

Ceratarcha umbrosa, §. 3%. (From Moths Ind. vol. iv.)

Type. tCERATARCHA UMBROSA Swinh. A. M. N. H. (6) xiv. p. 200.

N.E. India.

Genus 67. Boryopns.

Botyodes Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 321 (1854).

Endocrossis Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1889, p. 515.

Palpi upturned and reaching vertex of head, the 2nd joint

broadly rounded with scales in front, the 3rd short, naked, and

blunt ; maxillary palpi filiform ; frons rounded; antenne of male

minutely ciliated ; mid tibiee fringed with hair on outer side; hind

tibie with tufts of hair on outer side at base and extremity, the

Fig. 67.

Botyodes asialis, §. +. (From Moths Ind. vol. iv.)

outer spurs half the length of inner. Fore wing with veins 3, 4,5

from angle of cell; 7 closely approximated to 8, 9 for about one-

third length ; 10 also approximated to 8,9. Hind wing with

the cell short ; veins 3, 4, 5 approximated fora short distance; 6, 7

from upper angle or shortly stalked, 7 anastomosing with 8.

710 SIR G. F. HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Nov.15,

Suor. I. (Botyodes). Antenne of male with four teeth on the basal

joint enclosing a hollow; mid femora with a small grooved

tuft at middle.

Type. (1) Boryopzs astatis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 821; Moore, Lep.

Ceyl. iii. pl. 183. ff. 1, 1 @ (larva). Beluchistan ; India,

Ceylon, & Burma; Borneo.

(2) BoryoprEs princrpatis Leech, Entom. xxii. p. 69, pl. 3. f. 9.

Japan; Assam.

T i maculalis Swinh. A. M. N. H. (6) xiv. p. 198.

Suct. IL. (Endocrossis). Antenne of male with the basal joint

normal ; mid femora without the grooved tuft.

A. Hind wing of male with the inner area more or less

clothed with long rough hair above and below.

(3)fBoryoDES FLAVIBASALIS Moore, P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 96; Feld.

Reis. Noy. pl. 135. f. 41. E. Himalayas ; Assam ;

Burma; Sumatra; New Guinea.

B. Hind wing of male without rough hair on inner area.

(4)*Boryoprs ruFALIS Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 327. Burma.

I P

(5)TBoryvopEs FULVITERMINALIS, n. sp. (Plate XLIX. fig. 15.)

3. Orange. Fore wing with indistinct oblique antemedial line ;

a speck in cell and discoidal reniform spot; the terminal area

rufous with sinuous inner edge ; an obscure orange subapical patch.

Hind wing with discoidal spot; the terminal area rufous, with

nearly straight inner edge; cilia of both wings fuscous.

Hab. Kapaur, Humboldt Bay, N. Guinea (Doherty). Exp.

42 mm.

(6)+BoryoprEs catpusaLis WIk. xviil. 650. N.E. India ;

Burma; Java.

(7)TBoryoprs paroLanis W1k. xxxiv. 1405. Himalayas; Assam.

(8)*BoryoDEs CROCOPTERALIS, n, sp.

@. Bright golden yellow ; palpi black, white below ; throat pure

white ; thorax and abdomen below black; legs black, tarsi ringed

with white ; a white spot on fore tibie. Fore wing with black

antemedial spot on median nervure; a reniform discocellular spot ;

a postmedial spot below vein 2; the whole apical area black, with

rounded inner edge. Hind wing with postmedial black spot above

vein 5, with specks above and below it; a spot below vein 2 with

speck below it. Underside of fore wing with the basal part of

costal area suffused with black.

Hab. Sikhim (Pilcher). Eap.40 mm. Type in Coll. Rothschild.

(9)TBoryoprs nirtusaLis W1k. xviii. 642. Natal.

Auctorum.

Botyodes aurealis Leech, Ent. xxii. p. 69, pl. iii. f. 7. Japan.

Type.

EE Ss ee

1898.] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTINA. 711

Genus 68, AUTHRETIS.

Autheretis Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1886, p. 252.

Palpi upturned, the 2nd joint broadly angled with scales in front,

the 3rd greatly tufted with hair and reaching far above vertex of

head ; maxillary palpi dilated with scales; antenne of male with

a@ projection on basal joint in front and a rounded knob on base of

shaft ; tibiee with the outer spurs half the length of inner; abdo-

men with lateral tufts towards extremity. Fore wing with veins

3, 4, 5 somewhat approximated for a short distance ; 7 curved and

approximated to 8,9. Hind wing of male with large tufts of

scales below costa and at upper angle of cell below, the area below

them clothed with rough fulvous scales; veins 3, 4,5 from angle

of cell; 6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8.

Fig. 68.

Autheretis eridora, 3. 1.

TAUTHZRETIS ERIDORA Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1886, p. 252.

Fiji.

Genus 69. Proropzs,

Prorodes Swinh. A. M. N. H. (6) xiv. p. 205 (1894).

Palpi upturned, the 2nd and 3rd joints conically scaled in female,

the 3rd in male broad, hollowed out and enclosing a tuft of hair ;

maxillary palpi dilated with scales; frons rounded; antenne of

male with the base of shaft excised, then toothed ; tibie with the

outer spurs about half the length of inner. Fore wing with veins

3, 4,5 from angle of cell; 7 curved and approximated to 8, 9,

Hind wing with veins 3, 4,5 from angle of cell; 6, 7 from upper

angle, 7 anastomosing with 8.

Fig. 69.

Prorodes mimica, §. %. (From Moths Ind. vol. iv.)

tProroves mimica Swinh. A. M. N. H. (6) xiy. p. 205.

N.E, India ; Burma; Malayan subregion ;

Notarcha triparalis Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) Queensland.

xvii. p. 102.

712 SIR G. F, HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Noy. 15,

Genus 70. SynEPra.

Sylepta Hiibn, Verz. p. 356 (1827).

Lypotigris Hiibn. Verz. p. 361.

Hyalitis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 289.

Astura Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 319.

Asciodes Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 374 (1857).

Pantograpta Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 387.

Sathria Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 411.

Erilusa Wik. xxxiv. 1375 (1865).

Herpetogramma Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 480.

Nagia Wik. xxxiv. 1320.

Notarcha Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1884, p. 310 (preoce.).

Patania Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 209 (1887).

Pramadea Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 211.

Crocidocnemis Warr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1889, p. 269.

Pleuroptya Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1890, p. 4438.

Lowoscia Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) vi. p. 476 (1890).

Haritalodes Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) vi. p. 476.

Pardomima Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) vi. p. 477.

Epherema Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. xxxv. p. 170 (1892).

Idiostrophe Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xvii. p. 133.

Haliotigris Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xviii. p. 163 (1896).

Polycorys Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xviii. p. 172.

Palpi upturned and reaching vertex of head, the 2nd joint mode-

rately and evenly scaled in front, the 3rd short, naked, and blunt ;

maxillary palpi filiform ; frons rounded ; antenne of male ciliated ;

tibie smoothly scaled, with the outer spurs about half the length

of inner. Fore wing with veins 3, 4,5 from angle of cell; 7

curved and approximated to 8, 9, to which 10 also is approximated.

Hind wing with the cell short ; vein 3 from the angle ; 4,5 some-

what approximated for a short distance; 6. 7 from upper angle.

Fig. 70.

Sylepta sellalis, $. }. (From Moths Ind. vol. iv.)

Szor, I, Antenne of male with the shaft excised and contorted at

one-third from base, then thickened and bearing an extremely

large plumose tuft of black hair extending to beyond middle ;

mid tibise fringed with long hair on outer side.

(1)TSYLErra PLUMIFERA, n. sp. (Plate XLIX. fig. 10.)

Golden yellow; palpi, antennw, and shoulders tinged with

rufous ; fore legs banded with brown. Fore wing with the costal

1898.] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN #. 713

area rufous; a subbasal black point on inner margin; an ante-

medial dark rufous line angled below cell, then incurved ; a spot

in cell and discoidal reniform spot; a dentate postmedial line bent

outwards between veins 5 and 2, then retracted to below end of

cell; the terminal area rufous from apex to vein 5 and at tornus.

Hind wing with discoidal reniform spot; the postmedial line bent

outwards and dentate between veins 5 and 2, then retracted to

below angle of cell and ending near tornus; the apical area and

some terminal lunules rufous: both wings with series of dark

points on the cilia.

Hab. Amboina (Doherty); Fergusson I., N. Guinea (Meek).

Exp. 40 mm.

Suor. II. (Asciodes). Antenne of male contorted and with a large

tuft of hair at about one-third from base; fore tibie tufted

with hair.

(2) SyLEPra GorDIALIS Guen. Delt. p. 374, pl. 5. f. 10.

St. Domingo ; 8. America.

TScoparia quietalis W1k. xix. 825.

Desmia confusalis Hulst, Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. xii. p. 158.

(3) SyLEPTA SCOPULALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 375. Brazil; Peru.

Ceratoclasis verecundalis Berg, Bol. Ac. Nac. Cord. i. p. 177.

Secor. II. Antenne of male thickened and excised at about one-

sixth from base ; mid tibie tufted with hair ; hind tibie with

a large tuft at base and small tuft at extremity.

(4)fSYLEPTA HELCITALIS WIk. xviii. 574. W. Indies ;

{Botys orphnealis W1k. xvii. 736. S. America.

+ ,, dracusalis Wik. xix. 983.

», subequalis W1k. xxxiy. 1394.

Suor. LV. (Pramadea). Antenne of male with a tooth of scales

from upperside of basal joint, the shaft excised at base.

(5)*SYLEPTA CURIUSALIS WIk. xviii. 688. Borneo.

(6)7SyLEPTa DENTICULATA Moore, Lep. Atk. p.211. N.E. India.

(7)tSYLEPTA CARBATINALIS Swinh. Trans. Ent. Soc, 1890, p. 288,

pl. 8. £. 13. Assam ; Burma.

Polycorys seminigralis Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xviii. p. 172.

(8) SyzepTa conz#saLis WIk. xxxiv. 1418. India; Sula ;

Borneo; Australia; Fiji.

Notarcha halurga Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1886, p. 259.

Coptobasis biocellata Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xviii. p. 171.

(9)TSYyLEPTA CROTONALIS WIk. xix. 997. N.E. India; Ceylon.

(10) SyLHPra LEUCODONTIA, n. sp.

3. Fuscous with a slight purplish gloss. Fore wing with

indistinct dark antemedial line bent outwards to inner margin ;

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1898, No. XLVIII. as,

714 SIR G. F. HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Nov.15,

large dark orbicular and reniform spots in cell situated on a pale

streak ; the postmedial line curved from costa to vein 2, defined by

whitish in the form of finer teeth below costa, points at median

nervules, at vein 2 retracted to below angle of cell, then angled

outwards above vein 1. Hind wing with dark discoidal spot on a

pale ground ; the postmedial line white, formed by a prominent

white spot below costa, bent outwards and dentate between veins

5 and 2, then retracted to below angle of cell.

Q. Both wings with the ground-colour pale brownish to the

postmedial line, which is prominent, blackish, and more strongly

defined by white on outer side.

Hab. Celebes; Amboina (Doherty); Fergusson I., N. Guinea

(Meek). Types in Coll. Rothschild and B.M.

(11)tSyLEepra FRATERNA Moore, Lep. Ceyl. iii. p. 292, pl. 181. f. 8.

S. India ; Ceylon.

(12)tSyLepra RIDOPALIS Swinh. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1892, p. 18.

Assam; Burma.

(13) Sytupra LUNALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. Formosa ; India,

p. 302. Ceylon, & Burma; Borneo;

Botys thyasalis Wk. xviii. 734. Celebes ; Sumbawa ;

Coptobasis incrassata Warr. A. M. N. H. Venezuela,

(6) xviii. p. 171.

(14)?Syxepra contievatis WIk. xxxiv. 1441. Jaya.

Tt Botys subjunctalis Wik. xxxiv. 1441.

(15) SYLEPTA PURPURASCENS, 0. sp.

3. Dark fuscous suffused with purple; palpi at base, pectus,

femora, and ventral surface of abdomen white. Fore wing with

antemedial line slightly defined by grey on inner side; a quadrate

white spot in end of cell; the postmedial line defined by grey on

outer side, with two dentate white marks below costa, strongly

excurved between veins 5 and 2, then retracted to below angle of

cell, then excurved again. Hind wing with traces of discoidal

spot ; the medial line excurved between veins 5 and 2, and slightly

defined by grey on outer side; a fine pale line at base of cilia.

Hab, British East Africa, Dar-es-Salaam. Exp. 36mm. Type

in Coll. Rothschild.

(16)7SyLepra appucTaLis W1k. xviii. 669. S. India; Ceylon ;

Coptobasis luminalis Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, Java.

p. 483, pl. 16. f. 10.

(17) Synepra arcranis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 296. W. India.

+Desmia opisalis Wik. xvii. 346; Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863,

pl. 16. f. 11.

(18) Syzxepra TexTaLis Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1868, p. 482, pl. 16,

f, 9. N. & W. India; Borneo.

+Coptobasis cenealis Swinh. P. Z. 8. 1885, p. 867.

1898. | OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN £. 71a

(19)tSYLEPTA ORBIFERALIS, D, sp.

Pale greyish fuscous with a yellowish tinge; palpi white below.

Fore wing with obscure oblique antemedial dark line defined by

whitish on inner side and almost obsolete towards costa; a round

white orbicular spot and large lunulate discoidal spot ; the post-

medial line with three conjoined dentate white marks on its outer

edge below costa, excurved and more or less strongly defined by

white between veins 5 and 2, then retracted to near base of vein 2

and with a white spot in its angle. Hind wing with more or less

prominent white discoidal spot ; the postmedial line strongly bent

outwards between veins 5 and 2, then retracted to near angle of

cell and terminating on inner margin above tornus, more or less

strongly defined by white on outer side, usually expanding into a

dentate patch below costa.

Hab. Karkloof, Natal (Marshall). Hep. 36 mm.

(20)7SyztEpra ovratis WIE. xviii. 636, W. Africa; Abyssinia ;

N.E. India.

(21)tSyLEpra sARRONALIS WIE. xviii. 636. W. Africa.

(22) SyLepra Lacticurratis Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xvii. p. 131.

Assam; Burma,

(23) SyLepra LuctuosaLis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 290. Siberia ;

Botys ceemealis Wik. xviii. 671. Japan; China; Himalayas;

» cosisalis W1k. xviii. 685. Andamans; Borneo.

Ebulea zellert Brem. Ost-Sib. p. 70, pl. 6. f. 12.

+Coptobasis andamanalis Moore, P. Z.S.1877, p. 615, pl. 60. f.14.

tHymenia erebina Butl. Ill. Het. ii. p. 57, pl. 39. f. 1.

(24)7SyLEPTa TRicotor Butl. Il. Het. ii. p. 75, pl. 59. f 6.

Japan.

(25) SyLepra seenaLis Leech, Entom. 1889, p. 65, pl. 4. f. 4.

Japan.

Sect. V. Antenne of male thickened and tufted with hair for a

short distance near base.

(26)tSYLEPTA OBLIQUIFASCIALIS Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 330.

Sikhim; Burma.

(27)TSYLEPTA PYRANTHES Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1894, p. 462.

Borneo.

(28)tSyiupra CHROMALIS WIk. xxxiy. 1453. Sikhim ; Java.

Szor. VI. Antenne of male with the basal joint extremely dilated

and fringed with scales below; palpi with the 3rd joint long

and club-shaped; hind wing with the apical area extremely

contorted and forming on underside a sort of tongue lying in

an oval depression.

(29)TtSYLEPTA TORSIPEX, n. sp. (Plate XLIX. fig. 12.)

3. Ochreous fuscous, Fore wing with obliquely sinuous ante-

48*

716 SIR G. F, HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Nov. 15,

medial fuscous line; semihyaline specks in middle and end of cell,

and a bidentate spot beyond the end; a dentate fuscous postmedial

line excurved between veins 5 and 2, then retracted to below end

of cell. Hind wing with postmedial fuscous line bent outwards

and dentate between veins 5 and 2, then retracted and oblique to

near tornus ; the tongue-shaped apical fold fuscous.

Hab. Sierra Leone (Clements). Hap. 36 mm.

Srcor. VIL. Antenne of male normal.

A. Fore tarsi of male with the 1st joint fringed on both sides

with long hair; mid tibie dilated and fringed with hair

on outer side, as also the ist joint of tarsus.

(30)tSYLEPTA CLEMENTSI, n. sp. (Plate XLIX. fig. 11.)

Head yellow, the 2nd joint of palpi black above, a black spot

between antenne; thorax and abdomen orange-yellow, collar and

patagia striped with black, abdomen with black dorsal patch on

subterminal segment. Fore wing with the basal area and costa

yellow ; subbasal and curved antemedial black bands; a quadrate

black spot in cell; whitish patches in and below cell; outer half

of wing black with purplish gloss; a postmedial whitish band

attenuate in discal fold, angled inwards above vein 2 and termi-

nating just below it; a quadrate whitish patch on costa before

apex; a yellowish mark on margin above outer angle in male.

Hind wing pale yellow; oblique antemedial, medial, and submar-

ginal black bands, the two latter meeting near anal angle, the

medial expanding towards costa, and the submarginal arising from

a large apical patch; a marginal band.

Hab. Sierra Leone (Clements). Hap. 42mm. Types in B.M.

and Coll. Schaus.

B. (Herpetogramma). Fore tibiz of male tufted with hair.

(31)7Synepra PaTacranis Zell. Lep. Caffr. p. 37. S. America.

Herpetogramma servalis, Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 430,

pl. 16. f. 16.

(32)TSYLEPTA CHRESALIS W1k. xviii, 5381. Haiti.

Botys candacalis, Feld. Reis. Nov. pl. 185. f. 47.

C. (Patania). Hind tibie of male with a large tuft of hair

and long flattened scales on inner side before the medial

spurs.

(33)TSYLBPLA CONCATENALIS Wlk. xxxiv. 1408. Sikhim.

(34)*SYLEPTA NINGPOALIS Leech, Ent. xxii. p. 68, pl. iii. f. 1.

Japan.

1898. ] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN ®, Wa

D. (Zrilusa). Hind tibie of male with fringe of very long

hair on outer side and of short hair on inner side as far

as the medial spurs.

(35) Sytepra seota WIk. vii. 1652. Brazil.

tErilusa dioptoides W1k. xxxiv. 1377.

» radialis Feld. Reis. Nov. pl. 136. f. 32.

pseudauxo Feld. Reis. Nov. pl. 136. f. 30.

E. Mid and hind tibia of male fringed with long hair on

outer side.

(36)*SyLEPTA IDMONALIS Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het. ii. p. 240,

pl62.f.01, Mexico.

F. (Pantograpta). Hind tibie of male clothed with long hair

on outer side.

(37) Syzmpra Expansatis Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 376,

pl. 11. f. 12. Centr. Am.; Brazil.

Pantogrupta orsonalis Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het. ii. p. 241,

pl. 62. f£. 14.

(38) Syzupra timata Grote & Rob. Ann. N. Y. Lye. viii. p. 464,

pl. 16. ff. 16,17. U.S.A.; Mexico; Centr. Am.; Brazil.

Pantoyrapta suffusalis Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het. ii. p. 240,

pl. 62. £. 10 (subsp.).

(39) Synepra scriprurazis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 373. — Brazil.

(40)7SyLEpra acerEsaLis W1k. xix. 1011.

Panama; Ecuador; Bogota.

Pantograpta cybelealis Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het. ii. p. 240,

pl. 61. f. 8.

G. (Crocidocnemis). Hind coxe of male with tufts of long

black hair.

(41)tSynepra peniucipa Warr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1889, p. 269.

Brazil.

(42)*SyLepra GorGonaLis Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het. ii. p. 240,

pl 625.t..1351(9): Mexico.

H. Hind tibie of male fringed with long black hair on outer

side; abdomen with paired tufts of black hair from base

below; hind wing with large tuft of black hair from

inner margin near base.

(43) Synepra TrBraLiIs Moore, Lep. Atk.p.216. N.E.& 8. India.

I. Hind tibiw of male with the inner spurs extremely long ;

abdomen with lateral fringes of hair on basal segments ;

hind wing with the apex greatly produced.

(44) Synmupra FraprusaLis WIk. xvii. 715.

Borneo; Pulo Laut; Bourou.

718 SIR G. F. HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [ Noy. 15,

J. Legs of male normal.

a. (Epherema). Fore wing of male with large fovea, and

the membrane extremely contorted below the cell.

45) SYLEpra ABYSSALIS Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. xxxv. p. 172, pl. 10.

i> 11,12) Java; Amboina; N. Guinea.

6. Retinaculum of male formed by a large fan of white

scales.

(46)TSyLEPrA PAUCISTRIALIS Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xvii. p. 139.

N.E. India.

c. Hind wing of male with the inner area clothed with

rough hair below; the tornus lobed; fore wing long

and narrow.

(47) Sytupra MacuLauis Leech, Entom. 1889, p. 67, pl. 3. f. 11.

Japan.

d. Hind wing of male with the tornus tufted with hair.

(48)*SYLEPTA POGONODES, n. sp.

3. Yellow; head, thorax, and abdomen towards extremity

suffused with rufous; legs banded with rufous. Fore wing with

slight rufous marks at base ; an antemedial line oblique from costa

to below median nervure, where it is angled, then angled inwards

on vein 1; a speck in cell and discoidal lunule; the postmedial

line broad and irregular, nearly straight from costa to vein 2, then

bent inwards to below angle of cell, and with patches between it

and lower angle of cell; the termen rather broadly rufous, diffused

inwards to the postmedial line at middle; cilia chequered brown

and yellow. Hind wing with indistinct postmedial line bent out-

wards between veins 5 and 2; the terminal area suffused with

brown, and the tufts at tornus brown ; cilia brown and yellow.

Hab, Batchian, Amboina (Doherty). Exp. 30 mm. Type in

Coll. Rothschild.

e. Wings of male normal.

a’. (Iipotigris). Thorax of male with a fan of large

scales from origin of fore coxe.

(49) SYLEPTA REGINALIS Cram. Pap. Exot. iv. p. 163, pl. 372.

fo W. Indies; C. America.

b'. (Pleuroptya). Thorax of male with a fan of Jarge

scales from origin of hind wing below.

(50) Synepra BALTHATA Fabr. Suppl. Ent. Syst. p. 457 (1798).

8. Europe; Japan; China; India,

~ Sylepta aurantiacalis Fisch. v. Ceylon, & Burma; Sula.

Rosl. Abbild. Schmett. p. 213, pl. 75. f. 3.

1898. ] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN #. 719

Botys crocealis Dup. Lép. Fr. viii. p. 365, pl. 235. f. 6.

» «accipitralis Wlk. xxxiv. 1422.

», mysolalis Wlk. xxxiv. 1423.

», quadriguttalis W1k. xxxiv. 1435.

~ ,, aurea Butl. Ill. Het. iii. p. 76, pl. 59. f. 12.

+Hapalia fraterna Moore, Lep. Ceyl. ili. p. 338, pl. 183. f. 9.

(51) Synepra pernrrescens Swinh. A. M. N. H. (6) xiv. p. 208.

Japan; N.E. India.

Pleuroptya fuscalis Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xviii. p. 165.

(52) SYLHPTA soLILucIS, n. sp. (Plate XLIX. fig. 13.)

Pale golden yellow ; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen

whitish. Fore wing with the costal area fuscous grey in some

specimens, yellow in others; the termen fuscous grey, expanding

widely towards apex. Hind wing with terminal fuscous-grey

line not reaching tornus.

Hab. Humboldt Bay, N. Guinea (Doherty). Hup.30mm. Types

in Coll. Rothschild and B.M.

é!. (Sylepta). Thorax of male normal.

(53)tSynEpra msien1s Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1881, p.587. Japan.

(54) Synupra pronaxaLis W1k. xviii. 688.

Ceylon ; Burma; Borneo.

tPardomima acutalis Hmpsn. Ill. Het. ix. p- 171, pl. 174. £. 16.

(55)}Synmpra cHALYBrFasctA Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 330.

Assam.

(56)*SYLEPTA HYALESCENS, 0. sp.

3. Pale yellowish brown; anal tuft tinged with rufous; wings

thinly scaled, the veins brown. Fore wing with fuscous subbasal

mark on inner margin; an antemedial oblique line; a discoidal

lunule ; the postmedial line oblique from costa to vein 2, where it

is retracted to angle of cell, then oblique to inner margin near

antemedial line; termen fuscous. Hind wing with discoidal bar ;

the postmedial line oblique from costa to vein 2, where it is

retracted to angle of cell, and reaching inner margin near tornus ;

termen fuscous ; cilia grey at tips.

Hab. Niger, Warri (Roth). Exp. 28 mm. ‘Type in Coll.

Rothschild.

(57)*Syiepra comera Warr. A. M.N. H. (6) xviii. p.164. Assam.

(58)+SYLEPTA PICALIS, n. sp. (Plate XLIX. fig. 14.)

3. Head and tegule fuscous, vertex of head with a whitish

patch; thorax white; abdomen white, banded with black above ;

wings white, the veins strongly streaked with black. Fore wing

with the costal area black ; a black spot near base of inner margin ;

an oblique black streak between vein | and middle of inner margin ;

a short streak below base of vein 2 and spots in cell and on disco-

720 SIR G. F. HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [ Nov. 15,

cellulars ; the terminal third of wing black tinged with purplish

grey. Hind wing with discoidal black spot; a postmedial line

excurved between veins 5 and 2; cilia black and white on inner

half of wing.

2. With the white area rather more extensive ; fore wing with

small white postmedial spots above and below vein 7.

Hab. Khasis. Exp. 48 mm.

(59)TSynppra GastRALIS Wlk. xxxiv. 1356. Himalayas; Assam.

(60) Synepra smmicaLis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 349. Mexico ;

Botys cyprealis W1k. xvii. 596. Centr. Am.; Brazil.

tHapalia sublutahs Warr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1889, p. 285.

Condylorrhiza sublutalis Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het. ii.

p- 211, pl. 60. f. 26.

(61)TSYLEPTA BIPARTALIS, n. sp.

3. Head, thorax, and abdomen orange, the last fuscous grey

towards extremity. Wings with the basal area orange-yellow, the

outer two-thirds fuscous grey with a golden gloss ; fore wing with

the medial portion of a fuscous subbasal line, a speck in cell and

discocellular lunule ; the costa ochreous.

Hab. Pulo Laut (Doherty). Eup. 38 mm.

(62)TSYLEPTA SCINISALIS WI1k. xviii. 648.

Himalayas; Assam; Burma.

Botys restrictalis Snell. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1890, p. 584 (var.).

(63)TSyLEPTA cosTaLis Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 221. N.E. India.

(64) SYLEPTA sELLALIS, Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 330.

N.E. India; Burma; Malayan subregion.

Botys disjunctalis W\k. Char. Undescr. Het. p. 96.

(65)PSYLEPTA BIPUNCTALIS Warr. P. Z. 8. 1888, p. 333.

N.W. Himalayas.

(66) Sytupra vurecunpa Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xviii. p. 167.

India: Ceylon; Sikhim.

Botyodes fraterna Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 221, pl. 7. f£. 16

(preoce.).

(67) Synupra ANGUSTALIS Snell. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1890, p. 585.

N.E. India.

(68)TSYLmPrA MNEMUSALIS WIk,. xviii. 593. Brazil.

Botys sanguiflualis Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 374,

pl. 11. f. 3.

» caudalis Feld. Reis. Nov. pl. 135. f. 45.

(69)7SYLEPTA PHILETALIS W1k. xviii. 621. Brazil.

Botys palmalis Feld. Reis. Nov. pl. 135. f. 33.

(70) Synupra LarroaLis Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 375, pl. 11.

f. 14, Bogota.

1898.] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTINA. 721

(71)7Synnpra cupHaLis WIk. xviii. 623. Venezuela.

(72) Syturra ancuLireRrA Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het. ii. p. 222,

pl. 61. f. 14. Centr. & 8. America.

(73) SYLEPTA STRIGINERVALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 341, pl. 10.

£5. Brazil.

(74) SyLEPra POLYDONTA, nN. sp.

Straw-yellow; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen

white. Fore wing with more or less developed fuscous marks at

base; the antemedial line strongly bent outwards on median

nervure, then angled inwards in submedian interspace and out-

wards on vein 1; a prominent black discoidal lunule ; the post-

medial line strongly dentate, slightly bent outwards between

veins 5 and 3, then retracted to below angle of cell and bent

outwards again. Hind wing with prominent black discoidal

lunule ; a strongly dentate postmedial line, slightly bent outwards

between veins 5 and 3, then retracted to below angle of cell.

Hab. Amboina (Doherty); Fergusson I., N. Guinea; Queens-

land (Meek). Ewvp. 32mm. Types in Coll. Rothschild and B.M.

(75)TSYLEPTA OCHRIFUSATIS, n. sp.

@. White; thorax and abdomen with patches of fuscous. Fore

wing suffused with ochreous, except the cell and medial part of

inner area; slight fuscous marks at base ; an indistinct antemedial

line angled outwards on median nervure, inwards in submedian

interspace, and outwards on vein 1; a slight discoidal black

lunule ; the postmedial line indistinct, bent outwards and minutely

dentate between veins 5and 3, then retracted and angled outwards

again; cilia white. Hind wing suffused with ochreous to the

postmedial line, except on costa and inner margin; a black dis-

coidal spot; the postmedial line bent outwards between veins

5 and 2; some fuscous suffusion on termen between vein 2 and

tornus.

Hab. Fergusson I., N. Guinea (Meck). Exp. 28-30 mm.

(76)}SyLerra BELIATIS W1k. xviii. 602. S. America.

+Botys molliculalis Wik. xxxiv. 1398.

(77) Syterra RURALIs, Scop. Ent. Carn. 616. Europe.

Pyralis verticalis Schiff. Wien. Verz. p. 120.

Epicorsia iridialis Hiibn. Verz. p. 355.

(78)tSYLEPTA PENUMBRALIS Grote, Can. Ent. ix. p. 106. U.S.A.

(79) SynEpra saBinusaLis WIk. xviii. 708. India; Ceylon;

tBotys imbutalis W1k. xxxiv. 1442. Malayan subregion

+ 4, sublituralis Wik. xxxiv. 1452. to Solomon Is.

Notarcha butyrina Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1886, p. 260.

haw iss dubia Hmpsn. Ill. Het. viii. p. 136, pl. 155. f. 16.

Type.

722 SIR G. F. HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Noy. 15,

(80)*SYLEPra FUSCOMARGINALIS Leech, Ent. xxi. p. 68, pl. iii.

f, 4.

Japan.

(81)+Synepra unrmaris WIk. xviii. 659; Hmpsn. Il. Het. ix.

pl. 172. f. 8. Ceylon ; Burma.

(82) Syzepra opscurALIs Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 375,

pl. 146,38: U.S.A.

(83)?Sytupra HoMomMoRPHA Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1894, p. 462.

Pulo Laut.

(84)TSYLEPTA STRAMINEA Butl. A. M.N. H. (4) xvi. p. 416 (1875).

Natal.

(85)tSyzupra MysissaLis W1k. xviii. 634.

W. Africa; Assam; S. India.

Gadessa impuralis Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xviii. p. 167.

(86) Syzepra pErocaTa Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 641. W. Africa ;

Siberia; Japan; Oriental & Australian regions.

Sylepta multilinealis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 337, pl. 8. f. 11.

+Zebronia salomealis Wik. xvii. 476.

tBotys otysalis W1k. xviii. 723.

tT 5, annuligeralis W1k. xxxiv. 1424.

5, basipunctalis Brem. Ost-Sib. p. 68, pl. 6. f. 8.

(87) Syzerra ropHaNnzES Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1894, p. 462.

Borneo.

(88) Syzupra amanpo Cram. Pap. Exot. ii. p. 92, pl. 247. f. E.

S. America.

Botys amplalis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 330, pl. 10. f. 4.

(89) Sytepra RHYPARIALIS Oberth. Et. Ent. xvii. pl. 11. f. 26.

China.

(90)7SYLEPra VENUSTALIS Swinh. A. M. N. H. (6) xiv. p. 199.

Assam.

(91)tSyterTa NreRIFLAVA Swinh. A. M. N. H. (6) xiv. p. 199.

Sikhim ; Assam.

(92)+Syiupra HECALIALIS WIK. xvii. 573. St. Domingo.

(93)*SyLErra ciTRINALIS Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het. ii. p. 224,

pl. Gif. 18 ( 2: Mexico,

(94)?SYLEPTA HZCHMISALIS WIk. xix. 982. Mexico.

(95) Syntupra pLEVATA Fabr. Ent. Syst. no. 325. S. America.

(96)tSynupra IopasaLis WIk. xviii. 652; Moore, Lep. Ceyl. ii.

pl. 182. f. 14. Formosa ; India, Ceylon, &

Botys plagiatalis Wik. xviii. 673. Burma; Malayan

boteralis Wik. xviii. 716. subregion to N. Australia,

tardalis Snell. Tijd. y. Ent. 1880, p. 210, & 1888, pl. 7.

f. 6.

”

1898.] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTINZ. 723

Botys orobenalis Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. 1880, p. 211, & 1883,

tre

Botyodes leopardalis Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 221, pl. 7. f. 26.

Notarcha tenuis Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xvii. p. 102.

(97)*SyLupra PRUMNIDES Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het. ii. p. 212,

pl. 60. f. 28 (9). Mexico.

(98) SyLEPTA PACTOLALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p.346. 8S. America.

Botys quirinalis Wik. xviii. 609.

(99)tSynppra Magna Butl. Ill. Het. iu. p. 74, pl.59.f.2. Japan.

(100) Sytepra MatuTINALiIs Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 195.

W. Indies; Brazil.

Botys odiusalis Wk. xviii. 627.

(101) Syzupra pissrpaTaLIs Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 474,

ple Lief, 13: N.E. India; Ceylon; Burma.

Samea quinquigera Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 207, pl. 7. f. 14.

(102) Synepra mnrerNiTALis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 375.

St. Domingo.

Sathria stercoralis Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 411,

pl. 15. f. 4.

tMegaphysa serenatis Wik. xxxiy. 1309.

(103)tSytnpra sruraris WIk. xviii. 735. W. Indies.

TPyralis disparalis W1k. xxxiv. 1227.

(104)?Syiupra onopHAsALIS WIk. xviii. 735. W. Indies.

tBotys thisoalis W1k. xviii. 737.

tPyralis gryllusalis Wik. xix. 915.

(105) Synepra ELATHEALIS WIk. xviii. 615. Brazil.

Lygropia neglectalis Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 381.

(106) Synepra amissaLis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 351. Brazil.

(107)*SyLepra PURPURALIS WIk. xxxiv. 1398. Bogota.

(108)?SyLEpra sUBALBIDALIS Swinh. A. M. N. H. (6) xiv. p. 201.

Assam.

(109) Syuupra ogoatis WIk. xviii. 689. Ceylon; Borneo.

t Coptobasis colomboensis Moore, Lep. Ceyl. iii. p. 556, pl. 215,

f. 13,

(110)TSYLEPTA MBEGASTIGMALIS, n. sp.

¢. Dull brown tinged with fuscous ; collar fulvous yellow with

black marks in front; abdomen yellow at extremity. Fore wing

with basal black spot below costa; an oblique subbasal black line ;

a black speck in cell ; a large black discoidal lunule ; an indistinct

postmedial line straight from costa to vein 4, then inwardly oblique.

Hind wing with dark point at lower angle of cell; both wings with

724 SIR G, F, HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Noy. 15,

the cilia grey at tips. Underside of thorax and abdomen and the

legs pale yellow; wings whitish with the margins fuscous.

Hab. Sierra Leone (Clements). Exp. 36 mm. Types in B.M.

and Coll. Schaus.

(111)TSynupra puriciens Moore, Lep. Ceyl. iii. p. 556, pl. 215.

£,'12. Himalayas ; Ceylon.

(112)*Synupra MACHINALIS Feld. Reis. Nov. pl. 136. f. 36 (2).

Moluccas.

(113) Synepra INFERIOR, n. n. Japan.

Botys quadrimaculalis Motsch. Et. p. 37 (1860), preoce.

(114) Synupra QuapRimacuLatis Koll. Hiig. Kasch. iv. p. 492;

Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, pl. 16. f. 12. Japan ;

Himalayas ; Assam ; Borneo.

Nagia desmialis Wik. xxxiv. 1320.

(115)?SyLerra NASONALIS, n. sp.

2. Head and thorax yellowish brown; abdomen brown, with

white band on basal segment. Fore wing yellowish brown; a

dark-edged hyaline spot in cell conjoined to one below it; a

quadrate spot in end of cell; a dark postmedial line running out

to an angle on vein 5, then retracted to below angle of cell, a

series of hyaline spots on its outer edge, largest below costa and

in sinus; outer area fuscous brown. Hind wing fuscous brown,

with antemedial dark line angled on vein 5, and with an irregular

hyaline band beyond it, widest at middle and edged by a minutely

dentate line: both wings with dark marginal line; the cilia

chequered white and brown.

Hab. Natal. Eup. 32 mm.

(116)7SYLEPTrA MESOLEUCALIS, n. sp.

3$. Head, thorax, and abdomen greyish; palpi fuscous except

at base ; head, thorax, and base of abdomen suffused with fuscous ;

wings yellowish white, thickly irrorated and suffused with fuscous

grey. Fore wing with curved black antemedial line; a sinuous

postmedial line excurved from costa to vein 3, then bent inwards

to vein 2 and oblique to inner margin; the area between the two

lines without fuscous irroration or suffusion from costa to vein 2;

a pale-centred discoidal stigma. Hind wing with the costal area

and cell pale from base to the postmedial black line, which is

sinuous, strongly excurved between veins 2 and 4, and with pale

marks on its outer side ; a discoidal black spot; a pale line at base

of cilia.

Hab. Karkloof, Natal (Marshall). Exp. 30 mm.

(117) Synepra anprpuncrara Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xvii. p. 133

(1896). Amboina: Queensland.

(118)*SYLEPTA OCHROTOZONA, 0. sp.

Fuscous brown. Fore wing with traces of dentate black ante-

medial line angled inwards below cell; a discocellular spot; an

1898.] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN&. 725

indistinct postmedial line minutely dentate from costa to vein 2,

then retracted to the cell. Hind wing with postmedial black line

ending at tornus, strongly defined on outer side by ochreous, and

dentate between veins 5 and 2; both wings with terminal series

of ochreous and dark points.

Hab. Cedar Bay, Cooktown, Queensland (Meek). Exp. 36 mm.

Type in Coll, Rothschild.

(119)*SyLepra NigRIscRipTaLis Warr. A. M. N.H. (6) xvii. p. 100

(1896). Assam ; Queensland.

Notarcha paucinotalis Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xviii. p. 166.

(120) Syzupra piopraris WIk. xxxiv. 1376. S. America.

tErilusa secta Wik. xxxi. 313 (preocc.).

* pseudauxo Feld. Reis. Noy. pl. 136. f. 30.

i mimalis Feld. Reis. Noy. pl. 136, f. 33.

(121)tSyvunrra cenivirra WIk. xxxiv. 1377. Brazil.

Erilusa nitealis Feld. Reis. Noy. pl. 136. f. 35.

(122)tSytepra cyanna WIk. xxxiv. 1376. Brazil.

Auctorum.

Botys tardalis Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. xxiii, p. 210, & xxvi. pl. 7.

ff. 66 a. Celebes.

55 paucilinealis Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. xxiii. p. 212, & xxvi. pl. 7.

ff. 8, 8a. Celebes.

» ruricolalis Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. xxiii. p. 213, & xxvi. pl. 7.

ff. 9, 9a. Celebes.

Erilusa dianalis Méschl. Verh. z.-b. Ges. Wien, xxxii. p. 358,

pl. xvii. f. 44. Surinam.

Asciodes titubalis Moschl. Abh. Senck. Ges. xvi. p. 303, f. 6.

Porto Rico.

Notarcha exculta Lucas, P. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. (2) vii. p. 262.

Australia,

Coptobasis leonalis Schaus & Clem. Lep. Sierra Leone, p. 45,

ple ii. t.10. Sierra Leone.

5 mollingert Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. xxxviii. p. 152, pl. v.

£782: Java.

re spretalis Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 430.

Amboina.

Botys paleacalis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 331. Syria.

» perpendiculalis Dup. Lép. Fr. vii. p. 234, pl. 232. f. 5.

France.

» imanitalis Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, pl. 371, p. 9. f. 3.

Amboina.

» nigrodentalis Pag. J.B. Nass. Ver. 1884, p. 268, pl. vi. f. 3.

Amboina.

Genus 71. ExpoGRaPuis.

Endographis Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1894, p. 464.

Palpi upturned and hardly reaching vertex of head, the 2nd

joint broadly rounded with scales in front, the 3rd short, naked

726 SIR G. F. HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Nov. 15,

and obtuse; maxillary palpi filiform; frons rounded ; antennz of

male ciliated ; tibie with the outer spurs two-thirds length of

inner ; abdomen of male with slight paired lateral tufts of very

long hair from medial segments. Fore wing with the apex some-

what acute ; veins 3, 4, 5 from angle of cell; 7 straight and well

separated from 8,9. Hind wing with the cell short; vein 2 from

angle: 3, 4,5 almost stalked; 6,7 from upper angle, 7 anasto-

mosing with 8; male with a tuft of hair on inner margin near

base, the margin folded over and produced to a point at anal angle.

TENDOGRAPHIS ACROCHLORA Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1894, p. 465.

Pulo Laut.

Fig. 71.

Endographis acrochlora, 3. 3.

Genus 72. Li@Ropra.

Lygropia Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 381.

Deuterarcha Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1884, p. 312.

Haritala Moore, Lep. Ceyl. iii. p. 311 (1886).

Pardomima Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) vi. p. 477 (1890).

Cyclocena Méschl. Abh. Senck. Ges. xvi. p. 309 (1890).

Hyperthalia Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xvii. p. 134 (1895).

Metoeca Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xvii. p. 145.

Palpi upturned, the 2nd joint evenly fringed with scales in

front, the 3rd short, blunt, and naked; maxillary palpi filiform ;

frons rounded; antenne of male ciliated; hind tibie with the

outer medial spurs about half the length of inner. Fore wing

Fig. 72.

Lygropia quaternalis, 8. }. (From Moths Ind. vol. iv.)

short and broad; veins 3,4, 5 from angle of cell; 7 well separated

from 8, 9, to which 10 is closely approximated. Hind wing with

the cell short; veins 3, 4,5 from the angle, 6, 7 from upper

angle, 7 anastomosing with 8.

1898. ] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN A, 727

Suor, I. (Hyperthalia). Hind wing of male with vesicular hollow

on inner area and tuft of long hair on inner margin.

(1) Lyerori1a Fravicarur Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xvii. p. 134.

Assam.

Secr. II. (Cyclocena). Fore wing of male with large fovea in end

of cell.

(2) Lyeropra LeLex Cram. Pap. Exot. ii. p. 2, pl. 97. £. C.

Grenada; Porto Rico; Brazil.

Cyclocena gestatalis Méschl. Abh. Senck. Ges. xvi. p. 309, f. 20.

tHaritala foviferalis Hmpsn. A. M. N. H. (6) xvi. p. 335.

Szor. III. Fore wing of male with the retinaculum formed by a

large fan of scales.

(3)tLyeRorra xaANTHOZONALIS Hmpsn. A. M.N. H. (6) xvi. p. 335.

Grenada.

(4)+Lye@ropra iMPARALIS Wk. xxxiv. 1300.

St. Domingo ; Curacgoa; Colombia.

Physematia rotundalis Feld. Reis. Nov. pl. 134. f. 40.

peeve flavofuscalis Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. 1887, p. 60, pl. 5.

ff. 3, 4. ;

Szot. IV. Fore wing of male with a fringe of rough downcurved

hair below middle of costa on underside.

(5)TLYGROPIA RIVULALIS, 0. sp.

3. Yellowish white; head, thorax, and abdomen tinged and

marked with brown. Fore wing with three interrupted lines on

basal area, the last conjoined to an incurved line of which the two

ends are conjoined to two medial lines, connected in places and

sending spurs towards two sinuous submarginal lines, terminating

on vein 2, which again are connected with the marginal line above

middle and outer angle: a line through the cilia. Hind wing

with subbasal line; a discocellular spot; a line from lower angle

of cell to inner margin ; a postmedial line forming an annulus at

middle; a submarginal line forking towards costa and ending on

the marginal line at vein 2; a line through the cilia.

Hab. U.S.A. (Grote). Exp. 22 mm.

Szor. V. Fore wing of male with an elongate furrow in cell above,

the subcostal nervure curved down towards it.

(6)TLYGROPIA STRIGILALIS, n. sp.

3g. Uniform orange fulvous; fore tibie and tarsi fuscous ;

wings thinly scaled.

Hab. Espiritu Santo, Brazil. Hap. 28 mm.

Szor. VI. (Lygropia). Wings normal.

Type. (7) LyGRopia unicooratis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 208.

tBotys acastalis Wk. xviii. 600. Honduras; Brazil.

t 4, heronalis Wik. xviii. 748.

728 STR G. F. HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Nov. 15,

(8) Lyeropra simpLatis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 208. Brazil.

(9)TLYGROPIA NIGRICORNIS, n. sp.

¢. Orange; antenne black; fore tibize and tarsi black on outer

side; wings uniform orange.

Hab. Abyssinia. Hap. 24 mm.

(10) Lyeropra muUscERDALIS Zell. Lep. Caffr. p. 43.

C. & 8S. Africa.

(11)tLyerorra FuscrcostaLis Hmpsn. A. M. N. H. (6) xvi. p. 334

(@). Grenada, W. Indies; Brazil.

(12)*LyeRoria CERNALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 203. Brazil.

(13)*Lyerorra aRMENTACALIS WIk, xviii. 536. Brazil.

? Chromodes armeniacalis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 312.

(14)tLyerorra Breunoranis Hmpsn. A. M. N. H. (6) xvi. p. 334

(2). Grenada, W. Indies.

(15)tLyeRoP1a OBRINUSALIS WIk. xviii. 549; Hmpsn. Ill. Het.

viii, pl. 156. f. 3. . N.W. Himalayas; W. & S. India;

Botys trigalis Led. Wien. Ent. Andamans ; Nicobars ;

Mon. 1863, p. 373, pl. 10. f. 18. Borneo; Amboina;

tHaritala graphicalis Swinh. P. Z. 8. 1886, p. 459. Mexico.

(16) Lyeropra quaTErNatis Zell. Lep. Caffr. p. 44.

Botys temeratalis Zell. Lep. Caffr. p. 45. W.&S. Africa ;

+Zebronia cassusalis W1k. xvii. 477. Oriental region ;

+ 4, aurolinealis Wik. xvii. 478. Australia.

5» amenalis Wik. xxxiv. 1352.

Botys faustalis Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 371, pl. 10.

f. 15.

Notarcha chrysoplasta Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1884, p. 311.

+Haritala delicatalis Hmpsn. Ill. Het. viii. p. 137, pl. 153. f. 6.

(17) Lycrorra cHroMALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 204. Brazil.

Botys principalis Led, Wien. Ent. Mon. 1868, p. 375, pl. 10.

Peli.

(18) Lyeropra pRixantHA Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1886, p. 258.

New Hebrides.

(19)tLyerorra cLyrusatis WIk. xviii. 550. Australia.

(20)tLyerorra pompusaLis WIk. xviii. 723. Australia.

(21)tLYGROPIA AMYNTUSALIS Wik. xviii. 662; Moore, Lep. Cey]l.

ue pl. 178. Trt. India ; Ceylon & Burma; .

tAsopia critheisalis W1k. xix. 939. Andamans ; Java.

+Botys semizebralis Wlk. xxxiv. 1407.

+ ,, plagiferalis Wik. xxxiv. 1452.

Glyphodes testudinalis Saalm. Mittheil. Senckenberg. Natur-

forsch. Ges. 1879, p. 297.

1898.] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN#. 729

(22)?LyGRoPIa EURYCLEALIS WIk. xvii. 651. Sikhim; Burma;

Botys sinonalis W1k. xviii. 716. Flores.

» propinqualis Wik. xxxiv. 1426.

(23)TLyeropra procuuRa Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1894, p. 468.

Pulo Laut.

(24)rLyeropra pistorta Moore, Lep. Ceyl. iii. p. 270, pl. 180.

ES ids Sikhim ; 8. India; Ceylon.

(25) LyGRopra XANTHOMELA Meyvr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1884, p. 313.

Australia.

tHuprepes insignis Butl. Trans, Ent. Soc. 1886, p. 431.

(26) LyGROPIA NIGROFIMBRIALIS Snell. Midd.-Sum., Lep. p. 62, &

Tijd. v. Ent. 1883, pl. 7. f. 5. Sumatra; Celebes.

(27) Lyeropra ampriricata Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xvii. p. 145.

Assam.

(28)*LyeRoprA PHARAXALIS Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het. ii.

p- 240, pl. 62. f. 12. Centr. Amer.

(29)7LyGROPIA ARENACEA, 0. sp.

3d. Ochreous suffused with brown; abdomen with pale seg-

mental lines. Fore wing ochreous, the basal and costal areas

suffused with brown; the veins brown; a sinuous brown ante-

medial line, elliptical annuli in and below middle of cell, and an

ill-defined annulus on middle of inner area; a quadrate brown-

edged discoidal spot; the postmedial line hent outwards and

minutely dentate between veins 5 and 2, then retracted to below

angle of cell; the terminal area suffused with brown towards

costa; a terminal series of small brown triangular spots. Hind

wing with brown spot in cell and discocellular spot ; the postmedial

line straight from costa to vein 5, then strongly excurved to vein 2,

where it is retracted to lower angle of cell and with brown suffusion

on its inner edge, then excurved again; terminal brown patches

on apical area and below vein 2; a terminal series of points: cilia

of both wings white intersected with brown.

Hab. Brazil, Castro Parafia (Jones). Hap. 18 mm.

(80) Lyeropra pourisaLis WIk. xviii. 714. N.W. Himalayas ;

Sikhim; Assam ; Borneo.

tSamea yerburyi Butl. P. Z.S8. 1886, p. 283, pl. 53. f. 6.

tHapalia oblita Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 222.

Notarcha semiflava Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xviii. p. 166.

(31) Lyeropra FLAvisPILA Swinh. A. M. N. H. (6) xiv. p. 204.

Assam.

(82) LyeRopia POLYTESALIS WIk. xviii. 598. Brazil.

(33)*LYGROPIA CALANTICALIS Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het. ii.

p. 237, pl. 62. f. 4. Centr. Amer.

(34)TLYGROPIA BILINEALIS WIK. xxxiv. 1366. Bogota.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1898, No. XLIX. 49

730 SIR G. F, HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Nov. 15,

(35)*LyGRopia PROGNEALIS Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het. ii.

p- 235, pl. 62. f. 2. Centr. Amer.

(36)TLYGROPIA SCYBALISTIA, n. sp.

do. Head and thorax ochreous and brown; abdomen whitish,

with the anal tuft ochreous. Fore wing brownish, mostly suffused

with black; an indistinct curved antemedial line dentate below

the cell; a discoidal spot; a whitish patch beyond the cell; a

dentate postmedial line defined by whitish on outer side, excurved

between veins 5 and 2, then retracted to below end of cell; a

blackish patch on costa towards apex; a terminal series of black

points. Hind wing white, with terminal brown line and apical

patch.

Another specimen has the abdomen more fuscous ; fore wing

more uniform brownish ; hind wing yellowish with more browu

on termen ; cilia brown at base, white at tips.

Hab. Peru. Exp, 26 mm.

Genus 73. AGATHODES.

Agathodes Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 207 (1854).

Stenurges Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 416.

Palpi upturned and hardly reaching vertex of head, the 2nd joint

broadly scaled in front, the 3rd porrect and lying on the hair of

2nd joint; maxillary palpi dilated with scales; frons flat; antenne

of male with the shaft nearly simple; mid and hind tibie clothed

with spinous hair on outer side, the outer spurs less than half the

length of inner; abdomen long, male with lateral anal tufts and

the claspers and anal tuft extremely developed. Fore wing very

long and narrow; the apex produced and the outer margin oblique;

veins 3, 4, 5 from lower angle of cell; 7 curved and approximated

to 8, 9 for about one-third length; 10 also approximated to 8, 9.

Hind wing with the cell long; vein 3 from angle; 4, 5 approxi-

mated for a short distance ; 6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing

with 8.

Fig. 73.

Agathodes ostentalis, §. 3%. (From Moths Ind. vol. iv.)

Sxcr. I. Antennz of male with the base of shaft dilated

and thickened with scales for a short distance.

(1) AGATHODES DESIGNALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 209.

Florida; 8. America.

Stenurges floridalis Hulst, Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. xiii. p. 156.

1898.] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTINA. 731

Srot. IIT. Antennz of male normal.

(2) AGATHODES MoNSTRALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 209. U.S.A.;

Mexico; W. Indies.

(3) AGATHODES MUSIVALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 210. Natal.

(4) AgarHopEs mopicatis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 210. Burma;

tMegaphysa integralis Wik. xxxiv. 1529. Java.

Type. (5) AGATHODES OSTENTALIS Geyer, Zutr. ff. 833, 834; Moore,

Lep. Ceyl. iti. pl. 215, f. 10. India, Ceylon, & Burma;

Malayan subregion to Sumbawa.

Auctorum.

Agathodes caliginosalis Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. xxxviii. p.147. Java.

Genus 74. GLYPHODES.

Parotis Hiibn. Samml. Eur. Schmett. iii. p. 30 (1825), non deser.

Margaroma Hiibn. Verz. p. 358 (1827), non deser.

Eudioptis Hiibn. Verz, p. 359.

Phakellura Poey, Lep. Cuba (1832), non descr.

Glyphodes Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 292 (1854).

Margarodes Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 301 (preoce.).

Hoterodes Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 310.

Paradosis Zell. Lep. Caffr. p. 58 (1854).

Tobata W1k. xviii. 516 (1859).

Dysallacta Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 393.

Stemorrhages Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 397.

Pachyarches Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 398.

Enchonemidia Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 399.

Sisyrophora Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 399.

Cryptographis Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1868, p. 399.

Morocosma Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 403.

Chloauges Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 405.

Nolkena Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. 1875, p. 222.

Sestia Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. 1875, p. 235.

Cadarina Moore, Lep. Ceyl. iii. p. 335 (1886).

Pitama Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 217 (1887).

Cenocnemis Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xviii. p. 116 (1896).

Fig. 74.

Glyphodes bivitralis, 8. }. (From Moths Ind. vol. iv.)

Palpi upturned, the 2nd joint broadly scaled in front, the 3rd

porrect and lying on the hair of 2nd joint; maxillary palpi tri-

49*

732 SIR G. F, HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Nov. 15,

angularly dilated with scales; frons rounded; antenne of male

nearly simple; tibiz with the outer spurs less than half the length

of inner; male with the anal tuft large. Fore wing with the

costa highly arched towards apex; veins 3, 4, 5 from angle of

cell; 7 curved and closely approximated to 8, 9 for nearly half its

length ; 10 also approximated to 8,9. Hind wing with vein 3

from angle of cell; 4, 5 closely approximated for a short distance-;

the discocellulars slightly angled and nearly erect ; 6,7 from upper

angle or shortly stalked, 7 anastomosing with 8.

Szor. I. Antenne of male with the basal joint dilated; a small

tooth at base of inner side of shaft, which is contorted but

not thickened.

A. (Paradosis). Hind tibiee of male with the inner medial spur

tufted with hair and a tuft between the two pairs of spurs ;

both wings with the basal half clothed with hair.

(1) GuypHopes FLEcia Cram. Pap. Exot. ii. p. 66,:pl. 140. D.

W. Indies; 8S. America.

Margaronia virginalis Hiibn. Verz. p. 358.

Margarodes phantasmalis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 310.

Paradosis villosalis Zell. Lep. Caffr. p. 58.

B. (Sisyrophora). Hind tibize-of male fringed with hair on outer

side and with a tuft on inner side near the medial spurs.

(2) GLYPHODES PFEIFFERH Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 399,

pl. 13. f. 18. N.E. India; Burma; Andamans ;

Cydalima elwesialis Snell. Trans. Ent. Singapore; Sumatra.

Soc. 1890, p. 607, pl. xix. ff. 1, 1a.

Szor. II. (Margarodes). Antenne of male with the basal joint

dilated ; the base of shaft somewhat thickened and then

contorted.

(3) GuyPHODES LaticosTaLis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 303; Moore,

Lep. Ceyl. iii.’ pl. 182. f. 4. India ; Ceylon; Burma ;

Malayan subregion to New Hebrides.

Margarodes nitidicostalis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 303.

Margaronia leodicealis W1k. xviii. 530.

Secr. III. Antennz of male with four caliciform teeth enclosing

a hollow at base of shaft, which is much bent and contorted

for about one-fourth length and with a small angulation at

end of contorted portion ; hind legs with a large tuft of hair

on outer side of 1st joint of tarsus.

(4)tGLYPHODES OPHICHRALIS W1k. xxxiv. 1440.

Assam; Burma; Java.

1898.] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN&. 733

Sucr. [V. Antenne of male slightly excised at base.

(5)TGLYPHODES FLAVICAPUT, n. sp.

' 6. Silvery grey ; head and collar pale bright yellow ; anal tuft

large and black; wings with the veins brown.

Hab. Rio Janeiro, Brazil. Zwp. 32 mm.

(6)*GiypHopEs aALBIcers Feld. Reis. Nov. pl. 135. £.36. Bogota.

Szcr. V. Antenne of male with the basal joint dilated and with

a tuft of hair from its extremity, the shaft given off from its

inner side and excised at origin.

A. (Arthroschista), Antenne of male with the shaft thickened

on upperside after the excision.

(7)fGLYPHODES HILARALIS Wlk. xviii. 532; Hmpsn. Ill. Het.

(0B) el BS SB ioe India, Ceylon, & Burma; Sumatra ;

Margaronia aquosalis Snell. Lep. Midd.-Sum. p. 66. Borneo.

(8) GLYPHODES TRICOLORALIS Pag. J.B. Nass. 1888, p. 190.

Borneo ; Amboina.

B. Antenne of male with the shaft not thickened on upperside

after the excision.

a. (Pachyarches). Fore wing of male with a fringe of long

hair on basal half of costa below.

(9) GLYPHODES MARINATA Fabr. Ent. Syst. ui. 2, p. 209.

Glyphodes psittacalis Hiibn. Samml. India, Ceylon, & Burma;

Exot. Schmett. ii. p. 30, ff. 523,524. Malayan subregion to

tMargaronia maliferalis Wik. xxxiv. 1363. Australia and Fiji.

Parotis planalis Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xviii. p. 117.

(10) GuypHopus avROCosTALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 306.

W. Indies; S. America.

Glyphodes imitalis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 306.

(11)tGuyeHopns sarrusatis WIk. xviii. 524. S. America.

(12) GLYPHODES LUSTRALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 306.

W. Indies ; 8. America.

b. (Dysallacta). Fore wing of male with no tringe of hair on

costa below.

(13)7GuyPHopEs NEGATALIS WIk. xvii. 468 ; Led. Wien. Ent. Mon.

: 1863, pl. 13. f. 6. India, Ceylon, & Burma ;

TBotys monesusalis Wk. xvii. 653. Australia.

T 4, phanasalis W1k. xviii. 727.

Sor. VI. Antenne of male with a tuft of hair from basal joint ;

the base of shaft thickened and fringed with hair for a short

distance. Fore wing with the basal half of costal area clothed

with black scales below and fringed with black hair.

(14)fGuypHopEs ZQUALIS WIk. xviii. 533. Borneo.

734 SIR G. F, HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Nov.15,

Sxor. VII. Antenne of male with the basal third fringed with

hair on upperside.

(15)*GLYPHODES ZANGISALIS WIk. xvii. 504. Assam; Borneo.

(16)TGLYPHODES SECTINOTALIS, n. sp. (Plate L. fig. 8.)

3. Head, thorax, and abdomen white and orange-yellow ; anal

tuft with dorsal black spot. Fore wing orange-yellow, with white

fascia on base of inner area followed by a triangular spot; two

oblique lines from basal third of costa meeting at their extremities

below cell; an oblique wedge-shaped patch from middle of costa

to vein 2; a discoidal lunule with silvery edges and silvery spot

below it ; a quadrate postmedial patch on costa extending down to

vein 5 and with larger patch below it, with its inner and lower

edges excised and followed by a curved wedge-shaped patch from

costa to vein 3; a bisinuate silvery subterminal line with white on

its outer edge; all the white markings with fuscous edges; a

terminal series of fuscous striz and a line through cilia. Hind

wing white, with fuscous streak on basal part of vein 2 and point

at lower angle of cell; a large terminal yellow patch from below

costa to vein 1 6 with sinuous fuscous inner edge ; a silvery maculate

band with dark edges, a subterminal waved dark line, a series of

terminal points, and the cilia with fuscous line and silvery tips.

Hab. Kapaur, N. Guinea (Doherty) ; Fergusson I., N. Guinea

(Meek). Ep. 26 mm.

(17)*GLYPHODES SEMINIGRALIS, n. sp. (Plate L. fig. 13.)

3. White; head, tegule, and legs tinged with orange. Fore

wing with the apex very produced and falcate; the costal area and

outer half fuscous black. Hind wing with fuscous apical patch

and terminal line not reaching tornus; some fulvous hair on inner

area.

Hab. Niger, Warri (Roth), Exp. 32 mm.

Secor. VIII. Antenne of male very much thickened and flattened,

the basal half clothed with rough scales; patagia long; hind

tibiee with tufts of hair from base on inner and outer sides ;

the immer medial and terminal spurs fringed with hair;

abdomen with paired lateral tufts near extremity. Fore wing

with some rough hair on costa near base; hind wing with

the inner area clothed with rough hair above.

(18)*GLYPHODES ADVENALIS Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. 1894, p. 38, pl. 6.

f. 4. Java.

Szor. IX. (Stemorrhages). Antenne of male contorted and angled

at one-third from base.

(19) GuyrHopus snricea Drury, Ins. ii. 9, pl. 6. f. 1.

W. Africa; Madagascar.

Pyrals polita Cram. Pap. Exot. ii. p. 35, pl. 120. f. A.

Geometra laterata Fabr. Ent. Syst. p. 284.

Margaronia congradalis Hiibn. Verz. p. 358.

Botys thalassinalis Boisd. Faun. Madag. p. 116, f. 16.

1898.] OF THH SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN EZ. 735

Scr. X. (Sestia). Antenne of male thickened and with a small

tuft of scales at two-thirds from base; abdomen with the

anal tuft developed into a large brush of hair and scales.

(20) GLyPHoDES EUMEUSALIS WIk. xvii. p. 513.

W. Indies ; Brazil.

Phakellura marianalis H.-S. Ver. Regens. Corr.-Bl. 1871, p.21.

Secr. XI. Antenne of male normal.

A. (Nolckenia). Fore wing of male with a tuft of long hair on

base of costa below ; hind tibie with tufts of hair on outer

side at medial and terminal spurs.

(21)*GLYPHODES MARGARITALIS Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. 1875, p. 224,

pl. 13. ff. 2, 3. W. memes

B. Fore wing of male with a tuft of short hair on base of costa

below and a fringe of scales in a costal fold extending to

middle.

(22)TGLyPHoDES BALDERSALIS WIk. xviii. 527. W. Africa; Natal.

(23)TGLYPHODES ARACHNEALIS WI1k. xviii. 527. W. Africa.

B. Hind wing of male with the inner area clothed below

with tufts of hair.

a. (Enchocnemidia). Hind tibie of male with large thick tufts

of black hair on outer side at middle and extremity.

(24) GuyPHODES VERTUMNALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 309.

India, Ceylon, Burma ;

Margarodes squamopedalis Guen. Delt. Malayan subregion

& Pyr. p. 309. to N. Australia.

TMargaroma phryneusalis Wik. Cat. xviii. p. 531; Moore,

Lep. Ceyl. iii. pl. 182, f. 12.

a morvusalis W1k. xviii. 533.

. atlitalis Wlk. xviii. 533.

ae melanuralis Wik. xxxiv. 1363.

= proximalis Wik. xxxiv. 1364.

7 herbidalis W1k. xxxiv. 1365.

+Pachyarches tibialis Moore, P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 4214.

Enchocnemidia fuscitibia Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xviii. p. 116.

b. (Cenocnemis). Hind tibie of male without tufts of hair.

a’. Hind wing with the outer margin evenly curved.

oo MARGINATA Hmpsn. Ill. Het. ix. p. 169, pl. 173.

£..23. India; Ceylon; Nicobars ; Solomons.

(26)+GLYPHODES CONFINIS, n. sp.

Differs from marginata in being small and paler; the hair on

underside of hind wing pale green instead of ochreous; the disco-

736 SIR G. F. HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Noy.15,

cellular specks almost obsolete; the cilia whitish in the form from

Formosa, pale brown in the Australian form.

Hab. Formosa; Peak Downs, Australia. Exp, 28-32 mm.

b'. Hind wing with the outer margin deeply indented at

middle.

(27) GuypHopus IncurvATA Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xviii. p. 116.

E. Java; Loyalty Islands.

C. Wings of male normal.

a. Hind tibie of male with erectile fringe of very long black

hair on upperside.

(28) GuypHopEs BaDIALIS WIk. xviii. 694. Burma; Borneo.

b. Legs of male normal.

a. (Morocosma). Abdomen of male with paired lateral tufts

of long hair from 5th segment.

(29) GuyPHODES MARGARITARIA Cram. Pap. Exot. iv. pl. 367. f. C.

Amboina ; Solomon & Duke of York Islands ;

53 crameralis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 293. Australia.

tMorocosma polybapta Butl. A. M.N.H. (5) x. p. 236 (1882).

Glyphodes lineata Lucas, P. Linn. Soc. N.S. W. (2) viii. p. 158.

b. (Phacellura). Abdomen with the anal tuft developed into

a large brush of long spatulate scales.

(30) GiypHoprs rumMosaLis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 300. Ecuador.

(31) GuypHopes rimMaLis Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 401, pl. 13.

£. 16. Mexico; Venezuela.

(82) GuyPHoDES saTANALIS Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. 1875, p. 231, pl. 13.

f. 6. 8. ‘Anneriey.

(33)7GLYPHODES DOHRNI Led. MS.

3. Black-brown; palpi white below; anal tuft ochreous and

black. Fore wing with a hyaline white patch beyond the cell, with

sinuous inner edge and minutely dentate outer edge, connected

with the inner margin by a sinuous line. Hind wing with hyaline

white patch beyond the cell narrowing to a point above inner

margin.

Hab. 8. America. Eap, 32 mm.

(34) GLYPHODES LATILIMBALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 296.

Amazon.

(35) GLYPHODES EXCLUSALIS W1k. xxxiy. 1361. Brazil.

(36)tGLYPHODES TERMINALIS Maasen, Stiibel’s Reise, p. 170, pl. ix.

r 17, Ecuador.

(37)*GLyPHODES CUMALIS Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het. ii. p. 232,

pl. 61. f. 27. Costa Rica.

1898.) OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN#. 737

(38)?GLYPHODES ALBICINCTA, n. sp.

$. Differs from annulata in the markings of fore wing being

reduced to a discocellular speck and bracket-shaped mark beyond

the cell extending to vein 2. Hind wing with a medial band

narrowing from the costa to a point on vein 2, slightly angled

outwards at lower angle of cell.

Hab. Sio Paulo, Brazil. Exp. 26 mm.

(39) GuypHopes otnatis Feld. Reis. Nov. pl. 135. f. 35.

Florida; S. America.

(40) GuypHopes argura Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 401,

pl. 13. f. 15. Brazil.

(41)TGLYPHODES OCHRIVITRALIS, Nn. sp.

3. Head, thorax, and abdomen brown and pale yellow; palpi

white at base below. Fore wing with the basal half brown, extend-

ing to end of cell and retracted below lower angle of cell; a

subbasal yellow patch on inner area; a hyaline yellow postmedial

band extending between veins 5 and 2 nearly to the margin, then

retracted and narrow towards inner margin; the marginal area

brown. Hind wing yellow hyaline, with marginal brown band

broad on apical area.

Hab. Rio Janeiro. Exp. 30 mm.

(42) GuypHopes auriconiis Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. 1875, p. 231,

pl. 13. £. 5. Colombia; Ecuador.

(43) GuypHopEs NiTmaLis Cram. Pap. Exot. iv. p. 160, pl. 371.

rey le U.S.A.; W. Indies; S. America.

Diaphania vitralis Hiibn. Zutr. 1. 20, p. 51, ff. 101, 102.

Eudioptis praxialis Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het. ii. p. 231,

pl. 61. £. 28.

(44) GuypHopes pLnGans Méschl. Lep. Portorico, p. 299.

W. Indies ; S. America.

(45) GuypHopEs INFIMALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 298. U.S.A.

+Phakellura immaculalis Wik. xvii. 510.

(46) GuypHopss ruscicaupaLis Moschl. Surinam, p. 429.

8. America.

(47) GuypHopEs LuctpaLis Hiibn. Verz. p. 359.

W. Indies ; 8S. America.

Phakellura plumbidorsalis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 298.

" ammaculalis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 297.

(48) GuypHopzEs TRaNsLucIDALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 299.

Ecuador ; Brazil.

Phakellura guenealis Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. 1875, p. 233.

(49) GuypHopns supERALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 299. Brazil.

Phakellura gigantalis Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. 1875, p. 234, pl. 13.

did 5 Oe

738 SIR G. F, HAMPSON—REVISION OF MorHS _[Nov. 15,

(50)¢GuypHopEs NivuociL1a Led. MS.

Head and thorax black-brown ; palpi white below ; metathorax

and tips of patagia white; abdomen white, the two terminal

segments and the anal tuft black ; wings as in hyalinata.

Hab. Florida; Barbados; 8. America. Ewp, 32 mm.

(51) Guypnopns arcuaris WIk. xviii. 522. Brazil.

Margaronia auricostalis Wik. Trans. Ent. Soc. (8) i. 124.

(52)tGtyPHoDES COLUMBIANA Led. MS.

Differs from hyalinata in the metathorax and dorsum being black,

the tips of patagia only white; both wings with the marginal band

crenulated with small points on the veins; cilia dark throughout.

Hab. Colombia. wp. 32 mm.

(53)TGLYPHODES MAGDALENE Led. MS.

Differs from hyalinata in the marginal band of both wings being

crenulated with small points at the veins ; the cilia dark throughout.

Hab. Colombia. Hwp. 30 mm.

(54) Guypnopzs Hyatinata Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 874, no. 279.

U.S.A.; W. Indies; S. America ;

Pyralis marginalis Cram. Pap. Exot. iv. Natal ; Hongkong.

p- 160, pl. 371. f. D.

», lucernalis Hiibn. Eur. Schmett., Pyr. f. 108.

(55) GuypHopEs rnpica Saund. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1851, p. 163,

pl. 12. ff. 5,6, 7. Ethiopian, Oriental, & Australian regions.

Phakellura zygenalis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 297.

3 gazorialis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 297.

wi curcubitalis Guen. Réun. p. 64.

Eudioptis capensis Zell. Lep. Caffr. p. 52.

Botys hyalinalis Boisd. Faun. Madag. p. 117.

ce. Anal tuft normal.

a?, (Chloauges). Both wings with the outer margin

slightly angled at middle.

(56) GuypHopns suratis Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 405,

pl. 14. f. 7. Nicobars ; Amboina; Pacific groups.

+Margaronia woodfordi Butl. A. M. N. H. (5) xv. p. 241

(1885).

(57) GuYPHODES NIGROVIRIDALIS Pag. J.B. Nass. 1888, p. 193.

Amboina.

(58) GuypHopes zAMBusaLis Wk. xxxiv. 1362. E. Africa ;

Madagascar.

b*. (Glyphodes). Hind wing with the outer margin evenly

curved.

(59)fGuyPHopes PursprcraLis Wlk. xviii.515. Japan; China ;

N.W. Himalayas.

Phacellura advenalis Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 401,

pelos bay.

1898.] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN &. 739

(60)*GLYPHODES ALBIFUSCALIS, n. sp. (Plate L. fig. 12.)

¢o. Head and collar fuscous; thorax and abdomen white, the

two anal segments mostly fuscous above and the anal tuft black ;

wings pearly white. Fore wing with broad costal and marginal

fuscous bands; a white discocellular spot; the white beyond the

cell extending up to vein 7. Hind wing with broad fuscous

marginal band narrowing to a point near anal angle.

Hab. Ichang, China. Exp. 40 mm.

(61)TGLYPHODES ELHALIS Wlk. xviii. 516. W. Africa.

Cryptographis rogenhoferi Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 400,

pls. i) 14.

Phakellura peridromella Mab. C.R. Ent. Belge, xxv. p. lxii.

(62)}GLyPHoDES sTENOcRASPIS Butl. P. Z.S. 1898, p. 442, pl. 33.

f. 10. E. Africa.

(63) GuyPHODEs HERMESALIS WIk. xvili.516. N.E. India; Borneo.

Pitama lativitta Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 217, pl. 7. f. 21.

(64) GuypHopEs unronaLis Hiibn. Eur. Schmett., Pyr. f. 132.

S. Europe; Ethiopian & Oriental

Botys quinquepunctalis Boisd. Faun. regions to Australia.

Ent. Madag. p. 117, pl. 16. f. 5.

Margarodes transvisalis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 304.

tMargaronia claralis W\k. xxxiv. 1362.

TBotys intactalis W1k. xxxiv. 1402.

Margarodes septempunctalis Mab. C.R. Ent. Belge, xxii. p. xxv.

(65) GLYPHODES NIGROPUNCTALIS Brem. Lep. Ost-Sib. p. 67, pl. 6.

£. 5. Siberia; Japan; India; Ceylon.

Botys submarginalis Wk. xxxiv. 1414.

Margaronia neomera Buti. Ill. Het. ii. p. 57, pl. 6. f. 5.

(66) GuypHopes mnnorata Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het. ii. p. 228,

pl. 61. f. 26. W. Indies ; Mexico.

(67) GLYPHODES QUADRISTIGMALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 304.

U.S.A.; W. Indies; S. America.

(68) GuyPHopEs BonsonaaLts Plétz, S. E. Z. 1880, p. 305.

W. Africa.

(69)fGLYPHODES OCELLATA, 0. Sp.

9. White; head and collar golden brown. Fore wing with the

costa golden brown; a brown-edged golden discocellular lunule.

Hind wing with traces of discocellular lunule ; both wings with

indistinct fuscous submarginal line, with two brown specks on it

below apex of fore wing and one towards anal angle of each wing.

Hab. Sierra Leone (Morgan). Hap. 34 mm.

(70)tGLyPHODES WARRENALIS Swinh. A. M. N. H. (6) xiv. p. 148.

Assam.

740 SIR G. F. HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Nov.15,

(71)?GuLypHopEs annuLATA Fabr. Ent. Syst. iii. 2, p. 214. India,

_ Ceylon, & Burma; Borneo.

Glyphodes celsalis W1k. xviii. 654.

Botys partialis Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 371, pl. 9. £.8.

tMargaronia usitata Butl. A. M. N. H. (5), iv. p. 454 (1879).

(72) GuypHopES FRATERNA Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 217. Assam.

(73) GLYPHODES NIGRICOLLIS Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. xxxviii. p. 133,

pl. v. f. 9. Java; Celebes; Bali.

(74)TGLYPHODES SYLEPTALIS, 0. sp.

White; head and tegule dark brown. Fore wing with the costa

cupreous brown ; an obliquely sinuous antemedial line; a spot in

cell and large discoidal lunule ; the postmedial line more or less

reduced to a series of points, bent outwards between veins 5 and 2,

then retracted to below end of cell; a large somewhat quadrate

apical black-brown patch extending to below vein 4 and a patch

at tornus extending up to vein 2. Hind wing with discoidal point ;

a postmedial maculate line bent outwards between veins 5 and 2;

an apical black patch.

Hab. Peru. Hep. 34mm.

(75)7TGLYPHODES HYPOMELAS, n. sp. (Plate L. fig. 9.)

Silvery white; palpi with the 2nd joint fulvous; abdomen

ringed with fuscous towards extremity. Fore wing with the costa

fuscous, with a fulvous streak below it; the terminal part of

median nervure, the discocellulars, and a streak at base of sub-

costals fuscous. Hind wing with the discocellulars fuscous ; both

wings with fine fuscous marginal line. Underside of fore wing

with oblique medial fuscous band composed of streaks in the inter-

spaces of varying length ; a broad marginal band ; hind wing with

large black patch below the cell and at lower angle and broad

fuscous marginal band.

Hab. Fergusson I., N. Guinea (Meek). Exp. 32 mm.

(76) GuypHopEs ProricosTaLiIs Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 351.

Burma ; Andamans.

(77)*GuyPHoODES SPURCALIS Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. 1875, p. 224, pl. 13.

£. 4. Colombia ; Peru.

(78) GuyPHoDEs IsOcELALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 304. S. America.

tMargaronia eribotalis W1k. xviii. 524.

(79)tGuyeHopEs NERVOSA Warr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1889, p. 262.

Brazil.

(80) GuyPHopEs ausonrA Cram. Pap. Exot. ii. p. 66, pl. 140. f. C.

W. Indies; S. America.

Margaronia canastralis Hiibn. Verz. p. 358.

(81) GuYPHODES CUPRIPENNALIS Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 351.

Borneo ; Celebes.

1898.] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTINA. 741

(82) GuyPHODES AMPHITRITALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 307.

N.E. India; Burma; Malayan subregion

Margaronia amphitratalis Wik. xxxiv. 1363. — to Solomons.

(83) GLYPHODES GLAUCULALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 306; Moore,

Lep. Ceyl. iii. pl. 181. f. 2. India, Ceylon, & Burma;

Malayan subregion to Ternate.

TMargaronia marthesiusalis Wik. xviii. 531.

Margarodes nereis Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1887, p. 271.

(84) GuiyYPHODES TRITONALIS Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. xxxviii. p. 131.

W. Africa.

(85)tGLYPHODES EXAULA Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1888, p. 213.

Hawaii.

(86) GuyPHODEs THETYDALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 308.

St. Domingo.

(87) GLYPHODES REDUCTALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 307.

Colombia.

(88) GuyPHopEs puNcTALIS Warr. A. M.N. H. (6) xvii. p. 100.

Jamaica ; Colombia.

(89)+GiypHopEs ocEANITIS Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1886, p. 222.

New Hebrides; Fiji.

(90)TGLYPHODES ERIBOTESALIS WIk. xviii. 524. Brazil.

(91) GuyPHoDESs PomonaLIs Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 309; Moore,

Lep. Ceyl. iii. pl. 182. f. 7. China; India; Borneo;

Ceylon; Sumbawa.

(92)?GLyYPHODES NiLGIRIcCA Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 350.

S. India.

(93) GLYPHODES FALLACIALIS Snell, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1890, p. 609.

N.E. India.

(94) GLYPHODES PUNCTIFERALIS WIk. xxxiv. 1364. Assam ;

New Guinea; Solomons.

(95)+GLYPHODES PERFECTA Butl. A. M.N. H. (5) x. p. 234 (1882).

New Britain ; Duke of York Island.

(96) TGLyPHopEs LacHEsIS Butl. A. M. N. H. (5) x. p. 235 (1882).

Duke of York Island.

(97) GLYPHODES DoLEscHALI Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 402,

pl. 14. f. 1. Amboina; Australia.

(98) GLYPHODES CoNJUNCTALIS WIk. xxxiv. 1357. Amboina ;

: Mysol; New Guinea; Australia.

4 lederert Butl. A. M. N. H. (5) xiii. p. 203 (1884).

(99)*GLYPHODES METASTICTALIS, n. sp.

@. Head and thorax black and white; abdomen white, with

dorsal black patch on basal segments, the anal tuft black at tip.

Fore wing black, with whitish marks on basal inner area ; a slightly

curved antemedial white line; a quadrate patch in and below

middle of cell, with a short streak beyond it above vein 1; a post-

medial white band from subcostals to vein 1, expanding below

742 SIR G. F. HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Nov. 15,

vein 5; a subterminal line curved from below middle to inner

margin ; cilia white towards tornus. Hind wing white, with large

black discoidal spot extending down to vein 2; the terminal area

black with a greyish tinge, its inner edge indented between veins

6 and 2; cilia white at tips.

Hab. 8. Celebes (Doherty). Exp. 22mm. Type in Coll.

Rothschild.

(100)GLYPHODES QUADRIMACULALIS Brem. Beitr. Faun. Chin. p. 22,

& Lep. Ost-Sib. pl. 6. f. 10. Siberia ; Japan ; ine,

Glyphodes consocialis Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, pl. 14. f. 2.

(101) GuyPHoODEs ORBIFERALIS Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 360.

Assam ; Burma.

(102) GLYPHODES PRINCIPALIS WIk. xxxiv. 1358.

Pulo Laut; Sumatra.

(103)fGLYPHODES PROTHYMALIS Swinh. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1892,

p. 19. Assam.

(104)*GiyPHODES HELICONIALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 292.

Venezuela; Cayenne.

(105)*GiyPHoDES caLLizona Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1894, p. 5.

Burma.

(106)?GiyPHopEs acrortonaLis WIk. xvii. 498; Moore, Lep. Ceyl.

iii. pl. 180. f. 1. India; Ceylon ; Malayan subregion.

= yphodes zellert Led, Wien. Ent. Mon. 1868, p. 478, pl. 14. £.3.

conclusalis Wik. xxxiv. 1354 ; ‘Hmpsn. Ill. Het.

vi, pl. 156. f. 12.

tumidalis Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xviii. p. 118.

29 violalis Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xviii. p. 118.

(107)tGLYPHoDES ERNALIS Swinh. A. M. N. H. (6) xiv. p. 148.

Assam ; Burma.

(108) GuypHopEs BicoLoR Swains. Zool. M. (1) ii. pl. 77. f. 2.

S. Africa; Oriental region ; Australia.

Eudioptis perspicillahs Zeil. Lep. Caffr. p. 53.

Glyphodes diurnalis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 294.

tT » parvalis Wk. xxxiv. 1355.

(109)tGLyPHopEs MInIMALIS Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 359.

Ceylon.

(110) GLypHopEs microta Meyr. P. Linn. Soc. N.S. W. (2) iv.

p- 1108. Queensland.

(111)+GuypHopss Deticrosa Butl. A. M. N. H. (5) xx. p. 118.

Solomons,

”

(112)tGuyPHopEs ExcnLsaLis WIk. xxxiv. 1360.

Celebes; Australia; Lifu.

westermanni Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. 1877, p. 73, pl. 5.

£8;

ie pedenotata Warr. A. M.N. H. (6) xviii. p. 117.

”

1898.] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN &, 743

(113) GuypHopEs BIVITRALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 293; Moore,

Lep. Cey]l. iii. pl. 180. f. 2. Oriental region; U.S.A.

Glyphodes alitalis Hulst, Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. xii. p. 168.

(114) GuypHopms rrysatis WIk. xvii. 501; Moore, Lep. Ceyl. iii.

pl. 180. f. 4. Oriental region.

» _prerpersialis Snell. Midd.-Sum. iv. Lep. p. 68.

a4 » malayana Butl. P. Z. 8. 1880, p. 684.

(115) GLYPHODES BASIFASCIALIS, n. sp. (Plate L. fig. 16.)

3. Head, thorax, and abdomen greyish brown; palpi white at

base; abdomen fulvous yellow towards extremity, the anal tuft

black. Fore wing with the basal area brown, with oblique dark

basal line and dark-edged greyish and fulvous bands on its outer

edge ; a broad oblique opalescent white medial band followed by a

dark-edged fulvous, somewhat figure-of-8-shaped band with dark

discoidal lunule and dark-edged greyish mark on it above vein 1 ;

a triangular opalescent postmedial patch from costa to above vein 1,

its inner edge excised towards apex; terminal area fulvous, con-

joined on inner area to the 8-shaped band and with dark-edged

greyish line on it. Hind wing opalescent white, the basal and

inner areas tinged with brown; a discoidal lunule; the terminal

area yellowish fulvous, diminishing from costa to a point above

tornus, two dark lines on its inner edge, brownish towards apex.

Hab. Bathurst, Australia. Hvp. 38 mm. Types in Coll.

Rothschild and B.M.

(116) GurypHopEs zELiMAtis Wlk. xvii.502; Moore, Lep. Cey]. iii.

pl. 215. f. 6. India ; Ceylon ; Sumatra; Borneo.

Glyphodes nyctealis Snell. Midd.-Sum., Lep. iv. p. 68.

(117) GuypHopEs EuRYTUsALIs WIk. xvii. 503.

S. India; Ceylon; Borneo.

78 » opalalis Hmpsn. Ill. Het. viii. p. 135, pl. 155. f. 20.

(118) GrypHopEs saBacusaLiIs W1k. xvil.504(Q). Borneo; Java.

Talanga delectalis Snell. Tijd. vy. Ent. 1894, p. 38, pl. 6. ff. 2, 3.

(119)*GLYPHODES TALANGALIS, n. sp. (Plate L. fig. 15.)

Q. Head, thorax, and abdomen pale reddish brown and yellowish

white. Fore wing with the basal area yellowish white, followed

by an oblique antemedial rufous band extending along costa to

base; an oblique medial yellowish band; the terminal half rufous,

with wedge-shaped yellowish postmedial patch on costa extending

down to vein 1; an opalescent whitish discoidal lunule and two

subterminal lines with orange between and beyond them. Hind

wing yellowish white, with brown and orange subterminal band

between veins 5 and 2, with opalescent colours before and beyond

it, followed by a terminal yellow patch with two small] black-

pupilled and black-edged metallic green terminal ocelli, the tips

of cilia beyond them black.

Hab. Lifu, Loyalty Islands. xp. 26 mm. Type in Coll.

Rothschild.

Type.

744 SIR G. F, HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Nov. 15,

(120) GuypHopes naRauis Feld. Reis. Nov. pl. 136. f. 38.

Sikhim; Borneo,

T ; lacteata Butl. P. Z.8. 1880, p. 685.

(121)tGuypHopes acaTHaLis WIk. xvii. 384. Sumatra.

(122) GLYPHODES PULVERULENTALIS Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 353.

Assam; Burma

(123)*GLYPHODES DYSALLACTALIS Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 353.

Burma.

(124) GLYPHODES POLYZONALIS, N. sp.

Head whitish, with medial brown stripe; palpi black, white at

base and tips ; thorax and abdomen yellow-brown, with dorsal and

subdorsal white stripes, the anal tuft black. Fore wing with the

basal area whitish, with two oblique black streaks on inner area,

followed by two oblique lines from costa to just below median

nervure ; the medial area yellow, with two oblique black-edged

whitish bands forming a V-shaped mark, their black edges ter-

minating above vein 1; a black-edged white discoidal bar; the

terminal area blackish with three whitish bands, the 1st imeurved,

the 2nd with purplish middle from below costa to inner margin,

the 3rd curved, subterminal, not reaching costa, and broadest at

middle; cilia pale with fine line through them. Hind wing

whitish, with blackish streak below median nervure and fuscous

streaks on inner area; an elliptical discoidal spot; an oblique

fuscous medial line ending at tornus; four oblique blackish bands

on terminal half, the Ist rather wedge-shaped and ending above

tornus, the 2nd incurved, the 3rd narrow and purplish, the 4th

broadest at middle ; a terminal line and line through tie cilia.

Hab, Amboina (Doherty); Fergusson I.,. N. Guinea (Meek).

Exp. 30 mm. Types in Coll. Rothschild and B.M.

(125) GuyPpHopEs stouaLis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 293, pl. 3. f.11.

India; Ceylon; Borneo; Australia.

(126)?GLYPHODES QUADRIFASCIALIS, n. sp.

2. Fulvous brown; palpi white at base; patagia and sides of

abdomen marked with white. Fore wing with white spot at base

of costa; two oblique black-edged antemedial white bands; a

discocellular black-edged white lunule and spot below vein 2;

a wedge-shaped oblique postmedial band from costa to vein 2; a

submarginal black-edged white line, widening and dentate on outer

side towards costa; a submarginal series of silvery marks with

diffused black inside them below apex; a marginal black line ;

cilia whitish. Hind wing with black-edged fulvous discocellular

mark; a black-edged white postmedial band; a submarginal

silvery line with diffused black on its inner side; a marginal black

line ; cilia whitish.

Hab, Aburi, W. Africa. Exp. 26 mm.

(127) GLYPHODES EOTARGYRALIS, n. sp. (Plate L. fig. 19.)

Head and tegule black, fulvous, and white; palpi banded with

1898.] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN®. 745

black ; patagia white; thorax fulvous; legs with fuscous bands;

abdomen white, with subdorsal fulvous stripes, the terminal seg-

ments fulvous, with segmental white and fuscous bands; anal

tuft black. Fore wing fulvous; a black-edged oblique white basal

band ; similar subbasal and antemedial bands, the latter sometimes

crossed by a black streak on vein 1; black-edged spots on disco-

cellulars and vein 2; a wedge-shaped postmedial band from costa

to vein 2; a black-edged subterminal line expanding into a

bidentate patch below costa; a fuscous patch below apex, and

silvery patch from below it to inner margin; cilia black, white

towards tornus. Hind wing opalescent hyaline, with black-edged

discoidal fulvous patch; the inner area fulvous; the terminal

third of wing fulvous and fuscous, with black line on its inner

side and silvery terminal line expanding at middle; cilia black,

white from middle to near tornus.

Hab. Niger, Warri (Roth). Exp. 26 mm. Types in Coll.

Rothschild and B.M.

(128) GLYPHODES STREPTOSTIGMA, n. sp. (Plate L. fig. 20.)

Head, thorax, and abdomen whitish, with two subdorsal fuscous

stripes; palpi with the 2nd joint blackish; abdomen with some

orange-fulvous and leaden on dorsum towards extremity, the anal

tuft black. Fore wing narrow, semihyaline white; oblique sub-

basal and antemedial fuscous bands with orange-fulvous centres ;

an oblique medial fuscous band with a large discoidal ocellus on

it, with white centre and fuscous and orange-fulvous rings, below

which is a contorted white mark like a spermatozoon with an oblique

orange line below it; a large triangular white patch beyond the

medial band from costa to vein 3; the outer area fuscous, conjoined

to the medial band beyond vein 3, and with orange line near its

inner edge from costa to vein 3, followed by a white line reaching

inner margin and somewhat dentate towards costa; some white

terminal points; the cilia white towards tornus. Hind wing

semihyaline white, with short fuscous streaks on base of median

nervure and diffused streaks on inner area; an oblique discoidal

spot with slight white line on it and with a similar spot placed

obliquely below it, sometimes with large white centre ; the terminal

area fuscous, with nacreous and orange lines not reaching costa

or tornus, and followed by a wedge-shaped white subterminal

patch between vein 5 and tornus; cilia black, white above and

below middle.

Hab. Bonthain, Celebes (Hverett, Doherty). Exp. 40mm. Types

in Coll. Rothschild and B.M.

Subsp. 1. Abdomen without orange and leaden colour towards

extremity. Fore wing with the medial and antemedial bands

strongly anastomosing above inner margin; the mark below the

discoidal ocellus more like an inverted lunule ; the white line on

terminal area broken up into spots; a wedge-shaped white mark

above tornus. Hind wing with the oblique medial spots forming

Proc. Zoon. Soc.—1898, No. L. 50

746 SIR G, F. HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [ Nov. 15,

a band with yellowish centre; the outer of the two lines on

terminal area white and both broken and irregular.

Hab. Amboina (Doherty). Exp. 26mm. In Coll. Rothschild.

(129)+GiypHopes PrYERI, Butl. A. M. N. H. (5) iv. p. 453 (1879).

Japan.

(130)+tGiypHopEs PYLOALIs Wk. xix. 973; Moore, Lep. Ceyl. iii.

pl. 180. f. 3. Japan ; China; India, Ceylon, & Burma.

+Glyphodes sylpharis, Butl. Ill. Het. ii. p. 57, pl. 39. f. 2.

(131) GLYPHODES FLAVIZONALIS, 0. sp.

Head, thorax, and abdomen white, tinged in places with yellow

and pale brown; anal tuft blackish at extremity. Fore wing pale

yellow; a slight fuscous streak below base of costa and spot on

inner margin ; a whitish antemedial band edged by brownish lines

and somewhat dentate on inner side, followed by a subquadrate

whitish patch from subcostals to above vein 1; a medial band

formed by a dark-edged yellow discoidal spot, constricted at middle

and conjoined to an ocellate yellow mark with dark centre and

edge ; a large reniform postmedial white patch from subcostals to

vein 1; the terminal yellow area with two dark lines on its inner

edge, enclosing a dentate white spot on costa and small spot on

inner margin; the apex suffused with fuscous; a dark marginal

line. Hind wing opalescent white, with dark discoidal lunule ;

the terminal area pale yellow edged by dark lines and narrowing

to tornus.

Hab. Queensland (Mackay). Exp. 24 mm. Types in Coll.

Rothschild and B.M.

(132)tGLyPHoDES UMBRIA, n.sp. (Plate L. fig. 21.)

Pale greyish brown; palpi whitish at base; abdomen with

subdorsal black patches on 1st segment and two pairs of obscure

striz on following segments; the anal tufts black, with slight

brown dorsal tuft. Fore wing with slight black marks on basal

area; an antemedial rufous line slightly defined by black; a

similar irregular medial band, its outer edge angled on vein 1;

a similar postmedial line with waved black edges from costa to

vein 2, aud with irregularly sinuous and minutely waved black

line beyond it curved inwards below its extremity ; the discal and

terminal areas striated with black, sometimes forming black

blotches at middle of terminal area, which is deeper red-brown

near tornus; cilia black, yellowish above tornus. Hind wing with

the discal area striated with black; a large black-edged rufous

discoidal lunule; a black-edged rufous postmedial line obtusely

angled at vein 3 and ending above tornus; the terminal area

rufous, ending in a point above tornus; a sinuous black line on

its inner edge and black patches on it towards apex; a fine

black marginal line and line through the cilia, which are yellowish

with black patches at apex and middle.

ae Fergusson I., N. Guinea (Meck). Hap. 43mm. Type

B.M.

1898. ] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN &. 747

(133)*GuiyPHopEs EvippHaLIs WIk. xviii. 622. Brazil.

Botys phryganurus Feld. Reis. Nov. pl. 135. £. 18,

(134) GuypHopEs BrpuNcTaLis Leech, Entom. xxii. p. 70, pl. iii.

fas Japan.

(135)?GLYPHODES CRITHHALIS W1k. xvii, 344. China; Himalayas.

. chilka Mocre, Lep. Atk. p. 216, pl. 7. £. 9.

(136)tGuiypHopEs LACUSTRALIS Moore, P. Z.S. 1867, p. 93, pl. 7.

Pele Sikhim.

(187)tGuyPHopEs cmHsaLis W1k. xvii. 499; Moore, Lep. Ceyl. iii.

pl. 183. f. 7. India, Ceylon, & Burma; Andamans.

(138) GLyPHopEs shRENALIS Snell. Tijd. vy. Ent. xxiii. p. 233, &

xxiy.pl. 9.5, 10; Celebes ; Queensland.

(139)?GLYPHODES SIBILLALIS W1k. xvii. 506. W. Indies ;

Pa batesi Feld. Reis. Nov. pl. 135. f. 29. S. America.

(140) GrypHopEs canTHUSALIS WIk. xvii. 505.

Formosa; India; Andamans; Sumatra.

TBotys luciferalis Wk. xxxiv. 1412.

TGlyphodes lora Wik. xxxv. 1978.

» Spectandalis Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. xxxviii. p. 138,

plvi.£, 2.

(141)tGuypHopss purronatis WIk. xviii. 698. Borneo.

(142) GuiypHopEs smnvata Fabr. Spec. Ins. ii. p. 267; Moore,

Lep. Ceyl. iii. pl. 183, £. 2.

Ethiopian region; India ; Ceylon.

Phalena marginata Cram, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. 400. I.

Auctorum.

Eudioptis damalis Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het. ii, p- 232,

pl. 61. f, 29. Panama.

Phakellura fuscicollis Snell. Tijd. vy. Ent. 1875, f. 226. S. America.

- subauralis Herr.-Schiff. Ver. Regens. Corresp.-Blatt.

AS74, p. 21. W. Indies.

is abruptals Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. xxxviii. p. 134, pl. v.

jig 1) Colombia.

3 infernals Méschl. Abh. Senck. Ges. xvi. p. 300.

Porto Rico,

4 griscalis Maasen, Stiibel’s Reise, p. 170, f. 18.

Ecuador.

Sestia deosalis Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. xviii. p, 236, pl. xiii. #. 10, 11.

W. Indies

Margarodes beryttalis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 307. C. Africa.

a tritonas Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1877, p- 209.

Australia.

3 minor Pag. J.B. Nass. Ver. xxxvii. p. 272, Amboina.

Margaronia convolvulalis Sepp, Ins. Surinam, i. p. 43, pl. 18,

Surinam,

50*

748 SIR G. F, HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Nov. 15,

Margaronia angustalis Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. xxxviii. p. 182, pl. v.

£8: Borneo.

Glyphodes cosmarcha Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1887, p. 212.

Australia.

bose Saalm. Ber. Senck. Ges. 1879-80, p.296. Africa.

nyctealis Snell. Midd.-Sum. iv., Lep. (1) 8. p. 68.

Sumatra.

» jaculalis Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. xxxvii. p. 177, & xxxviii.

pl. v. f. 10. Java.

5 megalopa Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1889, p. 509.

New Guinea.

Genus 75. CLINIODES.

Cliniodes Guen, Delt. & Pyr. p. 300 (1854).

Idessa W1k. xix. 979 (1859).

Pylartes Wik. xxvii. 121 (1863).

Basonga Méschl. Abh. Senck. Ges. xiv. p. 79.

Palpi upturned, the 2nd joint broadly scaled in front, the 3rd

porrect and lying on the hair of 2nd joint; maxillary palpi

dilated with scales; frons flat and oblique; tibiz with the outer

spurs about half the length of inner. Fore wing with veins 3, 4,5

from close to angle of cell; 7 straight and well separated from

8, 9, to which 10 is approximated. Hind wing with vein 3 from

angle of cell; 4, 5 approximated for a short distance; 6, 7

shortly stalked, 7 anastomosing with 8.

Fig. 75.

Uh Vos

es : Le

aly

Cliniodes opalalis, §. }.

Snot. I. Antennze of male ciliated.

A. (Pylartes). Thorax of male with large tufts of hair and

scales from base of fore wing below; mid and hind femora

and tibie fringed with hair; 1st segment of abdomen with

a small dorsal tuft, the proximal segments. flattened and

with upturned edges, the distal segments with lateral tufts ;

hind wing with the inner margin greatly lobed and with a

large tuft of bent hair near base.

(1)?rCriniopEs suBcosTaLis WIk. xxvii. 122. Borneo.

B. (Cliniodes), Thorax, legs, abdomen, and hind wing normal.

(2) Ciiniopus cy~LaRusaLis Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het. ii.

p- 235, pl. 61. ff. 31, 32. Mexico ; Central America.

1898. ] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN ©. 749

Lype. (3) CuiniopEs OPALALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 300.

Tldessa pyrgionalis Wk. xix. 980. W. Indies ; Ecuador.

(4) CrinropEs saBuRRALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 301.

(5)*CLINIODES EUPHROSINALIS Méschl. Abh. Senck. Ges. xiv. p. 80.

Jamaica.

Sucr. IT. (Basonga). Antenne of male thickened and flattened.

(6) Crintopus rurinaLis Wlk. Trans. Ent. Soc. (3) i. p. 124.

Glyphodes suavis Feld. Reis. Nov. pl. 136. f. 26. Brazil.

(7) CLINIODES PARADISALIS Moéschl. Abh. Senck. Ges. xiv. p. 79,

Jamaica.

Auctorum.

Cliniodes semilunalis Méschl. Abh. Senck. Ges. xvi. p. 279.

Porto Rico.

» paucilinealis Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. xxxviii. p. 130.

Colombia.

Genus 76. PyGosprna.

Pygospila Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 312 (1854).

Phlyctenia Hiibn. Verz. p. 259 (1827), non descr.

Lomotropa Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 304.

Rhagoba Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 217 (1887).

Palpi upturned, the 2nd joint broadly scaled in front, the 3rd

porrect and lying on the scales of 2nd joint; maxillary palpi filiform

and nearly as long as the labial ; frons rounded ; antennz of male

minutely ciliated; patagia extending beyond the metathorax ; tibize

with the outer spurs half the length of inner; abdomen long, male

with the anal tuft large. Fore wing with the costa arched towards

apex, the outer margin oblique; the inner margin lobed before

Fig. 76.

Pygospila costiflexalis, 3. 3. (From Moths Ind. vol. iv.)

middle and somewhat excised towards outer angle; vein 3 from

angle of cell; 4, 5 approximated for some distance; 7 curved and

approximated to 8, 9; 10 closely approximated to 8, 9. Hind

wing with the costa arched at middle; vein 2 from near angle of

cell; 3,4, 5 from angle; 6,7 shortly stalked and curved, 7 ana-

stomosing slightly with 8.

750 SIR G. F. HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Noy.15,

Snor. I. (Lomotropa). Fore wing of male with a postmedial sub-

costal fold below with close-set fulvous scales, the costa above

it crenulate; hind wing with the inner area thickly tufted

with fulvous hair.

(1) Pyeosprua cosrirnexanis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 313; Led.

Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, pl. 14. f. 8. Bombay ; 8. India ;

Ceylon; Sumbawa.

Sucr, II. Fore wing of male with no distortion of costa; hind

wing with the inner margin uot tufted.

A. Hind wing of male with vein 8 widely separated from 7 and

only touching it at one point, 6 much bent downwards, the

veins beyond the cell prominently roughly scaled.

(2) Pycosprna cuprEaLis Swinh. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1892, p. 19,

pl. 1. £. 4. N.E. India ; Burma.

: evanidalis Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. xxxix. p. 68 (1896),

& xi, pl. 6. ff. 4, 4a, & 5.

B. (Pygospila). Hind wing with vein 8 approximated to 7,

6 slightly curved downwards, 7, 8 slightly roughly scaled

below.

Type. (3) PycosrrLa tyRus Cram. Pap. Exot. iti. pl. 263. f£. C.

India, Ceylon, & Burma; Borneo; Java.

C. (Rhagoba). Hind wing with veins 6, 7, 8 normal.

a. Hind wing of male clothed entirely with rough woolly

hair above.

(4)*PyeospiLa BrvrrraLis W1k. xxxiv. 1365. Ceram ; Obi;

Lomotropa vellerialis Snell. Notes Leyd. Mus. xiii. N. Guinea ;

p. 289, & Tijd. v. Ent. xxxv. pl. x. ff. 9,10. Queensland.

b, Hind wing of male smoothly scaled.

(5) Pycospina ocromacuLatis Moore, P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 95.

N.E. India.

Rhagoba bimaculata Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 217, pl. 7. f. 21.

Genus 77. Horta.

Heortia Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 402.

Eteta W1k. xxxi. 221 (1864).

Tyspana Moore, Lep. Ceyl. iii. p. 256 (1885).

Palpi upturned and reaching vertex of head, the 2nd joint slightly

scaled in front, the 3rd porrect ; maxillary palpi filiform; frons

rounded ; antennz of male almost simple; hind tibie with a tuft

of hair from base on outer side ; build stout. Fore wing with the

apex rounded; vein 1 a strongly developed; 3 from before angle

1898. ] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN&. 751

of cell; 7 curved and approximated to 8, 9, to which 10 also is

approximated. Hind wing with vein 3 from near angle of cell ;

4, 5 from angle; 6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8.

Fig. 77.

Heortia vitessoides, §. 34, (From Moths Ind, vol. iv.)

Type. (1) Hzorria pominanis Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 402,

pl. 14. f. 6. Ternate ; Ceram.

Eteta sexfasciata Wik. xxxi. 221.

T Vitessa triplaga Wik. Char. Undescr. Het. p. 8.

(2) Heorrra vrressorEs Moore, Lep. Ceyl. iii. p. 256, pl. 178.

ff. 3, 3a. China; India; Ceylon.

Genus 78. HucLAsta.

Euclasta Led. Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1855, p. 252.

Ilurgia Wk. xviii. 544 (1859).

Palpi upturned, the 2nd joint broadly scaled in front, the 3rd

porrect and lying on the hair of 2nd joint; maxillary palpi dilated

with scales; frons flat and oblique; antenne slightly longer than

the fore wing and ciliated; legs long, tibiz with the outer spurs

half the length of inner; abdomen long. Fore wing long and

narrow, the apex rounded ; vein 3 from before angle of cell; 4, 5

well separated at origin; 7 straight ana not approximated to 8, 9.

Hind wing with the cell more than half the length of wing; vein 3

from angle; 4, 5 closely approximated for a short distance; 6, 7

stalked, 7 anastomosing with 8.

Euclasta defamatalis, . +. (From Moths Ind. vol. iv.)

Type. (1) Huctasta sPLENDIDALIS H.-S. Eur. Schmett. iv. p. 32, f. 109.

E. Europe ; Armenia.

(2) Evctasta Maceravants Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 423,

pla: fail. New Guinea; Australia,

752 SIR G. F. HAMPSON—-REVISTON OF MoTHS _—[ Nov. 15,

(3)*Evcnasta warren Distant, Nat. Transvaal, p. 241, pl. i.

f. 5.

8. Africa.

(4)tEvcnastTa DEFAMATALIS WIk. xviii. 544; Hmpsn. Il. Het. ix.

pl. 174. f. 1. India, Ceylon, & Burma.

(5) Evcnasta FinicERALIs Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 481,

pl. 15. f. 14. S. India; Ceylon.

Auctorum.

Euclasta torquittalis Méschl. Abh. Senck. Ges. xvi. p. 302.

Porto Rico.

Genus 79. PoLyYTHLIPTA.

Polythlipta Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 389.

Palpi obliquely upturned, the 2nd joint fringed with long hair

below, the 8rd naked and porrect; maxillary palpi filiform ; frons

rounded ; antenne almost simple and about the length of fore

wing; legs very long; mid and hind tibize with the outer spurs

two-thirds length of inner; abdomen long and slender. Fore

wing with veins 3, 4, 5 from angle of cell; 7 curved and approxi-

mated to 8, 9 for about one-third length ; 10 also closely approxi-

mated to 8,9. Hind wing with the cell short ; the discocellulars

erect ; vein 3 from angle of cell; 4,5 approximated for a short

distance ; 6, 7 very shortly stalked, 7 anastomosing with 8.

Fig. 79.

Polythlipta cerealis, §. 3. (From Moths Ind. vol. iv.)

Sucr. I. Fore tibie of male fringed with hair on outer side, the

1st joint of tarsus fringed with hair on both sides.

(1)*Potyruiipra LiguipaLis Leech, Ent. xxii. p. 70, pl. iii. f. 8.

Corea; China.

(2) Potyruiipra curEALIs Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 477.

Himalayas; Assam.

+ * vagalis Wik. xxxiv. 1356.

(3) Ponyruurpra ossHatis Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 389,

pi. i2. f. 18. N.E. India ; Sumatra ; Amboina.

(4)POLYTHLIPTA DIVARICATA Moore, Lep. Cey]l. iii. p. 311, pl. 179.

£16. Ceylon.

1898. ] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTINZ. 753

Type.(5) Ponyrutipra Mackais Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 389,

pl. 12. f. 14. India, Ceylon, & Burma; Amboina.

Polythlipta distorta Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 215, pl. 7. f. 25.

(6)*PoLYTHLIPTA PERAGRATA Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 216, pl. 7. f. 15.

Sikhim.

(7) PoLYTHLIPTA ANNULIFERA WIk. xxxiv. 1344. Natal.

(8)TPoLyrHLiPTA EUROALIS Swinh. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1889, p. 420,

pl. 44. f. 12. N.E. India; Burma ; Sumatra ; Java.

Phalangiodes rivulalis Snell. Trans. Ent. Soe. 1890, p. 637,

pl. 20. f. 1.

(9) PoLYTHLIPTA GLOBULIPEDALIS WIk. xxxiv. 1359.

Celebes ; New Guinea.

a4 columahs Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. 1880, p. 239, &

1884, pl. 4. f. 8.

(10)?PoLyTHLIPTA NODIFHRALIS WI1k. xxxiv. 1358. Ceram.

Sxcr. IT. Fore tibie and Ist tarsal joint in male not fringed

with hair.

(11) Ponyruurera ryconspicua Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 220.

N.E. India.

Genus 80. LEpyropzs.

Nausinoé Hiibn. Verz. p. 362 (1827), non descr.

Lepyrodes Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 277 (1854).

Phalangiodes Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 273.

Palpi obliquely upturned, the 2nd joint very broadly scaled in

front, the 3rd porrect; maxillary palpi filiform ; frons rounded ;

antenne longer than the fore wing and almost simple ; legs long

and slender, the outer spurs about two-thirds length of inner.

Fore wing with veins 3, 4, 5 normally from angle of cell; 7 straight

Fig. 80.

Lepyrodes pueritia, §. 4. (From Moths Ind. vol. iv.)

and well separated from 8, 9, to which 10 is closely approximated.

Hind wing with the cell very short; the discocellulars straight ;

veins 3, 4, 5 normally from angle of cell; 6, 7 ey stalked, 7

anastomosing with 8.

754 SIR G. F, HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Nov.15,

Secr. 1. (Phalangiodes). Fore legs of male with thick tufts of long

hair on the tibiew, the Ist joint of tarsus fringed with long

hair on both sides; mid and hind tibize fringed on both sides

with short hair. Fore wing with veins 4, 5 from above angle

of cell and slightly distorted; hind wing with vein 3 from

before angle of cell, curved downwards for a short distance,

and with a small streak of hyaline membrane above it; veins

4, 5 curved apart near origin, then approaching each other

again; 7 curved downwards near origin.

(1) Lepyropes purritia' Cram. Pap. Exot. iii. pl. 264. F. India,

Phalena perspectata Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 640. Ceylon, & Burma;

the Malayan subregion ;

Australia.

Secr. II. (Lepyrodes). Male with the fore tibia and Ist joint of

tarsus fringed with long hair, but the tibia without thick

tufts ; neuration normal, and no hyaline streak on hind wing.

Type. (2) LEPYRODES GHOMETRALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 278, pl. 8. £. 6.

W. Africa; China; Formosa; India, Ceylon, &

Burma ; Java; Australia,

(3) Lepyroprs capensis WIk. xxxiv. 1344. W. &S. Africa.

Auctorum.

Lepyrodes quadrinalis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 278.

Central Africa.

» prabilis Wallengr. (fy. Ak. Forh. xxxii. 1, p. 122.

Transvaal.

Genus 81. SYLLEPIS.

Syllepis Poey, Lep. Cuba (1832).

Palpi upturned, the 2nd joint slightly scaled in front, the 3rd

minute and porrect ; maxillary palpi filiform, frons flat and oblique;

antenne annulate, in male with short fasciculate branches; tibiz

Fig. 81.

Syllepis marialis, . }.

with the outer spurs half the length of inner; abdomen long.

Fore wing narrow; veins 3, 4,5 from angle of cell; 7 straight

and well separated from 8, 9, to which 10 is approximated. Hind

1 Cramer's plate is wrongly lettered, v. description.

Type.

1898.] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTINZ. 755

wing with veins 3, 4, 5 from angle of cell; 6, 7 from upper angle,

7 anastomosing with 8.

SYLLEPIS MARIALIS Poey, Lep. Cuba. Cuba.

TBotys hortalis W1k. xviii. 609.

Genus 82. ANALYTA,

Analyta, Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 407.

Palpi with the 2nd joint upturned and moderately fringed with

scales in front, the 3rd minute and porrect ; maxillary palpi filiform ;

frons with a rounded prominence ; tibie with the outer spurs two-

thirds length of inner; abdomen with lateral tufts on terminal

segments. Tore wing rather narrow ; the apex somewhat produced

and the outer margin oblique; veins 3, 4,5 from angle of cell;

7 slightly curved and approximated to 8,9, to which 10 also is

approximated. Hind wing with the cell half the length of wing ;

veins 4,5 approximated for a short distance; 6,7 from upper

angle, 7 anastomosing with 8.

Analyta sigulalis, 8. }. (From Moths Ind. vol. iv.)

Secr. I. Antenne of male with short uniseriate pectinations, the

shaft abruptly downcurved at one-third from base.

(1) ANALYTA CALLIGRAMMALIS Mab. Bull. Soc. Phil. Paris, 1879,

(2) i. p. 143. W. Africa.

Szcr. II. Antenne of male laminate.

(2) ANaLyTa sIguLALIs Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 223.

India; Borneo; Amboina.

Leucinodes heranicealis Wk. xvii. 394.

Analyta albicilalis, Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 405.

TLeucinodes auxialis Swinh. P. Z.S8. 1886, p- 458, pl. 41. f. 12.

(3) ANALYTA MELANOPALIS Guen, Delt. & Pyr. p. 224. Bombay.

(4)*Avatyra pucttia Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het. ii. p. 263,

pl. 62. f. 27. Centr. Am.

Genus 83. Luucrvopss.

Leucinodes Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 221 (1854).

Palpi with the 2nd joint upturned, reaching above vertex of

Type.

756 SIR G, F, HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS (Nov. 15,

head and moderately fringed with scales in front, the 3rd long

and porrect, the 1st joint with a tuft of projecting hair; maxillary

palpi filiform ; frons with a rounded prominence ; antenne annu-

lated ; tibie with the outer spurs two-thirds length of inner;

abdomen with lateral tufts on terminal segments. Fore wing

rather narrow, the apex somewhat produced and the outer margin

oblique ; vein 3 from before angle of cell; 4, 5 separate at origin ;

7 straight and well separated from 8, 9, to which 10 is approxi-

mated. Hind wing with vein 3 from ‘before angle of cell; 4,5

separate at origin; the discocellulars highly angled; 6, 7 from

upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8.

Fig. 83.

Leucinodes orbonalis, . 3. (From Moths Ind. vol. iv.)

(1) LueuctnopEs eLecanraLis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 222, pl.3. f.8.

W. Indies ; S. America.

(2) Leuctnopgs IMpeRIALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 223.

W. Indies; 8. America.

' 55 discerptalis W1k. xxxiv. 1313.

(3) LevuctnopEs oRBONALIS, Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 223; Moore,

Lep. Ceyl. iii. pl. 179. f. 9. S. Africa ; India, Ceylon, &

Burma; Andamans; Java; Duke of York Island.

(4)*Levuctnopus LUcEALIS Feld. Reis. Nov. pl. 185. f.3. Brazil.

(5)*LEUCINODES IMPURALIS Feld. Reis. Nov. pl. 135. f. 2.

W. Indies.

(6)+LevuctNopEs piapHana Hmpsn. III. Het. viii. p. 135, pl. 155.

ae ls S. India.

(7)tLeucrvopEs APIcais Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 371.

N.W. Himalayas ; Ceylon.

(8) Luvcrnopzs vacans’, Tutt. Ent. Rec. i. p. 203. Transvaal.

TtAphytoceros longipalpis Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 391.

Auctorum.

Leucinodes erosialis Pag. J.B. Nass. Ver. xxxvii. p. 281. Amboina.

1 Type taken in Somersetshire.

1898.] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN#. 757

Genus 84, Murrza.

Metrea Grote, Papilio, ii. p. 73 (1882).

Palpi upturned, the 2nd joint slightly scaled in front, the 3rd

porrect ; maxillary palpi filiform; frons rounded ; tibia with the

outer spurs half the length of inner. Fore wing with vein 3 from

near angle of cell; 4, 5 from angle; 7 well separated from 8, 9, to

which 10 is approximated. Hind wing with veins 3, 4, 5 from

angle of cell; 6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8.

Metrea ostreonalis, . 3.

Secor. I. Antennz of male thickened and minutely serrate to

one-third from base, where they are slightly contorted.

(1) Merrea nesuLauis, WIk. xxxiv. 1353.

Sula; Mysol; N. Guinea.

Sect. IT. Antenne of male ciliated.

(2)tMzTREA ARIPANALIS, n. sp. (Plate L. fig. 18.)

White; palpi with the extremity of 2nd joint black; tegule,

patagia, and thorax spotted with black; mid tibie black at base

and extremity; abdomen with subdorsal black spots on 2nd seg-

ment and dorsal band on subterminal segment; wings clouded

with pale brown in places. Fore wing with black spot at base of

costa ; a subbasal series of three spots ; the antemedial line repre-

sented by spots on costa and inner margin, obsolescent and angled

at middle ; a speck towards end of cell and large discoidal spot ;

the postmedial line with spots on costa and inner margin, sinuous,

oblique from costa to vein 2, then acutely angled and retracted to

below end of cell ; a dentate subterminal line developing into a

spot at middle, then obsolescent ; a terminal series of points, the

three near apex developed into elongate spots ; a black line through

cilia. Hind wing with black discoidal spot ; a sinuous postmedial

line bent outwards between veins 5 and 2, then retracted to below

end of cell; a terminal series of points, two near apex and one

between veins 2 and 3 developed into prominent spots; a dark

line through cilia.

_ Hab. Queensland. Lap. 22 mm.

758 SIR G, F. HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Nov. 15,

Type. (3)+METREA OSTREONALIS Grote, Pap. ii. p. 73. U.S.A.

Botys urticaloides Fyles, Can. Ent. 1894, p. 184.

Genus 85. CRocIDOLOMIA.

Crocidolomia Zell. Lep. Caffr. p. 65 (1854).

Godara W1k. xix. 808 (1859).

Trischistognatha Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 429 (1892).

Palpi obliquely upturned, with tufts of hair at end of 1st and

2nd joints, the 3rd well developed and obtuse; maxillary palpi

dilated with scales at extremity; frons rounded; antenne of

male laminate. Fore wing with a tuft of scales at middle of inner

margin; male with a large tuft of hair on upperside from near

base of costa recurved over the wing; underside with a fringe of

hair below the cell. Hind wing with the cell short; veins 4, 5

approximated for nearly half their length; 3 from angle of cell

and approximated to 4,5 for a short distance; 6,7 from upper

angle ; 7 anastomosing strongly with 8, which is highly sinuous.

trocidolomia suffusalis, §. }. (From Moths Ind. vol. iv.)

Secr. I. (Crocidolomia). Fore coxe of male very much enlarged,

with a leaden-coloured semicircular hollow on inner side with

large tufts of white hair on each side of it; mid tibiz and the

inner spur fringed with long hair on inner side; abdomen

with dorsal tuft cn lst segment. Fore wing with vein 3 from

before angle of cell; 4, 5 well separated at origin; 10 sepa-

rated from 8,9; hind wing of male with a large fovea on

underside below the cell before the origin of vein 2.

A. Male with a large subcostal vesicle at base of fore wing on

underside, with a thick tuft of short hair from the subcostal

nervure just beyond it; the fringe below median nervure

short and emitting four strong curved spines playing on

the subcostal tuft; hind wing with a membranous bar

given off from the end of the fovea at origin of vein 2,

a. Fore wing of male with a slight tuft of long hair at end of

the fringe below the cell.

(1)tCrocipotom1a suFFusaLIs Hmpsn. Ill. Het. viii. p. 135,

pl. 155. ff. 4, 12. India; Ceylon.

Type.

1898.] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN A. 759

b. Fore wing of male with no tuft of long hair at end of the

fringe below the cell.

(2)tCrocipotomia LuTEOLALIS Hmpsn. Ill. Het. ix. p. 168, pl. 173.

ff. 4, 11. Ceylon.

B. Fore wing of male with no subcostal vesicle; the fringe of

hair below the cell long and terminating in a tuft of long

hair, no spines arising trom it; hind wing with a mem-

branous ridge at end of the fovea.

(3) CRrocrpotomia Brnoraris Zell. Lep. Caffr. p. 65. S. Africa:

Formosa; India, Ceylon, & Burma ;

Pionea comalis, Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 368; Java; Australia ;

Moore, Lep. Ceyl. iii. pl. 179. f. 2. Norfolk Island.

» meomalis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 369.

Szor. 11. (Lrischistognatha). Legs and wings normal.

(4) Crocrpotomia Patinp1Atis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 380.

TBotys pyrencalis Wik. xviii. 580. W. Indies ; S. America.

» medonalis W1k. xviii. 599.

Genus 86. OMMATOSPILA.

Ommatospila Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 443.

Thelda W1k. xxxiy. 1221 (1865).

Palpi obliquely upturned, the 2nd joint fringed with long hair

in front, the 3rd well developed, naked and blunt; maxillary palpi

well developed and filiform; frons flat and oblique; antennz

annulate, in male distorted and with a small tuft of black hair at

one half from base; mid tibie dilated with a fold containing a tuft

of hair ; hind tibiz with the outer spurs half the length of inner,

a large tuft of black hair on outer side at medial spurs. Fore

Fig. 86.

Ommatospila deseriptalis, 8. 3.

wing with vein 3 from near angle of cell; 4,5 from angle; 7

straight and well separated from 8, 9, to which 10 is approximated.

Hind wing with veins 3, 4, 5 from angle of cell; 6, 7 from upper

angle, 7 anastomosing with 8; male with the basal half of costa

highly arched, and the costal area on underside with fringes of

hair ; fringes of hair below the cell and on the veins beyond lower

anole.

760 REVISION OF MOTHS OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTINZ. [ Nov. 15,

Suor. 1. (Zhelda). Hind wing of male triangular, with the outer

margin produced to a long point at middle.

(1)fOMMATOSPILA DESCRIPTALIS Wlk. xxxiv. 1222. St. Domingo.

Szcr. II. (Ommatospila), Hind wing of male with the outer margin

evenly rounded.

Type. (2)TOMMATOSPILA NARCEUSALIS Wk. xix.972. W. Indies; Brazil.

nA nummulalis Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 444,

pl. 17. f. 13.

+Leucinodes venustalis W1k. xxxiv. 13812.

Genus 87. HELLUA.

Hellula Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 415.

Palpi obliquely upturned and reaching vertex of head, the 1st

and 2nd joints with tufts of scales at extremity; maxillary palpi

filiform ; frons smooth ; antennz somewhat thickened ; legs smooth,

the spurs moderate and of even length. Fore wing with vein 3

from near angle of cell; 4, 5 from angle; 10, 11 free. Hind

wing with vein 3 from before angle of cell; 4, 5 from angle; 6,7

from upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8.

Fig. 87.

Hellula undalis, ¢. +. (From Moths Ind. vol. iv.)

Type. (1) Hetiuna unpauis Fabr. Ent. Syst. im, 2, p. 226; H.-S.

Eur. Schmett. iv. pl. 8. f. 54. U.S.A. ; Mediterranean

TScoparia alconalis W1\k. xix. 827. subregion ; Ethiopian

tLeucinodes exemptalis, Wik. xxxiv. 1313. & Oriental regions.

Botys rogatalis Hulst, Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. xiii. p. 149.

(2) Hetiuna HyprRatis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 461, pl. 10. f. 7.

+Scopula criasusalis Wik. xix. 1016. Australia,

T 4, optatusalis Wik. xix. 1018.

tPyralis subtrigonalis Wlk. xxxy. 1244,

(3)THELLULA PHIDILEALIS WIk. xix. 972. W. Indies; 8. America.

Auctorum.

Hellula fulvifascialis Christ. Rom. Mem. iii. p. 110, pl. v. f. 8.

C. Asia,

Horace Knight ad mat hth West Newman chr.

yrahdze of the Subfamily Pyraustine.

Horace Knight ad nat.lith.

Pyralidee

‘d

West Newman chr.

1898.] ON MAMMALS FROM SOMALILAND. 761

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Prats XLIX.

Fig. Fig.

1. Gonodiscus australiensis, g., P. 606. | 16> "Phryganodes perfulvalis, 3, p. 679,

2. Massepha fulvalis, 3, p. 616 17. centralbalis, 3, p. 681.

3. rf phenicobapta, 3, p: 615. | 18. Pilocrocis leucoplagalis, 2, p. 658.

4. Homophysa polycyma, 3, p. 6U7. 19. Phryganodes lanialis, 3, p. 681.

5. Tabidia truncatalis, 3, p. 624. 20. 5 omphalobasis, 3, p. 683,

6. Eurrhyparodes syllepidia, 3S, p. 626. | 21. biguttata, 3, p. 681.

7. Piletosoma ignidorsalis, 3, p. 708. 2. Nacoleia semicostalis, 3, p. 700.

8. Nacoleia progonialis, 3, p. 696. 23. Hyalea pallidalis, 3, p. 642.

9. » gjunetithyralis, 3, p. 701. 24. Syngamia dentilinealis, 3, p. 645.

10. Sylepta plumifera, 3, p. 712. 25. Rhimphalea astrigalis, 3, p. 640.

ll. » elementsi, S, p. 716. 26. Agrotera endoxantha, 3, p. 628.

12. » torsiper, S, p. 715. 27. Desmia melaleucalis, 3. BS 632.

13. » solilucis, $, p. 719. 28. ,, chryseis, 3,p A

14. » _ picalis, 3, p. 719. 29. Bocchoris oct ie os p- 630.

15. Botyodes fulviterminalis, §, p. 710. | 30. 5 flavibrunnea, 3, p. 651.

Puate L.

Fig. Fig.

1. Chaleidoptera pryeri, 3, p. 669. 16. Glyphodes basifascialis, 3, p. 743.

2. Nosophora barbata, 3, p. Be 17. Omphisa ingens, 3

3. - flavibasalis, 3, p- 663. 18. Metrea aripanalis, 3, p. 757.

4, Phryganodes flocculentalis, 3, p.680. | 19. Glyphodes ectargyralis, 3, p. 744.

5. Dichocrocis tripunctapex, S, p. 691. | 20. 7 streptostigma, 3, p. 745.

6. Conehylodes bryophilalis, 3, p. 674. | 21. 3 umbria, 3, p. 746.

' 7. Tyspanodes creaghi, 3, p. 673. 22. Meroctena dichocrosialis, 3.

8. Glyphodes sectinotalis, 3. p. 734. 23. Noctuelia polystrigalis, 3.

a: hypomelas, 3, p. 740. 24, Ischnurges perpulchralis, 3.

10. Filodes flavibasalis, 3, p. 672. 25. Pyrausta tetraplagalis, 3.

ine , «wanthalis, 3, p. 672. 26. Pionea thyriphora, 3.

12. Glyphodes albifuscalis, 3, p. 739. 27. Sameodes sanguimarginalis, 3.

13. seminigralis, $, p. 734. 28. Mecyna apicalis, 3.

; 14. Filodes productalis, 3, p. 671. 29. Pyrausta perelegans, 3.

15. Glyphodes talangalis, 3, p. 743. 30. ei egcarsialis, 3.

[The descriptions of the species figured on Plate L. (fig. 17

and figs. 22-30) will be given in Part II. of this paper, which

will be read at a future Meeting.—BEp. |

2. List of the Mammals obtained by Mr. R. McD. Hawker

during his recent Expedition to Somaliland. By W. EK.

DE Winton, F.Z.S.

[Received September 30, 1898.]

The shooting of Lions having been the principal object of this

expedition, the means of obtaining specimens of other animals were

somewhat curtailed for fear of disturbing the larger game. The

expedition was accompanied by Mr. L. C. Harwood, who has

brought the collections home in splendid condition: evidence of

this is shown in the specimen of Lesser Koodoo now mounted in

the Gallery of the British Museum, presented, together with a com-

plete set of the smaller mammals, by Mr. Hawker. The collection

Proc. Zoou. Soc,—1898, No. LI. 51

762 MR, W. BH. DE WINTON ON [Nov. 15,

contained also a large number of birds, of which an account will

be given in ‘The Ibis’ together with a map of the route.

1. RHINOLOPHUS ANTINORII Dobs.

In ale. Jifa Medir, 5000 ft., Jan. 1898.

2, TrimNops pEeRsIcuS Dobs.

In ale. Jifa Medir, 5000 ft., Jan. 1898.

3. VESPERTILIO MINUTUS Temm.

Hargeisa, 3500 ft., 14 Nov., 1897.

** Native name ‘ Fidmair.’” (FR. M. H.)

4. Crocripura MURINA L.

@. Aden, Arabia, 7 March, 1898.

“ This Shrew was caught in the streetat Aden. It was cornered

by a dog, and it was making a strange scolding noise when my

taxidermist secured it.” (22. W. H.)

This species has a wide distribution ranging from the Himalayas

through India and Burmah, and is found along the coast-line

in many parts of the Oriental Region, even in the islands of the

Malay Archipelago.

A closely allied form (C. leucura) is found in East Africa,

but the typical form has never before been recorded west of

Bombay.

5. MacroscnLipEs REVOILI Huet.

3. Arabsiyo, 4000 ft., 30 Nov., 1897.

3. Arabsiyo, 4000 ft., 1 Dee.

“Very common and to be seen running between the bushes at

dusk.” (#. MW. H.)

This species is the only member of the genus yet discovered in

Somaliland.

6. Frxis Leo L.

Eleven full-grown Lions were shot, and three cubs brought home

alive.

“The lions of Somaliland are divisible into two classes : the cattle-

lifters, that follow the villagers in their wanderings, living either

on the straying animals that are not brought home in the evening,

or by jumping over the zerebas and dragging out sheep (generally

fat ones) at night; and the game-hunters, that follow the herds

of Hartebeest and other antelopes, but do not come near the

villages.

“ Lions always carry their prey down wind, and often to a

considerable distance before eating it; they then move again down

wind to a place where they can sleep without being disturbed by

the shepherds.

‘“‘ We found many of their sleeping-places under thick bushes ;

1898. ] MAMMALS FROM SOMALILAND. 763

in several of these there was a quantity of long matted hair off

their manes which they themselves or their companions pull out

to get rid of the grass-seeds.” (2. M. H.)

7. Frevis parDus L.

“Leopards were common on the rocky hills about Hargeisa and

were very destructive to the goats and sheep. I saw only one in

the daytime, but often heard them at night. They are credited

with carrying off many women and children in the Goli ranges,

and the skins from that part are certainly larger and finer than

those got further south.” (2. M. H.)

8. FeLis SERVAL Schreb.

“ Only seen twice.” (2. M. H.)

9. Fetis caracaL Gildenst.

“This animal is common about Hargeisa. It is said by the

Somalis to kill a great many sheep and goats. I was brought a

half-grown one which was very savage at first, but after a week

or so it became fairly tame, and was very much like a cat in its

habits and great fondness for milk, of which it would drink quite

a quantity and seemed to prefer it to anything else.” (A. M. #.)

10, Funis (CYNZLURUS) sUBATA Erxleb.

“The Cheetah must be rather common, as I saw about fifteen

cubs in Berbera of different ages, which a German collector had

bought from the Somalis. I shot only one fully-grown Cheetah,

which I found eating a sheep that it had killed.” (2. M. H.)

11. Hurprstes OCHRACEUS Gray.

a. 6. Jifa Medir, 5000 ft., 9 January, 1898.

B, y- 3d. Jifa Medir, 5000 ft., 18 January, 1898.

“The Somali name for this animal is ‘Saugor.’ It is a fairly

common animal and I have always seen it hunting by itself. It is

very shy and hard to get near, and does not seem to show any

curiosity. It is easily caught in cage-traps, as it will take a bait.

I have one at present alive, but it is very wild and savage, and all

my attempts to tame it have failed. The Somalis say that the

‘Saugor’ kills the Dik-Dik Antelope, but I could find no proof

of it.” (R. M. H.)

It is satisfactory to find that further material fully justifies

the separation of this species from H. gracilis, as pointed out

by the present writer in the Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7, vol. i.

1898, p. 247.

12, CrossaRcHuUs somaLicus Thos.

a, B. 3 do. Jifa Medir, 5000 ft.,9 January, 1898.

* The Somalis call this animal a big Schuk-schuk, their name

51*

764 MR, W. BH. DE WINTON ON [Nov. 15,

for Helogale atkinsoni. I saw only one pack of them. They came

out of the rocky hills to hunt on the plains for locusts and beetles,

on which they seem to live chiefly, judging by their droppings,

which were very plentiful on the rocks.” (2. M. H.)

It is interesting to receive further specimens of this very distinct

species, described by Mr. Oldfield Thomas (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

ser. 6, vol. xv. 1895, p. 531) from two individuals collected by

Mr. Gillett at Sunerdorler on the Webi Shebeli. The present

specimens are both more richly coloured on the back, the bands

being more clearly defined, while one of them has far more red

colouring, somewhat obliterating the dark bands.

Mr. Harwood tells me that one evening, while kneeling down

setting traps, a number of these animals came along, evidently

making for the hills from the plains where they had been feeding

during the day. ‘The noise made by them very much resembled

the cackling of a flock of Guinea-fowl, and on shooting one he

was surprised to find that instead of a bird he had killed a large

Mongoose,

13. HnoGaty atTKinsoni Thos.

a. 2. Hargeisa, 3500 ft., 14 November.

By. 2. Jifa Uri, 5000 ft., 22 January.

“‘The first pack of these animals I saw near Hargeisa. They

were crossing the watercourse and looked like birds running, as

they had all their hairs on end. There were about fifteen in the pack

and they took refuge in a disused termites’ mound. I set traps,

but was never able to catch any, as they did not seem to take any

bait. They are very curious little animals, and if not frightened

will sit up on the leaves of an aloe or rock and scold at one, giving

a curious shuck ! at the end of each scold. The Somalis call them

‘Shuck-shuck.’ They seem to live on locusts and other insects,

judging by their droppings. One evening I met a pack on their

way home from the plains; they ran at first into a solitary heap of

stones, but kept running out and scolding, though I was only about

ten yards from them. There were several Hyraxes on the same

heap of stones, which did not take any notice of them. They

seem to have very good sight, and keep a sharp look-out for birds

of prey, running to cover as soon as one appears. I had the good

fortune to capture a young Helogale. He had lost his mother and

was squeaking like a young bird. He was no larger than a mouse,

and yet very tame, and made a delightful pet. His curiosity was

insatiable, as he would try and get into everything, and pull every-

thing out of drawers and boxes. His note, when pleased, was like

the chirp of a bird and always sounded some distance away.

I brought him safely to England, but he was killed by a dog.”

(R. M. #.)

14, Hymna crocuta Erxleb.

“Common throughout Somaliland.” (2. M. H.)

1898. ] MAMMALS FROM SOMALILAND. 765

15, Hymna striata Zimm.

** Not so common as the last species.” (A. M. #.)

16. Canis MESOMELAS Schreb.

“« Jackals were everywhere very common.” (. MW. H.)

More than a dozen skins were brought home, all belonging to

this species.

17. Mutrvora Rratet Sparrm.

“ Only one or two seen.” (#. I. H.)

18. XeRvs RuTILUS Cretzschm.

a. 2. Mandeira, 3500 ft., 9 Nov., 1897.

(. 3. Harragagora, 3500 ft., 16 Nov., 1897.

“This Squirrel is very common all along the watercourses.

They live in holes in the ground among the roots of a bush.

They seem very susceptible to cold, as they never come out of

the holes till the sun is well up. I kept several alive; their

favourite food was the seeds of the aloe. They all got very

tame, but eventually succumbed to the cold weather at night.”

(R. M. H.)

In a list of mammals collected in Somaliland by Mr. C. V. A. Peel

(Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7, vol. i. 1898, p. 249), this animal was

referred to under the name of X. dabagala Heugl., but there can

be no doubt that Heuglin simply renamed the species described by

Cretzschmar, as the localities from which the specimens were

obtained are almost identical, and all doubt is set aside by com-

parison of the figures given by these two writers.

This Squirrel has had the distinction of being once more given

a coloured plate under a new name, X. flavus M.-Edw., by Huet

(Nouv. Arch. du Mus. 2° sér. iii. pl. 6. fig. 2). As pointed out

by M.de Pousargues (Ann. Sc. Nat., Zool. 1896, p. 337), the subject

of this figure did not come from Gaboon as originally stated, but

from Somaliland, so that it is unquestionably identical with

X. rutilus Cretzschmn.

There is in Abyssinia another closely allied but very distinct

species of Ground-Squirrel, which has been confused with this

species, viz. X. brachyotus Hempr. & Ehr. Symb. Phys. t. ix.

The British Museum possesses several specimens obtained by

Dr. W. T. Blanford, and referred to in his Geol. & Zool. Abyss.

p- 278 (1870) under the heading of X. rutilus, with the remark

that the colour does not agree with Cretzschmar’s figure: more-

over the original labels on the specimens further show that the

identification was made with great doubt.

Hemprich and Ehrenberg give a very good coloured figure

of this Squirrel, but it should not have been placed in a tree,

M. Huet (¢. c. p. 139, pl. 6. fig. 1) has also given a coloured figure

of this Squirrel under the name X. fuscus ; there can be no ques-

tion of this being identical with X. brachyotus, as a comparison

of the figures will show.

766 MR. W. BE. DE WINTON ON [No 15,

19. Gurpriius (TATERA) PHILLIPSI de Wint.

@. Jefa Medir, 5000 ft., 31 Dec.

@. Jefa Medir, 5000 ft., 9 Jan.

Q. Ujawaji, 5000 ft., 25 Jan.

This Gerbille was described by the present writer (Ann. & Mag.

Nat. Hist. ser. 7, vol. i. 1898, p. 253).

20. ARVICANTHIS NEUMANNI Matschie.

Q. Harragagora, 3500 ft., 16 Nov., 1897.

21. TacHYORYCTES SPLENDENS Riipp.

a-y. 2 2 2. Ujawaji, 14 December, 1897.

O. ; a “3 (in alc.).

“T saw the workings of this animal only on the open plains

west of Ujawaji, where there had recently been some rain and the

grass was green. The only way to get them was to clear away the

mounds and open the hole and shoot the animal when it tried to

close the hole. It almost invariably pushed some earth up to the

mouth of the hole with its nose and then returned and shoved up

more until the hole was closed. They feed on the roots of the

grass. The Somali name is ‘ Frumfurt.’” (R. M. H.)

22. Dipus sacuLus L.

dg. Arabsiyo, 4000 ft., 28 Nov., 1897.

“T found this specimen dead and rather decomposed, so it was

difficult to make a good skin of it. The Somalis had told me of a

wonderful animal they call a ‘tik, which had only one leg.

When I showed them this animal they said it was a tik, but said

nothing about its having two legs.” (R. M. H.)

This is the first record of a Jerboa being found in Somaliland ;

the present specimen is not adult, but it does not seem to differ

from the Egyptian species.

23. PucrrnaToR SPEKEI Blyth.

¢. Mandeira, 3000 ft., 8 Nov., 1897.

‘“‘T saw this animal only in two places, once near Mandeira, and

again near Hil Anod. They were in colonies, and lived among the

rocks and were very tame. I had very little opportunity to observe

them, as I was marching at the time.” (2. M. H.)

The present specimen is by far the most perfect that has yet

reached the Museum. It appears that the skin of this animal is

peculiarly “tender,” so much so that it is exceedingly difficult to

prevent it being torn in the process of removing the fatty matter.

24. PROCAVIA BRUCEI SOMALICA Thos.

a. 2. Aractais, 3000 ft., 12 Nov., 1897.

B. Jifa Uri, 5000 ft., 19 Dec., 1897.

“This animal was very numerous on Jifa Uri, Jifa Medir, and

on all the isolated masses of rocks near them. They usually

basked on the sunny sides of the rocks in the morning and evening,

and were very tame then. They are exceedingly active in climbing

1898.] MAMMALS FROM SOMALILAND. 767

both steep rocks and trees, and I often saw them feeding on the

leaves of small trees quite ten feet from the ground. When

disturbed they descended the branches with surprising facility,

considering their shape. They have a weird prolonged scream,

which sounds as if it were produced by a much larger animal. The

Somali name is ‘ Bona.’” (2. M. H.)

25. BUBALIS SWAYNE! Sclat.

“ There were large herds of these Hartebeests on Makani’s and

the surrounding country. They were fairly tame, and one could

approach to within 200 yards without frightening them. There

were many Midgans stalking them for the sake of their hides,

which are valued for leather in Harar.

“The Somalis hunt them in the following manner :—NSeveral

Somalis surround a single male, and when he tries to break away

he is headed ; gradually they close in on him and he gets frightened

and lies down, when they rush in and spear him. I was told this

at first by a Somali, and afterwards I saw a hunt going on about

three miles off, by the aid of a telescope, in which the Somalis killed

the Hartebeest. I have also seen a slightly wounded Hartebeest

do the same thing when headed several times.” (2. M. H.)

26. Mapoqua PHILLIPSI Thos.

‘This was very common.” (2. M/. 1.)

27. GAZELLA PELZELNI Kohl.

“ Fairly common on the maritime plain near Berbera.

“7 never saw any of this Gazelle further than twenty miles from

the coast.’ (2. M. H.)

28. GAZELLA SPEKEI Blyth.

“Was not very plentiful and was very shy and hard to approach.”

(#. M. H.)

29. GAZELLA SEMMERRINGI Cretzschm.

“Ts very plentiful on what is called the Merar Prairie in the

map of Somaliland, but what the Somalis call the Bund. This Gazelle

goes in herds of about twenty or thirty, and sometimes in hun-

dreds. There seemed to be many more males than females, and I

have seen quite 300 males ina herd without asingle female. They

were very tame, as they are not hunted by the Midgans.” (#. WM. H.)

30. LivHOocRANIUS WALLERI Brooke.

“This Gazelle is found from within three miles of Berbera right

through Western Somaliland where there are bushes. It isa shy

animal, and as it has a habit of standing behind a bush and looking

over it, it is hard to approach. It has sometimes a curious habit

of standing quite upright with its head among the branches of the

bush it is feeding on, and I have mistaken it at a distance for a

Somali in a white robe, as its white colouring underneath shows up

so conspicuously.

768 ON MAMMALS FROM SOMALILAND. [ Noy. 15,

‘¢ Its flesh has a disagreeable musky flavour, owing perhaps to its

habit of feeding ona species of Solanum which grows near old

zerebas. 1 found in the stomach of one Gazelle several whole fruits

of this Solanum, quite an inch and three quarters in diameter. The

Somalis will not eat the flesh of this animal unless they are very

hungry.” (2. M. H.)

31. Oryx BEIsA Riipp.

“We saw tracks of this Antelope within twenty-five miles of

Berbera, but they are very scarce until one gets south of Hargeisa.

Between Hargeisa and Jig Jiga they were fairly numerous, and

around the Subullo Hills there were many herds of about thirty

females with single males.

“ They were very shy in the plain, being hunted by Midgans with

dogs and when brought to bay shot with poisoned arrows. The

Midgans also stalk them, using camels or donkeys as stalking

horses. On the heads of the latter they fix Oryx horns, so that it is

almost impossible to tell the donkey from an Oryx at any distance.

“The Somali shield is made from the hide off the neck and

shoulders of the male Oryx, which is about ? of an inch thick.

‘“‘ Oryx when disturbed suddenly rush sideways with their faces

towards the cause of the disturbance before they gallop off. This

habit is evidently intended to receive the rush of some beast of prey.

They are dangerous animals to approach when wounded, as even

when lying down they can sweep their horns round very quickly and

can even reach right over their rumps with them.” (2. MW. H.)

32. STREPSICEROS STREPSICEROS Pall.

“The greater Koodoo is getting rather scarce in Northern

Somaliland, as the Midgans hunt it persistently on account of the

value of its horns at the sea-coast, whence they are sent to Aden

and sold.

“Tt lives on the rocky hills in the daytime, but comes down on

to the flats in the evening to feed on the aloe bushes and the beans

of the acacias. We saw a fair number of female Koodoos, but the

males were very scarce, and once we saw a herd of seven females

without a single young one.

“The male Koodoo is a magnificent-looking animal when seen

standing upon a rock on the sky-line looking for the cause of some

noise he has heard before retiring.

‘In daytime they lie very close in the thick bushes until they

think they have been seen, and then they go off with a tremendous

crash through the bushes.” (2. M. H.)

33, STREPSICEROS IMBERBIS Blyth.

“This beautiful Antelope is still fairly common in the country

round the Goli range where there are plenty of aloes. We found

them quite close to villages, lying hidden in the thick clumps of

aloes, from which they would dash out when disturbed and hide

in some other favourite retreat.” (22. WM. H.)

1898.] ON MAMMALS FROM KUATUN, CHINA. 769

3. On Mammals collected by Mr. J. D. La Touche at Kuatun,

N.W. Fokien, China. By Oupriztp Tuomas.

[Received October 10, 1898.]

In the spring of this year Mr. J. D. La Touche, who had for some

years interested himself in the birds and mammals of the vicinity,

made a special collecting-trip to Kuatun, in the mountains of

“North-western Fokien, and obtained there a considerable number

of small mammals. This collection he has been good enough to

allow me to work out,and he has also permitted the British Museum

to acquire a full selection of the specimens, besides presenting

several valuable examples in spirit.

For some years, in conjunction with Mr. C. B. Rickett, also a

generous donor to our National Museum, Mr. La Touche has had

collectors at work at Kuatun, and many of the specimens so

obtained have been presented to the Museum as they have come in.

The first specimens received by us of Typhlomys cinereus and the

type of Mus latouche: have been presented in this way.

The following observations on the situation and character of

Kuatun are contributed by Mr. La Touche, who is also the author

of the various notes in inverted commas appended to the different

species.

The species, including two sent previously and not in the

present collection, number 26, of which one species and one sub-

species appear to need new names.

Mr. La Touche describes as follows the position and charac-

teristics of Kuatun, the Chinese village where the collection

was made :—

“ Kuatun is a small hamlet, lost, as Pere David says, among the

mountains of N.W. Fokien, called in English maps the Bohea Mts.

It is but a few miles from the Kiangsi border. The village had at

the time of our stay a population of 54 people, 37 adults and 17

children. Nearly all are, I believe, descendants of emigrants from

Kiangsi. The village is built on the slope of a steep mountain and

is about 3500 ft. above sea-level, the mountain rising above it to a

height of about 6500 ft. above sea-level. This mountain is as high

asany inthedistrict. The country is very thickly wooded in many

parts, and the mountains have in many cases extensive tracts of

grass-land near their summits. The top of Kuatun Mountain,

which I would venture to call “Mount David,” after the discoverer of

the locality as a collecting-ground, is covered with forest, consisting

of dwarfed, moss-grown, deciduous trees, with an undergrowth of

dwarf bamboos. The productions of the country, where cultivated,

are tea' and bamboo. A little maize, a few sweet-potatoes, rough

turnips and cabbages are also grown for local consumption. Every-

thing else in the way of food has to be brought from a distance.

The climate of these mountains is on the whole cold and damp.

1 The highest tea-plantation of the district is on Mount David, alt. 5,500 ft,

770 MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON [Nov. 15,

In the winter snow and ice cover the mountains; the spring is

rainy and very cold. Moderate heat prevails in summer, and the

autumn is cool and fairly dry as in other parts of China. We

were told that it rains in Kuatun for eight months in the year.

This country is about as wild as any in S.E. China. Close to

Kuatun whole mountain-slopes are still virgin forest, the steep-

ness of the hills and difficulty of transporting the timber being

the reasons for which deforestation is not carried on in the usual

Chinese fashion. The native hunters that we employed while

at Kuatun are excellent field-naturalists and hardy, energetic

hunters, and in all their statements regarding the natural history

of the district were perfectly truthful and straightforward. But

they, as well as the villagers generally, are rough and unsympathetic,

and their love of money is unbounded. Although Kuatun is an

excellent collecting-ground, the country is by no means easy to

work. The hills are very steep, the forests very thick and difficult

walking, and cold, damp, want of nourishing food, and all the

minor discomforts consequent on living in close proximity with

Chinese will be experienced by any one venturing to explore these

wild parts of S.E. China.”

1. Macacus ruzsus L.

“One of a party of three killed by a hunter. The natives told

us that this species was the commoner of the two known at

Kuatun. Monkeys are seldom seen in summer, but in autumn and

winter they are often seen in the woods going about in bands.”

2. RHINOLOPHUS LUCTUS Temm.

One specimen. 18/4/98.

This is the first record of the occurrence of &. luctus in China,

but it is quite natural that so characteristic a Himalayan form

should be found there.

3. RHINOLOPHUS PEARSONI Horsf.

One specimen. 16/4/98.

4, VESPERTILIO MURINUS' SUPERANS, subsp. n.

2 p

Six specimens.

Apparently exactly like the European ’. mwrinus in colour and

all other respects, but constantly larger, the forearm ranging from

4 to 9 mm. longer than in European examples.

Forearm of the type 50 mm.

Hab. Se-sa-lin, Ichang, Yang-tse-kiang.

Type. B. M. No. 97.4.21.1. Collected Oct. 1, 1896, and pre-

sented by Mr. F. W. Styan.

The first Chinese example of V. murinus received by the Museum

was that presented by Mr. Styan, and now selected as the type.

In spite of its markedly greater size it did not seem advisable to

1 Vesperugo discolor auctorum.

1898. ] MAMMALS FROM KUATUN, CHINA. 771

give it a special name on a single specimen, but now that Mr. La

Touche’s collection contains six more examples of this large race,

it is shown to be so constant as to deserve a subspecific name.

5. PIPISTRELLUS SAVII PULVERATUS Pet.

One specimen, presented in 1897.

6. PrIPIstRELLUS ABRAMUS Temm.

One specimen, presented in 1897.

7. ScoToPHILUS oRNATUS Bly.

One specimen, presented in 1897. ;

This also, like Rhinolophus luctus, is the first Chinese record of

a Himalayan species.

8. Murina tevcogastra M.-Edw.

One specimen. 5/98.

I quite fail to follow Dobson’s reasons’ for upsetting his previous

perfectly correct adoption of Murina instead of Harprocephalus

for the name of the present genus. Both by “ page priority” and

the opinion of the “first reviser” (Dobson in his earlier work)

Murina should be adopted for the genus, whether Harpiocephalus

is subgenerically synonymous with it or not.

9. CROCIDURA sp. inc.

Six young specimens, not determinable.

A shrew of the C. russula group, from Ching Feng Ling, is also

included in the collection.

“Caught in the stony bed of a dried-up torrent.”

10. Tanpa woeuRa Temm.

Four skins, and two specimens in spirit.

“‘Tolerably common.”

11. Frxis pommntcanoruM La Touche’.

The type specimen of this species was until recently living

in the Society's Menagerie. It was obtained at Kuatun, so that

a passing reference may be made to it here.

12. MusteLa FLAVIGULA Bodd.

One specimen.

“Shot in the forest.”

13. ScruRUS MACCLELLANDIL SWINHOEI M.-Edw.

Two specimens. Several others previously sent.

«“ An abundant species. Nests of this or the next one were

often met with. These squirrels were breeding during our stay,

and many young ones, too small to rear, were brought to us.”

1 Mon. Asiatic Chiroptera, p. 150 (footnote) (1876).

2 P. Z, 8, 1898, p. 1, pl. i. The animal died in March last, and the specimen

ig now in the British Museum.—Ip.

772 MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON [Nov. 15,

14, FunaMBuULus PERNYI M.-Edw.

Five specimens.

Several examples of this well-marked species have also been

presented to the Museum by Messrs. La Touche & Rickett in

previous consignments.

** Common in the forests at 3000-4000 feet altitude.”

15. TypHtomys crnEREUS M.-Edw.

Six skins and a male in spirit.

Mr. La Touche had already presented the British Museum with

three skins of this most intesesting little animal, and it was by

the help of these that, when working out the classification of the

Rodents, I was enabled to show its relationship to the South

Indian Platacanthomys.

In the same paper‘ was recorded the important fact that the

latter genus, like the true Glirine, possesses no cecum, and it has

therefore been with much interest that I have examined the

intestines of Mr. La Touche’s spirit-specimen of 7’yphlomys. Here

I find that, unlike its ally, a cecum is present, although it is only

about an inch in length. Typhlomys is, therefore, even more

distinctly intermediate between the Gliride and the Muride than

had been supposed.

“‘T procured 8 specimens of this rare mouse. I believe they

were all caught in the mountains some hundred feet above the

village, say at 4000 feet.”

16. Mus tatroucuerr Thos.

Two specimens.

This fine rat was described in 1897 * on one of Mr. La Touche’s

Kuatun specimens. Like so many other animals in this region it

seems to have been first obtained by Pére David, as I find I have

notes on a specimen in the Paris Museum received there in 1874.

“© Mus latouchet is a forest rat, and is uncommon, at least in

the spring. Once, when walking in the forest, a native hunter

showed me a run and burrow of this rat. It was in the bank by

the side of the path. We procured only one specimen during our

stay, but another had been collected for me during the winter.”

17. Mus numiniatus M.-Edw.

One from Kuatun 27/4/98, another from Tung Chin, and a

third from Swatow.

This animal is closely allied to M. decumanus, and is not

impossibly the original wild stock of that ubiquitous pest.

‘** House-rat at Kuatun, I believe.”

18. Mus narrus Fuavrerctus M.-Edw.

Three specimens.

Milne-Edwards’s Mus flavipectus is clearly a member of the Mus

1 P. Z.8. 1896, p. 1016, footnote.

2 Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) xx. p. 118.

1898. | MAMMALS FROM KUATUN, CHINA. 773

rattus group, and is closely allied to the Himalayan WM. r. nitidus

Hodgs. For the present it may be conveniently referred to as a

subspecies of M. rattus, just as has been done with the Indian and

Malayan members of the group.

“‘ House-rat at Kuatun.”

19. Mus epwarpst Thos.

Two specimens.

Originally described ' on one of Pére David’s specimens.

“ This is, I believe, a forest-rat. It is not commonly trapped,

at least in the spring. Only two specimens were taken during

our stay.”

20. Mus conrucranus M.-Edw.

Fifty specimens.

This must be one of the most common of the rats of this part

of China, as every collection contains a number of examples of it.

It appears to be a smaller relative of the Formosan Mus cowingi,

and is also closely allied to the Himalayan M. jerdoni Blyth. It

is indeed not impossible that it may be found to intergrade into

the latter.

Of all Muride the rats of this group seem to be the most

variable both in colour and size, so that it is very difficult to come

to a satisfactory conclusion about their interrelationships. The

present series shows the usual wonderful variability, many shades

of red, yellow, and grey. and all degrees of spininess being found

among them. Speaking generally they tend to fall into two

groups, the one greyish, with white-tipped tail and comparatively

narrow skull, the other reddish with the tail only white below,

and the skull comparatively broad; but the two groups are not

yet fully differentiated, as termediate individuals in regard to

each of the differential characters are to be found among the

series. In actual size, like M. cowingi, they do not seem to vary

quite so much as the Bornean examples of the group, to which

reference was made in a paper on the Muride of that island *.

“ Very abundant everywhere; they differ much among them-

selves.”

21. Mos cHtvrizert M.-Edw.

Seventeen specimens.

This is the Chinese representative of the common Long-tailed

Field-mouse, Mus sylvaticus.

Judging by the present series, it is rather more constant

in colour than its European relative MW. sylvaticus, and its

change from the grey phase to the rufous is carried out more

abruptly than in Europe, so that the intermediate specimens so

commonly caught here do not occur there, while on the other hand

1 Pp. Z. 8. 1882, p. 587.

2 Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) xiv. p. 452 (1894).

774 ON MAMMALS FROM KUATUN, CHINA. [Noy. 15,

specimens may be obtained partly rufous and partly grey, a stage

that I have never seen in European series.

“The common field-mouse of the Kuatun district.”

22. MUs HARTI, sp. n.

Adult and young.

Allied to Mus agrarius, of which it is the Chinese representative.

Size and general appearance very much as in M. chevrieri.

Colour above dull grizzled rufous, not or but little brightening

posteriorly ; under surface dull white, the slaty bases of the hairs

showing through; line of demarcation on sides fairly sharply

defined. Ears very short, well-haired, blackish, a few minute

silvery hairs intermixed with the black. Dorsal line very indistinct,

scarcely perceptible, very different to the strong and sharply-

defined line of M. agrarius. Upper surface of hands and feet

white. Tail about as long as the head and body, thin, almost

naked, its scales dark throughout, its minute hairs dark above and

inconspicuously white below.

Skull and dentition not appreciably different from those of

M. agrarwus.

Dimensions of the type, in skin :—

Head and body (apparently stretched), 99 mm. ; tail, 92 ; hind-

foot (wet), 21°5.

Skull: greatest length, 26; basilar length, 21; greatest breadth,

13:8; length of nasals, 9°6; interorbital breadth, 4:5; palate,

length from henselion, 12; diastema, 7:4 ; palatal foramina, 5 x 2 ;

length of upper molar series, 3-9.

Type. B. M., No. 98.11.1.18, collected May 4th, 1898, by J. D.

La Touche.

Besides these two specimens from Kuatun the Museum contains

a skin in spirit from Kiu-kiang on the Yang-tse, collected by

Mr. I. W. Styan in 1888, and one from Baksa, Formosa, obtained

by Mr. P. A. Holst in 1893.

On the other hand a specimen from Mantchuria, although

separable subspecifically +, shows, as might be expected, a much

closer resemblance to the strongly rufous and black-lined Mus

agrarius than to the South Chinese M. harti.

At Mr. La Touche’s suggestion, I have named this species in

honour of Sir Robert Hart, the well-known Inspector-General of

1 Mus AGRARIUS MANTCHURICUS, subsp. n.

Similar to MW, a. typicus in all essential respects, but slightly larger, and of a

much brighter, richer, and more uniform rufous above and on the sides, the

grey tone present in ¢ypicws being quite lost in the rich rufous of the Eastern

form.

Dimensions of the type, in skin :—

Head and body (apparently stretched), 116 mm. ; tail, 78; hind foot (wet),

19; ear (wet), 14.

Skull: greatest length, 27 ; length of upper molar series, 4:1.

Hab. Mantchuria.

Type. B. M., No. 83.2.24.1. Collected by Dr. Janskowski, and presented

by the Branicki Museum, Warsaw.

1898. ] ON FISHES OF THE FAMILY MORMYRIDZ#. 775

Chinese Customs, to whose kindness he has been indebted for

many facilities in carrying on his scientific work.

23. Mus premaus M.-Edw.

Three skins and five specimens in spirit.

This is the Eastern representative of the European Harvest-

mouse. Mr. La Touche’s specimens, as also an example from

Shanghai sent home by Consul Swinhoe, have tails somewhat

longer than Prof. Milne-Edwards gives in his description of Mus

pygmeus. The same author gives the hind feet as 18 mm. in

length. In my notes on the type specimen in the Paris Museum,

however, I find that the tail is said to be “ doubtfully perfect,”

and the hind feet are recorded as 13°9 mm., so no doubt 18 isa

misprint for 14, a length which quite agrees with what is found in

the Kuatun specimens.

24. Microrus MELANOGASTER M.-Edw.

Ten specimens.

‘“‘This appears to be common enough, though I saw only one

live specimen, which my little dog routed out of its run in the

brushwood near the path leading up to the village.”

25. RHIZOMYS SINENSIS Gray.

This fine Bamboo-rat seems to be common, as a good number

of specimens have been sent home at various times by Messrs.

La Touche & Rickett.

“Found in the bamboo plantations, about 3000 feet. Young ones

were brought to us in April, and we bought three very young

ones alive, but they died after a few days’ captivity.”

26. LEPUS SINENSIS Gray.

Two specimens, presented in 1896.

4, A Revision of the Genera and Species of Fishes of the

Family Mormyride. By G. A. Boutenerr, F.R.S.

[Received November 3, 1898.]

(Plate LI.)

The numerous additions to the freshwater Fish-Fauna of Africa,

which it has lately been my good fortune to describe, have

necessitated much revision of the work of my predecessors in this

department. With no group was this more necessary than with

the Mormyride.

Although a considerable number of genera have been proposed

and defined in more or less satisfactory manner by Johannes

Miiller, Marcusen, Gill, and Bleeker, the tendency has of late been

to revert to the view of Valenciennes and to unite all the species

under the head Mormyrus, with the exception of @ymnarchus,

776 MR. G. A, BOULENGER ON THE FISHES [Nov. 15,

which latter genus has even been raised, without sufficient

justification, to family rank. Although naturally adverse to the

multiplication of genera, I cannot hesitate, in this case, to restore

most of those previously proposed by the above-mentioned authors,

and even to add to their number, as I am doing in a publication

dealing with the Congo species, which will appear simultaneously

with the reading of this paper. I believe that I have succeeded

in giving definitions of the genera clear and precise enough

to greatly facilitate the study of this highly remarkable family.

I can confidently affirm that the genera here admitted are fully

equivalent to, and at least as clearly defined as, those universally

admitted in the families Clupeidw, Cyprinide, and Characinide.

The difference between Mormyrus and Hyperopisus, for instance,

is strictly comparable to that between Albula and Bathythrissa

among the Clupeines; yet, in the same classification (Giinther’s

‘Study of Fishes,’ 1880), the two former types are not allowed even

the rank of genera, while the two latter are unnecessarily referred

to distinct families.

The union of the genus Mormyrops with Mormyrus can have

been suggested only in ignorance of the marked differences in the

vertebral column to which attention was first drawn by Hyrtl.

The vertebral column shows a greater degree of specialization

in the latter than in the former, the posterior preecaudal vertebre

being devoid of those remarkable hemal bridges to the extremity

of which the corresponding ribs are attached, a morphological

difference the importance of which would alone justify generic

separation. Moreover, as also pointed out by Hyrtl, and since con-

firmed by Peters and by Fritsch, the Mormyropes are true carnivores,

like Gymnarchus, while the other Mormyrs feed exclusively or

mainly on vegetable matter and minute animals.

In the more generalized character of the vertebral column,

Mormyrops agrees with Gymnarchus, and we may regard the latter

as an ultra-specialized, anguilliform modification of the former,

the other Mormyroids being also modified, but in other directions,

from such a type. This conception is supported by a con-

sideration of other characters. Thus I represent to myself the

hypothetical primitive type of Mormyr as elongate like an

Albula (1), with the dorsal (2) and anal (3) fins elongate (basally),

large ventral and caudal fins (4), a fairly large mouth (5), and with

the premaxillary (6), parasphenoid (7), and glossohyal (8) bones

armed with several rows of small conical teeth. As many as 7

out of these 8 points (1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 7,8) have been retained by

some of the Mormyropes, no. 2 in common with Gymnarchus ;

no. 6 has been preserved in one genus only, Myomyrus; while it

is interesting to observe the interchange in nos. 2 and 3 exhibited

by Mormyrus and Hyperopisus. It is also of importance, as

bearing on this question, to note the reduction in the size of the

caudal fin that takes place within the genus Mormyrops, a feature

which may even lead us to speculate on the possible discovery of

forms that would fill the gap now existing between the Mormyrs

with well-developed homocercal tail and the Gymnarchus, in which,

1898.] OF THE FAMILY MORMYRIDZ, 777

concurrently with the loss of the ventral and anal fins, the caudal

fin has been suppressed, the tail terminating in a free, irregularly

segmented, calcified notochordal filament.

Although I have not at present sufficient osteological material

at my command to undertake a thorough study of the skeletons

from a systematic point of view, such characters as I have been able

to observe, on the skeletons of one or two species of each of the

genera and with the aid of the Roéntgen rays, through the kind

assistance of Messrs. J. H. Gardiner and J. Green, show that the

generic definitions will be materially strengthened when the number

of vertebre can be recorded; this I have therefore now attempted,

perhaps somewhat prematurely, considering the comparatively

small number of species examined in that respect. In most of the

genera, the vertebral column must be divided into three principal

regions :—1l. The precaudal proper; 2. An intermediate region

with strongly developed ribs attached to closed hemal arches, under

which the posterior portion of the air-bladder extends; 3. The

caudal proper. The second region does not exist in Mormyrops,

Isichthys, Stomatorhinus, and Gymnarchus. I have ascertained the

number of vertebre in 15 species belonging to the 11 genera defined

below :—

Mormyrops anguilloides ...... 24437=61.

is zanclirostris ...... 224 34—56.

Petrocephalus bane ........044. 94 4+4+29—42,

Tsichthiys henryt 02.9 Viele Ps 26+ 38=—64.

Marcusenius discorhynchus .... 9+ 54+27=41.

i, plagiostoma ...... 124+ 4+4+30=46.

F wilvertht ......0. 124 5+4+27=44.

Stomatorhinus microps ........ 144+ 25=39.

Myomyrus macrodon.......... 144 4432=50.

Gnathonemus tamandua........ 12+ 6+27=45.

x rhynchophorus .... 13+ 4+4+30=47.

Mormyrus kannume .......... 13+ 74+30=50.

Hyperopisus bebe .......6..4- 15+ 64388=59.

Genyomyrus donnyt .......0- 1384+ 7+4+29=49.

Gymnarchus niloticus ........ 45 +75=120.

That the numbers vary within certain limits need hardly be

added, but so far little has been done in this line of investigation,

except by Hyrtl, who has supplied information on the following

species :—

Mormyrops anguilloides............ 234+36=59.

fi deliciosus (zambanenje) .. 234+389=62.

Petrocephalus bane... 0.6 ccaee ee ees 94+ 6427=42.

Gnathonemus cyprinoides .......... 13+ 8+27=48.

Mormyrus caschive .......-encnness 124+ 7+30=49.

“y IGORUVWINE) Cie epee eer 134+10431=54.

Hyperopisus bebe: 2. \c0n ces eee eee ~» 16+ 44+35=55.

Gymnarchus niloticus .......... .. 474+67=114.

These results have been utilized in drawing up the generic

diagnoses.

Proc. Zoou, Soc.—1898, No. LIT. 52

778 MR, G. A, BOULENGER ON THE FISHES [Nov. 15»

The sciagraph of Gnathonemus rhynchophorus, which is appended

to this paper, shows well the three regions into which the vertebral

column may be divided, and also the so-called Gemmingerian

bones running parallel to the axis, dorsally to the neural, spines,

and ventrally to the hemal spines in that portion of the caudal

region which is occupied by the electric organ. These curious

ossifications, discovered by Gemminger, have been shown by

Hyrtl to be a universal character of the Mormyride, though not

directly related to the electric organ.

By a curious oversight, the Mormyride have been referred by

Jordan and Evermann (Fish. N. Amer. i. 1896, p. 114) as an

Order (Sceyphophori, Cope) to the group Ostariophysi, Sagemehl,

embracing the Siluride, Gymnotide, Cyprinide, and Characinide,

which agree in the co-ossification of the anterior vertebre and

the connection of the air-bladder with the ear through the

Weberian ossicles. Such a character is well known not to exist

in the Mormyrs, which would fall under their definition of the

order [sospondyli, Cope, but for the absence of the symplectic bone.

The nearest allies of the Mormyrs, giving an idea of the more

generalized type from which they may have been derived, appear

to me to be found in the Albulkde, as suggested by Valenciennes

in 1846. These possible ancestors of the Mormyrs belong to the

most generalized forms of Clupeines, 2. ¢. those most affine to the

Amioid Ganoids, having retained the muscular conus arteriosus

with two rows of valves, as first shown by Stannius in 1846 ;

whilst the nearly related lowly Clupeines, the Chirocentride and

the Elopide, are unique in the retention of two other ‘ Ganoid’

characters, viz., the spiral fold of the intestine in the former, and

the gular plate in the latter.

The family Mormyride may be defined as Isospondylous Physos-

tomes with coalesced premaxillary bones, parietals separating the

frontals from the supraoccipital’, with a cavity on each side of the

parietals leading into the interior of the skull and covered with a

thin lid-like bone, with the subopercular small, if present, and

without symplectic bone*. Opercular bones concealed under the

skin ; gill-clefts narrow.

These Fishes, of which 73 species are described in this paper,

are restricted to the fresh waters of Africa, from the Nile and

Senegal to Angola, Lake Ngami, and the Zambesi. The Congo

has yielded more species than any other river, viz. 34.

A great deal has been published on their anatomy and physiology ;

the principal contributions are recorded below. Unfortunately

nothing as yet has been observed on their breeding-habits and

development, and we do not know whether the young pass through

1 Giinther’s statement (Cat. vi. p. 214) “Single parietal bone” can only be

accounted for by a mis-rendering of Valenciennes’s description (xix. p. 234):

“ En arriére des frontaux nous yoyons deux petits pariétaux se toucher, comme

dans les carpes et comme dans les aloses, pour former une espéce de plaque

impaire sur la votite du crane.”

* In the two latter points they agree with the Siluroids, to which they bear,

however, no relationship.

1898. | OF THE FAMILY MORMYRIDA, 779

a larval stage, analogous to that of the Murenide, as ascertained

by C. H. Gilbert to be normal in Albula, which, as stated above,

may be considered as the nearest ally of the Mormyride.

Principal Anatomical and Physiological References.

Hauustnerr, C. F. Bemerkungen iiber das Gehérwerkzeug dex

Mormyrus cyprinoides, ... &c. Arch. f. Anat. u. Physiol.

1826, pp. 324-327, pl. iv.

Erpt, M. P. Ueber das Gehirn der Fischgattung Mormyrus.

Miinch. Gelehrt. Anz. xxiii. 1846, pp. 403-407.

——_ Beschreibung des Skeletes des Gymnarchus niloticus. Abh.

Bayer. Akad. v. 1847, pp. 209-252, pl. v.

Gremminerr, M. Elektrisches Organ von Mormyrus, &e. Dissert.

Inaug., Miinchen, 1847.

Koutixer, A. Ueber die elektrischen Organe des Mormyrus

longipinnis, Riipp. Ber. zootom. Anst. Wiirzburg, 1849,

pp- 9-13.

Fore, —. Remarques sur l’appareil pulmonaire du Gymnarchus

niloticus. Ann. Sci. Nat. (2) xx. 1853, pp. 151-154.

Duvernoy, G. L. Note additionnelle. T.c¢. pp. 154-162, pl. v.

Ecxrr, A. Anatomische Beschreibung des Gehirns vom Karpfen-

artigen Nil-Hecht, Mormyrus cyprinoides. Leipzig: 1854,

Ato, 12 pp., 1 pl.

Fiscuer, L. Ueber das Gehérorgan der Fischgattung Mormyrus.

Inauguraldissert., Freiburg i. Br. 1854, 4to, 36 pp., 1 pl.

Hyertt, J. Anatomische Mittheilungen iiber Mormyrus und

Gymnarchus. Denkschr. Akad. Wien, xii. 1856, pp. 1-22,

pls. i.—vi.

Marcussn, J. Die Familie der Mormyriden. Eine anatomisch-

zoologische Abhandlung. Mém. Acad. St. Pétersb. (7) vii.

No. 4, 1864, 162 pp., 5 pls.

Basucuin, A. Beobachtungen und Versuche am Zitterwelse und

Mormyrus. Arch. f. Physiol. 1877, pp. 250-274, pl. vi.

Sanpurs, A. Contributions to the Anatomy of the Central Nervous

System in Vertebrate Animals. I. On the Brain of the

Mormyride. Phil. Trans. clxxiii. 1882, pp. 927-959,

pls. lix.—lxiii.

Fritscu, G. Zur Organisation des Gymnarchus niloticus. Sitzb.

Akad. Berl. 1885, pp. 119-129, figs.

—— Weitere Beitrige zur Kenntniss der schwach elektrischen

Fische. Op. cit. 1891, pp. 439-460, figs.

Du Bors Reymonyp, E. Vorlaufiger Bericht iiber die von Prof.

Gustav Fritsch angelegten neuen Untersuchungen an

elektrischen Fischen. T.c¢. pp. 111-114.

Fritscu, G. On the Origin of the Electric Nerves in the Torpedo,

Gymnotus, Mormyrus, and Malapterurus. Rep. Brit. Assoc.

1892, pp. 757 & 758 (1893).

Oeyerr, J. Einige Bemerkungen iiber den Bau des schwach

elektrischen Organs bei den Mormyriden. Zeitschr. wiss.

Zool. Ixiv. 1898, pp. 565-595, pl. xviii.

52*

780 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE FISHES [Nov. 15,

Synopsis of the Genera.

I. Ventral, anal,and caudal fins present ; teeth on

the parasphenoid and on the tongue.

A. A single series of teeth in each jaw.

1. 12 or more teeth in each jaw.

Mouth terminal or subinferior, anterior to the

vertical of the eyes; body elongate; anal longer

than dorsal; nostrils moderately far apart,

remote from the CYC .............cssscoesscssesensoscese

Mouth inferior, below the eye; body short ; nostrils

close together, close to the €y@.........+..ssesseeeeeee

2. No more than 10 teeth in each jaw.

a, Palatal and lingual teeth minute,

conical,

a, Mouth inferior or subinferior, below

the level of the eyes.

* Body much elongate, eel-like;

ventrals nearer anal than pec-

Torals ........0:.ccasscsceceseseesoness

x* Body short or moderately elongate ;

ventrals equally distant from

pectorals and from anal, or

nearer the former.

Teeth small, truncate or notched ; posterior nostril

remote from the mouth ............sseceeeeeeeeeeeees

Teeth small, bicuspid; posterior (lower) nostril

Clozetto thietMOutham fesc.scn..sccsnesetaesenecssane des =

Upper teeth small, conical; mandibular teeth com-

pressed, median pair very large, incisor-like ;

nostrils close together ........scseseecsetteeceeneeenees

B. Mouth terminal.

Dorsal and anal not very unequal in length.........

Dorsal at least 22 as long as anal ..............000000+

b. Palate and tongue with a pavement of

large spheroid teeth; dorsal short,

anal very lOMP isis .s-ve--csepeacereses

B. Teeth in the jaws disposed in several rows

forming villiform bands ; dorsal and anal

nearly equally developed .........s2::0e+s+e0

II. Ventral, anal, and caudal fins absent; body eel-

like; palate and tongue toothless ..........+

1. Mormyrops.

1. Mormyrops J. Mill.

2. Petrocephalus Mare.

8, Isichthys Gill.

4, Marcusenius Gill.

5. Stomatorhinus Blgr.

6. Myomyrus Blgr.

7. Gnathonemus Gill.

8. Mormyrus L.

9. Hyperopisus Gill.

10. Genyomyrus Bley.

1l. Gymnarchus Cuy.

Mormyrus, part., Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 522 (1766).

Mormyrops, part., J. Miller, Arch. f. Nat. 1848, p.324; Giinth.

Cat. vi. p. 223 (1866).

Mormyrops, Gill, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1862, p. 139; Peters, Reise

n. Mossamb. iv. p. 88 (1868); Bouleng. Ann. Mus. Congo, Zool. i.

1898, p. 2.

Oxymormyrus, Bleek. Vers]. Ak. Amsterd. (2) viii. 1874, p. 367. °

Teeth in the jaws conical, truncate, or notched, forming a single

complete series on the entire edge of both jaws (12-36 in each) ;

minute conical teeth on the parasphenoid and on the tongue;

1898.] OF THE FAMILY MORMYRIDE. 781

mouth terminal or subinferior. Nostrils moderately far apart,

remote from the eye. Body more or less elongate; ventrals

equally distant from pectorals and from anal, or nearer the former.

Anal longer than dorsal. Vertebre 56-62 (22-244 34-39).

Synopsis of the Species.

I. Caudal peduncle 2 to 23 as long as deep, 3 to 3

length of head.

A, 20-36 teeth in each jaw; head at least

nearly twice as long as deep; lat. 1, 85-96.

D. 21-27; A. 41-51; 16-18 scales round caudal

peduncle; depth of body 5-6 times in total

length ; head nearly twice as long as deep ...... 1. deliciosus Leach.

D. 26-28; A. 39-42; 20 scales round caudal

peduncle ; depth of body 5-6} times in total

length; head nearly twice as long asdeep......... 2. anguilloides L.

D. 26; A.39; depth of body 7 times in total

length; head more than twiceas long as deep... 3. dongiceps Gthr.

D. 26; A. 43; depth of body 732 times in total

length ; head nearly twice as long as deep......... 4. breviceps Stdr.

B. 12-16 teeth in each jaw.

1. Dorsal 19-21.

Snout much produced, tubiform, straight ; head 23—

23 as long as deep. Anal 36-39; lat.1.70-74...

Snout short; head twice as long as deep. Anal

SPALL NGUTOG .cattedanescoastesesesentettave tutte 6. engystoma Blgr.

2. Dorsal 30; snout short; head not twice

as long as deep.

A. 40, originating a little in advance of dorsal,

and slightly nearer head than base of caudal ... 7. masuianus Bier.

A. 47, originating considerably in advance of

dorsal, and at nearly equal distance from end of

snout and base of caudal ...........:secsseeesceeeeeeee 8. sirenoides Blgr.

. zanclirostris Gthr.

II. Caudal peduncle not longer than deep, 3-1

length of head ; 12-16 teeth in each jaw.

D. 29; A. 48; lat. 1.80; depth of body 6 times in

EOvalilentilh) cennccccesns soc. woes secate steer cere onset sane 9. lineolatus Blgr.

D. 34-37; A. 50-59; lat. 1. 100-105; depth of

body 53-64 times in total length..................... 10. marie Schilth.

D. 45; A. 70; lat.1.102; depth of body a little

more than 6 times in total length ................+. 11. microstoma Blgr.

D. 43; A. 63; lat. 1. 95; depth of body 8} times in

raven Wesayea nel” Co a5 ceegene cock coacence 6o-cocreocenocer: cer 12. attenuatus Blgr.

1. MoRMYROPS DELICIOSUS.

Oxyrhynchus deliciosus, Leach, in Tuckey, Exped. R. Zaire,

p- 410 (1818).

Mormyrus tuckeyi, Cuv. & Val. xix. p. 263 (1846).

Mormyrus zambanenje, Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1852, p. 275

Gunth. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1896, p. 224.

Mormyrops tuckeyi, Marcusen, Bull. Ac. St. Pétersb. xii. 1854,

p- 14.

Mormyrops deliciosus, Giinth. Cat. vi. p. 224 (1866); Steind.

Sitzb. Ak. Wien, lxi. i. 1870, p. 555, pl. v. fig. 1; Perugia, Ann.

782 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE FISHES [Nov. 15

Mus. Genova, (2) x. 1892, p. 976; Steind. Notes Leyd. Mus. xvi.

1894, p. 65.

Mormyrops zambanenge, Ginth. 1. c.

Mormyrus (Mormyrops) zambanenje, Peters, Reise n. Mossamb.

iv. p. 88, pl. xv. fig. (1868).

Mormyrus (Mormyrops) swanenburgi, Schilthuis, Tijds. Nederl.

Dierk. Ver. (2) iti. 1891, p. 91.

Depth of body 5 to 6 times in total length, length of head 33 to

41. Head nearly twice as long as deep, upper profile slightly

concave; snout rounded; jaws equal; width of mouth nearly

equal to length of snout; teeth truncate or conical in the adult,

more or less distinctly notched in the young, 24 to 35 in each

jaw; eye small, situated in the anterior third of the head, its

diameter 2 (young) to 4 times in length of snout, 2 to 3 times in

interorbital width. Dorsal 21-27, 4 length of anal or a little

more, originating 2 to 24 as far from the end of the snout as from

the base of the caudal. Anal 41-51, originating considerably in

advance of dorsal (its 12th to 16th ray corresponding to the first

dorsal ray), and a little nearer head than root of caudal. Pectoral

2 to 2 length of head, ventral 4 to 3. Caudal rather small, densely

scaled, with rounded lobes. Caudal peduncle twice as long as deep,

3 to 2 length of head. 85-96 scales in the lateral line, som in a

transverse line on the body, 23-26 in a transverse line between

dorsal and anal, 16 or 18 round caudal peduncle. Olive above,

silvery beneath.

Total length 1230 millim.

Senegal, Congo, Zambezi, L. Nyassa, Webi Shebeli and Juba.

2. MoRMYROPS ANGUILLOIDES.

Mormyrus anguilloides, Linn. Mus. Ad. Frid.ii. p. 110 (1764), and

S. N. i. p. 522 (1766); Geoffr. Descr. Egypte, Poiss. p. 274,

pl. vii. fig. 2 (1829); Cuv. & Val. xix. p. 258 (1846); Marcusen,

Mém. Ac. St. Pétersb. (7) vii. 1864, no. 4, p. 182.

Mormyrus dendera, Lacép. Hist. Poiss. v. p. 621 (1803).

Mormyrops anguilloides, Marcusen, Bull. Ac. St. Pétersb. xii.

1854, p. 14; Giinth. Cat. vi. p. 223 (1866).

Marcusenius anguilloides, Gill, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1862, p. 444.

Depth of body 5 to 63 times in total length, length of head 4.

Head nearly twice as long as deep, upper profile slightly concave ;

snout rounded, the upper jaw a little longer than the lower; width

of mouth less than length of snout; teeth more or less distinctly

notched, 22 or 24 in each jaw ; eye small, situated in the anterior

third of the head, its diameter 24 in length of snout, 2 in inter-

orbital width. Dorsal 26-28, 2 length of anal, originating twice

us far from the end of the snout as from the base of the caudal.

Anal 39-42, originating considerably in advance of the dorsal (its

10th or 11th ray corresponding to the first dorsal ray), and at

equal distance from head and root of caudal. Pectoral nearly

2 length of head, ventral 3. Caudal rather small, scaled at the

1898.] OF THE FAMILY MORMYRID#. 783

base, with rounded lobes. Caudal peduncle twice as long as deep,

4 length of head. 93-95 scales in the lateral line, sui in a trans-

verse line on the body, 25-27 in a transverse line between dorsal

and anal, 20 round caudal peduncle. Olive above, bluish white

beneath.

Nile.

3. MoRMYROPS LONGICEPS.

Mormyrops lonyiceps, Giinth. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (3) xx. 1867,

p> 117.

Depth of body 7 times in total length, length of head 4. Head

very low and elongate, more than twice as long as deep; upper

jaw somewhat longer than the lower ; teeth truncate and notched

at the apex, 24; eye very small, situated in the anterior third of

the head. Dorsal 26, more than half as long as anal. Anal 39.

Lat. 1.90. Coloration uniform.

Total length 280 millim.

Bossumprah River, Gold Coast.—The type specimen, which

should be in the Liverpool Museum, could not be found by

Dr. H. O. Forbes, to whom I applied for information respecting it.

4, MoRMYROPS BREVICEPS.

Mormyrops breviceps, Steind. Notes Leyd. Mus. xvi. 1894, p. 66,

pl. i. fig. 2.

Depth of body 73 times in total length, length of head 53.

Head nearly twice as long as deep, upper profile slightly concave ;

snout rounded, the upper jaw a little longer than the lower; teeth

truncate or slightly notched, 20 in each jaw; eye small, its diameter

2 in length of snout. Dorsal 26, 3 length of anal, originating

considerably nearer base of caudal than head. Anal 43, originating

considerably in advance of dorsal (its 13th ray corresponding to

the first dorsal ray), and a little nearer head than base of caudal.

Pectoral a little more than 3 length of head, ventral 3. Caudal

rather small, with rounded lobes. Caudal peduncle 23 as long

as deep, 3 length of head. 90 scales in the lateral line.

Total length 355 millim.

St. Paul R., Liberia.—Type in Leyden Museum.

5. MoRMYROPS ZANCLIROSTRIS.

Mormyrus zanclirostris, Giinth. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (3) xx. 1867,

p- 114, pl. ii. fig. B.

Mormyrops zanclirostris, Bouleng. Ann. Mus. Congo, Zool. i.

1898, p. 3.

Depth of body 64 to 7 times in total length, length of head 33 to

4 times. Head 23 to 2?.as long as deep; snout much produced,

tubiform, nearly as long as postorbital part of head; mouth terminal,

very small; teeth truncate, 14 in each jaw; eye very small,

situated in the anterior half of the head, its diameter 3 to 3 inter-

orbital width. Dorsal 20-21, 4 length of anal, originating 3 to 23

784 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE FISHES [Noy. 15,

times as far from the head as from the base of the caudal. Anal

36-39, originating considerably in advance of dorsal (its 12th to

14th ray corresponding to the first dorsal ray), and at nearly equal

distance from head and base of caudal. Pectoral 2 length of head,

ventral 7. Caudal small, densely scaled in its basal half, with

rounded lobes. Caudal peduncle twice as long as deep, 3 length

of head. 70-74 scales in the lateral line, pen! in a transverse line

on the body, 14 or 15 inatransverse line between dorsal and anal,

12 round caudal peduncle. Dark brown.

Total length 270 millim.

Gaboon, Ogowe.

6. MorMYROPS ENGYSTOMA.

Mormyrops engystoma, Bouleng. Ann. Mus. Congo, Zool. i. 1898,

p. 3, pl. i. fig. 1.

Depth of body 7 to 74 times in total length, length of head 43

to 5. Head nearly twice as long as deep, with straight declivous

upper profile ; snout rounded, projecting a little beyond the mouth ;

width of mouth hardly 3 length of snout; teeth notched, 12 in

each jaw ; eve very small, situated in the anterior third of the head,

its diameter 3 times in length of snout, 23 to 3 times in inter-

orbital width. Dorsal 19-20, } length of anal, originating twice

as far from the end of the snout as from the base of the caudal.

Anal 35-37, originating considerably in advance of dorsal (its 9th

ray corresponding to the first dorsal ray), and equally distant from

head and base of caudal. Pectoral 2 length of head, ventral 2.

Caudal rather small, scaled at the base, with rounded lobes.

Caudal peduncle 2 to 23 as long as deep, 4 to 3 length of head.

80-98 scales in the lateral line, ae in a transverse line on the body,

18-19 in a transverse line between dorsal and anal, 16 round

caudal peduncle. Pale brown, speckled with darker.

Total length 145 millim.

Lower Congo.

7. MORMYROPS MASUIANUS.

Mormyrops masuianus, Bouleng. Ann. Mus. Congo, Zool. i. 1898,

p. 4, pl. i. fig. 1.

Depth of body 6 times in total length, length of head 43.

Head 13 as long as deep, with straight, declivous upper profile ;

snout rounded, projecting a little beyond the mouth; width of

mouth a little greater than length of snout; teeth truncate, 12 in

the upper jaw, 14 in the lower; eye very small, situated in the

anterior third of the head, its diameter 3 times in length of snout

or interorbital width. Dorsal 30, 4 length of anal, originating

12 as far from the end of the snout as from the base of the caudal.

Anal 40, originating a little in advance of dorsal (its 7th ray

corresponding to the first dorsal ray), and slightly nearer head

than base of caudal. Pectoral 3 length of head, ventral 4.

Caudal rather small, densely scaled, with rounded lobes. Caudal

1898.] OF THE FAMILY MORMYRIDZ. 785

peduncle 23 as long as deep, } length of head. 93 scales in the

lateral line, = in a transverse line on the body, 21 in a transverse

line between dorsal and anal, 18 round caudal peduncle. Pale

brownish.

Total length 410 millim.

Upper Congo.

8. MorMYROPS SIRENOIDES.

Mormyrops sirenoides, Bouleug. Ann. Mus. Congo, Zool. i. 1898,

p- 4, pl. i. fig. 2.

Depth of body 7 times in total length, length of head 6. Head

14 as long as deep, with straight, declivous upper profile ; snout

rounded, projecting a little beyond the mouth; width of mouth

greater than length of snout; teeth truncate, 12 in each jaw; eye

very small, situated in the anterior third of the head, its diameter

3 times in length of snout, 4 times in interorbital width. Dorsal

30, 2 length of anal, originating 13 as far from the end of the

snout as from the base of the caudal. Anal 47, originating

considerably in advance of dorsal (its 14th ray corresponding to

the first dorsal ray), and at nearly equal distance from end of snout

and root of caudal. Pectoral a little more than 3 length of head,

ventral 3. Caudal small, densely scaled, with rounded lobes.

Caudal peduncle 23 as long as deep, 3 length of head. 90 scales

in the lateral line, = in a transverse line on the body, 20 in a

transverse line between dorsal and anal, 18 round caudal peduncle.

Uniform dark brown, somewhat lighter beneath.

Total length 630 millim.

Upper Congo.

9. MoRMYROPS LINEOLATUS.

Mormyrops lineolatus, Bouleng. Ann. Mus. Congo, Zool. i. 1898,

p- 5, pl. ii. fig. 2.

Depth of body 6 times in total length, length of head nearly 5

times. Head 12 as long as deep, upper profile slightly concave ;

snout rounded ; jaws equal ; width of mouth nearly equal to length

of snout ; teeth truncate, 16 in each jaw ; eye very small, situated

in the anterior third of the head, its diameter 3 times in length of

snout, 23 in interorbital width. Dorsal 29, 2 length of anal,

originating 13 as far from the end of the snout as from the base of

the caudal. Anal 48, originating considerably in advance of dorsal

(the 11th ray corresponding to the first dorsal ray), and a little

nearer head than root of caudal. Pectoral 4 length of head,

ventral not quite 3. Caudal small, densely scaled, with rounded

lobes. Caudal peduncle as long as deep, + length of head. 80

scales in the lateral line, “ in a transverse line on the body, 23 in

a transverse line between dorsal and anal, 16 round caudal

peduncle. Pale brown, with dark lines along the series of scales.

Total length 400 millim.

Upper Congo.

786 MR. G, A. BOULENGER ON THE FISHES [Nov. 15,

10. MorRMYROPS MARIA.

Mormyrus (Mormyrops) marie, Schilthuis, Tijdschr. Ned. Dierk.

Ver. (2) iii. 1891, p. 92.

Mormyrops marie, Bouleng. Ann. Mus. Congo, Zool. i. 1898, p. 3.

Depth of body 53 to 64 times in total length, length of head 4

to 5 times. Head nearly twice as long as deep, with slightly

concave upper profile; snout rounded, jaws equal; width of

mouth a little less than length of snout; teeth truncate, 14 or 16

in each jaw ; eye very small, situated in the anterior third of the

head, its diameter 3 or 4 times in length of snout, 23 to 34 times

in interorbital width. Dorsal 34-37, 3 to 4 length of anal, origi-

nating at equal distance from the head and the base of the caudal,

or a little nearer the latter. Anal 50-59, originating in advance

of dorsal (its 8th or 9th ray corresponding to the first dorsal ray),

and much nearer base of caudal than end of snout. Pectoral 4

length of head, ventral 3 to 2. Caudal very small, scaled at the

base, with rounded lobes. Caudal peduncle not longer than deep,

1 to 4 length of head. 100-105 scales in the lateral line, i in a

transverse line on the body, 28-31 in a transverse line between

dorsal and anal, 22-24 round caudal peduncle. Whitish, uniform

or finely speckled with brown.

Total length 300 millim.

Lower Congo.

11. MorMyYRops MICROSTOMA.

Mormyrops microstoma, Bouleng. Ann. Mus. Congo, Zool. i.

1898, p. 6, pl. i. fig. 3.

Depth of body 63 times in total length, length of head 42.

Head twice as long as deep, with straight upper profile; snout

rounded, projecting beyond the mouth ; width of mouth 2 length

of snout ; teeth truncate, 14 in each jaw ; eye moderate, its dia-

meter 14 in length of snout, 2 in interorbital width. Dorsal 45,

nearly ? length of anal, originating nearly twice as far from the

end of the snout as from the base of the caudal. Anal 70,

originating considerably in advance of dorsal (its 17th ray corre-

sponding to the first dorsal ray), and nearer the head than base of

caudal. Pectoral 3 length of head, ventral nearly 3. Caudal very

small, scaled at the base, with rounded lobes. Caudal peduncle

hardly as long as deep, 4 length of head. 102 scales in the lateral

line, i in a transverse line on the body, 16 in a transverse line

between dorsal and anal, 14 round caudal peduncle. Blackish

brown.

Total length 165 millim.

Upper Congo.

12. MorMYROPS ATTENUATUS.

Mormyrops attenuatus, Bouleng. Ann. Mus. Congo, Zool. i. 1898,

p- 6, pl. i. fig. 4.

Depth of body 83 times in total length, length of head 64.

1898.] OF THE FAMILY MORMYRIDE. 787

Head nearly twice as long as deep, upper profile straight, declivous ;

snout rounded, projecting a little beyond the mouth; width of

mouth 2 length of snout; teeth truncate, 12 in the upper Jaw, 14

in the lower ; eye small, situated in the anterior third of the head,

its diameter 24 times in length of snout or interorbital width.

Dorsal 43, 2 length of anal, originating a little nearer base of

caudal than head. Anal 63, originating considerably in advance of

dorsal (its 14th ray corresponding to the first dorsal ray), and at

equal distance from end of snout and base of caudal. Pectoral

a little more than length of head, ventral nearly 2. Caudal very

small, scaled at the base, with rounded lobes. Caudal peduncle

hardly as long as deep, 4 length of head. 95 scales in the lateral

ao ee 4 ; ;

line, 5 in a transverse line on the body, 18 in a transverse line

between dorsal and anal, 16 round caudal peduncle. Whitish,

finely speckled with brown.

Total length 410 millim.

Upper Congo.

2, PuTROCEPHALUS.

Petrocephalus, part., Marcusen, Bull. Ac. St. Pétersb. xii. 1854,

p- 14, and Mém. Ac. St. Pétersb. (7) vii. 1864, no. 4, p. 111.

Petrocephalus, Gill, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1862, p. 443 (1863) ;

Bouleng. Ann. Mus. Congo, Zool. i. 1898, p. 2.

Teeth in the jaws bicuspid, forming a single complete series on

the entire edge of both jaws (10-24 in the upper jaw, 18-36 in

the lower) ; minute conical teeth on the parasphenoid and on the

tongue; mouth inferior, situated below the eyes. Nostrils close

together, close to the eye. Body short; ventrals nearer pectorals

than anal. Dorsal and anal not very unequal in length. Vertebre

42 (9446+ 27-29).

Synopsis of the Species.

I. Dorsal 29-33; Anal 33-37; 12 scales round caudal

peduncle ; lat. 1. 40-50.

Width of mouth 3—} length of head; caudal peduncle

$4 length of head .......ccceesecserseerersecseesesseeteneeses 1. bane Lacép.

Width of mouth 2? length of head; caudal peduncle 3-3

length of head ..........s0scecseressecnenssecensseceecsececsecnes 2. sauvagi Blgr.

II. Dorsal 20-28.

A. 10 or 12 scales round caudal peduncle.

D. 20-25; A. 31-33 5 lat. 1. 39-40 ...........csessseseescvsee 8. bovei C. & V.

D, 21-24; A. 28-30; lat. 1. 87; 2% scales in a series

between dorsal and anal; caudal peduncle 23-3 times

as long as deep ..........sesseeeeeecececnereeseceeeseceneenvens 4, balayi Sauv.

D. 24-28; A. 30-33; lat, 1. 38-42; {7% scales in a

series between dorsal and anal; caudal peduncle 3

times as long a8 Ceep ......secseceseceesecnsessecescaneenseeees 5. simus Sauyv.

D. 27; A. 29; lat.1. 40; i scales in a series between

dorsal and anal; caudal peduncle 24 aslong as deep. 6. gliroides Vincig.

B. 16 scales round caudal peduncle.

D. 20-22; A. 25-29; lat. 1, S740 ...... ee eeeeeseeveeeee 7. catostoma Gthr.

738 MR. G, A. BOULENGER ON THE FISHES [Nov. 15,

1. PrerROCEPHALUS BANE.

Mormyrus bane, Lacép. Hist. Poiss. v. p. 620 (1803); Cuv. &

Val. xix. p. 276 (1846); Giinth. Cat. vi. p. 220 (1866).

Mormyrus cyprinoides (non L.), Geoffr. Descr. Egypte, Poiss.

p- 277, pl. viii. figs. 3 & 4 (1829).

Mormyrus dequesne, Cuv. & Val. t.c. p. 281.

? Mormyrus joannisit, Cuv. & Val. t.c. p. 282.

Mormyrus ehrenbergii, Cuv. & Val. t.c. p. 283.

Petrocephalus bane, Marcusen, Bull. Ac. St. Pétersb. xii. 1854,

p- 14, and Mém. Ac. St. Pétersb. (7) vii. 1864, no. 4, p. 146.

Petrocephalus dequesne, Marcusen, Bull. p. 14.

? Petrocephalus de joannis, Marcusen, l. c.

Petrocephalus ehrenbergii, Marcusen, |. ¢.

Depth of body 23 to 34 times in total length, length of head 32

to 4. Head as long as deep, rounded; snout very short, 4} to +

length of head, rounded, projecting beyond the mouth; mouth

situated below the eye, its width 1 to } length of head; teeth bi-

cuspid, 14-22 in the upper jaw, 22-30 in the lower; nostrils

close together, close to the eye and on a level with its lower

border; eye large, longer than the snout, at least 3 interorbital

width. Dorsal 29-33, originating above 6th to 10th ray of anal,

its length 13 to 2 in its distance from head. Anal 34-37, equally

distant from base of ventral and from base of caudal. Pectoral

pointed, # length of head, twice as long as ventral, and extending

beyond base of latter. Caudal with pointed lobes. Caudal peduncle

24 to 3 times as long as deep, ? to 4 length of head. 40-50 scales

in the lateral line, aes in a transverse line on the body, as in a

transverse line between dorsal and anal, 12 round caudal peduncle.

Silvery, greyish on the back.

Total length 195 millim.

Nile.

2. PHTROCEPHALUS SAUVAGII.

Mormyrus (Petrocephalus) sawvagti, Bouleng. Ann. & Mag. N. H.

(5) xix. 1887, p. 149.

Depth of body 3 to 34 times in total length, length of head 33

to 4. Head as long as deep, with straight, descending upper

profile ; snout very short, } to t length of head, obliquely truncate,

projecting beyond the mouth; mouth situated below the anterior

border of the eye, its width # length of head ; teeth bicuspid, 20-

24 in the upper jaw, 28-30 in the lower; nostrils close together,

close to the eye; eye large, its diameter greater than length of

snout, nearly equal to interorbital width. Dorsal 29-31, originating

above 4th or 5th ray of anal, its length a little more than half its

distance from head. Anal 35-86, equally distant from base of

ventral and base of caudal, or slightly nearer latter. Pectoral

pointed, about = length of head, twice as long as ventral, and

extending beyond base of latter. Caudal scaled at the base, with

pointed lobes. Caudal peduncle 3 times as long as deep, 3 to }

1898. ] OF THE FAMILY MORMYRID2. 789

length of head. 40-46 scales in the lateral line, su in a trans-

10-11

verse line on the body, ;,45 in a transverse line between dorsal

and anal, 12 round caudal peduncle. Plumbeous above.

Total length 190 millim.

Lower Congo, Old Calabar.

3. PETROCEPHALUS BOVEI.

Mormyrus bovei, Cuv. & Val. xix. p. 283 (1846) ; Giinth. Cat. vi.

p- 221 (1866); Steind. Sitzb. Ak. Wien, lxi. i. 1870, p. 553.

Petrocephalus bovei, Marcusen, Bull. Ac. St. Pétersb. xii. 1854,

p- 14.

Shape of head and body as in WM. bane; depth of body about 33

times in total length. Dorsal 20-25; anal 31-33. 39-40 scales

in the lateral line.

Nile, Senegal.—This species is only known to me from the

accounts given by Valenciennes and by Steindachner.

4, PrrRocEPHALUS BALAYI.

Petrocephalus balayi, Sauvage, Bull. Soc. Philom. (7) vii. 1883,

. 159.

: Mormyrus amblystoma, Giinth. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) xvii.

1896, p. 281, pl. xiv. fig. A.

Depth of body 22 times in total length, length of head 32,

Head as long as deep, with convex upper profile ; snout very short,

+ length of head, obliquely truncate, projecting beyond the mouth;

mouth situated below anterior border or centre of eye, its width 4

length of head ; teeth bicuspid, 20-24 in the upper jaw, 30-36 in

the lower ; nostrils close together, close to the eye; eye large,

its diameter greater than length of snout, $ interorbital width,

Dorsal 21-24, originating above 4th or 5th ray of anal, its length

nearly 3 its distance from head. Anal 28-30, slightly nearer

base of caudal than base of ventral. Pectoral pointed, 2

length of head, 1? length of ventral, extending beyond base of

latter. Caudal scaled at the base, with pointed lobes. Caudal

peduncle 24 to 3 times as long as deep, $ to ? length of head.

35-37 scales in the lateral line, ats in a transverse line on the

body, es in a transverse line between dorsal and anal, 10 or 12

round caudal peduncle. Brown above, silvery below ; a dark spot

at base of caudal, and another below origin of dorsal.

Total length 145 millim.

Ogowe, Congo.

5. PrTROCEPHALUS SIMUS.

Petrocephalus simus, Sauvage, Bull. Soc. Philom. (7) iii. 1878,

p. 100.

Mormyrus (Petrocephalus) simus, Sauvage, N. Arch. Mus. (2) iii.

1880, p. 51, pl. ii. fig. 3.

Mormyrus tenuicauda, Steind. Notes Leyd. Mus. xvi. 1894

p- 69, pl. iv. fig. 1.

790 MR. G. A, BOULENGER ON THE FISHES [Nov. 15,

Mormyrus simus, Giinth. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) xvii. 1896,

p. 282.

Depth of body 24 to 33 times in total length, length of head

4 to 43. Head as long as deep, with convex upper profile ; snout

very short, + length of head; obliquely truncate, projecting beyond

the mouth; mouth situated below the anterior border of the eye,

its width 4 to } length of head; teeth bicuspid, 14-18 in the

upper jaw, 20-24 in the lower; nostrils close together, in front

of the eye; eye rather large, a little longer than the snout,

% interorbital width. Dorsal 24-28, originating above 5th to 7th

ray of anal, its length 13? to 2 in its distance from head. Anal

30-33, equally distant from base of ventral and from base of

caudal. Pectoral pointed, + length of head, twice as long as

ventral, extending beyond base of latter. Caudal scaled at the

base, with pointed lobes. Caudal peduncle 3 times as long a deep,

? to 4 length of head. 38-42 weve in the lateral line, > TE mp sina

pemiecnde series on the body, + = ql in a transverse series between

dorsal and anal, 12 round caudal peduncle. Brown above, silvery

beneath ; anterior part of dorsal blackish.

Total length 120 millim.

Ogowe, Liberia.

6. PETROCEPHALUS GLIROIDES.

Mormyrus gliroides, Vincig. Ann. Mus. Genova, (2) xvi. 1897,

p. 353.

Depth of body 2% times in total length, length of head 33.

Head nearly as long % as deep; snout prominent, rounded, hardly 2 4

length of head; mouth inferior, situated below anterior third of

eye, its width + "length of head ; teeth bicuspid, 14 in the upper

Jaw, ee in the lowe er; eye moderate, slightly shorter than the

snout, + length of head, 1 interorbital width. Dorsal 27, origi-

nating “above 3rd ray of anal, at equal distance from head and

base of caudal. Anal 29, equally distant from base of ventral and

from base of caudal. Pectoral pointed, 3 length of head. Caudal

peduncle 23 as long as deep. About 40 scales in the lateral

pot Dis 12 .

line, ;; in a transverse line on the body, ;; in a transverse line

between dorsal and anal, 12 round caudal peduncle. Greyish

above, yellowish beneath.

Total length 125 millim.

Between Ganana and Lugh, Somaliland.—I am indebted to the

kindness of Prof. Gestro for the loan of the type specimen,

preserved in the Genoa Museum.

7, PHTROCEPHALUS CATOSTOMA.

Mormyrus catostoma, Giinth. Cat. vi. p. 222 (1866).

Depth of body 3 to 33 times in total length, length of head 33

to 33. Head as long as deep, with convex upper profile ; snout

very “short, + length of head, obliquely truncate, projecting beyond

1898.] OF THE FAMILY MORMYRID®. 791

the mouth ; mouth situated below the eye, its width z length of

head ; teeth bicuspid, 12-14 in the upper jaw, 18-20 in the lower;

nostrils close together, close to the eye; eye large, longer than the

snout, at least # interorbital width. Dorsal 20-22, originating

above 4th or 5th ray of anal, its length hardly half its distance

from head. Anal 25-29, equally distant from base of ventral

and from base of caudal. Pectoral pointed, nearly ? length of

head, twice as long as ventral, and extending beyond base of latter.

Caudal with pointed lobes. Caudal peduncle 23 to 3 times as long

as deep, almost as long as head. 37-40 scales in the lateral line,

9-10 - . 10-11 - A

izi5 12 a transverse line on the body, ==; in a transverse line

between dorsal and anal, 16 round caudal peduncle. Silvery,

back blackish.

Total length 55 millim.

Rovuma River and Lake Nyassa.

3. IsicHTHYS.

Isichthys, Gill, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1862, p. 444 (1863); Bouleng.

Ann. Mus. Congo, Zool. i. 1898, p. 2.

Teeth rather large, few, 5-6 in the upper jaw, 6 in the lower ;

minute conical teeth on the parasphenoid and on the tongue ;

mouth subinferior, below the level of the eye. Body much elon-

gate ; ventrals much nearer anal than pectorals. Dorsal a little

longer than anal. Vertebre 64 (26+88).

1. IsicHTHYS HENRYI.

Isichthys henry, Gill, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1862, p. 444.

Mormyrops henryi, Giinth. Cat. vi. p. 224 (1866); Hubrecht,

Notes Leyd. Mus. iii. 1881, p. 70.

Mormyrus henryi, Giinth. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (3) xx. 1867,

p- 115; Steind. Notes Leyd. Mus. xvi. 1894, p. 66.

Mormyrus cobitiformis, Peters, Sitzb. Ges. nat. Fr. Berl. 1882,

aides

Mormyrus (Isistius) henryi, Sauvage, Bull. Soc. Zool. France,

1884, p. 207, pl. vi. fig. 1.

Depth of body 10 or 11 times in total length, length of head 6

to 73 times. Head 1# to twice as long as deep; snout rounded,

3 to 7 length of head; mouth subinferior, below level of eye, its

width 7 length of head; teeth notched, 5 or 6 in the upper jaw,

6 in the lower; nostrils midway between eye and end of snout ;

eye small, hardly 4 length of snout, 4 interorbital width. Dorsal

39-50, longer than its distance from the head. Anal 38-47,

originating a little posterior to origin of dorsal. Pectoral about 3

length of head. Caudal small, with obtusely pointed lobes. Caudal

peduncle twice as long as deep, $ length of head. 120-140 scales

in the lateral line, 3 between dorsal and anal, 18-20 round caudal

peduncle. Dark brown.

Total length 205 millim.

West Africa, from Liberia to Maynmba, French Congo.

792 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE FISHES [Nov. 15,

4. MARcUSENIUS.

Petrocephalus, part., Marcusen, Bull. Ac. St. Pétersb. xii. 1854,

p. 14, and Mém. Ac. St. Pétersb. (7) vii. 1864, no. 4, p. 113.

Marcusenius, Gill, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1862, p. 129 (1863);

Bouleng. Ann. Mus. Congo, Zool. i. 1898, p. 2.

Heteromormyrus, Steind. Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xvi. 1866,

p- 765.

Teeth in the jaws small, truncate or notched, few (3-9 in the

upper jaw, 4-10 in the lower); minute conical teeth on the para-

sphenoid and on the tongue; mouth inferior or subinferior, below

the level of the eyes. Nostrils widely separated. Body short or

moderately elongate ; ventrals midway between pectorals and anal,

or nearer the former. Dorsal and anal subequal in length, or

either the longer. Vertebre 41-46 (9-12+4+4-5+4 27-30).

Synopsis of the Species.

I. Anal originating before dorsal.

A. Caudal peduncle 4 to 5 times as long as deep.

D. 22-24: A. 80-81; L.1. 62; 12 scales round caudal

Peduniclere nes easavacieeese teseaeere ee eee svt oswcherendan 1, marchit Sauv.

B. Caudal peduncle 2 to 3 times as long as deep,

surrounded by 12 scales.

D. 20; A. 25-26; Li 1. 67 ....ccccscccsecsesecerecves sees. 2. Sphecodes Sauv.

D. 15-18; A. 25-30; L. 1. 58-64 .............sesssseeeee 3. brachyhistius Gill.

DUS eels 22k as Wes D rect scc-qace-acecncersosscersesaccessne 4, kingsleye Gthr.

D. 20-21; A. 27-28; L. 1. 46-50; caudal peduncle

3 times as long a8 Ceep .......caseeeesecsccsenreeeseree 5. adspersus Gthr.

D. 20; A. 28; L. 1. 48; caudal peduncle twice as

long as deep .........+066 Me ennce sort <ansenes deaaeeee ee oe 6. Chuysii Stdr.

C. Caudal peduncle 14 as long as deep, 4 length

of head.

PD. 18; A. 23; L.1. 70; about 20 scales round caudal

PeMuncle,.........sscccrssecererssceecerseseaceserscenessere 7. pauctradiatus Stdr.

II. Dorsal originating before anal.

A. Caudal peduncle 4 times as long as deep.

D. 35; A. 30; L. 1. 55; 16 scales round caudal

peduncle .....cssesceescecceesserecsereecesceceerereceennsenses 8. plagiostoma Blgr.

B. Caudal peduncle 2 to 3 times as long as deep.

D. 38-40; A. 25-27; L. 1. 61-68; 12 scales round

caudal peduncle, which is 3 times aslong as deep... 9. wilverthi Blgr.

D. 30-36; A. 28-27; L. 1. 65-70; 14 scales round

caudal peduncle, which is twice as long as deep ... 10. discorhynchus Ptrs.

D. 35-36; A. 26; L. 1. 55-60; 12 scales round “

caudal peduncle, which is 24 as long as deep ...... 11. petherici Blgr.

D. 33; A. 28; L. 1. 60; 12 scales round caudal

peduncle, which is 3 times as long as deep ......... 12. psitéacus Blgr.

D. 17-22; A. 20-24; L. 1. 53-60; 16 scales round

Caudal Peduncle.......0...csccscsceesectecsccsonsoessscevens 13. ésidori O, & V.

1. MARcUSENIUS MARCHII.

Petrocephalus marchei, Sauvage, Bull. Soc. Philom. (7) iii. 1878,

p- 100.

1898. ] OF THE FAMILY MORMYRID&. 7938

Mormyrus marchei, Sauvage, N. Arch. Mus. (2) iii. 1880, p. 50,

pl. il. fig. 5; Giinth. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) xvii. 1896, p. 287.

Marcusenius march, Bouleng. Ann, Mus. Congo, Zool. i.

1898, p. 7.

Depth of body 33 to 4 times in total length, length of head

43 to 5. Head nearly as long as deep; snout rounded, 2 length

of head, projecting a little beyond the mouth ; latter small, inferior,

its width + length of head; teeth truncate or feebly notched, 5 in

the upper jaw, 6 in the lower; nostrils halfway between end of

snout and eye; eye moderate, } length of snout, a little more

than 4 interorbital width. Dorsal 22-24, originating above 10th

ray of anal, its length 24 in its distance from head. Anal 30-31,

13 as long as dorsal, nearer base of ventral than base of caudal.

Pectoral pointed, as long as head, twice as long as ventral, ex-

tending beyond base of latter. Caudal with pointed lobes. Caudal

peduncle 4 tv 5 times as long as deep, a little longer than head.

62 scales in the lateral line, 3 in a transverse line on the body,

= in a transverse line between dorsal and anal, 12 round caudal

peduncle. Olive-brown above, silvery beneath; head speckled

with brown.

Total length 160 millim.

Ogowe.

2. MARCUSENIUS SPHECODES.

Mormyrops sphekodes, Sauvage, Bull. Soc. Philom. (7) iii. 1878,

p. 101, and N. Arch. Mus. (2) iii. 1880, p. 55, pl. ii. fig. 4.

Mormyrus sphecodes, Giinth. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) xvii. 1896,

. 280.

. Marcusenius sphecodes, Bouleng. Ann. Mus. Congo, Zool. i.

L898) p. 7.

Depth of body equal to length of head, 5 times in total length.

Head 1{ as long as deep; snout rounded, 1 length of head;

mouth small, subinferior, its width 1 length of head; teeth small,

notched, 5in the upper jaw, 6 in the lower; nostrils on a line

with the lower border of the eye, midway between eye and end

of snout; eye small, 3 length of snout, 4 interorbital width.

Dorsal 20, originating above 5th ray of anal, not 1 as long as its

distance from the head. Anal 25-26, equally distant from base

of ventral and from base of caudal. Pectoral pointed, ? length

of head, 13 length of ventral, reaching base of latter. Caudal

with pointed lobes. Caudal peduncle 3 times as long as deep,

nearly as long as head. 67 scales in the lateral line, z in a

transverse line on the body, 2 in a transverse line between dorsal

and anal, 12 round caudal peduncle. Brown.

Total length 130 millim.

Ogowe.

3. MAROUSENIUS BRACHYHISTIUS.

Marcusenius brachyistius, Gill, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1862, p. 139,

Mormyrus brachyistius, Giinth. Cat. vi. p. 219 (1866).

Proc. Zoou, Soc.—1898, No. LIII. 53

794 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE FISHES [Nov. 15,

Mormyrus microcephalus, Giinth. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (8) xx.

1867, p. 115.

Mormyrus liberiensis, Steind. Notes Leyd. Mus. xvi. 1894,

p. 67.

Depth of body 43 to 53 times in total length, length of head

41 to 63. Head 14 to 1} as long as deep, snout convex, } to 2

length of head, shghtly projecting beyond the mouth; mouth

small, subinferior, below level of eye, its width + length of head ;

teeth small, feebly notched, 5 in the upper jaw, 6 in the lower;

nostrils nearly equally distant from end of snout and from eye,

anterior on @ level with centre of latter, posterior with lower

border ; eye small, about 3 length of snout or interorbital width.

Dorsal 15-18, hardly 3 as long as its distance from head, origi-

nating above 10th to 14th ray of anal. Anal 25-30, nearly twice

to 24 as long as dorsal, nearer base of caudal than base of ventral.

Pectoral obtusely pointed, at least 3 length of head, 13 to 12

length of ventral, reaching base of latter. Caudal densely scaled

in the basal half, with pointed lobes. Caudal peduncle 24 to

3 times as long as deep, as long as head or a little shorter.

: : : 8-10 . :

58-64 scales in the lateral line, j,4] in a transverse line on the

body, i in a transverse line between dorsal and anal, 12 round

caudal peduncle. Brown.

Total length 175 millim.

West Africa, from Sierra Leone to the Congo.

4, MARCUSENIUS KINGSLEY.

Mormyrus kingsleye, Ginth. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) xvii.

1896, p. 281, pl. xv. fig. A.

Marcusenius kingsleye, Bouleng. Ann. Mus. Congo, Zool. i.

1898, p. 7.

Depth of body 44 times in total length, length of head 5,

Head 12 as long as deep; snout convex, + length of head, slightly

projecting beyond the mouth; mouth small, subinferior, below

level of eye, its width 1 length of head; teeth feebly notched,

5 in the upper jaw, 6 in the lower; nostrils nearly equally distant

from end of snout and from eye, anterior on a level with centre of

latter, posterior with lower border; eye small, $ length of snout,

2 interorbital width. Dorsal 18, its length 3 its distance from

head, originating above 8th ray of anal. Anal 22, a little longer

than dorsal, nearer base of caudal than base of ventral. Pectoral

pointed, # length of head, 13 length of ventral, not reaching base

of latter. Caudal densely scaled in the basal half, with pointed

lobes. Caudal peduncle 24 as long as deep, ? length of head.

55 scales in the lateral line, i in a transverse line on the body,

> in a transverse line between dorsal and anal, 12 round caudal

peduncle. Brown.

Total length 100 millim.

Old Calabar.

p's

1898.] OF THE FAMILY MORMYRID#. 795

5. MARCUSENIUS ADSPERSUS.

Mormyrus adspersus, Giinth. Cat. vi. p. 221 (1866).

Marcusenius adspersus, Bouleng. Ann. Mus. Congo, Zool. i.

1898, p. 7.

Depth of body 3 times in total length, length of head 4 to 43.

Head as long as deep; snout rounded, } length of head; mouth

small, subinferior, its width 1 length of head; teeth small, notched,

7 in the upper jaw, 8 in the lower; nostrils on a line with centre

of eye, posterior close to eye ; eye moderate, as long as snout,

= interorbital width. Dorsal 20—21, originating above 9th or 10th

ray of anal, about 3 as long as its distance from head. Anal

27-28, equally distant from base of ventral and from base of

caudaJ. Pectoral as long as head, twice as long as ventral, reaching

nearly to extremity of latter. Caudal with obtusely pointed lobes.

Caudal peduncle 3 times as long as deep, nearly as long as head.

z % - 10" - ;

46-50 scales in the lateral line, ;; in a transverse line on the

0: 3

body, 0 in a transverse line between dorsal and anal, 12 round

caudal peduncle. Brown, dotted with blackish, the dots largest

on the head.

Total length 80 millim.

Lagos.

6. MARCUSENIUS LHUYSII.

Mormyrus lhuysit, Steind. Sitzb. Ak. Wien, lxi. i. 1870, p. 553,

pl. ii. fig. 3.

Marcusenius lthuysit, Bouleng. Ann. Mus. Congo, Zool. i.

1898, p. 7.

Depth of body 31 times in total length, length of head 43.

Head a little longer than deep; snout rounded, not quite 1 length

of head; mouth small, terminal, but situated below the level of

the eyes; no mental swelling; teeth small, truncate, 5 in the

upper jaw, 6 in the lower; eye as long as the snout; posterior

nostril a little lower down than upper, close to the eye. Dorsal 20,

originating above 8th ray of anal, its length 2} in its distance

from head. Anal 28, nearer base of caudal than base of ventral.

Pectoral pointed, not quite so long as head, twice as long as

ventral, extending as far as the extremity of the latter. Caudal

with rounded lobes. Caudal peduncle twice as long as deep, about

2 length of head. 48 scales in the lateral line, 12 round candal

peduncle. Greyish above, silvery beneath, spotted with brown.

Total length 75 millim.

Senegal.—Type in the Vienna Museum.

7. MARCUSENIUS PAUCIRADIATUS.

Mormyrus pauciradiatus, Steind. Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien,

xvi. 1866, p. 765, pl. xvii. fig. 2.

Mareusenius pauciradiatus, Bouleng. Ann. Mus. Congo, Zool. i.

1898, p. 7.

Depth of body equal to length of head, 4 times in total length,

53*

796 MR. G, A. BOULENGER ON THE FISHES [Nov. 15

Head 1} as long as deep; snout rounded, + length of head ;

mouth small, subterminal, but situated considerably below the

level of the eyes; no mental swelling; teeth small, notched ;

eye rather small, 3 length of snout; nostrils on a horizontal line

on a leyel with the lower border of the eye, midway between the

latter and the end of the snout. Dorsal 18, originating a little

posterior to origin of anal, its length 3 times in its distance from

head. Anal 23,a little nearer base of caudal than base of ventral.

Pectoral shorter than head, hardly reaching base of ventral.

Caudal with rounded lobes. Caudal peduncle 13 as long as deep,

1 length of head. 70 scales in the lateral line, about 20 round

caudal peduncle.

Total length 100 millim.

Angola.—Type in the Vienna Museum.

8. MARCUSENIUS PLAGIOSTOMA.

Mareusenius plagiostoma, Bouleng. Ann. Mus. Congo, Zool. i.

1898, p. 7, pl. ili. fig. 1.

Depth of body 3 times in total length, length of head 5. Head

as long as deep, with slightly concave upper profile ; snout } length

of head; mouth inferior, below anterior border of eye, its width

1 length of head ; teeth very small, feebly notched, 9 in the upper

jaw, 10 in the lower ; nostrils on a line with lower border of eye,

posterior close to the eye; eye moderate, as long as snout,

interorbital width. Dorsal 35, as long as its distance from head.

Anal 30, originating below 12th ray of dorsal, equally distant

from base of ventral and from base of caudal. Pectoral pointed,

as long as head, 13 length of ventral, reaching beyond base of

latter. Caudal peduncle 4 times as long as deep, ; length of

5 3 15: 2

head. 55 scales in the lateral line, 5; in a transverse line on the

body, a in a transverse line between dorsal and anal, 16 round

caudal peduncle. Pale brownish above.

Total length 170 millim.

Lower Congo.

9. MAROCUSENIUS WILVERTHI.

Mareusenius wilverthi, Bouleng. Ann. Mus. Congo, Zool. i. 1898,

p. 8, pl. iv. fig. 1.

Depth of body 24 to 3 times in total length, length of head

43 to 5; back gibbose and keeled, with convex outline in front of

the dorsal and concave outline on the nape. Head as long as

deep, with convex upper and concave lower profile; snout short,

2 to 4 length of head ; mouth terminal or subinferior, its width

2 to 4 length of head, much below the level of the eyes; chin

with a strong globular swelling ; teeth extremely minute, almost

hidden in the thick gums, truncate or slightly notched, 3 in the

upper jaw, 6 in the lower; nostrils in the posterior half of the

snout, posterior a little lower down than anterior, which is on a

1898. ] OF THE FAMILY MORMYRIDS. 797

level with centre of eye; eye moderate, $ to ? length of snout

or interorbital width. Dorsal 38-40, 13 to 12 length of anal, its

length equalling its distance from the head. Anal 25-27, origin-

ating below 12th or 13th ray of dorsal, a little nearer base of

ventral than base of caudal. Pectoral pointed, a little shorter than

head, 13 to 12 length of ventral, extending a little beyond base of

latter. Caudal scaled in its basal two-thirds, with pointed lobes.

Caudal peduncle 3 times as long as deep, + length of head.

° ; 0-21 -

61-68 scales in the lateral line, = in a transverse line on the

12-14

body, 5; in a transverse line between dorsal and anal, 12 round

caudal peduncle. Yellowish.

Total length 260 millim.

Congo.

10. MARCUSENIUS DISCORHYNCHUS.

Mormyrus discorhynchus, Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1852, p. 275,

and Reise n. Mossamb. iv. p. 75, pl. xiv. (1868).

Marcusenius discorhynchus, Bouleng. Ann. Mus. Congo, Zool.

(111898; p.'7:

Depth of body 3 to 33 times in total length, length of head

41 to 42. Head as long as deep; snout rounded, 7 length of

head ; mouth small, subinferior, its width 1 length of head ; teeth

small, notched, 5 in the upper jaw, 6 in the lower; nostrils on a

line with the lower border of the eye, nearer the latter than the

end of the snout ; eye moderate, a little shorter than the snout,

2 interorbital width. Dorsal 30-36, its length hardly 13 in its

distance from head. Anal 23-27, originating below 10th to 12th

ray of dorsal, equally distant from base of ventral and from base

of caudal. Pectoral pointed, nearly as long as head, 13 length of

ventral, extending to base of Jatter or a little beyond. Caudal

with obtusely pointed lobes. Caudal peduncle twice as long as

deep, a little shorter than head. 65-70 scales in the lateral line,

pled in a transverse line on the body, = in a transverse line

between dorsal and anal, 14 round caudal peduncle. Dark olive

or brownish ; ventrals red.

Total length 140 millim. (grows to 260).

Lower Zambesi; Lake Nyassa.

11. MaRrovusENIUS PETHERICI.

Mormyrus discorhynchus (non Peters), Giinth. Cat. vi. p. 220

(1866).

Marcusenius petherici, Bouleng. Ann. Mus, Congo, Zool. i. 1898,

Depth of body 3 to 37 times in total length, length of head

42 to 5. Head as long as deep; snout rounded, nearly 7 length

of head mouth small, subinferior, its width + length of head;

teeth small, notched, 5 in the upper jaw, 6 in the lower ; nostrils

on a line with the lower border of the eye, nearer the latter than

798 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE FISHES [Nov. 15

the end of the snout; eye moderate, as long as snout, at least 3

interorbital width. Dorsal 35-36, a little shorter than its distance

from head. Anal 26, originating below 15th or 16th ray of

dorsal, equally distant from base of ventral and from base of

caudal. Pectoral pointed, as long as head, 13 to 13 length of

ventral, extending beyond base of Jatter. Caudal with obtusely

pointed lobes. Caudal peduncle 23 as long as deep, as long as

head. 55-60 scales in the lateral line, as in a transverse line on

the body, a in a transverse line between dorsal and anal, 12

round caudal peduncle. Silvery, brownish on the back.

Total length 210 millim.

Upper Nile.

12. MARCUSENTUS PSITTACUS.

Mormyrus psittacus, Bouleng. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) xx. 1897,

p- 427.

Marcusenius psittacus, Bouleng. Ann. Mus. Congo, Zool.

1898, p. 7.

Depth of body 33 times in total length, length of head 43.

Head as long as deep; snout rounded, } length of head; mouth

smal], terminal, below level of eye, its width } length of head ;

teeth small, notched, 3 in the upper jaw, 4 in the lower; chin

slightly swollen; nostrils on a line with centre of eye, nearer

latter than end of snout; eye rather large, slightly longer than

snout, equal to interorbital width. Dorsal 33, as long as its

distance from the head. Anal 28, originating below 138th ray of

dorsal, equally distant from base of ventral and from base of

caudal. Pectoral pointed, a little shorter than head, 13 as long

as ventral, reaching base of latter. Caudal with pointed lobes.

Caudal peduncle 3 times as long as deep, as long as head. 60

scales in the lateral line, 5 in a transverse line on the body, *

in a transverse line between dorsal and anal, 12 round caudal

peduncle. Silvery, dark grey on the back.

Total length 125 millim.

Upper Congo.

13. MARCUSENIUS IsIDORI.

Mormyrus isidori, Cuv. & Val. xix. p. 285 (1846); Giinth. Cat.

p. 221 (1866).

Petrocephalus isidori, Marcusen, Bull. Ac. St. Pétersb. xii.

1854, p. 14, and Mém. Ac. St. Pétersb. (7) vii. 1864, no. 4, p. 150,

pl. v. fig. 20.

rath aay isidori, Bouleng. Ann. Mus. Congo, Zool. i. 1898,

Pp: te

Depth of body 3 to 33 times in total length, length of head

4 to 43. Head as long as deep; snout short, rounded, + to 7

length of head, projecting beyond the mouth; mouth inferior,

just in front of vertical of anterior border of eye, its width + to 7

1898.] OF THE FAMILY MORMYRID&. 799

length of bead; teeth small, notched, 7 in the upper jaw, 8 in the

lower; anterior nostril on a line with centre of eye, halfway

. between latter and end of snout; posterior nostril close to eye,

near its lower border; eye moderate, as long as snout, about 4

interorbital width. Dorsal 17-22, originating above 3rd or 4th

ray of anal, its length 3 its distance from head. Anal 20-24,

equally distant from base of ventral and from base of caudal.

Pectoral pointed, as long as head, nearly 23 as long as ventral,

extending almost as far as extremity of latter. Caudal with

pointed lobes. Caudal peduncle 23 to 3 times as long as deep,

a little shorter than head. 53-60 scales in the lateral line, oe

transverse line on the body, aa in a transverse line between

dorsal and anal, 16 round caudal peduncle. Silvery.

Total length 90 millim.

Nile.

ina

5. STOMATORHINUS.

Stomatorhinus, Bouleng. Ann. Mus. Congo, Zool. i. 1898, p. 9.

Teeth in the jaws bicuspid, few (7-10 in the upper jaw, 8-10

in the lower); minute conical teeth on the parasphenoid and

on the tongue; mouth inferior, considerably in advance of the

eyes. Nostrils widely separated, superposed, the lower close to

the mouth. Body short; ventrals nearer pectorals than anal.

Dorsal and anal subequal in length. Vertebre 39 (14+25).

1. STOMATORHINUS WALKERI.

Mormyrus walkeri, Giinth. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (3) xx. 1867,

p- 116, pl. ii. fig. C.

Petrocephalus affinis, Sauvage, Bull. Soc. Philom. (7) iii. 1878,

SMa is

Mormyrus affinis, Sauvage, N. Arch. Mus. (2) iii. 1880, p.52, pl. 11.

fig. 2; Giinth. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) xvii, 1896, p. 283.

Stomatorhinus walkeri, Bouleng. Ann. Mus. Congo, Zool. i,

1898, p. 9.

Depth of body 34 to 3% times in total length, length of head 33.

Head 14 as long as deep; snout rounded, z length of head ;

mouth small, its width + length of head; 10 teeth in either

jaw; eye moderate, 3 length of snout, 3 interorbital width.

Dorsal 19-20, a little more than 3 as long as its distance from

head. Anal 23-25, a little nearer base of caudal than base of

ventral, originating a little in advance of dorsal. Pectoral pointed,

about 2 length of head, 13 length of ventral, extending beyond

base of latter. Caudal with rounded lobes. Caudal peduncle

22 as long as deep, § length of head. 50—53 scales in the lateral

. —' . : 10 - .

line, me in a transverse line on the body, ;, im a transverse line

between dorsal and anal, 16 round caudal peduncle. Brown.

Total length 90 millim.

Ogowe.

800 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE FISHES (Nov. 15,

2. STOMATORHINUS MICROPS.

Stomatorhinus microps, Bouleng. Ann. Mus. Congo, Zool. i. 1898,

p- 9, pl. iv. fig. 2.

Depth of body 4 to 4% times in total length, length of

head 4. Head 17 to 13 as long as deep; snout rounded, 3 to 7

length of head; mouth small, its width } to 1 length of head ; 7

teeth in the upper jaw, 8 in the lower; eye extremely small.

Dorsal 18-20, about 3 as long as its distance from head. Anal

20-22, nearer base of caudal than base of ventral. Pectoral

obtusely pointed, $ length of head, 13 length of ventral, extending

beyond base of latter. Caudal with rounded lobes. Caudal

peduncle twice as long as deep, about 3 length of head. 48-50

: : 7-8 : : 8

scales in the lateral line, ;,; in a transverse line on the body, sy

in a transverse line between dorsal and anal, 16 round caudal

peduncle. Colourless.

Total length 90 millim.

Lower Congo.

6. Myomyrts.

Myomyrus, Bouleng. Ann. Mus. Congo, Zool. i. 1898, p. 9.

5 or 6 conical teeth’ in the upper jaw, 6 compressed teeth in

the lower jaw, median pair very large and incisor-like; mouth

inferior, anterior to the eyes. Nostrils close together, distant from

the eye. Body short: ventrals nearer pectorals thananal. Dorsal

much longer than anal. Vertebre 50 (144+4+32).

1. MyoMYRUS MACRODON.

Myomyrus macrodon, Bouleng. |. c. p. 10, pl. vii. fig. 1.

Depth of body equal to length of head, 43 to 45 times in total

length. Head 11 to 1} as long as deep, with slightly concave

upper profile; snout short, 2? length of head, strongly project-

ing beyond the mouth; mouth small, its width 4 length of

head ; nostrils below level of eye, nearer end of snout than eye ;

eye very small, } interorbital width. Dorsal 41-42, slightly

longer than its distance from end of snout. Anal 30, originating

below 13th ray of dorsal, a little nearer base of caudal than base

of ventral. Pectoral obtusely pointed, $ length of head, 13 length

of ventral, reaching base of latter. Caudal scaled, with rounded

lobes. Candal peduncle 3 times as long as deep, 2 length of head.

E ’ 2) :

88-90 scales in the lateral line, a in a transverse line on the

body, = in a transverse line between dorsal and anal, 20 round

caudal peduncle. Pale brownish above, whitish below.

Total length 240 millim.

Lower Congo.

1 Through a sciagraph for which I am indebted to Messrs. Gardiner and

Green, I have ascertained that the upper teeth are by no means so minute as

they look in the undissected specimen, where nothing but their small points

project trom the thick lips.

1898.] OF THE FAMILY MORMYRID2#. 801

7. GNATHONEMUS.

Mormyrops, part., Marcusen, Bull. Ac. St. Pétersb. xii. 1854,

p- 14, and Mém. Ac. St. Pétersb. (7) vii. 1864, no. 4, p. 113.

Gnathonemus, Gill, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1862, p. 443; Bouleng.

Ann. Mus. Congo, Zool. i. 1898, p. 2.

Campylomormyrus, Bleek. Versl. Ak. Amsterd. (2) viii. 1874,

p- 367.

Teeth in the jaws small, conical, truncate, or notched, few (3-7

in the upper jaw, 4-10 in the lower) ; minute conical teeth on the

parasphenoid and on the tongue; mouth terminal (not below the

level of the lower border of the eye in the short-snouted forms).

Nostrils moderately far apart, remote from the eye. Body

moderately elongate ; ventrals equally distant from pectorals and

from anal, or nearer the former. Dorsal and anal not very unequal

in length. Vertebre 45-48 (12-13+4-8+ 27-30).

Synopsis of the Spectres.

I. Snout shorter than postocular part of head.

A. Anal originating more or less in advance

of dorsal.

1. Dorsal 18-25.

a. Teeth notched.

D. 18-20; A. 26-28; no mental appendage or

swelling ; lat. 1. 51-56: 12 scales round caudal

EMU NCLOM pare set aeasohe nse ov scigacdacsis sas onceaces aeete es 1. niger Gthr.

D. 22; A. 28; skin with a long pointed dermal

Bppendages label OS s-c.cucescocsesacscsctcssasetsas

D. 20-25; A. 25-29; chin with a globular

swelling; lat. 1. 483-49; 8 scales round caudal

. longibarbis Hilg.

EAU GO ot dase fen < op bopeaae-steecicust seas seGeceestsonae es 3. moortt Gthr.

D. 22; A. 28; chin with a globular swelling ; lat.

1. 65; 12 scales round caudal peduncle ...........- 4. livingstonti Blgr.

D. 23; A. 34; chin with a globular swelling ; lat.

1. 58 ; 12 scales round caudal pedunele............ 5. bentleyi Blgr.

6. Teeth conical.

D. 23-24; A. 28-32; chin with a globular swelling;

lat. 1. 56-62 ; 14-16 scales round caudal peduncle. 6. macrolepidotus Ptrs.

2. Dorsal 26-33.

a. Teeth conical or truncate ; a globular

mental swelling.

D. 26-28; A. 382-35; lat. 1.70-86; 16 scales round

caudalipedtnele..ose.sccsnseccssenpatsasscea--sesr-eecry 7. cyprinoides L.

D. 26-28; A. 31-36; lat. 1. 66-72; 12 scales round

Caudal peduncles -ssssqsesesesie- seen sateen sa ceaesalea- 8. senegalensis Stdr.

D. 28-31; A. 37-40; lat.1.70-80; 12 scales round

Cand alspedUnCle tars ceas4- cesar aoemsisens anes sees te 9. stanleyanus Blgr.

b. Teeth notched.

D. 29-33; A. 36; chin with a globular swelling ;

lat. 1. 84-85; 12 scales round caudal peduncle. 10. mento Blgr.

D. 29-30; A. 36-38; chin with a short dermal

appendage, as long as the eye; lat. 1. 78-80; 12

scales round caudal peduncle ...............4.-.2:065 11. monteirt Gthr.

D. 27-29; A. 34-38; chin with a long dermal

appendage, a little longer than the snout ; lat. 1.

63-70; 8 scales round caudal peduncele............ 1

. petersii Gthr.

802 MR. G, A. BOULENGER ON THE FISHES [Nov. 15,

B. Dorsal originating a little in advance of

anal,

D. 28; A. 30; chin with a globular swelling; lat.

1,55; 12 scales round caudal peduncle............ 13. usshert Gthr.

D. 35; A. 31; chin with a short dermal appendage ;

lat. 1. 80; 8 scales round caudal peduncle......:.. 14. greshoffi Schilth.

II. Snout much longer than postocular part of

head, tubiform; lower jaw with a dermal

appendage.

A. 12 scales round caudal peduncle,

D. 26-30; A. 30-33; length of snout 4-5 times

its least depth ; mental appendage about as long

erblie Oye ascage casa hives of Rcmeceewanah. caakebetes Wes 15. tamandua Gthr.

D. 34; A. 35; length of snout 3 times its least

depth ; mental appendage # length of snout...... 16. mirus Blgr.

D. 33; A. 34-86; snout directed downwards at

right angles to the outline of the pectoral region,

its length 3-4 times its least depth; mental

appendage not longer than eye ................00008 17. elephas Blgr.

B. 16-18 scales round caudal peduncle;

mental appendage short.

D. 28-31; A. 31-385; snout strongly curved, its

length 53-7 times its least depth.................004- 18. rhynchophorus Blzgr.

D. 32; A. 36; snout strongly curved, its length

12 times its least depth...............cesecsecsseceeeees 19. curvirostris Blgr.

D, 32; A. 36; snout feebly curved, its length 20

timesiits least depth .......0.c-cisesccsenerseos essences. 20. numenius Bigr.

1. GNATHONEMUS NIGER.

Mormyrus niger, Giinth. Cat. vi. p. 219 (1866).

Gnathonemus niger, Bouleng. Ann. Mus. Congo, Zool. i. 1898,

p- 10.

Depth of body 33 to 3% times in total length, length of head 5.

Head as long as deep, with convex upper profile; snout very

short, + length of head: mouth on a level with the lower

border of the eye; no mental swelling ; teeth small, notched, 5 in

the upper jaw, 8 in the lower; eye rather small, slightly shorter

than the snout, 4 to 2 interorbital width. Dorsal 18-20,

originating above 9th or 10th ray of anal, its length 2 to 23 times

in its distance from head. Anal 26-28, nearer base of caudal

than base of ventral. Pectoral a little longer than head, at

least twice as long as ventral, extending almost to extremity of

latter. Caudal densely scaled in its basal third, with obtusely

pointed lobes. Caudal peduncle twice as long as deep, ? to 4

length of head. 51-56 scales in the lateral line, is in a trans-

verse line on the body, as in a transverse line between dorsal and

anal, 12 round caudal peduncle. Blackish brown.

Total length 115 millim.

Gambia.

2. GNATHONEMUS LONGIBARBIS.

Mormyrus longibarbis, Hilgend. Sitzb. Ges. nat. Fr. Berl. 1888,

p- 78.

1898.] OF THE FAMILY MORMYRID. 803

Gnathonemus longibarbis, Bouleng. Ann. Mus. Congo, Zool. i.

1898, p. 10.

Chin with a very long pointed dermal appendage, its length

nearly equal to that of the snout. Dorsal 22; anal 28; pectoral

% length of head. Lat. 1. 58; 1. tr. =

Victoria Nyanza.—Type in Berlin Museum; insufficiently

described.

3. GNATHONEMUS MOORII.

2? Mormyrus, sp. n., Heuglin, Sitzb. Ak. Wien, ix. 1852, p. 920,

pl. lx. fig. 1.

? Petrocephalus pictus, Marcusen, Mém. Ac. St. Pétersb. (7) vii.

1864, p. 153.

Mormyrus moorii, Giinth. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (3) xx. 1867,

p. 116.

Mormyrus lepturus, Giinth. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1871, p. 670, pl. Ixix.

fig. B, and Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xvii. 1896, p. 280.

Mormyrus grandisquamis, Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1876, p. 250,

pl. —. fig. 3; Schilth. Tijdschr. Nederl. Dierk. Ver. (2) iii. 1891,

p- 84.

Gnathonenus moorit, Bouleng. Ann. Mus. Congo, Zool. i. 1898

p. 10.

Depth of body 31 to 33 times in total length, length of head 4

to 43. Head as long as deep or slightly longer than deep, with

curved upper profile; snout short, about 3} length of head ;

mouth on a level with the lower border of the eye; a dermal

swelling on the chin; teeth small, notched, 5 in the upper jaw

6 in the lower; eye moderate, $ to ? length of snout, about

interorbital width. Dorsal 20-25, originating above 4th to 6th

ray of anal, its length 2 to 23 times in its distance from the head.

Anal 25-29, equally distant from base of ventral and base of caudal,

or nearer the latter. Pectoral as long as head, twice as long as

ventral, extending beyond base of latter. Caudal densely scaled in

its anterior third, with pointed lobes. Caudal peduncle 22 to 3

times as long as deep, a little shorter than head. 43-49 scales in

the lateral line, a in a transverse line on the body, i in a trans-

verse line between dorsal and anal, 8 round caudal peduncle.

Brownish, with a dark brown vertical band from the anterior rays

of the dorsal to the anterior rays of the anal.

Total length 150 millim.

Gaboon, Ogowe, Congo; Upper Nile (?).

niK

4, GNATHONEMUS LIVINGSTONII, sp. n.

Depth of body 33 times in total length, length of head 42,

Head nearly as long as deep, with curved upper profile ; snout 2

length of head; mouth small; chin with a globular dermal ap-

pendage ; teeth small, bicuspid, 5 in the upper jaw, 6 in the

lower; eye small, 3 length of snout, 2 interorbital width. Dorsal

22, originating above 10th ray of anal, its length 24 in its distance

804 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE FISHES [Nov. 15,

from head. Anal 28, equally distant from base of ventral and

from base of caudal. Pectoral obtusely pointed, 3 length of head,

twice length of ventral, reaching a little beyond base of latter.

Caudal with obtusely pointed lobes. Caudal peduncle 3 times as

long as deep, a little shorter than head. 65 scales in the lateral

line, = in a transverse line on the body, = in a transverse line

between dorsal and anal, 12 round caudal peduncle. Silvery,

brownish on the back; a dark brown vertical bar on the body

below origin of dorsal.

Total length 83 millim. k

R. Rovuma. A single young specimen collected by C. Living-

stone.

5. GNATHONEMUS BENTLEYI.

Mormyrus bentleyi, Bouleng. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xx.

1897, p. 426.

Gnathonemus bentleyi, Bouleng. Ann. Mus. Congo, Zool, i. 1898,

p. 10.

Depth of body equal to length of head, 5 times in total length.

Head 17 as long as deep, upper profile slightly concave above the

eye; snout + length of head; mouth on a line with lower

border of eye, its width 1 length of head; teeth moderately

large, notched, 7 in the upper jaw, 10 in the lower; chin strongly

swollen; eye moderate, } length of snout, 2 interorbital width.

Dorsal 23, originating above 5th ray of anal, its length twice in

its distance from head. Anal 34, nearer base of caudal than base

of ventral. Pectoral pointed, almost as long as head, nearly twice

as long as ventral, extending beyond base of latter. Caudal

densely scaled, with pointed lobes. Caudal peduncle 3 times as

long as deep, almost as long as head. 58 scales in the lateral line,

* in a transverse line on the body, bs in a transverse line between

dorsal and anal, 12 round caudal peduncle. Dark olive.

Total length 270 millim.

Upper Congo.

6. GNATHONEMUS MACROLEPIDOTUS.

Mormyrus macrolepidotus, Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1852, p. 275;

Giinth. Cat. vi. p. 219 (1866); Peters, Reise n. Mossamb. iv.

p- 79, pl. xv. fig. 1 (1868).

Mormyrops macrolepidotus, Marcusen, Mém. Ac. St. Pétersb. (7)

vu. 1864, no. 4, p. 142.

Gnathonemus macrolepidotus, Bouleng. Ann. Mus. Congo, Zool.

i. 1898, p. 10.

Depth of body 3} to 4 times in total length, length of head 42

to 5. Head nearly as long as deep, with curved upper profile ;

snout z length of head; chin with a globular dermal appen-

dage ; teeth minute, conical, 3 or 5 in the upper jaw, 6 in the

lower; eye moderate, 3 to ? length of snout, 4 interorbital

1898.] OF THE FAMILY MORMYRIDA, 805

width. Dorsal 23-24, originating above 5th to 8th ray of anal,

its length about 24 in its distance from head. Anal 28-32,

a little nearer base of caudal than base of ventral. Pectoral ob-

tusely pointed, shorter than head, reaching base of ventral or a

little beyond. Caudal with obtusely pointed lobes. Caudal

peduncle 3 times as long as deep, nearly as long as head. 58-68

scales in the lateral line, pa in a transverse line on the body, a

in a transverse series between dorsal and anal, 14 or 16 round

caudal peduncle. Silvery, brownish on the back, sometimes with

brown blotches.

Reaches a length of 320 millim.

Zambezi.

7. GNATHONEMUS CYPRINOIDES.

Mormyrus cyprinoides, Linn. Mus. Ad. Frid. ii. p. 109 (1764), and

S. N. i. p. 522 (1766); Cuv. & Val. xix. p. 265 (1849); Giinth.

Cat. vi. p. 218 (1866).

Mormyrus salahie, Lacép. Poiss. v. p. 619 (1803).

Mormyrus labiatus, Geoffr. Descr. Egypte, Poiss. p. 275, pl. vii.

fig. 1 (1829); Riipp. Fortsetz. Beschr. n. Fische Nil, p. 9, pl. ii,

fig. 2 (1832).

Mormyrus elongatus, Riipp. |. ¢. fig. 1.

Mormyrus abbreviatus, Cuv. & Val. t. c. p. 270.

Mormyrops cyprinoides, Marcusen, Bull. Ac. St. Pétersb. xii.

1854, p. 14.

Mormyrops elongatus, Marcusen, |. c.

Mormyrus abbreviatus, Marcusen, |. c.

Mormyrops labiatus, Marcusen, Mém. Ac. St. Pétersb. (7) vii.

1864, no. 4, p. 137.

Gnathonemus cyprinoides, Bouleng. Ann. Mus. Congo, Zool. i.

1898, p. 11.

Depth of body 33 to 5 times in total length, length of head 43

to 54. Head slightly longer than deep, with curved upper profile ;

snout about 3 length of head; mouth small, on a line with

lower border of eye; chin with a globular dermal appendage ; teeth

minute, conical, 5 in the upper jaw, 6 in the lower ; eye moderate,

2 to 3 length of snout, 2 to 4 interorbital width. Dorsal 26-28,

originating above 6th to 9th ray of anal, its length 2 to 23 in its

distance from head. Anal 32-35", equally distant between base

of ventral and base of caudal, or a little nearer the former.

Pectoral pointed, as long as head or a little shorter, twice as

long as ventral, reaching base of latter or beyond. Caudal

sealed in its basal half, with pointed lobes. Caudal peduncle 24

to 3 times as long as deep, as long as head or a little shorter. 70

: 15-20 - 3

~—86 scales in the lateral line, ae in a transverse series on the

12-15 + : 2

body, a in a transverse series between dorsal and anal, 16 round

1 The posterior rays produced in the males (11, elongatus Ripp.).

806 MR, G. A. BOULENGER ON THE FISHES [Nov. 15,

caudal peduncle. Silvery, brownish above, uniform or with dark

blotches.

Total length 270 millim.

Nile, Congo.

8. GNATHONEMUS SENEGALENSIS.

Mormyrus senegalensis, Steind. Sitzb. Ak. Wien, lxi. i. 1870,

p. 551, pl. iv. fig. 1.

Gnathonemus senegalensis, Bouleng. Ann. Mus. Congo, Zool. i.

1898, p. 11.

Depth of body 3 to 3? times in total length, length of head 43

to 43. Head nearly as long as deep, with curved upper profile ;

snout less than } length of head; mouth small, on a line

with lower border of eye; chin with a globular dermal ap-

pendage ; teeth small, conical, 5 in the upper jaw, 6 in the lower;

eye moderate, } length of snout. Dorsal 26-28, originating above

6th ray of anal, its length twice in its distance from head. Anal

31-36, nearer base of caudal than base of ventral. Pectorai

pointed, a little shorter than head, twice as long as ventral, reach-

ing base of latter. Caudal scaled in its basal half, with pointed

lobes. Caudal peduncle 3 times as long as deep, ? length of head.

66-72 scales in the lateral line, “4 in a transverse line between

dorsal and anal, 12 round caudal peduncle. Steel-blue above,

silvery white below.

Total leneth 200 millim.

Senegal.

9. GNATHONEMUS STANLEYANUS.

Mormyrus stanleyanus, Bouleng. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) xx.

1897, p. 426.

Gnathonemus stanleyanus, Bouleng. Ann. Mus. Congo, Zool. i.

1898, pl. 11.

Depth of body 3; to 32 times in total length, length of head

41 to 5. Head little longer than deep, upper profile slightly

convex ; snout 4 length of head; mouth small, on a line with

centre of eye, its width + length of head; a globular dermal

swelling on the chin; teeth small, conical or truncate, 7 in the upper

jaw, 6 in the lower ; eye moderate, 3 length of snout, 3 to # in-

terorbital width. Dorsal 28-31, originating above 9th—-1lth ray

of anal, its length twice in its distance from head. Anal 37-40,

nearer base of caudal than base of ventral. Pectoral pointed, 4

length of head, twice as long as ventral, extending beyond base of

latter. Caudal scaled, with obtusely pointed lobes. Caudal

peduncle 3 times as long as deep, ? length of head. 70-80 scales

in the lateral line, on in a transverse line on the body, = in a

transverse line between dorsal and anal, 12 round caudal peduncle.

Silvery, dark grey on the back.

Total length 220 millim.

Congo.—The type-specimen came from Stanley Falls. I haye

examined other specimens from Matadi and Upoto.

1898.] OF THE FAMILY MORMYRID&. 807

10. GNATHONEMUS MENTO.

Mormyrus mento, Bouleng. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) vi. 1890,

p- 193; Steind. Notes Leyd. Mus. xvi. 1894, p. 72.

Gnathonemus mento, Bouleng. Ann. Mus. Congo, Zool. i. 1898,

p LL.

Depth of body 33 times in total length, length of head 5.

Head as long as deep, with strongly curved upper profile; snout

an length of head; mouth small, on a line with lower border

of eye; a strong mental swelling; teeth small, notched, 5 in

the upper jaw, 6 in the lower; eye moderate, 3 length of snout,

about § interorbital width. Dorsal 29-33, originating above

9th ray of anal, its length twice in its distance from head.

Anal 36, equally distant from base of ventral and from base of

caudal. Pectoral a little shorter than head, 13 length of ventral,

extending a little beyond base of latter. Caudal scaled in its

basal halt, with pointed lobes. Caudal peduncle nearly 4 times as

long as deep, as long as head. 84-85 scales in the lateral line,

x in a transverse line on the body, : in a transverse line between

dorsal and anal, 12 round caudal peduncle. Silvery, with fine

brown dots, which are very crowded on the head and the dorsal

and ventral lines.

Total length 190 millim.

Gaboon, Liberia.

11. GNATHONEMUS MONTEIRI.

Mormyrus monteiri, Ginth. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (4) xii. 1873,

p. 144.

Gnathonemus monteii, Bouleng. Ann. Mus. Congo, Zool. i.

1898, p. 11.

Depth of body 37 to 4 times in total length, length of head 43

to 43. Head 17 to 13 as long as’ deep, upper profile descending

in a straight or slightly convex line; snout 4 length of head;

lower jaw with a roundish, depressed dermal appendage about

as long as the eye; teeth very small, notched, 5 in the upper

jaw, 6 in the lower; eye moderate, 4 to % length of snout,

= to 2 interorbital width. Dorsal 29-30, originating above

10th to 12th ray of anal, its length twice in its distance from

head. Anal 36-38, equally distant from base of ventral and

base of caudal. Pectoral pointed, little shorter than head,

more than twice as long as ventral, extending beyond base

of latter. Caudal scaled, with pointed lobes. Caudal peduncle

3 times as long as deep, ? to 4 length of head. 78-80 scales in

the lateral line, = in a transverse line on the body, ad in a

transverse line between dorsal and anal, 12 round caudal peduncle.

Uniform silvery.

Total length 185 millim.

Angola.

808 MR. G, A, BOULENGER ON 'THE FISHES [Noy. 15,

12. GNATHONEMUS PETERSII.

Mormyrus petersii, Giinth. Arch. f. Nat. 1862, p. 64; Proc.

Zool. Soc. 1864, p. 22, pl. ii. fig. 2; Cat. vi. p, 218 (1866); and

in Petherick’s Tray. i. p. 256 (1869),

Gnathonemus petersii, Gill, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1862, p. 444.

Depth of body 32 to 4} times in total length, length of head

4} to 45. Head 13 to 1} as long as deep, upper profile descending

in a straight or slightly convex line; snout 2? length of head;

lower jaw with a cylindrical, tapering dermal appendage, a

little longer than the snout and directed forwards; teeth

very small, notched, 5 in the upper jaw, 6 in the lower; eye

moderate, about 4 length of snout, 2 to 3 interorbital width.

Dorsal 27-29, originating above 10th to 12th ray of anal,

its length nearly twice in its distance from head. Anal 34-36,

nearer base of caudal than base of ventral. Pectoral pointed,

almost as long as head, twice as long as ventral, extending beyond

base of latter. Caudal scaled, with pointed lobes. Caudal pe-

duncle 3 times as long as deep, § to 3? length of head. 63-70

‘ geet SUSI 10-1

scales in the lateral line, |=; in a transverse line on the body, at

in a transverse line between dorsal and anal, 8 round caudal

peduncle. Dark brown, with two lighter vertical bars between

dorsal and anal.

Total length 230 millim.

Old Calabar, Congo, White Nile.

13. GNATHONEMUS USSHERI.

Mormyrus ussheri, Giinth. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (8) xx. 1867,

p- 116; Steind. Notes Leyd. Mus. xvi. 1894, p. 71.

Gnathonemus usshert, Bouleng. Ann. Mus. Congo, Zool. i. 1898,

ps dk '

Depth of body 33 times in total length, length of head 42.

Head a little longer than deep, with curved upper profile ;

snout short, 7 length of head; mouth small, on a level with

lower border of eye; a globular ventral swelling; teeth small,

notched, 5 in the upper jaw, 6 in the lower; eye moderate, %

length of snout or interorbital width. Dorsal 27-28, originating

very slightly in advance of anal, its length a little less than twice

in its distance from the head. Anal 30-32, equally distant from

base of ventral and from base of caudal. Pectoral pointed, as

long as head, twice as long as ventral, extending beyond base of

latter. Caudal scaled in its anterior half, with pointed lobes.

Caudal peduncle twice as long as deep, slightly shorter than head.

eS . S 10 - :

55-57 scales in the lateral line, it in a transverse series on the

body, 3 in a transverse series between dorsal and anal, 12 round

caudal peduncle. Brown.

Total length 170 millim.

Gold Coast, Liberia.

1898.] OF THE FAMILY MORMYRID#, 809

14, GNATHONEMUS GRESHOFFI.

Mormyrus greshoffii, Schilthuis, Tijdschr. Nederl. Dierk. Ver. (2)

iii. 1891, p. 90, pl. vi. fig. 3.

Gnathonemus greshoffi, Bouleng. Ann. Mus. Congo, Zool. i. 1898,

pe id.

Depth of body 32 times in total length, length of head 42.

-Head a little longer than deep, upper profile descending in a

curve; snout 2 length of head; lower jaw with a dermal

appendage half the length of the snout; teeth very small, 3

in the upper jaw, 2 (?) in the lower; eye large, situated in

the anterior half of the head, its diameter a little greater than

the length of the snout or the interorbital width. Dorsal 35,

originating a little in advance of the anal, its length twice

in the distance from end of snout. Anal 31, nearer base of

ventral than base of caudal. Pectoral pointed, almost as long as

head, twice as long as ventral, extending beyond base of latter.

Caudal rather small, with pointed lobes. Caudal peduncle 5 times

as long as deep, as ong as head. 80 scales in the lateral line,

8 round caudal peduncle. Silvery.

Total length 108 millim.

Lower Congo.

15. GNATHONEMUS TAMANDUA.

Mormyrus tamandua, Giinth. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1864, p. 22, pl. ii.

fig. 1, and Cat. vi. p. 217 (1866).

Gnathonemus tamandua, Bouleng. Ann. Mus. Congo, Zool. i.

1898, p. 11.

Depth of body 4 to 44 times in total length, length of head 4

to 43. Upper profile of head descending ina strong curve ; snout

much prolonged, tubiform, strongly compressed, curved downwards,

its length 13 to 2 postocular part of head, and 4 to 5 times its

least depth, which nearly equals diameter of eye; latter % inter-

orbital width; lower jaw with a compressed dermal appendage

about as long as the eye; mouth very small; teeth very small,

conical, 3 in upper jaw, 4 in the lower. Dorsal 26-80, originating

above 6th to 8th ray of anal, its length 14 to 14 in its distance

from head. Anal 30-33, nearer base of caudal than base of

ventral. Pectoral obtusely pointed, 2 to 3 length of head, ventral

3 to 2; pectoral extending beyond base of ventral. Caudal densely

scaled, with pointed lobes. Caudal peduncle 33 times as long as

deep, 2 to ? length of head. 70-80 scales in the lateral line,

jg; 1 a tramsverse line on the body, ine in a transverse line

between dorsal and anal, 12 round caudal peduncle. Brownish

above.

Total length 230 millim.

Congo, Old Calabar.

Proo. Zoon. Soc.—1898, No. LIV. 54

810 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE FISHES [Noy. 15,

16. GNATHONEMUS MIRUS.

Gnathonemus mirus, Bouleng. Ann. Mus. Congo, Zool, i. 1898,

p- 11, pl. ii. fig. 2.

Depth of body 34 times in total length, length of head 4.

Upper profile of head descending in a strong curve ; snout much

prolonged, tubiform, strongly compressed, curved downwards, its

length twice postocular part of head, and 3 times its least depth,

which is twice diameter of eye ; latter 2 interorbital width ; lower

jaw with a long, compressed, attenuate dermal appendage,

measuring nearly ? length of snout; mouth very small; teeth

very small, conical, 3 in the upper jaw, 4 in the lower. Dorsal

34, originating above 4th ray of anal, its length 13 in its distance

from head. Anal 35, equally distant from base of ventral and base

of caudal. Pectoral pointed, about 2 length of head, extending

to middle of ventral, which is only 3 as long. Caudal scaled, with

obtusely pointed lobes. Caudal peduncle 3 times as long as deep,

2 length of head. 78 scales in the lateral line, x in a transverse

line on the body, a in a transverse line between dorsal and anal,

12 round caudal peduncle. Brownish above.

Total length 320 millim.

Upper Congo.

17. GNATHONEMUS ELEPHAS.

Gnathonemus elephas, Bouleng. Ann. Mus. Congo, Zool. i. 1898,

p- 12, pl. v. fig. 1.

Depth of body 32 to 3? times in total length, length of head

4 to 43. Upper profile of head descending in a very strong curve ;

snout much prolonged, tubiform, strongly compressed, directed

almost straight downwards at right angles to the outline of the

pectoral region, its length nearly twice postocular part of head,

3 to 4 times its least depth, which is 13 diameter of eye; latter 2

interorbital width; lower jaw with a short, wart-like, cylindrical,

dermal appendage as long as or a little shorter than diameter of

eye; mouth very small ; teeth very small, conical, 3 in the upper

jaw, 4 in the lower. Dorsal 33, originating above 5th ray of

anal, its Jength 14 to 12 its distance from head. Anal 34-36,

equally distant from base of ventral and base of caudal. Pectoral

pointed, little shorter than head, extending to middle or second

third of ventral, and twice as long as the latter. Caudal scaled,

with pointed lobes. Caudal peduncle 3 times as long as deep, as

long as head or a little shorter. 80 scales in the lateral line, > in

16-

; 18 : .

a transverse line on the body, j;5, in a transverse line between

dorsal and anal, 12 round caudal peduncle. Brownish above.

Total length 400 millim.

Upper Congo.

18. GNATHONEMUS RHYNCHOPHORUS. (Plate LL.)

Gnathonemus rhynchophorus, Bouleng. Ann. Mus. Congo, Zool.

i. 1898, p. 13, pl. v. fig. 2.

OF SUIMDATUS] I14)99]5] UWS

*SNUOHdOHONAHY SNWANOHLVNS

*YAVATVIIS ‘AIUIPAVY) GQ Ul

‘I ‘Id 868t ‘S°2'd

‘

— {

1898. ] OF THE FAMILY MORMYRID:E. 811

Depth of body equal to length of head, 34 to 4 times in total

length. Upper profile of head descending in a strong curve ;

snout much prolonged, tubiform, strongly compressed, curved

downwards, its length 2 to 24 postocular part of head, and 53

to 7 times its least depth, which nearly equals diameter of eye ;

latter 2 interorbital width ; lower jaw with a compressed dermal

appendage about as long as the eye; mouth very small; teeth

very small, conical, 5 in the upper jaw, 4 in the lower. Dorsal

28-31, originating above 6th or 7th ray of anal, its length 13 to 1?

in its distance from head. Anal 31-35, nearly equally distant

from base of ventral and base of caudal. Pectoral obtusely pointed,

2 length of head, ventral 3 or rather less; pectoral extending

beyond base of ventral. Caudal scaled, with pointed lobes.

Caudal peduncle 3 to 33 times as long as deep, 3 to } length of

head. 75-85 scales in the lateral line, pet in a transverse line on

the body, soe in a transverse line between dorsal and anal, 18

round caudal peduncle. Brownish, with a rather indistinct darker

vertical band between dorsal and anal.

Total length 380 millim.

Upper Congo.

19. GNATHONEMUS CURVIROSTRIS.

Gnathonemus curvirostris, Bouleng. Ann. Mus. Congo, Zool. i.

1898, p. 13, pl. vi. fig. 1.

Depth of body 43 times in total length, length of head 33. Upper

profile of head descending in a strong curve ; snout much prolonged,

tubiform, strongly compressed, curved downwards, its length 33

postocular part of head, and 12 times its least depth, which a

little exceeds diameter of eye; latter slightly more than } inter-

orbital width; lower jaw with a compressed dermal appendage

1 diameter of eye; mouth very small; teeth very small, conical,

3 in the upper jaw, 4 in the lower. Dorsal 32, originating above

10th ray of anal, its length 14 in its distance from head. Anal

36, equally distant from base of ventral and base of caudal.

Pectoral pointed, 34 length of head, ventral nearly 7, pectoral

extending beyond base of ventral. Caudal scaled, with pointed

lobes. Caudal peduncle 4 times as long as deep, more than 3 length

of head. 90 scales in the lateral line, s in a transverse line on the

body, a in a transverse line between dorsal and anal, 16 round

caudal peduncle. Pale brownish above, whitish below.

Total length 370 millim.

Lower Congo.

20. GNATHONEMUS NUMENIUS.

Gnathonemus numenius, Bouleng. Ann. Mus. Congo, Zool. i.

1898, p. 14, pl. vi. fig. 2.

Depth of body 42 to 5 times in total length, length of head 22

to 21. Upper profile of head convex; snout produced in an

54*

812 MR, G, A. BOULENGER ON THE FISHES [Nov. 15,

extremely Jong, compressed tube, feebly curved downwards, its

length 5 to 53 times postocular part of head, and 20 times its least

depth, which equals diameter of eye; latter 2 interorbital width ;

lower jaw with a compressed dermal appendage nearly as long as

the eye; mouth very small; teeth very small, 7 in the upper jaw,

4 or 6 in the lower. Dorsal 32, originating above 8th or 9th ray

of anal, its length 1? in its distance from head. Anal 36, equally

distant from base of ventral and base of caudal. Pectoral pointed,

3 length of head, almost twice as long as ventral, and extending

almost to the extremity of the latter. Caudal scaled, with obtusely

pointed lobes. Caudal peduncle 3 times as Jong as deep, not quite

3 length of head; 79-81 scales in the lateral line, spin a transverse

line on the body, ms in a transverse line between dorsal and anal,

16 round caudal peduncle. Pale brownish above, whitish beneath.

Total length 610 millim.

Upper Congo.

8. MorMynrts.

Mormyrus, part., Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 522 (1766), et auctor.

Scrophicephalus, Swains. Nat. Hist. Fish. ii. p. 187 (1839).

Mormyrus, Mormyrodes, Gill, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1864, p. 139.

Solenomormyrus, Bleek. Versl. Ak. Amsterd. (2) viii. 1874,

. 368.

P Mormyrus, Bouleng. Ann. Mus. Congo, i. 1898, p. 2.

Teeth in the jaws small, notched, few (5-8 in the upper jaw,

8-12 in the lower); minute conical teeth on the parasphenoid and

on the tongue; mouth terminal. Nostrils moderately far apart,

remote from the eye. Body moderately elongate ; ventrals equally

distant from pectorals and from anal, or nearer the former.

Dorsal much elongate, at least 23 as long as anal. Vertebre 49-

54 (12-134 7-10+30-31).

Synopsis of the Species.

I. Snout not more than 3 length of head.

A. Dorsal originating in advance of base of

ventral ; pectoral rounded.

D. 70; A. 18; caudal peduncle twice as long as

deep, 3 length of head; pectoral 3 length of

head

OO ee re te ee re ee hn

. hasselquisti Geoftr,

length ofgnendiy.-nsscesase sc cccsssatsaaweitentess: cceops 2. anchiete Guim.

D. 70; A. 20; caudal peduncle 13 as long as deep,

2 length of head ; pectoral a little more than 3

lenethigaibead cvatetaan cnecere os .cccesstnereccsergsce 3. guentheri Blgr.

B. Dorsal originating above base of ventral:

pectoral pointed, at least ? length of head ;

caudal peduncle 23 as long as deep, 3-4

length of head.

D. 65; A. 21; eye nearly as long as snout ......... 4. macrophthalmus Gthr.

D. 53; A. 28; eye 3 length of snout 5. ovis Bler.

ee eee eee eee

1898. ] OF THE FAMILY MORMYRID. 813

IL. Snout at least 2 length of head.

A. Dorsal originating above or in advance of base

of ventral.

1, Caudal peduncle 1$ to 2} times as long as

deep, at least nearly } length of head.

a. Dorsal 80-87 ; anal 17-20.

a. Pectoral pointed, more than } length

of head.

Length of head not greater than depth of body;

upper profile ot head a continuous descending

straight line or feeble curve ; 26-30 scales round

caudal pedunele, which is twice as long as deep

mnUeerenoth OF WERE | oa..ccuscssedadensevercacenssren= 6. caschive Hasselq.

Length of head greater than depth of body; snout

with slightly concave upper profile .................. 7. niloticus Bl. Schn,

Length of head not greater than depth of body,

upper profile a continuons descending curve ;

caudal peduncle more than twice as long as deep.

B. Pectoral rounded, 4 length of head ;

upper profile of head descending in a

ptraight,linGycas.<ssso.cteampeceeteare assy 9. rume C. & V.

6. Dorsal 58-78.

D. 71-78, 5-5} times as long as anal; A. 18-20;

pectoral pointed, 3-3 length of head ; 22-26 scales

round caudal peduncle............scccsessseeecerserees 10. longirostris Ptrs.

D. 58-66, 4-44 times as long as anal; A. 18-21;

pectoral pointed, 3-3 length of head ; 26-28 scales

round caudal peduncle .............seseseseeeeccnseeees 11.

ie.)

. jubelini C. & V.

—

kannume Forsk.

D. 62, 3 times as long as anal; A. 23; pectoral

rounded, hardly 3 length of head ; 12 scales round

Caudal peduncles. .......-..ccc.ccvsqseceevacsvcosveccesne 12.

2, Caudal peduncle 14 as long as deep, } length

of head ; D. 75, nearly 5 times as long as

anal; A. 19; pectoral pointed, nearly 4

length of head; 18 scales round caudal

IGGUNT OEY -oreer ccrmesccpccocsaerneconocce sce 13. proboscwostr:. Blgr.

B. Dorsal 60, originating further back than

Ventral svaral (20M... 2: .sscccderscewscsoensceeces 14. tenuirostris Ptrs.

caballus Blgr.

1. MorMYRUS HASSELQUISTI.

Mormyrus herse (non Sonnini), Lacép. Hist. Poiss. v. p.620 (1803).

Mormyrus caschive (non Hasselq.), Geoffr. Descr. Egypte, Poiss.

p- 273, pl. vi. fig. 2 (1829).

Mormyrus hasselquistii, Cuv. & Val. xix. p. 253 (1846) ; Mar-

cusen, Mém. Ac. St. Pétersb. (7) vii. 1864, no. 4, p. 130.

Depth of body nearly equal to length of head, 4 times in total

length. Head 12 as long as deep, with curved upper profile ; snout

4 as long as postorbital part of head, projecting a little beyond

the mouth ; teeth small, notched; eye moderate, its diameter 24

in length of snout. Dorsal 70, originating in advance of ventral,

twice as far from base of caudal as from end of snout, 53 times as

long as anal. Anal 18, originating nearer base of caudal than

base of pectoral. Pectoral rounded, 4 length of head, ventral 3.

814 MR. G, A. BOULENGER ON THE FISHES [Nov. 15,

Caudal with obtusely pointed lobes. Caudal peduncle twice as

long as deep, nearly 3 length of head. About 100 scales in the

lateral line, 26 round caudal peduncle. Plumbeous or olive above,

dorsal with oblique dark streaks.

Total length 350 millim.

Nile.—This description is drawn up from the figure in the

‘ Description de Egypte’ and the account given by Valenciennes.

2. MorMYRUS ANCHIETE.

Mormyrus anchiete, Guimaraes, Jorn. Sc. Lisb. x. 1884, p. 4,

pl. i. fig. 3.

Depth of body 43 to 53 times in total length, length of head 4

to 43. Head 11 as long as deep, with curved upper profile ;

snout about 3 as long as postorbital part of head: chin swollen,

rather prominent; teeth small, notched, 7 in the upper jaw,

10 in the lower; eye moderate, its divmbter about 3 length

of snout. Dorsal 62-66, originating in advance of ventral, twice

as far from end of snout as from extremity of caudal, 4 times as

long as anal. Anal 18-20, originating nearer base of caudal than

base of pectoral. Pectoral rounded, nearly ¥ length of head,

ventral 2. Caudal densely scaled, with pointed lobes. Caudal

peduncle twice as long as deep, nearly 3 length of head. 86 scales

in the lateral line, 30 in a transverse series on the body, 20 or 22 (?)

round caudal peduncle. Brownish above, silvery beneath; a

whitish streak along the lateral line.

Total length 330 millim.

Cunene and Caconda, Angola.—Type in Lisbon Museum.

The insufficiently characterized Mormyrus lacerde, Castelnau,

Poiss. Afr. Austr. p. 61 (1861), from Lake N’gami, may be

identical with this species. D.72; A.19. Upper surface of

head and anal fin blackish.

3. MorMYRUS GUENTHERI, sp. n.

Mormyrus hasselquistti (non C. & V.), Giinth. Cat. vi. p. 217

(1866).

Depth of body 53 times in total length, length of head =

Head 13 as long as ” deep, with curved upper profile; snout 3

long as “postorbital part of head, projecting a little beyond She

mouth ; width of mouth 3 length of snout; teeth small, notched,

8 in the upper jaw, 12 in the lower; eye moderate, its diameter 4

length of snout or interorbital width. Dorsal 70, originating in

advance of ventral, nearly twice as far from base of caudal as from

end of snout, 43 times as long as anal. Anal 20, originating

nearer base of caudal than base of pectoral. Pectoral rounded, a

little more than 3 length of head, ventral 2. Caudal with obtusely

pointed lobes. Caudal peduncle 13 as long as deep, 2 length of

head. 98 scales in the lateral ithe. i in a transverse series on the

1898.] OF THE FAMILY MORMYRIDZ. 815

body, 30 in a transverse series between dorsal and anal, 30 round

caudal peduncle. Brownish.

Total length 185 millim.

West Africa.

4, MorMYRUS MACROPHTHALMUS.

Mormyrus macrophthalmus, Giinth. Cat. vi. p. 217 (1866).

Depth of body nearly 5 times in total length, length of head 6.

Head scarcely longer than deep, with strongly curved upper profile;

snout short, 3 as long as postorbital part of head, projecting a

little beyond the mouth ; teeth very small, feebly notched, 7 in

the upper jaw, 8 in the lower; eye large, in the anterior half of

the head, nearly as long as the snout, 14 interorbital width.

Dorsal 65, originating slightly in advance of ventral, twice as far

from base of caudal as from end of snout, 43 times as long as anal,

Anal 21, originating a little nearer base of caudal than end of

snout. Pectoral pointed, as long as the head, ventral 7. Caudal

with long pointed lobes, as long as head. Caudal peduncle 23 as

long as head, 4 length of head. 98 scales in the lateral line, a in

a transverse series on the body, 23 in a transverse series between

dorsal and anal, 12 round caudal peduncle.

Total length 290 millim.

West Africa.

5. MorMyarvs ovis.

Mormyrus ovis, Bouleng. Ann. Mus. Congo, Zool. i. 1898, p. 15,

pl. vil. fig. 2.

Depth of body 4 times in total length, length of head 43.

Head 13 as long as deep, with strongly curved upper profile ;

snout short, # postorbital part of head; teeth very small,

notched, 5 in the upper jaw, 8 in the lower; eye moderate,

% length of snout, $ interorbital width. Dorsal 53, originating

above base of ventral, a little longer than its distance from the

end of the snout, 23 as long as anal. Anal 23, originating a little

nearer head than base of caudal. Pectoral obtusely pointed, ?

length of head, ventral 2. Caudal with obtusely pointed lobes, as

long as head. Caudal peduncle 23 as long as deep, 2? length of

head. 92 scales in the lateral line, “in a transverse series on the

body, 29 in a transverse series between dorsal and anal, 16 round

caudal peduncle. Pale brownish.

Total length 290 millim.

Upper Congo.

6. MorMyRUs CASCHIVE.

Mormyrus caschive, Hasselq. Iter Palest. p. 398 (1757); Cuv:

& Val. xix. p. 227 (1846); Marcusen, Mém. Ac. St. Pétersb. (7)

vii. 1864, no. 4, p. 120; Giinth. Cat. vi. p. 215 (1866).

Mormyrus longipinnis, Riipp. Fortsetz. Beschr. n. Fische Nil,

p- 7, pl. i. fig. 2 (1832).

816 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON HE FISHES [Nov. 15,

Scrophicephalus longipinnis, Swains. Nat. Hist. Fish. i. p. 309

(1838).

Depth of body 4 to 53 times in total length, length of head

4 to 43. Upper profile of head descending in a straight line or

feeble curve; snout produced, about as long as the postocular

part of the head, its length 2 to 4 times its least depth; mouth

very small, with thick lips; teeth small, notched, 5 or 7 in the

upper jaw, 8 or 10 in the lower; eye moderate, its diameter

about twice in interorbital width. Dorsal 80-87, originating in

advance of base of ventral, 53 to 6} times as long as anal, 14 to

13 as long as its distance from the end of the snout. Anal 18-20,

originating at equal distance from the base of the pectoral and

that of the caudal. Pectoral obtusely pointed, } length of head,

ventral 3. Caudal with pointed lobes, densely scaled. Caudal

peduncle 1? to twice as long as deep, 4 length of head. 100-130

scales in the lateral line, pee in a transverse line on the body,

38-45 in a transverse line between dorsal and anal, 26 to 30 round

caudal peduncle. Olive above, whitish below.

Total length 520 millim.

Nile, Gaboon, Congo.

Mormyrus nacra, Cuv. & Val. xix. p. 257, is founded on a

coloured sketch of a fish apparently closely related to M. caschive.

7. MorMyrvs NILOTICUs.

Centriscus niloticus, Bloch, Schneid. Syst. p. 113, pl. xxx. fig. 1

(1801).

Mormyrus geoffroyt, Cuv. & Val. xix. p. 240 (1846).

Mormyrus niloticus, Bouleng. Ann. Mus. Congo, Zool. i. 1898,

p. 15.

Depth of body less than length of head, 44 times in total length.

Snout long, straight, prolonged in the axis of the body, with

slightly concave upper profile; lower jaw slightly projecting.

Dorsal 84. Anal 17. Otherwise similar to M. caschive, but

scales a little smaller.

Total length 300 millim.

Nile.—Known to me only from Valenciennes’s description, and

Schneider’s very imperfect figure.

8. MorMYRUS JUBELINI.

Mormyrus jubelini, Cuy. & Val. xix. p. 252 (1846).

General shape and proportions as in M. caschive, but caudal

peduncle more slender, and fewer scales round the latter. D. 85;

A, 19:

Senegal.—Imperfectly known from Valenciennes’s description.

9. MoRMYRUS RUME.

Mormyrus rume, Cuv. & Val. xix. p. 248, pl. ececclxix. (1846).

Depth of body 3} times in total length, length of head 4,

Upper profile of head descending in a straight line; snout pro-

1898.} OF THE FAMILY MORMYRIDX. 817

duced, about as long as the postocular part of the head, its

length 23 times its least depth; mouth very small, lower jaw

slightly projecting; eye small. Dorsal 83, originating in advance

of base of ventral, 6 times as long as anal, 1} as long as its

distance from end of snout. Anal 18, originating at equal

distance from the base of the pectoral and that of the caudal.

Pectoral rounded, 4 length of head. Caudal with obtusely pointed

lobes. Caudal peduncle twice as long as deep, 3 length of head.

About 100 scales in the lateral line, about 20 round caudal

peduncle. Greyish olive.

Senegal.—Paris Museum.

10. MorMYRUs LONGIROSTRIS.

Mormyrus longirostris, Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1852, p. 275 ;

Giinth. Cat. vi. p. 216 (1866); Peters, Reise n. Mossamb. iv.

p. 83, pl. xvi. fig. 2 (1868).

Mormyrus mucupe, Peters, ll. ec. pp. 275, 87, pl. xvi. fig. 1;

Giinth. J. ¢. p. 215.

Mormyrus geoffroyi, Giinth. 1. c. p. 216.

Mormyrus oxyrhynchus (non Geoffr.), Schilth, Tijdschr. Nederl.

Dierk. Ver. (2) ii. 1891, p. 84.

Depth of body 33 to 5 times in total length, length of head

4 to 44. Head 1} to 13 as long as deep, with curved or nearly

straight descending upper profile; snout produced, as long as or

a little shorter than the postocular part of the head, its length

2 to 33 times its least depth; mouth very small, lower jaw

slightly projecting; teeth small, notched, 5 or 7 in the upper

jaw, 8 or 10 in the lower; eye moderate, its diameter about twice

in interorbital width. Dorsal 71-78, originating in advance of

ventral, 5 to 53 times as long as anal, 11 to 1; as long as its

distance from the end of the snout. Anal 18-20, originating at

nearly equal distance from the base of the pectoral and that of the

caudal. Pectoral pointed, 2 to # length of head, ventral 2 to 3.

Caudal with pointed lobes, densely scaled. Caudal peduncle twice

as long as deep, about 3 length of head. 95-108 scales in the

lateral line, a in a transverse series on the body, 40-50 in a

transverse series between dorsal and anal, 20-26 round caudal

peduncle. Olive above, whitish below.

Total length 190 millim.

Nile, Zambesi, Congo.

11. MormMyrvus KANNUME,

Mormyrus kannume, Forsk. Deser. Anim. p. 74 (1775) ; Mar-

cusen, Mém. Ac. St. Pétersb. (7) vii. 1864, no. 4, p. 114.

Mormyrus ovyrhynchus, Geoftr. Descr. Egypte, Poiss. i. p. 270,

pl. vi. fig. 1 (1829); Joannis, Mag. Zool. 1835, iii. pl. xiii.; Cuv.

& Val. xix. p. 242 (1846) ; Giinth. Cat. vi. p. 216 (1866); Hilgend.

Sitzb. Ges. nat. Fr. Berl. 1888, p. 78.

Mormyrus bachiqua, Cuy. & Val. |. c. p. 248.

818 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE FISHES [Nov. 15,

Scrophicephalus kanume, Riipp. Verz. Mus. Senckenb. iv. p. 27

(1852).

? Mormyrus hildebrandti, Peters, Sitzb. Ges. naturf. Fr. Berl.

1882, p. 73.

Depth of body 33 to 4% times in total length, length of head

4 to 43. Upper profile of head descending in a strong curve;

snout much produced, about as long as the postocular part of the

head, its length 23 to 3 times its least depth; mouth very

small, with thick lips; teeth small, notched, 5 or 7 in the

upper jaw, 8 or 10 in the lower; eye small, its diameter 2 or

3 times in interorbital width. Dorsal 58-66, originating above or

slightly in advance of base of ventral, 4—43 times as long as anal,

as long as or a little longer than its distance from the end of the

snout. Anal 18-21, originating at equal distance from the base

of the pectoral and that of the caudal. Pectoral pointed, 3 to ?

length of head, ventral 3. Caudal with obtusely pointed lobes.

Caudal peduncle 13 to 2 as long as deep, nearly 3 length of head.

80-95 scales in the lateral line, a in a transverse series on the

body, 35-42 in a transverse series between dorsal and anal, 26 or 28

round caudal peduncle. Brownish or olive above, white beneath.

Total length 480 millim.

Nile ; Victoria-Nyanza.—The type of M. hildebrandti is from

the Adi R., Ukamba, E. Africa.

12. MorMyrvs CABALLUS.

Mormyrus caballus, Bouleng. Ann. Mus. Congo, Zool. i. 1898,

p. 16, pl. viii. fig. 1.

Depth of body equal to length of head, 32 times in total length.

Upper profile of head descending in a curve; snout produced, as

long as the postocular part of the head, its length about twice its

least depth; mouth very small, with thick lips; teeth small,

notched, 7 in the upper jaw, 10 in the lower; eye moderate,

its diameter 4 times in length of snout and 13 in interorbital

width. Dorsal 62, originating above base of ventral, 3 times as

long as anal, as long as its distance from the end of the snout.

Anal 23, originating at equal distance from the head and the base

of the caudal. Pectoral rounded, hardly 4 length of head, ventral

2, Caudal densely scaled, with obtusely pointed lobes. Caudal

peduncle 23 as long as deep, 4 length of head. 85 scales in the

lateral line, = in a transverse series on the body, 32 in a trans-

verse series between dorsal and anal, 12 round caudal peduncle.

Bluish grey above, vinaceous pink below; fins pink.

Total length 500 millim.

Upper Congo.

13. MorMyYRUS PROBOSCIROSTRIS.

Mormyrus proboscirostris, Bouleng. Ann. Mus. Congo, Zool. i.

1898, p. 16, pl. viii. fig. 2.

Depth of body 43 times in total length, length of head 33.

1898.] OF THE FAMILY MORMYRID&. 819

Upper profile of head descending in a curve; snout much pro-

duced, trunk-like, a little longer than the postocular part of the

head, its head 4} times its least depth; mouth very small, lower

jaw slightly projecting, with thick lips; teeth very small, notched,

5 in the upper jaw, 12 in the lower; eye small, its diameter

7x times in length of snout, 2 in interorbital width. Dorsal

75, originating in advance of base of ventral, nearly 5 times

as long as anal, 13 as long as its distance from the end of the

snout. Anal 19, originating at equal distance from the base of

the pectoral and that of the caudal. Pectoral obtusely pointed,

nearly = length of head, ventral 3. Caudal densely scaled, with

rounded lobes. Caudal peduncle 14 as long as deep, less than 4

length of head. 95 scales in the lateral line, 3 in a transverse

series on the body, 32 in a transverse series between dorsal and

anal, 18 round caudal peduncle. Pink, with a broad bluish-grey

stripe extending along each side of the body and tail.

Total length 570 millim.

Upper Congo.

14, MorMYRUS TENUIROSTRIS.

Mormyrus tenuirostris, Peters, Sitzb. Ges. naturf. Fr. Berl. 1882,

paso.

Depth of body 5 times in total length, length of head 34. Snout

thin, produced, curved downwards ; eye in the middle of the head ;

teeth bicuspid. Dorsal 60, originating further back than base of

ventrals, not longer than its distance from the middle of the snout.

Anal 20.

Total length 125 millim.

Adi River, Ukamba, East Africa.—Type in Berlin Museum.

9. HYPEROPISUS.

Hyperopisus, Gill, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1862, p. 443; Giinth. Cat.

vi. p. 222 (1866); Bouleng. Ann. Mus. Congo, Zool. i. 1898, p. 2.

Phagrus, Mareusen, Mém. Ac. St. Pétersb. (7) vii. 1864, no. 4,

pe tt, ,

Teeth in jaws small, notched, few (3-5 in the upper jaw, 5-6 in

the lower); parasphenoid and tongue with a pavement of large

spheroid teeth; mouth terminal, below the level of the eyes.

Nostrils moderately far apart, remote from the eye. Body elon-

gate; ventrals much nearer pectorals than anal. Dorsal very short

(12-15 rays); anal very long. Vertebre 55-59 (15-16+4-6+

35-38).

1, HYPEROPISUS BEBE.

Sonnini, Voy. Egypte, pl. xxi. fig. 3 (1799).

Mormyrus bebe, Lacép. Hist. Poiss. v. p. 619 (1803).

Mormyrus dorsalis, Geotfr. Descr. Egypte, Poiss. p. 276, pl. viii.

figs. 1 & 2 (1829); Cuv. & Val. xix. p. 271 (1846).

Phagrus dorsalis, Marcus. 1. c. p. 142.

820 ON FISHES OF THE FAMILY MORMYRID&. [Nov. 15,

Hyperopisus dorsalis, Giinth. Cat. vi. p. 222 (1866); Steind.

Sitzb. Ak, Wien, Ixi. i. 1870, p. 554, pl. iv. fig. 2.

Hyperopisus occidentalis, Giinth. t. c. p. 223.

Depth of body 3? to 5 times in total length, length of head 53

to53. Head a little longer than deep, with strongly curved upper

profile ; snout 2 to 3 as long as postorbital part of head; eye

moderate, its diameter about 3 length of snout; width of mouth

2 or 1 length of head. Dorsal 12-15, about 3 times as far from

the head as from the caudal. Anal 58-65, originating at equal

distance from the end of the snout and the root of the caudal, or

a little nearer the latter. Pectoral obtusely pointed, ¥ to ? length

of head, ventral 3 to 2. Caudal scaly, with obtusely pointed lobes.

Caudal peduncle twice as long as deep, nearly 3 length of head.

105-120 scales in the lateral line, ome

the body,' se in a transverse series between dorsal and anal,

20-22 round caudal peduncle. Plumbeous above, silvery beneath.

Total length 460 millim.

Nile and Senegal.

in a transverse series on

10. GENYOMYRUS.

Genyomyrus, Bouleng. Ann. Mus. Congo, Zool. i. 1898, p. 17.

Teeth very small, slender, conical, disposed irregularly in several

rows in each jaw, forming a villiform band; conical teeth on the

parasphenoid and on the tongue; mouth terminal. Body short ;

ventrals nearer pectorals than anal. Dorsal and anal nearly

equally developed. Vertebre 49 (18+7+29).

1. GENYOMYRUS DONNYI.

Genyomyrus donnyt, Boulenger, l. ¢. pl. ix.

Depth of body 33 to 4 times in total length, length of head 4

to 43. Head 12 as long as deep, upper profile straight or slightly

concave; snout narrowed, produced, its length 24 to 3 times its

least depth ; mouth terminal ; chin with a tapering dermal appen-

dage or barbel, nearly as long as the snout, and pointing forwards ;

eye moderate, in the middle of the head, 33 times in length of

snout, 2 in interorbital width. Dorsal 31-34, originating slightly

behind origin of anal (over 2nd or 4th ray), its length 13 to 13 in

its distance from head. Anal 36-38, equally distant from extremity

of ventral and base of caudal. Pectoral obtusely pointed, = length

of head, a little over twice length of ventral, and extending beyond

base of latter. Caudal scaled, with rounded lobes. Caudal

peduncle 3 times as long as deep, 3 to 2 length of head. 79-82

scales in the lateral line, oe in a transverse series on the body, i“

in a transverse series between dorsal and anal, 12 round caudal

peduncle. Pale brownish above.

Total length 450 millim.

Upper Congo.

1898.] ON BUTTERFLIES FROM THE HARAR HIGHLANDS, 821

11. GynnaRrcHes.

Gymnarchus, Cuv. R. An. 2nd ed. ii. p. 357 (1829); Giinth. Cat.

vi. p. 225 (1866); Bouleng. Ann. Mus. Congo, Zool. i. 1898, p. 2.

Teeth forming a single complete series on the entire edge of both

jaws (14 in the upper, 25-28 in the lower), with compressed,

pointed or truncated crowns finely serrated on the sides; palate

and tongue toothless ; mouth wide, terminal. Nostrils far apart,

remote from the eye. Body much elongate, the tail gradually

attenuated into a filament. Dorsal occupying the whole length of

the body ; anal, ventral, and caudal fins absent. Vertebre 114—

120 (45-47 +. 67-75). Air-bladder cellular, lung-like,

1. GYMNARCHUS NILOTICTS.

Rifaud, Voy. Egypte, pl. 138 bis (1830).

Gymnarchus niloticus, Cuv. 1. c.; Erdl, Abh. Bayer. Ak. v. 1847,

p- 209, pl. v.; Heckel, Denkschr. Ak. Wien, vi. 1854, p. 11, pl.i.;

Hyrtl, Denkschr. Ak. Wien, xii. 1856, p. 1, pls. i-iv.; Giinth. Cat.

vi. p. 225 (1866) ; Steind. Sitzb. Ak. Wien, lxi. i, 1870, p. 556.

Depth of body 7 to 94 times in total length, length of head 53

to 6 times. Head 2 to 23 times as long as deep; snout rounded,

scarcely projecting beyond the lower jaw; eye very small; a strong

fold of the skin connects the opercles across the isthmus. Dorsal

183-210. Pectoral rounded, j to ? length of head. Scales very

small, largest along the middle of the side. Olive or brown above,

whitish beneath.

Total length 800 millim.

Upper Nile, Senegal, Niger.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LI.

Sciagraph of Gnathonemus rhynchophorus, p. 810.

5. A List of Butterflies obtained in the Harar Highlands by

Capt. H. G. C.Swayne, R.E. By Arruur G. Burier,

Pi). LS. B78; Se:

[Received August 20, 1898.]

The small collection of which the following is an account was

somewhat hurriedly made, all the specimens having been secured *

in about three days, at an elevation of from 4000 to 8000 feet on

the Harar Highlands. It is therefore not surprising that most of

them are a good deal shattered ; some of them are nevertheless very

acceptable additions to the Museum collection : one species is new.

So little is known even now of the Lepidopterous fauna of

this part of Africa that every consignment received thence is of

importance and is worthy of careful record, even though many of

the examples may have no further value when that record has

been published.

1 They do not appear to have been netted, but rather knocked down and

captured by hand.

822 ON BUTTERFLIES FROM THE HARAR HIGHLANDS. [Noyv. 15,

The following is a list of the species :—

1. Limnas klugi Bul. 15. Acrzea antinorii Oberth,

2. Byblia ilithyia Drury. 16. Mylothris agathina Cram,

3. Charaxes brutus Cram. 17. a yulei ¢ var. ? Butt.

4. Junonia actia Dist. 18. is swaynei, 8p. nov.

5. 45 octavia Cram. 19. Colias electra Linn.

6. » pyriformis Butt. 20. », marnoana Rogenh,

ds » eebrene Zrim. 21. Teracolus phillipsi Buz?.

8. » Clelia Cram. 22. “a protomedia Klug,

4. » here Lang. 23. Belenois mesentina Cram.

10. = orthosia Godt. 24. Leuceronia thalassina Boisd,

11. Pyrameis abyssinica Feld. 25. Papilio demoleus Linn.

12. Atella columbina Cram. 26. », erinus, var. Gray,

13, Neptis agatha Cram. 27. ,, antinorii Oberth.

14. Acrza serena, var, perrupta Bzéé.

MYLOTHRIS SWAYNEI, sp. n.

3. Intermediate in character between MM. trimenia and M. nar-

cissus: primaries above milk-white ; the costal border blackish,

widening gradually into an apical patch which curves round to

join the first of three trigonal marginal spots between veins 4 and

5; internal border also blackish to external angle: secondaries

bright lemon-yellow ; seven small marginal black spots, the first

of which (at end of costal vein) is the largest and elongated : body

normal. Primaries below white, costal border sprinkled with grey

scales ; base of cell slightly washed with lemon-yellow ; apical

border lemon-yellow; a marginal series of seven black dots:

secondaries as above : body normal, the pectus clothed with

greenish-white hair, becoming somewhat fulvous at the side of the

eyes. Expanse of wings 55 millim.

Hab. Harar Highlands.

The following specimens in the collection are worthy of

mention :—

The example of Charaaes brutus is not only interesting on

account of the narrowness of the white band across the primaries,

but also because of the prominence of the grey lunulated sub-

marginal line of the secondaries.

Acrea antinorii, of which two rather damaged specimens were

obtained, was previously known to me only by the illustration

(Annali del Museo Civico di Genova, xv. tay. i. fig. 3).

The male of Mylothris yulei more nearly approaches the typical

female than the male which I described; but there is not

sufficient evidence to warrant their separation at present.

The example of Colias marnoana is larger than those which we

previously possessed and tends to link it to C. sareptensis.

The two males of Papilio erinus are actually more or less inter-

mediate between the var. pseudonireus and Papilio bromius; it

therefore seems probable that P. erinus and P. bromius will

eventually have to be united, in spite of the considerable differences

which exist on both surfaces between the extreme forms.

A pair, unfortunately much shattered, of P. antinori was

obtained.

1898.] ON BUTTERFLIES FROM BRITISH CENTRAL AFRICA. 823

6. On a small Collection of Butterflies made in the Chikala

District, British Central Africa, by Mr. George Hoare’.

By Arruur G. Burtzr, Ph.D., F.L.8., F.Z.8., &e.

[Received August 23, 1898.}

The present series was forwarded to our Secretary for me by

Mr. J. F. Cunningham, Secretary to the Administration, in the

hope that they might be useful for the Museum collection, to

which I may at once say that it forms a most welcome addition.

Chikala, north end of Lake Shirwa, being new collecting-ground,

might be expected to yield new species to the explorer; but the

present consignment (which comprises examples of only twenty-

one species) contains nothing hitherto unnamed, although one

of the ten forms of Charawes in the collection is of considerable

interest to me, not only as being the first female specimen which

we have acquired, but as proving that I was correct in placing

C. lactetinctus next after C. azota in my arrangement of the genus.

Considering that most of the specimens in this collection belong

to the muscular-winged genus Charaxes, we may congratulate

Mr. Hoare that so many of them are in good condition. The

following is a list of the species :—

1. AMaAvRIS wHyTsEI Butl.

A single perfect male example.

2, MELANITIS SOLANDRA Fabr.

One female.

3. EURYTELA HYARBA, var. ANGUSTATA Auriy.

A perfect male, with the band on the secondaries nearly as wide

and the markings below as distinct as in the typical Western

form.

4, CHARAXmS BRUTUS Fabr.

Two perfect male specimens.

5. CHARAXHS POLLUX Cram.

A pair. The female of this species is rather rare.

6. CHARAXES CASTOR, var. FLAVIFASCIATUS Butl.

A nearly perfect male.

7. CHARAXES GUDERIANA Dewitz.

A perfect male.

8. CHARAXES AZOTA, var. NYASANA Butl.

A nearly perfect female. Quite new to the Museum collection.

1 Assistant Collector of Revenues for the Chikala District.

824 ON BUTTERFLIES FROM BRITISH CENTRAL AFRICA. [Noy. 15,

The female of the Delagoa Bay form (the typical C. azota of

Hewitson) has been figured by Mrs. Monteiro in her ‘ Delagoa Bay,

its Natives and Natural History,’ frontispiece, fig. 1.

9. CHARAXHS MACCLOUNII Butl.

Four females, three of them a little worn, but not much

broken.

10. CHARAXES CANDIOPE Godt.

A male almost perfect.

11. CHARAXES CITHAZRON Feld.

Two perfect males.

12, CHARAXES BOHEMANI Feld.

Three females, a little worn.

13. CHARAXES VABANES Cramer.

Five examples, two being almost perfect. This sy ecies usually

comes to hand in very poor condition.

14. JUNONIA sHSAMUS Trimen.

Two fine specimens.

15, Pyramnts carDur Linn.

A slightly worn male.

16, HypANARTIA SCH@NEIA Trimen.

A rather rubbed male.

17. EvRALIA WAHLBERG! Waller.

A perfect male.

18. CAroPSILIA FLORELLA Fabr.

Two much-worn females.

19. PaprLio sIMILIs Cram.

A slightly damaged male.

20. Paprtio peEMoLEUS Linn.

Two good males.

21. PAPILIO MEROPE, var. DARDANUS Brown.

Four males and one female in good condition.

1898. ] ON BUTTERFLIES FROM BRITISH EAST AFRICA. 825

7. On a small Collection of Butterflies from British East

Africa, obtained at the end of 1897 and beginning of

1898 by Mr. R. Crawshay. By Arraur G. Burter,

Pit),, FL.S., BS.) &e:

[Received August 26, 1898.]

In a letter addressed to me from Kibwezi, Ukamba, and dated

March 5th, 1898, Mr. Crawshay writes :—

“ A line in pencil to let you know my movements, and that I

am on my way to the promised land—of this Protectorate at

least.

“I hope you have received the few, very few, insects I sent you

by Wilson, of the National Bank of India in Mombasa, who was

kind enough to take charge of them. ‘lhey are so few that I was

almost ashamed to send them; but, having promised, I did so in

the hope that perhaps the Skippers, or at any rate one of them,

would prove of interest.

“Tam now on my way to Machako’s, and am camping here for

one day to ration my porters, rest them, rest myself, and rearrange

my loads—a never-ending task! African travel on foot is slow

and very irksome and at times positively exasperating, I can assure

you: one has so many difficulties to contend with, the chief perhaps

being the waywardness of one’s porters, and indeed of almost all

one’s dusky followers, to say nothing of discomforts innumerable.

But it is intensely fascinating for all that, and I can’t tell you how

glad I am to get back to the old life I love so well.

“Certainly British East Africa, and especially the Ukamba

Province, is more healthy than British Central Africa: one feels

that at every breath.

“Tt is hot, very hot, but also very dry; and so one does not

feel the temperature nearly so much as one would do otherwise.

“TJ took a magnificent pair of Spiders—huge they are even

for Africa—on the dry plains S.E. of this, three days ago.

« Hitherto I have seen no four-footed game, but there is plenty

ahead.”

The collection was handed over to me by Mr. Wilson, and I

found it to consist of examples of 21 species—most of them

collected at Takaungu, north of Mombasa, between the 19th of

November and 6th of December, 1897; the remainder having been

obtained at Mombasa on the 23rd January, 1898.

As usual with Mr. Crawshay’s collections, the specimens are in

good condition, and although none of them are new to science,

several are of interest; as, for instance, a dry-season female of

Ypthima pupillaris, two highly coloured males of Lachnocnematt bulus,

differing greatly in size, the somewhat rare white form of the female

of Teracolus imperator, a dry-season female of 7’. dissociatus, a very

tiny and somewhat aberrant male of 7. omphale, the intermediate

phase of the red-tipped variation of 7. callidia, and two fine males

Proc. Zoo, Soo.—1898, No. LV. 55

826 : DR. A. G. BUTLER ON BUTTERFLIES [Nov. 15

of Eronia dilatata. The Hesperiidae, though not new, were welcome

additions to our series of two rather handsome species.

The following is a list of the species, with a few notes by the

collector :—

NYMPHAMDIDS.

1. LINAS CHRYSIPPUS var. KLUGII Butl.

Two females, Mombasa, 23rd January, 1898.

2. YPLHIMA PUPILLARIS Butl.

A dry-season female, Mombasa, 23rd January, 1898.

3. JUNONIA CLELIA Cramer.

@, Takaungu, 3rd December, 1897.

LYCENIDA.

4. Carocurysops osrris Hopff.

Two males differing greatly in size, Mombasa, 23rd January,

1898.

* Plentiful, but difficult to see” (2. C.).

5. AZANUS JESOUS Guér.

?, Takaungu, 6th December, 1897.

6. Tarucus prinius Fabr.

A tiny female, Takaungu, 6th December, 1897.

7. LACHNOCNEMA BIBULUS Fabr.

Two males, Takaungu, 3rd December, 1897.

“Taken playing together and disputing for the same perch on a

rose-bush ” (Je. C.).

8. VrracHona ANTALUS Hopft.

3, Mombasa, 23rd January, 1898.

“ Plentifui, but difficult to see” (2. C.).

9. Iouaus PHILIPPUS Fabr.

3, Takaungu, 6th December, 1897.

PAPILIONID™

10. TmRACOLUS IMPERATOR Butl.

3 2, Takaungu, 3rd and 5th December, 1897; g, Mombasa,

23rd January, 1898.

11. TeRAcoLUS Dissocratus Butl.

2 dry form, Takaungu, 5th December, 1897.

“A frequenter of dense scrubby bush” (2. C.).

1898.] FROM BRITISH EAST AFRICA. 827

_ 12, TeRAcoLUS EVARNE Klug(?).

3 dry form, Takaungu, 3rd December, 1897.

This example has the pattern of the variety to which I gave the

name of 7’. syrtinus, but the upper surface is almost pure white ;

it may possibly be a dry-season male of the preceding species from

which the usual rosy coloration of the under surface is wanting.

The dry phases of several of the species of this genus are much

more similar than the wet phases, and single examples which differ

from the typical variation are consequently sometimes not to be

identified with certainty, but have to await further evidence.

13. TrRacoLus xantHus Swinh.

9, Takaungu, 5th December, 1897.

14, TnRACOLUS OMPHALE Godt.

3, Takaungu, 5th December, 1897.

The smallest male I have seen and somewhat aberrant in the

pattern of the primaries, the black border not reaching the external

angle, and the subapical orange patch narrow, not angulated inter-

nally, and wanting its last or lowest section.

15. TeRACOLUS CALLIDIA Grose-Smith.

The intermediate phase of the red-tipped variety.

16. TrRacoLus caTacHRysops Butl.

3, Takaungu, 6th December, 1897.

A dry-season example having the spots across the secondaries

larger than usual. Asin 7’. protomedia the wet and dry phases of

this species are indicated by the brown or crimson bands across

the under surface of the secondaries.

17. LEUCERONIA BUQUETII Boisd.

3, Takaungu, 3rd December, 1897.

18. Eronta pinatata Butl.

Two males, Takaungu, 6th December, 1897.

19. Paprintio DEMOLEUS Linn.

Two males, Mombasa, 23rd January, 1898.

HESPERIIDA,

20. Piersia cerymica Hewits.

9, Takaungu, 19th November, 1897.

* Full of large brown ova” (&. C.).

21. Ruoparocampra KertHtoa Waller.

Four specimens, Takaungu, 3rd and 5th December, 1897.

‘* Fond of perching on outstanding branches of mangrove trees ”

(Rh. C.).

55*

828 PROF, 8. J. HICKSON ON SPECIMENS [Nov. 15,

8. Notes on the Collection of Specimens of the Genus

Millepora obtained by Mr. Stanley Gardiner at Funafuti

and Rotuma. By Professor Sypney J. Hickson, M.A.,

F.R.S., F.Z.S.

[Received October 4, 1898.]

This collection consists of a dozen large dried coralla and several

smaller pieces and fragments, together with nearly three dozen

pieces of different forms of growth preserved in spirit.

As I have already pointed out in a communication to this Society,

there is no reason to suppose that there is more than one species

of this genus, but there are nevertheless several characters of

interest presented by specimens from different coral-reefs which

are deserving of record. I propose to use the term “ Facies ” for the

general form of growth of the specimens described, and to retain

as far as possible under this term the names previously used for

species.

I. The dried Coralla.

MILLEPORA ALcIcorNIS L.

Facies ‘‘ ramosa.”

There are several specimens in the collection which under the

old system would have been placed in the species Millepora ramosa

Pall.

The principal features of this facies are that the branches are

thick and usually cylindrical, anastomosing freely below, but having

at the extremities a number of free obtusely pointed branches.

One of the most interesting specimens of this facies was

obtained at the S. entrance in Funafuti, at a depth of 7 fathoms.

The stem divides into branches in a vertical plane, which freely

anastomose, forming a wide-meshed network 10 inches in height.

The main stem is nearly an inch in diameter and the principal

branches of it are on an average 3 an inch in diameter.

The colour of the corallum is pale yellow. There are no para-

sitic barnacles on any of the branches of this specimen, but the

Gastropod, Calliostoma similaris (Reeve),and the Pelecypod, Avicula

formosa (Reeve), were found adhering to the specimen.

The genus Millepora being regarded as an essentially shallow-

water form, collectors rarely give the depth at which their

specimens were obtained, and we have in consequence very little

information concerning its bathymetrical range.

Tenison- W oods says that Millepora undulosa occurs in 20 fathoms

in Foveaux Straits, Moore and Smith found living M. ramosa

in 15 fathoms, and Gardiner obtained the specimens here recorded

in 7 fathoms’. These are the only statements I can find giving a

definite range beyond low-tide mark.

1 Mr. Gardiner’s notes on the localities of the facies “ramosa” are as

follows :—“ It grows very abundantly immediately outside the deep channels

to the S.E.and N.W. of the Atoll Funafuti. Ialso obtained it off Pava.. In the

1898. ] OF MILLEPORA FROM FUNAFUTI AND ROTUMA, 829

Some doubt may be felt as to whether the coral collected by

Tenison-Woods was really a Millepora. The description given of

it is not sufficiently detailed to give great confidence in the belief

that a Millepore exists in deep water so far south as the Foveaux

Straits ; but there can be no doubt whatever about the other two

statements ; and it is interesting to note that in both cases in which

Millepores have been dredged at a depth well below low-water

mark, <. ¢. in places where the growth in height cannot be limited

by exposure to the air, the facies is “‘ramosa.” Moseley says that

M. ramosa “ appears to thrive best in the shade” *.

The yellow colour of the corallum of the Funafuti specimens

from 7 fathoms is in accordance with the statement made by

Forskal that the species M. dichotoma “ inhabitat protundum,” and

is of a “ color flavicans,” MW. dichotoma being regarded as a synonym

of M. ramosa by some authors. But the yellow colour is not con-

fined to deep-water forms, nor to forms of this facies, for Moseley

says that the Millepora nodosa from Tahiti, found in one or two

feet of water, is of a bright yellow colour, and Mr. Gardiner tells

me that a species coloured orange-brown was fairly common on

one shoal to the windward side of the lagoon at Funafuti. It is

possible, however, that the white bleached coralla occurring on

many reefs are confined to the shallow water and that in a few

fathoms of depth all the Millepores are naturally yellow.

There is another piece of corallum in Mr. Gardiner’s collection

which must be included im this facies, which is of interest as being

found in shallow water and showing a flattening and expansion ot

the branches, which if it were carried a little further would lead to

the formation of plates. Millepores living in very shallow water

cannot grow to more than a certain height, and their growth

upwards is checked and stopped by the low tides. It is probable

that a lateral expansion of the branches follows any check to the

growth given to the distal extremities, and that ultimately the

broadened branches fuse together to form lamellz or plates.

The diameter of the mouth of the gastropores on a medium-

sized branch of this form is, on taking an average of 12, found to

be 0:276 mm.

Facies “ esperi.”

A specimen in the collection 63 inches in height, springing from

a basis 22 inches x 7 inches, from shallow water, S. passage, Main

Island, Funafuti, agrees most closely with the description given of

Millepora espert by Duchassaing and Michelotti. The form of

the corallum is not unlike that assumed by large specimens of

lagoon it occurs only near the deep channels. It occurred in 7 fathoms of water

off the entrance between Falefatu and Mateika.” Mr. Gardiner also believes

that he obtained small pieces of Millepora in 20 fathoms off the N. entrance

near Paya, and in 30 fathoms off Falefatu ; but as there is just a possibility that

the pieces observed may have remained sticking to the swab from a previous

dredging, he does not wish me to consider the evidence to be conclusive.

1 H. N. Moseley, “ Notes of a Naturalist on the ‘ Challenger,” p. 27.

830 PROF. 8, J. HICKSON ON SPECIMENS [Noy. 15,

Alcyonium digitatum, being thickly palmate with short obtuse and

warty branches.

The most striking feature about this Millepore, and fragments of

others which I judge must have had a similar form, is the great

thickness of the “live” corallum. The apparent thickness of

Millepore branches is often very misleading, for it may be observed

that in many specimens the apparent thickness is due to the

Millepore having grown over a dead coral and completely en-

crusted it.

Some of the branches of this coral are actually more than

22 mm. in diameter. They are the thickest branches of live

Millepore corallum I have had the opportunity of examining.

Thave satisfied myself that in most cases the pores are continuous

from the surface to the centre without auy break but that of the

tabulz. In some of these pores there must be at least 35 tabule,

which is more than twice as many as in any other Millepore I have

carefully studied.

The texture of the corallum is light and brittle, the colour white,

and the surface almost free from barnacles and worm parasites.

All of these features suggest that the conditions under which

these specimens lived were particularly favourable, that the growth

of the corallum was rapid, and the conditions of its tissues so

healthy that it could resist the action of the larve of parasites.

Mr. Gardiner tells us that Millepora of the facies “ esperi”

occurs most abundantly in the lagoon on each side of the passages

to windward, and never where it would be directly exposed to the

rush of the tide. In this situation it forms large clumps, commonly

as much as 7 or 8 feet in diameter, rising out of 5-10 feet of water

to a foot from the surface at ordinary low tide. It also occurs

sparingly by the passages to leeward, and on some of the more

exposed shoals in the lagoon.

The lightness and brittleness of these specimens form a very

striking feature, and it occurred to me that it might be expressed in

figures fairly accurately by the specific gravity, which was found

to be 2:53. Compared with other Millepores this is decidedly low.

The sp. er. of a fragment of facies ‘“ ramosa” was 2°9, of a

complanate form from Funafuti also 2°9, of a complanate form in

the Manchester Museum 3°17.

Facies ‘‘ complanata.”

There is one large specimen, 20 em. in height, which resembles

the form of growth of WM. complanata, and there are several frag-

ments similar to it in the collection. Mr. Gardiner says it is not

common in the lagoon, being found only on certain shoals close

together towards the E. side.

The large specimen consists of five coalescent lamin, the fre

edges of which are divided in some places into short, blunt digita-

tions ov tubercles. The thickness of the lamin varies considerably,

but the average thickness is about 1 em. The average number of

1898. ] OF MILLEPORA FROM FUNAFUTI AND ROTUMA. §31

tabule in each pore is about 17. The specimen appears to have

been in a very sickly condition when taken. More than # of one

face of it is dead coral, and the other face is considerably attacked

by Alge. Nearly the whole of the “live” surface is pitted with

Pyrgoma millepore. In one place I counted no less than 13 young

cirripedes in an area 1 x 13 centimetres.

On the surface of a fragment which was probably broken off

this specimen there may be seen several ampulle.

The specimens of Millepora collected by Mr. Gardiner in

Rotuma are of two kinds. They were found only in the boat-

channel, there being none on the reef. One of these consists of

coralla of light texture, of branching babit, similar to that usually

considered characteristic of Millepora alcicornis. The branches are

disposed in a single plane and freely anastomose, their average

thickness being about 5 mm. They are free from parasitic

cirripedes and show on some of the branches numerous ampulle.

The other kind consists of very hard dense coralla, partly or

wholly encrusting dead coral, but as the free edges rise into plates

with crested borders they correspond most closely with the species

M., plicata. Hence they may be considered under the term facies

** plicata.” The thickness of the live corallum is rarely more than

_ 3mm. from each surface, and its great hardness affects the manner

of its fracture in such a remarkable way that great difficulties

present themselves when an attempt is made to count the tabule

in each pore. From the (small) number of pores I have been able

to examine, I arrive at the conclusion that there cannot be on an

average more than five tabule in each.

One of these specimens shows the scars of numerous ampulle.

The surface of all these forms from Rotuma is remarkably clean

and free from parasites of all kinds.

The remarkable hardness of the corallum makes the pores very

apparent, and gives them the appearance of being much larger

than they really are. On first handling the specimen I thought

the pores were the largest I had seen, but on measuring the

diameters of 12 gastropores on one face of a specimen I found the

average to be only 0-27 mm., and on the opposite face the average

of five or six which I measured was less than 0°2 mm. These

figures show how deceptive estimates of size may be which are

made by unassisted vision. The pores of the facies “ plicata”

from Rotuma are actually smaller than those of the facies ‘‘ ramosa ”

from Funafuti, and yet they have very decidedly the appearance

of being larger.

The remarkable difference in size between the gastropores on

one face of the corallum and on the other which is recorded above

is by no means exceptional. In nearly every case in which I have

compared the average diameter of 12 gastropores from one part

of a corallum with an average of 12 on another I have found a

certain difference. It is probably to be accounted for by the

difference in food-supply, fresh water, or other external conditions

832 PROF, 8, J. HICKSON ON SPECIMENS [Nov. 15,

to which the different parts of a colony are exposed in their natural

position on the reef.

IL. Spirit-specimens.

Facies ‘* ramosa.”

Mr. Gardiner killed in corrosive sublimate and preserved in

spirit some specimens of this facies which he obtained in 7 fathoms

of water at Funafuti. It was clearly of importance to see if the

soft parts of the deep-water ramose forms differ in any degree

from the shallow-water lamellate forms.

I found the material in excellent condition for the investigation,

as many of the gastrozooids appeared to be fully expanded, and some

of the dactylozooids partially so, and I was able in consequence

to see in a particularly favourable manner the small and large

nematocysts, the tentacles, and the histology of the polyps.

The nematocysts are, so far as I can judge, exactly the same as

in all other Millepores. I have been unable to find any of the large

kind exploded in my preparations, and consequently I can say

nothing about the character of the thread. The condition of these

large nematocysts varies considerably in different specimens of

Millepores ; sometimes they may be found in all stages of develop-

ment, but more frequently they are nearly all in one stage.

Sometimes nearly all the ripe nematocysts of this kind may be seen

with their threads attached to them, sticking into the superficial

ectoderm cr just below it; in others, again, not a single exploded

nematocyst can be found. In the specimens I am now describing

the absence of exploded nematocysts may be accounted for by

believing that they were washed off in coming up in the dredge,

but Lam not certain that that explanation is quite satisfactory.

The unexploded nematocysts measured ‘02 mm. x *025 mm.,

i. e. the exact size of the large nematocysts of other Millepores.

The manner in which the thread is coiled up inside the vesicle is

also the same as in other Millepores.

The small kind of nematocyst which is found characteristically

in the tentacles of gastrozcoids, but occurs also more rarely in the

ccenenchy, varies in size considerably, but the largest of them are

exactly 3 the length of the large kind of nematocyst, and are conse-

quently normal in size. In one instance I have seen the swollen

base of the thread armed with three spines, as described and figured

by Moseley. There is no reason, therefore, to suppose that the

nematocysts of this form differ from those of other Millepores.

As in all other specimens I have examined, the canals contain

numerous zooxanthelle. They are a good deal more crowded than

usual in the superficial canals, as might be expected in forms living

in deeper and consequently darker water. Each zooxanthella is

perfectly spherical in form, being °0125 mm. in diameter. They

exhibit no peculiar features.

The gastrozooids and dactylozooids are exactly the same in all

essential features as the gastrozooids and dactylozooids of other

well-preserved Millepores which I have examined.

1898. ] OF MILLEPORA FROM FUNAFUTI AND ROTUMA. 833

Facies “ complanata.”

The spirit-specimens of this facies were collected in shallow

water at Funafuti, and are, like the dried specimens, very consider-

ably affected by barnacles and other parasites. Unfortunately the

state of preservation was not perfect, and many details of histology

could not be made out at all.

The preparations are, however, of very great interest, as showing

meduse bearing spermacytes. Many of the meduse are quite loose

in their ampulle, and are shaken out of them during decalcifi-

cation, so that they can be mounted whole. The largest medusz

mounted in this manner were about °57 mm. in diameter ; but as it

is impossible to prevent them from being slightly compressed as

the Canada balsam dries, we may consider that their diameter is

only a little over} mm. This is almost exactly the same size as

the male medusz in Professor Haddon’s collection.

Facies “ plicata,” from Rotuma.

Several specimens of this form were killed in corrosive sublimate,

washed with iodine, and preserved in spirit. They are all in an

excellent state of preservation.

Many of the specimens show on the surface shallow round

depressions about 3 mm. in diameter, which so closely resemble the

scars of the ampulle seen on the dried coralla, that there can be

no doubt that they represent the spaces from which the medusze

have escaped. The depression is, however, overgrown by ectoderm

and possibly a certain amount of the endoderm’s canal-system as

well, so that when the specimens are decalcified all trace of these

depressions disappear. In studying the ampulle of dried coralla

I was much struck with the fact that they are never found anywhere

but in the superficial layer of the corallum, and I was inclined to

believe at one time that when the colony of a Millepore had once

produced medusz it died. This view, however, was not confirmed

by the examination of Prof. Haddon’s material trom Torres Straits,

in which the medusa-bearing colonies showed every sign of being

in a thoroughly healthy and actively feeding condition.

The Millepores from Rotuma confirm the opinion that my former

view was wrong, since several of the gastrozooids contain food in

the form of minute Crustacea, and the ectoderm and other tissues

are all thoroughly sound and healthy. The specimens prove,

moreover, that when the oucer wall of the ampulla is broken to

allow the escape of the medusa, the ccenosarcal tissue covers over

the gap, and in time obliterates all signs of it.

It is quite impossible, of course, to form any estimate of the

length of time that elapsed from the escape of the meduse until

the specimen was collected, but it is noteworthy that not a single

medusaremains. I have decalcified more than three quarters of the

material sent to me, and have searched through the whole of the

material thus decalcified with a powerful Jens, but I can find no

trace of a medusa, and in the sections I have cut there are no

signs of any sexual organs.

834 MR. F. P. BEDFORD ON HOLOTHURIANS [Nov. 15,

9. Report on the Holothurians collected by Mr. J. Stanley

Gardiner at Funafuti and Rotuma. By F. P. Beprorp,

B.A., King’s College, Cambridge '.

[Received October 13, 1898.]

(Plates LIL. & LI.)

My thanks are due to Prof. F. J. Bell and Mr. J. Stanley

Gardiner for giving me the opportunity of examining and de-

scribing the Holothurians collected by the latter at Rotuma and

Funafuti in the 8. Pacific. I have freely availed myself of the

suggestions of both Prof. Bell and Mr. Gardiner, and am particu-

larly grateful to the former for allowing me the use of a room

to work in at the Natural History Museum, South Kensington,

where I have been able to compare the specimens with the collec-

tion in the Museum, and where in consequence the task of identi-

fication has been much simplified. Prof. Bell, too, has kindly gone

through the whole paper and corrected the proofs.

Any errors or shortcomings in the present paper I am of course

solely responsible for.

The most generally useful books for the determination of species

I found to be K. Lampert, ‘ Die Seewalzen,’ in Semper’s Reisen im

Arch. Philipp. Bd. iv. 1885, and H. Théel, ‘ Challenger’ Reports,

pt. 389, Holothuriordea, ii. 1885.

The genera have undergone considerable revision since 1885,

and the best recent diagnosis of the Holothuriide is given by

Prof. Ludwig in Memoirs of Mus. of Comp. Zool. Harvard College,

vol. xvii. no. 3, 1894, p. 37, which may be regarded as a supple-

ment to his account in Bronn’s Thier-Reich, Bd. u. Abt. 3, Bde. i.

1889/92, pp. 327-361”.

I have adopted this classification, with the single exception that

I have followed Prof. Bell in substituting the name <Actinopyga

for Miilleria for the reasons stated by him (Ann. & Mag. Nat.

Hist. xix. (1887) p. 392, and xx. p. 148).

The works by Dr. Lampert and Dr. Théel were in nearly all

cases used in determining species, and I have therefore thought

it unnecessary to repeat the references in each case in the text.

I have been unable to obtain Dr. Sluiter’s paper in Bijdrag tot de

Dierk. Afi. xvii. 1895, entitled ‘“ Die Holothurien-Sammlung des

Museums zu Amsterdam,” and have had to rely on abstracts in

Zool. Centralblatt, ii., and ‘Zoological Record’ for 1895; in all

other cases I have had access to the original papers.

I have used the terms “ dorsal” and “ ventral” in the conven-

tional analogical sense for “‘ biviwm” and “ trivium” respectively.

1 Communicated by F. Jerrrey Butt, M.A., F.Z.S.

2 Dr. H. Ostergren (Ofvers. af Kgl. Vet.-Ak. Forhandlingar, lv. no. 2, 1898,

. 111) and M. Perrier (Comptes Rendus, t. exxvi. no, 23, 1898, p. 1664)

Tas somewhat amplified Prof. Ludwig’s classification of the Synaptide and

the Synallactine respectively.

1898. ] FROM FUNAFUTI AND ROTUMA. 835

In noting the horizontal distribution I have employed the

terms used by Dr. A. E. Ortmann in his ‘ Grundziige der marinen

Tiergeographie,’ 1896; in giving the size of specimens I have

taken greatest length and greatest breadth.

The collection comprises examples of 12 species of Aspidochirota,

1 Dendrochirotan, and 5 species of Synaptide (one of which is

new); the following is a list :-—

List of Species.

. Actinopyga | Miilleria] echinites Jaeger ?, p. 836.

[——] mauritiana Quoy & Gaimard, p. 835.

{ | parvula Selenka, p. 836.

. Holothuria atra Jaeger, v. amboinensis Semper, p. 839.

difficilis Semper, p. 838.

fuscocinerea Jaeger, var. pervicax Selenka, p. 837.

impatiens Forskil, p. 840.

maculata Brandt, p. 842.

—— monuacaria Lesson, p. 841.

10. ——- pardalis Selenka, p. 839.

rugosa Ludwig, p. 839.

vagabunda Selenka, p. 842.

13. Pseudocucumis africana Semper, p. 843. _.

14. Synapta godeffroyi Semper (genus Euapta Ostergren), p. 847.

hefersteini Selenka (genus Chondrodea Ostergren), p. 847.

ooplax v. Marenzeller (genus Synapta Ostergren), p. 848.

17. Chiridota intermedia, sp. nov., p. 846.

18. —— liberata Sluiter, p. 845.

SE LOO Oo Rie Ora

As will be seen, I propose to combine <Actinopyga parvula

Selenka and A. flavocastanew Théel under the former specific name,

and Holothuria fuscocinerea Jaeger et Semper with Holothuria

pervicax Selenka.

Most of the species in the collection are widely distributed

tropical forms, but I have thought it worth while to note any

discrepancies between the individual specimens and the specific

descriptions. The variations in the tentacles of Pseudocucumis

africana Semper seem to be of interest from several points of

view.

From the list of species it will appear that there is one which I

believe to have been hitherto undescribed and which I have called

Chiridota intermedia. As is well known, the species of Chiridota

are very difficult to diagnose and separate trom one another ; the

attempts that have been made to classify them on the minute

structure of their wheels have not met with much success, and

until more is known of the changes which take place during the

growth of the individual, the specific differences must appear

unsatisfactory—at any rate, the present species seems to be at least

_as definite as most others of the genus.

ASPIDOCHIROTZ.

ACTINOPYGA MAURITIANA Quoy & Gaimard.

Holothuria mauritiana Quoy & Gaimard, Voyage de |’Astrolabe,

iv. Zooph. 1833, p. 138.

836 MR. F. P, BEDFORD ON HOLOTHURIANS [Nov. 18,

Miilleria varians Selenka; E. Selenka, Z. f. w. Z. xvii. 1867,

p- 310, Taf. xvii. figs. 4-9.

Reference. K. Lampert, Zool. Jahrb. Syst. Bd. iv. 1889, p. 813.

Distribution. Distributed over the Indo-Pacific region of the

tropical zone from as far W. as Mozambique (‘ Alert’) to as far

E. as Society Is.

Two specimens from Rotuma, the largest being 91 mm. x 30 mm.,

seem to resemble in every respect the specimens collected by

H.M.S. ‘Challenger’ and described by Théel, p. 201. They differ

from the specimen described by Lampert from the Lucepara Is.

in the absence of the arrangement of ventral feet in rows, although

patches occur on the ventral surface, where the feet are less closely

arranged than elsewhere,

ACTINOPYGA ECHINITES Jaeger.

Mulleria echinites Jaeger, De Holothuriis, pp. 17, 18.

Reference. Théel, ‘ Challenger’ Holothurioidea, ii. p. 201.

Distribution. The species has been recorded from Fiji, Great

Barrier Reef, Amboina, Thursday Is., Celebes, Sumatra, and Indian

Ocean (Seychelles); it is thus fairly widely distributed over the

Indo-Pacific region of the circumtropical zone. One specimen

from Rotuma, 40 mm. x 15 mm., appears to belong to this species.

It resembles Théel’s description of the Fiji specimen in every

particular except in colour, which is whitish brown with a few

irregular dark patches on the dorsal surface ; the ventral surface

is lighter than the dorsal, and the tube-feet and papille are darker

than the ground-colour.

The anal teeth are quite visible to the naked eye, and the

deposits are like those described by Théel, except that they appear

to have undergone a certain amount of solution and in consequence

the identification is not certain.

ActTINoPyGA PARVULA Selenka. (Plate LIL. figs. 1 a—d.)

Milleria parvula E. Selenka, Z. f. w. Z. xvii. 1867, p. 314,

Taf. xvii. figs. 17, 18.

Miilleria flavocastanea Théel; H. Théel, < Challenger’ Hol. ii.

1885, p. 198}.

Distribution. The species thus constituted is one of the most

widely distributed circumtropical forms: it is recorded from the

West African region (Madeira), East American region (Florida),

and greater part of the Indo-Pacific from Seychelles 1s. to Samoa,

including the Red Sea.

A large number of specimens from Funafuti lagoon 20 fathoms

and from the “ mangrove swamp,” largest about 25 mm. X 7 mm.

As the specimens combine a number of characters of A. parvula

and .A. flavocastanea it seems worth while to describe them some-

what minutely. Théel has himself suggested the possibility that

‘ Hol. sp. n.,? juy., described by Ludwig (Zool. Jahrb. Syst. iii. p. 808,

figs. 1-5), seems to be closely allied to this species, although no mention is made

of anal teeth and it appears thus to be a true Holothuria,

1898. ] FROM FUNAFUTI AND ROTUMA. 837

A. parvula is the young of A. flavocastanea, and all the evidence

seems to favour the identity of the two forms.

Colour uniform brown ; number of tentacles 18 in one specimen

(not countable in others).

Deposits agree almost exactly with Selenka’s description and

figures ; the tables (Plate LIT. fig. 1 6) are very crowded, frequently

overlapping, and form a layer outside the buttons (fig. 1c), which

rarely possess less than 4 pairs of holes. The spiny rods men-

tioned by Selenka as occurring in the dorsal feet are very scarce

(fig. 1 d), but sieve-plates (fig. 1 ¢) occur arranged in circles below

the end-discs of the ventral and some of the dorsal feet.

The ventral feet are arranged in very distinct rows ; dorsal feet

much smaller and more papilliform and not arranged in rows ;

anal teeth five in number, small, and forming more or less irregular

oval fenestrated plates, recalling the anchor-plates of some species

of Synapta.

I could not make certain of the maturity of any of the specimens,

but in one of the smallest, the only one of which I cut sections,

ova were developed on the dorsal mesentery ; the same specimen

possessed one stone-canal completely embedded in the mesentery,

two Polian vesicles, and tolerably well-developed tentacular

ampulle ; Cuvierian organs were very well developed in all the

specimens opened.

From the above description it will be obvious that the only

points of distinction that can be maintained between A. parvula

and A. flavocastanea are (1) colour and (2) size’, both of which

may be due either 1) to age or (2) to local variation.

HoLorauRIA FUSCOCINEREA Jaeger, var. PERVICAx Selenka.

(Plate LII. figs. 2a, 6.)

Holothuria pervicaw Selenka; E. Selenka, Z. f. w. Z. xvii. 1867,

p. 327, Taf. xviii. fig. 54.

Holothuria depressa Ludwig; H. Ludwig, Arb. a. d. zool.-zoot.

Inst. in Wiirzb. 1875, p. 108, Taf. vii. fig. 44.

Holothuria mammiculata Haacke; Mobius, Meeresfauna d. Ins.

Maur. u. d. Seych. 1880, p. 48.

Var. of H. fuscocinerea Jaeger et Semper; G. F. Jaeger, De

Holothuriis, 1833, p. 22; C. Semper, Reisen im Arch. Phil.

Bd. i. Hol. 1867, pp. 88, 250, Taf. xxvii. & xxx. fig. 22=H. curiosa

Ludwig; H. Ludwig, Arb. a. d. zool.-zoot. Inst. in Wiirzb. 1875,

p- 110, Taf. vii. fig. 29.

References. H. Ludwig, Ber. Oberh. Ges. Wien, xx. 1883,

p. 173.

H. Théel, ‘ Challenger’ Reports, xxxix. Hol. ii. 1885,

pp. 220-222.

Distribution. The species is widely distributed over the Indo-

Pacific area, extending as far W.as Japan. Four specimens from

1 From the Zool. Record, 1895, it appears that Sluiter has described a

specimen of A. flavocastanca 20 em. long.

838 MR. F. P. BEDFORD ON HOLOTHURIANS [Nov. 15,

Rotuma : (1) 50 mm. xX 20 mm.; (2) 64mm. x19 mm.; (3) 45 mm.

x 18 mm.; (4) 47 mm. x 23 mm.

Deposits quite agree with Ludwig’s later description (1883, J. ¢.)

of H. pervicaz ; the tables have, as a rule, a rudimentary spire and

are not frequent; in a small piece all the different forms of

deposits from those typical of H. pervicax Selenka to those typical

of H. depressa Ludwig can easily be found, a few approaching

those typical of H. fuscocinerea Jaeg. (v. fig. 2 5).

This species, like H. atra Jaeg., has been repeatedly described

under a new name on account of the great amount of variation

to which its deposits are subject.

Like H. atra it seems to occur in two well-marked forms: var.

(1), first described by Semper under the name of ZH. fuscocinerea

Jaeg., and later by Ludwig as H. curiosa, in which the deposits

consist of sparsely distributed tables (some, according to Théel,

with more than one transverse beam) and somewhat irregular

small buttons, which become more elongated in the ambulacral

appendages ; and var. (2), first described by Selenka under the

name H. pervicax and later by Ludwig as H. depressa, which ee

in the fact that the buttons are not so completely formed :

arrangement of ambulacral appendages, calcareous ring, oe

internal anatomy, the two varieties seem to be identical ; in colour

they differ slightly’. I have had an opportunity of examining

some of Prof. Semper’s original specimens, and those from Samoa

which he describes as varieties of H. fuscocinerea (Semper, 1. c.

. 250) agree in every respect with H. pervicaz.

Ludwig (1883, 7. c.) has shown that A. pervicax, H. depressa, and

H, mammiculata should be associated together, and Théel (p. 221,

l.c.) has suggested that H. cwriosa and H. fuscocinerea are identical,

a view in favour of which there seems to be considerable evidence.

H. argus Jaeger (Bohedschia) seems to be closely allied to this

species.

- HonorauRia DIFFICILIS Semper. (Plate LII. fig. 3.)

Holothuria difficilis C. Semper, Reisen im Arch. Philipp. Bd. i.

Hol. 1868, p. 92, Taf. xxx. fig. 21.

Distribution. Recorded from Samoa, Amboina, Pulo Edam, and

Mauritius.

Six specimens from Rotuma, largest 62 mm. x20 mm., others

about half this size.

The ground-colour of the smaller specimens is dark chocolate-

brown.

They agree with Semper’s short description and figures, to which

I have nothing further to add; both the dorsal papillz and ventral

feet possess supporting perforated plates. Buttons, as arule, with

3 pairs of holes.

The species appears to me to be much more closely allied to

Actinopyga excellens and A. parvula than to Holothuria vagabunda.

1 y. Semper, Taf. xxvii.

1898. ] FROM FUNAFUTI AND ROTUMA. 839

Honoruvria rucosa Ludwig. (Plate LIII. fig. 4.)

Holothuria rugosa H. Ludwig, Arb. zool.-zoot. Inst. in Wiirzb.

Bd. ii. 1875, p. 110, Taf. vii. fig. 33.

Distribution. Recorded from Samoa, Pelew Is., New Britain,

Waigeoe Island.

One specimen from Rotuma, 125 mm. X 22 mm.,tentacular crown

small (11 mm. in diameter). The five longitudinal furrows

mentioned by Ludwig visible but not conspicuous, body flesh-

coloured.

Deposits exactly as described and figured by Ludwig, but, as in

the specimens described by Théel (p. 226), tables with more than 4

vertical supports to spire were exceptional.

HoLorHurRiA PARDALIS Selenka.

Holothurva pardalis E. Selenka, Z. f. w. Z. xvii. 1867, pp. 336,

337, Taf. xix. fig. 85; for synonymy, v. H. Ludwig, Sitzb. Ak. d.

Wiss. Berlin, 1887, Heft 2, pp. 1226, 1227.

References. C. Ph. Sluiter, Natuurk. Tijd. v. Ned. Ind. xlvii. 1887.

H. Ludwig, Erg. d. Hamb. Magalh. Sammelreise, Le. iii.

1898, p. 5.

In spite of Prof. Ludwig’s separation of H. subditiva Selenka

from H. pardalis Selenka, after Sluiter’s examination of a large

number of specimens from the Bay of Batavia all the evidence

seems to point to the advisability of regarding them as one species,

a view which has been upheld by Théel (as well as Sluiter).

Distribution. This species occurs all over the Indo-Pacific region

from Zanzibar to Cocos Is.,as well as in the East American littoral

region (Surinam and Florida?). Prof. Ludwig (1887, J. c. p. 1242)

described 2 specimens from Falkland Is., which would extend the

range of the species into the Antarctic littoral region, but in 1898

(J. c.) he expresses some doubt as to the correctness of the locality

recorded.

Several specimens from outer reef and mangrove swamp

Funafuti: largest is 79 mm.x10 mm., diameter of tentacular

crown 7 mm. when expanded; another specimen 39 mm. x 9 mm.,

tentacular crown expanded 4-5 mm. in diameter; 20 tentacles

(counted in 2 specimens). The specimens vary in colour in the

way described by Sluiter. The buttons are very frequently in-

complete and in those individuals examined they were irregularly

distributed as in H. subditiva; the tables have, as a rule, a reduced

spire, and their discs, which are invariably spinous, vary in size from

‘07 mm. to -04 mm. in diameter ; curved rib-like rods occurred (as

described) in the dorsal feet only.

HonorHuria aTRA Jaeger, var. AMBOINENSIS Semper.

Holothuria amboinensis Jaeger, De Holothuriis, 1833, pp. 22, 23.

Holothuria atra Selenka; E. Selenka, Z. f. w. Z. xvii. 1867,

p- 327, Taf. xviii. figs. 52, 53.

_ _Holothuria amboinensis Semper ; C. Semper, Reisen im Arch.

Philipp. Bd. i. Hol. p. 92.

840 MR, F, P. BEDFORD ON HOLOTHURIANS [Nov. 15,

Var. of H. atra Jaeger (Théel & Sluiter), which=H. floridana

Pourtalés and Selenka and H. affinis (Microthele) Brandt.

References. L. G. Pourtalés, Proc. Am. Assoc. vol. v. 1851,

pp- 12, 13.

H. Ludwig, Z. f. w. Z. xxxv. 1881, p. 596.

H. Ludwig, Ber. Oberh. Ges. xxii. 1883, pp. 170, 171.

C. Ph. Sluiter, Natuurk. Tijd. v. Ned. Ind. xlvii. 1887,

pp. 187, 188.

C. Ph. Sluiter, Semon’s Zool. Forsch. in Austr. u. Mal.

Arch. Bd. v. Lf. i. 1894, pp. 103, 104.

Ludwig (1. ¢., 1883) seems to have first suggested that the two

forms of this species, which were separated by Semper and which

were from that time considered to be distinct species, were in reality

well-marked colour-varieties of the same species, indistinguishable

by any constant anatomical characters. Var. amboinensis is uni-

form dark brown or black, whereas in the other variety, which may

be termed var. affinis= H. atra Jaeger (Théel and Sluiter), the ends

of the feet and papille are whitish. In 1887 (J. c.) Sluiter had been

unable to find intermediates between the two forms, but in 1894

(1. c.) he describes such among 5 individuals from Amboina.

Distribution. Both varieties are extremely widely distributed

over the Indo-Pacific region and occur also in the cireumtropical

East American littoral region.

Two specimens from Rotuma and several from outer reef and

lagoon, Funafuti, all belonging to var. amboinensis.

In four specimens dissected the following organization

occurred :— P

Length.| Breadth. edna Polian vesicles. | Stone-canals.| Gonads. Locality.

Phe en peperre ie | LSS Cee

mm mm.

37 10 Absent. | 2, fairly large. | 3 in a group. | Undeveloped.) Rotuma.

46 20 Ditto. 4, ditto (7-9 | 16 ditto, vari-| Ditto. Funafuti,

| | mm. long). ous sizes. outer reef

or lagoon.

| | base,one much

| smaller than

| the other.

104 27 Ditto. | 1(12mm.long).| 5in a group! Large, ar- | Ditto.

| (each about| ranged like

| 5mm. long).| a tassel on

| one side of

| | mesentery.

| Sem |

HoLorHurRia IMPATIENS Forskal (Fistularia).

Holothuria impatiens, P. Forskél, Descriptiones Animalium,

1775, pp. 121, 122.

Holothuria botellus Selenka; E. Selenka, Z. f. w. Z. xvii. 1867,

p- 335, Taf. xix. figs. 82-84.

1898. ] FROM FUNAFUYI AND ROTUMA. 841

References. C. Semper, Reisen im Arch. Philipp. Bd. i. Hol.

1868, p. 82, Taf. xxi.

H. Ludwig, Arb. a. d. zool.-zoot. Inst. in Wiirzb. 1875,

p. 112, fig. 51.

H. Théel, ‘ Challenger’ Holothurioidea, ii. p. 179, pl. Vil.

fig. 9.

H. Ostergren, Zool. Anz. Bd. xxi. 1898, pp. 233-237.

Distribution. This species is extremely widely distributed

throughout the circumtropical zone ; it is recorded from the East

American region, Mediterranean subregion (Dalmatia &c.), and

the greater part of the Indo-Pacific region.

Several specimens from Rotuma from 29 mm.x11 mm. to

106 mm. x 23 mm.

The colour is characteristic, the dorsal violet-brown blotches, as a

rule, coalescing to form transverse bands ; but in one specimen the

blotches are quite distinct, forming two longitudinal rows, as in

the two specimens described by Ludwig from Tahiti and Surinam

respectively.

__ The deposits are typical and I have no opportunity of confirming

Ostergren’s view that H. aphanes Lampert is the young form of

HI. impatiens Forskal.

In four specimens dissected the arrangement shown in the

following table occurred :—

Length.| Breadth. See ey o Stone-canals.| Gonads. Locality.

mm. mm.

106 28 Very bulky, | 2 (each | 1, free. Very large, | Rotuma.

white. over 20 with short

mm. long). thick

branches.

65 15 (Eviscerated.) | Ditto. Ditto. (Eviscerated.)} Ditto.

55 25 Very bulky, Ditto. Ditto, Very large, | Ditto *.

white. with short

thick

branches.

29 I Bulky, white. | 1 (5 mm. | Ditto. Undeveloped.| Ditto.

long).

* Remark.—Tentacle ampullz long.

HobovtHuria MONACARIA Lesson.

Holothuria monacaria R. P. Lesson, Centurie Zoologique, 1830,

p- 225, pl. 28.

References. H. Théel, ‘Challenger’ Holothurioidea, ti. 1885,

pl. vu. fig. 10.

C. Ph. Sluiter, Natuurk. Tijd. vy. Ned. Ind. Bd. xlvii.

1887, p. 189.

H. Ludwig, Zool. Jahrb. Syst. ii. 1888, p. 806.

Distribution. The species ‘is widely distributed over the Indo-

Pacific region of the circumtropical zone.

Proc, Zoon. Soc.—1898, No. LVI. 56

842 MR. F. P. BEDFORD ON HOLOTHURIANS [Nov. 15,

Several specimens from Rotuma, average about 40 mm..x 12 mm.

The colour of all the specimens is very striking and constant

(v. Sluiter & Ludwig, 7.¢.), the warts on which the. papille are

erected being distinctly yellow as described by Ludwig.

In three specimens dissected the following variations occurred :—

mm. | mm.

50 14 ?(Evis- | 1 (15 mm.). 1 (free for | ? (Evis- Rotuma.

cerated.) greater part).| cerated.)

36 | 13 Small. 2 (one much | Ditto. Undeveloped.) Ditto.

longer than

the other). :

30 1 Small, 2 (one little | Ditto. Undeveloped.| Ditto.

longer than

the other).

Honoruuria MACULATA Brandt.

(Genus Sporadipus, subgenus Acolpos) v. H. Ludwig, Z. f. w. Z.

xxxv. 1881, p. 595.

Holothuria arenicola Semper; C. Semper, Reisen im Arch.

Philipp. Bd.i. Hol. 1868, p. 81, Taf. xx., Taf. xxx. fig. 18, Taf. xxxv.

fig. 4.

Distribution. Recorded from greater part of Indo-Pacific region

and also from East and West American regions of circumtropical

zone. :

Two specimens from outer reef, and one from shore of lagoon,

Funafuti, up to 126 mm. x 22 mm.; all quite typical (internal

anatomy not examined). :

HonorHuriA VAGABUNDA NSelenka.

Holothuria vagabunda E. Selenka, Z. f, w. Z. xvii. 1867, Taf. xix.

figs. 75, 76.

Holothuria lagena Maacke; H. Ludwig, Ber. Oberh. Ges. xxii.

1883, pp. 174, 175.

References. H. Théel, ‘Challenger’ Holothurioidea, ii, 1885,

p- 180, pl. vii. fig. 10.

R. Koehler, Mém. Soc. Zool. France, viii. 1895, pp. 383,

384.

H. Indwig, Ergeb. d. Hamb. Magalh. Sammelreise,

Lf. iii. 1898.

H. Ludwig, Fauna Chilensis, Heft ii. p. 449.

Koehler. after examining specimens from different localities,

proposed to unite H, vagabunda and H. lagena.

Distribution, This species is recorded from all over the Indo-

Pacific region of the circumtropical zone, from as far EH. as the

Cocos Islands and Peru to as far W. as the E. of Africa: Lampert

gives the locality Adelaide (Berlin Museum); and if this refers to

1893. ] FROM FUNAFUTI AND ROTUMA. 813

the port of that name in 8. Australia it would extend its range

into Ortmann’s Antarctic littoral region, although Ludwig does not

include the species in his list of Antarctic Holothurians.

One specimen, 140 mm. x 32 mm., from outer reef, Funafuti’:

colour uniform brown; the dorsal appendages distinctly more

papilliform than the ventral; deposits typical; Cuvierian organs

present.

DENDROCHIROT®.

PSEUDOCUCUMIS AFRICANA Semper. (Plate LIII. fig. 5.)

Cucumaria africana C. Semper, Reisen im Arch. Philipp. Bd. 1.

Hol. p. 53, Taf. xv. fig. 16 (figure inaccurate, v. Ludwig, 1888).

Cucumaria assimilis Bell=Ps. théeli, Ludwig=Ps. africana

Ludwig.

For more detailed synonymy, v. R. Koehler, Rey. Suisse de Zool.

ili. 1895, pp. 276, 277.

References. H. Ludwig, Arb. a. d. zool.-zoot. Inst. in Wurzb.

1875, p. 90, fig. 17 (Ps. acicula).

F. J. Bell, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1884, pp. 253-258 (Amphicyclus

japonicus).

K. Lampert, Die Seewalzen, 1885, pp. 254, 255 (Ps.

intercedens).

H. Ludwig, Zool Jahrb. Syst. ii. 1887, pp. 25-27 (Ps.

intercedens).

H. Ludwig, Sitz. k. Ak. d. Wiss. Berlin, 1887, Heft ii.

pp- 1236-1241, figs. 12-16 (Ps. théelc).

H. Ludwig, Zool. Jahrb. Syst. iii. 1888, pp. 815-817

(Ps. africana).

H. Ludwig, Bronn’s Klassen, Bd. ii. Abth. 3, Buch 1,

1889-92, p. 95, figs. 11, 12, and p. 348.

W. Bateson, Materials for Study of Variation, 1894,

pp. 432-435.

H. Ostergren, Zool. Anz. Bd. xxi. 1898, p. 135.

The genus Pseudocucumis was first defined by Ludwig (1. ¢., 1875)

on the single species Ps. acicula, and with a few alterations,

necessitated by the subsequent description of other species, this

definition was used by him in Bronn’s ‘ Klassen’ (J. c. p. 348) to

include the genus Amphicyclus Bell.

Distribution. The genus, of which five species are known, is

recorded from the cireumtropical Indo-Pacific region, and from the

west coast of Norway. Ps. africana has beeu recorded from as

far W. as Zanzibar to as far HE. as Fiji.

Seven specimens from Rotuma, averaging about 22 mm. x 9 mm.

I have nothing to add to Ludwig's full and accurate description

(1887, 1. ¢., Ps. théeli), except to record certain variations in

tentacular symmetry which appear to me of interest, especially in

relation to the arrangements occurring in other species of the genus.

Ps, miata Ostergren has 5 pairs of larger alternating with 5 pairs

of smaller tentacles; the latter are radial in position and vary in size ;

they seem from Ostergren’s description to be arranged in bilateral

56*

844 MR. F. P, BEDFORD ON HOLOTHURIANS [Nov. 15,

symmetry, except the mid-ventral radial pair, the left of which is

smaller than the right: no mention is made of the tentacles

forming more than one circle, but as they were in a retracted

condition this may have been overlooked.

Ps, acicula Semper (Ludwig, 1875, 1. ¢. fig. 17 6) also possesses

20 tentacles, of which 15 (10 large and 5 small) form an outer

circle surrounding 5 smaller tentacles corresponding to the radii

(v. Diagram I.) (from Bronn, 7. ¢. p. 95).

Ps. intercedens Lampert.—Lampert (1. c.) describes 18 tentacles,

of which 5 form an inner circle, the inner tentacles being as large

Os oO 8 ole 0° a | om

P0809 “P62 CP “P60

Diagram of oral tentacles of Pseudocucumis.

The tentacles are supposed to be viewed from in front, the mouth being

represented in the centre. The relative sizes of the circles correspond approxi-

mately to the relative length and breadth of the tentacles, the relative distances

being also approximately correct. The arrows indicate the position of the 5

radii.

Fig. I. Pseudocucumis acicula (Semper), after Ludwig in Bronn’s ‘Klassen,’

Zc. p. 96.

Fig. II. Ps. japonica (Bell). 4,8. From two specimens in the British Museum.

Fig. II. Ps. africana (Semper). 4. After Ludwig in Bronn’s ‘ Klassen,’ /.c. p. 96;

B, C, D, £. From specimens in the present collection.

PAR <M eDaen

1898.] FROM FUNAFUTL AND ROTUMA. 845

as the smallest of the outer tentacles (if the inner circle consisted

of 5 pairs, a condition similar to that which I found in a specimen

of Ps. japonica, v. Diagram II., would result).

Ludwig (1887, /. ¢.) described a specimen in which the arrange-

ment and number of tentacles were quite different, an inner circle

of 5 pairs being surrounded by an outer circle of 20 larger

tentacles arranged in 5 groups of 4, making 30 altogether.

Ps. japonica Bell.—In two specimens in the British Museum I

find 25 and 23 tentacles respectively, arranged as in Diagrams IT. a

and II. 8.

Ps. africana Semper possesses 20 tentacles. Ludwig (I. c., 1887,

Ps, théelt) described in two examples the arrangement shown in

Diagram ITT. a, which is taken from Bronn, /. c. p. 95. 4 out of

the 7 specimens were preserved in formol with expanded tentacles,

and in these specimens the arrangement is as shown in Diagrams

I{I. B, o, D, E.

The interest of these variations seems to me to lie chiefly in two

directions : (1) the individual variations follow the same lines as

the specific differences, and in consequence they indicate the sort

of stages by which it is possible for one type of tentacular arrange-

ment to be converted into other types without any “ breaches of

continuity ” ; and (2) the relation of the minor tentacular symmetry

to the major symmetry of the body is seen in the bilateral

symmetry of the tentacles combined with a radial and interradial

arrangement.

It may be interesting to note the presence of developing

Gastropod eggs, crowded in the usual mucoid (?) capsules, and

fixed to the surface of one of the specimens: the capsules were

circular in outline and rather more than 1 mm. across, each con-

taining over 100 embryos; whether these belong to some parasitic

genus, e. g. Hulima or Stylifer, or to a free-living form, I have no

opportunity of discovering.

SyNAPTID®.

CHIRIDOTA LIBERATA Sluiter.

Chirodota liberata C. Ph. Sluiter, Natuurh. Tijd. v. Ned. Ind.

xlyii. 1887, pp. 212, 213, Taf. ii. figs. 44, 45.

Distribution. Sluiter’s specimens were found creeping on dead

or living branches of coral in the Bay of Batavia, and a single

specimen is recorded from Pulo Edam.

One specimen from Rotuma, 28 mm. x 4 mm., 12 tentacles, each

with 8 to 10 pinne, the two longest ferming a terminal pair ;

wheel-papillz in single row on two ventral mterambulacra, dis-

tributed more numerously on 3 dorsal interambulacra as in C. rigida.

Wheels -05 mm. diameter, owing to partial solution no details could

be made out ; no deposits in body-wall outside wheel-papille, but

within the papille the characteristic C-shaped bodies figured by

Sluiter oceur; these at first sight appear like broken rims of wheels,

846 MR. F. P. BEDFORD ON HOLOTHURIANS [ Noy. 15,

but are undoubtedly separate deposits ; calcareous ring not closely

examined; 5 short retractor muscles and several Polian vesicles

occur.

CHIRIDOTA INTERMEDIA, sp. nov. (Plate LIII1. figs. 6 a-d.)

References. H. Ludwig, Arch. de Biol. t. ii. 1881, pp. 41-58,

pl. i. (C. rotifera).

R. Semon, Mitth. a. d. zool. Stat. zu Neap. vii. 1887,

p- 272, Taf. x.

H. Ludwig, Z. f. w. Z. liv. 1892, p. 350, Taf. xvi.

A. Dendy, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xxvi. 1897, p. 49.

Several specimens from the mangrove swamp, Funafuti, average

about 22 mm.x4mm.;: largest under 3cm. long. Colour whitish,

transparent near posterior end of body. 12 or 13 tentacles (out

of 4 individnals, 2 had 12 and 2 had 13); pinne subequal, about 7.

in number, the proximal pinne being situated some distance from

base, terminal ones not forming a pair longer than rest.

Wheel-papille in a somewhat irregular single row in each

interambulacrum (except at anterior end, where they are more

crowded) ; the two ventral interambulacra contain very few papilla,

being often -quite devoid of them in the middle of the body

(cf. C. levis); the papille are opaque, white, and rather conspicuous.

Wheels and curved rods present. The wheels (figs. 6 a, >) are very

similar to those of other species of Chiridota; a cover-plate is present

over the basal plate and its centre is closed; there is no central

pillar between the base and cover-plate ; the upper rim only of the

wheel is toothed, and there is a distinct notch in the cover-plate

between its radii (= Speichen-Platten,” Ludwig). Dendy (J. c.)

described the fully-developed wheels of Trochodota dunedinensis

(Chiridota dunedinensis Parker) as situated with their faces

parallel to the surface of the body, and so arranged that the

toothed edge is always directed outwards; in consequence he uses

the terms “ outer” and “inner” faces of the wheels: in C. inter-

media the arrangement is different; the wheels are arranged in

each papilla so that the toothed edge of the wheel is nearly always

directed away from the centre of the papilla, so that those wheels

on the inside of each papilla have the toothed edges facing

the opposite way to those on the outside of the papilla. It

seems better, therefore, to use the arbitrary terms ‘“ upper”

and “lower” in the sense in which Ludwig has already used

them, so that they are applicable to any arrangement of the

wheels in the body-wall. .The rods (fig. 6a) are present all

over the body and are thickened at the ends and in the middle,

the ends being unbranched except in the tentacles (fig. 6d), where

they are also longer and narrower (cf. C. liberata and C., rotifera

and tentacular deposits of C. pisanii) ; abnormalities of the rods

occasionally occur either by the development of a branch from the

middle of the rod forming a triradiate spicule, or they may very

rarely become §-shaped, a condition which is normal in C. contorta,

@. australiana, Trochodota purpurea (=studeri), and <Anapta

a ae

1898. } FROM FUNAFUTI AND ROTUMA. - 847

japonica. Calcareous ring consists of 12 pieces, 5 radial and 7

interradial, the latter being arranged symmetrically on each side

of the dorso-ventral line (1 in each ventral interradius, 1 in

mid-dorsal interradius, and 2 in each dorso-lateral interradius) ;

the 5 radial pieces are each pierced by a hole (or seldom notched

as in CO. literata). Several Polian vesicles (about 5) and a single

stone-canal fixed to mesentery occur.

SyNAPTA GODEFFROYI Semper.

(Genus Euapta Ostergren), C. Semper, Reisen im Arch, Philipp.

Bd. i, Hol. p. 231, Taf. xxxix. fig. 13.

Reference. C. Ph, Sluiter, Semon’s Zool. Forsch. in Austr. u.

Mal. Arch. Bd. v. Lf. 3, 1894, p. 105.

Distribution. Mauritius, Pelew Is., Thursday Is., Fiji, Samoa,

Caroline Is.; it thus ranges over a considerable part of the Indo-

Pacitic region.

Two specimens from Rotuma: largest 180 mm. x 13 mm.,

length of tentacles about 13 mm.; 15 tentacles.

Deposits &c. agree with description and figures by Semper, but

the malformations of the anchors did not seem to oceur (ef. Sluiter):

Twe smaller specimens from Rotuma, one of which is 85 mm. x

5 mm., appear to be the young of this species: the tentacles I am

unable to count because of their condition, but the deposits agree

exactly with the larger forms ; colour is different, the body being

speckled with silver-grey markings.

SYNAPTA KEFERSTEINI Selenka.

(Genus Chondrodea Ostergren), H. Selenka, Z. f. w. Z. xvii. 1867,

p- 360, Taf. xx. figs. 120, 121.

References. C. Semper, Reisen im Arch. Philipp. Bd. i. Hol.

pp. 14, 15, Taf. v. fig. 24, ps 230, Taf. xxxix. fig. 11.

H. Ludwig. Zool. Jahrb. iii. Syst. 1888, p. 818.

C. Ph. Sluiter, Semon’s Zool. Forsch. in Austr. u. Mal.

Arch. Bd. v. Lt. 3, 1894.

H. Ostergren, Ofvers. af Kongl. Vet.-Ak. Forhand-

lingar, Arg. lv. No. 2, 1898, p. 111.

Distribution. Recorded from Sandwich Is., Samoa, Amboina,

and Kosseir (Red Sea).

Two specimens (one imperfect) from Rotuma, one 70 mm. X

10 mm.

Ludwig (/.c.) notes the variation in number of tentacles in this

species. In these specimens there are 25 in each specimen.

I have nothing to add to the description of Selenka and Semper,

revised by Ludwig: in Ludwig’s specimens the seventh hole of the

anchor-plates has a dentate margin, whereas in those examined by

Selenka and Semper the margin appears to have been smooth:

these specimens are interesting in the fact that they possess

anchor-plates of both kinds, intermediate conditions of al) grades

being very common.

848 ON HOLOTHURIANS FROM FUNAFUTI AND RoruMA. [Nov.15,

Synapra oopnax Marenzeller.

Synapta ooplax v. Mar. Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xxxi. 1881,

pp- 122, 123, Taf. iv. fig. 1.

Reference. H. Ostergren, Zool. Anz. Bd. xxi. 1898, pp. 233-237.

Distribution. Recorded from Japan and Loyalty Is.

Three specimens from beach of lagoon, Funafuti; largest

135 mm. X 5 mm.

The body is nearly circular in section, with the radii visible as 5

white indistinct longitudinal bands; colour whitish, without the

pink tinge which typically characterizes the species.

In one specimen the deposits were quite typical, in the second

they were completely dissolved, and in the third somewhat

disintegrated, anchors alone were present (no anchor-plates or

biscuit-shaped spicules); I believe this condition to be due to

partial artificial solution, but as Slniter has described for Synapta

kefersteini a somewhat similar condition of partial decalcification,

which he believes to be natural, it seemed worth while to mention

the fact: Ostergren has also laid stress on a similar process taking

place in other Holothurians.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Puate LIT.

Fig. 1. Actinopyga parvula Selenka, p. 836.

a. Entire ventral view. X 4.

6. Tabular deposits. x 250.

c. Button-like deposits and sieve-plates. 250.

d. Spiny rods in the dorsal feet.

Fig. 2. Holothuria fuscocinerea, var. pervicax Selenka, p. 837.

a. Entire side view. x 1i.

6. Deposits (excluding tables). X 250.

Fig. 3. Holothuria difficilis Seutper, p. 838. Entire side view. Nat. size.

Puare LIII.

Fig. 4. Holothuria rugosa Ludwig, p. 839. Entire side view. Nat. size.

Fig. 5. Pseudocucumis africana Semper, p. 843. Entire side view. X 3.

Fig. 6. Chiridota intermedia, sp. nov., p. 846.

a. Wheel from below. XX 850.—The teeth on the upper edge are seen

through the rim and the centre of the basal plate is shown in

focus. bp., basal plate; cp., cover-plate ; cpc., centre of cover-

plate; cpr., radius of cover-plate; we., upper edge of wheel

(toothed) ; Ze., lower edge of wheel (smooth) ; dpr., radius of basal

plate ; sp., spoke of wheel between point of junction of cpr. and

bpr. and rim of wheel; 1-6 opposite ends of spokes seen on rim

of wheel,

b. Wheel on edge, same lettering as a. x 850, The basal plate (4p.) is

seen dimly through the cover-plate (cp.) in the centre.

e. Rods in body-wall. x 300.

d. Rods in tentacles. X 300.

OBerjeau chr. ith

West, Newman imp

Holothurians from Funafuti and Rotuma.

PYoS.16 98, Pisa:

gH TRAIN

West, Newman imp.

Holothurians from Funafuti and Rotuma.,

1898.] ON ECHINODERMS FROM FUNAFUTI AND ROTUMA. 849

10. On the Actinogonidiate Echinoderms collected by

Mr. J. Stanley Gardiner at Funafuti and Rotuma.

By F. Jerrrey Betz, M.A., F.Z.S8.

[Received October 13, 1898.]

The Echinoderms, other than Holothurian forms, collected by

Mr. Stanley Gardiner do not present so many points of interest as

those to which Mr. Bedford’s paper is devoted (see p. 834). I

very much regret that the recent demands on my time prevented

me from availing myself as fully of Mr. Gardiner’s kindness as

I at first hoped, but I am glad to have been able to introduce

Mr. Bedford to original systematic work.

I. CriInorEA.

The only Crinoid obtained was an <Actinometra from the outer

part of the reef at Rotuma, which I have not been able to

specifically determine.

IT. AsSTEROIDEA,

The only Asteroids collected were Culcita grex M. Tr.; Gymna-

sterias carinifera Lamk.; Ophidiaster cylindricus Lamk., which was

taken both at Rotuma and Funafuti; and a number of most inter-

esting and instructive examples of the ‘comet-form’ of Linckia

(probably both LZ. multiforis and ZL. miliaris) from Rotuma, which

will be of great service to workers at this extraordinary means of

reproduction.

III. Opuiurorpea.

The species found were all common and well-known :—

1. Pectinura gorgonia M. Tr. Rotuma.

2. Ophiolepis cincta M. Tr. Rotuma.

3. Ophioplocus imbricatus M, Tr. Rotuma.

4. Ophiactis savignui M. Tr. Funafuti, outer reef.

5. Ophiocoma erinaceus M. Tr. Funafuti, outer reef.

6 a scolopendring Ag. Funafuti, outer reef, and

also Rotuma.

7. Ophiarthrum elegans Peters. Rotuma.

8. Bs prectum Lyman. Rotuma.

IV. Ecuinorpea.

These also are common reef-species :—

1. Cidaris metularia Lamk. Rotuma.

2. Echinothria diadema L.: Rotuma and Funafuti.

3. Tripneustes variegatus Leske. Rotuma.

See Lovén, Bih. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Hdlgr. xiii. 4, no 5, p. 137.

850 HERR OSCAR NEUMANN ON A NEW ANTELOPE. [ Nov. 15,

4. Echinometra lucunter Leske. Rotuma and Funafuti,

lagoon, 15-25 fms.

5. Echinometra oblonga de Bl. Funafuti, lagoon, 15-25

fms.

7. Echinoneus cyclostomus Leske. Funafuti, lagoon, 18 fms.,

and Rotuma.

8. Laganum depressum Less. Funafuti, lagoon, 15-25 fms.

9. Maretia planulata Lamk. Funafuti, lagoon, 15-25 fms.

10. Brissus unicolor Leske. Rotuma, reef.

It will be seen that all the species are common and widely

distributed, and that there is no occasion to dilate at any length

on the subject.

11. On a new Antelope of the Genus Hippotragus.

By Oscar NEuManNN.'

[Received November 1, 1898.]

I propose to designate a new geographical form of the Roan

Antelope (Hippotragus equinus) from East Africa by the name

of :—

HIPPOTRAGUS RUFO-PALLIDUS, Sp. nov.

General markings as in H. equinus, but the colour without any

brownish or greyish tints, being of a pale reddish, lighter in some

specimens and more red in others, but never of a dark red as in

the West-African form.*

The legs of H. rufo-pallidus are of a dark reddish colour, the

oldest specimen in my collection having black markings on the legs.

The base of the tail is black, this colour extending to the hind part

of the back. The ears are tufted, but the hairs are not so long as

in H. bakeri.

Hab. German and British East Africa.

I believe that all the Roan Antelopes mentioned from German

and British East Africa (Uganda Protectorate), also that which

Mr. Hinde shot at Machako’s (cf. de Winton, P.Z.S. 1898, p. 127),

belong to this species. I am, however, of opinion that the Antelope

is very rare in these countries, as I met with it only on one

occasion during the two years of my travels in East Africa. This

was a herd, out of which I shot five specimens, unfortunately all

females, on the 24th September, 1893, on the upper part of the

River Bubu, abont halfway between Irangi and Mount Gurui.

When approached the herd did not make off at full speed but

1 Communicated by the Secretary.

2 Tam quite of the opinion of Herr Matschie that it is impossible to attribute

the Antilope kob of Erxleben to a Hippotragus, as it must be either an Adenota

or a Bubalis. The original French description of Buffon indicates a Bubalis,

while the plate represents an old Adenota kob, and the plate of Antilope kob

depicts a young specimen of the same animal.

i ote

1898. | MR. BOULENGER ON DISTIRA STOKESII. 851

trotted or galloped away in a slow canter, so that I was able to

follow them for about twenty minutes by running, and I believe

I could have shot more of them had I not become quite exhausted.

The following are the measurements of my four horns of

Hippotraqus rufo-pallidus, the fifth being that of quite a young:

animal :—

In a straight Round the Circumference From tip to

line. curye. at the base. tip.

Lo eee 18% inches. 212 inches. 62 inches. 92 inches.

“9 Nei eae 1153 Weave Cages 62 Es Soule

Gis “Ol aaa 16: __,, 18, Gea Se aay

ets 127, 132. 5B, ears

November 29th, 1898.

W. T. Buanrorp, Hsq., F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair.

Mr. P. Chalmers Mitchell, F.Z.S., exhibited and made remarks

on some etched studies of the young Orang-Outangs recently

living in the Jardin des Plantes at Paris.

_ Mr.G. A. Boulenger exhibited a dancing-stick from New Guinea,

marked ‘“ Native name Gooapey, from Dameracura, mouth of Fly

River,” to which two imperfect skulls of the rare Chelonian Caretto-

chelys insculpta Ramsay were attached as ornaments or charms.

This object had been acquired at Stevens’s sale-room by the well-

known dealer Mr. Gerrard, and the skulls had been correctly

identified by his father, Mr. Edward Gerrard, lately of the British

Museum, so distinguished for his great experience of osteological

specimens, . ;

The chief interest of the exhibit lay in the fact that since the

description of Carettochelys in 1886, from a single stuffed specimen

from the Fly River, preserved in the Sydney Museum, nothing

had been heard of the occurrence of this extraordinary Turtle, the

affinities of which are still uncertain. The specimens exhibited

confirmed the account given by Baur in 1891, from photographs of

the imperfect skull extracted from the Sydney skin, and afforded

the further information that the pterygoids are not turned up in

front, being in fact absolutely similar to those of the Trionychide,

and that the premaxillary is single, a feature otherwise restricted,

among Chelonians, to Chelys and the Trionychide.

Mr. Boulenger also exhibited a large female specimen of the

Sea-snake Distira stokesii Gray, measuring 14 metres. It had

been caught by Mr. F. W. Townsend in August last, floating on the

surface in Kurrachee harbour, entirely covered with.a thick growth

of green weeds, which bad been kindly determined by Mr. Vernon H.

852 DR. E, A. GOELDI ON THE [Nov. 29,

Blackman to be referable to 2 or 3 species of Ulva and 2 or 3

species of Enteromorpha, both common genera of green alge. A

similar case of dense vegetable growth on a water-snake had been

observed by Peters on the Siamese Herpeton tentaculatum, and

recorded by him in 1882. The present specimen, on being cut

open, had been found to contain 12 well-developed young, measur-

ing from 30 to 42 centimetres, in addition to two undeveloped ova

forming part of the same chain and situated between the fertile

ones. --

The Secretary read some extracts from a letter received from

Mr. John S. Budgett, F.Z.S., who had gone to the Gambia for the

winter on a scientific expedition on behalf of the Society. It was

dated Bathurst, Noy. 5th, and stated that he had arrived there on

the previous day, and proposed to start up the river on the following

Tuesday for M°Carthy’s Island, where he would collect fishes and

birds. The Antelopes were now in the uplands and were not ex-

pected to come down to the river until the dry season commenced.

Mr. C. W. Andrews exhibited and made remarks upon some

bird-remains from the Lake-dwellings of Glastonbury, Somerset-

shire. The specimens included numerous bones of a large Pelican

which was identified as Pelecanus crispus; most of the remains

were those of young birds which had been probably killed for

food. The date of the settlement had been fixed as between

300 s.c. and the Roman occupation. Amongst the associated

forms were the Beaver, Otter, Pine-Marten, Crane, Wild Swan, a

large Eagle, Cormorant, Coot, and a number of small birds which

had not been determined.

Mr. Oldfield Thomas, F.Z.S., read a letter which he had received

from Senor Ameghino, C.M.Z.S., on the subject of the newly dis-

covered mammal Neomylodon*, giving further information, obtained

from the Indians, as to its distribution, characters, and habits.

The following papers were read :—

1. Further Notes on the Amazonian Lepidosiren.

By Dr. Emit A. Goexp1, C.M.Z.S., Para.

[Received October 8, 1898. ]

The unexpected discovery of Lepidosiren paradowa on the island

of Maraj6, as announced in my previous communication to the

Society on this subject (see Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. xiv. p. 414),

made me desirous of submitting this locality, only two days’ sailing

from Para, to further exploration. At my public lecture (held on

June 3rd, 1897*) it was easy to call general attention to the

1 See ‘ Nature,’ vol. lviii. p. 549 (1898).

* Boletim do Museu Paraense, tom. ii. fase. 2, p. 247.

1898. ] AMAZONIAN LEPIDOSIREN. 853

subject and to insist on the necessity of diminishing our deficiency

of actual knowledge relative to the biology of Lepidosiren.

I mentioned particularly the great probability—even at that time

I called it quite a certainty—that the analogy in the habitat of the

African Protopterus with that of the South-American Lepidosiren

would be accompanied by a correspondence in the mode of life,

especially as regards its lethargy during the dry season. If my

hopes and expectations have not been realized so far in this point

in regard to the Amazonian Lepidosiren, it must be attributed more

to climatic difficulties during recent years than to the want of good-

will and exertions. It seem’ that the critical period (presumably

caused by cusmic agents), which regularly brings excessive dryness

to Ceara and some of the ueighbouring States of North Brazil,

and exceptional inundations to Lower Amazonia, is approaching

again or has already begun. ‘The fact is, that the water-level in

Marajé and on the Lower Amazon, throughout the localities

where specimens of Lepidosiren are caught, was considerably

higher in 1897 than usual, aud the papyrus-meadows (‘“ pirisdl,”

from “ piri” =papyrus), which, at least partially, dry up in normal

years, remained under water all that year. “The same fact repeats

itself this year 1898—-the summer in Paré having begun only

about the middle of June, at least a month after the usual time.

These circumstances did not permit definite investigations about

the summer-life of Lepidosiren. But the efforts which were made

brought, at least, one advantage. I got two more specimens of the

singular Dipnoan, both uninjured, though not living. One of

the specimens lived for some hours after its capture, but did not

survive the transport to Pard. Both are males, the villi of the

posterior extremity being more distinctly developed in the smaller

specimen than in the larger. The measurements are :—

Specimen f. Total length 53 cm. ; circumference 13 em.

Anus on the left side.

Specimen g. Total length 51 cm.; circumference 12! cm.

Anus on the left side.

The colour is the same as was described before. These two

specimens of 1897, together with the five previously noticed, make

the total number of seven specimens of the Amazonian form of

Lepidosiren paradoxa obtained by me from 1894 up to this time.

These two new specimens were found exactly in the same locality

as the Marajé Lepidosiren captured in May 1896, and sent to the

British Museum, 2. e. at Fazenda Dunas, Cape Magoary, a

property belonging to Dr. Vicente Chermont de Miranda, civil

engineer. The exact spot is distant only half an hour from the

Fazenda building *.

I think it may be of some interest to describe more exactly the

physical features of a locality which in two years has furnished

three specimens of this Dipnoan. For this purpose I send a

? Confer ‘ Boletim do Museu Paraense,’ vol, i. fase. 1, p. 438 et seqg.

854 DR, EB, A. GOELDI ON THE [Noy. 29,

photograph (fig. 1) representing its aspect in the beginning of

September 1896, the period of relative low water. The photograph

shows a typical ‘“ pirisd] ” (papyrus-meadow), cut transversely by

a canal about 2 metres wide and generally some 6 feet deep.

In the background, at some distance, several persons are seen-

waiting fora canoe. On the Jeft hand, near the middle of the

scene, a small pool is seen between the roots of some smaller

‘“‘ piri” bushes, From this pool came the first Lepidosiren ; the

other two specimens were also obtained nearly at the same spot.

Fig. 1.

Piris4! at Dunas, Marajé, in September 1896.

Gur living specimen of Lepidosiren from Obydos, which has

survived now more than a year in captivity, and has somewhat

changed its habits, as it now accepts food regularly (mandioca-

roots), and turns aggressively against the fingers placed on the

glass walls of its aquarium, developed during my 8 months’ absence

in Southern Brazil a very curious character. The free end of its

forelimbs now shows slender ramifications, somewhat like deer-

1898.] AMAZONIAN LEPIDOSIREN. 855

antlers in form. The right fore-limb (fig. 2) has two principal

branches, the oral with three smaller branches, the aboral with

two only. The opposite left fore-limb (fig..3) has two lateral

branches, not ramified, and directed downwards, instead of upwards

as on the right limb.

Fig. 2.

t=)

Fig. 2. Head of living Lepidosiren, showing the ramifications of the fore-limb.

Fig. 3. The same on the left side. The three slight eminences on the upper side’

of the limb show the commencements of further appendages.

What is the signification of these formations? I think I am

right in interpreting them as casual and accessorial appendages

with respiratory functions—a sort of very singular secondary or’

complementary external gills, produced mainly by the necessity

of increasing the respiration-surface during life in a small aquarium.

I cannot find any other plausible explanation of the phenomenon.

It isknown that the African Protopterus occasionally exhibits: some

856 DR. E, A. GOELDI ON THE [ Noy. 29,

short and insignificant filaments arising from the gill-opening

and situated at the base of the fore-limb. They are generally

considered as external branchial appendages undergoing atrophy.

According to Dr. Giinther they merit the rank of a specitic

character in comparison with the Australian Ceratodus and the

South-American Lepidosiren (‘Introduction to the Study of

Fishes,’ p. 355; ‘Catalogue of Fishes in the British Museum,’

vol. viii. (1870) p. 322). Prof. Lankester has recently expressed

his doubts about the specific value of the characters of the branchial

appendages of Protopterus, stating, on the one hand, that moderate-

sized specimens of Protopterus do not possess external gills, and

supposing, on the other hand, that small specimens of Lepidosiren

(not having been yet examined) may possess such gills (see Trans.

Zool. Soc. xiv. p. 18).

As the matetr stands, the facts observed in our living specimen

of Lepidosiren become of much interest. Supposing that I am

right in my opinion concerning the physiological signification of

these strange appendages, we must be surprised at the analogy of

the case with that of certain Amphibians of the section Urodela.

From the experiments of Mademoiselle De Chauvin *, we know that

the celebrated Mexican Amblystomu remains in the Siredon-state,

characterized by external branchize, under the artificial constraint

of water-life. Other experiments of the same observer have shown *

that the ovine larve of Triton alpestris throw off their excessively

developed external branchiz, replacing them rapidly by new ones,

better adapted to the casual conditions of a life in water—which

for this species is not the normal one. We know further *, that

Kneeland observed the extreme facility with which two specimens

of Menobranchus lateralis regenerated their external branchiz#, when

bitten away by fishes inhabiting the same aquarium. Ulterior

secondary development of external branchiz is thus a fact not

isolated in the animal kingdom. Does the consideration that such

cases are not confined to the Amphibia really involve an insuperable

difficulty ?. I do not think so. In its mode of life Lepidosiren is,

from the biological standpoint, as true an amphibian as these

animals, which belong properly to that class according to present

scientific views. And reflecting that identical external conditions

of life will naturally produce similar physiological functions, and

therefore favour analogous ways of organization, this reasonable

argument is sufficient to remove the apparent contradiction which

seems to result from the distance apart of these creatures in the

zoological series.

But a new and greater difficulty seems to arise from the fact

that the appendages in the present case are at the free end of

the fin. If they came out of the opercular opening, issuing

independently close to the origin of the fore-members, as in

Protopterus, the matter would be comprehensible. But branchial

appendages at the very end of the fore-limb itself, that is at first

1 Knauer, ‘ Naturgeschichte der Lurehe,’ Wien, 1878, p. 231 seg.

* Ibid. p. 268. % Jbid. p. 238.

1898.] AMAZONIAN LEPIDOSIREN. 857

sight rather hard of comprehension, as a very unusual occurrence

and a strange combiuation of such different physiological functions

in the same organ.

But the morphological signification of the extremities in the

Vertebrates is not yet sufficiently known’. We have two opposite

theories on the subject. The first admits the direct origin

and transformation of original branchial arches in the pectoral

and pelvic girdle, the fore-limb representing no more than one

particularly predominating branchial ray (biserial type of fin;

Archipterygiam of Gegenbaur). The other theory suggests

that the extremities, as well as the paired fins of fishes, are

essentially remnants of an originally uninterrupted lateral and

dorsal fold on the body of the proto-vertebrate (Wiedersheim).

Wouid it be too audacious to say, that in the case of our captive

Lepidosiren, which has developed branchial appendages at the end

of both its fore-limbs, may be found for the first time a weighty

argument in favour of the first of these two theories? If the

fore-limb itself is morphologically no other than a ray, specially

developed, of the branchial apparatus, may it still appear an im-

possible eventuality that the fore-limb, under certain conditions,

might reassume its old and primitive réle as part of the supporting-

apparatus of the branchial respiration-system ?

Finally, there exists still one other possibility, that the so-called

fore-limb of Lepidosiren is, in fact, not yet a true anterior extremity,

but a persistent rudimentary external branchia. Iam constrained

to express the surprise which not only the peculiar shapes of this

formation in all the seven specimens of Amazonian Lepidosiren,

but also the comparison of them with their respective hind-limbs,

have caused me. It is indeed an insignificant, very flat filament,

comparable to the barbels of certain South-American members of the

family Siluride (such as 4lurichthys gronovit). On the other hand,

the hind-limb is always a very strong, solid, cylindrical, horn-

shaped formation, the signification of which as a genuine posterior

extremity is, for me, as certain as that of the anterior extremity

is uncertain.

If we admit such a possibility, the secondary development of

ramifications at the free end of the so-called fore-limb provoked by

prolonged and exclusive water-life would become essentially more

accessible to our comprehension.* ;

1 Wiedersheim, ‘Grundriss der vergleichenden Anatomie der Wirbelthiere,

June 1898, 4'° Auflage, pp. 101, 103.

* [The following remarks were made on this passage of Dr. Goeldi’s paper

by Mr. G. A. Boulenger, ¥.Z.S.:—

“With reference to the remarks of Dr. Goeldi on the branchial pectoral

limbs of Lepidosiren, I would draw attention to a note of mine (see P. Z. 8.

1891, p. 147), in which I described a somewhat similar condition in a Pro-

topterus living in the Society’s Gardens. I have no doubt that the branches

noticed by Dr. Goeldi are the result of some injury to the limbs, and represent

new growths comparable to the bifid or trifid regenerated tails of Lizards

and to the polydactyly and even polymely arising from mutilations in

Batrachians.” |

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1898, No. LVII. 57

858 MR. F. G. PARSONS ON THE [Nov. 29,

2. On the Anatomy of the African Jumping-Hare (Pedetes

caffer) compared with that of the Dipodide. By

F. G. Parsons, F.R.C.S., F.Z.S., F.L.S., Hunterian

Professor at the Royal College of Surgeons and Lecturer

on Comparative Anatomy at St. Thomas’s Hospital.

[Received October 14, 1898.]

The opportunity of dissecting a somewhat rare Mammal, the

African Jumping-Hare (Pedetes caffer), was kindly given me by

Mr. Oldfield Thomas, of the British Museum. Fortunately the

adult specimen was a female, and its uterus contained an embryo

which must very nearly have reached its time of birth. Mr.

Beddard, the Prosector of this Society, has also kindly placed

at my disposal two Jerboas (Dipus jaculus and D. hirtipes) for

comparison.

At the end of the paper will be found a short summary of its

chief points of interest.

External Anatomy.

The total length from the snout to the root of the tail is

17 inches, the tail measuring another 18 inches.

The nose is covered by very short fine hair except round the

nostrils, where the skin is bare. The upper lip is very long; there

is an interval of one inch between the lower part of the nose and

the mouth; there is no cleft in the median line, and the space

between the nose and the mouth is covered by thick short fur.

The aperture of the mouth is crescentic, the upper lip being

curved to expose the incisor teeth, which are white and perfectly

smooth. The pointed ears are 33 inches long, and from the

ventral side of the meatus the tragus projects as a conical process

3 of an inch high. The fore limbs are set very far forward, indeed

there are only 2 inches between the point of the shoulder and

the posterior canthus of the eye; they are very short, the upper

arm being especially diminished. The manus has five well-marked

digits provided with laterally compressed, pointed, slightly curved

claws; the most radial of these, the pollex, is the shortest. In the

palm of the hand are two processes; the more radial of these is

hemispherical and is situated opposite the base of the outer two

digits, its radial side is flattened and is covered with much harder

epidermis than the rest, giving an appearance very like that of a

small human thumb-nail. On the ulnar side of this is a smaller

elevation which is compressed laterally and, unlike the other,

covered with hair; it is also much the softer and more freely

movable of the two.

There are two pairs of nipples; the more anterior are situated

just behind the axilla, 2 inches from the middle line, while the

more posterior are 13 inches behind these and a little nearer the

mid-lme. There are no inguinal or abdominal nipples.

The hind limbs are very long and the knee and hip-joints are

1898. ] ANATOMY OF PEDETES CAFFER. 859

strongly flexed, while the most comfortable position of the ankle

seems to be one of extreme dorsal flexion, so that the dorsal surface

of the foot is in contact with the shin as far as the heads of the

metatarsal bones. There are four toes in the foot, the hallux being

absent and the most fibular toe the smallest ; they are provided

with strong triangular claws compressed from above downward.

The second toe from the tibial side is the largest.

The vagina and rectum open by a common aperture 2 inches

below the root of the tail; it is soon divided into a smaller rectal

part and a larger vaginal. On each side of the vulval orifice is a

crypt about 3 inch deep, and this leads by a wide orifice into a

thick-walled, almond-shaped sac 3 inch long. When this sac 1s

opened up, it is seen that at the orifice the mucous membrane has

longitudinal rug, but that nearer the fundus it is covered with

hairs about 3 inch long. The walls are evidently glandular and

the cavity contained a quantity of inspissated secretion '.

On comparing the external anatomy of Pedetes with that of Dipus

one is struck by the general resemblance between the two; there 1s

the same breadth at the back of the head, and want of proportion

between the fore and hind limbs; in Dipus, however, the upper lip

is divided and the white upper incisors are grooved as they are in

the embryo of Pedetes. There are four pairs of nipples instead of

two as in Pedetes; the most anterior pair are situated at the root

of the neck, and the most posterior almost opposite the vulval

orifice.

In the hand the claws closely resemble those of Pedetes, but that

on the pollex is quite short. Asin Pedetes there are two prominent

projections in the palm; of these the radial is the better developed,

but no nail is present.

In the hind foot there are only three toes, and the claws are

more laterally compressed than those of Pedetes.

The Osseous System.

As the osteology of Pedetes is well known and several skeletons

of it exist, I shall only make a brief survey of the bones of the

specimen in my possession, comparing them with those of the

foetus and of Dipus jaculus.

The dorsal surface of the skull is remarkable for the strength

and breadth of the nasals; the frontals too are very large, in the

median line they are twice as long from before backward as the

parietals, while in Dipus the parietals and frontals are of the same

length. The interparietal only projects for a short distance

between the parietals; in the foetal Pedetes the interparietal is

much larger than the adjacent supraoccipital. In the lateral view

the infraorbital foramen is deeper in Pedetes than in Dipus, and in

the latter animal there is a small separate foramen below through

which the infraorbital nerve makes its exit.

1 The external anatomy of the fcetal specimen will be found with the

description of the uterus.

57*

860 MR. F, G. PARSONS ON THE [Nov. 29,

The temporal fossa in both animals is ridiculously small, and is

separated from the orbit by a postorbital process, which is much

better marked in Dipus than in Pedetes and is altogether absent in

the foetus. The squamosal is remarkable for a backwardly pro-

jecting process which locks it into the periotic bone; this spur is

simple in Pedetes, but in Dipus it is ’-shaped, a vertical bar

extending at right angles from the hinder end of the primary hori-

zontal one. ‘The periotic has the usual tympanic canal running

upward and backward from the laterally compressed tympanic

bulla. In Dipus the canal is extremely short, and in the fetal

Pedetes there is merely a tympanic ring. Above the external

auditory meatus in both animals, the supratemporal bulla gives the

characteristic swollen appearance to the hind part of the skull. In

the foetus no bull are present ; the periotic is a mass of cartilage

in which the pro-, epi-, and opisthotic ossifications can be seen.

The backward projection of the squamosal is, however, quite ossified.

On the ventral surface of the skull the incisors are perfectly

white and quite smooth in Pedetes ; in Dipus they are also white,

but there is a single longitudinal groove in them. In the feetal

Pedetes it is interesting to notice that the incisors, which are just

appearing, are also grooved.

The anterior palatine canals are slit-like and not very large in

either animal; in Pedetes they are situated at the bottom of a rather

deep fossa. The bony palate is one of the chief points of difference

between the two skulls: in Pedetes it reaches as far back as the

first molar tooth, in Dipus it extends considerably farther back

than the last molar. In the foetus there are rudiments of three

teeth on each side, presumably the premolar and first two molars ;

the most anterior of the three is the one best developed.

On a level with the hinder edge of the internal pterygoid plate

there is in Pedetcs a small median opening in the basioccipital bone ;

this communicates with the foramina rotunda, but does not open

directly into the cranial cavity. More posteriorly in the mid-

line of the basioccipital bone is a round aperture, large enough to

admit a wax vesta match; in the recent state this was closed by

membrane. In the foetal specimen both these openings are present,

but they are bilateral instead of median. In Dipus neither is present.

In the mandible the chief difference between the two animals

is that in Pedetes the symphysis, although not synostosed, is

immovable ; while in Dipus the incisors are capable of separation

and approximation as in most myomorphine rodents. In addition

to this the angular process is much larger in Dipus than in Pedetes

and is perforated by an oval foramen. The lower incisors too of

Dipus are much more laterally compressed than they are in

Pedetes.

The Ailas of Pedetes is remarkable for having on each side three

foramina for the vertebral artery ; there are the usual two in the

transverse process and dorsal arch, and an additional one formed

by a small bridge of bone arching over the groove for the artery mid-

way between the other two. In Dipus the one in the transvers

1898. ] ANATOMY OF PEDETES CAFFER. 861

process is missing, but the other two are present. In Dipus the

2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th,and 6th cervical vertebre have their bodies and

arches synostosed. In Pedetes they are all free, although the 2nd

and 3rd are so very close together that hardly any movement can

be allowed between them. In neither animal is there a foramen

in the transverse process of the seventh cervical or a ventral

tubercle, although that of the sixth is very prominent.

The first thoraeic vertebra only has half a facet on the cephalic

part of the side of the body, because in both animals the head of

the first rib articulates as much with the seventh cervical as with

the first thoracic. In Pedetes the transverse process of the 10th

thoracic vertebra has three processes; the most anterior forms

a facet for the articulation of the 10th rib, the middle one is

directed outward and corresponds to the tip of the ordinary

thoracic transverse process, while the most posterior projects

backwards.

In the 11th thoracic vertebra the rib still articulates with

the anterior of these tubercles, the middle one is reduced in size

and the posterior one is larger. In the 12th vertebra the pos-

terior tubercle has become much larger and has developed into a

well-marked anapophysis or accessory process, the middle tubercle

has completely disappeared, but the anterior is still present,

supporting the 12th rib by a definite articular facet.

In the 1st lumbar vertebra the transverse or, as it is often

called, costal process is seen to correspond in shape and position

with the anterior tubercle of the transverse process of the posterior

thoracic vertebrz, and the anapophysis with the posterior tubercle

of the same. The mamillary process or metapophysis first appears

on the prezygapophysis of the 10th thoracic vertebra and increases

in size vertebra by vertebra into the lumbar region; it is quite

plain that it has no homology with any part of the thoracic

transverse processes. In the lumbar region the anapophyses are

very large and rest against the outer side of the prezygapophyses

of the next vertebra behind; the prezygapophysis is therefore

locked in between the postzygapophysis and anapophysis of the

vertebra in front.

After the seven lumbar vertebre there are four which are fused to

form a sacrum, but only two of these support the ilium, the first

forming a much larger part of the articular facet than the second.

On the ventral side of the disc between the 4th sacral and 1st

caudal vertebrz there is a single bony spur, about 5 mm. in length,

attached by fibrous tissue to the disc; it lies a few mm. to the left

of the median line. Between the first and second caudal vertebrae

a small well-marked chevron-bone is present, and this is succeeded

by others, the one between the 3rd and 4th being the most

prominent. After this the bones gradually shorten and become

more and more elongated antero-posteriorly and compressed

laterally. Between the 9thand 10th caudal the true chevron-bone

ceases, but a pair of bony tuberosities project from the anterior

part of the ventral surface of the 10th vertebra; farther back in

862 MR. F, G. PARSONS ON THE [Nov. 29,

the tail these also gradually die away. There are altogether

31 free caudal vertebre.

The Sternum of Pedetes consists of the presternum, four meso-

sternal sternebre, and the xiphisternum. The presternum is

considerably expanded anteriorly, but narrows suddenly behind the

attachment of the first rib. The 2nd, 8rd, 4th, and 5th costal

cartilages articulate opposite the joints between sternebre, the 6th

articulates with the posterior part of the last sternebra, the 7th

articulates with a cartilaginous mass separating the last sternebra

from the xiphisternum, while the 8th is attached to the anterior

part of the xiphisternum. In the foetal specimen centres are

present for the presternum and first two sternebre.

The sternum of Dipus is very like that of Pedetes in the number

of elements present; the chief points of difference are that the

8th rib does not reach it and that the first rib is attached nearer

the front of the presternum.

The Olavicle both of Pedetes and Dipus is well marked and

has the initial f curvature as in man. In the foetal Pedetes the

shaft was entirely ossified, but the two extremities were carti-

laginous.

The Scapula has much more the human shape in Pedetes than it

has in Dipus: this is due to the fact that the vertebral border

is much longer in comparison in the former animal than in the

latter ; there is a very faint indication of a metacromion process in

both animals. In the feetus the ala and spine alone were

ossified.

The Humerus in Pedetes is half the length of the femur, there is

a fairly prominent pectoral ridge about the middle of the bone,

and the inner condyle is very prominent and curved upward into

2 hook-like process, but there is no bony supracondylar foramen.

The external supracondylar ridge is well marked. In the feetus

the shaft alone is ossified; it is interesting to notice that in the

cartilaginous lower end of the bone there is a supracondylar

foramen.

In Dipus the humerus is considerably less than half the length

of the femur; in appearance it closely resembles that of Pedetes,

there is the same recurved internal condyle and prominent ex-

ternal supracondylar ridge, but the pectoral ridge is more strongly

marked.

The Radius and Ulna in Pedetes are very strong and are shorter

in proportion than those of Dipus, which, besides being longer, are

much more delicate; this contrast is doubtless due to the great

amount of digging which Pedetes has to perform.

The Carpus of Pedetes consists of, in the proximal row, scapho-

lunar, cuneiform, and pisiform ; in the distal row, trapezium, trape-

zoid, os magnum, and unciform. In the interval between the

scapho-lunar, trapezoid, and os magnum there is a small wedge-

shaped centrale, which is only visible on the dorsal side. Articu-

lating with the radial side of the scapho-lunar is the radial ossicle

or prepollex: this structure agrees very closely with that figured

1898.] ANATOMY OF PEDETES CAFFER. 863

and described by Bardeleben*: it consists of two joints, of which

the proximal is a rod 14 mm. in length, thickened at either end

and stretching inwards across the palm; the distal joint is 7 mm.

long, flattened from the palmar to the dorsal surface, and broader

than the proximal ; its long axis is directed outward, so that with

the proximal joint it forms an acute angle (see fig. 2, p.867). The

metacarpal bone of the pollex is very short; it is parallel and in

the same plane as the other four metacarpals and is not at all

opposable (see fig..1).

Fig. 1.

Dorsal view of carpus of Pedetes caffer, with radial ossicle flattened out

In the fcetal specimen no centres of ossification were present in

the carpus ; in the metacarpus centres were present for the shafts

of the index, medius, and annularis, but not for the pollex or

minimus. The prepollex or radial ossicle, as perhaps it will be

wiser to term it while its real nature is sub judice, is a cartila-

ginous bar corresponding in shape with the adult structure, but

no joint between the two segments could be made out; there were

no ossific centres. It will thus be seen that the evidence which

this foetal specimen has to give on the radial ossicle is chiefly

negative: the structure is apparently a cartilaginous constituent

of the carpus from an early period, but how and when it ossifies

remains to be seen. It is interesting to notice that the three

metacarpals which are most permanent in the mammalian class

are the ones which, in this animal, ossify first. If this rule

holds good, it could not be expected that the radial ossicle, if it be

a prepollex, would ossify until after the minimus and pollex have

done so. In Dipus there is a single bony bar stretching across

the palm and articulating with the radial side of the scapho-lunar ;

it has the palmaris longus inserted into its free extremity

1 P. Z, 8.1889, p. 260.

864 MR. F. G. PARSONS ON THE [Nov. 29,

and evidently corresponds to the proximal joint of the same

structure in Pedetes. No signs of a distal joint are present.

It is worthy of remark that the long axis of the distal joint of the

radial ossicle of Pedetes is placed at such an angle with that of the

proximal that its termination is situated near the root of the nail,

while its proximal end is opposite the free edge of the nail. I do

not, however, think that this change in the relative position of the

parts is of any great importance.

The Os Innominatum has the surface for the iliacus directed

ventro-laterally, as in the Hares. The ischial tuberosity is very

prominent, and the obturator foramen large and pear-shaped. In

the foetal bone only the three primary centres are present.

The Femur is chiefly remarkable for the large size of the laterally

compressed great trochanter, at the base of which a rudimentary

third trochanter exists. There are two fabelle, of which the outer

is the larger. The femur of Dipus is practically identical, except

that the articular surface of the head is continued outward for a

considerable distance on to the upper surface of the neck.

The Tibia is considerably longer than the femur, the cnemial

crest being specially prominent.

The Fibula is transitional between the hystricomorphine type,

in which it is a distinct bone, and the myomorphine, in which

it is fused with the tibia in its lower part. In Pedetes the fibula

is quite free in its upper half, and from the front of the head a

process projects forward and inward ; in its lower half the bone is

closely bound to the tibia and becomes so attenuated as to be

barely visible ; it is, however, at no time completely merged with

the tibia. The external malleolus is fairly well marked, and con-

siderable movement is allowed between it and the tibia. In Dipus

the fibula becomes completely incorporated with the tibia in its

lower half, as it is in mouse-like rodents generally, and no movement

is possible between the external malleolus and the tibia. In the

foetal specimen of Pedetes only the centres for the shafts of these

long bones were present.

The Tarsus consists as usual of astragalus, calcaneum, navicular,

3 cuneiforms, and cuboid. The navicular is remarkable for haying

a process on the plantar surface prolonged from before backward

and laterally compressed ; it projects anteriorly under the external

cuneiform and almost touches the base of the middle (3rd) meta-

tarsal ; between its anterior projection and the external cuneiform

is a tunnel for the peroneus longus tendon. The internal cunei-

form is prolonged forward on the inner side of the base of the

second metatarsal, into this projection the tendon of the peroneus

longus is inserted ; hence there is little doubt that it represents the

aborted first metatarsal. The internal cuneiform is also prolonged

backward along the inner side of the navicular until it just reaches

and articulates with the head of the astragalus. On the inner

side of the internal cuneiform is a thin plate of bone with its

long axis at right angles to that of the foot ; its upper extremity

articulates with the inner side of the navicular, while its lower

1898.] ANATOMY OF PEDETES CAFFER. 865

extremity receives the insertion of the tendon of the flexor tibialis,

From its position I think that it may correspond with the radial

ossicle in the manus, though it is connected with the distal row of

tarsals instead of the proximal. A ligament runs forward from

the anterior part of its lower extremity and connects it with the

dorsal extensor tendon. In Dipus, as is well known, the three

middle metatarsals are fused, but on the inner and outer side are

rudiments of the first and fifth metatarsals, the former being

continuous with the internal cuneiform. In the feetal Pedetes

there are centres for the caleaneum and for the shafts of the four

metatarsals and their phalanges.

The Muscular System.

In former volumes of the Proceedings of this Society ' I have

described the muscles of a considerable number of Rodénts. I

shall therefore content myself with noticing the chief points in

which Pedetes agrees with or differs from the typical arrangement.

The Zemporal is very small and does not meet its fellow in the

mid line of the skull.

The Masseter has the typical hystricomorphine arrangement ;

the anterior deep part is very large as in all the Hystricomorpha

and Dipodide.

The Facial Muscles consist of orbicularis palpebrarum, orbicu-

laris oris, levator labii superioris, retractor and depressor naris,

depressor anguli oris: there is also a muscle which rises from the

malar bone beneath the orbit and deep to the orbicularis palpe-

brarum; it passes round the chin like a chin-strap, and is inserted

into the skin of that region ; its fibres are parallel with and in

the same plane as those of the sphincter colli, and it is the only

representative of the zygomaticus to be found.

The Depressor Mandibule (Digastric) has the typical sciuro-

morphine and myomorphine arrangement (figured on p. 255,

P. Z. 8. 1894), and in this agrees with the Dipodide.

The Transversus Mandibule is absent, but is present in the

Dipodide.

The Sterno-mastoid rises from the presternum and is inserted

by tendon into the paroccipital process.

The Cleido-mastoid rises from the inner half of the clavicle and

is inserted by flesh into the paroccipital process and occipital

crest. As in all Rodents the XIth nerve passes deep to both

muscles.

The Sterno-hyoid and Sterno-thyroid are distinct and have the

usual human attachments. No tendinous intersection was seen.

The Omo-hyoid was absent. It is always present in the Sciuro-

morpha, Myomorpha, and Dipodide.

The Omo-trachelian (Levator clavicule) rises from the anterior

arch of the atlas and is inserted into the metacromion deep to the

trapezius.

1 P. ZS, 1894 and 1896.

866 MR. F. G. PARSONS ON THE [Noyv. 29,

Scalene Muscles——No scalene passes ventral to the subclavian

artery and brachial plexus; there is therefore no scalenus ventralis

corresponding to the scalenus anticus of human anatomy. In

many hystricomorphine and some myomorphine rodents this

muscle is present and rises from the basioccipital ; it does so in the

Dipodide, and. its absence in Pedetes is worthy of notice. The

scalenus longus rises from the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th cervical

transverse processes and is inserted into the second rib only

instead of going to the anterior 4 or 5 ribs. The scalenus brevis

is deep to the last: it rises from the 2nd, 3rd, 4th, and 5th

cervical transverse processes and is inserted into the first rib.

The Pectoral muscles correspond very closely with the descrip-

tion given on p. 259, P. Z. 8.1894. ‘The pectoralis minor (6) is

inserted into the upper part of the pectoral ridge instead of going

to the coracoid and shoulder-joint.

The Subclavius passes from the junction of the lst rib with

the sternum to the outer half of the clavicle.

The Scapulo-clavicularis is absent. This I regard as a most

important point, as this muscle was found in all the hystrico-

morphine rodents examined, but was absent in the Dipodide.

The Deltoid has the usual three parts, with their characteristic

rodent insertion into the humerus. They are all supplied by the

circumflex nerve.

The Teres major is wrapped round at its insertion tei the tendon

of the latissimus dorsi as in the Dipodide.

The Flexor longus cubiti (Biceps) has two heads, in the Dipodide

there is usually only one. The insertion is into the radius.

The Coraco-brachialis rises from the coracoid process and is

inserted into the humerus from the middle to the internal condyle,

so that apparently the medius and longus are present. In the

Dipodidz the brevis may or may not be present.

The Flevor Brevis Cubitt (Brachialis anticus) has the usual

external and internal heads, though they are closely fused. The

insertion is entirely into the ulna. No branch is received from

the musculo-spiral nerve, but there are two from the musculo-

cutaneous.

The Hutensor Longus Cubiti (Triceps) and Anconeus show nothing

of special interest.

The Hpitrochleo-anconeus is present as usual.

The Pronator Radi Teres passes from the supracondylar arch to

the middle of the radius.

The Flevor Carpi Radialis has the usual attachments, its tendon

passes deep to the base of the radial ossicle or prepollex.

The Palmaris Longus rises from the internal condyle and from

the surface of the flexor sublimis digitorum: in the lower part of

the forearm its tendon divides; the inner and broader portion is

inserted into the radial ossicle at its most internal part as well as

into the ulnar ossicle ; the outer and narrower part is attached to

the middle of the internal border of the radial ossicle (see fig. 2).

In connection with this it is interesting to compare the figure of

1898.] ANATOMY OF PEDETES CAFFER. 867

the fore foot of Celogenys paca (P.Z. 8. 1894, p. 271): it will there

be seen that the palmaris longus is inserted into the distal joint

of the radial ossicle or prepollex, which in this animal is car-

tilaginous, as well as into the ulnar cartilage, which presumably

represents the post-minimus, and into another cartilage which is

intermediate between the two.

P.L.

F.S.D.

F.C.U.

Forearm of Pedetes.

Med.N. Median nerve.

F.C.R. Flexor carpi radialis.

P.L. Palmaris longus.

F.S.D. Flexor sublimis digitorum.

F.C.U. Flexor carpi ulnaris.

The Flexor Sublimis Digitorum runs trom the internal condyle

to the four inner digits, the tendon to the minimus being very

small. It is entirely supplied by the ulnar nerve.

The Flevor Carpi Ulnaris is normal and passes to the pisiform

bone.

The Flexor Profundus Digitorum arises by two heads from the

internal condyle of the humerus as well as from the flexor surfaces

of the radius and ulna. As the two condylar heads join the radial

side of the rest of the muscle about the wrist, they probably

868 MR. F. G. PARSONS ON THE [Nov. 29,

correspond to the condylo-radial and condylo-central elements

described by Windle’. In the hand a tendon is given off to

each of the five digits. The nerve-supply of the muscle is derived

entirely from the median.

The Lumbricales are four, and are arranged as in man.

The Pronator Quadratus is attached to the lower third of the

radius and ulna.

The Supinator Longus is absent. It is present in the Dipodide,

but is usually absent in the Hystricomorpha.

The Extensores Carpi Radiales Longior and Brevior are normal,

the latter being the larger.

The Extensor Communis Digitorum goes to the four ulnar digits.

The Extensor Minimi Digiti goes to the 5th digit only.

The Extensor Carpi Ulnaris and Extensor Ossis Metacarpi Pollicis

are both normal.

The Extensores Primi et Secundi Internodii Pollicis are absent.

The Extensor Indicis is small and only goes to the index.

The Supinator Brevis is large and is inserted into the upper two-

thirds of the radius. A large sesamoid bone which rests against

the head of the radius is developed in the tendon.

Fig. 3.

The panniculus of Pedetes

Hand-Museles—From the ulnar and distal sides of the radial

ossicle muscular fibres arise: some run inwards to the ulnar

ossicle, forming a palmaris brevis; some run distalward to the

skin of the palm, while others again pass to the pollex, forming

an indistinct abductor and flexor brevis pollicis, The hypothenar

muscles are very feebly marked and indistinct, but an abductor

minimi digiti can be made out.

The second layer of hand-muscles consists, as is so often the

case, of adductores pollicis, indicis, et minimi digiti.

In the third layer there are two-headed flexores breves to each

finger.

Rune the Trunk-Muscles the Panniculus carnosus is remarkable

1 Journ. of Anat. vol. xxiy. p. 72.

1898.] ANATOMY OF PEDETES CAFFER. 869

for its great development over the gluteal region and outer part of

the thigh (see fig. 3).

The platysma, dorso-humeralis, and abdomino-humeralis are also

well marked. The sphincter colli is feeble and does not extend

back superficial to the pectoralis at all.

The Latissimus Dorsi comes from the last three ribs and lumbar

fascia; it hardly reaches the thoracic spines. Its tendon wraps

round and is inserted ventral to that of the teres major.

The Trapezius in the Dipodide is divided into an anterior and

posterior part, a distinct gap intervening between them. In

Pedetes the muscle is quite continuous as in man.

The Rhomboideus Capitis, Colli et Thoracis form one continuous

sheet as in most hystricomorphine rodents.

The Levator Anguli Scapule and Serratus Magnus rise from all

the cervical transverse processes and from the first rib, then there

is a gap, after which the origin is continued from the 3rd to the

7th ribs. The first part is inserted into the whole of the vertebral

border of the scapula, the second part only into the angle.

The Serratus Dorsalis (S. posticus) in the Dipodide is hardly

developed at all. In Pedetes both the thoracic and lumbar parts are

well marked, the former being attached from the 4th to the 9th

ribs, the latter from the 8th to the 12th.

The Transversalis Colli is large and attached from the 2nd t

the 7th cervical vertebre.

The Transversalis Capitis or Trachelo-mastoid is absent.

The Splenius Capitis was present as usual; asmall Splenius Colli

was inserted into the transverse process of the atlas only.

The Complexus could not be separated into two parts. A linear

V-shaped intersection occurred in it, the apex of the V being

downwards.

The External Oblique rises from the third to the last rib.

The Internal Oblique and Transversalis were easily separable in

the lateral part of the abdominal wall.

The Rectus ventralis (Abdominis) rises from the crest of the

pubes, but does not decussate with its fellow of the opposite side ;

it is continued forward to the first rib, and there are five tendinous

intersections in its course.

The Supracostalis is well marked; it rises from the sternum,

opposite the attachment of the first two rib-cartilages, by a mem-

branous origin and is inserted into the first rib opposite the

insertion of the scalenus. It is, of course, superficial to the rectus

ventralis and deep to the pectorals.

The Ilo-tibialis (Sartorius) runs from Poupart’s ligament to

near the patella, where it is lost in the fascia ; it is supplied by the

anterior crural nerve.

The Tensor Fascie Femoris continues the plane of the last muscle

outward ; it reaches the lower third of the thigh.

The Ectogluteus continues the plane of the last and has the

typical mammalian characteristics; it is inserted just below the

great trochanter. Externally it is continuous with the Caudo-

870 MR. F. G. PARSONS ON THE [Nov. 29,

Femoralis or Agitator caude, a large muscle inserted into the lower

end of the femur by tendon and reminding one of the same muscle

in the Guinea-pig figured on p. 737 of the ‘ Journal of Anatomy,’

vol. xxxii.

The Meso-gluteus rises from the anterior part of the gluteal

surface of the ilium and from the margin of the sacrum dorsal to

the great sciatic notch. It is closely connected with the Pyri-

formis, and is inserted into the outer side of the great trochanter.

Inner view of wall of pelvis of Pedetes,

C. & D. Upper and lower portions of | B. Obturator nerve.

the obturator internus, A. Psoas parvus.

The Ento-gluteus rises from the ilium dorsal to the last and is

inserted into the anterior surface of the great tochanter.

The Gluteus ventralis (Scansorius) rises behind and ventral to

the last and is inserted into a tubercle below the outer side of the

great trochanter.

The Obturator Externus, Obturator Internus, and Gemelli are all

inserted into the digital fossa. The obturator internus is divided

1898.] ANATOMY OF PEDETES CAFFER. 871

into two by the obturator nerve (see fig. 4). The gemelli are

fused and form one layer deep to the obturator internus tendon.

The Quadratus Femoris is triangular, with its apex towards the

great trochanter.

The Flexor Cruris Lateralis (Biceps) has only one head, which

comes from the tuber ischii. It is inserted into the patella and

upper half of the leg. There is no Tenuissimus and no continua-

tion of its lower fibres down with the tendo Achillis.

The Semitendinosus rises by two heads from the tuber ischii and

from the anterior caudal vertebre, but there is no tendinous inter-

section where these join. It is inserted deep to the gracilis, the

lower fibres forming a fascia which helps to ensheath the tendo

Achillis and to blend with it.

The Semimembranosus rises only from the tuber ischi. It is

inserted into the lower end of the femur just above the internal

condyle, into the postero-internal part of the capsule of the knee-

joint, and into the internal tuberosity of the tibia by one continuous

insertion. There is no presemimembranosus distinct from this, and

I regard Pedetes as an animal in which the semimembranosus and

presemimembranosus are inseparable from origin to insertion.

The Adductor Cruris (Gracilis) is single and is inserted into the

enemial crest and upper third of the anterior border of the tibia.

It does not reach so high as the patella. In the greater number

of hystricomorphine and myomorphine rodents there are two

adductores cruris.

The Pectineus is a small muscle rising from the ilio-pectineal

line just internal to the insertion of the psoas parvus and being

inserted into the second quarter of the femur. It is supplied

entirely by the obturator nerve.

The Adductor anticus (Adductor longus) is that part of the

adductor mass which lies ventral to the obturator nerve and is

indicated by the point of emergence of the branch to the adductor

cruris. It arises from the inner part of the ilio-pectineal line and

is inserted into the middle two-fourths of the femur.

The rest of the Adductor mass (Adductores medius et posticus)

rises from both rami of the pubes, from the symphysis, and from

the ramus and tuberosity of the ischium. It is inserted into the

middle two-fourths of the femur.

The Quadriceps Extensor Cruris has the usual four heads.

The Superficialis quadricipitis (Rectus Femoris) has only one head,

which probably corresponds to both the straight and reflected

heads of human anatomy.

The Lateralis quadricipitis (Vastus externus) is much larger than

the mesialis (V. internus). The Profundus quadicipitis (Crureus)

rises from the whole length of the shaft of the femur.

The 7ihialis Anticus has no femoral origin. It rises from the

upper third of the tibia and is inserted into the rudimentary first

metatarsal.

The Extensor Longus Digitorum rises as usual from the external

condyle of the femur: it divides into a superficial and deep layer ;

872 MR. F. G., PARSONS ON THB [Nov. 29,

the former runs to the index and medius, the latter to all four

digits.

"There is no trace of an Eatensor Proprius Hallucis.

The four Peroneal Muscles (longus, brevis, quarti digiti, and quinti

digiti) have the attachments usually found in hystricomorphine

rodents.

The outer head of the Gastrocnemius rises from the external

condyle and outer side of the patella; a large fabella is developed

in it. The inner head only comes from the condyle and has a

smaller fabella.

The Plantaris rises from the external fabella; it is large and

fleshy in the calf; its tendon with that of the gastrocnemius forms

the usual rope-like twisting described in the ‘ Journal of Anatomy ’

(vol. xxviii. p. 414). In the sole there is no muscular belly re-

presenting the flexor brevis digitorum, but tendons pass to form

flexores perforati to all four digits, though the outermost is very

small.

The Soleus rises from the outer side of the head of the fibula; it

joins the tendo Achillis just above the ankle. .

The Popliteus is normal.

The Flexor Tibialis (Flexor longus digitorum) rises from the

second quarter of the posterior surface of the tibia, below the

popliteus. It is inserted into the tibial dssicle (see fig. 7, p. 877).

The Flexor Fibularis (Flexor lonyus hallucis) rises from the upper

half of the back of the tibia and fibula and sends tendons (flexores

perforantes) to all four toes.

It will thus be seen that in Pedetes the flexor tibialis fails to join

the flexor fibularis in the sole. This is a marked contrast to the

arrangement in the Dipodide and also to that of most of the

Hystricomorpha.

The Tibialis Posticus and Accessorius are absent.

The two middle Lumbricales are present.

Of the deep muscles of the foot the first layer consists of an

adductor indicis and of an adductor minimi digiti. The second

layer contains four double-headed flewores breves. The third layer

is represented by one dorsal interosseous muscle between the index

and medius ; it is inserted into the dorsal expansion of the medius.

In contrasting the myology of Pedetes with my former work on

the muscles of other Rodents, it is evident that this animal, like the

Dipodide, occupies a position between the Hystricomorpha and

Myomorpha. The mostimportant Hystricomorphine characteristics

are :—

1. The large anterior deep part of the masseter passing through

the infraorbital foramen: this is always found in the

Hystricomorpha and never, so far as I know, in the Myo-

morpha except in a very rudimentary condition.

2. The absence of the transversus mandibule, which is always

present in the Myomorpha.

3. The absence of the omo-hyoid. It is true that this muscle is

1898.] ANATOMY OF PEDETES CAFFER, 873

not always absent in the Hystricomorpha, but it is always

present in the Myomorpha.

4. The presence of a splenius colli. This is not a very

important point, but 1 have never yet found the muscle

among the Myomorpha.

The most important Myomorphine characteristics are :—

1. The arrangement of the depressor mandibule (digastric).

This has the tendinous arcade and fused anterior bellies so

characteristic of myomorphine and sciuromorphine rodents.

. The absence of a scalenus ventralis. This muscle is not

always present in the Hystricomorpha, but it is always absent

in the Myomorpha.

3. The absence of a claviculo-seapularis, a muscle which was

always found in the Hystricomorpha but never in the

Myomorpha.

4. The flexor tibialis does not unite with the flexor fibularis in

the sole as it usually doesin the Hystricomorpha. Dobson

made a great point of the value of these tendons for

classificatory purposes, but I have met with evidence to

show that it is not altogether reliable.

. The biceps cubiti (flexor longus cubiti) has two heads: this

arrangement is almost invariable among the Myomorpha,

but it also sometimes occurs in the Hystricomorpha.

With regard to the relationship of Pedetes with the Dipodide,

the following resemblances are important and suggestive :—

1. There is a tendinous arcade in the digastric and the anterior

bellies are in contact.

2. There is no claviculo-scapularis.

3. The origin of the omo-trachelian (levator clavicule) is from

the atlas.

4, The rectus ventralis does not decussate with its fellow in

front of the pubic arch.

The following, on the other hand, are points in which Pedetes

differs from the Dipodide :—

1. The scalenus ventralis (anticus) does not rise from the basi-

occipital bone.

. There are two heads to the biceps cubiti (flexor longus

cubiti).

. There is no transversus mandibule.

. There is no omo-hyoid.

. The splenius colli is present.

. The flexor tibialis does not join the flexor fibularis in the

sole.

o> Orie bo

am of opinion that a careful comparison of the muscles

of Pedetes with those of other Rodents shows that it is allied

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1898, No. LVIII. 58

874 MR. F. G. PARSONS ON THE [Nov. 29,

to the Dipodide, but that it occupies a position between them

and the Hystricomorphine Rodents; and, if it is desirable for

practical purposes to arbitrarily draw a sharp line between the

Hystricomorpha and Myomorpha, Pedetes would fall on the

hystricomorphine side and the Dipodide on the myomorphine.’

Lngamentous System.

The Temporo-maaxillary joint has a well-marked lax meniscus;

when the condyle glides forward and backward the meniscus

accompanies it, but the hinge-like movements of opening and

closing the mouth take place between the condyle and the

meniscus.

The Sterno-clavicular joint is formed by the inner end of the

clavicle, which is bevelled at the expense of its ventral surface so as

to slide dorsal to the manubrium sterni. This inner part of the

clavicle is cartilaginous and is fastened to the sternum by fibrous

tissue.

Acromio-clavicular joint.—The acromion is united to the clavicle

by fibro-cartilage and there is no joint cavity here.

The Coraco-clavicular ligament is well marked and runs from

the dorsal border of the clavicle to the coracoid.

The Shoulderyoint has a lax capsule without any openings,

except that for the biceps tendon, or any appreciable thickenings.

Both coraco- and gleno-humeral ligaments were looked for, but no

trace of them was seen.

The Elbow is chiefly remarkable for a well-marked crescentic

sesamoid bone in the orbicular ligament; it is attached to the

external condyle by the external lateral ligament and gives origin

to the supinator brevis; it articulates with the radius and the

humerus, and between it and the olecranon there is a pad of fat.

Pronation through 3 of a circle is allowed at this joint when the

muscles are removed.

The interosseous membrane between the radius and ulna is very

strong ; above most of the fibres run from the ulna downward and

outward to the radius, below they mostly have the opposite

direction. There is no synovial cavity between the lower end of

the ulna and radius, but the triangular fibro-cartilage is continuous

with the interosseous membrane.

Wrist-joint.—The styloid process of the ulna is large and

rounded, and fits into a concavity formed by the cuneiform and

pisiform bones. The anterior ligament of the wrist contains ulno-

carpal and radio-carpal bands, which both run to the great scapho-

lunar bone. The prepollex articulates with the radial extremity

of the scapho-lunar (see fig. 1, p. 863), and there is a well-marked

' Since writing the above I have re-read a paper by Mr. Oldfield Thomas on

the ‘‘ Genera of Rodents,” P. Z. 8. 1896, p. 1012, and am pleased to find that his

views on the position of Pedetes, founded on a study of the skull and teeth,

agree exactly with my own. I hope soon to be able to compare the muscles of

Anomalurus with those of Pedetes.

1898. ] ANATOMY OF PEDETES CAFTER, 875

synovial cavity which communicates with the main cavity of the

carpus. The distal segment of the radial ossicle is connected with

the proximal by means of ligaments, but there is, as far as I can

make out after careful examination, no synovial cavity.

Hip-joint.—The capsule is not specially thickened at any one

place ; it is attached all round the acetabulum and to the transverse

ligament ventro-caudally ; externally it thins suddenly before its

attachment to the junction of the neck and shaft, so that the

margin of the thick part forms a sphincter round the neck of the

femur. The cotyloid ligament is much broader in proportion than

in man and keeps the head of the femur in position, so that a good

deal of force is required to release it. Over the cotyloid notch,

where it is just as broad as elsewhere, it forms the transverse

ligament. The bgamentum teres consists of a narrow ribbon-like

band of fibrous tissue contained in a sheath of synovial membrane.

The fibrous tissue is continued through the cotyloid notch and

under the transverse ligament to the dorsal part of the capsule ; it

checks no movement of which the joint is capable, but, in extreme

flexion, tenses some of the dorsal part of the capsule. The

Haversian pad of fat is present and well marked.

Fig. 5.

Knee-joint of Pedetes with the femur removed.

L.P. Ligamentum patella.

L.M. Ligamentum mucosum.

ES. & LS. External and internal semilunar cartilages.

A.C. & P.C. Anterior and posterior crucial ligaments.

The Knee-jownt.—On opening the joint from the front the

synovial membrane is seen to be continued up for about } inch

above the upper limit of the trochlear surface. The origins of the

extensor longus digitorum and popliteus are both within the

synovial cavity. The external lateral ligament runs downward

and very much backward to the head of the fibula. The internal

lateral ligament is not prolonged so far down the tibia as it is in

many mammals ; it passes from the internal condyle downward and

forward, to the head of the tibia + in. below the level of the joint,

58*

876 MR. F. G. PARSONS ON THE [Nov. 29,

The posterior ligament consists only of vertical fibres which are

pierced by the large azygos artery.

Laterally, behind the condyle on each side, the joint cavity

communicates with a bursa under the respective heads of the

gastrocnemius, while in each head of the gastrocnemius there is a

fabella. The two crucial ligaments have the human attachments,

but they are not connected together at all. The synovial

membrane of the ligamentum mucosum is continued back to the

crucial ligaments, so that it is impossible to pass a probe between

the ligamentum mucosum and the anterior crucial ligament as in

man. The semilunar cartilages are remarkable for having their

anterior parts ossified ; this is interesting when it is compared

with the condition of the orbicular ligament in the elbow, though,

as has already been pointed out, the animal was a fully adult, if

Fig. 6.

Knee-joint of Pedetes from behind.

A.C. & P.O. Anterior and posterior crucial ligaments.

ES. & 1.8. External and internal semilunar cartilages.

A.S. Articular surface over which popliteus plays.

not an aged specimen. The posterior attachment of the external

cartilage runs upward and inward, to be attached to the back of the

internal condyle ; it lies in a plane posterior to that of the posterior

crucial ligament and evidently corresponds to the oblique ligament

of Humphry of human anatomy (see fig.6). The posterior part of

the external coronary ligament is the only part present, but the

internal semilunar cartilage has more or less of a coronary ligament

allround. The two cartilages are connected to the lateral ligaments

by loose connective tissue, so that they can move independently of

these. In extension of the joint there is a considerable portion of

the articular surface of the external tuberosity of the tibia behind

1898.] ANATOMY OF PEDETES OAFFER. 877

the external semilunar cartilage; over this the popliteus tendon

glides (see fig. 6, A.S.).

The Ankle-joint.—A. strong ligament runs from the front of the

lower extremity of the tibia, just at the upper attachment of the

anterior ligament of the ankle, forward to join the expansion of

the extensor longus digitorum on the inner side of the medius

digit and opposite the metatarso-phalangeal joint. The anterior

ligament of the ankle is very feeble and has a layer of fat between

it and the synovial membrane. The posterior ligament is

practically absent. The external lateral ligament consists of

three bands: the most superficial runs from the tibia at the

posterior margin for the groove of the peroneals to the upper

margin of the outer surface of the caleaneum just below the tip of

the externai malleolus. A second ligament runs downward and

backward, from the anterior border and tip of the external

malleolus, crossing deeply to the last ligament and being attached

to the caleaneum just behind it. A third ligament runs from

the back of the external malleolus to the outer side of the

Fig. 7.

Inner view of ankle and foot of Pedetes.

A. Internal lateral ligament. F. Sustentaculum tali.

B. Tibial ossicle. G. Ligament running forward to

C. Flexor tibialis tendon. dorsum of toe.

D. Rudimentary 1st metatarsal. H. Calcaneo-navicular ligament.

E. Tibialis anticus tendon.

astragalus. It will be noticed that the last-named two bands

correspond to the middle and posterior fasciculi of the human

external lateral ligament, but that the anterior fasciculus of that

ligament is absent. The internal lateral ligament consists of two

bands, superficial and deep; the superficial rans downward and

forward trom the internal malleolus to the sustentaculum tali;

the deep band is shorter and runs from the same place downward

and backward to the inner side of the astragalus.

878 MR. F, G. PARSONS ON THE [Nov. 29, .

Tarsal joints. —The astragalus is bound to the calcaneum by

dorsal and interosseous ligaments ; they are both very strong, and

the latter runs from the plantar surface of the head of the

astragalus to the anterior part of the dorsal surface of the

calcaneum.

Dorsal ligaments between the other tarsal bones are present

but are not worthy of special mention. The calcaneo-navicular

ligament is strong and consists of two layers of fibres; the plantar

run antero-posteriorly and the dorsal transversely. The long

calcaneo-cuboid ligament is well marked and runs forward chiefly

into the origins of the deep muscles of the sole; beneath the bases

of the 4th and 5th metatarsals there is a sesamoid bone in this

ligament. The short calcaneo-cuboid ligament lies deep to the

last and is entirely concealed by it; it is well marked and runs

from bone to bone.

The Tarso-metatarsal joints have dorsal and plantar ligaments.

The Metatarso-phalangeal joints have two sesamoid bones

developed in the plantar ligament; these bones are firmly connected

with the phalanx, but very loosely with the metatarsal bone, so

that they can glide over the head of the latter ; lateral ligaments

connect the metatarsal bone with the phalanx and each of these

with the sesamoid bone.

Digestive System.

The Palate-Just behind the upper incisor teeth is a well-

marked fossa 4 inch deep (A, fig. 8, p. 879); behind this are two

triangular patches of fur, the apices of which meet in the middle

line (C, fig. 8). Behind these, on each side, there is an elongated

piriform fossa which projects backward on the outer side of the

molar teeth, lying between these and the zygoma (B, fig. 8). The

anterior part of this fossa is the broader and is 3 inch deep.

Posteriorly it tails off and becomes shallower. The hard palate is

raised into nine transverse ridges on each side ; the hindermost of

these is opposite the premolar tooth. The anterior five of these

ridges meet their fellows in the mid line. The posterior four fail

todo so. The hinder part of the hard palate is smooth. The

soft palate and the pillars of the fauces form a piriform opening

of small size, through which the naso-pharynx communicates with

the bucco-pharynx.

The Tongue is remarkable for the presence of a Jarge number of

filiform papille on its posterior third ; they are long and quite hide

the circumvallate papilla. The foliate papille are feebly marked,

and consist of fourteen short parallel slits on each side without

any definite oval ring enclosing them.

The Stomach is almost human in shape, except that the part

corresponding to the greater cul-de-sac is ill-developed. The

greater curvature measured 63 inches, the lesser 13 (see fig. 9).

The Duodenum forms, as usual, a large free loop; it is 11 inches

long. The rest of the small intestine measures 6 feet 5 inches,

making a total of 7 feet 4 inches from the pylorus to the ileo-

1898. ] ANATOMY OF PEDETES CAFFER. 879

Fig. 8.

Palate of Pedetes.

A. & B. Fosse. D. Cut edge of soft palate.

C. Patch of fur. E. Posterior opening of nares.

Fig. 9.

Digestive organs of Pedetes.

D. Duodenum. St. Stomach.

P. Pancreas. Sp. Spleen,

880 MR. F. G. PARSONS ON THE [Noy. 29,

cecal valve. The ileum opens into the cecum on its posterior

surface, but there is no sacculus rotundus (see fig. 10).

Fig. 10.

Czecum of Pedetes viewed from behind.

A. Tleum. B. Cecum, C. Colon.

The Cecwn is a thin-walled sac of large calibre, 8 inches in

length. Itis bent into a horseshoe loop, and round the con-

vexity of the horseshoe the colon lies, the two viscera being

bound together by areolar tissue and having no peritoneum

between them. The cecum ends bluntly, and there is no

appendix. When the cecum is opened the ileo-cecal orifice is

seen ; this is a transverse slit } inch long, capable, when fully

distended, of admitting a quill-pen. The valve which guards this

opening has, as usual, two lips, cecal and colic. The cecal lip is

the more prominent, and is prolonged halfway round the gut as

a shelf; the colic lip does not extend so far. The mucous mem-

brane of the cecum has a number of transverse ruge ; these are

best marked opposite the posterior part where the vessels enter

and the peritoneal attachment is. The Colon is at first diated,

1898.] ANATOMY OF PEDETES CAFFER. 881

but rapidly narrows, and 7 inches from the valve attains its

normal calibre. It measures 3 feet 10 inches from the valve to

the anus.

The alimentary canal of the foetus corresponds very accurately

with that of its mother; the cecum has the same arrangement.

No Meckel’s diverticulum was seen in the ileum.

The Pancreas is a fleshy tongue-shaped gland, about 3 inches

long, lying in the concavity of the duodenum ; its duct enters the

latter about 3 inches from the pylorus (see fig. 9).

The Spleen is relatively very small; it measures 1? inches in

its long diameter, and is remarkable for having a notch on its

posterior border (see fig. 9). In the foetus it was comparatively

much longer and was triangular in section; no notches were

present.

Fig. 11.

RL. PV. Re. Met

Under surface of liver of Pedetes.

R.L. Right lateral lobe. C. Caudate lobe.

R.C. Right central lobe. Sp. Spigelian lobe.

L.C. Left central lobe. P.V. Portal vein.

L.L. Left lateral lobe. V.C. Vena cava.

The Liver contains the six typical lobes—right and left central,

right and left lateral, spigelian, and caudate. Of these the left

lateral is much the largest, and the caudate has the characteristic

leaf-like shape. In the feetus the lobulation is identical, but

neither in it nor in the adult specimen is there any gall-bladder.

On comparing the digestive system of Dipus with that of

Pedetes, it was noticed that the depressions behind the incisor

and on the outer sides of the molar teeth are wanting, while the

ridges on the hard palate extend back as far as the last molar

tooth. There are, however, the same two triangular patches of

fur, meeting by their apices behind the upper incisors. In the

stomach the great cul-de-sac is better developed than it is in

882 MR. F. G. PARSONS ON THE [Nov. 29,

Pedetes. The cecum is 4 inches long in Dipus jaculus ; it has a

much larger calibre than either intestine, but is not charac-

teristically coiled ; it is sacculated, and has a fold of peritoneum,

about 3 inch wide, running along one margin and ending in a

free border containing vessels. In the liver of Dipus jaculus the

right central and right lateral lobes apparently were fused into

one large one; the caudate lobe was large, and resembled that of

the Rabbit in shape and relations. In Dipus hirtipes the right

lateral lobe was distinct, though small, and was closely pressed

against the caudate, so that the two lobes together made a

concavity for the anterior part of the right kidney. The gall-

bladder was well marked in both species of Dipus.

Respiratory System.

The Larynx shows little worthy of special mention; the

arytenoids, as is usual in Rodents, lie at the sides of the larynx.

There are no false vocal cords, but the true ones are well marked.

The epiglottis is remarkable for a very prominent cushion. The

Trachea is 12 inches long, and has 18 rings before its bifurcation.

Opposite the 6th ring, ¢. e. 3 inch from the cricoid, a median septum

commences, and after this the trachea is a double-barrelled tube.

The septum at first consists merely of mucous membrane, and has

a concave free edge towards the larynx; lower down cartilaginous

rings are continued into it, and these eventually become double.

In the foetal specimen the same septum was noticed ; it reached as

far forward as the 3rd ring (there were 16 rings altogether). The

right lung has four lobes, of which one is the azygos. The left

lung has three. There is an eparterial bronchus on the right side.

In the respiratory system Dipus has no septum in its trachea ;

the right lung has four lobes, as in Pedetes, but the left only had

a single lobe in Dipus jaculus and hirtipes.

Urino-Genital System.

The Kidneys are compact spheroidal bodies and are very nearly

on the same level; the right renal artery is, however, rather more

anterior (cepbalic) than the left. On section one large median

papilla is seen opening into the pelvis renalis, and when this is

turned aside two smaller ones are found in front and behind it ;

there is also a small one above and below, making seven in all.

The Adrenals are described with the vascular system.

The Bladder was contracted in this specimen, it measured 13

inches in its longest diameter ; the ureters open at the junction

of the anterior 3 with the posterior 3 of the dorso-lateral aspect.

The Urethra is 1? inches long, and opens into the vagina 7 inch

from the vulval orifice.

The Uterus is bicornuate, and the foetus was situated in the

right cornu, the placenta being attached to the antero-external

part, close to the opening of the Fallopian tube. The left cornu

was normal and was 1 inch long. The cervix uteri projects into

1898.] ANATOMY OF PEDETES CAFFER. 883

the vagina for 1 inch, and on the dorsal side of its extremity are

two external ora.

The Vagina is 3 inches in length, and is marked by prominent

longitudinal ruge.

The Fallopian Tubes differ on the two sides, that on the right

(the pregnant side) is 14 inches, while the left only measures

; inch.

r The Ovaries are situated in a peritoneal pouch corresponding to

the arrangement figured by Robinson! in the Porcupine. The

right one is 3 inch long, fusiform and smooth; the left one is

larger and more spherical.

The Placenta, when the membranes were opened, was seen to

be a thick disc 2 inches long by 12 broad; its uterine surface

was convex and smooth, its foetal surface concave and lobulated.

The umbilical cord was 5 inches long and was attached to the

foetal surface on one side of the middle.

The Mammary Gland is very large and oceupies the whole of

the pectoral region as well as a good deal of the lateral wall of

the thorax ; ventrally it reaches the mid line, dorsally it extends

rather beyond a line drawn horizontally backward from the dorsal

fold of the axilla. Anteriorly it reaches to within 4 inch from

the clavicle, while posteriorly its edge corresponds to the costal

margins. As has been already stated, there are two nipples on

each side.

The Fetus was 7 inches long from the snout to the root of the

tail, the tail itself being another 3 inches. The head was flexed

on the ventral surface of the thorax, and the fore limbs tucked

in under the chin. All the joints of the hind limb were strongly

flexed, the ankles being close together and the feet crossing so

that the right was the more superficial. The tail was coiled up

on the right of the right thigh and leg. The eyelids were closed,

but could be opened by a little traction. The auricles differed in

position on the two sides ; that on the right was folded back over

the neck, reaching as far as the mid-dorsal line, while the left was

turned down and partly covered the eye. The skin was devoid of

hair, but the vibrisse on the side of the snout were numerous and

about 3 inch long; there were also five or six shorter bristles

above each eye, and three on each side growing from a small flat

papilla on the side of the face, dorsad and caudad of the eye.

The claws were indicated, but were not yet hardened. The foetus

was of the male sex, and the genital aperture was situated on the

summit of a well-marked eminence ; at first sight there appeared

to be two genital openings, but the more caudal was a blind pouch.

The anus was a transverse, slightly crescentic slit.

When the skin was removed the eminence was seen to be

caused by the penis, which formed a U-shaped curve on the

abdomen, the convexity of the U being forward, and also by the

scrotal sacs, which already contained the testes.

1 “On the Position and Peritoneal Relations of the Mammalian Ovary,”

Journ. of Anat. & Phys. 1887.

884 MR. F, G. PARSONS ON THE [Nov. 29,

In Dipus the uterus resembles that of Pedetes, the Fallopian

tubes are very short, and the cervix uteri has two ora on its

dorsal aspect. The urethra is very long, so that the bladder is an

abdominal organ ; it opens, however, just beneath the clitoris, at

the vulval orifice.

Vascular System,

The Heart shows nothing to attract special attention in the

ventricles. There is no moderator band in the right. The right

auricle shows a well-marked, nearly vertical ridge on the posterior

wall (D, fig. 12), lying between the posterior (E) and left anterior (C)

caval orifices. It is described by Marshall in the Rabbit as the

Eustachian valve (‘ Practical Zoology,’ p. 333), but it is on the

wrong side of the postcaval opening to correspond with that

structure in man. Its position seems to me to correspond most

closely with that of the septum spurium of His. The foramen

ovale (B) is patent, and opens into the left auricle by a valvular

slit-like opening, exactly as it does when it is patent in man.

Two pulmonary veins open into the left auricle on each side.

Fig. 12,

Heart of Pedetes with right auricle opened from in front.

A. Right anterior vena cava. | D. Ridge.

B. Foramen ovale. EH. Posterior vena cava.

C. Left anterior vena cava. | FF. Appendage with musculi pectinati.

The branches of the arch of the aorta are, as in man, innominate,

left carotid, and left subclavian.

In the foetal specimen the foramen ovale is large, the Eustachian

valve is attached to the ventral side of the postcaval orifice.

The ridge which has been described in the adult heart is distinct

from the Eustachian val\e, and is best marked on the ventral

1898. ] ANATOMY OF PEDETES CAFFER. 885

(right) margin of the right precaval orifice. The musculi pectinati

converge to it.

The Innominate artery divides at the right sterno-clavicular

articulation into carotid and subclavian; the former runs along

the side of the trachea, and at the anterior border of the larynx

divides into external and internal carotids.

The Subclavian artery gives off the vertebral just before the

vagus crosses it; more externally it gives off a transversalis colli

to the side of the neck, and an internal mammary round which

the phrenic nerve loops as it does in man.

The Awillary artery divides into two branches of nearly equal

size: one of these supplies the axilla, the other goes on as the

brachial; the former divides into a ventral branch, which ac-

companies the internal anterior thoracic nerve to the pectorals

and panniculus, and a dorsal branch, which supplies the dorsal

part of the axilla, crosses dorsal to the brachial artery and nerves,

and passes through the quadrilateral space at the upper part of

the arm to join the circumflex nerve: it will thus be seen that

the termination of this artery corresponds to the posterior circum-

flex of human anatomy.

The Brachial artery crosses ventral to the inner cord of the

plexus, and runs down the arm between the median and ulnar

nerves. About the middle of the arm it gives off a superior

profunda branch, which accompanies the musculo-spiral nerve to

the back. A little above the elbow an external branch is given off

which runs superficially to the skin of the outer side of the fore-

arm, while opposite the origin of this is an internal branch which

is probably the anastomotica magna. After this the brachial artery

passes through the fibrous supracondylar foramen with the median

nerve, and at the bend of the elbow gives off a small ulnar branch,

which, however, ends in the muscles of the forearm. The main

artery now divides into a common interosseous, supplying the

deep parts of the front and back of the forearm, and the median

artery, which accompanies the nerve of the same name into the

hand.

The Thoracic and Abdominal Aorte give off the same branches

as in the Rabbit. The aorta bifurcates opposite the 6th lumbar

vertebra, the caudal artery being given off from the dorsal surface

of it, about + inch before the bifurcation. The Common Iliac

arteries bifurcate into external and internal iliacs, close to the

inner border of the tendon of the psoas parvus.

The Internal Iliac runs backward along the dorsum of the

pelvis for some little distance; it then gives off a vesico-hemor-

rhoidal branch, which divides to supply the bladder, uterus, and

rectum, and a gluteal branch, which escapes from the pelvis

through the great sciatic notch. The point where the gluteal

branch comes off I regard as the division between the anterior and

posterior, or rather ventral and dorsai, trunks of the internal iliac

(see “ 6th Collective Investigation Report of the Anatomical Society

of Gt. Britain and Ireland,” Journal of Anatomy, vol. xxx. p. 31).

886 MR. F, G. PARSONS ON THE [Nov. 29,

The ventral trunk of the internal iliac runs backward in the pelvis

and soon gives off the sciatic artery ; some little distance beyond

this it divides into its two terminal branches, the obturator and

internal pudic.

The Eawternal Iliac Artery runs along the brim of the true

pelvis to the middle of Poupart’s ligament, where it becomes the

Femoral; this, almost at once, gives off a big branch (Internal

Circumflex), which sinks into the substance of the thigh, passing

round the inner side of the head of the femur. Nearly opposite

the origin of this another branch ( Ewternal Circumflew) runs outward

and divides into a superficial and deep division, while almost at the

same point another artery (Profunda femoris) passes backward and

breaks up to supply almost all the muscles of the thigh. The

continuation of the femoral artery which is now the Superficial

Femoral runs downward as far as the middle of the inner side of

the thigh, where it divides into Popliteal and Internal Saphenous.

The former, which is the larger, runs to the popliteal space ; the

latter passes superficially across the gracilis (Adductor cruris) and

reaches the inner side of the leg just behind the inner border of

the tibia; it then passes down behind the internal malleolus to the

sole of the foot, where it forms a plantar arch superficial to the

plantar tendons. From this arch branches are given off to the

2nd and 3rd, and 3rd and 4th digits. At the posterior part of the

sole of the foot a small external plantar artery is given off, which

accompanies the nerve of the same name and supplies the deep

muscles of the sole as well as the 5th digit. The Popliteal Artery,

after giving off articular branches to the knee-joint, divides into

anterior and posterior tibial at the upper border of the popliteus

muscle. The Posterior Tibial is a small artery which ends in the

muscles of the calf. The Anterior Tibial passes in front of the

popliteus, pierces the interosseous membrane, and supplies the

muscles in front of the leg, a very small branch continuing on to

the dorsum of the foot.

The Venous System.—The veins were examined, but nothing

special was noticed. There are, as has been mentioned, two

anterior venz cavee.

The Thymus is a small irregular mass in the anterior (cephalic)

mediastinum; it is about 3 inch long by j inch broad, and is

divided into two lobes, which communicate across the middle line

in two places. In the foetal specimen the thymus is not very large,

and it does not relatively occupy much more of the thorax than in

the adult. The Adrenals are situated as usual just anterior to the

kidneys; the left is a good deal larger than the right, and is rather

further from the kidney.

The Nervous System.

The Cranial Nerves—No difference was noticed between these

nerves and those of the Rabbit, except that no ansa hypoglossi was

found. The sterno-hyoid and sterno-thyroid muscles were supplied

by branches from the second and third cervical nerves. As the loop

1898. ] ANATOMY OF PEDETES CAFFER, 887

of communication between the descendens hypoglossi and the upper

cervical nerves is always present in the Rabbit, I only wish to record

that I failed to find it in this specimen of Pedetes; I may have cut

it away or this may have been an abnormal specimen.

Brachial Plecus.—There is reason to believe that the limb plexuses

of mammals nearly related differ not only in their arrangement

but also in the number of spinal nerves which go to form them.

T am led to this belief from the fact that in 1887 Professor Paterson

figured the limb plexuses of Atherura fasciculata (Journal of

Anatomy, vol. xxi. p. 611). In 1894 I figured those of Atherura

africana (P. Z. 8S. 1894, pp. 688 & 690). At that time I had

not read Prof. Paterson’s paper, so that the two observations were

quite independent of oneanother. In my animal the fifth cervical

nerve certainly entered into the brachial plexus, while in Prof.

Paterson’s it was quite independent of it. It seems therefore impor-

tant to figure or describe limb plexuses whenever possible in order

to find out how far they are constant structures. In Pedetes the

brachial plexus is made up of the 5th, 6th, 7th, and 8th cervical nerves

and the Ist thoracic. The 5th and 6th nerves unite to form the

outer cord, and it is interesting to notice that this cord receives

no communication of any kind from the 7th.

The 7th and 8th cervical and 1st thoracic nerves unite to form

the inner cord, while the posterior cord is made up of fibres derived

from all the roots entering the plexus.

The suprascapular nerve rises from the 5th cervical nerve only ;

in Paterson’s specimen of Atherura it came from the 6th, while

in my specimen of the same animal it came from the 5th, with a

small branch from the 6th. My own observations make me believe

that the 5th cervical is its usual origin in mammals.

The nerve to the subscapularis (upper subscapular) comes from

the junction of the 5th and 6th cervicals.

The musculo-cutaneous nerve rises from the outer cord, passes

above the coraco-brachialis (between it and the humerus) and

supplies it ; then it gives off two branches to the flexor brevis

cubiti (brachialis anticus), and one to the flexor longus cubiti

(biceps) ; after this it becomes cutaneous in the forearm as usual.

The median nerve rises by a head from the inner and one from

the outer cord ; these unite in the axilla and the nerve runs down

the arm on the outer side of the brachial artery, with which it passes

through the fibrous supracondylar foramen. At the bend of the

elbow a bundle of branches is given off which supplies all the

muscles of the flexor surface of the forearm except the flexor carpi

ulnaris and the flexor sublimis digitorum; the deepest of these

branches, the one supplying the pronator quadratus, corresponds

to the human anterior interosseous nerve. A little lower down a

cutaneous branch is given off which supplies the lower part of the

flexor surface of the forearm and the palm. About the middle of

the forearm the nerve divides into two branches of equal size, which

run side by side with the median artery to the hand: the more

ulnar of these is the larger and supplies all four digital clefts as

well as the radial side of the pollex and the ulnar side of the

888 MR. F. G. PARSONS ON THE [Nov. 29,

minimus; the more radial one supplies the thenar muscles and

reinforces the second and third digital clefts.

The ulnar nerve comes from the inner cord and runs down on

the inner side of the brachial artery, passes deep to the epitrochleo-

anconeus muscle, which it supplies, and in the forearm only supplies

the flexor carpi ulnaris and the flexor sublimis digitorum,

no branch being given to the flexor profundus. After this the

nerve passes to the deep part of the hand and supplies all the muscles

of the palm except those of the thenar eminence. The usual

dorsal cutaneous branch is given off to supply one and a half digits

on the ulnar side of the hand. It will thus be seen that in this

specimen of Pedetes there has been an exchange of fibres usually

bound up in the ulnar and median nerves respectively. The flexor

sublimis digitorum is entirely supplied by the ulnar, an arrangement

which has already been observed in many mammals by Professor

K. von Bardeleben ; but, on the other hand, the whole of the flexor

profundus digitorum and all the digits on their palmar surfaces

are supplied by the median.

The internal cutaneous nerve comes from the inner cord and

supplies the skin of the inner side of the arm and forearm. There

is no separate lesser internal cutaneous, but the lateral cutaneous

branch of the second intercostal (intercosto-humeral) crosses the

axilla and supplies the skin of the upper part of the inner side of

the arm.

The internal and external anterior thoracic nerves come off from

the internal and external cords respectively and form a loop from

which the pectorals are supplied ; from the internal anterior

thoracic a large branch (lateral cutaneous nerve of the thorax)

passes back to supply the abdomino-humeralis portion of the

panniculus as well as part at least of the pectoralis quartus’.

The musculo-spiral nerve derives fibres from the dorsal divisions

of all the trunks entering the brachial plexus ; that, however, from

the first thoracic joins it, after the circumflex and subscapular

branches have been given off ; the nerve winds round the back of

the humerus as usual, supplying the triceps, latissimo-olecranalis,

anconeus, and skin of the back of the arm and forearm, but no

branch is given to the flexor brevis cubiti (brachialis anticus). In

front of the external condyle it divides as usual into radial and

posterior interosseous, the former supplying three and a half

radial digits on their dorsal surfaces, the latter all the extensor

muscles of the forearm.

The circumflex nerve comes off from the combined dorsal

divisions of the 5th and 6th nerves, so that it can only obtain

fibres from these. It pursues the usual course and supplies the

teres minor and all three parts of the deltoid.

The middle and lower subscapular nerves rise from the musculo-

spiral before the dorsal division of the first thoracic has joined

that nerve. The middle subscapular supplies the latissimus dorsi

1 Professor Birmingham has published a masterly discussion on this subject

in the ‘Journal of Anatomy,’ vol. xxiii. p, 206.

1898. ] ANATOMY OF PEDETES CAFFER. 889

only ; the lower supplies chiefly the teres major, but, as in man,

gives a small branch to the lower part of the subscapularis.

Iumbo-Sacral Plewus.—The nerves which enter into this plexus

are the 4th, 5th, 6th, and 7th lumbar, and the 1st and 2nd sacral.

The genito-crural nerve rises from the 4th lumbar, appears on the

surface of the psoas, and passes down to the middle of Poupart’s

ligament, where it is distributed to the skin of the groin.

The external cutaneous rises from the fourth and fifth lumbar

nerves and pursues its usual course to the outer side of the thigh ;

this it supplies, as well as the platysma, which is here well

developed. The anterior crural comes from the fifth and sixth

lumbar and appears on the outer side of the psoas. At Poupart’s

ligament it divides into a superficial and a deep division. The

superficial supplies the skin of the front and inner side of the thigh,

and, owing to the feeble development of the ilio-tibialis (sartorius),

the long saphenous is part of this division. The long saphenous

supplies the inner side of the leg as far as the foot, but it lies con-

siderably anterior to the long saphenous artery. The deep division

of the anterior crural supplies the deep muscles of the front of

the thigh.

The obturator nerve also rises from the fifth and sixth lumbar,

and passes through the obturator foramen to supply the obturator

externus and adductors.

The great sciatic nerve comes from the sixth and seventh lumbar

and the first sacral; before it leaves the sciatic notch it gives off a

nerve to the hamstrings and about the middle of the thigh an

extra branch to the flexor cruris lateralis (biceps). In the lower

half of the thigh it divides into external and internal popliteal, but

these nerves, as Paterson points out, are capable of being separated

quite up to their commencement. When this was done it was

found that both of them, as well as the nerve to the hamstrings,

obtained fibres from the sixth and seventh lumbar and first sacral

nerves; the fibres of the nerve to the hamstrings were most

ventral, then those of the internal popliteal, while the external

popliteal fibres were most dorsal.

The nerve to the hamstrings breaks up into five branches; two

of these enter the semitendinosus, two the flexor cruris lateralis

(biceps), while the fifth supplies the semimembranosus and pre-

semimembranosus. It will thus be seen that the flexor cruris

lateralis has three separate nerves entering it.

Before dividing into external and internal popliteal the great

sciatic nerve gives off two cutaneous branches: one of these

supplies the skin on the outer side of the leg; the other one,

corresponding to the short saphenous of human anatomy, runs

down the back of the calf and supplies the outer side of the foot.

It has already been said that the great sciatic divides in the lower

half of the thigh, and of its two branches the internal popliteal

is considerably the larger; this branch supplies the superficial and

deep muscles of the calf, and is continued on as the posterior tibial

to the sole ; here it divides into internal and external plantar, the

Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1898, No. LIX. 59

890 MR. F. 0, PICKARD CAMBRIDGE ON [Nov. 29

former supplying all four toes, the latter passing deep to supply

the muscles. The external popliteal nerve divides into musculo-

cutaneous, which runs down among the peroneals to the dorsum

of the foot, and the anterior tibial, which breaks up into twigs for

the extensor muscles of the leg, one fine branch descending to

supply the extensor brevis digitorum muscle.

The small sciatic, internal pudic, and inferior gluteal nerve come

from the 1st and 2nd sacral nerves; they have practically the

human distribution. The 3rd, 4th, 5th, and 6th nerves form a

long cord which runs along the side of the tail.

Summary of Points of Interest.

1.4Pedetes possesses only two pairs of teats, showing that it is

not in the habit of bringing forth many young at a birth; the

presence of only one foetus in the uterus confirms this,

2. The upper incisors of Pedetes are smooth, those of Dipus are

grooved, but the embryo of Pedetes also has grooved incisors.

3. The presence of the nail in the palm of Pedetes, described by

Bardeleben, is confirmed.

4, Bardeleben’s description of the radial ossicle or prepollex

exactly describes this specimen ; in the foetus the radial ossicle is a

definite cartilaginous structure.

5. In the foot a structure apparently serially homologous with

the radial ossicle was found; but it was attached to the distal

instead of to the proximal row of tarsal bones.

6. The trachea was divided into two by a vertical septum.

7. There was no gall-bladder.

8. A study of the muscles showed that Pedetes was allied to the

Dipodide, but had more hystricomorphine tendencies than those

animals.

3. On new Species of Spiders from Trinidad, West Indies.

By Freperick O. Pickarp Camsrinez, B.A.

[Received October 18, 1898.]

(Plate LIV.)

In this communication I propose to give descriptions of three

new species of Spiders based on specimens collected by Dr. Walter

Ince and Mr. Thos. Potter, of Port-of-Spain, Trinidad, and of

one new species of which specimens are in the collection of the

British Museum from the same locality.

The total number of species of Spiders from this island now re-

presented in the British Museum amounts to eleven only, so that

our friends who have been good enough to supply us with material

will perceive that further consignments from that locality will be

much appreciated.

The examination of Dr. Ince’s collection has led to a very

1898. ] NEW SPIDERS FROM TRINIDAD. 891

interesting discovery, namely, that a large arboreal Theraphosid

indigenous to Trinidad possesses, in both sexes, a stridulating-

apparatus similar in general character to those hitherto found

only amongst, and supposed to be confined to, the Theraphoside of

the Ethiopian and Oriental Regions.

I had myself previously described one of these Spiders, a female,

under the name Santaremia longipes, without, however, discovering

the “lyra” and “ pecten” of the organ in question. This speci-

men, too, had been deprived of the greater part of the long fringing

hairs on the tibize and protarsi of the legs, so characteristic in the

examples sent by Dr. Ince, and it was therefore relegated to the

genus Santaremia and regarded as one of the burrowing Mygales.

Mr. R. I. Pocock, too, had described a spider, also very worn and

rubbed, the locality of which was doubtful, possessing a stridulating-

organ, as Psalmopeeus cambridgii.

There can be now no doubt that the females sent by Dr. Ince

from Trinidad are identical with the spider described by Mr. Pocock;

and probably the locality, doubtfully quoted as “ Hast Indies,”

should now be rectified to ‘* West Indies.”

The important point, however, lies in the fact that hitherto,

although certain members of the family Dipluride indigenous to

the Neotropics possess a very distinct stridulating-organ 1, yet this

is the first record of its occurrence amongst members of the family

Theraphoside found in the Neotropics. It is too early to decide

yet whether this fact will materially modify the classification of the

Theraphoside, according to the presence or absence of this organ,

or not. But the possession of two spurs beneath tibia i. of the

male of the Trinidad spider certainly does not tend to simplify

the question. None of the stridulating Oriental forms possess

any spur beneath tibia i.; and the Trinidad species therefore does

not appear to be simply an Oriental form, far away from the head-

quarters of its kith and kin, but rather a form nearly allied to

Avicularia, Tapinauchenius, &e., abnormal only in the possession

of the stridulating-organ.

I may here say that, thanks to the kindness of Mr. Thos. Potter,

I have been able to examine a magnificent male of this fine species,

all those sent by Dr. Ince having been females.

Being anxious to settle, too, whether this Spider was possibly

Tapinauchenius plumipes (C. Koch)’, I begged from M. E. Simon

an example of what he regards as that species taken in Surinam,

whence Koch’s original type came. Although the Spider sent by

M. Simon is exceedingly similar in general character, it, however,

possesses no stridulating-organ at all, although the two spurs are

present beneath tibiai. Another adult male sent me by M. Simon

from Costa Rica possesses both stridulating-organ and tibial spurs,

though it is certainly not of the same species as the Trinidad

form. final 4

The genus Tapinauchenius then, supposing, as we may reasonably

1 F. Camb. P. Z. 8. 1896, pl. xxxv. figs, 1, 2, 3.

® Die Arachniden, ix. p. 67,.fig. 733. Hab. Surinam. A

892 MR. F. 0, PICKARD CAMBRIDGE ON [Nov. 29,

do, pending further material from Surinam, that M. Simon’s

male is identical with Koch’s species from the same locality, is

distinguished from the very closely allied genus Psalmopeus by

the absence of the stridulating-organ.

I would like here to call attention to a characteristic feature

in these arboreal Theraphosids. Without any doubt the long

feathery fringes on the legs assist the passage of the Spider through

the air, for though I have never witnessed such a passage in

connection with these spiders from Trinidad, I have noticed that

an Aviculana, if irritated off a tree high up, will leap with legs

outspread and fall quite softly, the hairs on the Jegs resisting the

air in the descent. An analogous character can be found on the

tail of the Pigmy Phalanger, which assists it in its passage amongst

the branches and from branch to branch.

Mr. Potter has also sent me some valuable notes on the habits

of these interesting Theraphosids. He tells me that they live in

chinks in the bark of trees and in holes in the trunks, being

abundant also in the thatched roofs of the houses. The bite of

one of these huge spiders proved severe, laying up the victim for a

day or two with pains and feverish symptoms, but did not prove

fatal. Their food consists of cockroaches and other Orthoptera,

grasshoppers, locusts, &c.

Trustworthy information at first hand on these interesting

points is very welcome, for although there is no great difficulty in

securing information, it is by no means easy to persuade oneself

that any of it is worthy of confidence.

The following List contains the names of all the Spiders

represented in the Natural History Museum from the Island of

Trinidad. It need scarcely be remarked that such a list is merely

a beginning, and a very small one at that. Still we are very

grateful to the kind correspondents who have enabled us to draw

up any list at all, and look forward to a great deal more material

being sent over for identification in the near future.

Fam. Crenizip2.

Pseudidiops hartii Pocock. Mr. J. H. Hart.

Actinopus hart Pocock. Messrs. J. H. Hart, Beaven

Rake, and Dr. W. Ince.

Fam. THERAPHOSIDZ.

Avicularia avicularia Linn. Dr. W. Ince, Mr. Beaven

Rake, and the Zoological

Society of London,

Psalmopeeus cambridgii Pocock. Dr. W. Ince ; Messrs.

Thos. Potter and C. Taylor.

Hapalopus incei, sp. n. Mr. J. H. Hart.

Stichoplastus sanguiniceps, sp.n. Mr. J. H. Hart.

Fam. DIPLuRipz.

Brachythele antillensis, sp. n. Dr. W. Ince.

1898.] NEW SPIDERS FROM TRINIDAD. 893

Fam. FILIstatipz.

Filistata hibernalis Hentz. Dr. W. Ince and Mr.

Beaven Rake.

Fam. PIsaAvuRIDz.

Lycoctenus palustris, sp. n. Dr. W. Ince.

Fam. ARGIOPID#.

Argiope argentata Fabr. Mr. J. H. Hart.

Nephila cornuta Pall. Mr. Beaven Rake.

Fam. CTENIZIDA.

ACTINOPUS HARTI Poc. (Plate LIV. fig. 1.)

3. Total length excl. mandb. 12 mm. Carap. 5°5x 5:5.

Legs: i. 22—ii. 21—iii. 20—iv. 26.

Q. Total length 15 mm. Carap. 6x5'5, (Specimens too soft

to allow of further measurements being taken.)

Colour. 3. Carapace and mandibles dull black-purple. Sternum,

mouth-parts, abdomen, and legs olive-brown ; pedipalpi somewhat

paler.

@. Carapace and legs dull clay-yellow; mandibles darker.

Abdomen dull white-brown.

Structure. $.Carapace of the usual character peculiar to the

genus. Caput narrowed behind and deeply indentate at the sides.

Eyes. Anterior row strongly procurved, slightly broader than the

posterior. Centrals larger, one-fourth a diameter apart. Laterals

set on tubercles two and a half diameters from centrals. Centrals

one diameter from margin of clypeus, laterals almost on the

margin. Central posteriors smaller than laterals, one transverse

diameter from them; the latter three diameters from lateral

anteriors. Central posteriors four transverse diameters from

central anteriors.

Labium and maxille entirely devoid of spinules, Tibia of

pedipalp almost as long as the femur, enlarged beneath. at the

base, more attenuate towards apex. Tarsus globular, slightly

bilobate at apex. Bulb, viewed from the outside, short piriform,

bilobate at base, strongly geniculate towards apex, which tends

slightly outward and downward, with two sharp adjacent carine

curved spirally round the outside of the apical half of the bulb

Gri. GEV fig. 1.)

Tarsi and protarsi of the first two pairs of legs numerously

spinose. Tibie i. and ii. with 10-11 spines and spiniform hairs

beneath, toward the apex; the latter with 9-10 smaller sharp

spines in addition on the outer side, 3 being in a row close to the

apex. Patella iil. with a marginal row on anterior side of 8 stout

spines and 12-13 spines on and adjacent to the posterior side,

towards the apex. There are besides 20 and upward spines and

spiniform hairs on the anterior area of the segment, and a row of

four along the dorsal line. The tibia has on the apical margin

about 20 spines, with a few smaller ones on the posterior side.

894 MR. F. 0, PICKARD CAMBRIDGE ON [Nov. 29,

The protarsi and tarsi ii. and iv. are numerously spinous, the

latter being densely scopulate, less so ini. and ii. The rastellum

of the mandibles is simple, not dentate.

The outer margin of the fang-groove bears five, the inner six

stout teeth, with a few smaller ones in the central area towards

the base.

9. General characters the same as in the male with the

following exceptions :—The apex of the labium and the anterior

margin of the coxe of the pedipalp are studded with cuspules ;

those on the former numbering from 6-8. The outer margin of

the fang-groove bears 7 teeth, the inner four, while the inter-

mediate area bears 8 smaller cusps. The rastellum is set at its

apex with 12-14 short blunt cusps. Tibia i. has five spines on

the inner side.

The tarsi of all four pairs of legs are devoid of a true scopula,

being furnished with a few hairs only.

A male and two females were in the collection sent by Dr. Ince,

the latter probably not mature. Although one cannot be absolutely

certain, it is probable that this Spider is the male of A. harti

Pocock.

Fam. THERAPHOSIDS.

HAPALOPUS INCEI, sp. n. (Plate LIV. figs. 8-10 & 12.)

Total length, ¢ 225 mm.; 2 27:5.

3d. Carap.10x75mm. Legs: i.37°5—ii. 33°5—iu. 31°5—iy. 40.

@.Carap.11x9 mm. Legs: 1. 35°5—ii. 32—ill. 80—iv. 42.

Colour. Carapace, legs, and abdomen entirely brown, clothed with

olive-brown hairs and pubescence.

Structure. Eyes closely grouped, less than half a diameter apart.

Anterior row strongly procurved, laterals slightly larger than

centrals.

3g. Carapace very much compressed, in profile. Basal half of

protarsus not scopulate, with a stout spine on the outer side and

another at apex beneath. Tibia i. with two spurs at the apex

beneath ; the outer broad at its apex, bearing a spine on each side,

the inner spur shorter with single spine on its inner side

(Pl. LIV. fig.8). Tibiai. also bears 3 spines (1-1-1) on the outer

side, one being apical.

Protarsus it. scopulate to base, with one spine on outer side and

one at apex beneath. Tibia ii. with 3 spines (1—1—1) on outer side

and 3 towards apex on inner side. Femora i. and ii. with a single

spine on the anterior apical sides.

Protarsus iii. scopulate to within one-third of the base, with

numerous spines. ‘Tibia iii. numerously spinose. Femur iii. with

an apical spine (sometimes absent).

Scopula of tarsus iii. and iv. divided by a band of sete. Pro-

tarsus iv. not scopulate on basal half, numerously spinose; tibia iv.

spinose but less numerously. Bulb of palpus simple, piriform,

its filiform apex directed downward and slightly outward (Pl. LIV.

1898.] NEW SPIDERS FROM TRINIDAD. 895

figs. 9 & 10). Inner basal angle of coxa of pedipalp and apical

half of labium numerously spinulose.

The female is similar in general characters, the legs being more

numerously spinose.

The protarsi of the pedipalp have a pair of spines on the inner

side, a little before the middle, and four spines ranged round the

apical margin on the inner side and beneath.

The protarsi of the first pair of legs have a pair of spines at

the apex beneath, a smaller one on the outer side, and another in

the centre towards the base beneath. The tibie and protarsi of

iii. and iv. are numerously spinose.

This species, of which four adult males and several females were

taken by Dr. Ince, appears to be a fairly common Spider in

Trinidad. Other examples have been received from Messrs. Beaven

Rake and Thomas Potter from the same Island.

The last-named gentleman has very kindly ascertained for me

the habits of these small Theraphosids, which burrow in the

ground somewhat after the fashion of Hurypelma. He says:—

“The hole made by this spider is not lined with silk, so far as I

can see; and if it is, the coating must be very thin and almost

imperceptible. The direction of the burrow is generally at an

oblique angle with the surface of the ground. Sometimes the hole

is straight for a short distance, but it always winds about, and is

more often irregular in direction, like a crab’s hole.

“The earth removed by the spider is nearly always thrown away

from one side of the aperture in a little mound of coarse pellicles

of mould. The specimen I sent was taken from a burrow about

ten inches deep and from five-eighths to three-quarters of an inch

in diameter. I had two specimens taken from burrows near to

each other, and, unfortunately, in captivity the larger spider, being a

cannibal, devoured her weaker fellow prisoner.” (Pl. LIV. fig. 12.)

Genus SricHoPLastus E. Simon,

Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1889, p. 208.

STICHOPLASTUS SANGUINICHPS, sp. nl.

9. Total length 30 mm. (approx.). Carap. 12 long, 10 lat.

Legs: 1. 388—ii. 35—iii. 33—iv. 46. Protarsusiv.11. Tibiaiv. 8-5.

Colour. Carapace bright orange-red, clothed with short silky

yellow hairs. Legs, palpi, and abdomen pale coffee-brown, clothed

with fine lighter brown hairs. Sternum and coxze of legs pale

rufous brown.

Structure. In general characters similar to that of the type of

the genus, S. ravidus E. 8.,from Venezuela. It differs, however,

in the spinulation of the tibie of the first two pairs of legs.

Tibia i. has two spines in a longitudinal row beneath, and one

spine on each side of the apical margin beneath ; (ravidus has four.

sec. Simon). .Protarsus i. has two spines in a longitudinal row

towards the base beneath, and one at the apex beneath.

896 MR. F. 0. PICKARD CAMBRIDGE ON [ Nov. 29,

Tibia ii. has two spines in a longitudinal row beneath, one

spine on the outer apical margin, and two on the inner apical

margin beneath. ‘Tibie and protarsi iii. and iv. are numerously

spinose.

The scopula, in the present example, is more or less divided

beneath the tarsi of all four pairs of legs. This points to the

probability that the example is immature ; probably only those of

iii. and iv. are divided in the adult.

This species is obviously closely allied to M. Simon’s type of

the genus, S. ravidus HE. 8., but the difference in the spinulation of

t he tibiz of the first two pairs of legs cannot be ignored. It is to

be hoped that we shall soon have an opportunity of examining the

males of this handsome Spider, which probably occurs under the

bark of trees and in holes in the branches (cf. E. Simon).

A single female, scarcely adult, was taken by Mr. J. H. Hart,

and another, still less mature, was sent by Dr. W. Ince, both

from Trinidad.

Genus Psatmoraus Pocock !.

Santarenia, F. Cambr. (in part, longipes)?.

Femur iv. without scopuliform pad on the inner side. Legs

not spinose; fringes on each side, especially the tibie and

protarsi, with long silky hairs, longer than the diameter of the

segments in the male, shorter in the female. Ocular area much

longer than broad, nearly three times; anterior row of eyes

distinctly procurved. Coxe of pedipalp furnished with a highly

specialized lyra, which, together with a corresponding pecten on

the base of the mandible beneath, forms an organ of stridulation.

Tibia i. with a pair of simple slightly curved spurs at the apex

beneath, in the male sex only.

PSALMOP@US CAMBRIDGII Pocock. (Plate LIV. figs. 2-7.)

(Sub Santaremia longipes F. Cambr. P. Z. 8. 1896, p. 749.)

2 . Carapace 20 x 17-5 mm. ; mandibles 8-5; ocular eminence 4 x

175. Legs: i. 77—ii. 68°5—iii. 60—iv. 70.

3. Carapace 17 x 15-5 mm. : mandibles 7. Legs : i. 80—ii. 75—

iii. 62—iv. 75.

2. Colour. Carapace black, entirely clothed with olive-green or

ochre-grey pubescence. Margins tringed with shaggy hair.

Mendibles clothed at the base above with ochre-grey hairs passing

into black towards the apex. Outer side clothed with a pad of

short black hairs, fading away below. The margins of the fang-

groove and mouth-parts clothed with fiery red hairs. The legs are

all clothed with short ochre-grey hairs and olive-grey longer hairs,

chiefly noticeable on the sides, where they assume, on the tibix,

protarsi, and tarsi especially, the form of a plumose fringe. The

1 Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, xv. p. 178, pl. x. figs. 3-30.

? Proc, Zool. Soc. 1896, p. 749.

1898. ] NEW SPIDERS FROM TRINIDAD. 897

protarsi of all four pairs of legs have a sinuous rust-red band,

starting from the base (at the outer side in i. and ii., at the inner

side in iii. and iv.), crossing the segment, and terminating towards

the apex. The tarsi of all four pairs as well as of the palpi have

a central rust-red band above. Abdomen clothed with olive-grey

and ochre-grey hairs, having also a longitudinal narrow central

dark band commencing towards the anterior margin, becoming

narrower and more indistinct towards the spinners. On each side,

diverging obliquely from a dilatation of the central band, are

three slender indistinct brown bars. The shoulders of the

abdomen are pale olive, while the apical two-thirds, at least, are

suffused with darker brown. The ventral area is clothed with

velvety black-brown hairs. Underneath, the tibiz and patelle of the

palpi and of legs i. and ii. are clothed with a dense covering of deep

chocolate-brown hairs. The femora of the first two pairs of legs

and of the palpi, and the cox and trochanters of all the legs, are

clothed with a black-brown velvet covering of hairs. The last two

pairs of legs are clothed with brown and ochreous-grey hairs

mingled. Protarsi i. and ii. are scopulate entirely to the base,

those of iii. almost to the base, those of iv. rather over halfway at

the sides, but divided in the centre by a band of dark hairs.

Structure. Carapace in profile gradually rising towards the

ocular eminence, moderately compressed. Thoracic fovea straight,

transverse. Ocular eminence scarcely raised, much broader, two

and a half times, than long. Anterior row of eyes slightly

procurved, the longitudinal diameter of the laterals equal to the

diameter of the centrals. The centrals ? of a diameter apart,

3 from the laterals.

Eyes of posterior row smaller than those of the anterior. The

laterals of both rows about half a transverse diameter apart.

Inner margin of fang-groove with 14 stout teeth, with two

short rows of 5-6 minute teeth opposite the basal two or three on

their outer side.

The fringe of hairs on the outer margin becomes obsolete towards

the base, giving place to six or seven bristles, very stout at the base,

filiform at the apex, set very wide apart (PI. LIV. fig. 2). These

constitute the pecten of the stridulating-organ. The coxe of the

pedipalp (Pl. LIV. fig. 3) bear on the inner side below the suture a

thin covering of grey hairs, and further down towards the margin

and the base, close to the fringe of red hairs, lie a series of 15

long, curving, clavate, chitinous keys, the anterior ones the longest.

These constitute the lyra(Pl. LIV. fig. 4) of the stridulating-organ.

The inner anterior angles of the coxe of the palpus and the

apex of the labium are set with numerous minute cuspules.

These become more scattered towards the middle of the labium.

The tibiz of the last two pairs of legs have one spine (iii.) and

two spines (iv.) at their apex beneath ; of the first two pairs, two

spines at the apex beneath. The first pair of sigilla are situate

at the base of the labium; the second pair very small, submar-

ginal; the third pair circular, small, but distinct, remote from the

898 MR. F. 0, PICKARD CAMBRIDGE ON [Nov. 29,

margin; the fourth pair elongate and very deep, impinging on

the margin.

The spinners as in Avicularia. Tarsal claws 2, those of the first

pair of legs with 3 minute teeth on the inner margin in the centre,

of the fourth pair with 2 minute teeth in the same position.

Upwards of ten specimens, all of the female sex, many being

immature, were taken by Dr. W. Ince on his estate, Dik-Mat-

Karo, in Trinidad. A single female in the British Museum

collection, already described by me as Santaremia longipes,

was taken by C. Taylor, Esq., in Trinidad ; and an adult male was

recently received from T. Potter, Esq., of the Port-of-Spain,

Trinidad.

These specimens have proved of exceeding interest, since they

furnish us with the first case of a Theraphosid (other than a

Diplurid) belonging to the Neotropics possessing the stridulating-

organ on the mandible and the coxa of the pedipalp. I had not

noticed this organ when I described Mr. Taylor’s specimen under

the genus Santaremia}, and the characteristic fringe had been

considerably worn from the legs.

But a still more interesting discovery perhaps lies in the fact

that these specimens are also undoubtedly identical with the

Spider described by Mr. R. I. Pocock as Psalmopeus cambridgit,

the locality being doubtfully given “ Hast Indies.” It seems

probable that this locality was an error on the part of the

collector, and that Trinidad, or perhaps more broadly “ the West

Indies,” constitutes the headquarters of the species.

This identity being established, Santaremia longipes becomes a

synonym of Psalmopeeus cambridgii. The further interesting point

arises as to whether this stridulating-organ has been independently

developed in this one Spider amongst the Theraphoside of the

Neotropics, or whether Psalmopewus is closely allied to those

Oriental forms of Theraphoside which, without exception, possess

the stridulating-organ.

In one particular character, however, Psalmopeus differs from

the Oriental forms. In the latter the males have no spur or spurs

at the apex of tibia i. beneath, whereas the male of P. cambridgi

from Trinidad possesses two.

In addition to the above examples, an adult male of a Spider

taken in Costa Rica, belonging to the same genus, but probably of

a different species, was kindly sent me by M. Simon.

Another Spider, an adult male, was also sent me by the same

arachnologist under the name Tapinauchenius plumipes (C. Koch)

from Surinam. This Spider, very much resembling the males from

Trinidad and Costa Rica, has, however, no trace of the stridulating-

organ. This fact would tend to establish the distinction between

the genera Tapinauchenius and Psalmopeus, much though the

Spiders resemble each other in general characters. J may remark

that apinauchenius sancti-vincentii (Walck.)—sec. Simon—does not

1 P. ZS. 1896, p. 749.

1898.] NEW SPIDERS FROM TRINIDAD. 899

possess any stridulating-organ. Surinam being the locality

whence the type of Mygale plumipes C. K." came, it seems pretty

certain that M. Simon’s identification is correct.

Fam. DIPLURIDS®.

Genus BrRaAcHYTHELE Ausserer,

Verh. z.-b. Ges. Wien, 1871, p. 173; Simon, Hist. Nat. Ar. i

p. 180.

BRracHYTHELE ANTILLENSIS, sp. 0.

@. Total length 16 mm.

Colour. Carapace and mandibles black, clothed with golden hairs.

Abdomen dull brown, clothed with fine black hairs. Legs pale

yellow-brown, annulated and spotted with black or dark brown.

The palpus has a dark spot at the apex of the femur on each side ;

the patella has two spots on each side, one near the base, the

other towards the apex ; the tibia has two dark annulations. Legs

i. and ii. are absent. Leg ii. has, besides the same dark spots on

the femur, patella, and tibia, two annulations on the protarsus.

In the fourth pair of legs the annulations are less distinct.

Structure. There is no special structure different from the

general characters of members of the genus. The fang-groove has

a single row of 8 stout conical teeth.

A single female of this Spider was taken by Dr. W. Ince in

Trinidad. When more specimens of both sexes are available for

examination, it will be possible to give the differential characters

better definition.

Fam. PISAURIDS.

Genus Lycocrents F. Cambr.’,

Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, xix. p. 95 (Jan. 1897).

LYCOcTENUS PALUSTRIS, sp. n. (Plate LIV. fig. 11.)

3- Total length 30 mm. Carap. 14x10. Legs: i. 63—ii.

56—iil. 50—iv. 63. Pat.+tib. i. 19—iv. 18.

Colour, Carapace deep mahogany-brown, with a broad margin of

yellow-white pubescence. Abdomen deep olive-brown, clothed

with short yellow-grey pubescence. Legs brown, clothed with short

yellow-grey pubescence and short brown hairs.

Structure. The general characters are the same as in other

species of the genus. The unca of the palpal organs is, however,

much broader across the middle, strongly projecting in a rounded

1 Die Arachniden, ix. p. 67, fig. 733, ¢.

2 Notrse.—M. Simon, Hist. Nat. Ar. i. 2, p. 300, regards Lycoctenus F. Cambr.

asa synonym of Ancylometes Bert. I do not know whether M. Simon has seen

Bertkau’s type; but since this latter author quotes the number of pairs of

spines beneath tibia i. and ii. as 5, one cannot, on Bertkau’s description alone, be

satisfied as to their identity. I think it is very likely they are the same, but I

have no satisfactory proof of it yet.

900 MR. W. E. DE WINTON ON THE [Nov. 29,

angle forwards, while its disc is excavated in a longitudinal oval

groove (Pl. LIV. fig. 11). Otherwise the palpal organs very much

resemble those of LZ. columbianus F.Cambr. The Spider from

Trinidad is, however, very much larger, while the patella and tibia

of the first pair of legs are together shorter than those of the

fourth pair. In columbianus they are equal.

A single adult male was sent by Dr. Ince, from Trinidad.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LIV.

Fig. 1. Actinopus hartii Pocock, p. 893. Adult male. Palpal bulb, side view.

. Psalmopeus cambridgii Pocock, p. 896. Adult male. Right mandible.

- = », | Coxaof pedipalp, showing “lyra.”

Lyra enlarged.

eB F 5 Palpal bulb from the outside.

BA e a Palpal bulb from in front.

e - », The two spurs shown on the tibiz of

first pair of legs.

. Hapalopus incei, sp. u., p. 894. Tibia of the right leg of the first pair,

showing the two spurs.

uF “A 7 3 Palpal bulb from the outside.

b 5 + 39 Palpal bulb from in front.

11. Lycoctenus palustris, sp. u., p. 899. Uncea of palpal bulb.

12. Hapalopus incei, p. 894. Sectional sketch of the burrow based on notes

sent by Mr. Potter.

TI gu yR GOS

ios)

4. On the Moulting of the King Penguin (Aptenodytes

pennanti) in the Society’s Gardens. By W. E. pr

Winton, F.Z.8.

[Received October 28, 1898.]

A King Penguin living in the Society’s Gardens has lately gone

safely through the moult; this moult has been the only one made

during the 16 months that this specimen has lived in the Gardens.

Two specimens, ¢ & 9, were purchased on June 23rd, 1897.

The female died early in October, from the heat at the end of

the summer of last year, before getting acclimatized.

The only opportunity of observing the moult of any member of

this order of birds which has been taken advantage of and the

facts published is that of the smaller and very widely different

species Spheniscus humboldti as recorded by the late Mr. A. D.

Bartlett in the P. Z. 8. 1879, p. 6; and as that was a case of

moult from the plumage of the young bird to that of the adult,

and the present instance isa simple moult of the adult bird, the

facts are thought worth recording.

It is to be regretted that careful notes of the changes were not

made daily and more accurate dates noted; but not being primarily

interested in ornithology I thought that someone else would have

been watching the change, and so can only very roughly describe

some of the most striking features of the moult.

PAS LB o8. Plomhye

FO -Pickard-Cambridge del.et lith.

New Spiders from Trinidad, W.I.

West, Newman amp.

1898. ] MOULTING OF THE KING PENGUIN. 901

In the latter part of July, before any feathers were shed, it was

obvious that the bird was looking very “seedy,” in fact sickening

for moult. The feathers of all parts lost their lustre, the colour

of the beak faded, and the head became grey, as if half of the

feathers were wanting; but this I do not think was the case.

The bird did not go into the water, and sat moping with half-

closed eyes: it ceased to call in its loud manner and to put

itself into the usual ludicrous attitudes. This state of things

went on for some weeks, but it was not noticed that any feathers

were shed until the latter part of August. The keeper tells me

that the feathers of the tail were the first to come out, and I saw

the bird removing the feathers of the upper and lower tail-coverts

in the first week of September. About this time there was a very

observable change in the appearance of the bird—the colour had

almost entirely gone from the patch at the base of the lower man-

dible, and, instead of the clear orange colour, this patch appeared to

be of a pale horn-colour. The feathers of the back and wings became

as brown as withered leaves, so that the bird looked as if it were

covered with mud; there was a triangular space on the throat or

lower neck where the longer breast-feathers were commencing to

fall ; the space was never naked, but covered thickly with very short

feathers, so that there was only a deep dent in the plumage which

increased daily in size. From this time the bird was always very

busy picking its feathers off ; nearly all of them were removed by

its bill, not pulled but pushed off; and there was no general

peeling-off in large masses as is described by Mr. Bartlett in the

case of the other species.

When the moult was nearly completed and only a few dried-up

feathers adhered to the back and upperside of the middle of the

wings, the epidermal covering of the orange-coloured patches on

the lower mandibles loosened and came off like pieces of parchment

or dry bladder. By the third week of September the bird was in

perfectly fresh plumage; it was constantly to be seen in the water

lying for hours on the surface spread-eagled, which is a very

favourite attitude. One week afterwards its feathers seemed full-

grown, the colours perfectly fresh and bright, and it constantly

crowed in its well-known way, especially towards the evening.

It will be noticed that whereas the moult of Spheniscus, as

recorded by Mr. Bartlett, took place in February—March, the moult

of Aptenodytes occurred in August-September. The fact that this

bird has been in captivity for fully 18 months and that it did not

moult in the autumn of last year, proves either that this species

does not moult every year, or that captivity retarded the moult.

The latter supposition would seem the more probable, seeing that

this moult took place at the opposite season to that in which the

Spheniscus moulted. The same argument might be taken in the

case of this latter species ; but I consider that the moult is more

likely to take place in autumn (that is, in February—March) in the

Aniarctic Seas, than in spring, for this would clash with the

nuptial season if early, and with the rearing of the young if taken

902 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON BUTTERFLIES [Noy. 29,

later. I think, therefore, that this bird must have carried its

feathers 18 months.

The dried-up appearance of the small feathers of the back and

wings has been already mentioned; this phenomenon, I regret

to say, was not closely watched and no feathers were recovered.

There is no doubt that the feathers became brown and looked

like tiny shrivelled leaves. I fully intended to have had some

eoliected, but did not act at once and the opportunity was lost.

These feathers adhered to the outer surface of the wings till the

moult was complete, and these were the last vestiges of the former

plumage to disappear. Whether these feathers actually shrivel or

whether they are slimed over and then dry up to this form must

be proved by further investigation.

I am not aware that the shedding of the epidermis of the coloured

portion of the mandibles of this bird has before been noticed, and

I know of no parallel as a part of the moult, though the annual

shedding of the wart-like excrescences on the bill of the Rough-

billed Pelican (Pelecanus trachyrhynchus) and the shedding of the

peculiar nuptial mask of the Puffin (Fratercula arctica), which had

been described by Dr. L. Bureau (Bull. Soc. Zool. France, 1877,

ii. p. 377), are well known.

5. On a Collection of Butterflies almost entirely made at

Salisbury, Mashunaland, by Mr. Guy A. K. Marshall

in 1898. By Axruur G. Burzer, Ph.D., F.LS.,

F.ZS., &e.

[Received November 2, 1898.]

The present consignment of Butterflies, with the exception of

fourteen examples referable to ten species, was collected at Salis-

bury, and therefore is a valuable addition to the Museum series of

Mashunaland Butterflies. Mr. Marshall writes :—“I think you

will find one or two species among them new to the Museum

collection, notably a Baoris and a Kedestes, both of which Trimen

pronounced to be probably new when I first sent them to him some

four years ago; but, as he has not referred to them in his recent

paper, I presume he has changed his mind. This is the only ex-

ample of the Kedestes which I have yet seen in Salisbury; I first

met with it in December 1894 in the warm Mazoe valley, where

I took several examples settling on low herbage on the summits of

kopjes ; in habits it is quite like K. macomo.

“T shall be glad to know the name of the unidentified Mycalesis ;

I have only met with three examples in all round Salisbury,

one in April 1895, the others this year. I am somewhat in doubt

as to the Teracoli I have sent you labelled ‘pallene, for they are

practically indistinguishable from the extreme dry form of omphale;

yet the wet form is certainly not omphale, which I do not remember

ever to have seen here, but seems referable to pallene. The larva

1898.] FROM MASHUNALAND. 903

is very similar to, though distinct from, that of phlegetonia as

observed by me in Natal, but they are not distinguishable in the

pupal stage.”

One or two other notes in Mr. Marshall’s communication will

be referred to in the course of this paper. One new species is

now described, and two new genera.

NYMPHALIDA.

SATYRINZE.

1, Mycanzsis pNA 3, Hewits.

Salisbury, 16th April, 1898.

‘Probably wet form of Trimen’s selousi, which I wrongly sup-

posed to be safitza” (G.A.K.M.). I have no doubt that

Mr. Marshall is correct in this opinion, for the chief difference

between the two insects consists in the prominence of the ocelli

in M. ena, the lines crossing the wings being identical in both

forms.

2. LEPTONEURA CLyTUS ¢, Linn.

Cape Town, 26th April, 1897.

This, though it has the general aspect on the upperside of the

following species, is certainly not congeneric with it.

TORYNESIS, gen. nov.

Differs in neuration from Leptoneura in the fact that the sub-

costals of the secondaries are emitted from the same point instead

of being well separated at their origins, The antenne with broadly

spoon-shaped, instead of cylindrical spindle-shaped, club. Palpi

similar, but the second joint more arched and therefore appearing

to be wider in the centre, third joint rather more acuminate.

3. TORYNESIS MINTHA Hiibn.

3 g, Cape Town, 22nd April, 1897.

TARSOCERA, gen. nov.

Also related to Leptoneura, though with more nearly the aspect

of Pseudonympha: it chiefly differs structurally from Leptoneura

in the expanded flattened club of the antenne and the deflexed

third joint of the palpi; the club is less spoon-shaped than in

Torynesis and the neuration is almost identical with Leptoneura.

4, TarsoceRA cassina Butl.

3, Cape Town, 5th October, 1896.

So far as I can see, the genus Leptoneura will have to be restricted

to L. clytus, L. oxylus, L. bowkeri, and L. dingana.

5. PsEUDONYMPHA TRIMENI Butl.

3 g, Table Mountain, 15th October, 1896.

904 DR, A. G. BUTLER ON BUTTERFLIES [Nov. 29,

NYMPHALIN A,

6. CHARAXES SATURNUS Butl.

3 6S, Salisbury, 30th March and 3rd and 10th April, 1898.

Mr. Marshall labels one of these as “ ?=Jaticincta Butl.”; but it

is not at all like that form, which I believe to be confined to the

Nyasa district. I see nothing in Mr. Marshall’s example to dis-

tinguish it from any other S. African specimens, whereas probably

most of the Continental Lepidopterists would have unhesitatingly

described the form C. laticinctus as a distinct species, instead of a

common local aberration.

7. JUNONIA SESAMUS Trim. (and var. calescens).

Salisbury, 5000 feet (wet and dry forms), 13th February; dry

form, 13th, 16th, 20th, and 23rd March, 1898.

It is quite evident, although Mr. Marshall bred J. sesamus from

eggs laid by J. calescens, that both forms fly together in the wet

season : it is therefore better to call J. calescens a dry phase than

a dry-season form. One of Mr. Marshall's examples is labelled

“ Bred from egg laid by P. octavia-natalensis. Stages: Egg 13th-

18th Febr., larva 19th Febr.-19th Mar., pupa 20th Mar.—4th Apr.

1898.” This specimen therefore apparently emerged on the 5th

April.

y object to the name “ Precis octavia-natalensis ” for the follow-

ing reasons :—Precis is a synonym of Junonia ; octavia is a distinct

West-African species ; natalensis was a name proposed for the wet

form of P. sesamus, under the impression that it was a variety of

the Western insect, and is objectionable because the genus already

contains a species named natalica.

8. JUNONIA ARCHESIA Cram.

3, dry form, Salisbury, 11th May, 1898.

9. JuNONIA cuaMA Hewits.

3 3,22, “dry form,” Salisbury, 9th, 13th, 16th, and 23rd

March ; 10th April, 1898.

The examples vary a good deal on both surfaces, but do not in

the least resemble the following, which Mr. Marshall unaccountably

labels as its “ wet form” although, as usual, caught at the same time’.

10. Junonta stm1A Waller.

3, “wet-form”, Salisbury, 27th February; 9, 13th March,

1898.

11, Junonra Booris Trim.

@ 9, Salisbury, 4th and 18th June, 1898.

1 Two very distinct forms of J. cwama are forwarded. One of them, which is

labelled “‘ Early dry form,” seems to have appeared in the latter half of March ;

a more heayily marked and more round-winged form, taken a fortnight earlier,

looks like its wet form ; butis said to be the “ First appearance of the dry form.”

1898.] FROM MASHUNALAND, 905

12. HamManumipa D=zDALvs Fabr.

3,9, “intermediate and dry,” Salisbury, 23rd March, 1898.

13. Nepris agatHa Cram.

Salisbury, 11th and 22nd May, 1898.

ACR XIN 2.

14, ACR#HA SERENA, var. BUXTONI Butl.

3 do, Salisbury, 16th February and 24th April, 1898.

15. Acr#A RAHIRA Boisd.

3 6, Salisbury, 4th May, 1898.

16. AcR#A NOHARA Boisd.

336,22, Salisbury, 8th and 11th January; Sth, 20th, and

23rd March; 3rd, 10th, 16th, 24th, and 27th April; 11th, 14th,

19th, 22nd, and 29th May; 4th and 18th June.

Some of the specimens are labelled “ wet” and some “ dry,” but

I see no appreciable difference between them. As before, the

whole are labelled with a varietal name, apparently because in the

Mashunaland and Swaziland examples the black spots on the

upper surface tend to become smaller than in examples from Natal.

I must confess I do not think the name is needed.

17. ACRHA DOUBLEDAYI, var, AXINA Westw.

Salisbury,“ wet and dry forms,” 5th, 13th, 23rd,and 26th March;

9th and 27th April; 11th May; 5th June, 1898.

In this form (the seasonal phases of which do not seem to me

to differ) the two or three submarginal dots which usually occur

on the primaries of typical A. doubledayi are replaced by a con-

tinuation of the internervular streaks ; the female also rarely shows

the subapical white bar of typical A. dowbledayi; it would there-

fore seem that A. avina is a smaller and localized form of A. double-

dayt, but intergrades between the two types occur in our Museum

series.

18. ACRHA ANACREON, var. BOMBA.

3d, 2 2, wet and intermediate,” Salisbury, 2nd January,

19th February, 9th and 16th March, 1898.

I see nothing to distinguish the “intermediate” from the wet

form; our intermediate form from Nyasaland shows the fulvous

submarginal spots of typical (dry-season) A. anacreon. Iam, how-

ever, grateful to Mr. Marshall for sending us examples of the wet

form in each collection, inasmuch as we did not possess it at all

until 1895. One of the males now sent has almost lost the

black spots on the primaries ; a similar but smaller female example

was obtained by Mr. Marshall on the 14th August, 1895, at Gijima

(vide P. Z.8. 1898, p. 191),

Proc. Zoou, Soc.—1898, No, LX. 60

906 DR. A. G, BUTLER ON BUTTERFLIES [Nov. 29,

19. AcR#A NATALICA Boisd.

3 d, Salisbury, 2nd and 6th March, 1898.

20. AcRHA VIOLARUM and var. ASEMA Hewits.

3, 29, Salisbury, 5th March; 9th, 24th, and 27th April,

1898.

These, which represent typical A. asema (and should therefore,

according to Mr. Marshall, be the dry form of A. violurum), are

labelled “ violarum-asema,” but a female obtained on the 5th March,

which is almost as heavily marked as typical A. violarum, is labelled

also in the same way though marked with the “ wet” sign. To

my mind it belongs to the intermediate form, and I think conclu-

sively proves that A. asema is only a form of A. violarum.

21. ACRHA CALDARENA Hewits.

3 6, 2 Q, Salisbury, 19th February; 2nd, 13th, 20th, 23rd,

and 26th March; 20th and 30th April; 11th and 14th May;

5th June, 1898.

The seasonal differences appear to be slight in this species: the

male seems to differ only in the better marked border to the

secondaries in the wet-season, and the female in its smoky suffusion

sometimes accompanied by a white belt across the primaries; but

at all seasons there seems to be a certain amount of variation even

in these characters, though the clouded females do not, apparently,

occur inthe dry season. A male with very dry characteristics and

labelled with Mr. Marshall’s dry sign rot was taken on the 26th

March, and much wetter forms in April, when a wet male and dry

female were taken on the same day. It seems to me that these

facts are clearly in favour of my view that the seasonal forms of

butterflies existed originally as simple variations, and were

subsequently accommodated to seasons which afforded them most

protection. Thus the males of A. caldarena, which show no

striking seasonal differences, and which would be hardly more

conspicuous at one season than another, are inconstant in their

seasonal characters, whereas if the white-banded, smoky female

appeared in the dry season it would probably be very conspicuous.

It may be questioned as to what advantage a protected Butterfly,

such as an 4dcrea, could gain by being inconspicuous. Although

the species of this genus are said to be not only offensive,

but elastic and difficult to kill, it is certain that many are

permanently maimed by birds and reptiles which (presumably)

seize them for the first time, or have not become satisfied of their

inedibility.

LYCHENID&.

22. ALENA NYAss® Hewits.

Salisbury, 3rd and 16th April, 15th May, 1898.

One of the males, having white spots in the cell, was wrongly

labelled 9,

1898. ] FROM MASHUNALAND. 907

23, ALENA AMAZOULA Boisd.

Salisbury, 13th, 16th, and 20th March, 1898.

Judging by the specimens now sent and one or two previously

in the collection, the Mashunaland examples seem to be decidedly

larger than those of Natal.

24, CaTOCHRYSOPS HYPOLEUCUS Butl.

6. Gadzima, 4200 feet, Umfuli River, Mashunaland, 28th

December, 1895.

This is forwarded under the name of “ C. gigantea Trim.,” but,

identical with this species, my name cannot be set aside.

Mr. Trimen supposed the type to be a worn female from Zomba,

but that example was far too imperfect to base a description upon :

I therefore labelled and described the far more perfect female from

the Victoria Nyanza. If I could do so, I would willingly yield

the point ; but one cannot alter the identity of a type.

25, CATOCHRYSOPS MAHALLOKOZNA Waller.

2 ¢, Salisbury, 28th March and 8rd April; ¢, 19th May,

1898.

26. Nnonyczna cissus Godt.

@, Salisbury, 28th March, 1898.

27. TARUCUS THEOPHRASTUS Fabr.

9, Salisbury, 19th February; ¢, 28th March, 1898.

Labelled as 7. sybaris; but, if distinct from T. theophrastus

(which I doubt), it cannot be 7’. sybaris.

28, NacapUBA sicHELA Waller.

3, Salisbury, 19th May, 1898.

29. ZizBRA ANTANOSSA Mab.

9, Salisbury, 19th May, 1898.

30. CasTaLius caLice Hopf.

Q, Salisbury, 14th May, 1898.

31. LyYcCHNESTHES ADHERBAL Mab.

2 9, Salisbury, 14th May and 4th June, 1898.

32. CacYyREUS LINGEUS Cram.

3 6, Salisbury, 3rd April and 19th May, 1898.

33. ZERITIS AMANGA Westw.

é, Salisbury, 10th April, 1898.

34. ZERITIS HARPAX Fabr.

3 6, Salisbury, 30th March, 1898,

60*

908 DR, Av G. BUTLER ON BUTTERFLIES [Nov. 29,

35. PHAsIs THERO Linn.

Cape Town, 5th October, 1896.

A very dwarfed example of this rare species.

36, ASLAUGA MARSHALLI, sp. n.

9. Allied to A. purpurascens, Holland ; with more pronounced

anal lobe to secondaries: upper surface altogether darker, vinous

brown suffused with blackish, with faint purple gloss on basal half ;

fringes dull white with dusky central band, blacker and somewhat

irregular on primaries and interrupting the outer white edging here

and there, notably at the extremity of the anal lobe of secondaries,

where it becomes quite black: thorax slate-blackish ; head and

abdomen mostly brown: under surface fleshy clay-brown, irrorated

with darker brown; internal area of primaries greyish; fringes

rather less strongly banded than above: pectus and base of venter

dull white, legs and remainder of venter paler brown than the

wings’. Expanse of wings 32 millim.

Salisbury, 4th June, 1898.

In the West-African A. purpurascens there is a well-defined

brown line across the under surface of the wings and the upper

surface is considerably paler.

37. THESTOR PROTUMNUS Linn.

Simonstown, 30th December, 1896.

38. AL@IDES MALAGRIDA Trim.

Signal Hill, 22nd February, 1897.

39. MyYRINA FICEDULA Trim.

Salisbury, 26th February and 6th March, 1898.

40. APHNUS ERIKSSONII Trim.

3, Gadzima, 13th September, 1895.

This fine and rare species is quite new to the Museum; it is a

typical Aphneus, although, strangely enough, the usual silver patches

are wholly absent from the under surface.

41. Viracnora tivia Klug.

3, Salisbury, 15th May, 1898.

PAPILIONIDA.

PIERINz.

42, MYLoTHRIS AGATHINA Cram.

3, Salisbury, 19th May, 1898.

1 The sides of the abdomen appear to be banded with black, but this may

have been produced by grease.

43. TpRIAs BRIGITTA Cram.

Wet form. Salisbury, 6th March; 2nd, 3rd, and 6th April, 1898.

Dry form. Salisbury, 14th, 19th, and 22nd May, 1898.

I was pleased to receive a male of the dry-season form, which

seems to be much rarer than the wet-season male.

44, TurIaAS HAPALE Mab.

3. Wet-season form. Salisbury, 16th February, 1898.

A second male (indicated as a var. in the direction of floricola)

was obtained on the 11th May! This seems to indicate that the

wet phase may sometimes occur in the dry season.

3S. Intermediate form. Salisbury, 30th March, 1898.

3. Dry form. Salisbury, 4th, 17th, and 20th April, 1898.

Mr. Marshall writes :—‘“ You will notice among the Z'erias that

I have pointed out that 7. ethiopica and butlers of Trimen are

respectively dry and wet forms of the same species, and thus,

taking the synonymy given in your revision, hapale must fall as a

seasonal form of senegalensis. I have not actually proved the case

by breeding, but I think you can take my observations on trust

now.”

Unfortunately Mr. Marshall’s dates (upon the specimens for-

warded) seem to point to a different conclusion; for he sends

wet, intermediate, and dry examples of true 7’. hapale=athiopica,

with the signs & ; J ; ow on their labels, and taken in February,

March, and April respectively. Of 7’. senegalensis (=butleri) he also

sends wet forms taken from February to March and intermediate

to dry forms obtained in March and April. Therefore, although

L. floricola and T. hapale may prove to be only variations of the

heavily-bordered species, analogous to the narrow-bordered vari-

ations of 7’. swasa, there is, at present, no proof that such is the

case, and it certainly i is not correct to call 7’. hapale the dry form

of J. senegalensis, because each of these types has its proper

seasonal phases.

45, TuRIAS SENEGALENSIS Boisd.

Wet form. 6 3, 2, Salisbury, 16th February, 6th and 16th

March, 2 3rd April.

Intermediate to dry. Salisbury, 6th and 13th March, and 2nd to

3rd April.

The extreme dry form was not forwarded : it is represented by

T. bisinuata.

46. TERACOLUS JOHNSTONI Butl.

Intermediate form. 2, Salisbury, 22nd May, 1898.

47, TERACOLUS PHLEGYAS Butl.

Wet form. &, Salisbury, 19th May, 1898.

Dry form. 3, 2, Salisbury, 5th and 18th June, 1898.

I should regard the male of Mr. Marshall’s dry form as

910 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON BUTTERFLIES [Nov. 29,

“intermediate”: we have a much more pronounced dry-season

male.

48, TERACOLUS ANTIGONE Boisd.

Intermediate and dry forms. 3 3, 2, Salisbury, 19th and 22nd

May ; 5th and 18th June, 1898.

Mr. Marshall labelled two females of 7’. ithonus (var. hyperides)

as “ 7’, phlegetonia” =antigone: one example of the intermediate

form is labelled with the wet sign a: but was taken on the same

day as another marked = , and differs from the true wet form in

the total absence of the bright lemon-yellow at the base of the

primaries on the under surface and the reddish tint of the

secondaries ; this must, therefore, have been a Japsus, for it is not

likely that wet, intermediate, and dry forms (in equal condition)

would all be flying within less than a week of each other. The

single female obtained, though taken on the 5th June, belongs to

the intermediate phase.

49, TpRacoLus 1rHoNUS Butl.

Wet form. ¢, Salisbury, 9th March, 1898.

Intermediate. 2 9, Salisbury, 22nd and 29th May, 1898.

Dry form. 3, Salisbury, 5th June, 1898.

The two males are labelled as 7’. achine (intermediate and dry)

and the two females as 7. evagore-phlegetonia (intermediate and

dry). The male obtained in March is, however, the typical wet

form of 7'. ithonus (=hero 3); the two females obtained in May

are the intermediate form of the same species (= 7’. hyperides 9 );

and the male obtained in June is the dry form (=T7. wrifer 3).

50. TERACOLUS OMPHALE Godt.

Intermediate and dry forms. 3 3, 2 2, Salisbury, 19th, 22nd,

and 29th May, 5th and 18th June, 1898.

Mr. Marshall labels all the specimens as “ 7’. pallene”; he writes

as follows :—“ I am somewhat in doubt as to the Teracoli I have

sent you labelled pallene, for they are practically indistinguishable

from the extreme dry form of onphale;.yet the wet form is

certainly not omphale, which I do not remember ever to have seen

here, but seems referable to pullene. The larva is very similar to,

though distinct from, that of phlegetonia as observed by me in

Natal, but they are not distinguishable in the pupal stage. I

obtained some thirty eggs from marked females of ? pallene,

intending to submit the moulting larve to varying conditions in

order to ascertain the range of its specific variation: a large

number of eggs proved infertile and of the remainder all the larve

died before they were half-grown—why I know not.”

I do not believe that 7. pallene occurs so far to the south as

Mashunaland ; but in none of its seasonal forms does it resemble

7’. omphale; indeed it belongs to the same section of the genus as

T. daira. The wet form of 7. omphale may vary more than is at

1898.] FROM MASHUNALAND. 911

present supposed, though our large series shows a considerable

range of variation already, but I have not the least doubt that the

examples labelled in the present collection “ Teracolus pallene ” are

ordinary 7. omphale.

51. CATOPSILIA FLORELLA Fabr.

3, 2, Salisbury, 27th April, 1898.

52. BELENOIS SEVERINA Cram.

3 do, Salisbury, 19th and 30th March.

Labelled as “ wet” and “intermediate”; there is, however, a

considerably wetter phase of the species. I should therefore

consider both specimens as intermediate.

HESPERIIDAG.

53. SARANGESA SYNESTALMENUS Karsch.

Salisbury, 16th March, 2nd and 30th April, 19th May, 1898,

Mr. Marshall labels this S. motozioides, but the latter is much

nearer to S. motozt. If these nearly related insects were arranged

in natural sequence they would stand thus :—S. pertusa, S. synestal-

menus, S. motozt, S. motozioides, S. eliminata. I am quite prepared

to hear that they are only forms of one species, but the chances

are that S. motozioides and S. eliminata will hold their own and

that S. pertusa and synestalmenus will prove to be slight variations

of the dry form of S. motozi; the latter seems to be a wet form in

Nyasaland.

54, ABANTIS VENOSA Trim.

6, Salisbury, 10th April, 1898.

55. PYRGUS SATASPES Trim.

Salisbury, 7th August, 1898.

Labelled “? diomus, Hpff. 3.” The latter is quite distinct.

56. Pyrevus promus Plotz.

3, Salisbury, 9th March, 1898.

57. Pyreus spiro Linn.

9, Salisbury, 26th March, 1898.

58. PAROSMODES ICTERIA Mab.

3 3, Salisbury, 12th March and 20th April, 1898.

59. KupESTES MACOMO Trim.

Salisbury, 10th April, 1898.

Mr. Marshall sends this as a new species; but it only differs

from typical K. macomo in the absence of some of the black spots

on the under surface of the secondaries: such differences are

hardly likely to have a specific value, but it would be interesting

912 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON ADDITIONS TO THE __[ Nov. 29,

to see whether the examples obtained in the Mazoe valley were

quite constant as regards the number of spots; in the three

examples of K. macomo which Mr. Marshall sent us in 1897 they

differ in size, though not in number.

60. GEGENES LETTERSTEDTI Waller.

3, Salisbury, 14th May, 1898.

61. GEGENES HOTTENTOTA Latr.

3 Q m copula, Salisbury, 19th February; ¢ 14th May, 1898.

It would be interesting to breed this species so as to decide

definitely whether the preceding is readily distinct ; until the case

is proved it is hard to believe that the large sexual patch on the

male G. hottentota (=obumbrata) is not of specific value.

62. CHAPRA MATHIAS Fabr.

@, Salisbury, 19th May, 1898.

63. PARNARA DETECTA Trim.

3 6, Salisbury, 12th, 13th, and 30th March; 9th and 10th

April; ¢, 2, 5thand 18th June, 1898.

The last two specimens are labelled “ Baoris sp. nov.” ; but,

excepting that they have lost two out of the three subapical

hyaline dots on the primaries, I see no character by which they

could be distinguished from P. deiecta, and we know that these

hyaline dots are exceedingly variable in number.

64, PLaTYLESCHES MoRITILI Waller.

3 6, Salisbury, 20th February, 9th March, 11th April, and

oth June, 1898.

65. RHOPALOCAMPTA PISISTRATUS Fabr.

Salisbury, 18th June, 1898.

6. Third Report on Additions to the Lizard Collection in

the Natural-History Museum’. By G. A. Bounencer,

F.R.S.

[Received November 15, 1898.]

(Plates LV.-LVII.)

I. List of the Species, new or previously unrepresented, of which

specimens have been added to the Collection since 1894,

(An asterisk indicates type specimens.)

*1. Ceramodactylus pulcher Anders. Herp. Arab. p. 19

(1896).—S. Arabia (Anderson).

2. Ceramodactylus dameus Lucas & Frost, Proc. R. Soe.

Vict. (2) viii. 1895, p. 1.—C. Australia (Spencer).

1 Of. P. Z. 8. 1894, p. 722.

1898.] LIZARD COLLECTION IN THH NATURAL-HISTORY MUSEUM. 913

*6,

Stenodactylus petrit Anders. Herp. Arab. p. 96 (1896).—

Egypt (Anderson), Algeria (Lataste, Werner).

Gymnodactylus horridus Burmeist. Reise La Plata, i.

p- 809 (1861).—Argentina, Bolivia (Borell2).

Gymnodactylus darmandvillii M. Weber, Zool. Ergebn.

p- 163 (1890).—Kalao (Everett).

Gymnodactylus lorie Blgr. Ann. Mus. Genoy. (2) xviii.

1898, p. 695.—New Guinea (Loria).

. Gymnodactylus fumosus F. Mill. Verh. nat. Ges. Basel, x.

"Ss.

1894, p. 833.—Celebes (Sarasin).

Gymnodactylus jelleeme Blgr. P. Z. 8. 1897, p. 203.—

Celebes (Sarasin).

. Gymnodactylus lowsiadensis De Vis, Ann. Queensl. Mus.

no. 2, 1892, p. 11.—Fergusson and Woodlark Islands

(Meek).

. Pristurus percristatus Blgr. Ann. Mus. Genovy. (2) xvi.

1896, p. 547.—Erythrea (Ragazzi).

. Pristurus phillips Blgr. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) xvi.

1895, p. 165.—Somaliland (Lort-Phillips).

. Pristurus collaris Stdr.—S. Arabia (Anderson).

. Gonatodes affinis Stol.—Penang, Selangor (S. S. Flower).

. Gonatodes africanus Werner, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien,

xiv. 1895, p. 190.—Usambara ( Werner).

. Phyllodactylus elise Werner, op. cit. xv. 1895, p. 14.—

Niniveh ( Werner).

. Phyllodactylus siamensis Bler., infra.—Siam (S. S. Flower).

. Phyllodactylus wnctus Cope-—Lower California (Zisen).

. Diplodactylus robustus Blgr. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) xvii.

1896, p. 444.—Madagascar (Last).

. Diplodactylus gracilis Blgr. t. c. p. 445.—Madagascar.

. Diplodactylus porogaster Blgr. t. c. p. 446.—Madagascar

(Last).

. Diplodactylus intermedius D. Ogilby, Rec. Austral. Mus.

ii. 1892, p. 10.—New South Wales (Porter).

. Diplodactylus conspicillatus Lucas & Frost, Proc. R. Soe.

Vict. (2) ix. 1897, p. 55.—C. Australia (Spencer).

. Diplodactylus byrnet Lucas & Frost, op. cit. viii. 1895,

p- 2.—C. Australia (Spencer).

. Hemidactylus isolepis Blgr. P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 531.—

Somaliland (D. Smith).

. Hemidactylus squamulatus Tornier, Thierw. O.-Afr., Rept.

p- 10 (1896).—E. Africa (Betton).

. Hemidactylus smithii Blgr. P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 532.—

Somaliland (D. Smith).

. Hemidactylus jubensis Blgr. Ann. Mus. Genova, (2) xv.

1895, p. 10.—Somaliland (Bottego, Lort-Phillips).

. Hemidactylus yerburii Anders. P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 640.—

Aden (Yerbury).

. Hemidactylus macropholis Blgr. Ann. Mus. Genova, (2)

xvii. 1896, p. 6.—Somaliland (Ruspoli, Bottego,

Ferrandt),

42.

#44,

*47,

*48.

#49,

*50.

*bl.,

*52.

*53.

*54.

MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON ADDITIONS TO THE _—[Nov. 29,

. Hemidactylus ruspolii Blgr. 1. c—Somaliland (tuspol,

Bottego, Ferrandi).

. Mimetozoon craspedotus Mocq. Le Natur. 1890, p. 144.—

Penang (S. S. Flower)’.

. Lepidodactylus gardinert Blgr. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6)

xx. 1897, p. 306.—Rotuma Id. (Gardiner).

. Homopholis heterolepis Bler. op. cit. xvii. 1896, p. 447.—

Madagascar (Last).

4, Pachydactylus affinis Bley. t.c. p. 21.—Transvaal (Ayres).

5. Phelsuma breviceps Bttgr. Zool. Anz. 1894, p. 137.—

Madagascar (Forsyth Major).

}. Spheerodactylus homolepis Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc.

xxiii. 1886, p. 277.—Panama (Losenbery), Colombia

(Pratt).

7. Lepidoblepharis fest Peracca, Boll. Mus. Torin. xii. 1897,

no. 300, p. 1.—Ecuador (Rosenberg).

. Holodactylus africanus Bttgr. Zool. Anz. 1893, p. 1138.—

Somaliland (Lort-Phillips).

. Pletholax gracilis Cope.—Australia (Hton College).

. Draco becearit Ptrs. & Dor.—Celebes (Hvereti, Sarasin).

. Draco obscurus Blgr. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) xx. 1887,

p- 95.—Borneo (Averett).

Gonyocephalus dilophus D. & B.—-New Guinea (Meek,

Loria).

. Gonyocephalus geelvinkianus Ptrs. & Dor—New Guinea

(Doria).

Agama jayakari Anders. Herp. Arab. p. 65 (1896).—

Muscat (Jayakar).

. Agama flavimaculata Riipp._S. Arabia, Egypt (Anderson).

. Agama robecchit Blgr. Ann. Mus. Genova, (2) xii. 1891,

p. 6.—Somaliland (Gillett).

Agama rueppellii Vaill——Somaliland (Paris Mus., Lort-

Phillips).

Agama vaillanti Blgr. Ann. Mus. Genova, (2) xv. 1895,

p. 533.—Somaliland (Donaldson Smith, Hawker).

Agama smithit Bier. P. Z. 8. 1896, p. 213.—Somaliland

(Donaldson Smith).

Agama lionotus Blgr. t. c. p. 214.—Somaliland (Donaldson

Smith),

Agama microterolepis Blgr. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) xvii.

1896, p. 22.—Transvaal (Ayres).

Agama adramitana Anders. Herp. Arab. p. 31 (1896).—

8. Arabia (Anderson).

Agama phillipsti, Blgr. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) xvi. 1895,

p- 167.—Somaliland (Lort-Phillips, Hawker).

Agama lehmanni (Strauch), Nikolski, Ann. Mus. Zool.

Ac. St. Petersb. 1896, App. p. xiv.—Turkestan (St.

Petersburg Mus.).

1 Type of M. floweri, Blgr. P. Z. 8. 1896, p. 767.

1898.] LIZARD COLLECTION IN THE NATURAL-HISTORY MUSEUM. 915

#50.

*56.

ROT

58.

59.

60.

*61.

*62.,

*63,

*64,

*65,

*66,

267.

*68.

“cp

cer flb

72.

73.

74.

75.

#70

(ie

78.

79.

80.

81.

82.

*83.

Licht.

Agama zonura Bigr. P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 583.—Somaliland

(Donaldson Smith).

Agama batillifera Vaill.—Somaliland (Paris Mus., Gillett,

Hawker, Lort-Phillips).

Phrynocephalus euptilopus Alcock & Finn, J. As. Soc.

Beng. Ixv. 1897, p. 556.— Baluchistan (Indian Mus.).

Amphibolurus imbricatus Ptrs—C. Australia (Horn).

Diporophora winneckii Lucas & Frost, Proc. R. Soe.

Vict. (2) viii. 1895, p. 3.—C. Australia (Spencer),

Uromastix ornatus Riipp. ‘—Sinaitic Peninsula (Anderson).

Anolis peracce Blgr. P. Z. 8. 1898, p. 108—EKcuador

(Rosenberg).

Anolis elegans Blgr. t. c. p. 109.—Ecuador (Rosenberg).

Anolis chloris Blgr. t. c. p. 110.—Ecuador (Rosenberg).

Anolis maculiventris Blgr. t. c. p. 111.—Ecuador

(Rosenberg).

Anolis rosenbergii Blgr. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) xvii.

1896, p. 17.—Colombia (Rosenberg).

Anolis lemniscatus Blgr. P. Z. 8S. 1898, p. 118.—Ecuador

(Rosenberg).

Anolis curtus Blgr. infra.—Costa Rica (Underwood).

Anolis notopholis Blgr. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) xvii. 1896,

p- 17.—Colombia (Rosenberg).

Anolis granuliceps Blgr. P. Z. 8. 1898, p. 111.—Kcuador

(Rosenberg).

Anolis gracilipes Blgr. t. c. p. 112.—Ecuador (Rosenberg).

Anolis holotropis Blgr. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) xv. 1895,

p- 522.—Matto Grosso (Terneiz).

Enyaloides feste Peracca, Boll. Mus. Torin. xii. 1897,

no. 300, p. 3.—Ecuador (Rosenberg).

Enyalioides _heterolepis Bocourt.—Colombia_ (Prait),

Ecuador (Rosenberg).

Stenocercus roseiventris D. & B.—Jujuy, Argentina

(Borelli).

Uta symmetrica Baird.—California (Van Denburgh).

Sceloporus asper Blgr. P. Z. 8. 1897, p. 497.—Jalisco,

Mexico (Buller).

Sceloporus dugesii Bocourt.—Michoacan, Mexico (Dugés).

Sceloporus zosteromus Cope.—Lower California (Hisen).

Sceloporus lickii Van Denburgh, Proc. Calif. Ac. (2) v.

1895, p. 110.—Lower California (California Acad.).

Sceloporus cupreus Bocourt.—Oaxaca, Mexico (Buller).

Sceloporus utiformis Cope.—Tepic, Mexico (California

Acad.).

Phrynosoma frontale Van Denburgh, Proc. Calif. Ac. (2)

iv. 1894, p. 296.—California (Christiania Mus., Gilbert).

Chamesaura tenwior Gthr. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) xv.

1895, p. 524.—Uganda (Scott Elliot).

1 The eee previously referred to this species belong to JU. ocellatus

Cf.

Anderson, Zool. Egypt, Rept. p. 128 (1898).

916

. Aporomera fordii Hallow.

. Lacerta mosorensis Kolombat. Imen. Kralj. Dalmac. ii.

MR. G, A. BOULENGER ON ADDITIONS TO THE [Noyv. 29,

. Gerrhonotus monticola Cope.—Costa Rica ( Underwood).

. Diploglossus nuchalis Blgr. infra.—Hab.— ? (Werner).

. Varanus gillent Lucas & Frost, Proc. R. Soc. Vict. 1895,

p- 266.—C. Australia (Spencer).

. Varanus eremius Lucas & Frost, t. c. p. 267.—C. Australia

(Spencer).

. Varanus brevicauda Bley. infra.—Nicol Bay, W. Australia

(Clement).

. Xantusia vigilis Baird.—California (Van Denburgh,

Gilbert).

. Ameiva alboguttata Blgr. Abh. nat. Ver. Magdeb. 1896,

». 112.—Mona, W. L. ( Wolterstor ff).

. Cnemidophorus immutabilis Cope.-—Tehuantepec (Buller).

. Cnemidophorus hyperythrus Cope.—Lower California

(Bryant, Gilbert).

. Cnemidophorus leachit Peracca, Boll. Mus. Torin. xii. 1897,

no. 274, p. 6.—Jujuy, Argentina (Borell2).

. Arthroseps werneri Blgr. infra.—St. Catharina, Brazil

( Werner).

. Blanus aporus Werner, Zool. Anz. 1898, p. 220.—Cilician

Taurus (Holtz).

3. Amphisbena liberiensis Blgr.—Liberia (Buttikofer).

. Amphisbena borellii Peracca, Boll. Mus. Torin. xii. 1897,

no. 274, p. 8.—Bolivian Chaco (Borellz).

. Agamodon anguliceps Ptrs—Somaliland (Paris Mus.,

Fischer, Bottego).

Gaboon (Kingsley).

p- 26 (1886).—Dalmatia (Kolombatovic, Bedriaga).

. Latastia hardeggert Sted. Ann. Hofmus. Wien, vi. 1891,

p- 871.—Somaliland (Lort-Phillips).

. Latastia neumanni Matschie, Sitzb. Ges. nat. Fr. Berl.

1893, p. 30.—Aden (Yerbury).

. Latastia phillipsii Bler. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (7) ii. 1898,

p- 131.—Somaliland (Lort-Phillips).

. Acanthodactylus savignyt Aud.—Oran (Doumergue).

. Eremias smithii Blgr. P. Z.8. 1895, p. 534.—Somaliland

(Donaldson Smith, Bottego, Hawker).

. Eremias striata Ptrs.—Somaliland (Bottego, Ferrandi).

. Scaptira aporosceles Alcock & Finn, J. As. Soc. Beng.

Ixv. 1897, p. 559.—Baluchistan (Indian Mus.).

. Zonosaurus quadrilineatus Grand.—Madagascar (Last).

. Zonosaurus maximus Blgr. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) xvii.

1896, p. 448.—Madagascar (Baron).

. Zonosaurus laticaudatus Grand.— Madagascar (Baron).

. Zonosaurus ceneus. Grand.—Madagascar (Forsyth Major).

. Tracheloptychus madagascariensis Ptrs.—Madagascar

(Last).

. Egernia dahlii Blgr. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) xviii. 1896,

p. 2383.—Roebuck Bay, N.W. Australia (Dahl).

1898.] LIZARD COLLECTION IN THE NATURAL-HISTORY MUSEUM. 917

114.

PLD.

116.

*118.

*1L9;

Mabuia planifrons Ptrs.—Somaliland (Donaldson Smith,

Botteygo), Uganda (Betton).

Mabuia tessellata Anders. P. Z.S. 1895, p. 648.—Aden

(Yerbury).

Mabuia novemearinata Anders.—Penang (S. Flower).

Mabuia megalura Ptrs.—E. Africa (Neumann, Donaldson

Snuth, Hinde, Bottego), Shoa (Ragazzi).

Lygosoma everetti Blgr, Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) xix. 1897,

p- 504.--Sumba (Averett).

Lygosoma nigrolineatum Bley. t.c. p. 6.—New Guinea

(Anthony).

. Lygosoma brevipes Bttgr. Zool. Anz. 1895, p. 121.—

Halmaheira (Kiikenthal).

. Lygosoma lorie Blgr. Ann. Mus. Genova, (2) xviii. 1898,

p- 698.--New Guinea (Loria).

. Lygosoma maindroni Sauv.—-New Guinea (Anthony), New

Britain ( Willey).

. Lygosoma sarasinorum Blgr. P.Z.S. 1897, p. 210.—

Celebes (Sarasin).

. Lygosoma celebense F. Miill. Verh. nat. Ges. Basel, x.

1894, p. 836.-—Celebes (Sarasin).

. Lygosoma aignanum Blgr. infra.—-St. Aignan Id. (Meek).

. Lygosoma virens Ptrs.—Trobriand, St. Aignan (Meek).

. Lygosoma longiceps Blgr. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) xvi.

1895, p. 408.—Trobriand Id. (Meek).

. Lygosoma semoni Oudemans, in Semon, Zool. Forsch. v.

p. 142 (1894).—New Guinea (Meek, Loria).

. Lygosoma miotis Blgr. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) xvi. 1895,

p. 29.—Fergusson Id. (Meek).

. Lygosoma elegans Blgr. op. cit. xix. 1897, p. 8—New

Guinea (Anthony, Loria).

. Lygosoma stanleyanum Blgr. t. c. p. 7.—New Guinea

(Anthony).

. Lygosoma tectum F. Mill. Verh. nat. Ges. Basel, x. 1894,

p- 838.—Celebes (Sarasin).

. Lygosoma subnitens Bttgr. Abh. Mus. Dresd. 1896-97,

no. 7.—New Guinea (Loria).

. Lygosoma nigrigulare Blgr. Ann. Mus. Genova, (2) xviii.

1898, p. 700.—New Guinea (Loria).

. Lygosoma curtum Blgr. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) xix. 1897,

p- 9.—New Guinea (Anthony).

. Lygosoma tetratenia Blgr. op. cit. xvi. 1895, p. 30.—

Fergusson Id. (Meek).

. Lygosoma kuekenthal Bttgr. Zool. Anz. 1895, p. 117.—

Halmaheira (Kiikenthal).

. Lygosoma sorex Bttgr.t.c. p.118.—Halmaheira(Kukenthal).

. Lygosoma iridescens Blgr. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) xix.

1897, p. 9.—New Guinea (Anthony, Loria).

. Lygosoma parietale Ptrs.—Borneo (LHverett, Brooke,

Flower).

918 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON ADDITIONS TO THE _—[ Nov. 29,

*141. Lygosoma ferrandii Blgr. Ann. Mus. Genova, (2) xviii.

1898, p. 718.—Somaliland (Ferrand).

142. Lygosoma guineense Ptrs.—Niger (Crosse), Togoland

(Innes).

*1438, Lygosoma johnstoni Blgr. P. Z. 8. 1897, p.801.—Nyasaland

(Johnston).

*144, Lygosoma alfredi Blgr. infra.—Borneo (Everett).

*145. Lygosoma gastrostigma Blgr. infra.—Nicol Bay (Clement).

146. Lygosoma quadrivittatum Ptrs.—Borneo (Cator, Creagh).

147. Lygosoma bipes Fisch.——W. Australia (Dahl, Clement).

*148. Ablepharus ornatus Broom, Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) xviii.

1896, p. 343.--Queensland (Broom).

*149. Ablepharus tenuis Broom, t. ¢c. p. 342.--Queensland

(Broom).

150. Eumeces blythianus Anders.—Afridi Country (Green),

151. Scincus hemprichii Wiegm.—Aden (Yerbury).

152. Chalcides mauritanicus D. & B.—Oran (Dowmergue,

Bedriaga).

1538. Scelotes gronovit Daud.—Dassen Id. (Spencer).

154. Scelotes occidentalis Ptrs.—Cameroon (Bornmiiller).

*155. Sepsina ornaticeps Blgr. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) xvii. 1896,

p. 448.—Madagascar (Last).

156. Grandidieria rubrocaudata Grand.—Madagascar (Last).

157. Grandidieria fierinensis Grand.—Madagascar (Last).

158. Pygomeles braconniert Grand.—Madagascar.

*159. Pygomeles trivittatus Blgr. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) xvii.

1896, p. 449.— Madagascar (Baron).

*160. Voeltzkovia mira Bttgr. Katal. Rept. Mus. Senck. i. p. 116

(1893).—Madagascar (Boettger).

*161. Chameleon elliott Gthr. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) xv. 1895,

p- 524.—Uganda (Scott Elliot, Ansorge).

162. Chameleon hochnelii Steind. Sitzb. Ak. Wien, ec. 1891,

p. 307.—British E. Africa (Gregory, Jackson).

163. Chameleon fischeri Reichen. Zool. Anz. 1887, p. 371.—

Usambara ( Werner).

*164. Chameleon jacksonii Blgr. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) xvii.

1896, p. 876.— Uganda (Jackson).

165. Chameleon spinosus Matschie, Sitzb. Ges. nat. Fr. Berl.

1892, p. 105.—Usambara ( Werner).

II. Descriptions of the new Species.

PHYLLODACTYLUS SIAMENSIS. (Plate LV. fig. 1.)

Head longer than broad ; snout rounded, longer than the distance

between theeye and the ear-opening, once and onethird the diameter

of the orbit ; forehead concave; ear-opening vertically oval, half

the diameter of the orbit. Body and limbs moderate. Digits

rather short, moderately dilated at the end, with rather narrow

transverse lamelle inferiorly, numbering 12 to 14 under the

fourth toe. Snout covered with equal, rather large granules, vertex

and back of head with minute granules intermixed with larger ones

1898.] LIZARD COLLECTION IN THE NATURAL-HISTORY MUSEUM. 919

rostral twice as broad as deep, with median cleft above; nostril

between the rostral and five small scales; 8 upper and 7 lower

labials ; symphysial triangular, in contact with two chin-shields ;

a smaller chin-shield on each side of the median pair. Back covered

with small granules and trihedral strongly keeled tubercles forming

8 or 10 very regular longitudinal series ; on the sides, the enlarged

tubercles become juxtaposed, lose their keels, and pass gradually

into the rather large, imbricate ventral scales; these form about

20 longitudinal series. Tail covered with imbricate scales, the

dorsals keeled ; a ventral series of transversely enlarged, lamellar

scales. Greyish brown above, with blackish spots or a wide-meshed

network; an irregular dark streak on each side of the head, passing

through the eye; each labial with a blackish spot; lower parts white;

upper surface of tail with whitish, black-edged transverse spots.

Total length .... 76 millim. Fore limb .... 12 millim.

HCHO ences ef ee 12 eet ind limb s7 Gees

Width ofhead.. 7 , LaF abla hag Sos

BOG. erties ee 2s 7 Seti

Specimens were obtained by Mr. 8. S. Flower at Dung Phya Fai,

Siam, at an altitude of 700 feet.

This species is of special interest as the first discovered in the

Indian Region.

ANOLIS cuRTUS. (Plate LY. fig. 2.)

Head a little longer than the tibia, once and two thirds as long

as broad; forehead deeply concave; frontal ridges indistinct ;

upper head-scales very strongly keeled, largest on the sides of the

snout in front of the supraocular regions; scales of supraorbital

semicircles feebly enlarged, separated by 7 series of very small

scales ; 9 or 10 large keeled supraocular scales; occipital smaller

than the ear-opening, separated from the supraorbitals by 6 series

of scales; canthus rostralis sharp, canthal scales 4; loreal rows 7 ;

7 upper labials to below centre of eye ; ear-opening small, oval,

vertical. Gular appendage small. Body scarcely compressed ;

no dorso-nuchal fold. Scales granular, keeled, slightly larger on

the back than on the sides; ventral scales larger, subimbricate,

strongly keeled. The adpressed hind limb reaches the nostril ;

digits rather feebly dilated; 16 lamelle under phalanges II and

III of the fourth toe. Tail little longer than head and body,

cylindrical, without crest. No enlarged postanal scales. Brown

above, lighter along the middle of the back, with a vertebral series

of small black spots forming an interrupted stripe; two angulated

brown transverse bands between the eyes.

Total length .... 107 millim. Fore limb .... 21 millim.

lead ser acior oa.48 EST ek Mind limb. ....39.) |.

Width of head... 9 ,, DM a t sssta abo-iabs 56,

1 Sars Peewee BO cag

A single male specimen from La Estrella, Cartago, Costa Rica ;

obtained by Mr. C. F. Underwood.

920 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON ADDITIONS TO THE [Novy. 29,

DIPLOGLOSsUS NUCHALIS. (Plate LVI. fig. 1.)

Lateral teeth with obtuse crowns. Head small; canthus

rostralis rounded ; ear-opening smaller than the eye-opening ; three

prefrontals, azygos largest, as long as broad, forming a broad

suture with the frontal, separated from the rostral by two pairs of

shields; frontal nearly twice as long as broad; parietal on each

side separated from the frontal and supraoculars by two shields ;

occipital shorter and broader than the interparietal ; nasal separated

from the rostral; a postnasal and two subequal loreals; rostral

much broader than the symphysial; suture between the sixth and

seventh upper labials below the centre of the eye ; five large chin-

shields on each side, first in contact with the lower labials. Body

elongate, roundish-subquadrangular. 38 scales round the middle

of the body ; dorsals finely striated, keelless. Limbs separated when

adpressed ; digits rather short, fourth considerably longer than

third ; claws exposed. ‘Tail feebly compressed ; caudal scales not

keeled. Pale olive above, with small blackish spots and a pair of

blackish streaks along the nape; sides of head and body dark,

sharply limited above, with bluish-white, dark-edged spots ; whitish

beneath.

Total length .... 270 millim. Forelimb .. 23 millim.

Head's... ees Omens. Hindlimb .. 32 ,,

Width of head... 12 ,, ale. Sea ‘'GOsee

edy soca ce «8 92

A single specimen, of unknown origin; received from Dr. F.

Werner.

VARANUS BREVICAUDA. (Plate LVI. fig. 2.)

Teeth acute, compressed. Snout obtuse, shorter than the

distance from the anterior border of the orbit to the ear; canthus

rostralis distinct ; nostril round, slightly nearer the orbit than the

end of the snout. Upper head-scales small, granular, subequal,

smallest on the supraocular region. Scales on back small, elliptical,

tectiform ; ventral scales smooth, in 75 to 80 transverse series.

Digits short. Tail cylindrical, swollen at the base, not quite so

long as head and body, covered above and below with very strongly

keeled, subspinose scales. Pale reddish brown or buff above, dotted

with blackish, or with pale spots enclosed in a brown network ;

lower parts white.

Total length .... 185 millim. Fore limb .... 21 millim.

Head erect aescts Gian Hind limb.... 83,

Width ofhead.. 10 ,, Tail* Sa Pel. oe + Li abe

SOR} e isis ote, os wr.

Two specimens, apparently half-grown, from the Sherlock River,

Nicol Bay, W. Australia; collected by Dr. E. Clement.

ARTHROSEPS, g. D.

Closely allied to Arthrosaura Blgr., but differing in the ventral

scales being disposed, like the dorsals, in transverse series only ;

1898.] LIZARD COLLECTION IN THE NATURAL-HISTORY MUSEUM. 921

the two kinds of scales differing only in the greater breadth and

perfect smoothness of the former.

ARTHROSEPS WERNERI, sp. n. (Plate LV. fig. 3.)

Head depressed; snout moderate, obtusely acuminate; body

moderately elongate. Frontonasal large, square, a little broader

than long; a pair of small prefrontals, forming a suture; one

frontal; a pair of fronto-parietals; a pair of large parietals

separated by an equally long, narrower interparietal ; a pair of small

occipitals ; four supraoculars ; a loreal and a freno-orbital ; lower

eyelid with a large transparent disk composed of.two scales ;

a chain of small suborbitals; 6 upper and 6 lower labials ; chin-

shields very large, one azygos and three pairs; collar-shields 7,

elongate. Dorsal and lateral scales narrow, hexagonal, imbricate,

strongly keeled, passing gradually into the ventrals, which are

broader and smooth ; 34 scales round the middle of the body, 12 of

which are smooth, 29 from occiput to sacrum, 20 from collar-fold

to preanal region. Three preanal shields, median narrower, about

three times as long as broad. ‘Tail scaled like the body. Brown

above, with a bined ft dorso-lateral streak ; whitish beneath.

Totai length .... 62 millim. Fore limb .. 7 millim.

lElcad yaa tisc gee ccs oes tiadtimb sae iO ames

Width of head.. 6. ,, LT eee 5

SG ce «tun way - "20 .

A single specimen from Blumenau, Sta. Catharina, Brazil ;

received from Dr. F. Werner.

Lycosoma AIGNANUM. (Plate LVII. fig. 1.)

Section Keneuxia.—Habit lacertiform ; the distance between the

end of the snout and the fore limb is contained once to once and

one third in the distance between axilla and groin. Snout rather

long, pointed. Lower eyelid scaly. Nasals widely separated,

entire; no supranasal; frontonasal much broader than long,

its anterior border convex and forming a broad suture with the

rostral; prefrontals extensively in contact on the median line ;

frontal as long as the frontoparietals and parietals together, in

contact with the first, second, and third supraoculars ; five supra-

oculars, first largest, fifth small ; 9 or 10 supraciliaries ; fronto-

parietals distinct, truncated anteriorly where they come into contact

with the third ‘supraocular ; interparietal a little smaller than

frontoparietals ; parietals forming a suture behind the interparietal ;

a large temporal and a large nuchal; three upper labials anterior

to the subocular. Ear-opening moderate, smaller than the eye-

opening, without projecting lobules. 32 to 36 scales round the

middle of the body, all smooth or dorsals faintly tricarinate ; dorsals

largest, laterals smallest. Preanal scales not enlarged. The

adpressed hind limb reaches the shoulder or halfway between

the shoulder and the ear. Digits slender, strongly compresed

distally; 40 to 42 smooth lamelle under the fourth toe. Tail

Proc. Zoot, Soc.—1898, No. LXI. 61

922 MR. G. A, BOULENGER ON ADDITIONS TO THE _[Nov. 29,

once and two thirds to once and three fourths the length of head

and body. Brown above; a black streak on each side of the

head, passing through the eye; this streak continued, more or

less interrupted, along the side of the body in the female; some

dark brown spots on the back; male with a large round black

spot above the shoulders; upper lip and lower parts yellowish

white.

Total length .... 220 millim. Forelimb .. 30 millim.

Hea dicta. 33 onnetntt DA: iris Hind limb .. 47 ,,

Width of head .. 15, Dailnenreet 140. ,,

Bodyrs sisi adewryt 56 Cg,

Three specimens from St. Aignan Id., 8S. of Fergusson Id.,

D’Entrecasteaux Group ; collected by Mr. Meek.

LyGosoMA ALFREDI. (Plate LV. fig. 4.)

Section Homolepida.—Body much elongate; the distance between

the end of the snout and the fore limb is contained once and three

fifths in the distance between axilla and groin. Snout short,

obtuse. Lower eyelid scaly; nostril pierced in a single nasal,

which is widely separated from its fellow ; frontonasal broader than

long, forming a broad suture with the rostral and a very narrow

one with the frontal; frontal twice as long as broad, longer than

its distance from the end of the snout, as long as the frontoparietals

and interparietal together, in contact with the first and second

supraoculars ; four supraoculars; eight supraciliaries; fronto-

parietals distinct, a little larger than the interparietal, behind

which the parietals form a suture; no enlarged nuchals ; fourth

to sixth upper labials below the eye. Ear-opening round, nearl

as large as the eye-opening. 26 smooth scales round the middle of

the body, subequal in size. No enlarged preanals. Limbs short;

the length of the hind limb equals the distance between the centre

of the eye and the fore limb; fourth toe slightly longer than third,

with 12 smooth lamellz inferiorly. Tail thick, a little longer

than head and body. Reddish brown above, with darker spots on

the nape; blackish spots forming a stripe on each side of the head

and body, passing through the eye ; whitish beneath.

Total length .... 68 millim. Fore limb .. 6 millim.

Ted aes echt s = isd limb? "ee

Width of head .. 4 ,, HME ee aed a 3D) as

BOUy Nae snes sina 2607s

A single specimen (gravid female), from Savu, North Borneo ;

collected by the late Mr. Alfred Everett.

LiycGosoMA GAsTRosTIGMA. (Plate LVII. fig. 2.)

Section Homolepida.—Body much elongate; the distance

between the end of the snout and the fore limb is contained twice

and two thirds in the distance between axilla and groin. Snout

short, obtuse. Lower eyelid scaly; nostril pierced in a single

; -

‘w

ih j

; i ate

; i

; -

_ . uf

tae

ies o

f 7

“

‘

. ’

P.Z.S.1898 Pl Ly.

J Green ed.net.lith. West, Newman imp-

1. Phyllodactylus siamensis. 2.Anolis curtus.

3.Arthroseps werner. 4. lygosome alfredi.

PZ. S.1898. Pl. LVL

rng

wit

SE’

West, Newman imp -

J Green ad nat. lth.

2.Varanus brevicauda.

1. Diploglossus nuchakhs.

J. Green ad nat hth.

lL Lygosoma aignanum. 2.Lygosoma gastrostigma. a

1898.] LIZARD COLLECTION IN THE NATURAL-HISTORY MUSEUM. 923

nasal which forms a suture with its fellow; a vertical groove

behind the nostril ; frontonasal broader than long, forming a suture

with the frontal; frontal once and two thirds as long as broad,

longer than its distance from the end of the snout, as long as the

parietals, in contact with the first and second supraoculars; four

supraoculars, second largest ; six supraciliaries ; frontoparietals half

as long as the interparietal, which entirely separates the parietals ;

three pairs of nuchals ; fifth and sixth upper labials below the eye.

Ear-opening oval, oblique, as large as the eye-opening. 26 smooth

scales round the middle of the body, median pair of dorsals largest.

No enlarged preanals. Limbs short; the length of the hind limb

equals the distance between the centre of the eye and the fore

limb; third and fourth toes equal, with 14 smooth lamell

inferiorly. Tail a little longer than head and body. Olive-brown

above, almost every scale with a blackish dot followed by a light

spot ; yellowish beneath, almost every scale with a central black

dot.

Total length .... 245 millim. Fore limb .. 18 millim.

LE he i ae Hind Hiabrosy 9204. iss

Width of head .. 12 ,, Male yen Sala cs 125. ais

BGAY. cota on bead 106s,

A single specimen from the Sherlock River, Nicol Bay,

W. Australia; collected by Dr. E. Clement.

This species is most nearly allied to LZ. branchiale, from which it

differs in the much larger ear-opening and in the coloration.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Puate LY.

Fig. 1. Phyllodactylus siamensis, p. 918.

la es Lower view of foot, x 3.

2; ‘Anolis curtus, p. 919.

QiGs s5 », Upper view of head, x 2.

3. Arthroseps werner, p. 921.

3a. - », Upper view of head, x 3.

36. Posterior ventral and anal regions, X 3.

4. Lygosoma alfredi, P 922.

Avail; a pper view of head, x 3.

Puatse LVI.

Fig. 1. Diploglossus nuchalis, p. 920.

2. Varanus brevicauda, p. 920.

Dis 53 x Side view of head, x 2.

Puate LVII.

Fig. 1. osoma aignanum, p. 921.

; 1 id f Ride view of head.

” ”

2. » gastrostigma, p. 922.

2a. 45 zs Side view of head.

26. 3 a Lower view of head and anterior part of body.

61*

924 MR. H. H. BRINDLEY ON REPRODUCED (Dec. 13,

December 13, 1898.

Prof. G. B. Howns, F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair.

The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the

Society’s Menagerie during the month of November 1898 :—

The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-

gerie during the month of November was 66, of which 23 were by

presentation, 14 by birth, 10 by purchase, and 19 were received on

deposit. The total number of departures during the same period,

by death and removals, was 106.

The following extract was read from a letter from Mr. Stanley

S. Flower, F.Z.S. (dated Gizeh, Egypt, Oct. 27, 1898), in reference

to the locality of the Siamang (Hylobates syndactylus) which he

had presented to the Society on the 17th of October.

“This Siamang was caught in Negri Sembilan, a Malay state (or

rather a federation of little kingdoms) which lies north of the

settlement of Malacca, and south of the important Malay state of

Selangor; it is bounded on the east by Pahang, and cut off from

the sea to the west by a little state called Sungei Ujong. In the

Malay Peninsula the Siamang seems to be very local; in Perak it

is found south of the Perak River, but not apparently anywhere

north of it. There are stuffed Siamangs in the Taipang Museum,

but all were brought from Kinta in the south. The Siamang

certainly does not occur in either Penang or Singapore ; but speci-

mens are sometimes brought to Singapore from Sumatra, which is

the only other place that I have heard of where they are found

wild.”

Dr. Henry Woodward, F.R.S., exhibited and made remarks

upon a remarkably abnormal pair of antlers of the Red Deer.

The following papers were read :—

1. On certain Characters of reproduced Appendages in

Arthropoda, particularly in the Blattide. By H. H.

Brinptey, M.A., St. John’s College, Cambridge’.

[Received October 19, 1898.]

(Plate LVIL)

In a previous communication (15) I have given an account

of some observations and experiments in connection with the

reproduction of the legs in the Blattide, by which it seems

established that, in an individual which has not completed its

post-embryonie development, amputation or injury of a leg at

1 Communicated by W. Batxson, F.Z.S,

1898.] APPENDAGES IN THE ARTHROPODA, 925

any point from the femoro-trochanteric suture downwards is

followed by the reproduction of the lost parts, with the dis-

tinguishing feature that the tarsus consists invariably of only

four joints, the normal congenital tarsus possessing five. The

present paper is concerned with the structure of the four-jointed

tarsus of reproduction, and with cases of reproduction of

appendages in other Arthropods with which it possesses certain

features in common. In this connection it is desirable to make

some reference to the condition of our knowledge of the repro-

duction of appendages among Arthropods generally. The literature

of the subject does not seem to be extensive. Thirty years ago

Milne-Edwards (59) summarized the work then published, and

since that time the subject has received only sparse attention,

especially from the standpoint of experiment. But certain facts

have received satisfactory demonstration. [Among Arthropod

animals reproduction is always confined to the appendages.

Reproduction of portions of the trunk, as is common in the

segmented worms, appears never to occur. |

Tur PpRIOD OF THE LIFE-HISTORY DURING WHICH REPRODUCTION

OF THE APPENDAGES CAN OCCUR

appears to be coincident with that of the ecdyses. Hence

in Crustacea and Myriapoda the power of reproducing the

appendages continues after the attainment of sexual maturity,

while in Arachnida and Insecta it ceases with the completion

of the post-embryonic development. But in view of the little

that is known of the life-histories and ecdyses of Thysanura,

Collembola, and some Orthoptera, the above statement must be

made with some reserve as regards the Insecta. It is, however,

certain that in the case of most of the groups no repro-

duction of appendages can occur after sexual maturity has been

attained, either through a series of ecdyses or on emergence

from a pupal state. As regards Peripatus, Mr. Adam Sedgwick

kindly informs me that he knows of no instances of reproduction

of any of the appendages, or of auy cases in which an appendage

presented features suggesting that it had been reproduced.

Tf regeneration does occur in this isolated genus, a knowledge of

its features would be of special interest.

Tur Parts OF AN APPENDAGE FROM WHICH REPRODUCTION

CAN COMMENCE.

If an appendage is wholly removed from the body it seems

that reproduction never occurs. Thus in a crustacean the coxo-

podite of an appendage, in an insect the scape of an antenna

or the coxa of a leg, must be left intact if there is to be reproduction

of the extremity. An appendage is therefore never reproduced as

a whole by the trunk, but the event is realiy the formation of a

new extremity by a larger or smaller basal portion. Accidental

n jury to an appendage may theoretically involve any degree ot

926 MR. H. H, BRINDLEY ON REPRODUCED [Dec. 13,

loss, but the distribution of possible starting-points of reproduction

is particulate, being in all cases controlled by the effects of injury

or amputation on the portion left attached to the body. Thus in

cases where autotomy at a particular region is the invariable result

of injury or amputation in any more distal region, it is obvious

that the starting-point of reproduction is localized to the spot

where the autotomous break occurs. On the other hand, there are

cases in which reproduction seems to commence from the actual

extremity left on amputation, so that there is no clear localization

of the reproductive power.

There are also certain conditions intermediate between the

above extremes. As there is such an obvious relationship between

autotomy and the reproduction of lost parts, it is unfortunate that

our knowledge of the factors controlling the former event should

be so imperfect. The term autotomy has received what seems

an undesirably wide application by Giard (35) in an attempt to

classify many different phenomena under this title, but in what

follows its use is confined to the sudden separation of an appendage

or part of an appendage in obvious response to an external

stimulus. That the event is truly a reflex action, and therefore

dependent on the integrity of the nervous system, has been shown

experimentally for the legs of several genera of Decapod Crus-

taceans by the exhaustive experiments by Frédéricq (26, 27, 28),

and for the legs of Locusta by Frédéricq (29, 30) and Contejean (19),

In the case of other Arthropods the phenomenon is probably

of essentially similar nature. But when a series of experiments

is conducted on a particular appendage of a single species, the

general experience has been that the latent period which elapses

between the application of the stimulus and the rupture varies

within wide limits ; and not only is this the case, but it is also

usually found that though a certain degree of injury or amputa-

tion in the distal portion of an appendage liable to autotomous

loss will almost invariably bring about quite readily the loss of

the remaining portion, it does not always do so, though the

stump may break away at the usual seat of autotomy after the

lapse of a day or two. So much has been said to indicate that

it is after all not at present possible to draw any satisfactory

distinction between autotomy in the strict sense and the dropping

away of the stump of an appendage some time after the loss of

the distal portion, which latter event is of common occurrence in

some forms which do not ever exhibit autotomy as defined above.

And a satisfactory conception of autotomy is also rendered difficult

by the fact that in cases where its occurrence is characteristic,

even what are apparently the most favourable conditions will

sometimes fail to induce it. The whole subject offers much

difficulty, but enough has been said to show that it cannot be left

out of account in connection with the reproduction of appendages.

CrustachaA.—Among Arthropods autotomy and subsequent

reproduction have received the greatest degree of attention in the

case of the thoracic limbs of Decapod Crustacea. On the authority

of Hallez (45) it appears that the earliest observations in detail are

1898. ] APPENDAGES IN THE ARTHROPODA, 927

those of Réaumur himself on the legs of Palinurus and those

quoted by him as having been performed on Crabs at Guadaloupe by

Le Pére de Tertres. Réaumur (69, 70) noted that the autotomous

rupture always occurred at the groove marking the fusion of the

ischiopodite to the basipodite. [The meaning of this peculiar fusion

between two leg-joints in Crustaceans and many Tracheates has

recently been discussed by Bordage (9).| Réaumur’s observation

has been often confirmed for all Decapods which exhibit autotomy.

Sixty years later the subject was studied by Bodier (4), while

during the present century further observations on Decapods have

been made by MacCulloch (56), Heineken (46, 47), Couch (21),

Goodsir (38), Spence Bate (1), Chantran (18), Putnam (68),

Howes (51), and Brook (17). Milne-Edwards (59) and Huxley

(52) have discussed the phenomena described’. During the last

few years more extended experiments on autotomy in particular

have been made by Frédéricq (loc. cit.), De Varigny (74), and

Parize (63). It seems certain that the act is reflex in nature; but

on other points there is much disagreement among authors, especially

whether it is necessary for the limb to come into sharp contact

with the carapace. In Astacus a few experiments by myself tend

to show that the comparatively feeble autotomy of this genus

is exhibited only when the carapace is employed as a point d’appui.

But in this, as in other Decapods, the results of experiments on

autotomy are much influenced by the age and general condition of

the animal and by the mode of stimulation employed. There is,

however, no doubt that most Decapods have a certain region of

the limb specialized for autotomous loss, and with this condition

has arisen the localization of regeneration. Pouchet (66) and

others have pointed out that the loss of a limb at the suture

entails comparatively very slight bleeding. It has often been

noticed that injury to more distal portions not followed by

autotomy results in the eventual loss of all parts up to the suture,

though in Astacus I have seen distal joints retained two months

after mutilation. Goodsir (38) has given a description of a special

structure in the basipodite of Carcinus, which he regarded as an

organ for producing new limbs. The account, however, seems to

require confirmation. But whether the regenerative power is

localized as above in those Decapods which do not appear to perform

autotomy, such as Crangon, Palemon, and the young of Pagurus

(74), is at present uncertain. Moreover, it is doubtful whether the

flagellum (endopodite) of the antenna of Decapods exhibits true

autotomy, and whether regeneration is confined to the protopodite,

or may commence more distally. In Homarus Brook (17) has

mentioned a “throwing off” of the flagellum, and its complete

regeneration has been observed by several authors.

ABacHNIDA. Araneide.—Experiments on autotomy and regene-

ration were made on Spiders by Heineken (46, 47), who found that

reflex casting of the walking-legs occurred invariably at the suture

marking the fusion of femur and coxa. He considered that a

See also Morgan, Zool. Bulletin, May 1898.

928 MR. H, H. BRINDLEY ON REPRODUCED [Dec. 13,

point Vapput was always necessary for rupture, but in other

respects his results were very varied. Autotomy did not always

occur in a series of individuals of one species, the latent period

between stimulus and loss varied greatly, and the results were

greatly affected by age and the mode of stimulus, as well as by

the particular genera and families employed. Parize (63) has

also observed diversities of this kind. In Tarantula it has been

shown by McUook (57) that the struggles at ecdysis may result in

loss of limbs either at distal regions or at the suture. Blackwall

(3), who made numerous experiments on regeneration, has not

described either autotomous or eventual loss of the stumps of

limbs left after partial amputation. More recently Wagner (75,

76) has made experiments on Tarantula with the result that

section of a leg about its middle is nearly always followed by the

animal tearing out the stump up to the suture, an act which seems

to be performed in order to prevent loss of blood, which is, as in

other Arthropods, great at the point of section, but very slight at

the suture. His experiments also lead him to the important and

suggestive conclusion that in cases where the stump is not torn off

all its tissues degenerate up to the suture, and that therefore

regeneration takes place only from the coxa. But as there is no

doubt that there is among Spiders much variation of autotomy, it

is possible that in some forms regeneration may commence from

points distal to the suture.

Scorpionide.—Mr. R. I. Pocock informs me that it is practically

certain that autotomy does not occur in this group, nor has any

account of the regeneration of lost appendages been published. He

has, however, examined certain specimens in the British Museum,

whose history is unknown, but which are almost certainly instances

of partial regeneration of the walking-legs. Two of these cases

have recently been kindly shown to me by Mr. Pocock, and certainly

suggest that in Scorpions regeneration commences from the actual

seat of injury and is not confined to one particular region of a limb.

Myrraropa.—On the regeneration of appendages in Myria-

poda but few observations are recorded, and none are of recent

date. Autotomy does not seem to occur in this group. Newport

(61) found that in Julus the stump of an antennal joint

was retained, and he concluded that reproduction commenced

from the point of amputation, for after ecdysis the regenerated

extremity could be clearly distinguished by its lighter colour.

In both Julus and Lithobius he observed legs regenerated from the

coxa after loss brought about by unknown causes.

Insuota.—Among Insecta the reproduction of lost appendages

is known to occur in certain genera of Collembola, Orthoptera,

Hemiptera, and Lepidoptera.

Collembola.—Very little is known concerning the life-histories

of the Collembola, but it appears that the ecdyses and the power

of reproducing the appendages are continued after full growth

and sexual maturity have been attained. In these respects,

therefore, the group stands in contrast with other Insecta. In

1898. ] APPENDAGES IN THE ARTHROPODA. 929

Collembola nothing is known concerning autotomy, and only

the reproduction of the antenne has been studied. Bourlet (14)

and in greater detail Lubbock (55) have made observations

in this case, and concluded that regeneration seemed to commence

from the actual point of amputation.

Orthoptera-Saltatoria.—In many genera there is well-marked

autotomy of the posterior or jumping-legs, and, as shown by

Heineken (loc. cit.), Frédérieq (Joc. cit.), and Contejean (oc. cit.),

it occurs at the femoro-trochanteric suture. I am indebted to

Mr. J. Graham Kerr for the information that, as noticed by

him in the Paraguayan Chaco, administration of chloroform

to Tropinotus readily causes autotomy at the suture. It is

uncertain whether a point d’appui is necessary in Saltatoria. Tull

recently it has been supposed that reproduction of the lost legs

does not occur in Saltatoria, on which point reference may be

made to the writings of Durieu (24), Frédéricq, Peyerimhoff (65),

and Werner (79); but Griffini (42, 48,44) has lately described

some captured specimens which seem to indicate that, as in the

Cursoria, reproduction of the legs occurs in some at least of the

Saltatoria during post-embryonic development, and that it com-

mences from the femoro-trochanteric suture. In the nymphs of

certain forms regeneration of the antenne has been observed by

Graber (39), after he had amputated them near the basal joint.

He also records that repair occurred in the wing-covers after

pieces had been suipped out with scissors.

Orthoptera-Oursoria.—Many Phasmide exhibit autotomy of the

legs during the later periods of immaturity and during the adult

state, but our information on the subject is not very extensive.

As he has described in an interesting series of papers, Bordage

(5, 6,7, 8,10) has found that autotomy at the femoro-trochanteric

suture was easily obtainable with several different kinds of stimuli,

though the latent period between stimulus and rupture was

considerably modified by such factors as age, sex, and mode of

stimulus. His experiments seem to show that autotomy may

occur either with or without a point d’appui being employed.

Scudder (72) did not observe autotomy in Diapheromera, but the

mutilated extremity of a leg eventually fell away up to the suture.

In these forms reproduction of the limb may occur not only at

the suture but from more distal points.

As regards the legs of Blattide, my previous paper gives the

facts which seem to demonstrate that their loss not infrequently

takes place by a feebly developed autotomy at the femoro-

trochanteric suture. Regeneration may commence at this point

or from the stump of either femur or tibia, but not from any part

of the tarsus. The stump of this latter region may be retained for

some time after mutilation, but it is invariably dry and shrivelled.

The antenne of Blattide are certainly capable of reproduction.

The earliest observations seem to be those of Heineken (46) on

‘Leucophea. He cut off the antenne “near the base,” but did not

notice the effects of the injury or whether the reproduction

930 MR. H. H. BRINDLEY ON REPRODUCED [Dee. 13,

seemed to commence from the two large basal joints or from one

of the smaller ones borne by them.

Neuroptera.— Watson (77) has observed that in the larva of

Agrion amputation of a leg “ close to the body” was followed by

reproduction by the next ecdysis. Lubbock (54) found that the

terminal joints of the antenna in nymphs of Chloéon were not

reproduced.

Lepidoptera.—It is stated that autotomy occurs in the imagos

of certain forms, but as there is no regeneration the point is not of

present interest. Several authors have described deformities and

reproduction in the legs of imagos after amputation performed on

their larve or pup. But in this group the great uncertainty as to

the relationships between the several parts of the larval and pupal

appendages and those of the imago presents great difficulties to

the study of reproduction. Gonin (37), in a recent revision of the

structure of the larval legs just before pupation, concludes that only

the extremity of the developing pupal leg projects into that of the

larva. Hence amputation of the latter at its base removes only

the tarsus of the former, and so on. ‘Till the details of meta-

morphosis are better understood our knowledge of reproduction

of appendages in Lepidoptera must remain very slight. Réaumur

(71) obtained negative results by amputating the legs in the larva

of Vanessa ; while Newport (61) found that the same method of

experiment resulted in either complete or partial development of

the injured limbs in the imago. He concluded that regeneration

commenced from the seat of injury wherever situated. Mélise (58)

agreed with this on the strength of his own experiments on the

larva of Sertcaria. Watson (77) obtained reproduction of the legs in

Platysamia after injuring those of the larva. Ina discussion of the

diverse results of Réaumur and Newport, Kiinckel d’Herculais (49)

considers that while the former destroyed the histoblast rudiment

of the imago leg, the latter merely mutilated it; but Gonin (37)

holds that this explanation is insufficient in view of the non-

agreement in position of the similarly named regions of the larval

and pupal limbs.

As there can be little doubt that reproduction of the appendages

can occur in members of other Arthropod orders than those which

have received experimental enquiry, the preceding summary of our

present knowledge of how far the power of commencing a new

growth is confined to one region or distributed more generally in

an appendage is, of course, very incomplete. Enough is known,

however, to establish that there is a considerable range of variation

in this respect between the members of different orders and to

some extent between members of the same order. In cases where

autotomy in the strict sense of sudden rupture of a limb either in

immediate or almost immediate response to a stimulus is most

clearly exhibited, it is a necessary result that reproduction is

initiated from one particular point, especially where, as in

Crustacea, the regenerated region can be seen sprouting from the

stump and covered only by a thin cuticle. But in Tracheata it is

1898.] APPENDAGES IN THE ARTHROPODA. 931

a more difficult matter to be sure as to the exact starting-point of

reproduction and the way in which the new growth is elaborated ;

for in these forms it does not project beyond the stump, and hence

it is visible only at the ecdysis which liberates it. [It is of interest

that the comparatively exposed condition of the new growth in

Crustacea is correlated with an aquatic habit, and its protected

condition with the terrestrial habit of the Tracheata ; though only a

bare suggestion that contact with hard surfaces, as on land, might

more readily injure a new and delicate structure is permissible. |

In the occluded condition of the new growth in Tracheates there

is necessarily involved a disturbance in the normal relations

between the chitinous investment of the stump and the subjacent

hypodermis. As development of the regenerated extremity

proceeds the hypodermis must slip away from the cuticle and

towards the base of the limb, leaving a space occupied by the

growing extremity. This structure is formed in a curled up

condition, and straightens only on liberation at ecdysis, as was

first described by Blackwall (3) in the case of Spiders. [ Weismann

(78) has shown that in the normal development of Musca the leg-

rudiments are similarly curled up.| This state of things and the

displacement of the internal portions of the stump are illustrated

for Blattide by figures 1a and 16 (Plate LVIII.). The regenerated

tarsus is curled up and occupies half of the chitinous stump of the

tibia, while the soft parts of the latter have largely withdrawn into

the chitinous femur. I have failed to make a satisfactory dissection

of the regenerated leg within the chitinous coxa and trochanter ;

but in such a case it would seem that the displacement of parts

must be more pronounced than in the case illustrated.

It is obvious therefore that in Tracheata regeneration is com-

plicated by the peculiar occlusion of the new growth, and further

enquiry is necessary before we can say exactly what is the history

of the soft parts of the stump left by amputation, especially as it

is still uncertain whether normal ecdysis involves changes more

deeply seated than the mere renewal of the cuticle. If that is the

case, as seems suggested by such observations as those of Lubbock

(54) on the antennz of Chloéon and of Wagner (loc. cit.) on Spiders,

there is no longer any question as to a “starting-point” of repro-

duction, for the new extremity would be a part of the general

reconstruction and not a bud. On the other hand, the elaboration

of the extremity as an outgrowth from the stump is certainly

suggested by the already mentioned observations of Newport on

Julus. It is, however, very possible that the phenomena of ecdysis

differ considerably in the several groups.

THE RELATIVE Size aND GRowtTH or Rrpropucep APPENDAGES.

The peculiar fact that it is a constant feature of reproduced

appendages in certain cases that they differ in structure from the

normal congenital appendages they replace will be dealt with later

on. At present only the size and growth of the regenerated

932 MR. H. H. BRINDLEY ON REPRODUCED (Dee. 13,

structures as a whole will be considered. A regenerated appendage,

or part of an appendage, is always smaller than its fellow, provided

that the latter is of congenital origin or is a reproduced structure

of earlier date. This natural state of things was first understood

rightly by Réaumur, the pioneer of the study of reproduction of

lost parts. He corrected the assumption of previous authors that

such instances were cases of congenital asymmetry. Nearly all

accounts of the reproduction of Arthropod limbs agree in stating

that if there are still several ecdyses to be accomplished, the

reproduced limb grows with special rapidity so as to approximate

or equal in size its congenital fellow.

In Crustacea observations in this respect are recorded by certain

of the authors already mentioned (17, 18, 68), from which it

appears that some of the appendages of Decapods when reproduced

attain their normal] size more rapidly than do others. There is,

however, considerable want of uniformity of result for the same

appendage, and Brook has recorded that temperature, the kind of

food, &c. are important factors in the matter.

The special rapidity of growth of regenerated appendages in

Spiders, Myriapods, Collembola, and Phasmide has been recorded

in works already referred to, and also by Fortnum (25) in the last-

named group.

There is evidence that in Crustaceans the regenerated appendage

more frequently attains equality with its congenital fellow than

is the case in Tracheates—a feature which perhaps has some

explanation in the freer mode of growth seen in the former

group.

In Blattide my own observations show that the growth of

reproduced appendages is very rapid. Measurements were made

with a micrometer-eyepiece of a few nymphs of Stylopyga ortentalis

averaging ‘8 cm. in body-length and therefore quite young, the

body-leneth of an adult being about 2:0 cm., as opposed to a

length of ‘5 cm. in newly hatched young. I measured the total

length of the tarsus in these *8 cm. nymphs, and the total length

of the cast cuticles of the corresponding tarsi just after ecdysis

and apparently before any appreciable shrinkage had occurred.

In four instances of normal tarsi the average increase of length

after ecdysis was 13 per cent., while in four cases of reproduced

tarsi the increase was 29 per cent.

An obvious result of the specially rapid growth of a reproduced

limb is that the disproportion in size between it and its normal

fellow is less in cases where regeneration has occurred early in the

life-history than in those in which it has taken place near maturity.

For instance, the tarsi of the third pair of legs in 20 adults of

Periplaneta americana, taken haphazard from individuals in which

one of the tarsi was normal and the other reproduced, showed by

measurement that if the length of the normal tarsus be taken as

100, the mean length of the reproduced tarsi was 96°5. On the

other hand, the mean length of the reproduced tarsi of seven

nymphs averaging ‘53 cm. in body-length was found to be 87:1,

1898. ] APPENDAGES IN THE ARTHROPODA, 933

when expressed in a similar manner to the above. [The tarsi in

this latter case were not from the third pair of legs only, but this

would not appreciably affect the validity of the comparison. |

Among adults there are occasional cases in which the difference is

much greater than 3°5 per cent., and such probably indicate that

loss and reproduction have occurred in the later instars. It was

noticed that the disproportion between the reproduced tarsus and

its normal fellow was somewhat greater in adults of Stylopyga

orientalis than in adults of Periplaneta americana or P. australasic.

This may be due to specific differences in the rate of growth of the

reproduced structures, or else to some special liability in the first-

named species to accidental loss during the later instars. As in

Cockroaches the reproduced tarsus has only four joints, it follows

that in cases where one tarsus is normal and its fellow reproduced

and the two are of approximately equal lengths, the mean lengths

of the joints of the latter are on the whole greater than those of

the former. In the case of insects with “complete metamorphosis ”

reproduced appendages in the imago have always been described

as smaller than the normal, though it is possible that they may

sometimes become symmetrical, for Newport (61) found that in

Vanessa larve reproduction of a leg commenced two stadia before

pupation was acccmpanied by progressive increase in size.

Tu STRUCTURE OF THE REPRODUCED LEGS IN THE BLATTIDA.

In addition to the general observations on the natural history

of ecdysis recorded in my previous paper, the following facts were

noticed during the experiments made in the course of the enquiry

into the regeneration of the legs in Cockroaches.

(a) The Length of the Period between Mutilation and Reproduction.

As already recorded, the legs of 883nymphs of Stylopyga orientalis

were mutilated in various parts and the animals kept in confinement

in order that the reproduction of the injured limbs might be

observed. In 625 cases out of 1473 mutilations, reproduction

occurred. The instances tabulated (see p. 934) indicate the shortest

periods which elapsed between mutilation and reproduction in

different degrees. [The term “reproduction” implies in all cases

that regrowth of the mutilated or amputated parts took place with

the tarsus in a fowr-jointed condition. |

The total number of cases in which it was possible to keep an

exact account of the number of days between mutilation and the

ecdysis succeeding, and from which the instances recorded in the

table were taken, was hardly large enough to permit more than a

mere suggestion that reproduction may take place in a shorter time

in early nymphs than in nymphs approaching maturity, and that it

may take place among the latter more rapidly in males than in

females. ‘There is, however, some definite evidence that repro-

duction of the tarsus alone may occur within a shorter time than

that of the more proximal regions of the leg. It is probable that in

934 MR. H. H. BRINDLEY ON REPRODUCED [ Dec. 13,

Tasip A.

Lost parts of other

Age or size of individual | Number of days legs in the same

at the ecdysis which between muti- | Reproduction | individual which

liberated the reproduced lation and took place of the | were not repro-

_ appendage. ecdysis. duced at this

ecdysis.

B “1 agit h. Fae Deters 81 femur downwards.

Male (final ecdysis)...... 84 + nS

Female ( ¥ ie - ) opie 90 a ¥

Body-length °85 em. apt

eale nymph). °°" 43 tibia downwards,

Male (final ecdysis) ...... 87 ” 9

Female (_,, Se) See 106 ty és

Male (,, 3 ceimaa) ecrset 70 tarsus,

Body-length 1-9 em. \ 81

(late nymph). =f °""" 3

Female (final ecdysis) ...... 90 ‘9

Male ( ,, ser) eee 82 Ps Tibia downwards,

Body-length 2:05 em. 102

(late nymph), ses al 7 ds 7

Male (final moult) ......... 83 *. Femur downwards.

Body-length 2:0 em. | 87

(late nymph). f°" | 2 B 2

species with a shorter post-embryonic development than Stylopyga

orientalis reproduction is more rapid. The latter is an unfavourable

form for observations of this kind, but was selected as being the

species most easily obtainable in large numbers. However long the

interval between mutilation and ecdysis, the reproduced legs were

always smaller than their normal fellows, nor could I find any

particular differences in size between legs reproduced and liberated

by ecdysis after short and long periods respectively. The new

growths were distinctly dwarf when they appeared after as many

as 220 days after mutilation. In a certain number of cases

reproduction did not occur even when much longer periods between

mutilation and succeeding ecdysis had elapsed than are given in

the above table. Thus, amputation at the tibio-femoral articulation

or in the middle of the tibia was not followed by any reproduction

after intervals of 102, 112, and 192 days. The parts from the

femoro-trochanteric suture were not reproduced after an interval

of 116 days in another case. In these same instances, however,

the lost tarsus of another leg was reproduced, thus favouring the

conclusion that there is a relation between the extent of the injury

and the time necessary for reproduction. It seems probable that

these exceptional cases of non-reproduction after long periods

should be attributed to individual causes. The facts that non-

reproduction was always total (7. ¢., that ecdysis left the limb

in the same condition as at mutilation) and that when reproduction

did occur it was always complete (7. ¢., the several regions of the

1898. ] APPENDAGES IN THE ARTHROPODA. 935

limb right down to its extremity were present and identifiable)

are features generally found in Tracheates. It would appear

that the formation of the new appendage is a very rapid

process, and the facts are favourable to the view that ecdysis

really involves more or less reconstruction of the soft parts as well

as of the cuticle. This, however, can hardly be the case in Crusta-

ceans, in which the new growth is distinctly a reproduction of the

limb while still covered by a cuticle.

(b) Relative Dimensions of the Tarsal Joints.

The reproduced femur and tibia resemble those of the normal

congenital limb, though they are always smaller than the latter at

their first appearance. In one or two cases I have found the tibia

of arcuate form, but this condition was probably due to incomplete

straightening from the coiled-up condition before ecdysis. The

reproduced tarsus is, however, always four-jointed, though in

certain very exceptional cases to be shortly described this condition

was not quite fully expressed. It is never five-jointed as in the

normal.

The general appearance of a normal and of a reproduced tarsus

from the same pair of legs of an adult Periplaneta americana is

shown in Plate LVIIi. figs. 2 & 3. The following table gives

examples of the relative lengths of the tarsal joints of both normal

and reproduced forms. The measurements were made along the

dorsal side and with the tarsi as much extended as possible. It is

obvious that this method imposes undue prominence on the lengths

of the proximal and terminal joints, on account of the telescoping

of the intermediate joints into the above and into each other at

their articulations, but the results are sufficient for comparison as

the treatment was uniform. The tarsi of small nymphs were

measured with a micrometer eyepiece, and those of large nymphs

with a sliding screw micrometer kindly lent to me by Professor

W.F. R. Weldon.

In these tables and later on the several joints of a tarsus or

other appendage are for brevity referred to as j,, 7,, &c. in the

case of normal congenital structures, and as J,, J,, &c. in the case

of reproduced structures, the numeration beginning with the

proximal joint.

In the following tables the total length of the tarsus was

reduced to 100 in each case, and the lengths of the several joints

are expressed as percentages.

Taste B.—Periplaneta americana.

5jointed tarsi, Means of measurements of 115 tarsi from the third pair

of legs.

je Je Jae Jy Js.

53°2 156 95 49 16°8

4-jointed tarsi. Means of measurements of 115 tarsi from the third pair

of legs. :

Jy. Jo Jy Jy.

57-4 18:3 64 17-9

936 MR. H. H, BRINDLEY ON REPRODUCED [Dee. 13,

Tasty C.—Stylopyga orientalis.

5-jointed. 4-jointed.

Jy | Jo | Js: | Jae | Ise Jy. | Jn. | Sg. | See

oe | 19 cases. 13 cases.

‘S | Adult 40:3) 15:5) 11:3, 7-3 | 26°3! Mean of | | 43-9, 17-4) 9-7) 23°6) Mean of

Pa 13 cases, | 13 cases.

i ( Young! 44°7| 14°9 10°6) 6-7 | 22:9) Mean of | 48°2) 17-2) 9-0) 25:3) Mean of

Vee 20 cases, | 13 cases.

3 ) Adult | 46-2 15°3 106) 6:3 | 216} Mean of| | 51-8/17-6| 7-7) 22-7) Mean of

Ay | | 18 cases. 13 cases.

4 ( Young) 47-7} 16-1 10:6) 6-3] 18:3, Mean of| | 51-4/17°5| 8'8| 21-9) Mean of

a | 20 cases. 15 cases.

I Adult | 50:2 16°5 10:5) 55} 17-0) Mean of | | 55:2) 18:1) 7-5) 18°83 Mean of

ay | 13 cases. 14 cases.

The definitely constituted nature of the 4-jointed form of

tarsus in both young and adult individuals and on all three pairs

of legs is illustrated by Table C, and from the values recorded

therein it is obvious that the behaviour of the 4-jointed form is in

general agreement with that of the normal tarsus. If the relative

values of the several joints in the latter are examined, it is seen

that the total length is rather more evenly distributed among

the joints in the case of Pair I. than in that of Pair II., and in the

case of Pair II. than in that of Pair I1I. This is most easily seen

in the case of the longer joints, j, and j,, though the shorter

intermediate joints are also concerned. In any single individual

animal the total length of the tarsus is of course greater in Pair

III. than in Pair I1., and in Pair JI. than in Pair I. So that in a

longer (more posterior) tarsus j, is relatively greater and j, rela-

tively smaller than in a shorter (more anterior) tarsus. Now in the

case of the 4-jointed tarsi it will be seen that J, and J, are affected

in a similar manner. Again, the values for the 5-jointed tarsi

present a strong indication that , is relatively longer in adult than

in immature individuals, 7, being affected inversely. So is it for

J, and J, respectively in the 4-jointed tarsi. The measurements

forming the data for constructing Table C were purposely taken

from young of all’ sizes, from newly hatched to over 20 cm. in

body-length (penultimate instar); and a consideration of the

cases in order of age did not reveal any reliable indication that the

above noted alteration in the ratios of j, and 7, was established

progressively. The relative increase of 7, and decrease of 7, appear

to be coincident with the attainment of maturity, and the same

is true for J, and J,. It is admitted that the above statements

are based ou a comparatively small total of observations, and that

1898.] APPENDAGES IN THE ARTHROPODA. 937

there is difficulty in making very accurate measurements of the

shorter intermediate joints; but from a consideration of the

individual instances from which the means in Table C were

obtained, it is believed that the data are sufficiently reliable to

justify what has been said above. It has, moreover, been ascer-

tained that the results are the same when the two sexes are

considered separately, as the differences between male and female

in the ratios of the several tarsal joints to the whole tarsus are

extremely slight, so that the figures tell the same tale whether the

two sexes are taken together or separately.

Subject to specific differences the tarsal joints in Blattide are

provided with a closely-set armature of spines. In addition to

the numerous small spines all the joints except the terminal one

bear at their distal ends strong spurs or calcares, which are

directed ventralwards and outwardly, one on either side. Similar

spurs are developed in reproduced tarsi. Examination showed

that in both kinds of tarsi the armature is sometimes abnormal.

The abnormal conditions met with fall. under three heads, as

follows :—

(a) A tarsal joint had more than two spurs. In such cases

the commonest condition was the presence of one

supernumerary spur on one side.

(6) A tarsal joint had one of the normal spurs completely

absent (there being no scar indicating accidental breaking

off).

distance anteriorly to the proper position at the end of

the joint.

The following Table shows the incidence of abnormality

observed :-—

Taste D.

LPartitaniéta Periplaneta\ Stylopyga |

americana. \australasie.| orientalis, |

g Armature normal .................. | 15 {2 100

"S| Armature of one or more joints 1 eo oe il 0

& SDMOPMIAL, ; ccanessoc-coss= tees cues: = =

= Total cases examined......| 16 75 100

tte}

3 Armature normal .................. 23 65 46

3 Armature of one or more joints 10 6 54

I abiiormal io5.---sceseeereeeseeet oe: — —

= Total cases examined...... 30 71 100

Proc. Zoon. Soc.—1898, No. LXII. 62

[ Dec. 13,

MR. H, H. BRINDLEY ON REPRODUCED

038

The different kinds of abnormalities met with may be suin-

marized as follows

O19 oAGAIN

*S1D7UAIWO

vhhdophig

‘DISDIDLISND

ppounjpditag

“DUvarLaUD

nyaunjdisag

UT SSB JO LoquIN jy

‘ISUVT, CULNIOL-f

thee eenee be “ “cc “cc “6

seen eeee ee “ “ec “ ‘

vo Ta vo sunds £reroumuiodns Jo toquimu osvteay

‘ands [euttou v Jo duesqe oyopduiog

WOTZENgIs TRuLOUQY ut andy

“

“ee ay

XIS

“ 4“e “ OAL

“ “ “ MO

oe “ “ ¢

ddA iT,

i sands ff OM [,

qurof v uo ands Axetommusodns oud

“ “ yyanoy (")

(Pp) ee ee er) ve “ pain ('c)

Cp puodas (°)

Cie Bee aes ease es wartouqe qurol peurrxoad (17)

eee eee eee eee eee eee “ “e a3 “ PERU AF

syutol OAT,

[BuAoUqe snsavz v ut yuLol CUE

** QANIBUI [VULAOUGY TIM OAOGU LIT S}UIOL

Tereeeeees OUNIVOULAG [RUTTOUGY YALA 18a,

“c “ce “

‘OL WIEV

‘DISD]DAISNDY

DIAUD) da T

“‘punarwauDo

pjpaunj drag

UL SSB JO .Loq un yy

SUV, GTLN10£-G

1898. ] APPENDAGES IN THE ARTHROPODA. 939

As in the case of normal spurs, supernumerary ones were

always situated on the sides of the tarsal joints and never in the

mid ventral line. In all except three cases from S. orientalis the

supernumerary spurs were placed quite close to the normal spurs.

Hence the most common condition—that of one supernumerary

spur—was expressed as one spur on one side and two on the

other. In cases where the total number of spurs on a joint

exceeded three there were supernumerary spurs on both sides:

for instance five spurs would be expressed as three on one side

and two on the other. This tendency to uniformity in the

distribution of supernumerary spurs was observed in all cases

except in five from S. orientalis and one from P. americana. In

these latter there were either three or four spurs on one side of

the joint and only a single (the normal) one on the other. The

cases of abnormal armature showed no indication of any relation

between the number of supernumerary spurs on a single joint and

the extent to which a supernumerary armature occurred in the

tarsus as a whole. The joints seemed to vary quite independently

of each other in respect of their armature. But on the whole

there is obviously a greater frequency of abnormality of the

armature in reproduced than in normal tarsi. In this connection

it may be noted that Newport observed that the reproduced

appendages of Arthropods are particularly liable to disturbances

in their armature. Some or all of the normal spines may be

absent or there may be supernumerary spines. His observations

in this respect were chiefly on Myriapoda and Lepidoptera after

injury to the larval appendages. In respect of cases of abnormal

armature in the reproduced legs of Blattide, it may perhaps be

suggested that the additional spines represent the normal terminal

armature of a joint whose normal articulation is absent, on the

supposition that in the reproduced tarsus one of its four joints is

equivalent to two joints of a normal tarsus fused together. There

are, however, objections to such a view. The supernumerary

spines in 4-jointed as in 5-jointed tarsi were, with only two or

three exceptions among all the tarsi examined, grouped closely

together in the proper position of the normal spines instead cf

being situated near the middle of the joint. Moreover, the table

(see p. 938) shows the frequent occurrence of tarsi with a super-

numerary armature on more than one joint.

(d) Malformed Tarsi.

Among the several thousand tarsi examined there were found

10 in which one or more of the articulations were imperfectly

formed. The appearance of such cases is sufficiently explained by

Plate LVIII. figures 4-10, and they are probably much the same

as the “crippled” limbs often found in Coleoptera and other

groups. The present cases seem to be reproduced tarsi, though

those illustrated by figs. 4 and 10 are perhaps malformed

62*

940 MR. H. H. BRINDLEY ON REPRODUCED | Dee. 13

“normal” tarsi. The interest of these crippled tarsi les in their

great rarity, their tendency to possess several supernumerary

spines, and the fact that the fusions resulting from the incom-

pleteness of the articulations are nearly always confined to the

intermediate shorter joints, leaving the proximal and distal joints

well-defined.

Tue CHARACTERS OF REPRODUCED APPENDAGES IN OTHER

Insncra AND ARTHROPODA GENERALLY.

Before making a comparison of the normal and reproduced legs

of the Blattide from a statistical point of view, it is desirable to

refer to certain special characters possessed by reproduced appen-

dages in other groups of Arthropods.

The observations of various authors on reproduction of lost

appendages in Arthropoda have usually been of but partial nature,

and only in a few cases have experiments in this connection been

extended over a large number of individuals of the same species.

But the published work is sufficient to indicate that the

structures which replace lost or mutilated appendages fall into

two main divisions. Moreover, one or the other of these two

kinds of reproduction is constantly associated with a particular

degree of injury in particular cases of appendages or genera to

the entire exclusion of the other kind. In other words, a certain

injury to a particular appendage among particular families of

genera is invariably followed by reproduction of one kind. The

other kind of reproduction is as constantly associated with other

cases. The two kinds of reproduction met with are briefly :—

(a) In all chief respects, such as the number of joints and their

relative dimensions, the reproduced appendage is the counterpart of

the normal congenital appendage.

(b) Lhe reproduced appentage differs from the normal appendage

in certain respects which are constant, and in cases where maturity of

the animal is attained through a series of ecdyses the special features

of the reproduced appendage are perpetuated ; so that, strictly

speaking, the animal does not reproduce the normal appendage. The

chief distingushing feature of this kind of reproduction is that the

number of joints present is less than in the normal appendage.

THE FOLLOWING CASHS FALL UNDER (a) :—

Crusracea. Decapoda.—Observations on the reproduction of

lost appendages appear to have been mainly on the Decapoda. The

accounts of authors already referred to agree in stating that the

chele and walking-legs are reproduced by structures resembling the

normal in all respects except size. As regards the flagellum of

the antenna, it is, however, not possible to speak with certainty,

for no observer has given any details as to the number of its joints

when reproduced. Moreover, the large number of joints of the

normal antenna in most cases and the liability to loss of the more

distal joints leave the normal numbers for most species somewhat

1898.] APPENDAGES IN THE ARTHROPODA. 941

uncertain. But some degree of circumstantial evidence that the

reproduced flagellum has the normal number is afforded by

observations (18, 68) that it is very often of equal length with its

fellow at the first ecdysis after mutilation.

But that the reproduced appendages of Crustaceans are not

invariably replicas of the normal is shown by the experiments of

Przibram (67) and by the remarkable cases described by Herbst (48),

Hofer (50), and Milne-Edwards (60) of various Decapods replacing

an eye by an antenna-like structure. These instances, however, do

not fall under (b) above, and for the present must stand apart as

isolated cases with special features. Borradaile (11) has recently

described certain instances of abnormal antenne in Macrura-

Anomala which may possibly have arisen in connection with repro-

duction, but these also differ from the cases to be described under

(b) in the possession of more than the normal number of joints.

Isopoda.—Heineken (47) made a few observations on the

reproduction of the antenne of a Madeiran Armadillo; but his

account unfortunately gives no details beyond stating that the new

growths were sometimes “ perfect” and sometimes “ rudimentary.”

Cirripedia.— Darwin (22) speaks of the regeneration after injury

of the cirri (thoracic limbs) in Balanus as though the new structures

were like the normal.

ARacHNIDA. Araneide.—The pedipalps, walking-legs, and

spinnerets appear, when reproduced, to be invariably like the

normal in all respects except size. Blackwall, however, mentions

that if the pedipalp of a male Spider is mutilated between the

penultimate and final ecdyses, the sperm-case of the digital

(terminal) joint is not developed on the attainment of maturity.

This structure, which is distinctive of the adult condition, is

produced in cases where mutilation is performed two ecdyses before

maturity.

Myriaropa.—Newport’s observations (61) indicate that the

walking-legs, when regenerated, though of small size, are of normal

structure.

Inszora. Orthoptera-Saltatoria.—It appears, from the recent

investigations of Griffini (doc. cit.), that in this group reproduced legs

possess the normal number of joints throughout.

Neuroptera.— Watson (77) found that injury to the leg of an

Agrion larva resulted in the production of a limb of normal

aspect at the next ecdysis, except that the claw-of the terminal tarsal

jomt was absent.

Unprr (b) MAY BE PLACED THE FOLLOWING OBSERVATIONS :—

Anacunipa. Scorpionide.—The cases of regeneration referred

to above as shown to me by Mr. R. I. Pocock were a Buthus and

a Scorpio, both immature. In the former the leg had been broken

very near the base of the femur, and from this point there grew

out a dwarf tarsus with terminal claws of normal appearance. In

the latter case a break had occurred in the patella, and borne

apparently directly on the seat of injury were a set of small but

942 MR, H. H, BRINDLEY ON REPRODUCED [Dec. 13,

normally shaped claws. Mr. Pocock informs me that he has

noticed other cases of a similar nature. The production of the

normal terminal structure, associated with deficiency of proximal

parts, as in the above cases, is one of the chief characters of the

kind of regeneration defined under (b).

Myr1aropa.—Newport,(61)removed the normal 7-jointed antenna

of Julus by cutting through 7, close to its base, but without

apparently injuring j,. At ecdysis a dwarf 6-jointed antenna

appeared, each joint being shorter and thicker than the normal,

while J, closely resembled 7,. [But section of j, resulted at

ecdysis in the production of an antenna having 7 joints, an instance

of regeneration of the kind described under (a), which is cited

in this place for the sake of comparison. |

Insrcra. Collembola.—Lubbock (55) amputated the normal

6-jointed antenna of Orchesella by cutting through j,. At ecdysis

the antenna was reproduced in a 3-jointed form, which was

perpetuated through all subsequent ecdyses observed. J, was

longer than j,, while J, was slender aud resembled),. In Tomocerus

the result of pulling out j, of the normal 4-jointed antenna was

the production and perpetuation of a 3-jointed antenna with J,

like j,. Lubbock’s own obseryations on Aetheocerus, and those of

de Geer (34), Latreille (53), and Bourlet (14) quoted by him, all

tend to show that fewer joints than the normal combined with a

resemblance of the actual distal joint to the normal distal joint is

the characteristic condition of an antenna when reproduced.

Orthoptera-Saltatoria. Acridiide.—Griffini (42) describes a

Gomphocerus in which the antenne had almost certainly been

reproduced. In this genus the antenna has normally about

23 joints, the 7 terminal joints being clavate. The case described

had 9 joints in one antenna and 2 in the other clearly defined,

but in each case the terminal joint showed faint constrictions

suggestive of incomplete division into from 3 to 5 joints. These

terminal joints or series of fused joints were clavate, and so bore a

resemblance to the terminal joints of the normal antenna.

Orthoptera-Cursoria. Phasmide.—In this family the legs bear

tarsi which are 5-jointed as in Blattidz, and as in the latter there

is ample evidence that when reproduced the tarsus assumes a

4-jointed arrangement. The probability that the latter condition

arises in connection with reproduction was first pointed out by

Coquerel (20). Previously to this the 4-jointed tarsus in Phasmids

had perplexed several entomologists, especially on account of the

asymmetry involved by the presence of one or two reproduced legs

in otherwise normal individuals. Gray (41) had established the

genus Heteronemia for specimens of Bacteria mexicana with “small

hind legs.” Westwood (80) had figured a Cyphocrania with

reproduced tarsi, and devoted a new subgenus (Craspedonia)

to cases of Monandroptera inuncans with 4-jointed tarsi on

the anterior pair of legs. The error involved was corrected

by Coquerel. Percheron (64) described an <Acanthoderus and

Newport (61) a Lopaphus with one or more tarsi 4-jointed.

1898. ] APPENDAGES IN THE ARTHROPODA. 943,

Scudder (72) seems to have been the first to make experiments

on the reproduction of the legs. In Diapheromera he found that

amputation at any point below the femoro-trochanteric suture

resulted in the reproduction of the lost parts with the tarsus in a

4-jointed condition. Bordage’s experiments on Monandroptera

inuncans and Rhaphiderus scabrosus show that the reproduced

tarsus is invariably 4-jointed in these species. ‘Through the

kindness of Dr. David Sharp, I have been able to examine

two nymphs of Anchiale, recently obtained in New Britain by

Dr. A. Willey. Each of these has one leg reproduced with the

tarsus 4-jointed. A third specimen is apparently in the same

condition, though the tarsal articulations are not clearly defined.

In the two former specimens, as in all the cases which have been

figured or described in detail by the several authors above named,

the terminal joint of the tarsus (J,) resembles the terminal joint

of the normal tarsus (j,) and possesses the normal double claw.

J, resembles j,, and J, and J, are like the intermediate joints

of the normal tarsus. In view of this evidence it seems not

improbable that Fortnum (25) overlooked the tarsus in the case of

a Diura which he describes as having renewed one of the legs with

‘all the joints perfect.”

Blattide——My own previously published observations that

experiment shows that the reproduced Jegs in this family bear

4-jointed tarsi may be added to the evidence from captured

specimens collected by Brisout de Barneville (16), quoted in my

previous paper. I have also noticed the 4-jointed tarsus in

apparently reproduced legs in Loboptera. Newport mentions a

Panesthia with one tarsus apparently in a 3-jointed condition,

which was probably an instance like the ‘ crippled” tarsi in

Stylopyga described above.

Hemiptera-Heteropoda.—Douglas (23) has described an extensive

series of unilateral abnormalities in antenne which he considers

were for the most part the results of reproduction after loss of

the normal antenne. His cases were collected from more than

twenty species belonging to the sections Lygaeina, Coreina, and

Scutatoria. The characteristic features of the apparently re-

produced antennx were that, whether the normal number of joints

was 4 or 5, the abnormal antenna possessed one joint less than the

normal, and that the actual terminal joint resembled the normal

terminal one. As a rule these antenne had the intermediate

joints of different relative lengths from those of the normal, the

most frequent variations being that J, was longer than 7, and

J, thanj,. But there was a considerable want of uniformity in

the conditions observed. In some cases the antenne were

apparently of normal structure with the terminal joint wanting,

while in others with the normal number of joints he found partial

fusions between two joints and abnormally short single joints.

On the whole it seems probable that while most of the cases were

reproductions having the general features described under (b),

some of them were merely instances of injured normal antenne.

944 MR. H. H, BRINDLEY ON REPRODUCED [Dec. 18,

Heineken (46) has a single case of the antenna of Reduvius

being regenerated with 3 joints instead of the normal 4 after

mutilation in the ‘‘ pupal ” state.

Lepidoptera.—Observations on the regeneration of appendages

in this order have yielded results so varied that it is not possible

to place them as a whole under either (a) or (b). It has already

been pointed out that much more experimental observation, and a

clearer understanding of the exact relations borne by the larval

and pupal appendages to those of the imago, are necessary before

the phenomena of reproduction in this order can be interpreted

satisfactorily. The effects of mutilation of the legs of larve on those

of the imago were first investigated by Réaumur (71), and since

his time the subject has attracted only occasional notice. From the

small amount of recorded work it is not possible to gather how far

the results of a particular kind of injury at a particular stage in

the life-history are uniform. The largest number of experiments

on a single genus appear to be those of Newport (61) on Vanessa

larve. In the imagos there was much variation in the condition of

the injured limbs. In all cases femur, tibia, and tarsus could be

distinguished, but the number of tarsal joints varied considerably.

In all, however, the terminal claw of the tarsus was present.

This fact and the drawings which illustrate his paper suggest that

the reproduced tarsus in all these cases should be regarded as

representing the whole of the normal tarsus, rather than for

instance that a 3-jointed tarsus should be considered as equivalent

to three particular joints of the normal tarsus. However this

matter be looked upon, it remains that the tarsus is sufficiently

represented to bear the normal termination, the claw: so that these

observations on Vanessa are of particular interest as evidence of

the tendency, so characteristic of the instances quoted under (b)

above, towards the production of the terminal structure normal

to the limb, so that though normality in the number of joints may

be wanting, its actual termination is of normal structure. But

this tendency is not displayed in Lepidoptera with the constancy

it possesses in other orders, for the experiments of Méiise (58) on

Sericaria and of Watson (77) on Dicranura gave results contrary

to Newport’s as regards the tarsal claws. The total number of

observations by these two authors was, however, too small for a

fair comparison with those of Newport.

But setting aside the Lepidopteia, it seems that we have at

least some clear indication that in other groups of Arthropods in

which reproduction has been studied there are two well-defined

types of structure assumed by the growths which replace lost

appendages, and that in any given case these two kinds are not

interchangeable. The reproduced limb either resembles the normal

in the number and conformation of its joints, or else it does not

do so. Now the interest of the cases in which the reproduced

appendage differs from the normal is that the various examples

exhibit a considerable degree of uniformity in their abnormal

characters—a uniformity which is sufficiently marked to enable us

1898.] APPENDAGES IN THE ARTHROPODA. 945

to say that just as appendages reproduced like the normal are true

to a type, so those which differ from the normal are true to a type

also, and are not merely irregular and unfinished imitations of the

normal structures concerning which it is possible to say “ this is

the normal structure with such and such a part wanting or mal-

formed.” The features leading to the above conclusion are briefly

as foilows :—

The most prominent is that the number of joints is less than

the normal. This numerical difference is, with certain rare

exceptions, an actual one and not merely an apparent difference

due to such a factor as the presence of incompletely formed articu-

lations. The joints of the appendage are distinctly marked off

from each other by articulations of apparently normal completeness.

Another character is that in cases where the normal appendage

possesses the terminal joint or joints differentiated from the others

in length or form, the reproduction has its terminal joint or joints

modified so as to in some cases apparently exactly, and in others

to approximately resemble those of the normal.

A third character is that the special features are perpetuated

through all stadia into maturity, no matter what instar suffered

the loss necessitating reproduction. The evidence as to this is,

however, not complete in all cases, but there is no record of

numerical increase taking place in a reproduced appendage.

That this is so is of interestin connection with the fact that in cases

where the normal post-embryonic development is prolonged it is

characteristic that the number of joints in at least the case of

antenne is progressively increased. At present the evidence

suggests that the growth reproducing a lost appendage is without

the power of numerical increase. If this is really so, it is necessary

to ask whether we are justified in regarding the phenomena of

reproduction as equivalent to a simple recurrence of normal develop-

ment in at all events such cases as those under consideration. In

the instance of the reproduced tail of Lizards we know that it is

not. If the regeneration of a Tracheate limb is a process of

budding, there is at least one difference between a congenital and

a reproduced limb—viz., that the former arises as an outgrowth

from the trunk, while the latter is a product of the basal part of

the limb itself and so is not a regrowth of the entire limb. If,

on the other hand, ecdysis involves reconstruction of the soft

parts, the regeneration of a lost appendage must be brought about

by changes more like those which usher in each successive stadium

under normal circumstances.

It bas been suggested from time to time that such departures

from the normal as have been described above should be regarded

as equivalent to normal appendages with one or more joints omitted,

and sometimes it has been sought to identify particular joints of

the normal as absent in the reproduced limb; but these suggestions

have rested on the general appearance of the latter and not on

statistical comparisons of the features of the normal and reproduced

structures.

946 MR. H, H. BRINDLEY ON REPRODUCED [Dee. 13,

So far as the tarsus of the Blattide is concerned, reference to

tables B and O, giving the ratios for the several joints of the 5-jointed

and 4-jointed forms, seems to forbid such an explanation of the

condition of the latter. This is evidently divided up in a manner

peculiar to itself. A like conclusion follows a comparison of the

actual length of the joints of two tarsi of the same total length

and from the same pair of legs of one individual, when one is

4-jointed and the other 5-jointed. And with regard to other

cases, a consideration of the descriptions and figures of the authors

whose work I have quoted does not support the view that we can

explain numerical deficiency on the ground that any particular

joint of the normal appendage is absent in such and such an instance.

The structure of the reproduced appendage being what it is, seems

to render this kind of explanation meaningless, as Bateson (2) has

already pointed out in commenting on the reproduced tarsus of

Periplaneta, There is perhaps more to be said for the view put

forward by some, that these abnormal reproduced structures contain

the representatives of one or more joints of the normal limb fused

together and that hence arises the numerical deficiency. But such

an explanation demands that a certain joint of the reproduced limb

should be equivalent in length to the sum of two or more joints of

a normal limb of the same total length. But in the case of the tarsi

of Blattide the measurements already quoted show that here at least

such an explanation is inadmissible. It is true that the number of

individual cases included in the tables was not large, but it may

be held to have been Jarge enough to demonstrate that it would be

exceedingly exceptional for the sum of any two joints of the normal

tarsus to even approximate the length of a single joint of the

reproduced tarsus, for the measurements given contain no example

of this kind. We may suppose that J, and J, correspond with j,

and j, respectively on account of their structural characters and

position, but there is nothing to establish that J, and J, represent

either (j,+ 9;)+ 9, oF J. +(j,+J,)—a result which shakes confi-

dence in the identification of the longer proximal and terminal

joints with those of the normal. This matter also has been already

discussed by Bateson in the place cited, and it is enough to add

that his conclusion that the four joints of the reproduced tarsus

collectively represent the five joints of the normal, which was based

on measurements of Periplaneta only, is borne out by those of

Stylopyga made more recently.

The view that such reproduced structures should be looked upon

as intrinsically on a different plan from the normal structures they

replace, rather than as abortive attempts at the exact reproduction

of those normal structures, finds support not only on the grounds

already set forth, but in some cases at least from the closeness of

the variation ot their individual parts. In the case of Periplaneta

americana measurements of the lengths of the tarsal joints were

made in 115 normal and 115 reproduced tarsi. These tarsi were

all from the third pair of legs of adult individuals. The total

length of each tarsus was reduced to 1-000 and the lengths of the

1898. ] APPENDAGES IN THE ARTHROPODA. 947

individual joints expressed correspondingly as fractions. The values

so obtained were then arranged in ascending order in their own

series, and those occupying the positions of the first, second, and

third quarterly divisions noted. Following the terminology of

Galton (31) these are indicated by Q,, M, and Q, respectively.

The probable error of variation of the series from its mean value

Q,—Q,

will then be expressed by Gulton’s formula —*;

TaBLE F'.—Periplaneta americana.

Five-jointed tarsus.

je Jo: Weg Dae Is: |

hi lie li, i a En Bie AEA OL ae |

Gee 521 152 095 046 162 |

i eee: 52 156 ‘099 049 168 |

Oy iaeon 535 160 | 101 051 174 |

Mean error as fe One oe a | x

Ree catage of \ nae 13 26 30 50 36

Four-jointed tarsus.

J, J, J3- Jy |

| (BE Acedee 565 178 060 172

M. BY) 183 ‘064 Ue

Qa. 584 189 068 183

Mean error as i : ute :

percentage of M f °"""" 16 3°0 6:2 ol

It will be seen that the percentage variation of the several joints

is very little greater in the case of the reproduced than in that of

the normal tarsi. Too much reliance should not be placed on the

results obtained for the smaller joints, as in their case the errors

of observation are necessarily greater proportionately. At the

same time it is probable that we are justified in accepting the

indication that these joints are in a somewhat less stable condition

than the proximal and terminal joints, for the above result goes

hand in hand with the facts elicited from a consideration of the

cases of “ malformed ” tarsi already described.

Subsequently to the construction of the above table, which has

already been published (2), with the kind assistance of Mr. Alfred

Harker I tested the closeness of the correlation between certain of

the joints by the method devised by Galton (32). This method

deals with the relations between any two parts of a structure

whose dimensions are capable of expression by numbers, and its

948 MR. H, H. BRINDLEY ON REPRODUCED [Dee. 13,

application to the present case reads as follows:—For every unit

of absolute length that a particular tarsal joint deviates from the

mean length of such joints in the series examined, any other joint

selected will on the average deviate from the mean length of such

joints to the extent of a units and in the same direction. [# would

be equivalent to unity only in the hypothetical case of the two

joints always varying exactly together, or, in other words, exhibiting

an absolute correlation. |

TsBLE G.—Periplaneta americana.

5-jointed tarsi.

The deviation of 7, from its mean being 1-0, the mean of the correspondin

J & ne. LOS Le CORLEEE &

deviations of 7, froin its mean was ‘52.

5 Uh A a 1-0, the mean of the corresponding

deviations of 7, from its wean was *72.

ss, qa a % 1-0, the mean of the corresponding

deviations of 7, from its mean was ‘31.

or, expressed conversely,

The deviation of 72 from its mean being 1-0, the mean of the corresponding

deviations of 7, from its mean was *52.

5 WE 3 1-0, the mean of the corresponding

deviations of 7, from its mean was ‘72.

‘3 de 7 - 1:0, the mean of the corresponding

deviations of 7. from its mean was °31.

4-jointed tarsi.

The deviation of J, from its mean being 1-0, the mean of the corresponding

deviations of J, from its mean was “70.

ea J, 5 Bs 1-0, the mean of the corresponding

deviations of J, from its mean was ‘66.

A J, > oe 1:0, the mean of the corresponding

deviations of J, from its mean was “49.

or, expressed conversely,

The deyiation of J, from its mean being 1:0, the mean of the corresponding

deviations of J, from its mean was ‘70.

5 J, "3 By 1-0, the mean of the corresponding

deviations of J, from its mean was ‘66,

= d4 s : 1:0, the mean of the corresponding

deviations of J, from its mean was “49.

The number of cases on which the above results are based is of

course much swaller than is usually adopted for the consideration

of normal correlated structures on such lines, but it serves to show

the similarity of behaviour of the two kinds of tarsi. The specially

rapid growth of regenerated appendages has been referred to

already, and the following observation on Periplaneta emphasizes

the specialized nature of the regenerated limb by indicating that

the rate of growth is controlled according to the age of the animal

at the time of injury.

20 adults of P. americana were found with the third pair of legs

bearing on one side a normal and on the other a 4-jointed tarsus.

The percentage difference in total length of the tarsi of the two

kinds averaged only 3:5, an amount not appreciable to the naked

eye. Now it is not at all likely that in all these cases the repro-

1898. ] APPENDAGES IN THE ARTHROPODA, 949

duced tarsi had started in the same instar, so it is evident that

their growth, always more rapid than that of the normal structures,

must have been subject to a special trophic control whereby those

which commenced their existence in the later instars grew more

rapidly than those of earlier origin. In a series of Stylopyga

orientalis there is, however, less evidence of such a special control,

for there is usually a well-marked difference in size between a

reproduced tarsus and its normal fellow in adult specimens as well

as in young.

But this species affords an additional illustration of the special-

ized nature of the reproduced tarsus ; for, as has already been shown

in Table C, the several joints undergo changes in their relative

proportions at the attainment of the animal’s maturity in the same

directions as do those of the normal.

It seems probable that a statistical examination of the reproduced

legs of Phasmidze would yield much the same results as above;

but there is as yet not sufficient evidence to justify a statement

that the reproduced antennz of Myriapoda, Collembola, and

Hemiptera have so high a degree of specialization. It is possible

that there are intrinsic differences in the two kinds of appendages

in their response to particular injuries. It has already been

pointed out that injury to the basal joints of an antenna in some

forms may result in numerical deficiency with its correlated

peculiarities, while the removal of distal portions alone is followed

by their regrowth with normal features.

In this connection it is of interest that the more basal antennal

joints seem to be specially concerned in the formation of new

articulations in certain forms which progressively increase the

number of joints through the sequence of the ecdyses [Termitide

(40), Ephemeride (54), Phasmide (73)|. And in the rare case

of a diminution in the number of joints with advancing age de-

scribed by Lubbock (54) as occurring in nymphs of Chloéon, it

is the 4th joint of a 20-jointed antenna which amalgamates with

itself the three joints distal to it.

But admitting that there is greater variability in reproduced

antenne, it is clear that when they differ from the normal they do

so in the same kind of way as do the legs of Phasmide and

Blattide, and with them form a series of instances standing in

remarkable constrast with those in which the reproduced appendages

are replicas of the normal. The causes which promote these differ-

ences cf behaviour in allied groups are for the present quite

obscure.

So also are we in the dark as to the factors which give constancy

to a growth which arises sporadically and has not been represented

in the normal ontogenetic development. It is surely therefore

somewhat meaningless to apply to such cases terms like “ throwing

back” and “ reversion,” as has been done by certain authors. It

is indeed true that reproduced parts in various animals display

characters similar to the normal characters of corresponding

parts in presumably allied genera. Perhaps the best known of such

950 MR. H. IL. BRINDLEY ON REPRODUCED [ Dee. 13,

instances is that afforded by the scaling of the reproduced tail in

certain Lizards (12,13). Ina recent note Giard (36) has collected

instances of this kind of variation under the title of “ hypotypic

regeneration,” and has included thereunder the 4-jointed repro-

duced tarsus of Blattide and Phasmide. In the suggestion that

such structures are really reversions to ancestral forms he is followed

by Bordage (6).

Such a view must be based on the assumption that the normally

4-jointed tarsus of Lepisimidee and Locustide represents the primi-

tive condition in Insecta, the grounds for which being that the

Lepismide are usually held to be primitive forms and that the

reproduced tarsus in Locustide does not exhibit any reduction in

the number of its joints. But the tarsus of Insects as known to

us is characteristically five-jointed, and our ignorance of the mean-

ing of the phenomena known as reversions denies much weight to

arguments supported by appeal to them.

Our present knowledge of the whole subject of reproduction

after injury is so scanty as to render of very minor value such

arguments as that “ it is advantageous for a mutilated individual

to abridge the process of reproduction and not to recapitulate in

their entirety all the phylogenetically ancestral stages.” Have we

indeed any justification at all for supposing that reproduction of

any part is a recapitulation of even the normal ontogeny? In

the cases already described only one seems to afford any degree of

suggestion that reproduction involves a throwing back of normal

development, and that is the observation of Blackwall that male

Spiders do not develop the adult sperm-case of the terminal joint

of the pedipalp when that appendage has been mutilated between

the penultimate and final ecdyses. But this peculiarly adult

structure is not a distinct joint, and the instance is one in which

a certain identifiable part of the normal appendage is absent,

and so is unlike the instances in which the reproduced growth is a

completely functional structure but differs from the normal in the

arrangement of its parts generally.

It is of much interest in connection with the peculiarities of re-

production forming the subject of this paper, that departures from

the normal in the main similar to them have been observed in

genera the nature of whose developmental history, and the fact

that the abnormal condition was frequently manifest symmetrically

on the two sides, seem to render it most unlikely that reproduc-

tion had occurred. Cases of this kind in antenne of certain

Hymenoptera and Coleoptera have been commented on by Bateson

(2. p. 411); and though in some of the examples the variation in

the number of antennal joints was so great that the normal number

remained uncertain, the following features occurred not infre-

quently. Where the terminal joint or joints were in the normal of

specialized structure, the exceptional cases of few-joited antennz

presented a similar condition. Moreover there were usually de-

partures from the normal in the relative lengths of the other joints,

and the joints were usually of longer individual lengths than those

1898. ] APPENDAGES IN THE ARTHROPODA. 951

of the normal. Garbowski (33) has more recently described a case

in Hygrocarabus where a leg was similarly affected, and Bateson’s

series of examples from the antenne of Forficula (2. p. 413) seem

for the most part to belong to the same category. In this genus

the number of antennal joints is usually 14, though specimens wich

only 13 or 12 joints are not infrequent. Bateson found that in 13-

and 12-jointed examples 7, was markediy and j, somewhat longer

than the corresponding joints in 14-jointed examples. In the case of

18 antennz from adults measured by myself, 12 had 14 joints, 3

had 13, and 3 had 12. In the 13- and 12-jointed specimens J, was

of about the same length as in the 14-jointed specimens, but in 5

out of the 67, was distinctly longer than in 14-jointed specimens.

Among the 6 cases of few-jointed antenuze the more distal joints

were longer than the joints in the same positions in 14-jointed

specimens in 3 instances, and of practically the same lengths in the

other 3 instances. So that here again is manifest the tendency for

the appendage with abnormally few joints to approximate the total

length of the normal by increasing the lengths of its individual

joints. As Forficula is an orthopterous insect it is of course quite

possible that some of these cases of few-jointed anteunz arose in

connection with reproduction. Bateson inclined to the belief that

the symmetrical condition of many such cases indicated a congenital

origin at least occasionally. But in the light of the evidence that

in Blattide the mechanism of reproduction is able to bring about

symmetry in size between a normal and a reproduced tarsus on the

same pair of legs and between two reproduced tarsi on the same

pair, it seems possible that a similar compensating control may

exist over other cases of reproduction. In their general features

these exceptional antenne of Forficula approach the certainly

reproduced antennz of Myriapoda and Collembola on the one hand,

and the abnormal and appsrently congenital antenne of certain

Hymenoptera and Coleoptera on the other. But much more

evidence regarding the reproduction of the antenne in a series of

selected forms must be forthcoming before we can say anything

as to the relatiunships between these peculiar appearances when

seen in genera with such different life-histories.

In cases where the departures from the normal structural

arrangement are known to have arisen as reproductions, it is of

course permissible to regard them as in some sense analogous with

bud-variations in plants; and as in their case, so also in that of

arthropod appendages, the idea has been advanced that the dis-

turbances seen are the results of insufficient and unequal nutrition.

Though no doubt the removal of an appendage does produce an

unusual demand on the nutritive channels directed to it, it would

appear that any failure to deal with the special circumstances of

the case is expressed rather in the small size of the reproduced

structure than in its morphological features. For it is character-

istic of the Tracheate groups at least that if any new growth at all

is revealed at the ecdysis succeeding injury, it is in a sense a

complete appendage and not an amorphous bud. The mechanisia

902 MR, H. H, BRINDLEY ON REPRODUCED [ Dee. 18,

of reproduction executes the proper work however much or how-

ever little may be the amount of material placed at its disposal.

The suggested factor of insufficient nutritive supply is moreover

no explanation of why in some genera or groups of genera the

new growth is constantly a true “ reproduction ” in that it exactly

resembles the normal, while in other genera or groups of genera it

as constantly assumes a form which is strikingly different from

the normal. And granted that parts subject to loss have their

reproduction ensured by a special adaptation of the nutritive and

trophic supplies appropriated to them, there is no solution yet

possible of why reproductions which are unlike the normal should

exhibit a degree of fixity and trueness to type which in the case of

normal congenital structures we are accustomed to regard as the

outcome of selection.

In summary of what has been said it seems to be the case

that :—

(i.) In Arthropoda generally the power of reproducing a lost or

injured appendage is partial in so far that the basal portion of the

appendage must be left to inaugurate the new growth, reproduction

of the entire appendage by the trunk being not possible.

(ii.) The power of reproduction seems to be possessed con-

currently with the ecdyses and to be relinquished when these no

longer occur.

(ii.) In Crustacea the reproduced portion of an appendage can

be observed growing out from the stump, being covered with a

thin cuticle specially formed over it. In Tracheata the reproduced

portion does not become revealed tiil ecdysis, being entirely hidden

by the cuticle of the region proximal to the place of amputation.

There is some evidence that in many cases the elaboration of the

reproduced portion is a rapid process taking place only just before

ecdysis.

(iv.) Subject to certain objections to regarding the reproduced

appendage of a Tracheate Arthropod as invariably of the nature

of a bud from the stump, in some forms reproduction may

commence from almost any part of any joint, while in others

autotomy or else the dropping away of portions of the stump

subsequently to injury determines that reproduction shall commence

only from very few regions or even only from a single region.

(v.) In Crustacea the reproduced portion of an appendage is,

with reservations as to certain doubtful and exceptional cases, an

exact counterpart of the congenital structures it replaces. This

is also constantly the case with certain appendages in certain

Tracheata.

(vi.) In certain appendages of some Tracheata the reproduced

portion is constantly unlike the normal, being distinguished there-

from mainly as follows :—

(a) The number of joints is less than those which have been

lost, and is one less in cases where the normal number is

not more than six.

1898. ] APPENDAGHS IN THE ARTHROPODA. 953

(6) The joints of the reproduced portion have relative dimensions

which are different from those of the normal joints and

render any scheme of identity therewith of doubtful value.

differentiated from those more proximal, then the terminal

joint or joints of the reproduction are similarly differ-

entiated in spite of their want of agreement in numerical

sequence with the joints of the normal.

(vii.) The peculiar distinguishing features of reproductions

unlike the normal are perpetuated through all subsequent ecdyses,

the normal structure not being reassumed at any time.

(viti.) The reproduced portion of an appendage, whether it is of

the type exactly resembling the normal or of the type which

differs therefrom as above described, possesses the power of

growing with special rapidity, so that, always smaller than

its congenital fellow on its first appearance, it sooner or later

attains a symmetrical size, provided that this is not prevented by

the cessation of general growth.

(ix.) The structural characters of reproductions which are

unlike the normal often possess a high degree of organic stability,

and in some cases at least a degree which is quite comparable with

that possessed by the characters of the congenital structure the

reproduction takes the place of. To account for this high stability

in a reproduced structure by the operation of selection seems

impossible.

(x.) In the instance of such a reproduction aiforded by the

4-jointed tarsus of Blattidz, so established is the nature of the

reproduced appendage, that when the animal possessing it attains

maturity, the relative proportions of its joints undergo the same

kind of change as that which is normal in the congenital form of

tarsus. It is thus obvious that a reproduction of this kind may

not only possess a structural stability comparable with that of the

normal, but also be dominated by a trophic control so specialized

that the changes proper to the several stadia are brought about in

the reproduced just as they are in the congenital appendage, being

unimpeded by the profound structural differences between the

two.

I must express my thanks to Mr. Adam Sedgwick for placing at

my disposal the facilities of the Zoological Laboratory at Cambridge

for this work, and to Mr. W. Bateson, not only for the suggestion

which incepted the inquiry, but for kind advice and criticism

during its progress.

References to Literature.

1. Bars, C. Sppnce.—<‘ Report of the Committee appointed to ex-

plore the Marine Fauna and Flora of the South Coast of Devon

and Cornwall.” No. 2. Brit. Assoc. Rep. 1868, p. 283.

2. Barzson, W.—‘ Materials for the Study of Variation,’ 1894,

pp. 63 & 415.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1898, No. LXIII, 63

954

10.

abe

12.

13.

14.

15.

16.

1%.

18.

19.

20.

ai.

22.

MR. H. H. BRINDLEY ON REPRODUCED [Dec. 13,

Buiackwatt, J.—‘ Report on some recent Researches into the

Structure, Functions, and Economy of the Araneidea made in

Great Britain.” Brit. Assoc. Rep. 1845, p. 62.

. Boprer.—“ Sur la Reproduction des Pattes des Crabes.”

Observations sur la physique, etc., de Rozier, 1778, xi. p. 33.

. BorpagE, E.—‘‘ Phénoménes d’Autotomie observés chez les

Nymphes de Monandroptera inuncans et de Rhaphiderus

scabrosus.” Comptes-rendus Acad. Sci. 1897, cxxiv. pp. 210

& 378.

. Borpage, E.—* Sur la Régénération tétramérique du Tarse des

Phasmides.” Comptes-rendus Acad. Sci. 1897, exxiv. p. 1536.

. Borpacn, E.—Régénérations chez les Phasmides aprés des

sections artificielles et non autotomique.” Bull. Soc. Entom.

de France: séance du 13 juillet, 1898.

. Borpacn, E.—‘“ Sur les localisations de Régénérations chez

les Phasmides.” Comptes-rendus Soc. de Biologie: séance

du 30 juillet, 1898.

. Borpact, E.—“ Sur le mode probable de formation de la

Soudure fémoro-trochantérique chez les Arthropodes.”

Comptes-rendus Soc. de Biologie: séance du 30 juillet, 1898.

Borpage, E.—‘* De Vinfluence de certaines conditions sur la

régularité dela Régénération tétramérique chez les Phasmides.”

Comptes-rendus Soc. de Biologie, octobre 1898.

Borrapatte, L. A.—‘‘ On some Crustaceans from the South

Pacific: Part II. Macrura Anomala.” Proc. Zool. Soc. 1898,

catD7:

Pornaneue: G. A.—* On the Sealing of the Reproduced Tail

in Lizards.” Proc. Zool. Soc. 1888, p. 351.

Boureneer, G. A.—* On an Iguana with Reproduced Tail.”

Proce. Zool. Soc. 1891, p. 466.

Bourter, L’ Anpé.—* Mémoires sur les Podures.” Mém. de

la Soc. Roy. des Sci. Lille, 1839; and Trans. de la Soc.

d’Agricult. du Départm. du Nord: Douai, 1841-42.

Brinpiry, H. H.—“ On the Regeneration of the Legs in the

Blattide.” Proc. Zool. Soc. 1397, p. 903.

Brisour pp Barnevinty.—Ann. de la Soc. Entom. 1848,

sér. 2, vi. Bulletin, p. xix.

Brook, G.—* Notes on the Reproduction of Lost Parts in

the Lobster (Homarus vulgaris).” Proc. Roy. Phys. Soe. of

Edinburgh, 1887, p. 370.

Cuantran, M.—“ Nouvelles Observations sur le Développe-

ment des Ecrevisses.” Comptes-rendus Acad. Sci. 1871, Ixxiii.

. 220.

iene ante C.— Sur l’Autotomie chez la Sauterelle et le

Lézard.” Comptes-rendus Acad. Sci. 1890, exi. p. 611.

Coqurrgn, C.— Orthoptéres de Bourbon et de Madagascar.”

Ann. Soc. Entom. de France, 1861, sér. 4, i. p. 495.

Coucu, J.—“‘ On the process of Exuviation and Growth in

Crabs and Lobsters.” Trans. Cornwall Polytech. Soc., 1843.

Darwin, C.—* Monograph of the Cirripedia,’ 1854, p. 158.

1898. ] APPENDAGES IN THE ARTHROPODA. 955

23. Doveras, J. W.—< On some peculiarities in the Development

24.

25.

26.

27.

28.

29.

30.

31.

32.

33.

34.

35.

36.

37.

38.

39.

40.

41.

42.

43.

44.

of Hemiptera-Heteropoda.” Ent. Month. Mag. 1865, 11.

p- 270; 1866, i. p. 200; 1876, xill. p. 188; 1895, xxxi.

p. 144.

Durinu, A.—‘‘ Notes sur quelques Orthoptéres.” Petites

Nouv. Entomol. 1876, no. 158.

Fortyum.—Trans. Entom. Soc. London, 1845-47, iv. p. 98.

Frepféricg, L.—* Amputation des Pattes par mouvement

réflexe chez le Crabe.” Archiv. de Biologie, 1882, iil. p. 235.

Frépfrica, L.— ‘Sur lAutotomie ou Mutilation par voie

réflexe comme moyen de défense chez les Animaux.” Archiv.

de Zoologie Expérim. 1883, sér. 2, i. p. 413.

Fréperice, L.—‘* L’Autotomie chez les Etoiles de Mer.”

Rev. Scientif. 1887, sér. 3, xiv. p. 589.

Freépéricg, L.—* Les Mutilations spontanées ou l’ Autotomie.”

Rev. Scientif. 1886, sér. 3, xii. p. 613.

Frépérica, L.—‘ La lutte pour l’existence chez les Animaux

marins, 1889. [‘* Autotomie chez les Insectes,” p. 258. }

Garon, F.—‘ Natural Inheritance,’ 1889, Chap. v.

Garon, F.—*On Co-relations and their Measurements.”

Proc. Roy. Soc. 1888-89, xlv. p. 137.

Garzowsk1, T. H.—* Aberrations in the Structure of Appen-

dages in the Coleoptera.” The Entomologist, April 1895,

. 125.

Ae Gusr, C.—Act. Soe. Reg. Sci. Upsala, 1740, p. 64.

Giagp, A.—‘ L’Autotomie dans la Série animale.” Rey.

Scientif. 1887, sér. 3, xxxix. p. 629.

Giarp, A.—< Sur les Régénérations hypotypiques.

rendus Soe. de Biologie, 1897, sér. 10, iv. p. 315.

Gontn, J.—‘‘ Recherches sur Ja Métamorphose des Lépi-

doptéres.” Bulletin de la Soc. Vaudoise des Sci. Naturelles,

1894, sér. 3, xxx. p. 122.

Goopstr, H. D.S.—‘ A short Account of the mode of Repro-

duction of Lost Parts in the Crustacea.” Ann. & Mag. Nat.

Hist. 1844, ser. 1, xiii. p. 67, and Brit. Assoc. Rep. 1844.

Graper, V.—“ Zur Entwickelungsgeschichte und Reproduc-

tionsfihigkeit der Orthopteren.” Sitzungsb. der k. Akad. der

Wiss. Wien, Math.-naturw. Cl. lv. Bd. i. 1867; and Ann. &

Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, xix. p. 147.

Grasst, B., & Sanpras, A.—* Costituzione e Sviluppo della

Societa dei Termitidi.” Catania, 1893, p. 25; and Quart.

Journ. Microsc. Science, 1896, xxxix: part 3, p. 245.

Graz, G. R.—‘ Synopsis of the Phasmide in the British

Museum,’ p. 19.

Grierini, A.—‘ Di un Pristes tuberosus anomalo.” Boll. dei

Musei di Zool. ed Anat. comp. Torino, 1896, xi. no. 234.

Grirrini, A.—‘‘ Di due Acrididi anomali.” Boll. dei Musei

di Zool. ed Anat. comp. Torino, 1896, xi. no. 256.

Geirrint, A.—‘ Descrizione d’una nuova Pseudofillide del

Peri e osservazioni sopra una anomalia del tipo di questa

63*

Comptes-

956

MR, H. H. BRINDLEY ON REPRODUCED [Dec. 13,

specie.” Boll. dei Musei di Zool. ed. Anat. Comp. Torino,

1898, xiii. no. 328.

45. Hatunz, P.—* Un mot Whistorique & propos de l Amputation

46.

47.

48.

49.

50.

51.

52.

53.

54.

55.

56.

57.

58.

59.

60.

61.

62.

63.

réflexe des Pattes chez les Crustacés.” Bulletin Sci. du Nord,

1886, sér. 2, xvil. p. 342.

Hurexen, C.—‘‘ On the Reproduction of Members in Spiders

and Insects.” Zool. Journ. 1829, iv. p. 284.

Heineken, C.—“ Experiments and Observations on the

Casting-off and Reproduction of the Legs in Crabs and

Spiders.” Zool. Journ. 1829, iv. p. 422.

Huresr, C.—*‘ Uber die Regeneration von antennenihnlichen

Organen an Stelle von Augen.” Archiv f. Entwickelungs-

mechanik, 1895, ii. p. 644.

p’Hxrcunais, Ktxcoxnn.— Recherches sur )’Organisation et

le Développement des Volucelles,’ 1875, p. 160.

Horgr, B.—‘‘ Hin Krebs mit einer Extremitiit statt eines

Stielauges.” WVerhandl. d. deutschen zool. Gesellschaft, 1894,

. 82.

Towa G. B.—“ On the Reproduction of the ‘ Feeler’ of

the Lobster’s Antenna.” Journ. Anat. & Physiol. 1882, xvi.

. 47.

Hines! T. H.—‘ The Crayfish,’ 1881, p. 38.

LatrEerie.— Organisation extérieure et comparée des In-

sectes de l’Ordre des Thysanoures.” Nouv. Ann. du Muséum

d@’Hist. Nat. 1832, i. p. 186.

Lvussock, J.—‘ On the Development of Chloéon (Hphemera)

dimidiatum.” Trans. Linn. Soc. 1864, p. 61, and 1866,

. 477.

Taunoue J.— Monograph of the Collembola and Thysanura,’

1873, p. 60.

MacCurtocu.—* On the means by which Crabs throw off

their Claws.” Quart. Journ. of Science, Literature, and Arts

of the Royal Instit. 1826, xx. p. 1.

McCoox, H. C.—Proec. Acad. Nat. Sci. of Philadelphia, 1883,

p. 196; and Journ. Roy. Microse. Soe. ser. 2, iv. p. 220.

Métise.—Ann. de la Soc. Entomol. de Belgique, 1879, xxii.,

Comptes-rendus, p. xcii; and Proc. Entomol. Soc. London,

1879, p. XXxxil.

Mityz-Epwarps, H.—‘ Lecons sur la Physiologie et PAna-

tomie comparée de ’Homme et des Animaux,’ 1863, vii.

p- 299 et seq.

Mitnu-Epwarps, H.—‘ Sur un eas de Transformation du

Pédoncule oculaire en une Antenne, observe chez une Lan-

gouste.” Comptes-rendus Acad. Sci. 1864, lix. p. 710.

Newerorr, G.—‘*On the Reproduction of Lost Parts in

Myriapoda and Insecta.” Phil. Trans. 1844.

Newport, G.—‘* On the Reproduction of Lost Parts in the

Articulata.” Mag. of Nat. Hist. 1847, ser. 1, xix. p. 145.

Parize, P.—* L’Amputation rétlexe des Pattes des Crustacés.”

Rev. Scientif. 1886, sér. 3, xi. p. 379.

P.Z.S.1898. PL. LVI

Fig9 :

a 6b BalexDanielsson 1ta.S

TARSI OF BLATTIDA. 3

1898. ] APPENDAGES IN THE ARTHROPODA. 957

64. Percunron, A., & Guérin, E.—‘ Genera des Insectes ortho-

ptéres,’ 1835-88, pl. 5.

65. pp Pryertmnorr, P.— Note sur l’Atrophie des Membres

chez les Orthoptéres.” Miscellanea Entomologica, iv. no. 5.

66. Poucuer, G.—‘‘Sur le sang des Crustacés.” Journ. de

Anatomie et de Ja Physiologie, 1882, p. 203.

67. Prarram, H.— Regeneration bei den niederen Crustaceen.”

Zool. Anz. 1896, xix. p. 424.

68. Purnam, F. W.—‘‘On some of the Habits of the Blind

Crayfish (Cambarus pellucidus) and the Reproduction of Lost

Parts.” Proc. Boston Nat. Hist. Soc. 1876, xviii. p. 16.

69. pe Reaumur, M.—* Sur les diverses Reproductions qui se

font dans les Eerevisses, les Omars, les Crabes, etc., et entr’

autres sur celles de leur jambes et leurs écailles.” Mém. de

lAcad. des Sciences, 1712, p. 223.

70. pr Réaumur, M.—* Observations sur la Mue des Ecrevisses.”

Mém. de l’Acad. des Sciences, 1718, p. 263.

71. pp Réaumur, M.—‘ Mémoires sur les Insectes,’ 1734, i.

p- 365 & pl. 23.

72. Scuppur, 8S. H.—Proc. Boston Nat. Hist. Soc. 1869, xii. p. 99.

73. Suarp, D.— Account of the Phasmide, with notes on_the

Eggs,” in ‘ Zoological Results based on material from New

Britain, New Guinea, ete.,’ by Dr. A. Willey. Pt. i. 1898,

p. 75.

74. pp Varieny, H.—*L’Amputation réflexe des Pattes chez les

Crustacés.” | Rev. Sci. 1886, sér. 3, xi. pp. 308, 379, & 701.

75. Waener, W.—‘ Régénération des Organes perdus chez les

Araignées.” Bull. de la Soc. Imp. des Naturalistes de Moscon,

1887, no. 4.

76. Wacner, W.—* La Mue des Araignées.” Ann. des Sci. Nat.

sér. 7 (Zoologie), vi. 1888, p. 281.

77. Watson, J.—‘ On the Re-development of Lost Limbs in the

Insecta.” The Entomologist, 1891, xxiv. p. 108.

78. Wnismann, A.--“ Die nachembryonale Entwickelung der

Musciden nach Beobachtungen an Musca vomitoria und

Sarcophaga carnaria.” Zeitschr. wiss. Zoologie, 1864, xiv.

p. 187%,

79.,Wernnr, F.—“Selbstverstiimmelung bei Heuschrecken.”

Zool. Anzeiger, 1892, Jahrg. xv. p. 58.

80. Wusrwoop, J. O.—‘ Catalogue of Orthopterous Insects in

the British Museum. J. Phasmide,’ 1859.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LVIUII.

Tarsi of Blattide.

Figs. 1a, 1b. Stylopyga orientalis, p. 931. Dissections of stump of tibia and

femur shortly before ecdysis. s, extremity of tibia after amputation

of distal portion. 70, cuticle of tibia. fe, cuticle of femur. Ts, new

tarsus. 7%, new tibia. [Diagrammatic.]

Fig. 2. Periplaneta americana, p. 935. _5-jointed congenital form of tarsus

(from third pair of legs). 8.

958 MR. W, P. PYCRAFT ON THE [ Dec. 13,

Fig. 3. Periplaneta americana, p. 935. 4-jointed reproduction form of tarsus

(from third pair of legs). x 8.

4, Stylopyga orientalis, p. 939. Malformed tarsus, 3rd pair, nymph. ai,

alll, incomplete articulations ; aii, ai’, complete

articulations.

Malformed tarsus, 3rd pair, nymph. ai, aiiJ,

complete articulations ; ai!, incomplete articu-

lation.

4 = Malformed tarsus, 3rd pair, 9 adult.

5 + Malformed tarsus, lst: pair, nymph.

> us Malformed tarsus, Ist pair, ¢ adult.

4 55 Malformed tarsus, 2nd pair, 2 adult.

10. B 3 Malformed tarsus, 2nd pair, nymph.

[Figs. 4 to 10 are not to uniform scale. ]

2. Contributions to the Osteology of Birds.

Part II. Impennes*. By W. P. Pycrart, A.L.S.

[Received October 24, 1898.]

(Plates LIX.—LXT.)

CONTENTS.

i. Introductory Remarks, p. 958.

ii. The Skull of the Adult, p. 959.

iii. The Skull of the Nestling, p. 967.

iv. Tbe Vertebral Column, p. 976.

y. The Pectoral Girdle and Sternum, p. 977.

yi. The Pelvic Girdle, p. 978.

vii. The Pectoral Limb, p. 979.

viii. The Pelvic Limb, p. 980.

ix. Summary, p. 981.

x. Key to the Osteology of the Impennes, p. 982.

xi. List of the principal Works referred to and consulted, p. 987.

i. Lyrropucrory REMARKS.

The Impennes represent one of the most sharply defined

groups to be found amongst the Carinate. The skeleton presents

many features which are quite unique. This is particularly the

case with regard to the shoulder-girdle and pectoral limb, which

have become considerably modified in adaptation to new func-

tions—the use of the fore limb as a paddle instead of as an

instrument of flight. The pectoral limb, shoulder and pelvic

girdles have departed furthest from the typical Avian form; they

represent the high-water mark of skeletal specialization which has

been attained by the group, whilst the skull, pes, and thoracic

vertebre represent the least specialized and most primitive portions

of the skeleton; but they do not furnish us with any facts of very

great importance, they do not carry us beyond the confines of the

Class. Osteologically the Penguins seem to be most nearly

related to the Tubinares and Pygopodes, and, as Dr. Gadow and

others have shown, the evidence of the soft parts confirms this

supposition.

1 For Part I., see P. Z.S. 1898, p. 82.

1898.] OSTEOLOGY OF THE IMPENNES. 959

So much is known already about the osteology of the Penguins,

thanks to the admirable memoirs of Watson (18) and Menzbier

(13), that it will not be necessary to describe the bones in any

great detail; rather, it will be the aim of the present paper to

serve as a supplement to those just mentioned.

u. THe SKULL OF tHE ADULT.

The skull of the Impennes presents many points in common

both with the Pygopodes and the Tubinares, but it can nevertheless

be readily distinguished from that of both of these groups.

The Occipital Region.—The occipital condyle is sessile,and scarcely

projects beyond the rim of the foramen magnum. In Aptenodytes

there is a slight tendency towards a pedunculate condition. The

general form of the condyle is reniform: in young specimens

traces of the notochord are found in the shape of a small median

dimple.

The foramen magnum is almost circular, but varies slightly

in outline. The plane of the foramen slopes obliquely backwards.

Its superior boundary forms the free edge of a well-rounded

concayo-convex supra-occipital—the convexity outwards—which

forms the characteristic ‘cerebellar dome.” On either side of

this dome lie two bony “wings” or plates which present two

distinct types of arrangement. These plates are formed, in part

by the squamosal, and in part by the parietal bones (see page 968).

In Catarrhactes, the first of the two types, these plates arise from

the squamosal prominence ‘and run upwards to terminate on the

lateral region of the cerebral dome. and are thus separated one

from another by nearly the whole width of the skull.

Spheniscus forms the second type. Arising in the same region

as the above, these plates have become thrust back, as it were, from

the cerebral on to the cerebellar dome, thus placing a wide,

deep, space between them and the cerebral dome. This space

represents the posterior portion of the temporal fossa, which

lodges the temporal muscle. The plate is continued upwards to

the vertex of the skull, where, as in S. magellanicus, it joins a

median sagittal crest bridging the space from the cerebral back-

wards to the cerebellar dome.

All the genera but Spheniscus belong to the first type. In

C. chrysocome the cerebellar dome is rather more sharply defined

than in any other members of the genus. In C. chrysocome and

C. chrysolophus, seen in profile, its dorsal moiety appears slightly

depressed ; it passes, on either side, almost insensibly into the

cerebral dome. In C. schlegeli and Megadyptes antipodum the

cerebellar arises almost abruptly from the cerebral dome, and its

greatest curve is in the centre of the median line, projecting

appreciably beyond the level of the foramen magnum. The

squamoso-parietal wings of C. chrysocome and C. chrysolophus are

hardly to be distinguished ; their greatest lateral expansion does not

exeeed ‘2 in. and the intervening fossa is narrow; in C. schlegeli,

960 MR. W. P. PYCRAFT ON THE [ Dec. 18,

the lateral expansion of the wing is ‘3 in. and the fossa is wider than

that in the two preceding forms. In Megadyptes antipodum this

region of the fossa is both deep and wide, and the squamoso-

parietal wings are well developed, making this region of the skull

closely resemble that of Hudyptula (P}. LX. fig. 5).

Pygoscelis resembles Catarrhactes in the formation of this region

of the skull. In the shape of the cerebellar dome, in its greater

width and curvature in profile, it approaches C. schlegeh. The

squamoso-parietal wings are but feebly developed, being represented

only byalowridge. PP. adelie differs from P. papua in the outline

of the cerebellar dome, inasmuch asin the latter the curve continu-

ally increases till it ceases at the foramen magnum.

In Aptenodytes the squamoso-parietal wings are more feebly

developed even than in Pygoscelis. In A. forsteri they scarcely

extend halfway to the lambdoidal ridge.

Eudyptula, in the form of the cerebellar dome, is somewhat

intermediate between C. chrysocome and C. chrysolophus. In the

development of the squamoso-parietal wings, and the width of the

fossa posteriorly, it surpasses both. Though the vertical height

in both genera is relatively the same, in Hudyptula the wings are

further removed from the cerebral dome ; in /, minor they are bent

forward superiorly so as to join this almost at aright angle. In

E, albosignata they run up to join the supra-ocecipital or lamb-

doidal ridge—which lies, really, halfway between the suture of

that name and the coronal suture—where they remain separated

by some °6 in.

Spheniscus demersus differs from S. magellanicus in that the

temporal fossa, posteriorly, does not actually reach the vertex of

the skull: the squamoso-parietal wings are continued from the

top of the fossa forwards as a narrow and low ridge, eventually

joining a median sagittal crest running forwards on to the cerebral

dome. In 8S. magellanicus this region of the fossa runs upwards

to the vertex, terminating at the sagittal ridge, being accompanied

throughout by the squamoso-parietal wings.

In all the genera the exoccipitals are produced downwards, on

either side, into a short, blunt, paroccipital process. The free edge

of this, in Catarrhactes, is longer than that of the squamosal

prominence ; in Pygoscelis these relations are reversed. In Apteno-

dytes, Eudyptula, and Spheniscus these processes are subequal.

The paroccipital processes form the outer walls of a large

pneumatic cavity lying between the prodtic and exoccipital, which

opens into the mouth of the tympanic cavity.

In the skull of the nestling Spheniscus the form and. position

of the squamoso-parietal wings closely resemble those of Catar-

rhactes. The posterior region of the temporal fossa, so remarkable

for its depth and width in the adult, is in the young bird very

shallow and widely separated from its fellow of the opposite

side.

The Roof of the Skull,—This is formed by the frontal and parietal

bones. The posterior region of the cranium, in all the Sphenisez,

1898. | OSTEOLOGY OF THE IMPENNES. 961

is crossed transversely by a ridge of bone. In Catarrhactes, Pygo-

scélis, Aptenodytes, and Hudyptula this ridge traverses the region

of the lambdoidal suture, and may be called the lambdoidal ridge.

In the adult it forms a line roughly dividing the cerebellar from the

cerebral dome. In Spheniscus the ridge traverses the region of the

coronal suture, and may be called the coronal ridge. In young birds

both a lambdoidal and a coronal ridge exist together fora short time ;

later, by the deepening of the temporal fossa posteriorly, the latter

becomes the free edge of the squamoso-parietal wing.

The supra-orbital region of the cranial roof presents some

important modifications. In all, the frontal is more or less deeply

grooved for the nasal gland, the groove running the whole length

of the frontal from the parietal forwards to the level of the posterior

border of the nasal, and it is with the form and development of this

that we have now to deal. In Aptenodytcs (Pl. LIX. fig. 3) the free

edge of this groove is reflected up and runs forwards as a narrow

tapering supra-orbital ledge for the whole length of the groove.

In Hudyptula (Pl. LIX. fig. 4) and Spheniscus magellanicus

(Pl. LIX. fig. 1) this ledge disappears almost immediately after

its origin. In Spheniscus demersus the ledge takes the form of a

very broad lateral expansion abruptly truncated in front, in the

region of the posterior third of the groove. In Catarrhactes

(Pl. LIX. fig. 5) and Pygoscelis (Pl. LIX. fig. 2) this ledge has

greatly increased in width, and runs forwards to within a short

distance of the lachrymal: moreover, its free edge has become

flattened dorsally into a very distinct rim. This reaches its greatest

development in Pygoscelis papua (Pl. LIX. fig. 2). In all, the

supra-orbital groove is more or less completely walled in by a

ridge of bone posteriorly. In P. adelie this wall is absent.

The interorbital region of the frontal varies in width, from

a broad median strip of bone in Aptenodytes to a sharp ridge

in P. adelic.

The outline of the supra-orbital ledge is continued forwards by

the lachrymal. In Catarrhactes chrysocome (Pl. LIX. fig. 5) and

Pygoscelis temata this latter is largely visible in a dorsal view.

Less of it is seen in CO. chrysolophus, Aptenodytes, Eudyptula, and

Pygoscelis papua (Pl. LIX. fig. 2). It is largely visible in P.

adelie, and has quite disappeared beneath the nasal in Spheniscus.

The posterior ends of the nasals are not distinguishable in the

adult Penguin. The extreme posterior ends of the nasal process

of the premaxilla can apparently always be made out lying between

the nasals, except in very old specimens of Spheniscus demersus,

where they are indistinguishable. In Aptenodytes and Pygoscelis

the two prongs of this region of the premaxilla remain distinct

one from another and from the nasals throughout life (Pl. LIX.

figs. 2 & 3).

The Basroccipital Region.— When seen from below, this is bounded

in the adult, on all sides, by a raised bony wall. Behind lies the

occipital condyle, laterad of this a pair of mammillary processes,

furnished by the exoccipitals, and immediately in front of these

962 MR. W. P. PYCRAFT ON THE [ Dec. 13,

lie two bony ridges converging in the middle line to meet over

the parasphenoidal rostrum. In all but Spheniscus there is a

more or less well-marked precondylar fossa. The two bony ridges

(right and left) along the anterior border of this region represent

what, earlier in life, formed the free edge of the basitemporal plate

of the parasphenoid (p. 970). From the alisphenoid wings of the

parasphenoid there has grown downwards a thin plate of bone to

fuse with the sometime free edge just referred to. Thus the

Eustachian grooves become converted into tubes. On breaking

away the wall of this tube, a second smaller tube is found immedi-

ately above it. This also is formed in the parasphenoid and lodges

the internal carotid artery, on its way to pass into the pituitary

fossa. The larger, outer tube opens immediately behind the

quadrate and forms the external auditory meatus.

Each mammillary tubercle is separated from the paroccipital

process lying behind, and without, by a wide groove, at the bottom

of which lie the foramina for the vagus and condyloid nerves.

The parasphenoiddl rostrum takes the form of a slender curved

rod, supporting the presphenoid and mesethmoid, and terminates

at a point corresponding with a section through the skull at the

lachrymals. Remnants of the anterior and posterior basicranial

fontanelles | not infrequently occur, the latter being more or less

concealed by the basitemporal plate.

The Lateral Aspect of the Cranium (Pl. LX. figs. 1-3).—The

tympanic cavity is a tubular opening lying behind the articular

end of the quadrate; it is bounded behind by the paroccipital

process, above by the squamosal prominence, and mesially by the

prootic and occipital bones.

The squamosal prominence is formed by a lateral outgrowth of

the base of the squamosal immediately above its articulation with

the quadrate. It forms a sloping floor to the posterior region of

the temporal fossa.

The temporal fossa can best be understood by a careful study

of its form and size in Catarrhactes (Pls. LIX., LX. figs. 5 & 2) or

Pygoscelis (Pl. LIX. fig. 2). In these it is represented by a

shallow horseshoe-shaped fossa lying between the postorbital

process and the squamoso-parietal wings already described (p. 968).

Its outline is defined by a raised surface, representing the extreme

limit of attachment of the temporalis muscle; from the post-

orbital process it sweeps upwards, backwards, and downwards to

terminate on the squamosal prominence. ‘The greater part of the

fossa rests upon the convex wall of the cerebral dome; posteriorly,

from the squamosal prominence to its vertex, it is much deepened.

From the apex of its semicircular outline there runs a well-defined

1 In my paper on the Osteology of the Steganopodes (15), in describing

the skull of Fregata, 1 mistook this anterior basicranial fontanelle for the

Eustachian aperture. The Hustachian tubes in this genus are represented by

grooves formed by the free edge of the basitemporal plate. The ‘traces of

the Eustachian tubes” in the skull of Su/a, referred to in this paper, are, as in

the case of Fregata, remnants of this embryonic fontanelle.

1898.] OSTEOLOGY OF THE IMPENNES. 963

lambdoidal ridge across the top of the skull to join the apex of the

fossa of the opposite side (Pl. LIX. fig. 5, t.1.r.). In Spheniscus

the posterior region of the fossa becomes greatly deepened, and

the squamoso-parietal wings appear as though they had been

forced backwards on to the cerebellar dome, leaving a deep groove

between the base of this and the cerebral dome (PI. LIX. fig. 1).

As already stated, the fossa of one side is separated from that of

its fellow on the other by a median, dorsal, sagittal ridge. The

lambdoidal ridge of Cutarrhactes is represented here by the free

edge of the huge squamoso-parietal wing: in addition, there

exists a second ridge anterior to this—the coronal ridge already

described (p. 961), which is connected with the lambdoidal by a

median sagittal crest (Pl. LIX. tig. 5, cor.r.). These ridges serve

for the attachment of the peripheral portion of the temporalis

muscle. ‘The squamosal and parietal bones only take part in the

formation of the temporal fosse. The posterior region of the

temporal fossa is wider in O. chrysolophus than in C. chrysocome,

that of C. schlegeli is wider still. In Megadyptes antipodum it

reaches its maximum, being both wide and deep, and somewhat

closely resembles that of Hudyptula. The squamoso-parietal

wings on either side are well developed and curve gently backwards,

the outline of the free edge corresponding with that of the curve

of the cerebral dome.

In Aptenodytes this region of the fossa is exceedingly shallow.

In Eudyptula it is intermediate between the typical Oatarrhactes

and Spheniscus; that of E. albosignata reaches the lambdoidal

ridge, in HL. minor it falls below this.

The trigeminal foramen lies near the base of the skull, slightly

below the level and mesiad of the articular head of the quadrate.

Immediately above this, to the inner side of the squamosal

prominence, is a tubular recess lying between the prodtic and

alisphenoid bones, and leading eventually, in the dried skull, into

the cranial cavity. This recess is apparently derived by an

invagination or ingrowing of the alisphenoidal border of the

mouth of a fenestra lying immediately above the trigeminal

foramen, with which it may even be confluent, as in the case of a

young, macerated skull. It is found also in the skulls of the

Tubinares—in some of which it is of great size—and Stegano-

podes (15).

The orbit is overarched, behind and above, by the postorbital

process and supra-orbital ledge. The latter has already been

described (p. 961); the former is made up in part of a lateral

expansion of the frontal, and in part by the alisphenoid, to which

is added a separate element in the shape of a cartilaginous

sphenotic. Later the whole fuses into an indistinguishable out-

standing mass—the postorbital process (Pls. LX., LXI. figs. 2

& 3). ‘The inner wall of the orbit is formed for the most part by

the orbito-sphenoid, its hinder wall is formed by the alisphenoid.

The interorbital septum divides it mesially from the chamber of

the opposite side. The septum is formed by the presphenoid and

964 MR. W. P. PYCRAFT ON THE [Dec. 13,

mesethmoid. It is perforated by an interorbital fenestra, the size

of which varies with age. The optic foramen is bounded in front

by a median bony bar from the presphenoid, in front of which

lies the interorbital fenestra.

The mesethmoid is a median, vertical, bony plate, in the adult

fused with the parasphenoid below and the nasals and frontals

above, and merging posteriorly into the orbito-sphenoid. It is

greatly thickened anteriorly, and expanded laterally along its

dorsal aspect, the lateral expansions curving outwards and down-

wards to form the “antorbital plate,’ which encloses a space

opening forwards into the lachrymo-nasal fossa. In Aptenodytes

and Ludyptula only, the postero-superior angle of this antorbital

plate is perforated for the olfactory nerve; in other cases it runs

along inside and above this plate and does not perforate it.

There are no turbinal ossifications.

Only in Aptenodytes does the upper jaw greatly exceed the

cranium in length; for the rest, the length of the upper jaw,

from its tip to the ends of the nasal processes, is about equal to

the distance from the last point to the cerebellar prominence. In

Catarrhactes it is stout and somewhat deflected ; the nasal processes

are more or less swollen, attaining their maximum thickness in

C. schlegeli, and their minimum in Megadyptes antipodum, which

closely approaches Pygoscelis. In Pygoscelis the nasal processes

are more or less uniform in thickness throughout. In P. papua

the upper jaw is about + longer than the cranium ; in P. adele it

is much depressed in the middle region, giving the jaw the

appearance of being broader across than it really is ; its outline in

dorsal profile is, from the tip backwards, convex rather than

concave as is usual; the length of the whole jaw is somewhat less

than that of the cranium. In Eudyptula the upper jaw is more

slender in proportion to the cranium than in any other genus.

In Spheniscus the nasal processes of the premaxilla are greatly

swollen, and the space enclosed by the internal and external nasal

processes tends to become filled up by bone, and an accumulation

of bony matter may run forwards from this along the nasal

process of the premaxilla, so as ultimately to considerably decrease

the size of the external nares.

The guadrato-jugal bar in Aptenod ytes, Catarrhactes, and Pygoscelis

is characterized by a very strongly-marked downward curvature.

Descending abruptly from the lachrymal, it straightens out near

its middle to run backwards to the quadrate parallel with the long

axis of the skull (Pl. LX. figs. 1-3). In Spheniscus the curve is

comparatively slight, and in Hudyptula is barely visible.

The vomer is tree, double, and blade-shaped. The two halves

are fused slightly along the antero-ventral border. It articulates

on either side with the anterior end of the palatine, which sends

forward a bony spur for its increased support.

The palatines, anteriorly, form slender rods, running forwards

beneath the maxillo-palatine processes to fuse with the pre-

maxilla and maxilla, anteriorly to these processes. Posteriorly,

1898.] OSTEOLOGY OF THE IMPENNES. 965

behind the vomer, the palatines expand into moderately broad

plates ; the posterior palatine border is more or less emarginate,

but its exact outline varies.

The pterygoids are expanded distally into broad plates or

laminz, the anterior border of which follows more or less the

outline of the posterior margin of the articular end of the

palatine. C. chrysolophus and EHudyptula appear to be exceptions

to this rule. Concerning the early history of the pterygoid,

see p. 973.

The quadrate has distinct otic and squamosal articular heads.

The orbital process in Catarrhactes, Eudyptula, and Spheniscus

projects from the main body as a somewhat upwardly-curved rod

with a sharp superior border; that of Pygoscelis closely resembles

these but is longer. In Aptenodytes it takes on a triangular form,

with a thickened inferior border. At the base of the inferior

border of the orbital process lies a small well-defined pterapophyseal

facet for articulation with the pterygoid. There are two condyles

for articulation with the mandible, and these are confluent. The

inner has two articular surfaces—an internal lateral facing the

median plane, and a ventral which is continued backwards on to

the semicircular outer face, immediately above and in front of

which les the deep cup for the articulation of the quadrato-

jugal bar.

The Mandible.—The two rami of the mandible are united by a

very slender symphysis. There is a short angular and internal

angular process. A dentary, angular, supra-angular, and coronoid

can always be distinguished. In young birds there is a distinct

splenial.

In Catarrhactes the posterior border of the dentary is divided into

two limnbs—a small superior, and a large inferior having a strongly

pronounced sinuous border which articulates with the supra-

angular, the depth of the jaw in the region of this articulation

being very considerable. The deeply incised posterior border of

the dentary and the oblique slightly notched border of the supra-

angular enclose a lozenge-shaped vacuity which is more or less

imperfectly closed from within by the splenial. A second, oval

vacuity pierces the supra-angular near its posterior end. Viewed

from the inner side, this is seen to lead into an oblong fossa

formed by cutting away the superior border of the coronoid ; this

fossa leads anteriorly into the dental foramen. The mandible of

C. chrysocome can be distinguished from that of C. chrysolophus

by the greater convexity of its dorsal border, both dentary and

supra-angular having the dorsal border much arched.

In Pygoscelis the depth of the jaw in the region of the dentary

suture is very much less than in Catarrhactes. The superior limb

of the dentary suture is relatively longer, and the posterior runs

directly backwards with a gentle downward curve. It entirely

lacks the strong sinuous border of Catarrhactes. The posterior

vacuity is largest in P. antarctica.

In Aptenodytes the jaw is long.and slender. The dentary of

966 MR, W. P. PYCRAFI ON THE (Dee. 13,

A. forsteri has a conspicuous downward curve, that of A. pata-

gonica is nearly straight. The posterior dentary border resembles

that of Pygoscelis. The inferior border of the supra-angular is

gently curved, not notched as in Pygoscelis. The splenial is long

and narrow, and does not close the vacuity left by the excavation

of the dentary and supra-angular sutures. The coronoid in

A, patagonica is short and truncate anteriorly ; in A. forstert it is

very long and slender, running forwards as far as the middle of

the anterior lateral vacuity.

In Spheniscus the jaw is deeper from the middle of the supra-

angular to the posterior border of the anguiare than in Pygoscelis,

and the processus angulare is longer. The anterior lateral vacuity

is completely closed by the splenial. The coronoid is triangular

in form: its inferior border is closely applied to the supero-

posterior border of the splenial.

Judyptula, in the form of the lower jaw, closely resembles

Spheniscus, but is more slender throughout, and the internal and

posterior angular processes are short, rather resembling those of

Pygoscelis. It can easily be distinguished from Pygoscelis, however,

by its shorter coronoid.

The Hyoid.—The hyoid of the Penguins resembles that of

the Tubinares much more closely than that of the Pygopodes. The

basibranchial, seen from above, is more or less shield-shaped, and

is produced anteriorly inte a short blunt process, bent almost at

right angles to the main axis, and posteriorly into a similar process,

but in the same plane as the body of the bone. The anterior

process supports a cartilaginous basihyal, the posterior supports

the urohyal. The urohyal is entirely cartilaginous and rod-shaped.

The ceratobranchials are separated one from another at the base by

the median posterior precess; each is about 3 times as long as the

basibranchial ; the epibranchial is about 4 the length of the cerato-

branchial, from which it is separated by a cartilaginous rod rather jess

than 3 length of the epibranchial itself.

The Cranial Cavity.—The metencephalic fossa is well defined.

Its floor is flattened, and continued backwards, rising gently mean-

while to the free edge of the occipital condyle. It rises gently at

the sides. The vagus foramen pierces its posterior lateral margin,

and to the inner side of this lie two small condyloid foramina for the

xii. nerve. The internal auditory meatus lies immediately above the

vagus foramen, in the body of the prodtic. Anteriorly, the fossa

rises somewhat abruptly and overhangs the pituitary fossa, forming

the dorsum selle.

The cerebellar fossa is bounded by the supra-occipital and

parietal behind and above, the pro- and epiotic laterally, and the

dorsal rim of the foramen magnum behind. A low tentorial

ridge cuts it off in front: ventrally it merges with the meten-

cephalic fossa. The floccular fossa lying between the epi- and

prootic is large and deep.

The mesencephalic fossa lies in the alisphenoid. The ventral

portion of the tentorial ridge bounds it externally, the proétic and

1898. | OSTEOLOGY OF THE IMPENNES. 967

lateral region of the dorsum selle may be said to define it

posteriorly. Its outer wall is pierced by the trigeminal foramen.

The pituitary fossa is very deep; its floor is pierced by two

foramina leading outwards above the Eustachian grooves, at the

point where the inner free border of the basisphenoid and para-

sphenoid plates meet one another to form the Eustachian tube.

The dorsum seile is a flattened plate of bone sloping obliquely

forwards over the pituitary fossa, and terminating at the oculo-

motor foramen. The pre-pituitary ridge slopes gently forwards ;

anteriorly to this, in the middle line, is a small triangular optic

platform. The pre-optic ridge terminates on either side somewhat

above the level of the tentorial ridge. The anterior border of the

optic foramen is completed by the presphenoid, the posterior

border by the alisphenoid.

The cerebral lies in front of the cerebellar fossa, the cerebellum

not being covered by the cerebrum. ‘The tentorial rises slightly

below the level of the pre-optic ridge, sweeps backwards to the

level of the junction of the epi- and proitics, then almost vertically

upwards to the middle line, to terminate in the roof of the skull

above the region of the dorsum selle. From this point forwards

it is continued as a sharply defined ridge losing itself in the

extreme anterior region of the fossa.

iu. THE SKULL oF THE NESTLING.

The sutures of the skull, like those of Struthious birds, remain

open for a very considerable time, being quite distinct in advanced

nestlings. The Museum collection possesses two such skulls—one

of Catarrhactes chrysocome about quarter-grown, and one of a halt-

grown Pygoscelis papua (Pl. LXI. figs. 1-3); and from these the

following descriptions are taken.

The occipital condyle is almost entirely formed by the basi-

occipital, only a small portion being contributed by the exoccipital ;

a deep pit in its centre in the dried skull represents the remains

of the notochord.

The supra-occyntal, seen from without, is a vertically elongated

bone of a rounded oval in outline and tumid in shape. It con-

stitutes the characteristic “cerebellar prominence.” It is bounded

above by the parietal, and lateraily by the epiotic, from which, in

very young skulls, it is separated in part, superiorly, by a wide

chink, and in part, inferiorly, by a deep groove. Its inferior

border forms the upper boundary of the foramen magnum. There

are traces, in the earlier stages, of an originally paired condition,

in the shape of a mesial cleft running from the superior border

downwards for about 3 of its length; it then bifurcates, the two

limbs terminating almost immediately after: later, as seen in a

young Pygoscelis, the median cleft closes up, leaving a horseshoe-

shaped fenestra representing the bifurcation, which, in its turn,

disappears leaving in the adult no trace. The deep inferior groove

separating the supra-occipital from the epiotic has in some cases

968 MR. W. P. PYCRAFT ON THE [Dee. 18,

been so imperfectly ossified as to release the supra-occipital entirely

from the epiotic.

The evoccipital forms the infero-lateral border of the foramen

magnum; trom the point where it joins the supra-occipital it runs

upwards and outwards under the epiotic: its supero-lateral external

border is bounded in part by a large tract of cartilage forming the

outer wall of the floccular fossa, and in part, below this tract, by

the proétic. The ventrilateral border is ensheathed in cartilage

and produced downwards to form the paroccipital process. Seen

from within, it is found to be fused with the opisthotic, the boundary-

line between the two bones being indicated only by a faint notch

lying just in front of the condyloid foramen.

The lambdoidal suture does not quite correspond with the ridge

of that name. ‘This arises from the middle of the posterior border

of the squamosal, and running upwards for a short distance along

the posterior border of the parietal parts company with the margin,

where it curves downwards over the epiotic and continues its curve

transversely ; ultimately to meet in the middle line a little short

of halfway between the coronal and lambdoidal sutures.

The parvetals have the form of oblong plates of bone running

transversely across the skull (Pl. LXI. fig. 3). The frontal border

is rounded off dorsally at the point where the two parietals meet

in the middle line; the same region of the frontals is similarly

deficient, hence a small diamond-shaped fronto-parietal fontanelle

is formed. The alisphenoid border is very narrow in Aptenodytes,

being encroached upon by the squamosal ; in Spheniscus and

Caturrhactes it is broad, rather more than # the total width

and incurved. In Pygoscelis it is of medium breadth—about 3 the

total width, and only slightly curved. The squamosal border in

Aptenodytes is more than four times the extent of that of the

alisphenoid border ; in Spheniscus and Catarrhactes the squamosal

and alisphenoid borders are of about equal length; in Pygoscelis

the squamosal border is about twice that of the alisphenoid and

perfectly straight. The supra-occipital border develops a strong

out-standing ridge which runs downwards to the squamosal. ‘This

ridge leaves the free border of the parietal almost immediately

after it passes over from the squamosal, and runs upwards, in the

case of Spheniscus, to the level of the dorsal limit of the supra-

occipital, but does not meet in the middle line. The development

of this crest, at this stage, closely resembles the permanent

condition of that of Aptenodytes and Pygoscelis, and, in a slightly

lesser degree, that of Catarrhactes and Hudyptula, since in the

adults of these latter the crest is more developed laterally. In the

adult Spheniscus this parietal crest forms the large out-standing

plate of bone—the squamoso-parietal wing—which runs upwards

to join the narrow median sagittal crest. In this way the posterior

portion of the deep “ temporal fossa” is formed.

The frontals undergo marked change of form before reaching

the adult condition. They form paired plates of considerable size

extending forwards, under the nasals, as a pair of divaricating

1898.] OSTEOLOGY OF THE IMPENNES. 969

processes as far as the level of the anterior border of the lachrymal ;

and backwards, to a point corresponding with the level of a line

drawn through the articulation of the quadrate with the squamosal.

They leave a small fontanelle in the middle line at their junction

with the parietal. The outer free border of each is sharply

depressed and slightly hollowed when seen from without; this

groove runs forwards to skirt the outer border of thenasals. The

form which this groove ultimately acquires is of considerable

importance for taxonomic purposes. (The nature and extent of

these changes can be seen at a glance by comparing Pl. LXI. fig. 2

with Pl. LIX. fig. 2.) Thus, in the nestling the supra-orbital

groove is represented by a shallow depression or hollowing out

of the whole outer border of the frontal—the inner wall of the

groove of the adult. The outer wall of the adult gradually arises

from the inferior border of this inner wall, and eventually assumes

the form of a huge overhanging ledge of bone with a wide, flattened,

dorsal rim along its free edge. The condition of the groove in the

adult skull of Aptenodytes affords a more or less intermediate stage

between these two. It is interesting to note that Watson, in

his memoir published in the ‘ Challenger’ Reports (vol. vii. p. 6),

described and figured the skull on which this description is based,

and remarked that in “..... Aptenodytes and Pygoscelis this

ledge of bone does not exist ..... i

The basioccipital, seen ventrally, is bounded on its outer sides

by the exoccipital, and in front by the basitemporal. Posteriorly

it is rounded off to form the main body of the occipital condyle.

Seen dorsally, it is bounded in front by the basisphenoid, laterally

by the prodtic, opisthotic, and exoccipital. At this stage, in a very

young nestling of Catarrhactes chrysocome, all these boundaries

are clearly defined in cartilage, save that between the opisthotic

and prootic. Soon after this all traces of these limits become

obliterated.

The exoccipital is for some considerable time separated from the

squamosal by a wide gap filled in by cartilage, through which

the prodtic has thrust itself (Plate LXI. fig. 3). Its supero-

internal dorsal border abuts against the epiotic and supra-occipital

bones, both of which can be readily distinguished. Below, and

externally, it develops a short paroccipital process, which, how-

ever, never acquires a large size: separated from this by a wide

groove is developed the mammillary process, abutting against the

basioccipital at its junction with the basitemporal. Seen from

within, the exoccipital appears as a small triangular area of bone

wedged in between the opisthotic and the basioccipital and

contributing to form the foramen magnum.

The basisphenoid is not visible externally, being concealed by

the underlying basitemporal plate and its parasphenoidal rostrum.

Internally, it is bounded, laterally, by the prodtic and alisphenoid,

posteriorly by the basioccipital, and anteriorly by the pre-

sphenoidal cartilage. Its dorsal border is hollowed out to form

the ventral segment of the opticforamen. In front of the pituitary

Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1898, No. LXIV. 64

970 MR. W. P. PYCRAFT ON THE [Dee. 13,

fossa it is continued forwards for a short distance in the form of

a vertically compressed lamina resting on the parasphenoid.

The orbito- and presphenoid are as yet represented only by

cartilage and are not to be separately defined.

The alisphenoid is more or less quadrate in shape. Its antero-

dorsal border runs along the orbital plate and postorbital region of

the frontal; its postero-dorsal border is arched and wedged in

between the parietal and squamosal (Pl. LXI. fig. 3); its inferior

border is deeply hollowed tc form the upper segment of the

trigeminal foramen; its antero-internal border joins the still

membranous orbito-sphenoid, its lower angle contributing to form

the optic foramen.

The parasphenoid externally is perfectly distinguishable. It

may conveniently be divided into three regions :—(1) An elongated,

median rostrum ; (2) a pair of alisphenoidal wings ; and (3) a pair

of basitemporal wings, which last form the basitemporal plate

(Pl. LXI. fig. 3). In the ventral view of the skull of a young

Pygoscelis papua from which this description of the parasphenoid

is taken, the anterior basicranial fontanelle and vestiges of basi-

pterygoid processes are plainly seen. The rostrum is continued

backwards to abut against the basisphenoid, expanding meanwhile

into a pair of wings to form the basitemporal plate. This plate

is narrow from before backwards, but extends laterally to the level

of the oater border of the mammillary processes. Its anterior

edge is free and forms the floor of the Eustachian grooves, which,

later, become converted into tubes (p. 962). Seen laterally, this

groove has the appearance of having been carved out of the base

of the skull so as to present a steep face, looking forwards and at

right angles to the main axis of the skull. The alisphenoid wings

are separated from the basitemporal plate by a deep gorge, which

later becomes converted into a tube for the internal carotid artery

(Pl. LXI. fig. 3). They overlap the suture between the ali-

sphenoid and proétic bones, and extend outwards as far as the

trigeminal foramen. Immediately above the carotid canal lies a

pneumatic foramen, which apparently terminates in the body of

the basisphenoid. In sagittal section the basisphenoid cannot

be distinguished from the basitemporal plate underlying it.

The mesethmoid remains distinct for some time, in the form of

a vertical, linouiform plate of bone. Its posterior border is rounded

and imbedded in a large interorbital plate of cartilage. Its

anterior border is columnar. Its dorsal border expands laterally

under the frontals and nasals, and, eventually, turns downwards

as an ectoethmoidal ossification to rejoin the mesethmoid—forming

a large olfactory cavity opening forwards and downwards into the

posterior region of the olfactory chamber.

The squamosal varies somewhat in form. In Aptenodytes,

Catarrhactes, and Spheniscus it takes the form of a vertically

elongated bone. In the first-named its dorsal moiety is produced

into anterior and posterior limbs, giving the whole a Y-shaped

appearance ; of these two limbs the anterior is the more pronounced,

1898.] OSTEOLOGY OF THE IMPENNES. 971

In the two latter genera the anterior limb is wanting. In Pygo-

sceis (Pl. LXI. fig. 3) the vertical height is relatively less; the

anterior limb is wanting, as in Catarrhactes and Spheniscus; the

posterior is of considerable length. The anterior and dorsal

borders, in Pygoscelis, form a right angle; the posterior is deeply

hollowed, as seen in the figure. Between the free end of the

posterior limb and the epiotic is a wide space; into the lower

portion of this the prodtic has thrust itself. The upper portion of

this space was originally filled in by cartilage and formed the outer

wall of the floccular fossa, as seen in the skull of a young Catar-

rhactes ; it is now filled up by an inward growth of the posterior

border of the parietal. Below the curved upper limb lies the

prootic, which runs backwards to join the exoccipital. The extreme

anterior end of the prodtic is seen peeping out in front of the

supero-anterior squamosal border behind the alisphenoid. The

squamosal, at this stage, articulates with the parietal only and

rests upon the outer surface of the prodtic. It is entirely shut

off from the cranial cavity.

The epiotic (Pl. LXI. fig. 3) is sharply divided from the supra-

occipital by a wide cleft ranning downwards and inwards from the

lambdoidal suture, which terminates at about the middle region of

the epiotic in a groove—afterwards converted into a closed canal—

for one of the cerebral veins. This groove divides the lower eud of

the epiotic, as does the cleft the upper end, from the supra-occipital.

Seen from without it is bounded mesially by the supra-occipital,

superiorly by the parietal, and laterally by the prodtic and ex-

occipital. Its supero-lateral border is bounded by cartilage

(a synchondrosis); its postero-lateral border by a close suture.

Seen from within, the epiotic is found to be fused by its postero-

internal border with the supra-occipital, from which it is separated

above by the wide chink already described (p. 967). Its lateral

and external border is separated synchondrosially from the prodtic

and lateral occipital. In conjunction with the prodtic forms the

floccular fossa.

The prodtic is largely visible from without, till comparatively

late in life (Pl. LXI. figs. 1&3). In the youngest skull from which

these descriptions are taken (Catarrhactes chrysocome), it can be seen

in the hinder region of the skull throngh a mass of cartilage

forming a small island, between the exoccipital, squamosal,

parietal, and epiotic. In the lateral view of the skull, after

removal of the quadrate, it can be seen lying between the ex-

occipital behind and the alisphenoid in front: below it rests on

the pretemporal wing of the basisphenoid ; above it is covered by

the squamosal. After the removal of this, the boundaries of its

upper end can be clearly made out. It is found to be wedged in

between the alisphenoid and parietal above and in front, the ex-

occipital behind, and the epiotic mass of the supra-occipital within.

Its anterior border is deeply hollowed to form the posterior border

of the trigeminal foramen. Behind and above lies a glenoid cavity

for the quadraie. Its posterior border is also hollowed out to

64*

972 MR. W. P. PYCRAFT ON THE [Dec. 18,

form the anterior segment of the circular aperture of the fenestra

ovalis.

The internal and external nasal processes are of great length ;

the former is the longer, and turns inwards at about its middle in

the form of a long rod to underlie the nasal process of the premaxilla.

The free border of the posterior, laminate portion of the nasal may

meet in the middle line in the form of a rounded curve, or it may

be interrupted in this region by the invasion of the interorbital

ridge of the frontal, as in Pygoscelis.

The nasal processes of the premaxilla are cleft to within about

one-fifth of the extreme tip of the jaw; the posterior, free ends of

these processes rest upon the mesethmoid; on either side they

are embraced by the nasals. The maxillary process runs above the

maxilla, terminating near the middle of the inferior boundary of

the lachrymo-nasal fossa.

The maailla is produced forwards into a long slender splint,

below the inferior border of the maxillary process of the premaxilla

to within a short distance of its tip, thus forming almost the entire

inferior border of the upper jaw, and backwards as a somewhat

splint-like rod to assist in forming the quadrato-jugal bar. Above,

it is bounded ayteriorly by the maxillary process of the premaxilla

and posteriorly above by the jugal, and below by the quadrato-

jugal. Its backward extension terminates on a level with a line

passing at right angles through the articulation of the pterygoid

and quadrate. On the inner side, near its anterior 3, on a level

with the articulation of the external process of the nasal with the

premaxilla, it gives off a curved rod-like maxillo-palatine process.

The body of this is excavated to form the antrum of Highmore.

These processes curve inwards on either side so as to embrace the

vomer between them, though it does not actually touch them.

They do not extend back beyond the level of a vertical line passing

through the middle region of the lachrymals.

The jugal is a long slender splint, resting for the most part

upon the posterior limb of the maxilla. It extends forwards, to

the junction of the external process of the nasal with the maxillary

process of the premaxilla, and backwards, along the outer side of

the quadrato-jugal to within about one-fifth of its posterior

articular end. The quadrato-jugal is of considerable size, extend-

ing forwards to the level of the posterior angle of the inferior

pedate extremity of the lachrymal. The precise relations of the

bones composing the quadrato-jugal bar can be well seen in

Pl. LXI. fig. 3.

The lachrymal is permanently free, columnar in form, with a

laminate or flange-like anterior border, and with expanded

obliquely placed extremities. Its superior or dorsal end is applied

to the under surface of the nasal, and its inner border to the

anterior extremity of the frontal underlying the nasals. Generally

the flange-shaped anterior border is perforated by a foramen, but

this is not a constant character, the foramen being sometimes

converted into anotch. In Pygoscelis, Spheniscus, and Aptenodytes

1898.] OSTHOLOGY OF THE IMPENNES. 973

little, or nothing, of the lachrymal is visible when the skull is

viewed dorsally, either in the young or adult. In Catarrhactes it

appears as a narrow ledge outside the nasal. This fact, with some

others, serves at once to distinguish the skull of any of the

Spheniscide from that of any of the Colymbide, in which this bone

forms a very prominent, outstanding process.

The vomer, which is permanently free, is double, but the two

halves are united along the anterior half of the inferior border ;

the posterior half of the dorsal border of each articulates with the

palatine of its own side.

The palatines underlie the maxille, and with them extend

forward to within a short distance of the tip of the upper jaw.

Posteriorly, in the region corresponding with the level of the

lachry mal, the flattened, splint-like form becomes greatly expanded,

and turns slightly inwards and dorsally. The anterior border

assumes a more or less scroll-like form and sends forwards along

each half of the vomer a short rod, which apparently never pro-

jects beyond the level of the anterior border of the mesethmoid.

The outline of the posterior border varies slightly in the different

genera and species.

The pterygoid is rod-shaped, greatly expanded and flattened

distally. Like the palatine, it differs slightly in shape, and is

accordingly of some help in identifying species and genera. In

young birds, and in young birds only, it is continued from the

articular end of the palatine, forwards over its dorsal border, in

the form of an elongated triangular rod of bone, terminating in an

acute point over the extreme posterior extremity of the vomer

(Pl. LXI. fig. 3). Almost immediately behind the posterior end

of the palatine, this anterior portion of the pterygoid becomes

segmented off from the main body of the bone, and later, a perfect

arthrodial joint is formed. Meanwhile, the triangular anterior end

has fused with the palatine, making it appear that the joint at the

distal end of the pterygoid is a true palato-pterygoid articulation.

There is nothing to show that the joint is secondary, and that it is

formed by the unequal segmentation of the pterygoid itself.

In some other forms this pterygoidal segmentation takes place

at the level of the posterior border of the palatine, instead of a

little caudad of this.

This anterior segment has been frequently described and figured,

in many different groups, by the late W. K. Parker, as a meso-

pterygoid. A short time ago I gave a brief description (13) of

what seemed to me to be the real significance of this stylet, not

knowing then that this had been more or less clearly grasped by

Menzbier (11). His description is, however, somewhat meagre,

and neither here nor in his figure does he hint at the segmentation

of the pterygoid which eventually takes place, though he must

have been perfectly well aware that such a process occurred.

As Menzbier has pointed out, the relations of these parts which

exist temporarily in the Penguin obtain permanently amongst the

Ratite. Dromaus and Rhea furnish two admirable examples. In

974 MR. W. P, PYORAPT ON THE [Dee. 13,

the former, the pterygoid takes the form of an obliquely placed,

flattened lamina tapering to a point forwards. The ventral border

of its anterior half rests upon the flange-like projection from

the dorsal border of the posterior limb of the paired vomer: the

two becoming, in the adult, entirely fused so as to leave no trace of

the line of their union.

In Rhea it is of exactly the same shape anteriorly as the small

splint in Spheniscide, and runs forward along the dorsal border of

the posterior end of the vomer, just as, only to a greater extent, it

does in the young Carinate skull. In the case of Rhea, however,

the inferior surface of this end of the pterygoid is grooved, and

into this groove the postero-internal angle of the palatine and the

outer superior border of the posterior limb of the vomer are received.

That this “‘ hemipterygoid”?, as I propose to call this anterior

segment of the pterygeid, in the Carinate, is a part of the true

pterygoid, and that it represents an earlier phase when the relations

between the pterygoid and vomer were precisely similar to what

obtains amongst the Ratite and Tinamous at the present day, is

highly probable. Originally then, in the “ Carinate,” as in the

“ Ratitee ” now, the pterygoid terminated in a point resting on

the vomer and was unsegmented ; since, it has divided into an

anterior and a posterior moiety, a joint forming between the seg-

ments. The pterygoid of the adult represents only the posterior

and larger portion, the anterior having fused with the palatine.

This state of things may probably be interpreted as the result of

mechanical stress causing a fracture at the weakest part of the bone,

such stress being brought about by the shifting of the palatines

towards the middle line from their originally dromzognathous

position.

From the relations between pterygoid and vomer, we may turn

profitably to the relations between pterygoid and palatine.

In the Ratitz, as represented by Dromeus and Ithea, the palatines

are more or less triangular in form and do not extend forwards

beyond the level of the posterior border of the maxillo-palatine

processes. In the Carinate they extend forwards by means of

a rod-like splint nearly to the tip of the upper jaw.

In Dronus the palatine is attached to the outer border of the

dorsal surface of the posterior limb of the vomer on each side, and

is not in any way connected with the pterygoid. Thus, on a

ventral yiew of the skull, the vomer is continued directly back-

wards to the pterygoids, its two posterior limbs forming with each

of the latter a continuous bar. In shea the anterior half of the

internal, or mesial, border of the palatine articulates with the

posterior limb of the vomer of that side, the posterior half with

the pterygoid. Thus the vomer appears to be entirely separated

from the pterygoid by the palatine. Moreover the latter is being

1 For this word I have to thank Prof. G. B. Howes, F.R.S8., of the Royal

College of Science, whose aid I sought after having failed to coin a name to my

own satisfaction.

1898.] OSTEOLOGY OF THH IMPENNES. 975

slowly brought into relation with the parasphenoidal rostrum. If

the palatine be carefully removed, however, the spine-like anterior

end of the pterygoid will be found to run along the superior

border of the posterior limb of the vomer, though for a short

distance only. The condition of things which obtains here between

the pterygoid and vomer permanently is represented, more or less

perfectly, for a short time in the life-history of many, if not all,

Carinatee.

But to return to the palatines. In Carinate more or less

of the anterior region of the internal border of each palatine

articulates with the vomer—which, though still paired, is generally

more or less blade-shaped, and not, as in the Ratite, depressed

and laterally expanded ; the remainder, meeting its fellow of the

opposite side below the parasphenoidal rostrum, runs back to

articulate with the pterygoid. Thus, in a ventral view of the

skull, the vomer lies wedged in between the palatines and appears

to be far removed from the pterygoids, having apparently been

thrust forwards by the approximation of the palatine toward

the middle line. Seen dorsally, however, in the young skull, the

internal palatine border is found to be still in part connected

with the vomer and in part with the pterygoid, as in Rhea—the

connection being made by means of the hemipterygoid. If this

connection is now in a vanishing quantity, it still undeniably

exists.

The Mandible.—All the elements which take part in the formation

of the lower jaw are present (Pl. LXI. figs. 1&3). The relations

between the coronoid and splenial most nearly resemble those of

the Crocodilia amongst the Reptiles, the coronoid lying behind

the splenial. In its elongated form and superior size, however,

the coronoid differs from all the Reptilia, and resembles the rest

of the Aves. Within the Class, the form and relations of these

two bones one to another and to the neighbouring parts vary

slightly, and may prove to be characters of some value in systematic

work. Ina young Caturrhactes chrysocome, as shown in Pl. LXI.

fig. 1, the coronoid extends from behind forwards as far as the

middle of the ramus. Its posterior end is expanded and closely

applied to the articular, from which, however, it can be clearly

distinguished. The splenial is a large lozenge-shaped lamina

lying in front of, and below, the anterior end of the coronoid.

The greater part of its superior border is overlapped by the

dentary. The articular is wedged in between the posterior ends of

the coronoid, on the inside, and the supra-angular and angular, on

the outside. The supra-angular runs forwards to join the dentary

at about the middle of the ramus. It is perforated, rather behind

its middle, by the posterior lateral vacuity. The angular underlies

the supra-angular, and forms the inferior border of the jaw from

the dentary backwards ; it appears on the inside, where it overlaps

the coronoid for some considerable distance. Its extreme anterior

end is concealed on the inside by the splenial, on the outside by

976 MR. W. P. PYCRAPT ON THE [Dee. 13,

the dentary. The form of the dentary supra-angular suture has

been described in the adult (see p. 965).

iv. THE VERTEBRAL CoLUMN.

The vertebral column is singularly uniform in character

throughout the group. The cervicals are peculiar chiefly on account

of the great development of the metapophyses and hyperapophyses

of certain vertebra.

The thoracic vertebre are opisthoccelous and somewhat closely

resemble those of Phalacrocoraa, from which they may be distin-

guished by the great development of the styloid processes, seated

on the anterior border of the transverse process midway between

the capitular articulation for the rib and the centrum. The

synsacral hypapophyses found in Phalacrocorax are absent in the

Penguins.

The synsacrum is a dense bony mass which remains unanchy-

losed with the innominate bones throughout life. On a ventral

view, the lumbar swelling is seen to be very large. The outer ends

of the last thoracic and the first two lumbar vertebre fuse together

to enclose a pair of holes on each side: behind, in the middle

of the lumbar enlargement, are seated a pair of short, thick

parapophyseal elements abutting against the ilium. The renal

fossa cannot be definitely separated into anterior and posterior

portions. The true sacral vertebre are not, in very old specimens,

easy to make out: they are enclosed in the hexagonal mass lying

opposite the acetabulum and ilio-ischiadic foramen. Three

vertebree take part in the formation of this mass, of which the

2nd and 3rd represent the two primitive sacrals. From 1 to 3 of

the caudals may be included in the synsacrum, according to age.

None of the synsacral vertebre bear hypapophyses. Dorsally,

the region of the synsacrum, between the hexagonal sacral mass

and the first pair of parapophyseal elements anterior to this, is

much expanded. In the complete pelvis this lies immediately

cephalad of the acetabulum. In the region behind this it is more

or less constricted. The synsacrum is composed of from 12-14

vertebre. The pygostyle (Pl. LXI. fig. 5) is composed of about

6 vertebra, the neural spines of which run directly forwards and

parallel with the vertebree and overlap the spine next in front.

The vertebrz cannot be generically distinguished.

There are from 9-10 pairs of free ribs. The first two pairs

are those of the cervico-thoracic vertebre. Of these, the first

takes the form of an elongated bony style; the second represents

a complete dorsal rib, but has no sternal segment, and bears an

uncinate process. The remaining ribs increase in length and

slenderness from before backwards, and all but the last bear

uncinates. These, in the Ist to 4th ribs, are very long and broad.

There is frequently, perhaps always, an extra pair of sternal ribs

closely attached to the posterior border of the sternal segment of

the last thoracic rib.

1898.] OSTEOLOGY OF THE IMPENNES. 977

vy. Tur PrcoTtorAL GIRDLE AND STERNUM.

The pectoral girdle of the adult Penguin is of the same general

form throughout the group.

The coracoid is a stout bone, typically about half as long as the

sternum. The precoracoid is large in all. In an example of

Pygoscelis papua it extends almost the whole length of the coracoid.

The supracoracoid foramen is complete in all but Aptenodytes and

Pygoscelis. The acrocoracoid is fairly well developed; in Pygoscelis

and Spheniscus magellanicus it forms a conspicuous, downward and

inwardly projecting spur.

The form of the scapula is unique, being of great length and

shaped like a scimitar; the convex border is dorsal, the concave

ventral. In Aptenodytes and Pygoscelis it is sharply truncated

posteriorly ; in Spheniscus and Eudyptula the inferior angle of this

posterior border is rounded off, so that the free end of the bone

assumes a somewhat pointed form. That of Catarrhactes can be

more or less distinguished from that of Spheniscus by the greater

curvature of its superior border, and the acute angle formed at

the hinder end of the inferior border, giving the scapula a truncated

appearance posteriorly, similar to that of Aptenodytes. In

C. chrysolophus, however, this is less marked, and makes it some-

what difficult to distinguish from the scapula of Spheniscus.

There is a well-marked acromial process for the articulation of

the free end of the clavicle.

The furcula is U-shaped and much curved, its convexity looking

forwards and downwards. There is no hypocleideum. Its free end

forms a slight roughened expansion for articulation with the

acromial process of the scapula. Ventrad of this is a more or less

oval irregular surface for articulation with the acrocoracoid. From

the level of this articulation downwards, the limbs of the furcula

are laterally compressed, but they gradually take on a rounded form

as they approach the symphysis.

The sternum is about half as broad as long, with a pair of notches

posteriorly. The keel in all cases projects beyond the corpus

sterni. In Aptenodytes this is a very marked feature indeed, the

anterior border sloping obliquely forwards and downwards for

about one-sixth of the total length of the sternum. In all but

Aptenodytes there is a well-marked spina ewterna. This is more

or less marked by the forward continuation of the keel. In some

it is well marked. In Aptenodytes the anterior border of the keel

passes directly into the corpus sterni. The form of the spina

externa and of the anterior border of the keel is very variable,

even among species of the same genus, so that no value can be

placed on it as a systematic factor. There is no spina interna.

The anterior lateral processes project forwards and outwards, the

base of each on either side runs from the inner end of the coracoid

groove outwards to the external border of the corpus sterni.

Along this border, at the point where the two regions may be said

.to meet, is piaced the articular surface of the sternal segment of

978 MR. W. P. PYORAFT ON THE (Dec. 13,

the 1st thoracic rib. There are altogether 6 of these articular

surfaces.

The coracoid grooves are widely separated in the median line ;

the “dorsal lip” is represented by a slight projection near the

inner end, and the “ ventral lip” by a somewhat more developed

process near the outer end, of the groove. The groove is slightly

curved, its convex surface being ventral, fairly wide, and deep.

The posterior lateral processes are of great length in Aptenodytes

and Pygoscelis, longest in the latter, where they may exceed the

coracoid in length. They are slightly curved (outwardly), and

tend to meet in the middle line behind the metasternum through-

out the group. Only in Catarrhactes chrysolophus and Hudyptula

minor are they so curved as to make the width across from the

process of one side to that of the other so great as to be equal to

(Zudyptula) or greater than (Catarrhactes) that across the anterior

lateral processes. The width of the posterior lateral processes

themselves varies slightly. From near the middle of each process

there arises a strong ridge, which runs forwards to terminate in the

lateral border of the corpus sternt ; which, it should be remarked, is

bent, or reflected downwards to form a wide overhanging ledge

on each side of the sternum. The metasternum is variable in

shape, being either pointed or rounded in form.

The sternum remains as a single cartilaginous plate with a low

median keel till long after the coracoids and scapula have ossified.

In a half-grown A. forstert in the Collection, the sternum is

represented by a pair of rhomboidal plates fused in the middle

line from before backwards to the posterior third, where they

remain widely separated. The keel is very feebly developed, and,

as in Steganopodes, is produced far forwards beyond the level of

the sternum, and tapers rapidly backwards to disappear in the

neighbourhood of the sternal cleft just referred to.

vi. Tou Pecvio Girpue. (Fig. 1, p. 979.)

The pelvis of the Impennes is not readily comparable with that

of any other group. Its most distinctive character is the great

backward rotation of the innominate bone. This is readily seen

if the pelvis is held so as to bring the synsacrum to the vertical.

A line drawn through the pre-ilium and pubis would describe an

angle of about 25°. Both external and internal borders of the

pre-ilium are greatly hollowed immediately in front of the aceta-

bulum. The ilio-ischiadic foramen never greatly exceeds the

acetabulum in size. The obturator foramen is never complete. The

pubis (pb.) never greatly exceeds the ischium (is.)in length, is nearly

or quite straight, and runs parallel with the ischium, leaving a long

obturator fissure. Its free end never turns inwards. The ischium

is fused with the post-ilium, beyond which it projects slightly, and,

like the post-ilium, tapering to a point posteriorly forms a notched

posterior border. The post-ilium is expanded immediately over the

ilio-ischiadic foramen ; behind this it forms a sharp ridge projecting

considerably on either side above the level of the synsacrum,

1898.] OSTHOLOGY OF THE IMPENNES. 979

Except in Pygoscelis papua, the innominate bones remain widely

separated by, and free from, the synsacrum throughout life. The

pre-ilium in no case quite reaches the fused neural spines of the

synsacrum ; in Aptenodytes the pre-ilia are more markedly separate

than in any other genus.

In a nestling Aptenodytes the acetabulum is bounded, anteriorly

by the pre-ilium, posteriorly by the ischium and pubis. The

ischium bears a share in the formation of the antitrochanter.

The pubis is nearly as broad as the ischium and only slightly

longer; the post-ilium falls far short of the hinder end of the

ischium, from which it can be easily distinguished by a faint line

running forwards to the ilio-ischiadic foramen. It is noteworthy

that it is not divided by a fissure from the ischium as in the

young of many other birds, or as in the case of the Struthious

birds and Tinamous. This is probably a secondary feature due

to the extreme backward rotation of the ischium and pubis. The

anterior and posterior renal fosse are not sharply defined.

The synsacral foramina in the acetabular region are minute. The

form of the pelvis is very uniform throughout the group: such

points as are of systematic value will be found in the appended

“ Keys.”

Fig. 1.

af and

Lateral view of the innominate of a nestling Catarrhactes chrysocome,

to show the separate elements.

ant., anti-trochanter ; act., acetabulum ; ¢/., ilium; és., ischium; pd., pubis.

vii. HE Pectorat Lime.

The bones of the wing in the Impennes can only very

imperfectly be distinguished either specifically or generically one

from another. The wing of <Aptenodytes can be distinguished

from that of any other genus by its superior size, the humerus

being not less than 4:4 inches in length. That of Pygoscelis papua

comes next, being 3°5 in. Except in the slightly superior size of

the pneumatic fossa, the wing of the smaller species of Pygoscclis

cannot be distinguished from that of Catarrhactes or Spheniscus.

The last two genera are almost indistinguishable one from another.

That of Spheniscus may perhaps be distinguished from that of

Catarrhactes by the size of the ulnare. This, in all, is triangular in

shape, but in Spheniscus only, apparently, is the width of the

base—the postaxial border—but slightly greater than the height ;

980 MR. W. 2. PYORAFT ON THE [ Dee. 13,

in other genera the base of the triangle greatly exceeds the height

from base to apex. Eudyptula is easily distinguishable from the

remaining genera on account of its small size; the ulna does not

exceed 2 in. in length—the whole wing is under 5 in.

The most striking feature of the wing is the remarkable

compression or flattening, dorso-ventrally, which the bones have

undergone. The sub-trochanteric (pneumatic) fossa of the

humerus is of great size, as in many Anatide ; in the Penguins,

however, the fossa is non-pneumatic. The pectoral crest does not

project beyond the level of the shaft; the pectoralis major is

inserted into a deep oblong fossa on its ventral aspect. The

coraco-humeral groove is well-marked. The head of the humerus

is reniform, the hilus being ventral. The distal articular end is

obliquely truncate; the radial and ulnar condyles lie one behind

the other, and from behind the latter the shaft is produced into a

sharp angle, the free border of which is grooved; there is a

second groove dorsad of this perfected by a large projecting upper

lip. In these two grooves run two sesamoids, the form and relations

ot which have been frequently described.

In a half-grown nestling of C. chrysocome the 1st metacarpal is

quite separate from the 2nd and tipped with cartilage—representing

the Ist phalanx. The terminal phalanges of the 2nd and 3rd

metacarpals are likewise tipped with cartilage, and similarly may

represent phalanges. The ulnare at this stage is entirely carti-

laginous.

vill. THE Putvic Lime.

The most characteristic feature of the pelvic limb is the

distinctness of the three metatarsals, usually merged together into

a longer or shorter single cylindrical shaft. In the Penguins 3

metatarsals are always distinguishable, separated one from another

by grooves more or less deep. On either side of the 3rd meta-

tarsal, on anterior view, lie 2 foramina ; just below the insertion for

the tibialis anticus these pass through to appear just below the bases

of the two more or less distinct calcaneal ridges. The form of the

tarso-metatarsus in the Impennes is closely approached by that of

Fregata (a Steganopodous bird); but it can easily be distinguished

therefrom by the fact that in Fregata the 2nd trochlea is longer

than the 3rd and is directed backwards, and by the presence of

a foramen at the distal end between the 3rd and 4th trochlee.

In Sphenisci this foramen is wanting, and the 2nd _trochlea is

shorter than the 3rd and is not directed backwards. It has been

suggested that this distinctness of the metatarsals in the Impennes

is pseudo-primitive and probably induced by the plantigrade habit

of walking. The Penguins are, however, not plantigrade ; and it is

a significant fact that both in this group and in Fregata the legs

are comparatively little used for the support of the body. Thus

it is possible that on this account the metapodial region may have

retained a nearer approach to the primitive condition than in

other forms. They represent a halfway stage between the

1898. | OSTEOLOGY OF THE IMPENNES. 981

primitive, completely separate metatarsals on the one hand, and the

highly specialized “cannon bone” on the other, where the three

metatarsals are all merged to form a single shaft.

The total length of the tarso-metatarsus is about one-fourth that

of the tibio-tarsus. The hypotarsus is simple, consisting of an

ecto- or an ecto- and entocalcaneal ridge, but they are never more

than low prominences.

The tibio-tarsal shaft is perfectly straight, and about one-fifth

longer than the fibula. Ecto- and entocnemial crests are well-

developed in the adult, but there is no trace of them in the

half-grown C. catarrhactes from which this description was

taken.

The shaft of the femur is very thick, its length about twice that

of the tarso-metatarsus. Like all the other bones of the leg, it is

non-pneumatic.

ix. SUMMARY.

Mr. Grant (10) and I both find it necessary to divide the

Order Impennes into 6 genera (cf. p. 982). Of these, Hudyptula

appears to represent the least specialized form of the whole group,

and probably lies nearest the ancestral stock. The diagram

(fig. 2) is intended to express, as nearly as may be, the possible

relationship of the various genera one to another. As has been

already pointed out by Gadow (7) and Beddard (1), the group as

a whole seems to be most nearly related to the Tubinares.

Fig. 2.

Sygosceles.

Qple nodyles

Diagram showing the probable relationships of the various genera

of the Family Spheniscide.

Tam unable to distinguish the skeleton of Catarrhactes pachy-

rhynchus from that of C. chrysocome. C. sclateriand C. schlegeli are

not yet represented in the collection of skeletons. Skeletons of

Spheniscus humboldti and S. mendiculus are also wanting.

982 MR. W. P. PYCRAFT ON THE [ Dee. 13,

x. Ky To THE OSTEOLOGY OF THE IMPENNES,

based on characters of the adult skeleton.

A. Sxuut (Plates LIX.-LXI.)’.

Beak never hooked; nares pervious, holorhinal; basipterygoid processes

absent; palate schizognathous; vomer blade-shaped, paired, the two halves

united along the antero-vyentral border, never anchylosed with the palatines ;

palatines broad and flattened posteriorly ; pterygoids expanded into flattened

laming distally, never rod-shaped ; interorbital septum perforate; with deep

supra-orbital grooves; lachrymal free, never contributing to form the supra-

orbital grooves, and without conspicuous squamoso-parietal wings when the skull

is seen dorsally, its lower limb pedate, articulating with the quadrato-jugal bar ;

maxillo-palatine processes in the form of slender curved rods, never laminate.

Key to the Genera.

A. Posterior region of the temporal fossa not extending on to the cerebellar

prominence ; the squamoso-parietal wing bounding the fossa posteriorly,

terminating on the cerebral dome at or below the level of a long transverse

lambdoidal ridge; coronal ridge absent.

a. Quadrato-jugal bar greatly curved.

a', Supra-orbital ledge feebly developed, decreasing in size from behind

forwards and becoming obsolete at the level of the frontal end of the

nasal bones; supra-orbital grooves closed posteriorly by a strong

bony wall; posterior ends of nasal processes of premaxilla separate

one from another and from the nasals throughout life... Aptenodytes.

d'. Supra-orbital ledge greatly developed, with its free edge flattened

dorsally.

a". Width of coronal ridge much exceeding the width across nasals

between lachrymals; squamoso-parietal wings feebly developed ;

posterior region of temporal fossa shallow.

a®. Nasal processes of the premaxilla slender, free posteriorly one

from another and more or less easily distinguishable throughout

from the superior limb of the nasals; inferior border of the

squamosal prominence longer than that of the paroccipital

process ; width of supra-orbital groove exceeding the height of

the vertical axis of the foramen magnum ; lower jaw with the

inferior limb of the posterior (caudad) end of the dentary with a

straightisuperior DOrderii.ccn-sosess-<osecassseseeeeee Pygoscelis.

b%, Nasal processes of the premaxilla conspicuously thickened, fused

posteriorly more or less completely one with another and with

the superior limb of the nasal ; inferior border of the squamosal

prominence less than that of the paroccipital process; width of

supra-orbital groove less than the vertical axis of the foramen

magnum; lower jaw with inferior limb of posterior end of

dentary short and deep, and with a strongly pronounced sinuous

Pee POLGGM: Este. scccceeepenceeasaehec dee eatee de ceseeeee Catarrhactes.

6", Width of coronal ridge not exceeding width across nasals between

the lachrymals ; squamoso-parietal wings well developed ; posterior

region of temporal fossa wide and deep; nasal processes of pre-

maxilla slender, free posteriorly one from another and from the

superior limb of the nasals; inferior borders of squamosal pro-

minence and paroccipital process equal ; width of orbital groove less

than height of vertical axis of foramen magnum ; lower jaw having

the inferior limb of the posterior end of dentary produced far back-

wards, and with a strongly arched superior border... Megadyptes.

1 Of the Keys appended, that of the skull expresses the systematic

arrangement adopted in this paper. The rest are designed not for systematic

work, but for the purpose of facilitating the identification of the different parts

of the skeleton when isolated.

1898. | OSTEOLOGY OF THE IMPENNES. 983

6. Quadrato-jugal bar slightly curved.

c'. Supra-orbital ledge nearly obsolete, not extending far beyond the base

of the postorbital process; supra-orbital groove shallow, bounded

posteriorly by a bony ridge ..............ceeceeeeneeeceeseeeees Budypies.

B. Posterior region of the temporal fossa very deep, extending mesially on to

the cerebellar prominence, separated dorsally from its fellow of the

opposite side by a median sagittal ridge; transverse lambdoidal ridge

absorbed by the squamoso-parietal wings, which are largely developed ;

with a coronal ridge distad of the sagittal crest ..............- Spheniscus,

Key to the Species.

APTENODYTES.

a, Upper jaw slightly longer than the cranium (4 in.) ; squamoso-parietal wings

almost obsolete ; coronoid of lower jaw long, extending far forwards above

middle of splenial, terminating near the middle of the jaw. A. forster?.

6. Upper jaw markedly longer than cranium, more than 3; squamoso-parietal

wings extending nearly the whole height of the temporal fossa; coronoid

short, not extending beyond the posterior 4 of the jaw ... A. patagonicus,

PYGOSCELIS.

a. Dorsal border of free edge of supra-orbital ledge of great breadth (Pl. LIX.

fig. 2); posterior region of temporal fossa moderately deep: total length

OM KUI GUNS, 20 5d2 ccs saiecicnes em aees eemeene wece sv eene sa. ceSaaseaccwens P. papua,

b. Dorsal border of free edge of supra-orbital ledge about -1 to -2 in width;

skull less than 5in. long ; interorbital region of frontal immediately behind

nasals reduced to a slender ridge dividing the supra-orbital grooves.

a'. Upper jaw not greatly depressed, markedly longer than cranium ; ptery-

goids longer than yomer ; length of anterior nares equals width across

skull behind the postorbital processes ...............6+++0 P. antarctica.

b'. Upper jaw markedly depressed, equal to or less than cranium in length;

pterygoids equal vomer in length; length of anterior narial aperture much

less than width of skull behind postorbital processes. P. adelie,

CaTARRHACTES.

a. Inter-orbital region of frontals behind the nasals forming a broad ridge.

ws : SR ate C. chrysocome.

a'. Size smaller; not exceeding 4°3 in. ............e0ee0ee0- { C. pachyrhynchus.

6'. Size larger, not exceeding 4°6 in...........,.0608 Soe C. chrysolophus.

EUDYPTULA,

a. Skull 3:5 in.; transverse lambdoidal ridge equals length of narial aperture.

E. minor.

6, Skull 3:8 in.; transverse lambdoidal ridge less than length of narial aperture,

E. albosignata,

SPHENISCUS.

a. Squamoso-parietal wings greatly developed, superiorly separated from the

coronal ridge by a long and often wide sagittal ridge ; cerebellar dome not

well developed; supra-orbital ledge sharply truncated anteriorly in the

region of the posterior 3 of the supra-orbital groove... S. demersus,

6. Squamoso-parietal wings well developed, superiorly running forwards so as

nearly to join the coronal ridge ; supra-orbital ledge obsolete.

S. magellanicus,

984 MR. W. P. PYCRAFT ON THE [ Dee. 13,

B. VERTEBRA,

All the presynsacral vertebre are free; all the thoracic vertebra are opistho-

celous; all the cervicals, save the atlas and axis, have a bony carotid canal,

formed by an outgrowth from the lower surface of tne anterior zygapophysis

which extends downwards to the capitulum of the cervical rib; there are eight

caudals, not including the pygostyle, which is made up of about six vertebra.

Key to the Genera.

A. Neural spines on 2-6; 5-9 with elongated cervical ribs; 2-4 with

moderately large hyperapophyses ; 12-14 with large metapophyses; last

cervical and first dorsal with 1 to 3 bifurcate hypapophyses. Aptenodytes.

B. Cervicals 4-11 with elongated ribs, on 4 and 5in P. teniata extending

back to the end of the centrum; 2-5 with very long hyperapophyses ;

12-14 with much elongated metapophyses; last cervical and first 4

thoracic vertebre with bifurcate hypapophyses.............+. Pygoscelis.

C. Cervicals 4-9 with elongated ribs; 2-5 with elongated neural spines;

2-8 with much elongated byperapophyses decreasing from before

backwards; 11-12 with elongated metapophyses; first and second

thoracic vertebr only with bifurcate hypapophyses ...... Catarrhactes.

D. Cervical ribs of 5-8 vertebre only conspicuous; in vertebrz anterior

and posterior to these, the rib scarcely projects beyond the lateral and

ventral lamine forming the carotid canal; hyperapophyses on 3-6;

metapophyses of posterior cervicals (12-13) not greatly elongated ;

hypapophyses of last cervical and 1-3 thoracic vertebre bifurcate.

{ Spheniscus.

| Eudypiula.

The vertebral formula is :—

Cy. 13; Cy. th.2; Th.5+4+1; Lb. 4; Lb.sce.4; Se. 2; Cd. 14+9=41.

ame WH

6 10

C. Svernum anp PecroraL GIRDLE.

Corpus sterni half as broad as long, with a pair of notches posteriorly, a spina

externa, and with the keel projecting forwards beyond corpus sterni; pre-

coracoid and acrocoracoid large ; scapula of great breadth and truncated

posteriorly.

Key to the Genera.

A. Length of coracoid equal to distance from anterior border of corpus sterni

to the middle of the posterior lateral process ; length of posterior lateral

process less than that of coracoid ; anterior border of keel projecting far

POTWATOS [oces se soeseacsececaene Rf cuonine enc Sn ASc a saSacUAcE Coser Aptenodytes.

B. Length of coracoid less than the distance from anterior border of sternum

to middle of posterior lateral process.

a. Posterior lateral process equal to or longer than the coracoid ; supra-

coracoid foramen rarely complete ............sesseseeeeee Pygoscelis,

6, Posterior lateral process less than coracoid; supracoracoid foramen

complete.

a', Length of sternum more than 3 in.

a'', Posterior end of scapula truncated .................. ' Catarrhactes.

6". Posterior end of scapula rounded ..................++ Spheniscus.

d' Length of sternum not exceeding 3in. ..............-.4. Eudyptula.

1 The form of the scapula in C. chrysolophus closely approaches that of

Spheniscus, from which genus the sternum and shoulder-girdle of this species

can be easily distinguished by reason of the great width across the posterior

lateral processes (see p. 978).

1898. ] OSTEOLOGY OF THE IMPENNES, 985

Key to the Species.

APTENODY'ES.

a. Size larger ; sternum 12 in.; sternum and coracoid 15°7 in. A. forsteri.

6. Size smaller; sternum 9°5 in.; sternum and coracoid 12 in, A. patagonicus.

CATARRHACTES.

a. Width across posterior lateral processes less than that across anterior lateral

processes....... Wease Seale ts Hews Postace ads scene a dt eacdeSeks j C. chrysocome.

1 C. pachyrhynchus.

6, Width across posterior lateral processes greater than across anterior lateral

PUDCOSBAS) caodsecavesoacuesscacismennencens Gareoneers seduosouss cect C. chrysolophus.

SPHENISCUS.

a. Size larger ; sternum not exceeding 5°10 in, measured from between coracoid

grooves to free end of posterior lateral processes; length of scapula less

RATIMCONPUS SECM 12 ose sessseseetcurcct-cdonecsecesaeensec-eeee es S. magellanicus.

b, Size smaller; sternum not exceeding 5in.; length of scapula equals that of

corpus sterni ............. ener aaa ease re seronesadaieethel S. demersus.

EUDYPTULA.

a. Width across anterior and posterior lateral processes equal. E. minor.

6. Width across anterior lateral processes greater than across posterior lateral

PBROCESBGS tes cancesancreccesccusvalameacudennsenectteredeer tay «css £, albosignata.

D. Prtvic GIRDLE (p. 978).

Key to the Genera.

A, Length of ischium greater than width of pelvis across antitrochanter.

a. Synsacrum very wide in front of acetabulum and greatly constricted in

the region of the ilio-ischiadic foramen; the ends of the sacral ribs

partially filling up the ilio-ischiadic foramen; pre-ilium very long and

attenuated, more than twice width across pelvis at acetabulum ; ischium

longer than post-ilium; pubis with the free ends directed slightly

GGT Ei | Oar a see ae AEE ERReeE Ae boo iene Ree Aptenodytes,

b. Synsacrum only slightly constricted in region of ilio-ischiadic foramen ;

ends of sacral ribs not constricting size of the ilio-ischiadic foramen ;

anterior end of pre-ilium with a strongly curved outer border.

a'. Length of pre-ilium twice that of width of pelvis across antitrochanter ;

distance from posterior border of the ilio-ischiadic foramen to the

ilio-ischiadic notch at the posterior border of the innominate much

greater than width of widest part of synsacrum ......... Pygoscelis.

b'. Length of pre-ilium less than twice width of pelvis across antitrochanter ;

distance from posterior border of ilio-ischiadic foramen to ilio-ischiadic

notch equal or nearly equal to width of widest part of synsacrum.

a’. Dorsal surface of synsacrum with the median ridge feebly developed

in the acetabular rePiOn ..........2.00-s.cerscoseassecnseas- Catarrhactes,

6". Dorsal surface of synsacrum with a strong median ridge along its

Whole length .........ssscessconecossceee Lars B ip seinvdbeuies Spheniscus.

B. Length of ischium not exceeding width of pelvis across antitrochanter ; width

across pre-ilium at widest part equals that across pelvis at antitrochanter.

Eudyptes.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1898, No. LXV. 65

986 _MR, W. P. PYCRAFT ON THE (Dec. 13,

Key to the Species.

CATARRHACTES.

a. Width across widest part of synsacrum—dorsal view—much greater than

depth of post-ilium from dorsal to ventral border .... C. chysolophus.

b. Width across widest part of synsacrum equal to depth of post-ilium.

C. chrysocome,

_C. pachyrhynchus.

PyYGOScELIS.

a. Innominate free; median synsacral ridge not expanded in region of ace-

ecu cede sates Ssetsiae capes eci os ones es-aneacOcenpsencesnaseoses P. adelie.

}. Innominate fused with synsacrum; median synsacral ridge expanded in

acetabular region .........sssee00e SE ees ote esos P. papua.

APTENODYTES.

a. Size larger ; total length 9°7 in.; synsacrum not greatly constricted in anti-

CRO GHATILGRICIECRION aes od eacianaiss Janseisece oannseneoe™ Ss a¥h amas sie A, forsteri.

b. Size smaller, not exceeding 8:5 in.; synsacrum much constricted in antitro-

Ghanterie repli ese, vcs. .2-so +e -ceteecanestestsasevhs see ence anata A, patagonicus.

EUDYPTULA.

a. Size larger, not exceeding 3:4 iD...........cecseeceeeeeeeeeeeee ees E. albosignata.

b, Size smaller, not exceeding 3 im. ..........cecseceeeeececen scenes E. minor.

SPHENISCUS.

a. Pre-ilium truncated anteriorly............cscsccseeeeceeceueeees S. demersus.

6. Pre-ilium rounded anteriorly ............0.:eeceeceececeeceecees S. magellanicus,

E. Pecrorat Line.

All the bones much flattened dorso-ventrally ; humerus with a large, non-

pneumatic fossa at its proximal end, obliquely truncated distally, and grooved

for large, ossified sesamoids; ulnare of great size, and more or less triangular

in outline; Me. I. fused with Me. II., and without phalanges.

F. Pretyic Lime.

Width across the tarso-metatarsus nearly as great as the length. Metatarsals

more or less perfectly separated one from another by grooves ; no ectotrochlear

foramen ; 2nd trochlea shorter than the 3rd, and not directed backwards.

Key to the Genera.

A. Anterior face of tarso-metatarsal. region (proximal end) flattened, not

scooped out so as to be overhung by the fused tarsals; interosseous

metatarsal foramina large and conspicuous ; of the three metatarsals the

median is distinctly the shortest; entocaleaneal crest distinct ; ento-

and ectocnemial crests well developed and enclosing a deep gorge ; ecto-

cnemial crest directed forwards and running down shaft as far as upper

third of fibular ridge ; insertion of tibialis anticus marked by a slightly

hollowed oval scar in upper third Met. ITI................... Aptenodytes,

' B. Anterior face of tarso-metatarsal region (proximal end) slightly de-

pressed ; interosseous metatarsal foramina small; intermetatarsal

grooves shallow ; of the three metatarsals the ITT. is the shortest ; cal-

caneal crests obsolete ; ectocnemial crest directed outwards, not continued

down the shaft; ento- and ectocnemial crests do not enclose a deep

QOVBe «see seven ters Socaccuscassescsewiaeais qatscnesnysuierkes suse Pygoscelis.

1898. ] OSTEOLOGY OF THE IMPENNES. 987

C. Anterior face of tarso-metatarsus (proximal end) markedly depressed or

scooped out ; interosseous metatarsal foramina small.

a'. Inner intermetatarsal groove very shallow, outer deep; ectocnemial crest

small, directed outwards ; ecto- and entocnemial crests not enclosing

a deep gorge as in Aptenodytes ; ecto- and entocalcaneal crests

moderately Ceyel Oped secsecnaseconssesccostesecsses-sec-<cb sre Catarrhactes.

d'. Inner and outer intermetatarsal grooves deep and long; inner and

middle metatarsals laterally compressed, with a distinct tubercle for

the tibialis anticus; ento- and ectocnemial crests enclosing a deep but

BNGTUISOLUG een scescemsraccnescraeasedatiact sche cesaesecseress re Spheniscus.

c', Intermetatarsal grooves distinct ; ento- and ectocnemial crests slightly

developed, enclosing a narrow and not yery deep gorge.. Hudyptes.

List OF THE PRINCIPAL WORKS REFERRED TO AND CONSULTED.

. Bepparp, F. E.—‘ Structure and Classification of Birds,’

1898, p. 396.

. Branpt, J.—* Beit. zur Kennt. des Naturgesch. Végel.” V.

Abth. p. 213. Mém. Acad. Imp. des Sci. St. Pétersb. vi.

pt. 2, 1839.

. Couns, E.—‘ Materials for a Monograph of the Spheniscidz

(IL.).” Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1871-2, p. 181.

. Covxs, E.—‘‘ Osteological Notes.” Proc. Bost. Soc. xiy. p. 251,

1872.

. FrrnoL.— Observ. relatives aux Caractéres ostéol. Espéces

d’Ludyptes et Spheniscus.” Bull. Soc. Philom. (7) vi. p. 226,

1882-3.

. Firprinerr, M.—‘ Untersuch. zur Morphol. und Syst. der

Vogel,’ 1888, p. 1588.

. Gapow, H.—‘ Bronn’s Thier-Reich,’ Bd. vi. Vogel, 1891,

Anatom. Theil.

. Gavow, H.—Ibid., Systematisch. Theil, 1893.

. Gervais et Atrx.— Ostéologie et Myologie des Manchots

ou Sphéniscides.” Journ. de Zool. vi. 1877, p. 433.

. Grant, W. R. O.—“ Impennes.” Catal. Birds Brit. Mus.

1898, xxvi. p. 623.

. Huxtey, T. H.—‘“ On the Classification of Birds.” P.Z.S.

1867.

. LyprKKer, R.—‘ Cat. Foss. Birds Brit. Mus.’ 1891.

. Menzzirr, M. v.—< Vergleichende Osteologie der Pinguine.”

Bull. Soe. Impér. Natur. de Moscou, 1887.

. Pycrart, W. P.—A communication concerning the Avian

mesopterygoid. Bull. Brit. Orn. Club, no. tv. p. lviii, 1898.

. Pycrart, W. P.—‘ Contributions to the Osteology of Birds.

Part I. Steganopodes.” P. Z. 8. 1898, p. 86.

. Pycrart, W. P.—‘ Catal. Birds Brit. Mus.’ vol. xxvi. 1898,

p. 623.

. Rerp.— Anatomical Description of the Patagonian Penguin.”

P. Z. 8. 1835, p. 132.

. Watson, M.—‘ Report on the Anatomy of the Spheniscide.’

Voy. Chall. Exped. vol. vii., 1883.

65*

988 ON THE OSTEOLOGY OF THE IMPENNES. [Dee. 18,

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Prats LIX.

c.p.=cerebellar prominence, dome. p.=palatine.

c.7.=coronal ridge. S.c.=sagittal crest.

7.=lachrymal. sqy.p.7.=squamoso-parietal ridge.

n.=nasal, t.f.=temporal fossa.

n. pmx.—=nasal process of premaxilla.

The Dorsal Aspect of the Skull.

Fig. 1. The skull of Spheniscus magellanicus Forst., to show the great size of

the temporal fossa and of the squamoso-parietal wings; the sagittal

crest, coronal ridge, and the slight development of the supra-orbital

ledge.

. The Skull of Pygoscelis papua Forst., to show the great development

of the supra-orbital ledge, the free nasal processes of the premaxilla,

the form of the temporal fossa, and the lachrymal.

Fig. 3. The skull of Aptenodytes patagonica Forst., to show the supra-orbital

ledge, the free nasal processes of the nasal processes of the premaxilla,

the shallow temporal fossa, and great width at the transverse lamb-

doidal ridge.

Fig. 4. The skull of Zudyptula albosignata Finsch, showing the almost

complete absence of a supra-orbital ledge and the form of the

temporal fossa.

Fig.

Fig. 5. The skull of Catarrhactes chrysocome Forst., to show the form of the

supra-orbital ledge and of the temporal fossa.

Prats LX.

a,=angulare. p.0.p.=postorbital process.

a.0.p.=antorbital plate. p.p.=paroccipital process.

c.p.=cerebellar prominence. pmx.=premaxilla,

d.s.=dentary suture. pt.=pterygoid.

7,0.8.=interorbital septum. q=quadrate.

1,=lachrymal. v=vomer.

p.=palatine.

The Lateral Aspect of the Skull.

Fig. 1. The skull of Hudyptula albosignata Finsch, to show the temporal

fossa, the slightly curved quadrato-jugal bar, and the dentary suture

of the mandible.

. The skull of Catarrhactes chrysocome Forst., to show the temporal fossa,

the size of the squamoso-parietal wings, the great curvature of the

quadrato-jugal bar and of the dentary suture of the mandible.

Fig. 3. The skull of Megadyptes antipodum Homb. & Jacq., for comparison

with that of Catarrhactes, to show the greater size of the temporal fossa

and squamoso-parietal wings and the more slender jaws.

Fig.

Puate LXI,

Additional letters.

als,=alisphenoid. |. =jugal.

ang.=angulare. max. =maxilla,

ar,=articulare. mes. =mesethmoid,

ant.b.f.=anterior basicranial fontanelle. op.=opisthotic.

b.oc.=basioccipital. p.= parietal.

bt.pl.=basitemporal plate. par. = parasphenoid.

b.s.=basisphenoid. pro.=prootie.

cor.=coronoid. $.@,=supra-angular.

d.=dentary. $.0.=supra-occipital.

ep.0.=epiotic. sp.=splenial.

ei ee ca sq.=squamosal,

Jr. =frontal. v.=vomer.

h.pt.=hemipterygoid.

The Skull of the Nestling.

Fig. 1. Inner view of a longitudinal section of the skull of a nestling Catarrhactes

chrysocome, showing the unclosed sutures.

Pe ite POO Ge ie day ley take

pre zx.

fig 5. fig.F#.

OS MHOLOGCY OF sEHE TM PE NN ES.

1. Spheniscus magellanicus. Fig. 2. Pygoscelis papwa. big. 3. Aptenodytes, patagonice.

; fag. t. Ludypiula abiosig natn Fig.d Catarrhactes chrysocome.

wold. del. - Photoprint by Bale &Danielsson L@

a P. ZS. 1898. PL. Lx

Fig. 3.

OSTEOLOGY OF THE IMPENNES

fig. 1. Eudypiula albosignata Fig.2. Catarrhactes chrysocome.

fig. 3. Megadypies antipoLium.

j H’Grénvold, del. - Photeprint by Bale &baniess

f Pa ese ie oe. Ph, Use

fog. 3. S a. AY.

OSTEOLOGY OF THE IMPENNES.

Figs. 1.4.5. Catarrhacies chrysocome. bigs. 2.3. lygoscelis papwa.

HiGrénvcld, del. Photoprint by Bale &Danieisson L#4

1898.] ON AN ANTHROPOID APE. 989

Fig. 2. Ventral view of the skull of a young Pygoscelis papua, showing the

unclosed sutures, the anterior basicranial fontanelle, and _basi-

temporal plate of the parasphenoid.

Fig. 3. Lateral view of the outer side of the skull; note especially the great

distinctness of the squamosal, the prodtic and epiotic, the para-

sphenoid, and the hemipterygoid.

Fig. 4. Skull of a nestling Catarrhactes seen from behind. To show the paired

supra-occipital, the exoccipital, and epiotic.

. Pygostyle of a nestling Catarrhactes chrysocome, showing the separate

Fig.

vertebra, which later fuse and make up the “ pygostyle.”

3. Note on an Anthropoid Ape. By W. L. H. Duckwortu,

M.A., Fellow of Jesus College, Cambridge.

[Received December 13, 1898.]

The specimen under consideration, which is an aged female, was

shipped to this country from the Gaboon River, West Coast of

Africa. In placing on record the results of the dissection of this

anthropomorphous ape, I am met with the difficulty of being

unable to refer to it with confidence as either a true Champanzee

(Anthropopithecus troglodytes) or a genuine Gorilla (A. gorilla).

In a communication to the section of General Zoology at the

International Congress recently held at Cambridge, I was able

only to mention the difficulty, and time did not allow of any

discussion on the subject. Ihave therefore ventured to return

to this in rather greater detail, and hope that I may be favoured

with some advice thereupon.

I turn at once to the characters of our specimen, and, to

summarize these characters in the briefest manner, would note

the general size and bulk (stature nearly 1200 mm.). The loss,

consequent on the inadequate method of preservation employed, of

almost all the hair, shows that the colour of the skin is grey, with

black patches where the epidermis is retained, the face and the

dorsal aspects of digits being of the latter colour. The hip- and

knee-joints are much more extensible than in most specimens

of the Anthropoid Apes ; the limbs and extremities are distinctly

slender.

The ears are remarkably asymmetrical, the upper half of the

right ear being absent. This is probably the result of a bite; a

similar condition is present (on the same side) in a Chimpanzee in

the Zoological Museum at Leipzig.

On its arrival the specimen was thought to be a female

Gorilla, the principal reasons, so far as I can ascertain, for the

opinion being the facts of its great bulk and the dark colour of the

face and extremities. But from the first time I saw it, I have had

misgivings about the correctness of this view, and these up to a

certain point have been strengthened by further observations.

These doubts were raised by the following features presented by

the specimen :—

1. The large size of the ear.—Gorillas have usually small ears.

2. The comparative lack of supra-orbital prominence.—This is

marked even in female Gorillas.

990 MR. W. L. H. DUCKWORTH ON [Dec. 13,

3. The comparative breadth of the interorbital space ; which is

great when compared to that of many Gorillas.

4. Characters of the upper lip: the great distance from the base

of the septum nasi to the margin of the lip; and the absence

of the median furrow which is so marked in many Gorillas.

5. The slenderness and narrowness of hand and foot.

6. The relatively great development of pollex and hallux.

7. The small size of the teeth ; these are much worn, the third

molars the least ; there are indications that, originally, four

cusps were present in the upper molars. As regards the

lower molars, those of the third pair show comparatively

little wear, and have three large and two subsidiary cusps.

The average transverse diameter of the crowns of the

molar teeth is 10°4 mm. as against 14 mm., which is the

corresponding average in the skull (at Cambridge) of an

undoubted female Gorilla. [Cf. Table I. infra.]

8. Muscular system. A plantaris muscle is present in the right

lower extremity. I cannot find any record of this in a Gorilla

up to the present.

TaBLE I.—Dimensions of Teeth (in millim.).

“A” Gorilla, 2 .

: Skull at Cambridge.

Molar. AsEe ius oa | A.P Jb

Upper 1 BR. oo... 95 | 105 12 185

pir. Boatinesa | 12 14 14 |

SO a eee | 105 13 14

SES! Opie 10 10 12 14

oh aan hat ah doh mene 11 15 1 <7

Fyn esa Geek oaks 105 | 15 145 ||

Lower 1 R. ......... 95 12 ?

Sedat! ss, uaceesonss 11 15 14

a OL aN tS eae ee 17 145 |

ee less Pere | 9°5 125 125

y 72. A jap 155 14

oath eee enter | 10 17 14

{

A.P, = Antero-posterior, T. = Transverse diameter of

crown of molar.

These are the principal points to which one refers in attempting

to assign the creature to a recognized species; and, in my opinion,

they indicate that this specimen is more correctly designated a

Chimpanzee than a Gorilla. The hair is so scanty as to afford no

reliable evidence on the subject.

I have been led from this case to collect some illustrations and

descriptions of some of the Anthropoid Apes which have in former

years presented difficulties when the determination of their species

for descriptive purposes came into question.

The accompanying diagram (p. 991), in which, however, the

1898.] AN ANTHROPOID APE. 991

outlines are carefully traced from photographs, will serve to recall

some of those specimens. I would direct somewhat special notice

to the representation of “ Johanna,” the large ape at Messrs. Barnum

and Bailey’s World’s Show. I have made some measurements of

this animal, and hope to be permitted to communicate them at a

future meeting.

Outline tracings of the heads of various Apes.

No. 1. Head of a female Gorilla, a stuffed specimen in the Natural History

Museum at Hamburg.

2. Head of a Chimpanzee with ears of considerable size.

3. Head of a Chimpanzee with smaller ears.

No. 4. Head of Johanna: from a photograph of the living animal.

5. Head of the Ape “ A,” at Cambridge.

6. Head of Aubry’s Chimpanzee: from the illustration in the original

memoir, ‘ Nouvelles Archives du Muséum.’

No. 7. Head of an Ape described by Hartmann in the ‘Archiv fiir Anatomie,

1876. In Hartmann’s paper it appears as No. 1 in the illustrations,

and is therefore referred to as Hartmann’s example No. 1. ‘The

figures Nos. 2 & 3 of the present illustration are taken from the same

communication by Hartmann.

No. 8. Head of Mafuka: from Miitzel’s drawing.

In studying the creatures represented in the diagram, 1 paid

special attention to certain facial features, and in fact, with two

exceptions (Nos. 3 & 4), all the examples are drawn to scale in

such a way that the facial length is constant throughout the

series—a method of illustration which possesses obvious advan-

tages in enabling comparisons to be made. The variety of profile

met with in these animals is the principal point illustrated by this

diagram.

I next proceeded to consider measurements of the face and ears,

the data being represented in Table II. (p. 992) and being provided

by records (in the cases of specimens “ Au.,” “ Maf.,” “ Liib. H,”

“ Liib. W,” and “Den.”), by spirit-specimens (viz., “B,” “A,”

“Oy,” “Cr,” “H,” “Fy” all at Cambridge), by “ Johanna,” and by

a stuffed specimen at Hamburg (“‘ Hamb.”).

[Dec. 13,

MR, W. L. H. DUCKWORTH ON

992

U9), wl ” «%— ” «H ” «40 ” cM AND, «HUM, « CUB ” «JPA « GOL | eV ” «WV ” «fl ”

‘qdvasojoyd v mo«y uoye} ov s19y}0 oY} ‘A]}00A1p poureyqo

6q p[noo syUoMOANsvEUT Avo oY} ATUO ,,VUUBYOP,, WOT “oINZVUIMAT SUEY AD ,, F . H»» ‘SB[MOpH payqnopun av osey} Jo 44810 4sv]

OUT, ‘AoyMoq ‘snqyoyz Vp[LMIOW ,"U0TT,, “AQUIBH ‘sNy@D] VMOH 7, “quirup’P MoH .4M,, “Aqmup‘’P B[MoH ,“,, “aquiep

‘P epop .49,, “yoonyT 'S epmoy MNT, “yooqnT ‘d wMOH ~H ‘ANT, ‘sanquey *S eyMopH ,quey,, “eynjeyy

8, “wuusygor ,"Yyor,, ‘oozundmigg sAaqny ,.2V,, ‘“Aquirg ‘toetey poqitosop uouoeds oyy, ,,¥,, “aquiug ‘sozardunyy ,q,,

| soeees ar S19 d

oot | 1% | 1420 | OCT | FELT | FOOT | OGsT | TESST | OTS | OO8E OOF | BOFE | 926z Fe £9 pofeebostloaaefe gh Semeae ee

OT 9 I? LY Tg 88 2 Cke LP OL 09 89 TL o9 AO e mee eereeseeeeeeesseesesseseeeses qysioy BR CHG

OL |&E ts 6S ¥& 86 é 0&2 6& oP ga | 0g SP SF pe er ee SS Say peer eae

698 |¢66 (9:08 [SEs |9-88 - 5 ce OF 2 | (8-4) |CCh |S0b | OF [og Xopul = xopur [uytqtoroyUT

Il 9 hi IZ ce eee eee see eee (¢%.@) | & eG GL ee cee ccc ee nese eee erereeeseseeuvceces T[N00 snqoryy

oI | 9 aI | 12 | #6 a ar = “ 1(GG) | FE | Te | OG [et cts aaqourerp peurfsovpteyay

w | G | 06 |806 | gz i e 2 86¢| (Sh) FE |9G8 | Gag fret T xepuy = xopur yerqvy coddq

8 e OL Al “Tee 08 z ee 7 -: (9) | OF | Gb | 3G [uGaemm-dy 09 set uungdos Jo qand ysomory

eee | Cf | 99 | 24 | OST] a pa “ |(@SI) FOL} SIL) Bo fot upsaeur-diy 09 oSprt peztqato-vadng

} P P P P 3 S b *s a & 5 P frtttreesseeneees xag

‘suotutoedg

*(UIT]TIUL UL) szuauwainsvayy—'T] WTAV I,

1898.] AN ANTHROPOID APE. 993

The features more specially observed were:—the total facial

length and the part contributed to it by the upper lip; the inter-

orbital and biorbital diameters, and the dimensions of the ears.

Of these dimensions I have constructed indices (Tab. II.); and a

comparison of the members of this group as arranged in the

numerical order of the indices is here presented (Tab. III.).

TaBLE II1.—Specimens in Numerical Order.

Index 1. Index 2. Superficies auris.

“ Johanna.” “ Johanna.” Cambr. specimen “ A.”

Aubry’s Chimpanzee. , Aubry’s Chimpanzee. Aubry’s Chimpanzee.

Cambridge specimen “A.” | Cambridge specimen “ A.” | “ Johanna.”

Chimpanzee ‘‘ B.” | Chimpanzee ‘‘ B.” “ Mafuka.”

Deniker’s Gorilla. | Deniker’s Gorilla. Chimpanzee “ B.”

Cambridge Gorilla “ F.” Cambr. Gorilla ‘‘ Cy.” Oambr. Gorilla “ Cy.”

a a3 “Cys | $3 POY Hamburg Gorilla.

SiR: tick) is » “BE” f | Cambr. Gorilla “H.”

5 . “Ore i ere: (? Litbeck Gorilla “H.”)

Cambr. Gorilla “ Cr.”

(? Litbeck Gorilla ‘“W.”)

Index 1. Height of upper lip x 100

Distance supra-orb. crest to lip-margin’

Index 2. Interorbital diameter x 100

External biorbital diameter’

Thus arranged, it is to be observed that the Chimpanzee-like or

“ intermediate” apes keep on the whole fairly closely together and

away from the genuine Gorillas that I have been able to measure—

the Chimpanzees furnishing the higher, and the Gorillas the lower

terms of the series in the case of each index.

In these respects, too, the position of ‘‘ A” is evidently rather

with the Chimpanzees than with the Gorillas.

In the last table (Tab. IV.) I have presented some other

Taste LV.

“A” Cy H. Cr “ Joh.”

Sitting height ............0.. | 737 836 ? 340 830

Palmar breadth ............ [76 106 56 ABi Hi

Pollex 60 24 22 17 ry

Hallux 75 71 47 22 ?

Length of pes 240 282 142 110 235

3 293 360 170 128 270

i 252 345 175 115 || +3805

- 260 290 ?175 90 360

a ibi 250 270 140 94 260

Index—Radio-humeral ...| 85:3 95'8 102'9 | 89:8 ?112°8

s Tibio-femoral ...| 96:0 93-1 ?80 1045 72:3

3 Humero-femoral, | 1127 124-1 ?971 | 142°3 75

ne Intermembral ...}| 107 125°9 ?109°2 | 132-1 92°7

994 MR. J, STANLEY GARDINER ON [Dec. 13,

dimensions (in millim.) of the Ape “ A,” together with the corre-

sponding figures relating to three undoubted Gorillas at Cambridge,

two of which, however, are immature. And I have added the corre-

sponding figures for “Johanna” for the sake of comparison. Three

indices show marked contrasts between “A” and undoubted

Gorillas.

In comparing “A” with undoubted Gorillas, one may also

specially remark the palmar breadth: this is very much less than

in a Gorilla at Cambridge of rather greater size, viz. “ Cy,” whereas

the pollex in “ A” is much longer than in this Gorilla.

Atter ascertaining, however, that, from evidence supplied by ~

teeth, by facial features, and by the extremities, our specimen ae

while in some respects intermediate, yet resembles the Chimpanzee

rather than the Gorilla, it is not encouraging to find Hartmann

in 1876, after an extended series of observations, pronouncing on

none of these characters as really of specific import. Thus he

states', for instance, that whereas in Chimpanzees large ears are

the rule, yet individuals with small ears are not unknown, and

in fact he illustrates this (see fig. 3, p. 991); whereas again in

Gorillas, though small ears are usual, one sometimes finds examples

in which these appendages are of large size.

But yet on finding the coincidence of so many characteristics

of Chimpanzee as in this animal, one may well be excused

hesitation in continuing to regard the specimen as a Gorilla.

However, it can hardly be described as an ordinary example of

Anthropopithecus troglodytes; and I am inclined to think, in the

absence of contradictory evidence, that we have here a specimen

of Du Chaillu’s Kooloo-Kamba. Its great size gives it some claim

to an intermediate position between A. troglodytes and A, gorilla.

But if an intermediate form, it differs appreciably from members

of another group of intermediate forms which we may call the

Mafuka group, and which is constituted by Mafuka, Johanna, and

Hartmann’s example No. 1 (cf. fig. 7, p. 991).

4, On the Turbinolid and Oculinoid Corals collected by the

Author in the South Pacific?. By J. Sranney GARDINER,

M.A., Gonville and Caius College, Cambridge.

[Received November 15, 1898.]

(Plate LXII.)

Genus RHIZOTROCHUS.

Rhizotrochus, Milne-Edwards & Haime, Cor. ii. p. 97.

In dredging on the outer slopes of the reef at Funafuti I never

obtained any solitary corals. Mr. Hedley, however, found one

1 Zeitschrift fiir Hthnologie, 1876.

2 Communicated by W. Barzson, F.Z.S. For previous papers on the

Corals, see P.-Z. 8, 1897, p. 941, and 1898, pp. 257, 525.

1898. ] TURBINOLID AND OCULINOID CORALS. 995

specimen, which has been identified by Whitelegge with Caryo-

phyllia clavus. The specimen referred to this genus was dredged

by the ‘Penguin,’ between 150 and 105 fathoms, and found by me

on one of the stones brought up.

1. RuHIzZoTROCHUS LEVIDENSIS Gardiner.

Rhizotrochus levidensis, Gardiner, Willey’s Zoological Results,

pt. il. p. 162, pl. xix. fig. 2 (1898).

The specimen of this species obtained by me differs slightly

from the type specimen in the Willey Collection. The outside is

not nearly so much overgrown by organisms, and there is one large

central radicle and six smaller rootlets. The calice is rounder,

and the epitheca and septa are thinner and more delicate. The

primary septa do not run almost horizontally inwards directly from

the edge of the epitheca as in the type, but form thin vertical lines

on the epitheca for about 1 mm. below its edge and then abruptly

broaden. These characters may very probably be due to a quicker

growth, or to the greater depth, the type specimen being dredged

from 40 fathoms.

Funafuti; 105 fathoms, outside the reef.

Genus STYLOPHORA.

Stylophora, Milne-Edwards & Haime, Ann. des Sc. Nat. sér. 3,

t. xii. p. 102, and Cor. ii. p. 133.

I have referred the specimens of this genus to eight species, of

which I consider four to be new. The genus occurs locally in

great abundance on the rim of the reef, where the sea breaks. It

is very rare in the lagoon, and was only noted by me on certain

shoals near passages in the reef. The colour of the living colonies

usually varies from a distinct brown to a light yellow.

The specific characters in the genus are extremely unsatisfactory,

and at first sight I was inclined to refer my collection, consisting

of ouly a few specimens, to two or three species. A careful

comparison, however, with a small number of specimens in the

Cambridge Museum, and subsequently with the British Museum

collection, showed me that there were a number of very distinct

types. The shape and mode of branching of the colonies is not

generally of much specific value, being, 1 consider, very largely

dependent on the position of growth. I have hence relied mainly

on the characters of the corallites—the shape and appearance of

the lip if present, the arrangement of the septa and columella, &c.

These characters, while usually varying largely with the position of

the calices in the corallum, are fairly constant, and I have in all

cases noted them for the terminal and side calices of the

branches.

The development of the coenenchyma between the calices usually

increases gradually from the ends to the bases of the branches.

The septa, too, gradually get thicker, and the calices often decrease

somewhat in size, apparently owing to a deposition of skeleton

within the calice-walls.

996 MR. J. STANLEY GARDINER ON [Dee. 13,

2. STYLOPHORA FLABELLATA Quelch.

Stylophora flabellata, Quelch, ‘Chailenger’ Report on Reef-Corals,

p- 54, pl. ii. figs. 1-15 (1886).

I have referred to this species two small fragments which

correspond very closely to the ‘ Challenger’ specimen in the British

Museum.

Funafuti; lagoon, 8 fathoms.

3. SrytroPpHorRa DiIGITaTA Pallas.

Madrepora digitata, Pallas, Elench. Zooph. p. 326 (1766).

Stylophora digitata, Klunzinger, Die Korallthiere des Rothen

Meeres, Th. ii. p. 61, pl. vii. fig. 5 and pl. viii. fig. 1.

I have referred to this species a clump, 10 cm. high by 14 em.

broad, which corresponds fairly well to Klunzinger’s description.

The ceenenchyma is covered with long pointed spines which on the

sides of the branches project, especially on the theca over the calice,

forming a moderately acute prominence or lip. At the ends of the

lower branches the theca projects equally around each calice, but

the terminal calices of the longer branches are more or less poly-

gonal and separated only by a thin wall, the fused theca, without

any coenenchyma. The specimen was living at the extreme edge

of the reef, and it is probable that the longer branches had reached

the low-tide level and were unable to grow further. Some, too, show

a slight tendency to broaden out at their ends.

There are in the terminal calices of the branches six distinct,

smooth, thin septa, which fuse below with the small, styliform but

prominent columella. In the side calices of the branches the

primary septa are always distinct and similar, but the columella

can seldom be seen.

Funafuti ; outer reef.

4, STYLOPHORA SEPTATA, n. sp. (Plate LXII. fig. 1.)

The specimen is a colony, about 9 cm. in diameter by 6 em. high,

of the general form of S. digitata, consisting of a number of

branches arising from a common base. The branches are some-

what fused below but free above, ending usually in two or three

small lobes 8-14 mm. in breadth by 4-6 mm. thick.

The terminal calices of the branches are very crowded together,

and there is between them no development of coenenchyma, which

is, however, well formed between the side calices. The latter are

about ‘9 mm. in diameter and there are generally 4 in 5 mm.

The upper wall of these calices projects usually for about 1 mm.

into an obtuse lip, which is on the outside, as also is the ccenen-

chyma between, covered with short, rough, granular spines, which

are often much compressed and arranged in striz.

The calices of the ends of the branches are very deep, with the

six primary septa well developed and with rough edges; they are

prolonged deep down in the cell to meet a very delicate style-like

projecting columella. The secondary septa between are distinct,

1898. ] TURBINOLID AND OCULINOID CORALS. 997

but little projecting and very thin, while the tertiary septa are

indicated by long flattened spines at the edges of the calices. The

calices of the sides of the branches have the primary septa very

thick and rough at the edges and sides, while the secondary septa

are much broader than in the terminal calices, and the tertiaries

are generally distinct ; the columella is situated low down in these

calices, but can usually be distinguished as a broad, rough, slightly

projecting mass, in the lowest calices much more prominent.

Rotuma; outer reef.

This species is evidently very closely allied to S. digitata, having

almost precisely the same mode of growth, and may perhaps be

only a variety of it due to a very slow growth owing to its position

on the reef or some other cause. However, the presence of twelve

distinct septa in nearly all the calices and a very obtuse lip are

constant features of difference.

5. STYLOPHORA COMPRESSA, n. sp. (Plate LXII. fig, 4.)

Corallum consisting of much compressed, dichotomously branch-

ing stems, which broaden out towards their extremities, where they

bear a number of small lobes. The latter are generally from 1-2

em. long, and are usually flattened at right angles to the com-

pression of the branches which bear them; they further, too, arise

almost invariably in the same plane. Some of the branches

immediately below these lobes are 5 em. in breadth by about 1 em.

in thickness, and the lobes are generally 1-2 cm. broad by about

6 mm. thick.

The upper edges of the side calices of the branches are generally

well developed, 1 mm. long, and rather acute in shape; on the ends of

the branches and near the attached base there is, however, no such

development. The ccenenchyma is everywhere well developed

except between the end calices of the branches; its surface is

covered with low blunt granular spines, which may form striations

on the lips of the corallites. The calices are about 1 mm. in

diameter, and there are on the sides of the branches usually 7 in

1 cm.

The terminal calices of the branches have the primary septa

projecting considerably, rough-edged and prolonged below to meet

the small, style-like, very prominent columella ; the secondary septa

are also present as thin, narrow, but distinct lamellz. In theside

ealices of the branches both primary and secondary septa are

thicker and slightly exsert ; the tertiaries, too, can be distinguished

by their spinulous upper ends, but within the calices are indistinct.

The columella, however, is thicker and less prominent. Towards the

base of the colony the septa become less exsert; the primaries are

especially broadened and thickened, and the columella is a very

well-marked style.

Funafuti; outer reef and 5 fathoms. Two specimens.

The reef specimen has its septa rougher and with more granular

sides than the dredged one; the columella, too, is larger and less

style-like. Some of the branches approach in form to those of

998 MR. J. STANLEY GARDINER ON [Dee. 13,

S. palmata, but the corallites generally have their upper edges

projecting and acute.

6. SryLoPHORA RUGOSA, n. sp. (Plate LXII. fig. 3.)

Corallum consisting of more or Jess rounded branches, which at

their summits break up into a number of somewhat compressed

lobes. The branches have a diameter of about 2:2 em. about 5 em.

below their apices, while the lobes above are 2 to 3 cm. high, up

to 3 em. broad by about 1 cm. thick.

On the sides of the branches the upper edges of the calices are

exceedingly well developed, forming very acute prominent lips

about 1:1 mm. long. The ccnenchyma is everywhere well

developed except between the terminal calices of the branches ; its

surface is covered by low blunt granular spines, which may be

very elongated on the edges of the lips of the calices. The calices

are very deep, about 1:2 mm. in diameter, and on the sides of the

brauches usually 3 in 5 mm.

The primary septa of the terminal calices of the branches are

usually very thin and smooth, fusing below with the thin promi-

nent styliform columella. In the side calices the primary septa are

thicker and rougher, but do not generally project far, nor can the

columella usually be distinguished. There are no distinct secondary

and tertiary septa projecting into the calices, but their positions

are indicated by larger and smaller flattened spinulous projec-

tions between the prominent upper edges of the primary septa,

giving to the lower calices of the stems the appearance as of a

raised edge.

Funafuti; outer reef. Rotuma; outer reef. Two specimens.

There are considerable differences between the two type speci-

mens. The lips of the calices are more elongated and broader in

the Funafuti specimen, while the calices themselves are more

crowded and slightly larger ; the whole corailum, too, is much less

heavy. These differences are, however, I think, due to its more

vigorous and healthy growth. The corallum of the Funafuti

specimen is almost free from boring organisms, while it is in the

Rotuman colony bored through and through by Clione and annelids,

The fractured surface of the Funafuti specimen shows very

well the mode of growth. The separate polyp-tubes can be seen

running at first almost vertically in the centre of the corallum, but

later turning abruptly outwards, after which they do not increase

in size. Fresh polyp-tubes can be seen to be budded off at their

sides, and have from the first almost the size of tbe adult polyp.

The tabule are very well-marked and occur in the tubes at regular

intervals of about *5 mm.

7. S"YLOPHORA PISTILLATA Esper.

Stylophora pistillata, Esper, Pflanz. t. i. p. 73, Madr. pl. 60

(1767).

Stylophora pistillata, Klunzinger, Die Korallthiere des Rothen

Meeres, Th. ii. p. 62, pl. vii. fig. 3, pl. viii. fig. 2.

1898.] TURBINOLID AND OCULINOID CORALS, 999

There is one small specimen, which corresponds closely to this

species, which has been excellently described by Klunzinger. The

surface of the ccenenchyma is covered by low rough spines. The

septa and columella closely resemble those of S. digitata, but are

somewhat rougher. At the ends of the branches, between two of

the lobes, the upper wall of the calice is often more projecting and

somewhat pointed, while generally it is low and vaulted. The

specimen is rather more massive with broader and thicker

branches than those in the British Museum.

Funafuti; outer reef.

8. SryLOPHORA PALMATA Blainville.

Stylophora palmata, Blainville, Dict. des Sci. Nat. t. lx. p. 360

(1830) ; Man. p. 384.

Stylophora palmata, Klunzinger, Die Korallthiere des Rothen

Meeres, Th. ii. p. 62, pl. vil. fig. 6, pl. vili. fig. 11.

There are two specimens, which cannot be separated from this

species, though neither show any trace of the anastomosis of their

branches, which, however, can scarcely be a feature of specific value.

The one specimen is a branch 8 cm. high, which at the base is

compressed and 3 cm. in breadth; above it divides up into a

number of very compressed lobes, 2 to 5 cm. in breadth by about

8 mm. thick. On the sides of the branches there are seven coral-

lites in 1 em.; the primary septa are distinct, with generally rather

rough sides and spinulous edges. The columella cannot usually be

distinguished except in the apical calices, where it is smooth and

styliform.

The second specimen (dredged from 30 fathoms) closely re-

sembles the first; the calices of its base are very small, and

the ccenenchyma between is strongly developed. When first

obtained it was of a green colour, while the species is generally

light brown.

Funafuti; outer reef and 30 fathoms.

9. STYLOPHORA LOBATA, n. sp. (Plate LXII. fig. 2.)

Corallum consisting of low clumps of thick, often somewhat

compressed branches, dividing dichotomously above into low, broad,

blunt lobes.

The upper margin of the calice is in places prominent and may

be acute or vaulted, but usually the whole edge of the calice pro-

jects in a ring-shaped form. ‘The ccenenchyma, except at the base

of the colony, is not nearly so well developed as in most species ; its

surface is everywhere covered by low spines, arranged in striz

around the calices. The calices are 1-1°3 mm. in diameter and

there are generally four in a space of 5mm. The terminal calices

of the branches are not crowded and have the coenenchyma almost

equally well developed between them.

The primary septa are distinct, broad, rough lamellz, which fuse

low down in the calice with the broad, low columella, which is

1000 MR. L, A. BORRADAILE ON CRUSTACEANS [Dee. 13,

never prominent; the secondary septa are very little projecting,

but can usually be distinguished. The raised rims of the calices

show much flattened spines, which correspond to the primary,

secondary, and tertiary septa.

Funafuti; outer reef. Three specimens.

This species resembles S. palmata in form, but shows no sign of

any anastomosis of its branches. The raised character of the whole

edge of the calice separates the species from all previously described

forms. In places the upper edge of the calice may be somewhat

vaulted or even slightly acute, but the whole lip is never as large

or distinct as it generally is even in S. palmata.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXII.

Fig. 1. Stylophora septata, x 2, p. 996.

Fig. 2. Stylophora lobata, X 3, p. 999.

Fig. 3. Stylophora rugosa, x 3, p. 998.

Fig. 4. Stylophora compressa, X 3, p. 997.

5. On some Crustaceans from the South Pacific.—Part III.

Macrura’. By L. A. Borrapaitze, M.A., F.ZS.,

Lecturer in Natural Sciences at Selwyn College, Cam-

bridge.

[Received November 15, 1898.]

(Plates LXIII.—LXV.)

The specimens described in the present paper were collected by

Mr. J. Stanley Gardiner in the Islands of Funafuti (Ellice Group),

Rotuma, and Viti Levu, Fiji. Mr. Gardiner has very kindly

furnished me with notes respecting several of them.

The Funafuti collection contained examples of the following

species :—

1. ? Periclimenes dane (Stimpson).

2. Coralliocaris brevirostris Borradaile.

3. Palemonella tridentata, n. sp.

4, Saron marmoratus (Olivier).

5. Athanas sulcatipes, n. sp.

6. Alpheus strenuus Dana.

7. Alpheus parvirostris Dana.

8. Alpheus collumianus Stimpson.

9. Alpheus levis Randall.

10. Alpheus frontalis Say.

11. Alpheus prolificus Bate.

12. Alpheus funafutensis, n. sp.

13. Metabeteus minutus Whitelegge.

14, Callianidea typa H. M.-Edwards.

1 For Parts I. and IT., see P. Z. 8. 1898, pp. 32 and 457.

CORALS FROM THE SOUTH PACIFIC.

1898.] FROM THE SOUTH PACIFIC. 1001

In the Rotuma collection were :—

. Metapenceus commensalis, n. sp.

. Stenopus hispidus (Olivier).

. Periclimenes spinigerus (Ortmann).

. Periclimenes rotumanus Borradaile.

. Conchodytes meleagrine Peters.

Saron marmoratus (Olivier).

. Alpheus strenuus Dana.

. Alpheus macrochirus Richters.

. Alpheus levis Randall.

10. Alpheus frontalis Say.

11. Alpheus pachychirus Stimpson.

12. Alpheus gracilipes Stimpson.

13. Paribacus antarcticus (umph.).

14. Panulirus penicillatus (Olivier).

15. Callianidea typa H. M.-Edwards.

CONID OVE CODD

From Fiji are :—

. Caradina wycki Hickson.

. Caradina vitiensis, n. sp.

. Periclimenes vitiensis Borradaile.

. Palemon lar Fabricius.

. Palemon sp.

Or He Oo bo

I proceed to the consideration of the several species.

Tribe PEN AIDEA.

Family PEN HID &.

Subfamily PaRAPEN ZINE.

Genus Mretrarenzus W.-Mason & Alcock, 1891.

1. MrraPEN ZUS COMMENSALIS, n. sp. (Plate LXIII. figs. 1-15.)

Definition :—* A Metapenceus with the rostrum straight, bearing

8 teeth above and none below, fringed underneath with long hairs,

and reaching to the middle of the second joint of the peduncle of

the first antenna; carapace bearing a median spine at the base of

the rostrum, and infraorbital, hepatic, and pterygostomian spines ;

first antenna with the penultimate joint of the peduncle longer

than the last joint, flagella subequal (?), not so long as the last two

joints of the peduncle (?); second antenna with the scale almost

as long as the peduncle of the first antenna; third maxilliped

reaching the end of the first joint of the peduncle of the first

antenna ; first pair of legs rather stout, with somewhat swollen

chele, not reaching end of ante-penultimate joint of third

maxilliped ; second and third pairs more slender, with elongate

chele, second reaching middle of penultimate joint of third

maxilliped ; third exceeding third maxilliped ; fourth and fifth pairs

subequal, reaching middle of wrist (carpopodite) of third pair; in all

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1898, No. LXVI. 66

1002 MR. L. A. BORRADAILE ON CRUSTACEANS [ Dec. 13,

the legs the carpus the longest joint; without a rudiment of the

anterior arthrobranch on the fourth leg (?); with the right side of

the petasma longer than the left; fifth and sixth abdominal

segments with well-marked dorsal keel, fourth and fifth segments

ending in two spines, sixth in one spine ; telson elongate, triangular,

ending in a point, and armed on each side with four spines, of

which the last but one is the longest, while the most anterior

is the smallest and the most distant from the rest.”

Length of present specimen 42 mm. from tip of rostrum to end

of telson.

The inner flagellum of the first antenna appears to be broken

off near the tip on each side.

The systematic position of this species must remain somewhat

doubtful till the collection of a series of specimens shall render it

possible to decide the branchial formula. So far as could be

ascertained without considerable injury to the single specimen,

this is identical with that given by Wood-Mason and Alcock [ Ann.

Mag. N. H. (6) viii. p. 273 (1891)] for MW. conzger, with the excep-

tion of the absence of the rudiment of an anterior arthrobranch

on the fourth leg. This, however, is also wanting in M. rect-

acutus (Bate). The nearest ally of the new species would appear

to be M. philippinensis (Bate) [‘ Challenger’ Macrura, p. 261];

from which, however, it differs in having an additional tooth on

the rostrum, in the length of that organ and of the antennal scale,

in having the right, and not the left, side of the petasma the longer,

and in the absence of the rudiment of an anterior arthrobranch on

the seventh thoracic segment.

The living animal is almost transparent, with two or three bright

pink bands. Its habits are most interesting. Mr. Gardiner found

it living in the stomodeum of a green and yellow actinian, 14 cm.

broad, allied to Discosoma haddoni. Also commensal in the same

actinian was a small fish with bright red and yellow bands,

identified by Mr. Boulenger as Coris greenought.

One male specimen from Rotuma.

Tribe STENOPIDEA.

Family STENOPID.

Genus Srenopts Latreille, 1825.

2. Srenopus Hisprpus (Olivier), 1811. (Plate LXITI. figs. 2a,

20.)

Palemon hispidus, Olivier, Encycl. vii. p. 666 (1811).

Stenopus hispidus, Latreille, Desmarest’s Consid. sur les Crust.

p. 227 (1825); H. M.-Edwards, H. N. Crust. ii. p. 407 (1837) ;

id. Cuvier’s R. An. 3rd ed., Crust. p. 137, pl. 1. fig. 2; Dana, U.S.

Expl. Expd., Crust. i. p. 607, pl. xl. fig. 8 (1852); Bate,

‘ Challenger ’ Macrura, p. 211, pl. xxx. (1881).

The males of this species differ from the females in the form of

1898. ] FROM THE SOUTH PACIFIC. 1003

the first abdominal appendage. In the female this has the last

joint longer than the preceding, narrow and acuminate, and the

preceding joint usually without, sometimes with, one spine at the

proximal end of the inner margin. In the male the same

appendage has the last joint broad and not longer than the

preceding, which is armed on its inner margin with one, usually

with two or three spines. Further, in the male the first abdominal

appendage is shorter relatively to the rest than in the female.

Five males and six females from Rotuma.

Tribe CARIDEA.

Family ATYID &.

Subfamily Aryinz.

Genus Carapina H. M.-Edwards, 1837.

3. CARADINA WyCKI (Hickson), 1888.

Atya wycki, Hickson, Ann. Mag. N. H. (6) ii. p. 357, pls. xiil. &

xiv. (1888).

Carudina wycki, Thallwitz, Abh. Mus. Dresden, 1890-91, p. 27

(1891); de Man, Max Weber’s Zool. Ergebn. ii. p. 386, pl. xxiv.

figs. 29-29 k.

The single specimen of this species in the present collection has

nineteen teeth on the upper border of the rostrum and eleven

on the lower. It was taken in the Tamavua River, Viti Levu,

Fiji.

4, CARADINA VITIENSIS, n. sp. (Plate LXIII. figs. 3, 3a.)

Definition.—* A Caradina with the rostrum straight, bearing

24 teeth above (none on the carapace) and 9 below, and reaching

to somewhat beyond the middle of the second joint of the peduncle

of the first antenna; carapace with an antennal spine and blunt

pterygostomian angle; first antenna with the last joint of the

peduncle about half the length of the preceding joint, and flagella

subequal ; second antenna with the scale longer than the peduncle

of the first; third maxilliped as long as the peduncle of the

first antenna; first pair ot legs reaching the end of the first

joint of the peduncle of the first antenna, with the fingers about

equal in length to the palm; second pair of legs equal to the

peduncle of the first antenna, with fingers considerably longer than

the palm; and last three pairs of legs reaching the end of the

second antennal scale.”

Colour when living a pale, almost transparent green.

Length of the present specimen, from end of telson to tip of

rostrum, 22 mm.

The telson of the single specimen has had the end broken off.

This species appears to be allied to C. webert de Man [Max

Weber’s Zool. Ergebn. ii. p. 371, pl. xxii. fig. 23 (1892)], but

differs from it in the larger number of teeth on the rostrum, the

66”

1004 MR, L, A. BORRADAILE ON CRUSTACEANS [Dee. 13,

greater stoutness of the second pair of chele, and the greater

length of the last two pairs of legs.

One specimen from Suva, Tamavua River, Viti Levu, Fiji.

Family PonrTONIIDS.

Genus Prrictimenss Costa, 1844.

Periclimenes, Costa, Ann. Ac. Aspir. Nat. Nap. ii. (1844) ;

Borradaile, Ann. Mag. N. H. (7) ii. p. 880 (1898).

Pelias, Roux, 1831; Anchistia, Dana, 1852; Dennisia, Norman,

1861.

The Pelias migratorius of Keller does not belong to this genus,

but is synonymous with Palemonetes varians (Leach).

5. PHRICLIMENES SPINIGERUS (Ortmann), 1890.

Anchistia spinigera, Ortmann, Zool. Jabrb. v. Syst. 3, p. 511,

pl. xxxvi. figs. 23, 23a (1890).

Periclimenes spinigerus, Borradaile, Ann. Mag. N. H. (7) ii.

p: 383 (1898).

One specimen from Rotuma.

6. ? PERICLIMENES DANZ (Stimpson), 1860. (Plate LXIIL.

figs. 4-40.)

Anchistia dane, Stimpson, Proc. Ac. N. Sci. Philad. 1860, p. 39.

Periclimenes dane, Borradaile, Aun. Mag. N. H. (7) i. p. 382

(1898).

The collection contains a single specimen, which I have some

hesitation in referring to this species.

The rostrum is straight, somewhat shallow, armed with seven

teeth above and two below, and just reaches the end of the

antennular peduncle. The carapace is armed with supraorbital,

antennal, and hepatic spines. The eyes are large and project

considerably on either side of the body. The first antenna is

longer than the scale of the second by three-quarters of the length

of its thicker flagellum. The slender inner flagellum is

unfortunately broken short on both sides ; it has the appearance,

however, of having been longer than the outer one. The flagella

of the second antenna are broken off. The scale is longer than

the peduncle of the first antenna.

The third maxilliped reaches the end of the first joint of the

antennular peduncle.

The first pair of legs exceed the thicker flagellum of the first

antenna by about the length of the fingers. These are about

as long az the palm. The second legs exceed the antennular

peduncle by the wrist and chelz, and the first legs by almost the

whole chela. The distal end of their wrist is prolonged dorsally

into a short spine, and the fingers are shorter than the hand.

The fourth and fifth legs are subequal, and reach the end of the

wrist of the first leg. ‘The fifth pair are slender and attain the

1898. ] FROM THE SOUTH PACIFIC, 1005

end of the merus of the first leg. The telson is shorter than

the uropods, and bears two long spines at the hind end.

The points of difference from Stimpson’s description are :—

(1) The presence of two spines below the rostrum, instead of

three.

(2) The inner flagellum of the first antenna is probably longer

than the outer.

The specimen is 11 mm. long and has a somewhat immature

appearance. It was taken among the seaweed of the reef at

Funafuti.

7. PERICLIMENES ROTUMANUS Borradaile, 1898. (Plate LXIII.

figs. 5-5 b.)

Periclimenes rotumanus, Borradaile, Ann. Mag. N. H. (7) ii.

p- 383 (1898).

The rostrum of this species is barely as long as the peduncle of

the first antenna, and almost straight, and bears six teeth above

and two below, the first of the former being situated on the

carapace and the second just above the orbit. The carapace has

the hepatic and antennal spines present. The thicker flagellum

of the first antenna is about as long as the peduncle, the inner

being more than twice as long as the outer. The scale of the

second antenna is longer than the peduncle of the first, and the

flagellum is longer than the body.

The third maxilliped reaches the end of the peduncle of the

first antenna.

The merus of the second leg reaches the end of the first joint of

the antennular peduncle, and the whole limb the end of the

inner flagellum. ‘The wrist bears a small spine above, and the

merus one below, at the distal end. The wrist, palm, and fingers

are subequal. The first legs nearly reach the end of the palm of

the second. Their wrist is longer than the hand, and slightly

longer than the merus. ‘The fingers are about as longas the palm.

The third pair of legs is broken off. The fourth and fifth are

subequal and longer than the scale of the second antenna.

The endopodite and exopodite of the uropod are equal and

outreach the telson. The latter is armed at the end with six spines,

of which the outermost are the smallest and the intermediate the

largest.

The length of the single specimen is 11 mm. It was taken in

Rotuma.

8. PERICLIMENES VITIENSIS Borradaile, 1878. (Plate LXIV.

figs. 6-6.)

Periclimenes vitiensis, Borradaile, Ann. Mag. N. H. (7) ii.

p. 883 (1298).

In this species the rostrum reaches almost to the end of the

thicker flagellum of the first antenna. It is bent upwards at the

free end and bears above six teeth, of which the first is situated

above the orbit, and below four. The carapace is armed with

1006 MR. L, A. BORRADAILE ON CRUSTACEANS [ Dec. 13,

supraorbital, antennal, and hepatic spines, and with one in the

dorsal median line, some little distance behind the rostrum. The

pterygostomial angle is subrectangular. The slender flagellum of

the first antenna of the present specimen is broken short on the

right side and, I think, also on the left. On the latter side it is as

long as the thicker flagellum, which is very stout and about equals

the pedunele in length. The scale of the second antenna extends

to the end of the rostrum, and the flagellum is about as long as

the body.

The third maxilliped reaches the end of the penultimate joint of

the antennular peduncle.

The wrist in the first pair of legs ends slightly beyond the

scale of the second antenna and bears a spine on the inner side at

its distal end. The fingers are about equal to the palm. The

legs of the second pair are almost equal, and exceed those of the

first by nearly the whole length of the hand; they are armed at

the distal end of the merus with a spine below, and at that of the

wrist with one on the inside. The third and fourth pairs of legs

are subequal, reach the last third of the wrist of the second pair,

and are armed with several slender spines on the underside of the

propodite. The fifth pair reach halfway up the propodite of the

fourth, and have their own propodite armed with a strong spine at

the distal end on the underside and with two more slender ones

proximally of this. The carpus in each leg of the last three pairs

projects dorsally at the outer end as a blunt spine.

The endopodite and exopodite of the uropod are subequal

and somewhat longer than the telson, which bears six spines at

the hind end. Of these spines the outermost are the shortest, and

the intermediate the longest.

The length of the single specimen is 20 mm. from the tip of the

rostrum to the end of the telson.

This species is closely allied to P. grandis (Stimpson), but is

separated by the shortness of the fourth pair of legs, and of the

second as far as the end of the merus, and by its smaller size; and

is therefore perhaps better regarded as distinct. If P. petitthowarsi

Miers (non Audouin) be rightly regarded as synonymous with P.

grandis Stimpson, we may add as further differences the presence

of six, instead of five, teeth on the dorsal border of the rostrum

(excluding that on the carapace behind the rostrum in each ease),

and of four, instead of three, teeth on the inferior border. The

rostrum, too, of Miers’s species is “nearly straight,” while that of

P. vitiensis has a marked upward trend at the free end.

One female, with eggs, from Viti Levu, Fiji.

Genus CoRaLLiocaRis Stimpson, 1860.

9. CoRALLIOCARIS BREVIRosrRis Borradaile, 1898, (Plate

LXIV. figs. 7-7 d.)

Coralliocaris brevirostris, Borradaile, Ann. Mag. N.H. (7) ii.

p- 386 (1898).

This species has the rostrum unarmed and reaching only to the

1898.] - FROM THE SOUTH PACIFIC. 1007

middle of the first joint of the antennular peduncle. The carapace

is short and unarmed. The first joint of the peduncle of the first

antenna is longer than the second and third together, the second

and third joints subequal. The inner and outer flagella are sub-

equal and reach well beyond the fringe of the antennal scales. The

scale of the second antenna is longer than the peduncle of the first.

The third maxilliped reaches the end of the first joint of the

antennular peduncle.

The first leg exceeds the antennal scale by the hand and the

last half of the wrist. The second legs are equal. The merus

almost reaches the end of the antennal scale, and is armed distally

with a spine at the lower and outer angle. The wrist is short and

broad, and the hand longer than the carapace and fairly stout.

The fingers are barely half the length of the palm, and the immoy-

able finger has on the inner side a large swelling, indented by a

notch, into which fits the single small tooth on the movable finger.

The last three pairs are subequal, the third pair reaching the

wrist of the second.

The exopodite of the uropod is slightly longer than the endo-

podite, and both are considerably longer than the telson. The

latter is armed at the end with six spines, of which the two

outermost are the smallest and the intermediate pair the longest.

The length of the single specimen is 19 mm.

Coralliocaris brevirostris is allied to C. macrophthalma (H. M.-

Edvw.), but may be distinguished from it by the following features :—

(1) The rostrum reaches only the middle of the first joint of

the antennulary peduncle. In C. macrophthalma it reaches

the beginning of the last joint.

(2) The inner flagellum of the first antenna is longer than in

C. macrophthalma.

(3) The shape of the fingers of the second chela is different in

the two species.

One female from Funafuti.

Genus ConcHopytss Peters, 1851.

10. ConCHODYTES MELEAGRIN® Peters, 1851.

Conchodytes meleagrine, Peters, Ges. naturf. Freunde Berlin,

1851 (fide Heller); Ber. k. Ak. Wiss. Berlin, 1852, p. 594;

Hilgendorf, Monatsber. k. Ak. Wiss. Berlin, 1878, p. 836;

Borradaile, Ann. Mag. N. H. (7) ii. p. 390 (1898).

Pontonia meleagrine, Bate, ‘Challenger’ Macrura, p. 707,

pl. exxiv. figs. 1, 2 (1888).

One male and one female from Rotuma.

Family PALM MONID 4.

Genus PaL#MoNELLA Dana, 1852.

11. PAL#MONELLA TRIDENTATA n. sp. (Plate LXIV. figs. 8-8¢.)

Definition —“ A Palemonella with the rostrum straight, slightly

outreaching the antennular peduncle, and bearing 7 teeth above

1008 MR. L, A. BORRADAILE ON CRUSTACEANS [ Dee. 13,

(2 on the carapace) and 3 below ; the carapace with hepatic and

antennal spines; the first antenna having the first jomt of its

peduncle as long as the second and third joints together, and its

flagella subequal and not so long as the second pair of legs; the

second antenna with the peduncle shorter than the first joint of that

of the second, the flagellum longer than the body, and the scale

longer than the antennular peduncle; the third maxilliped reaching

the end of the second joint of the antennular peduncle ; ‘the first pair

of legs outreaching the rostrum by the wrist and hand; the legs of

the second pair unequal, the right larger and outreaching the first

pair by nearly the whole of the hand, bearing a spine below at the

free end of the merus and one above at the free end of the wrist,

with the fingers barely half the length of the palm; the legs of

the last three pairs subequal, reaching beyond the end of the

rostrum ; and the endopodite and exopodite of the uropods equal,

and longer than the telson, which ends in six spines, the outer-

most pair being the smallest and the intermediate the longest.”

The length of the single specimen is 21 mm. from the end of

the telson to the tip of the rostrum.

The animal when alive was colourless and almost transparent.

The species differs from P. tenuipes Dana in the following

points :—

(1) There are three teeth on the underside of the rostrum,

instead of two.

(2) The inner edges of the fingers of the second pair of chelz

are armed with teeth.

(3) The distal end of the merus is rounded in profile, but pro-

vided with a large spine below at a short distance from

the end. In P. tenuzpes it is acute in profile and without

the tooth.

(4) The arrangement of teeth on the inner ramus of the mandible

is different in the two species (fig. 8d).

One specimen from Funafuti.

Genus Patzmon Fabricius, 1798.

12. PanzMmon LAR Fabricius, 1798.

Palemon lar, Fabricius, Entom. Syst., Suppl. p. 402 (1798);

Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. v. Syst. 5, p. 724 (1891); de Man, Max

Weber's Zool. Ergebn. ii. p. 445 (1892).

Palemon ornatus, Olivier, Encycl. viii. p. 660; H. M.-Edwards,

H.N. Crust. ii. p. 396 (1837).

Bithynis lar, Bate, ‘Challenger’ Macrura, p. 789, pl. exxix.

fig. 1 (1888).

As de Man (loc. cit.) points out, the end of the telson is fre-

quently worn or broken off in this species, so that the separation

from it of forms with this structure truncated is unreliable.

Mr. Gardiner states that this species is very common in the

upper waters of all the rivers of Fiji. In Taviuni it was formerly

reserved as food for chiefs.

Hight males from Tamayua River, Viti Levu, Fiji.

1898. ] FROM THE SOUTH PACIFIC. 1009

13. PAL@MON sp.

One specimen from Tamavua River, Viti Levu, differing from

P. lar in having three instead of one or two of the spines of the

rostrum situate on the carapace. Second legs missing.

Family HIPPOLYTID&.

Genus Saron Thallwitz, 1891.

14. Sarnon MARMORATUS (Olivier), 1811.

Palemon marmoratus, Olivier, Encycl. viii. (fide H.M.- Edwards).

Alpheus marmoratus, Lamarck, Hist. Anim. sans Vert. v.

p- 205.

Hippolyte marmoratus, H. M.-Edwards, H. N. Crust. i. p. 379,

pl. xxv. fig. 8 (1837).

Hippolyte marmorata, Randall, J- Ac. N. Sci. Philad. vii. 1,

p- 142 (1839); de Man, Arch. Naturg. hii. 1, p. 533 (1887) ;

Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. v. Syst. 3, p. 497 (1890).

Hippolyte gibberosus, H. M.-Edwards, H. N. Crust. ii. p. 378

(1837); Atl. Cuv. R. An., Crust. pl. liii. fig. 4 (1849); Hasweil,

Cat. Austr. Crust. p. 185 (1882); Whitelegge, Funafuti Atoll,

Crust. p. 146 (1897).

Hippolyte gibbosus, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exped., Crust. i. p. 565,

pl. xxxvi. fig. 4 (1852); Streets, Bull. U. 8. Nation. Mus. vii.

p- 119 (1877).

Hippolyte gibberosa, de Man, Arch. Naturg. liii. 1, p. 533 (1888);

Zool. Jahrb. ix. Syst. p. 761, fig. 68 (1897); Ortmann, Zool.

Jahrb. v. Syst. 3, p. 497 (1890).

Hippolyte hemprichii, Heller, 8.B, Ak. Wiss. Wien, 44, Abth. 1,

p- 275, pl. ui. fig. 23 (1861); Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xi.

p- 29 (1861).

Saron gibberosus, Thallwitz, Zool. Anz. xiv. p. 99 (1891); Abh.

Mus. Dresd. 1890-91, No. 3, p. 25; Ortmann, Semon’s Forschungs-

reisen, v. 1, p. 16 (1894).

Randall (loc. cit.) first pointed out that the females of S. mar-

moratus differ from the males in the structure of the third

maxillipeds, which in the male are considerably longer than the

antennal scales and pointed at the tip, while in the female they

never outreach the scales and are obliquely truncated at the end.

Ortmann (Zool. Jahrb. loc. cit.) states that female S. marmoratus

resemble S. gibberosus in every point save in the number of spines

on the merus of the last three pairs of legs. The former species

has, according to him, two spines on the legs of the third and fourth

pairs and one on that of the fifth, while the latter has one spine

on the legs of the third and fourth pairs and none on those of the

fifth.

De Man (Zool. Jahrb. loc. cit.) goes further and shows that even

these spines are extremely variable, and that specimens of S.

gibberosus may be provided with as many of them as S. marmoratus.

(The figures given on p. 1010 for the present collection will be seen

to bear out this statement.) He thinks, however, that Ortmann’s

1010 MR. L, A. BORRADAILE ON CRUSTACEANS [ Dee. 18

females. belonged to S. gibberosus, and that the true females of

S. marmoratus will be found to possess the characteristic third

maxillipeds of the male, at least in form if not in length. For

this conclusion, however, there is no evidence whatever. The

other authors make no reference to the sexual characters. In

Mr. Gardiner’s collection there are seventeen females and thirty

males from Rotuma, all taken in the same localities and in the

same position, namely, on the “reef-flat” and ‘‘rough-zone” of

the outer reef. The males can be sharply divided into two groups,

having the marmoratus- and gibberosus-characteristics respectively.

The females, however, are all of the gibberosus type.

Taking into consideration the statements of Ortmann and de

Man, these facts point, I think, to the conclusion that Saron

marmoratus is a species with a dimorphic male, one form resembling

the female, and the other differing from it in the length of the

third maxilliped? and first pair of legs and in the form of the last

joint of the third maxilliped. This appendage is well described

and figured by de Man (Zool. Jahrb. loc. cit.).

Should the above surmise prove to be correct, the question will

arise whether the dimorphism of the male be permanent or occur

only at the breeding-season, as has been shown by Faxon [Am.

Journ. Sci. xxvii. (1894) ]| to be the case for the males of Cambarus.

On this point there is no direct evidence. The presence, in Mr.

Gardiner’s and other collections, of both forms of the male, taken

at the same time, might seem rather to negative the latter sug-

gestion; but in view of the fact that tropical marine forms tend to

breed all the year round, the question must still remain open.

Number with 2 Number

Sex. spines on merus of with 1 Total.

last leg. spine.

IRGMISIGS: fe stsccsactercteteees 6 i) 15

gibberosus-males ......+0+++- 11 9 20

marmoratus-Males ........- 2 7 9

Female with 3 spines on left side, 2 on right 1

Female Ley, i ce Id Aa 1

marmoratus 9

male J ”» 1 ” ” a ” 1 3

Some interesting remarks on dimorphism in male Crustacea

are contained in the Report on the Isopoda of the ‘ Lightning’

? According to Ortmann this difference in the length of the third maxilliped

is not so marked in individuals from Hast Africa (Semon’s Forschungsreisen,

loc. cit.). His note, however, on this point is somewhat obscure, and it is

quite possible that his specimens’were gibberosus-males without a spme on the

fifth merus.

1898. ] FROM THE SOUTH PACIFIC. 1011

expedition, by Messrs. Norman and Stebbing [Tr. Z. 8. xii. p. 104

(1890)).

The colour in this species varies from mottled grey to green, but

the colour-variations have no relation to those in forin or length

of the appendages.

The table on p. 1010 shows the variations in the spines on the

legs of the last pair in the specimens from Rotuma.

The legs of the third and fourth pairs had two spines on the

merus in every case save one. ‘This was a female with only one

spine on the left fourth leg. The specimen was among those with

one spine on the legs of the fifth pair.

From Funafuti are two marmoratus-males with two spines on

the merus of the last pair of legs, and two females with one

spine.

Family ALPHEID &.

Genus AtHanas Leach, 1814.

15. ATHANAS SULCATIPES, n. Sp. (Plate LXV. figs. 9-9 2.)

Definition —* An Athanas with the rostrum straight, simple,

sword-like, and reaching the end of the second joint of the anten-

nular peduncle; the carapace armed with supra- and infraorbital

spines only; the first antenna with the inner flagellum about

twice as long as the outer; the second antenna with the peduncle

somewhat longer than the first two joints of that of the first

antenna, the flagellum about as long as the body, the scale slightly

longer than the antennular peduncle and bearing a long fringe ;

the third maxillipeds slightly outreaching the antennal scale; the

first pair of legs unequal, the larger in the male overlapping the

antennal scale by the last third of its merus, which is large and

deeply hollowed underneath, the wrist in the same limb being

short, unarmed, and also hollow underneath, and the hand about

as long as the two preceding joints, with the fingers shorter than

the palm, apposed, and curved inwards. In the female the longer

leg resembles that of the male, but is shorter and less robust.

The smaller leg in the male is of the same form as the larger,

save that the fingers are curved towards one another and enclose a

gap, and reaches about halfway up the hand of the larger leg.

In the female, on the other hand, the smaller leg is of a quite

simple form, entirely unlike the larger, and reaches to about

the end of the merus of the latter. The legs of the second

pair have the wrist five-jointed, with the first joint larger than

the second, third, and fourth together, the latter three joints

equal, and the fifth longer than either of them, and reach, in the

male, to the end of the merus of the longer leg of the first pair.

The third pair of legs is nearly as long as the second, and the

fourth and fifth are subequal, a little shorter than the third.

The uropods have the endopodite and expodite subequal and are

somewhat longer than the telson, which ends in a fringe of hairs,

and is provided with two pairs of spines on the upper surface.”

1012 MR. L. A. BORRADAILE ON CRUSTACEANS [ Dee. 18,

The mouth-parts and other limbs are shown in figs. 9 b-e.

Length of largest male 9 mm., of largest female 8 mm.

This species is allied to A. dimorphus Ortmann, 1894, but is at

once separated from it by the shape of the first pair of legs and

the presence of the supraorbital spine.

Five females bearing eggs, and three males, from Funafuti.

Genus ALpHets Fabricius, 1778.

16. ALPHEUS streNUUS Dana, 1852.

Alpheus strenuus, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exped., Crust. i. p. 543,

pl. xxxiv. fig. 4 (1852); Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. v. Syst. 3, p. 475

(1890) ; Coutiere, Notes Leyd. Mus. xix. p. 199 (1897).

The specimens in the present collection are provided with a

spine at the distal end of the merus of the great chela.

From Rotuma: three males and three females.

From Funafuti: four males and ten females.

17. ALPHEUS MACROCHIRUS Richters, 1880.

Alpheus macrochirus, Richters, Beit. Meeresf. Maur., Decapoden,

p- 164, pl. xvii. figs. 31-33 (1880): Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. y.

Syst. 3, p. 485 (1890).

One specimen from Rotuma.

18. ALPHEUS PARVIROSTRIS Dana, 1852.

Alpheus parvirostris, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exped., Crust. i. p. 551,

pl. xxxy. fig. 8 (1852); Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. v. Syst. 3, p. 483

(1890).

One specimen from Funafuti.

19. ALPHEUS COLLUMIANUS Stimpson, 1860.

Alpheus collumianus, Stimpson, Proc. Ac. N. Sci. Philad. 1860,

p- 99; Ortmaun, Zool. Jahrb. v. Syst. 3, p. 483, pl. xxxvi.

fig. 15 k, m (1890).

One specimen from Funafuti.

20. ALpHEUS LEVIS Randall, 1839.

Alpheus levis, Randall, Journ. Ac. N. Sci. Philad. viii. p. 141

(1839); Dana, U.S. Expl. Exped., Crust. i. p. 556, pl. xxxv.

fig. 8 (1852); Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. v. Syst. 3, p. 487 (1890);

Whitelegge, Funafuti Atoll, Crust. p. 146 (1897).

From Funafuti five specimens, two of them females with eggs.

From Rotuma sixteen specimens, five of them females with eggs.

21. ALPHEUS FRONTALIS Say, 1832.

Alpheus frontalis, Say, Journ. Ac. N. Sci. Philad. i. p. 245

(1832); H. M.-Edwards, H. N. Crust. ii. p. 356 (1837); Atlas to

Cuvier’s R. An. pl. liii. fig. 2 (1849); Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. y.

Syst. 3, p. 488 (1890).

From Rotuma five specimens; from Funafuti one.

1898.] FROM THE SOUTH PACIFIC. 1013

22. ALPHEUS PROLIFICUS Bate, 1888.

Alpheus prolificus, Bate, ‘ Challenger’ Macrura, p. 556, pl. xcix.

fig. 4 (1888); Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. v. Syst. 3, p. 484 (1890).

One specimen from Funafuti.

23. ALPHHUS PACHYCHIRUS Stimpson, 1860.

Alpheus pachychirus, Stimpson, Proc. Ac. N. Sci. Philad. 1860,

p- 99; Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. v. Syst. 3, p. 489, pl. xxxvi.

tig. 17 a, k (1890).

Three specimens from Rotuma.

24, ALPHEUS GRACILIPES Stimpson, 1860.

Alpheus gracilipes, Stimpson, Proc. Ac. N. Sci. Philad. 1860, p. 31.

One female from Rotuma.

25, ALPHEUS FUNAFUTENSIS, n. sp. (Plate LXV. figs. 10-10 h.)

Definition.—“* An Alpheus with the rostrum arising from the

anterior border of the carapace, continued backwards as a keel

between the eyes, and not reaching the end of the first joint of

the antennular peduncle; with the eye-covers unarmed; the

scale at the base of the first antenna not so long as the first joint

of the peduncle, the second joint of this peduncle somewhat

longer than the first, nearly twice as long as the third; the second

antenna with a rudimentary spine on the basal joint, and the

scale longer than the peduncle of the first antenna, as long as

that of the secoud ; longer leg of the first pair notched above and

below, with a longitudinal ridge on the outside and the fingers

shorter than the palm, without a spine on the merus; smaller leg

of the first pair simple in structure, with elongated fingers; legs

of second pair longer than those of first, wrist with second joint

slightly longer than first, which again is longer than fifth, and

third and fourth joints short, subequal; merus of legs of third

and fourth pairs with a spine; endopodite and exopodite of

uropods subequal, somewhat longer than telson.”

The mouth-parts and other limbs are shown in figs. 10 b-e.

When alive the specimens were of a green colour. Length of

largest specimen 24 mm.

This species may be distinguished from A. edwardsi by the

following characters :—

(1) The scale of the basal joint of the first antenna is not so

long as that joint.

(2) The proportions of the joints in the wrist of the second

pair of legs are different in the two species.

(38) The merus is provided with a spine in the third and fourth

pairs of legs.

(4) The smaller leg of the first pair has the movable finger

simple in both sexes.

Seven specimens from Funafuti; three of them females with

eggs.

1014 MR, L, A, BORRADAILE ON CRUSTACEANS [ Dec. 13,

Genus MrraBnrx£us, nov.

26. Mrraserazus minutus (Whitelegge), 1897.

Beteus minutus, Whitelegge, Funafuti Atoll, Crust. p. 142, |

pl. vii. fig. + a, 6 (1897).

M. Coutiére’s researches [Bull. Mus. Paris, il. p. 380 (1896)]

necessitate, | think, the establishment of a new genus for this

species. The following are the cnaracters which together differ-

entiate this proposed genus from those already diagnosed :—

(1) Eyes not covered in front by the carapace.

(2) Carapace with short, flat, triangular rostrum and minute

ocular teeth.

(3) Cornea lateral, eyestalks very broad and armed each with a

spine above.

(4) Outer flagellum of the first antenna bifid.

(5) Palp of mandible two-jointed.

(6) Branchial formula the same as that given by Bate for

Alpheus.

(7) First pair of legs simple, equal, with movable fingers as in

Beteus.

The genus is allied to Jousseaumea, but is separated from it by

the shape of the legs of the first pair, and by the presence of an

arthrobranch on the first maxilliped. From <Alpheopsis it is

sundered by the presence of the arthrobranch, the spines on the

eyestalks, and, seemingly, by the minute size of the ocular spines

on the carapace-

Numerous specimens from Funafuti.

Tribe SCYLLARIDEA.

Family SCYLLARIDE.

Genus Parrpacus Dana, 1852.

27. ParrBacus anTaRrcricus (Rumph.).

Ibacus antarcticus (Rumph.), H. M.-Edwards, H. N. Crust. ii.

p- 287 (1837).

Paribacus antareticus, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exped., Crust. i. p. 517,

pl. xxxvi. fig. 6 (1852).

Two males from Rotuma.

Family PaLINURID &,

Genus Panuuirus Gray.

28. PANULIRUS PENICILLATUS (Olivier), 1811.

Astacus penicillatus, Olivier, Encycl. Méth. vi. p. 343 (1811).

Palinurus penicillatus, H. M.-Kdw. H. N. Crust. i p. 299

(1837).

Panulirus penicillatus, Stimpson, Proce. Ac. N. Sci. Philad. 1860,

p. 92; Bate, ‘ Challenger’ Macrura, p. 52, pl. xii. fig. 2 (1888).

Senex penicillatus, Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. vi. Syst. p. 28.

One female with eggs from Rotuma.

Nei =

P.Z.S.1898.P1. L XI.

Lawin Milson,del.ad. nat lith. Gambridk

MACRURA FROM THE SOUTH PACIFIC.

P.Z.S.1898:Pl-LXIV.

“Bb

fd win Wilson, del.ad. nat. lith. Cambridge

MACRURA FROM THE SOUTH PACIFIC. .

PY SlGSGer lA

——

. —— =

10h

Lwin Wilson delad nat bith. Cams, a

MACRURA FROM ‘HE SOUTH PACIFIC.

1898. ] FROM THE SOUTH PACIFIC. 1015

Tribe THALASSINIDEA.

Family CALLIANASSIDS.

Genus CantranipEa H. M.-Edwards, 1837.

29, CALLIANIDEA TYPA H. M.-Edwards, 1837.

Callianidea typa, H. M.-Edwards, H. N. Crust. i. p. 329,

pl. xxv. bis, figs. 8-14 (1837).

From Rotuma six specimens ; from Funafuti six specimens.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Puate LXIII.

Fig.1. Metapeneus commensalis, n. sp., p. 1001, side view. x 13.

la. 3 55 head trom above. X 2.

10. 3rd maxilliped.

2a. Stenopus hispidus (Olivier), p. 1002, 1st ly dom. append. of 9.

2b. 4 59 1st abdom. append. of ¢.

3. Caradina vitiensis, n. sp., p. 1003, side view. X 4.

3a. re i head from above.

4. Periclimenes dane (Stimpson), p. 1004, side view. xX 8.

4a. 3 », head from above. X 10.

4 6. 39 » ord maxilliped.

5. Periclimenes rotumanus, Borradaile, p. 1005, side view. x 5.

5a. Pr 5 head from above. xX 5.

5}. 35 An 3rd maxilliped.

Puate LXIYV.

Fig.6. Periclimenes vitiensis, Borradaile, p. 1095, side view. X 3.

6a. 9 . head from above. xX 3.

6b. 5s 3rd maxilliped.

ie Coralliocari is brevirostris, Borradaile, p. 1006, side view. x 4.

Ta. 33 _ head from above. X 4.

7b. * 5 3rd maxilliped.

ac i ce chela of 2nd pair.

Pf es 55 dactyle of 3rd leg.

8. Palemonella tridentata, un. sp., p. 1007, side view. x 4.

8a. # i head from above. x 4.

8b. 5 e 2nd maxilliped.

8e. er ip mandible.

Puate LXV.

Fig.9. Athanas sulcatipes, n. sp., p. 1011, g, side view. x 8.

9a. as Ye head from Eee. x8

9d. a 3rd maxilliped.

we * i 2nd maxlliped.

9d. % bys Ist maxilliped.

9e. 5 3 2nd maxilla.

Of. i y Ist maxilla.

99.. ‘A i mandible.

9h. 3 pr 1st antenna.

97. smaller leg of Ist pair of 9.

10. Alpheus funafutensis, n. sp., p. 1013, side view. xX 4.

LOias\%,; i head fr om above. X 4.

OO Sop es s3 8rd maxilliped.

MOGs er , 5 Pr 2nd maxilliped.

Oia, 5 1st maxilliped.

Qs 5 a 2nd maxilla.

NOW paws i 1st maxilla.

NOGA op :, mandible.

OVannes ae smaller leg of first pair.

1016 DR. G. HERBERT FOWLER ON THE [Dec. 13.

6. Contributions to our Knowledge of the Plankton of the

Faeroe Channel*.—No. VII. A. General Data of the

Stations. B. The Protozoa. C. The Meduse. By G.

Hersert Fowter, B.A., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of

Zoology, University College, London,

[Received December 6, 1898.]

(Plate LX VI.)

A.—GENERAL DATA OF THE STATIONS.

In the table now exhibited (see p. 1019) will be found the chief

details of the successive collecting stations of H.M.S.‘ Research’ in

the Faeroe Channel, 1896 and 1897: Stations 11? to 18 being in

the “ Cold Area,” between July 30 and Aug. 6, 1896; Station 19

in the ‘Warm Area,” Aug. 7, 1896; Station 20 in the “Cold Area,”

July 7, 1897.

The physical conditions of the Channel have been fully dealt

with in the Reports of the various exploring expeditions * which

have surveyed this classic district, of which it is not an exaggeration

to say that the very beginnings of modern oceanography were made

in its somewhat troubled waters.

DETERMINATION OF THE HORIZONS.

The horizons through which the Mesoplankton net remained

open in 1896 were thus determined. In the first place, experi-

mental hauls were made near the surface, to determine the number

of fathoms through which the net must be towed at an approxi-

mately constant speed in order that the propeller (1) might

open the net, (2) might shut it again. Of these experimental

hauls, the contents of which were mostly not kept, the last one

retained was 12d.

1 Owing to the scanty leisure at my disposal, the series of papers under this

title has been unavoidably disconnected.

The first three numbers dealt with some conspicuous and interesting species ;

the fourth, by Mr. I. C. Thompson, with the Copepoda; the fifth, by Mr. E.

W. L. Holt, with the fish-larve; the sixth furnished a description of the

special nets used for the Mesoplankton, and a short discussion of the general

question of a midwater fauna. This and the future papers will discuss the

organisms captured, group by group, and show their horizons by tables when

necessary.

The references to previous papers of the series in the Society’s Proceedings

are :—No. I., 1896, p. 991; No. II., 1897, p. 523; No. III., 1897, p. 803;

Na. IV., 1898, p. 540; No. V., 1898, p. 550; No. VI., 1898, p. 567.

2 Stations 1-10 were collecting-grounds in the neighbourhood of Kirkwall

and do not concern the ‘Research’ cruises.

‘Lightning’ and ‘ Poreupine’).—T. H. Tizard and J. Murray: “ Exploration of

the Faeroe Channel in 1880.” Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinb. xi. p. 638 (H.M. hired

ship ‘ Knight Errant’).—T. H. Tizard: “ Soundings and Temperatures obtained

in the Faeroe Channel during the Summer of 1882.” Proc. Roy. Soc. xxxy.

p- 202 (H.MLS. ‘ Triton’).

1898. ] PLANKTON OF THE FAEROE CHANNEL. 1017

The procedure was then as follows:—The net and machinery,

weighted up to 100 lbs., were lowered overboard, and a number of

fathoms run out, slightly greater than that of the sounding in the

case of the lowest horizon ; the angle made by the line when taut

was approximately measured, and a calculation made from Trayerse

Tables in the ordinary way as to the depth which the net had

reached. As I have pointed out already *, this, the usual method,

is most fallacious; for the towing-line does not form the hypo-

tenuse of a right-angled triangle (as presupposed by this method),

but an unknown catenary, which is practically uncalculable except

Faeroe &®

Is. *

Shetland

Is.

Cnuart oF Tne FarRon CuAnneL,

Showing the collecting-stations of H.M.S. ‘ Research’ in 1896 and 1897. he

contour-lines have been roughly plotted from the Admiralty Chart and

from the soundings taken on these cruises: they are dotted where the

soundings are far apart. (Station 20 (1897) is N. of Station 13.)

by tedious experiment in order to obtain the necessary data. The

fallaciousness of this method was brought home to me by striking

bottom at 398 fathoms (Station 16 ai) with 450 fathoms of warp

out, though by quadrant and traverse tables the net should only have

reached 300 fathoms. Fortunately all the details of the previous

hauls had been kept; and as there was sufficient evidence, from

1 Proc. Zool. Soc. 1898, p. 568.

Proc, Zoou. Soc.—1898, No. LX VII. 67

1018 DR, G. HERBERT FOWLER ON THE (Dec. 13,

the condition of the paint and the small quantity of bottom-deposit

in the collecting-tin, that the net had not more than touched

bottom without dragging on it, I was able to get, from this

accident, data for the correction of the other deep-water hauls.

While, therefore, the horizons of the Mesoplankton hauls may

perhaps be understated (if the net had rested long on the bottom

in haul 16 ai), the depth is certainly not exaggerated.

That the calculation of the depth reached in this manner was

a very close approximation to the truth, can fortunately be shown

in another way. During the 1896 cruise, Captain Moore and the

other Officers were engaged in taking serial temperatures!; and a

minimum thermometer was sent down on the locking-gear of my

net with every haul after 12 ¢. A comparison of the temperatures

thus recorded on the net, and of the temperatures independently

observed or interpolated on a curve by the Officers, is given

below, where column I. shows the station number and haul letter ;

column IJ., the probable depth reached by the net (about 50

fathoms below the point at which it opened) as calculated from the

data furnished by Station 16 ai when the net struck bottom; column

I1I., the temperature recorded by the thermometer on the net, after

correction; column IV., the temperatures for the depth given in

column II., as independently observed or interpolated in the curves

in Captain Moore’s Report.

I. Il. TTT IV.

13a 180 47-0 47°0

136 356 32°6 33°0

13d 445 32:0 31:25

13e 445 32-0 31°25

1By 516 30°75 31:0

15¢ 578 31:0 30°75

16ai 400 30°6 30°9 at 380 fath.

16a ii 356 31:0 31°5

18) 578 31:0 31:0 at 600 fath.

194 534 46:0 46°8 at 550 fath.

Considering the different times of day, and the slightly different

positions owing to the ship’s drift, at which the two sets of observa-

tions were made, their approximation is very close.

With the net of the 1897 pattern, which presented less resistant

surface and less buoyancy than the other, no calculation of the

depth was required: the line hanging vertically to the surface, the

number of fathoms paid out indicated the depth sufficiently

accurately. As to the rate of travel of the messengers, had time

(¢.e. weather) permitted, this would have been carefully worked into

acurve ; as it was, the impact could be felt at the less depths, and

had to be guessed (good margin being allowed) for the greater

depths, That the messengers travelled very rapidly was shown

by the deep dints that they received on striking the locking-gear.

' W. U. Moore: Reports of Proceedings in connection with Investigations

into the Physical Conditions of the Water of the Faeroe Channel. —Hydro-

graphic Department, Admiralty, 1896, 4to.

1898.]

PLANKTON OF THE FAEROE CHANNEL.

TEMPERATURES.

1019

The temperatures given in the table are compiled from the

readings of the thermometer on my net, and from the observations

and interpolations published by Captain Moore (op. cit. supra).

Station Number and

Haul Letter

Position of ship,

61° N., 0° long.

” ”

| 61° N., 3° W.

lor

Sounding in fathoms.

plored, in

fathoms.

Horizon ex

30-0

+350-+150

10-0

400-270

400-?

465-335

100-0

2-0

530-0

350-220

300-170

4-0

3-0

530-400

480-350

480-0

4-0

10-0

200-100

300-200

400-300

500-400

40-0

(Fahrenheit.) of

horizon explored.

Temperature

-38°

32°?

54°

312-33°

31°-?32°

46°-47°

46°-54°

54°

39°-46°

33°-39°

31°-33°

30°-31°

Meshes per inch.

1020 DR. G, HERBERT FOWLER ON THE [ Dec. 13

CLASSIFICATION OF THE HAULS.

In the first table (p. 1019) the hauls are arranged in succession

of number and letter, in order to facilitate reference ; but

in the subsequent tables of species they will be classified as Epi-

plankton (0 to +100 fathoms); Mesoplankton (+100 fathoms

from surface to +100 fathoms from bottom); and ‘ doubtful

hauls,” in which the net failed to shut at the expected horizon, or

in which the contents of two hauls were accidentally mixed. On

comparing these tables of species with that given in Mr. Thompson's

paper on the Copepoda’, it will be found that a few changes have

been made. No. 12a has been moved from among the “ doubtful ”

to the Mesoplankton hauls, because it certainly closed somewhere

near 100 fathoms, although perhaps not so low as 150; 12 f

proves, by the character and condition of its contents, to have been

made very near the surface, and has been put with the Epiplankton

hauls; 13¢, about which I entered a note of suspicion in the

station-book when it arrived inboard, proves to contain several

essentially epiplanktonic organisms which do not occur in any

other Mesoplankton haul, and has therefore been relegated to the

“ doubtful ” category: in all probability one of the chains hung on

the trigger for some time after the net should have completely

closed ; the details of this haul will be given later.

B.—THE PROTOZOA.

It was not to be expected that this group would yield much

information with regard to the special object of the cruise, the

Mesoplankton fauna. For the efficient study of the Protozoa, the

nets must be extremely fine, so fine that they must be towed

very slowly ; and if they are towed slowly, a large part of the

other constituents of the catch will escape. Special hauls with

special nets, or a special arrangement inside the large mesoplankton

net (which I hope to try shortly), are requisite for successful

captures. On the other hand, some of my hauls show that certain

Pheodaria live at great depths, although they do not show that any

species are confined to the Mesoplankton.

As regards the surface Protozoa, no special attempt was made

to collect them, for they were not required for comparison with

the Mesoplankton fauna ; and, further, my finest net, the only one

suitable for Protozoa, was almost entirely devoted in 1896 to the

capture by Dr. Stericker, R.N., of vegetable plankton for the

Scottish Fishery Board. A few new and interesting forms of

considerable size were, however, obtained.

Two things are apparent on a glance at the table of Protozoa—

the one, the epiplanktonic character of the three Peripylaria; the

other, the way in which several species are aggregated in the same

haul, while other hauls show few or no Radiolaria. They seem to

? Proc. Zool. Soc. 1898, pp. 542-3.

1898.] PLANKTON OF THE FAEROE CHANNEL. 1021

appear and disappear together in accordance with varying external

conditions.

Only those species appear in the table, the horizons of which

seem to be in any way significant ; the horizons of the rest will be

simply recorded in the text.

RADIOLARIA PERIPYLARIA,

THALASSICOLLA sp.

A number of specimens of this genus, taken chiefly at the

surface, could not be assigned with certainty to any species already

described. As with Collozowm, observations on living material

seem to be necessary in order to determine the specific position.

The following characters are enumerated here in order to assist

future recorders in identifying the form from this locality :—The

striated calymma is very thick and colourless, the alveolar layer

internal to this is also very thick and colourless, with large alveoli ;

the extracapsular pigment is generally yellowish, occasionally

dark in colour; the central capsule is dark and considerably

thicker than in 7. nucleata; in specimens of which sections were

made, the membrane of the central capsule appeared to be divided

up into numerous small polygonal are, with a single large pore

in the centre of nearly every area; the nucleus is circular, with a

thickish nuclear membrane and irregular nucleolus; intracapsular

inclusions ?

The proportion of central capsule to nucleus, often utilized as

a specific character, does not appear to be trustworthy for this

purpose. The table below gives this proportion in a number of

specimens, apparently all reterable to the same species: column I.

shows the total diameter in millimetres, arranged in order of size ;

column II. shows the diameter of the central capsule expressed as

a percentage of the total diameter.

ih IL. 1. IL.

3:38 29 | 1-27 38

3:29 19 1-26 33

2:10 40 1-23 28

1:96 21 11d 33

1-96 21 | 1-09 32

1:90 30 | 1-09 32

1°75 22 1:07 21

1:70 22 | 93 37

1-68 41 | ‘92 30

1-61 21 | TT 26

1-47 23 | 63 36

1-44 22

The proportions of striated calymma, alveolar layer, and central

capsule showed similar variations.

It seems highly probable from the table that this Zalassicolla is

(Dee. 13,

DR. G. HERBERT FOWLER ON THE

1022

“PUL

snuauabrup soua00jnyr Bal HEY Sing td seas a BSc ee a I a

"a ‘ds ‘syswa Peevey ches Ss Rd toate feo gS es ee ee Bey

-.L00ut siydostoyny SO Shae ede: Se cee eee eee ieee sR Me? 'eue chet aticmetes weeaes ve : ‘

ds srydouboyny His Seay ee a Sac rae WH ROM eat <0 apis Soe

‘HH, Vues wren Agen tae Gault at "Sat bs Steata eee tee :

-saay byjuvonnp | 2 28 tt Stes Seeger atte 2 SoS ES ene ae ate te 1 ete

"u's ‘piven ier : Sipe Ties ts Baan veh

nioydsouoydiy i+: ae: gud SSFP Herter cI ce SW, ot pea ei es etuatiete

“ds wnoz0j]0) retee erfotags Sri ts Seeeaes ea ns Tas a os eos

ee a i eee as og oy Tlpel eae terse ot de becei eae cat

4 ek. rs

° ° AS98909

“SULOY AR} UL UOZIIO FT io gtedoceees [ooover cea ie phe bbe mbt gaia

=a cal a oo tS S =) S i=) s H

& eb oeras " * | SSSSSR28aRa8 | e*e*

“hoxqorT [NV FT SS is oVHsUsckw SEUSS _YSISVsHs sss wis SS ed Sies Svuc

pw gun wong | SEARAATSSASSRASSS SSC ESSRaR | ANSSSEASRARR | BESS

NOL NVIdId gy *NOLUNVTAOSUTA “Tapqnog

1023

PLANKTON OF THE FAEROE CHANNEL.

1898.]

sds puauhyoouy, i abe oe LE

cone j-mannbir + Bee a aaa Si

paso. ore ar ap a a :

‘ds nyopunuyog : i+ i+: i+

q ‘ds spumujogy | + } Ss 2a es APare ade eae Pi drispe: ff

‘dds nysung i te * “ : ipa a 3

*soqto 7

DUrpuojg DIeZvT

"DTH unuvhins

-unut nuihaydojny

‘PUA urs

“SISOULDL ULM UAPO]O A)

“THE

psonxay oroydsopny

‘u ‘ds 49 ‘uad

‘soasajaz auhiooojnyr

+ i++ Piidid: Bhd

fb: :

: ie fies ffi | +e 3

1024 DR. G. HERBERT FOWLER ON THE Dec. 13,

an epiplanktonic form; it was plentiful at the surface, but in 13g

and 20d onlv single specimens were captured, which were probably

dead or dying and sinking to the bottom.

For the horizons of capture, see the table on p. 1022.

CoLLozouM spp.

Of this genus there were apparently two separate species

represented in my collections, neither of which could be attributed

to Collozoum inerme from the warm Atlantic, or to C. ellipsoides,

described by Haeckel from the Faeroe Channel. In the one type

the largest spherical zooids of the colony measured about 05 to

‘07 mm. in diameter, in the second type about -09 to -16 mm.;

both had about *2 to *28 mm. of calymma and alveoli outside the

zooids. In the first type there was a considerable thickness of

alveolar calymma in the centre of the colony, as in the ordinary

C. inerme; but inthe spherical or lenticular colony of the second type

the zooids were so closely aggregated in the centre of the colony

as all but to touch one another, and were surrounded by a thick

alveolar layer and a thick radiately striate calymma, exactly as a

Thalassicolla.

Although I have no doubt that at least one undescribed species

of Collozoum occurs in these waters, I do not feel justified in

naming and describing it without a detailed examination of living

material.

Both types were confined to the Epiplankton, except for a few

specimens in haul 13e, which appears to haye remained open

through higher horizons than was intended or at first believed,

and is now included with the doubtful hauls. As the Collozoum

occurred in 30°/, of the Epiplankton hauls, and in no undoubted

Mesoplankton haul, I think we are justified in regarding it as

essentially epiplanktonic.

For the horizons of capture, see the table on p. 1022.

LAMPOXANTHIUM MURRAYANUM, sp. n.!

Definition of the Species—Spicules of the skeleton numerous,

geminate-radiate, with a short axial rod, from each of which

spring three or four acute shanks, devoid of branches or forks

(sometimes three shanks at one end, four at the other). Both rod

and shanks smooth and straight; shanks two to three times the

length of the rod. Calymma full of large alveoli. Diameter of

calymma 3°5 mm. ; diameter of central capsule 1 mm.

This large and beautiful species is undoubtedly referable to

Haeckel’s genus Lampowanthium ; but I am unable to place it with

certainty in any of his subgenera, and it agrees with none of his

species. In addition to the geminate-radiate spicules there are

‘I have great pleasure in dedicating this species to Sir John Murray,

K.C.B., F.R.S., who is specially associated with the Faeroe Channel by his part

in the exploration of the district in the ‘ Knight Errant’ (1880) and ‘Triton’

(1882).

1898. ] PLANKTON OF THE FAEROE CHANNEL. 1025

also a few which may be radiate, or may be only broken off from

the end of a geminate-radiate spicule.

The horizon of capture was doubtful; one specimen was taken

at 13 ¢, one at 13 ab.

SIPHONOSPH£RA (HOLOSIPHONIA) TIZARDI, sp. n.' (Plate LXVI.

fig. 1.)

Definition of the Species—Colony spherical (? always), up to

about 2 mm. diameter. Zooids with a single spherical lattice-shell

about ‘15 mm. in diameter, which is beset all over by short broad

tubes. The tubes are very thin-walled and fragile, their walls

slightly convergent, ‘010 to ‘018 mm. in diameter, and about

005 mm. high; there are five to seven tubes on the half meridian.

Endosare with very numerous nuclei; oil-globules? ; zooxanthelle

very numerous, both inside and outside the shell, and also scattered

through the calymma between the zooids.

In some hauls large numbers of the zooids had apparently

broken away from the calymma, and appeared as solitary organisms

referable to the family Liospherida. As a warning to describers

of Liospherida, I may say that I had actually identified them as

Ethmosphera leptosiphonia, described by Haeckel from the Faeroe

Channel, before I found them united in a colony.

So far as the evidence goes, the species is purely epiplanktonic ;

as it is a very conspicuous form, and it occurs with fair regularity

at the surface (23 °/, of epiplankton hauls), and never with

certainty in mesoplankton hauls, I think we are justified in

accepting the evidence as fairly conclusive.

For the horizons of capture, see the table on p. 1022.

RapIoLARIA ACANTHARIA.

Acanthometron catervatum Haeckel (=A. brevispina Hkl.) was

present in most hanls with the fine-meshed net in 1896, often

in sufficient quantity to give a red tinge to the contents of the

tow-net. In 1897 (Station 20) it was practically absent from the

surface, like most things. A similar abundance and scarcity were

recorded by the ‘ Knight Errant’ in 1880 in this district *.

Rapronaria PHHODARIA.

This interesting group of Radiolaria was well represented in

the ‘ Research’ collections, but not so well as in the ‘ Triton’

collections made by Sir John Murray in 1882.

The data afforded by my captures show the extreme danger of

drawing conclusions as to the vertical distribution of a species

from a few observations at a single “station.” I have already

pointed out * that adequate data for this work can only be obtained

1 T have pleasure in associating with this species the name of Captain 'T, H.

Tizard, R.N., who explored the Faeroe Channel in command of the ‘ Knight

Errant’ (1880) and of H.M.S. ‘Triton’ (1882), to whom I am indebted for

much yaluable help.

> T. N. Tizard and J, Murray, Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinburgh, xi. p. 654,

3 Proc. Zool. Soe. 1898, pp. 578-580.

1026 DR. G. HERBERT FOWLER ON TIE [ Dec. 13,

by numerous observations at all depths on successive days in a small

area, and even these cannot be safely applied to a species unless

it occurs constantly and in fair number in a large percentage of the

hauls. The table of Phzodarian captures given on pp. 1022-3

would seem at first sight to point to about 100 fathoms as the

upper limit of all the species except Celoplegma murrayanum ; but

the weakness of such an inference would lie in the fact that none

of them were captured with anything like regularity in the Meso-

plankton. That the argument would be false is shown by the

fact that two of them were taken by Sir John Murray at the

surface from H.M.S. ‘ Triton’ in the same waters.

All the conclusions that can be drawn for the Faeroe Channel,

from so few observations as those in the table, are :—

(1) That Celoplegma murrayanum is both epiplanktonic and

mesoplanktonic, extending to at least 350 fathoms (19a) and

a temperature of 33° Fahr.(139). The large number of specimens

taken at 13g and 19a, and the small number taken at or near the

surface, showed that the deep specimens were not merely dead

and sinking to the bottom.

(2) That <Aulacantha levissima and Aulosphera flexuosa may

occur at considerable depths in the Mesoplankton; since the

‘Triton’ results showed them to exist at the surface also, they

are, like Caloplegma murrayanum, to be regarded as epiplanktonic

and mesoplanktonic. Though not present in such numbers as the

first species, they were plentiful enough to make it extremely

improbable that the specimens were dead and sinking.

(8) That Aulographis moorensis and Auloceros trigeminus, var.,

occur in the Mesoplankton, but it does not appear whether they

are confined to it or not.

AULACANTHA LHVISSIMA Haeckel. (Plate LXVI. fig. 3.)

The youngest specimens referable to this genus in the ‘ Research’

collections agreed entirely with Haeckel’s description of A. levis-

sima, except for the presence of a few extremely minute teeth on

the larger spines. Larger specimens, however, with a central

capsule about ‘4 mm. in diameter, and spines at least ‘9 mm. in

length and calymma about 2 mm. in total diameter, exhibited a

distinct denticulation (Plate LXVI. fig. 3). As A. levissima has

been described only from the Faeroe Channel, it is probable that

my specimens belong to the same species as those of Haeckel. I

have therefore retained the name for ‘the smoothest” species

described up to the present.

For the horizons of capture, see the table on p. 1022.

AULOGRAPHIS (AULOGRAPHONIUM) MOORENSIS', sp. n. (Plate

LXVI. figs. 2, 4.)

Definition of the Species—Radial tubes rounded proximately,

' With this new species I am glad to associate the name of Captain W.

Usborne Moore, R.N., of H.M.S. ‘ Research,’ to whose help I owe no smal] part

of such success as my midwater experiments attained.

1898. ] PLANKTON OF THE FAEROE CHANNEL. 1027

equally broad for most of their length, but then tapering slightly

towards the distal end, at which the tube expands suddenly into a

broad circular cushion. The margin of this cushion bears two

verticils of radially divergent, slightly curved, terminal branches,

about 10 to 16 in number; these are about twice as long as the

inflated end of the tube is broad. Each branch is armed with two

lateral rows of numerous recurved denticles, and bears a terminal

spathilla of 5 to 8 recurved teeth (Plate LXVI. fig. 4).

One specimen: 480-350 fathoms, 46°-47° Fabr. (Station 19 a).

AULOCEROS (AULOCERZA) TRIGUMINUS Haeckel, Var. nov.

A few shattered specimens, of what is probably only a variety

of the species above named, exhibited a verticil formed by the

twice-repeated dichotomous branching of the radial tubes, each

verticil thus consisting of eight tynes.

The type species is known only from the ‘ Challenger’ Station

353, between St. Vincent and the Azores, at a probable depth of

2965 fathoms (open tow-nets).

For the horizons of capture, see the table on p. 1022.

AULOCORYNE ZETESIOS *, gen. et sp.n. (Plate LXVI. figs. 5, 6).

Aulocoryne (Family Aulacanthida) :—Radial tubes without

lateral branches, terminating in a club-shaped expansion which

carries numerous fine radiating spines. -

Aulocoryne zetesios :—The spines of the terminal club are thin,

tubular, at first straight or slightly curved, then regularly zigzag,

lastly straight; they are finely denticulate, and terminate in a

spathilla of about 8-10 recurved teeth (Plate LXVI. fig. 6).

A single specimen only of this species was captured. Although

so broken that not a single head was left on the radial tubes,

many heads had been fairly well preserved with the calymma, and

there could be no doubt as to its structure. The fine spines cf

the terminal club are of the same character as the tangential

spines of Cannorhaphis spathillata and the radial spines of Celo-

drymus anchoratus: the same types of growth recur again and

again in the various families of Phieodaria, first as scattered

spicules, then as tubes radiating from the central capsule, then

bound together in a coherent skeleton.

Unfortunately, the exact record of the horizon was lost ; it was

captured in either 13 ¢ or 13 g.

C@LODENDRUM (C@LODENDRIDIUM) RAMOSISsIMUM Haeckel.

This species was fairly plentiful at Station 137. It has been

described as cosmopolitan, from various stations and depths, but

not, I think, from so far north as the Faeroe Channel.

C@LOPLEGMA MURRAYANUM-TRITONIS Haeckel.

These species of Haeckel are the extremes of a series of very

1 aiXdos, copdyy, tubular club; 2n7yo1s, in honour of H.M.S. ‘ Research.’

1028 DR. G. HERBERT FOWLER ON THE [ Dec. 13,

varying forms, all terms of which were represented in the ‘ Research’

collections. The range in depth is now extended to 480-350

fathoms ; the lowest temperature to 31°-33° F. It has not been

recorded except from the Faeroe Channel.

For the horizons of capture, see the table on pp. 1022-3.

FoRAMINIFERA.

GLOBIGERINA spp.

1. A very small species, probably a dwarfed Gl. bulloides, was

fairly plentiful whenever the finest net was used at the surface.

The specimens were spinous when captured’.

2. On the occasion when the Mesopiankton net touched bottom,

a very small quantity of bottom deposit was found in it, containing

minute spineless Globigerinz, which seemed to be referable to the

species G. bulloides and G.pachyderma. It is very noticeable in balsam

mounts of this sample that most of the supposed G. pachyderma are

quite filled with what looks like brownish protoplasm, as are most

of the bottom-living Foraminifera, but that most of the thin-shelled

G. bulloides are clear and empty.—The brownish material, while

yellowing slightly with nitric acid, does not give the brilliant tint

of the usual xanthoproteic reaction. It would seem to be of a clayey

nature, and is possibly, as Sir John Murray suggests, a stage in the

formation of glauconite. Itis extremely soft and friable, and when

stained is almost indistinguishable from the similarly stained proto-

plasm of surface specimens.

The dependence of the formation of glauconite upon the presence

of protoplasm has been pointed out in detail by Sir John Murray

and the Abbé Renaud (Chall. Rep., Deep-Sea Deposits, pp. 385—

390). If this material be of a glauconitic nature, its method of

occurrence would seem to indicate that G. pachyderma on reaching

the bottom contains more protoplasm than G. bulloides, and in that

ease probably lives nearer to the bottom. It is very desirable

that voluminous samples of the bottom deposit should be taken in

the Faeroe Channel in order to test this suggestion, and for the

following reason.

The whole discussion as to whether Globigerina was a purely

planktonic form, or could both float and creep at the bottom

indifferently, would probably have been settled by the acceptance

of the first alternative years ago, had it not been for an observation

by Dr. Carpenter during the third cruise of the ‘ Porcupine’?

which was recorded in his general discussion of the Glohigerina

question in 1875. This was to the effect that samples of water

taken from immediately above the Glodgerina ooze at 500-750

fathoms, in the Faeroe Channel, yielded on filtration “ multitudes

of young Globiyerine,” plentiful and small enough to make the

water appear turbid.

The “cold area” of the Faeroe Channel is apparently the

Cf. Brady: Pree. Roy. Soc. Edinburgh, xi. p. 717.

2 W. B. Carpenter: Proc. Roy. Soc. xxiii. p. 235.

1898. ] PLANKTON OF THE FAHROE CHANNEL. 1029

southernmost limit’ for the occurrence of G. pachyderma in bottom

deposits ; it is abundant in Arctic deposits, but has never been

recorded alive from the surface. G. bulloides, on the other hand,

is only known to occur at the surface, although dead shells are

plentiful in the deposits of the Faeroe Channel.

I venture to suggest that Dr. Carpenter’s observation as to

the presence of very small living Globigerine just above the bottom

may be harmonized with the generally accepted view that most, if

not all, Globigerine are essentially planktonic organisms, by the

supposition that G. pachyderma is a mesoplanktonic form, at any

rate in the Faeroe Channel. It is quite possible that it may occur

at the surface farther north, but it would escape capture by any

but the finest nets (diameter of the shell -3 mm., according to

Brady ; my largest specimens were about *15 to ‘2 mm.).

SILICOFLAGELLATA.

DiIcrYocHA sp.

A fair number of spicules referable to this genus of Ehrenberg

occurred in one or two surface-hauls, notably 13. They agreed

on the whole with the spicules of D. stapedia and rhombus

(Haeckel), but no sign of the protoplasmic body was traceable.

Prof. Cleve® records D. fibula and D. speculum (Ehrenberg) for the

same cruise.

DINOFLAGELLATA.

In reporting on the vegetable Plankton of the cruise of the

* Research’ in 1896, Prof. Cleve * records the following species of

Dinoflagellata :—

Ceratium tripos Duj.

Ceratium furca Duj.

Ceratium tripos Ehrenb.; var. baltica Schiitt; var. macroceros

Ehrenb.=var. scotica Schiitt ; var. longipes Bail. = var. tergestina

Schutt; var. horrida Cleve.

Peridinium divergens Ehrenb.

Pyrophacus horologeum Stein.

With the exception of the last, with which I did not meet, all

these occur in all hauls with the finest net, many of them in great

abundance.

Crt1aTaA—OLIGOTRICHA.

Dicryocysta ELEGANS Ehrenberg.

A beautiful species of this genus was fairly plentiful in some

hauls, notably 134. According to Moebius “all the various forms

of Dictyocysta are referable to Ehrenberg’s species elegans, an

? H. B. Brady: Chall. Rep. Zool., ix. Foraminifera, p. 600 (cf. pp xii-xiy).

* «Fifteenth Annual Report of Fishery Board for Scotland,’ part iii. p. 302.

° P. T. Cleve: Fifteenth Annual Report of Fishery Board for Scotland,

1896, part ili. p. 297.

* O. Moebius: Finfter Jahresbericht d. Comimission z. wiss. Untersuch. d.

deutschen Meere, 1887.

1030 DR, G, HERBERT FOWLER ON THE [Dec. 13,

opinion which, I think, is not likely to be accepted by the next

monographer of the group. My own specimens agreed exactly

with Moebius’s figure 28, pl. vilil., and showed no signs of variation

in the direction of other species. As regards the structure of the

shell, I can confirm von Daday’* as against previous observers in

the belief that the neck (Aufsatz) consists of a meshwork, but that

the body of the shell (Wohnfach ), although appearing at first sight

to be also a meshwork, is really a closed chamber. My specimens

seem to show that the inner membrane of the ‘* Wobnfach ” is

continuous everywhere except at the mouth, but that the outer

membrane ceases at the so-called pores.

C.—THE MEDUS#.

My friend Mr. E. T. Browne has been kind enough to look

over the few Medusz of my collections. Of all groups this seems

to suffer most in capture at sea. Near shore, or from an open

boat, in fairly still water, the tow-net can be handled delicately ;

but on board ship in open water the characteristic sense-organs

and delicate tentacles are broken by pressure against the tow-net,

whether in the rolling of the ship or in the hauling of a meso-

plankton net by steam-power from considerable depths.

In 1897 I tried to lessen the damage to surface forms, both by

diminishing the net-mouth in proportion to the surface-area of

the net, and by attaching the net-warp to a_ single-strap

‘accumulator’ of india-rubber; these certainly diminished, but

did not avoid, damage. Only in a few cases was Mr. Browne able

to assign a specific name; his list is as follows :—

1. Lizzia blondina Forbes. 5. Solmaris (possibly) two spp.

2. Phialidium sp. 6. Solmundella sp.

3. Sarsia sp. 7. Aglantha rosea Forbes.

4. Sarsia gemmipara Forbes. 8. Aglantha divitalis Haeckel.

9. Trachynema sp.

Of these the first five are probably purely epiplanktonic. Lizzia

blondina was often present in such numbers as to tinge the

contents of the tow-net.

Phialidium sp. (14) and Sarsia spp. (several hauls) presented no

special features.

Solmaris sp. is almost certainly confined to the Epiplankton.

A single specimen occurred in 20 ¢ (400-300 fathoms) ; but as it

occurred in 53 °/, of Epiplankton hauls, often in great profusion,

and only a single specimen in one Mesoplankton haul, the

presumption is that the latter specimen was dead and sinking

to the bottom *.

As to Solmundella, my captures do not afford any evidence of

its vertical distribution.

' E. yon Daday: Mittheil. zool. Station in Neapel, vii. p. 486.

* Compare Proc. Zool. Soc. 1898, p. 579.

1898. ] PLANKTON OF THE FAHROE CHANNEL, 1031

What appeared to be broken specimens of Aglantha rosea of

Forbes occurred in small numbers in three surface hauls.

The eighth species,

AGLANTHA pierTaLis (O. F. Miiller, Haeckel pars),

represents such of Haeckel’s A. digitalis as remains after the

restoration of Forbes’s A. rosea, and the removal of A. digitalis var.

occidentalis Maas’. In his great monograph Haeckel’ put Forbes’s

A. rosea with eight marginal vesicles, and the old A. digitalis of O. F.

Miiller and Fabricius with four marginal vesicles, under the single

species A. digitalis. Since then both species have been confused,

until again separated by Browne*. It is consequently at present

impossible to detail accurately the distribution of these two species,

but it seems to be certain that A. digitalis occurs off Greenland and

Northern Norway, and that A. rosea occurs as a neritic form round

the British coasts (Valentia, Shetland, Heligoland). The one is

certainly an Arctic form, the other a southern, even though they

may overlap to a greater extent than we at present know.

This being so, it is not without significance that Mr. Browne,

when going over my specimens without knowing the horizons,

separated the Aglanthe into two groups, A. rosea and A. digitalis, of

which, on comparison with the station list, all the A. rosea were found

to come from surface hauls, all the A. digitalis from deep hauls *.

As A, digitalis was captured in 66 °/, of Mesoplankton hauls, and

never at the surface, the presumption is that it has, like other

Arctic surface forms, sunk to deeper strata on reaching lower

latitudes (warmer surface water).

Unfortunately the results of the ‘ National’ do not throw any

further light on the distribution of these two species, horizontally

and vertically, for Maas (op. cit. swpra) accepted Haeckel’s

fusion.

TRACHYNEMA sp.

A few specimens of a large medusa were apparently referable

to this genus. Hemispherical in shape (15 mm. diam., 12 mm.

high), its eight radii showed the heavy transverse musculature of

Trachymeduse. The eight tentacles were stumpy and thick, one

at the end of each radial canal. The sense-organs had disappeared.

The manubrium was about 5 mm. long, devoid of a “ Magenstiel,”

and provided with four very small oral lappets. What seemed

to be rudiments of generative organs were placed on the upper

third of the radial canals.

+ O. Maas: Ergebnisse d. Plankton-Expedition. Die craspedote Medusen,

. 2A.

+ K. Haeckel: System der Medusen, i. p. 272.

’ E. T. Browne: Proce. Zool. Soc. 1897, p. 833.

* One small specimen of Aglantha, too much damaged for reference to either

species, was taken at 164. In the table it has been placed as a query under

A, rosed.

1032 ON THE PLANKTON OF THE FAEROE CHANNEL. [ Dec. 13.

It is the only Z’rachynema which approaches 7. funerarium Hk1.

in size; but its proportions, and the position of the generative

organs, are against its being a young form of this species. In

most recognizable points it lies between 7. octonartwm Hkl. and

T. eurygaster Hkl. ; but it agrees exactly with neither. The eight

radial canals and manubrium were of a strong brick-red.

It occurred in deep or doubtful hauls only.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXVI.

Fig. 1. Siphonosphera tizardi, sp. n., p. 1025. A single individual is repre-

sented by half the sheil and by half a section of the central capsule:

outside the latter are zooxanthelle. Cam. luc.

Fig. 2. Aulographis moorensis, sp. n., p. 1026. Termination of a radial tube.

Cam. luc.

Fig. 3. Aulacantha levissima Haeckel, p. 1026. Termination of a radial tube

in optical section, showing the denticulations. Cam. luc.

Fig. 4. Aulographis moorensis, sp. n., p. 1026. A single terminal branch of a

radial tube, showing the denticulations and spathilla. Cam, lue.

Fig. 5. Aulocoryne zetesios, gen. et sp. u., p.1027. Termination of a radial tube,

showing the club covered with zigzag spines. This beautiful drawing

is due to the skill of Miss Mabel Green.

Fig. 6. Aulocoryne zetesios, gen. et sp. n., p. 1027. A single zigzag spine.

Cam. luc.

PIA. 1698), Pl xvi:

PLANKTON OF THE FAEROE CHANNEL.

LIST

Jan.

21.

24,

i Co

A Poe nex,

OF ADDITIONS TO THE SOCIETY’S MENAGERIE

DURING THE YEAR

1898.

3 Common Squirrels (Scturus vulgaris). Purchased.

. 1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus), 2. Presented by Miss

Vine.

1 Indian Python (Python molurus). Presented by F. J. Allpress,

Esq.

. 1 Egyptian Jerboa (Dipus egyptius). Presented by H. W.

Wibrow, Esq.

. 1 Razorbill (Alea torda). Purchased.

. 12 Common Teal ( Querquedula crecca). Purchased.

2 Common Wigeon (Mareca penelope), ¢ 9. Purchased.

2 Blue-faced Honey-eaters (Entomyza cyanotis), Purchased.

. 1 Greater Sulphur-crested Cockatoo (Cacatua galerita). Pre-

sented by Lady Pilkington.

. 1 Japanese Ape (Macacus speciosus), ¢. Deposited.

1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 2. Presented by

Mr. kt. 8. Gleave.

3, 2 Herring-Gulls (Larus argentatus). Presented by the Rev. F.

Hopkins.

. 2 Aard Wolves (young) (Proteles cristatus). Presented by

Capt. Baker.

1 Black-backed Piping-Crow (Gymmnorhina tibicen). Presented

by T. G. F. Winser, Esq.

. 2 Ganga Cockatoos (Callocephalon galeatum), 3 9. Purchased.

1 Red-tailed Buzzard (Buteo borealis). Deposited.

. 1 Mozambique Monkey (Cercopithecus pygerythrus), 2. Pre-

sented by Miss J. Rogers.

. 1 Chinese Goose (Anser cygnoides). Presented by the Rev. E.

Hensley.

. 1 Smooth-headed Capuchin (Cebus monachus), d. Presented

by W.S. Jay, Esq.

1 Beccari’s Cassowary (Casuarius beccarii?). Deposited.

2 Uveean Parrakeets (Nymphicus uveensis), ¢ 2. Purchased.

2 Black-headed Caiques (Caica melanocephala). Purchased.

1 Moor Macaque (Macacus maurus), 9. Purchased.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1898, No. LX VIII. 68

1034

Jan. 25.

. 4 Virginian Opossums (Didelphys virginiana), 23,22. Pre-

29,

Al.

Feb. 2.

APPENDIX.

1 Red Fox (Canis fulvus). Presented by F. C. Ingram, Esq.

sented by J. D. Sprunt, Esq.

2 Secretary Vultures (Serpentarius reptilivorus). Presented by

J. E. Matcham, Esq., C.M.Z.S.

8 Curlews (Numenius arquata). Purchased.

3 Oyster-catchers (Hematopus ostralegus). Purchased.

1 Laughing Kinefisher (Dacelo gigantea). Presented by J. D.

Waley, Esq.

1 Lace Monitor (Varanus varius). Presented by J. D. Waley,

Esq.

il Big tanmied Lizard (Tiliqua scincoides). Presented by J. D.

Waley, Esq.

2 Stump-tailed Skinks ( Trachydosaurus rugosus). Presented by

J. D. Waley, Esq.

1 Leopard (Felis pardus, jr.). Presented by J. D. Waley, Esq.

1 Derbian Wallaby (Macropus derbianus), Q. Presented by

J. D. Waley, Esq.

1 Dingo Dog (Canis dingo). Yresented by D. R. McDowall,

Esq.

1 Duiker Bok (Cephalophus grimmi), 2. Presented by L. 1.

Nott, Esq.

2 Black Larks (Melanocorypha yeltoniensis). Purchased.

1 Salvadori’s Cassowary (Casuarius salvadorix). Deposited.

1 Long-legged Buzzard (Buteo feror). Capturedin the Red Sea.

Presented by Mr.. J. Kilpatrick.

1 Kestrel (Tinnunculus alaudarius). Presented by Mr. J. Kil-

patrick. we

. 2 Axis Deer (€ervus azis),22. Received in Exchange.

1 Pink-headed Duck (Rhodonessa caryophyllacea), §. Teceived

in Exchange.

1 Javan Cormorant (Phalacrocorax javanicus). Teceived in

Exchange.

1 Indian Crow (Corvus splendens). Received in Exchange.

4 Indian Spotted Doves (Turtur suratensis). Meceived in Ex-

change.

2 Brown-headed Gulls (Larus brunneicephalus). [Received in

Exchange.

1 Golden-naped Amazon (Chrysotis auripalliata). Presented by

Gambier Bolton, Esq., F.Z.S.

. 2 Red Ground-Doves (Geotrygon montana). Presented by Lady

Blake.

1 Salvin’s Amazon (Chrysotis salvini). Deposited.

1 Blue-and- Yellow Macaw (Ara ararauna). Deposited.

1 Red-and-Yellow Macaw (Ava chlsroptera). Deposited.

. 1 Horned Lizard (Phrynosoma cornutum). Presented by Charles

Iseard, Ksq.

. 1 Green Monkey (Cercopithecus callitrichus). Presented by

Robert O’Callaghan, Esq., F.Z.S

. 8 Shaw’s Gerbilles (Gerbillus shawi). Bred in the Menagerie.

. 1 Great Kangaroo (Macropus giganteus), ¢. Deposited.

2 Australian Sheldrakes (Tadorna tadornoides), 62. Pur-

chased.

. 2 Chinese Quail (Coturnix chinensis), ¢ Q. Purchased.

G Pintails (Dafila acuta), 33,39. Purchased.

. 1 Australian Cassowary (Casuarius australis), 2. Deposited.

Feb. 23. 5 Black-backed Jackals (Canis mesomelas).

Mar.

“1c or

15.

16.

17. 1 Senegal Parrot (Pwocephalus senegalus).

18, 2 Lapwings (Vanellus eristatus). Purchased.

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 1035

Matcham, Esq., C.M.Z.S.

Presented by J. E.

1 Downy Owl (Pulsatrix torquata). Deposited.

2 White’s Tree-Frogs (Hyla cerulea). Deposited. .

1 Bearded Lizard (Amphibolurus barbatus). Purchased.

. 1 Black-backed Jackal ( Cunis mesomelas).

Travers.

. 2 Black-faced Spider-Monkeys (Afeles ater

Presented by Capt.

). Deposited.

1 Temminck’s Tragopan (Ceriornis temmincki), 9. Purchased.

. 3 Hybrid Gold Pheasants (bred between

Thaumalea picta and

L. amherstie). Presented by Perey Tarbutt, Esq., F.Z.S.

2. 1 Indian River-Snake (Tropidonotus piscator). Purchased.

. 3 Urial Wild Sheep ( Ozis wgnez),1g,22. From Beloochistan.

Presented by B. T. Ffinch, Esq., F.Z.S.

Julius Neumann, Esq.

1 Large Indian Civet (Viverra zibetha).

Neumann, Esq.

. 1 Masked Paradoxure (Paradoxurus larvatus). Presented by

Presented by Julius

. 1 Common Seal (Phoca vitulina). Purchased.

. 1 Leopard (Felis pardus). Born in the Menagerie.

. 2 Cardinal Grosbeaks (Cardinalis virginianus). Purchased.

8 Undulated Grass-Parrakeets (Melopsittacus undulatus), 43,

492. Purchased.

1 Brown Gannet (Sula leucogastra). Purchased.

. 1 Black Lark (Melanocorypha yeltoniensis), §. Purchased.

. 2 Indian Cheyrotains (Tragulus meminna),2¢. Purchased.

2 Prairie Marmots (Cynomys ludovicianus). Presented by J.

Maurice Glyn, Esq.

. 1 Black Woodpecker (Picus martius). Purchased.

1 Great Eagle-Owl (Bubo maximus). Presented by Capt. Betram

Goff, late 71st Highland Light Infantry.

4 Chinese Quails (Coturnix chinensis), 2d,

1. 1 Solitary Thrush (Monticola cyanus), 3.

2. 1 Mantell’s Apteryx (Apteryx mantelli).

292. Purchased.

Purchased.

1 Owen’s Apteryx (Apteryr owent). Purchased.

1 Spotted Ichneumon (Herpestes auropunctatus). Presented by

the Rev. Sidney Vatcher.

obscurus 2), 6 Q. Presented by W.

F.ZS.

. 2 Hybrid Dusky “Ducks (between Anas boscas $ and Anas

H. St. Quintin, Esq.,

1 Snow-Bunting (Plectrophenax nivalis), $. Purchased.

1 Mantehurian Crane (Grus japonensis). Purchased.

1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 2. Presented by

M. Lyons, Esq.

1 Common Fox (Canis vulpes), $. Presented by Miss Heard.

1 Malayan Paradoxure (Paradoxurvs hermaphroditus), De-

posited.

1 Mexican Deer (Cariacus mexicanus), 3.

Col. Wilson, C.M.G.

1 Reddish Brocket (Cariacus rufinus), 3.

Col. Wilson, C.M.G.

1 Globose Curassow (Craa globicera), 2.

Col. Wilson, C.M.G.

L. Firmin.

Presented by H.E.

Presented by H.E,

Presented by Miss

68*

1036

Mar,

APPENDIX,

18. 2 Zebus (Bos indicus), ¢ Q. Presented by Commander George

Stevenson.

7 Baer’s Ducks (Fudigula baeri). Received in Exchange.

19. 1 Hairy Armadillo (Dasypus villosus). Deposited.

2 Argus Pheasants (Argus giganteus), ¢ 2. Purchased.

4 Gold Pheasants (Thaumalea picta),2¢,29Q. Purchased.

2 Horned Tragopans (Certornis satyra), ¢ 2. Purchased.

2 Lineated Pheasants (Zuplocamus lineatus). Purchased.

2 South-African Ostriches (Struthio australis), ¢ 2. Received

in Exchange.

1 Grand Eclectus (£clectus roratus). Deposited.

2 Many-coloured Parrakeet (Psephotxs multicolor), ¢ 2. Pur-

chased.

4 Spotted-sided Finches (Amadina latham?). Purchased.

21. 4 Radiated Tortoises (Yestudo radiata). Deposited.

22, 1 Weka Rail (Ocydromus australis). Deposited.

24, 1 Herring-Gull (Larus argentatus). Presented by Mrs. Hovell.

26. 2 Hybrid Parrakeets (bred between Platycercus eximius g and

Platycercus pallidiceps 2). Deposited.

27. 3 Bactrian Camels (Camelus bactrianus), 32. Deposited.

1 Burchell’s Zebra (LZquus burchelli), 2. Deposited.

2 Yaks (Poéphagus grunniens), 2 et juv. Deposited.

1 Beisa Antelope (Oryx besa), ¢. Deposited.

1 South Albemarle Tortoise (Testudo vicina). Deposited. See

P. Z. 8. 1898, p. 245.

28. 1 Caucasian Wild Goat (Cupra caucasica, jr.), 6. Received in

Exchange.

29. 1 Molucca Deer (Cervus moluccensis), ¢. Presented by H.G.

The Duke of Bedford, F.Z.S.

4 Oyster-catchers (Hematopus ostralegus). Purchased.

30. 1 Great-billed Touracou (7uracus macrorhynchus). Presented

by R. J. Nicholas, Isq.

31. 2 Cambayan Turtle-Doves ( Turtur senegalensis). Presented by

Sir Edward Burne-Jones.

1 Razor-billed Curassow (Mitra tuberosa). Presented by

R. Norton, Esq.

April 1. 1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 2. Presented by

Capt. Francis W. Bate.

1 Burchell’s Zebra (Equus burchelli), 2. Born in the Mena-

verie.

ee Aenti Foxes (Canis lagopus). Purchased.

. 1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 2. Presented by

Mrs. Grace Currie.

1 White-tailed Sea-Eagle (Zaliaétus albicilla, jv.). From the

Liautung Peninsula, China. Presented by J. W. Carrall,

wm bo

Sq.

10 Californian Quails (Callipepla californica), 93,19. Pre-

sented by Capt. Thomas Yardley Powles.

5. 1 Rosy-billed Duck (Metopiana peposaca), 3. Purchased.

6. 1 Chimpanzee (Anthropopithecus troglodytes), ¢. Purchased.

1 Egyptian Jerboa (Dipus egyptius). Deposited.

1 Common Viper ( Vipera berus). Presented by R. Tucker,

Esq.

7. 4 Egyptian Ichneumons (Herpestes ichneumon). Purchased.

6 Common Gulls (Larus canus). Purchased.

1 Common Kestrel ( Tinnuneulus alaudarius). Purchased.

Apr.

IAB

14.

16.

18.

21.

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 1037

. 1 Reticulated Python (Python reticulatus). Purchased.

. 1 Leopard (Felis pardus), 3. Presented hy Arthur Hudson,

Esq.

. 1 Puff-Adder (Bitis arietans), Presented by J. E. Matcham,

Hsq., C.M.Z.S.

2 Rough-keeled Snakes (Dasypeltes scabra). Presented by

er Matcham, Esq., C.M.Z.S.

4 Rhomb-marked Snakes (Trimerorhinus rhombeatus). Pre-

sented by J. E. Matcham, Esq., C.M.Z.S.

9 Crossed Snakes Ce crucifer). Presented by J. E.

Matcham, Esq., C.M.Z.S.

1 Gayal (Bibos frontalis), 9. Born in the Menagerie.

1 Common Lapwing (Vanellus cristatus). Purchased.

2 Knots (Tringa canutus). Purchased.

1 Long-necked Chelodine (Chelodina longicollis). Presented by

R. Kirkw ood, Esq.

1 Macaque Monkey (Macucus cynomolgus), $. Presented by

H. Times, Esq.

2 Toco Toucans (Ramphastos toco). Purchased.

1 Mouflon (Ovzs musimon), $. Born in the Menagerie.

1 Hog-Deer (Cervus porcinus), 2. Born in the Menagerie.

. 1 Robin (£rithacus pubecula, var.). Presented by Henry

Kirkman, Esq.

1 Gold Pheasant (Thaumalea picta), §. Presented by Mrs.

Abbot Robinson.

1 Red-vented Cockatoo (Cacatua hematuronygia). Purchased.

1 Isabelline Bear ( Ursus isabellinus). Presented by Major

Whatman.

1 Silver-backed Fox (Canis chama). Presented by W.

Champion, Hsq.

1 Suricate (Suricata tetradactyla). Presented by W. Champion,

Esq.

1 Grey-breasted Parrakeet (Myopsittacus monachus). Presented

by Mrs. Evelyn Heathcote.

4 Silver Pheasants (Euplocamus nycthemerus), 43. Presented

by H. J. Veitch, Esq., F.Z.8,

_ 1 Common Barn-Owl (Stri za’ flammea). Presented by Capt.

George Innes.

1 Black- “winged Peafowl (Pavo ge wpennis), $. Presented by

Richard H. J. Gurney, Esq., F.Z.S.

1 Collared Fruit-Bat (Cynonycteris collars). Born in the Mena-

gerie.

_ 1 Yellow-cheeked Lemur (Lemur xanthomystax). Born in the

Menagerie.

1 Crested Porcupine (Hystria cristata). Born in the Mena-

gerie.

2 Squirrel-like Phalangers (Belideus sciureus), 23. Born in

the Menagerie.

1 Red Kangaroo (Macropus rufus), S. Born in the Mena-

gerie.

2 Black Rats (Mus rattus). Presented by J. E. Ardron, Esq.

4 Undulated Grass-Parrakeets (Melopsittacus undulatus).

Presented by A. Aitchison, Esq.

1 White-backed Piping-Crow (Gymnorhina leuconota), Bred

in the Menagerie.

1 Black-bellied Sand-Grouse (Péerocles arenarius), d. Pre-

sented by E. G, B. Meade-Waldo, Esq., F.Z.S.

1038

Apr. 21.

22.

25.

26.

APPENDIX.

1 Pin-tailed Sand-Grouse (Pterocles alchata), 2. Presented by

E. G. B. Meade-Waldo, Esq., F.Z.5.

1 Rosy Bulltinch (Zrythrospiza githayinea). Presented by E

G. B. Meade-Waldo, Esq., F.Z.S.

2 Common Blue-birds (Sialia ‘wilsoni).

2 Yellow-bellied Liothrix (Lrothrix luteus).

1 Amaduvade Finch (2strelda amandava).

1 Red-bellied Waxbill (Astrelda rubriventris).

1 Crimson-eared Waxbill (Zstrelda pheni-

cotis).

4 Amaduvade Finches (Zstrelda amandava). |

1 Green Waxbill (Lstreldu formosa).

1 Common Waxbill (Zstrelda cinerea), |

2 Red-bellied Waxhbills (Lstrelda rubri-

ventris). |

3 Orange-cheeked Waxhbills (Lstrelda mel- |

Miss Edith M.

}

| Presented by

f Kemp- Welch.

poda).

1 Chestnut-eared Finch (Amadina casia-

notis). Presented by

1 Bar-breasted Finch (Muna nisoria). Miss Petroco-

2 Black-headed Finches (Munia matacca), chino.

2 Chesnut-bellied Finches (Munia rubro-

nigra).

3 Indian Silver-bills (Munia malabarica),

1 Maja Finch (Muna maja).

2 Banded Grass-Finches (Poéphila cincta). |

1 Paradise Whydah-bird (Vidua paradisea).

1 Golden-backed Weaver-bird (Pyromelana

aurea). 3

1 Common Otter (Lutra vulyaris). Presented by A. P. Ash-

burnham, Esq.

3 Hairy-footed Jerboas (Dipus hirtipes). Presented by Miss

Baird.

1 Green-cheeked Amazon (Chrysotis viridigena, var.). De-

posited.

1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 2. Presented by

Mrs. Burrell.

2 Beautiful Grassfinches (Poéphila mirabilis), GQ. Pur-

chased.

2 Indian Silver-bills (Mania malabarica). Presented by the

Lady Charlotte Amhetst.

12 Midwife Toads (Alytes obstetricans). Purchased.

1 Barbary Wild Sheep (Ovis tragelaphus). Born in the

Menagerie.

1 Pinima Curassow (Crax pinima), 3. Presented by Dr. Emil

A. Goeldi, C.M.Z.S. See P. Z. 8. 1898, p. 348.

1 Hybrid Fowl and Guinea-fowl (between Numida meleagris

3 and Gallus domesticus 9), 2. Presented by Dr. Emil

A. Goeldi, C.M.Z.S. See P. Z. 8. 1898, p. 548.

1 Mona Monkey (Cercopithecus mona), 2. Presented by Mrs.

Christina G. R. Potter.

2 Turtle-Doves (Turtiw: communis). Presented by G. J. Plows,

“8q.

27. 1 Californian Sea-Lion (Otaria californiana), ¢. TReceived in

Exchange.

2 Common Toads (Bufo vulgaris), Presented by D. P. Turner,

Esq.

Apr. 27

May 2.

10.

11.

18.

ADDI'LIONS 10 THE MENAGERIE. 1039

1 Rihg-tailed Coati (Naswa rufa). Presented by Basil T. Free-

land, Esq.

1 Mantled Buzzard (Leucopternis palliuta). Presented by

Basil T. Freeland, Esq.

1 Grey Ichneumon (Herpestes griseus). Born in the Menagerie.

3 Barbary Wild Sheep (Ovis tragelaphus). Born in the Mena-

gerie,

3 Yellow-leg¢ed Herring-Gulls (Luwrus cachinnans). Purchased.

2 Kuhl’s Shearwaters (Puffinus kuhli). Purchased.

1 Humboldt’s Lagothrix (Lagothrix humboldti),?2. Purchased.

1 Short-headed Phalanger (Petawrus breviceps), $. Born in

the Menagerie.

1 Great Hagle-Owl (Bufo maximus). From Amoorland. De-

posited.

2 Sooty Phalangers (Trichosurus fuliginosus). Presented by

A. Waley, Esq.

1 Common Chameleon (Chameleon vulgaris). Deposited.

4 Common Vipers (Vipera berus). Presented by Mr. J. Amos.

6 Garganey Teal (Querquedela circia), 3 3,39. Purchased.

1 Mountain Zebra (Zquus zebra), 9. Purchased. See P.Z.S,

1898, p. 456.

1 Salvadori’s Cassowary (Caswarius salvadorti?). Deposited.

1 Glaucous Macaw (Anodorhynchus glaucus). Deposited.

1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus), 2. Presented by Mr. W.

H. Lewis.

1 Banded Parrakeet (Paleornis fusciata), $. Presented by

Lady Lumsden.

1 Banded Parrakeet (Paleornis fasciata), $. Deposited.

1 Cardinal Grosbeak (Cardinals viryinianus), §. Presented by

Mrs. Harry Blades.

2 Black-backed Geese (Sarcidiornis melanota), § 2. MReceived

in Exchange.

2 Grey-lagz Geese (Anser cinereus). Received in Exchange.

1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 3. Presented by

Mrs. Eyre.

2 Crested Screamers (Chauna cristata). Purchased.

. 2 Scaly-breasted Lorikeets (Psitteuteles chlorolepidotus). Pur-

chased.

. 1 Red-backed Buzzard (Buteo erythronotus), Presented by

Ernest Hartley, Esq.

. 2 Japanese Deer (Cervus sika), § 2. Born in the Menagerie.

. 1 Vervet Monkey (Cercopithecus lalandi), g. Presented by

Mr. C. J. Barratt.

1 Common Raccoon (Procyon lotor). Presented by A. D.

Jenkins, Esq.

1 Orange-winged Amazon (Chrysotis amazonica). Deposited.

2 Blue-fronted Amazons (Chrysotis estiva). Deposited.

1 Guinea Baboon (Cynocephalus sphinx), S. Presented by

Capt. H. de la Cour Travers.

1 Guillemot (Zomvia troile). Presented by Ernest Horne, Esq.

3 Shaw’s Gerbilles (Gerbzllus shawi). Born in the Menagerie.

. 1 Barbary Ape (Macacus nuus), $. Presented by EH. L. Cooke,

sq.

1 Leucoryx Antelope (Oryx leucoryx), $. Purchased. See

P. Z. 5. 1898, p, 466.

26.

27.

11 Rufescent Snakes (Leptodira hotambeia).

APPENDIX.

1 Red-winged Parrakeet (Ptistes erythropterus). Received in

Exchange.

1 Long-billed Butcher-bird ( Cracticus destructor). Received in

Exchange.

1 Red River-Hog (Potamocherus pencillatus), $. Purchased.

21. 1 Reindeer (Rangifer tarandus), $. Presented by Capt. the

Hon. M. A. Bourke, R.N., H.M.S. ‘ Cordelia” See P. Z.S.

1898, p. 456.

1 Beccari’s Cassowary (Caswarius beccarii?). Deposited.

1 Orange-winged Amazon (Chrysotis amazonica). Deposited.

. 1 Mocassin Snake (Tropidonotus fasciatus). Presented by

James Meldrum, Esq., F°.Z.8.

23. 1 Black-tailed Gazelle (Gazella tilonura), 3. Deposited.

1 Beccari’s Cassowary (Casuarius beccarit). _ Deposited.

1 Short-headed Phalanger (Petawrus breviceps), 2. Presented

by Julian T. Pym, Esq.

1 Small Hill-Mynah (Gracula religiosa). Presented by Mrs.

Strather.

. 1 Smooth Snake (Coronella austriaca). Presented by Bryan

Hook, Esq.

J Annulated Squirrel (Scirus annulatus). Presented by W. H.

Boyle, Esq.

3 Schlegel’s Doves (Calopelia puella). Presented by W. H.

Boyle, Esq.

Be Black-striped Wallabies (Macropus dorsalis),g 2. Deposited.

1 Black-shouldered Kite (Elanus ceruleus). )

1 Tachiro Goshawk (Astur tachiro). |

1 Spotted Eagle-Owl (Bubo muculosus). |

2 Infernal Snakes (Boodon infernalis).

2 Lineated Snakes (Boodon lineatus).

1 Smooth-bellied Snake (Homalosoma lutriv).

4 Rough-keeled Snakes (Dasypeltis scabra).

Presented by

r J. K.Matcham,

Esq., C.M.Z.S.

4 Rhomb-marked Snakes (7Zrimerorhinus |

rhombeatus).

15 Crossed Snakes (Psammophis crucifer).

1 Cape Adder (Bitis atropos).

3 Puff-Adders (Bitis arietans). J

1 African Wild Ass (Equus teniopus), §. Born in the

Menagerie.

1 Gazelle (Gazella dorcas), §. Presented by F. D. Lambert,

Esq.

2 Mantchurian Cranes (Grus japonensis). Purchased.

2 Malabar Squirrels (Sctwrus maximus dealbatus). Presented

by R. C. Wroughton, Esq.

2 Barbary Wild Sheep (Ovis tragelaphus). Born in the

Menagerie.

1 Sharp-nosed Crocodile (Crocodilus americanus). Deposited.

1 Algerian Tortoise (Zestudo ibera). Presented by Mr. Albert

West.

. | Canadian Skunk (Mephitis mephitica). Deposited.

1 Florida Tortoise (Z'estudo polyphemus). Deposited.

1 Collared Peecary (Dicotyles tajacu). Presented by Eustace

Grey, Esq.

2 Black-necked Swans (Cygnus nigricollis). Bred in the

Menagerie. See P, Z.S, 1898, p. 456.

ADDITIONS LO VHE MENAGERIE, 1041

May 30. 1 English Wild Bull (Bos tawus), $. Born in the Menagerie.

31. 1 Augural Buzzard (Buteo auguralis). Deposited.

2 Egyptian Kites (Milvus egyptius). Presented by the Rev.

R. H. C. Graham.

1 Double-ringed Turtle-Dove (Turtur bitorquatus). Purchased.

June 1. 1 Burchell’s Zebra (Zquus burchelli), 3. Deposited.

1 Bean-Goose (Anser seyetum), 3. Presented by W. H. St.

Quintin, Esq., F.Z.S.

2. 1 Yellow-billed Sheath-bill (Chionts alba). Presented by Capt.

H. W. Schlemann.

2 Golden Hagles (Aquila chrysaétus). Presented by Edgar

Baxter, Esq.

1 Common Viper (Vipera berus). Presented by John Harris,

Esq.

4,2 Black-billed Hornbills (Lophoceros nasutus). Purchased.

1 Greater Sulphur-crested Cockatoo (Cacatua galerita). Pre-

sented by G. P. Dupuch, Esq.

1 Yarrell’s Curassow (Crax carunculata), 2. Purchased.

1 White-eyebrowed Guan (Penelope superciliosa). Purchased.

1 Servaline Cat (Fehs servalina). From Uganda. Presented by

Francis G. Hall, Esq.

1 Serval (Felis servai). From Uganda. Presented by Francis

G. Hall, Esq.

6. 1 Dorsal Squirrel (Seturus hypopyrrhus). Presented by Miss

Trelawny.

7. 1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), $. Presented by

Miss Nellie Biggs.

1 Ring-necked Pheasant (Phasianus torquatus), §. Presented

by Dr. C. Dantord Thomas, F.Z.5.

4 Wonga-Wonga Pigeons (Leucosarcia picata). Purchased.

1 Indranee Owl (Syrniwm indranee). Deposited. ;

8. 2 Italian Newts (Molge italiea). Presented by Count M. G.

Peracca, F.Z.S.

9. 1 Pin-tailed Whydah-bird (Vidwa principalis), $. Presented

by Mdme. Caté.

1 Florida Tortoise (Testudo polyphemus). Deposited.

1 Kyed Lizard (Lacerta ocellata). Presented by H. F. Witherby,

Ksgq., F.Z.8,

10. 4 hese Opossums (Didelphys azare). Purchased.

1 Naked-throated Bell-bird (Chasmorhynchus nudicollis), Pur-

chased.

i Burrowing-Owl (Speotyto eunicularia). Purchased.

11. 2 Mexicon Guans (Ortalis vetula). Purchased.

1 Rough Terrapin (Nicorta punctularia). Purchased.

1 Sarus Crane (Girus antigone). Purchased.

] Four-lined Snake (Coluber quatorlineatus). Purchased.

1 Angulated Snake (Helicops angulatus). Purchased.

13. 1 Cape Zorilla (Ietonyx zorilla). Presented by J. E. Matcham,

Esq., C.M.Z.S.

1 Dusty Ichneumon (Herpestes pulverulentus). Presented by

J. E. Matcham, Esq., C.M.Z.S.

4 Fieldfares ( Turdus pilaris). From Christiansund, Presented

by Dr. R. B. Sharpe, F.Z.S.

1 Black Guillemot (Uria grylle). From Christiansund. Pre-

sented by Dr. R. B. Sharpe, F.Z.S,

1 Crowned Partridge (Rollulus cristatus), g. Purchased.

1042

June 13.

14.

17.

18.

APPENDIX.

3 Triangular-spotted Pigeons (Columba guinea). Bred in the

Menagerie.

12 Algerian Skinks (Lumeces algeriensis). Presented by Robert

S. Hunter, Esq.

2 Forster’s Lung-tish (Ceratodus forstert). Purchased. See

P.Z.S. 1898, p. 586.

2 Forster’s Lung-fish (Ceratodus forsteri). Deposited.

1 Guinea Baboon (Cynocephalus sphiny), 2. Presented by Capt.

C. C. Wyatt.

1 Indian Python (Python molurus). Presented by Percival F.

Tuckett, Ksq.

1 Four-lined Snake (Coluber quatorlineatus). Presented by W.

R. Temple, Esq.

4 Common Comorants (Phalocrocorax carbo). Purchased.

5. 1 Malabar Squirrel (Scawus maximus dealbatus). Deposited.

3 Common Mormosets (Hapale jacchus). Presented by Col. A,

H. Maclean.

. 1 Naked-tooted Owlet (Athene noctua). Presented by The Hon.

Mrs. Barrington.

2 Senegal Parrots (Peocephalus senegalus). Presented by Miss

E. L. Barford.

2 Cereopsis Geese (Cereopsis nove-hollandie), 6 2. Purchased.

2 White-tailed Gnus (Connochetes gnu), § 9. Presented by C.

D. Rudd, Esq., F.Z.S. See P. Z.S. 1898, p. 586,

1 Spotted Eagle-Owl (Bubo maculosus). Presented by J. I.

Matcham, Hsq., C.M.Z.S.

2 South-African Kestrels (Tinnunculus rupicola). Presented by

C. Southey, Esq.

. 2 Dusky Francolins (Pternistes infuscatus). Purchased.

1 Madagascar 'l'ree-Boa (Corallus madagascariensis). Purchased.

2 Yellow-cheeked Lemurs (Lemur wanthomystax). Deposited.

. I Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), ¢. Presented by

Miss Stankowski.

1 Sykes’s Monkey (Cercopithecus albigularis), 29. Presented by

Miss Gladys Carey.

1 Great Anteater (Myrmecophaga jubata). Purchased.

. 1 Hybrid Zebra (between Equus caballus § and Equus burchelli

Born in the Menagerie.

1 Brush-tailed Kangaroo (Petrogule penicillata), . Presented

by C. J. Leyland, Ksq., F.Z.8.

1 Blue-fronted Amazon (Chrysotis estiva). Deposited.

. 1 White-tailed Guu (Connochetes gnu), $. Born in the Mena-

erie.

2 Thars (Hemitragus jemlaicus), ¢ 9. Born in the Menagerie.

6 Algerian Tortoises (T'estudo cbera). Deposited.

2 Red-and-Yellow Macaws (Ara chloroptera). Received in

Hxchange.

24. 2 Red-backed Pelicans (Pelecanus rufescens). Irom the Niger

River. Presented by H. L. Bernstein, Esq.

2 Madagascar Tree-Boas (Corallus madagascariensis). Depo-

sited.

1 Banded Ichneumon (Crossarchus fasciatus). Deposited.

1 Tamandua Anteater (Tumandua tetradactyla). Purchased.

2 White-necked Storks (Disswra episcopus). Purchased.

1 Dusky Trumpeter (Psophia obscura). Purchased.

1 Black Hangnest (Cassedix oryzivora). Presented by R, Phil-

lipps, Esq.

June ‘

uv.

ome

“I Or

30.

July 1.

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 1043

1 Angulated Tortoise (Zestudo anyuwlata). Deposited.

. 1 Chimpanzee (Anthropopithecus troglodytes), 2. Deposited.

1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus sinicus), $. Presented by the Lady

Tichborne.

1 Mouflon (Ovis musimon), ¢. Presented by H. Brinsley

Brooke, Esq.

1 Brush-Turkey (Talegalla lathami). Purchased.

1 Royal Python (Python regius). Presented by W. G. Wood-

row, Esq.

. 2 Bennett’s Wallabies (Macropus bennetti), 6 2. Born in the

Menagerie.

1 Brush-tailed Kangaroo (Petrogale penicillata), 9. Born in

the Menagerie.

1 Glaucous Macaw (Anodorhynchus glaucus). Deposited.

1 Jackal Buzzard (Buteo jacal), Presented by J. E. Matcham,

Esq., C.M.Z.S.

5 Upland Geese (Chloéphaga magellanica). Bred in the Mena-

vere.

. 1 Yellow-crowned Penguin (Zudyptes antipodum). Deposited.

1 Thick-billed Penguin (Ludyptes pachyrhynchus). Deposited.

6 Argentine Tortoises (Testudo aryentina). Deposited.

1 Nilotie Trionyx ( Trionya triunguis). Deposited.

1 White-throated Monitor (Varanus albigularis). Deposited.

1 Japanese Deer (Cervus sika), 2. Born in the Menagerie.

1 Pig-tailed Monkey (Macacus nemestrinus), Q. Presented by

J. Ratillon, Esq.

1 Lioness (Felis leo), 2. From Somaliland. Presented by

Henry 8. H. Cavendish, Esq.

1 Lesser Koodoo (Strepsiceros imberbis), 3. Purchased. See

P.Z.S. 1898, p. 586.

1 Beisa Antelope (Oryx beisa), G. Purchased.

2 Hagenbeck’s Jackals (Canis hagenbecki). Purchased. See

P.Z.S. 1898, p. 586.

. 2 Rhesus Monkeys (Macacus rhesus), ¢ 2. Presented by the

Park’s Committee, Tynemouth.

1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus sinicus), 2. Presented by the

Park’s Committee, Tynemouth.

2 Green Monkeys (Cercopithecus callitrichus?). Deposited.

1 Moustache Monkey (Cercopithecus cephus), 2. Deposited.

1 L’Hoést’s Monkey (Cercopithecus lhoesti). Purchased. See

P.Z.S. 1898, p. 586, pl. xlviii.

1 Dusky Trumpeter (Psophia obscura). Purchased.

3 Japanese Teal (Querquedula formosa), 1 3,22. Purchased.

1 Rufous Rat-Kangaroo (Apyprymnus rufescens), g. Pur-

chased.

2 Black-winged Peafowl (Pavo nigripennis), ¢ 2. Purchased.

4 Wagler’s Terrapins (Hydraspis waglert). Deposited.

. 4 Wandering Tree-Ducks (Dendrocygna arcuata), Purchased.

2 Vervet Monkeys (Cercopithecus lalandii), 6 2. Presented by

W. Champion, Esq., F.Z.S.

. 1 Great Wallaroo (Macropus robustus), ¢. Presented by Miss

. Jackson.

1 Arabian Baboon (Cynocephalus hamadryas), 2. Deposited.

2 Algerian Hedgehogs (Erinaceus algirus). From Tunisia.

Presented by Sir Harry Johnston, K.C.B., F.Z.5.

2 Indian Tantalus (Psewdotantalus leucocephalus). Purchased.

1o44 APPENDIX.

July 5. 1 Puma (f/is concolor). Born in the Menagerie.

6. 1 Giratte (Giraffa camelopardalis), 3. From Senegal. Pur-

chased. See P. Z. 8. 1898, p. 587.

1 Grey Parrot (Psttacus erithacus). Deposited.

1 European Pond-Tortoise (Zmys orbicularis). Presented by

A. H. Cocks, Esq., F.Z.S.

1 Algerian Tortoise ( Testudo ibera). Presented by G. K. Gude,

Esq., E.ZS.

Go Shapely Snake (Phrynonax eutropis). Presented by R. R.

Mole, Esq., C.M.Z.S.

1 Deadly Snake (Lachesis atrov). Presented by R. R. Mole,

Ksq., C.M.Z.S.

1 Gigantic Centipede (Scolopendra gigas). From Trinidad.

Presented by R. Rt. Mole, Esq., C.M.Z.S. See P. Z. S. 1898,

. O87.

1 Tkick-neckod Tree-Boa (Zpicrates cenchris). Presented by

H. Carraciolo, Esq.

1 Corais Snake (Coluber corais). Presented by H. Corraciolo,

Esq.

2 Spotted Pigeons (Columba maculosa). Purchased.

2 Yellowish Finches (Sycalis luteola), Presented by Mr. F.

L’Hoést, C.M.Z.S.

8. 2 Barbary Wild Sheep (Ovis tragelaphus). Born in the

Menagerie.

1 Burrhel Wild Sheep ( Ovis burrhel), ¢. Born in the Menagerie.

2 Pennant’s Parrakeets (Platycercus elegans). Deposited.

1 Swainson’s Lorikeet (Zrichoglossus nove-hollandie). De-

posited.

] Lataste’s Viper (Vipera latastit), Presented by Mr. Carl

Hagenbeck.

& Lateral White-eyes (Zosterops lateralis). Purchased.

9. 1 Burmeister’s Cariama (Chunga burmeistert). Purchased.

11. 1 Japanese Deer (Cervus ska), $. Born in the Menagerie.

2 Thick-billed Penguins (Eudyptes pachyrhynchus). Deposited.

J Jardine’s Parrot (Peocephalus gulielmi). Deposited.

5 Rufts (Machetes pugnax), 2 3,5 2. Purchased.

2 Redshanks (7otanus calidris). Purchased.

12. 1 Japanese Deer (Cervus stka), 2. Born in the Menagerie.

1 Grey Parrot (Psittacus erithacus). Presented by Mr. Palmer.

2 Spoonbills (Platalea leucorodia). Purchased.

2 Axolotls (Amblystoma tigrinum), Presented by W. R.

Temple, Esq.

18, 1 Lion (Felis leo), 2. Presented by P. B. Vanderbyl, Esq.

1 Cardinal Grosbeak (Cardinalis virginianus), 3. Presented by

Mrs. Chambers.

2 Shags (Phalacrocorax graculus). Presented by the Maclaine

of Lochbuie.

~ 10 Common Chameleons ( Chameleon vulgaris). Purchased.

14, 1 Chaema Baboon (Cynocephalus porcarius), 3. Presented by

Dr, Suffield.

1 Brown Capuchin (Cebus futuellus). Presented by Mrs.

Wallace, F.Z.S.

53 European Pond-Tortoises (mys orbicularis). Presented by

Miss E. Endicott.

15, 1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus). Born in the Mena-

gerie.

2 Australian Bell-birds (Manorhina melanophrys). Deposited.

ADDITIONS 'TO THE MENAGERIE. 1045

July 15, 2 Elephantine Tortoises (Testudo elephantina). Deposited.

1 Clumsy Tortoise ( Testudo inepta). Deposited.

1 Round-spotted Lizard (Stenodactylus guttatus). Presented

by Master R. Stradline.

16. 5 Bridled Wallabies (Onychogale frenata),2 3,3 9. Pur-

chased.

2% Orang-outangs (Stmia satyrus), ¢ 2. Purchased.

1 Maguari Stork (Dissura maguart). Deposited.

1 Gentoo Penguin (Pygosceles teniatus). Deposited.

1 Squirrel- Monkey (Chrysothria sciurea). Deposited.

17. 1 Common Chameleon (Chameleon vulgaris). Presented by

Clyde Hinshelwood, Esq.

2 Common Snakes ( Tropidonotus natric). Presented by A

Waley, Esq.

19, 1 Naked-footed Owlet (Athene noctua). Presented by the Hon.

Walter Rothschild, F.Z.S.

2 Coquerel’s Mouse-Lemurs (Chetrogaleus coqguereli). De-

posited.

10 Algerian Tortoises (Testudo ibera). Deposited.

1 Glass Snake (Ophiosaurus apus). Deposited.

1 Black-marked Snake (Coluber scalars). Deposited.

] Ravergier’s Snake (Zamenis ravergiert). Deposited.

20. 19 Saddle-backed Tortoises (Testudo ephippium). From Dun-

can Island, Galapagos Group. Deposited. See P.Z.S

1898, p. 587.

30 South-Albemarle Tortoises (Testudo vicina). From Albemarle

Island, Galapagos Group. Deposited. See P. Z.S. 1898,

p. 587.

4 Speckled Terrapins (Clemmys guttata). Deposited.

37 Painted Terrapins (Chrysemys picta). Deposited.

2 Ameriean Box-Tortoises (Cistudo carolina). Deposited.

1 Stink-pot Mud-Terrapin (Cimosternon odoratum). Deposited.

2 Alligator Terrapins (Chelydra serpentinu). Deposited.

5 Golden Carp (Carassius auratus), var. Presented by F. H.

Fitz-Roy, Esq.

21. 1 Graceful Ground-Dove (Geopelia cuneata). Purchased.

2 Peaceful. Ground-Doves (Geopelia tranquilla),$ 2. Pur-

chased.

23, 1 Bridled Wallaby ( Onychogale frenata), ¢. Deposited.

25. 1 Rook (Corvus frugilegus). Presented by Mr. Mack.

1 Vinaceous Amazon (Chrysotis vinacea), Deposited.

26. 4 Cambayan Turtle-Doves ( Zurtwr senegalensis). Bred in the

Menagerie.

] Spotted Pigeon (Columba maculosa). Bred in the Menagerie.

3 Wrinkled Terrapins (Chrysemys scripta rugosa). Deposited.

27. 1 Pig-tailed Monkey (Macacus nemestrinus), 9. Presented by

C. R. Johnson, Esq.

1 Common Rat-Kangaroo (Potorous tridactylus), §. Presented

by Major Fleming.

1 Humboldt’s Saki (Pithecia monachus). Deposited.

28. 1 White-crested Jay-Thrush (Garrulax leucolophus). Presented

by Henry Fulljames, Esq.

1 White-throated Jay-Thrush (Garrulax albogularis). Pre-

sented by Henry Fulljames, Esq.

29, 2 Squirrel Monkeys (Chrysothriv sciurea). Presented by C.

E. Giinther, Esq.

1 Orange-winged Amazon (Chrysotis amazonica). Deposited.

1046

July 29

Aug. 2.

Co Or

APPENDIX.

. 1 Festive Amazon (Chrysotis festiva). Deposited.

5 Gazelles (Gazella dorcas). Deposited.

1 Leopard Tortoise (Testudo pardalis). Presented by Capt. E.

M. Woodward.

1 Bell’s Cinixys (Cinivys belliana). Presented by Capt. E. M.

Woodward.

1 Home’s Cinixys (Cinixys homeana). Presented by Capt. E.

M. Woodward.

. 1 Common Chameleon (Chameleon vulgaris). Presented by

W. Cooper, Esq.

. 2 Magpies (Pica rustica). Deposited.

1 Squirrel Monkey (Chrysothrix sciurea). Presented by W. Re

Routledge, Esq.

1 Garden Dormouse (Myorus quercinus), Rezeived in Ex-

change.

1 Common Wombat ( Phascolomys mitchelli). Deposited.

2 Mailed Uromastix ( Uromastix loricatus). Deposited.

1 Blackish Sternothere (Sternotherus nigricans). Deposited.

1 Wrinkled Terrapin (Chrysemys scripta rugosa). Deposited.

3 Amphiumas (Amphiuma means). Deposited.

1 Ochraceous Ichneumon ( Herpestes ochraceus). From Somali-

land. Presented by R. M. Hawker, Esq., F.Z.S.

1 Abyssinian Guinea-fowl (Numida ptilorhyncha). From So-

maliland. Presented by R. M. Hawker, Esq., F.Z.S.

. 1 Red-masked Conure (Conurus rubrolarvatus). Presented by

Mrs. E. Henrey.

1 Spiny-tailed Iguana (Ctenosaura acanthura). Deposited.

. 1 Mozambique Monkey (Cercopithecus pygerythrus), 2. Pre-

sented by Miss Ethel Ansorge.

1 Wapiti Deer (Cervus canadensis), §. Bornin the Menagerie.

1 Raven (Corvus corux). Presented by H. W. Mansell, Esq.

. 1 American Siskin (Chrysomitris tristis). Deposited.

. 2 Yellow-bellied Liothrix (ZLiothrix luteus).

1 Superb Tanager (Calliste faustuosa).

1 Australian Waxbill (£strelda temporalis).

5 Amaduvade Finches (Lstre/da amandava).

1 Modest Grass-Finch (Amadina modesta). |

2 Orange-cheeked Waxbills (2strelda melpoda).

1 Crimson-eared Waxbill (£streldu phanicotis).

2 Chestnut-eared Finches (Amadina castanotis).

3 Bar-breasted Finches (Munia nisoria).

1 Black-headed Finch (Mania malacca).

1 Indian Silver-bill (Manta malabarica). Picconted f

4 Indian Silver-bills (var.) (Munia malabariea). ( are y

2 Banded Grass-Finches (Poéphila cincta). Cet eee

: A | Hsq., F.Z.5.

1 Parrot Finch (Erythrura psittacea). 2

1 Shining Weaver-bird (Hypochera nitens).

1 Grenadier Weaver-bird (Luplectes oryx).

1 Black-bellied Weaver-bird ( £uplectes afer).

2 Lazuline Finches (Guiraca parellina).

2 Red-crested Finches (Coryphospingus cris-

tatus). |

1 Yellow-rumped Seed-eater (Crithagra chry-

sopyga). |

2 Passerine Parrots (Psittacula passerina).

2 Grey-headed Love-birds (Agapornts cana). _)

16.

19.

20.

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 1047

. 1 Wapiti Deer (Cervus canadensis), $. Born in the Menagerie.

. 2 Three-toed Sloths (Lradypus tridactylus), 9 etjuv. Purchased.

. 1 Common Chameleon (Chameleon vulgaris). Presented by

M. Titford, Esq.

. | Humboldt’s Lagothrix (Zagothrix humboldti), Received in

Exchange.

1 Red-backed Saki ( Pithecia chiropotes). Received in Exchange.

. 1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus), 2. Presented by C. E.

Bashall, Esq.

1 Grey Parrot (Psittacus erithucus). Deposited.

1 Smooth-bellied Snake (2Zomalosoma lutriz). )

1 Rufescent Snake (Leptodira hotamba@ia). |... :

2 Rhomb-marked Snakes (Trimerorhinus o eRe chen ;

rhombeatus). (> Fig “OM ZS.

5 Crossed Seakes (Psammophis crucifer). | Se rae

3 Puff-Adders (Bites arietans).

2. 2 Pinche Monkeys (Midas edipus). Deposited.

3. 1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus sinicus), 2. Presented by Mr. H.

Page.

. 1 Reticulated Python (Python reticulatus). Deposited.

1 Tiger (Felis tigris). Deposited.

1 Leopard (var.) (Felis pardus). Deposited.

1 Crested Pigeon (Ocyphaps lophotes). Bred in the Menagerie.

6 Californian Quails (Callipepla californica). Bred in the

Menagerie.

1 Bonnet-Monkey (Mucacus sinicus), g. Presented by Miss

Emily Sandell.

1 Macaque Mcnkey (Macacus cynomolyus), ¢. Presented by

Madame Giorgi.

1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus), 2. Presented by Miss

Leathes.

1 Grand Eclectus (Zclectus roratus). Presented by Mrs. Peter

Watson:

1 Corais Snake (Coluber corais). Presented by Cecil W. Lilley,

Ksq., F.Z.S.

. 1 Chimpanzee (Anthropopithecus troglodytes), 2. Deposited.

1 Burrhel Wild Sheep (Ovis burrhel). Born in the Menagerie.

1 Elephantine Tortoise (Testudo elephantina). Deposited.

. 1 Sykes’s Monkey (Cercopithecus albigularis), 9. Presented by

C. Carter, Esq.

1 Red-bellied Wallaby (Wacropus billardieri), §. Deposited.

1 Charles-Island Tortoise (Testudo gigantea), Deposited.

2 Maximilian’s Avacaris (Péteroglossus wiedi). Purchased.

3 Lettered Aracaris (Pteroglossus inscriptus). Purchased.

3 Golden-headed Conures (Conurus auricapillus), Purchased.

2 Red-underwinged Doves (Leptoptila rufuxilla). Purchased.

2 Red Ground-Doves (Geotrygon montana). Purchased.

1 Little Guan (Ortalis motmot). Purchased.

6 Superb Tanagers (Calliste fastuosa). Purchased.

4 Brazilian Hanguests (Icterus jamaicai). Purchased.

3 Merrem’s Snakes (Rhadinea merrem?). Purchased.

. 1 African Civet (Viverra civetta). Presented by Lieut. Carroll

and Major Arthur Festing.

1 Indian Chevrotain (Tragulus meminna), $. Purchased.

2 Indian Pythons (Python molurus). Deposited.

. 1 Fat-tailed Sheep (Ovis aries, yar.), @. Presented by the Hon.

Sir J. Sivewright, K.C.M.G.

27.

30,

31.

APPENDIX.

2 Alligators (Alligator mississippiensis). Presented by O. Moser,

ea te (Tragelaphus sylvaticus). 3

2 Maholi Galagos (Galago maholt).

2C ape Zorillas (Jetonyx zorilla).

1 Hoary Snake (Pseudaspis cana).

12 Crossed Snakes (Psammophis crucifer). \

2 Rongh-keeled Snakes (Dasypeltis scabra). {

2 Biufeacent Snakes (Leptodira hotambqia).

2 Smooth-bellied Snakes ( Homalosoma

lutrizx).

2 Putt-Adders (Bitis arietans). y

1 Brown Gannet (Sula leucoyastra). Presented by Capt. Ernest

W. Burnett.

1 Reticulated Python (Python reticulatus). Deposited. See

P. Z. 8. 1898, p. 587.

Presented by

J. E. Matcham,

Esq., C.M.Z.S

12 Meccan “Walkine-fish (Periophthalmus koelreutert). Pre-

sented by Dr. “H. 0: Forbes, F.Z.S. See P. Z. 8. 1898,

587.

1 aie Viper (Vipera berus). Presented by W. F. Bland-

ford, Hsq.

2 Common Snakes ( Tropidonotus natrix). Presented by W. F.

Blandford, Esq.

1 Burrhel Wild Sheep (Ovis burrhel), 2. Born in the Mena-

gerie.

. 1 Brazilian Hangnest (Icterws jamaicai), Presented by Perey

M. Calder, Esq.

1 White-throated Finch (Spermophila albogularis). Presented

by Perey M. Calder, Esq.

5 Rufous Tinamous (Rhynchotus rufescens). Presented by

Ernest Gibson, Esq.

2 Great Kangaroos (Macropus giganteus), ¢ 29. Deposited.

2 Great Wallaroos (Macropus robustus), Deposited.

2 Bennett’s Wallabies (Macropus bennetti). Deposited.

2 Brush-tailed Kangaroos (Petrogale penicillata). Deposited.

1 Red-bellied Wallaby (Macropus billardier’). Deposited.

1 Dormouse Phalanger (Dromicta nana). Received in Ex-

change.

11 Brush-Turkeys (Talegalla lathami). Deposited.

12 Roseate Cockatoos (Cacatua roseicapilla). Deposited.

6 Greater Sulphur-crested Cockatoos ( Cacatua galerita),

Deposited.

5 Silky Bower-birds (Ptilonorhynchus violaceus), Received in

Exchange.

1 Humboldé’s Lagothrix (Lagothriv humboldti). Presented by

C. H. L. Ewen, Esq.

2 Augural Buzzards (Buteo auguralis). Presented by Dr.

Chalmers.

83 Goliath Beetles (Goliathus druryi). Presented by Dr.

Chalmers.

1 Lazuline Finch (Giraca parellina). Presented by John B,

Toone, Esq.

1 Elegant Lizard (Uta elegans). Presented by John B, Toone,

Esq.

2 Elephantine Tortoises (Testudo elephantina). Deposited.

1 Hoolock Gibbon (Hylobates hooloci), Q. Presented by

Lionel Inglis, Esq.

Aug. 351.

Sept. 1.

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE, 1049

1 Grenadier Weavyer-bird (Zuplectes oryx), Presented by Mrs.

Frances A. Cock.

1 Common Snake (TZropidonotus natriv). Presented by A. S.

Shrubbs, Esq.

1 Ganga Cockatoo (Callocephalon galeatum). Deposited.

. 1 Riippell’s Colobus (Colobus guereza). Presented by Mr. Jus-

tice Kelly. See P. Z.S. 1898, p. 587.

1 Duke of Bedford’s Deer (Cervus xanthopygius). Presented by

H.G. the Duke of Bedford, F.Z.S. See P. Z. 8. 1898, p. 588.

1 Brown-necked Parrot (Peocephalus fuscicollis). Deposited.

2 Prétre’s Amazons (Chrysotis pretrit). Deposited.

1 Red-vented Parrot (Pionus menstruus). Deposited.

1 Iceland Falcon {Hierofalco islandus). Presented by C. R.

Anderson, Esq.

5. 1 Chacma Baboon (Cynocephalus porcarius), 9. From the Cape.

OND

20.

Presented by J. E. Matcham, Esq., C.M.Z.S.

2 Egyptian Geese (Chenaloper cegyptiacus). From the Cape.

Presented by J. E. Matcham, Hsq., C.M.Z.S.

1 Kinkajou (Cercoleptes caudivolvulus), $. Purchased.

. 1 Leopard (Felis pardus). Deposited.

. 1 Festive Amazon (Chrysotis festiva). Deposited.

. 11 Long-eared Bats (Plecotus auritus). Presented by F. Cane,

Esq.

1 Nose-horned Viper (Bitis nasicornis). Deposited.

. 2 Spotted Cavies (Calogenys paca). Deposited.

1 Punctated Agouti (Dasyprocta punctata). Deposited.

1 Ring-tailed Coati (Nasua rufa). Deposited.

1 Kinkajou (Cercoleptes caudivolvulus). Deposited.

6 Spiny-tailed Iguanas (Ctenosawra acanthura). Deposited.

1 Delalande’s Gecko (Tarentola delalandiz). Deposited.

1 Stanleyan Chevrotain (Zragulus stanleyanus), ¢. Presented

by Miss Norah F. L. Briggs.

. 1 Plumbeous Snake (Oxyrhopus clelia). Deposited.

2 Hawk-billed Turtles (Chelone imbricata). Presented by H.

Skinner, Esq.

2. 3 Swinhoe’s Pheasants (Luplocamus swinhoii). Bred in the

Menagerie.

5 Mandarin Ducks (4x galericulata). Bred in the Menagerie.

. 1 Vociferous Sea-Eagle (Haliaétus vocifer). Deposited.

. 1 Ring-tailed Coati (Nasua rufa). Presented by 8S. C. Rogers,

Esq.

1 Common Chameleon (Chameleon vulgaris). Deposited.

. 1 Pleasant Antelope (Tragelaphus gratus), 9. Purchased.

2 Little Armadillos (Dasypus minutus). Deposited.

. 1 Crested Porcupine ( Hystrix cristata). Bornin the Menagerie.

. 1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus), 9. Presented by Charles

Ganz, Esq.

il pe Capuchin (Cebus fatuellus). Presented by Miss May

Hill.

3 Black-eared Marmosets (Hapale penicillata), § Q et juv.

Presented by Mrs. Dal Young.

2 White-throated Capuchins (Cebus hypoleucus). Presented by

Mrs. E. C. Cregan.

. | Red-vented Bulbul (Pycnonotus hemorrhous). Deposited.

1 Common Chameleon (Chameleon vulgaris). Presented by

W. E. Reymes-Cole, Esq.

Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1898, No. LXIX. 69

1050 sf APPENDIX.

Sept. 23. 1 Chimpanzee (Anthropopithecus troglodytes), ¢. Presented by

Claude E. Birch, Esq.

26. 3 Lions (Felis leo), 1g, 292. Presented by Arthur Henry

Sharpe, Esq., F.Z.S., and Ewart Scott Grogan, Esgq.,

F.Z.S.

1 Sumatran Rhinoceros (Rhinoceros sumatrensis), 2. Purchased.

2 Reticulated Pythons (Python reticulatus). Deposited.

6 Spotted Tinamous (Nothuwra maculosa). Presented by Ernest

Gibson, Esq.

2 Emus (Dromeus nove-hollandie). Deposited.

1 Black-winged Grackle (Gracupica melanoptera). Deposited.

10 Cunningham’s Skinks (Zyernia cunninghami). Deposited.

1 Black-and-Yellow Cyclodus (T%hgua nigrolutea). Deposited.

2 Little Ringed Plovers (4@gialitis curonica). Purchased.

1 Common Sandpiper (Tringoides hypoleucus). Purchased.

29. 1 Ring-tailed Coati (Nasua rufa). Presented by W. C. Way,

Esq.

1 Red-sided Eclectus (Zclectus pectoralis), 9. Deposited.

2 Common Chameleons (Chameleon vulgaris). Presented by

Mr. W. F. H. Rosenberg.

30. 1 Nagor Antelope (Cervicapra redunca). Deposited.

1 Jardine’s Parrot (Peocephalus gulielmi). Deposited.

“I

Oct. 2. 1 Green Monkey (Cercopithecus callitrichus). Presented by

Cecil Aldin, Esq.

. 1 Sooty Mangabey (Cercocebus fuliginosus), 2. Presented by

Mrs. Penry Lloyd.

. 1 Reticulated Python (Python reticulatus). Deposited.

. 1 Golden Eagle (Aguila chrysaétus). Presented by the Rey. F.

Foxhambert.

. 1 Indian Wild Dog (Cyon dukhunensis), 6. From N. India.

Presented by Surg. Lt.-Col. J. Duke.

1 Common Squirrel (Seiurus vulgaris). Presented by A. M.

Wigram, Esq.

1 Egyptian Jerboa (Dipus egyptius). Presented by David

Devant, Esq.

1 Mozambique Monkey (Cercopithecus pygerythrus). Presented

by Mrs. Snowdon.

1 Radiated Tortoise (Testudo radiata). Presented by Master

Bertie Standing.

. 1 Bennett’s Gazelle (Gazella bennetti?), $. Deposited,

1 Suricate (Swricata tetradactyla). Presented by Mrs. Molteno.

1 Black-headed Caique (Caica melanocephala). Presented by

Mrs. Charles Norton-Dowding.

8. 1 Puma (Felis concolor). Presented by Basil J. Freeland, Esq.

1]. 2 American Flying-Squirrels (Sciwropterus volucella). Presented

by Mrs. Nias.

12. 1 Eland (Oreas canna), ¢. Purchased.

1 Tantalus Monkey (Cercopithecus tantalus), 3. Presented by

Arthur T. Warren, Esq.

13. 1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus). Presented by

Mr. H. W. Mote.

1 Black-headed Lemur (Lemur brunneus). Deposited.

1 Bengalese Cat (Felis bengalensis), Presented by Mr. David

J. Munro.

1 Ruddy Ichneumon ( Herpestes smithi). Presented by J. Lyons,

Esq.

DD Om co

Octo 17.

18.

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 1051

] Siamang (Hylobates syndactylus), ¢. From Negri Sembilan,

Malay Peninsula. Presented by Stanley S. Flower, Esq.,

F.Z.S. See P. Z. S. 1898, p. 588.

1 Thick-necked Terrapin (Bellia crassicollis). From Kedah,

Lower Siam. Presented by Stanley S. Flower, Esq., F.Z.S.

1 Amboina Box-Tortoise (Cyclemys amboinensis). From Brunei,

Borneo. Presented by Stanley S. Flower, Esq., F.Z.S.

1 Siamese Terrapin {Damonia subtrijuga). From Bangkok,

Siam. Presented by Stanley 8. Flower, Esq., F.Z.S.

1 Burmese Tortoise (Testudo elongata). From the Luterior of

Siam. Presented by Stanley S. Flower, Esq., F.Z.S.

1 Ribbit-eared Bandicoot (Peragale lagotis). Deposited.

1 Vulpine Phalanger (Trichosurus vulpecula). Deposited.

1 Commom Paradoxure (Paradorurus niger). Presented by

H. A. Cottrell, Esq., R.N.R.

1 Negro Tamarin (Midas ursulus). Presented by E. F. Booker,

4S .

2 Oapy bias (Hydrocherus capybara). Presented by Basil J.

Freeland, Esq.

1 Short-winged Weaver-bird (Hyphantornis brachyptera), 3.

Presented by Miss Alice Heale.

. 1 Macaque Monkey (Macaeus cynomolgus), $. Presented by

Miss Abchurch.

2 Rosy-faced Love-birds (Ayapornis roseicollis). Bred in the

Menagerie.

1 Emu (Dromeus nove-hollandie). Presented by Sir Cuthbert

Peek, Bart., F.Z.S.

. 1 Suricate (Swricata tetradactyla). Presented by Miss F. Peek.

6 Mute Swans (Cygnus olor). Purchased.

2 Starred Tortoises (Testudo elegans). Presented by J. Free-

man, Es

22. 1 Pig-tailed Monkey (Macaeus nemestrinus), Q. Presented by

R. O. Bell, Esq.

1 Smooth-headed Capuchin (Cebus monachus), 2. Deposited.

24. 1 Blue Jay (Cyanocitta cristata). Purchased.

2 Cockateels (Calopsittacus nove-hollandie). Bred in the

Menagerie.

1 Graceful Ground-Dove (Geopelia cuneata). Bred in the

Menagerie.

1 Spotted Turtle-Dove (Twtw suratensis). Bred in the

Menagerie.

. 2 Wild Canaries (Serznus canarius). Presented by W. H.

St. Quintin, Esq., F.Z.S.

26. 2 Tarantula Spiders (Mygale, sp.inc.), Presented by H. R.

Taylor, Esq.

. | Common Hamster (albino) (Cricetus frumentarius). Deposited.

. 1 Matamata Terrapin (Chelys fimbriata). Deposited.

1 Drill (Cynocephalus leucopheus), 29. Presented by Alfred J.

Dempster, Esq.

1 Naked-throated Bell-bird (Chasmorhynchus nudicollis). Puz-

chased.

1 Common Boa (Boa constrictor). Purchased.

1 Dusky Trumpeter (Psuphia obscura). From Para. Presented

by Dr. E. A. Goeldi, C.M.Z.S.

1 Ring-tailed Lemur (Lemus catta). Deposited.

1 Garnett’s Galago (Galago garnetti). Deposited.

1 Serval (Felis serval). Presented by H.S. H. Cavendish, Esq.

69*

1052

Oct.

él

“1A

16.

lis

18.

—

APPENDIX.

1 Black-footed Penguin (Spheniscus demersus). Presented by

H. 8S. H. Cavendish, Esq.

1 South-Albemarle Tortoise (Zestudo vicina), Presented by

Capt. C. 8, Tindall.

2 Spur-winged Geese (Plectropterus gambensis), 2. Pur-

chased. :

2 Abyssinian Fruit-Pigeons (Vinago waalia). Purchased.

1 Red-sided Kangaroo (Dorcopsis rufo-lateralis). From New

Guinea. Deposited.

. 2 Black-backed Jackals (Canis mesomelas). Presented by

Lady de Trafford.

6 Glossy Ibises (Plegadis falcinelius). Bred in the Menagerie.

2 Bar-tailed Godwits (Limosa lapponica). Purchased.

. 1 Bennett's Wallaby (Macropus bennett’), gS. Born in the

Menagerie.

2 Squirrel-like Phalangers (Petawrus sciureus), ¢ 2. Born in

the Menagerie.

. 1 Orange-winged Amazon (Chrysotis amazonica). Deposited.

. 2 Japanese Deer (Cervus sika),2 3. Received in Exchange.

1 Hamster (var.) (Ericetus frumentarius). Deposited.

. 2 Pumas (felis concolor), § 9. From the Sierra of Cordoba,

Argentine Republic. Presented by Ernest Gibson, Esq.

2 Elephantine Tortoises (Testudo elephantina). Deposited.

1 Gentoo Penguin (Pygosceles teniatus). Deposited.

. 2 Bennett’s Wallabies (Macropus bennetti), 2 et jr. Deposited.

10.

. 1 Axis Deer (Cervus avis), 2. Born in the Menagerie.

15.

1 Gold Pheasant (Thauwmalea picta), 2. Purchased.

1 Hyacinthine Macaw (Anodorhynchus hyacinthinus). Pur-

chased.

2 Red-sided Eclectus (Eclectus pectoralis),2 3. Presented by

the Chevalier Angelo Luzzatti.

2 Undulated Grass-Parakeets (Melopsittacus undulatus), 3 9.

Presented by Arthur J. Finch, Esq.

1 Booted Kagle (Nisaétus pennatus). Presented by Capt. T. E.

Marshall, R.A.

2 Tawny Owls (Syrniwm aluco). Presented by Mrs. Borrer.

1 Red-fronted Amazon (Chrysotis vittata). Presented by

G. A. Phillips, Esq.

1 Ring-necked Parrakeet (Paleornis torquatus, var.). De-

posited.

1 Cereopsis Goose (Cereopsis nove-hollandie}. Presented by

Sir Cuthbert Peek, Bart., F.Z.S.

1 Hobby (Falco subbuteo). Purchased.

2 Gold Pheasants (Thaumalea picta), $ Q. Presented by W.

A. Upton, Esq.

2 Red-bellied Wallabies (Macropus billardierr), $2. Pre-

sented by Major C. J. Urquhart.

. 2 Vulpine Squirrels (Sezvwrus vulpinus), ¢ Q. Deposited.

1 Blue-and-Yellow Macaw (Ara ararauna). Presented by W.

Murray Guthrie, Esq., F.Z.S.

1 Red-and-Yellow Macaw (Ara chloroptera). Presented by

W. Murray Guthrie, Esq., F.Z.S.

1 Yak (Poéphagus grunniens), 9. Born in the Menagerie.

1 Smith’s Dwarf Lemur (Mierocebus smithi). Deposited.

1 Crab-eating Opossum (Didelphys cancrivora?). Deposited.

1 Tessellated Snake (T'ropzdonotus tessel/atus). Purchased.

Nov. 22.

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 1053

1 Diana Monkey (Cercopithecus diana), 2. Presented by

Mrs. M. Riach.

2 One-wattled Cassowaries (Casuarius wuniappendiculatus).

Deposited.

1 Common Rhea (Rhea americana) (white variety). Deposited.

. 1 Guinea Baboon (Cynocephalus sphinx), 3. Presented by

Capt. Armitage.

25. 1 Llama (Lama peruana), 2. Born in the Menagerie.

29. 1 Black Ape (Cynopithecus niger). Deposited.

Dee. 1.

1 Mozambique Monkey (Cercopithecus pygerythrus), 2. Pre-

sented by A. D. Michael, Esq., F.Z.S.

1 Osprey (Pandion haliaétus). Deposited.

. | Lesser Vasa Parrot (Coracopsis nigra). Deposited.

1 Dwarf Chameleon (Chameleon pumilus). Presented by

Mrs. A. Todd.

1 Bell’s Cinixys (Cinirys belliana). Deposited.

1 Home’s Cinixys (Cinivys homeana). Deposited.

5 Painted Terrapins (Chrysemys picta). Deposited.

1 Salt-water Terrapin (Malacoclemmys terrapin). Deposited.

3 Reeves’s Terrapins (Damonia reevest). Deposited.

1 Black-headed Terrapin (Damonia reevesi unicolor). De-

posited.

4 Caspian Terrapins (Clemmys caspica). Deposited.

1 Japanese Terrapin (Clemmys japonica). Deposited.

4 European Pond-Tortoises (Emys orbicularis). Deposited.

1 Ceylonese Terrapin (Mcorta trijuga). Deposited.

2 Blackish Sternotheres (Sternotherus nigricans). Deposited.

1 Derbian Sternothere (Sternotherus derbianus). Deposited.

1 Spix’s Platemys (Platemys spixi). Deposited.

1 Dwarf Chameleon (Chameleon pumilus). Presented by Mr. C.

Faraday Maypee.

. 1 Mantell’s Apteryx (Apteryr mantelli). Presented by Sir

Walter Buller, K.C.M.G., F.R.S

. 1 Common Chameleon (Chameleon vulgaris). Deposited.

2 Rufescent Snakes (Leptodira hotambwia). Deposited.

. 1 Axis Deer (Cervus axis), 9. Born in the Menagerie.

6. 1 African Buzzard (Buteo desertorum?). Presented by Capt. E.

“]

W. Burnett.

1 Lanner Falcon (Falco lanarius). Presented by Capt. E. W.

Burnett.

. 2 Scops Owls (Scops gin). Deposited.

1 Rough-keeled Snake (Dasypeltis scabra). Presented by

H. Oakley, Esq.

. 1 Brazilian Tapir (Tapirus americanus), 2. Purchased.

1 Peregrine Falcon (Falco peregrius). Presented by Capt. Bean.

2 Common Rattlesnakes (Crotalus durissus). Purchased.

. 1 Egyptian Jerboa (Dipus egyptius). Presented by Miss Da

Costa.

. 1 Hocheur Monkey (Cercopithecus nictitans), $. Deposited.

. 2 Nuterackers (Nucifraya caryocatactes). Purchased.

1 Common Sheldrake (Tadorna cornuta), 2. Purchased.

. 2 Red-bellied Squirrels (Sevwrus variegatus). Presented by

Master Lawrence.

. 1 Palm-Squirrel (Setus palmarum). Presented by Dr. G.

Lindsay Johnson, F.Z.S.

. 1 Triton Cockatoo (Cacatua triton). Purchased.

1054

. 20;

APPENDIX,

1 Puma (Felis concolor’), Presented by T. G. Nicholson, eae

1 Red-and-Blue Macaw (Ara macao). Presented by H.

Sueggitt, Esq.

1 Gannet (Sula bassana). Presented by A, Trevor-Battye,

Ksq., F.Z.S.

1 Greek Partridge (Caccabis saxatilis). Presented by J. H.

Mackenzie, Esq., Lieut. R.N.R.

. 1 Lapland Bunting (Calcarius lapponicus). Presented by

Mr, F. Chatwin.

1 Reed-Bunting (Lmberiza scheniclus). Presented by My. F.

Chatwin.

6 Gadwalls (Chaulelasmus streperus),3 3,32. Purchased.

22. 1 Leyland’s Colin (Lupsychortya leylandi). Deposited.

3 Rosy-faced Love-birds (Agapornis rosezcollis). Bred in the

Menagerie.

1 Hallowell’s Tree-Snake (Dendraspis viridis). Presented by

J. W. Kaye, Esq.

1 Antillean Boa (Boa divinilogua). Deposited.

23. 2 Black-winged Peafowl (Pavo nigripennis), dQ. Presented

by Mrs. Johnes.

3 Horsfield’s Tortoises (Testudo horsfieldi). Deposited.

. | Urial Wild Sheep (Ovis vigne?), 3. Received in Exchange.

27. 1 Rhesus Monkey (Wacacus rhesus), 9. Presented by A. Urban

Smith, Esq.

6 Snow-Buntings (Plectrophenaa nivalis). Purchased.

. 2 Great Hagle-Owls (Bubo maaimus). Bred in the Menagerie,

Abantis

venosa, 199, 911.

Ablepharus

tenuis, 918.

Acacia

horrida, 224.

Acanthodactylus

savignyt, 916.

Acanthodon

lacustris, 507, 508.

robustus, 507, 508.

Acanthometron

brevispina, 1025.

catervatum, 1025.

Acara

tetramerus, 492.

Acartia

clausii, 543, 546, 549.

longiremis, 541.

(Dias) longiremis, 549.

Acestra

gladius, 44.

Achzea

lienardi, 422.

Achantodes, 595, 707.

cerusicosta, 707.

Acharana

similis, 698.

Achlyodes

Slyas, 367.

Aclonophlebia, gen. nov.,

428.

flavinotata, 428, 444.

Acolastus

amyntas, 366.

malve, 225.

nigroplagiatus, 224.

pictus, 225.

tuberculatus, 225,

Acontia

admota, 421.

Acrzea

acrita, 58.

aglatonice, 53.

INDEX.

Acrrea

anacreon, 191, 905.

—, var. bomba, 905.

anemosa, 54, 192, 401.

antinorit, 822.

apecida, 58.

asema, 191, 906.

axina, 905.

bertha, 400.

bresia, 369, 401.

cabira, 53.

cecilia, 401.

—, var. stenobea, 401.

caldarena, 191, 906.

chilo, 369, 395, 401.

cerystallina, 895, 401.

daira, 400.

doubledayi, 53, 191,

905.

—, var. axina, 905.

horta, 192, 374.

induna, 191.

lycia, 53, 190, 400.

—, var. daira, 400.

—, var. sganzini, 400.

metaprotea, var. jack-

sont, 400.

natalica, 63, 401,

906.

neobule, 192, 374,

401.

nero, 191.

nohara, 190, 905.

petrea, 192.

punctatissima, 401.

rahira, 190, 908.

serena, var. buxtont,

53, 400, 905.

—, var. perrupta, 400,

822.

sganzini, 400.

stenobea, 401.

violarum, 191, 906.

—, var. asema, 906,

Acridium

sp., 385.

Acridura, 598, 670.

dedala, 670.

gryllina, 670, 671.

hadriana, 670.

metalica, 670.

prochyta, 670.

Acrotylus

longipes, 384.

Actias

Zuna, 80.

Actinopus

harti, 892, 893, 900.

Actinopyga

echinites, 836.

excellens, 838,

flavocastanea,

836, 837.

mauritiana, 835.

parvula, 836, 837,

828, 848.

(Milleria)

835.

(—) mauritiana, 435.

(—) parvula, 835.

Acyphas

robusta, 428.

Adamsia

palliata, 286.

rondeletii, 286, 311.

Addax

naso-maculatus, 352.

Adeloides, 599.

Adena, 599.

Adenota

kob, 850.

Adopza

thawmas, 367.

Aschmophorus, 93.

/Xdiodes

abstrusalis, 653.

bootanalis, 654.

flebilialis, 633.

835,

echinites,

1056

-Ediodes

inscitalis, 653.

orbalis, 631.

orientalis, 633.

unipunctalis, 633.

/Egithus

clavicornis, 336.

/Egocera

leucomelas, 420,

tricolor, 420.

trimeni, 420.

triplagiata, 420.

Aellopus

hirundo, 432.

Elurus

fulgens, 130, 131.

Eschropteryx

onnustaria, 368.

/Etheomorpha

cerulea, 221, 242.

ANtholix, 596, 635.

cingalesa, 634.

flavibasalis, 634.

indecisalis, 634.

Aéthurus, gen. noy., 450.

glirinus, 451, 454.

/Etidius

armatus, 541, 542, 549.

Agama

adramitana, 914,

batillifera, 915.

flavimaculata, 914.

Jjayakari, 914.

lehmanni, 914.

lionotus, 914.

microterolepis, 914.

phillipsii, 914.

robecchti, 914.

rueppellit, 914.

smithii, 914.

vaillanti, 914.

zonura, 915.

Agamodon

anguliceps, 916,

Agastya, 599.

Agathodes, 598, 730.

caliginosalis, 731.

designalis, 730.

modicals, 731.

monstralis, 731.

musivalis, 731.

ostentalis, 730, 731.

Ageronia

Jferentina, 363.

Aglantha

digitalis, 10238, 1030,

1031.

—, var, occidentalis,

1031.

rosed,

1031.

1025, 1030,

INDEX,

Agonus

cataphractus, 309.

_ Agraulis

vanille, 363.

| Agrotera, 596, 627.

amathealis, 630.

| barcealis, 630.

basinotata, 629.

citrina, 629.

celatalis, 630.

discinotata, 629.

effertalis, 628.

endoxantha, 628,

761.

Senestralis, 630.

fumosa, 629.

griseola, 629.

ignepicta, 629.

leucostola, 630.

magnificalis, 628.

nemoralis, 630.

pictalis, 630.

retinalis, 630.

scissalis, 628.

| setipes, 628.

| Agrotis

phen 383.

Ailurichthys

gronovii, 857.

Akodon

arenicola, 211.

canescens, 211.

Alzides

malagrida, 908.

orthrus, 195.

trikosama, 195.

Alena

amazoula, 907.

nyass@, 192, 906.

—, var. ochracea,

54.

picata, 395, 402,

Alcyonium

| digitatum, 830.

| Alecton

discoidalis, 320.

Aletis

monteironis, 57.

tenuis, +19.

| Alexia

| minor, 338.

| Aloa

/ bivittata, 417, 444.

Ad)

punctistriga, 417.

| Alpheus

| collumianus, 1000,

| 1012.

| frontalis, 1000, 1001,

1012.

Sunafutensis, 1000,

1013, 1015.

Alpheus

gracilipes, 1001, 1013.

levis, 1000, 1001,

1012.

lobidens, 1012.

macrochirus, 1001,

1012.

marmoratus, 1009.

pachychirus, 1001,

1013.

parvirostris, 1000,

1012.

prolificus, 1000, 1013.

strenuus, 1000, 1001,

1012.

| Alytes

obstetricans, 4-12, 101-

106.

Amauris

| albimaculata, 50.

dominicanus, 396.

echeria, 50.

ochlea, 50, 396.

Amblystoma

altamirani, 478.

annulatum, 478.

talpoideum, 478.

Amecera

maderakal, 369.

Ameiva

alboguttata, 916.

bridgesii, 114.

septemlineata, 114.

Amphibolurus

imbricatus, 915.

| Amphisbena

borellii, 916.

Suliginosa, 114.

liberiensis, 916.

Aimyna

selenampha, 420.

| Anahita

lineata, 15,

lurida, 15.

Analtes

congenitalis, 663.

tripunctalis, 664.

unipunctalis, 664.

Analthes

crinipes, 665.

pyrrhocosma, 665.

Analyta, 598, 755.

albicilalis, 755.

calligrammalis, 755.

melanopalis, 753.

pueilla, 755.

sigulalis, 755.

Anania

quisqualis, 75d.

Anartia

dominica, 363.

Anartia

iatrophe, 363.

Anchistia

dane, 1004.

spinigera, 1004.

Ancylolomia

chrysographellus, 441.

Ancylometes

vulpes, 29.

Andronymus

philander, 57.

Anguilla

vulgaris,

565.

Aniculus

typicus, 457, 458,

461.

558,

562,

Anidrytus

sp. ine., 337.

parallelus, 337.

Anisognatha

quadriplagiata,

242.

Anisota

stigma, 80.

Anolis

biporcatus, 113.

buckleyz, 110.

chloris, 110, 125, 915.

copit, 111.

cupreus, 114.

curtus, 915, 919, 923.

elegans, 109, 125, 915.

Fusciatus, 110.

fusco-auratus, 109.

gemmosus, 111.

220)

awl,

gracilipes, 112, 126,

915.

granuliceps, 111, 126,

915.

holotropis, 915.

lemniscatus, 118, 125,

915.

maculiventris, 111,

126, 915.

notopholis, 915.

peracce, 108, 125,

915.

rhombifer, 114.

rosenbergii, 915.

stigmosus, 112.

Anomalocera

putersoni, 541, 548,

549.

Anomalopteris

pinguis, 556.

Anomalurus

batesi, 450.

Anoinis

argillacea, 368.

erosa, 424.

INDEX.

Anosia

archippus, 362.

Antherza

cytherea, 80.

menippe, 80.

mylitta, 80.

Antheua

cinerea, 433.

simplex, 433.

spurcata, 433.

Anthocharis

antevippe, 410.

exole, 410.

Anthocomus

minimus, d24.

seminulum, 324.

Anthopsyche

gavisa, 410.

Anthropopithecus

gorilla, 989, 994.

troglodytes, 989, 994.

Antigastra, 600.

Antilope

kob, 850.

Aonyx

leptonyx, 186.

Apate

Semoralis, 328, 329.

gonagra, 329.

minutus, 330.

substriata, 330.

Apatura

thoe, 364,

Aphnzeus

erikssonti, 908.

Aphytoceros

longipalpis, 756.

Apisa

canescens, 417.

Aplectropus, 601.

Aplodes

congruata, 368,

Aplomastyx

minula, 702.

, Aporomera

fordii, 916.

Aptenodytes

Sorsteri, 960, 966, 978,

983, 985, 986.

patagonica, 966, 985,

986, 983, 988.

pennanti, 900.

Aquila

chrysaétos, 280.

Aranea

citricola, 512.

lobata, 512.

Araneus

bettoni, 510, 511, 524.

eresifrons, 509, 510,

524.

1057

Araneus

nauticus, 509, 511, 512.

similis, 509.

striata, 509.

suedicola, 509.

taruensis, 511, 524.

Arbela

albonotata, 438.

Archernis, 693.

Archisometrus

burdoi, 500.

Ardea, 93.

Argadesa

materna, 424,

Argentina

silus, 494, 564.

sphyrena, S64.

Argiolaus

silaris, 407.

silas, 370.

triment, 197.

Argiope

etherea, 518.

argentata, 893.

aurocincta, 512, 524.

caudata, 512.

clathrata, 512.

lobata, 512.

nigrovittata, 512.

suavissima, 512.

Argulus

foliaceus, 548, 544.

Argyris

vestalis, 435.

Argyroepeira

ungulatu, 5138,

_ Arichalea

sternecki, 441.

Aripana

annulata, 620.

Arnamodia, 600.

Arniocera

auriquttata, 439.

chrysosticta, 439, 444.

cyanoxantha, 440.

—, var., 444.

ericata, 440, 444,

imperialis, 440, 444,

melanopyga, 439.

sternechi, 441, 444,

Arnoglossus

laterna, 284, 285, 557,

Arthroleptis :

bottegi, 475.

minutus, 475,

moorii, 475, 479, 482.

whytii, 474.

Arthbroseps, gen. noy.,

916, 920.

wernert, 916, 921,

923

1058

Arvicanthus

neumanni, 766.

Asciodes

titubalis, 729.

Aslauga

marshalli, 908.

purpurascens, 908.

Asopia

abruptalis, 442.

archasialis, 702.

biblisalis, 645.

critheisalis, 728,

curtalis, 703.

dircealis, 645.

dotatalis, 645.

lydialis, 699.

microchrysalis, 695.

misera, 698.

pherusalis, 703.

sernalis, 693.

socialis, 639.

suffectalis, 645.

Aspidosiphon

elegans, 471, 473.

klunzingeri, 471, 473.

Aspidosoma

ignitum, 318, 319.

lepidum, 318.

polyzona, 318.

superciliosum, 518.

Astacus

penicillatus, 1014.

Astrzeopora

listeri, 264, 265.

ovalis, 265.

punctifera, 265.

tabulata, 264, 276.

Astura

erscalis, 690.

guttatalis, 690.

semifascialis, 690,

Astylus

antillarum, 323, 3385.

octopustulatus, 523.

Asymbata

roseiventris, 424.

Atalapha

cinerea, 77.

Atechna

interruptofasciata, 241,

242.

pardalina, 242.

Atelecyclus

heterodon, 204, 205,207,

208, 209.

septemdentatus, 207.

Atella

columbina, 53, 399,

822.

phalantha, 53.

Atelocentra, 599,

INDEX.

Atelopus

eruciger, 119.

elegans, 119.

ignescens, 119,

Aterica

galene, 52.

Atethmia

subusta, 368.

Athanas

dimorphus, 1012.

sulcatipes, 1000, 1011, i

1015.

| Athanasus

edwardsii, 1012.

Atherura

africana, 887.

fasciculata, 887.

Atractus, 539, 540.

badius, 116.

multicinctus, 116.

Attacus

atlas, 80.

cynthia, 80.

mythimna, 80.

ernyt, 80.

oe. 80.

Attus

pictilis, 488.

Atya

wycki, 1008.

Aulacantha

levissima, 1022, 1026, |

1082.

| Aulacoptera, 595, 617.

fuscinervalis, 617.

Auloceros

trigeminus, 1022,

1026.

Avicularia

avicularia, 892.

Axiocerces

perion, 370.

Azanus

Jesous, 194, 404, 826.

moriqua, 194.

natalensis, 193.

plinius, 194,

zena, 194.

Azochis, 601.

Azygophleps

inclusa, 382.

Bacteria

mexicana, 942.

Balzniceps, 83.

Baniana

intorta, 383, 423.

Baoris

auritinctus,

444,

ayresti, 200.

cojo, dT.

Fatuellus, 416.

netopha, 57.

roncilgonis, 57.

Baracus

inornatus, 201.

Basiliscus

galeritus, 114.

Bassariscus

astutus, 129, 130.

416,

| Bathybates, gen. noy.,

(Aulocersea) trigeminus,

1027.

Aulocoryne

zetesios,

1032.

Aulographis

sp., 1022.

moorensis, 1022,

1082.

(Aulagraphonium)

moorensis, 1026.

Aulosphera

flexuosa, 1023, 1026.

Authzretis, 596, 711.

eridora, 711.

Autocosmia, 602.

Autodax

iecanus, 478.

Auxomitia

minoralis, 640.

mirificalis, 672.

Avicula

JSormosa, 828.

1023, 1027,

1026,

495.

Serox, 495,

| Bathytroctes

melanocephalus, 556.

Bdellophis

vittatus, 479.

Belenogaster

saussuret, 386.

Belenois

abyssinica, 380,

anomala, 380.

creona, 380, 412.

girdica, 380, 412,

infida, 56.

liliana, 413.

mesentina, 380, 822.

—, yar. lordaca, 56,

412.

severina, 56, 911.

thysa, 56, 412.

zochalia, 56,

Benthosema

miilleri, 553.

Betzeus

minutus, 1014.

Bettonia, gen, noy., 418.

Serruginea, 418, 444,

Birgus

hirsutus, 459.

laticauda, 458.

latro, 457, 458.

Bithynis

lar, 1008.

Biton

brunnipes, 523.

Sfuscipes, 523.

tigrinum, 522, 524.

Blanus

aporus, 916.

Blatta

americana, 243, 244.

orientalis, 242.

Blepharomastix

datisalis, 702.

pulverulalis, 702.

romualis, 616.

sagralis, 703.

Blosyris

vates, 368.

Boarmia

acaciaria, 383.

oppositaria, 368.

Bocchoris, 597, 649.

acamasalis, 651.

actealis, 653.

adalis, 650,

adipalis, 652.

aptalis, 653.

argyralis, 605.

artificalis, 653.

aurotinctalis, 655.

cecalis, 653.

chaleidiscalis, 652.

ciliata, 654.

clathralis, 652.

clytialis, 654.

contortilinealis, 651.

dunalis, 631.

darsanalis, 651.

euphranoralis, 652.

jflavibrunnea, 651, 761.

fracturalis, 653.

inductalis, 650.

inscisalis, 651.

insipidalis, 652.

inspersalis, 654.

invertalis, 650.

junetifascialis, 600,

761.

marucalis, 651.

minima, 652.

onychinalis, 659, 651.

pulverealis, 682.

quaternalis, 654.

rotundalis, 690.

sphenocosma, 692.

stigmatalis, 652.

talis, 604.

INDEX.

Bocchoris

telphusalis, 651.

terealis, 651.

trimaculalis, 654,

trivitralis, 651,

xanthialis, 653.

Beeotarcha, 599,

Bombinator, 5.

Bomolocha

exoletalis, 368.

Berboroccetes

MeELICANUS,

482.

Bos

sondaicus, 277.

— birmanicus, 277.

Bostrichus

longicornis, 329,

Botis

defloralis, 625.

Botyodes, 505, 709.

asialis, 709, 710.

aurealis, 710.

caldusalis, 710.

crocopteralis, 710.

Alavibasalis, 710,

Sraterna, 720.

Sulviterminalis, 710.

hirtusalis, 710.

leopardalis, 723.

maculalis, 710,

patulalis, 710.

principalis, 710.

rufalis, 710.

Botys

acastalis, 727.

accipitralis, 719.

acerrimalis, 638.

agavealis, 658.

agenoralis, 678.

allalis, 704.

alvinalis, 658.

amplalis, [22.

amplipennis, 678.

amyntusalis, 442.

annuligeralis, ‘722.

anticostalis, 657.

arbiter, 635.

asiusalis, 616.

atyrialis, 685.

aurea, 719.

aureolalis, 689.

azionalis, 639.

basipunctalis, 722.

belusalis, 703.

bianoralis, 698.

bornealis, 637.

boteralis, ‘722.

campalis, 655.

candacalis, 7\6.

chalybealis, 706.

477, 481,

1059

Botys

codrusalis, 697.

coidalis, 644,

conjunctalis, 659.

connexalis, 699.

convectalis, 689.

cosisalis, 715.

creonalis, 639.

crocealis, 719.

cubanalis, 655.

cydipeialis, 708.

cyprealis, 720.

dascyllisalis, 702.

decisalis, 698.

delicatalis, 648.

demeter, 691.

differalis, 696.

disjunctalts, 661, 720.

dracusalis, 713.

electralis, 702.

epastalis, 698.

eurytalis, 678.

JSasciculatalis, 638.

faustalis, 728.

flevissimalis, 651.

fuliginalis, 658.

galbula, 649.

gastralis, 666.

gealis, 706.

germanalis, 685.

glaucusalis, 657.

gnomalis, 684.

gracilis, 702.

haliusalis, 922.

halmusalis, 698.

heronalis, 727.

hortalis, 755.

hyalinalis, 738.

hypsidesalis, 694,

illatalis, 646.

ilusalis, 702.

imbutalis, 721.

impeditalis, 642.

inanitalis, 725.

incalis, 700.

ineffectalis, 702.

infundibulalis, 622,

698.

intactalis, 739.

invenustalis, 637.

zolealis, 638.

Jjasonalis, 685.

jucundalis, 645.

korndorfferi, 698.

levalis, 666.

luciferalis, 747.

margaronialis, 668,

marisalis, 638.

medonalis, 759.

megalopsalis, 640.

melitealis, 702.

1060

Botys

memmialis, 655.

minoralis, 698.

minutalis, 706.

meliusalis, 699.

molliculalis, 721.

moluccalis, 641.

molusalis, 703.

monesusalis, 733.

mysolalis, 719.

neoclesalis, 639.

nicippealis, 690.

nigrodentalis, 725.

notatalis, 652.

nurscialis, 638.

oajacalis, 679.

odiusalis, 723.

emealis, 715.

enippealis, 697.

ofellusalis, 702.

ogmiusalis, 666.

ollaris, 644.

olliusalis, 702.

onusalis, 689.

orobenalis, 723.

orontesalis, 685.

orphnealis, 713.

otysalis, 722.

paleacalis, 725.

palmalis, 720.

palpalis, 663.

partialis, 740.

paucilinealis, 725.

peleusalis, 684.

pelialis, 679.

peranthusalis, 666.

perpendiculalis, 725.

phanasalis, 733.

phryganurus, 747.

plagiatalis, 722.

plagiferalis, 728.

preteritalis, 698.

principalis, 728.

propingualis, 729.

proximalis, 630,

pruinalis, 658.

psychicalis, 608.

pyrenealis, 759.

quadriguttalis, 719.

quadrimaculalis, 724.

quinguepunctalis, 739.

quirinalis, 723.

reductalis, 699.

restrictalis, 720.

retractalis, 684.

rogatalis, 760.

rubricetalis, 704.

ruptalis, 639.

ruralis, 638.

ruricolalis, 725.

rutilalis, 628.

INDEX.

Botys

sabalis, 699.

sanguiflualis, 720.

saturalis, 937.

sectalis, 678.

selectalis, 642.

semifaseialis, 689.

semizebralis, 728.

serratilinealis, 657.

sinonalis, 729.

sordidalis, 692.

strictalis, 702.

subequalis, 713.

subjunctalis,

714.

sublituralis, 721.

submarginalis, 739.

superbalis, 700.

suspicalis, 639.

tardalis, 722, 725.

temeratalis, 728.

thalassinalis, 734.

thisoalis, 723.

thoasalis, 657.

thyasalis, 714.

tisiasalis, TO8.

triferalis, 689.

trigalis, 728.

turnusalis, 648,

tytiusalis, 643.

urticaloides, 758.

ustalis, 699.

ventralis, 653.

vitialis, 644.

Boulengerula

boulengeri, 479.

Brachythele

antillensis, 892, 899.

| Brihaspa

chrysostomus, 441.

Brissus

unicolor, 850.

Bubalis

boselaphus, 352.

lichtensteini, 393.

major, 300.

swaynei, T67.

Bubalus

planiceros, 349.

Bufo

coccifer, 478.

coniferus, 123, 478.

dodsoni, 477.

dombensis, 477.

glaberrimus, 125,

hematiticus, 123.

marinus, 123.

penangensis, 477.

steindachneri, 477.

taitanus, 477.

typhonius, 123.

689,

) Bulweria, 90.

Bunza

barcas, 429.

(Thyella) zambesia,

429,

Bunea

phedusa, 80, 81.

Buthus

eminii, 499.

Byblia

acheloia, 53, 376, 377.

anvatara, 375, 377.

boydi, 375, 376, 377,

378, 379, 391.

castaned, 377.

gotzius, 375, 376, 377,

378, 379.

ilithyia, 370, 375, 376,

377, 378, 400, 822.

vulgaris, 53, 377.

Cacyreus

lingeus, 54, 907.

Cecilia

isthmica, 125.

Cerostris

mitralis, 515, 516.

nodulosa, 514, 524.

rugosa, 516.

sexcuspidata, 515.

simata, 516.

Calamochrous, 599.

Calanus

cristatus, 546.

jinmarchicus, 540,

542, 544, 545,

549, 578, 579.

hyperboreus, 541, 5

547.

propinguus, 545.

Calasposoma

bonvouloiri, 235.

marshalli, 233.

melancholicum, 238.

plumbeum, 233.

pubescens, 235.

pubipenne, 234.

Calcinus

elegans, 457, 458, 461,

462.

gaimardi, 458, 492.

—, var. lividus, 457,

458, 462.

latens, 457, 458, 463.

tibicen, 462.

Calisto

hysius, 362.

Callianidea

typa, 1000, 1001, 1015,

Callichthys |

asper, 492.

littoralis, 492.

Callidryas

buquetii, 413.

senne, 365.

thalestris, 365.

Callilepis

nocturna, 488.

Callionymus

dracunculus, 284. |

longicaudatus, 286.

lyra, 281, 284, 286, |

31d. |

recvesti, 286.

Calliostoma

similaris, 828.

Callosune

hetera, 408.

Caloctenus

guineensis, 10.

Calophasia

upsilon, 420.

Calophrynus

brevis, 476.

calcaratus, 479.

Calopteron

albicolle, 317.

amabile, 317.

aulicum, 317.

bicolor, 317.

delicatum, 316. |

denominatum, 317. |

distinguendum, 317.

dominicanum, 317.

elegantulum, 317.

nigritarse, 317.

oblitum, 316. |

pectinicorne, 317.

smithi, 315, 333. |

suave, 317. |

Calpe |

emarginata, 383.

Calpodes

ares, 367.

Calyptorhynchus

banksi, 355.

macrorhynchus, 39,

356.

stellatus, 355, 356.

Calysisme

anynana, 374, 3575,

379.

socotrana, 374.

Cambarus

pellucidus, 957.

Camptolenes |

abyssinica, 222.

Cancer

celypeatus, 459.

trroratus, 205, 206. |

| Caryophyllia

INDEX,

Cancer

latro, 458.

pagurus, 204, 205, 207,

208, 209.

scyllarus, 36.

tihicen, 462.

Cancroma, 85.

Candace

truncata, 543, 549.

Canis

aureus, 154, 156, 157,

158, 159, 160, 163,

164, 165, 167, 168,

169) al Ve 73.

dingo, 154,

Jamiliaris, 154, 156,

159, 160, 163, 164,

165, 167, 168, 169,

171, 172, 175.

lagopus, 154, 157, 159,

160, 165, 169, 171,

172, 173.

lupus, 172.

mesomelas, 154, 156,

157, 159, 160, 163,

164, 165, 167, 168,

1695 UA L725 73,

764.

vulpes, 73, 154, 172,

186.

Capnodes

rufinans, 368.

Caprinia, 597, 667. |

cirrhalis, 668. |

conchylalis, 668.

conglobatalis, 668.

diaphanalis, 668.

felderi, 668. |

hypheusalis, 668. |

intermedia, 668.

periusalis, 668.

Caprona

canopus, 199.

Caradina

vitiensis, 1001, 1008,

1015.

weberi, 1003.

wycki, 1001, 1003.

Carettochelys

insculpta, 851. |

clavus, 995.

Castalius |

calice, 907. |

hintza, 194.

melena, var., 404.

Cataclysta

fraterna, 637.

Catapsephis, gen. noy.,

094, 612. |

apicipuncta, 612. |

1061

Catarrhactes

catarrhactes, 981.

chrysocome, 959, 960,

961, 963, 965, 967,

969, 971, 975, 980,

981, 983, 985, 986,

985, 989.

chrysolophus, 959, 960,

961, 963, 965, 977,

978, 983, 984, 985,

986.

pachyrhynchus, 981,

983, 985, 986.

schlegeli, 959, 960, 963,

964, 981.

selateri, 981.

Cathorama

herbarium, 325, 327.

Catochrysops

ariadne, 193, 201.

asopus, 192.

barkeri, 192.

dolorosa, 193.

gigantea, 907.

glauca, 193.

hypoleucus, 403, 907.

hippocrates, 404.

ignota, 193.

mahallokoena,

907.

niobe, 187, 193.

osiris, 54, 403, 826.

patricia, 54, 192.

perpulchra, 403.

plebeia, 192, 201.

Catopsilia

florella, 55, 198, 371,

381, 412, 824, 911.

pyrene, 381.

Cavia

australis, 211.

boliviensis, 211.

Centriscus

niloticus, 816.

Centropages

typicus, 541, 543.

Cephalophus

equatorialis, 395, 394.

coronatus, 350.

hecki, 393.

lugens, 393, 394.

maxwelli, 350.

melanorheus, 393,

394.

monticola, 393, 394,

rufilatus, 350.

Ceracis

bifurcus, 332, 333.

Surcifer, 331, 332,

militaris, 331.

tricornis, 352.

193,

1062

Ceracis

unicornis, 332.

Ceramodactylus

dameus, D12.

pulcher, 912.

Ceratarcha, 595, 709.

umbrosa, 709.

Ceratium

Jturca, 1029.

tripos, 1029.

— haltica, 1029.

— horrida, 1029.

— macroceros, 1029.

— longipes, 1029.

— scotica, 1029.

— tergestina, 1029.

Ceratoclasis

metalis, 660.

rooalis, 660.

tenebralis, 660.

verecundalis, 653, 713.

Ceratodus

forsteri, 492, 586.

Ceratomia

amyntor, 80.

undulosa, 80.

Ceratophrys

cristiceps, 477.

Ceratrichia

stellata, 416.

Cercoleptes

caudivolvulus,

184.

Cercopithecus

albogularis, 586.

Uhoesti, 586.

Ceriagrion

glabrum, 386.

Cerocala

vermiculosa, 383.

Ceroma

Johnstonit, 523, 524,

ornatum, 524.

variatum, 523, 524.

Cervicapra

redunca, 350.

Cervus

barbarus, 280.

davidianus, 281.

wvanthopygius, 588.

(Elaphurus) davidi-

anus, 588.

Cetengraulis

Juruensis, +4.

Chabula

reniferalis, 651.

vedrualis, 652.

Chietostomus

hachi, 44.

Chalcides

inauritanicus, 918.

154,

INDEX,

Chalcidoptera, 597, 664.

edilis, 665.

appensalis, 665,

atrilobalis, 66+.

bilunalis, 665.

emissalis, 664, 669.

pryeri, 665, 761.

rubra, 665.

rufilinealis, 665.

straminalis, 664.

Chamzleon

ellioti, 918.

Jischeri, 918.

hoehnelii, 918.

gacksonii, 918.

spinosus, 918.

Chamzsaura

tenuior, 915.

Chapra

mathias, 912.

Charaxes

azota, var. nyasanda,

823,

balfouri, 373.

hohemani, 824.

brutus, 822, 825.

candiope, 824.

castor, var. flavifasci-

atus, 823.

citheron, 397, 824.

guderiana, 823.

hansalii, 370.

lactetinctus, 823.

laticinctus, 904.

macclounti, 824.

neanthes, 397.

pollux, 823.

saturnus, 188, 904.

varanes, D1, 397, 824.

zoolina, 397.

Charema

albociliata, 684.

carbonalis, 686.

fuscipennis, 698.

Cheiridisia, gen. noyv.,

226.

inornata, 226, 242.

Cheiromeles

torquatus, 59.

Chilena

donaldsoni, 436.

prompta, 436.

Chiridota

australiana, 846.

contorta, 846,

dunedinensis, 846.

intermedia, 835, 346,

848.

levis, 846.

liberata, 835, 845, 816, |

847.

Chiridota

pisanii, 846.

rotifera, 846.

Chiroleptes

dahlii, 477.

Chiromantis

xerampelina, 473.

Chloéon

(Ephemera) dimi-

diatum, 956.

Chondrostoma

nasus, 282.

Chromidotilapia,

nov., 151.

Srederici, 151.

kingsleye, 151, 152.

Chromis

castanea, 132.

diagramma, 496.

Srederici, 151.

livingstonii, 146,

moffati, 140.

ngamensis, 146.

thumbergi, 146.

Chromodes

armeniacalis, 728.

Chrysomela

africana, 241.

clavicornis, 336.

natalensis, 240.

Chrysophanus

orus, 195.

Ciconia, 93.

Cidaris

metularia, 849.

Cinosternum

leucostomum, 108.

Cirrocephala

venosi, 682.

Cis

Suscatus, 331.

nubilus, 331.

pusillus, 330.

Clarias

liocephulus, 496.

Clibanarius

equabilis, 457, 463.

corallinus, 457, 463.

globosimanus, 463.

obesomanus, 463.

zebra, 457, 463.

Cliniodes, 598, 748.

eyllarusalis, T48.

euphrosinalis, 749,

opalalis, 748, 749.

paradisalis, 749.

paucilinealis, 749.

rutilalis, 749.

saburralis, 749.

semilunalis, 749.

subcostalis, 748.

gen.

Cleosiphon

aspergillum, 471, 473.

Cnaphalocrocis, 596,

637.

bifurcalis, 639.

medinalis, 638.

perpersalis, 640.

sanitalis, 639.

similis, 640.

Cnemidophorus

hyperythrus, 916.

iminutabilis, 916.

leachii, 916.

Cobus

kob, 350.

marié, 3d2.

unctuosus, 281, 350.

Coccinella

connectens, 340.

maculata, 339.

sanguinea, 339.

surinamensis, 336.

thoracica, 341.

Coelodendrum

TrAaMOsissimum,

1027.

Ceelogenys

paca, 867.

Celoplegma

murrayanum,

1026.

— tritonis, 1027.

Ceenina

aurivena, 433.

flavivena, 433.

pecilaria, 433.

Coenobita

brunnea, 459.

cavipes, 460.

clypeatus, 459.

oliviert, 459.

perlatus, 457, 458,

459. '

purpurea, 459.

rugosus, 457, 458, 460.

1025,

1023,

—, var. pulcher, 457, |

458, 460.

spinosus, 498, 459.

Ceenostola,

eruptalis, 685.

Colzenis

delila, 363.

Colasposoma

semihirsutum, 282, 233. |

thoracicum, 230.

vestita, 235.

villosum, 235.

Colbusa

pentagonalis, 423.

Colias

electra, 370, 822.

INDEX.

Colias

hyale, var. electra, 197. |

marnoanda, 822.

sareptensis, 822.

Collozoum

sp., L022, 1024.

ellipsoides, 1024.

inerme, 1024.

Colobus

guerezd, 587.

Colostethus

latinasus, 119, 476.

Comibzena

leucospilata, 58.

Conchedytes

meleagrine,

1007.

Conchecia

maxima, 578.

Conchylia

smithi, 417.

Conchylodes, 598, 674.

argentalis, 675.

baptalis, 620.

bryophilalis, 674, 761.

concinnalis, 675.

corycialis, 620.

diphteralis, 674.

hebrealis, 674.

hedonialis, 675.

nolhenialis, 675.

ovulalis, 675.

paucipunctalis, 620.

platinalis, 675.

salamisalis, 674.

striginalis, 675.

zebra, 675.

Condylorrhiza, 600.

sublutalis, 720.

Conger

vulgaris, 569.

Connochzetes

gnu, 586.

Conogethes

lictor, 685.

nubifera, 693.

semistrigalis, 689,

umbrosa, 693.

Coptobasis

encdlis. 714.

andamanalis, "715.

hiocellata, 713.

colomboensis, 728,

incrassata, 714.

leonalis, 725.

luminalis, 714.

mollingert, 72d.

spretals,7 28.

Co alliocaris

brevirostris, L000, 1006,

1007, 1015,

1001,

1065

Coralliocaris

macrophthalina, 1007.

Corematodus

shiranus, 152.

Coris

giofredi, 284.

greenoughi, 1002.

Julis, 284,

Cornifrons, 602.

Cornufer

baluensis, 474.

Corystes

cassivelaunus, 208,

209.

Corythomantis

greeningt, 478.

Coscinarzea, 533.

meandrina, 585.

monile, 535.

Cosmophila

erosa, 424.

Cosmosoma

auge, 367.

Cottus

bubalis, 308.

Crambus

chrysographellus, 441.

Craspedia

derasata, 383.

lactaria, 385.

pulverosaria, 383.

Cratomorphus

dorsalis, 320.

Crax

pinima, 348.

sclateri, 348.

Crenicichla

saxatilis, 492,

Crenidomimas

concordia, 52

crawshayi, 52.

Crenis

boisduvali, 52, 58.

Crioceris

elongata, 215.

Criophthona, 602.

Crocidolomia, 599, 758.

binotalis, 759.

luteolalis, 759.

palindialis, 759.

suffusalis, 758.

Crocidophora, 601.

Crocidura

sp. ine., 771.

leucura, 762.

murina, 762.

russula, 771.

Crocothemis

erythrea, 386.

Cropera

testacea, 427.

1064

Crossarchus

fasciatus, 392.

somalicus, 765.

Crudaria

leroma, 54, 195.

Cr cea

africanus, 223, 225.

angustofasc intus, 2.25,

atrocinctus, 223.

bimaculicollis, 225.

epipleuralis, 223, 242.

nigrofrontalis, 223,

sulcifrons, 224.

unicinctus, 225.

Cryptognatha

Lee S41, 345.

Crypto raphis

Te 739.

Cryptoprocta

ferox, 153, 183, 185.

Ctenomys

magellanicus, 211.

Ctenus

aculeatus, 15, 18.

albo-fasciatus, 19.

andrewsi, 19.

boliviensis, 19.

burtoni, 13, 20, 25, 32.

carsoni, 13, 20, 21, 22,

A, 26, 32, 518.

corniger, 13, 20, 26, 32.

Jimbriatus, 14, 15, 28.

Jjohnstoni, 13, 17, 20,

21, 25, 32.

ingsley?,

bs Of, 39, 23, 24, 32.

lycosinus, 14, 18.

marginatus, 28.

marshalli, 138,

32.

modestus, 14, 18.

occidentalis, 13, 20, 21,

23, 24, 32.

pallidus, 14, 17, 18, 29.

pulchriventris, 14, 18.

reidyt. 19.

spenceri, 13, 19, 20, 23,

a2,

20, 26,

spinosissimus, 14, 17,

28, 29.

syriacus, 14, 17, 29.

torvus, 14, 18, 29.

vagus, 14, 16, 20.

velox, 14, 15, 18, 20, 32.

vividus, 14, 16, 18, 19,

20.

Cueumaria

africana, 843.

assim ilis, 345.

Culcita

grex, 849.

13, 19; 20,

INDEX,

| Cupidopsis

jobates, 193, 404.

Cupiennius, 27.

Cybolomia, 600.

Cyclarcha

atristrigalis, 623.

flavinervis, 623.

pallidicostalis, 623.

Cyclocena

gestatalis, 727.

Cycloneda

delauneyi, 340.

pallidula, 340.

rubida, 340.

sanguinea, 339.

Cyclopides

carsoni, 5ST.

metis, 200.

perexcellens, 57,

Cyclosa

Jormosa, 513.

Cydalima

elwesialis, 732.

Cygnus

nigricollis, 456.

Cyligramma

fluctuosa, 421.

latona, 421

limacina, 422.

rudilinea, 422.

Cynzda, 600.

Cynelurus

Jubatus, 158, 158, 182.

Cynanisa

isis, 80.

Cynictis

penicillata, 153, 159.

Cynocephalus

hamadryas, 351.

Cynonycteris

amplexicaudata, 59.

collaris, 61,

Cynopteris

brachyotis, 76.

Cypra

fae 427.

Cyrtauchenius

flaviceps, 506.

terricola, 507.

zebra, 507.

Oyrtodactylus

affinis, 455,

Cyrtophora

eitricola, 512.

Cystineura

teleboas, 363.

Cythere

scabrocuneata, 204.

| Damaliscus

korriqui, 350.

/ Damia

| mashonana, 217.

Danaga

biformis, 695.

Daptonura

salacia, 565.

Daulis

sunguinea, 339.

Dausara, 600.

Deba, 595, 708.

althealis, 708.

milvinalis, 657.

surrectalis, 708.

Deilephila

elpenor, 80.

euphorbie, 80.

galt, 80.

porcellus, 80.

Deiopeia

383.

speciosa, 367.

Dendrobates

tinctorius, 119.

Desmia, 596, 630.

bajulalis, 632.

bulisalis, 631.

ceresalis, 631.

chryseis, 633, 761.

confusalis, 713.

discrepans, 632.

divisalis, 631.

extrema, 632.

funebralis, 632.

Suneralis, 630, 651,

geminalis, 631.

entermicalis, 631.

jovealis, 633.

maculalis, 631.

melaleucalis,

761.

naclialis, 633.

¥ notalis, 632

odontoplaga, 633.

paucimaculalis, 632.

pentodontalis, 631.

pisusalis, 652.

ploralis, 682.

prognealis, 631.

propingualis, 631.

rhinthonalis, 623.

sepulchralis, 632.

strigivitralis, 632.

subdivisalis, 631,

tages, 631.

ufeus, 868, 631.

viduatalis, 633.

Desmodus, 76, 78.

| rufus, 76.

| Desmognathus

brimleyorum, 479.

632,

pulchella, 57, 371, 382,

Deudorix

dariaves, 406.

diocles, 406.

livia, 370.

Dialexia

punctipennis, 338.

Diaphania

vitralis, 737.

Diasemia, 600.

Dichocrocis, 597, 688.

actinialis, 690.

auritineta, 693.

bilinealis, 690.

bistrigalis, 690.

cernatis, 688.

clioalis, 688, 690.

eredulalis, 693.

definita, 691.

diminutiva, 691.

eubulealis, 693.

evaxalis, 689,

Jestivalis, 688, 691.

Aluminalis, 689.

Frenatalis, 690.

Ffuscifimbria, 690.

fuscoalbalis, 692.

hemactalis, 691.

megillalis, 692.

nigrilinealis, 691.

pactolica, 692.

pandamalis, 690.

plenistigmalis, 692.

pluto, 690.

plutusalis, 691.

pseudpeonalis, 688.

punctiferalis, 688, 690.

punctilincalis, 691.

pyrrhalis, 692.

recurrens, 692.

renidata, 692.

rigidalis, 692.

sabatalis, 690.

spoliatalis, 688, 693.

strigimarginalis, 693.

surusalis, 689.

tharsalea, 691.

tripunctapex, 691, 761.

xanthocyma, 689.

authusalis, 689.

zebralis, 692.

Dichogama, 597, 676.

amabilis, 677.

bergii, 677.

decoralis, 676.

Jfernaldi, 677.

gudmanni, 677.

innocua, 676.

krugii, 676.

redtenbachert,

677.

smithi, 677.

676,

INDEX,

Dichogaster

parvus, 445, 449.

Dictyocha

sp., 1029.

Jibula, 1029.

rhombus, 1029.

speculum, 1029.

stapedia, 1029.

Dictyocysta

elegans, 1029.

Dicymolomia

pegasalis, 369.

Dilophonota

ello, 367.

Dinoderus

bifoveatus, 330.

minutus, 330.

substriatus, 330.

Diodosida

roseipennis, 432.

Diogenes

pallescens, 457, 463.

Diphylla, 76.

Diplodactylus

byrne, 913.

conspicillatus, 913.

gracilis, 913.

intermedius, 913.

porogaster, 913.

robustus, 918.

Diploglossus

nuchalis, 916, 920, 923.

Diporophora

winneckit, 915.

Dipsas

antalus, 407.

Dipus

hirtipes, 858, 882.

Jjaculus, 766, 858, 859,

882.

Discoglossus, 4, 5.

Discosoma

haddoni, 1002.

Discothyris, 601.

Dismorphia

spio, 364.

Distira

stokesti, 851.

Dolichosticha

perinephes, 639.

subauralis, 689.

subvenilialis, 640.

Doliolum

denticulatum, 580.

nationalis, 567, 583.

tritonis, 567, 580, 581, |

583,

(Dolioletta) tritonis,

580.

Dolomedes, 27.

jimbriatus, 27.

Proc. Zoot, Soc.—1898, No. LXX.

1065

Dolomedes

spathularis, 29.

Dolopzus, 27.

albocinctus, 28.

cinetus, 28, 29, 32.

doleschallii, 28.

simoni, 28.

Draco

becearii, 914.

obscurus, 914.

Drassus

cupreus, 488.

lapidicolens, 488.

troglodytes, 488.

Dryas

leda, 413.

Drymobius

boddaertti, 115.

dendrophis, 115.

rhombifer, 115,

Drymeeca

hesitata, 378.

Durbania

Sreya, 405.

hildegarda, 402, 405.

Dyscophus

grandidieri, 476.

Dysgonia

abnegans, 422.

—, var., 422.

angularis, 422.

conjunctura, 422,

neptunia, 422.

palpalis, 422.

Facles

imperialis, 80.

Eagris

jamesoni, 199.

Eantis

papinianus, 367.

Ebzus

minimus, 323, 324.

nigroceruleus, 328,

324.

seminulum, 323, 324.

Ebula

zelleri, 715.

Echinometra

lucunter, 850.

oblonga, 850.

Echinoneus

cyclostomus, 850,

Hehinosaura

horrida, 114.

Echinothrix

diadema, 849.

Kelipsiodes

marmaropa, 704,

Hepantheria

decora, 867.

1066

Ectinosoma

atlanticum, 541, 548.

Ectodus, gen. nov., 497.

descampsii, 497.

melanogenys, 497.

Egernia

dahlii, 916.

Egnasia

vicaria, 425.

Egybolia

vaillantina, 58, 429.

Elaps

ancoralis, 117.

corallinus, 117.

rosenbergi, 117, 126.

Eligmodontia

bimaculata, 211.

elegans, 210, 211.

gracilipes, 211.

griseoflava, 210.

moreni, 211.

Empyreuma

lichas, 367.

Enchoenemidia

Juscitibia, 735.

Endographis, 595, 725.

acrochlora, 726.

Endolophia, 599.

Endotricha

annuligera, 699.

Engystoma

borneense, 476.

Ennearthron

affine, 351.

Entephria, 595, 618.

abrazxalis, 619.

alboflavalis, 619.

argenticincta, 620.

cribrata, 619.

crocalis, 621.

deiconalis, 619.

diaphana, 619.

divaricata, 621.

excurvalis, 665.

glaucias, 620.

idalis, 620.

jaguaralis, 619.

lactiferalis, 620.

levinia, 620.

macrotis, 620.

marginalis, 620.

meritalis, 620.

eriferalis, 620.

pantheiata, 620.

preruptalis, 621.

radiata, 620.

receptalis, 619.

syleptalis, 621.

virgatalis, 619.

Entomogramma

nigriceps, 424.

INDEX.

| Enyalioides

feste, 114, 915.

heterolepis, 915.

Epeira

alhida, 510.

ceropegia, 488.

diademata, 488.

locuples, 510.

madagascariensis, 508.

nautica, 509.

pilipes, 509.

quadrata, 488.

| similis, 509.

suedicola, 509.

Epiblemum

/ scenicum, 488.

Epicorsia

iridialis, 721.

Epimima

stereogona, 639.

Epipagis

| Se aii, 642.

Epomophorus, 58.

comptus, 78.

minor, 77.

Equus

boehmi, 3.

burchelli boehini, 3.

— erawshayi, 393.

— granti, 3.

— selousi, 3.

grevit, 588.

zebra, 456.

Ercta, 596, 636.

chalybites, 637.

dixialis, 704.

elutalis, 637.

hemialis, 637.

ornatalis, 637.

tipulalis, 637.

vittata, 697.

| Eremias

smithiz, 916.

striata, 916.

Eretis

djelele, 57.

Eretmodus, gen, nov.,

495.

cyanostictus, 496.

Ericeia

inangulata, 421.

Brigone

dentipalpis, 488.

Erilusa

dianalis, 725.

dioptoides, 717.

mimalis, 725.

nitealis, 725.

pseudauxo, 717, 725.

radialis, 717.

secta, 725,

Erinothus, gen. nov., 595

706.

lollialis, 706, 707.

Eronia

dilatata, 413, 826, 827.

leda, 413.

Erpis, 594, 614.

macularis, 614, 615.

Erythrinus

uniteniatus, 492.

Erythrolamprus

esculapit, 117.

Esox

lucius, 314.

| Eteta

seafasciata, 751.

Eucalanus

attenuatus, 541, 542,

546, 547, 549.

| Eucheta

barbata, 542, 548.

gigas, 543, 548.

hessii, 548, 548, 549.

marina, 543, 548, 549.

norvegica, 541, 548,

546,547,549,579,580.

prestandree, 548.

Euchetes

insulata, 367.

Euchirella

pulchra, 541, 542, 548.

rostrata, 548.

Euchloe

falloni, 371.

Euchromia

africana, 417.

amena, 417.

Buclasta, 598, 751.

defamatalis, 751, 752.

Jiligeralis, 752.

maceratalis, 751.

splendidalis, 751.

torquittalis, 752.

warreni, 752.

Eucratoscelus, gen. nov.,

500.

longiceps, 500.

Eudemonia

brachyura, 80.

Eudamus

dorantes, 366.

proteus, 366.

simplicius, 366.

Eudioptis

capensis, 738.

damalis, 747.

perspicillalis, 742.

Eudynamis, 48, 49.

Eudyptula

albosignata, 960, 963,

983, 985, 986, 988.

Eudyptula

minor, 960, 963, 978, |

983, 985, 986.

Eumeces

blythianus, 918.

Eupagurus

bernhardus, 311.

setifer, 461.

Euphedra

neophron, 52.

violacea, 399.

Kuplexia

conducta, 388.

opposita, 420.

Euplea

ochlea, 595.

Eupoca

cinerea, 609.

Kuprepes

insignis, 729.

Euralia

anthedon, 51.

deceptor, 51.

dinarcha, 51.

kirbyi, 51, 399.

mechowi?, 51.

usaimbara, 51.

wahibergi, 51, 824.

Eurema

lisa, 364.

midea, 364, 365.

patmira, 365.

Eurrhyparodes,

625.

bracteolalis, 625, 626.

confusalis, 626.

plumbeimarginalis, 625,

splendens, 626.

stibialis, 626.

syllepidia, 626, 761.

tricoloralis, 626.

Hurydemus

porosicollis, 239.

Euryphene

senegalensis, 52.

violacea, 399.

Euryphura

Gas 52.

Eurytela

dryope, 53, 400.

JSulgurata, 399.

hiarbas, 190.

hyarba, var. angustata,

823.

Eutelia

discitriga, 425,

Futomus

micrographus, 333.

sulcatus, 333.

Euxanthe

wakefield, 399.

595,

INDEX,

| Huxestes

parki, 336.

piciceps, 336.

Evergestis, 603.

| Exeristis, 602.

Felis

caracal, 153, 762.

catus, 158, 155, 157,

158, 160, 161, 163,

164, 165, 167, 168,

171, 173, 177.

dominicanorum, 2,771.

Javensis, 281.

leo, 153, 155, 157, 158,

160, 161, 163, 164,

165, 167, 168, 169,

171, 178, 176, 762.

maniculata, 351. ;

minuta, 281.

pardalis, 153, 155, 157,

159, 160, 163, 164,

165, 168, 169, 171,

173, 174, 176.

pardus, 153, 155, 157,

158, 159, 160, 163,

164, 165, 168, 169,

171, 173, 174, 762.

serval, 763.

temmincki, 2.

tigris, 153, 155, 157,

160, 164, 165, 167,

168, 171, 173.

(Cynelurus) jubata,

763.

Filistata

hibernalis, 893.

Filodes, 598, 671.

costivitralis, 671.

eocytusalis, 671.

fulvibasalis, 672, 761.

fulvidorsalis, 671, 672.

patruelis, 672.

productalis, 671, 761.

sexpunctalis, 672.

xanthalis, 672, 761.

Fratercula

arctica, 902.

Fregata, 82, 83, 84,

86, 87, 89, 90,

93, 94, 95, 96,

98, 99.

ariel, 100, 101.

Funambulus

pernyt, 772.

Fungia

crassa, 526.

crassitentaculata, 527.

dane, 527.

dentata, 526.

dentigera, 527.

1067

Fungia

discus, 526.

echinata, 527.

patella, 526.

tenutfolia, 526.

Furcivena, 602.

Gadessa

albifrons, 692.

characteristica, 692.

impuralis, 722.

subalbalis, 692.

Gadus

eylefinus,

566.

luscus, 308, 555.

minutus, 308.

morrhua, 551, 555.

Galathea

affinis, 457, 458, 463.

Galictis

barbara, 155, 159, 160,

169) Wale

vittata, 155, 159, 160,

168, 167, 171.

Gasteracantha

falcicornis, 516.

madagascariensis, 388.

resupinata, 516.

sodalis, 388, 391,

tabulata, 516.

Gavara

velutina, 437.

Gazella

cuviert, 353.

doreas, 853.

leptoceros, 280.

loderi, 358.

pelzelni, 767.

rufifrons, 350.

semmerringi, 767.

spekei, 767.

Geatractus, gen. noy.,

539.

Gegenes

hottentota, 200, 912.

letterstedti, 200, 912.

nostradamus, 382.

—, var. karsana, 382,

obumbrata, 200, 912.

Genetta

tigrina, 153, 155, 892.

vulgaris, 153, 155, 159,

Genyomyrus, 780, 820,

donnyt, T77, 820.

Geococeyx

californianus, 48,

Geometra

laterata, '734.

Geophis

tecpanecus, 539, 540.

70*

550, 551,

1068

Gerbillus *

afer, 392.

béhmi, 392, 398.

(Gerbilliseus)

culus, 892.

(Tatera) phillipsi, 765.

Gerrhonotus

monticola, 916.

Gibbium

scotias, 324,

Giraffa

camelopardalis, 39, 40.

— capensis, 41.

— peralta, 40.

— typica, 41, 587.

Globigerina

sp., 1028.

bulloides, 1028, 1029.

pachyderma,1028, 1029.

Glutophrissa

contracta, 413.

Alavida, 413.

malatha, 413,

Glyphodes, 598, 781.

actorionalis, 742.

advenalis, 734.

equalis, 733.

agathalis, 744,

albiceps, 733.

alhicineta, '737.

albifuscalis, 442, 739,

761.

alitalis, 7438.

amphitritalis, 741.

annulata, 740.

arachnealis, 735.

argealis, 738.

arguta, 737.

auricollis, 737.

aurocostalis, 733.

ausonia, 740.

badialis, 736.

baldersalis, 735.

basifascialis, 743, 761.

batesi, 747.

bicolor, '742.

bipunctalis, 747.

bivitralis, 731, 743.

bonjongalis, 739.

bosee, 7A8.

ce@salis, 747.

calidalis, 644.

eallizona, 742.

canthusalis, 747.

celsalis, 740.

chilka, 747.

columbiana, 738.

conclusalis, 742,

conjinis, 735.

conjunctalis, 741.

consocialis, 742.

frater-

INDEX,

Glyphodes

cosmarcha, 748.

crameralis, 736.

crithealis, 747.

cumalis, 736.

cupripennalis, 740.

deliciosa, 742.

dermatalis, 682.

diurnalis, 742.

dohrni, '736.

doleschali, 741.

dysallactalis, '744.

ectargyralis, 744, 761.

elealis, 442, 739.

elegans, 737.

eribotesalis, 741.

ernalis, 742.

ewmeusalis, 735.

eurytusalis, 743.

evippealis, 747.

exaula, 741.

excelsalis, 742.

exclusalis, 736.

fallacialis, 741,

jimalis, 736.

flavicaput, 733.

flavizonalis, 746.

flegia, 732.

fraterna, 740.

fumosalis, 736.

fuscicaudalis, 737.

glauculalis, 741,

heliconialis, 742.

hermesalis, 739,

hilaralis, 733.

hyalinata, 369, 738.

hypomelas, 740, 761.

imitalis, 738.

incurvata, 736.

indica, ‘738.

infimalis, 737.

innotata, 739.

isocelalis, ‘740.

itysalis, '743.

Jjaculalis, 748.

Jjairusalis, 738.

lachesis, ‘741.

lacteata, 744.

lacustralis, '747.

laticostalis, 732.

latilimbalis, 736.

ledereri, 741.

lineata, 736.

lora, 747.

lucidalis, 737.

lustralis, 733.

magdalene, 738.

malayana, 743.

margaritalis, 735,

margaritaria, 736.

marginata, 735.

Glyphodes

marinata, 733.

megalopa, 748.

metastictalis, ‘741.

microta, 742.

minimalis, 742.

naralis, 744.

negatalis, 739.

nervosa, 740.

nigricollis, 740.

nigropunctalis, 739.

nigroviridalis, 738.

nigirica, 741.

nitidalis, 737.

niveocilia, 738.

nyctealis, 743, 748.

oceanitis, 741.

ocellata, 739.

ochrivitralis, 737.

olealis, 787.

opalalis, 743.

ophiceralis, 732.

orbiferalis, 742.

parvalis, 742.

pedenotata, 742.

perfeeta, T41.

perspectalis, 738.

pfeiffere, 732.

phytonalis, 747.

picticostalis, 740.

pierpersialis, 743.

polyzonalis, 744.

pomonalis, ‘741.

principalis, 741

prothymalis, 742.

pryeri, 746.

psittacalis, 733.

pulverulentalis, 744.

punctalis, 741.

punctiferalis, 741.

pyloalis, 746.

quadrifascialis, 744.

quadrimaculalis, 742.

quadristigmalis, 739.

reductalis, 741.

sabacusalis, 745.

satanalis, 736.

sectinotalis, 734, 761.

seminigralis, 734.

serenalis, 747.

sericea, 734.

sibillalis, 747.

sinuata, 443, 747.

spectandalis, 747.

spurcalis, 740.

stenocraspis, 442, 444,

739.

stolalis, 744.

streptostigma, 745, 761.

suavis, 749.

superalis, 737.

Glyphodes

suralis, 738.

syleptalis, 740, 761.

talangalis, ‘743, 761.

terminalis, 736.

testudinalis, 728.

thetydalis, 741.

translucidalis, 737.

tricoloralis, 733.

tritonalis, 741.

tumidalis, 742.

umbria, 746, 761.

uneinalis, 651.

unionalis, 739.

univocalis, 636.

vertumnalis, 73).

violalis, 742,

warrenalis, 739.

westermanni, 742.

zambesalis, 738.

zangisalis, 734.

zelimalis, 743.

zelleri, '742.

Gnamptonyx

trefolinte, 423.

Gnaphosa

anglica, 489.

leporina, 489.

molesta, 488, 489.

Gnathonemus, 780,

801.

bentleyi, 801, 804.

curvirostris, 802, 811.

eyprinoides, 777, 801,

805.

elephas,

810.

greshoffi, 802.

livingstonii, 801, 803.

longibarbis, 801, 802,

805.

macrolepidotus,

804.

mento, 801, 807.

mirus, 802, 810.

monteiri, 801, 807.

moorit, 801, 803.

niger, 801, 802.

numenius, 802, 811.

petersit, 801, 808.

rhynchophorus, 777,

802, 810, 821.

senegalensis, 801, 806.

stanleyanus, 801, 806.

tamandua, 777, 802,

809.

ussheri, 802, 808.

Gnophodes

diversa, 50.

Gobius

minutus, 308, 313.

802, 809,

801,

INDEX.

Gobius

niger, 313.

paganellus, 307, 308.

ruthensparrt, 298, 302,

313.

Godartia

wakefieldi, 399.

Goliathus

druryi, 81.

Gonatodes

affinis, 455, 918.

africanus, 913.

penangensis, 455.

Goniorhynchus, 595,

704.

butyrosa, 705.

exemplaris, TOD.

Aaviguttalis, 705.

gratalis, 706.

marasmialis, 706.

obscurus, 704.

pectinalis, 705.

philenoralis, 706.

plumbeizonalis, TO4,

705.

Gonitis

involuta, 425.

sabulifera, 425.

Gonodactylus

chiragra, 33, 34, 35,

36, 38.

—, var. smithii, 33, 35,

38.

espinosus, 33, 3D, 38.

glaber, 36.

glabrous, 33, 36.

graphurus, 36.

oerstedi, 35, 38.

‘scyllarus, 36.

smithti, 34, 35.

trispinosus, 34.

Gonodela

sufflata, 433.

Gonodiscus, 594, 606.

amplalis, 606.

australiensis, 606, 761.

Gonodonta

hesione, 368.

Gonyocephalus

dilophus, 914.

geclvinkianus, 914.

Goodia

hollandi, 480, 444.

nubilata, 430.

Grammodes

stolida, 422.

Grandidieria

Jierinensis, 918.

rubrocaudata, 918.

Gregarina

blattarwm, 244.

1069

Guereza

guereza, d87.

occidentalis, 587.

Gymnarchus, 780, 821.

niloticus, T77, 779,

821.

Gymnasterias

carinifera, 849.

Gymnodactylus

affinis, 455.

darmandvillii, 918.

Sumosus, 913.

horridus, 918.

jellesme, 913.

lorie, 913.

pulchellus, 455.

Gynandrophthalma

babioides, 219.

basipennis, 218.

bicolor, 217.

deyrollei, 218.

hemorrhoidalis, 218.

incerta, 219.

nitidicollis, 219, 242,

varipes, 218,

venustula, 219,

Hematorithra

rubrifasciata, 435.

Halastus

divitiosus, 424.

Haliaétus

branickii, 280.

Halomitra

irregularis, 528, 539.

Hamanumida

dedalus, 190, 399,

905.

Hameopis, gen. nov., 435.

rudicornis, 435, 444,

Hapalia

ee 719.

oblita, 729.

sublutalis, 720.

Hapalips

jilum, 335.

grouvellei, 334, 343.

Hapalopus

incei, 892, 894, 900.

Haplochilus

tanganicanus, 497.

Haritala

angulifascia, 692.

delicatalis, 728.

discinotalis, 691.

Soviferalis, 727.

graphicalis, 728.

tigrina, 691.

Harpactopus

sp., 386.

crudelis, 386.

1070

Hedylepta

confusalis, 698.

ochrifuscalis, 698.

pyraustalis, 699.

straminea, 692.

Heliconius

charithonia, 363.

Helictis

subaurantiacus, 131.

Heliothela, 603.

Heliothis

armigera, 371.

Hellula, 599, 760.

Sulvifascialis, 760.

hydralis, 760.

phidilealis, 760.

undalis, 760.

Helogale

atkinsoni, 763, 764.

Hemichromis

afer, 142.

angolensis, 136.

auritus, 135.

bimaculatus,

135.

cavifrons, 141,

desguezti, 135.

dimidiatus, 145.

fasciatus, 134, 135.

gigliolit, 143.

guentheri, 149, 150.

guttatus, 136.

intermedius, 145,

julle, 141.

leigqguardii, 135.

letourneuxii, 136.

livingstonti, 145.

longiceps, 146.

longirostris, 140,

modestus, 144.

retrodens, 142.

robustus, 141.

rolandi, 136.

sacra, 139.

sahare, 136.

schwebischi, 144, 151.

serranus, 148.

subocellatus, 150.

volte, 150.

Hemidactylus

isolepis, 915.

jubensis, 913,

macropholis, 913.

ruspolii, 914.

smithii, 9138.

squamulatus, 913.

yerburit, 913.

Hemiscopis, 600.

Henucha

delegorguei, 430.

hansalii, 430.

134,

INDEX.

| Heortia, 598, 750.

dominalis, 751.

vitessoides, 751.

Herpenia

iterata, 415.

melanarge, 371, 413.

Herpestes

griseus, 153, 155, 167,

170, 172.

nepalensis,

170.

ochraceus, 763.

Herpetodryas

carinatus, 115.

fuscus, 116.

grandisquamis, 116,

Herpetogramma

servalis, 716.

Herpetolitha, 529.

crassa, 529.

Herpeton

tentaculatum, 852.

Hesperia

diomus, 371.

jucunda, 382.

mata, 199.

philippus, 407.

plinius, 404.

syrichtus, 567.

Heterarthron

femoralis, 328.

Heterocentrotus

mamimillatus, 850.

Heterocheta

abyssalis, 541, 548.

spinifrons, 543, 548.

Heterocnephes, 596, 627.

atropygialis, 627.

lubricosa, 627.

lunulatis, 627.

lymphatalis, 627.

scapulalis, 627.

strangulalis, 651,

vicinalis, 627.

Heteropacha

sp., 436.

rileyana, 436.

Heteropoda

venatoria, 519.

Hileithia, 596, 646,

appialis, 646,

decostalis, 646.

ductalis, 647.

Himantodes

cenchoa, 116.

Hippocamelus

bisuleus, 212.

Hippolyte

gibberosus, 1009.

gibbosus, 1009.

hemprichii, 1009.

| Hippolyte

marmoratus, 1009.

| Hipposideros, 75.

153, 155, |

Hippotragus

bakeri, 127.

equinus, 127, 349, 350,

850.

rufo-pallidus, 850, 851.

Holodactylus

africanus, 914.

| Holothuria

affinis, 840.

amboinensis, 839.

aphanes, 841.

arenicola, 842.

atra,835, 838, 839, 840.

—, var. amboinensis,

839, 840.

botellus, 840.

curtosa, 837, 838.

depressa, 837, 838.

floridana, 840.

JSuscocinerca, 835, 837,

838.

—, var. pervicar, 837,

848.

impatiens, 835, 840,

841

lagena, 842.

maculata, 835, 842.

mammiculata, 837,838.

mauritiana, 835.

monacaria, 835, 841.

pardalis, 835, 839.

pervicax, 835, 837, 838.

rugosa, 835, 839, 848.

subditiva, 837.

vagabunda, 833, 838,

842.

Homalocranium

melanocephalum, 117.

Homarus

vulgaris, 954.

Homopholis

heterolepis, 914.

Homophysa, 594, 607.

albolineata, 607.

bilinealis, 608.

crambidalis, 608.

decisa, 608.

dolatalis, 608.

falcatalis, 608.

fulminalis, 607.

glaphyralis, 607.

invisalis, 607.

lentiflualis, 607.

leucostictalis, 608.

micralis, 608.

polycyma, 607, 761.

reniculalis, 607.

sesquistrialis, 607.

Hyzena

brunnea, 154, 175, 185.

crocuta, 154, 156, 157,

158, 159, 160, 163,

164, 165, 166, 167,

169; L7L,- 172) 173;

177, 185, 764.

striata, 153, 154, 156,

158, 159, 160, 165,

, 165, 166, 167,

STL, V7), Liss

175, 177, 185, 764.

Hyalea, 596, 641.

dividalis, 641, 642.

Sulvidalis, 644.

glaucopidalis, 642.

melanalis, 632.

pallidalis, 642, 761.

succinalis, 642.

Hyalitis

tagesalis, 631.

Hyalobathra, 601.

Hydrocampa

albofascialis, 623.

dematrialis, 614.

felix, 624.

laothoealis, 605.

laudamialis, 605.

stenioides, 624.

tenera, 651.

Hydrocherus

capybara, 73.

Hydrophis

fasciatus, 107.

floweri, 106.

mamillaris, 107.

Hyla, 105.

baudinit, 124.

everetti, 478.

fallax, 478, 4382.

gabbii, 478.

gratiosa, 478.

impura, 478.

leucophyllata, 482.

maxima, 124.

microcephala, 478, 481,

482.

puma, 478.

rosenbergi, 123, 126,

478.

rueppellii, 478.

uranochroa, 481.

variabilis, 478.

Hylambates

Johnstoni, 475.

Hylella

parabambe, 125, 126,

478.

puncticrus, 478.

Hylephila

phyleus, 307.

{

INDEX.

Hylobates

syndactylus, 588, 924.

Hylodes

achatinus, 120, 126,

477.

alfredi, 477, 480, 482.

anomalus, 119, 126,

476.

bufoniformis, 477.

cerasinus, 477.

conspicillatus, 120.

discoidalis, 477.

erythropleura, 477.

gularis, 121, 126,

477.

latidiseus, 121, 126,

ATT.

longirostris, 120, 126,

477.

palmatus, 120.

polyptychus, 477.

raniformis, 120, 476.

ranoides, 476°

rugosus, 477.

underwoodi, 477.

Hymenia

diffascialis, 623.

erebina, 715.

phrasiusalis, 623.

Hypanartia

scheneia, 824.

| Hypanis

acheloia, 376.

cord, 37d.

ilithyia, 376.

Hypena

masurialis, 426.

vulgatalis, 420.

Hyperaspis

cincticollis, 340.

connectens, 340.

Sestiva, 340,

Hyperia

oblivia, 583.

Hyperopisus, 780, 819.

bebe, 777, 819.

dorsalis, 820.

occidentalis, 820.

Hyperythra

lucicolor, 385.

Hypocala

deflorata, var. pluimi-

cornis, 424.

plumicornis, 424.

Hypochiria

to, 80.

Hypogeophis

alternans, 479.

| Hypolimnas

misippus, 51, 190, 370,

379, 398.

1071

' Hypolycena

pachalica, 407.

Hyrax, 58.

Hyreus

lingeus, 194.

Ibacus

antarcticus, 1014.

Ictonyx

libyea, 15d, 158, 159

160, 163, 166, 167

ZA AUeésy Uri

zorilla, 155, 163.

Idessa

pyrgionalis, 749.

Idiommata

lepida, 506.

Idiops

campactus, 508.

Idiurus

macrotis, 450, 452, 453,

Idmais

venosa, 411.

Tlema

robusta, 428.

Imbrasia

epimeathea, 80, 81.

Tolaus

buxtoni, 54.

ceculus, 197.

pachalicus, 407.

pallene, 54.

philippus, 54, 407, 826.

silarus, 407.

Tomachus

politus, 498, 499.

Ischnurges, 601.

Ischyrus

flavitarsis, 335,

Sulvitarsis, 335.

graphicus, 335.

modestus, 33).

subcylindricus, 335.

(Oocyanus) tarsalis,

330.

Isichthys, 780, 791.

henryt, 777, 791.

Tsometrus

burdoi, 500.

Isopteryx

abnegatulis, 626.

accessalis, 626.

bilunatalis, 694.

jlavofuscalis, 727.

plumbalis, 626.

sodidalis, 694.

trisignata, 624.

weniolalis, 701.

Ixalus

bimaculatus, 475,

leitensis, 475,

1072

Txalus

mindorensis, 475.

vittiger, 475.

Julidochromis, gen. nov.,

495.

ornatus, 495.

Junonia

actia, 51, 822.

archesia, 188, 904.

artazia, 51, 190.

aurorina, 189, 397.

398.

boopis, 52, 904.

calescens, 189, 904.

cebrene, 370, 398, 822.

clelia, 51, 190, 369,

379, 398, 822, 826.

cuama, 51, 189, 398,

904.

elgiva, 51, 189.

epiclelia, 379.

guruana, 397.

here, 822.

limnoria, var. taveta,

397.

nachtigali, 190.

natalica, 189, 398,

904.

octavia, 822.

—, var. natalensis, 189,

904.

orthosia, 822.

pelasgis, 188, 397.

puriformis, 822.

pyriformis, 398.

sesamus, 189, 824, 904.

simia, 189, 904.

trimeni, 189.

tugela, 189, 398.

Kedestes

macomo, 200, 902, 911,

912.

niveostriga, 200.

tucusa, 200.

wallengrenti, 200.

Kerivoula

pellucida, 76.

Kobus

vardont, 394.

Labidura

riparia, 384.

brus

maculatus, 308.

mixtus, 308.

niloticus, 132. |

atrox, 118.

lansbergii, 118.

schlegelii, 118.

Lachnea

Sulvicollis, 222.

Lachnocnema

bibulus, 195,

826.

durbani, 195.

Lachnoptera

ayresti, 399.

Lacipa

gracilis, 427, 428.

impuncta, 428, 444.

Lacydes

arborifera, 417.

gracilis, 417, 444.

smithi, 417.

vocula, 417, 418.

Laganvum

depressui, 850.

Lagropia

canthomela, 729.

xanthozonalis, 727.

Lampoxanthium

murrayanum, 1024.

Lamprologus -

compressiceps, 494.

congoensis, 134.

elongatus, 494.

fasciatus, 494.

Surcifer, 494.

modestus, 494.

moorii, 494.

Lampyris

ignita, 319.

Landreva

sp., 389.

Laniifera, 603.

Laphygma

macra, 368.

Lasiacme

mimica, 639.

pilosa, 639.

Lasiocampa

kéllikeri, 436.

monteiri, 80.

prompta, 436.

Lasioderma

puberulum, 326.

serricorne, 326.

testaceum, 326.

Lasioptila

ansorget, 431.

pomona, 451.

Latastia

hardeggeri, 916.

neumanni, 916.

825,

Latastia

phillipsit, 916.

Lates

microlepis, 494.

niloticus, 494.

Lebeda

kollikeri, 486.

nobilis, 436.

Ledereria

seppalis, 704.

angusto-marginatd,

214.

australis, 218.

cyaneoplagiata, 214,

249

dregii, 213.

emarginata, 213.

lateritia, 215.

mashuana, 214.

puuperata, 215,

picticollis, 213.

pubifrons, 215.

regimbarti, 212.

robusta, 213.

Lembopteris, gen. noy.,

438

puella, 438, 444.

Lepadogaster

bimaculatus, 589.

stictopteryx, 589.

Lepidoblepharis

feste, 108, 914.

Lepidodactylus

gardineri, 914.

Lepidogma

sp., 441.

Lepidoneura, 599,

Lepidosiren, 41, 42, 43,

492

paradoxa, 852, 853.

Leptobrachium

natune, 478.

Leptodactylus

maculilabris, 477.

pentadactylus, 122.

pulcher, 122, 126,

477.

Leptodira

annulata, 117.

Leptognathus

ellipsifera, 117, 126.

Leptomyrina, gen. noy.,

405.

hirundo, 406.

phidias, 405.

rabe, 405.

Leptoneura

owkert, 903.

clytus, 903.

dingana, 903.

Leptophis

bocourti, 116.

liocerus, 116.

Leptosoma

Jallax, 419.

leuconoe, 57, 419.

Lepus

diastolus, 360.

hypsibius, 360, 361.

macrotus, 359, 360.

otostolus, 357, 358,

359, 360, 361.

pallipes, 357, 358, 359,

360, 361.

ruficaudatus, 359.

sinensis, 775.

Lepyrodes, 598, 753.

astomalis, 651.

capensis, 443, 754.

geometralis, 443, 754.

prabilis, T54.

pueretia, 753, T54.

quadrinalis, 754.

Letis

mycerina, 368.

Leuceronia

argia, 56, 198.

buquetti, 413.

thalassina, $22.

Leucinodes, 598, 755.

apicalis, 756.

auxialis, 759.

diaphana, 756.

discerptalis, 756.

elegantalis, 756.

erosialis, 756.

exemptalis, 760.

heranicealis, 755.

imperialis, 756.

impuralis, 756.

lucealis, 756.

opalina, 630.

orbonalis, 756.

vagans, 756.

venustalis, 760.

Leuckartia

flavicornis, 543, 548.

Leucochroma, 596,

642.

corope, 642.

melusinalis, 642.

mineralis, (42.

prosalis, 6-33

ruscialis, 6x0,

saltigalis, 643.

subpuralis, 605.

Leucophotis, 597, 667.

pulchra, 667.

Lexis

bipunctigera,

419.

418,

INDEX.

Libythea

fulgurata, 399.

Limenitis

disippus, 80.

Limnas

chrysippus, 50, 378,

379.

—, var. alcippoides,

379.

—, var.

3738, 396.

—, var. klugi, 396,

826.

klugi, 369, 396, 822.

Linckia

miliaris, 849.

multiforis, 849.

Lineodes, 603.

Linyphia

pusilla, 488.

Liocephalus

guentheri, 114,

Liopasia, 600.

Liophis

albiventris, 116.

dorippus,

| Liophryne

brevis, 476.

rhododactyla, 476.

Lipocosma, 594, 611.

fuliginosalis, 612.

hebescalis, 612.

nigripictalis, 612.

sicalis, 611, 612.

Liposareus

pardalis, 492.

Lithocranius

walleri, 767.

| Lithosia

bipunctigera, 418.

vetusta, 383.

Lizzia

blondina, 1023, 1030.

Letrina

flexalis, 614.

Lomotropa

vellerialis, 750.

Lopera

monosticta, 428, 444.

pallida, 428.

Lophomonas

blattarum, 242, 248,

244,

sulcata, 243, 244.

striata, 248.

Lophoseris, 529.

cristata, 530.

Lophostethus

demolinti, 432.

Lophotriorchis

ucant, 2.

i Loxoneptera, 602.

1073

Lucidota

dimidiatipennis, 320.

janthinipennis, 320.

miniatocollis, 320.

Ludia

hansalii, 480.

Lutra

capensis, 392.

cinerea, 155, 158, 160,

169, 171, 178.

maculicollis, 392.

vulgaris, 155, 158, 177,

186.

Lycxna

gaika, 404.

jesous, 310.

Jobates, 404.

kerstent, 405.

knysna, 370.

larydas, 405.

livia, 406.

lysimon, 380.

melena, A04.

niobe, 187.

osiris, 403.

parsimon, 192.

patricia, 192, 370.

perpulchra, 403.

’ sichela, 404.

trochilus, 870.

Lyczenesthes

adherbal, 194, 907.

amarah, 194, 370,

405.

liodes, 194.

otacilia, 194.

princeps, 3710.

sylvanus, 405.

Lycaon

pictus, 154, 159, 169,

173, 186.

Lycoctenus, 27.

columbianus, 900.

palustris, 898, 899,

900.

Lycorea

cleobea, 368.

Lycosa

albata, 488.

amentata, 488.

blanda, 488.

cursoria, 488.

palustris, 488.

prativaga, 491.

pullata, 490.

riparia, 487, 488, 490,

491.

(Pardosa) riparia, 487,

490.

Lyctus

prostomoides, 328.

1074

Lygosoma

aignanum, 917, 921,

23.

alfredi, 918, 922,

923.

bipes, 918.

brevipes, 917.

celebense, 917.

curtum, 917.

elegans, 917.

everetti, 917.

Serranditi, 918.

gastrostigma, 918, 292,

923.

guineense, 918.

wridescens, 917.

Johnstoni, 917.

kuekenthali, 917.

longiceps, 917.

lorie, 917.

maindroni, 917.

miotis, 917.

nigrigulare, 917.

nigrolineatum, 917.

parietale, 917.

quadrivittatum, 918.

sarasinorum, 917.

semoni, 917.

sorex, 917.

stanleyanum, 917.

subnitens, 917.

tetratenia, 917.

tectum, 917.

virens, 917.

Lygropia, 595, 726.

TF penned 729.

amyntusalis, 442, 728.

arenacea, 729.

armeniacalis, 728.

bilinealis, 729.

bipunetalis, 728.

calanticalis, 729.

cernalis, 728.

chromalis, 728.

clytusahs, 728.

distorta, 729.

erixantha, 728.

euryclealis, 729.

flavicaput, 727.

flavispila, 729.

fuscicostalis, 728.

imparalis, 727.

lelex, 727.

muscerdalis, 728.

neglectalis, 723.

nigricornis, 728.

nigrofimbrialis, 729.

obrinusalis, 728.

pharaxalis, 7 29.

poltisalis, 729.

polytesalis, 729.

INDEX,

Lygropia

pompusalis, 728.

prognealis, 730.

ptochura, 729.

quaternalis, 726, 728.

rivulalis, 727.

seybalistia, 730.

simplalis, 728.

strigilalis, 727.

unicoloralis, 727.

Lysiosquilla

maculata, 33, 37.

Mabuia

megalura, 917.

novemcarinata, 917.

planifrons, 917.

tessellata, 917.

Macacus

assamensis, 301.

leoninus, 280.

pelops, 361.

rhesus, 361, 770.

villosus, 861

Macealla

sp., 441.

Macaretera, 598, 669.

hesperis, 669, 670.

Macearia

suffiata, 433.

Macrodon

trahira, 492.

Macroglossa

hirundo, 482.

Macropus

rufus, 80.

Macroscelides

revoili, 762.

Madoqua

cavendishi, 278, 279.

damarensis, 278, 279.

guenthert, 278.

kirkii, 278.

phillipsi, 278, 767.

Madrepora

angulata, 262.

arenosa, 272.

aspera, 260.

austera, 259.

beodactyla, 262.

holetiformis, 530.

contigua, 536.

crateriformis,

276.

cristata, 530.

cuneata, 262.

digitata, 996.

fruticosa, 262.

gemmifera, 262.

hebes, 261.

258,

Madrepora

hispida, 261.

latistella, 261.

loripes, 262.

monticulosa, 261.

patella, 526.

polymorpha, 262.

profunda, 260, 276.

pulchra, 259.

—, var. alveolata, 259.

reticulata, 260.

robusta, 259.

rotumana, 258, 276.

scabrosa, 260.

secunda, 258.

securis, 261.

seriata, 262.

sinensis, 261,

smithi, 259.

surculosa, 261.

Meandroseris, 533.

botte, 534, 535.

Malea

ringens, 461,

Malegia

affinis, 227.

obseurella, 227.

striatula, 227,

Mallotus

villosus, 291, 560, 562,

563, 564, 566.

Mamestra

opposita, 420.

| Mantidactylus

albofrenatus, 475.

majori, 475.

Mantophryne

lateralis, 476.

robusta, 476, 480, 482,

Marasmalus

discistriga, 425.

Marasmia. 596, 638.

aurea, 639.

bilinealis, 639.

cicatricosa, 639.

cochrusalis, 639.

exigua, 639.

fuseifascialis, 639.

hemicrassa, 639.

latimarginalis, 639.

trapezalis, 639.

trebiusalis, 639.

venilialis, 638.

Marcusenius, 780, 792.

adspersus, 792, 795.

anguilloides, 782.

brachyhistius, 792, 793.

discorhynchus, 777, 792,

197.

isidori, 792, 798.

kingsleye, 792, 794.

Marcusenius

thuysii, 792, 795.

marchii, 792, 793.

pauciradiatus, 792,

795.

petherici, 792, 797.

plagiostoma, 777, 792,

796.

psittacus, 792, 798.

sphecodes, 792, 793.

wilverthi, 777, 792,

796.

Maretia

planulata, 850.

Margarodes

beryttalis, 747.

minor, 747.

nereis, 741.

nitidicostalis, 732.

phantasmalis, 732.

septempunctalis, 739.

sguamopedalis, 730.

transvisalis, 739.

tritonias, 747.

Margaronia

amphitratalis, TA1.

angustalis, 748.

aquosalis, 733.

atlitalis, 735.

auricostalis, 738.

canastralis, 740.

claralis, 789.

congradalis, T34.

convolvulalis, 747.

eribotalis, 740.

herbidalis, 735.

leodicealis, 782.

maliferalis, 733.

marthesiusalis, 741.

melanuralis, 735.

morvusalis, 730.

neomera, 739.

phryneusalis, 739.

plumifera, 668.

proximalis, 735.

usitata, 740.

virginalis, 732.

woodfordit, 738.

Maruca, 600.

Massepha, 594, 615.

absolutalis, 615, 616.

bengalensis, 616.

carbonalis, 616.

entephriadia, 616.

fulvalis, 616, 761.

gracilis, 616.

grammalis, 616.

phenicobapta, 615,

761.

Mastacembelus

moorit, 496.

INDEX.

Mecistes ‘

indigaceus, 235.

tarsalis, 236.

Mecyna, 599.

Megadyptes

antipodum, 959,

963, 964, 988.

Megalixalus

brachycnemis, 475.

gramineus, £75.

Megaphysa, 603.

integralis, 731.

serenalis, 725.

Megastes, 603.

Megilla

maculata, 339.

960,

~ Melanitis

libya, 50.

solandra, 50, 397, 823.

Meles

tarus, 155, 156, 159,

160, 163, 185.

Melitonona

marshalli, 216, 242,

Mellivora

ratel, 765.

Menius

chaleceatus, 239.

Menobranchus

lateralis, 856.

Meroctena, 603.

Mesocondyla, 597, 666.

concordalis, 666.

dardusalis, 666.

stigmatalis, 666.

tarsibarbalis, 667.